Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http: //books .google .com/I
PROPERTY Of ^i
Midiigm
Mms^
1 & » 7
ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS
SB
n ;'r
/. 03
THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
;Vyf^°
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
MXW YORK * BOSTON • CHICAGO
ATLANTA • SAN FRANCISCO
MACMILLAN & CO., Limitbd
LONDON • BOMBAY • CALCUTTA
MBLBOURNX
THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, Lm
TORONTO
THE
STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
A DISCUSSION, FOR THE AMATEUR, AND THE PROFESSIONAL AND
COMMERCIAL GROWER, OF THE KINDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND
METHODS OF CULTIVATION OF THE SPECIES OF PLANTS GROWN IN
THE REGIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA FOR ORNAMENT,
FOR FANCY, FOR FRUIT AND FOR VEGETABLES; WITH KEYS TO THE
NATURAL FAMIUES AND GENERA, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE HORTI-
CULTURAL CAPABILITIES OF THE STATES AND PROVINCES AND
DEPENDENT ISLANDS, AND SKETCHES OF EMINENT HORTICULTURISTS
BY
L. H. BAILEY
Illustrated with Colored Plates^ Four Thousand Engravings in the Teoct^
and Ninety-six Full-page Cuts
IN SIX VOLUMES
VOL. ni— F-K
PAGES 1201-1760. FIGS. 1471-2047
SECOND EDITION
/^tD Igorfc
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd.
1917
The righta of rejtroduetion and of trandation are etrieUy reeerved
COFTBIGHT, 1900
By the MACMILLAN COMPANY
• •
REWRITTEN. ENLARGED AND RESET
CoPTRIq^T, 1915
By the MACMILLAN COMPANY
Set Up aad Electrotyped. Publiflhed May 12, 1915
Reprinted May. 1917
J« HoBACB MoFabl4MO Coiipamt
HABBmma. PnntSTLTAitiA
XL.
XLI.
XUI.
XLIII.
XLIV.
XLV.
XLVI.
XLVII.
XLVIII.
XLIX.
L.
LI.
LII.
LIII.
LIV.
LV.
LVI.
LVII.
FULL- PAGE PLATES
Fonnal gardening, with veronica and phlox in the foreground (in color)
Frontispiece
A good fern in southern California. — Alsophila aystralis 1217
A young Celeste fig tree, as grown in Georgia . 1234
Floriculture. — A house of begonias, with a row of ferns 1242
Forcing of grapes. — Muscat of Alexandria 1263
Ferns in a public garden, with springtime bloom (in color) 1307
Type of an old-time formal garden. — Washington's garden at Mt. Vernon 1315
Fringed gentian. Geniiana crinita 1327
The garden gladiolus, variety "Peace" (in color) 1343
The Niagara grape (in color) 1380
The grapefruit. About one-third natural size 1391
A home greenhouse 1410
Heliotrope, an old-time favorite 1452
Good use of spring flowers. — Mertensia virginica 1470
Herbs and shrubs employed about a pond 1481
Hollyhock 1497
Roman hyacinth. — One of the forms of HyacinUius arientalis .... 1614
A night-blooming cactus. — Hylocereus tricostatus in Hawaii. Hedge planted by
Sibyl Moseley Bingham between 1831 and 1840 .
LVIII. One of the many beautiful garden irises. — Probably one
tive forms of the germanica group ....
LIX. Japanese irises. — Iris Uevigata
LX. The black walnut. — Juglans nigra ....
of the hybrid or deriva-
1625
1657
1675
1717
(▼)
V ^ A *. »^- •
F
FABA (phagOf to eat: yields edible seeds). Legur
mvni^ase. A genus established bv Toumefort for cer-
tain plants now referred to vicia. Faba vulgariSf
Moench, is the horse bean, broad bean or Windsor
bc^an, now accepted as Vicia Faba. From other groups
in Vicia, it differs mostly in its stiff erect habit and the
very lar^ fleshy seeds and pods. The name Fabaceae
is Bometmies used instead of LeguminosaSf and some-
times for the papilionaceous leguminosse.
FABlAlf A (after Francisco Fabiano, Spanish bota-
nist, Valencia). SoUmdcex. Small heath -like shrubs;
one is sometimes grown in cool greenhouses and in
mild climates for its bloom.
Erect and branching plants, sometimes viscid: Ivs.
small and crowded: fls. usually many, terminal or oppo-
site the Ivs., small; corolla long-tubular, dilated or
ventricoee aoove, often contracted at the throat;
stamens 5, attached on the coroUa-tube; disk fleshy,
annular or lobed : caps, oblong, 2-
valved. — About 20 species, Bobvia,
Brazil to Patagonia.
imbricftta, Ruiz & Pav. Fig.
1471. Height 3-8 ft.: Ivs. ovate,
scale-like, imbricated: fls. sessile or
nearly so. white, with a short
reflexed limb, borne profusely.
Peru. B.R. 25:59. R.H. 1903, p.
291. G.C. III. 32: suppl. Sept.
27; 52:210. Gn. 60, p. 430; 72, p.
611. G.W.2, p. 511. —This plant IS
apparently little grown under glass
in this country. It is a rather com-
mon shrub
in S. Calif.,
where it
blooms at
different sea-
sons. In Eng-
land, it 18
said to thrive
best near the
sea. Good
bulges produce
a wealth of well-
lasting bloom in
late spring. It
prop, without
dimculty from
potted cuttings
m Aug.
L. M. B.
FAG ARA : Xanthoxv-
hun.
FkGiUA (after
Caspar Fagelius, plant
cultivator). Syn. Bolu-
fc sdfra, Kuntze. Legumir
n083B. One species, a fast-
rwing, twining sub-shrub from
Afr., covered with clammy
luurs, and bearing all summer
axillary racemes of pea-like fls.
which are yellow, the keel
tipped violet; standard reflexed;
keel obtuse, exceeding the wings: stamens diadelphous:
pod about Gnseeded, turgid. Cult, outdoors in S. Calif,
and abroad under glass. The plant is allied to Caja-
nus, but its seeds are strophioled. pod swollen, not
flattened, and the 2 upper calyx-loo^ nearly distinct.
The Fagelia of Schwenke (1774) is Calceolana.
bitomindsa, DC. Sts. sev-
eral feet lone, woody at base:
If ts. 3, rhomb-ovate, pale and
glandular-dotted beneath, to
1}4 in. long: fls. about )/^in.
long: pod IH in. long: plant
strong-smelling. B. K. 261
(as Glycine, showing fls. also
veined with red). — Blooms
in winter in S. Calif.
L. M. B.
1472.
Fftfofijrfiiiii
esctilentam.
(XI)
1471. Fabteu imbricatm.
(XH)
77
FAGOPtRUM (beech
wheat, from the likeness of
the fruit to a beech-nut).
Polygondcex. Probably only
2 species, of Eu. and N. Asia.
Qmck-growing annuals, with alternate deltoid or
hastate Ivs., small whitish fls. in racemes or panicles,
5-parted calyx, 8 stamens, 1-loculed ovary ripening
into a floury 3-angled achene. — Both species are grown
for the grain, from which flour is made; and in
horticulture sometimes used as a catch-crop or green-
crop in orchards and elsewhero for the good effect
on the land.
escul^ntum, Moench {Polygonum Fagov^rum, Linn.).
Buckwheat (which see). Fig. 1472. Lvs. large and
broad, long-petioled : fls. white, fragrant, in panicled or
corymbose racemes : achene or grain with regular angles.
tat&ricum, Gaertn. {Polygonum tatdricum, Linn.).
India-Wheat. Buckwheat. Fig. 1473. More slender:
lvs. smaller and hastate or arrow-shaped, shorter-
petioled: fls. greenish or yellowish, in small mostly
simple racemes from the If .-axils: achene with wavy or
notched angles, smaller than in buckwheat. — Useful
in short-season climates and on poorer lands. The Fi^.
1473 is made from Linnaeus' original specimens of his
Polygonum talaricum, now deposited in the Linnaean
herbarium, London. l, jj. g.
FAGUS (ancient Latin name). Fagdcex. Beech.
Ornamental trees, chiefly grown for their handsome
foliage, good habit and the conspicuous color of the
bark; also valuable timber trees. There are marked
horticultural forms.
Deciduous: winter-buds conspicuous, elongated,
acute: lvs. alternate, distichous, dentate or nearly
entire, with caducous small stipules: fls. monoecious.
(1201)
1202
FAGUS
with the Iva.; stamjnat« in slender-peduncled pendu-
lous heads, appearing at the base of th« ;^oung sbootsj
perianth 5-7-lobedi stameos 8-13; pistillate with 3
styles, usually 2 in an axillary peduncled involucre: fr.
a brown, ovate, triaagled nut, 1 or 2 in a prickly, dehis-
cent involucre. — Eight
species occur in the cooler
regions of the northern
hemisphere. The speciee
of the aouthern hemis-
phere, often included
under Fagus (as F. betw-
hides and others), form
Uie genus Notbofagus,
which see.
The beeches are tall
deciduous hardy treee, of
noble, Hymmetncal habit,
with smooth light gray
bark and clean dark green
foliage, which is rarely
attacked by insects or
fungi. They are among
the most ornamental and
beautiful trees for park
planting, and attractive
at every season, especially
in spring, with the youn^
foliage of a tender deli-
cate green, and the grace-
ful, (uooping heads of the
stajninate floweis. All of
the eight species known,
save one, are in cultiva-
tion and differ comparar
lively little from each
other. The American and
the European species are
especially much alike, but
the first has the bark of a lighter color, the head is
broader and more roundish, and the leaves less shin-
ing, turning clear yellow in fall, while the latter has
a more ovate head and shining fohage, which turns
reddish brown in fall and remains on the branches
almost through the whole winter. It is sometimes used
for tall hedges. In Europe, the beech is a very impor-
tant forest tree, and the hard and very cloae-^amed
wood is largely used in the manufacture of different
articles and for fuel; but it is not very durable in the
soil. The sweet nuts are edible, and in Europe an oil
is pressed from them, used for cooking and other
purposes.
FAGUS
The beech pre'ers dryish situations, and grows best
in sandy loam and in limestone aoil. Propagated by
seeds sown in fall where there is no danger of their
being eaten by mice, or dried after gathering and kept
mixed with dry sand until spring. The young plonls
should be transplanted every second or thinl year;
otherwise they make long tap-roots, and cannot always
be transplanted successfully. The varieties are grafted
on seedling stock, usually in the o'eenhouse in early
spring; grafting m the open usually gives not very
satisfactory results.
Both in Europe and the eastern United States the
beech forms extensive forests. It is today the coounon
hardwood tree of central Europe, particularly in Den-
mark and Germany, raised as pure growth or mixture.
It requires a loamy, preferably calcareous soil, shuns
poor sand and swamp, ascends 1^ 3,500 feet in the
Alps ; prefers north and east exposures, endures much
shade, protects and improves the soil, and produces
large amounts of wood to the acre. The wood is heavy
(specific gravity 0.&5 to 0,75) hard, straight-grained, of
close texture, not durable. Beech is not used as build-
ing lumber, but is extensively used for ordinary wooden
ware, furniture, wheelwrignt and cooperage stock.
(F. Roth.)
grsndifdUa, Ehrh. (F.f emglnta, Ait. F. americAna,
Sweet. F. atropunieea, Sudw.).
Figs. U74, 1475. Tree,
to 80 ft., rarely 120 ft.:
Ivs. ovate-oblong, acumi-
nate, coarsely serrate, si Iky
beneath when young, witn
9-14 pairs of veins, dark
bluish RTeen above, light
yellowi^ green breath,
2!'^ in. long: involucre
covered with slender,
straight or recurved prick-
lee, ^in. high. E. K.
Amer., west b> Wis. and
Texas. 8.8. 9:444. Em.
182. G.F. 8:125. A.G.
12:711. F.E.20:586. Var.
pubGscens, Fern. & Rehd.
oft-pubescent below.
Bbbcb.
Var. carolinJina, Fern. & j^^ ^
Rehd. {F. /erruriwa var. ^ j."inT«tic.. i
caroliniatta, Loud, F. ro-
landifdUa, Raf.). Lvs. broader, of firmer texture,
darker above: involucre rufous-tomentoee, with fewer
and diorter prickles: nut smaller, not exceeding the
ilucre. From N. J. and S. III. to Fla. and Texas.
flvltica, Linn. Eubofean Beech. Fig. 1475.
e, to 80 ft., or rarely 100 ft.: lvs. ovate or elliptic,
lotely denticulate, silky beneath and ciliate when
ing, with 5-9 pairs of veins, dark green and glossy
ve, pale beneath, 2-4 in. long: involucre with most'v
ight prickles, about 1 in. hi0i. Cent, and S. Eu. i •
icasus. M.D.G. 1902:579-582. H.W. 2:20, pp. 4:
43. F.E. 33:615. Fig. 1475 contrasts the Iv
of the American and European speeiea. A gre;
number of varieties are in cult., of which tl
, following are the most remarkable: Var. p&i-
\ dula, Lodd. Fig. 1476. With long penduloL .
branches, the larger limbs mostly horiiontall-,
eading, G.C. III. 51:114. G.W. 15, p. 662. B.K
(7, p, 393. Gn. 42, p. 65; 55, p. 267; 64, p. 167
M:32 (adapted in fig. 1476), Gng, 6:258. G.W.
p. 15; 9, p. 510; 15, p. 663. G,M. 52:807, Var-
nUtsa, Dipp. (var, autnteli^nsie, Ilort.). Dwar'
n, with twisted and contorted branches and smal'
M.D.G. 1912:110. Var. pyramidilis, Kirchn. O:
amidal habit, Var. purpllrea, Ait. (var, airopar-
ea, Hort.). Fig. 1477. L vs. purple. M.D.G. 1901:
FAGUS
163; 1908:499. G.C. III. 24:305. F.E. 13:472; 14:
874. A.G. 18:837. G.W. 2, p. 539. A form with very
dark purple Ivb, &ud of compact habit ia var. RfversiL
Hort. There are other fonna, diSering in the shade dl
puiple, as var. euprta, Hort., and also some with rosy
pink variegated IvB. Var. purpftrea ptadiUa, Hort., baa
purple IvB. and p«nduloua branches, but is oi slow
Efowth. Var. ZUtia, Spaeth, has yellow foliage. Var,
EeterophfUs, Loud. <var. aspUnifdlia, LciddO. Lvs.
deeply cut, often almoet to the midrib, into narrow
lobee, A very graceful variety, forming a dense and
low, shrubby tree. Ma. Ij p. 61. F.E. 18:314. P.G.
3:163. Lees important varieties, but sometimes grown,
are the followmg; Var. cristita, Lodd., with deeply
tootlied, curled, email and clustered Ivb,: of alow
growth. Var. indsa, Hort. Similar to var. hetero-
pAvUo. but Ivs. kea deeply cut. Var. macTO^fUjL Hort.
Lvs. large, to 5 in, long. Var. quefcildlia, Schelle
(var. qua-ctAdea, Hort.). With deeply tooUied and
sinuate, rather narrow Ivb. Var. quercoldes, Pen.,
often confused with var. querdjolia, is a form with
dark and rough, oak-like bark. M.D.G. 1909:600.
F. (HvUioi. Winkl,— F. orieDtklU.— F. Bnffyriina, Sseman.
Trm. ibout GO ft, ull: Itb, obovito or OTiJ-obovmte. cEabroua
below: guUi of fr. 2-3 id. long, ilabroiu. Cenl. Chin^^F. japOn-
ica. Muira. Lvs. gniBll, Ell^tlc, crensM: involucre mull, den-
der-pedunclsd, h&lf u loag u the auu. Jspan. B.l.F. 1:36. —
F. erierMlii, LiiMty (F. huiLce. Winkl.), Pynmiidil tree: Its.
iblDiiff-obovAte, nearly entire: lower prickloe of t]M
mngiwi into linfl&r-obloiMi lobm. Asia Minor Ui N.
is.— f, Sttbaldii. Bndl. Lv& ovate, ihorlly acumiule, on-
'" " I4ikainof VEinailoverpricklacif tbeinvoiucrechanff-
j__ ,: obpvalffoblonf loben Japan, 8XF,
-, lonsipea. Oliver),
val. Gneh' pubancDt
.bove. Cent. China.
Alfred Rzhder.
FALLCgIA (after Virgilio Fallugi or Falugi, an
Italian botanic&l writer, end of the eeveateentn cen-
tury). RoxAcex. Ornamental woody plant sometimes
cultivated for its handsome white flowers and ttie
attractive heofis of feathery tailed fruits.
Deciduous shrub: lvs, alternate, small, 3-7-Iobed
at the apex, stipulate; fls. 1-3, terminal on elongated
branchlets, perfect or polvgamous, with 6 narrow bracta
inserted between the calyx-lobes: calyx-tube cupular;
sepals 5, imbricate; petals 5, suborbicular, yellowiah
white; sWnens numerous in 3 rows; pistils many, on a
conical torus, pubescent; style slender; achenee with
long persistent plumose styles, —One species in S. W.
This plant is a low divaricate shrub with slender
q>reBding branches, and conspicuous while flowers at
FATSIA 1203
the tips of slender branchlets, followed by dense heads
of feathery tailed fruits. Hardy as far north as Massar
chusetts; demands well-drained soil and a sunny warm
position; likes hmeetone soil; stagnant moisture, par-
ticularly during the winter, is fatal to it. Its best place
is in a rockery of southern aspect. Propagation is by
seeds, which are freely produced.
paradAza, Endl. Shrub, to 3 ft.: Ivb. cuneate with
3-7 narrow-oblong lobee decurrent into the linear
Ktiole, revolute at the margin and whitish tomentoee
low, >f;"^in. long: fls. 1-5, 1-lH in- across, white:
achenee with feathery tails 1-lJ-^ in. long. June-Aug.;
fr. Aug.-Oct. Calif., Nev. and Utah south U> Mez.
B.M. 6660. M.D.G. 1900:207. Aijmd Rbhder.
FARADATA (Michael Faraday, famous chemist,
1794-1867). VerheaAeex. Climbrng shrubs, oUied to
Clerodendron, with opixwite simple Ivb., and fls. in
terminal cO' nodular panicles; corolla tubular, widened
upward, with a 4-loDed limb of which one lobe is
larger; stamens 4. paired, exserted; ovbjv 4-lobed
and 4~celled:fr. adrupe. Ihere are about a half .^ozen
species in Austral, and S. Pacific islands. They appear
not to be in the trade. F. gjUinduia, Muell., of Austral.,
may occur in choice collections: it is a tall glabrous
climber with ovate, acuminate coriaceous lvs. 6-12 in.
long, and lai^ white fls. in terminal panicles.
FARFttGIUH: Lieiilaria,
fAtSIA (horn a Japanese name). Arali&eex. Half-
hardy shrubs or small trees, used for subtropical
foliage effects in the North, and planted pennanently
far South.
Fatsia has 2 species, belonging to the Panax series,
in ^licb the petals are valvate, while in the Aralia
series they are more or leas overlapping, but the mdee
affixed at the base. Within the Panax series, Polyscias
bas the pedicel articulated under the fl., while in Fatsia
and Acanthoponox the pedicel is t»ntinuous with the
fi. Fatsa ia distinguished from the hardier and less
lH-2in. 1<
o of mnii* bMclylkcu otfitlca
MT7. Goodn
familiar but worthy Acanthopanax by the greater
lenrth and distinctness of the styles. TWa genus is
doubly interesting as producing the famous rice paper
of the Chinese, and two rivals of the castor-all plant
in bold subtropical effects, made by large Iva., the
lobes of which spread out like fingers.
While f&tsias re<|uire more care m the North than the
hardy araliaa, their massive subtropical appearance is
1204
FATSIA
highly distinct. A perfect Bpecimen ia fiEured id Gar-
dening 5 r 133, where W. R. Smith says o( F. papyrifera:
"This plant produces the beautiful substance known as
rice paperj it growa to 10 (t. high, with a st. 4 in. diam..
full of white pith like the elder; in a full-grown speci-
men the pith is about 1 in. diam. It is divided into
pieces 3 in. long, and by the aid of a sharp instrument
IB unrolled, forming the thin, narrow sheets known as
rice paper, greatly used by the Chinese for drawing
figures of plants and animals, and also for making arti-
ficial fls. Until about 1850 the source of this substance
o scientists. The Chinese, on inquiry,
i descriptions of it. . . .
Cat, as J^in. of the root
. t the first season. It
has survived most winters for the past 5 years in
Washington, D. C."
As associates in groups of bold-habited plants, F. W.
Burbidge (Gn. 45, p. 321) auggeste Polygonum eaeha-
linenae, Chamxropa Forlunei and Sodgertia podo-
phylia. For contrast with feathery and cut^leaved foli-
age, he suggests bamboos, aucubae, cut-leaved m^l«
easily grown and propagated. The species are unarmed ;
the very spiny plant sometimes referred to this genus
as F. horruia, is treated under Echinopanax, which see.
Siebert and Voss declare that most of the plants sold as
Falgia japonica are Aratia spinoM. These plants like
shade. Full sunlight for an hour or two in early morning
is enough. They should have a shelter-spot, where the
wind will not whip their foliage,
papyilfera, Benth. 4 Hook. (Ardlia ■papjpifera. Hook.
Tetrapinaxpapyriferumi'Kocii.). Hei^t 5-7 ft. (accord-
ing to Fnmceschi, 20 ft. in the open ^und in S. Calif.) :
branches and young Ivs. covered with stellate, more or
less deciduous down; mature Ivs, reaching 1ft. long, cor-
date, 6-7-lobed; lobes acute, serrate; sinus very deep: fls.
inconspicuous.white, in sessile, globose clusters. Formosa.
B.M. 4897. A.F. 7:385. Gng. 6:133, Gn. 45, p. 321.
imng gi
.. i, China. — Abroad are ciDt. forms with white l.
golden margins and a form reticulated with gold mark-
FEIJOA
ings. Var. UdsarJr Hort., is regarded as an improved,
more compact>^rowing variety which originated wiUi
Moaer of Fgntamebleau. Intro, into Amer. by Mon-
tarioso Nuneries, Santa Barbara, Calif.
WtLHELu Miller.
N. TATLOR.t
P^IA (application doubtful). V(deriai\Axxse. One
glabrous branching annual of the Medit. region, some-
times grown as an omameDtal and also as a salad
Elant. Iivs. entire or dentate: fls. red, small, in took or
as dense terminal cymes; peduncles thick and fistular;
corolla with an elongated tube and a 2^1ipped limb,
irregular at the base: stamens 2; style entire or 2-3-fid.
F. ComaedpUe, DC. (Foimdno ComucJlpi^, Linn.),
a variable species, usually with purplish sts., grows
10-16 in. high: Ivs. nearly all radical, oval-oblong, shin-
ing green. It is sometimes known as African valerian.
The Ivs. are eaten as salad, being related to corn-salad.
The plant seems not to be in the American trade.
FEIjdA The Fbuoa, or Pineapple Guava {Feij'da
SeUowiAita, Berg, family Myrliixxx) is indigenous to
western Paraguay, southern Braiil,
Uruguay, and parts of Argentina,
where it is common in the forests.
the natives though not cultivate!
It was introduced to southern
Europe in 1890, and is ^wn along
the Riviera, both in France and
Italy. From the former country
it was introduced to the United
States about 1900, and is becoming
widely planted in California. lU
distribution in other countries ia
very limited.
Feijoa is of 2 species. It ia the
OrthoBtemon of Berg, not of
Robert Brown. P. obotiAla, Berg
(0. obovdtus. Berg), is considered
^ Niedenzu to te a variety of F.
Selhiiyiana. It is a white-tomentoee
ahnib, with bisexual showy fls.;
petals 4, spreading; stamens numer-
ous, in many series, colored; ovary
4-cclled, bearing a thickish style;
pedicels 1-fld., at the ends of the
branches or becoming lateral. The
other species is F. SeheackiAna,
Kiaersk^ of Braiil, described first in
1891. The genua is closely allied to
Psidium, but is distiDguished by the
albuminous seeds and stamens auberect in the bud.
The plant grows to an ultimat« height of 15 feet. Its
leaves arc similar in form and appearance to those of
the olive, but larger, the upper surface glossy green,
and lower surface silvery gray, forming a contrast that
makes the ahrub effectively ornamental. This effect is
much heightened by its flowers which are produced in
late spring and are 1)^ inches in diameter, compo^
of four cupped petals, white outside and purplish crim-
son within, 8urmoimt«d by a tuft of crimson stamens
1 inch long. The oval or oblong fruita, 2 inches in
length and 1 'A inches in thickness, ripen in autumn and
ear^ winter. The skin is dull green, with sometimes a
touch of crimson on the cheek; it incloses a layer of
whitish, granular flesh, which surrounds a quantity
of tranalucentjinelting pulp, containing twenty to
thirty seeds. The flavor bears a pronoiu><^ resem-
be felt in the mouth. While commonly eaten fresh, the
fruit may be cooked in several ways, cryatalliied, or
made into jam or jelly.
The feijoa does not seem to thrive under strictly
tropical conditions, preferring a climate such as that
FEIJOA
of BOUthem CaJifomia or the Riviera, free from exces-
sive humidity, and cool- at least part of the year, la
FYsDce, the plaoto have passed uninjured throuf^
temperaturea of 12° F. A good loam, rich in humus, is
the ideal soil for the feijoa. It has been successfully
grown on heavy clay, by working in a. qusjitity of li^t
material, but it does not do well on light or sandy soda.
The situation seems to be of little importance, provided
the land is well drained. While the plant is notably
drought^resistant, for beet results in growth and fruit-
ing a liberal supply of water is necessary. During the
di^ season, imgations should be as frequent as for
citrous trees. Fertilizers must be applied with caution,
or they will Btimulat« growth at toe expense of fruit.
A sm^l quantity of bone-meal, or other fertiliBcr not
too rich m nitrogen, may be advBHtsgeousIy applied
each year, while well-rotted manure will supply the
much-needed humus, if it is lacking in the soil. The
Elants should be set 15 or 18 feet apart, and require very
ttle pruning. Seedlings usually come into bearing at
three to five years; grafted or layered plants will some-
times bear the second year.
In some instances, seedling feijoas fruit spsringly or
not at aJl, either through the failure of the fiowers to be
properly tertiliied or because of unfavorable soil or sur-
roundings. Although isolatedplants are often productive,
it has b^Q sugge^ed that the feijoa is sometimes self-
Bt^le, and two or more bushes should be planted
togethertopermitofcraes-pollination. The difficulty can
probably be obviated, in a measure at least, by propa-
gating asexually from strains of known productiveneea.
The fruits fall when mature, and must be laid in a
oool place until they are in condition for eating, which
can be detected by a slight softening, and also by the
odor, — a fragrance most delightful. K picked before
fully mature and ready to fall, the fruits lack much of
the delicate flavor ot a perfectly ripened specimen.
Very littJe care is requ^BU in packing, and toe fruits
can be shipp^ long distances without difficulty. They
spoil quickly in a hot, humid atmosphere, but if stored
in a cool place they can be kept for a month or more
in perfect condition.
The shrub is attacked by a very few insects, the only
one noted in either California or southern Europe
being the black scale (Saieietia oleie), which rsrely
requires combative messures. No fungous diseases
have been observed on mature plants.
Propagation is usually by seed, but some vegetative
means must be used to perpetuate named varieties.
Fruits for seed should be selected with a view to desira-
bility in every character, as in precocity of bearing and
procluctiveness of the parent. While the feijoa does not
One of the best mediums for germinating the seeds
is a mixture of ailver-ssnd and well-ratted redwood
sawdust. This gives an almost sterile medium, in which
there is little danger of damping-off, U) which fungus
the young plants are very susceptible. With care in
covering them to the depth of ^ inch. Germination
will usually take place within three weeks. A glass-
house is not necessary, but the flats containing the
seeds should be kept in a frame with lath or slat covei^
ing to provide partial shade. The seeds will retain
their vitality a year or more, if kept dry. As soon as
the young plants have made their second leaves they
should be pricked off into 2-inch pots; after attaining
a height of 4 inches they should be shifted into 3-incb
pots, from which they can later on be transplanted
mto the open ground.
Cuttings can be successfully rooted under glass.
They should be of youiw wood from the ends of
branches, and about 4 inches in length. Inserted in
clear sand over bottom heat they willstrike roots in a
month or two; without bottom heat they root very
slowlv. It is sometimes advised to keep them cdvcTed
with bell-jars until they have formed roots.
layering is used in France to perpetuate choice
forms. It IB somewhat tedious, but more certsin than
any other vEKctative meoos of propagation. Those
branches which are closest to the ground are bent
down and covered with soil for the space of 3 to 6
inches. They require no care except to keep the soil
fairly moist, and they will root in six months.
Whip-grafting and veneer-groftinH are sucoeasfully
practisea under glass, using as stocks seedling feijoas
■• ■^- • 'lould be
liEEWbuvu uuucr i^uuB, uBiii|^ OB stocks Bcedlin
of the diameter of a lead pencil. The i
which the moot prominent are Andr^ and Besson.
F. W. POPENOB.
FELIcIA (for Herr Felix, a German official). Com-
pAsUx. Herbs or sub-flhrubs, grown under gmss or as
pot specimens.
Leaves alternate, entin
heads usually long-ped
corolla blue or white, the
Much like Aster, from wh
in having pappus bristles
in one senes, and in
other technical charao-
teiB. — Forty to 80 species
ameUridas, Voas, not
Schlechter 1898 (Cin-
erdria amdicAdet, lAon.
AsUr rolundi/dliut,
""' ' oapinsU, '
Agathka c
A. Totun
1479. BlM aitj.—i
Cass.
Nees. A. amelloiaet,
DC.). Blub Daisy.
Blub Mabqukiutk. Fig.
1470. An old green-
house plant, 1-2 ft., with
roundish ovat« opposite
Ivs. and targe, solitary
heads of an exquisite
sky-blue. 8. Afr. B.M.
249. A.F. 13:667. F.R.
1:674. Gng. 6:149.—
There is a varic^t«d-
Ivd, variety (I.H.8:296).
Grown easily from cut-
tings. Handled like a
cineraria; or, if grown
from spring cuttings
tor winter bloom, like
a chrysanthemum, but ,.,,.,
with more heat in the
fall. An el^ont pot--plant, and useful for bedding in S
protected place. Var. monatrdaa, Hort. Fls. double the
siie of the type.
petioUU, N.E. Br. (isler pefioUfut, Harvey). An
undershrub more or less prostrate and useful for
hanging-baskets: Ivs. obovat« or lanceolate, wedge-
shap^ at the base, rather papery: fls. at first r"
' ' --'--"- -•- --^ t^ aster.4)Iut. _
G.C. III. 42:82.— Intro, in
N. Tatlor.!
FENDL^RA (after Augustus Fendler, a German
naturalist, botanical explorer of New Mexico). Saii'
jTogdcex. Ornamental woody plant grown for its hand-
some white flowers.
Deciduous shrub; Ivs. opposite, shortr-petioled,
entire, 3-nerved: fls. solitary or rarely 2-3 at the end of
short lateral branchlets; calyx-lobss and petals 4;
stamens 8; ovary almost superior: fr. a 4-celled, dehis-
d superior ovary. Tney are grace-
ful ornamental ahn^ with email, gra^riah foliage,
' 'i June along the sleuder, arching branches
14KI. Ftodltn repicol^ (XH)
with graceful while fla., reeembling in shape a Maltese
cross. Hardy io New England, and Krowing beet in a
well-drained, aandy or peaty soil and sunny position.
A very handsome and graceful plant for sunny rock-
eries or rocky slopee. IVop. by seeds or by greenwood
cuttings under glass.
rnpIcoU, Engelm. & Gray, Fig. 1480. To 4 ft.: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate or linear-oblong, 3-nerved, revolute
at the mar^, grayish tomentose beneath, H-l in.
long: Ah. milky white, 1 in. across; petals rhombio-
ovate, with distinct claw, spreading; stamens erect.
June. G.F.2:113 (adapted m Fig, 1480). G.C. III.
36:410. B.M.7924. R.U. 1801, p. 42; 1899, p. 129,
M.D.G. 1899:231. G. 28:601. Alfked Rehdbr.
FENNEL. Species of Faniculum (Umbellifera),
annuals or treated as such, used as salad or condimental
herbs. JJative of southern Europe. The i
8 grown mostly for il
flavoring, and also I
aromatic seeds. Iicavee sometimes eaten raw. Sow
seeds in late fall to ensure early germination in spring,
or sow in early spring. In any good soil, the plant
comes to maturity quickly. This plant has become in
California one of the most widely naturalized Euro-
pean weeds. It is a peet in pastures, said at times to
attain 12 or 15 feet.
The Florence or sweet fennel is F, dvke, DC, The
bases of the crowded leaf-stalka are much thickened,
making a bulb-like enlargement above the ground. This
thickened base has en oval form in cross-section,
Earthin^-up blanches these thickened leaf-bases, and
after boiling they are fit for eating. A good fennel
bottom may be 3 or 4 inches high. This is an Italian
FENUGREEK
vegetable, but is in the American trade. Easily culti-
vated annual; matures quickly. Sow in spring, and
later for succession.
Giant fennel is cultivated for ornament, and is
described under Ferula. Fennel-flower is a name of
Nigella. L. H. B.
FEinTGREEK ( Trigondla FttnumrGrxeam, literally
Greek ha^). An annual l^ume indigenous to western
Asia, cultivated for human food, forage, and for medi-
cinal cjuaUties; widely naturalized in Mediterranean
countries; little grown in America.
Fenugreek is an erect little-branched plant with 3-
foliolate leaves. The seeds are 1 or 2 lines long, brown-
iafa yellow and marked with an oblique furrow half
their length. They emit a peculiar odor, and contain
starch, mucilage, a bitter extractive, a yellow coloring
matter, and 6 per cent of fixed and volatile oils. As
human food they are used in Egypt, mixed with wheat
flour, to make bread ; in India, with other condiments,
to make curry powder; in Greece, either boiled or raw,
as an addition to honey; in many oriental countries, to
^ve plumpness to the female human form. The plant
IS used as an esculent in Hindostan; as an early fodder
in Egypt, Algiers, France, and other countries border-
ing Uie Mediterranean. Formerly the seed was valued
in medicine; now it is employed only in the prepara-
tion of emollient cataplasms, enemata, ointments and
plasters, never intemsjly. In veterinary practice it is
still esteemed for poultices, condition powders, as a
vehicle for drugs, and to diminish the nauseating and
Kriping effects of purgatives. It is commonly used by
hostlers to produce gtoesy coats upon their horses and
to give a temporary fire and vigor; by stockmen to,
excite thirst and digestion in fattening animals; by
manufacturers of patent stock foods as a Savoring
Fenugreek does not succeed on clays, sands, wet or
sour soiu. It yields most seed upon well-drained loams
of medium texture and of moderate fertility; most
fodder upon rich lands. For seed-production, potash
and phosphoric acid should be applied; for forage,
nitrogenous manures, Deep plowmg and thtnnugh
harrowing are essentia, len to twenty pounds of
seed shomd be used broadcast, or seven to ten pounds
in drills 18 inches apart, ThiDning when the plants are
2 or 3 inches tall, and clean culture throughout the
season until blossoming time, are ni
are neccasair for a seed
, dried and threshed four
e months after seeding. An average yield should
green manures of this country. It possesses
FENUGREEK
the power of obtaining nitrogen from the air by means
of root-tuberdea. — For description of the plant, see
TrigontUa. M. G. Kains.
penZLU: Oilia.
FUtDInAnDA: PBdacSKnium.
FESN-BALLS (Fie. 1481) are the dried rhizomee of
femB, imparted fromJapan. DealersoftenBtarttheminto
growth, and sell them when the mass \m well covered
with its delicate vegetation. To atart them into growth,
the balls are drenched in a tub of water and then hung
in a warmhouse, not in direct sunlight. When the
Slants are well started, gradually expose them to more
ght and U> a cooler air. Give liquid manure if they
do not grow Batisfactorily. The species are mostly
Davalliaa, apparently D. InJlala and D. Mariemi.
Fern-balls (DovoUta iniUala) are of Japaneee origin.
They are natives of deep mossy forests (the mosses
on trees as well as on the ground), with abundant
humidity in the air, as in Kiso or some parte of
14SI. Fanu in fonud *b«p«s.
Fukuahima diatricts. Toward the end of every
winter, an expert goes into these forests and gathers
the vines of such ferns. They should be carefuuj[ kept
in the bamboo baskets in which a large quantity of
mosses are contained, which must be sprinkled with
water on the way to the metropolis. The people out-
side of large towns or cities do not care much for this
plant. When the plants arrive in the cities or towns,
they fall into the hands of gardeners who make many
shapes with the vines (Fig. 1482). This is done before
any leaves appear. Then the balls or other shaped
articles are hung from the ceihng beam quite near to
its end but not exposed to rain or hot sunshine. The
ferns should not be subjected (o pouring rain or showers,
although they like dew. They should have some
mrinkung of cool water once every day after sunset.
The plant dishkes dust or warm impure water. The
best rertili«er is the extract of fish-meal or cake ("abura-
kasunazumi"). Prices run from 20 cents to 50 centi
United Stat«s money according to the shape of balls
and general excellence. (Issa Tanimura.)
1483. Sponn-
FERNftUA (Jean Francois Femel, 1497-1558,
physician to Henry II of France). AuJndcex. Four
small evergreen trees or shrubs of the Mascarene Isls.,
rarelv grown in choice warmhouse collections. Lvs.
small, opposite, coriaceous, shortratalked, ovate-oblong
or nearly orbicular ;fls. small, sohtary or in 2's, provided
with a 4-toothed calyx-Uke involucre; corolla short-
tubedj salver-shaped, with 4 spreading lobes; stamens
2, affixed in the corolla-throat; disk annular: ovary
1-celled below and 2-celled above: fr. a small berry.
F. buxifilui, Comm., is the species likely to be in cult.
It is a much-branched shrub 4-5 ft. high, with obovate
or oblong lvs. >^in. or less long, and many whitish fls.
in the axils of the lvs.: berry dry, siie of a pea, red,
borne inside the involucre. Mauntius. l_ jj_ g_
FERNS. The plants included under tiiia name com-
Erise an entire onier, made up of several distinct fami-
ee. They include plants varyiiu in sise from a hair-
like creeping stem bearing a few simple, moss-like
leaves, to tall trees SO or more feet in
height, with a stem or trunk nearly a
foot in diameter. Singularly enough,
the extremes in size are both found in
tropical regions, in which most of the
species abound. Most of the ordinary
native species, as well as the larger part
of those in cultivation, consist of an
erect undei^round stem or rootstock
with leaves, often called fronds, clustered
in dense crowns, or in the cases of creep-
ing stems with scattered leaves. In
gtudening parlance, other plants are
sometimes called ferns, as species of
lycopodium and selaginella, as well as ^i^oi,(^"
AMparagut plumotnu.
In the life of an individual fan plant, two distinct
phases occur, represented by two separate and unlike
plants. The ordinary fern plant represents the asexual
phase of growth (sporophyK), producing its spores
normally in spore-cases {sporan^, Fig. 1483). which
are borne in masses (am. Fig. 1484) on the Dack of
margin of the leaf, or in. a few cases are grouped in
spikes or panicles, or in rare cases spread in a layer over
the entire under surface of the leaf. The sexual stage
(pametopAyte) develops from the ■ germinating spore,
and consists of a tiny usually scale-like green Leart-
shaped prothallus (Fig. 1485), which bears the sex-
organs {txrchegonia, female, and anlheridia, male) on tlie
under surface. After fertiliiation in the archegonium,
the egg develops directly into a young fern plimt (Fig.
1485). Many ferns also propagate vEgetatively by
runners or offsets, by bulbfet-Iike buds, and in certain
species the tips of the leaves bend over and take root,
as in OUT common walking-leaf (Camptosorus, which
see).
Fer___
naturally 1:_ — ^ _.
crossed Dv hand, as are the seed-plants, but from the
accidental mixing when prothaUia of allied species are
growing together. Fig. 1486 (G.F. 9:445) is a hybrid
betwecD two native species; it has been found in the
wild in several parts of New England.
Great diversity has existed m the matter of the
separation of the ferns into
genera. Hooker, relying mainly
on artificial characters drawn
lately from the sorus, recog-
nised about seventy genera
only, many of them heterogene-
ous groups of plants with little
resemblance in structure, habit
or natural affinities. John
Smith, rolytng on stem charac-
14M. A Huiu or frait- ters, Presl on variation in vena-
dot ol a Imi. tion and habit, Fte, Moore,
1208
FERNS
and others, have recognised a much greater number of
genera, ranging from 150 to 260, or even more. In
the very unequal treatment by Diels in Die Natfir-
lichea Pflanzcnfamilien (Engler &, Prantl), some 120
genera ore rera^nized. A somewhat "imilur differ-
ence prevails in r^ard to the number of species.
The Synopsis Filicum of Hooker
and Baker (J874), supplemented
by Baker's New Ferns (1892),
TefMgnJEes some 2.700 species.
It is the too prevailing tendency
in this work <1) to fail to recoe-
ntie many valid species which
have been described by German
and French botanists, and (2)
to mass under one ntune very
diverse groups of species from
distant quarters of the world —
from 8 to 10 species not infre-
quently appearuig as a single
so-called "variable species." The
most recent book dealine with the
whole order of ferns, the Index
Filicium by Carl Chriatensen,
recognizes approximately ISO
...> n_... i< J genera and 6,000 speciea, and this
fm^ttt^^uJI number is continually increased
„j,^ jmun ^^ ^^^ result of further tropical
exploration and more careful
study. New forms are constantly coming in from the
less^xplored parts of the world, and within the last few
years several new species have been described from the
Unit«d States, including some from the bettei^known
parts. Of this number some 200 species are in occa-
sional cultivation in America, but the species that
form the bulk of the tem trade do not exceed two
doten. In Europe several hundred species have long
been in cultivation. Most of the species thrive beet
in the mountain regions of the tropics, the mountains
of Jamaica and Java having nearly 600 species each,
and the Andes also a large number. About 165 species
are native in the temperate United States, representing
some thirty-five genera; our native species are so widely
distributed that usually not more than ( . - .
y will be found within the Hi
the
a twenty-five t
PERNS
or panicles on highly modified divisions of the large
flesny foliage Ivs.; prothallium tuberous, subter^jiean,
without chlorophyll.
2. HsrattiAceK. Coarse ferns with large fleshy
sporangia on the under surface of the If., arranged in
cu^Milar or boat^^haped receptacles; protoallium above
ground, green.
BB. Sporanffia riring from an epidermal cell, wUh an
elaalie ring oj pecvUar edit, which OMisf in teat-
Irring the tporu by npturing. {LeptoKporangiate
c. lAia. Jiimy, untoSy only 1 cell Ihiek between the veint.
3. HymenophjiUcea. Filut Fbrnb. Sporangia
attached to a thread-like receptacle arising in a cup at
the end of the If. : ring complete, horizontu or oblique.
cc, hvt. herbateow or leathery.
B. Ring incomplete or radimeTttary: epmangia in
paniclta.
4. Osmundices. FbowERiNa Ferns. Coaiw swamp
ferns developing copious green spores early in the
season: sporangia in panicles at the apei or middle of
the If. or on separate Ivs.
DD. Ring apical; aporangia tuuaUi/ tingle under a teaU,
or in panicles.
5. Scliiz«ice«. Upright or climbing ferns with
ovate sporangia, which open vertically.
n species' of the best locality do not number
more than twenty. Recent explorations in southern
Florida have discovered in that state the presence of a
considerable number of West Indian species not found
elsewhere in the United States.
The ferns arc commonly classified as part of a group
of spore-bearing plants, with vascular (woody) tissue
in stem and leaves; this group is technically known as
the Pteridophytes, and is ordinarily divided into three
orders; viz., the Equisetales, including the horsetails'
and scouring rushes; the Lycopodiales, including the
selaginellas and the club mosses, or ground pines; and
the Filicales, including the true ferns and their n
grouping would indicate.
It should be noted that neither ttie family nor the
generic limitations are in a settled condition. The
researches of Bower, Lang, Jeffrey, and others have
resulted in some changes of classification which are
not included below because they arc not complete
enough. Their conclusions are undoubtedly correct
but are not at present usable.
The families of the order Filicales may be distin-
guished as follows;
A. Spores of one gort. (IgoBporoua.)
B. Sporangia ffeahy, with no ring, rising from the interior
tissues oJ the tf. {Evsporangiale ferns.)
1. Ophk^Iosslces. Adder's-Tongde Fsrks. Her-
baceous small ferns with the sporangia borne in spikes
IM6. Ad aiaaple of ■ tam hybrid. — Drropleri*
FERNS
FERNS
1209
u«, ooUeeted in d^nile
cbuUrt (aori).
8. CraOiflllcete. Mostly tree ferns with ae«sil« or as weU. •, , , ^ „ .
rfiortrflUlked Bporaagia in conapicuouB receptacles, . Tree ferns are pnmarily forest dwellere uxl occur
opening obiiquefy (Fig. 1179, VoL 11). either aa component porta of the dommwit forest
n —.1 j-i _ !■ _iii, ^ ii„..j „„,„„^„ growth or, more commonly, as a sort of thicket or
,J- ^^^TL ,T ™™i ^^ ^ *?h ^wder-tor^" associaUon in moist partial ohiule
(Fig. 1«3), which buret transversely: son covered with ^^^tj, ^^ „f ^, ^^^ f^ ^ ^^ T^
a membranous indusium or Bometimes naked. This ^^j ^„„jg„^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ mouoUin Blopes which
family contains three-fourths of all the ferns. ^ ^^^^ ^^,1,.^^^ (^ ^ V^ ^^ pronounceTwasonal
1- change; they reach, therefore, their best develcpinent,
both as to species and number of indi~
viduals, upon lofty mountains and upon
the seaward side of ranges which are
drenched constantly by cool moisture-
laden winds from the ocean.
The successful cultivation of tree ferns
mider glass is predicated upon these facts,
although not all the species here men-
tioned are horticulturally known in this
country. It is found that most species
should be grown at a temperature of about
60° F, and in a rather shallow soil; that a
continuously wet but well-drained sub-
stratum is essential; and that in general a
tolerably high atmospheric humidity also
is requisite for best growth. Very bright
Bunhght must be guarded against in all
but a few species, amoi^ these being the
common tropical American Cyothea
athifrea, which grows naturally in rather
open places and C. /ur/uracea, a native
of Cuba and Jamaica which assumes a not
unattractive form in drier open situations.
As in other groups of ferns, there are cer-
tain species which demand unusual care
and minor variations of treatment, such
as wrapping the trunk in sphagnum as
a safeguard against drying out. These
special requirements can be determined
10. HarsnUcMe. Small plants rooting
in mud, the Ivs. either quadrifoliate or
reduced to mere filamentous petioles:
rrangia borne in oval conceptacles on
lef^-stalks. Often aquatic, with the
leaves floating on the suiiace of water in
pools or lakes.
tl. Stlvtnilces. Small or minut« plants
with the aspect of liverworts, floating on
the surface of pools: sporangia in mostly
spherical conceptacles.
The literature on the ferns is very ex-
tensive, since they have ever been attrao-
tive plants in cultivation. Many of the
species have been illustrated in elaborate
md others. Our native species have been
illustrated in the two quarto volumes of
p. C. Eaton "The Ferns of North Amer-
ica." A valuable summary of the more
common ' fern species is found in Dr.
Christ's "Die Famkrauter dcr Erde"
(1897), and a recent structural and
morphological treatment is by Sadebeck,
in Engler & Prantl: "Die Natiirlichen
Pflanienfamilien." Schneider's "Book of
Choice Ferns" is the most complete treats
ise on the species under cultivation. A
useful American horticultural manual is
Robinson's "Ferns in Their Homes and
Ours." An excellent little hsndbook for
the wild species of this country is Undei^
wood's "Native Perns and Their Allies."
L. M. Underwood.
R. C. BENEDICT.t
Tree ferns.
The term "tree fern" is apphed com-
monly to ferns of the family Cyatheaceff,
\o distinguish them from species of other
families of ferns which, for the most part,
are not at all arboreswnt. A compara-
tively small number of Cyatheaccs, it is
true, have the trunk short, and oblique or
decumbent; but in most species the trunk
is erect and greatly elongate (commonly
3 to 40 feet nigh) and the whole plant
BO unmistakably trce-Uke in size and pro-
pctttion, that the name "tree fern" is a
most appropriate one for the family. The
leaves are usually large and are borne in
a radiating palm-like crown at the apex of
the trunk, or caudex, as it is often called.
Tlie trunk itself, in the case of an ordinary
mature individual, is marked by numer-
ous close-set leaf-ficars (Fig. 1487); these
The Cyatheaceie are divided technically
into three tribes; Thyrsopterideffl, Dick-
soniete, andCyatheK. The first mentioned
consists of a single species, TkyraopUri*
eieparu,Kunzc, from Juan Fem&ndei. The
two latter tribes may be distinguished as
follows:
Sori terminal upon the veins, at or
near the marjiin of the a „
iodUBlB at least bilobcd. the o
lipfomi«iof the more or less mcMli-
Ged lobule of the leaf Dicksonlea.
Sori borne upon the back of the veins;
induBiiuii |if pnsent) not formed of
the Icai-marfcin in any part. .Cyathe*.
Tie Dicksonieffi consiBt of three genera:
Culcita (often known as Balantium), with
about six species, all of small stature and
nearly devoid of trunk; Dickaonia, with
five tropical American species and several
hardy Australasian species, the latter not
uncommon in cultivation and capable of
enduring unusually great extremes of cold ;
and Cibotium, with four North American
species and several which occur in Asia
and the islands of the Pacific. (See under
Cibotium and Dickaonia.)
j It is in the Cyathea, however, that the
I greatest variety and extremes of leaf form
! are noted, and conseauently the species
of this tril>e are most Highly esteemed in
cultivation, ThCT' are commoiUy asso-
ciated under three genera: C^athca,
Alsophila, and Hcmilelia, distinguished
mainly by characters of the Indusia. One
1210
FERNS
f'ERNS
of the most graceful species of all is Cyathea
arboreOy introduced into England from the West
Indies by Admiral Bligh in 1793. There are numer-
ous species almost equally fine, many of which are
not in general cultivation. The species with clean
trunks, from which the leaves are freely deciduous
after maturity, are the most pleasing; and among
those which deserve especial notice are the following:
Cyathea minor , a very siender Cuban plant with trunk
6 to 12 feet high and 1 to 1 H inches thick, its several
slender bipinnate leaves borne in a spreading crown;
C. portaricenaiSf a tall Porto Rican species with large
nearly tripinnate leaves, its rachises dark, lustrous.
piu*piish brown; C. deganSf of Jamaica, a close ally of
C. arborea, often attaining a wide spread of leaf at an
unusually early age; C. Werckleanaf C hemiotisy and C.
hasttUataf of Costa Rica, a peculiar subgroup charac-
terized by having the leaves fully tripinnate, the ulti-
mate rachises discontinuously alate ; C. diveraens, extend-
ing in one form or another from the Andes to Costa
Rica, its huge fronds exceedingly lax and sometimes
even in large plants recurved nearly to the ground; C.
instgnis of the Greater Antilles, in technical characters
allied to the well-known C, princeps of Mexico; C
suprastri^sa and C. canspersa of Costa Rica and Pan-
ama, dehcate graceful tripinnatifid plants of the high
mountains; C. punctifera of Nicaragua and Costa Rica,
a plant of lower ranse, its huge tripinnatifid fronds
remarkably beautiful trom the strong contrast afforded
by the slender rich brown rachises and the imusuaUy
vivid green leaf -segments; C axtreanitens of Costa Rica
and Panama, a lofty plant with leaf-scars in distant zones,
having the unusual nabit also of shedding piecemeal all
its lai^ tripinnatifid fronds, seasonally.
Of Alsopmla, the two best-known species in cultiva-
tion are doubtless A. auatralis and A. aspera, the latter
a common West Indian plant. A. myosuroideSf of Cuba,
Mexico, and Central America, has lately been reintro-
duced to cultivation. It is a remarkably handsome
1>lant, its rather harsh, heavy, gray-green, tripinnatifid
eaves borne from a copious mass of slender, glossy
brown scales. Another oeautiful species, A. JScuviniif
from Mexico and Guatemala, has very large tripinnate
fronds, with woody castaneous rachises in striking
contrast. A favorite species in cultivation also is A.
quadripinnata (A. pruinaia)f native in the West Indies
and from Mexico to Chile, its short trunk bearing huge
four-pinnate fronds, bluish or silvery white beneath.
The genus Hemitelia includes not only plants of the
above sort, with tripinnatifid fronds (as. for example,
the well-known H, capenHs), but also plants of a dis-
tinctly different type known as the suogenus Cnemi-
daria. These are n, horridaf of the West Indies, and
numerous related species of the American tropics,
many of which have long been cultivated in European
conservatories. They are characterized mainly by
short trunks and large, leafy, simplv pinnate or bipin-
natifid frbnds, and make a beautiful display in cultiva-
tion. Among them may be mentioned H. speciosa, H.
belUif H. grandifoliaf {H, insignis), H. apectabUiSf and H,
subincisa. Their characters have recently been dis-
cussed at some length. (See Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
16:25-49, 1912.)
Considering the wealth of material available in the
American tropics and the comparative ease with which
it may be secured, it is remarkable that so little atten-
tion has been given to the introduction of recently
described species. The novelty and beauty of many of
these render an effort to this end exceedingly desirable
and advantageous from a horticultural point of view.
Costa Rica in particular has yielded many interesting
new species within late years. This rei^on, which has
been called the richest m the world, will doubtless be
equaled by certain parts of the Andes of South
America, when that immense territory shall have been
adequately explored. William R. Maxon.
Cultivation of tender ferns.
To grow commercial varieties of ferns profitably,
the first care should be to secure the necessary number
of properly built and eauipped houses, with a con-
veniently arranged workshop. The house which gives
the most general satisfaction runs north and south, has
an even-span roof, and with a fall to roof of 6 inches
to the foot. Its benches should be arranged to be about
7 feet wide, with a 24-inch path on either side. In an
18-foot house this will permit of having a 7-foot center-
table, two 3)^foot side benches and two 24-inch paths.
Bencnes should not be more than 3 feet above the
walks, as this will bring every part of the bench within
easy reach^ and will permit of every plant being in
constant sight and easily cared for, which fact is
essential in the profital)le cultivation of trade ferns.
The width of house is immaterial, but when houses
adjoin, a width of 27 feet has been found to be very
satisfactory, as this permits the construction of three
7-foot bencnes, two 24-inch paths, and two paths 2)4
feet wide under each gutter.
Thorough provision should be made for ventilation.
For a 27-foot house, a continuous row of ventilators of
at least 3 feet in width should be provided, with some
reliable apparatus for raising same. Heating is the
next important consideration. Either steam or hot
water will give equally good results if properly installed.
The safest way for the avera^ grower is to give the
heating contract to some reliable firm. Water-taps
should be so arranged that a 25-foot hose attached to
same will easily reach any part of the house. A 25-
foot hose can easily be carried about without injuring
either itself or benches and plants: and iron pipe is of
only half the cost of good hose, in most fern-houses
drip is a source of great annoyance, and should be pre-
vented by the use of drip-bars, by having a drip-groove
plowed into the headers immediately under the ven-
tilating-sash, and also by having a ^oove in sides of
gutter-plates. This very slight additional expense will
very soon pay for itself by saving a great number of
Elants, especially when growing very small ferns in
ouses, such as have been transplanted from spore-
pots into boxes. Ventilators should fit into a groove
m ridge of house and be hinged to the ridge. When
ventilators are so arranged, air, which is very desirable
on a good many warm rainy days in the summer, can
be given without having plants m the houses suffering
from excessive moisture. Burning of the fohage will
also be avoided, as the plants will at no time be exposed
to the direct rays of the sun. Ventilators hinged on
header and opening on ridge will always give trouble.
No matter what kind of covering is put over the open-
ing, if it efficiently excludes the burning sun's rajrs it
wiU also prevent the ingress of air.
A propagating-room should be provided; and in the
case of general trade ferns raised from spores, it is a
very safe rule to caJculate on having from 60 to 70
square inches of room in the propagating-frame for
every 1,000 plimts desired. Tne propagating-frame
should be 3}^ feet wide, have sides 9 inches high, and,
to insure an even moisture, its bottom should be cov-
ered to the thickness of 1 inch with fine cinders \rith
the fine ashes removed, which make very clean and
efficient drainage material. The frame should be
covered with li^t sash constructed with drip-bars, to
carry off condensation.
Shading of fern-houses should have close attention.
It is best effected by the application of a suitable wash
to the outside of glass on roof. The following composi-
tion for a wash has given excellent results for a number
of years: To two gallons of benzene or turpentine add
one pint (or more, according to time the shading is
desired to remain on houses) of linseed oil, five pounds
of pure white lead and enough whitening to make
proper thickness (which can very easily be ascertained
FERNS
1211
by applying some of it to a piece of glass whue ewlding
tbe wbitemng); thoroughly mix and appljr to outaide ot
ejasB .with a soft brush of the BBme width as glass.
This shadini;, by the addition of more or less linseed
oil, may be made to stay on houses up to one year. It
properly applied in spring, it will be just right during
the hot days of sumtncr, and in tbe fall and winter,
when more light is gradually required, the frosts f^wlu-
&Uy will have reduced the shading, thus admitting
more light at the necessary time.
Much time, annoyance and expense will be saved by
a careful arrangement of the workshop, or potting-room,
a thing which in most cases is tot&lly ni^ected. It
should be so built that pot ting-benches are ^>out 3 feet
a number of pots of different sixes can be conveniently
stored, and tliat potting material can be thrown from
cart or wagon directly onto potting-benches. By an
improper arrangement of workshop great expense, loss
of time and material are incurred by having to handle
material repeatedly in small quantities.
pTopagalion by mtang of spores.
To ^w ferns from spores successfully, it is advisable
to sterilize soil on which they are to be sown, which
can best be done by subjecting it to a high temperature
by means of steam under a pressure of ten to fif-
teen pounds; and for this purpoee a properly equipped
workshoo should be provided witii a tignt box about 3
IF lai^r if an uncommonly luge number
_. ._ __ ._ be grown. It should be fitted with a
grating made of 2-inch laths spaced 1 inch a^rt
and placed 2 inches from bottom of the box. This
grating may be covered with burlap, and if a K->nch
steam pipe is fitted between bottom of box and ^ting,
and connected to highest point of steam boiler (to
insure getting perfectly dry steam), the soil is ready
to be sterihzed. After having cooled olT, the soil is in
practically the same condition as before so far as moist-
ure, friablenoss, and the like are concemnl, and this
cannot be said of soil that has been steriliied by burn-
ing and by other methods. This steaming process will
effectually destroy all forms of life in the soil and leave
it fpr the use of spores alone. In most localities, the
water used for moistening spores is impure and full of
the spores of low forms of plant life, which are very
destructive to the prothaUi of ferns. To prevent this,
the workshop should be provided with a receptacle in
which the water intended for use on ferns whue in the
prothallus state can be raised to a. bailing temperature,
which will effectually destroy all spores that may be
present in the water. This is best done by leading a
1-inch Bteam-pipe to within Q inches of the bottom of
the receptacle and turning on a reasonable pressure
of steam. IE boiled twelve hours before intended for
use, it will be cool enough to be appUed, and will be
pure. A fern workshop should also be provided with a
dry closet, having a number of shelves about 12 inches
aF^rt, for storing fem-eporee.
In b^inning the cultivation of ferns, it is advisable
to Durchase the spores from some reliable firm which
males fem-growing a specialty, until a sufficient num-
ber of stock plants can be grown to supply spores for
home demand. Spores willdo about equally well in
pots or pans. Pans 12 inches sauare and 4 inches deep
are used for that purpose, as also are the 6-inch com-
mon flower-pots. The 12-inch pons should be suppUed
with l}ii inches and the 6-incn pots with 3 inches of
coal cinders for drainage. Soil for sowing spores on is
best composed of five parte, in the proportions of two
parts good garden soil, two parts of finely screened peat
and one o/ sharp clean propsfating sand. Leaf-mold
m^ be used instead of peat, it easier to procure. This
•oilshould be thoroughly sterilized, as already directed.
The spore-poto should be filled with the soil to within
a inch of tbe top; press firmly. The rest of the pots
should be filled with the same composition after it has
been passed through a screen of about )^inch mesh, then
made absolutely level, firmly pressed and thorougjily
watered with sterihzed water. Three or four hours
after watering will be the best time to sow spores. The
spores should be thinly scattered over the surface of
the soil, a quantity that can be held on a surface of
yi square inch being abundant to sow one 12-inch pan.
Spores should not oe covered with soil. Immediately
after sowing, the sssh of the propagating-frome should
be ti^tty closed and kept so until spores show signs of -
germination, when a small quantity of air should be
given and gradually increased, so that by the time
tbe first small fronds have made tbeir appearance they
may have been sufficiently hardened off to have the
sa^ removed entirely. In sowing spores, great care
will be necessary to prevent them from getting mixed,
fem-spores being very minute And so ught that the
slightest movement of air will carry them long dis-
tances. While sowing spores, all spore-pots should be
kept tightly covered. Being kept m a very close and
humid atmosphere after
sowing, the spores should
not require any watering
for one or two weeks, by
which time they will
have sufficiently settled
not to be dislodged by
a very gentle overhead
watering, which should
be given whenever soil
shows the least si^ of
being dry. Sterilized
1488.Af«mpu. W*'*' «^Oukl be IMCd
until after the first
delicate fronds have been formed. As soon as the first
little fronds have made their appearance, care should
be taken to weed out all imdesu-able vaneties, which,
even with the veiy best of care, will occasionally
creep in. A temperature of 65° F. should be main-
tained b the propagating-house.
As soon as the first small fronds are evenly formed
all over the surface of the pot, the little plants should
be transferred in clumps of four or five planla each, to
well-drained pans (Pig, 1488) or boxes filled with soil
composed of one-half rich garden soil and one-half
peat or leaf -mold, finely screened. In transplanting,
great care should be exercised not to cover the remain-
mg prothalli, but to have them just level with tbe sur-
face of the soil. The clumps of plants should be kept
SB loose as possible, as this will give each individual
plantlet a bett«r chance to form the necessary number
of rootlets, and it will, later on, also be easier to separate
the plants. Boxes tor transplanting ferns are most
convenient when 4 inches deep, 14 inches wide and 22
inches long. These boxes will hold about 200 plants
Elaccd about 1 inch apart. As soon as the little plants
ave formed two or three fronds each, they should be
separated and transplanted singly into boxes similarly
prepared as before, where they may remain untd
sufficiently Strong bo be potted into 2- or 2}^-inch
Times of sowing fem-spor«s are the first weeks of
March, July and October. When making three sow-
ings a year, and allowing a Bufiicicntly longer time for
slower-growing varieties, a constant supply of plants will
be assured. In calculating on time of sowing spores of
commercial varieties of ferns, it will be nelpful to
divide them into two classes, as some varieties are con-
siderably slower of growth and will consequently have
to be sown earlier, in order to be ready for sale at the
same time as the more rapid-growing ones. The follow-
ing popular commercial kinds will require from nine
to ten months between times of sowing and potting.
The names are those that the plants bear in the trade:
1212
FERNS
^EKNS
Adiantum ouneatum.
" *' variM^tum.
" '* grancGoepB.
** Bauaei.
•• decorum.
** Fer^usoniL
** graallixnum.
** mundulum.
** tenenun.
Wiegandii.
Cibotium SohiediL
" r^ale.
Cyathea medullaria.
Qrrtomium oaiyotoideum.
** FortuneL
'* faloatum.
Davallia tenuifolia striota.
Veitchiana.
Diokaonia antarcti<»L
Doodia acpera.
Doodia acpera multifida.
«
««
u
**
Doodia caudata.
Dorsropteria notnlia.
Lastrea ariatata.
vari^ata.
ohrysoloba.
opaca.
SieboldiL
Lygodiiim japonioum.
" seandens.
Nephrodium hirtipes.
Nephn^epia ezaltata.
*' oordata oompact*.
Platg^oma Bridgeaii.
faloata.
Pc^jnpociium aureum.
*' frazinifoliiim, etc
Polsratichum ooriaceum.
'* aetoaum.
Pteria ^^otoruB.
*' tremula Smithiana.
The following trade ferns will develop into plants
large enough to be potted in about six months after
sowing spores:
Adiantum pubeaoena. Pteria cretioa albo-lineata.
" hiapidulum. ** ** magnifica.
Alaophila auatralia. ** ** Mayu.
Qymnogramma calomelano& ** ** nobiiia.
^' chryaophylla. ** haatata.
** decompoaita. ^ " adiantoidea.
** peruviana. ** intemata.
** aulphurea. ** SieboldiL
Lomaria ciliata. ** leptophylla.
" gibba. ** OuvrardiL
** " platyptera. ** palmata.
Nephrodium immeraum oris- ** aerrulata.
tatum. ** ** orifltata.
Nephrodium molle coiymbif- ** *' ** nana.
erum. ** tremula.
Onychium japonieum. ** WimaettiL
Pteria argyrea.
It should also be borne in mind, when calculating
time of sowing, that spores sown in the autimm will
require about four weeks longer for development than
those sown at other times of the vear.
Fern-spores are borne on the oack or under side of
fronds. In some cases they are borne naked on under
surface of frond, while in others they are produced
under a scale-like membrane or indusiiun. In some
cases, as in Pteris, the edge of the pinnse is folded back
over the spores, while in adiantums a small part of the
leaflet is folded back over each little fruit-dot to serve
as a shield or indusium. Davallias form a small sack-
like receptacle at the extremity of the pinnae. The
proper time of gathering spores is when liiey a^iune
a hght brown, rather d^ appearance, or in the indu-
sium-bearing kinds when the mdusium or shield begins
to open. Spores should be gathered on a dark day when
the fronds are slightly moist, as they will be better
retained in that condition, and will not be so liable to
get mixed when disturbea. Fronds, or parts of them,
Siould be cut off entirely in most cases, put up in tight
paper bags and stored on shelves in a cuy closet for a
week, by which time, in most cases, they will be suffi-
ciently dry to have spores removed from them by rub-
bing the frond in a sieve which has about twenty meshes
to the inch. When thus separated from fronds, the
spores should be put up in small seed-bags and placed
in air-tight jars until required for sowing. Cai^ for
in this manner, perfect success has been invariably
secured, even after keeping spores for years.
Propagation by other meafis.
Some ferns form little plants at the ends of pinnse
and of fronds, which upon attaining to sufficient size
may be detached from parent plants, planted into
shallow, well-drained seed-pans, and tor a week or
two left in the propagating-frame, where they will
soon form roots, when they can be potted. Among
such are Adiantum cavdalum, A, Edgeworthii, A.
lunidatum var. doLahriforme^ Asplenium Belangerii,
A. bidbiferuMf A. salicifolium, Polystichum angidare
var. proliferunit and many more.
A very useful decorative fern is Nephrolepis davat-
Uoides var. furcans, and it will make a beautiful speci-
men plant in a comparatively short time. To grow
re quantities, the old plants should be cut back to
within 6 inches of surface of soil and placed in a liouse
where a bottom heat of 90^ F. may be secured, when
they will soon form a large niunl)er of short, strong
fronds. At this time they may be divided into a number
of small plants, potted off and placed in the same posi-
tion as the parent plants. A somewhat slower method
is to plant out a niimber of plants on a bench into 5
inches of soil, in which soil the rhizomes, running over
the surface, will form a niunber of small plants, which
mav be detached and grown on.
A beautiful fern is Adiantum FarUyensey and it
deservedly ranks as the greatest favorite among fern-
lovers. It is best propagated by division. From old
plants, cut off all fronds down to the rhizomes, wash
off soil, cut rhizomes into pieces J^ inch lone, insert
same into well-drained fern-boxes about ]/i inch apart,
in 1 V^ inches of clean, sharp propagating sand. Place
same in propagating-frame in a temperature of 70^ F.
In this position each little fragment of rhizome will
form two or three little fronds in about fifteen or
twenty days, when they may be potted off sindy into
2-inch pots and kept in a temperature of 70° F. The
soil best adapted to A, Farleyenae is finely chopped sod
which has been piled for about six months, with one-
fifth well-decomposed cow-manure added. To attain
perfection in growth and coloring. A, Farleyenae should
be kept in a light, airy and sunny house, in which every
condition of moisture and atmosphere can be kept
under absolute control. In a house of this kind, the
greatly admired and beautifully pinkish tint may be
easily obtained and fronds will be hardy and of ^ood
substance. A temperature of 70** F. is at all times
desirable.
General culture.
To grow ferns such as are used for jardinieres and
decorative work and mentioned in the two preced-
ing lists, a temperature of no less than 55° F.
should be maintamed at all times at night in coldest
weather, with a rise of temperature in the da3rtime of
10° or 16°. To keep ferns in a healthy and growing
condition, to prevent and to kill insect pests and dis-
eases, a proper condition of atmosphere should be care-
fully maintained at all times. Extremes in heat, moist-
ure or dryness should never be allowed. On a warm,
dry, sunny day, when a ^eat deal of air has to be
admitted, much of the moisture of the house is conse-
quently carried off; it will be of great benefit then to
svringe the ferns once or twice a day, also occasionally to
dampen floor of houses. An excessively dry atmosphere
induces the development of the very troublesome pests,
thrips and red spider. On damp and rainy days a
saturated atmosphere should be prevented by supply-
ing a little artificial heat, even if some air has to be
admitted at the same time. This slight expense of
heating on damp days will abundantly pay for itself
by causing the growth of strong, thrifty plants. An
exccHsively moist atmosphere causes parts of fronds
of a great many plants to turn black and to rot off,
besides inducing tne development of almost incurable
fungoid diseases.
The soil for deep-rooting ferns should be as follows:
Three parts fibry loam, one part fibry peat, one part
leaf-mold, one part sand, one part sphagnum moss,
one-half part broken crocks and one-half part broken
charcoal. These ingredients should be thoroughly
mixed and ample drainage provided. For shaUow-
rooting ferns the following cx^mpost should be used:
One part fibry loam, one part peat, one part leaf-
mold, one part sphagnum moss, one-naif part broken
crock, one part sana, one-half part broken charcoal.
If the charcoal cannot be readily secured, half the
amount of sand and finely broken crocks will answer^
FERNS
alUHHigh the oompoeitjcm as preecribed is preferred, as
charcoal keeps the soil sweet and may spare time for
repotting.
In pottioK fema after they paas 4-inch poto, a potting-
stick should always be used as the potter cannot very
well firm them with his 6ngerB, and it secures eveness in
potting. Ferns should be potted tight, especially old
plants. Also old pknta should be partly shaken out
and the roots shortened somewhat, and if canrfully
handled will quickly re^ta.blish themselves and make
better plaats. A potting-stick is very hand}[ also for
pteasing the compost between rbizom^, and it can be
done much more neatly than with the hand.
In the selection and growing of stock plants, the care-
ful grower should always be on the watch for types
which are most perfect in shape, in character of mdi-
▼idual fronds, in coloring, freedom of producing spores.
Bud exemption from the attacks of insects and fungous
diseases. In a large number of ferns a great difference
between the different plsnts of the same s|
apparent ta the careful observer. Some pi
■pedes have beautifully developed froi
carried on long, weak stems, which mak«
for general use. Others may be of oom
habit of powth, but with poorly shaped
individual fronds. In some individuals
the ookuing win be greatly superior. By
closely studying all these points and by
continually selecting only the most per-
fect types of ferns from the young plants,
one can in a few years work up a very
denrable and superior stock. The same
stock plants of the rapid-growing varie-
ties ol ferns should not be carried over
for nunc than three or four ycara, but
youi^t and more desirable plants should
continually be selected and grown to
take their places.
The stoclc should be shifted into larger
pots whenever necessary, and placeoin
a. light, airy house, in which all necee-
•ary conditions are under perfect con-
trol, and in which a temperature in cold-
est weather of 55° F. at night, with a
rise of 10° or 15° in daytime, can always ,^„ -,^„
be maintained. The house should be * ^^
shaded just enough to prevent fronds
from turning yellow. Proper attention to atmospheric
conditions of stockhouse should never be neglected.
Stock plants should not be permitted to remam pot-
bound for too long a period of time, except with a few
kinds, such as alsopbilas, dicksonias, cyatheas, cibo-
"■*"'" le davallias, and
I too much noup-
ting spores.
ne to ferns are
-bug. They are
ere. Thrips, red
mted by a prop-
>n^ing of foliage
. tobacco greatly
ave to determine
lake bis solution.
FERNS
1213
be raised. In this miniature greenhouse many interest-
ing ferns can be grown. Lycopodiums and selsginellas
(which see) are treated in mucb the same way as ferns.
NicHOL N. Bruckner.
X. E, K SCHMlTT.t
List of Under femB. (X. E. E. Schmitt.)
f«rUlQ frondfl ai
irill pcngh and
feJ^ttTy^^v
ered oa Ihe undi
!r Jde vith'^aponM.
a m «ior, „
id when riiw, Bfl^
be micoeodod by tho barren f
orM. Winter 55° to 60" nLghl
"ft'Sffi;?..'!:
e, the deep-r
□otiDg one> of ordinary deptb, but ths
."Xs;
iwn in a depth ol
alliu, the ^allm
about 2 inche. of KBl
ir-rooting upecica^ the*
ept A. GUTCum, whieS
tbitaroolaiiiZuicbaa
t uhJ sbKly
.riUnSd«in°»i
r'
found in F16rid. and
impical America
A low-imnac ami
nhuming da« o
[ fenu nth palm-lik*
Dr rayed frondt
ThBr thrive beat b a
Hunport ol loam.
, p«at. chopped spha*-
ne aanc! and cro^
HOUld have ample drainaffe. fillio
about half-fuU with crockaTThey re
id li|ht and plenty ol moisture; they am
prcqnntad by aporea; Ihcy can also be
ed. WmUs - — "■- ■"'
ndividual plniua ol
than Mmch in .
o large A. perana
htalong. Thoyan
num with pinna 2M to
_ re a deep rich nil and
y oF water durinc the ■rowiofi geeson. and
luring the reeting-period, which ia uaualty
ttecember to the latter part of Febniar7.
ghould be allowed to get [airly dry but
rilled before thejr are walxrBd aipiin. In
Bpeoiee or varietiea of garden origin, r«-
I part of the old fronds juat aa growth
□flDDea; with BOme of the denBer>4rowing
, all the fronds may be out away just aa the
Eowth ia commencing, aa it ie very t«dioua
ere ii not much gained thereto. It should
. leave all the good
f, poesible U
>laiita out of the ;
r lllF of the"
i ball cl
ball a
the ball with a afaarp-pointed 'sUck so that the roots wil
together and trouble would bo eipcrienwd ia geiiine
through again. Should they become loj dry, give a u(
every few minutes until they are given enough to penc
old b^ The crowns should be let down a little d(
sli^ttf pointed here and there
more readily to penetrate, llave
a thin layer of aphagnum moA ov
. The r
le deinier a
. heln t
le height required to receive t
o give a light cavaring of eo:
with the patting atick. place I
e bail, whieh should be
place in a Imr of SOU,
■yer afwr lifhteuuf aa
B solution 1
nch puts.
ice, the amateur
way in which to
im-house, but he
Q case. The bol>
drip on the floor
of the soil. The
ed, so that it can
A^an turns with
settle m the foliage and
that they have sur'-'
they take a good .
greenhouse ferns r
be S3* br i^t. adding 6° to 8° by day;
— ing about 6° by day.
hand-broken Gbry sod
1214
FERNS
^ERNS
even lajrers in the order above stated, then turn three or four times
which will leave the whole evenly mixed, when it vdll be ready for
use. For cult, of A. FarUyense, see p. 1212.
AUophila. Tree ferns, natives of tropical America and Australia.
A. auatralia and A, exceUa will stand sun with a copious supply of
water. Soil as for Dicksonia. Winter temperature for Australian
species, 50^ to 55°; for West Indian, 58° to 60^ night.
Anemia. A pretty class of small-growing ferns, sometimes
called the flowenng ferns, as the fertile sprays appear along with
the sterile frond. They require an open porous soil and are not
deep-rooted. Moderate temperature, 52° to 55° winter temperature
by night. Propagated by spores.
AngiopterU. Giant ferns, more resembling a cycad than a fern*
were it not for the spore cases. They are native of tropical Africa,
tropical Asia and the Philippines. They arc deep-rooting, with
heavy and fleshy roots, and enjoy a rich deep and porous soil.
They require a high and moist tenmerature. not less than 60°
by night in winter and will stand 9(r or more in summer. They
require shade during summer, with more light during winter. A
soil as for dicksonias, with the addition of a little manure is satis-
factory. They should be potted just as growth is commencing.
Care should be taken not to bruise their fleshy roots; should any be
damaged they should be cut off with a sharp knife. Propagated
by spores and division, both a slow process, but more readily by
the large and fleshy scales carefully removed from the old plants,
laid between mphagnum moss, sand and broken crocks in a case
with a bottom heat of 80° or a little more; they should be laid on a
slant with inner side of scale facing upward. When they have
formed buds, emitted roots, and made two or three leaves, they may
be detached and potted sin^ in as small pots as their roots will
permit: return to case and inure to more light and air gradually;
each scale may bring four or five plants.
Blechnum. Ferns of easy culture, requiring moderate shade.
Allied to Lomaria. Several of them are dwarf tree ferns; others
have spreading rootstook. They will not stand dryness; require a
moderately strong soil containing a small amount of manure.
CkeilarUhet. A class of dainty and graceful femB. They require
an open and porous soil; will not tolerate syringing, and require a
good light at all tim^ Propagated by spores and division, spores
preferred. They will not stand an overabundance of moisture at
any time, but will well repay proper care, as they are all very
beautiful. ^Some have fronds resembling the palmate fronds of
Dor^ptens, while others are very much divided. The soil should
consist of one part fibry loam, one part peat, one part leaf-mold,
one part sand, one-half part broken crocks, one part qjhagnum
moss and one-half part broken charcoal, broken quite small, the
whole thoroughly mixed together and the pots vrtVL drained. A
temperature of 50° to 55° smts them best in winter.
Cyathea, Beautiful tree ferns, native of New 2iealand and tropi-
cal America.^ C. meduUarU will ^row to a great height, from 60 to
75 feet, and is often seen in its wild state far above the surrounding
vegetation. Will stand full sun. Temperature for New Zealand
roecies, 50° to 55° winter; tropical American, 55° to 60° nights.
Soil as for Dicksonia.
Cyrtomium. Fig. 1489. Ferns of easy culture. Require a
greenhouse temperature of 48° to 50° by night in winter*^ will
stand a strong light and partial shade. Useful for fem-dishes.
Allied to Aspidium. General culture for ferns.
DataUia is a beautiful class of ferns foimd both in the tropical
and subtropical zones. The smaller-growing forms can be grown
in shallow baskets or pans and have a fair amount of rest in
winter. The Japanese fern-balls are probably D. fnilUUa and D. Mar-
ifgii, and can be laid out in the garden and frozen down to zero and
when the growing season returns watered and they will begin to
grow again. Davallias with heavy rhisomes or any of the surface
creepinil sorts will want to be kept a little on the dry side during
the resting period, which is from the beginning of December to about
March, when they will gradually recommence, and water should
be given accordingly. They must be ssrringed at least twice daily
in winter, as black thrip is liable to attack them; should they be
attacked, dip in a medium solution of sphine or fresh tobacco water.
Should the plants be too large to handle, sjninge them with aphine
or tobacco water at night and give a thorough mrringing with clear
water the next day; apply two or three times, then stop for two or
three days, then repeat, after which the troubles will be over.
The cooler kinds will commence their growth about a month later
than stove kinds. They should be repotted or top-dressed just as
growth commences, if they require it.
p. pallida is a fern which rests from December to March, at
which time gradual increase of water may be given it and by the .
end of March it will be commencing its growth. It should be care-
fully separated, taking care not to injure the points of the rhizomes.
Many of them will be foimd all the way to the bottom of the pots
or pans in which they have been growing. It is well to leave an old
specimen undisturbed for three or four years and only give a light
top-dressing in the spring as growth is commencing, and weak
liquid manure about everv two weeks as the fronds are unfolding:
but always water with clear water first, then follow with liqmd
manure. It requires a stove temperature of 58° to 68° by ni^ht,
adding 6° to 8° by day on bright days, during its resting period,
with corresponding increase durmg the growing season of about 20°.
It needs a good strong light but also shade. It requires a good
supply of water during its growing season and only a small amount
once a week, but must be syringed twice dailsr. The composition
of the soil, should be an open and porous material oonsistine of the
following: two parts fibry loam which had been stacked about
six months and broken up by hand (not sifted or pulveriz«i), one
Krt fibry chopped peat, one part leaf-mold, one part sand, one-
If part broken charcoal, using in the same maimer as the crocks,
one part sphagnum moss chopped roughly, all the parts of this
composition placed in even lajrors in the order named four times,
first to the left, then to the rignt, when it will be of the proper
texture ready for use. The pots or pans should be well drained by
placing a flat piece of crock over the holes flat side down. The
soil should be hand-picked so as to be free of worms and insects.
This process is slow and tedious, but when there is taken into con-
sideration the length of time a plant is to remain undisturbed , too much
care cannot be taken. Place the curved pieces one against the other
until the entire bottom is covered, then place a good sprinkling
of clean H inch soil (no dust), and cover the whole with a thin
layer of sphagnum moss, covering the crocks evenly so that no
soil will pass through. The receptacle is now ready for the soil.
Place some of the rouf best of the soil directly over the moss, then
filling up to within 2 mches of the top, pack down evenly with a
wide potting stick so that they will not sink afterward; now put
in the rhisomes one by one, setting the points so that they will be
evenly distributed, and firm the soil tightly with the fingers, as a
potting stick cannot well be used on account of bruising; let them
be about even with the top on the sides and slightly rounded in
the center; stake the fronds with light stakes to keep them steady,
which will give them a neat appearance as they will have to remam
until the new growth has developed and the plant is reestablished
with new roots, when they will sustain themselves without any
supports. The plant is now ready for waterin^g: one even water-
ing is all that will be required and a light ssrrihSUiS four times a
day. Should the surface become dryish a light watering should be
given as when first potted, but after this the plants will require
water more frequently as they will be making roots rapidly as will
be indicated by the foliage that has developed. Directly after pot-
ting keep the nouse close and increase the air gradually until full
air can be given. Hard-leaved ferns like davallias can stand a light
syringing three or four times a day on all bri^t dajrs but none on
cloudy days unless there is artificial heat on. Decrease syringing as
the cool nights of the end of summer and autumn approach; the
temperature may also be lowered until it f alb to the winter tempera-
ture with the declining season. The foregoing soil is suitiU>ie for
most shallow-rooting ferns.
DtnnsUrdtia. With creeping rootstock. Winter temperature,
52° to 55°. Propagated by spores and division. Culture as for
Microlepia.
Deparia. A small group of ferns with arching fronds. Stove
winter temperature, 55° to 58°. Propagated by spores or bulbils
that form on the fronds. Culture, see main article (p. 1210).
Dick9oni4i, An interesting class of tree ferns from Australia.
They require a cool temperature and partial shade in summer,
but their stems must be syringed frequently. They must never
be allowed to dry at the roots, and even more copiously watered in
summer. Winter temperature, 45° to 48°; can be stood outside in
summer. Can be propagated by spores or side growths carefully
removed from the parent stem without injuring the heel. Rc»uire
a soil of tbree parts loam, one part peat, one part leaf-mold, a little
more than one part sand, some broken crocks and iq>hagnum moss
with the whole, and weU drained.
DidymochUfna, An interesting group of ferns of distinct habit
and growth. Winter temperature, 55° to 58°.
Diplatium. A rather ooarse-growing but interesting class of
ferns, grown mostly in the greenhouse. Allied to Asplenium. A
fairly porous soil smts them best. Propagated by spores or division.
Winter temperature. 55° to 60.°
Doodia. A small and distinct class of ferns of cool temperature,
48° to 52°. Propagated by ejporea and division. For culture, see
main article (p. 1210).
Drynaria. Plants with a thick and downy rhisome. Propagated
by spores and division. All stove ferns allied to Polypodium.
DryopUria. Small stove ferns. Require a winter night tem-
perature of 55° to 58°.
OUichenia. A genus of most beautiful and graceful ferns, natives
of Australia, New Holland and tropical America. They thrive
best in a compost of one part loam, one part peat, one-half part
sand, one-half part broken crocks, one part sphagnum moss; in pot-
ting, the center of the plant should be dropped a Uttle below the rim
of the pot so that the outer rhizomes can rest on the new soil, leav-
ing the center a little deeper than the outer edge; pin the rhizome
down carefully but do not cover; pot firmly; give a gentle water-
ing; syringe several times a day, but take care not to overwater.
They love a cool, moist atmosphere; the tropical American ones
can stand a little more heat, also a little stm; winter temperature
for New Holland ones, 48° to 52°; American, 50° to 55°. Care
should be taken at all times not to overwater or let them get too
dry; the best way is to sound them with your knuckles, and in
fact almost any plant of careful treatment should be treated the
same way.
GoniophMnum, Mostly a deep and free-rooting class of ferns,
demanding culture as for Polypodium.
Hemionilia. An interesting class of low-growing stove ferns
requiring a porous soil. Winter tem[)erature, 55° to 58°. Propa-
gated by spores, or by pinning a mature frond having formed buds,
on a surface of porous sanc^ material, which readily form new
plants.
Hemitelia. A distinct and striking class of tree ferns, native of
tropical America and the Philippines. They are all stove ferns
requiring 60° winter night temperature and ample moisture and
shade at all times; soil as for Dicksonia, as they are heavy and
deep-rooting.
HymenophyUum, A class of ferns of most graceful and delicate
structure; native of tropical America. They require a deep shade
and a shallow compost to grow in as they are found growing on
tree ferns and sandstone: the following will suit them best: sandy,
lumpy peat with very small pieces of sandstone and live sphagnum
denr ihaclerTbeii foliice ihauld D«vpr be allowed lo become diy;
//tfpol*iru. A cUh of fenu with creepioa rooleURk, of ew^
nliurv^ Tc4|iiiniiK riivle. Pn^pH^tsd by q»rtA uid diriiioiL
Gr»ral cultnn ol fenu.
u illinl to MiccolepJB ud DavkUu,
of eur culture. Winwr temiNratun.
aa^to M-.
a of fen
ricti loamr ao<L L. paliialiui
utidB (p. 1310).
tD A&swptcrii, vhich ^ev for tn
t euT culture, requinni
I hu^. For culture. ■
1 mlereatiiic due of fern
Fropii^ted by ipoT
FelLra. A
pncoful babi
■AT ■
>il Build it bert. PropMetad by divisiod or qnrei.
4 cIbm nf iDtereetinsud cneefu] fenu of euy cuU
■nicle. Winter temperature «8° to 63°.
i good lighl: will ni
... .,. _.. ... rod roealy-^Uf BT
prr^HflBtAd by sporea or divifloa.
^ 'of'si' Um' in wEteTrijtnerd
(p. 1210). pTopwsled by iporw.
.. A cIah of moatly etronc-fiToiring uid ETBceful
cutture;^jtf- hiria vn. rrulo^i, beiofl cr-aated, maktM a
wted, but f^rW Btnmc-grow-
TheynuyBbi
PlqJiicmuit
The etsc and elkVhom fenu. A diitinct ukd
clui offenu. They nutur.lly Kiow in the fork.
Mlu. Tfacy *re best etowd od blodu or rafu: fibrr
,hifcg"Tim mOflB AUit tbem bcHl. They should have
iu the growiac Kaaon and a moiet atmoephere at
!i tempeniliire at night. £S° to 60°. addini G° to 7"
Nation. ¥h^re native'
tjw hardy rpedei,
iSiS.'
juire nn addilioD o< loam. They
employed for many punwaea. to
IfMoraCive and bold in habit, nhiie others
:>ld. one part peat, onp part
ijf part brolccn rroclu and
^mre ample drainace and
, and reduced ajnouni when
bbry loam, one part prat,
brolien crocka and ons-balt
PoliHficAum. Many
Fa!r^ liell toowd."«hei
A moderate boI suite tl
" R«- 1400.
unnghtl^ plac«e m a EieenhouaA
flyiinsina will do well, while othera
* Puu7oT numy are preferred,
fl arr hardy or will winter out-of-
I. Propacated by apores or by pin-.
smbot.
' be detaohed ai
._. _._. ._ .. ^^-r, of them hardy,
otben auiUble for greanhouaea and for aton*. They are not par-
ticular aa to Bail; a mixture of two parte peat, one part loam and
one put auMl mil nit them. The Taiiecatod lorrn* ahould be pro-
tected from Tery atrong light. Some of Che ipedee propagate
readily bytiivjeioD of the oreefrint rUiomea. Moat ol the tender
speciee thrive in an intermediate or greeobouae temperature
daaa of plasla of deooratlve and useful character
' '■■ — " S. arbarea and S. IPiB-
othera will not riae orar
le lanter-growin^f kinda,
Iiiiittire1i»- Selai^j^ Compoat for Belagi-
fibry peat, or '-' — '-" --
and varied in fwm of growth aa S.
dnumi: will grow to 16 or more feet
2 inebea or ao. Prop^^ted by euttiii
diviaon in most Idikda, and ""■—■«•
Take down a tl"
TSlely in the n
part Mnd, one part nhiutnum moaa, one-halt part broken urocka
and one part cbareoal. Mix the whole thoroui^ilyi drain well aa
reoommended for tema. S. aramlU and S. Li/aUii require a Wardian
ponvflponding increaae b;
la of N'ew Zealand are T. lun
become dry. Th(
aphajcnum moea. j
filmy fenu of great bi
rrlicy should be groi
nt be bandied witli thi
potted tight, and if HTnfl
rtoUjTnch» Temperalurl45° to 50° :
Kwn in a Wardian raee. kept plane eii
They mu.1 I
;°£''SS
e dfy: but
« naturally oti tteea
ViVana hneaU. A very unusual fern Browine nal
in eoulhem Florida, ll does best fastened on a bloc
of £bry peat and aphagnum moea or in ahallow haaketa in the f
going maieriaU with a portion of sand, brokpn crocka and char
plenty of water at all timea and a good light. Propasated by di
Cultimtloa of hardy f enu.
of life under adverse coaditiooa, but since the beauty
of fern foliage is brought out only by luxuriance of
growth, it ghould be the aim to pluit only where sui^
can be secured.
Ferns in general require poeitions in which the soil
letaina on even amount of moiBturc at all times. Moat
.>cies do not grow well in a cultivated border or where
e space between the plants ia not mulched or given a
ground cover of moasee or other plants which hold
the t«inperature and muisture of the soil surface more
evenly and allow the fema to grow roote near and on
the surface of the sround. Sao when the earth is
bore between the plants, the rains dash mud on the
under side of the frondB--a condition under which no
fern can thrive. However, some of the stronger-grow-
ing species, as the oamundae, because of their heieht
and strong deep roots will do well in a cultivated border.
A study oS the soil surface where the fern is growing
well in the wild will show about what is necessary.
Some ferns, as the maidenhair (Adiontum), have
strong wiry steoiB which will push up through a very
heavy covering of leaves, while other species, as all of
the evergreen ferns, grow in positions in which the
annual fidl of leaves does sot remai
The larger number of fpros prefer
than is mode by the death of their
naturally fall away from the center c
the BUTToundinK soil but leave the <
uncovered and unhindered for its growth in the spring.
Many of the smaller ferns which have neither deep nor
strong creeping roots require a ground cover of other
£lants or smiulated conditions to prevent their being
eaved out of the ground during the winter. A number
of species with strong creeping roots as Denrulxdlia
punctilobida (Dieksonia piioHuscula) and Dryopteria
{Aspidium) novaboracensu eventually form thick
masses which completely cover and fill the ground
with roots. When this condition has been attained, no
soil mulch or cover is needed, and even the old fronds
had best be removed before ^wth starts in the spring.
Ferns may be separated into two classes by their
stems: (1] those with creeping stems; and (2) those
having a central
'dust
of crowns.
. They not only send up a crop of fronds in t
spring but continue to grow new uonds during the
seaaoQ. This class of ferns may be transplanted at any
season with ordinary care, in fact the ironds may be
mowed off and the roots taken up in sods and relaid
like turf, but better results will be secured with more
care to preserve the ^unger and newly started fronds.
Those ferns with distinct crowns naturally send out
only one set of fronds each year. This class of fei-ns is
best moved afl«r the plants have ceased growth in the
fall or before growth starts in the spring. Especially
is this the case with those species having deciduous or
fragile fronds which easily become wilted or broken.
When transplanting while in leaf, it is necessary to
preserve fully half u the fronds to insure a ^ood growth
the following year. The evergreen species, as the
Christmas fern (Polygtichum or Aapidium acrosfi-
choidee), Dryopterii (AKpidium) marginalis and others
with hard coriaceous foliage, can with reasonable caie
be transplanted at any season of the year.
In general, the soil for fema should be rich in humus
and mineral matter and sufiiciently friable to allow
penetration by the fine roots. A neavy clay ia not
aatisfocton' but may be corrected by the addition of a
sandy soil and thoroughly rotted manure or leaves.
A pure leaf-mold is not a good fern soil because it is
lacking in minerals and is too hght and loose for
any fern except the Adiantum. A good sandy loam
with too little clay to bake and not enough v^etable
PERNS
matter to be spongy will suit the la^^er part of ferns.
It will be noticea that most species of ferns with
crowns grow in the wild where their roots reach throu^
the surface mold to a more mineral soil imdemeath ; m
fact they often grow in apparently poor yellow loam.
The following ferns grow luxuriantly in full sunlight
with suitable conditions of soil and moisture: Pteria
aqMiina, OnocUa gensMlU, DenngUedUa punetilt^niia
{Didaonia piioaiuacula), Dryopterit {Atpidium) nova-
boraeenns, and the osmundas.
Practically all the remaining species prefer more or
less protection from the direct rays of the sun, but
darknees or dense shadow is not required. Even the
species which raow in deep, dense shade apparently
need only the numid atmosphere found there, since
□ their fronds.
no heavier mulch
own fronds, which
>f the plant, mulch
-f the plant
1*91. DiTopMrii rinuUla.
near waterfalls and springs they grow in the open. In
mountainous regions in which the atmosphere is cod
and not drying, many species grow in full sunlight
which require more or lees shade in drier climates.
Among such might be mentioned AspUnium Fiiix-
famina, A. acrottidtoidet, Phegopterit hexagonoptero,
D. pdypodioidea, Dryopteria (Aaipidium) Thdypleria,
D. crittala, Onodea StnUhioptena, Woodwardia vir-
ginica, and W. anffualifoUa.
There are about seventy-five native American species
which can be grown in northern gardens, and also a
Kood number of quite distinct varieties. There are
hardy species in foreign countries so that a complete
collection of hardy ferns would probably reach 150
The following species not natives of the United States
are hardy at Philadelphia: Dryopteria ehryaoloba, D.
J
ZU. A good fam Id tontlitni CalUonla. — AliophlU aiiatnll*.
FERNS
FERNS
1217
dUnlata, D. FiHx-mas, D. pseudo-maa Pinderij Nepkro"
dtum hirtipes, Pdystichwn Bratmn, P. lobatum and P.
aelontfn.
The followins notes are drawn from experience in
cultivation of tnese native ferns in the neighborhood
of PhUadelphia.
Adiantum ptdatum prefers lij^t, loose, rioh soil in oool. moist
almde, with yearly mulch o£ leaves. Soil conditions are more
important than shade. Where estid^lished in a wild state will
endure the full sunshine comiois with the removal of trees until
soil conditions change or it is crowded out by stronger plants.
Adiamtutn CapiUu»-Veneri*. Soil conditions about the same. See
that leaf-oovering is not of too large and heavy leaves.
AtpUniufn ocroatiehoideB, Culture as A. Filiz-fcsmina.
AtpUniufn etmrutti/olium thrives on rioh rather moist scnl in
shade. Avoid oomi>lete removal cd fronds when planting in early
fall, as this fern quickly sends up new fro«ul8 to the weakening «
*be following season's growth.
Atpleniutn Bradhyi, A small rare fern. See Camptosorus and
A. pinnatifiHnm for cultivation.
AtvUniwn tbenoidet. Culture same as for A. pinnatifidum or
Camptosorus.
i4«p£efuuiM FUiZ'fiamina, Give good rich loam, moist, with
drainage, with some shade. Endures full sunlight in oool climate.
A beautiful and extremely variable fern. A number of forms are
catalogued.
A^pUnium montanum. Cultivated as Camptosorus or A.
pinnatifidum.
AtpUniutn pinna^^/Sdwn. A small evergreen fern found ia the
wild in oool shaded places in which there lb an uniform amount of
moisture in the soil and when the air is not given to quick extremes
of temperature and humidity. Ferns of this character need about
the same careful i^acing as do real alpine plants. Planting between
stones ia advisable. No winter cover, no bare sml and no plant
Mronger-rooted than a moss near it.
ABpUniwm piatyneuron prefers partial shade. Care must be
taken to prevent smothering by leaves, and to plant where the least
likely to be heaved by frost. It is found most plentifully as a native
on banks growing with grass and other plants m partial shade. The
fronds are evergreen, hut become discolored m severe weather.
Any good loam suits it. Easy to move at any season but difficult
to maintain in masses.
AtpUnium renliens (A. parvulum). Culture of A. plat/aeuron,
A»pUniufn Ruta-mtiraria. Culture same as A. jMnnatifidum.
A9pUniuiH Trichomane*. A small fern growing well where A.
piatyneuron does. The shade of a small rode will suit it.
Asplcmum viride. See A. pinnatifidum for culture.
CamptosoriM rhiaophyttuB. Walkino-Lkat Fern. In wild state
is found in oool. shaded positions not subject to excessive drought
or moisture. It prefers a moist atmo^here but this is not necesMir^
for good growth but where the best soil and atmo^heric condi-
ditions prevail the leaves often attain a length of 18 inches before
rooting. Avoid all winter covering.
Cheilanthet. Low-growing rock ferns generally doing well in
fairly dry positions. /U. lanota prefers deep shade and more moist
sqU. C lanomt, C. tomentota and C FendUri at least of the species
are perfectly hardy at Philadelphia.
Cryptooramma ocrotiieKoidet should have shade throughout year.
Cyttopterit buUfifera. Will do well in usual deciduous shade in
any loam, but grows best and produces far more numerous bulblets
when pUmted on a moist bank of gravelly soil in the shade of
kalmia.
CyUopUrU fraoilia should be planted in shade in positions where
it wiU receive no covering of leaves. The fronds die m early August
in the drier situations. It will grow in positions which become
exceedingly dry in midsummer. It forces weU in a coolhouse.
DenfutMdiia punetilobula (Dicksonia pilosiuscula) prefers shady,
moist situations where it does not receive any covering by falling
leaves of large six^ Grows well in sunshine. Mav be transplanted
It any season, and takes kindly to heavy enrichment. The best
fern to grow in quantity for cutting during the summer. Can be
ijMdihr grown as a north border to a shrubbeiy in any medium to
DryopUria BootH is fotind in a wild state in moist, shaded posi-
tions, but will grow well in shade in quite dry positions. Does not
need shade in winter. Use good loam.
DryopUrU eriataUx prefers moist to wet soil in shade. Will often
bom with direct sunlight. Evergreen, quite variable. Var. Clin-
Cmviiio is larger. The fern ana variety appear to need swamp
eooditions to grow welL
DryoffUrif Piiix-maa. Practically the same conditions as for
O, maripnalis.
DryopUru Ooldieana prefers deep, mcnst, rich soil in cool shade.
Grows nnely in shaded places and so^ suited to rhododendrons.
. OryopUrU martfinalU wants rich soil in rather deep shade dur-
ing the entire jrear, but will grow weU in partial shade — and endure
«ven full sunlight, though not growing so luxuriantly. This is one
of the native ferns commonly sold by collectors in city markets.
It is evident^ seldom established by purchasers of plants in full
Maf. Once wuted the plants will no> recover.
DryopUrU novdtonietntU does bcbt in rather moist, rich soil ia
Pvtiu shade, but will endure full ;.unlight with good soil con-
mtions. Pr^ers light rich loam. Oi«e of the common field ferns
powing in large masses either alone ~r with Dennstndtia puncti-
K>bula. When out it wilts quickly so is of little value for bouquets.
78
Easily trann>lanted at any season. Will not endure heavy mulch
of leaves. Not evergreen.
Dryopteri* »pimUo»a is less common in America than the var.
intemuaia, which occurs wherever conditions favor its growth. It
has the finest out or divided fronds of any of the large evergreen
ferns, being almost the equal of the deciduous fern, Dehnstsdtia
fkunctilobula, in this respect. The fronds are gathered extensively
or florists' use. In culture, give the same conditions as for Poly-
stichum acroetichoides. with heavier shade and more moisture.
The best fern to grow under coniferous trees.
DryopUria aimukUa (Fig. 1491) is much like the following and
requires similar conditions. It occurs in boggy woods from Maine
to Maryland and perhi^s westward.
Dryopteria Thelypteria prefers ouite moist situations with at
least partial shade. With con^nial soil and moisture does well in
sunlignt. A distinct and pleasing deciduous fern.
Lygodium palmatum is rather difficult to establish. Give a
deep rather moist light loam in partial shade.
Onodaa aenaibilia prefers a rich, moist soil in partial shade or
full sun^une. It wUl also grow in shade. It likes a heavier soil
than most ferns and uniform moisture. Does poorly in dry soils.
Onodea StnUhiopteria should be given a rich, moist soil with at
least partial shade. The fronds will "bum" in fierce sunlight. A
good fern to grow north of a wall or building where qsecimen
plants are desired.
Oamunda einnamomaa prefers moist, partialhr shaded situa-
tions, but will grow well in full sunshine in rich soil not exceedingly
dry. Perhaps the most beautiful of the osmundas. Best to move
wmle dormant.
Oamunda Clautoniana, a native of low ground, both in shade and
sunshine, but will grow equally well in nch soil only fairly moist.
Best tranq>lanted when dormant.
Oamunda reifolia prefers a peaty soil in verv wet, boggy posi-
tion in partial shade, but will grow as well in lull sunshme if soil
is rich and not dry. A very distinct fern.
PeOaea atropurpurea prefers rather dry positions in partial
shade, winter and summer. It will not endure heavy mulching.
Will grow in full sunshine, but not to its full sise. It may be
transplanted at any season.
Phagopleria DryopUria prefers good soil in shade not over moist
or drv. Avoid coating of leaves. It is a beautiful species and useful
for planting on rockwork in shade. The fronds die in August.
Pheoopteria hexagonovtera needs good soil in shade. Fronds die
down rather early. Will not grow well through a leaf mulch.
Phegopleria polypodioidea prefers moist, shaded positions, but
will grow in any good soil not too dry. The fronds die down in
late summer, especially in the drier positions. Any winter cover-
ing of leaves must be removed.
Polypodium vuloare prefers good, Ught soil in well-drained but
moist situations in shade, with no other plants growing with it.
It will endure very dnr places, but will be dwarfed. Will also do
weU in full sunlight if soil conditions are good. As a native it
grows in positions in which it does not receive any yearly coating
of fallen leaves, and, wherever planted, should not be covered with
coarse material. Plant perfectly evergreen; height 6 to 10 inches.
Polypodium incanum of Virginia and the South is hardy but not
vigorous at Philadelphia.
Polyatichum Braunii. This fern needs good deep light loam,
not spongy, with humus and shade winter and summer. A distinct
and oeautiJFul evergreen fern open to improvement by selection
and culture, although belonging to the class of "crown^* or "tree"
ferns which do not have the chance to -vary or "q>ort" which the
q[>ecies with vegetative roots do.
Polyatichum (Aa^ium) acroatichoidea should be given shade
both summer and winter for best results, and in no case can shade
in summer be omitted. The plants will endure sunshine for a few
years but will not be thrifty, and will eventually die. One of the
more common florists' ferns — the Christmas fern — the sterile
fronds of which are gathered and stored by the million for winter
use by florists. They are found on the north side of the hills and
the best grade grows not in low ground nor where the soil is shallow
but where good loam with no winter leaf covering are the condi-
tions. The planting of this fern for the sale of the fronds may
become profitable as demands increase and its wild habitats become
forbidden grounds to pickers. In culture give ( 1 ) northern exposure ;
(2) good com land; (3) no loose or bare earth between plants: (4)
no grass; (5) no real cover of leaves in the fall. Give with these a
good supply of moisture such as the lower half of a hillside can
easily be noade to receive from the overflow from rainfall on the
upper half. There must be good drainage.
Poly^iehum fragrana. Positions in the wild suggest dense cool
moist shade with good drainage.
Polyatichum Lonehitia. Grows well under conditions for P.
acroetichoides as far south as Philadelphia.
Pteridium<ujuilinum, to be grown to perfection, should have con-
siderable sunlight, with moist, rich soil, kept cool and loose with a
coating of leaves or other materiaL In such a position it should
Sow to 4 to 5 feet high, with other dimensions corresponding,
owever, it will grow in aimost any position. It has strong, creep-
ing rootstocks, so that attention is necessary to keep a healthy
group within bounds. The earliest fronds put forth die in late
summer, but those of later growth remain green until frost, so
that with attention to the removal of dead fronds a group will look
well until faU. The rootstocks break or crack easily so that plants
are injured by transplanting and grow poorly until again estab-
lished. Early spring is the best time to move plants.
Woodaia. Small rock ferns mostly requiring winter shade and
doing best on rock banks facing the north.
Wixxtwa
sjliution in deep Bhsde.
ofl eaUbLiahed. but will
F. W. Babclat.
Culture of aspsnpu fern (Fig. 1492).
The sprays of Aaparaaui plumoiut took bo much like
certain lemB or selaginellsa, that the plant is cominanl^
known 06 asparagus fern; and the cultivation of it is
therefore treated at this place. (For the botanical
account, oee p. 407, Vol. I.) The first and all-impor-
tant factor in the cultivation of asparagus fern is the
construction of the bed. To meet with any d^ree of
success, the bed must have perfect drainage. The
house should be 25 or 30 feet hish, and wired at the top
and bottom. The wires beneath are made fast to eacn
aide of an iron trellis about 8 inches apart and at the
top an equal distance apart, in order that the strings
may be as nearly straight as possible.
iwz. i
The early growth of Aapara^ plumosut var. nantu
ie very slow- but as soon as it is transplanted and well
rooted inarichsoil, tbe growth is more rapid, the tender
shoots developing into a vine which will be ready to cut
for the market in about a year. There is great difficulty
in securing the seed of the nanus. In a whole house,
there may be only a few seed-bearing strings. After
being picked, the berries are allowed U) dry for a month,
and are then ready for planting. A good, rich soil, cov-
ered with a thin film of sand, serves very well to start
them. The temperature should be about 65°, and as
nearly constant as possible. When the plant ts well
rooted, it is removed to a deeper soil or potted in 3-
or 4-inch pots and placed on a bench. Here it remains
a year, and is then placed in the bed.
Up to this time a small amount of labor suffices to
keep the plant growing in a healthy condition; but from
now OD great care must be taken and much labor
expended to produce the best crop. The beil into which
the young plant is set should be carefully laid with
rocks at the bottom, so the water can escape freely.
Over this place 2 or 3 feet of soil, manure, and
dead leaves. It is but s short time now that the roots
have room to expand ifefore the shoots appear above
the trellis, and the stringing begins. Strong linen thread
is used for strings.
The first crop wilt not be ready to cut before the end
of the second year, — that is, from the time the seed is
planted. As soon as this crop is exhausted, new strings
are put in place of the old, and another crop is started.
This goes on year after year. Now that the plant has
gotten its growth, it is more hardy, and is constantly
sending up new shoots. If the bed is well made in the
beginmng, the asparagus need not be disturbed for
eight or ten years. However, at the end of that time it
is well to take the plants up and fill the beds with fresh
soil and manure.
In the spring, when the st
houses are shaded with a h
whiting and kerosene oil. T
as the summer sun would in a very short tiine b
tops of the vines. The vine flowers in the fall, and only
on strings that have
been matured six
months or more.
The vine alone is not
the onlyaourceof profit.
When the plant is a
year old, a few of the
most nearly perfect
sprays may be taken
without injuring its
growth. These are very
desirable in the market.
There is, of course,
some waste in worldng
up the Asparagus to
be shifted, but on the
whole, it is veiy shght.
The different forms in
which it is sold utUiie
by far the greater part
of it.
Insects destroy the
shootsandsprnys. This
is prevented to a great
extent by insect powder.
The cut-worms do the
most damage. About
the only way to get rid
of them is to pick them
ofT the strings during
the night, as they gen-
erally seek shelter under
the thick clusters of
the plant at daylight.
There are many drawbacks in growing asparagus, among
which are expensive houses, the slow growth of the plants
(which makes it necessary to wait at least two years
before receiving any return from the expenditure) , injury
from insects, and the great amount of labor involved in
looking after the houses. Wiuuam H, Elliott.
PERNS, POPULAR NAMES OP. Adder's Tongue
F., f)phinglossum imlgalum. Asparagus P., Aaparoffus
plumoBiu. Be«eh¥., PhegopterU. Bird's-nest P., /Ispff-
niwn Nidus. Bladder P., CyetoplerU. Boston F., Neph-
roUpia exaUata var. bosloniengia. Brake, Pteridiu-:i.
Bristle F., TrichomaTieB. Buckler P., Dryopleris.CA -
fomian Gold F., Ceropteris Iriarigjilaria, Chain 1 ,
Woodioardia. Christmas P., Polgiticfmm acroslichind-
Cinnamon P., Osmunda cinnanunnea. Climbing I ,
Lygodium, Dagger P., Polyslichum acrostichoiA
Deer F., Lomaria. Elk's-hom P., Platycerium al
come. Female F„ Asplenium FUix-firmina. Filmy r .
IJymtnophyllum. Floating F., CeratopUrii. Plowerii .:
P., Oamunda; sometimes also Anemia. Gold } ,
Ceroplerii. Grape F., Bolryckium. Hart's-tongue F ,
FERONIELLA
121«
Phyilitia Seohpendrium. Hartford P., Lygodium paltna-
AdiatUum; more particularly A. Capiiiiw-Venem
abroad and A. pedatum at home. Hale F., DryoperU
PUix-mas. Uaish F., DryopterU Thelypleru. 0«k F.,
FhegopierU Dryopleris. Ostrich P., MaUeuctia Strulh-
iopUrU. Pod F., CeraUipleris thalictrmdet. Sattlesoftke
F., Botrychium virffinianunt. Boyal F., Ofmunda ngalit.
Sensitive P., Onodea tensSniis. Shield P., DryoplerU
v., and Polyatiehum. Strng-horDV., PUUycerium. SimF.,
Phepopteria. Sweet F., Myrica arplenifolia; abroad,
varioua Dryopleris. Sword F., NephroUpis excUaia.
Venus' Hair F., Adiantutn CapiUiia-Vetuna. WaUdiig
P., Canmtotomt ThizophyWus. Wall F., Polypodium irut-
oare. Will-nie, Asplenium iEuto-muroria. Washington
P., JVepAnriepu exaitala var. teashingionieneia.
PERdmA (from Feronia, Roman goddew of forests).
Ru(dee«, tribe Citrese. Hubtribe Penminx. Spiny
deciduouB tree with nard-shelled fruit; related to
Citnu, for which it can perhaps t>e used as a stock.
Leaves odd-pinnate, deciduous; fla. amall, perfect
or by abortion male m terminal or axillary paniclee;
petals 5 (rarely 4 or 6); Htamena twice as numerous ae
the petals; filaments much longer than the anthers.
dilated at base and densely pub^cent on the sides ana
within; ovary at first 5-celied, later becoming by
confiuence 1-celled; fr. with a bard, compact woody
shell; seeds oval, lenticular, with a thin hairy brown
tcata immersed in an acid edible pulp; cotyledons
fleshy, aerial in germination.^Only 1 species is known.
Um&nia, Swingle (iScMntM lAmimia, Linn, lAmimia
acidlisinia, Linn. P. elephdrttum, Corr.). Wood-
Apple. Spiny deciduous tree, native to India, Ceylon
and Indo^hma; bark gray, rough; Ivs. odd-pinnate,
3-7-rotiate; Ifts. opposite, oDovate, blunt at the apex,
sometimes emarginat«, entire-margined with a snort
petiolule; rachis margined, articulate, spines long and
straight, axillary ; fis. (sometimes male by abortion of
the ovary) dull red, small, in terminal or axillary long-
pedicelled panicles; petals 5 (rarely 4 or 6); stamens 10
(rarely 8 or 12), filaments short, dilated at base and
densely pubescent on the sides and within; anthers
large; ovary 5-ceUed, with many ovules in each cell;
stigma cylindrical, sessile: frs, globose or oblate, 2}^-3
in. diam., having a hard, woodv
rind filled with a pinkish edil
pulp in which the numerous woo
seeds are immersed. For disci
sion of name and synonomy, e \
Joum. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4:325 i
12, June 19, 1914). 111. Roxbg.,]
Coromandel., PI. 141. Gt.
34:1206. Wight, Ic. PI. Ind.
Or., PI. 45; Beddome, Fl. /
ev'lvat. South Ind., 1:121; £
Talbot, For. Flor. Bombay, £
fig. 124; Engl. & Prantl, Not. t
Pfl.-tam. 111. 4, 193, fig, 112. C
— The pulp of the fr. which is 5
acid, IS used for making \
S' allies somewhat similar to
ikck currant jelly. It is also
made into a kind of chutney
with oil, spices and salt by .!«»■ f}™" fP? f^'
the natives of India. The fls, Mtf^fTx^
and ivs. of this tree have an
odor of anis and arc used as a stomachic. The com-
monly cult, species of Citrus can be grafted on this
plant and wood-apple seedlings are now being tested
Bs stocks by the L, S. Dept. of Agric. in Calif, and
Fla, and also in the greenhouses in Washington, D, C.
Walter T. Swinqle.
FERONI^LLA (diminutive of Feronia, Roman god-
dess of foreflts). RvtdeoB, tribe Ctfrwe, subtribe Per-
oninx. Small much-branched spiny tree, related to
Feronia and suggested as a poenbte stock for citrous
Leaves odd-pinaat«, perustent, 3-6-paired; rachis
cylindrical, sometimes narrowly winged; spines soli-
I49«. FoodMU oblata. (X M)
tory, in the axils of the Ivs.: fls. in much-branched
axillary infl., perfect or by abortion male, usually 5-
paited, having 4 times as many stamens as petals;
filaments much longer than the anthers, dilat«d at base
and having a hairy appendix on the inner side; style
long, stigma cylindric, caducous; ovary at first 5^
^ celled, later becoming by confluence I-celled: fr. spher-
ical or depressed globose, with a hard shell composed
of radially arranged prismatic elements; pulp edible;
seeds numerous, obtone or elliptical, with a smooth
k crustaceous testa; cotyledons atrial in germination, —
Two species are luiown.
obiata, Swingle. Krassano. Figs. 14S3, 1494.
Spiny tree, 25-65 ft, hi|di, native to Cambodge and
Cochin-China: Ivs. oda-pinnate, 3--4-paired; Ifts.
covered with small whitish hairs, especially when young,
pellucid-punctate, oval or obovate, crenulatc when
young, often emarginate, with a very short petiole;
rachis pubescent; fls. in many-fld. panicles, white, very
fragrant, usually 5-parted, with lanceolate pointed
pe^ls; stamens 4 times the number of petals, anthers
large, oval, filaments joined together at the base by the
woolly pubescence of the appendices occurring on their
inner sidei fr. borne in clusters of 3 or 4, flattened
spheroid, 2 to 2}^ in. diam,; pulp subacid, pinkish,
edible,' 111. Swingle in Bui, Soc. Bot. de France,
59, pi, 18 and fig. a, p, 778, Lecomte, Fl, g£n. Indo-
- Cbine,l :685,ifig, 72, 1-5,— This species occurs commonly
in the forests of Cambodia ana is sometimes cult, by
the natives for its frs. which, when young, have a 1^0-
1220
FERONIELLA
FEttTILITY
nounced orange odor and are used as a condiment in
sauces. Young plants of this species are growing in the
greenhouses of the Dept. of Agric. at Wa^iington, D. C.
liicida, Swingle (Ferdnia liicida, Scheff.). Kavista
Batu. Small spinv tree, native to Java: Ivs. odd-
pinnate, 3-6-paired; Ifts. oval or obovate, coriaceous,
shiny above, margins entire or sli^tly crenulate,
obtuse or emarginate at the apex: petioles pubescent,
the terminal 1ft. sessile; rachis pubescent, articulated:
fls. perfect or by abortion male, fragrant, white, rather
large; sepals small, linear, pubescent; petals pointed-
ovad; stamens 4 times as many as the petals: fr. globose
2Ji-2Ji in. diam.; seeds small, with a thin hard testa,
immersed in the glutinous pulp. 111. Iconee Bogor. 2 : 149.
— The pulp is sometimes eaten in Java, like that of the
wood-apple (Feronia Limonia). It grows wild in the
drier parts of Java and has been intro. into the U. S.
where it is being tested by the Dept. of Agric. as a stock
for citrous fruits. Walter T. Swingle.
FERRARIA (Giovanni Battista Ferrari. 1584-1653,
Italian Jesuit, botanical writer and collaborator with
the celebrated artist Guido Reni). Iriddcex. Half-
hardy bulbous plants from the Cape of Good Hope
(and recent species from other parts of Africa), rarely
growing more than 6 inches high.
Gorm larse and irregular: foliage glaucous; lowest
Ivs. long and linear, the others ovate, clasping, succes-
sively smaller, ana topped by inflated sheaths from
which emerge the fugitive fls. ; these have 6 triangular,
spreading, crisped, petal-like lobes, marked with many
dull colors, as yellow, green, purple and brown; each
spathe contains several fls., and the fls. are united at
the very base, connivent and cup-shaped below the
spreading lobes; the fls. last only from morning to
afternoon of a single day, but there is a fair succession;
some are visited by carrion flies: fr. an ellipsoid mem-
branous caps.^Only one species, F. undtdataj is much
known in cult., but the other 5 or 6 species of the Cape
are doubtless of equal interest. This was known to pre-
LinnsBan authors as Flos indicua and Qladiolua indictis.
The bulbs should be stored like gladiolus in a diy,
warm place, away from mice.
A. Fls. duU brownish purple,
unduUlta, Linn. St. stout, erect, sometimes exceed-
ing 1 ft: basal Ivs. sword-shaped, 1 ft. and more long,
flat, clasping and dilated at base; upper Ivs. ana
spathes 1>^2 in. long: fls. 2 in. across, largely dull pur-
ple; anthers oblong, with parallel cells. B.NI. 144.
AA. FU. greenish,
undnftta. Sweet. St. short, little branched: Ivs. 2-3,
linear: fls. 2, the perianth greenish and with narrow
very acimiinate s^^ms. 1 in. long; anthers small, the
cells nearly paralleL
AAA. Fls. dark purple,
atriLta, Lodd. St. about 6 in.: Ivs. about 4, sword-
shaped, firm, strongly ribbed, twice longer tnan st.:
fls. 3-4, bright dark purple, 1^-2 in. diam. when
expanded; anthers oblong, with cells parallel.
Other names are advertised by Dutch bulb-growers, as P.
canariennt, F. caAe^ia, F. eonchi/lSrat F. grandifiora, F. immac-'
ulata^ F. liliacea, F, roaea, F. Pawmia: these are to be sought under
T^'v''^^ WiLHELM Miller.
FERTILITT of soils: that condition of soils which
makes them productive. The elements of productivity
are, a full supply of available plant-food, a suitable and
continuous supply of moisture, good physical conditions
of the soil, coupled with suitaole seed and climate.
Land may contain vast quantities of potential nitro-
gen, potash, phosphoric acid and other plant-food,
and yet be unfruitfulj — infertile. Most of the potential
plant-food in the soil is lazy, or not available in sufficient
quantities in a single season to produce maximum crops.
Average arable land which contains from 3,000 to 4,000
pounds of nitrogen, an equal amount of phosphoric
acid and four times as much potash in the first 8 mches
of an acre, may produce only fifteen bushels of wheat
to the acre, which requires, with the straw, but twenty-
four, thirteen and twenty pounds of these three ele-
ments respectively. Therefore, land may contain a
great abundance of potential plant-food, and yet not
contain enough of that which is available tor a full crop.
To make land more fertile, one or more of the follow-
ing means may be employed. Usually deeper and more
thorough tillage should first be resorted to, since jmost
lands, by reason of careless farming, contain much inert
plant-food. Superior tillage is almost certain to produce
fruitfulness, and therefore should be resorted to before
more expensive methods are tried. Tillage not only
makes plant-food more available, but it improves the
physical conditions of the soil, thereby making it more
adaptable to the plant; it may also assist in relieving
the land of surplus water, and give to the soil the
power of retaining stores of moisture by capillary
action.
Moisture plays such an important part in productive-
ness that it may be said to constitute its prime factor.
Clay soils are usually composed of such fine particles
that water percolates through them slowly, hence the
lareer part of the rainfall must either run off over the
sunace, or remain to be evaporated. The aim should
be so to prepare the land by subdrainage, plowing and
surface tillage, and by introducing at least one crop of
tap-rooted plants in the rotation, that the surplus
water will filter through the soil in a reasonable time.
Percolation of rainwater through soils makes them more
fridble and warmer in spring, aerates the land, pro-
motes beneficial biolo^cal and chemical changes, and
brings to the soil the nitrogenous compounds contained
in the rainwater. Soils that are reasonably porous have
the power of retaining more moisture, and of giving it
up to plants, when needed, to a greater extent, than
either open sandy or close clay soils. Fertility, which
results in fruitfulness, is governed very largely by the
water and moisture conditions of the soil, and these,
in turn, are to a considerable extent governed by the
texture of the land and the amount of humus that it
contains.
Legumes, used either as a harvest or cover-crop, pn>>
mote fertility. A cover-crop of clovers planted August
1, and analyzed sixty-four davs after planting, con-
tained nitrogen, in roots and tops, to the acre as
follows:
Tops Roots Total
Pounds Pounds Pounds
Crimson clover 125 30 155
Red clover 63 40 103
Mammoth clover 67 78 145
Clovers and other legumes may be used to fix and
store up the uncombined nitrogen of the air and to
digest and make available the mineral constituents of
the land, thereby greatly increasing the fertility of
the soil.
In most of the semi-arid districts of the United
States, except where irrigation can be successfully
undertaken m the rich valleys, the problem of perma-
nently maintaining and increasing the productivity of
the soil is as yet unsolved. Better tillage may serve
in many cases to prolong the time of profitable culti-
vation, but unless something is done toward restora-
tion it only postpones for a short period the day when
the land must be left to the tooth of time and to the
growth of such hardy plants as can maintain them-
selves on a depleted soil. All such pasture lands may
be greatly benefited by sowing, even in small quan-
tities, in early spring with red and alsike clover in
humid districts, and bur clover in the rainless-sum-
mer regions. Lands adapted to orcharding that have
become depleted and that have a tenacious subsoil
may be benefited by exploding a charge of djmamite
FERTILITY
in a hcle about 1 inch in diameter and 2 feet deep at
each place where a tree is to be set. Such treatment
tends to promote filtration, lo set free plantr^ood by
aeration and to improve the physicaJ condition of
the adjacent soil, while at the same fime it lessens
the labor necessary to prepare the ground for tree-
eetting.
Bam manures, when properly cared for and intelli-
sently applied, not only fumiah acceptable plant-food
but humus as well. Fertility and high productivity
usually may be maintained many years by means of
superior tillage, leguminous harvest and cover-crops,
and the manures of the farm. In some cases a high
phoBphat«s and potash, but too often expensive ferti-
lizers have been substituted for tillage, leguminous
plants and bam manures.
Fertility may frequently be promoted by light
applications (tea to twenty bushels to the acre) of
quicklime. Lime serves to make plant-food more
available, to improve soil texture and U) correct acidity.
It may aJeo be applied beneficially to a green-manure
fallow. lime tends to sink into the soil, therefore
ding
^, h the
il by tillage. Hydrated, or biting lime, not only tends
to set free plant>-food but to flocculate the soil, thereby
improving ito physical condition, lis use is especially
recommended on clay and moist lands and in orchards
where the ground is much shaded. Applications of
gypsum and salt are sometimes beneficial in main-
taining fertility, but they, as well as lime, usually act
indirectly, as the soil is seldom deficient m these con-
stitutents so far as they are required as plant-food. On
bigh-priced lands, especially those devoted to horti-
culture, the soil should be made and kept fertile — well
up to its highest productive power.
A bare summer fallow of one to three plowines and
suitable surface tillage will not only destroy weeds, but
liberate plantr-food as well, while storing moisture
FERTILIZATION
1221
the soil lor the immediate use of young plants. But a
bare fallow, if not accompanied by the addition of some
plant-food, may hasten the depletion of the soil. It
IS a matter of judgment, then, as to whether the particu-
lar Boil contains such abundant supplies of plant-food
that some of them may be removca; or whether it is
very deficient. In the latter case a green fallow would
be far preferable Ao a bare one. In man>' cases a bare
fallow is merely a method of mining-farming which
hastens the time when the land must be turned out
to pasture for economic reasons. Often productivity
is increased more satisfactorily by means of green-
manuring than by bringing plant-food to the land
from outside sources. In most of the humid districts
early sowed peas (which withstand late frosts) followed
by buckwheat, and both plowed under some time
before they mature, can be grown in time to fit the
land for seeding in September to wheat, rye or timothy,
the nurse crop being omitted. When the land might
be made too porous by this method, rye sowed in the
fall, plowed under before coming to head and followed
by peas, would greatly improve the Iteht and sandy
soils by bringing stores of nitrogen and Dumus.
Nature, in producing and storing fertility, provides
a great variety of plants and an infinite number of
ways of multiplying them so that the land is fully
covered with vegetation — except in desert rq^ons.
Upon the best of these lands a vast animal life is main-
tained while the remainder produces other plants to
feed other animals. In the densely settled agricul-
tuml districts of China, for the last two thousand
Sirs the farmers have been returning as much to the
d as they have taken from it; and the soil is now
mote productive than it was when first brought into
cultivation. The problem of conservation and resto-
ration of soils is now in America the most serious one
the agriculturist has to solve.
Sometimes soils are rendered unfruitful b^r the
presence of deleterious substances, as organic acids or
alkaline salts, or a superabundance of some one or
more of its usually useful ingredients, as water or
nitrogenous compounds. An exoeas of nitrogen stimu-
lates the growth of stalk and straw at the expense of
grain, or m the orchard it tends to the formation of
wood rather than to fruitfulness. The acidity should
be corrected by hme, as noted above, the surplus water
removed by drainage, the nitrogenous matter reduced
by the production of such crops as are not harmfully
aifccted by its superabundance, such as forage crops
which are prized for their foliage rather than for their
seeds, while the alkalinity may sometimes be overcome
by deep tillage, irrigation or application of g3'psum in
suitable amount^u i. p. Roberto.
FERTILIZATION is the fusion of sexually differ-
entiated cells, and with special reference to the seed
plants it means that a cell (a fertilized egg, or zygote)
IS thus formed which is capable of developins into the
embryonic plant later recognized in the pTantlet of
the seed. The fusing cells, or gametes, are (1) the egg
(female cell), which is organized in the ovule, as
described below, and (2) a sperm-cell, or nucleus (male
cell), developed in the germi-
nating pollen-tube, Fertiliia-
tion is a process which may not
be readily observed In the seed-
plants except through the use
of careful histological methods.
both in the fixation of material
and in the subsequent pro-
cesses of imbedding and atain-
' ing. The ^enomena are illus-
trated in Figs. 1495-1497.
The term "fertilization" has
always impUed the union of
male and female cells; but
formerly, when leas was known
regarding the details of the
phenomenon, " fertilisation "
mcluded the mere mechanical
process whereby pollen from
the anther was transferred by
any agent to the stigma of the
flower. For this reason "fei^
r iuMriT7", B, uuoBwo..^ tiliiation by insects" or "fer-
■e cell. The IsTgeroheri- tilization by wind" — mear'""
' t^ ", K^i-f^Y JS5 the transfer of poUen by tl
IMS. A poDen-paln of
before liie &
(MacDified J
ippropriate, and i
loved. If the silks of corn arc i
ollcn, fertilization normally ensues and seeds are
B pollinated with o
and Wallace.
polhnation is
ployed. If the s
pollci, ..... .
produced; but if the com-silks are polUnated by the
pollen of the lily, no seeds will be formed. It is obvious
that croes-polliiiation has no limits; but croee-fertiliEa-
tion is limited to those cases in which the sexual cells
unite and a new organism develops.
The development of some structures essential in
fertilization are of interest in this connection. The
nucleus and a small generative cell ai
lodged upon a suitable stigma the pollen-gratn getini-
nates by the development of a tube which enters the
loose tissue of the stigma and grows further into the
conducting parts of the style. In some cases, definite
etylar canals are present, but usually the tube wedges
itself between the yielding cells, absorbs nutrient in
its course, and forces or dissolves its way to the ovule
or seed-case, where, as a rule, it enters the micropyle
and approaches the embryo-sac and egg-cell. In its
1222
FERTILIZATION
FERTILIZERS
//-fe
course the pollen-tube is doubtless "directed" by the
distribution of food. Meanwhile, the generative
nucleus of the poUen-tube divides into two sperm
(male) nuclei, and these migrate to the growing end
of the tube.
With the formation and
opening of the flower, the
embryo-sac attains its devel-
opment. This structure is too
complex to require full treat-
ment here, but it is sufficient
to say that, when approaching
maturity, it consists of one
large cell containing eight
nuclei, four of which collect at
each end of the celL One
nucleus from each end marches
to the center, and the fusion
which then commonly results
gives a nucleus the divisions
of which ultimately organize a
so-called food, or endosperm,
tissue, which may surround the
embryo when formed.
At the micropylar end of the
embryo^sac, another nucleus
organises the egg-cell — a
prominent cell with consider^
able protoplasm — and the other
two degenerate or form the
subsidiarv cells of an "egg ap-
paratus. The cells at the an-
tipodal end of the embryo-sac
are also of little present sig-
nificance. At about the time of
the maturity of the egg-cell
1406. OafUne of a pistil of ^® **P ^^ ^® pollen-tube
LOfaun phiUdeliiliicttm. reaches and penetrates the wall
AleogthwiBeviewofpistU of the embryo-sac, then dis-
almcwt throuf h the center; solves and hberates the two
I;iK*T w'lSLn £3^" male nuclei. One of these fuses
crain, p, obs been loogecL .. « . . ,, i < « • •
The course of the pouen- With the egg-cell, and this IS
tube, pi, is indicsted, by the important act under con-
broken hne. Atthe^^ sideration. The other sperm
I. r, 3, 4, are cross sections , pa. ^ •al al
of the pistil at the levels nucleus often fuses With the
indicated by the arrows: /, endosperm nucleus, but that
ilSw "STirfiSluU? Si d«» "»«» f^ ^ Characters
which leads into the three of the embryo. The fusion of
chambers of 4. the oTvy. in egg and male nucleus unites,
ti^'^ST'oSliiil'lNS: «"» ^,o}^ hand^the.charao-
ural sise.) ters of the ovule-beanng and
poUen-bearing plants in the
fertilised egg, which may proceed immediately to
develop the embryo. b. M. Dugoar.
FERTILIZERS. It is now well recognized that
shade trees, ornamental shrubs, small fruits, and
flowering perennials, as well as annual flowering and
foliage plants, are often as greatly benefited by the
use of proper fertilizers and manures as vegetables and
ordinary larm crops. There are, nevertheless, occa-
sional soils on which fruit trees, and shade trees in
particular, require little or no artificial fertilisation or
manuring. For example, it was not fotmd profitable
to fertilize apple trees at the Agricultural Experiment
Station in Geneva, New York, whereas at the Pennsyl-
vania Agricultural College the use of fertilizers was not
only stnkin^y helpful, but practically vital to success-
ful orcharding. Instances of such contrasts in con-
nection with trees and shrubs are alwa3rs to be expected.
On this account the giving of rule-of-thumb dilutions
for fertilizing, in a work of reference which is designed
to be genenJlv applicable to the entire United States, is
not only well nigh impossible, but may, if followed,
lead to the most unreasonable procedure on the part
of those not sufficiently conversant with their own
particular soil conditions. For this reason this dis-
cussion will be confined lareely to the general principles
involved, since they not only fail to mislead the novice,
but may serve as a safe and rational basis for general
procedure for all.
Shade treesj amamerUal trees and shrubs.
Because of the fact that trees have an extensive
root-system, and hence possess a wide feeding range,
thev often stand less in need of artificial manuring
and fertilizing than certain shrubs, especially if the
latter have already been set for a long time.
It is to be presumed that most soib contain enough
iron and magnesia to meet the needs of trees and shrubs,
yet since these substances are just as essential to their
growth as any of the three so-called ^'essential elements,''
it is well to bear in mind that very rare cases may be
met with in which even iron or magnesia may be help-
ful. In this connection it may be mentioned that tne
soil in a section of northern Michigan is said to con-
tain so little iron that certain farm animals, if fed exclu-
sively on the plants which grow there, cannot be
reared successfully. It has even been found that
manganese compounds are sometimes helpful to plants,
and if the supply of iron is insufficient, they aid m pro-
moting chlorophyl formation in the leaves, without
which the higher plants cannot exist.
Some soils are relatively deficient in magnesia as
comjpared with lime, aiid when such is the case, growth
is likely to be restricted until enough magnesia is
added to create a proper balance between the two. A
much more frequent lack, in soils of the humid regions,
is lime.
Unforttmately, an extended and systematic study of
the lime requirements of trees and shrubs has not yet
been made, although many valuable isolated observa-
tions are on record. It
would be of great value
if such experiments
were conducted on an
extensive scale. Such
experiments as were
made in this direction
in Rhode Island
showed, for example,
that the American
elm (Ulmus americana)
and the basswood
(TUia americana) were
both greatly helped by
liming when erown on
the very acid granitic
soil of that state.
From this it may be
inferred that b^efit
from liming would also
follow on many of the
soils of the humid re-
gions which are derived
chiefly from granite
and from certain of
the sandstones, shides,
slates, gneisses, schists
and conglomerates.
The sugar or rock
maple was found to be
but little helped by
lime, even where the
elm and basswood
showed striking bene-
fit. The common white
birch seemed to be
even less responsive to
liming than the sugar
maple.
The use of much
1497. Section of an omle of
Lilium irfuladelphictim.
Cut Icn^hwise; t, i, inner integu-
ment, inclosing except at a narrow
orifice (micropyle) where the pollen-
tube, pi, enters the body of the ovule,
which is chiefly occupied by the large
embryo-sac with three nuclei, one
much disorganised, e, the endosperm
nucleus, just being formed by fusion
of two nuclei from the respective ends
of the embryo-sac. cf, male nucleus,
which has just migrated from pollen-
tube and is about to ftise with 9 , the
egg nucleus. The e^ergidn, or "egg
apparatus," have disappeared. (Mag-
nified 670 diameteis.)
FERTILIZERS
FERTILIZERS
1223
lime may sometimee interfere with the growth of the
Norway spruce. It is also unfavor^le to at least
some oi the pines. The effect of liming on certain of
these conifers is observable not only bv way of its
lessening the growth of the tree, but also by its causing
a shortening of the needles.
The chestnut tree is reputed not to need liming, but
even to be seriously injured, if lime is used.
Among the flowering snrubs, general esrperience
points to the fact that hme should be avoided in con-
nection with the growth of the laurels, rhododendrons,
azaleas and the ^cacese generally. Tnere is, however,
no doubt as to the benefit to be derived from the use
of lime in connection with many of the other ornamental
and flowering shrubs. Experiments by Hogenson
appear to show that sulfate of magnesia may some-
tunes be very helpful to certain shrubs which are
ordinarily injured by lime, although this work needs to
be extensively supplemented before being accepted as
a sure basis of procedure.
In genera], the need of nitrogen for trees and shrubs
is indicated by insufficient Umb and leaf growth,
^though any other lacking essential ingredient may
ultimately have the same limiting effect.
Whenever trees or shrubs are being set in poor land,
it is well to work into the soil generous amounts of
ground, steamed bone or superphosphate. The latter
phosphate possesses, however, a very distinct advan-
tage for subsequent ap^cation, due to its high con-
tent of soluble phosphoric acid. Basic slag mealshould
be avoided for those trees and shrubs likely to be
injured by lime, whereas for others it may be employed
at the time of planting. These materials mav be used
when the trees or shrubs are set, if well mixed with the
8oil, and from one to four pounds may be used for
a tree or shrub, according to their size.
High-grade sulfate d potash or muriate of potash
may De similarly worked into the soil at the rate of
half a pound to a pound a tree when potash is known
to be deficient, but even in such cases it is sometimes
advisable to withhold it until a year after setting, and
then make the application alone, in conjunction with
superphosphate, or in a complete fertilizer. Twice
as much double manure salt or four times as much
kainit is required to replace either the sulfate or the
muriate of potash.
If the growth is not satisfactoiy, after the trees or
shrubs have been set for some time, a complete fertilizer
containing from 2 to 4 per cent of ammoma, from suita-
ble sources, may be worked into the soil about the trees
or shrubs, or it may even be scattered on the surface
of the ground, in case the land is kept in graas.
Care ^ould be taken to keep the fertilizer away
from the base of the trees or shrubs, and it should be
applied for at least a considerable distance beyond the
reach of the branches. For this purpose, quantities of
fertilizers, ranging from two to tmrty-five pounds, may
be used for each tree, according to its kind, size and age,
although even for large shrubs, from two to six pounds
will usually be sufficient.
Just as the keen observation of the feeder is neces-
sary in the fattening of the animal, so also the judg-
ment of the experienced gardener is essential to the
proper gagins of the amounts of fertilizer for trees
ana shrubs ofall kinds.
Much is claimed, by those who have had experience
in renovating old trees, for the plan of making a large
number of holes under the tree, to a depth of 1 foot to
23^ or 3 feet, and placing the fertilizer in these holes,
llus procedure has much justification, owin^ to the
great "fixing" power of the soil, especially for phos-
phoric acid and potash salts which are otherwise pre-
vented from being quickly and readily carried down in
large quantities to points where the deeper roots can
immediately reach them. Even if fertilizer is employed
in this manner it is also well to apply some of it to the
surface, in order to insure an even lateral distribution
of at least a part of it.
Another drastic method of procedure in renovating
old trees is to trench around a part or the whole of the
tree, at a suitable distance from the trunk, to a depth
of several feet, and then fill the trenches with new soil
mixed with manure and a complete fertilizer contain-
ing slowly-acting phosphatic ana nitrogenous materials,
and suitable amounts of potash salts. In such a case it
is a part of the plan to cut off many of the ends of the
old roots in order to make them branch and thus
increase their feeding capacity.
Apples and pears.
Apple trees, as a rule, respond to liming rather
better than pear trees; nevertheless, on very acid soils
there are several good reasons for liming even pear
trees. An occasional application of magnesian lime
may be desirable, but if used it should be alternated
with applications of purer lime.
On land known to be very rich naturally, or which
has been highly manured for a series of years, neither
fertilizer nor manure* will be reauired for newly set
apple or pear trees, and in only exceptional cases
will they be needed, even for those just coming into
bearing. When such exceptional conditions do not exist.
it is usually a safer plan to fertilize the land with liberal
amounts of potash, phosphoric acid, and rather slowly
available sources of nitrogen, or else to employ such
small amounts of quickly available nitrogen as will
surely be used up b^ore or by midsummer. If, on the
other hand, excessive amounts of farmyard manure or
nitrogenous fertilizers are applied^ or if the application
is too long delayed, late growth is promoted, with the
result that the wood remains too soft. In such cases
cracking and other serious injury is likely to follow
during the winter season.
As a rule, the orchard may be used to advanta^ for
some years after the trees are set, for the growing of
quick-maturing crops, such as peas, early cabbages,
radishes, and potatoes, or even for tomatoes^ melons,
or squashes. These crops may be well fertilized, and
many of the earlier ones can be followed in the late
summer by a cover-crop of crimson (scarlet) clover, or
hairy vet^. If the soil is already rich enough, or is
too rich, in nitro^n, barley or rye may be substituted
for the legumes. These cover-crops can then be plowed
under the next spring. Some growers even prefer weeds
to any of these cover-crops because of saving the outlay
for seed.
When the stage is passed in which extended cropping
between the trees is possible, and the burden of^ truit
becomes great, especial care should be taken to apply
an abundance of potash and phosphoric acid annually,
and only enough nitrogen from legumes or fertilizers to
insure adequate foliage, satisfactory wood-g^wth, and
abundant fruit-spurs. For this purpose a smtably com-
pounded complete fertilizer may be employed. If
legumes are found to supply enough nitrogen one may
employ annually from 200 to 600 pounds an acre of
acid phosphate or basic slag meal, and from 50 to 400
pounds an acre of the muriate or high-grade sulfate
of potash. If the double manure salt is used as the
source of potash instead of the muriate or the high-
grade sulfate of potash, the total application should
amount to approximately twice as much an acre,
because of its lower potash content.
The nitrogen for the orchard may be supplied in one,
or, on light open soils, in two applications of nitrate
of soda at such a rate that the total application for a
season will not exceed from 100 to 300 pounds an acre,
dependent upon the slowness of the growth of the
trees. It is usually much simpler to make a single
application of a complete fertilizer, in which the nitro-
gen is present in mtrates, ammonium salts, soluble
organic compounds and in less quickly available
1224
FERTILIZERS
FERTILIZERS
organic forms, than to apply nitrates at two or more
dinerent times. When such complete combinations
are used the dan^ of loss by leaching is greatly les-
sened and a satisfactorily continuous but properly
decreasing supply of nitrogen for the trees is assured.
The fertiUzer application should not be made later
than just after tne time the fruit has set. Many good
authorities even advise waiting until this time in order
to gage the application according to the probable
yield and requirement of the trees.
At the Massachusetts Agricultural Esmeriment
Station, far better results were secured with double
manure salt (sulfate of potash and sulfate of magnesia)
than with muriate of potash, but in experiments else-
where the muriate of potash has given as good results
as the high-grade sulfate of potash. It is probable, in
view of the known lack of carbonate of lime in the
Massachusetts soil, that this rather serious deficiency
was responsible for the poorer results with muriate of
potash, for in soils elsewhere where the lime suppl}^ was
sufficient, miuriate of potash has acted well. It is, of
course, possible that the magnesia of the double manure
salt was helpful in the Massachusetts experiments.
The results furnish, however, no positive evidence to
that eSectf but indicate strongly that the chlorin of
the muriate of potash was probably injurious because
of a lack of carbonate of lime.
The idea that the proportion of the various fertilizer
ingredients affects the color of apples in a direct way
has little to support it. It is rather tenaciously claimed,
nevertheless, that basic slag meal has special value in
adding color to apples, but this ma^r be due solely to
its aoaing a proper balance of mineral ingredients
which coiud perhaps be equally well supplied by other
phosphates. There is abundant evidence, however, that
over-fertilization with nitrogen leads to the develop-
ment of exceptionally heavy and abundant foliage;
and the excessive snading lessens the color of the
fruit. Direct exposure of the apple to the sunlight also
lessens its tendency to shrivel. This is due, probably
to its effect either on the proportion of the various
chemical constituents of the skm, or to its thickness,
by which evaporation of water is nindered. In order to
insure even distribution of the color on the individual
apples, severe thinning is essential, for otherwise one
apple will partially shade another.
In some European countries the fertilizer for orchards
is placed from 4 to 5 inches deep in holes 20 inches
apart, at the rate of about an ounce and a quarter a
hole. This method is, however, probably too expensive
to employ in this country) tiiough it may be especially
effective for orchards which are in sod. If the work
were capable of being done by machinery or by some
suitable implement we method might possibly prove
<^ economic value.
Peaches.
Peach trees are less in need of lime than apple trees,
yet liming is nevertheless often desirable, even for its
indirect benefits. The fertilizer required for peaches
is much more than for apples, for the reason that
the trees grow far more rapidly and bear early and
abundant crops. On poor soils generous fertilizing
must be provided from the outset, but if the land is
very rich or heavily manured, fertilizer may be omitted
for the first year or two. If a soil is very poor it should
receive at the outset from 300 to 500 poimds an acre
of a fertilizer containing a moderate amoimt of nitrogen
derived from appropriate materials, a fair quantity of
available phosphoric acid, and a generous amount of
potash in muriate of potash. On soils in which potash
IS naturally very abundant, the supply can be greatly
lessened.
When the peach trees come into bearing, more nitro-
gen will be required than at the outset, and the total
quantity of fertilizer may then be increased one-half,
or even more than doubled. In the case of peach trees,
constant watchfulness is required to make sure that
neither too little nor too much nitrogen is used. An
excess of nitrogen will prevent proper ripening of the
fruit, and of the wood in the autunm, whereas too little
will mean abbreviated crops, loss of vigor, and at the
same time the lack will create conditions favorable to
disease. In any case, ample supplies of phosphoric
acid and of potash, as muriate, should be provided to
meet any possible need. If a little extra nitrogen is
required in the springy it may be applied in mtrate
of soda^ or, if the soil is properly limed, sulfate of
ammoma may be substituted for the nitrate of soda if
desired.
In case one wishes to stock the land with phosphoric
acid in advance, large applications of bone or basic
slag meal may oe made, ranging from 400 to 1,000
pounds an acre of the former and from 500 to 1,200
pounds an acre of the latter. The old plan of heavily
stocking the soil and waiting a long time for the
returns is, however, giving way to the frequently more
economical plan of more nearly meeting the fertilizer
needs from year to year, instead of tying up a large
amount of money in a long-time investment.
Plums, cherries and apricots.
The plum and cherry, regardless of whether the latter
is a sour or sweet variety, are certainly far more in
need of liming than the peach, but data are not at hand
as to the relative requirements of the peach and apri-
cot. The fertilization of these fruits snould not vary
widely from the treatment required for peaches, except-
ing that the quantity may be rather less, and the same
care should also be exercised not to use excessive
amounts of nitrogen.
Blackberries, raspberries, gooseberries and currants.
The blackberry is especially at home on very acid
soils and a v^ry light application of lime will meet all
possible requirements oi the plants, if indeed it is
needed at ail. The blackcap raspbeny is more likely
to be helped by liming than the blackberry, although
it is well adapted to moderately acid soils. The Cuth-
bert raspberry is appreciably helped by liming on quite
acid soils, and the same is probably true of most or all
of the red and yellow varieties. The gooseberry and
currant, including the white and various red varieties
are greatly benefited by liming. As much as two to
four tons of ground limestone an acre, or its equiva-
lent of slacked lime, are often very helpful to these
Elants. Haspberries. in particular, thrive well on a
eavy, freshly rotted sod, as for example, on old grass
land plowed the autumn before the plants are set. In
many cases all that is required on such land is to supply
an adequate mixture of an available phosphate and a
potash salt, but whenever the cane growth is weak and
unsatisfactory, or, when gooseberries and currant
bushes do not show satisfactory ^wth, a moderate
amount of complete fertilizer containing a fair amount
of nitrogen in gradually available forms is likely to be
beneficial. The use of heavy applications of nitrogen
for raspberries, currants and gooseberries is not advised,
for it will induce too great a growth of canes and foliage
and interfere with the maturing and ripening of the
fruit, llie plants will also be rendered more readily
subject to inildew.
Strawberries.
The strawberry grows well on moderately acid to
very acid soils, and u lime is used the application should
be light, rarely exceeding 1,000 to 2,000 pounds of
ground limestone an acre.
An important point to be recognized by strawberry-
CTowers 18, that weak plants are not likely to be heavy
bearers the next year. In consequence, the plants when
set should be supplied with a fertilizer reasonably
I
^
FERTILIZERS
FERTILIZERS
1225
rich in available nitrogen. This fertilizer should
usually be applied at the rate of 1,000 to 1,500 pounds
an acre at the time of setting, and in the later years
just after picking the crop of fruit, fertilizer mav be
scattered in a furrow turned away from each side of
the bed, after which the furrow may be turned back
again. Early each spring fertilizer should be applied
broadcast over the beds. This should contain UDeral
quantities of soluble phosphoric acid and potash but
only enough nitrogen to promote reasonable growth.
This nitrc^en should, however^ be largely in readily
soluble and available form. If too much nitrogen is
used in the spring the fruit will lack color, and it may
be soft and unsatisfactory, especially for distant ship-
ment. It may even be necessary to omit all nitrogen
in the spring, if the soil is exceptionally rich in humus
or has been well manured previously. This can only
be decided by the observant grower.
On many soils superphosphate is preferable to basic
slag meal as a source of phosphoric acid for straw-
berries, for the reason that too much lime is to be
avoided, and furthermore, the phosphoric acid is
largely soluble and better adapted to top-dressing. On
an exceedingly acid soil the use of basic slag mefd may
be permissible for application at the time of setting,
for the action of the soil aids in rendering it available
to the plants.
Grapes,
Grapes niay show some gain from the use of lime
under certain circumstances, but they do not require
it in even approximately the same degree as the cherry,
plum, currant, and gooseben^. The chief need of tms
crop is available phosphoric acid and potash. If
nitrogen is used, the quantity must be carefully regu-
lated, and in Europe slow-acting forms of organic
nitrogen are in special favor. Basic slag meal or bone-
meal may be used as sources of phosphoric acid when
the grapes are set, but later, superphosphate is to be
preferred, especiallv if it is not most thoroughly worked
mto the sou. Sulfate of potash is often considered
preferable to the muriate of potash for grapes, for it is
alleged to give a better quality of fruit.
Qidnces,
The quince responds to liming in about the same
degree as the cheny and plum. It should receive enou^
nitrogen to insure reasonable growth, but no more;
and on exhausted soils a moderate amount of available
Ehosphate and muriate or sulfate of potash will be
elpful.
Cranberries,
The cranberry thrives better at the outset, even on
certain very acid soils, than after its acidity has been
lessened by liming. lif more nitrosen is needed than
that naturally available from the humus of the boe.
it is usually recommended that it be applied in small
quantities, as nitrate of soda or preferably as nitrate
of potash, provided the bo^ is already fairly dry and
is likely to remain so; but if wet, sulfate of ammonia
may be better The chief need of the cranberry vine
is usually phosphoric acid and potash. The phosphoric
acid for top-dressing may be m superphosphate, but
if apphed just before the plants are set one may
employ bone-meal, or, if on very acid peat or muck
soil, even raw rock phosphate.
In case spring applications of fertilizer are made, it
must not be expected that they will always affect the
cranberry yield of that particular season as much as the
yield of the crop which follows. Such applications
should ordinarily be made after the water is drawn
off and the land has dried out to a reasonable extent.
It is often helpful to apply fertilizer just after the cran-
berry crop is harvested, but late spring apphcationa
devdop stronger vines for the next season.
Pineapples,
The requirements of the pineapple crop vary widely,
dependent upon the rainfall and soil conditions. Where
the winter season is likely to be fairly cold, nitrogenous
fertilizers should not be applied in the autumn, for
otherwise injury from frost may follow. Neverthe-
less, potash salts have sometimes been used at that
time with good effect. On certain acid soils, liming is
necessary at fairly frequent intervals in order to brmg
out the best effect of superphosphates. If lime is not
used, bone-meal or basic slag meal may sometimes be
preferable to superphosphate as sources of phosphoric
acid. From one and three-fourths to two tons of fer-
tUizer an acre, annually, have been recommended for
pineapples by the A^icultural E^^riment Station
of Florida. It is said that the fertilizer should con-
tain 5 per cent of nitrogen, 4 per cent of available
phosphoric acid and 10 per cent of potash^ in order to
meet the conditions in that state. During the first
year and a hidf the applications of fertilizer are made
four times a year, but after this period of time is passed,
the first application of the year is made either m Feb-
ruary or March, and the second after cuttine the sum-
mer crop. It is obvious that this rule mijEmt reouire
modifications on other soil and also as influenced by
different climatic or other local conditions.
Table beets, mangels, sugar beets and Swiss chard.
These plants are among the vegetables most in need
of limine. Certain of them also have much greater
ability than the cabbage and turnip to appropriate
from the soil the required supply of phosphoric acid,
for beets have been found to yield fair crops where
cabbage plants, on account of a lack of available
phosphates, failed to develop salable heads.
These plants are able to profit to a -considerable
extent, as concerns physiolodcal functions, by the
soda of nitrate of soda, provided the supply of potash
is insufficient, yet it is unwise to limit the supply of
potash intentionally, in order to bring out this action,
for if this is done the net loss in crop due to insufficient
potash may more than offset the advantage of attempting
to make the soda fully effective.
All of these plants and many others take up, in vary-
ing degrees, considerable more mineral matto* than is
represented by the sum of the minimum requirements,
as determined for each essential ingredient in the
presence of an abundance of all of the others. If, there-
fore, the fertilizer contains soda, it will be taken up in
considerable amounts by the plant to satisfy this 'lux-
ury*' or "excess" consumption in conjunction with
the potash physiologically necessary to the plant. Thus
the extra potash which would otherwise be taken up
to satisfy this exceee in the mineral requirement is
conserved in the soil for future crops. The use of
nitrate of soda, therefore, as one of the ingredients of
a fertilizer for these crops, results in insuring the crop
against a shortage of potash and prevents the plants
from taking up an unnecessary excess of potash, pro-
vided an abundance is already present in the soil or is
supplied in the fertilizer.
In Europe, beets of all kinds, and especially mangels,
have been found to respond very favorably to nitrate
of soda in comparison with the results with sulfate of
ammonia, yet with certain cereals the yields, under
similar conditions, have been larger with the latter.
Notwithstanding this favorable action of nitrate of
soda on these crops, it is so subject to loss by leaching
that it is often better on veiy open soils to use it in
conjunction with several other forms of nitrogen,
rather than alone. This is e8p)ecially true in conse-
quence of the frequent occurrence, in certain sections
of the coimtry, of very sandy and gravelly soils and
especially in view of the long period of growth of the
chard, sugar-beets and mangels.
These crops all require generous supplies of nitro-
1226
FERTILIZERS
gen, a fair amount of available phosphate, and high
percentages of potash. In the case of sugar-beets, if
grown for their sugar-content, the proper i^tionsnip
of these fertilizer ingredients to one another is of great
importance.
Cabbage^ kale, cauliflower^ hrusada spimUa, hamipa and
kohlrabi.
These crops are all remarkably helped by liming on
soils which are fairly acid. Turning, especially with
caustic or slaked lime, has a tendency to lessen the
development on these plants and on turnips, of the
disease known as "cluWoot" and "finffer-ana-toe."
What has been said of the action of me soda of the
nitrate of soda, in connection with beets, is true cdso
to a considerable degree of these crops; nevertheless,
when the period of growth is lonjg and the soil is either
a heavy silt or clay, or exceptionally open and sub-
ject to leaching, a combination of several sources of
nitrogen in the fertilizer, is usually preferable. The
reference to heavy silt and clay soils is made in con-
sideration of the fact that sodium carbonate is left as a
residual product after the plant has taken up the nitric
acid of the nitrate of soda; and this sodium carbonate
tends to deflocculate such soils and make them stiffer
and more difficult to work than before.
Heavy applications of nitrogen are required for all
these crops and some of them, as shown at Rothamsted
and elsewhere, are more dependent than beets upon
generous supplies of soluble and available phosphoric
acid. These^ plants require also large quantities of
potash.
The Swedish turnip, or rutabaga, usually responds to
liming rather more than the flat turnip, tuthough lime
is often very helpful to the latter.
Several of these plants are especially dependent for
their quality on rapid growth; hence, the nitrogen
and phosphoric acid must be derived, to a large extent,
from readily available materials.
One or two experimenters in this country who have
grown tiunips in pots and boxes claim to nave found
that the turnip can utilize rather unavailable forms
of phosphoric acid, yet these 'results need further sub-
stantiation in the neld before their final ^ceptance,
and in the light of the past field evidence, generous
fertilizing with soluble phosphates appears to be desir-
able. These plants, like the group described previously,
respond to hberal amounts of potash salts, yet these
salts seldom give very satisfactory results unless they
are used in conjunction with libeml amounts of super-
phosphate and nitrogenous fertilizers.
Carrots and chicory.
The carrot is less likely to show benefit from liming
than most root crops, and chicory is even subject to
injury by lime when carrots are slightlv benefited.
Owing to their long period of growth the nitrogen
supply for these plants should not only include small
amounts of nitxates and ammonium salts, but also
soluble and insoluble organic nitro^n, in order that
some of the nitrogen may be contmually at the dis-
posal of the plant throughout the growing season.
These plants are dependent upon reasonable supplies
of phosphatic manures, and generous amounts of potash
are likewise highly essential. The carrot responds in
a less degree than mangels, to applications of soda.
Spinach, lettucCf endive and cress.
These plants are all likely to be greatly benefited by
liming, even on soils of moderate acidity. Because of
the fact that the quality and market value of these
plants depends upon their making a rapid growth,
large amounts of immediately available plant-food
are essential. Some of the nitrogen should be present
in the fertilizer in nitrates, some in anunonium salts
and some in quickly available organic forms. No
FERTILIZERS
attempt should be made to economize unduly in the
use of readily available phosphates and potash salts,
for the reason that these crops must have ample sup-
plies of both. The growth of early lettuce, and of
spring spinach in particular, ma3r often be pushed
forwsuxi with remarkable rapidity in the early spring
by the use of fertilizers containing generous amounts
of nitrates. In fact, these crops may be brought to
maturity by such means much faster than by the sole
employnient of farmyard manure, especially if the
manure is poor in nitrogen and not thoroughly rotted.
Onions.
The onion will not thrive and mature properly on
highly acid soils which are extremely deficient in car-
bonate of lime. It is often possible, where fairly good
crops can still be grown without the use of mne,
nevertheless to hasten the maturity of the onion crop
from ten days to three weeks, by its employinent. A
lack of lime is often one of tne causes of thick necks
and of failure to ripen properly.
Since the onion crop is planted very early in the
season, and because oi the consequent opportunities
for the loss of nitrogen if too large a part of it is
applied in nitrates, appropriate proportions of nitrogen
in ammonium salts ana in suitable organic forms
should also be employed in order to insure an adequate
supply as needed.
Generous amounts of potash are required by these
crops and it is of vital importance to use for the onion
a lar^ amount of superphosphate, because of the fact
that it, like lime, hastens the maturity and the proper
ripening of the crop. It is also equally important not to
use such a large amount of nitrogen as to make it
out of balance with the potash, and in particular with
the phosphoric acid, for if this is done growth will be
unduly prolonged, the onions will have thick necks,
and they will not ripen satisfactorily nor quickly.
Potatoes.
Fertilizers for potatoes must be very differ^it
according to the section of the country in which they
are ^wn. For example, in the North, where the sea-
son is short, the nights cold, and where the crop must
be hurried along to the utmost, unusually large pro-
portions of nitrates and of ammonium salts are indis-
pensable, whereas in warmer regions, organic sources of
nitrogen may be employed more largely, or perhaps in
some favorable cases, they may be used exclusively.
The potato crop is in need of quite lar^ quantities
of nitrogen, ranging usually from forty to mnety pounds
an acre.
The percentages of potash required in potato fer-
tilizers should DC adjusted more particularly with
reference to the locality, and whereas in many of the
potato regions of New England 200 pounds of potash
(equiv^ent to 400 pounds of muriate of potasn) are
considered necessary for each acre, the quantity could
be reduced to one-half or even less in certain portions
of the Middle West, or it might perhaps in some excep-
tional cases be omitted altogether.
For several reasons it is important to insure hi^
percentages of soluble and available phosphoric acid
m potato fertilizing, since it often becomes the limiting
factor in potato-production over large areas of the
United States.
The effect of the fertilizers may be somewhat nulli-
fied or intensified, according to the choice of seed. In
all cases, seed which has neated or which has been
exposed to frost, should be avoided. It has also been
shown at the Agricultural Experiment Station in Rhode
Island that, if other things are equal, seed tubers which
are rich in nitrogen will usually give larger crops than
those in which the nitrogen-content is low. The advan-
tage of the high nitrogen-content of the tuber becomes
magnified in case they are sprouted once or twice
FERTILIZERS
FERTILIZERS
1227
before planting. No amount of* nitrogen applied in
the field appears to be able to ofifset finally and fully
the disadvantage of the tubers with the low nitrogen-
content. This doubtless explains the advantage of
early dug potatoes, for seed purposes, as compared
with those which are allowed to mature, for the former
are usually richer in nitrogen.
Aaparagtta.
Sandy soil is ideally adapted to the growing of aspara-
gus. Nevertheless, whenever it is intended to estab-
lish a plantation on land of this character, it is wise to
turn under considerable stdble manure or else a heavy
leguminous crop such as hairy vetch. If this is done,
the general soil conditions are rendered much more
favorable and the asparagus has a better chance to
gain a good foothold. Wherever the land needs liming,
some Imie should be plowed under and a further appli-
cation should be made on the surface after plowing.
The land should then be thoroughly harrowed or
otherwise tilled.
Fine ground bone and basic, slag meal have been
used for asparagus veiy successfully when worked into
the soil at tne outset, although the latter is rather better
adapted to it on account of the greater availability of
the phosphoric acid and the fact that it contains con-
siderable lime.
Some of the best growers of asparagus, on sandy
soils, have foimd that muriate of potsush is a better
source of potassium than the sulfate.
In humid resions fertilisers for aspara^;us should
contain a consiaerable amount of nitrogen m nitrates,
thoug^ other forms of nitrogen are also particularly to
be dedred on light soils, such as those usually employed
for this crop, oecause of the danger of the loss of
nitrates by leaching. It is obvious that, for top-dress-
ing, superphosphate is preferable to any other form of
plK)6phoric acid, because of its greater solubility. An
ideal fertilizer for asparagus should contain super-
phosphate, potash salts^ and high percentages of nitro-
gen, a part being denved £rom nitrates, some from
ammonium salts, and also some of it irom organic
sources.
Sandy soils are likely to be very deficient in phos-
phoric acid; hence, the quantity of this ingredient
should be high. The fertiliser should likewise carry a
high percentage of potash on sandy soils, exceptmg
in regions in which it is known not to be needed.
Although potash is usually the least deficient element
in the sandy soils of hum^d regions, the demand of the
asparagus plant on this ingredient of fertilizers is so
great as to make its use profitable, whereas on other
sandy soils in semi-arid regions, potash might not be
required.
Mdons,
On soils that are very acid, it is imperative to use
considerable quantities of lime for canteloupes and
muskmelons. Such soils will, nevertheless, produce
good crops of watermelons, even if liming is omitted,
and heavy liming with slaked or bumea lime may,
in some cases, even decrease the yield.
Owing to the fact that these crops are generally
ETOwn on light, gravelly or sandy soil, a fertilizer is
demanded for humid I'^^i^ containing a fairly high
percentage of nitrogen. This should be represented by
nitrates, to a still greater extent by ammonium salts,
and a part should be from suitable organic sources.
It should also contain a high percentc^e of soluble
and immediately available phosphoric acid and gen-
erous amounts of potash in order to bring the crop to
maturity as rapidly as possible. Plants of tnis character
which have an extensive amount of foliage, usually
require high percentages of potash. Special care should
be taken to keep the fertilizer from coming in contact
with the seed.
Squashes and pumpkins.
The common simimer squash, as well as the Hubbard
and crookneck varieties, are less in need of liming than
canteloupes or muskmelons. Nevertheless, on very
acid soils liming is decidedly helpful. These crops are
all heavy feeders on nitrogen, a considerable part of
which should be in immediately available nitrates and
ammonium salts. Moderately high percentages of
soluble and available phosphoric acid are necessary,
although the summer squasn, at least, responds much
less to phosphoric acid and more to potash than the
cereals and most other cultivated crops. On this
account, the percentage of potash in fertilizers for
squashes should be hi^. excepting, of course, where
the soils are already ricn in available forms of this
ingredient.
Celery.
Celery is a crop that will thrive well on slightly acid
soils. Nevertheless, where the acidity is great, liming
is very beneficial. The quality of this crop depends
very largely upon its making a rapid and steady growth.
On this account a constant water-supply is one of the
most important features connected with its culture.
It is of the highest consequence that celery should
have a large supply of nitrogen embracing suitable
proportions of mtrate nitrogen, ammonium salts and
organic materials. Fair amounts of soluble and avail-
able phosphates are desirable, and on the muck or
peat soils where this crop is frequently grown, espe-
cially large quantities of potash should be employed,
since this is the fertilizer ingredient which they lack
to the greatest extent. The form of potash usually
preferred on such soils is the muriate, although fre-
guently kainit is said to have given excellent results,
iither is perhaps preferable to the high-grade sulfate
of potash or to the double manure salt.
Cucumbers.
Cucumbers are considerably more in need of liming
than squashes. In other respects they should have
essentially the same fertilizer treatment. Great care
should be taken in connection with squashes and
pumpkins, as well as with cucumbers, not to allow the
seed to come in close contact with the fertilizer, or,
indeed, with soil into which lar^ quantities of fertilizer
have been introduced. If fertilizer is used in the hill it
is well to have it thoroughly incorporated with the
soil. Subsequently, this soil should be covered with
fresh earth before tne seeds are planted.
Tomatoes,
The tomato will grow quite well even on soils that
are distinctly acid. Nevertheless, moderate liming is
often helpfm. When tomatoes are grown in green-
houses it nas been found that very large quantities of
lime are helpful, by virtue of lessening the tendency to
certain diseases, but the necessity for it is less in the
field because of the lower temperatures and less humid
conditions.
In order to hasten the ripening of this crop, it is very
important to have large quantities of soluble and
available phosphoric acid, and abundant potash in the
fertilizer. One of the most important features is to
have the nitrogen supply so regulated as to bring about
at once a rapid and vigorous growth of the plants, but
the quantity must not be so great as to prolong the
^owmg period unduly, since this will prevent early
ripening; and it is a well-known fact that the early
fruit generally sells for a much higher price than that
which matures later. Furthermore, a large proportion
of the nitrogen should be present as nitrates and
ammonium salts which can be readily utilized. It is
also desirable to apply the entire amount at the time
when the plants are set, or. at least, very shortly after-
ward, for if successive applications are made at a later
FERTILIZERS
and delay the ripening of the fruit.
Pea» and beatu.
Peas arc usually much more helped by liming than
beans. The latter vary widely in their lime require-
ment aa shown by the fact that on a soil so Ereatly in
need of lime that the Golden Wax and Low's Champion
(a green-podded variety) will scArcely produce half a
crop, the pole Horticultural bean is only slightly
benefited, and the lima bean is practically mdifferent
to it.
Notwithstanding that these plants are capable of
assimilating atmospheric nitrogen, it is neverthelees
usually desirable, especially when they are grown to
be marketed in the green state, to employ a fertilizer
containing a small or moderate amount of readily
available nitrogen. This nill aid in developing a root-
system until such a time as the plants can draw their
DJtrogen supply to a considerable extent from the air.
Peas and beans also require moderate amounts of
potash and phosphoric acid, in fact much more than
would be the case if they did not grow ao rapidly^ and
hence reach the crop-producing staffe in a short mter-
val of time. The common white field bean haa been
found to require potash more than phosphoric acid,
under conditions in which the cereals and the common
farm crops showed a greater response to the latter,
H. J. Wheeler.
f£RULA (old Latin name, perhaps from the verb
to strike; possibly the stems were anciently used bb
ferules), VmbeU»erx. Giant Fennel. Hardy strik-
ing herbs, priied for their spring and early summer
foliage.
and W, Asia: Ivs. pinnately decompound, the ultimate
segms. filiform or small (rarely broadish and dentate):
Re. small, in elevated compound many-radiate umbeli;
petals broad, mostly ovate-acute, the point often
inflexed: fr. orbicular or ovate, plano-rompreseed.
membranous-bordered. — The giant fennels arc valued
for the excessive fineness with which their foUage is cut,
and their clusters of perhaps 40-50 umbels of minute
yellow fla. borne on stout sts., which rise far above the
for bordering plantations and for stream sides. The
ferulas yield gum-ammoniac, galbanum and asafetida.
The genus is now held to include Narthex, Scorodosma
and Euryangium. These plants are not to be con-
founded with the true fennels, which belong in Fieni-
culum. Ferula is closely allied to Peucedanum. The
species arc difficult to represent in herbaria, and they
are confused.
commfinis, Linn. Common Giant Fennel. Robust,
8-12 ft.: Ivs. Ught green, very numerous, forming a
fine mound or clump, the segms. hnear-aetaceous; If.-
aheaths very large; fls. yellow; central umbel on a
branch nearly sessile, and the surrounding ones stalked
and mostly male. S. Eu. to Syria. — Presumably the
F. giganiia of trade lists belongs here, althou^ P.
ffiganUa, Fedtsch., of Cent. Asia, is recognized botani-
Vor. brevlWIia, Maris. (F. brevifdlia. Link. F.
Unkii, Webb A Berth. F. nodijidra, Guss,). Ulti-
mate If.-scgms, shorter than in the type. The irum-
ammonioc of Morocco comes from this plant. B.M.
8157. See history In Kew Bulletin, 1907, pp, 375-388.
tin^tftna, Linn. (F. sdncta, Boiss.j. Robust, the st.
leafy below, paniculate-corymbose above: Ivs. (riangu-
lar-ovate, quartemate pinnatiseel, the seems, narrow-
oblong and cut: fls. orange, in globose umbels. N. Afr.
B.M. 7267. — Long supposed to be the source of gum-
-. _ pjgij^ijiy not in the trade.
FESTUCA
gUftca^ Linn. (F. neapolildna, Tenore). Very tall
(to 14 ft.), branching: Ivs. large, pinnately decom-
pound ; segms. flaccid and broad-linear, obtusish and
1-nerved, green above and glaucous beneath: bracts
at base of {Mduncles membranaceous, oblong, deciduous:
fls. yellow, in many umbels. S. France to Dalmatia.
G.C. III. 32:441,442.
F. AttafiUida, linn. [AanJotida diavunensu, Kaempf. Scom-
dOBui fcElidum, Bunnl. St. 0-12 ft., very itout ud mucli-
bnuchnl: Ivi. pubcnjToug mi minuicly iluiduUr or aaiiivwhit
UiiDealKtii 'soil obtiw; umbeb on flnby peduncln, ZO-tlb-nyod,
the flu. yellow. S. W. Am. Q.C. III. S' '"- "
pi.Dt.onenouroeoflh • . -■. ~
AiKfiBtidi. Fileooer),
irregularly'iernitf, .s'. W, Ai«, B.M. fiieT^KiuM ol Mt'eSd"
A ■peeinmi dncHbcd in G. F. 3. p. 523. required 10 yvmn to alCaia
■ufbcient itren^h to bloom. L H B
FESXtlCA (ancient Latin name for a kind of grass).
Gromine*. Fescue-Grabs. Annual or perennial grasses
grown for ornament or as pasture grasses.
Blades narrow: infl. few-fid,, paniculate; spikeletA
2- to several-fld,; lemmas firm, rounded on the back,
usually acute or awned from the tip. — Species about
100, in the temperate and cooler parts of the world,
A. SpikeUlt aumlett: biadee fiat, 3~i Una wide.
«l&tior, Linn. Tall or Meadow Fepcite, One to
3 ft.: spikelete 5-8-fld., about Hin. long. G, 8:179.
Gn. 25, p. 428. — Freouently ctdt. as a meadow or pasture
grass. The form called F. pratirww is rather smaller
and has narrower panicles (Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost.
20:155), sometimes sold under the name Bromiti
pratentis, meadow brome-graas. Eu.
aa. SpikeleU avmed: blades tubtovi irwolule.
B. SU. loose and ffecumberU at bate.
[W>r«,Linn. Red
Fescue. One -half
to 2 ft.: base of sts.
usually red. Eu. —
Occasionally used
in mixtures for pas-
BB. SU. in dose
erect lufU.
t.-bladea fiai the basal
ides long and slender.
eterophfUa, Lam.
UOCS - LEAVED FeS-
:. Fig. 1498. Doe to
:«t,, slender: panicle
ler loose; spikeleta
-fid. Eu.— Cult, as a
n grass in shady
.St.- and basal bladet
involute.
ybM, Linn. Shkep's
icDE. Fig. 1499. Six
20 in.; panicle con-
;ted after flowering,
in. long. Eu. Dept.
ic, Div, AgroBt. 20:
. — Sown in mixtures
pastures.
laftca. Lam. (F. oiAna
. glaiica. Hack.).
IE Fescue, Resem-
I F. oinna but has
ery blue, or glaucous
ige. Eu. — Used for
FESTUCA
Koch). Hard Pescde. Blades firm and comparatively
tbicic, >jlme di&m., often rough. Eu. — Pasture mixtures.
Tuinita, Waidst. & Kit. (P. ameikyslina, Hort.,
Dot Linn.j. Sheaths and mniclee pun>lish: foliage
bluish: panicle 8 in. long. £u. — Us^ for ornament.
A. S. Hitchcock.
FSmCDS. Anothsr dud* tor Cam-Salad.
FBVBK-BITSH: Btnmtn,
FKVKRFSW: Chrnni
FKTKR-TRSB: Pinfj
rKVERVOST: Trio^tum.
values of the Rroupe to which they belong. See Cyclo.
Amer. Agrii '-■ "
i RTOupe to '
..Vol. II, p.
Ficns (ancient Latip name). MorAces:. The fig,
the India rubber plant, the banyan tree lud the creep-
ing fig of conservatory walk belong to this vast and nat-
unl genus, which has over 600 species scattered through
the warmer regions of the worla.
PicuB has no near ally of garden value. It is a genus
of trees or shrubs, often climbers, with milky juice. In
the common fig tne Ivs. are deeply lobed, but in most
of the other species they are entire or else the margin
is wavy or has a few teeth or an occasional small lobe.
The Ivs. are nearly always alternate, F. hispida being
the only speciee of those described below which has
opposite Ivs. The folia^ in Ficus varies from leathery
to membranous, and is variable in venation, so the
veins are very helpful in telling the speciee apart.
^cus is moniEciaus or rarely ditscious, the apetalous
or sometimes naked minut« fis. being borne inside a
hollow more or less closed receptacle ; stamens 1-3,
with short and united filaments ; pistillate lis. with 1-
celled sessile ovary, ripening into an ach^ne that is
buried in the receptacle. What the horticulturist calls
the fig, or fruit, is the fleshy receptacle, while the fruit
of the botanist is the seed inside (Fig. 1500). In the
following account, fruit is used instead of receptacle.
The fertilization or caprification of the fig is one of
the moat interesting and complicated chapters in nat-
ural history, and is of great practical importance. See
^ift where the culture of F. Carica is discussed.
The most important ornamental plant in the genus
is the India rubber plant (F. dastiea), which ranks
amongst the most popular foliage plants for home
use indoors. This is not the most important rubber-
producing plant, both Hei/ea bratiiienBis and CaetiUa
etodica being producers of more and finer rubber.
The creeping fig (F. pttmiia, better known as F.
repent or F. itipukUa) is one of the commonest and best
chmberB for covering conservatory walls. It clings close
"lich is about as
plant has been
ost half-century
jit for its special
s in conservato-
unlike the bar-
inservatory wall
«s of the barren
d heart^haped,
the base and a
; branches are 2
red at the base,
ong (Fig, 1501).
^nus Ficus are
e spread of the
' fact that some
i. Some of the
this genus, and
>on other trees.
the other tree.
entirely disappeared, leaving the giant climber twined
spirally around a great hoUow cylinder. The banyan
tree sends down some of its branches (or aerial roots)
into the soil, these take root, make new trunks, and
eventually produce a great forest, in which it is impos-
sible to tell the original trunk. The banyan in the
botanic gardens at Cal-
cutta sprang from a seed
prob^ly dropped by a
passing bird into the
crown of a date palm a
httle more than a century
ago. The main trunk not
many years ago, was 42
feet in circumference, with
232 additional trunks,
many of them 8 to 10 feet
in circumference, and the
branches extend over an
area 850 feet in circum-
ference, forming a dense
evergreen canopy through
whicD sunlight never pene-
trates. The banyan under
which Alexander camped,
and which is said to have
sheltered 7,000 men, now
measures 2,000 ft. in cir-
cumference and bos 3,000
trunks. Other species
have the same method of
fropagatioHj but F. benff-
alensie is the most
famous.
The various species are
cultivated both indoors
northward and as shade
and fruit trees in Florida
and California. In this
country the most impor-
tant commercially is the
fig, Ficus Carica, now
widely grown in Califor-
1499. PMtnca a<rtii>. ( X Hi iu». For the botanical
treatment of this difficult
genus recourse has been had to King's "The species of
the I ndo- Malayan and Chinese countries" m Ann.
Bot. Card. Calcutta 1 : 185 pp. -I- 232 plates, 1888, and
wherever possible below reference is made to the
splendid illustrations of that work, thus, K. 130.—
King, plate 130. For the African species the recent
treatment of Mildbraed and Burret on Die afrika-
nischen Arlen der Gattung Ficus. Engler's Bot. Jahrb.
46:163-269 (1911), has been consulted.
The Gultivatioii erf Ficus elastica. (H. A. Siebrecht.)
The rubber plant (Fieia elatUat) which is known
all over this country, is perhaps the most popular and
satisfactory house plant that has ever been cultivated.
It is a plant for the. million. Some florists have several
houses especially devoted to the propagation and culti-
vation of this Utueh and thrifty plant. There are also
thousands upon thousands of young plants or rooted
cuttings from thumb-pots imported Into this country,
especially from Belgium and Holland, for marketing
There are several varieties of the rubber plant,
put .the true Ficus elaslica is the best, both for grow-
ing and for selling. It can be easily told from the
smaller-leaved variety, which is smaller and Ughter
colored in all its parts, the stem being smoother, and
the sheath that covers the yoimg leaves lacking the
brown tint, which often runs into a bright Indian red.
1230
FICUS
The method of propagating now popular in America
employs old bushy Htock-pknta, eilAer in pots or tube,
or planted out into a bed where the night temperature
can be kept from 60° to 75° F. Afl soon an the young
shoots are 5 to 6 inches long they are operated upon.
An incision is made at the place where It ie intended to
root the young plant, cuttmg upward on a slant mid-
way between two eyes, making the cut anywhere from
1 to 2 inches long, according to the thickness and
length of the young shoot or branch. A small wedge,
as a piece of matcn, is then inserted to keep the cut
open. A large handiul of clean, damp, well-prepared
moBS is then placed around the branch to cover the
cut and is tied moderately firm with twine or raffia.
Some use a small piece of charooal for a wedge in the
cut: others coat the two cuts with a mixture of char-
coal dust and lime. The tatt«r practice is beneficial in
that it expedites the callusing of the cuts and the root-
ing of the youi^; plant aft«r being cut and mossed. The
moes should be kept constantly moist, and the higher
the temperature, within reasonable limits, the quicker
the rooting process goes on. The Toota of the young
Slant usually appear on the outside of the oval-shaped
unch of moee. A complete cut can then be made below
the moss and the young plant potted. The smaller the
pot at first the better. The leaves of the young plants
should be tied up in order that they may not be injured
by coming in contact with one another or by lying
flat on the pota. The young plants now require a gentte
bottom heat and frequent syringinE, — a doEcn times on
clear days. As soon as the young plants are taken from
the stock-plant, a Uttle wax should be put on the end of
the cut to prevent the milky sap from escaping. The
beat time or the year to propagate and root ficua is from
the first of January to MayT" The European growers
never start much before the Christmas hoUdays; and '
from then until spring they make all their cuttings.
The older metnod of propagating rubber plants is
Mill the favorite one abroad ; it emptoys single^ye cut-
tings. Sometimes, if the branches
are very thick, only one-half the
stem is taken with the eye and a
single leaf, the leaf being curled up
and tied with raffia, and the small
piece with the eye set into the prop-
agating-bed. This is a bed of ^arp
sand, or sometimes of sand and
chopped sphagnum moss or fine
cocoa-fiber. Frequently the single-
eye cuttings are put at once into the
smallcat-sized thumb-pot, ^ with a
mixture of very finely ground pot-
sherd and charcoal filling about one-
half the pot, and either soil or sand
for the remainder. A small stick is
used to hold the leaf upright. These
pots are plunged into the propaga-
ting-benclies m either sand, moss
or fiber, and a steady bottom heat
of 75° to 80° ia applied and kept
up until the plant^ aie rooted. As
a rule, such beds are inclosed in a
ISoa "yo™ fin. ^asshouse, in order to keep about
Sb^ Zr Zi them a close, warm and moist at-
■riis Itom tlM uii mosphere. Only ventilation enough
ol ths lean*. to permit the moisture caused by
the evaporation to escape ia allowed
on these l^eds. In this country, propagation by the first
described method can be continued nearly all the
year round. From experience of both methoda, the
writer can say that the top-cutting and mossing pro-
cess is better by far, especially where plenty of stock
plants can be maintained.
After being ahifted from the smaller-sized pots into
3- or 4-inch pots, the young plania will stand a great
deal of liquid manure as soon as they arc rooted through
PICVS
or become somewhat pot-bound. Manj^ propagators
plant out the young plajits from 3- and 4-inch oota into
coldframes after the middle of May, or when all danger
of night frost is past. They do very well in the bright,
hot, open sun, but must receive plenty of water. After
being planted out in frames, they should be potted not
later tian S^tember, and for early marketing as early
as August. The plan of planting out and potting in
the later part of summer or early autumn is a very prao*
ticable one, as the plants do not suSer so much from the
severe heat during the summer.
beogluleiuu, 3^
bnyilolu. IB.
2Ib^. 1
■kmenU, 25.
itierpvhylia, 11.
hiipku. 6.
pudmU. 10.
PKudr>-Cuio&. 2.
Su^alia, II.
Roiburshii, 24.
Tutuoiiwai. 26.
SifboUii. 17.
:> THE SPKCIEB.
A. Fr. larot, edAU: Itt. detplti lafitd, dteid-
ufora
Uatt S month): plantt aimo^
hardu/rom JV. Y. Kruthia.. -.
B, Let, iras^-miirtrinaJ or lobed 1. Carica
BB. Let. dttplii lobtd: It. rouehiah 2. Ptendo*
AA. Pr, not uituiUy edibU, at leatt ticI a» tht [Caiica
fio it tdibte: lea. entire or toothed, but not
deeply lobed and not deciduout for tucA n
long time: planit, with exctptvm of P.
macrophytJa. not hardy ^ and cult, in ffreav'
hautet or ouidaora in frotlUu areat of
Fla. and Calif.
B. HiMl dimbinQ or trailing, often dinotng
C. Plant a dimbing thrub or tree: tst.
abmil 5 in. long 3. macro-
cc. Plant a creeping nne: Ice. teet Hum 4 in. [carpa
D. Lta. uneguatly hearl-ihaped at bate... i. pumilt
DD. Lit. only tlightly nolchtd at bate 5. radican*
BB. Habit erect or ttraogiino. Ambe or treee:
not dimbing or trailing.
c. Lvt. Mtwiily opposite 6. hiipida '
cc. Lm. aiimys aUfmate.
a. Foliage mritgaled 7. PucellU
DD. Foliaae not variegated, BEcepI in a
variety of F. dattita.
E. The lvt. cup-ihaped 8. Kriihan
BE. The In. not cvp-thaped.
r. Length of It*, more than 4 ivne*
the breadth 9. Bartorl
tT. Length of Int. Ittt Aan S timet
the breadth,
a. Form of lvt. fiddie-thaped or
banjo-thaped, very large. ..... .10. pandtt*
oo. Form of lvt. not at aboce. [rata
B. Lrt. iobed, much at in the
nalia: oakt: a ahnib 11. qnard-
BH. Lot. not to lobed. |(olla
I. Primary lateral nerret more
thait S pain, urualli/ much
J. The primary tnterai nercet
SO paira or more 12. eUatica
E. Sheath roiy, thoay: ht.
4-ie in. long 13. Banja-
KE. Sheath incorupieuout; lrt. [mina
i-iii in. long.
JJ. The primary lateral nerrea
leta than SO paira.
K. Color of fr. purplith.
L. Tree 100 ft. or Uta: lvt.
very lona-acuminalc. ... 14. reUcioH
I.I- Tree email: lvt. ahort-
acuminate 15. glabella
u. Ci^r of fr. not purpiish.
ncus
u Fr. (loboaeand ttalktd. .19. brevi-
Li. Ft. ifitalhed, pear-ahaped. IfolU
o/lin nearly >e>aiU 17. emcta
D. Primary iaieral nerea lai
Oian 8 pain.
J. Tlu primary kuu rfil-
tincUy by/urealing IS. dlvertl-
ti. The primary teint not in- |foli«
K. Stipaiar ahtatha targe and
afiowy. roey 19. QUCtO^
KK. SHputar iheatiu not large \fbjUM
and showy,
i^ Whole plant tiroton-hairy.^. TiUoH
U- Whole plant not brotm-
kairy: lit, often hairy
u. Fn. ahite or tehtluA.
V. Yoanq Itm. deneeiy
viooSy beneath: ma-
ture Iva. not abmptty
aetiminaie 21. Palnerl
MV- Youn4J lee. noideneely
aooUy; mature In, [lotia
lAruptiy atuminate . 22. lof •£-
23. Ctumlnc-
IIM. Frt. red or yellowish. [hunil
H. The jn. on acaly leaf-
Uet bmnchee.
O. Lti. i^moU orbio-
ulor 24. Rox'
oo. L«. OMi(< to mate- jbottflU
lanceolate 25. fjomer-
MM. The frt, eemiie or lata
thort-ilalked.
O. Youno In. viooOy or
niety.
P. Lm. aintate of blue.
Q. Diam. of fr. about
^n. 2e.rDbi«i-
QQ. Dwin. o//r. JJi- fnoM
IMi'n 27.Bamn-
pp. Ln. not cordate at IfBri
boK 28. altla&u
oo. Kounfr In. not tuoolly
r. B(M« of In. nar-
Q. Stipulee glabrout.
B. Ln. £-.{ in.
lono:fr. yeltoa
or reddiih 29. rOtuM
BS. Lm. S-iH in.
long: fr.
oranofyeUow.30. aoTMl
QQ. SlipuUa not gla-
brout 31. iodica
re.Baee of Its.
rounded 32. baiubal-
1. Cltfka. Linn. Figs. 1500. 1505, 1506. Height
15-30 ft. : IvB. 3-5-lobed, the lobes more or leee wavy-
maniaed or lobed, and with palmate veins, whereaa
nearly all apeciee mentioned below are pinnately
'veined: fr. single, axillary, pear-shaped. Suppoacd to
be a native of Caria, in Asia Minor. — Makes a fine
potrplwit, and fruits freely in northern conservatoriee.
For cult, aee Fig.
2. PBefldo-Urica. Mia. Resembling the fig of com-
than in F, Carica,
y, round, rou^hish.
alif . cult, specimens
r, but Bo for (19U)
Calif., where, how-
:rable attention, it
it home for. . . ■
are indispensable
I 'Smyrna figs'."
I a large, climbing
■i in. long; primary
i in. thick, spottca,
gldx«e, in cauline clusters. India. K. 208. — This name
was once advertised as a shrub with leathery Ivb. The
true species is a climbing ahrub.
4. pftmila, Linn. (F. ttipuUUa, Thunb. F. rhpena,
Hort., not Rottl.). Crbepino Fio. Fig. 1501. ftw
trate or climbing shrub, clinging close to conserva-
tory walls and then flattened : Ivs. more or lees 2-ranked,
on very short petioles, ovate, obtuse, entire or slightly
1501. 1
■, IruitlDi bi
Austral. B.M.6657. R.H. 1891:448. K. 158. G.C. IL
H:560, 661, 717. H.U. 4. p. 359 (the last two as F,
alipuiata) . Var. ™tn)««a [F. minima, Hort.) has smaller
Ivs. The species is sometimee used for hanging-
baskets.
5. radlcans, Desf. Garden plant, with green, oblong-
acuminate Ivs. and trailing habit. Impenectly known.
Habitat unknown. Var. varieglta, Hort. W. Bull., has
Ivs. irre^L ' ■ ■ ■■■ . -. .,
tion begmr
19:627. h.c
Intro. 1897.
6. hispida, Linn. f. {F. oppoiiUfblia, Willd.). Shrub
— -mail tree, all the parts mostly hispid-pubescent:
Asia, TVop. Austral. K. 154, 155. — Scarcely cult, i
Amer. outside of botanic gardens.
7. ParcGUii, Veitch. Lvs. thin, membranous, light
green, mottl^ with cream-whit«, more or lees in the
manner of mosaic, oblong-oval, acuminate, dentate.
Islands of Pacific. F.s:22:2273. F.M. 1874:124.
A.F.29:1290. G.C. in. 35:13.— Intro, by Veitch
about 1S74. A warmhouseshrubby plant; probably the
most popular of the varicgat«d forms of Ficus. Readily
prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood placed in sand
m brisk bottom heat. Also cult, in S. CaUf., where it
bears tricolored fr.
S. Krfsluue, DC. Krishna Bor. Small tree with
gray bark, the branches puberulent: Ivs. cup-shaped,
the limb of the cup containins the mid-rib, with 4-5
pairs of lateral nerves: fr. axillary, sessile, solitary or
sometimes in pairs, yellow, about 3^in. diam. India.
B.M. 8092, where there is also an account of the supei^
stitions in regard to the tree among the Indians. — The
large showy" and extraordinarily cupped lvs. of this
most distinct fig will undoubtedly make it popular.
Ijttle known as yet in U. S.
9. Bftrteri, Sprague. A shrub or small tree 6-25 ft.
tall in nature, lower in cult,, smooth, with thick ridged
branches: lvs. petiolate, the blade the narrowest of
almost all the figs, 6-14 in. long, and less than IH in-
wide, bright green above, paler beneath ; primary lateral
nerves lfl-18 pairs: fra. in axillary clusters of 2-3,
almoBt round, orange-colored when mature, and edible.
S. Nigeria.— Little known in U, 8. as yet, but worthy
10. ptndurita, Hort., not Hance, which is an acumi-
nate-lvd. Chinese fig. apparently not in cult. A ghowy
dhrub or tiee with diHtinctive fiddle-ahaped or banjo-
ahaped Iva. frequently a foot long, decidedly emarginate
at the apex, cordate at the narrowed base, dark gloeay
peen, the prominent nerves whitish; fr. unknown.
G. 28; 682. G.C. HI. 33:284, Gng. 16:34. Gn. M.
8;268. A.F. 23:239; 26:203.— A showy atove fig now
widely grown. Intro, in 1903.
11. querdfdlk, Roxbg. The oak-lvd. form is the
typical one, but King includes F. kumUU, RoxbH., in
wbich the Ivs. ate serrate or nearly entire and not
lobed. LvB. 2-5 in. long, "thickly membranous;"
nerves 6-7 pairs; petiole
J-i^l in. long: fr. in axillarv
pairs, egg- or pea-shaped.
Burma, Malaya, where it is
a shrub. L.B.C. 16:1540.
K. 95. (The plant fruits
ing soon after importa-
tion, when 2 ft. high.) —
Advertised in 1895, and
grown for years at the
Montarioeo Nurseries. Vobs
refers this, with many other
synonyms, to F. hetero-
phyUa.
12. eUstica, Roxbg. (.F.
Dupivi^, Hort., a form with
thinner Iva.; otherwise the
Plant. Figs. 1502, 1503.
Lvs. 4-12 in. long, shining,
leathery, oblong to elliptic,
with an abrupt, dull point;
nerves parallel, running at
nearly right anf^es irnm
midnb to margin:
14. religiose, Linn. P. i of the Hindoos.
Lvs. ovat^rotund. at t'. ■ 'iiiced into a long,
linear-lanceolate tail-lik< ... 1 1^ ; petiole 3-4 in.
long; stipules minute: fr - i .'' , / 7>airs, sessile, dark
purple, Hin. thick, ln< . '..I ,..435. K. 67o.—
Grows 100 ft. hi(^, ani ''i ' 'li-ipended on their
long, flexible petioles, .-■■• in 'iw ali^btest breeze.
"Quite hardy m S. Calif :: ;' :,• i iiitaining very large
siie . " — Fran ceschi.
15. Elsbtlla, Btume. /. '- .'i "i ^iitimatelygl^roua
throughout: lvs. petioled, thin, not very leathery,
obovateK)blon|, acuminate, entire, 2-4 in. long, 3-
V^
of
fallen Ive., coveted at first
by a hodded involucre,
when ripe greenish yellow,
Kin. lone. Damp forests
of Trop. Asia. G.F. 2:517.
H.U. 6, p. 108. K, 54.—
M 100 ft. high in
, but becomes un-
B^^lXIll^' ^- ^^^ "^ singie'st:, but the«
Si™orw ■* * KTOwmg demand tor
compact and broncbins
Cits. Var. vari«gftta (var. aiirea, Hort.) is much
popular. Lvs. creamy while or yellow near the
edges. Liable to fungous diseases. This species is also
grown S. aa a shade tree. The nervation is verv
characteristic. So, also, is the handsome rosy sheatn
which incloses the yoimg lvs., and which soon drons
off. This is regarded as a stipule of exceptionally
13. Benjuulna, Linn. A rather unimportant tree
horticulturally, with small lvs., and smooth throUKhout :
lvs. thin, not much coriaceous, shining, ovate-elliptic,
entire, the apex sharply acuminate, 2—1!^ in. long;
lateral primary nerves very numerous, freely inter-
mingling near the margins of the lvs.: fre, in paini,
axillary and sexsile, smooth and blood-red when ripe.
Malayan Penins. K. 52 83h. Var. comtfsa, Kurx.
Fig. 1501. Sepals lanceolate-acuminate rather than
spatulate: fr. ^ in. diam., narrowed at base rather
than globose or ovoid.
or very rarely stalked in cult, specimens, dark purpli^,
sometimes with yellow dots, leas than J^in. diam.
Malaya Penins. K. 60.
16. brevUaUa, Nutt. (f. poptUnea, Willd.). An ever-
green tree, sometimes epiphytic in nature, 10-30 ft.:
hn. thin and only slightly leathery, ovate or rarely
obovate, I 'A-i in. long, acute at the apex, broad at the
base; primary lateral nerves 14-16 pau^: fr. distinctly
stalked, yellow when young, ultimately bright red,
about Min. diam., and nearlj- globose. Fla.— <)f little
value horticultu-
rally, except for the
frs.
17.«fcta,Thunb.
Extraordinarilv va-
riable: shrub to
small tree, gla-
brous, pubeeciint, or
almost strigose: lvs.
broadly ovate, obo-
vate or elliptic
(lanceolate in var.
Sieboldii), entire or
with here and there
a lobe, or rather
coarsely dentate
above the middle:!
fr. single or in pairs,
peduncled or sub-
sessile, and either
globose and not
stalked or pear-
shatted and tong-
stalked. Himalayas,
China, Japan. B.
M. 7550 (where the
lvs. look rather
leathery). K. 178.—
Procurable thro,^ iMi. n™ .l«tl«. th. tubb^ pbnt
dealera m Japanese „, flwiM,.
18. dlversifUia, Blume (F. lulficens, Hort.). Mib-
TLETOE Fio, A smooth ahrub or small tree with abort-
stalked or sessile lvs.: lvs. broadly obovate, the much-
narrowed base glandular, 1-3 in, long, midrib branched
once or twice, glandular at the joints: fr. axilhuy, soli-
tary, or rarely in paire, always stalked, dull yellow or red-
dish when ripe. India and Malay Penins. R.B. 30:156.
K. 174. — The small lvs. and usually solitary fr. suggest
the mistletoe, and in nature the plant is often an epiphyte.
19. macroph^Ua, Dcsf. Moheton' Bay Fig. Lvs.
6-10 in. long, 3-4 in. wide: stipules 2-1 in. long: fr.
nearly globular, 9-12 Uncs thick, axillao', <n 3'b or 4's,
on short, thick peduncles. Austral. — Murii !■' -fled in
S. and Cent. Calif., where, however, it do-- i ■' ; i ' -*
seed. F. von Mueller says it is perhap' "■■ . ■ .■
of Australian avenue trees. Ernest Bi'i' ■ s i- , .
for this species partial or perhaps con^pl' '< - t i. ,, y
from frost. He cites a specimen in Cr.l;. u', ■ >, .. .-d
out after a heavy frost and is still (l^<i '>'".' I ',. cer
more than a year has elapsed since th" •!••••
FICUS
FICUS
1233
20. vllldsa, Blume. A straggling shrub, the whole
plant brown-hairy: Ivs. thick and leathery, petioled,
oblong-ovate, sharply acuminate, the base cordate,
3-5-nerved at the base, the primary lateral nerves 5-6
pairs, 5-6 in. long: fr. snort-stalked, in axillary clusters.
Malaya. K. 172. — ^A good stove climber, but little
known in Amer.
21. PAlmeri^ Wats. Tree, 8-12 ft. high, branching
near the ground: Ivs. 3 in. long, 2-2 H in. wide; petiole
1 in. long: fr. in pairs, axillary, globose, Hin* thick,
white, according to Franceschi needing much heat to
develop. Discovered on San Pedro Mcutin Isl., N. W.
Mex.. 1887. — ^Perhaps the best adapted to severely hot
and dry places. Franceschi says it attains 30 ft.
22. infectdria, Roxbg. A low tree, all the parts
smooth; often deciduous for some weeks at a time:
Ivs. 3^-6 in. long; nerves 5-7 pairs^ not prominent:
fr. in axillary pairs, sessile, globose, ^m. thick, whitish,
flushed and dotted. Trop. Asia. Malaya. K. 76-79.
— Grows 60 ft. high, and is one ot the best shade trees.
23. Ciinninghaniii, Miq. A large
tree, resembung F. infecioria and
differing only in the form and acumi-
nation of the If. from that species:
in F, infectoria the primary lateral
nerves are easily detected; in F.
Curminghamii they are fine and so
much interminglea as to be almost
indistinguishable. Austral. — Recom-
mended as a shade tree for extreme
S. Fla. by Rear
soner Bros. Cult,
in temperate
house north-
ward. Decidu-
ous for several
months each
year.
24.R6xbuxgfaii,
Wall. A low tree,
10-20 ft.: Ivs.
broadly-ovate or
rounded, 5-15 in. long,
41^12 m. broad, some-
times cordate at the
base; primary later^
nerves 5-7 pairs, promi-
nent on both sides : f r . 2 in. diam .
on short leafless cauline branch-
lets, reddish. India. K. 211. —
The Ivs. are frequently almost
orbicular; very ornamental.
25. i^omerUta, Roxbg. Cluster Fio. Lvs. 4-7 in.
long; nerves 4-6 pairs: fr. clustered on leafless, scaly
branches, pear- or top-shaped, 1)^ in. thick, reddish.
India, Burma. K. 218, 219. — "A quick-growing, ever-
green shade tree." — Reasoner. "A dense shade tree:
lvs. have a peculiar metallic luster and are deciduous
for a short time at the end of winter: small frs., much
relished by cattle and children but dry and woody."
— ^Franceschi.
26. rubigindsa, Desf. (F. au6irdHis, Willd.). Lvs.
leathery, rounded or cordate at base, notched at tip: fr.
mostly in pairs, globular, 5-6 lines thick, usually warty.
Austral., where it throws out atrial roots like the
banyan tree. B.M. 2939. — The rusty color is a beauti-
ful feature. Voss considers this a form of F. elastica,
27. 3^Uingeri, C. Moore. Tall glabrous tree: lvs.
ovate, sharp-pointed, leathery, 5-6 in. long, dark green
and shining above, Ught green and paler underneath;
petioles 2-3 in. long: fr. 134-lJi in. diam., marked with
small scattered warts. New S. Wales. — According to
Franceschi it grows faster than F. rvbiginosaf its near-
est relative. Rare in cult., but advertised in 1914.
79
1504. FlCttS
Benjamina
28. altfssima, Blume. A tall tree with only a few
aerial roots, when mature wholly glabrous: lvs. petio-
late, thick and leathery, broadly ovate, sometimes
inequilateral, but not cordate, shining, 3-5-nerv^ and
with 5-6 pairs of lateral primary nerves, 4-7 in. long:
fr. axillary, sessile, in pairs, yellowish when ripe. India.
K. 30, 3da.— Said bv an American dealer to resemble
F. panduratay but this must be an error. Fruiceschi
says it is taller-growing and finer than F. elastica,
29. retftsa, Linn. (F. nitida, Thunb., and Hort., not
Blume). Lvs. 2-4 in. long; nerves 5 or 6 pairs; petiole
3-6 lines long: fr. sessile, in pairs, axillary, 4 lines thick,
yellow or reddish. Trop. Asia, Malaya. K. 61, 62. —
A large evergreen tree with a few atrial roots.
30. adrea. Nutt. Branches pale, smooth, furrowed:
lvs. 3-4 in. long, smooth, oblong, entire, narrowed but
obtuse at each end, stout^tioled: fr. orange-yeUow,
globose, 4 lines thick. S. Fla. — Reasoner says it is a
handsome decorative plant for the florist, and that it
grows 60 ft. high. Chapman describes it as a small
tree: he savs nothing about stipules. Too tender for
outdoor cult, in S. Calif.
31. fndica, Linn. Not the banyan tree. Glabrous
throughout, except stipules: lvs. 4-7 in. long; nerves
about 4-6 pairs, not verv prominent; petiole f-12 lines
long; stipules 6-9 lines lon^: fr. in crowded pairs, ses-
sile, globose, smooth, yellowish red, 4 lines thick. Trop.
Asia, Malaya. K. 45. — ^This species is greatly confused
in botanical literature with F. benghalensiSf but F.
indica does not take root from its branches, as does the
banyan tree. In recent writings, F. indica is often given
as a s^monym of F. benghalensiSf but the distinctions
here given are those made by King, in Flora Brit.
India 5:499 (1890). Tree grows 50 ft. high.
32. bengfaaldnsis, Linn. Banyan Tree. Also written
bengalensis. Young parts softly pubescent: nerves
1>rominentj petiole 6-18 lines long; stipules 9-12 lines
ong: fr. m pairs, sessile, globose, puberulous, red,
about the size of a small cherry. Trop. Afr., India. —
A tree, 70-100 ft. high, rooting from the branches, thus
forming accessory trunks and extending the growth of
the tree indefinitely. For an explanation of tlie confu-
sion between F. benghcdensis and F. indica, see Hooker's
Flora Brit. India 5:499, 500. K. 13.— There are vigor-
ous specimens growing outdoors at Miami, Fla.
F, A/z&ii, Don, is a plant from S. Afr., never described by Don.
The plant in the trade is said to be F. eriobotroides. Once adver-
tiaed for indoor ornament. — F. camdsa, Hort. Advertised 1895 for
indoors. — F. Chaxivihrii, Hort. In Eu. this is said to be second only
to F. elastica. Franceschi says it has broader and more oval lvs.,
large red figs, not edible, and comes from New Caledonia, where it
attains 60 ft. J. D. Eisele a&y% that it has oval lvs. with creamy
white veins, is strong-growing, and should be valuable for sub-
tropical gardening. The name is unknown in botanical literature.
A plant cult, at N. Y. Bot. Gard. as this species has oran|(e fr. — F.
Codperi, Hort., is cult, indoors from Trop. Amer. Advertised 1895.
The name is unknown in botanical literature. G. 1:757. — F.
DryepdntUia, Hort., is a striking shrub with long-stalked lvs. that
are silvery green above and dark purple beneath. Probably not a
FicuB. R. B. 32, p. 85. Said to be a native of Afr. — F. eetveldi^na,
Hort., is a species "with large broadljr oval Ivs. and with the veins
and nerves colored," something as in Caladium. The name is
unknown in botanical literature. G.C. III. 28:303. — F. eriobotroi-
des, Kunth & Bouchd. Habitat tmknown. See F. Afielii. — F.fal-
edia, Miq., i^ cult, but not advertised. A creeper, with lvs. often
of 2 forms, leathery, tesselately dotted and colored beneath. It is
a form of F. ptmctata, with lvs. oblong or subrhomboid, obtuse,
not tapering Below. India. — F. Lucidnii, Hort^ "has large lvs.
Intro. 1900. Otherwise unknown. — F. lUcida, Dry. From India,
but not described in Flora of British India. Advertised 1893 for
indoors. — F. maculAta, Linn., described by Franceschi (1914) as
with lvs. "large, oval, light green, not glossy. Cochin-China."
must be some other plant than the true F. maculata, which is a
serrate-lvd. fig from Santo Domingo. — F. netnordlis. Wall., is a
"small tree or bush" with smooth, petioled lvs. which are 3-nerved
aiKl dark-colored beneath: fr. smooth axillary, about Hin. diam.
India. K. 206, 207. — ^There are manv forms. — F. pr(ncep9, Kunth
4c Bouch6. Brasil. Cult, by FranceschL who sasrs it grows 60 ft.
high and has magnificent foliage, which is bronse and copper-col-
ored when young. — F. pj/rifdlia may be F. Bezijamina, F. erecta,
F. Fontanesii, or F. rubra. The name is advertised by Yokohama
Nurserv Co., who also advertise F. erecta. — F. rugdia is a trade
name for some fig as jret undeterminable. The true F. rugosa,
Don, is perhaps a Trop. African species, but was not character-
ised by Don, and the status of the name is imcertain. — F. iSyco-
1234
FICUS
FIG
mdnut linn. (S^roomonis antiquorum. OftspOt is a tree with peti-
<ded, ovate, entire 8-10-ribbed Ivb. which are deoiduooe for some
months each year: fla. greenish or yellowish in pedunculate ra-
cemes: fr. small but abundant, eztenaiyehr used for food: it is a
branching tree 30-40 ft. high, the Ivs. smaller than those of the fig,
more or less angular or even lobed. Egypt and SynriUk: the sycamore
ci the Bible: Pharaoh's fig. Intro, in U. S., but not m the trade. —
F. otfsto, Hort.— >F. popufifolia, an Abyssinian meoies not in cult.
~F. Windlandii has Ivs. "10-12 in. long by 8-10 in. wide, of a
dark green color, and light ^reen ribs and veins." Its habitat and fr.
are unknown. — F. Wriohtii, Benth., a creeping or ftlimhing fie not
cult, in Amer. outside of fanciers* collections: Ivs. 3-4 inTlong,
wedge-shiq^, 3-nerved. Probably-"F. foveolata, WalL China.
N. TAYLOR.t
EIG (Plate XLII) is Ficus Caricay a native of Asia.
It is a warm-temperate fruit, although it will stand 10**
to 20^ of frost under favorable conditions. It was
early introduced into North America, but until recent
vears it has been little grown commercially. It has
been known to fruit in the open in Michi^^ui without
other protection than a high Doard fence inclosure, but
usuall^r, if grown north of Philaddphia, the plants are
lifted in early November, with good balls of earth,
kept in a dryish cellar over winter, and planted out the
next spring. From Philadelphia to the Carolinas it
may be bent to the ground and covered witli earth or
pine boughs. The fruit is borne on the young wood,
and often on young trees. This fruit is really a hollow
pear-shaped receptacle with many minute seeds
G>otanically fruits) on the inside; it grows like a branch
from the side of the shoot. Inferior, run-wild forms are
frequent in the southern states, where they are some-
times called ''old man and woman" by the n^roes.
Figs may be grown under glass, being plaited per-
manently in a border after the manner of hothouse
grapes. They usually bear better if the branches are
tramed more or less horizontally. Two or more crops
may be expected in one year under glass. Eastern nur-
serymen sell fig trees. As early as 1833 Kenrick C'New
American Orchardist") described 23 varieties. Popular
varieties for amateur cultivation in the E^ast are Turkey,
White Genoa, Black Ischia and Celeste. In order to
facilitate the ripening of the fruit in cool climates or
imder glass, it is a custom to dress the surf ace of the
nearly full-grown figs with sweet oil. As a dessert fruit
fi^ are usually eaten in the fresh state, in which con-
dition they are scarcely known to people in cool cli-
mates. They are also cooked, ana preserved. The
commerical fig is the dried fruit.
The fig is propagated very easily from hardwood cut-
ting, as grapes are. Take cuttings in the fall, remov-
ing just below a bud. If wood is scarce, sin^e-eye cut-
tings may be used, being started preferably m a frame.
From cuttings, bearing plants may be expected in two
to four years. New varieties are obtained from seeds.
Various fruit books give directions for the growing of
figs. Publications in California and of the Umted
Stifttes Department of Agriculture discuss them. But
the only mdependent American writing seems to be
James T. Worthinston's ''Manual of Fig%ulture in the
Northern and Middle States," Chillicothe, Ohio, 1869.
Although regularly cop3rrighted, it is a pamphlet of only
ten pages. It recommends the laying down of the trees
in late fall and covering them with earth. This practice
gave better results than covering with other material,
or canying the trees over winter in cellars, either in tubs
or transplanted from the open (p. 1552) . l. jj. B.
Figs in the southeastern and Gulf states.
In the southeastern Atlantic and Gulf states the fig
has been cultivated since the days of the earliest se^
tlements. The exact time of introduction and indeed
the exact origin of many of the more important varie-
ties are unknown. For many years the trees, or more
properly bushes, found a place as dooryard or garden
plants, and to this day some of the finest specimens are
to be found near the shelter of buildings in country,
town or village. The fruit was used by the owners oi
the bushes and the 0Urpius found its way into the
local market.
Within the last ten to twenty years, attention has
been given to the fig as a commercial fruit and it has
found a place as an orchard fruit in many localities.
Its culture may be said to extend from Norfolk, Vir-
ginia, southward along the Atlantic coast, and around
the Gulf of Mexico into Texas. In proximity to the
w&ter it is grown without protection, but inland, par-
ticularly in the northern limits of its range, the bu^es
are protected during the winter months, by bending
them down and covering with boards, straw, heavy
paper, in fact anything that will cover Uiem. With
some care in protecting the plants by laying them down
and covering in winter, the fig is grown beyond the
region in which it has a place as an orchard fruit. Most
of the orchard plantings have been made in close
proximity to the ocean or gulf.
The propagation of the fig in this region is almost
entirely by cuttings made from well-ripened wood and
planted during winter or in early spring. The hardened
wood from old bearing trees gives the most satisfac-
tonr results. The cuttings shomd be 4 to 5 inches long,
and cut through the nodes. In planting, the cuttings
are set with tne upper ends level with the surface of
the earth.
Soils best adapted to the growing of the fig are clay
soils, or heavy soils, which are or may be kept uniformly
moist. No greater mistake can be made than to
attempt the culture of the fip in hght sandy soils^ore
or less deficient in moisture m the lower South. Under
these conditions, the nematode (root-knot) works
serious damage to the roots of the trees and the plant-
ing soon dies out. But on heavy soils, the nematodes
are not able to work such havoc and the fig thrives in
spite of their limited attacks. On light soils, the fig
may be grown in the well-packed earth of yards or
planted a^nst buildings where the roots may find
their way mto the soil beneath the buildinss, where the
nematocfe has been starved out for lack offood plants.
The shaded condition of the soil is also beneficial. It is
doubtful whether a successful planting can be made on
any large scale on light soils in the lower South for
the reasons just indicated
VarieHes.
The varieties which may be grown successfully in
the area indicated belong to the Kroup which will carry
good crops of fruit without pomnation. On account
of climatic conditions, it is doubtful whether figs of
the class requiring caprification can ever be success-
fully grown.
The more important varieties are the following:
Blade Ischia.Size medium to large; color of skin
bluish black, almost entirely covered with delicate
bluish bloom; flesh creamy white; quality good.
Strong grower, not a heavy bearer but quite hardy.
Season late.
Brunswick. — Fruit very large, broadly pear-shaped
with short, rather slender stalk; ribs well marked, eye
large, open with rosy scales; skin tough, dark brown
in color; pulp thick, pink, soft, quality fair. Midseason
and late.
Celeste, — Small to medium, pear-shaped, ribbed;
violet -colored, sometimes shadmg purplish brown,
covered with bloom about half way up from the neck;
stem short, stout; flesh whitish, shading to rose-color
at center^ firm, juicy, sweet, excellent quality. One of
the hardiest varieties of figs, and can be grown far
outside of the usual limits of culture; very desirable
for canning and preserving. Season early.
White Ischia. — Fruit of medium size, turbinate;
skin greenish yellow; pulp rosy, red, softj melting;
quality rich, sweet; a variety of high quahty. Very
productive. Season late.
Lemon. — Fruit medium to large, flattened, faintly
FIG
ribbed, li^t yeUowieh Kreen| stem abort, stout; fleah
vhite, sweet, r&ther Boft; qtulity fair to good. Vigorovw
and Eootific. Eaily.
Mamolia. — Fruit of Urge eUe; amber>«oIored; fleeb
piakiah amber, handeome. Vigorous grower; prolific;
exceUent for canning. Midsetison and &t«.
P*IG
1235
broadly peor-ebaped, witn short, thick stalk; i
Of the varietiea juat deacribed, the more important
commercial sorts are Celeste, Turkey, Brunswick
and Magnolia.
Magnolia is the favorite variety along the coast in
Texas from Beaumont soutbn'aH. In tiie eastern
Atlantic states it is not so favorably regarded, as tbe
iniit splits and soun on the trees durmg the rainy
weather which so often comes when the crop is matur-
ing. It is entirely distinct from the Turkey fig. Turkey
(w Brown Turkey is ven' hardy, of dwarf growth and
therefore a favorite in the colder sections in which the
trees must be protected during winter. Celeste equals
Turkey in hardine™, but it is a more robust grower.
It is iJie most commonly planted variety from Beau-
mont, Texas, eastward, and in the southeastern states
should generally be given preference for orchard plant-
ing. Brunswick, on account of its large handsome
Spearancc is a desirable variety for the production
fresh fruit for market.
General cuiHaUion.
In setting the fig in orchard, the trees are oon>
monly placed 10 by 15 feet or 12 by 20 feet in thor-
oughly plowed sad pulverized sod. January and
February in the lower South are favorite months for
planting, but in the colder sections it is usuEilly better
be strongly emphasised, as the character of fig roots is
such that they will not stand drying.
It is not beet to attempt to tram the figs to tree form,
but to aJlow them to develop with three or four trunks.
To start them in bush form it is necessary to cut the
plants back hard at time of planting. In case of severe
weather during winter there is much less danger of
k)sin^ whole trees if grown with several stems or trunks
than if jgrowQ with single trunks. Subsequent pruning
should be done to remove any sprouts or suckeis that
come up from the ground, to remove dead or injured
branches, and to shape the form of the trees during the
first few seasons. Branches that have to be removed
for any cause should be cut back entirely rather than
to stuns. Tbe fig will not stand severe pruning year
after year, such as has sometimes been attempt^, and
it is lieat to prune as little as possible to keep the trees
in good shape.
As the fig is a shallow-rooted ti«e, deep tillsge is
impossible. The orchard should not be plowed and
implements for shallow cultivation only should be
naed. There is no better tillage tool than an ordina^
hoe, but its use is too expensive on larmj plantings. It
may, however, be used in the garden plot. Cultivation
should begin m spring just in advance of the starting
of growth and should continue at weekly or ten-day
intervals until about July 1. Cover-cropB of cowpeas
or beggar weed should then cover tbe ground until
autumn. In the handling of plantings of the later-
ripening sorts, cultivation should be continued later
in tbe season, and a winter cover-crop used instead of a
summer one. Stable manure and commercial fertilizer
should be used liberally to supply the necessary plant-
food.
A considerable amount of fruit can be and ia handled
in the markets as fresh -fruit. It should be carefully
cut from the trees early in the morning, selecting only
well-colored but firm fruit, packed in strawberry carriers
and shipped by express. When the work is properly
handlea m this way, its marketing presents no serious
difficulties within a radius of 100 miles or so in tbe
lower South and even greater distances in the northern
area of its possible culture. By far the greater quantity
of fruit ia used by tbe canneries in the manufacture of
preserved figs. A very delicious product is manufac-
tured in the lower South, and meets with a ready sale.
E. Harold Huub.
Tbe fig fai CallfomU.
The fig, as grown in CaUfomia at tbe present time,
illustrates, perhaps more than any other fruit, the
difficulties that arise in the course of the introduction of
any new and highly specialized industry. Years of
time and the united labors
of many persons have at
lost resulted in the perma-
nent establishment of fip-
culture on a large scale m
some parts of California.
The successive stops by
which this has been accom-
plished form one of the
most remarkable chapters j
in our horticultural history. |
The edible cultivated ng
is a native of southwestern
Asia and undoubtedly ranks '
as one of the most ancient,
beautiful and valuable of
all fruit trees, formii^ a
large part of the daily food
of the people in those coun-
tries in which it thrives.
The common name fig comes isos. Whit* Adiiatk tg-
from Fieua, and that from
the Hebrew "feg." The importation of fi^, dried,
canned or preserved, into regions unsuited to their
p«wth, forms an immense and increasing group of
industries. The literature of the fig, always very large,
is receiving continual additions, as new varieties are
introduced, as new values are found for the varied
products and as its culture is being extended far
beyond what were thought, twenty years ago, to be its
inflexible climatic hmitations.
The botanical varieties of tbe edible fig (Ficut
Cariea) as generally recognised include the foUowing:
(1) Ficut Cariea var. tylvestris, the all-important wild
fig of Asia Minor; (2) Fictu Cariea var. smj/miaea;
(3) Fieui Cariea var. hortentis; (4) Ficu* Cariea var,
intermedia.
The first of these, commonly known as the Capri
fig, is not edible, but it was discovered ages ago that
the famous little fig-wasp, formerly called Blaslophana
psenes but now determined as BUutophaga groasorum,
breeds within it and is able to cross-pollinate the
flowers of the invaluable Smyrna fig which otherwise
will not perfect fruit. This process is termed "caprifica-
tion" and is absolutely necessary for the maintenance
of the highest grades of commercial orchards. The
thittl of these groups includes all the self-fertilizing
table and preserving varieties of the common fig. The
fourth variety (intermedia) has the ability to mature
one crop witnout cross-poiUnation. but not a second.
The beat figs for drying are all of the second class
(var. gmjfmiaca) and three crops are the usual thing In
average seasons. In fact, nearly all the cultivated figs
bear three more or less distinct crops; in many orchards
and gardens of California one may gather ripe figs
every day from Ute July until frost and rains destray
the very perishable fruits.
1236
FIG
Figs have been cultivated on the Pacific coaat far
more tbsJi two centurieg, as it is thouKht that they were
in the Misaian gardens at Loreto, Lower CBlifomia,
before 1710. Father Zephjfrin'H monumental "Hietory
o! the FranciBCsn MiHsiona in Calfornia," three volumes
of which have now been issued (1913), contains many
facts about the first Miaaion gardens from San Diego to
Dolores and Sonoma. The fig was in them all, and was
apoken of by the early visitors to California, such as
Malaspina, Menzics, Mocino and Vancouver. Santa
Clara Mission had rows of very large fig trees before
1792.
At the present time (1913), the fig has become
established over almost the entire horticultural area of
California, wherever the temperature does not fall
below 18° F. It does not thrive where there is much f^
or where the summers are cold and windy, but even in
such places if somewhat protected by walls or build-
ings, It matures fruit, ^lien planted close lo its cli-
matic limits, a young tree needs special protection the
first few years until tbe wood is mature and the growth
leas rapid. Tbe fig is most at home in southern Cali-
fornia, over the Coast Range Valleys, the San Joaquin
and Riirmmpnln VaIIpvd
IS06. Vount fl( ti
id fii-dirinc Ln oi
feet in central California — to 3,000 feet and upward
farther south. Magnificent single trees and stately
avenues abound in various places. Many trees now
standing have trunks 3 feet in diameter. One in
Stanislaus County is SO feet in height: another in Butte
County has rooted from drooping iDranches until it
seems a whole grove. This is the notable General Bid-
well tree at Chico (Mission Black variety) which covers
a circle o( 200 feet in diameter and has long been the
pride of the rqnon. Superb fig trees are found in all
the old foothill and valley towns of California. A
magnificent grove is on the old Thurber farm near
Vacaville. Lai^ commercial fig orchards have been
plsjit«d, especi^y in Nesuo, Los Angeles, Butt«,
Santa Barbara, San Bernardino, Tulare, Merced,
Sonoma, Placer, San Joaquin and Shasta Counties.
The Maslin orchard near Loomis and the Roeding
orchard cast of Fresno are two of the most famous and
Bucces.>iful ones in California. Fresno County now has
220,000 bearing fig trees, and Los Angeles nearly
100,000.
Varifties.
There are many horticultural varieties known to
the markets and catalogues under innumerable syn-
onyms. Their classification is by shape, color of skin
and color of flesh. The shape is round or turbinate in
some sorts, pyriform or obovatc in others. The skin
varies in color in different varieties from green throuffh
pale yellow, buff, light brown, reddish brown and purple,
to black. The flesh is almost whit^'. opaline, or vanous
shades of red; it can be described as meltinir spicy,
juic^, coarse or even dry in a tew old sorts. The size
vanes from those hardly as lai^ as a green gage plum
to others that sometimes weigh four or five ounces
apiece. Eisen, in his useful and thorough monograph
Pig
on the fig published by the Department of Agriculture
(Division of Pomology, Bulletin No. 9, 1901) lists and
describes nearly 400 varieties from different parts of
the world. Eleven of these are Smyrnas, and twenty
are varieties of the C^iri or wild fig, differing in seaacin
so as to afford a succession and thus increase their
value in caprification, Baja CaUfomia, and Sonora,
fine regions for the fig, have produced some varieties
of promise, and others have been reported from South
Africa, New Zealand, Australia, Tasmania, nortliem
India, Algiers and many other places.
When the earlier California nurserymen b^;an to
grow figs, they first secured the Black Miaeion variety
which Uie padres had brought from Mexico, and the
little Whit« Marseilles, which was at Santa Clara and
Santa Barbara before the discovery of gold. They also
obtained from Ellwanger and Barry, oi Rochester, and
from Berckmans, of Georgia^ between 1860 and 1870,
all the varieties then grown m America, principally for
pot and greenhouse culture, not more than twenty-five
sorta in all, chief among which were the Brawn Tur-
key, Celeste, the Green and Black Ischias and the
large Brunswick. Georgia and the Gulf coast were cul-
tivating in gardens these sorts for home use, especially
Celeste, which is fine for canning and preserving.
There was therefore, much early correspondence be-
tween California nurserymen like William B. West,
John Rock, Felix Gillet, James Shinn and others, ana
the fig-growers in the South, whose main drawback
was in the frequent summer rains. Almost inunedi-
j ately, however, the Califomians began to import trees
i from France, Italy, Spain, and later began to study
■ Uie Smyrna flg industries. The catalogues of Califor-
(nia nurserymen, by 1880, contaiDed about 150 named
varieties — -with plenty of duplications, as was natural.
The University of California experiment stations, by
1890, had about seventy-five varieties under trial and
distributed them with great energy. The late John
Rock, one of the most ardent horticulturists of his
time m America, made many trips abroad and seldom
failed to send back new kinds of figs. The inevitable
and essential siftin(f down continued for over thirty
years from 1880 until the nurseries of today hst not to
exceed thirty varieties. The principal sorts now in
general cultivation, besides the very important Smyrna
" " ' Capri varieties sent out chiefly by George Bioed-
f Fresno, s
« the following:
; BLack lArdatu.
ic Be- MadeliM.
tag^^d
Rovu VinByurd,
Sao Pedni (irhit
lypel.
* lCel«iino).
A large amoimt of new experimenting has been done
in CaUfomia with fig varieties by the Bureau of Plant
Industry which took up the work so well begun by
Hilgard and others at the CaUfomia Station. Lack of
means and a general change of the University policy
toward the suD-stations (where the fig orchards were
located) led to the abandonment of those useful trials
about 1902. Fortunately, the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture hod become deeply interested in
the Smyrna fi^ problem, and soon estabUshed plant
gardens in CaUfomia. Beagles, who has charge of the
one near Chico, furnishes the foUowing list of the varie-
ties being tested there in 1912, in addition to a great
many seedlings and crosses under numbers and not
yet in bearing. The list, as fumishe*! by Beagles, is
arranged in the order of securing the varieties, not
alphabetically, and the first forty-four sorts are from
the well-authenticated collection at Chiawick, England:
FIG
1237
Neiro [uv>-
n the thirty-sixth and thirty-eighth
reportaj an esaay b^ G. P. Rixford, read belon "
bifcn.
Oourmnd Boucb.
Lu^ BUek Ddutd.
De CoEutantuie.
BUADoura.
MutiniquB.
Cnve.
WUlabchU.
White Adrutio.
PsciBc Wliil«.
Fi^re* BLuioh.
Cnpri Botma No^ 3-
The California Expeiimeot Station, under Hilgard,
found that several varieties which are no longer in
ordinary cultivation were important. Chief among
liiese was a French fie of compact srowth, Uirta du
Japon, a medium-sizea, turbinate, darli purple fig of
high quality. It is excellent for house culture and for
■mall gardens.
Smj/nafigs.
The story of the introduction of the Sg-wasp, the
indispensable Blastophaga, to California og oruiards
is one of the amusing, patoctic and fascinating romances
of outdoor life. Smyrna figs were planted earlv, and
they did not bear; the trouble was indistinctly charged
to "the cUmate/' growers laughed at the absurd "book
notion" that the Asia Minor Greeks depended on
"some sort of an insect" to secure abundant crops of
fruit. The late John Bleasdale, who had been in Por-
tugal, told many persons about fig-caprification earlv
in the lS7D's. Some of the nurserymen took it up with
energy and managed to secure cuttinsH of Smyrna figs
and of Capri fi(p, but no insecto. The San Francisco
"Bulletin,'* between 1880 and 1882, secured and dis-
tributed over CsJifornia about 14,000 cuttings. The
fig-growers in Asia Minor became anxious to prevent
importation of the insects to California or of the Capri
fi^ cuttings, and the difficulties grew worse. Eisen and
lUiford croHB^cTtiliied figs by hand as soon as the
wild fig trees blossomed. This was done on the James
Shinn farm at Nilee and at the California Nursery
(managed by John Rock) in the same neighborhood.
Then the Roedings of Fresno became interested,
through Eisen, and planted a Smyrna fig orcheJ^, but
had no Blaslophaga. Meanwhile the Department of
ife was detailed
itophaga for the
sd also obtained
icatioD was not
work was done
id George Roed-
,tely at different
ne, the fig-wasp
near Modesto,
iki fig tree there
Stockton, in the
le Blaatopha^as.
t is fascmating.
the Department
papers: "Some
and in the Life
igle, before the
ntion of Cali-
MasUn seedling
ifth
also papers of his ii
reports^ an esaay by \.t. x~. xuxiuru, r»ui ueiunj Lne
Forty-first Convention of California Fruit-Growers,
in Santa Barbara, in 1912. His botanical and entomo-
logical paper, read in 1011 before the Pacific Associa-
tion of Scientific Societies, on the "Fructification of
the Fig by Blastophaga" traces the whole subject
down from the days of Linnaus. A practical paper on
the subject is to be found in George C. Roeding's
"California Horticulture," a pamphlet issued in 1909.
Caprifiealian.
The work of study and experimentation has gone
forward steadily since the first importation of the
Blastophaga: it is likely that more has been done in
this line in California in the past twenty years than in
all the rest of the world put together. The practical
methods of keeping the fig insect prosperously estab-
lished so that every fruit can be fertilized are now well
founded, and as the profits of the industry are gen-
erally recc^niied, large plantings can be expected.
There are some obscure problems still undetermined
relating to the different crops of figs and the fructi-
fication of some of the non-Smyrna types. But in
California the industry as a whole finds possibly the
most favorable soil and climate known to exist any-
where. It seems probable, therefore, that fig-growing
will soon rank in importance with the growing m
citrous fruits. The cultivated varieties of Smyrnas are
doubtless capable of much improvement as regards
Only thirty Capri figs are needed to caprify a large
fig tree, so abundant are the insects and the pollen in
good seasons, and one tree of the wild fig is sufficient
for one hundred Smyrna trees. The mfUe of the fig-
wasp is without wings, but the female has wings and
saw-like mandiblr^; she cuts her way through scales
which interlock over the apex of the half-^wn Smyrna
fig. She loses her wings in entering, dies in the fig and
is absorbed by the vegetable cells. If she lays her
e^ they also perish and the continuance of tlie spe-
cies depends upon those individuals that remain upon
the wild fig trees.
Propagation.
The fig grows readily from cuttings. Use well-
ripened wood of the previous season's growth, cut at
Che joint, and give them the same treatment required
for grape cuttings. They will even grow from smgle-
eyc cuttings. Bottom heat is not necessary in Cali-
fornia where the cuttings arc set in nursery m Decem-
ber or January and are ready for the orchard in a year.
In the eastern states, winter-made cuttings can be
started with bottom heat, or, in April, in the open air.
Budding is beat done by the annular or ring method,
so useful for the chestnut and walnut. The ng can be
cleft-grafted in February in California, but extreme
care must be taken to exclude the air. Seedlings are
easily grown from the fertile seeds of the imported
Smyrna figs, and from the few fertile seeds occasionally
Spearing in ' common varieties. Maslin, of Placer
lunty, began to raise seedlings from imported dried
figs in 18S5 and these are now besj-uig.
ForciTi^.
The fig requires more heat under glass than does the
grape. The temperatures preferred are, at first, 50° F.
at night and, 85" for the day; later increase to 60° or
65° at night and 7^" or more in the day. Figs must have
much air and moisture till the crop is set. The best
varieties for forcing are Early Violet, the White and
Brown Ischias, White Marseilles, Hirta du Japon and
Negro Largo. A soil of turfy loam with plenty of top-
dressing is suitable for pots and tubs. Brown Turkey,
Marseilles and Brunswick are the standard %
for walls.
1238
FIG
FItJPENDULA
CvUwrdL methods in Calif omia.
The fig tree in California requires much space, hence
it is used as an avenue tree or if in orchard form other
trees are set between, to be afterwajxl removed. In
good soiL fig trees, like walnuts, should finally stand
not less than 40 feet apart, and 50 feet is considered to
be better.
Little pruning is required for the fi^. Trees grown
for table figs are headed low, about 18 mches from the
ground, to facilitate picking. Trees grown for drying
figs are headed higher so tluit they can better be kept
smooth and clean, as the figs are usually allowed to
ripen and fall. Cultivation is necessary until the trees
completely shade the ground.
Figs be^ to bear early in California, often the
second or third year. Some trees prove barren or very
poor bearers and must be replaced by others. The tree
appears to be as lon^-lived as the olive, has very few
insect enemies, and is not subject to disease. It is a
good ornamental tree.
The fruit in some districts, in some seasons, ferments
on the trees ("fi^-sour''). This sometimes seems to
come from over-irrigation, sometimes from lack of
vitality, and most often occurs in very tender and
juicy varieties.
The very dang^us fig moth (Ephestra cauleUa) is
now widely distributed in America, although not yet
in California. During the last few years, many cargoes
of imported figs have been seized in New York and
destroyed on account of this insect, which fills the fruit
with eggs and ultimately with its larvse (Bulletin No.
104, 1911, Bureau of Entomology). Asiatic dried figs
are not only subject to this pest out contain less sugar
(1)^ per cent less) and less proteids (IJ^ per cent) than
do the California dried figs.
Fig^rying, — ^The ^ crop is handled with much care
and cleanliness in California, and labor-saving methods
are used in all cases. The figs must remain on the trees
till fully ripe; then they shrivel and drop ofif, are picked
up, dipped in boilinx brine (three ounces salt to one
gallon water), placed on trays exposed to the sun and
turned once. The later drying is done in the shade.
The figs are next placed m Uie ''sweat boxes" and
''mixecP' so as to equalize the moisture. They are then
washed clean in a weak brine, drained off and taken
to the packing-room. Exceeding care, cleanliness and
much experience are required to produce high-grade
results.
Fig avenues. — ^There is a growing interest felt in the
fig as an avenue tree in Caluomia, since it is deciduous
and so does not shade the road in winter, and since it
thrives without culture or pruning where the moisture
is sufficient and the soil deep.
Cvdiure in other places.
While California probably offers the best climate on
the continent for commercial fig-growinKi the industry
has a future over much of Arizona, New Mexico, Texas,
the extreme South, Hawaii. Australia, large portions of
South Africa, Mexico ana the west coast of South
America.
Fig-culture in the northern and middle parts of the
United States is essentially different, of course, from
the outdoor and orchard methods. The tree can be
^rown as a bush and protected each winter by cover-
mg the branches with several inches of soil. In the
southern middle states, fig bushes are grown by cover-
ing in winter with matting and straw. One crop, or at
most two, is all that can be expected. See the discus-
sions on pages 1234 and 1235.
The crop.
Statistics are not well kept at present in the fig
industry^ but the annual Califomia crop exceeds 4,000
tons (dried figs) while the local consumption of fresh
figs is large and increasing. The fig pastes, conserves,
and the like, and the Use of figs in wafers and other
forms is also general. As Smyrna exports about 30,000
tons in good years, there is evidently room for the
Califomia industry. The dried Smymas of Califor-
nia are equal to the best of Asia Minor and contain
64 per cent of sugar (Roeding's Calim3ma variety,
the Erbeyli variety of its native country). Besides tlus
variety, persons at Fresno are planting on a large scale
the Kassaba, the Checker Injir of Scios, the Bardajio
and what is called in Califomia the purple Bulletin
Smyrna.
Related species of Ficus,
The famous and useful "Sycamore fig" of the Orient
(Ficus Sycomorus) produces fruit in racemes on the
older branches. It is too tender for outdoor culture in
America. (See page 1234.) The beautiful peepul tree
of India is the sacred fig (Ficus religiosa) or the Brah-
mans and Buddhists, and it is now found in many
private collections in southern Califomia. Ficus elas-
ticaf the India rubber tree, is often seen in the warmer
Earts of Califomia. In 1914 a tree of F. elastica fruited
eavUy at Niles and the children seemed to like the
figs. The true banyan fig has not yet been successfully
grown in the state, but ought to be tested. In the
American tropics many interesting kinds of Ficus may
be expected. Charles H. Shinn.
PIG. Adam's Fk: Mum pttradinaca. Bubuj Fig: Opuntia
vulgarU. Devil's fts: Argemone mexicana. Hottentofs Fig:
Me^embryanthetnum eauU. udisn Fig: Opuntia vulfforit. Keg Fig:
Dio9pyro§ Kaki. Phinoh's Fig: Sycomorut antiqucrum.
FIO-MARIOOLD: Metemtrryanthewwrn.
FtLAOO: Oifola,
FILBERT. One of the group of nuts produced by
species of Corylus. The nuts of Corylus are variously
flpx>uped or classified j those are usually known as
nlberts that are provided with a tubular husk much
longer than the nut itself; as cobs, if the husk is little
or not at all longer than the nut; and as hazels if the
husk is much shorter than the nut. The filbert nuts
are usually oblong in shape: the cobs roundish and
angular; and the hazels ratner small, roundish and
thick-shelled. These are derived from different species
and hybrids of Corylus (which see) of the Old World;
and these vernacular names do not seem to be very
definitely or accurately used. The name filbert is of
disputed origin; the idea that it comes from ^'fuU-
beard,'' in allusion to the long husk, is undoubtedly
erroneous.
Filberts are grown in many parts of Europe, and they
are exported to America in large quantities. Many
attempts have been made to grow them in this coun-
try but without success owing, apparently, to lack
of hardiness, to fungqus disease, ana to the want of
varieties bred for American conditions. Probably
some of the failure is due to lack of discrimination
in soils and to unskilled methods of growing. See
Hazel-nut. l. jj. B.
FILIP£NDULA (Latin filum, thread, vendulus,
hanging; alluding to the numerous smaU tubers
hanging together by thread-like roots). Syn., Ulmd-
ria, Rosdcex. Meadow -swbet. Hardy herbs grown
for their showy panicles of white, pink or purple
flowers.
Perennials with fibrous or tuberous rootstock: Ivs.
stipulate, interruptedly odd-pinnate, the terminal 1ft.
often much larger and palmately lobed: fls. in cymose
corymbs; calyx-lobes and petals usually 5; stamens
20-40, with the filaments narrowed toward the base;
carpels distinct, 5-15, 1-seeded, indehiscent. — Nine
^)ecies in N. Asia and Himalayas, N. Amer. and Eu.
Filipendula has usually been united with Spinea, but
FILIPENDULA
is very distinct in its herbaceous habit, pinnate stipU'
late IvB. &nd indehiaoent 1-aeeded acheoea.
The meadow-sweets are hardy plants with rather
large pinnate or palmately lobed leaves and white,
pink or purple flowers in showy terminal oorymba,
borne on erect leafy stems risioA 1 to 10 feet from a,
Toeette of radical leaves. They bloom in early Bummer
or midsummer and are very handsome bonier plants.
Moet of them delight in a rather moist and rich aoil
and are especially decorative if planted on the borders
of ponds and brooklela, but F. kexapelata prefers drier
situations and likes fuU sun, while most of the others
also thrive well in partly shaded positions. F. purpurea
should be mulched during the winter in the North.
Propagated by seeds sown in fall in ))ans or boxes and
kept in the cool greenhouse, or sown in spring; also by
division of older plants.
A. I4ta- numerous, almott aUke, smiit, pinnaUlj/ lobed.
bexkpitala, Gilib. (F. Filipindvia, Voee. UlmAria
Fiiipindula, Hill. Sjnriaa Filipindula, IJnn.).
Me ADO w-S WEST, Dkofwobt. Fig. 1507. One to 3
ft. high, with tuberous rootatock, glabrous: radical
IvB. 6-20 in. long; Ifts. sessile, oblong, pinnately lobed
and aeirate, 1 in. long: fls. in a loose
corymb, white, about J^in. t^
witn usually 6 petals: achenes i
12, pubescent, semi-cordate. June,
Eu., W. Asia and Siberia. Var,
plfaio has double fls., and is comr
AA. IJli. few, the lermtnoJ one m
larger •and paimatdy S-9-ldbed
B. Laltna IfU. S-6-kbtd.
rftbra, Rob. {Spia-ia lobiUi, Gr
Smrka voimiUa, Linn. r. I
Maxim. Ulmdria Hibra. Hill). Q
or THE Prairie. Height 2-8 ft.
brous; terminal 1ft. large, 7-9-
parted, with oblong, acuminate
mcisely serrate lobes; lateral Ifta.
smaller, 3-5-lobed, on the upper
Iva, missing, green on both aides,
only pub^cent on the veins
beneath: fls. pink, in a rather
large paniculate cyme: achenes
6-ia glabrous. June, July. Pa. .
to Ga,, west to Mich, and Ky. '
Mn. 2:145. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:249.
—Beautiful. Var. ventiata,VoBB.
Fls. deep pink or carmine. Var.
Ubicans, Hort. Fls. light pink,
or almost white. R.B. 3:169.
FITTONIA 1239
nate, doubly serrate lobes; lateral Ifte. none or few,
oblong-ovate; stipules narrow: fls. carmine or deep
pink, in large pamculate cymes with crimson peduncles
and sta. June-Aug. Japan. B.M. 5726. I.H. 15:577.
F.S. 18:1851. J.H. 111. 51:201. F.W. 1869:33. Gn.
W. 23: Buppl. June 16. Gn. 17:36.— This is undoubt-
edly the finest species of this genus. It is also some-
times grown in pots and forced. Var. Uba. Hort.,
has white fla. ana var. eiegan^ Voas, white &., with
red stamens and usually several lateral Ifts. ' the latter
is said to be a hybrid. R.B. 4:7. G.Z. 22:25.
CC. Achenea ab<nU 10: lateral fftt. pre»ent, ovale.
Ulmiria, Maxim. (Spiria Uhniria, Linn. Vlmiria
pentapilaia, Gilib. U. pofiisfm, Moencb). Quken of
TbeMeaiwwb. Height 2-6 ft. :1vs. glabrous or puberu-
loua above, whitish tomentose beneath; terminal Ifts.
3-5-lobed, 2-4 in. long Literal Ifts. smaller, ovate,
coarsely doubly serrate: fls. white, in rather dense pani-
culate cymee: achenes about 10, aemi-cordate, ahnost
glabrous, twisted. June-Aug. Eu., W. Aaia,to Mon-
golia; naturalized in some pmces in the eastern states.
B.B. (ed. 2) 2:249. Var. denndAta, Maxim. (F.
denvddia, Rydb.). Lvs. green beneath and nearly
glabrous. Var. a&eo-variegftta, Voes, has the
ed with yellow. Var. plina, Voaa
Bw, Hort.). Fls. double.
Ju, MKXim. fSpinea uiguBtifi^is, Turci.
tilolU. Hdul.). SimilM lo F. lobAU: fls.
mbroui or whttUb lom^nton tHnwlh.
lAhuria. — F. rgatita, Maxim. fUImuu
ctly, species of the genus Abies,
ly it mcludes many trees known
to nursemnen aiod others aa
Picea, ancf bj; some it is applied
to PinUB, Larix, and others.
mB-CRACKBR, FLORAL: fire
FntE-PinC: SUtm nrgmiea.
1507. nUpoidnlt henp*!^ (plut (bent 2 [oat ^^i
polmita, Maxim. (Sjririea »
paimAUt, Pail. UlmAria prUmAta,
Focke. Spirka digilUa, Willd.). Height 2-3 ft.: lvs.
whitish tomentose beneath or glabrous; t^minal Ifts.
7-9-parted; stipules lai^e, semi-cordate: fls. pale pink
at first, changing to white: achenes 5-S. July. Siberia,
Kamdiatka and Saghalin.— This species is but rarely
cult. ; the plant common unda the itame Spirxa palmata
belongs to F. purpurea.
BB. Lateral ffta. none or few <»id ovate.
o. Aehenee usually 5, ciliale: laleral (fit. none or few.
camtschdtica, Maxim. {Sviria camlichdtica. Pall.
Spiriea gi{/antia, Hort. Ulmaria camUduUUa, Rehd.).
Height 5-10 ft.: Iva. glabrous or villous beneith, often
with rufous veins; terminal 1ft. very large, cordate,
3-5-lobed, with broadly ovate, doubly serrate lobes;
lateral Ifts. usually none; stipules large, semi-cordate:
fls. white. July. Manchuria, Kamchatka.
purptlrea, Maxim. (Spiriapalmdla.ThuDh. Ulmdria
jna-pitrea, Rehd.). Height 2-4 ft., glabrous: terminal
1ft. very large, cordate, 6-7-lobed, with oblong, acumi-
PTTTdNIA {EUiabeth and Sarah Mary Fitton,
authors of "Conversations on Botany," and frienda of
Robert Brown). Aeanthdeex. Low-growing herbaceous
perennials, valued for the brilliant variegation made by
red or white venation of their large heart-shaped leaves.
Leaves prominent or rather large, cordate, beauti-
fully veined; fls. borne singly in the axila of the over-
lapping bracts, which form a pod uncled, terminal
spite; caiyx-st^ms. linear-bristly; corolla-tube slen-
der; up long, narrow, shortly lobed at the apex; sta-
mens 2, ^lixed near the throat; atyle filiform, truncate
at apex: fr. an ovat«-acute 4-seedeid caps., some of the
seeds likely to be aborted. — Species 3, in Peru. Fit-
tonias may be grown with philodendron, Ciesug dis-
color, Epiida eupreata, oepnthytis and selaKinellas.
There is often a bare, unsightly space under the
benches that can be transformed into a tangle of
tropical creepers by the use of such plants. A Doard
may be placed slanting toward the walks and covered
with rotten atum^, chunks of peat, and moss for the
plants to run in. The open borders near the walks have
1240
FITTONIA
hardly^ mifficieat dnunage. They may also be pegged
down in moflBy coverings for tubs of palma, as they can
stand much watering.
Fitlonias are most useful and ornamental plants for
powing in a deep!}' ehaded place in the tropical green-
house. The beautiful markings of their fobage always
attract attention; and being of easv culture, they can
be used eSecUvely for places in tne foliage house in
which no other pl&nt would thrive. The beet time to
root fittooias is early sprinf^ as after a year's growth
they are likely to have a ratber stragghng appearance,
and need a general overhauling Remove the points
of the shoota, with two leaves attached, and one joint
to insert in the sand. These make the beet cuttmgs,
but any part of the stem will root and grow provided
there is a joint on it. After cuttings are rooted, which
will be in two or three weeks in a temperature of 05°,
pot them singly in 2-inch pots, in equal parts of loam
leaf-mold, and sand. — When they are well rooted in
these small pots, choose the size of pan they are
intended io grow in, and fill it with the same propor-
tion of Iq^, leaf-mold and sand, as advised for Uie
first potting. This time,^awever, tbn loan is better
to be more of fibrous and in a rather lumOT^tate, and*
the leaf-mold should not be too well rotted, but rather
flaky in texture.
In mling the pan
with the com-
post, raise it in
the center above
the rim. This
gives the plant a
mound appeai^
ance, which adds
to its beauty.
The small
plants should be
planted in the
large pan about
2 mchee apart;
water tfiem
gently with a
fine roee, so as
not to disturb
the earth in the
receptacle. As
stated above,
these plants re-
ISOe. Fittoal* utTCDOcon. (XW
quir
all
grown in a shady position, and except in the dead
of winter should never be in a temperature of less than
60° by night. In severe zero weather, it will not harm
them to drop as low as 55°. — -Pyramid-shaped plants
of some of the fittoniss can be grown. Pot them along
singly and tie them to a stake. When about four or
five pairs of leaves are formed, pinch out the heart of
the plant. This will encourage side breaks to start,
which should be pinched after they have made three
pairs of leaves. After the leading shoot has been
E inched, two breaks will start away, anil after two
aves have been well formed, one of the shoots should
again have the heart taken out of it. The other must
now be taken for the leader and allowed to make three
or four more joints before it is stopped again by remov-
ing the heart. In this way the deaired height will be
attained, and at the same time plenty of side breaks
will be encouraged to start. The side shoots must be
carefully watched; pinch back all the strong shoots, so
that a plant of symmetry may be formed. When these
plants are well rooted in the pans, or have attained the
desired size in pyramid form, wgj£i them occasion-
ally with soft-coal soot, a handful to an ordinary
watering-pot, which geacrally contains about two and a
half gallons. Water twice in between with clean water.
The soot tends to bring out the brilliancy of the mark-
fMCoubtia
ings, making the wbo'e phnt have i> , ; " tr-
ance. Scale, and other insect pests .• . ' les
found on these planta, but if fumiga' ' , '. i-.- ■ ra-
cyanic gas, as advised for other pWt-, . m' vrry
httle trouble. (George F. Stewart.)
A. HabU erect: h^ht 1^ ",
giguitia, Lind. (GymnotlMtyum g .!'■ • H u.),
Sub-ahrubby, bronchiiig, IH "■: ste :■•'. '•■'■■: '.et
only between the joints, with 4 ranks i ■■:iv., ■ ■ '.e,
erect hairs: Ivs, oppoeite, eUiptical, no- : <iii ' i , *he
base, with 2 ranks of haire, tapering r •!.• •. ,:l ihe
other species, dark, shining green; ve - ■:- d:
fls. pale, with a reddish brown band in I ' ■■: ■ ■ 'ie
side and upper lobes, and a dark yellow . .:d-
dle of the lower Up. R.H. 1869, p. l&i \ ' ' Ml.
AA. Habit trailing or dwarf: height '.' < '' ■.■ .
B. Veins of if. red.
Verschaff£ltii, E, Coem, (Fittdnia and ETdnihemtim
rubnmirvum and nd>rovendtum, Hort. Er6nliiemum
ritbro-vinium, Veitdi. GymnoMch]/um Verschaffiltii,
Lem,). Lvs. ovate.^ notched at the base, dull green,
often yellowish, vemed carmine. F,8. 15:1581, I,H.
10:372. Var. P««reei, Hort. (P. andC. Pfaircei, Hort.).
LvB. light, bright green; veins light, bright carmine;
under surface somewhat glaucous. Var. Dftveana,
Hort. (F. DAvearia, Hort.). "FoUage with light cen-
ter, bordered very dark green." More robust than the
type and with vems of stronger red.
BB. Veins of if. while.
argyronetlra, E. Co^m. Fig. 1508. Dwarf: Ivs. dark,
shimnggreen. F,S. 16:1664. Gn. 36, p.'527; 2, p, 319,
G. 11:7. — The velvetiness of the upper surface of F.
Vergchaffeltii is due to lai^ projecting epidermal cells
with an apical nucleus. Instead of these characteristic
cells, F. argyrofieura has small cells and conical haire,
which are partitioned off and have tubercles at the base.
WlLUELM MlL,LER.
prrZKdyA (Capt. R. Fltiroy, of the British Navy;
died 1855). Ptndcer. Two evergreen trees or shrubs,
one of the mountains of S. Chile {F, patagdnica, Hook.
f. B.M.4616), and one of Tasmania (F. Arc/teH,
Benth,), Lvs. smalL 3-verticillate or decussate-oppo-
site, imbricated: cattins very small, globose. They are
httle known in this country, and may be expected to
thrive only in the milder parts. The former species is a
tree, has Ivs. mostly verticiUate, ovate^blong, in 2-4
rows, anthetB commonly 4-celled, 3 ovules, and seeds
2-winged; the latter is bushy, has opposite decuasalc
keeled lvs., anthere 2-celled, ovules 2, seeds 3-i^inged.
The Biltmore Nursery, N. C, lists F. poiagonica, "a
tree of variable dimensions, native of the Andes, from
Chile to the Straits of Magellan. Lvs, dark green above,
with 2 white lines beneath. . . . Its value in cult, in
the U. S. has not yet been fully proved;" but it is said
to possess sufficient hardiness to withstand the winters
in the S, It is reported as being hardy in S. England.
It is monccciouB, the small cones consisting of about 9
scales; the lvs, on small trees are reported as varj'ing
much in the way m which they stand on the st,, but
they are 4-rowed and decurrent; pollen-sacs moetlj* 4.
nVX-PtnOBR: PalmliBa. ^ "'
FLACOflRTIA (Elienne de Flacourt, 1607-1660.
General Director of the French East India Company,
Governor of Madagascar and author of a histoid of
Madagascar). FlacouTliAcese. Oneof thespecies.asbrub
with ^ible fruits, is cultivated in the tropics and has
been introduced in southern California and perhape
elsewhere.
Shrubs and small trees, often spine-bearing: lvs.
short-stalked, toothed or crenate, simple, alternate:
lis, small, ditcGious, in small racemes or glomes or
panicles (the fertile ones sometimes solitary); sepals
FLACOURTIA
4-5, scal^like, ciliated, overlapping; petals none;
BlAmenB many; stvlea 2 to man}'; ovary 2-5-<!eUed: fr.
a beny, often edible, usually wiui 1 seed in each cell.
— Fifteen to 20 Bpeciee in Trap. Afr., Asia, and istandg.
RamtetchL L'Her. Governor Plum. Batoko
Fldm in the Zambezi region. Fig. 1509. An excessively
variable ahrub or ameM tree, as customarily defined,
native in Ttop. Afr. and Asia, and planted in the
American tropics: glabrous or nearly so, spiny or
rielen <Hpine8 axiuary): Ivs. oblong to elliptical a&d
vate, obtuse or pointed, variously crenate-dentate,
short-petioled : sterile fia. in short racemes, the fertile
FLORICULTURE
FLOSA'6 PAtnr-SRnSH: A o
FLORICtTLTURB, <w the ^wing of planta for
ornamental purpoaes, particularly fornowere, is yearly
assuming lar^ {troportiong in the United States. The
industry conaists in growing annual, biennial and peren-
nial plants either under ^ass or outdoors, and m the
aod ^ulpy, with 8-10 seeds, purple, red, or blackish,
bearmg on top the remaini) of the stigmas; edible,
ripening in the farther West Indies early in the year
but some specimens sometimes remaining till Sept.
There are variaus forms, as var. inermis ana var. mocro-
earpa. Hooker & Thomson in "Flora of British India"
reco^iie 5 marked varieties, and include within the
species F. sapida of Roxburgh. The species is reported
OB "common throu|(hout India, wild or cult." and as
having a distribution from Madagascar to the E.
bronchlets, elliptic or euborbicular Ivs. which _.. _ ^_.
brous or puberulous only on the veins beneath) produces
fr. that is eaten raw or cooked, and twigH and Ivs.
that are used as fodder. "Ramontchi" is said to be the
native name in Madagascar. l. H. B.
rUQ: Iru. Cat-tail Flu; Tvplia. Corn Flac: Gladiatut.
Sunt PUc: Aan4 Calanuu. Sallow FUc: Irit Piiudaeirrut.
FUUIBOTAtn': Pmnciana.
njUU-nsB: Sltrculia aimrifelia.
rLBABAHB: Briatrm.
FLEHfnCIA (John Fleming, Free. Medical Board of
Bengal; author of "A Catalogue of Indian Medicinal
Plants and Drugs," ISIO). Legtimind$^. Of this
genus, two shrubs are cultivated in southern California
and southern Florida.
Berbe, sub-ebrubs or shrubs of the Old World tropics,
erect, prostrate or twining: Ivs. mostly with 3 digitate
Ifts., rarely 1; stipules striate, often caducous: fis.
papilionaceous, red or purple and mixed with yellow,
ID crowded racemes or pamclee, or sometimes solitary;
standard obovate or orbicular, auricled at base; wings
obUquelv obovate or oblong, often adhering to the
incurvea or nearly straight keel; stamens 9 and 1:
pod short, oblique, swollen, 2-valved. — Species above
20, mostly of Irop. Asia, but occurringalso in Trop.
Afr. and to the Philippines. Allied to Dalbergia and
Rhynchosia.
Etoxba. Shrub. 4-fll.., „
s 2-nerved, middle o:
variable species of India.
n intro. in S. Fla. It
with slender velvety
subacute, rounded at
racemes zigzag, 3-6 in.
hide the fls. ; calyx H'm.
: teeth; corolla purple:
L. H. B.
ism. FUcoDitU RuDoatcU. ( X H)
disposal of the same in wholesate or retail marketa.
These products are sold as cut-flowers or potted planta
to be i^ed for indoor or outdoor home ornamentation.
or for planting ia public parks, about schools and
other public buildings, or in cemeteries for ornamental
purposes. [For home flower-gardens, see p. 1747.)
Jmportanee qf tite indutlry.
The floricultural statistics taken from the census of
1910 show a marked increase in the importance of
this branch of agriculture within the previous decade.
The acreage, as given for this census, was 18,248 aa
compared with 9,307 as given for the census of 1900.
The total valuation, aa given in this census, was
S34,S72,000, an increase of 85.9 per cent as compared
with the report of the census for 1900. The figures were
compiled in nine large geographical divisions of the
United States. These were New En^and, Middle
Atlantic, South Atlantic, East North Central, West
North Central, East South Central, West South
Central, Mountain, and Pacific.
From its b^inningthe industry has centered around
such large cities as Boston, New York, Philadelphia,
Bfdtimore and Washington. The business is now assum-
ing consid^^le importance in Chicago, St. Louis and
other large cities in the Middle States, the South and
West. Statistics show that the largest floricultural
output comes from the Middle Atlantic section. The
states which compose this section are New York, New
Jersey and Pennsylvania. The total valuation of prod-
ucts from this section is $11,810,076. The second
section of importance is the East North Central,
composed of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan and
Wisconsin, in which the figures given were 19,029,125.
The thini important section was New England, where
the total valuation was »4,677,316. The smallest out-
Kut comes from the Mountain section, composed of
lontana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico,
Ariiona, Utah and Nevada, Here the output was
$753,914. The most rapid increase in the indust^ dur-
ing the decade seems to have been in the Pacific sec-
tion, composed of Washington, Oregon and California,
where the valuation of Hower products sprang from
$726,968 in 1899 to $2,175,572 in 1909. New York
leads other states in floricultural products, having an
output of $5,110,221. The rank of other important
states is Pennsylvania, Illinois, New Jersey, Massachu-
setts and Ohio.
Floriculture is intensive agriculture; consequently
the acreage devoted to the industry is not so large as
in other branches of agriculture. The amount of capital
1242
FLORICULTURE
FLORICULTURE
invested in tdasshouses and their eauipment is con-
siderable. Tne return from the products, however, is
immediate. Commercial growers and men making a
business of greenhouse construction, estimate that
it costs from 60 to 90 cents a square foot of ground
covered to build and equip a modem range. The
growers estimate that the products from such an area
the first year should cover the cost of construction.
The nower-growing industry in the United States
has not yet assumed the large proportions that it has
in many European cities. The early colonists were an
extremely practical people and paid little attention to
the distinctly ornamental features about the home. As
wealth increased, however, there came to be a more
liberal use of flowers and plants : hence a larger demand
for them in the industrial world.
Floricultural statistics for the Dominion of Canada
are less complete than for the United States. The fol-
lowing are figures furnished through the courtesy of
W. T. Macoun, Dominion Horticulturist:
Capital inveoted. approximfttely $1,500,000
Square feet of glass 6,000,000
Annual output $1,000,000
Area covered 120 acres
History of the industry.
The early history of the floricultural industry is
obscure. It was merged to such an extent with other
branches of horticulture and other industries that it
could hardly be called a distinct industry. Previous to
1825 there is record of but few commercial flower-
growing establishments. From 1830 to 1840, rapid
progress was made in all branches of the work. The
demand for glasshouse products increased to a con-
siderable decree. Better houses were built, better sys-
tems of heatmg were devised, and consequently better
products were put on the market.
Even the glasshouses of this period were extremely
crude affairs. The framework was of hurse dimensions,
the glass small in size, heavy and thick. The roofs
were largely portable, being made of sash. About 1855
the first house having permanent sash-bars was built
by Frederic A. Lord in Buffalo. The wooden super-
structure of this house was heavy and the interior hght
conditions correspondingly poor, but it was a vast
improvement over sash-houses. This type of construc-
tion was met with favor by glasshouse men, and many
houses of a similar type soon were built. Glass of
larger size was used, and this was embedded in putty
instead of being placed on the outside as in sash-houses.
Previous to 1870 the principal business of the florist
was the growing of potted plants. The flowers from
these were often sold as cut-flowers, but the business
centered about growing potted plants for outdoor
bedding and other ornamental purposes. The cut-
flowers of that early period were comparatively of a
small-flowered, short-stemmed sort — heliotrope, camel-
lia, tuberose, bouvardia and those of a like nature.
Although the carnation was introduced as a florist
crop alK)ut 1852, it was of little commercial importance
previous to this date. About 1865, Daill^ouze &
Zeller of Flatbush, Long Island, began to breed the
carnation, and between 1866 and 1872 several new
varieties were introduced by this firm. Garden roses
had been popular for many years, but few attempts
were made to grow them under glass previous to 1870.
They then came rapidly into public favor.
From 1870 to 1880 the demand for both potted
plants and cut-flowers increased rapidly. More atten-
tion was paid to city and home ornamentation, and
consequently more park and private conservatories
were built. Each year witnessed improvements in
construction, and consequently better grades of
florists' products. In the last twenty years the ad-
vances which have been made in cultural conditions
and the improvements in florists' crops have completely
revolutionized the industry.
Improvements in glasshouse structures, and their healing.
The tendency among flower-growers now is to build
large houses in preference to smaller ones. It has been
proved that the cost of construction is cheaper and that
these may be more easily heated, that plant-growth is
healthier because of a more uniform temperature, that
they are easier to construct and can be cared for with
greater economy of labor. Glass of lareer size is now
used, and more attention is given detims of construc-
tion to increase the light factors in the house. There
have been many changes in methods of heating glass-
houses during tneir history. From the crude methods
of flues, various devices for heating with hot water
and steam have been devised. Both of these methods
have their advantages. In the earlier methods of hot-
water heating, the pipes were large and the s^tem was
an expensive one to install. Steam, therefore, came
into popular favor, especially in large commercial
establishments. It is still generally used. In some
sections of the country and in the growing of some
species of plants, hot water is still used; but here
bnetter systems for forcing the circulation of water have
been installed so it is possible to use pipes of smaller
dimensions.
Improvements in flower crops.
The work of the plant-breeders began to produce results
in the the early nineties of last century. Many new varie-
ties of chiysanthemums and carnations were put on the
market. The violet then became an important florist
crop. The early part of the twentieth century, however,
witnessed a deluge of new varieties in practically all
species. Breeding and improved cultural methods
brought the quauties of the products far above any-
thing produced in the previous century. Large-flowered
carnations on long, stiff stems, violets of much larger
sizes, and improved strains of chrysanthemums, roses
and other species gave a remarkable impetus to the
industry.
Previous to the beginning of the twentieth century,
the American florist had interested himself in the cul-
ture of a wide variety of plants. In many cases the
larger part of the products were sold at the range.
The business, however, assumed such proportions that
many up-to-date florists found that they could not
profitably raise and dispose of their products at retail;
consequently the retail flower-stores became more
and more important factors in the disposal of the prod-
ucts. Wholesale commission houses and wholesale
flower-markets were established in the larger cities so
that the grower could devote nearly his entire time to
the production of his crop. Many of the more progres-
sive florists came to feel that they could not affora to
grow a wide variety of plant species, but that it paid
them better to grow one or two crops and to devote
their whole attention to growing these in the finest
manner possible so that they could produce flowers
which were first quality in every respect; hence men
came to be known as carnation, rose, violet, chrysan-
themum, fern, palm and other specialists. This led to
a wonderful improvement in the quality of flowers
produced, and there was no call in the market for the
mferior grades.
The buying public has had its influence in producing
a better quabty of florists' products. It has demanded
not only better quality but something out of the ordi-
nary. People tired of roses, carnations, violets and bulb-
ous stock continually. The early part of the twentieth
century witnessed a remarkable interest in orchids.
The commercial man had to meet this demand. Twelve
years ago an orchid could hardly be found outside of
private conservatories. They were considered impossi-
ble to grow with financial success. Today nearly every
FLORICULTURE
up-UMl&te retail grower has his section of orchida,
ftnd nearly every l^ge floricultural center has ita orchid
SpeciBJist. For many years it woe oonaidered impoBsible
to get satisfactory results from sweet peas under slaas.
The introduction of new straina and careful study of
cultural coDditiouB made the culture of this crop pos-
sible. The forcing of hardy herbaceous perennialB like
antirrhinuma, delphiniums, and the like, and the forcing
of hardy shrubs and other rare, hardy stock has fur-
niabed the flower-grower with a wonderful range of the
more unusual pknt«.
Man^ large American flower-producers are now
rnnnnging their busineSH on a departmental scale.
There are retail and wholesale departments: palm,
carnation, orchid, rose, chrysanthemum and bedding
departments eacn in charge of a specialist in growing
that particular crop.
The flower exhibitions held from time to time in
the larger cities have had a beneficial effect on the
uplift of the business. These exhibitions have been
' viewed by thousands of retail buyers. The choicest
products of the flowei^flrower's skill have been exhib-
ited, and the public has become diaaatisfied with the
inferior grade of commercial flowers offered for sale
in the average flower«boiis. They have demanded
better producte, and it has, been the work of the flower-
grower to produce these qualities.
Literalvre.
Within the last ten years there has been a remarkable
increase in literature on flower^«rowing. Such papers
as "The Florists' Exchange," '"I%e American Florist,"
"Florists' Review," "Horticulture," "Gardening,"
"Gardener's Chronicle of America, have kept* the
S>wer closely in touch with the work in the gar-
oing world. Many publications for the amateur,
like "The Garden Magazine." "Country Life in Amer-
ica," "House & Giuden,' "Suburban Life" have
assisted in giving the American people much valuable
information regarding flower-growing about the home.
A long list of books might now be given, dealing
' with commercial and home flower-growing. Among
these, valuable for the oommercial man, are: "Tite
American Carnation," 0. W. Ward; Commercial
Ro9e-<hilture," Eber Uolmea; "Chrysanthemums for
the Million," Charles H. Totty; "Violet-Culture," B.
T. GaUoway; "Orchid Culture," William Wateon:
"Florist's Manual," Wilham Scott; "Plant-Culture,''
G. W. Oliver. Excellent books for the amateur are:
"The Rose," H. B. EUwanger; "Window-Gardening,"
H. B. Domer; "The Garden Month by Month," iMra.
M. C. Sedgwick; "Making a Bulb Garden," Grace
Tabor; "Roses and How to Grow Them," Doubleday
Page A Co.; "House Plants and How to Grow Them,''
Parker T. BameB. g. A. Whttii.
PLOKIDA ARXOV-ROOT: Zanu Mttri/olia.
FLOKIDA SWAHF LILT: Ouium amerimnum.
FLORISTS' PLAirrS. A half-century ago the
florist plant trade, although perhaps relatively of
greater importance than at present, was not a promi-
nent feature of the holiday trade. At Christmas there
was some acceleration in the buaineea, but this was
overshadowed by the trade in cut-flowers. Easter was
not a time of great plant sales. Church decorations in
Protestant churches were not common. The sales of
plants were more evenly distributed throughout the
year, and the variety of plants sold was greater because
the grower and consumer came in contact with each
other, thus enabling the grower to dispose of plants
which would not withstand the handling experienced
FLORISTS' PLANTS
1243
of plant-grower with his botanical collection has
passed away, and in his place ia the large commercial
grower of a few staple plants which are grown in per-
fect condition. These growers produce a large quantity
of plants for Christmas and then begin operations for
Easter, as both of these dates now are times for the
sendmg of gifts.
The trade in florist plants in the U. S., including bed-
ding plan tSj is not less than $10,000,000, and it is encour-
aging that it ia annually increasing without any dimuni-
tion in the volume of the cut-flower business. Every
up-to-date florist makes Chriatmas and Easter displays,
and often special exhibits of chrraanthemums, and so
on, are made when in season. The most successful of
these displays are made in houses arranged for the
purpose, for when made in an ordinan' greenhouse
wito high benches, the taller plants are above the level
of the eve and the effect is sacrificed. The beet houses
ISIO. Pnt-flanta bslni pMked for ihlpmnt
stores. An ordinary greenhouse is often adapted for
the purpose by constructing low benches, 18 to 20
inches high, for displaying bulboua plants and omitting
them entirely for tall plaints. The object sought in aU
cases is to have the planto placed so that the buyer
looks down upon them. The show house is not very
lai^ for the reason that it is not always advisable to
have too many plants of a kind in sight and also
because at Eaister the occurrence of warm, bright,
unseasonable weather prevents keeping the plants in
good condition. It is generally recognized that the
display must be maintained m good condition by
removing all unsightly planto and faded flowers. The
stock should be replenisned and rearranged every day.
The good salesman is one who has a knowledge of
the care of plants, as well as their good points, their
appropriateness for special occasions, and so on.
Judicious advice on these points has much to do in
winning and retaining customers, ^lien a sale is made,
the plante are carefully tagged with the correct address
and the time it is to be delivered. If the plant is
intended as a present, the sender's card is usually
FLORISTS' PLANTS
the delivery taf,. Deliveries oT Christmas and Easter
plants pailicutarl}' should be promptly made, for
nothing creates more dissatisTaction than late delivery.
This requires skill in systematically arranging the
plants according to the delivery routes, thus avoiding
travcTHtng the same territoiy a second time. It ia
axiomatic that the plant should be at its beet on the
day or at the function for which it is to be used. The
weather has much to do with the condition of plants
upon delivery. At Christmas, stock may be sent out
twenty-four lioure in advance, while at Easter stock
delivered thus far in advance may not be aatiefactory
on Sunday.
All plants in pots, with the possible exception of the
woody kinds, are staked and tied before handling.
Plants are neatly wrapped with several thicknesses «
paper to insure safe deUvery. Plants with flowers
which are easily bruised are usuaJly wrapped with a
sheet of cotton oatting or waxed paper and then six to
eight thicknesses of newspaper with clean plain p^ter
ISll. TIm complBted date tot ihipmaaL
outside. When plants must be shipped in cold weather,
they must be wrapped as indicated and then set in
strong wooden boxes. These boxes are approximately
4 feet long, 2 feet wide, and 8 inches deep. The comers
are strengthened by the use of extra cleats. The box
is first Uned with corrugated paper, and then several
Uiicknesses of newspaper which are left hanping over
the edges of the box ail around. Slightly dampened
excelsior is used around the pots to Drevent breakage
and to make the package secure. The paper is then
brought up over the plants and fastened (Fig. 1510),
Over the top a frame is built of J^ x 4-inch cleating
lumber which prevents damage to the plants (Fig. 1511).
The number of plants that can be had in peifection
at Christmas is limited and does not change from year
to year. Among the leading flowering plants are
poinscttias in pots and pans, azaleas, cyclamen and
Jxirraine begonias. The more expensive plants are
ericas (E, melanlhera) and camellias.
The berried plants commonly grown are the Jerusa-
lem cherry (Solonunt Capaicfutrum), Christmas pepper
(S. Psetido-Capsicum), aucubas, ardisias, holly and
Otaheite oranges.
The foliage pitwts include arauc&rias, boxwood,
crotons, nepnrolepis, Pandanus Veiickii, Ficia pan-
durala and F. eiostica, Drawena (D. lermiTialw. D. fra-
grant, D. Mandseana, D. Godseffiana, D. Lord Wolseley)
Easter is a great plant day and there is a great variety
of suitable plants. The leading flowering plant is, of
course, lAUum longiJIoTum.
FLOBlS^lS' PLANTS
It would be difficult to determine the relative mar-
ket value of the different plants, but among the bulbs
tulips, hyacinths, narcissi and lilies-of-the-valley are
staples. These are sold in pots or pans, singly or
in plant combinations. A very lar^e amount of bufoous
material is sold at East«r. Cinerarias, Primula obeonica
and P. Hnentii are a smaller factor than formerly on
the large city markets, but still remain an important
item in the smaller cities. Marguerites and spirea
(AaliU>ejaponica), when well grown, find a good sale in
New York. A number of violets and pansies planted in
low dishes, and small blooming geraniums, from S-inch
pots, planted in 6- to 12-incn Dulb pans, are salable
plants in many localities. Among the shrubs the azaleas
are most important, although in some cities they show a
decline in popularity. Following these are genistas,
which have been for many years a popular Easter
plant. Hydranf/ea rosea and H. Olaksa were long stand-
ard varieties, but now will probably give way to the
new French varieties. In some cities hydrangeas are
less used for Easter than for Memorial Day. Lilacs,
Charles X, Marie Lcgraye and Madame Leinoine are
among the best. The like has the disadvanl^e of a
great display of wood and leaves before the terminal
Bowers charm the eye. It therefore requires acces-
sories to relieve this effect, and the demand for this
plant is limited. Rhododendrons are slowly gaining in
popularity. Acacias and ericas are becommg more
common each year. Acacia longijolia and A. paradoia
are now ^wn for market. Erica Cavendiihii is used
for individual plants, while E. cupreseina is used in
making up baskets of plants. Bou^aineilUa Sanderiana,
like the rambler roses, may be made to assume definite
forms which are especially beautiful when the bracts
are well colored. Among the other shrubs more or less
common are Aiaiea mollis. Deutxia gradlia, Spiral
Van Houttei, double almond, hawthorns, and Wiglaria
muUijaga. In the last decade the rambler roses have
taken a prominent place among Easier plants and each
year a larger number are grown. The crimson rambler
was first used, but is now superseded by the more
beautiful Dorothy Perkins, Tausendschon, Lady Gay,
Newport Fairy and Hiawatha. The rambler roses
possess the advantage that they can be trained into
pleasing forms. The polyantha roses are popular also,
and among the varieties used are Madame Norbert
LevavasseuT (Baby Rambler), Mrs, Cutbush and
Orleans. The latter are very satisfactory when sold
either as individual plants with waterproof crepe paper
pot'^overs or in baskets with other plants. The hybrid
peipetuals are still grown, but not in so large quantities
as formerly. The varieties now grown are Frau Karl
Dnischki, Mrs. John Laing and Magna ChartA..
E^ter brings a demand for some of the larger sizes
of foliage plants for decorations in churches, retail
stores, and the like. The small-sized ferns, dracenas
and palms are required in making up baskets of plantji.
The florist of fifty years ago thou^t that a good
blooming plant did not need any aids to make it
attractive. This has changed, and the florists arc.
seekingevery means to make their plants more attrac-
tive. The most inexpensive method of doing this is to
use pot^^wvers of waterproof crepe paper in color suited
to the subjects. Porto Rican or rajfia matting in color
is used in a eimilar manner.
The trade of the present day disposes of a great
many plants in baskets or boxes. Individual plant-
baskets, with handles, to hold even as large as 6- to
S-inch pots are often used. Baskets, usually of the
peach4>aaket shape, are also utilized for an endless
variety of combinations of flowering and foliage plants
(Fig, 1512). The baskets are supplied with a metal
receptacle or lining so that the pots may be removed
from the plants, giving them the appearance of having
been grown tc^etner. Formerly these receptacles were
filled by the retailers, but now many are prepared at
FLORISTS' PLANTS
the greenhouses according to order and sent U> the Btoree
where all that is needed ia to add the basket and
the ribbons. The latter plan relieves the store of much
work m the busy season, out may not result in as artistic
combinations as con be secured by a person trained in
the work. The manufacturers of florist supplies are
striving to meet the demand for something new in
baskets and boxes. New material, weaves and shapes,
are seen every year. There is also a great variety of
coloring. There are green, gilt, white, red, ivory, bronze
and copper shades as well as two-tone effects,
FLOWER
1245
191Z. A nude-op bukel or llTinc pluitt.
usually begins by using some of the willow, rattan or
splint baskets which are filled with inexpensive plants.
Cedar tuba, wood and terra-cotta boxes are also used.
The demand for pleasing arrangements of flowering
and foliage pianU in boxes, jardinieres, hampers.
baskets, pans and dishes of fanciful design^ light and
airy, dainty and graceful, ia increasing and is receiving
FLOWER is a popular or semi-technical term for the
aggregate of structures having to do with sexual
reproduction in the higher plants. Tlie concept
usually includes color, and a definite organization as
outlined below; therefore, gymnoaperms, ferns, and
the lower plants are said not to have true flowers. As
ordinarily understood, the flower is a showy structure
useful for esthetic purposes, gratif yme in color and often
:_ _j__ — J ; g ^gy mtimately connected with
in odor
nized as "flowers," To the las^nan, many of i_ _
mon herbs, shrubs and trees are said not to bear flowers
at all, although the botanist recognizes that at least
inconspicuous greenish flowers are home by all of these
plants unless they be ferns or gymnoeperms.
mit of the
roughened
it curectiy
e raised aloft
Botanlcally considered, the flower when complete
consists of four sets of organs from the center outward;
the gyncecium, andnecium, corolla, and calyx, to which
may possibly be added a fifth,
the disk (Figs. 1513-1516).
The gmacium Figs. 1517-
1519). — In the cent«r are one '
or more small flask-like or
poucb-fike organs (puUlt) which
are hollow and contain tiny
bud-Lke growths (ovules). The
pistils collectively are termed isij. LonfitiidluiHcticm
the gynacium (female house- ol ■ bnttaicap flowar.
hold). The hollow ovule-bear-
ing part of the pistil is the ovary. At the sv
nvnrv ig a morc Or Icss sticky o
the stigma, which may :
ovary (segsiie) or may b
ilk (the ttyle). From the ovules seeds
eloped (see FeriUizaHon).
fundamental or unit foliar oraan of
icecium is termed a carpel. In the
t case there is but one carpel, folded
a pouch with the upper ventral leaf-
within, and the margins formina a
down one side. The structure tnus
is a simple jnatU, The suture bears
lies and is t«rmed the placertla, and
aUy ovuhfcrous tliroughout, but fre-
only the uppermost or basal ovule
of the row is present (apical and
swipeTtded, or basal and erect). In
Other cases there are several or
. many carpels but these remain dis-
tinct, then forming many simple
pistils. In most cases, however, the
carpels are more or less fused, at
low, and the resulting pistil is said to
•cntrtd. The sutures are axiallif placed
midribe are outward (anterior), the
surface of each carpel lining the
cavity. There are, therefore, nor-
! many cells or locules in a compound
IS there are carpets. ThrouEn the
opcning'Out of each carpel while the
I of adjacent carpels still remain
united, the ovary may become one-celled
though still compound, as in the violet.
The placenta will in this case be paritlal (on the
walla). In certain families (Caryophyllace«e, Primu-
lacete) the compound ovaries are one-celled but have
a basal piacenia, or this basal placenta may project
upward into the single chamber of the ovary as a
central poet on which the ovules are borne (free-central
placenta) (Fijf. 1515). To determine the number of
carpels in a given pistil is often difficult. If there are
several separate stigmas or styles, it is usually safe to
infer that each represents a carpel. Jf the ovary is sev-
eral-celled, each
cell usually de-
notes a carpel and
in one-celled ova-
ries the placenta,
if parietal, denote
the number of car-
pels. In the case
of a pistil with a
one-celled ovary,
basal placenta,
one style and one
stigma, only de-
velopmental or
phylogenetic
studies will show
how many carpels
are present.
1514. Stradura of Sowct.— The plom.
ivsry; f. Atyle: il. fltLETnk. The piatiJ ood-
iaU of the ovBipr, (tyle, und itinna. It
ipppd with BDlbprg, in whinh the pollen u
)onie. The ovary, o, ripeoA ioto the Fruit-
1246
FLOWER
Ovariea &re sometimM raised oa a stalk within the
flower, as in the caper family (^ynopAore) and. in Coptia
{Oieeovhare) . The styles and stigmas are frequent!^ much
tnodined for pollination purposes, ae in the orchids and
in tie pitcher plant (Sarracenia).
The andraeiwn (Figs. 1520-
1522).— Surrounding the piatila
are frmnd one or more whorls of
organs called alametu, oollec-
t lively t«rmed the andracium
(male household). A stamen
normally consiata of a slender
stalk {fitamerU) capped by an
enlarged part (anMer), although
this stalk is often wanting. The
antha' contains one, two or four
cavities {loculee or "oella") in
i^ch a powdery mass (poUen) is
located. The so-called cells are
not t« be confused with the cells
of the plant tiaeue. The rynce-
ciuffi and andrcecium, which are
ISIS. Sactioa of ■ flnww
«ri«
avelopM.
both neceaaary for the production of good seed, are
tenned the e*«eniial organs of the flower. Ordinarily
each stamen represents one foliar unit. When many
atamena are present, this increase in number ia brought
about in one of three ways: ^ an increase in the num-
ber of whorla of stamens {CaryophylIace», Rosaoee)
or an increase in length of tiie spiral (Ranunculus), by
the conversion of petals into etamens, or by a breaking
up of each individual stamen into many (St. John's-
wort). The fiist method is by far the most common.
In the last method, the origin is uaually betrayed by
the aggr^ation of the stamens in fascicles. Normally
both filament and anther of each stamen is
A free from its neighbors, but in some cases
II the filaments are all joined into a tube
^>J[ around the pistil {tiumaddphous) as in the
n hollyhock, or into two groups (diaddphtnia)
n as in the pea family. Taese two groups are
usually very unequal in the pea tribes,
nine stamens being united while the tenth
is free. In other cases the anthers may be
coherent while the filaments are free {tunge-
neeiout), as in the Compoaita, In the St«r-
culiaces, the filaments or tube of filaments
are variously toothed, created or otherwise
modified; while in the Orchidaoeie they are
fused with the style to form the BO-<^led
column or ffynandrium of the flower. In
the milkweeds, each stamen bears a oomu-
copia-like appendage
[ which togeuifT form
t the crovm. In Viola,
two of the filaments
bear nectar-spura.
The anthers are
usually oval or oblong
bodiea fixed to the
filament by the base
(baml), or by the
center (vfraatik). At
maturity they con-
tain normally two
pollen-sacs separated
by a sterile tissue
FLOWER
(omn«dtue) which is a prolongation of the filament.
The anther-sacs are sometimes four in number, some-
times reduced to one through fusion. The walla of the
sacs contain a peculiar fibrous
layer by the hygroscopic proper-
ties of which they are enabled to
curve back, thtis opening the pol-
len-chamber along defimte prear-
ranged lines and aflowing the pollen
to escape. The dehiscence is usu-
ally by a longitudinal slit, but it
is frequently by terminal pores as
in the Encacese, or rarely by
transverse siita. In Vaccinium, the
til of a St. Joba'a-iiort. pores are carried ainft on long
bhuSncaipBli. tube-like extensions of the anther,
while in Berberis the pores are
provided with on uplifting trap-door.
The DoUen-grains are norm^y spherical or oval cells
in which the two or three nuclei representing the male
gametophyte are found. The wall consists of a deli-
cate inner layer linline), surrounded by a thicker
cutinized layer (eiine) which ia either smooth or
externally sculptured in various ways. Specialised
places in the extine serve as germ-pores through
which the poUen-tubee easily emei^. These
pores are sometimes provided with actual j
lids (pumpkin and squash) which pop off at
the proper time. The pollen in the
Orchidaoeie and Asclepiadacete is
more or less waxy and coheres into
one or several masses ipoUinia). The
poUinia are in many cases produced
mto minute stalks which connect with
a sticky gland that ia designed to be-
come attached to visiting insects. On
the departure of the insect the ^and, ^^^
together with the attached poUinia, rfiowtai dahit-
is carried away to the next Sower, cc&cti iuIm oq
The pollen-grains of orchids, heaths lah, bubanr ob
and a few other plants are composed ri^t.
of two to four cells (compound) .
Corolla (Fira. 1523-1527).— Outside the stamens is
found a whorl of Bat leaf-like usually colored organs
termed pelalt or collectively the eoroUa. The petals are
usually m one whorl and follow the numerical plan of the
flower cloeeiy; rarely are they fewer or numerous. They
are normally flat or concave colored bodies distinct
CoutDnd
^teSlet
131B. Htid al limplg
watsHUj.
from one another (polypelatout) and regularly spread-
ing from the receptacle. But in many plants the petals
are connate Igamopetalout) into one structure for a
greater or less d istancc toward the apices. The united
part is the tubt, the lobed border the limb of the gamo-
petalous corolla. The lobes or segments are either all
alike and equally placed {rcgalar corolla) or they vary
muchamong themselves (trrt^ulareorDtia). Ifthelob^
FLOWER
are imJted higher up into groups of two and three, as
in many tninta, the upper more or leea erect, the lower
spreading, the corolla ib bUabiale (Fig. 1526). A partic-
luar type of irregular polypetalous corolla is tlte so-
called papilionaeeout ooroUa (Fig. 1527) found in the pea
FLOWER
1247
family and oonsistiiig of a atandard, two lateral winut,
tad a tol. A r^ular corolla is radially aymmetritnJ,
poesesaing an inmiite number of planes of symmetry
XaetinomoTphic), while most irregular flowers poasesa
but one plane of symmetry {lygomorphic). A few pos-
aeas no such plane (as Canna). Gamopetalous corollas
fall into certain types based on the shape of the tube
and limb. The more common tvpea are rotale, taiver-
/orm, /unnc^orm, bell-sha])ed, tvouiar, and vreaAaU.
The corolla m^ be vari-
ously oolored. White flow^
era owe their color to light
reflected from air which is
between the oells i^ the
Ktals, as shown bv the
■t that when waterk^ged
these petals became trans-
parent. Yellows and oranges
are usually due to abun-
dant minute color bodies
[chromo-plaala) located
wi^n the cells of the petal.
Reds and blues are due to
colored cell-sap.
Calyx. — Surrounding the
corolla is another set or
whorl of organs, the adyx,
the individual organs of
which are tepaU. The calyx is usually compo^ of as
many sepals as there are petals, but in the Portulacaoes
there are but two sepals, while in some plants there are
many. In many of the Ranunculaceat and other fami-
lies they are oolored hke petals and replace these organs.
In the ElaeCer lily and tulip they are similar to the
petals. In the Compositffi the calyx is reduced to
scales or bristles or is absent entirely. The sepals are
frequently connate (^mosepaioui), and the resulting
structure is often irrKular. The calyx and corolla are
together termed the fioral envdopes. If they are simi-
lar in appearance, and, therefore, difficult to recognize.
as in the E^ter lily, they are collectively t^mea
perianth .
DM (Figs. 1528, 1529).— In many
plants a glandular ditk, or Beri< '
glands corresponding to such a <
IS found. Wnen present, this
mav lie either between the stamens
and pistil (intraalaminal) as is the
oomnton case, or more rarely be-
tween the stamens and petals
(eziraalaminai). The genus Acer is
1514. FnimaUani eonlla «f
peculiar in having some specicB with an intrastaminal
disk while in otners it is extrastaminal. By some
morphologistB this disk isconsids^ a fifth set of organs
in the flower, while by others it is considered merely
an outgrowth of the floral axis oi
all other parts of the flower ar
aerted. The disk is in many
characteristic of whole families, which
led Bentham and Hooker to place I
these families together in the series '
DisciflorsB. The disk also occurs in
other families not obviously related.
It forms a ring about the styles in
some Rubiaces. The glandular cup of j
Populus and the finger-like gland of
Salix are probably to oe refeircd here,
although by some they have been
interpreted as a reduced perianth. The 1S26. Lablaia
disk usually functions as a nectary. In corolla of ulni.
shape and structure it is very diverse.
It may be cup-shaped, saucer-flhaped, annular, regular,
or irregular; or it may be of separate glands, either
simple or variously lobed. It may fine the cup of the
pengynous flower or it may be adnate to the surface
{Figs. 1630, 1531).— The apex of the
: which the various floral organs are inserted is
termed the receptacle or lonu. This is normally a.
simple club-shaped thickening of the summit of the
stem. In the strawberry it is much enlarged and fleshy, ,
ISZT, A paidllaiucwnu
corolla. — The nmt ina. ■,
Mudardi iv, ur, wioti; k,
koeL
2a. BhawtBflhadJiklatlie
wOowtr. PUtillalB flomr
Maminata Oowar at b.
the Compositfe there is a common receptacle for all
the flowers of the bead, as well as for each individual
flower. In the caper family the receptacle is often pro-
longed upward, forming a stalk for the ovary within
the flower (ggiiophore).
In the Rosacefe, Onagraces, Saxifragacete, and in
various other plante, the stamens, petals and sepals
are perigynoua, that is they are mserted on the edge of a
cup-shaped organ which springs either from below the
ovary or from its summit. The view has been held
that the gomosepalous calyx here bears the stamens
and petals on its tube. Another early proposed view
has in recent years joined ground rapidly and is now
widely accepted. This view mterprets
the cup as a hollowed receptacle
Ukened to a glove-finger when the apex
is slightly pushed in.
The ovary at the
bottom of the cup is
really apical as usual,
while the sepals,
Ktals and stainens,
lated at the higher
margin of the cup,
1248
PXOWER
are as umisl inserted morphologically lower on Uie
receptacle. While in moet Bowctb the ovary is
inserted on the HUmmit of the receptacle (superior
ooary), in others, as in the Orctudace«e, Onagracete,
Umbellifera, Rubiacete, and CompoBit», tie ovary
appears to occupy the center of
the clu]>ebaped structure linfenor
oatry) bekrn the insertion of the
calyx, corolla, and stameDe which
seem to spring from the summit
of the ovary (eTngynoia). The
view has been held that in such
caace a gamoeepalous calyx similar
to that described above in the
perigynous flowpr has grown fast
to the surface of the ovary,
^ and that th^ other oreaos are
e on the ca^-tube at tne sum-
mit of the ovary. The opinion is
now becoming general that the true
I explanation of the phenomenon is
that tiie cup-shaped receptacle of
the perigynous flower, and not the
calyx, haa'grown fast to the surface
of the ovary. In the OnaKTacen;
and some other plants, the noUow
receptacle has not only grown fast
to the whole surface of the ovary
but projects beyond it so that such
flowers have an inferior ovary and
flower. This is the numerical plan of the flower (Fig.
1534), Thus in geranium there are five sepals, five
petals, ten stamens, and five parts to the pistil. The
stamens, when numerous, are oft«n in multiples of this
numerical plan. The parts of the pistil, on the other
hand, frequently show a reduction from the numerical
plan as exhibited by other parts of the flower. The
munber of parts in some flowers is bo irregular that a
from the normal foliage leaves, being often much
reduced. Thev sometimes form an involucre around
the flower, ana are calyx-like, as in hepatica and straw-
berry. In other cases, they form a snowy corolla-like
involucre, as in Comus and Poinacttia, and are then
often mistaken for a corolla. In the Arum, a single
huge bract {epaOie) envelopes the entire flower-cluster
{spadU): these are well shown in Figs. 1532, 1533.
JneompleU flowers. — Not all of the floral sets described
above are always present. The flowers may be incom-
jMfC. Thus the corolla may be wanting (ftower apeUU-
out) as in hepatica and anemone, or both calyx and
corolla may be absent (nolretf or achlamy(Uoux) as in
willow and pepper, or the stamens may be wanting
(imperfed or unitexual, pistillate flower) as in willows
and oaks, or the pistils may be absent (BlaminaU
flowers of willows and oaks). At least one set of essen-
tial organs is necessary for a functional flower, but in
some cases, through specialization for other pur]>o8(e,
both sets may be isent. Thus the marginal flowers of
the hydrangea are enlai^ed and showy for insect attrac-
tion, out are neutral. In the case of unisexual flowers,
Uiestamensand pistils may be borne in different flowers
on the same plant (numacume) as in the oak and birch,
or on separate plants (diacioat) as in the willow and
Soplar. In some plants, as m the maple, certain
owers are unisexual while others are pertect, a con-
ditkin t«rmed viAygavunM.
The plan of (fee fiower. — If the numbers of parts in
each set are counted, a certain number will t>e found
to be common to many or all of the sets of the same
ISU. TlwctMlwUI*iiath<(*adlh*ipwUi)allha(>tdMicall«.
numerical plan can be made out only with difliculty,
while in some flowers such a plan is apparently wanting.
The members of each floral set are usual^* inserted
all at the same height on the floral axis (rec«>tacle),
and are therefore in whorls, although frequently more
than one whorl occurs in the andrcecium and rarely
in other sets. The partfi of one set normally fall between
those of the set next outside and next inside, and are
said to alternate with these. In somcramiUes, as for
example in the Ranunculaces and Magnoliaces, some
or all of the organs of the flower are inserted spiraUy
on the receptacle Uke scales on a pine cone. In such
cases there is often a marked intergrading between the
organs of the adjacent sets at the boundary line. The
reUtive position of parts of the
flower may be graphically indicated
by means of a diagramatic cross-
sectional plan, called the floral dia- I
f;ram (see Fig. 1534.). Information '
m regard to the number and union
of parts may also be indicated by
so-called floral formula; as foUows:
' K
5+5
In this formula, the lettos from
left to right indicate calyx, corolla,
andr(Ecium, and gyncecium respec-
tively. The brackets over the letters
indicate a fusion of parts in the
same set, while the bracket under-
neath indicates a fusion of different
set«. The above flower would be
polysepatous with live sepals, gamo-
iSii. Sp&tfaa*Dd
■padli of jMk-ln-
Iba-voltit.
FLOWER
p«taloua of five fused petals, have ten stamenB in twu
wborls ftll inserted on the coroUa, and two carpels
united into one pistil with a superior ovary.
DovbU fiotoera. — Occasionally in nature and very
frequently in cultivation, the number of petals hecomee
very greatly increased, often to the exclusion of the
stamens and pistils, so that the flower preeenta a full
rosette-like appearance. Such flowers are i>opularl^
said to be "full" or "double." The increase in petals
is apparently a mutation, but is stimulated by changes
in nutrition due to cultivation. Most double-flowered
varieties tend strongly to run out. The origin of the
extra petals is not always the same. In most cases, as
in double hollyhocks and carnations, the stamens and
even carpels have been transformed tHto petals; in
rarer cases the extra structures are int«rpo1at£d organs.
Double "flowers" in the sunflower, Kolden kIow, and
the like, are simply heads in which aU disk-flowers are
converted into ray-flowers (see next paragraph).
Pofaelioioerao/iAeCompiwite (Figs. 1535, 1536).— The
so-callea flowers of such plants as the white daisy, sun-
Bower, aster, goldenrod, and dandelion are found on
cloee study not to be flowers at all, but flower-clusters
of the type termed htadt. These heads are remarkably
specialised for economy and division of labor. This
oonununity of flowers functions as does one individual
flower in other cases, and the whole make-up of the
head simulates a flower to a remarkable degree.
Around the head is a calyx-like involucre of bracts,
functioning like a calyx as a protection in the bud. In
FLOWER
1249
Discnmi of the Sowar of drooon, vlimla sad t1
daisy, sunflower and others there is a corolla-like part
consisting of highlv modified rajf-fiowera or ligviate
flouxrt. The central part of the b^ia in these plants is
occupied by duk-floirert. The aster, goldenrod, cone-
flower and many others are like the daisy^ while in the
dandelion, chicory, hawkweed and sow thistle the head
consists of ligulate flowers only, and in the thistle, bone-
set and iron weed the head contains only diak-flowera.
The morpbolf^y of the less specialized disk'Hower is as
follows: A one-celled, one-seeded inferior ovary is sur-
mounted by a variously modified calyx, which is often
wanting, utd a tubular flve-tootbed gamopetalous
corolla. On the corolla-tube are borne five syngenesious
md from the summit of the ovary projects a
such a tubular corolla, and by sphtting the tube down
one side, at the same time flattening out the sUt poi^
tion. In the sunflower, there was no great change in
color OS the ray-flowers evolved, while in the daisy and
the asters the rays are of a different color from the
diak-flowera. Since the involucre iierforms for the whole
head the same function that the individual calyx does
normally for each flower, there is no longer any neces-
sity for the calyx. Therefore, following the general
rule that a useless structure tends either to disappear
or take on a new function, the calyx has become
obsolete in some cases while in others it has become
modified into scales, awns or bristles (pappus) which
aid the fruit in dissemination. In many casee the ray-
fiowera have been sacrificed entirely for insect attrac-
tion and have become sterile. By this massing of the
flowers, more flowers may be pollinated by one insect
'' ' ■"'■■™ easily pollinated. Efficiency ttad
tsconomy run through the whole organisation of the
composite head to a remarkable degree.
The biology of Uie fiouier.~Tbe flower is a structure
developed by plants to promote and safeguard sexual
reproduction, primarily in land plants, and to bring
about cross-pollination in these plants. The three
definite agents of
cross - pollination
with which the
flower is con-
cerned are water,
wind and insects.
The agent tor
which the flower
is ad^ted exerts
a profound influ-
ence on the struc-
ture of the fl6wer.
wrmaUy showy, jn, ^^ w^TlSown, ud bonMih
Water- and wmd- aam tho hairj isTolncro.— RndbecUa.
pollinated flowers
are usually green and amaU. with often a total loss of
corolla or of ooth corolla and calyx. The pollen in such
Elants is produced in abundance to make up for great
)Bs, as it is wafted indiscriminately through the air.
Water plants usually flower at the surface and are
wind- or insect^pollinat«d. The true wat«r-polhnated
or hydrophilous plants are few in number, Naias,
Zanmchellia, Zostera and Ruppia may be mentioned,
all of which belong to the Naiadacete. In Zostera, the
pollen-grains are long and spiral as a further adapta-
tion to water-pollination.
Wind-pollinated or aneroophilous flowers (Figs. 1637,
1538) are very numerous. Elodes and Vallisneria (eel-
Krass) among aquatic plants may be mentioned. Val-
lisneria is remarkable because the staminate flowers
break off before anthesia, rise to the surface, expand,
and are floated about by the wind, the three renexea
sepals acting as floats which cannot be upset. The pis-
tillate flowers are attached to long peduncles which
extend to the surface of the Water, whether it is shallow
or deep. The pistillate and staminate flowers are so
shaped that when the two float together the stamens are
in exactly the ri^t place to touch the stigmas. After
pollination, the^duncle coils up and the fruit matures
under water. The catkin-bearing trees are all ane-
moohilous and have very much redui^ flowers. The
willows are both wind- and insect-pollinated. Among
herbs the grasses, sedges, rushes, and sorrels (Rumex)
are wind-polUnated. Interesting in this respect is
Thalictnun (meadow-rue) of the Ranunculaces, the
flowers of which are wholly green and insignificant
with large exsertfid anthers and abundant pollen and
feathery stigmas. It thus exhibits perfectly the various
adaptations to wind-pollination m a family that is
normally insect-pollinated and has showy flowen. The
time of flowering of wind-pollinated flowers often shows
visiter, and i
1S36. Ruts In Iho baad of ■ ooreopdo.
a distbct relation to efficiency. The wind-pollinated
trees and shrubs bloom in early spring before the leaves
interfere with the passage of pollen through the air.
The grasses and other herbaceous anemophilous plants
bloom before the tall growth of late summer has
matured, at which time plants are mostly insect^xil-
liiiated. The pollen-grsins of anemophilous plants ore
nearly alwa3r8 smooth and very light, and usually con-
1250
FLOWER
tain starch as a reserve food instead of oil. Tim pol-
len ia capable of withstanding sreater desiccation uion
is the pollen of moat insed-pollinated flowers. In the
pinea, each Kroin is provided with two air-aaca to
inorease the buoyancy and to expose greater surface
to the wind,
Insect^poilinatcd or ento-
mophiious Sowers must meet
two distinct probl^ns: they
must entire tne ineect to the
flower; and they must guide
the insect in such a way that
croHB-pollination will be as-
sured. The attractive s^^ents
are four in number. — color,
honey, acent, and abundant
polhni (for pollen - eating
insects), but tncy are not
usually all found in one
species. Color is provided
mainly by the corolla, but
153T. Wfaid-pallliuted flow«f ^^ calyx (in Anemone) or
of inaciu. (EnlftTged) even the bracts around the
flowers (in Comus and Poin-
settia) may function thus instead. Attempts have
been made to show that certain colois are more attrac-
tive than others to certain groups of insecte. Yellow
has been desimated as the color for flies and beetles,
blue and rea for hymenoptera, browns for carrion
insects and wasps, and whites for mght^fl3^ng insects
especially. Honey (nectar) ia produced in a great
variety of flowers and it is a reward for the insect visit.
The honey-secreting glands (nectaries) are borne either
on the disk or on the petals, but more rarely are they
staminal or ovarian. In order that the honey may not
be appropriated by undeeirable insects which would not
efl'ect croas-pollination, it is frequently placed at the
end of spurs or grooves which are adapted to the pro-
boscis of the insects for which the flower ia adapted.
Various markings of the corolla, such as bright eye-
spots and dork converging lines, called honey-guides,
often direct the insect accurately to the honey, and in
such a way that cross-poUi nation will be accomplished.
An interesting case is the violet, where the honey is
produced by staminal nectaries but is collected and
stored in the spur of the lower petal. To this storehouse
honey-guidesm the form of purple lines lead. The beard
in the throat of the violet flower protects the pollen
from rain and also diecouragea the insect from entering
the flower on the wrong aide. Scent as a means of
attracting insects is very general, and is especially
frequent in nocturnal and crepuscular (twilight)
flowers. The scent ia due to
volatile oils produced mainly by
the petals. These oily compounda
are comparatively few in number
and often re-occur in plants that
are wholly unrelated. Thus the
clove scent is found also in some
orchids, and the violet scent is
found with slight modification in
the flowers of several plants. Flow-
ers that attract pollen -eating
insects are often yellow, as butter-
cups and dandelion, but flowers of
other colors are frequently visited
at least by bees that cajry away
quantities of pollen in their femorcil
pollen-pockets .
Most pollen is injured by exposure to rain and dew.
The grams tend to swell and burst owing to the exces-
sive osmotic presBure. It ia for this reason that pollen
when studied or germinated in the laboratory must be
mounted in a sugar solution approximating the density
of the Btigmatic fluid. It is not a surprise, therefore, to
find that nature has protected the polleo of many
1S3S. WlDd-poUio-
>t*d Bonr ol ■ (ru
—Pot (Enlnrjedl
FLOWER
flowers from rain, by structural means. Thus, bell-
shaped hanging flowers, salverform corollas with a
small eye whicn requires pressure to force a drop of
water in, closed corollas of the snapdragon type, beard
in the throat, flowers that droop only m wet weather,
flowers that close up during rain, and many other con-
trivances, are adaptations, in part at least, for tiie pn>-
nohhe
polle
The protection of the honey and pollen from unbid-
den insect guests and the a^eguarding of the flower
from aelf-poUinatJoT''^ such insects, has led to various
prot«ctive devices' llie closed throat of the toadflax
and snapdragon, the small eye of the salverform corolla,
the beard in the violet, setose peduncles and stems over
which insects can walk with difficulty, glandular pedun-
cles and bonds of viscid matter which serve as a sort
of sticky fly-paper to prevent wingless insects from
reaching the nower, are all adaptations of this nature.
Remarkable in this respect is the teasel, which has
connate-perfoliate leaves. These leaves form a basin
around the stem at each node. The basins fill with
water during each shower, and, as the water will not
evaporate for several days, there ia a veritable moat
around the stem at each node which climbing insects
cannot pass.
CrosB-poUination is frequently rendered more cer-
tain by various mechanical devices. Thus a device of
>■ DlBwrpUc flowen of nlmal*.
which renders self-pollination impossible. In this
respect, the diiEcious plant is the most perfect type.
Diclinism is especially common in anemophilous plants,
in which the pollen is blown about indiscriminately.
Another efficient device consists in the early matura-
tion of the stigmas [proterogyny) or of the stamens
{proteTandry) before the other sex in the same flower
(condition of dichogamy). Still another, although much
less common device, is the production of two or three
types of flowers in the same species in which the styles
and stamens are of different lengths (helaromorpbUtn).
Thus in the primrose (Kig. 1539) one flower may have
long stamens and short style, and another flower short
stamens and long style (dimorphic), so that an insect
coming from a long-stamened flower will have pollen
on his proboscis at exactly the right height to onish
the stigma of the long-styled flower. In Lythrum
Salicaria, the various combinations between the len(!th
of style and of each of the two sets of stamens furnish
three types of flowers (IrimorpAic). Other devices are
often found. Thus in some Aowpts the pollen of another
plant is prepotent in fertilization over that of the same
plant if both are placed on the stigma at the same time.
There are also many special structural mechanisms in
individual species, a study of which forms one of the
most interesting chapters in biology. Here may be
FLOWER
1251
ith pollen bv the Pronuba moth as she depoeila
eggfi in the ovary, the gall flowere and capriGcation of
t£e fii, {Uid nwny other equally extraordinary cases.
Altbouf(h moet plants seem to need crosa-polliDa-
tion aod to have structures adapted to this end, there
are some in which definite preparation is made for
close- or self-pollination. Thus certain plants, as violet,
barley, Polyxala, Dalibarda (Fia. 1217) and others,
produce eUiiioi/amoui fiowtrs, which are small green
apetalous structures often hidden by the leaves or are
even Bubttrranean. The calyx of uiese flowers never
opens. The anthers he against the sticma, and on open-
ing, the pollen is immediately applied to the stigma of
that same Bower. Seeds produced by such flowent are
often much in excess of Uiose produced by the showy
Bowers of the same species. In the violet (Fig. 1540),
cleistoeaiDous flowers ore produced in abundance
throu^ the summer after the showy flowers have
disappeared. Incidentally it is interesting that these
Sowers in violets are more important in claseificatioa
than are the showy ones.
EvoluHon of the jUncer. — In the Thallophyta, Bry-
ophyta and Pteridophyta there is no flower as that
term is here uaed. The nwrophyte shows an increas-
ina complexity through these groups, but therfi is no
diaerentiation into an oi^an that eould popularly or
even technically be called a flower. Among the Gym-
noeperms, the cones of the PinacefB have been likened
to a flower with many carpels but with no calyx or
corolla, while those of the Gnetaces are still more
flower-like. The true flower, however, is a structure
characteristic of the Angiosperms.
There are two promluent theories in regard to the
ori^ of the flower. First, the foliar theory holds that
sepals, petals, stamens and carpels are real leaves
modiSea in the course of evolution from the foliage-
leaves of their ancestors. Floral parts are, therefore,
metamorphosed leaves. The evolution in this case
would have been from below toward the apex of the
flora] shoot, or from the foliage leaves toward the
carpels. Certain teratological conditions have been
cited in support of this theory, especially when petals,
stamens and sometimes carpels have been replaced by
green leaves. This has been considered merely a
revendon to ancestral conditions. Trillium grandi-
fiorwn frequently furnishes cases of this sort. This
theory has Deen (■■■■---
■" it wholly d _ .
_ . ..■, and is now accepted by very many botanist..
This has been termed Bower's stcriliiation hypothesis.
It holds that the foliage-leaves together with the sepals
and petals are sterilifed sporophyus and that evolution
has been from above downward. Specifically it holds
that although the simple sporophytc of the mosses
consisted as at present of a capsule and acta uodiffer-
entiated into stem and leaves, in some special groups
of mosses, however, the spore-bearing region around
the columella of the capsule became segmented into
transverse belts separated by sterile belts. Coincident
with this, the exti:iior of the capsule became lobed in
such a way that each fertile belt came to he in the axil
of a lobe. From this it is easy to postulate an increase
in sise of the lobes to form the scide-leaves of the club-
mosses and selujinellas, and an increase in specialiiea'
tion of the fertile belt to form the axillary sporangium
of these plants. It is but a step now to the angioeperm-
ous flower, in which some of the sterile sporophylls
have become modified into petals and sepals instead of
leaves. The demand for a large independently growing
Tirophyte is thought to have led to the sterilization
the sporophylls. According to this theonr, leaves are
recent rather than primitive structures. The steriliia-
tion theory has the advantage of being more in accord
with modem knowledge of ue evolution of organs in
these groups.
Floral evolution within the angioeperms is also diffi-
cult to follow and botanists differ as to its course. It is
by many held that the most ancient type is the acyclic
type as represented by the RanunculaceEe, MagnoUa-
cese and the like. Another although gradu: ■ dimin-
ishing school holds that the simple fiowers of the
Gramineie among the monocotyledons and the Amen-
tiferse among the dicotyledons are the most primitive.
The high speciahzation of other parts of these plants
and the likelihood that the flowers have been simplified
because of the adoption of the wind method of pollina-
tion, strongly suggests that these flowers are not primi-
tive but speci allied.
The flower Jrom itandvoird oj eomparatvx mof-
vhology. — The newer evolutionary morphok^y has
brought about changes in viewpoint in regard to floral
parts, and a new
Accord-
ing to present
knowledge, there
and in all bry-
ophytes, pterid-
ophytes and
spermophytes a
definite tutema-
tion of two gcn-
Ehases in thelife-
istory of each
plant, separated
by a unicellular
condition of the
organism. One
of these
the
primitive,
bears only sex-
cells (eggs and
sperms) called
ffamete* and is
termed the gam-
eiophyte, i while
the other bears
aporophyte. feutb,
These genera. SSZl'L,.
tions have ex-
actly reversed their relative sise, complexity and '
degree of independence as evolution has progressed.
The originally independent carbon-assimilating gam-
etophyte of the mosses has become in the higher
pl^ts wholly parasitic on the sporophyte and is
entirely lackmg in green color. On the other hand the
aporophyte, represented in the mosses and liverworts
by the dependent capeule and seta stalk, has become
the real plant, bearing leaves and flowers in the higher
group. The thalloid reduced gametophyte of the ferns
IS termed a prothaUium, bearing sperm-cells in anlheri-
dia and an egg-cell in an arrJieponium. This prothal-
lium has become differentiated m the more specialised
family Selaginellaceae into two t3i>es differing in size
and complexity of structure, and originating from spores
of dilTerent siie. The large type of spore (ntegaspore or
macrospore) gives rise to the larae female prothallium
which bears the archegonia ; and the small spore {microt-
spore) gives rise to the small male prothallium bearing
only a single antheridium. The prothaUia of both
sexes are very much reduced and permanently incloecd
within the spore wall. In the flower-bearing plants, the
reduction and dependence of the gametophyte have
been carried much farther. The male gametophyte or
1252
FLOWER
male prothsUium is iiic]oe«>d in the pollen-grain and
Uie female proth&Uium within the embryo-sac. The
spore-bearing chunber or chambers (sporangia) oorres-
Knding to the capsule in the mosee are borne on
,vee {fporophylli) in the ferns and fern allies. If
these terniH used for the moeam and ferns are now
applied to the organs of the higher plants the termi-
nology will be as follows: Stemens, microtporophylU;
anther-charaberB, mierogporaniiia; pollen-grain, miero-
sjiore; nuclei within pollen-grain, maU ■prolhailiMm
(male gametophyte) ; carpel, rnegasporophyll; ovule,
memtporangium; embryo-sac, megaspore; cells within
embryo-aac except embryo, female prolhaUium (female
gametophyte) ; the embryo growing from the fertihzed
egg is the daughter aporovhyU. A mature seed, there-
fore, contains parts of three generations; seed-coats
and nucellus, if present —sporophyte; endosperm
(according to one interpretation) — gametophyt«; and
embryo — daughter sporophyte TTiis termJnolofO' is now
ring ground over the old in morphologicsl circles
it shows the relation of the flower to organs in the
lower groups. r. M. WiBaANO.
FLOWER-DE-LUCE. The orisin of the Fleur-de-lis
of the French coat of arms is not Known. By some it is
supposed to represent the head of a spear^ by others the
flower of a lily. It has also been derived from the
points of a crown and from several animal forms, as
bees and teads. Apparently, the iris has nothing to do
with the heraldic Fleur-de-lis. This name as apohed
to iris is of later origiit and of a purely botanical sig-
nificance, referring chiefly to /, germaniea. See under
"Fleur," LorouBse, Dictiouaire du XIX Sifele, 8:450.
H. HASSKI.BRIKO.
. FLOWBR-FBNCB, BARBADOB8: Pdwhiu paMtrrima.
FLOWBR-OV-AR-HOUS: ftibitau TVunum.
nOWXainO HAPLE: AbtUHm.
FLtJCGEA (for Fluegge, a German botanist of eariy
ISth century), BuphorSiAetx. Tropical shrubs, Bome-
tiiues cult, in the greenhouse: Ivs. alternate, simple,
entire: fls. apetalous, the staminate in axiUarv clusters,
with imbricate calyx and rudimentary pistil, the pis-
tillate borne singly, and with a lobed disk present,
styles slender — ovules 2 in each of the 3 cells: seeds
■' ■ ' "■ 'i the Old
FONTANESIA
Italy, the young eta. of which, inclosed in the sheathing
petioles, are eaten raw in the early season; var. d<ilc«,
Alef. {F. diiee, Mill.), the finocchio or Florence fennel,
a low-growing condensed plant, with very large If .-tjases.
L. H. B.
FOElfilfU (named after the Chinese province
Fokien where the tree grows). PxnAcex. A tree int«^
mediate in its characters between Chamst^TiariB and
LibocedruB, resembling the latter in the foliage and in
the seeds having 2 very unequal lateral winra; the cone
is Bubgloboec and composed of numerous peltate scales,
each bearins 2 seeds. — One speeiee in Fokien. F.
HAdginsiJ, Henry & Thontas {Cupriuua Hddgituii,
Dunn). Tree to 40 ft.: branchlets much flattened, the
lateral Ivs. with spreading acute apex, green above and
with white markmgs below: cone 1 in. long, ripening
the second year. G.C, 111. 49:66, 67.— Suited only for
cult, in warmer temperate i^ons. Alfred Rehder.
pooved (
World tro^.._ _, ^_
F. leueopdme, Willd., with orbicular te obovate Iva.
edible white berries has been intro. to cult, in £u. It
is a bushy shrub from Asia south to Austral, and is
said to need rich mold and moist high temperature.
Prop, by cuttings. j. b. S. Norton.
F(ENlCtTLUH (diminutive from the Latin for hay,
because of its odor}. UmbeUlferx. About four species
of annual, biennial and perennial herbs, spread from the
Canaries to W, Asia, one being the Fennel of gardens
(which see). Glabrous, often tall: Ivs. pinnately decom-
pound, the segms. hnear or filiform: fls. yelk
its aromatic seeds and Ivs.: erect and branched, 3-5
ft.; Ivs. S-4 times pinnate, the ultimate Begras. very
narrow and thread-like and rather stiff in the wild and
in dry places but very slender when cult., the petioles
broad and clasping: umbels large, of 15-20 or more
rays. Often run wild.— Under cult., the petiole has
become broad and sheathing and other changes have
taken place. What arc considered to be horticultural
forms have been described as distinct species: var.
piperltum, Hort. (f . piperUum, DC), the caroeella of S.
rather than tor their flowers. The term is indefinite.
In some cases, and more correctly, it is used for plants
with unique or interesting leaves— usually colored — as
coleus. Rex begonia, peperomia, calathea, farfugium.
In other cases it is used te designate plants of full
foliage and graceful habit, — -plante that are priied for
their generalhabit quite as much as for the characters of
the individual leaves. Of this latter clese, ferns, palms,
Kvillea, screw pine, araucaria, fatsia, ricinus, are
iing examples. The latter class contains the most
populu' commercial subjects, and they are much used
m room and table decorations. The plants are often
rented for use in temporary decorations. For the cul-
ture of foliage plants, refer to the various genera.
F0NTAN£SIA (after BAi6 Louiche Desfontaines,
Erominent French botanist, 1752-1833, director of the
□tanical garden at Paris). OUActx. Shrubs grown for
their handsome foUage.
Deciduous, glabrous: branches quadrangular: Ivs.
oppoeite, Bhort-petiolwi, entire: fls. perfect, small, in
anllary clusters forming terminal leafy panicles;
calyx minute, 4-parted; petals 4, narrow, small; sta-
mens 2, exceeding the petals: ovary Bupcrior, usually
2-celled; stigma 23obed : fr. a flat, winged nutlet. — ^Two
species m W. Asia and China,
These are slender -branched shrubs with rather
narrow leaves and small whitish flowers in short ter-
minal panicles. They retain the foliage unchanged until
late in fall, and are well adapted for shrubberies, grow-
ing in any good garden soil. F. Foriunn is haray as
far north as Massachusetts, F. phiUyrieouies only half-
hardy. Propagation is readily effected by greenwood
cutting!! under glass in early summer; also by layers
FONTANESIA
FORCING
1253
F6rtiineif Carr. {F, phillyrsBoides yar. aininsiSf
Debeaux. P, caUf&mica, Hort.). Shrub, to 15 ft.:
Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, shining,
quite entire, 2-4 in. long: fls. in axillary and tenninai
dusters, forming a narrow, leafy pamcle: fr. broad,
oval or ovate, Ji-3^in. long. May, June. China.
R.H. 1859, p. 43.— -Sometimes united with the fol-
lowing, to wnich it is superior bv its more vigorous
growth, the darker and larger foliage, and by the
greater hardiness. In China it is used as a hed^
plant and may be reoonunended for thai in this
country.
phiUmeoldes, Lab. Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs. ovate-
lanoeolate or narrow-eUiptic, mostly with rousJi,
minutely denticulate margin, \\i-2yi in. long: fls.
and frs. like those of the preceding species. W. Asia.
L.B.C. 14:1308. Var. angustifdlia, Rehd. (P. angusti-
fdHOf Dipp.). Lvs. narrow-lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate. Alfred Rbhder.
FORAGE PLANTS are mentioned only mcidentally
in this work, as they belong to agricultiu^ rather than
to horticulture. They are mostly grasses and legumi-
nous plants, and have a very large special literature,
much of wmch can be secured from tne United States
Department of Agricultiu^, Washington. D. C, the
various experiment stations^ and separate books. Some
of the forage plants are of mterest to horticulturists as
green-manures and cover-crops.
FORCING. The word forcing is varioushr used.
Properly, it should designate the growing of plants
outside their usual or normal season. This distin-
ffuiahes forcing from the ordinary purpose of the glass-
house, which IS to imitate the usual season in which
plants grow. For example, begonias are not forced: we
endeavor to protect them and to give them the season
and the concutions imder which they f^w in the wild.
Carnations when flowered in the wmter are forced,
because we transpose their seasons. Chrysanthemums
blooming in^October and November are not forced:
they are only protected. Sometimes the word forcing
is used in a very special sense, to denote the produc-
tion of flowers from bulbs or tubers in a very short
time under the influence of a very high temperature.
Thus, the lily-of-the-valley may be plaosd in a tempera-
ture of 90** or above, and the larg^ buds be forced to
throw out their flowers before the plant secures a firm
foothold on the soil.
A forcing-house is a building in which plants are
forced; but the term has come to denote a simple glass-
house in which plaits are grown only for sale, in dis-
tinction from private conservatories, or more elab-
orate structures used for the display of plants. See
Qreenkouae.
The forcing industry in America is very large. At
first it was confined mostly to cut-flowers (which see),
but pot-plants, vegetables and fruits are receiving more
and more attention. The staple forced flowers are the
rose, carnation, violet, lily-of-the-valley, and various
bulbs. These are treated under their respective names.
Of vegetables, the most important forcing species is
lettuce. This is followed by tomato, cucumber and
radish. Other
vegetables are of
very minor im-
portance as forc-
mg products.
The growing of
fruits imder glass
is receiving in-
creasing atten-
tion in this ooim-
ty. Very little
of this fruit-rais-
ing is really forc-
ing, however, since the glass indosure is used chiefly to
protect the plants and to enable better care to be given :
the fruit does not ripen much ahead of its normal season.
Of this category are glasshouse grapes. Strawberries
are really forced, however, the whole period of vegetation
and bloom being greatly forwardea. Much attention
is now given by florists to the forcing of hard3r plants:
and this is one of the most delightful of horticultural
1542. Btco spAn forcing-house, 20 feet
wide, heated by iteem.
1543. Uneven spen forcing-home, 20 feet wide, on a tide hill.
Heated by steam.
operations for the amateur. Many of our native plants
can be forced with the greatest satisfaction, but the
business is usually confined to imported stock of florists'
plants.
The forcing-house should be of the simplest construc-
tion. The plan should secure the ^eatest amount of
Ught, economy of space and of heatmg, and dhrectness
and simplicity in every operation. The simple sash-bar
frame, without rafters (Fig. 1541), is most satisfactory
when properly constructed. The side walls should he
low and the roof comparatively flat. Often there is
no glass on the side walls. Under most conditions, the
house should run north and south, particulaxlv if
even in span (Fig. 1542), but the lay of the land and the
location of existing features usually determine the direc-
tion. If the house runs east and west, or if it stands on
sloping land (Fig. 1543), an uneven or broken span is
usually advisable. The widely different opinions respec-
ing the merits and demerits of the different spans are
firoof that each is good under certain circumstances,
t is the prevailing opinion that, in broken spans, the
liNig roof should be to the south; yet formerly some
glasshouses had the short span — ^which is then very
Bteep — facing the south (Fig. 1546).
In America, all forcing-houses are heated by means
of small wrought-iron pipes, which fit together with
threads. The old-time cast-iron flues may be employed
for conservatories, but they are too bunglmg for forcm^-
houses. They do not admit of sufiicient modification m
layout to adapt them to the long and often crooked
runs of forcing-house establishments. The wrought-
iron pipes are heated either by steam or water. &ch
syst^ has its advocates, which means that each has
its merits. Steam is less costly to install, since less pipe
L? required. It also admits of greater variation in the
layout. Crooks and obstacles are more easily over-
come. In a large establishment, the place may be
heated up sooner. Hot water ^ves a milder heat
because the pipes are less hot. Of itself, it is less hable
to fluctuations. Theoretically, it is less expensive in
fuel; but in practice, the cost of running is found to
depend more on the character of the particular system
and the operations of the fireman than on the medium
itself. When properly installed, steam is as uniform in
action as water, and it is adapted to larger areas and to
higher temperatures (p. 1403).
Very good shape for a forcing-house in the propor-
tion of breadth to length is probably as 1 is to 4 or 5.
The best houses are rarely less than 18 or 20 feet wide,
and rarely more than 30 to 35 feet. From 400 to 800 feet
is considered to be a good range of profitable length.
I
1254
FORCING
Houses of greater length are constructed, but they
must be considered as speciid cases. Parallel houses
are often ''nested'' with good results^the adjoining
houses resting on a common wall. When the various
houses are to be used for one kind of crop, the partitions
between them may be omitted; a very large space may
..-'•
woAN nooH mi
1544. Unoreii sptn f ordng-liotiM, 30 feet wide. Hot wUer.
then be covered with practically one house without
the necessity of rearing a high roof. The size of house
tends constantly to increase.
The accompanying illustrations (Flgp. 1541-1548)
show old and recent styles of American forcing-houses.
For further discussion of glasshouses, see Greenhottse.
L.H.B.
The fordng of vegetables.
The title 'Vegetable-forcing" may be applied to any
method of growing vegetables which wiU cause them
to mature or to become suitable for use in a shorter
time or at a different season than when grown under
normal conditions. This includes the growing of vege-
tables in coldframes, hotbeds and vegetable forcing-
houses.
Coldframes.
Coldframes are box-like structures about 6 feet in
width and of any desired length. They usually are
built to run east and west and with the north side a
foot or so higher than the south side. These frames
are sometimes covered with muslin but usuaJly with
sash in which glass is fastened. The frames serve not
only as a protection against cold winds and frost but
as a means of catching the sun's rays which may pass
throu^ them. In this way, a higher temperature can
be maintained in these frames than that wnich prevails
in the open at the same time. Coldframes are used for
the purpose of startinjg crops early and thus growing
them to maturity earher than they can be grown out-
side, and also for the growing of plimts for the field-
crops.
Hotbeds.
Hotbeds are similar in construction to coldframes.
The chief difference is that in the hotbeds fresh horse-
manure is used to supply heat. The manure
is firmly packed to a considerable
depth, in a pit dug for that
purpose inside the
frame. Rich garden
soil is placed over
the manure to a
depth of about 6
inches. As the msr
nure ferments, the
heat thus formed
penetrates the soil
above, thus fur-
nishing a satisfac-
tory medium for
plaJnt-growth.
FORCING
Hotbeds are in conmion use in connection with
private gardens in aU sections of the coimtnr except
where freezing weather does not occur. They are
used extensively in a conmierical way in and near
most of the lar^ cities in northern latitudes^ and
especially such cities as Philadelphia, Cincinnati and
St. Louis. Crops are ot>wn to maturity more commonly
in hotbeds than in coldframes.
Vegetable fordng-hmtaes. Figs. 1547, 1548.
The growing of vegetables in vegetable forcing-
houses has become a very popular and profitable line
of work in many sections of the coun-
try. The area of glass devoted to ve^
tables has increased with great rapidity
during the last few years. The first
section of the ooimtry to become noted
as a forcing center was Boston, Massa-
chusetts, ^on afterward Grand Rapids,
Michigan, became an imi>ortant vege-
table-forcing locality. The Grand
Rapids growers did not copy after the
Boston growers, however, as their soil,
houses, varieties and methods in general differed very
materially from those used by the Boston growers.
Vegetable-forcing, as conducted by the Boston
growers, was rapicfly extended to other places in the
eastern part of the United States. The development
of the industry was even more rapid and became more
extensive in Michigan and nearby states. Grand
Rapids methods, with modifications, were followed
very largely in this section of the country. The great-
est development has occurred in northern Ohio,
especially at Ashtabula, Toledo and Cleveland. How-
ever, nearly every city of much size, in the northern
part of the United States, has in or near it one or more
vegetable forcing-houses. The amount of money
invested in these houses is enormous. A single acre
imder glass represents an expenditure of $15,000 to
$25,000, depending on the kind of material used and
the cost of the material at the time the building was
done.
Success in the growing of vegetables imder glass
does not depend upon climate. Vegetables can be
grown in greenhouses in an^r state of the Union and in
any country on the earth in which vegetation flour-
ishes. However, vegetables can be grown under glass
more cheaply in moderately warm climates than in
cold regions, and more easily where much sunshine
occurs than where cloudy weather is prevalent.
As the gardener makes his own sod for the forcing-
house, to a considerable extent, the character of the
native soil is not so important as is the case with most
field-grown crops. However, a sandy soil can
be prepared for the forcing-house more
easuy than can a heavy clay soil. ^^g^^'^^^^'^ t
A good vcpetable-forcing ^^^^^^^^ I S I
sou should con-
1545. Lean-to lettuce home, 26 feet wide. Hot water.
FORCING
FORCING
1255
tain an abundance of plant-food, should have a good
water-holding capacity, be capable of easy working
and be as free as possible from weed seeds and disease
germs.
A verv important factor in determining the financial
return from vegetable-forcing is nearness to market.
Other thmgs being equal, the closer the grower can
get to the consumer the greater the profit. Cheapness
of fuel fcNT heating purposes is also very important. If
coal is to be usra, the hauling should be considered
when estimating the cost.
No one thing has more to do with the success or
failure in vegetable-forcing than the man who runs the
business. To be a success ne must enjoy the work. He
should have an understanding of the requirements of
the crops to be grown and ability to apply himself
diligently to his work. Careful attention to details
is of greater importance in connection with vegetable-
fordng than with any other line of vegetable-growing.
Besides being a good grower, he should be a good
salesman.
The fordng of lettuce. Fig. 1548.
Head lettuce. — As this crop has special treatment
elsewhere^ it will need but brief mention here. The
Boston growers grew head lettuce from the beginning.
They were succe^ul in the growing of it and t£e mar-
kets in which they sold demanded head lettuce. The
soil used by the Boston growers is of a very loose tex-
ture, being we^ filled with organic matter. In working
over the soil in the houses it is spaded to a depth of
lyi to 2 feet. Large quantities of manure are added at
frequent intervals. Some ^wers practise steam
sterilization. Heavy watering is done before the plants
are set in the beds. The water-holding capacity of the
soil is so grcAt that usually no further watering is
necessai^ until the following crop is to be put in. The
lettuce IS allowed to develop until the heads become
larse and solid, when they are cut, trimmed, washed
ana carefully packed in boxes, three dozen heads in a
box. If the lettuce is to be shipped some distance it
is put up in cases holding one barrel. • It is sold by the
dozen heads.
Lec^ lettuce. — It was not until Eugene Davis, of
Grand Rapids, Michigan, originated and introduced
the Grand Rapids 1^ lettuce that lettuce-forcins
became popular in the middle West. The growing of
head lettuce under glass did not prove a success in
this r^on. The cry of "over-production** was heard
soon after the forcing of leaf lettuce began and has con-
tinued until the present time. With the exception of
short periods during the fall months of some years,
there has been no over-production of this crop.
Cultural methods.
When leaf lettuce is sold by the poimd. the usual
practice is to grow three crops of lettuce followed b^
one of cucumbers or tomatoes. When the lettuce is
sold by the dozen, more than three crops are commonly
grown before the ground is given over to the other
crop. Lettuce sold oy the pound is usually grown to a
much larger size than when it is sold b^ the dozen.
The seed for the first crop of lettuce is sown from the
first to the middle of August. It is sown in flats or in
solid beds, usiially broadcast but sometimes in rows.
It is sown very tluckly and if covered at all with earth
the covering is very shallow, not enough soil being
used to hide the seeds entirely from view. In warm
weather one thiclmess of heavy brown paper or burlap
IS thoroughly moistened and placed over the seed as
soon as it has been sown and watered. The covering
is left on until the seed germinates which will vary
from two to five days according to the amount of sun-
shine and degree of neat in the house. It should not be
left on too long as spindling, nearly worthless plants
will result. In cold, cloudy weather seeds sown in
flats will germinate best if covered with glass for a few
days after sowing.
In about a week, in bright weather, and from ten
da3rs to two weeks in cloudy weather, the seedlings will
>f 4'-<
1256
FORCING
be ready to prick off. This o|)eratioD is tedious and
requires deft hands and practice to do it well and
rapidly. The planta are separated one from another,
care being takea not to injure them, and tranaplantea
into other flats or beds. They are Hpaced about 2
inches apart each way. All diseased ana poorly rooted
plants are discarded. The number of plania that can
be pricked off in a day of t«n hours will vary from 5,000
to 10,000 according to the skill of the operator. Some
of the best growers steriliic the soil in which the seeds
are sown and the seedlinp grown. This not onlv
insures plants free from disease but eradicates alt
weeds by destroying the vitaUty of the weed seed.
All the care tbat is required for the seedlings is to
keep the planthouse at the proper temperature, see
that the soil is sunplied with the right amount of
moisture, remove all weeds which appear and stir the
soil when necessary to keep it from crusting. The
house in which the plants are grown should be well
ventilated in order to guard againHt the damping-off
of the seedlings. An occasional smudging witn some
form of tobacco is necessary to keep the green aphis
under control. The cabbage butterfly frequently
deposits eggs on fall-crown pU^ts and these hatch into
ipreen worms which feed upon the lettuce in the beds.
The butterflies should be killed when seen flying near
the plants and should be guarded against as much as
possible.
In the fall when the days are long and many of them
bright, lettuce will be large enough to set in the per-
manent beds about four weeks after it is pricked off.
When lettuce is sold by the pound it should not be set
closer than 7 by 7 int^es or farther apart than 8 by 8
inches tor best results. When sold by the doien it can
be set as close as 5 by 5 inches, although the best dis-
tance will depend upon the sise of phints which are
found most [nofitable to grow. The first crop of let-
tuce will be ready to cut, when sold by the pound, in
six to eight weeks from the time the plants are set
in the permanent beds. It should give a. yield of at
least three-quarters of a pound a square foot.
The prices that the growers have realized for the
first cuttings of lettuce have, during recent years, been
rather low. The cost of growing this crop is small,
however, as little fuel is needed for heating purposes.
The second and third crops will require more time for
their proper derelopment than the first. They should
give a heavier yield, however, and the prices secured
are usually better.
It is very important to have plants of the right sise
n be prepared
FORCING
to set in the beds as soon as the ground ci
after a crop is out. To be able to do tl ,
sary to make frequent sowings of seed. In large green-
house establishments, seeds should be sown every
day or every other day, while in a small forcing-bouse
a sowing should be made once a week throughout the
season. No time should be lost between crops as time
is money in the vegetable-forcing^ business. Con-
siderable time can be gained by makmg a second trans-
planting for the second and third crops. The plants
should oe removed from the flats before they begin
to crowd and placed in Z-inch pots. These pots should
be plunged in the soil between the newly set plants in
the permanent beds. The pots should be placed in the
beds as thick a^ain as the permanent pUnts are set.
By following this plan, the plants can oe grown to a
much lai^er size without injury than is possible when
they are grown only in the flats.
Grand Rapids lettuce will stand a wide range of
temperature without serious injury, but the lower the
temperature the slower the growtn and tougher the
leaves, and the higher the temperature the more rapid
the growth and more tonder the leaves. A low tempera-
ture wiU produce heavy lettuce and a high temperature
light lettuce. As long as thorough ventilation is given,
little danger of injury from hi^ temperature will
occur, but high t«inperature and closed ventilators
invito disaster. The best results are secured when the
temperature is held at 45° to 50" at night until the
lettuce has attained sufficient height, 8 to 10 inches,
when it should be kept as near ^° as possible. The
lowering of the temperature at the finishing of the
crop will increase the weij^t considerably. If the
houses are arranged ho that it is possible to keep but
one temperature, a night temperature of 45° to 48° is
most satisfactory. The day temperature may vary
greatly without injuring the lettuce if the ventilators
and heating pipes receive proper attention. Ventilation
should be given at ail times during the day except
when the weather is very cold or stormy. The heating
pipes should be turned off whenever the heat from the
sun is sufficient to give the proper temperature in the
houses.
Sub-irrigation is the most satisfactory method of
watering lettuce. The water can be applied at any
time through the tile without wetting the foUage.
This method is not in general use because of the ex-
pense of installation. Water-tight benches or beds
are essential for its successful operation.
The overhead or Skinner system of watering is in
1M7. A nD|* ol fordai-hODiM.
FORCING
eommon use, especially in large eetabliahments. It is
a great improvement over the old method of w&tering
with the hoee. It is not onlv more efficient but requires
much leae time and labor than the hose method. With
it, water can be appUed in any quantity desired utd
BO Kently that do bakiw ot tae soil wiU occur.
Whatever the method of watering, the
•oil should be thoroughly soaked as soon as
the plants are set. It should not be allowed
to dry out, aa the plante will be damaced
by the resulting check in growth. When
the water is applied to the surface, the
watering abould be done only on bright days
and early enough in the aay so Ukat the
s wUl dry oS before night.
FORCING
1257
lettuce WveB w
IjuteU and dittOMi of leiluet.
The one inaect that is always ready to
make its appearance is the green aphis.
Fumigating regularly, at least once a week
with tobacco stems or extract of tobacco
will keep this insect under control. In case
it secures a foothold and one smudging does
not do the work, a second the followmg night
will put the apiiia under control. Tobacco
dust scattered on the surface of the soil
before the planta are set will help to repel
the aphis.
The cabbage worm ia often troublesome,
especially on the fall crop. Poisoning when
the plants are small, and nand-pickiug whrai
tiie crop approaches maturity, are the most practical
remedies. Snails and slugs sometimes do damage, but
do not as a rule appear when clean methods of cul-
ture are practised. Other insects, such as the white fly
and black aphis, make their appearance on lettuce
occasionally but seldom become serious.
Among the more common diseases Meeting lettuce
is the drop or stem-rot. This rot act« very much like
the dampma-off of the aeedlinra. It is a fungous trou-
ble and can DC controlled to a large extent by thorough
ventilation. Sterilization of the soil with steam some-
times becomes nece^ury in extreme cases. There ore
other less serious forms of rot affecting leaf lettuce, all
of which can be kept under control, as a rule, by proper
vmtilatioQ. Watering at ni^t or during cloudy
weather and high temperatures with closed ventilatora
are practices which will tend to induce attacks of rot.
Another lettuce trouble of common occurrence is
"rosette." This is a disease which attacks the roots,
retarding and in some instances stoppinc the growth of
file plants. Sterilising with formaldehyde, uwd at the
rate of two pounds to fifty gallons of water and apply-
ing one gallon of the mixture to each square foot of
space, has frequently given good results. Sterilising
with steam, while more expensive, is more certain to
Srove effective. When the lettuce is allowed to suffer
'om the lack of sufficient moisture in the soil, it will
often have the appearance of lettuce rosette. The
ETOwer should examine the soil carefully when the
lettuce appears stunted in growth to be sure that the
trouble is not lack of water instead of a diseased eoa-
dition before going to the expense of steriliiing.
Cutting and packing lettuce.
in the development of leaf
s right sise and of the proper
t for market. This can be
and appearance of the let^
the lettuce plants will feel
led gently on the top. If the
few brownish spots, the cut-
lout delay. The abilitv to
uoe should be cut will be
■rs who make a business of
shipping lettuce, pock it in barrels. It is placed with the
top of the lettuce plants toward the outside of the
burel and, when filled, the barrel is covered with bur-
lap. Fifty pounds are usually packed in an apple or
cracker barrel and from seventj^-five to ninety pounds
in a sugar barrel. The lettuce ia protected from frost
IMS. A BOdem honu ot IMtnca.
in cold weather by lining the barrel with paper. In
warm weather, holes are cut in the sides of the barrels to
admit air and thus prevent heating.
Boxes of different sizes but usually holding about a
bushel are used by many growers. When the lettuce
is (o be shipped, the boxes are covered with wooden
covers. When it is to be sold on a local market the
lettuce is covered with paper or left uncovered. At
Ashtabula, Ohio, all of the growers pack their lettuce
in small batdcets with stationary handles. Three and
one-quarter pounds is packed in each basket and the
lettuce and basket ore covered neatly with paper.
The kind and size of the package and the amount of
lettuce put in is not of so much importance as the
quality of the lettuce and the care with which it is
prepared for market. Bright, clean, crisp lettuce will
sell much more readily than tough, dirty lettuce. All
dead or yellow leaves should be rKnoved and all dirt
washed (fi.
MarkeHnfi.
At some of the large for
K centers the growers
organised for tjie purpose of marketing taeir crops.
One man is selcctea to do the selling of the entire out-
put. The growers endeavor to put up a unifomt grade
of produce, and inspection ia provided to see that no
inferior stock goes in with that which is up to the
standard. This plan insures better feelins among the
growers and secures better returns for them than is
possible when each grower' sells his own products in
competition with the other growers.
A grower who has a local demand for all the lettuce
he can grow has a decided advantage over the man who
is obliged to ship his lettuce some distance. The per-
having a market within easy driving distance ci
if he grows good stock and puts it up neatly, not only
cut out the cost of shipping, the commission and mu<ji
of the package cost that the man who must ship ii
obliged to pay, but he can also get a higher priix
for his lettuce, as he can put it on the market in better
condition than is possible with shipped lettuce.
Forcing of cucumbers.
Cucumbers are forced very commonly as a spring
and early summer crop in many r^ons. The New
1258
FORCING
FORCING
England growers devote a considerable area under
glass to cucumbers in the fall and winter months.
Eastern-grown cucumbers are sold in western markets
at the time of the year at which most of the western
growers are devoting all of their glass to lettuce or
tomatoes. Some of the vegetable forcers in Illinois
and farther west grow cucumbers in the fall and winter.
Varielies,
The long English t3rp|e of- cucumber is not popular for
commercial purposes in this country although it is
grown to some extent in private greenhouses. The
American forcing-man prefers a type of cucumbers
for forcing which is of the White Spine order. The
first reouisite of a good forcing cucumber is prolificacy.
It should be from 8 to 10 inches long, even a foot m
length not being objectionable, of regular and uniform
diameter, not too thick, and free from what some term
''neck" ends. It should be dark green in color. The
fewer the seeds and the more poorly they are developed
the better it will please the consumer.
Cultural methods.
Cucumber seed is planted in pots or flats about
four weeks before the plants are to be set in the per-
manent beds. When planted in pots two to four seeds
are placed in each ix)t. When planted in flats the seeds
are sown rather thickly in rows about 2 inches apart.
The flat-grown plants are pricked off, when large
enough to handle, into pots, one phmt in a pot, or into
flats about 4 inches apart each way. The piimts which
are started in pots are not pricked off but they are
thinned, when necessary, to not more than two in a pot.
Cucimibers should be kept growing all of the time to
fet best results. In order to do this, they must be
ept in a warm house. The night temperature should
be above 60° and may run as high as 70°. The day
temperature should run at least 10° hi^er than the
night temperature and on bright days it can go still
higher if the ventilators are open. The seedlings should
never be allowed to dry out nor should they be watered
too heavily as damping off is liable to occur when the
soil is too wet. The watering should always be done
on bright days. Cold draughts should be avoided as
they induce attacks of mildew. Judicious ventilatinig
will insure hardy plants.
The distance apart the cucumbers should be planted
depends on the method of training to be used. There
are two distinct methods of training, the ''A'^Hshaped
trellis and the upright. When the ti^lis is to be used,
the plants are set in rows from 10 to 16 feet apart ana
from 10 to 15 inches apart in the rows. When the vines
are to be trained upright, the plants are set from 2 to
3 feet apart each way, one plant in a place.
The trellises are made of wire or slats and wire which
are run across 2 by 4 pieces of timber placed at wide
intervals. When the vmes are trained upri^t, strings
are fastened to wires which are run above each row,
one string to each vine. When training, the vines are
simplv twisted around the strings and the ''feelers''
attach themselves and thus hold the vines in place.
Some growers use slender sticks, made especially for
the purpose, on which to train the vines. The sticks are
1 H oy ?i inches and from 6 to 8 feet long. A piece about
4 inches in length is nailed across the bottom to keep
the stick from sinking into the soil. The tops of the
sticks are fastened to wires run parallel to the rows,
one wire above each row. The vines are held in place
by pairs of nails driven into the sticks at intervals of
12 to 15 inches. One of the nails of each pair is bent at
right angles after being driven into the stick and the
bent part is dropped onto the other nail after the vine
has l>een placed between the nails.
The pruning of the vines is similar, no matter which
method of training is used. All laterals are cut back
more or less. One to three female flowers are left on
each lateral. Best results are usually secured when the
laterals are cut beyond the first femiale bloom.
Cucumbers in fruiting use an enormous amount of
water if it is available. As soon as the supply of water
in the soil becomes reduced below the amount required
for the maximum growth of the phmts and fruit, the
number of short runtv cucumbers will increase in
proportion to the number of long ones. The Skinner
system or anv other similar system of overhead water-
ing is ideal for cucumbers. Care should be taken to
do the watering at a time when the foliage will dry off
quickly, especially if mildew or any x)ther fungous
trouble makes its appearance. Aside from the fact
that the soil must be rich in. phmt-food, there is no
other matter of as great importance as the water-sup-
ply. Whether the water be applied a little at a time
and frequently or in larger quantities and at longer
intervals is not of so much impo tance as the supply
itself, which should be sufficient for the needs of the
plants at all times.
Pollination.
Some form of artificial pollination is necessary for
best results with the White Spine type of cucumber.
Hand pollinating is veiy tedious ana is seldom em-
ployed in large houses. The usual method is to place
a hive of honey bees in the house and let them do the
work. In lar^ establishments sevend hives are re-
quired. One strong hive for each half-acre of cucum-
bers will be ample. When first put in, the bees are
auite uneasy but they soon quiet down and make
tiemselves very much at home.
Insects and diseases of cucumbers.
One of the most formidable insects attacking forc-
ing-house cucumbers is the red spider. Somegrowers
are obliged to fi^t this insect every season. The best
way to combat it is to prevent its making an appear-
ance. This can often be done by keeping all of the
soil, walks and other places where there is enough dirt
to permit of their breeding, moist at fdl times. When
these little animals appear on the phmts thev can be
driven off by spraying the plants thoroughly with
water. To be effective^ the water must be applied with
force and directed against the under side of uie leaves.
Another insect which causes much damage to cucum-
bers is the striped cucumber beetle. The stink-bug
may be included with-it, as the work of the two insects
is very similar in its effect upon the plants. The most
serious trouble with these insects does not occur
when the plants are small, as thev can be protected
then, but when they are large. Ine vines which are
damaged by these enemies resemble those injured or
killed by the bacterial wilt. If the vines are killed by
the wilt, all of the plant dies at one time. When the
damage is caused by the bugs^ the upper part of the
plant or a lateral branch will wilt and dies first, usually
but not always followed in a few da3rs by the wilting
of another branch or the remaining part of the pl^t.
No effective means has as yet been found for combat-
ing these insects. Some growers claim that by keeping
the side ventilators and doors closed most of the time
the bugs will not get into the houses. To keep them
out in some places the ventilator openings would have
to l)e screened. No crops which the bugs work on
should be grown near the forcing-houses. When the
insects once gain admittance to the houses, they are
very difficult to eradicate. The stink-bugs lay their
eggs in clusters on the leaves and these should be
gathered and destroyed.
The white fly is occasionally serious on cucumbers.
The remedy is to fumigate with hydrocyanic acid gas,
but as this gas is dangerous to both plant and animal
life it is used only in extreme cases.
The green and black aphis occasionally attack
cucumbers in the forcing-house. The green aphis can
FORCING
1259
be controlledj>y fumigtitmg with tobacco. The bl&ck
aphis usually occurs in patches and can be destroyed
by applying stronx solutions of tobacco or soap ,
■ Nematoace (eef-wonas) often become very destruc-
tive to cucumbers. As they work entirely on the roots,
tbcir presence is indicated by a weak and etiut«l
p^wth of the vines. There is no cure for a vine once
attacked. Sterjiiiiog the infested soil with st«ani is the
usual method of eradicating them. It is not safe to set
lisfaed. It is most tikdy to occur on plants which a^_
weakened in some other way, as by having tixi much
water applied or too little heat. Plants which are kept
growing vigorauajy are seldom attacked by the wilt.
The downy mildew is very partial to cucumberB
and often does serious damage. Cold draughts should
be avoided as much as possible. Freauent spraying
with bordeaux will keep the trouble in check. Another
kas common but sometimes serious cucumber dis-
ease is anthracDOse. Bordeaux is the remedy for thia
disease. Root rot of cucumbers ia of occasional occur-
rence and may be prevented by steriliiing the soil
with steam.
Grading and paekin^i eucwnhen.
In sorting cucumbers for market they are made
into at least two KTades. The culls are seldom placed
on the market. About the same kinds of packages
are used in which to pack cucumbers as are used
for lettuce. They vary in size from the sugar barrel
to the email basket nolding from two to two. and
one-half doien specimens. When handled in winter
they are usually packed in pt^ver-lined boxes or
baskets.
Forcing of tonutom. Pig. 1649.
Tomatoes aro forced under glass at all seasons of
the vear except during the time they are ripping moat
freely in the field. The largest area of glass is dcvot«d
to this crop in the spring and early summer. I'here ia
also quite a large area srown during the fall and earjy
winter. Only a very kw growen force tomatoee in
the midwinter months.
Vari^iet.
There is a difference of opi
to which varieties are beet foi -. . „
way it may be said that for the fall crop the
having medium to small fruits are moat deairable.
Some growers also prefer these kinds for the spring
and early summer crop. Other growers like the huge
fruiting sorts, such as the Stone and Globe for the
summer crop. Some markets prefer pink or purple
varieties and others red sorts.
Some of the requirements of a good forcing variety
are: prolificacy, snoothnem in form, meatiness and
boimI flavor. U the fruit is to be shipped it should not
be too tender of skin. Some varieties crack more
readily than others and those that are inchned to crack
should be avoided. Other qualities not lacking, those
kinds which are most resistant to disease are to be
preferred. Some varieties need less attention b the
matter of hand pollinating than others. This is a
desirable character and should be given consideration
when selecting a variety for forcing purposes.
Cuiiural methods.
For the fall crop the seeds should be sown in June.
The best results are secured from this crop when the
fruit is all set and well grown before cold weather
begins. The crop should b^in ripening about the time
killing frosts occur and the Dulk of the crop should be
off by ^e first of January.
For the spring and early summer crop the seed should
be sown in time so that the plants will be ready to set
in the permanent beds by the first of March. If a
temperature of 60° can be maintained at night, the
plants can be grown in two months from the time of
the Bowing of the seed. Plants set in the permanent
places the first of March should ripen fruit ^out the
first of June and should be through fruiting by the
middle of August or a little before.
The care of the seedling plants is about the same
for the fall and spring crops, except that owing to the
differoice in the amount of sunshine they can be
grown more quickly
and easily in summer
than in winter. For
dther crop the seeds
aie sown thickly in
flats or beds and in
rows about 2 inches
wart. As soon aa
they are sown the
seeds should be
oovered with glass,
Eper or burlap to
^ the surface of
the soil moist. When
large enough to
handle, the seedlings
should be pricked ofl
bo flats or beds, spacing
e plants 2 inches apart
ch way. Before they
gin to crowd, they
auld be transplanted
ain, this time mto 2-
;b pots. A third hand-
g should be made in
out three weeks when
e plants should be trans-
Ted to 4- or 5-inch pots,
pots they
A temperature ol
65° should be i
ined in the plant house
night and at least 10°
{her on bright days.
ireful attention to water-
; and ventiUiting is verv
portant. Plants whicn
3 given too much water
which grow in a house
which the ventilators
s seldom open will be
idily attacked by dis-
9ee. Plants whidi are
operly grown are dis-
ease-resistant to a con-
siderable extent.
The spacing of' tomato
'orcers is much
_. ., .. ith cucumbers.
llie plants are seldom set closer than IM feet nor
farther apart than 4 feet. Two by 2 feet or 13^ by
3 feet are good distances. Nearly all tomatoes are
trained upright and usually to one stem. When two
stems are used, the tope are trained apart a foot or
more, making the plant form the shape of a pully
opened fan. String run from the foot of the vines
to wires run above the rows are the usual means of
support. By twisting the vines around the support-
ing Btrings, only a small amount of tying will be neces-
sary. AU laterals or side branches snouid be removed
when small if the plants are trained to one stem.
If they are to be trained to two stems, the lowest
1S4». Stnnd of wliUn
1260
FORCING
FORCING
strong lateral should form the second stem. The
later^ just above the first blossom cluster is usually
the strongest. All other side branches should be
removed. The pruning requires careful attention and
consumes much time. If the laterab are allowed to
grow to a large size before they are removed, it will,
not only reauire more time to cut them off but tney will
take needed strength from the main branch.
PoUinaHan.
As honey bees do not work on tomato blossoms it is
necessary to do more or less hand pollinating, the
amount depending on the time of the year, the number
of blossoms open and the varieties grown. If the
weather is such that the ventilators can be kept open
wide most of the time during the day, frequent and
systematic jarring of the plants will be fairly satisfac-
tory. Artificial pollination is more necessary when the
plants first begin to bloom than when the amount of
bloom is abundant. Some of the English types of for-
cing tomatoes do not require much attention in the
matter of pollinating. However, it is better to be on
the safe side and do more pollinating than necessary
rather than not enough. The camd's-hair brush is
used by some growers and the wooden spoon and
spatula with handles 15 to 18 indies in length are used
by other nx>wers as a means of tnmsf erring the poU^i
from one Bower to another.
Grading and packing UmuUoea.
Unless they are to be shipped a Ions distance, 'foro-
ing-house grown tomatoes should not oe pickea until
they show considerable color. The more nearly mature
the fruits are when taken from the vines, the better
the quality. Picking should be done every other day
or at least three times a week. The frmt should l>e
handled with care to avoid bruising, as injuries impair
the keeping quality of the fruit.
In grading, unless the fruit is unusually rough or too
variable in size, only one grade need be made for the
average market. AU very roueh and otherwise inferior
fruits should be withheld from the market. Some growers
make a fancy grade for special trade. This stock should
be of medium and uniform size, even in color and very
smooth. The hotels and clubs which give orders for
such stock are willing to pay an extra price for it.
Tomatoes are handled mostly in baskets. These
are sddom larser than a half bushd and usually con-
siderably smaller. The basket used by the Ashtabula
growers is the same as they use for lettuce and holds
ten pounds of tomatoes. A very satisfactory package
for use in warm weather is the four-basket carrier or
crate. The baskets which are put in this carrier hold
five pounds each. When properly selected as to size,
color, and smoothness^ tomatoes packed in this con-
tainer are very attractive. The chid objection to tieir
use is that they are too much like the package used by
the southern tomato-growers and thus not distinctive
enoush for the forcing-house tomatoes. During cold
weather or when the tomatoes are to be shipped a long
distance^ each fruit should be wrapped in paper to
protect it from the frost and to prevent bruising.
Dealers who have not handled forcing-house-grown
tomatoes are sometimes dow to pay the price which
the stock, if well grown, graded and packed, should
demand. When they have once learned that forcing-
house-grown tomatoes are of superior quality and wm
stand up much better than those which have been
shipped a long distance and of necessity must be
picked green or nearly so, they are usually willing to
pay much more for the forcing-house-grown than for
the outmde-grown tomatoes.
Forcing of radishes.
Radishes have been forced by many growers but
they have not become generally popular. This is no
doubt due largdy to the fact that the growing of them
and preparation for market necesdtates a large amount
of hana labor; 'and the requirements of the crop aro
exacting.
The turnip-shaped sorts are most satidactory for
foroing in the forcing-house. The seed should be sown
thickly in rows which should be marked 4 inches apart
and about }^ inch deep. The Skinner system of water-
ing is very satidactory for radishes if the watering
is properly done. The soil should be kept moist but
not too wet on the surface. The watering should be
done only when the weather is bright. Some growers
have found it more satidactory to allow the radishes
to remain quite thick in the rows until a part of them
are large enough to market and then pull the market-
able ones and allow the others to aevdop, than to
thin them enough when they are small to permit the
radishes to mature nearly at one time. This method
of thinning will enable tne gardener to grow many
more radishes in a given area than when the old
method is used.
Some of the essential factors in succesdul radish
forcing are: g^oKxi seed, cardully sown; an abundance
of light; plenty of ventilation; sufficient water and
heat to keep the plants growing rapidly but not enou^
to cause damping-off ; neatness and deanliness in bunch-
ing, washing and packing.
Other forcing crops.
Space will permit only of a clasdfication of other
forcing crops tnan those previoudy mentioned. Nearly
all kinds of vegetables which are grown in the open
can be grown in the foroing-house. Whether it is
practicable or not to force a vegetable in a commercial
way depends principally on two things: cost of produc-
tion and market demand.
The following liste include practically all ve^tables
which are forosd commercially, dther extensively or
to a limited extent. The vegetables included in these
lists are divided into two classes, the ''cooF' and the
"warm" plants.
By cool plants is meant those for which the proper
night temperature is from 40° to 55° and by warm
plants those for which the night temperature should
be from 55° to 70°. With either class of plants the day
temperature on bright days should be at least 10°
higher than the night temperature.
**Cool" farcing vegetabUa:
Asparagus Cress
Beet Lettuce
Carrot Onion
Cauliflower Parsley
Cdery
"Warm" forcing vegetables:
Bean Eiggplant
Cucumber Miukmdon
Pea
Radishes
Rhubarb
Spinach
Pepper
Tomato
C. W. Waid.
The forcing of fruits.
The forcing of fruits under glass has increased con-
dderably in recent years and particularly so in the
private establishments. Grapes probably occupy more
space than any other class ot hothouse fruits. Records
of cultivating the vine may be traced back some thou-
sands of years. Neverthdess, the greenhouse grape-vine
has not been improved to the same extent through
systematic hybridizing that many other fruits have
been. Some of our oldest varieties still hold a promi-
nent place in the forcing-houses. Some worthy claimants
have been added to the list from time to time. Madres-
field Court was raised over forty years ago by crossing
Muscat of Alexandria with Bbtck Morocco, producing
a distinct Muscat grape with the Morocco coloring.
Of later introduction may be mentioned Lady Hutt,
Appley TowcTB and a few others which have been
hBt«a and have found favor with many growetB.
Another account of raising grapea under glass wiU be
found in the article Orapc.
Forcing of gcipos.
The vine is of easy propagation. Different methods
may be applied for reproducing young vinn, Buch as
cuttings or by eyes ol ripened wood. Inarching and
grafting may alao be reeorled to. However, the general
method of raising young vines is front sin^ eyes. It is
advisable to choose wood of the previous season's
ovwth or, when pruning back the vines, to take
uoroughly ripened wood with plump eyes. It not
ready for propagating, the wood may be heeled in a
cool house until needed. The monui of January is
beat for this purpose, for then there is usually a et«uiy
bottom heat, woich is necessary. A bottom heat of
70°j with a temperature in the house of 65°, is most
satisfactory. Furtbermore, January-propagated plants
allow for a long sesson to
grow on the canee. In pre-
paring the eyes for propago-
tioD, about yi inch of wix>d
on each side of the eye is
sufficient. Make a cut on the
opposite side from the eye a
trine deeper than the bark,
which will callous in a short
time after it is placed in heat
and rooU will emit in two or
three weeks. These eyes nmy
be placed in nans, flats or .
ain^y in 3-inch pots; when *
lerred, as the young vine roots
are very brittle. In prepar-
ing the pots to receive the
eyes, half fill them with
fibrous soil and fill the top
with a fairly sharp sana,
enough to cover the wood
having the soil in the bottom
is that the roots will strike
down and the plants may be
repotted, when ready, with- isso. tu-smn mp«is tree
out a check. They must be in btarisi.
kept growing through the
summer in a warm moist house and repotted when
necessary.
Inarekina may be found valuable at times, partic-
ularly if Uiere is a variety in the bouse that is not
desirable. The operation is fairly simple. There ore
different methods of inarching, although the most
successful is with the young growii^ wood. For
example, to inarch a variety witn a permanent vine,
prepuatioos should be mode the j^ear previous. Grow
the variety desired in a pot, then ripen off as for plant-
ing. Whenever the vines are started into growth,
bnng in the pot vine intended for inarching, about ten
days after ttie heat has be«i placed in the grapery.
Otherwise the pot vine will start into growth before
the permanent vine. It is advisable to select shoots
of about the same strength, if possible. The shoot that
is operated on should be as near the base as possible.
To march them is just a matter of bringing the two
ohoots together and tying with raffia. When the cion
has united with the green growing shools, which will be
in a short time, gradually cut it away from its own
root; also pinch the stock back by degrees to increase
the stren^ of the cion. Usually the cion will grow
away rapidly ani' '■
when pruning t
old cane may be cut away and the new variety wiU
take its place.
Hybridinng.
In bybridicing with the aim to produce new varie-
ties, it is beet to select a fairly strong^^rowing variety
for the female parent, choosing the rich Muscat poUoi
for the male parent. No estimate can be formed as lO
results from a true cross, as many different varieties
will appear. Grapes will produce an abundance of
poUen and great care must be taken to avoid self-
lertiliiation. Nature protects the pollen of the grape-
vine bv a cap that surrounds the plstib and stam^is,
and wnen the pollen is ripe for distribution the caps
are pushed off by the expansion of pistils and stamens,
insuring pollination. To cross-pollioate one variety
with anotner, measures should he taken in advance of
natural development to prevent self-pollination. Select
the bunch to be operated upon a few days before it
would begin to flower. Cut away the larger part of tie
floweiB. leaving a dozen or fifteen to be crossed with
otberpollen. Ilien secure this bunch in a fine muslin bag,
which will prevent any insects from distributing unde-
sirable pollen upon it. The muslin will allow sufficient
air for tie berries to set, after which it may be removed.
The bag is placed around the bunch a day or ao before
the cap m ready to be dislodged, and careful watch must
be kept when the cap begins to loosen. Have a pair of
very fine plyers or pincets ready and remove the
cap by force, then immediately cot away the stamens
b^ora the pollen has time to ripen. This must be
eotocuted with great care as the flowers are very deli-
cate. Sometimes the fiowers cannot all be operated
upon at the same time. If so, place the bunch again
a the bag and repeat the above process. When the
stamens have been removed, apply the pollen chosen
for the cross. This is best apphed to the stigma with
a camel's-hair pencil, Hepcat until the whole have
been gone over carefully. By using these precautions,
the bunch cannot become contaminated with undesir-
abte pollen. Grape seed will germinate very readily,
although it should be sown soon after ripening as
its geminating power is weakened if kept any great
length of time.
Vine bordert.
Good droina^ is absolutely necessary for the suo-
cessful cultivation of grape-vines. They will not resent
an abundance of water while in active growth, in fact
they demand it, but a border which the water cannot
pass thrau^ freely will be found a serious difficulty. It
IS well in fimling a location to choose, if possible, a
site on elevated ground, as the drainage from the border
con be carried off with lees expense than in a low place,
without the trouble of the dram-pipes becoming stopped
up. A vine border will last for years and the advantage
of a well-made border, even though expensive in build-
ing up, will be manifest in the better fruit produced.
A grapery may be supplied with both outside and
inside borders, although it is not necessary. Neither
would it be advisable for early forcing, for the reason
that many of the roots would be out in the cold soil
at quite a contrast from the ones inside. But for mid-
season or late, there is no objection to this method.
In fact, vines that have access to an outside border
will keep healthy and vigorous several years longer
than when confined wholly inside. However, an inside
border will last for at least ten or fifteen years. This
must be decided before the house is built as, for an
outside border, the walls must be erected on arches to
allow the roots access outside. One advantage of this
method is that the vines do not require such close
attention as when depending entirely upon the inside
border. However, at present the lar^ number of
graperies are built with inside borders only. The first
thing to be done is to excavate at least SJ,^ to 4 feet for
1262 FORCING
the border. Amiming it to be a Bpan-roof house, lay
a drain down the center, allowing enough fall to carry
off the water. Use 3-inch pipes and provide openings
along every 20 feet or eo to take away the water. After
the drain is complele, a coat of rougn concrete may be
placed over the bottom, which will prevent any of the
vine roots from penetrating into the subsoil. Over this
add a foot or 18 inches of d^inage, such as broken stone
or brickbats, — anything that will insure a free passBge
for water. FVom the drainage to the surface level, there
ahould be about 2J^ feet or a trifle over for soil. In
Bome locahUes it is difficult to serure a grade of soil
best adapted for vine-growth, although grape-vinee
will thrive in different kinds of soil, if not too sandy or
too clayey. A good loamy soil is beet, virgin loam pre-
ferred; or loam that has been in pasture three or four
years may be plowed and placed directly into the bor-
der. The grass fibers are of great benefit. The vines
would make a very satisfactory growth for a year or
60 without any fertilizing ingredients added. However,
this would not be i
ISSl. Pat-cnrm iHU
policy and (ertiliEera of a last-
ing quahty should be used. On that
account, larmyard manure should
not be used. All fruits require
potash, phoephoric acid and mtro-
gen and therefore these manures
should be applied. Do not apply
the fertilizers too heavily. It is a
simple matter when the vines be-
come thoroughly established to feed
from the surface. Bone is one of
the very beat ingredients to place
in the grape border. This may be
used in a coarse state or that Icnown
as flinch bone at the rate of
forty or fifty parts of soUd to one
of bone. Potash may be used in
the shape of hardwood imleached
ashes, a trifle less in quantity than
that recommended for the bone.
Toward the surface, a cguicker-acting
complete fruit - fertilizer may be
used. Such a border should grow
and produce grapes for many years.
A span-roof house running north
and south is recommended, as a cer-
tain amount of sunhght will be had
" both sides, whereas in a house
east and west, very little
._ strike on the north dde.
itraight span answers the purpose
nmniag et
Either curvilinear
for a private eetablishm<
Planting/ vines.
Vines may be planted either in fall or early spring.
Early fall-planted stock appears to come away more
freely and oreak stronger than spring planting. Plant
the canes about 4 feet apart; there is nothing gained
by toocloseplanting. It isimmaterialwhetherone-year-
old plants are selected or two-year-old, providing they
are thrifty strong canes. They should be ^ortened
back to 2 feet to insure atrong growths from the
remaining buds, since, if a much longer length of cane
is left, they will br^k away unevenly and weakly.
Before planting, all the soil from a ball should be
removed and the roots straightened out. Spread the
roots out evenly on the border, cover with about 3
inches of soil ana firm the soil well around them.
General treatment for forein^.
Grape-vines respond to the forcing treatment readily,
although a newly planted grape-house should be
broi^t along with little or no forcing the first i
There would be no advantage in forcmg them, as they
should not be allowed to produce fruit until the second
year, when they will be thoroughly established. How-
FORCING
ever, assuming that the vines are established and grapes
are needed from the first to the tenth of May, the house
must be started by the middle of Deccmbo* with a
temperature of 45° to 50° at nighlj with a rise of 10°
to 15° by day, according to weather conditions, and
gradually increasing so tnat when the grapes are in
bloom the temperature will be 65° at night and 75°
to 80° by day. If a suj^ly of grapes is demanded up to
Christmas or the New Year, three compartments must
be accommodated, the midseason house being started
two months later and the late house about the first of
April. A very important point to be considered is to
give the bonier a thorough watering, for while the
vines are at reet they are kept fairly dry. Ventilation
or airing is very important, for unlus this is attended
to carefully senous trouble will follow, such as mildew,
red-spider and the tike. The heat should be allowed to
rise gradually until the maximum is reached in the
morning, then kept as steady as possible and toward
evening gradually lowered to night temperature.
The Dest method of growing vines under glass is the
Edngle-rod spur system. The spurs should be 15 or 18
inches apart on each side of the rod. Then disbud to
one shoot for each spur. As the young growth advances,
it must be trained in place by degrees, as the young
shoots are very brittle and if brought down too quickly
are liable to snap off. The next step is pinching the
shoots. The aim is to allow enough growth to cover
the trellis with foliage but to avoid crowding. A fairly
safe method is to stop the shoot at the second or third
leaf beyond the bunch, also pindi all lateral growths
at the fiist leaf.
Probably one of the most anxious times with the
man in charge is while the vines are in bloom or setting
their fruit. Certain varieties will set their fruit much
more freely than others. The Muscat family, as a rule,
I a bit backward in that respect. A safe method to
freely. By gently tapping the bunches around mid-
day, they should set freely. When the berries are about
the size of garden peas, they are in condition for thin-
ning. This is a t^ious operation, requiring time and
patience. The bunch must never be handled with the
fingers. Either a stick with a fork or a straight stick
to Eft the shoulders of the bunch while thinning should
be used. The aim is to cut away enough surplus ber-
ries to allow the remainder to swell to Au size, so that
when full grown and ready to out the bunch will keep
the same perfect shape when set on the dinner-table.
Grape-vines, when in a healthy, vigorous condition.
are rank feeders. There is no better time to apply food
than just aft«r the grapes are thinned and again as
they take oo their second swelling after the stoning
penod. This may be apphed In the shape of lioula
manure water or a complete chemical fertilizer. Tbt
grower must use his own judgment in r^^ard to quan-
tity, as BO much depends on conditions. A healthy vine
can withstand more food than one less robust. Never-
theless, It is much better to feed lightly than too
heavily.
A moist humid atmosphere is necessary for grapes
while they are growing or from the time they are
started into growth until they begin to color, from which
time a drier bracing air will be of advantage. At this
etage, bottom air may be admitted by di^reee during
the day, and later, or wh^ ripe, keep bottom air on
day and night.
Pruning.
There are two objects in pruning: first, to keep the
vines in submission and second, to encourage vigor.
For the first season after planting, it would be well to
allow the vines to grow freely with very little stopping
of shoots. This encourages root-action and if every-
thing has progressed s^isfactorily, the canes will
XLIV. Pordn( of gripei. — Mnicat of Alexandria.
FORCING
FORCING
1263
reach the top of the house the first season. When
pruning time comes, this cane must be shortened back,
allowing only about 5 feet of the season's growth to
remain. The same method should be adopt^ the fol-
lowing year and so on till the full height of vine is
secured. Before beginning to prune a grape-vine, one
should be absolutely sure the wood is thoroughly ripe.
This may easily be ascertained from weD-ripened wood,
for after pruning the cut will remain perfectly dry
and in a few days have the appearance of an old cut.
On the other hiuid, if the wood cuts soft with a fluid
on the cut, then the wood is not ripe enough. To pro-
duce weU-ripened wood from the time the crop is
gathered till pruning time, an abundance of air should
Be allowed in the house and when the foliage has com-
pleted its functions a dry atmosphere should be main-
tained and the vines kept fairly dry at the roots. In
the long-rod spur system, it is necessary to prune hard
back, otherwise in a few years long ungainly spurs will
result. One or two eyes to each spur is sufficient and,
with thoroug^y ripened wood, there is no danger but
that a boimuf ul crop wiU follow.
Varieties,
There are many varieties for forcing purposes,
although only a selection of the best varieties, early and
late, is given here. The Muscat grapes are the finest
of all ^the hothouse kinds. Unfortunately they require
a long^ season to ripen. Consequently one must rely
on earlier-maturing varieties for early forcing. A few
canes of Muscats may be planted in an early house and
they will be useful after the early kinds are exhausted.
It IS not wise to depend on thin-skinned Muscats for
late use, as there would be difficulty in keeping them in
condition any length of time. The followmg varieties
are reconmiended for early, midseason and late:
Early. — Black Hamburg, Appley Towers, Madres-
field Court, White Buckland Sweetwater, Foster Seed-
ling, Ro3rton Muscat.
Midseason house should be devoted wholly to Mus-
cat of Alexandria, which is one of the finest of aU
indoor jp;rapes. It thrives better in a compartment,
by itself, requiring a trifle more heat.
Late house. — Gros Colmar, Gros Maroc, Barbarossa
or Gros GuiUaume, Alicante, Diamond Jubilee, Prince
of Wales, White Lady Hutt.
Many others may be added to the list, but these
will be found to cover the season and varieties sufli-
ciently for all purposes.
Forcing of peaches and nectarines.
These fruits come next in popularity to the m,pe
and considerable space is devoted to their cmture
under glass. Great improvements have been brought
about in recent years with both peaches and nectarines
and a large number of new varieties are constantly
appearing for forcing. One of the handsomest forcing
Seaches is Peregrine. The color is magnificent and
avor all that could be desired, with size sufficient to
please the most exacting. Others might be mentioned
to show the progress of time.
CuUural methods.
The same style of house that has been recommended
for grape-culture will be found ideal for peaches and
nectarines, although instead of having the walk down
the center of the liOuse, it is better along each side.
This will allow plantinp^ the trees crosswise of the house
on trellises about 6 ^t apart, which affords ample
space for a well-balanced tree. Also the same arrange-
ments in regard to borders, drainage and so on should
be carried out, althous^ a slightly shallower border
would be satisfactory. From 2 to 2 yi feet of soil would
be sufficient; nor is it necessary to make the border
quite so rich for peaches and nectarines as for grapes,
as the trees would have a tendency to rank growtn, a
condition that should be guarded against. Peach trees
budded on plum stock are superior for forcing purposes.
Choose the best trees obtainable for this work. In our
climate, if everjrthing goes well, the trees willgrow
into large proportions in three or four years. There-
fore, space should be considered with this in view. A
tree that is planted in such a way that the branches
are evenly balanced on both sides, causing an equaliza-
tion of the sap, will insure better results. Aiming
the peach-house to be 25 feet in width with the trellis
crosswise the house, allowing a walk on each side, each
tree would have a spread of about 18 feet. One tree in
the center of each trellis is sufficient, which allows
ample room for development. If desired, a tree may be
planted on each side of the permanent one for two or
three years, but must be cut away as the space is needed
for the permanent tree. Still another method may be
adopted and probably the best, which is placing trees
in tubs on each side, then as space is needed they may
be moved away, whereas when planted in the border
one is likely to leave them too long and crowd the
main tree out of shape.
It would not be wise to force newly planted trees to
any extent, but rather to bring them along gradually
for the first season, when they will be in condition for
forcing. If ripe fruit is in demand about the first week
in May, the nouse must be started about the middle
of December. The peach tree will come on and develop
its blossoms in a comparatively moderate temperature
and it would not be wise to submit it to extreme heat
artificially. Peach trees delight in fresh air, and will
resent a too close humid atmosphere. A temperature
of 40** to 45^ at night and 50'' to 55** by day will suit
their requirements at the start. Gradually increase
this so that the temperature will range from 50** to 55*^
at night and 60** to 65** by day or 70** with sun heat
when in bloom. After the fruit is set, another 5** may
be added. Give plenty of air without lowering the
temperature, particularly in cold weather. Give the
house a light spraying two or three times a day when
the wealiier is clear until they come into bloom. Do
not spray while they are in blossom. After the fruit is
set, spraying may be resorted to again once or twice
a day according to weather conditions.
Peaches are subject to greenfly. As a precaution
after the fruit is thoroughly set, syringe every ten
days or so with a solution of whale-oil soap, enough
just to color the water. This is an excellent remedy tor
both greenfly and red spider, both deadly enemies to
peach foliage.
The peacn tree will produce many more shoots than
are needed to furnish the trellis, therefore the surplus
will have to be removed. This is best done by de^'ees
rather than removing them all at once, which would
be likely to cause a check. A number of shoots may, be
pinchecl at the third leaf, which in all probability would
form spurs or fruit-buds for the following season. The
aim is to allow enough wood to remain to cover the
trellis^ but to avoid crowding. As the crop advances
or beiore the fruit becomes of much size, thinning of
the fruit would be in order. It is a serious mistake to
overcrop. If a tree has a tendency to rank growth, a
fairly heavy crop would be of advantage. The grower
must be governed according to conditions.
Watering and feeding are important. Potash is neces-
sary for eS stone-fruits and should be applied in some
form, or a complete fruit-fertilizer may be recommended.
It is better to feed light and often rather than too much
at once. Enoi^ water must be supplied to give the
border a thorough watering from top to bottom. Then
no more should oe given until necessary, for if the soil
is not sJlowed to sweeten up it would be impossible to
keep the trees healthy. It is not a good policy to have
the trees or borders saturated just as the fruit is ripen-
ing. It is better to give them a watering a week or so
in advance, which will usually last until the fruit is
1264
FORCING
FORCING
gathered. The object of this ie to improre the flavor tmning. A bouse for pot-fruita requires about the same
of the fruit. treatment as that recommended for peaches planted
One ehould not think that after gathering the fruit Id a permanent border. Care and watchfulness are
the house needs little or no attention. The t^perature required as to watering, naiticularly when first start-
will not need close watching, but the fruit-buds have ins into growth, as at tbat stage there is not much
to form and develop, and good attention to watering fouage, consequently an over-abundance of water
and spraying the foliage is a wise step toward success would have a tendency to sour the soil. Potting the
for the following season. Cut away any useless wood trees is very important. There is no better time for this
after the crop offruit hasbeen picked, thusallowing the opEration than early fall, or just as they are casting
remainder of the wood to become well ripened. Well- their foliage. Also a serious error is placit^ them in too
ripened wood will withstand any reasonable amount Urge pots or tubs. They should be repotted everv fall,
of froet during the dormant state, aad fruitr4)uds will but it is not always necessai^ to dve them a larger
respond when called upon with tub. Often the baU may be re-
___^ J upon f
abundance of healthy strong blos-
soms. Winter-pruning may be
done any time after the trees have
cast their foliage. This means
removing any weak growths,
shortening back extremely strong
growth and trainins the young
wood so that it willspread over
the space about 5 inches apart.
VarieHet.
For forcing there are many
varieties to choose from. The
peach crop may be extended at
least seven weeks for one house,
but if the compartments are at
<n of five months
early, midseason and . _.
ties. The following varieties mav
be relied upon for early, mia-
season and Jat«:
Early forcing peaches. — Duch-
ess of Cornwall, Duke of York,
Peregrine.
Early forcing nectarines. —
Cardinal, Early Rivers, Advance,
Lord Napier.
Midseason peaches. — Pere-
S'ne (Alexander, Noblesse),
llegarde, Grosse Mignonne.
Midseason nectarines. — Stan-
wick - Elruge, Rivers, Orange-
Chaucer.
Late-house peaches. — Craw-
ford Late, Thomas Rivers,
Princess of Wales.
Late-house nectarines. — New-
ton, Spencer, Himiboldt, Vio-
NumerouB other varietiee
could be added to this list. How-
ever this will be found sufficient
for alt practical purposes.
Pot-fmits.
This method of producing fruit has found favor with
many growers throughout the country, particularly
in private establishments. It requires no specially
built houses for the purpose, providing the house
receives full sunhght with abundance of ventilation.
There are two or three advantages of this concentrated
method of growing: first, the bouse may be used for
other growing crops after the fruit is gathered, as the
trees may be plac«i outside or, as severe winter sets in,
they may be stored away in a coolhouse close together
until such time as they are needed for bringing into
growth again; second, a large variety of fruits is
adapted to this method of culture, such as peaches,
nectarines, pears, plums, figs and the like. These
trees may be grown into either pyramid or half-stand-
ard forms. Pyramids, as a whole, make a more attrac-
tive appearance in a house than any other form of
duced and ^aced ii
sizedtub. The soil should consist
of a good fibrous loam used in
a fairly rough state, if possible,
as this will allow free action for
_ the water to pass off. Firm pot-
ting is of great importance.
Three parts of soil to one of
thoroughly decayed rich manure
with a little bone mixed in would
be an excellent compost for the
purpose. Careful watering after
repotting is very important.
When the trees come into
bloom, keep a fairly dry bracing
atmosphere. Pears and plums
will refuse to set their fruit other-
wise. As the ^wth advances,
frequent pinching or stopping
the shoots should be attended to.
Some ^wths will doubtless be
much in advance of others.
When the young growths reach
the length of 5 or 6 inches, they
should be pinched and again
when they have extended another
similar growth and so on. Usu-
ally in the case of pyramid trees,
growth will be found more ad-
vanced at the top, hence those
shoots should be stopped, result-
ing in more vigor for the lower
branches.
Surface-dressing when the fruit
is swelling is of great benefit.
Either manure or a concentrated
fertiliiser may be mixed with the
soil and added as a to[Mlressing,
but by all means do not app^*
this until the fruit is sw^ng
away freely.
Pot -fruit that has been
properly cared for during the
season of growth in regvd to
pinching and summer- pruning
requires little winter-pruning
aside from removing the very weakest growths.
VarUlies.
The following varieties are the best:
Pears. — Souvenir du Congree, Madame Treyve,
Hardy, Fondante d' Automne, Louise Bonne, Con-
ference, Magnet, Pitmaston Duchess, Durondean,
Princess.
Plums.— The Ciar, Blue Rock, Oullins Golden,
Early Transparent, Gage, Mallard, Denniston Superb,
Belgian Purple, Golden Esperin, Transparent Gage,
Green Gage, Grand Duke.
Figs.^ — Brown Turkey, Negro Largo, White Mar-
seilles, Violet Sepor.
Apples and apricots also may be added, although tJiey
are not so profitable as the others mentioned.
Wu. Turn BR.
FORCING
1265
Fordng hudr plants.
Forcing ii an economical method of securing large
quantities of flowers in winter; it is extensively used by
commercial floriits for cut-flowers and flowering plants.
Plants usually forced are hyacinths, tulips, narcissi And
other Dutch Dulba, lily-of-the-valley, astilbe, dicentra,
hybrid perpetual and rambler roses, DeuUia gradlU,
hybrid niododendrons (R. nnerue) and Ghent azaleas,
tender hydrangeas and lilacs.
This mode of procuring flowers at small cost has
always been more or less m vogue among plantamen,
and 61 late years
has received fresh
impetus, owii^ to
the heavy demands
pWts at Easter. It
IS not only an in-
expensive method of
getting flowets, but
with most plants,
after a little experi-
ence, the time of
blooming can be
flower-buds. Close pruning is necessary, and root-
pruning is helpful. Grafting, which has a tendency to
dwarf and hasten maturity, is also used with strong
growers. Sometimes both growing in pots and grafting
are employed, as in lilacs.
A plant fit for forcing must be compact, both top and
roots; economy in space is essential. It is now possible
t^i secure from the French, Dutch and Belgian nurseries
many plants grown for this purpose. A few come pot-
grown, but most of them are from the open ground:
very Lttle of this work is done in American nurseries.
Figs. 1553-1555 show the methods of preparing woody
plants for forcing.
Herbaceous plants should be prepared for forcing
with equal care, and the process may require several
years. The removal of the flower-buds and growth,
under high cultivation, in close, compact clumps,
apparently produces the same results that prunmg
and grafting accomplish for trees and shruM. Fig.
1556 shows the root-clump of an herb prepared for
foreing.
Plants that have ontie been forced are commonly
thrown away. It is generally cheaper to buy new stock,
but lilacs, azaleas, and the like, can be planted out
and will recover sufficient strength in two years for a
second forcing, or for other use.
Some species, tike VibuTTium
pliailum, staphylea, and xantho-
ceras, if grown on m pots after
forcing, may be again forced, and
seem to do better the second year.
This is probably explained by
the fact that insufGcient prep-
aration was given for the first
easily calculated. The process has
limitations, at any rate with our pre-
sent knowledge of the matter, inasmuch
as, with the exception of "retarded
plants" and a few bulbs, it is not
practicable in late autumn and early
_;_.__ .^ithQut the use of ether. It is
their natural time of flowering by
keeping them in cold storage at a temperature suffi-
ciently low to prevent growth, this difficulty may
eventually be overcome. Except, however, with lily-
of-the-vaUey, which is admirabljr adapted to this prac-
tice, little is known of the poasibihtiea of this form of
forcing; it is hoped that otlier plants, equally useful,
may be treated in this way. It is evident that, on
account of tiie oost of storage, bulky plants could not
be handled.
The requirements for successful forcing are: (1) a
good knowledge of the plants; (2) proper preparation;
(3) a period of rest; and (4) proper care after tne plants
are brought into heat.
Those plants force most easily which bloom in spring
and early summer. Lat«-bloomin8 kinds, .like Khodo-
dtndnm maximwn, clethra and Hydrangea ■paniculoia
var. fTondifioTa, do not give good results. No success is
obtamed with asters and goldenrod, unless they are
retarded. These points must be studied out by the
grower.
Trees and shrubs should be specially prepared for
forcing by careful cultivation for one or two years
bdore use. They can be planted out-of-doors, with
plenty of room to develop, or the^r can be grown in
pote, the latter method being used with vigorous plants,
which are apt to run to growth without developing
SI
nWlj fol (ORJBI.
trial, the first fore
being really "proper j
paration" for the sect
forcing.
Hardy plants m
have a penod of rest
successful forcing,
time required \ary-
Bpecifs. One can-
not tell, except by
experiment, that
Paper White nar-
cissi will force easUy
in November and December, while the double Von Sion
will not; the individual equation of each kind is an
element which must be considered. There is a popular
notion that freezing will shorten the time for resting,
or, at any rate, is conducive to the welfare of the plant.
This idea does not seem to stand any practical test.
After potting, do not subject the plants to severe
frosts (10° to 12° F.), or else the roots, now much
exposed, may suffer. The large buds of lilac and
rhododendron may aiso be injured if frozen hard.
Pot the plants as soon as they ripen their growth in
autumn, b^inning in September wita herbaceous stock,
ISU. lilac pnmtd lot loitiB(.
1266
FORCING
and continuing until severe troet. It ia pwaible, but
Dot desirable, to lift some things aft«r tne ground is
frozen hard. Plants received from abroad are potted on
arrival, or, if furnished with a ball tike azaleas (Fig.
1553), they can be stored and not potted until brought
into heat. Dutch bulbs are boxed or potted as they are -
received, and buried in the earth or piled in stacks
and covered with enough leaves and
) exclude frOBta. Lily-of-the-
wtilbe and dicentra may be
their packing-caBes in a cool
1 ready for use. Large plants
in tube and boxes can be
CovK^ with leaves and
kept outrof-doors, but moat
plants should be stored in
a cool cellar, pit or frame
kept at a temperaturo of
35 F,: a temporary varia-
' tion of 5° eithw way does
no harm. It is well to delay
this storage until as late in
the Beaoon aa possible, but it
must be done before severe
weather. Plants may be
im lujiiMi^ Stowed compactly in several
9 I"-!-™ jjgjg if necessary. It must
be rememberea that no
growth is to be allowed while stored ; it is their period
of rest, and liiis must be enforced. Good ventuation
must be ^ven on bright days and every precaution
taken acamst an accumulation of moisture : if the plants
are weU watered when put aws]^ very little wUI be
required afterwards. Dampness is most serious with
everKTeens, like kalmia, and such things as Phlox
aubtdala. This stock should have the airieet positions;
sometimoi it con be placed in shallow framm 2 feet
deep, which are drier tnan deep pits. In severe weather
the pits are often covered with snow a week or more,
but the plants will not suffer if this happens but once
or twice during the winter. At such times mice and
squirrels will make trouble unless trapped or poisoned.
Nothing except retarded plants, a few bulbs and one
or two kinds of prunus should be brought in before
November. December 15 to January 1 is as early as it is
safe to begin forcing most hardy plsjite- it will be found
that as the days lengthen the results will be more satis-
factory. At&rst the plants must be kept cool, 46° F., or
thereabout. Syringe twice a day until the buds swell:
after growth starts the treatment is the same as that
15S6. 1
1S57. Fotdnc lll}H>f-tlu-nlt<T In poM.
gjven greenhouse plants, and they can be ^ut in a much
warmer house if so desired. It is at this time that care
in handling, particularly in the matter of heat, makes it
possible to tune the period of blooming so accurately,
but it is impossible to give any general rules satisfao-
torily to cover these matters.
A few plants, like lily-of-the-valtey, can be placed
directly in a forcing-box, generally made over the
FORCING
pipes in the hottest house, where a temperature of
80° or more can be maintained. They are first soakai
in water for a day or two and then kept in this heavy
heat imtil flower-buds are well developed (Fig. 1557).
Tulips, hyacinths and other bulbs, aometune« an
azalea or lilac, can also be hurried up in such a box, but
it is dangerous, and not good practice; better and more
lasting flowers come with ordinary treatment, Trilliums
(Fig. 1553) and various early-flowering wild plants may
be forced with satisfaction.
Although no rules can be given for the time required
in forcing, it is knowledge not hard to acquire with
even surprising exactness. Nothing is likely to require
more than three months in houses ranging from 45°
to 55° F. — i.e., after bringing in from the pits, A month
or six weeks is good time to allow in February and
March, but with the same plants and temperatures,
more tune would be needed earlier; with the advance of
the season, the work is quicker and less uncertain.
There is a great difference in plants. Rhododendrons
(the hybrids) requu« ei^t weeks or more, but one
species will often bloom m March, within twenty-four
hours. Plants like the rose, which must make a growth
1S58. FoiMd triUhuD.
before the buds form, take more time than RAododm-
dnm tinenge. The difference between dull and bright
weather is an important factor, but with extra firing,
or the use of the forcing-box, these matters even up,
and the average time of flowering is wonderfully even.
In this work, a man with gooa plant sense is most
likely to succeed.
The use of anetthetiet in forcing.
In the latter part of the last century and early in tlie
present, experiments were begun in Germany, and
confirmed in France, England and the United States,
in subjecting plants to the influence of ether and
chloroform for the purpose of securing better results
in forcing. Ether seems, for many reasons, the most
practical agent, but, owing to its cost and the extra
expense of nandling the plants, this process does not
appear to be in common use among florists. For a
detailed treatment of this subject, the reader is referred
to an article by M. Emile Lemoine in the Journal of the
Royal Horticultural Society (London), Vol, XXVIII,
1903-4, p. 45. See, also, the article Etkerizalian, p.
1146, Vol. II.
In the main, the treatment of plants for this purpose
is as follows: A container, which can be henneticidly
sealed and oF the proper sise is provided. In it are
placed the plants "as dry as possible, in equally
diy sand." llie temperature of the box is 62° to 65° P.
Under the lid is a vessel into which the ether can be
Kured and the hole sealed at once. It is important to
ve the ether at the top as its vapor is heavier than
air and consequently gravitates downward. Ether,
FORCING
FORESTRX
1267
particularly when mixed with air, is very inflammable
and lighted matches, cigars or pipes must be kept
away. "Thirty or fortv grammes of ether are enough
for one hundred cubic litres of air: one gramme eqtials
fifteen and one-half grains, one litre equals sixty-one
cubic inches." The ether used is ^'pure siufurio
ether which boils at 95** F." The plants are kept under
the influence of the ether for two davs; sometimes they
are removed for two days and the etherization repeated
for the same length of time. Afterwards they are
placed in a coldhouse and ''treated in the usual man-
ner." Lilacs ''were in full flower eighteen days after
being placed in the greenhouse," one, "Marie Legraye
still earlier." Johannisen made lilacs "flower regularly"
the first two weeks in September which had been
etherized the first week m August." With other
shrubs, such as Rhododendron sinenae (Azalea moUia),
Viburnum Opulus, Prunua triloba, DeuUia gracilia and
some of the spireas, the results were more or lees
favorable."
Trials with chloroform apparently have been less
successful and other anesthetics and stimulsnts have
been found failures. b. M. Watbon.
FORESTlftRA (after Forestier, a French physician).
Syn. AdkUa, Oledcex, Sometimes grown as omamen*
tal shrubs.
Deciduous, rarely evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs.
opposite, entire or serrate: fls. dioecious, apetalous,
with or without calyx, in small, axillary clusters in
early sprins, before the Ivs.; stamens 2-4: fr. a small,
mostly black, 1- or 2-6eeded drupe. — About 15 species
from 111. south to Brazil and the W. Indies.
The species in cultivation are shrubs with rather
small leaves, inconspicuous yellowish flowers before
the leaves and small dark purple or black, beiry-like
fruits. P, acuminala is hardy in sheltered positions as
far north as Massachusetts, while F. liauatrina is some-
what tenderer. They prefer moist sou and are suited
for planting along streams. Propagation is by seeds
and layers.
acnminita^ Poir. (AdUia acumindlaf Michx.). De-
ciduous shruD, to 10 ft. high, sometimes spiny, ^abrous:
Ivs. slender-petioled, ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate,
remotdy serrate, 1H~4 in. long: staminate fls. in dense
dusters; pistillate fls. in short panicles: fr. narrow,
oblong or ^lindrical, deep purple, falcate, acute, Hin.
k)ng. W. in. to Texas. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2:225.
B.B. (ed. 2) 2:728.
Ugustrlnai Poir. (AdHia ligtistrinaf Michx.). Decidu-
ous shrub, to 6 ft., pubescent: Ivs. elliptic-obovate to
oblong, obtuse, appressed-serrulate, about 1 in. long:
fls. in fascicles: fr. sessile, ovoid, obtuse, }^in. long.
Tenn. to Fla. and Ala.
F. nktMnexicAna, Gray (A. jKurifolia, Coville). Shrub, to 10
ft.: Ira. qMthulate, almost entire, usually glabrous, spayisn green
and rather small: fr. ovate or short-oblong, obtuse, ^im, Texas to
New Mex. and Colo. ALFRED RjfflDEB.
FORESTRY is the rational treatment of forests; this
ti^eatment may vary with the object in view. Forests
may subserve various objects, giving rise to three
claans o( forests: they furnish wokxI materials for the
arts — supply forests; they furnish a soil cover, which
may prevent the blowing of the soil and formation of
sand-dunes, or may retard the erosion and washing
of the soil and may regulate the waterflow, or act as
a barrier to cold or hot winds, and exercise other bene-
ficial influences on climate and surroundings — proteo-
tion forests; or, finally, they furnish enjo3rment to the
esthetic and sporting elements in man, as game-pre-
serves and parks — luxury forests, Anv two or all tnree
objects may be attained simultaneously in the same for-
est. In the end, and in a more limited sense, forestry
is the art and business of making revenue from the
growing of wood crops, just as all agriculture is finally
concerned in producing values from food crops and
other crops. In the economy of agriculture, wood crops
may be grown on land that is too poor for field crops.
This art is divided into two distinct and more or less
independent branches, namely silviculture, the techni-
cal Dranch. and forest management, the business
branch. Silviculture is a branch of the larger subject
arboriculture, and comprises all the knowledge and
skill applied in producing the wood crop, relying
mainly on natural sciences. While horticulture and
sUviculture have both to deal with trees, their object
and with it their treatment of trees are totally different:
the orchardist works for the fruit of the tree, the land-
scape gardener for the pleasing form; in both cases the
object is attained by the existence of the tree and its
single individual development; the forester is after
the substance of the tree, the wood; his object is finally
attained only by the removal of the tree itself. He
deals with masses of trees rather than individuals: it
is logs in quantity and of desirable quaUty, dear of
knots, not trees, that he is working for; hence, his
treatment differs from that of the horticulturist.
The clear long boles free of knots are secured by a
dense stand, when by the shade of neidbbors the lower
branches are made to die and break off. When in this
way clear boles to a certain height are secured, the
stand is opened up by thinnings in order to secure
expansion of crown and thereby more rapid increase
in diameter of bole. There are several ways of repro-
ducing the crop, namelv artificially by sowing or plant-
ing, the latter being done with one- to four-year-old
plants, at the rate m 1,500 to 4,000 to the acre; or by
natural regeneration, either by sprouts from the stump,
the so'calfed coppice^ which is api^icable to hardwoods
and for the production of fuel wood and small-dimen-
sion mat^ial, or else by seed from mother or nurse
trees. Tliere are various procedures of securing a crop
by seed, a so-called timb^ forest, which differ by the
rapidity of the removal of the old crop or nurse trees, and
by the mxe and pro^*ess of the openins — strip system,
group system, sdection system, and, the most refined,
shelterwood system.
Since the crop takes many years to mature — some-
times a century and more — ^in order to carry on a con-
tinuous forestrv business, from which to securo aimual
returns, special arrangements peculiar to this business
must be noade: these arrangements, naturally influenced
by the economic conditions of the countiy, form the
subject of forest organisation or management.
The ideal of the forester to which he attempts a
gradual approach with his actual unregulated forest
IS known as the 'formal forest.^' It supposes that a
rotation has been chosen, i.e. a year or period when
the timber will be ripe (determined in various ways);
that as many stands are at hand as there are years m
the rotation, differing by one year from each other, so
that each year a mature area can be harvested — a
normal age-class gradation; that the increment on
the whole area is the best attainable for species and site
^— a normal increment; that the amount of wood stand-
ing, the stock on which the increment is deposited, is
the proper one for each age-class — a normal stocks
This is the standard with which the actual forest is
compared to judge its abnormalities, which by the
management are to be, as far as practicable, removed.
Since the forest crop takes from thirty to one hundred
>^earB and more to mature^ i.e., to produce desirable
size, highest value, or best mterest rate on the invest-
ment, i t b a business which does not appeal to private
enterprise: the long-time element, as well as the influ-
ence of forests on water-flow and other cultural con-
ditions make forestry particularly a business to be
conducted by the state or other long-lived corporation.
The horticulturist, as such, is mainly interested in
the rational treatment of such forests as have a pro-
tective value, influencing climatic, soil and water con-
ditions in general and locally.
1268
FORESTRY
The raising of trees for ahade, for omainent, and for
avenues ia not foreetiy, but a branch of arboriculture
(which see) ; the ornamental utilization of forests, aa a
part of grounds, is discuMed
under Woodt.
B. E. Fernow.
rOROET-MB-ITOT: Muamnia.
FORMAL OASOEHIHO: land-
tcajte Gardtning,
FORStrmA (after Wilham
ForBjrth, prominent English
borticulturiBt, director of the
Royal Garden at Kensington,
1737-1804). Oiedcex. Goldbn-
Bbi^. Shrubs grown for their
wealth of bright yellow flowers
appearing early m spriiig, also
for their handsome dark green
foliage.
Deciduous: Ivs. oppodte,
petioled, serrate or entire,
simple or partly 3-parted to
3-folioUte: fls. 1-6 axillary,
pedlcelled. heterostyloua; calyx
and corolla deepw 4-lobed,
lobes of the corolla oblong,
longer than the campanulate
tube; stamens 2, included, in-
serted at the base of the corolla;
ovary auprior; style slender
with 2-bbed stigma: fr. a 2-
celled, dehiscent caps, with
man}' winged seeds. — Four
species in China, Japan and
S. E. Eu.
The golden-bells are highly
ornamental, free-flowering
shrube, with simple or temate
leaves and showy yellow flow-
ers, borne in great profuaian
at For- ' *'**"8 the slender branchee in
ti For^ early spring before the leaves.
tnoM. (XM) ^*y ™l*>ng to the showiest
early - flowering shrubs, and
have handsome, clean foliage, remar^bly free from
insects or fungi, remainins unchaneed until late in fall.
He upright forms aie well adapted
for the terdera of shrubberies and
the pendulous form for covering
walls, fences, arbors or porches.
Thev grow in almost any kind of
ganien soil, and are hardy North
except F. viridUsima, which is
somewhat tenderer. Proparation is
readily by greenwood and hard-
wood cuttings; also by seeds. The
branches ol the pendulous form
often take root at the tips when
touching the ground, and send
forth vigorous shoots, like some
brambles or the walking-fera.
A. £ps. often 3-parted or S-folioUUe:
hratuAes hollow between the
nodes (except in the kybrid).
B. Branches always hoUow belteeen
the Ttodex: Uis. uguaUy ovale,
often S-foliolaU.
suap^nsa, Vahl. 8hrub, to 8 ft.,
with slender branches often lopping
on the ground and ti^ng root; Ivs.
broad-ovate or oblong-ovate, on-
rate, 3-4 in. long: fls. 1-3, rarely
to 6, about 1 in. long, golden yellow, tsw. FonrthU nn
tube striped orange-yellow within; (x
FORSYTHIA
calyx about as long as tube: caps, ovate, about 1 in.
bng. Chins. S.Z. 3. Gn. 73, p. 243. Var. FOrtuneL
Rehd. {F. FMuiui, Lindl.). Fig. 1559. Of upright
habit with finally arching branches:
Ivs. often temate, ovate or oblong-
ovate; corolla with straight and
spreading twisted segms. R. H.
1861:291. G, 4:79; 13:87. G.M.
50:227. F.E. 31 :421. Var. dedpiens,
Koehne. A vigorous form of the
preceding: fls. always solitary, on
pedicels usually ^in., sometim<«
nearly 1 in. long, deep yellow, known
only in the macrostylous form. Gt
55. p. 203 Var p«lUd«, Koehne.
Fls. always sohtory, pale yeUow.
Var. vsriegAta. Buti. Lvs. varie-
gated with golden yellow: fls, deep
yellow. Var. stroca&Iis, Rehd. A
form of var. FoHvnei with dark
purple branches and the young
growth purplish. Cent. China. Var.
pubiscena, Rehd. Similar to the
preceding, but lvs. soft and ebort-
Eubescent on both sides or only
eIow. Cent. China. Var, Siftboldii,
Zabel (F. S&boldii, Dipp.). Fig.
1560. IJowshrub, with very slender,
pendulous or trailing branches: lvs.
mostly simple, broad-ovate or ovate:
corolla-lobes flat and broad, slightly
recurved, B,M,4995. F.8. 12:1253.
Gn. 33, p. 563. AG. J3;94. G.F.
4:79. Gt. 55, p. 205.— f, susperaa
is an excellent uirub for the margins
of groups, because it finally rolls
over and meets the greensw^. It
can also be trained over an arbor.
BB. Branches ■u»uaUy, particvlarlj/
above, ipttk lameUaU pUh be-
Iwten the node*, pith at the __ "SJ: l?"
nodes u»uaay solid: bis. otUy on T^JSp'
vigorous shoots partly SS-parted
or sometimes S-folialaie, usually ovale ~ lanceolate.
intennidU, Zabel (F. suspinaa x F. viriMssima).
Shrub, with slender, erect or arching branches: lvs.
oblong to ovate-lanceolate,
sometimes 3-lobed or ter-
nale, usually coarsely ser-
rate, 3-4 in . long : fls. almost
like those of F. suspensa var.
Foriunei. Gt, 1885:1182;
. 397. Gn.W. 22:181. Var.
Una, Koehne (F. vUeUlna,
ne). With upright or spread-
ranches: fls. deep yellow, little
1 in. long. Gt, 55, pp. 227,
Var. BpecabiUs, Spaeth (P.
Mlis, Koehne). Upright with
ding and somewhat arching
:hes: fls. somewhat paler than
! preceding, 1 !^ in. long, often
lerous. Gt. 55, p. 229. G. 35:
Var. densifldra, Koehne (F.
lira. Koehne}, Upright shrub
livaricatelyepreadmgand slen-
fching branches; fls. crowded
e base of the branches, rather
with flat slightly recurved
arlobes, Gt. 55, pp. 230, 231.
primfllina, Rehd. Upright
I, with spreading and archmg
jhes: fls. crowded at the base
of the branches, pole yellow ; lobes of
the corolla revolute at the mai^. —
1561. Flowen ol
FORSYTHIA
F. tnf«rm«d(a is often confounded with forme of P.
wiufenaa. In foliage it reeeniblee much the foUowina,
which has the Ivs. natroner, ainaye simple, usualb'
■errate only above the middle, wilii Bmaller teeUi. It
IB as hudy as F. wuxpenaa and very floriferoua.
ipper vari, with
ale pith liavugh-
inclvding Ihe
' Aofrtl upright.
u, Lindl. PiKS.
Shrub, to 10 ft.,
-,with green,
erect bran-
ches: IvB. ob-
long-lanceo-
kite or lanceo-
late, always
simple, and
Generally eer-
only above the
le, very dark
I, 3-6 in. bng:
-3, about 1 in.
corolla with
twisted lobes of
It greenish yel-
l half as long as
l.M.4587. F.S.
39. H.F. 1852:
:423. Gn. 33, p.
&ii3. U.z:06;ai:39. A.G. 13:94.
1M2. VonrthU >i
lUbrouB or hury od tu vei£_
■ullml: atm. nvoid with ■ Ions v
and graceful than the preceding fonne.
jTub
r at the
end of vigorous shoots with shallow teeth, 2-3 in. long:
fls. 1-3, dxtut 1 in. lone, short-pedicelled, golden yel-
low; calyx-lobes ovate-ciliate, shorter than tne corolla-
tube: caps, ovoid, about ^in. bng. Albania. B.M.
8039. Gt. 54, p. 291. G.C. III. 36:123. J.H.S. 29:
863. F.E. 18:348.
F. GiraUiina. IJuf Iih. Upri^t ihrub : [vg. elliptie to abloB«,
iuu-, faroadly sunmte it Ihe bate, ralin or acrrulitc.
IT huiy OD tha veiiu bcauth, Z-S in. loru: fla. tbon-
--■'■-' ' ' mder bwiW. H. W. China.
Alprbd Rebdbr.
FORTXIITEASIA (after Robert Fortune, who trav-
eled during the years 1S43-61 in China ana Japan and
introduced a large number of highly omaineotal plants).
HamamdidiUex. Ornamental shrub, grown tor its
handsome fohage.
Stellate-pubescent: Ivs. deciduous, alternate, serrate,
with Bmall caducous stipules: fls. small, short-ped ice lied,
in terminal racemes: calyx turbinate with £ short
lobes; petals 5, subulate, slightly Bhorl«r than sepals;
stamens 5, with short filaments; ovary partly superior
with 2 filiform revolute styles: fr. a, dehiscent
caps., separating into 2 valves bifid at the ape.
glossy, dark brown; embryo with large eotyleooi . _ .
lute at the margin. — One species in Cent. China. Very
similar in habit and foliage to Sinowilsonia, but the fls
and the embryo are very different. In genera) appear-
ance it Bu^eeta the hazel; fis. and frs. insignificant
Has provea hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. Prop, is
by seeds and possibly by grafting on Uamamelis.
sineuaiB, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub to 6 ft.: Ivs. obo-
vate or obovate -oblong, short -acuminate, usually
rounded at the base, sinuate-denticulate, glabrous
above, pubescent on the veins below, 3-5!^ in. long:
fls. scarcelv M^. across in racemes about 2 in. long:
cape, ovoid, Km than Hin. long. May. Cent. China.
Alfred Rehdbr.
t woody
FORTUNELLA 1269
PORTONfiLLA (named for Robert Fortune, who in
1846 introduced the first kumquat into Europe).
RviAcex, tribe CUrez. Kituquat. Evergreen shrubs,
grown for theu* small ornamental fruits, which are also
preserved and eaten fresh. See Kiamnad.
Leaves unifoliate, thick, pale and densely glandular-
dotted below: stamens 4 times as many as uie petals,
polyadelphous; ovary 3-6- (rarely 7-) celled, ovules 2
va each cell: stigma cavernous: frs. like Citrus but
smaller, l-l^^ in. diam., globose or oval, skin usually
thick, sweet and edible; seeds green in section, ootyle-
douB hypogeous in germination : first foliage-lvs. broadly
ovate, opposite. E>ifFcrs from Citrus in naving a few*
celled ovary with only 2 ovules in a cell, and a cav-
ernous stigma; from Atalontia in having 4 times as
ma^ stamens as petals. — Four species are recognized.
The two commonly cultivated species of kumquata
have been referred by botuiists to Citrus, but the
obviously related HonsJEong wild kumquat has been
referred to Atalantia. The kumguats are, as a matter
of fact, out of place either in Citrus or Atalantia and
constitute a separate genus about midway between these
two. See Joum. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5:165-176 (No.fi,
March 4) 1915.
A. iSubueniM EvSortxmtOa. Ft. 4; S-, 6- {or rarely 7-)
cdied, pulp uendsj lAundanl, their »laUa arimng
from the smooth ovary waJl, ped <^ Jr. Oikk and
ftethy. The ktanquale proper.
margarita. Swingle (Citrus margarita. Lour.). Figs.
1563, 1564. . Oval Kumquat. Naoaui Kuuquat. A
shrub o(*ttfflall tree, thomleas or nearly so: twigs slen-
der, angled when young, often somewhat tufted: Ivs,
lanceolate, tapering toward both ends, the tip abruptly
rounded, sometimes emarginate, the base cuneate,
margin usually obscurely crenate above the middle,
dark green above, veins scarcely visible, pale green ana
densely glandular-punctate below: fls. arising singly
or in iew-fld. clusters in the axils of the Ivs,, smalL
?i-^in. diam.; pedicel short, 1J^2J^ lines long; bua
more or less angular in cross sectioD; pistil short, 2-2!^
lines; style persistent, scarcely longer than the ovary;
stigma capitkte, cavernous, with large, deep-seat«d oil*
^ands between the stylar canals; ovary 4- or 5-celled,
ovules 2 in a cell, usu^ly collateral: frs. oval or oblong,
1-lHxJ-l in-, rarely 1}^-1H in. long, yellowish orange
with large translucent oil;glaJids imbedded in the thi^
and fleshy skin; pulp-vesicles abundant, fusiform, pulp
acid ; seeds large, 5-6 X 3-3 ^ X 2-2 3^ lines, oval; embryos
one or aeyiSv^t pistache-green in section; germination
.witti,'hjfi^^us cotyledons: first foliage.lvs. opposite,
1270
FORTUNELLA
oval, narroned at the base but without a eharply delim-
ited jointed petiole. B.M. 6128. G.C. 11.2:336. Hume,
Citr. Fr. p. 129.— The oval kumqiiat, the type of the
genus Fortunella, is the meet vigorous member of the
genus, the branched shrub or tree attaining a height
of 10-12 ft. and the Ivs. eometimes readung 6 in. length
FOTHERGILLA
broad; pistil very short; style shorter than the ovaiy,
atigma large, cavernous; ovaiy 3- or 4-«eIIed, ovules 2
in a cell: frs. small, H-H^^- subgloboBe, bright orange-
red; pulp- vedclea very few, smalt fusiform; seeds thick,
oval or ovate, plump, 4!^)^x3>^ K2>f-3 Knes,
Sistache-green m section. lU, Seeman, Bot. Voy. H.
I. S. Herald, 1852-1867, pi. 82.— The Hongkong wild
kumquat grows commonly on the dry hills eSoat Hong-
kong and on the mainland of China oppoait«. It is the
most primitive of the true citrous frs. and doubtlees the
epeciefl of Citrus have evolved from such a plant.
Wautxb T. SwiKaui.
and 2 in. width. It was the first kumquat to reach Eu.,
b&ving been brought to England by Robert Fortune in
IS46. Because of its superior vigor it is the one most
commonly grown commeroially, but the frs. are inferior
to those of the following species, the skin being harsh
in flavor because of the oiting quality of the oil.
jap6nica. Swingle (OUriMjopitnico.Thunb.}. Rouin>
KiTMQUAT. Mabumi Kitmquat. Figs. 1563-1565. A
much-branched shrub with very short spines or none:
differs from F. margarUa in the broader and blunter
Einted smaller Ivs., \%~^ x %-i% in., paler and vein-
B below, round frs, j-l^in. diam., not showing any
persistent rudiment of the style, and usuajty with 5-6
aegms. : seeds small, 3W-5 n 3-3M x 2-23-4 linee, ovaL
blunt-pointed, the empty testa not projecting beyond
the end of the embryo. III. Rumph. Herb, Amb. 1:110,
pl. 31. Thunb. Icon. PI. jap. 2, pi. 5. Hume, Citr. Fr.
p. 129. — The round kumquat is perhaps the most hand-
some of the citrous frs. because of its dwarf habit, much-
branched twigs, and small, bright orange-colored frs.
cimBsiffiliR, Swingle, Meiwa Kumquat. Figs, 1563,
1564. A much-branched shrub with very short spines
or none: differs from F. margarUa in the more rounded
tn. 1-lM Ji 1-1 H in,, with 6 or 7 cells, not 4 or 5, and in
the thicker trou^-shaped Ivs, sometimes more abruptly
pointed toward the tip, and paler fpeen below: petioles
narrowly winged, not merely margmed. It difiers from
F. iaponica in the If. characttrs and the ali^tly oval
frs, with 6 or 7 cells and a thicker peel. It differs from
both species in having much broader oval or ovate pulp-
vesicles. — This kumquat recently intra. int«the U.S. by
Japanese nursetymen is as yet but little known.
AA. Svhgewit Protocitnu. Fr. S-i-cdled, having
between, the slaika of the ptdp-veindea man]/ rmrmte
wart4ike, pale ydlow celliJar mataet, peef of fr.
thin and bul tlighUy fleshy. The Honotong wdd
kumquat.
HIndsil, Swinge (Sderoet^U Hindtii, Champ. Ala-
Idniia HKitdni, Oliver). Honokono Wild Kuuqcat.
FiEB. 1563, 1564. A spiny
small tree:
twigs slender,
angled when
' young; Ivs.
oval- ellipti-
cal, tapering
sharply at
a dark green
. faintly venoae,
venose below,
ringed, often
□to the lamina
ISSS. Bad* and flower of ^ the If. without B sep-
FortuaoUa japonic*. arative Joint: fls. short,
FOTHERGtLLA (after John FothergiU, eminent
English ji^ysician, who introduced and cultivated
many new plants, 1712-1780). Hamameliddfxx. DwABP
Aldeb. Shrubs, chiefly grown for their showy spikes of
white flowers and also for the handsome foliage.
Deciduous, more or leas stellate -pubescent: Ivs. -
alternate, short-petioled, coarsely toothed, stipulate:
fls. in terminal spikes, perfect, apetalous; calyx cam-
panulate. 5-7-lobed; stamois numerous, vrith the filft-
ments tnickened toward the end: caps, dehiscent,
2-celled and 2-aeeded. — Four species in the. southwn
Atlantic states.
These are hardy ornamental shrubs with simple,
dull green leaves, and showy spikes of white flowers in
spring with the leaves: the distinct foli^e resembles
somewhat that of the alder, or more that of Hamamelis,
and turns yellow late in fall. They grow best in moist,
peaty or sandy soil. Propagation is by seeds, not ger-
■ ■■ til tr ' * '
and roo^cuttings.
Girdenil, Murr. (F. alnifdlia, Linn. f. F. Carolina,
or cuneate at the base, coarsely dentate above the
middle, pubescent above, pale or glaucous and tomen-
tose below, 1-2 in. long: spikes ovate or oblong, 1-2
L.B.C. 16:1507.
FOTHERGILLA
AA. £m. t-6 in. Umg, glabroui or glabrt»etnt above:
ihnJn lo 10 ft. high.
monttcoU, Aahe. Fig. 1507. Upright ahnib with
^traifiing branches: Its. roundish oval to broadly obo-
vate or otiovate,
remot^ daitat«,
often from bebw
; the middle, light
; green and sparingly
pubeBCent Delow,
often OQ^ on the
vans, 2-4 m. long:
Bpikee lh^-3 in.
long with 1-3 Ivs.
at the base; sta-
mens r'^jn. long:
cape. J^in. long.
April, May.N.C. to
Ala. — Has proved
hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum, like the
preceding and the
following species,
mijor, Lodd. (F.
ir. mAjor, Sims^. Fig.
right ahnib of dense
habit: Iva. oval or
)rdate or truncate at
aiauat«ly dentate
I middle or nearly
c green and somewhat
re, glaucouB and more
lat»-pubescent below,
D the veina, of firm
■i-5 in. lon^: fls. like
xding n>eciee. April,
own only from cult.
M. 1342. L.B.C. 16:
.8:445 (excl. IvB. and
i.G, 1902:395, 396.—
1507. Poaictflia This species a superior to the
BoBiiedB. (XH) former on account of its deuw,
pyramidal habit-
F. pani/Hn, KeanwT. doaBt^ nlaWd to F. Gudenii. Lomt
sad >tol(mfBnnii: In. dhHt oclnculkr, raiDdnl or < *~'- -' *^'
b«a. tootbcd Inxa bdow tbs middle. N. C. to FIl
FRAGARU
1271
deserts from Texas westward, standing on the open
expoeed placee and alopee, the rod-like stiff canee look-
ing like lifeless sticks in dry weatiier and in its season
crowned with maHsea of ahowy bloom. i,. h. B.f
FOUSCBOtA: Pvrermi.
FODS-O'CLOCK: UvabUii Jalara.
FOZGLOTI: DigHalu.
PRAGArU (Latin, fragrance, from the smeU of the
fruit). Ftotdcex. Strawbbrbt. Low perennial creeping
herbs grown for the excellent fniit, and one or two
species for ornament.
Plant stemleee. with scaly rootstock or crown, and
rooting runners; Ivb. palmately 3-toliolate and toothed,
all from the crown: fls. white or reddish, in corymbose
racemes on slender, leaSees scapes, sometimes lacking
stamens; calyx deeply 5-lobed and reinforced by 5
sepal'like bracts; petals 5, obovate, elliptic or orbiciuar;
eliunens man^, ^ort; pistils many, on a conical recep-
tacle, beoonung small and hard achenes and persist-
mg '
D the
and edible. — The fragarias are exceedingly Taciable.
About 150 specific names have been appCed to th^n,
but Bentham and Hooker would reduce them all to
3 or 4 species, and Pocke (in Engler & PrantI) to about
8. Rydberg, however, accepts 27 N. American species
(N. Amer. Flora, X3ul, part 4. 1908). Of the true
iragarias, about 4 speciee-typea are interesting to the
horticulturist as tbe parents of the garden stra wbenies : —
F. duioentia, the probable original of the ordinary cul-
tivated Btrawbemee of Amer. ; F. mrpniana, which was
early domesticated, and of which some trace still remains
in cult, varieties; F. motehala, the Hautbois, and F.
vetea, the alpine and perpetual strawberriee. which are
little cult, in this country. The classical work <«1 Straw-
POVQUltltU. (Pierre Ed. Fouquier, pn^essor of
medicine at Paris in the first part of the nineteenth
century). Fouqvieriiee*. Candlzwood. Four species
from the deaerta of Mexico and one extending into the
United States and sometimes cultivated in the lar^
rockeries of California. Tliese plants arp intereetug
as being an example of an order far removed from the
Cactaces in flowers and fruit but reduced to something
of their habit by the desert conditions.
Small trees or shrubs, becoming leafless in dry
weather, with showy tubular fls. in terminal racemes
or panicles: Ivs, fleany, obovate, fascicled in Uie axils
of thorns: sepals 5; corolla with a spreading 5-lobed
limb; stamens lO-n; styles 3, separate or united:
seeds with a membranous wing or fringed with Icmg
hairs. Fouquieria is by some authors retained in
the Tamaricaoee.
OACH-WBIP. Vinb-Cactob.
. Shrub, 6-25 ft., branch-
long, gray, furrowed, erect:
pex, wedg»«baped id base,
ir brick'fed, exceeding 1 in.
lyrsoid ekmeated clusters;
ps. ^Hin.long, the seeds
of BjHrally thickened hairs.
I. Calif. B.M.8318. A.G.
Mex., making an impentra-
I omqucuous object in the
ISOS. Vngarta iti^niuu, thowiof Qia profnM n
"Hiatoire Naturelle dea lYais-
iers," 176fl. See Straieberry. For Fragaria indiea, sae
/>ucAesnea.
A. i./l«. duftncUj/ petiolulaU, few-looliiM.
FRAGARIA
□ere usu&Uy spearing with the fr.: berry email,
light scarlet, gktbuliu' or oblong-conical, usually with
& conBtriction or neck underneath tee moderate-
sized calyx or hull. E. N. Amer. — Variable. A few
early vanetiea of Btrawberriea, as Crystal City, seem
to be whoUy or partly of F. virginiaTui origiD. Var.
QUnoinBis, Gray (F. tUinoitiiU, Prince. F. Grayina,
VHm. F. viroinidna var. GrayAna, Rydb.). A large
uid more robust form, more hairy, the haiis on
die pedicels spreadiDg whereas on the type they are
nore appreesed.
BB. 1ai». twrmoUy diarler than
the fi.'clusUrs: acbenei
vtuaiiy not minken in
the fieth of the berry.
Ttsca, Linn. (f. semper-
tdreni, Duchesne). Au-ine
uid ft;RPETOAi. Strawber-
aiE8. Erect and dark green,
>nly sparsely hairy, the Ivb.
Uiin aad light green as com-
pared with the foregoing
n'ea, very sharp-toothed:
ist«r small, forking, erect: fr. firm, small, usu-
ally hemispheric, the acnenes very prominent; hull
spreading. Eu. — The American more slender form
of this ^up-epecies, common in woods from Va.
north, IS var. ameiiclna, Porter (£. ameritdna.
Brit.), Fig. 1571, with ovoid or somewhat conical
fr. usually with a distinct neck, and sparingly hairy
rather than hairy-pubescent petioles ana scapes,
and thinner Iva. The true F. I'esca is thought to
tte sparingly naturalized eastward, and probably
native in many parU, particularly the white-fruited
form (fonna oUncdrpa, Brit,). The cult, forms are
rarely seen in this country, but the quality is high,
and they are deserving of more attention in home
RTOunds. Variable in cult. There is a form with
Bts. reduced to 1 {F. tnonophyUa, Duchesne. B.M.
63). This type of strawberry beiars more continu-
oualy than P. ckiioentii and F. irirffinUma in its cul-
tivated forms.
a upward.
AA. itfts. sestiU or nearly so, many-toothed.
B. LcM. rvtrmaily overlo-pping the JU. and fr.: achenea
mostly tunken in the flesh of the berry.
cbUoCnaiB, Duchesne. Fig. 1568. Low.butstoutina
its parts: Ivs. thick, more or less glossy above, bluia
white below, blunt-toothed: A.-clustera fork-
ing and long-rayed, the peduncle short, soon ^^
lopping on thie ground : runners mostly ^ -
appearing after the fr. is gone: berry large Z^^
and firm, dark-colored, more or less musl^ t^
in flavor, reinforced by a very large calyx or — .
hull. Pacific coast region Peru to Patagonia. '
— A common wild strawberry of the Pacific
elope from Alaska to Calif., is considered to
be the same species.
Var. ananissa, Hort. (F. anandssa, F.
lincta, F. calyctMta, Duchesne. F. grandt-
Sdra, Ehrh. F. vitca var. ariAnaa, Ait.).
PiNB STRAWBBiuir. CoMUON Garden Strawberry
Taller growing: Iva. larger and thinner, mostly lighte
green on both sides: fr. larger, running into ver^
many kinds.
virginiina, Duchesne. Scari^t or Virginia]
Strawbgrrt. Figs. 1569, 1570. More slender: Ivi
thinner, light green above and below, the upper sui
face with sunken veins: fl. -clusters small, with a fei
hanging frs. at the top of a rather long peduncle: run
moscUta, DuchMae (P. eldfior, Ehrh.). Hatttbois.
Taller, usually dicecioue, more pubescent, the calyx or
hull straagly reflexed from the fr.; berry dull red,
musky. Eu. — Cult, forma rarely seen in Amer.
Ivs. rather thin,
aleDder silky petioles 2-3 ii
or cuneate, coarsely a ~ '
1571. A Inun*. — II k
. D scapes 2-~i in. high; sepate and bracts aill^;
petals obovate: fr. nearly hemispheric, small, the
achenea superficial. Cent. Mex, — The "everbearing
:> belong
Htrawberry, frequently advertised,
here. F. caiif&miea, Cham, di Schlecht.,
but has much longer petioles and broadly rounded or
rhomb-ovate Ifts., somewhat larger fis. and fr., and the
achenes in shallow pits. Calif., New Mex., Lower Calif.
PRAGRAAT BALM: Umarda didima.
FKAHE. Fig. 1572, A box without permanent top or
bottom which is designed, when covered with glass or
other transparent material, as a place ir —'---'- '
Slants. When supplied with artificial bi
'ame is part of a hotbed; when supplie
heat, it is part of a coldframe. Tbe fr
any aiie, but the normal sixe is fl by 1
which accommodates four 3- by 6-fi>
this 6 by 12 area is understood when o
frame." See Hotbed.
FRASClSCBA: Sr^nfiina.
FKANCdA (Ft. Franco, Valencia, six
promotor of botany ) . Saxifraadt^x.
species of Chilean perennial herbs, wit
and terminal dense racemes of white i
borne in summer, suitable for outdo
mild climates.
Plants erect, scapose, the Ivs. basa
2-3 ft. high, and in the N. could perhs
in a coldframe: Rlandular-pilose or t
H>me thick, many-neadcd; Ivs. glandu-
lar-dentate: fis. 1 in. across, in racemes
6 in. long; floral parts in 4 s rarely 5'b;
petals obovate, clawed; stamens 4:
cape, coriaceous, elongat«d, 4-angled
and 4-celled.
A. FU. white.
rundu, D. Don. (F. gbOrita, DC.).
Taller, woodier and more branching
than the others, and distinguished bv
pubescent infl. : If.-stalka not marginca:
ns. amaller. Hardy at Washington,
D. C, with spikes 2 ft. long and 1 in.
thick. Forms ore known under the
nainca F. ramoaa hybrida (G.W. 7:230,
B robust plant with pure white lis.
larger than the type) \ and F. ramasa
Candida. F. ramoea is an attractive
species. Gt. 60:1590. On. 69, pp. 271,
M3; 70, p. 283. G.L. 24;177. G. 7
741; 13:307. G.M. 49:127.
AA. Fls. motUy pink.
■onchifUU, Cav. Fig. 1573. li.-stalka broadly
winged at the base; bwer lobes continuous with the
broad margin at the base of the If. -stalk: petals deep
rose, dark-apott«d. B.M. 3309.— By some considered
to be a variety of F. appendieulala.
appeadicuUta, Cav. U.-stalksnotwingedatthebase;
loner lobes distant from the base of the stalk:
petals pale rose, rarely spotted. B.M. 3178
(shows a white longitudinal band on petals).
B.R. 1645. L.BTC. 19:1864, erronoousfy
named F. tonehifoUa. R.H. 1006, pp. 428, 42S.
G.W. 12, p. 260. L. H. B.t
FBAKGIPAin: Plumeria.
FRAKEfonA (John Frankeniua, Swedish
botanist, 1590-1661). FrankmiAe«x. Low
perenniails, evergreen, sometimes woody,
mostly in ssUne soils, more or less heath-like:
Ivs, opposite or in 4's, thickish, entire, small
and numerous on the sts,, often fascicled on
short branchlets: fls, small, perfect and complete, sessile
or nearly so, Bolitary or in dichotomous clusters; calyx
and corolla 4-5-merous, the sepals united, the petals
with a crown at the base of the blade; stamens usually
same number as pctaJs and alternate with them; style
3-4-cleft; ovary 1-celled, with parietal placenta, ripen-
ing into a caps, inclosed in the calyx.— Probably 30 spe-
cies in many ports of the world, a very few of them in the
S. W. U, 8. The family Fronkeniacese is closly allied to
Caryophyllaces, from which it differs in the parietal
plaoentie, and to Hypericaces, from which it differs in
habit, in the definite stamens
■nH the volvate calyx. The
has 3 other genera,
defined by Niedeozu,
ing Hypericopsis with
B m S, Persia, Beat-
itb 1 species in St.
and Nieoerlcinia with
s in Patagonia. The
las are practically
n as cult, plants,
1 sometimes men-
18 corpetere and for
dens. F. Urvix, Linn.,
■heath, is offered. It
usely much-branched
presding 6-S in., gla-
brous or nearly so:
Ivs. revolute and
thereby appearing
linear, crowded in
opposite clusters:
fls. few, sessile in
terminal leafy clus-
ters, pink. £n^
land and the Med it.
region. F. ptdveru-
Unta, Linn., is a
closely aUied hairy
speclee; it has been
reported in ballast
Bt New York.
L. H. B.
FRAS£RA (John
Fraser, English
botanist, collected
in Amer. 1785-96
and published
Walter's "Flora
Caroliniana"). Gen-
1S73. Fnoca* UDdilloIk. (XK) rianace;r. CoLUMBQ.
1274
FRASERA
Luge stout glabrous herbs, all N. American^ and all but
J far-wcetern with a Hingle St. from thick bitt«r mostly
bienuial roots, opposite or whorled Ivs., and t^^noee
panicled dustera of dull white, yellowish or bluish fls.
which are commonly dark-spotted; calyx deeply 4-
parted; corolla wheel-shaped, 4-parted, persistent, the
lobes glandular within ; stamens 4, the filaments often
united at tjie base; ovary l-celled, the stigma entire or
2-lobed.— Species 8, mostly in woods or dry soils.
Three of the species have been offered in the trade, but
are probably very little planted. F. caroiininnt, Walt.,
of the eastern states and Ont., is a biennial or shorts
lived perennial, 3-4 ft. tall, with lanoe-oblong or
spatulate veiny Ivs. mostly in 4'b, and greenish yellow
purple-dotted fls.
A. Ltit. in whorU of 4-ff, nol iBkUe^margined.
specldM, Douglas. Stout^ 2~5 ft, very leafy, the Ivs.
ovate to (H)long: fis. greemsh white or bsrelv tinged
bluish, dark-dotted: 2 glands on each coroUa-lobe.
Wyo., S. and W.
AA. Liis. in »'« or 3't, wkUfmaraiiud.
Pinyi, Torr. Height 2-3 ft.; Ivs. opposite or m 3's:
fls. whitish, dark-dotted; 1 notched gland on each
oorolla-lobe. Ariz., S. Calif.
Cftsicldi, Gray. Slender, height 3-8 in.: 1^ opposite:
fls. bluish ; 1 gland reaching from near the base to near
the middle of each corolla-lobe. Ore. j^^ g_ 3 t
ntAXIRftLLA: DiiUtmiu.
FRAZIirnS (ancient Latin name). OUAeex. Asa.
Interesting trees grown chiefly for their handsome
pinnate leaves and some species also for the conspicu-
ous panicles of white flowers.
Deciduous: Ivs. opposite, odd-pinnate, without
stipules: Ss. in panicles, ditecious or polygamous, with
or without calyx or with calyx and a 2-6-parted corolla
with generally linear segme. ; stamens generally 2 ; ovary
2-ceIled: fr. a l-eeeded, winiced samara. — About 50
species in the temperate regions of the northern hemi-
^here south to Cuba; 16 of them occur in the U.S.
The ashes are ornamental trees, most of them hardy,
with rather large leaves and small flowers in panicles,
either appearing before the leaves and greenish, or in
the subgenus Orous after or with leaves and whitish in
showy panicles: the winged fruit is insignificant. They
are valuable as street and park trees, and grow mostly
into tall, pyramidal or broad-headed trees, with rather
in fall or remains green, as in ^. exeeliior and F
llie ash is seldom severely injured, though a number of
insects and fungi prey on the leaves and wood, of irtiich
two borera, and a fungus attacking the leaves are per-
haps the most obnoziouB. Most of the species are hardy
North except those from the southern states, southon
Europe and Himalayas; of the subgenus Omus^ F.
Bvngeana and F. lotijpcutpU seem to be the hardiest.
The ashes are important forest trees, and the straight-
grained and tough wood is much used for handles of
toolsj in the manufacture of carriages and wagons, for
the mterior finiah of houses, ana for fumituro, for
baskets and also for fuel. From F. Omus manna is
obtained as an exudation of the trunk, and some
Chinese species, especially F. ckinerutit and P. Mariani,
yield the Chinese white wax.
The ashes grow in almost any moderately moist soil,
F. nigra beiiu; somewhat more moisture-loving, while
F. oxyearpa, F. Ornut, F. syriaea and F. eutpidala grow
well even in drier situations. They aro usuaUy
readily transplanted and grow ranidly when young.
Propagation is by seeds gatherea in fail and sown
immetUately, or stratified and sown in spring, covered
with about 1 inch of good soil; sometimes they
remain dormant until the second year. The varieties
and rara' kinds are budded in late summer or grafted
in spring on the seedlings of any of the common species.
INDEX.
aUbBta.30.
hiUnpliyaa, it,
uU, a. 20. iodourp*. i,
:1a, 30, iwnpkk«, 30.
A. Fit. in terminal paniciet on UaSy »hoolt, perfect or
polygamoue, with or after the Uix. (OrniM.)
B. CoroUa prevent, divided nearly to the hate; a(am«ns
with Umg filamentt.
c. Pelialet not eompicuoudj/ enlarged at the base.
D. Lowett pair of ffta. not miuii smaHer than the others.
E. LJte. Oalked.
draus, Linn. (A-nus europia, Pers. F. flori-
biinda, Hort,, not Wall.). Small tree, becoming 25 ft.:
winter-buds eray or brownish tomentuloee: llts. gen-
erally 7, staBted, oblong-ovate or ovate, irregularly
serrate, rufously pubescent on the midrib beneath,
2-3!^ m. lonp: fls. whitish, fragrant, in dense, lerminal
panicles 3-5 m. long: fr. erect, narrow-oblong, truncate
or emarginate at the apex, about 1 in. long. May, June.
Eu., W. Asia. Gn. 22, p. 117; 34, p. 78; 48, p. 286;
"■ "-■ "" —:6l. G. 18:541. G.M. 54:860.
Lr. juglandifftlia, Tenore (var.
UOif/Aia, Dipp, F. rolundifhlia, Hort.). Lfto. ovate or
brradiy ovate-oblong. Var. rotundifAlla, Tenore (F.
rotundtfUia, Lam.). Low tree: Ifts, roundish-elliptic
to roundiah-obovate. Var. angustifAlia, Tenore (F.
Theophrdttii, Hort., partly). Lfts. lanceolate.
FRAXINUS
FRAXINUS
1275
2. Bungdfcna, DC. {F.parvifMia, Lingelsh. F.
Bwigedna var. parvifdliaf Wenzig). Fig. 1574. Small
tree, to 15 ft., or shrub: winter-buds nearly black: Ifts.
generally 5, stalked, ovate, obovate or roundish, obtuse
to short-acuminate, serrate, glabrous, 1-1^ in. long:
panicles to 2^ in. lonff, many-fld.; calyx with narrow
acute lobes; filaments tonger than the unear petals: fr.
narrow-oblong, obtuse or emarginate. May. China.
G.F. 7:5 (adapted in Fig. 1574).
EB. Lfts. sessile.
3. obovftta, Blume (F. Bungedna var. chovdUif
Lingelsh.). Tree: petioles often slightly winged; lfts.
5-7, oval or obovate, short-acuminate to obtusish,
cuneate at the base, crenate-serrate, dull green above
and slightly pubescent on the veins, ^yish ^reen below
and pubescent toward the base of the vems, 2-4 in
long: infl. small; oetals linear, longer than the stamens:
fr. with narrow-oblong obtuse wing. Japan.
DD. Lowest pair of lfts, much smaller than the others;
lfts. long-acuminate,
4. longiciispis, Sieb. & Zucc. Slender tree, to 30 ft.,
with rufously pubescent winter-buds: lfts. 5-7, stalked,
oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, obtusely serrate,
almost glabrous, 2-4 in. long: fls. in rather slender, nar-
row panicles, to 4 in. long; petals linear-oblong, about
as long as stamens: fr. oblanceolate, obtuse. May.
Japan. S.I.F. 1:81. Var. SieboldiAna, Lingelsh. (F.
SiiboldiAna, Blume). Lfts. oval to oblong-ovate, short-
stalked, usuallv pubescent below along the midrib.
Japan, Korea. Var. sambiicina, Lingelsh. OP. Sieboldidna
var. sambiicina, Blume). Lfts. sesole.
5. Mari^sii, Hook. f. Shrub or small tree: winter-
buds erayish black: petiole minutely glandular-pubes-
cent; lfts. 5-7, nearly sessile, close, touching each
other, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
entire or finely crenate-serrate, yellowish green below
and glandular-puberulous on the midrib toward the
base, otherwise glabrous, 1 yiS in. long: panicle upright,
5 in. long; petals linear-spatulate about as long as
stamens. Cent. China. B.M. 6678. — Handsome and
free-flowering; blooms even as a small shrub.
cc. Petioles distinctly enlarged at the base; lfts. sessile^
the unveet pair smaller.
6. SpaethiAna, Lingelsh. (F. serratifdliaf Hort.,
Sartlv). Tree: young branchlets glabrous: winter-buds
ark brown: Ivs. 6-12 in. long; petiole grooved, reddi^
brown at the enlarged base, ^brous; lfts. 5-9, oblong
to oblonjg-obovate, deeply crenate-serrate, dark green
above, hghter green below and glabrous except along
the midnb toward the base, 3-7 in. long: fls. and frs.
unknown. Origin unknown.— Handsome tree with
large Ivs.
BB. Corolla with a short tube or wanting.
c. The corolla with short tube; anthers almost sessile.
7. cuapidilta, Torr. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.,
with dark, reddish brown buds: lfts. usually 7, slender-
stalked, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
coarsely serrate, almost glabrous, lH-2 in. long: fls.
fragrant, in 3-4-in. long pam'cles: fr. spatulate-oblong.
April. Texas to Aiiz. and New Mex. S.S. 6:260. —
Handsome flowering tree for temperate regions.
cc. The corolla wanting, or occasionally present; calyx
often irregularly toothed. (Ornaster.)
8. chhi6n^ Roxbg. Tree, to 40 ft.: branchlets
^abrous: winter-buds brownish black, conspicuous
with a rufous woolly tomentum when openine: Ivs.
5-8 in. long; petiole enlarged at the base, near^ glar
brous; lfts. 5-7, short-stalked, elliptic to elliptic-oblong
or ovate-oblong, acuminate, cimeate at the base, ser-
rate, dark green above, li^t green below and nairv
along the lower part of the midrib, 2-5 in. lone: pistil-
late panicle .3-6 in. long: fr. oblanceolate, obtuse or
emarginate at the apex, IJ^ in. Ions and )^in. broad.
China. M^. Var. rhynchoph^lla, Hemsl. (F. rhyn^
chophaiUit Uanoe). Lfts. enUre or irregularly crenate-
serrate, on slenderer stalks. Cent, and W. Cluna. G.F.
6:485.
t;
Fls. from leafless axillary buds, brfore the ivs.; without
corolla; filaments usually shorter than anthers.
B. The fls. dicecums, with the calyx persistent on the fr.;
anthers linear or linear-oblong: lfts. generally &-7:
buds brown. (Leptalix.)
c. Lvs. always pinnate.
D. Fr. cUanceolate or lanceolate; its body terete,
E. Lfts. stalked.
F. Under side of lfts. glaucous: wing of the fr. not
decurrent.
9. americftna, Linn. (F. n^we-dnglix, Mill. F. dtba^
Marsh.). WnrrBAsH. Fig. 1575. Tall tree, to 120 ft.:
brancUets and petioles glabrous: lfts. gen-
erally 7, stalked, ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, entire or denticulate, dark green above,
glaucous beneath, 3-5 in. long: fr. lineaiv
oblong, with terete body, the wing not decur-
rent, 13^ in. long. From Canada to Fla.,
west to Minn, and Texas. S.S. 6:268. Em.
377. G.F. 7:405. F.E. 23:427.— Very vari-
able. Var. acuminata, Wesm. (F. acumv-
ndta. Lam. F. epij^era, Michx. F. ameri-
cdna var. glaiica^ Hort.). Lfts. dark green
and shining above, very glaucous and
almost glabrous beneath, usually entire.
Var. higumdifdlia, Rehd. (F. juglandifdlia,
Lam.). Lfts. less shininK above, usually
broader, more or less pubescent beneath,
serrate at least above the middle. This is 157S.
the northern form, while the former is more ^""^^ or key
common in the southern states. Var. iodo- ^ ^SJ^!*
c&rpa, Fern. Frs. conspicuous by their red- *(5JJ[tJ!^'
dish purple color. Var. ftlbo-maiginAtay ^^^
Hort. Lfts. edged white.
10. Biltmorelbia, Beadle. Tree, to 50 ft.: branch-
lets and petioles pubescent: lfts. 7-9, ovate-oblong
to lanceolate, often falcate, acuminate, roimded or
broadly cuneate at the base, entire or obscurely toothed,
dark green and glabrous above, glaucous below ana
pubescent, particularly on the veins, 3-6 in. long:
panicles pubescent: fr. linear-oblong, with terete body,
the wing not decurrent, emarginate at the apex, 1}^
1% in. long. May. Pa. to Ga., west to Ala., Mo. and
111. S.S. 14:716.
FP. Under side of lfts. green or grayish green: wing of
the fr. decurrent, hence body margined.
11. lanceolitay Borkh. (F. vtridis, Michx., in part.
F. pennsylvdnica var. lanceoldtaj Sarg.). Green Ash.
Tree, to 60 ft: branchlets and petioles glabrous: lfts.
5-9, stalked, ovate to oblone-lanceolate, irr^ularly
serrate, green on both sides, umost glabrous, 2-5 in.
long: fr. oblanceolate, witn decurrent wing, hence
body margined, about 1}^ in. long. Canada to Fla.,
west to Rocky Mts. S.S. 6:272.
12. pennsylvlUiica, Marsh. (F. pubiscens. Lam.).
Red Ash. Tree, to 60 ft.: branchlets and petioles
Eubescent: lfts. 5-9, stalked, ovate to oblong-laneeo-
kte, actuninate, crenately serrate or entire, pubescent
beneath, 3^ in. long: fr. linear-spatulate, about 2 in.
long, with somewhat decurrent wmg. Canada to Fla.,
west to Dakota and Mo. S.S. 6:271. — This species
varies considerably in the amount of pubescence and
the shape of the lfts., and many forms under different
names are grown in European niuseries and gardens.
Var. aucub»fdlia. Hortu, is a form with less pubescent
lvs., blotched yellow. There are also variegated forms
with the lvs. blotched white or edged white.
GK. LJtt. lettiie or thart-ttalked: branehltli and ■petwUa
pubescent.
13, vdlltioa, Torr. {F. pataciifblia, Torr.). Tree, to
40 ft., with velvety pubescent, rarely ^bioiu branches:
Ifta. 5-9, sometimes reduced to 3 or even 1, aborts
Btalked, oblong to lanceolale, umially
acuminate, narrowly cuneate at the base,
entire or remotely serrate, yellowish green,
&rm and thick at maturity, pubescent or
nearly glabrous beneath, '2-4 in. long: fr.
apatuLate, with marginlesB body. Texas to
Ariz. and New Mex. 8.8.6:267. G.F.8;16.
— F. TAumeyi Brit., with narrower more
distinctly stalked Ifts., is probably only a
variety of this species. M.D.G. 1913:556;
also S.S. 6:267 representa this variety.
14. oregbna, Nutt. Tree, to 80 ft.: peti-
oles sometimes glabrous at length; Ifte.
7-9, almost sessile or short-stalked, oblong ^'|"- F''
or elliptic, acuminate, entire or obscurely ^JJj'^Jl'
and remotely serrate, light green, 2Ji-6 in. ^ ^„ ,
long, thick and firm at maturity: fr. ob-
long-obovate, with decuirent wing, about 1}^ in. long.
Wash, to Calif. 8.8.6:276.
DD. Ft. eiliptic or broadly tpalulaU, body compretied
with the winy all around,
15. canriinUna, Mill. IF. pUUyodrpa, Michx. F.
IripUra, Nutt.). Water Ahh. Tree, to 40 ft., with
puDescent or glabrous branches: Ifte. 5-7, stklked,
ovate or oblong, acuminate, broadly cuneate or some-
times rounded at the base, serrate, rarely entire, pubes-
cent or glabrous beneath, 2-5 in. long: fr. 1-2 in.
long, with pinnately veined wing, often 3-winged. Va.
to Fla., west to Ark. and Texas. S.S. 6:274, 275.
cc. Lvi. vniallj/ timpU, occanonaUy 3-5-folvAate:
branchUta quadranffuiar.
16. anSmala, Wats. Shrub or tree, to 20 ft.: Ifts.
broadly ovate or roundish at the apex, rounded, acutish
FEAXINUS
or emarginate, entire or sparinglv crenate-aenate,
slabrouB and dark green above. [Huer and pubescent
bebw while young, 134-2 in. long: fls. polygainous:
fr. obovate-oblong, rounded or emarginate at the apex,
Hin. long. Colo., Utah, Nev. and S. Calif. S.S. 6:266.
BB. The JU. wUhoul calyx (only No. IT hat a deddtiotu
minuU calyx); archers cordis, rarely broadly
oblong: (fU. generally more than 7, nearly glabroui.
{Fraxinoiler.)
c. Branches 4-a^l^ i"'' umally vnnged,
17. quadnuurullta, Michx. BLrE Ash. Tree, to 80,
rarely 120 ft.: Hts. 7-11. short-stalked, ovate to lanceo-
late, acuminate, sharply serrate, yellowish green on
both sides, 3^5 in. long: fls. perfect: fr. oblong, emar-
ginate, winged all around, 1-2 in. long. From Mich, to
Ark.andTenn. 8.8.6:263.
cc. BraruAes terete or nearly to.
D. Badti* ai the baae of Ifts. mlk thick rufout tomentum:
JU. diaciaus.
18. nigra, Marsh. [F. sambuci/dlia, Lam.). Black
Ash. Fig. 1576. Tree, to 80 ft.: ifts. 9-11, sessile.
obl<
a-lanceolate, rounded at the base, ai
sharply serrate, green on both sides, dark above, 3-6 ■
in. loag: anthers broadly oblong: fr. narrow-oblong,
with decuTTcnt wing. From Canada to Va., west to
Mo. 8.8.5:264,265. Era. 382.
19. mandBch&rica, Rupr. (F. nigra, var, mandshiirica,
Lingelsh.) . Tree, to 100 It., with obtusely ouadrangular
branches and dark brown buds: Ifts, 0-11, almost sessile.
DD. Rttdiiv without consptfiioiu rufous tomenium: fis.
perfect or polygamou*.
E. Buds bJoot.
20. enilsior, Linn. Fig. 1577. Tall tree, to 120 ft.:
Ifts. 9-13, almost sessile, oblong-ovate or ovato-lanceo-
late, acute or acuminate, serrate, dark green above,
paler beneath, 2-5 in. long: fr. oblong, often emai^
_.._ _!,.... ,1,. :. i..,j, Eu \Y Agjjj H.W.3:59,
, j>. 273. K.E. 24:395. Many
^It., some of the most distinct
U-. tUbo-margiiUta, Hort. Lfts.
ntea, Loud. (var. iU>o-varief^ta,
white. Var. Ifttea, Loud. Lvs..
Var. jaspldoa, Desf. Bark of
e young branches striped pink-
) white. Var. abrea, Pers. With
How branches. Var. atlrea-p£n-
ila, Loud. With pendulous yel-
ir branches, but a somewhat
^ak grower. Var. erftsa, Willd,
ar. asjienifUia, Kirchn. Var.
nntdta, Hort. Var. elcgtu^teimit,
jrt. Var. scofoperuir^fiita, Hort.).
ta. very narrow, inciaely serrate
d often almost linear. Var.
Ispa, Willd. (Var. atrbvirens,
Var. eucuiWia, Hort.). with
very dark green curled and
. twisted lvs. ; of slow growth.
Var. diversiffllia, Aft. (F.
heleropkylla, Vabl. F, Hm-
rt. F. riifa, Hort., not Bosc).
I, usually incieely dentate. Gn.
phfUa, Kuntie {F. monophyUa,
Willd.). Lvs. simple, ovate,
r 2 small Ifta. at the case. Var.
noniifblia, Var. globbsa, Hort.).
ring, dwarf form with very
:380, Var. pfaduU, Ait. With
Ine of the best pendulous trees
for forming arbora and shady seats. Go. 39, p, 451;
e8,p.4O0.
EE. Buds hrmim.
r. Ifii. tetsile or nearly to.
a. Nwnber of (fts. SS, raxtiy 7.
21. Bjrrlau, Boiss. (F. sogdiAna, Dipp., not Bunxe.
F. (uTjteifdntea, Catr.). In cult. UBUollv Hmall tree, the
brancbes with short internodca and Ivs. therefore
crowded, often in whorla of 3: Ifta. lanceolate, acumi'
nate, cuneate at the base, serrate, bright green and
quite glabrous on both adea, lH-2>4 ■"- long: panicles
1 W in. long: fr " " ' " "
toKurdistao.
A[li«d to F. MarifwiT^n!*"lfu. »bou
oa. Number of Ifls. 7^13.
head and dense sma^ foliage.
Q<uli}dlia. Vahl. CIoKlr f
■t the ban., 8. Eu., N. Af r.?
■led u
uhM, QHpeciaUy viriABkted forma, uv cull- under
iuttriiit. Osy— T. siiBiutifDlu vwT. austfulu.— ?.
>C. AlliedloF.luicedit&.TrH!,lo70ft.: IEIi.StS,
el.— F.CriStbil.
uif' :lfl^6.iub-
undedatthe
deoa often other
thil DUDB.—^. .
fifriandicndna. DC. /-
ormle or obovsle, mmM, downy iloDg tbe vei
ioBM. TeiuU)Mei.B.S.S;273,— r. braaiOta. 1
— 7: coHicM, Wnto. Allied to F. Teluiinm. Ti«, to ao
tKK.gUiiKKiiar □ubeMant'balow! S. CalR. to UtAh, Ai.i.. .•!;>. o.o.
14:713.— r. din^rpAa, Con. A Dur.— F. unttaoiyk>iilea var.
dimorphL — F.dipttala.BoolcikArB. Allied to F. cuspioeta. Shrub:
Uta. e-7, elliptis or Dvat«, BernW or entire, H-2 m. lone: Ba. with
3 obovale petaia. Calif., Mei. S.S. 6:261. Tmdet.—F. ftaritnltula.
Wall. Albed to F. loniiciupiB. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ifta. 5-T, ovale-
laneeolate, aerrate. retieulat« beneath. 2-4 in. Ion*: tunicl '
to 10 in. loni; peta'- ->•' ■■- — ' t.^IT- "^ a
Bare.— F. pausifiorB
Small liw: Uta. S-7. , , ,. .„
H-l in- long: Ir. linearoblana. cmarEiiiaK. 3.S. 6:262. G.F.
Z;4S1.— ^. Grifilkii. Oarke (F, bracteata, Herotl.). Allied 1 ~
na: Sa in 10-fld- rai
. hjfbruio, linvelA^
iridana, Sarg. F. 1;
. Himalayae. Tern
4-7 in. loDC uDicle larfe and denKt: fr. 1-1 M in- Iode, Kid.
bmd. Cent. China. Hiinalayu. — P. plaliimla. Oliver. Alliecl to
F. ameiicana. Tree: peliolat enlarged and winged al the baae;
Ifu. G-7. ovats-lancseolate. Enely acrnte. hairy alunii the midrili
below, 2-4 ia.: Ir. narrow-obkjug, aoute. Cent. China. H.t.
20^1020.— F. pn/^ndn. Bmh. Allied, to F^nniylvanica. Lfta.
., . , 4-8 in. long: (c.
. eourimate. Cent. Cniina. H. 1.20:1630. Onlylbe
:ult-— F- loediirus, Buoge, Allied to F. poumophila.
ate-[anceoial«, hnght green: fr. I ^ in. Inag, obtuse or
emarginate. Turlteetao- — F.ltxinnt, wg; Allied
F.
lamariadfUia, Hort., partly). Tree: ifta. 7-11, ovate-
oblong to oblong-lanceolste, acuminate, cuncate Bt
the base, sharply serrate, light green on both sides and
KlsbrouB except along the midrib below, lH-3 in. long:
fr. obovate-oblong, acute or obtusish, narrowed at the
base. May. S. Ku. to Persia.
23. rotimdifdiia, Mill. (?. pamifdlia. Lam. F. Un-
Hacifblia, Deaf. F. tamariscifMia Hort., partly). Shrub
or small tree, to IS ft., with slender, often purplish
branches: Ifts. 7-13, sessile, broadly oval to elliptic,
rarely obovate, acute, or rounded at the apex, ser-
rate, H-1!^ in. long: fr. oblong obtuse or acute. W.
Asia, S. Eu. Var. i^adula, Rehd. (F. ■parvifblia var.
brancbes, forming ft
FT. LfU. dUlincUy slatked; alaik H-H*"- long.
24. potamOphUa, Herd. (F. Rigelii. Dipp.>. Small
tree, to 30 ft., with ratber stout, upright brancbes: Ifts.
7-13, stalked, rhombio-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sei^
rat«, acute or acuminate, glabrous or spariagly pubes-
cent on the midrib below, 1-2 >^ in, long: fr. oltlanceo-
late-oblong, with decurreut wing, acute, 1 in. long.
Turkestan. Songaria. — Handsome tree with round
h«ry.-F.
— F. paucifldra,
i.~i.iagS^. Allied
!-2Min.,witl
wing. Ind
,lli«rio F.
FRE^IA (name unexplained, perhaps peisonaJ).
IridAcex. Popular "bulbs for fall planting and winter
blooming, and next to the Chinese narcissus, which may
be grown in water, they flourish in home windows witli
less care than moet other bulbs; they are also much-
prized florists' plants; easily grown, attractive, and
iraerant.
Cormous plants, with plane narrow Ivs. at the base
and somewhat on the Bts., and showy fls. in small clus-
ters at the top of the slender St.: perianth tubular and
funnel-shaped, the segms. moie or less unequal; sta-
mens 3, inserted in the tube, the anthers linear; ovary
ovoid or oblong, 3-celled, with crowded ovules, the
style filiform and the branches 2-fid (Tritonia^ closely
ajli«i, has simple style-branches); fr. a loeulicidal i-
valved caps., bearing turgid seeds. — 8. Afr., probably
2 or 3 original species, but tbe specific limits difficult
of determination.
Frcesias have well-shaped tubular flowers, white or
pale yellow. The five to seven flowers are upriBht and
attached along a. jointed axis which is Buddenly bent
back almost at right an^^les to the vertical peduncle.
The popularity <^ freesias is a. growth of the last
quarter century or more, although they have been in
cultivation since 1818 or earlier. Conservative botanists
now suppose that the usual garden freesias are all orira-
nally of one stock, which species should be called F.
1278
FREESIA
refraaa. Extremes of variatioD in form are shown in
Figs. 1578 and 1579, from the long and slender tube of
var. aI6a to the short and broader tube of var. Leieht-
linii. One of the earliest pictures of the plant is that in
the "Botanical Regietcr" for 1816 (Plate 135, u Trr-
Umia refraeta), a part of which is reproduced in Fig.
1578 to show the great irregularity of the coroila-Iobw
at that early period, and the strauling habit of the
flowers, some pointine down and others up. The gar>
den evolution of the ireeeias has proceeded along two
lines. The greatest effort has been expended to pro-
duce a pure ffhibe flower, and in the best strains the
white color is mostly associated with a long and slen-
der tube. The ideal of a yellow flower is less popular,
and is mostly associated with the shorter and broader
FREMONTIA
drainage, and let the potting earth contain a little sand
and more or lees fibrous material. Usually several
bulbs are planted together in pots or boxes (about sis
bulbs in a 5-inch pot). Offsets are freely produced and
these may be used for propagation; or seeds may be
employed, giving blooming plants in two or Uiree
years, or sometimes the recent hybrid forms are said
to give bloom in six to seven months from seeding.
distantly branched and bearing a few reduced Ivs: the
basal Ivs. about 6, linear, firm, about 6 in, long:fls.
in loose secund spikes on a flemioee rachis, the spathe-
valves oblong-lanoeolate and acute and not covering
the ovary ; perianth greenish yellow or bright yellow, to
IH >n. long, the tube abruptly constricted below the
middle, the Umb distinctly labiate and the segma.
unequal. B.R. 136 (as Tritimia refrocfa).— The original
type is probably no longer in cult. Var. Uba, Baker
(r. dtiM, Hort.). Lvs. broader: infl. less branched;
spathe-valveB broader, toothed, covering the ovary;
larger, ground-color white and less yellow in throat.
G.31:215. Var. odorita, Baker (/'.odOTYUa.Klatt). Lvs.
broader than in the type, lees rigid, and infl, less
branched and fls. fewer; spathD-valves broader and
more obtuse, toothed at the apex, covering the ovaiy;
fls. bright yellow, the tube abruptly constricted, the
limb not distinctly bilabiate and the segms. obtuse and
nearly equal. L.B.C. 19:1820' (as TriUmia odorata).
Var. I,elchtllnii, Hort. (f. LeicMinii, Klatt), (Fig.
1579). differs m its shorter abruptly constricted tube
and large pale yellow fls.; by many conaid^^ to be a
distinct species.
Armstrongij, W. Wats. Diffeiv from F. r^racla
color of the fls. and absence of purple from the If,
1S». Frmda r«tr*ct« nr. LakhtllnU. (XH)
e the forms with straggUng inflores-
nd irregular corolla-lobes have been suppn '
ly readily see how etronglvtwo-hpped anagi
he flowers of 1816, and how much the
tube. In both (
cence and i
Onemayr _, _. _ „ . . _^, „-.---„
were the flowers of 1816, and how much the tube
was bulged on one side. Any tendencies toward such
forms in modem bulbs are signs of undesirable charac-
ter. In pedigree plants the lobes are rounded and the
flowers symmetrical.
These plants are much forced by florists, chiefly for
cut-flowers at Christmas. If cut when only two flowers
are out, the others will open. They may be had in
flower from Christmas until June by succcasion&l
plantings from August to February. For the best
results the largest and hi^rat-priced bulbs should be
Elanted as early as Au^st. Under good care, the
loom may be secured in ten to twelve weeks after
the bulbs are planted: it is not necessary that the bulbs
be kept cool or stored for a time after potting, as is the
case with hyacinths and tuhps, for thev root quickly
and start rapidly into growth. For holiaay bloom, the
bulbs are planted in October. One of the strong points
of freesiss is that plftnting may be delayed longer than
with many other bulbs. Bottoms may be dried oS
gradually m the pots and then be shaken out and kept
dry durmg summer. Repot: the larger bulbs will
bloom, but will not give so good results as medium-sized
the
16-20 in.: tube white with orange at base, the
segms. markedly bordered with rose-purple: about
one month later in blooming then F. T^rada alba.
Named for W. Armstrong, of S. Afr. Gn. 59, p. 374.
CM. 48:833.
hfbrida, Hort. Here belong many hybrid forms, some
of them known as the "colored freesias," as: F. Chdp-
tnanii, a cross of the typical F. refraeta {F. aurea, Hort.),
with var. alba, producing a soft yellow flushed witi
deeper yellow and with an orange blotch (Gn. 71, p.
165. G.M.50:164. G.31:175); F. Tubirgenii, being
a cross of F. refraeta aiba, and F. Armtrongii (G.wT
13, p. 199. G. 28:215. Gn. 69, p. 184. J.H. III.
52:299); F. kewhigU, hybrid probably between F.
Arm^ongii and F. Leichtlinii; F. Mdidenii, being F.
refTacIa aiba x F. Amtilrongii; F. Roffioniiri, a race
resulting from the croBsing of F. refraeta, F. LeiehUinii
and their hybrids with F. Armttrongii, described as
producing scented fls. tinted in shades of pink, rose,
purple, blue, brown, orange, and spotted and veined.
L, H, B.t
FlLEM6irnA (after John Charles Fremont, dis-
tinguished western explorer, who discovered it in 1S46).
Syn. Fremoniodfndrtm. Stercvliiax. Ornamental
woody plant, grown chiefly for its showy yellow flowers.
Deciduous shrub or small tree with stellate pubes-
calyx large, deeply 5-parted, with 3 small bracts at the
base; stamens 5, coimate toward the base into a tube;
ovary superior, inclosed by the staminal tube; style
filiform: tr. a 5-c«lled, hirsute, dehiscent caps, with
FREMONTIA
FRITILLARIA
1279
many seeds. — One specieB in CaUf ., allied to the Mexican
Cheiranthodendron. Its bark is sometimes used as a
substitute for that of the slippery elm and the plant
is thei^ore locally known unaer this name.
This is a beautiful free-flowering shrub, with rather
small, palmately lobed leaves and large yellow flowers
appeanng in great profusion in June. It is not luundy
North, and in cooler regions it should have a sunny
and sheltered position^ preferably against a wall of
southern aspect; it prefers well-drained, rather dry soiL
and dislikes, especially during the winter, an excess m
moisture. Propagation is by seeds or by greenwood
cuttings under glass in summer.
califAmicay Torr. (Fremontodhidran calif&micum,
CoviUe). To 20 ft.: Ivs. generally roundish ovate, cor-
date or rounded at the base, obtuse, *3-5-lobed or
almost entire, whitish or femigineous pubescent
beneath, H-IH in, lon^: caljrx 1)^-3 in. across, deep
yellow, with stellate ban's outside, villous at the base
within; lobes orbicular: caps, densely beset with hispid
hairs, 1 in. long. S.S. 1:23. B.M. 5591. Gn. 3, p. 55;
22, p. 115; 29:8; 33, p. 566. G. 5:397; 32:457. G.M.
50:29. F.S. 22:2349. R.H. 1867:90. I.H. 13:496.
B.H. 17:13.
Alfred Rbhdbr.
FRETCmfenA (Chas. Louis de Fieycinet, 1779-
1842, French navigator). Pandandcex. Climbing or
etra^^ling shrubs sometimes seen under glass and pei^
haps planted far S., but apparentlv not in the Amencan
trade. The sts. are often prolonged, rooting: Ivs.
sheathing at base, the free part long and narrow, cari-
nate, serrate or entire: fls. dioecious, in terminal fas-
cicled spadioes surrounded by fle^y leafy often colored
bracts; males consisting of several stamens with short
filaments; females of many 1-oelled many-ovuled
denselv packed ovaries: fr. an oblong mass of fleeh^r or
hard orupes. — Species above 50, islands of the Pacific,
Austral., New Zeal. F. Bdnksiif Cunn., is a tall climber,
sometimes attaining the tops of high trees, with many
stout branches, the arching Ivs. to 3 ft. long and most
abundant toward the ends of the branches: fl.-bracts
numerous and leafy, the inner ones with thick succulent
bases, sweet, and often eaten in New Zeal., where the
plant is native: fr. rather fleshy, brown at maturity,
Hin. k>ng, edible. B.M. 6028. F, Cumingidna, Gaud.,
of uncertain nativity, is more slender, Ivs. not arching
and divaricate. The freycinetias are little grown
indoors as they require much room. They may be
used as pillar piants. Prop, by offsets. l. H. B.
nOHGB-TRBB: Chionanthut wirginiea.
FRITILLARIA {lAtmfritiUus, commonly understood
to be a checker-board, but may have meant dice-box).
LiUdeese, FiimLLARY. This group includes the crown
imperial and the fritillaries, haxdy bulbous plants,
mostly low-|rowing and spring-blooming, with drooping
or nodding flowers which are often checkered or t^sef
lated with dark purple and green, but some also with
brishter colors.
Various leafy-stemmed simple herbs, the st.-lvs.
narrow, sessile, alternate or whorled, the bulb mostlv
of few fleshy scales: perianth deciduous, mostly bell-
shaped or sometimes bowl-shaped, the segms. nearly
or quite equal, oblong or ovate, all or the inner ones
with a nectar-bearing cavity or area at the base ; sta-
mens 6, with slender filaments and linear or oblong
anthers; ovary 3-celled, nearly or quite sessile: fr. an
ovoid or sub^bose loculicidal winged or angled caps.,
with numerous seeds. — Species perhaps 70, widely dis-
tributed in the north tempo^te zone. Fritillaries
resemble lilies in having droooing or nodding fls. but
their anthers are fixed at the oase, while those of the
lilies are fastened on the back but are free to swing
about. Lilies have funnel-shaped fls., while fritil-
laries and tulips have bell-shapea fls., and tulip fls. are
erect. Nearly all the Old World fritillaries resemble
tulips in havinff coated bulbs, while the American
fritillaries resemble lilies in having scaly bulbs.
The most popular kinds are the checkered lily (F.
mdeaffris) and crown imperial (F. Imperialis), Figs.
1582, 1583. These are hardy, easy to cultivate, and
variable. The crown imperial is one of the most
characteristic plants of old-fashioned gardens, but it has
been banishecf from many modem gardens because of
its strong fetid odor. It is the most robust species, and
imtil lately was supposed to be the only one with its
flowers in umbels, all the others being solitary or in
racemes. It rejoices the children early in every spring
by its pearly drops of nectar, which seem never to falL
F. meleagrist the most popular of the purple kinds, is
the common snakeVhead or checkered lily, so called
from the tessellation of purple and green, which is
prettiest when as sharply and Tegularly defined as
possible. This plant grows wild in moist English mead-
ows, and can be naturalized in lar^ quantities in such
situations. Other ancient inhabitants of European
eardens are F. UUifoliay F, ItUea and F, persica. Other
kinds are apparently less known in gardens. As a rule,
the kinds that are chiefly purple or green, or mixtures of
both colors, are dull, imattractive and curious compared
with the few kinds that have brilliant vellow or red.
Of the duller and purple kinds, two of the choicest,
next to F. mdeaoriSf are F. tulipifolia (which is flamed
like a tulip and never checkered) and F, camtschatr
censis. great masses of which in Alaska make one of
the smnmer sights'' remembered by the tourists.
The white in fritillaries is perhaps always more or less
greenish, and .the white color in F, meUigris is as good
as in any species. A most brilliant species is F. recurva,
which is also difficult of culture. Next in brilliancy
come such species as F. ItUeQf F. aurea, F. Moggridgei
and F, pudica. all highly individual and all yellow,
some checkered, others not.
The culture of fritillaries is rather various, as some
species are capable of being naturalized, some culti-
vated in borders, some in rockeries and others in pots.
The crown imperial, being exceptionally vigorous,
requires deep planting, rich soil and much room. The
earth should be trenched. Well-rotted manure may be
worked into the soil 6 inches below the bulbs and the
bulbs set on a level 6 inches from the surface of the
groimd. If possible it should be shaded from the mid-
day sun, as southern exposures are said to make the
flowers smaller and shorter-lived. In border cultiva-
tion of fritillaries the essential peculiarities are a
sheltered shady site, early fall planting, division every
two or three years, and, as a rule, a warm, deep, sandy
loam, which is not too cold or too retentive of moisture.
Bulbs of the taller kinds may be planted 3 to 4 inches
deep; bulbs of the dwarf kinds may be set at half that
depth. As all fritillaries increase rapidly by offsets, it
is desirable to lift and divide the plants at least every
three years, or the small bulbs will rob the big ones.
For the same reason, fritillaries are rarely propagated
by seeds. The dwarl and rare sorts require more care
and some leaf-mold in their soil, and some kinds require
an evergreen carpet through which they may spring,
as Sedum hiapanicum or its var. glaucum.
Our native fritillaries, which include the bright-
flowered F. recurva and F. pudiax, are confined to the
Pacific coast. Of these Carl Purdy makes two cultural
groups, based on the character of bulb, the kind of soil
and the conditions of shade. The first ^up contains
F. hiflorGf F. lUiaceaf F. plwrifioTa and F. Purdyi; the
second F, atropvrpurea, F. coccinea^ F. lanceolata, F,
jxurviflora, F. pudica and F. recurva. The former grow
m the sun in open fields in heavy clay soils; the latter
in i^ady woods in well-drained soils, but F. pudica
does not need so much shade as the others of its group,
and must have sandy loam and slight shelter. The bulbs
of the first group are composed of thick, heavy scales
128D
FRITILLARIA
FRITILLARIA
attached to a^thin rhisomatous base, and the stems
are 4 to 12 inches high and very leafy at the base;
in the second group the bulbs are of one piece, and low-
conical in form, their sides thickly covered with small,
round, white rice-like offsets, and the slender stems
are 1 to 3 feet high and leafy above the base. For
the first group Purdy recommends a rich loam, and a
slight shade to draw out the stems and prolonjg the
bloom; for the second group a light, loose soil, rich in
mold, a sheltered place and oonsiaerable shade. At
the best these are not profuse in their bloom.
The key to the various subgenera here given is
essentially Baker's in his monograph in Jour. linn.
Soc. 14:251 (1875) ; it rarely happens that the botanical
and horticultural interests agree in using such simple
and obvious characters as those of the bulb and style.
The nectaries or glands are less useful and reliable, but
they help to explain the natural groups in this varied
genus.
KEY TO THE SUBGENERA.
A. Bulbs tuniccUed (i.e., coated).
B. Style S-cut.
C. Olanda distinct and promi-
nent, equal. Species. Subgenera.
D. Glands lona 1. Eupritillabia
DD. Glands wide 2-14. Monocodon
cc. Glands obscure, equal, long. . Notholirion
BB. Style undivided.
c. Glands equal, obscure 15-17. Amblirion
cc. Glands uneqwd, prominent.
D. Glands long 18. Korolkowia
DO. Glands short Rhinopbtalum
AA. Bulbs scaly.
b. Style undivided 19-21. Theresia
BB. Style S-cut.
c. Cam. acutely angled.
D. Pis. solitary or racemose.. 22-25. Goniocarpa
DD. Fls. in umbels 26. Pbtilium
cc. Caps, obtusely angled 27-30. Liliorhiza
alba, 1.
armeoa. 16.
atropurpurea, 24.
aurea, 7-9.
biflora, 29.
Burnatii, 3.
camsohatoenms, 30.
ohitralenns, 26.
ooccinea, 25.
contorta, 1.
delphinenna, 3.
Elwesii. 14.
floribunda, 22.
fusco-lutea, 16.
ffracilia, 22.
Imperialu, 26.
INDEX.
kam$chatcenai», 30.
lanoeolata, 22.
latifoUa. 7-9.
UuoarUKa, 4.
libanotica, 20.
liliaoea. 28.
longipetala, 26.
lutea, 7-9.
meleagris, 1.
meteacroides, 11.
minor, 11, 19.
Moggridgei, 3.
mutica, 22.
oranensis, 13.
pallidiflora, 10.
parviflora, 23.
permca, 19.
pluriflora, 21.
pudica, 17.
Purdyi, 21.
psrrenaioa, 12.
Raddeana, 26.
recurva, 27.
ruthenioa, 6.
Sewersowi, 18.
Thunber^, 4.
tubeformis, 3.
tulii>ifolia, 15.
vertidllata, 4.
Walujewi, 5.
Whittallu, 2.
1. meleAgiis, Linn. Checkered Lilt. Snake's-
Head. Figs. 1580-1582. St. 1 ft. or more high: Ivs.
3 or 4, linear or lanceolate, typically 1-fld. : fl. dull red
with the inside checkered and spotted with hkher
color; segxns. oblong, narrowed at both ends, about
1 3^ in. long, the inner ones bearing an oblong or linear
cavity; fls. sometimes white or yellowish, or purplish
and more or less checkered. England and Norway,
through Cent. Eu. to Caucasus. Gn. 32:536; 47, p.
330; 52. p. 243. — ^The Dutch bulb-growers keep seveiul
kinds aistinct. The extremes of color-range are (1)
a greenish white, (2) a sufl^cient degree of purple to
make the checkering as distinct as possible, and (3)
an approach to yellow. Some kinds bear 2-3 fls. ; some
are double; some fls. spread so widely as to be almost
funnel-shaped. Var. &lba, Hort. White. G. 29:355.
Gn.W. 21:221. Var. contdrta, an old monstrosity,
instead of segms. free all the way, and a shouldered
base, has the lower third of the perianth united into
a funnel-shaped tube. The yellow of some fls. is con-
i'ectured to be the result of a cross with F. lutea made
>efore Gerarde's time. In England the species flowers
toward the end of April. G. 18:182; 35:273. J.H. lU.
1580. Stamens
and iriitil of
Fritillaria
Meleagris.
From Flora
Danica, show-
ing the S^ut
stigma, an im-
portant cha^
acter in this
genus.
52:329. Gn.M. 10:117; 12:228. Gn. 61, p. 306 (vara.)
G.M. 52:770.
2. Whfttallii, Baker. Height 1 ft.: st. 1-fld.: Ivs.
linear, glaucous: fls. checker^ green and brown; nec-
taries orbicular. Mt. Taurus.
3. tubaefdimis, Gren. & Godr. (F. delphininsis,
Gren.). St. 6-12 in., often only 1-fld.: Ivs. aoove mid-
dle of St. oblanceolate to Unear: fls. wine-
purple, spotted yellow and somewhat
checkered, inodorous; segms. obtuse.
Alps. — Distinguished by the glands 3-4
lines long and stigmas very short. Baker
gives the same color-range as for F.
mdeaaris. The most desirable form is
var. M6ggridgei, Boiss. (F. Mdggridgei.
Hort.), with bright yellow, checkerea
inside with bright red or reddish brown.
This is a dwsurfer form from the mari-
time Alps with wider Ivs. (6-9 lines),
longer stigmatic cusps, approaching F,
lutea, and essentially yellow-fld. G.C.
IL 13:533. Gn. 18:132. F.M. 1880:
405. — It blooms early. Var. BumAtii.
Planch., bright plum-color, checkerea
greenish yellow: fl. solitary, broadly bell-
shaped, smaller, earlier and with smaller
glands.
4. verticilUlta, Willd. (F. leucdntha, Fisch.). Height
13^ ft.: sts. simple, often 1-, sometimes 2-5-fld.: Ivs.
near the middle of the st.. ovate and tapering toward
the apex: fls. white or yellow, with small darker spots
at the base. Altai Mts. B.M. 3083. — In the type the
Ivs. are numerous, 20-40: anthers barely half as long
as the filaments: style no longer than the ovarv, but in
var. Thiinbergit, Hort. (F. ThiXnhergiij Mia.), the upper
Ivs. are often sparse: anthers as long as tne filaments;
style 1 H-2 times as long as the ovary . G.C. II. 13 : 532.
It is doubtful whether tne yellow-fld. form is cult.
5. Waluj&wi, Kegel. Probably belongs here, as its
linear Ivs. have tendrils: st. 1 ft.: fls. silver-white or
lead-colored outside and crimson-brown spotted white
or yellow inside. Tiu'kestan. Gn. 52:243.
6. nith€nica, Wikst. Height 1-2 ft.: st. 1-3-fld.:
Ivs. 6-20, linear-lanceolate: fls. livid purple, obscurely
checkerea. Caucasus.
7-9. liitea, MiUer, and its allies F. Utifdlia, Willd.,
and F. adrea, Schott. These 3 names may be*taken as
representing the 3 well-marked types of color: F. lutea
an intermediate form, essentially vellow, but greenish,
and with the purple checker-marks duller in color ana
not so shiuply de&ied and regular. F. latifolia repre-
senting the extreme of dark purple and
green without yellow; F. aurea, at the
other extreme, being essentially yellow,
the checker marks smaller and more
sharply defined^ and the colors bright. In
this sense the pictures may be referred to
the types as follows: B.M. 1538 to F.
lutea; B.M. 853 and 1207 to F. latifolia;
B.M. 7374, R.H. 1878, p. 287, Gn. 42:
72, J.H. III. 28:357, to F. awrea. F.
latifolia represents the extreme width of
J iM Ivs., and F. aurea is said to differ in
«"~«'*J having the lower Ivs. often whoried. All
g^!^i"3 these grow }^1 ft. high. One of the most
anciently cult, of all fritillaries is F. lutea,
which is found promiscuously mingled with the wider-
Ivd. form, both wild and cult. At present the most
popular of the 3 is probably F. aurea. The Dutch bulb-
growers advertise several varieties of F. latifolia. These
3 species are fom S. W. Asia. — F. lutea. St. often 1-fld. :
Ivs. alternate, hnear-lanceolate: fls. yellow, more or
less marked or suffused with purple; segms. oblong-
lanceolate. F. latifblia (F. lutea var. latifolia) has
1581. Strange
form of doub-
ling in the
FRITILLARIA
lonoeolate Ivb., the upper ones oppoeite: fls. purple.
F. aurea. Lve. 10-12, lower in 3 b, linear, somewnat
gUucouB and fleshy: fls. solitary, bright yellon.
10. p•Ilidifl^^^ Scbrenk. Height 0-lS in.: iva. many,
l«rge t/ad broad, glaucoua-blue: fla. 1-6, yellow, h&nd-
Bomely tessellated in-
side. Siberia. B.M.
6725 (green, with a few
dark purple Bpot«).
Gt. 6:328. R.H. 18S0,
p. 215. G.C. II. 19:
573. Gn.W. 23:397.
11. m«leagroldes,
Patrin, {F. nAtior,
Ledeb.). Height 1-2
ft.: St. very slender,
mostly l-fld.:lTB. 3-6,
) narrowly linear: fls.
dark purple, spotted
green; anthers a third
the length of the fila-
ments. W. Siberia.
B.M. 3280.
12. pyreniiu, Linn.
Height 1-lJ^ ft.,
most^ 1-fld.: lve. 6-10,
linear, glaucous; fls.
dark purple, spotted
Seen; antiiers two-
ths the length of the
filamenta. Pyrenees.
B.M. 664, not 952 or
1216.
13. orantinslB, Baker.
Height 1-1!^ ft.: tower
IvB. lanceolate; upper
Ivs. Unear:fla. dark pur-
ple, obscurely check-
-■■ — - — "-'- s:g.?rT3:Mi':*"-
14. flwesil, Boiss.
Lvs. 5~G: fls. green,
flushed purple on back
and tips, not checkered.
Lycia. B. M. 6321
(erroneously, as F. aetmypelala). Gs. 65, p. 307. Gn.W.
21:445.
15. tuUpUUU, Bieb. Height 2-S in.: st. 1-Bd.: lve.
3-4, elliptic, concave, nerveless, VA-2)4 in. king: fis.
solitary, inside rusty brown-purple, not checkered,
outside dark glaucous- blue, streaKed with the same
purple. Caucasus. B.M. 5969. — One of the choicest
and daintiest kinds. Very distinct. Folia^ glaucous
blue: fls. reeembling a tulip in shape, and with a chalky
look outside.
16. armftna, Boiss. Height 6-12 in.: st. 1-fld.: ivs.
+-i lower lanceolate, upper linear; fls. between funnel-
and bell-shaped, dark purple, not checkered. Armenia.
B.M. 6365. J.H. III. 35:83. Var. fCsco-lbtea, Hurt.,
tawny yellow.
17. pftdica, Spreng. St. 2-10 in.: Ivs. 3-8, lower ones
Btrap-anapcd, often apposite (while in F. ttdimfcAia
and F. armena they are alternate), upper ones linear:
fl. usually solitary, pale or dark yellow, rarely purple,
never checkered; segms. oblong-spatulate ana obtuse,
more or less spreikding. N. W. Amer. Gn. 13:598;6I, p.
337. R.H. 1895, p. 229. G.C. III. 19:403. J.H. III.
32:295. Mn. 4:49.— The stamens (as in Nos. 14 and
15) are nearly as long as the perianth. "Deep orange-
yellow, fragrant." — Van Tubergen.
18. SewfRowi, Kegel. Height 1-1 >j ft.: lowest lvs.
lorate-lanceolate, 1 in. wide, often opposite, upper lvs.
lanceolate, 6-7-nervod, 3-4 in. long: pediceb 3-6 lines
long; fls. 6-10, green, not checkered, but with a few
ChKfeuad Ulj (FritUlaria :
crli).
FniihlHily
Horliu Ey>l
1913. IIiiDOr
.MoAB. piibluhvd ii
FRITILLARIA
G.C. III. 1:467. Gn. e
19. p«reica, Linn. Robust, 2-3 ft. high: \\a. 40-60,
glaucous, linear, 4-6 in. long, 6-9 lines wide: raceme
10-50-fl([.; fls. small betl-shaped, slightly odorous, lilao*
Eurpic, sometimes chalky outside and Imed with purple
ut never checkered; stamens a trifle shorter than the
perianth. Orient. Fls.eadaf Aprilorbeginningof May.
B.M. 1537. Var. n^or, Sims, B.M. 962 (excluding
synonymy), has smaller fls. and anthers barely exserted.
20. Ubanfitica, Baker. Closely resembling No. 19, but
with 6-30 strongly odorous fls., pale lilac, with darker
vertical veins; stamens a third shorter than the peri-
anth; anthers purplish. Palestine, rocky and shady
parts of Mt. Leoanon.
21. plBriflS[»,Torr, Pojk Fwtillaby. Height 6-12
in.: lvs. few, mostly at the base, oblong-lanceolate,
about 4 in. long: raceme 4-12-fld.; fls. rosy purple, not
checkered, the glands Uot evident; stigma shortly
3-lobed. Calif. G.C. III. 21:231.— Blooms early, f.
Pfirdyi, E^tw., difiers in the fl. being white beauti-
fully tinged purple. Humboldt Co., C^.
22. Unceollta, Pursh. Sts. 1-3 ft.: lvs. 4-10, lanceo-
late, whorled on the upper part of st. (or sometimes
scattered), ovate-lanceolate, 2-4 in. long: fls. 1-4,
bowl-shaped, dark purple mottled greenish yellow,
somewhat variable in color; segms. ovate to oblong,
concave, with Isxge' gland. Cahf. Var. giicilis, Wats.
Fls. very smalt with narrow and more acuminate segms.,
deep purple or almost black. Var, SoribilDda, Benth.
[F. mutiai, Lindl.). Fls. 3 to many, dark purple or
greenish and conspicuously spotted or checkered, the
segms. crisped or erose. — The bulbs of F. lanceoiata
live one year; the scales are few or none, and the bulb
is covered with
rice-like bulblets
(whence the
name "rice-root
lily").
23. pairiflOra,
Torr. St. 5-20-
fld.:lvB.about9,
mostly whorled,
linear: fls. pur-
ple, suffused
green, not check-
ered, on short
and strongly re-
curved pedicels;
segms. with
shallow nectar-
ies. Sierra Ne-
vadas in Calif.
24. I
pftrea,Nutt. St.
1-6-fld., lower
and more slender
than in No. 23:
lvs. 12-20, scat-
tered or oapeT-
- tly whorled:
dark purple
fectly
obscurely check-
ered with green,
on slender pedi-
cels. Wyo. and
Utah, to the
Sierras and the
Columbia River.
25. cocclaea,
Greene. Scak-
LBT Fritillart. 1583. Tbi Cron Imperial.— PrllUluU
1282 FRITILLARIA
eleoder, 12-18 in. high: Iva. 3-7, in 2 or 3 whorb
at middle of St., narrow-linear: fls. scarlet, slightly
mottied within with yellow. Calif. — Said to be very
like ¥. recoTva, but lower and leas leafy and the fls. of
different colu"; it has a smaller bulb and tekte more
readily to cult.
2S. ImperiiliB, Linn. {TmperiMU eorondla, Dum.
Coura.), Crown IMPBRIAL. Fi^. 1583. Height 2-3 ft.:
Ivs. numcrouB, crowded, ascending, i^l in. wide, high-
est often in whorle of 8-10: fls. end of March. B.M. IM
and 1215. Gn. 46, p. 101; 52, p. 243. A.G. 13:488.
R.B. 20:196.— There are single and double forms in
yellow and red, and kinds with foliage striped white,
and with gold. There arc varieties Aurora, Maximus,
and William Rex, red; Sulphureua. Bulfur-yellow; ana
Crown upon Crown, Couronne Orange, R«d S!mb-
waard and others. Var. lonzipitala, Hort, On.
66:358, with loDg segms. Var. cmtTalGnsiB, Hort., has
rich yellow fls. ; said to be a common form in Chitral
{British India). G.C. III. 47:171. G.M.54:682. F.
Raddeftna Regel, from Turkestan, is somewhat dwarfer,
blooms earlier, has flora] Ivs. recurved-spreading, fls.
Straw-colored or greenish yellow and shorter than the
pedicels.
27. recfirva, Benth. Hei^t 6-24 in.: st. 2-8-fld.,
purple, mottled green: Ivs. 6-12, lower ones in whorls of
3-4, linear, ascending: fls. narrow, bell-shaped. Calif.,
Ore. B.M. 6264. Gn. 18:458; 59, p. 415; 61, p. 336.
— This has stamens only a little 8hort«r than the
perianth, white in the next 3 species they are only
hair the length of the perianth. Distinct by the color
of the fls., which are bright red oUtside without a
trace of purple, and brilliant yellow inside, spotted
with red.
28. lUiiCM, Lindl. White Fiutillart. Height
3-12 in.: st. l-O-fld.: Ivs. on st. few, linear-oblong or
linear, those of the radical tuft narrowly or broadly
oblong: fls. between funnel- and bell-shaped, whitish,
veined green, not checkered; gland at base of segma.
greenish and purple-dotted. Cahf. in Coast Range
from San Francisco south. Gt. 1871:715.
29. bifl&ra, Lindl. Black Lilt. Chocolatb Lily.
Height 6-18 in., stout: st. I-3-fld.: Ivs. 2-6, most of
them near the base, scattered or whorled, oblong:
perianth greenish or dark purple or lined with purple:
segms. emptic-obovat«, with a greenish longitudinal
band. S. Calif. — Fls. often described as dark cEocolat«-
brown to nearly black.
30. cuntBchatc£nsia, Ker-Gawl. Mostly written
karrUtchalcensig and variously misspelled. (LUtum
camtechatcime, Linn.). Black Lily. Height 6-18 in.:
St. 1-3-fld.; Ivs. 10-15, lanceolate, the lower onee
whorled; fis. livid wine-purple, not checkered, IJi in,
or less long. Siberia, Alaska. Gt. 5:290. Gn. 25:232:
52. D. 242. F.S. 12:1232. G. 14:362.
FROST
FR(ELICHIA (J. A. FVoelich, physician of Ellwangen,
Germany, roonorraphed Gentiana in 1796; died 1841;.
Amaranl^eex. About a dozen species of woolly or hairy
American aimuala, found chiefly in W. Indies, Mex.
and Brazil, scarcely planted: Ivs. opposite, entire or
nearly so: spikes opposite, terminal; fls. perfect, 3-
bracted; calyx tubular, 5-cleft, hardened and spmy-
cre8t«d in fr.; stamens 5, with united filaments; fr. an
indehisccnt utricle, incloeed in the filament-tube. F.
floridAna, Moq., has been advertised for sale in Amer.
It is cult, abroad. Height 1—4 ft., leaBcss above; Ivs.
linear to oblong or lanceolate: spikes 2 in. long or more;
fls. white and woolly, set off by small blackuh bracts:
fr. broadly winged and irr^^arly toothed. July-Sept.
2374^'.— F.'Zdhnii, Hon.' Fli. brll.>h«ped. nlher linra. brow
checkErad with (nea iuids ud itreskHl wilh jfeIIow ouuid
'^'''*"' WiLHELU Miller.
L. H. B.t
Del. I
Fla.,
some authors considered not to be distinct,
L. H. B.t
FROST. Hoar frost or white frost is ice deposited
upon the surface of plants or other objects. Sometimes
it consists of frozen dew-drops, sometimes of feathery
spinelike ice-crystals, but usually both formations are
present. The moisture from which the deposit of ice is
formed comes partly from the ground, partly from the
air, and in the case of plants, probably partly from the
plant itself.
The term "black frost" is used when plants are
froien without the appearance of any deposit of ice
upon them. It occurs when the temperature falls below
the freezing-point (32° F.), but not low enough to cause
the moisture in the air to come out in the form of hoar
frost.
The term "frost," when unqualified, means simply
temperatures that are injurious to vegetation without
r^ord to any deposit oi ice. It is in this sense that
the term "frost" is used in this article.
Degreet of frost.
With respect to the effect of frost on vegetation, the
Weather Bureau recognizes three degrees of frost —
light, heavy, and killing. A light frost is recorded when
only the tendereat plants are injured; a heavy frost,
when the injury to tender plants is more marked and
the hardier plants are damaged; and a killing frost,
when the staple products of the region are injured
severely or are killed. When no deposit of frost occurs
and the temperature of the air as indicated by the
thermometer falls during the night to 32°. a killing
frost is recorded also. Frost charts and frost tables,
published by the Weather Bureau, are based on the
records of killing frosts only.
How planU are injured by /rod.
When ice appears on tjie leaves or blossoms of the
plant, it is evidence that the temperature of the plant
IB at or below the freezing-point; but if the temperature
does not go below 32° F., or docs not remain at that
point too fong, little injury will result to any temperate-
sone plants. In fact, the phenomenon that we usually
have m mind when we speak of killing by low tempera-
ture occurs onlv when ice forms within the tissue. Care-
ful observers have found that the ice formed in the
tissue is nearly always in the intercellular spaces, the
water being withdrawn from the cells to form these
crystals. Whether the withdrawal of water from the
cell is the cause of death or is merely associated with it,
is not certain. In case of winter dormant tissue, that
is very resistant to low temperature, the injury at a
given temperature is much greater when the tempera-
ture-fall is very rapid. In the case of » few tissues, like.
ripe apples and pears and leaves of Agave americarM
and of lettuce, tne rapidity of thawing influences the
extent of injury at the highest killinn temperature of
the tissue. However, it is not a determining factor,
'je carried somewhat low£
e of the rate of thawing.
FROST
FROST
1283
Varieties as well as individual plants differ greatly
in their ability to withstand cold^ and a temperature
that may destroy a plant at one time may cause little
injury at anv other time. Hence, no general statement
can be made with regard to injurious temperatures
that will apply in all cases.
The following table indicates the temperatures (Fahr.)
that have been found injurious to tree fruits durmg the
blossoming period:
Fruito
Petab
closed
In
bloesom
Setting
Later
AddIos
27
20
22
27
30
29
25
28
29
31
30
28
29
29
31
30
Peacbea
Cherries
Peara
30
29
30
Plums
29
General atmospheric conditions thai cause frost.
The loss of heat that brings the temperature of
elants to the freesing-point occurs in two wajrs, — (1)
«s by conduction, and (2) loss by radiation. Loss of
heat by conduction occurs when the air in contact with
the plant is colder than the plant itself. This allows
the heat to flow directly from the plant into the colder
air about it. Frosts due to this cause alone result
almost iayariably from the importation of large masses
of cold air, brought down from the upper atmosphere
by descending currents, or from higher latitudes by
northerly winds, both of which movements usually
are active when the weather clears after a storm
Frosts, particularly in the late ^ring or early fall,
result also from loss of heat by radiation. Plants radi-
ate heat continuously. Diuing the day more heat is
received bv them from the sun than they give off, and
the plant becomes wanner; at night plants pour more
heat into the atmosphere than Qiey receive from it,
hence thej become colder.
Radiation proceeds most rapidly when the sky is
clear and the atmosphere is quiet. Clouds check radia-
tion, because the heat g^ven off from the earth does
not penetrate them ea«ly. Much of it is reflected
back toward the earth, warming the whole stratum
of air between the earth and the clouds.
A quiet atmosphere allows the colder, therefore
heavier^articles of air to settle to the sutiace of the
earth. Thus, on quiet, clear nights, when frost is likely
to occur, the air near the ground may be 10° colder
than the air 10 or 15 feet above the ground. The wind,
by stiring up the atmosphere, prevents the settling
of the cold air, and in this way maintains the stratum
of air near the surface at a more nearly uniform tem-
perature.
Frost results seldom from conduction or radiation
alone. Both usually are active when frost occurs.
Forecasting frost from rveather maps.
Frosts that injure vegetation are a part of the regu-
lar weather sequences. The weather comes to us in
what may be termed waves that travel with more or
less regularity in the middle latitudes from west to
east. The weather map is a survey of the atmosphere.
It charts the daily progress of these weather waves.
By the aid of such a chart it is possible to foresee in a
measure the coming of a frost, and to judge its probable
extent and severity.
The weather map is based on observations of pres-
sure, temperature, cloudiness, wind, and precipitation,
made at many places scattered over a large area. Low
atmospheric pressure indicates the trough of the
weather wave, and high pressure its crest. The low-
pressure area is called the cyclone, because the winds
whirl or eddy about its center, the direction of rota-
tion being counter clock-wise in the northern hemi-
sphere. In approaching the center, the winds have an
ascending as weU as an inward component of motion.
The cyclone also is called a storm, because it is attended
on its eastern side by southerly or easterly winds,
cloudiness, rain or snow, and comparatively high tem-
perature, and on its western side by northerly winds,
clearing weather, and a decided fall of temperature.
fsta
30A>
1584. Weather map, 8 tLJXL, Jane 7, 1913.
The crest of the wave is indicated by iacreased pres-
sure, and is called the anti-cyclone. It is so named
because its structure is exactly opposite to that of the
cyclone. The winds of the anti-cyclone blow outward
from its center, and have a downward component of
motion; the sky is clear; the precipitation is scanty or
absent; and the temperature is comparatively low.
Frosts are most likely to occur in the rear (western
side) of the cyclone, and just in front (eastern side) of
the crest or center of the anti-cyclone. Here is found
the mass of cold air, imported from the north by the
northerly winds, and augmented by the cold brought
down from above by the gently descending currents;
the sky is clear: and as night comes on the air becomes
guiet. Thus, the conditions that cause frost are ful-
lled.
A weather wave, in which frost was the most pro-
nounced characteristic, moved from North Dakota to
the Atlantic coast from June 7 to 10, 1913 (Fig. 1584).
The general conditions on the morning of the 7th and
8th (Fig. 1585) are shown by the accompanying weather
maps for those dates. The eastward prosress of frost
from day to day is indicated by the dotted lines on the
map of the 7th. The relative position of the cyclone
1585. Weather map, 8 ajn., June 8, 1913.
(low) and the anti-cyclone (high), on the 7th, indicates
clearly that frosts will occur over the Upper Mississippi
Valley and the Upper L^es on the following momins,
while the conditions shown by the map of the 8th
make it certain that the frosts wiU spread eastward
over New York and the New Englanci states by the
momingof the 9th.
The Weather Bureau issues frost warnings when
frosts are indicated for any part of the United States.
1284
FROST
FROST
The warnings are distributed by mail, telegraph and
by telephone. They are telegraphed at Government
eiq)en8e to many telephone companies.
Forecaaiing frost from local observaHona,
It is not possible to forecast frost twenty-four or
thirty-six hours in advance without the aid of the
weather map; but, by observing the local conditions
during the late afternoon and early evening, it is pos-
sible often to determine whether a frost will occur
before morning. Assuming that it is the frost season,
the conditions to be considered are: (1) the character
of the preceding weather, (2) the state of the sky.
whether cloudy or clear, (3) the direction and force of
the wind, (4) the trend of the temperature, and (5)
the atmospheric pressure.
Preceding toecUher. — Since the weather comes in
waves, an abnormally warm period is likely to be fol-
lowed by the opposite extreme.
State of the sky. — A clear sky increases loss of heat
by radiation, as explained already.
Direction and force of wind. — A southwest to west
wind indicates tlmt the cyclone is passing (except per-
haps on the Pacific coast, where other conditions ma^
modify the directions), and that the anti-cyclone is
approaching^ while a northwest to north wind indicates
that the anti-cyclone is near. If the wind dies away it
will become colder near the ground.
Trend of the temperature, — If the temperature falls
steadily during the late afternoon, reaching 40** by 6 or
8 p. M., with a clear sky and a light wind, frost is
indicated before morning.
Atmospheric pressure. — ^The actual stage of the
barometer is not important, except if the pressure has
been very low during the aay it indicates the passage
of a deep depression which is likely to be followed by
a high crest. If the barometer rises rapidly during the
late afternoon or early evening it indicates the rapid
approach of the anti-cyclone.
The influence of local conditions on frost.
Everyone who has lived in the open country is
familiar with the fact that some places are more sub-
ject to frost than other places. Crops in one part of a
field may be destroyed by frost, ancl in another part of
the same field remain uninjured. The explanation for
this seeming discrimination is found in the influence
of local conditions.
There are five factors that determine the frost risk
at any place: (1) location, city or country. (2) ele-
vation and topography. (3) proximity to bodies of
water, (4) exposure to tne sun, (5) soil and soil cover-
ing.
Location. — Frosts are much more likely to occur in
the open country than in cities. Many mvestigations
confirm this. The higher night temperatures of cities
is attributed to the heat given off from buildings and
gavements, and to the smoke from the many city
res that collects over cities on quiet nights.
Elevation and topography. — The average tempera-
ture decreases with elevation above sea-level at a rate
of 1** for each 300 feet of ascent. From this it might
be expected that hilltops would be more frosty than
adjacent lower lands. Such is not the case. On clear
3 met nights the colder air that settles to the surface
rains away from the hilltops and hillsides and accumu-
lates over the low lands, decreasing the temperature of
the vegetation and sometimes causmg frost. If the val-
ley into which the cold air drains is closed, so that it
cannot flow away as rapidly as it accumulates, a "frost
pocket" results. Some farms have many such ''frost
pockets." A walk over a farm on a clear quiet ni^t
often will reveal their location and extent. Low hill-
tops and hillsides, but not too near the valley floor,
should be chosen for fruits or other crops that aro
liable to be injured by frost.
Proximity to bodies of vxUer. — Under similar condi-
tions, land warms and cools about five times as rapidly
as water. During the season of spring frosts, the water
is relatively cool, although considerably above the freez-
ing-point. Therefore, it tends to cool the air over
adjacent lands during the day and to warm it at ni^t.
The influence of a body of water on nearby vegetation
is twofold: by lowering the day temperature it retards
growth, and by increasing the night temperature wards
off frost. The fruit-belts along the various lakes are
examples of this twofold influence. The cool air from
the lake by day retards the blooming period, and also
e'ves immunity from frost at ni^t. The influence of a
>dy of water is more marked m the fall than in the
spring, because of the heat stored up by the water dur-
ing the summer. It also increases the length of the
growing season over adjacent lands by ^wding off
irost Doth in spring and fall. The distance to which
the influence of a Dody of water will extend inland
depends upon the volume of water, its temperature
relative to that of the land, the area of its free surface,
the slope of its shores, ana the prevailing winds. The
prevailing winds in the middle latitudes are from the
i. Thi
west.
lus, the influence of a lake extends farthest
on its east side, and farthest also when the land slopes
gently away from the water. The influence of Lake
Michigan, mainly because of the gentle slope of its
eastern shore, extends nearly half way across the state
of Michigan, while the influence of Liake Erie, because
of the abrupt rise of its eastern shore, extends inland
only a few iniles.
Exposure. — Hillsides exposed toward the south are
warmest; next come those facing east, then west, and
finally north. Frost liability tollows in the reverse
order, being gr^test on the north side. In the eastern
states many fruit-growers prefer the northern slope for
an orchard site, notwithstanding its greater liaoility
to frost. This preference is based partly on the opinion
that the colder soil and air of northern slopes tends to
retard the blooming time until the period of spring
frosts is passed.
Soil and soil coverings. — Dark-colored, sandy soils,
because good absorbers of heat, are least liable to
frost. Many cranberry-growers cover the surface of
the bo^ with an inch or two of sand as a means of
protectmg from frost. The sand stores up heat by day
with which to combat frost at ni^ht. Well-drained
soils are less frosty than poorly dramed soils, because,
when the soil is wet, the heat from the sun is expended
in evaporating the water, and not in warming tne soil.
Good tillage reduces the frost risk, because a loose,
porous soifabsorlM more heat than a hard, compact
80^* WiLPORD M. WiiaoN.
The protection of orchards against frost-injury.
Although much interest has been manifested in the
prevention of frost-injury to orchards in recent years,
it is well known that the protection of plants and
fruits from such injury dates back more than 2,000
years. Pliny the Elder, one of the most noted of Roman
writers, who lived from 23 to 79 A.D., states that the
Romans practised heating and smudging as a protec-
tion against frost-injury. We have no doubt that the
Practice was successful, since it was recommended by
'liny whose one surviving work, his "Natural History,"
is considered a storehouse of facts. Smudging was also
recommended by Olivier de Serres, a French agricul-
turist, in the sixteenth century. He recommended the
use of wet straw and half-rotten manures so as to pro-
duce a heavy smoke. In the latter part of the eighteenth
century, the practice of smudging was compulsory
in parts of Germany, and failure to comply with certain
regulations resulted in prosecution before an officer
of the law. According to Boussingault, the celebrated
FROST
FrcDch chemist, smudges have been used for centuries
on the plains of Cuico, Peru, on still clear nights bj
Indians, to retard the loss of heat from the sou. This
practice was inherited by them from the pre-Spanish
civilisation. From the fragmentary pieces of literature
we ore able to find concerning the matter of frost-pre'
vention, there is do doubt that the practice has been
more or less common from the most remote times to
the present day-
It is only in rec«it years, however, that the matter
of frost-prevention has been scientifically investigated.
The literature on the subject has been, until veiy
recently, of very little importance, because the methods
advocated were very crude and could not be used by
the commercial fruitgrower. However, during the
1880'b and earlv 1890's, the French vine^rowers did
aome remarkable work. Even at that time, they used *
heavy oil and tar as fuels, placing these in flat ironware
FROST
1285
I the modern practice of using
dishes much the si
smudge -pots with
crude^il. There had
also been devised sys-
tems of automatic
lighting operated by
a mercunc column,
not veiy much imlike
some of our more re-
cently patented auto-
matic alarm thermom-
eters and self -lights
ers. About the same
time that the French
vine -growers were
perfecting their
work in trostr-preven-
tion, the CaUfomia
and Florida orange-
making experiments
along the same Une.
The first successful
attempt to prevent
frost -m jury by the
use of heating de-
vices on a large scale
occurred in Califomia
about 1896. Edward
Copely is credited with inventing the wire coal-basket
as weU as a macbirte to make it cheaply. These bas-
kets were filled with kindling and about twenty-five
pounds of coal, twenty-five to thirty baskets being pro-
vided to the acre. 'Ojey were suspended by wires to
limbs of trees. The first use of oil of which there is a
record was by Everett at Arhngton, Cahfomia; and the
first use of hot water was by Meacham, at Riverside,
California. I^ter, J. P. Bolton, of the Unit«d States
WeaUi^ Bureau, stationed at Fresno. California,
devised an oil-pot for use in the vineyaros during the
period of spring frosts.
The occasion for considerable activity in the matter
of frost-fightins at this time was due to a very severe
frost in I%ceml>cr, 1865, causing ^eat damage to the
oron^ and lemon mves in the Rjvcrside section. It
may DC said that the beginning of froat-fighting in a
commercial way dates from this time. The Riverelde
Horticultural Club in the winter of 1897-98 took
an active interest, and many experiments were con-
ducted, using all sorts of devices for adding moisture to
the air by means of fires of damp straw and stable
manure, evaporation of wat«r by means of evaporating-
pans, sprayers and sprinklers, and by irrigation of the
orchards. Boilers were also used with connecting pipes
wb««by st«am was generated and carried to ^e dif-
ferent parts of the orchards. Direct heating of the air
by means of fires was also tried and proved to be the
most successful method of preventing frost-injury.
The deciduous fruilr^rowers of the Sacramento
Valley, California, also practised orchard-heating more
or less successfully, adopting the methods employed
by the citrus fruit-iTOwers of the South. It is remark-
aole that some of this work did not bear so good
results as it should. Fully ten years passed without
any advance having been made in tne methods of
orchard -heating. About 1906, a renewed interest
was taken in the work and sinoe that time orchard-
heating has l>een given scientific stud v. Within
the last four or five years the fruit- and vegetable-
growers throughout the United States have taken
much interest in the practice of protecting their
crops from frost-injury, and it has become a recog-
nized part of orchard work in districts in which frosts
regularly occur.
The hterature on the subject has now assumed con-
siderable importance since it is the result of scientific
investigation of frost-injury and frost-prevention at
the bands of scientific
men. There
important ai
and bulletins
subject.
ticte>
llie losses occa-
sioned by frost in the
citrua and deciduous
fruit districts of the
United States often
reach enormous pro-
portions. It has been
mipOBsible to secure
accurate information
as to what the aver-
age annual loss has
been over a period of
years; but it is safe
to soy that the loss
would approximate
110,000,000 a year.
If one takes into con-
sideration the freezes
which occurred in the
citrus belt in Florida
during 1880, 1884,
1886, 1894, and 1895,
where not only the
fruit but the trees themselves were killed, the loss
would average still greater. It is estimated that the
freeze of 1894-95 destroyed 3,000,000 boxes of oranges
in the Florida groves. Although the citrus industry in
California had not yet reachM large proportions, the
losses were correspondingly heavy. In January, 1913,
the losses in the southern California citrus district
reached the enormous sum of $60,000,000, all of which
might have been saved bymeansof the present methods
of frost-prevention. Deciduousfruitshavesuffered quite
as heavily from frost-injury. Very often almost the
entire crop of fruit throughout the eastern and southern
states is a complete failure. In the middle West,
especially in Colorado, the one great drawback to
fruit-srowing has been the danger of damage by frost.
This has also been true of the deciduous fruit districts
of the inter-mountain and Pacific coast states. How-
ever, sinoe the advent of the present methods of pro-
tecting against frost-injury, much security has been
added to deciduous fruit-growing.
The problem of preventing injury to plants from
frost may be classified under the following heads:
1. The prediction of frost, and the issuance of
adequate frost- warnings.
2. The construction and use of devices and appa-
ratus to be used in frost-prevcntioD.
3. The cost of orchard heating.
4. The physics of orchard-heating.
5. The use of electricity in frost-prevention.
1286
FROST
The pr«dietum offrott and itmance of froU-vxtmingi.
The prediction of froat and ieauaoce of adequate
(roatr-wamings neoeseorily belong to the United States
Weather Bureau. It is wholly impossible accurately
to predict frost locally without a knowledge of genertd
weather conditiona over a considerable area. However,
a local observer with a complete knowledge of the
climatoloKy of his district and a knowledge of the air-
currents, Dumidity, maximuffl and minimum tempera^
tures, and the like, is capable of making very accurate
forecasts in cooperation with the United States Weather
It is known that temperatures vary greatly within any
district, dependent upon elevation, contour, proximity
to large bodies of water, and so on.
Frmts usually occur during periods of high baro-
metric pressure, following a period of low pressure in
which there has been some precipitation. Under such
conditions the air is very dry and dust-free, producing
conditions favorable to intense radiation, and conse-
quently causing rapid coolii^ of both plants and soil.
FROST
which were det«rmined by several years of obaa^a'
tion and study. From 190S to 1913 the average
departure of the minimum temperature of the follow-
ing morning from the previous evening's dew-point
temperature during periods of spring frosts has been
0.10 F. It is poesiDle that every district, by a careful
study of all the factors governing frost conditions, may
be able to predict accurately not only the minimum
temperature that will occur, but also the time when
the nring in the orchards must b^in. This is now done
in the Hoguc River Valley, Oregon, &nd has been prac-
tised for several ycare without a single error.
The teoerai waye of prevtnling fail in lemperaiare.
In order to prevent the fall in temperature, the fol-
lowing methods have been practised: (1) Direct heat-
ing 01 the air. (2) Adding water-vapor. (3) Adding
both heat and water-vapor. (4) Ventilation or mixina
the air. (5) Irrigation, or use of water. (6) Use of heated
water and steam, (7) Use of screens or covers to pre-
vent loss of beat by radiation. (8) Spraying with water.
In the discussion of preventing frost-injury, all
the methods excepting that of adding heat
will be omitted, as recent experiments have
shown that direct heating of the stratum of
air in contact with the trees and fruits is the
have been Riven extensive trials, and, while
practicable Tor small gardens, cannot be used
over large areas on account of the large
amount of labor necessary, and the further
fact that their application cannot be made
general. Direct neating is not only simple,
but is the least costly, and has, therefore,
the advantage of general application.
Melhodi of dired, heating in frost-preven-
tion.— As stated above, it nas been aemon-
atrated beyond question that adding heat
directly to the air through the agency of fires
distributed throughout the orchard ' '
A multitude of devices and many kinds of
fuel have been experimented with, and it is
now the opinion among growers who have
fought froet that the neet heat-producing
material so far demonstrated is crude-
oil or distillate burned in some form of
It has been stated more or less empirically that the sheet-iron receptacle or smudge-pot. In the first
" ' I the place, oils mb easy to handle, may be readily stored,
and, compared with other fuels, produce more heat
in proportion to the cost. The cost of handling and
igmting such fuela as coal and wood, together with
the disadvantage of so much bulky material dis-
tributed throughout the orchard which interferes with
cultivation, decidedly places these fuels at a disad-
vantage, excepting in vwy small tracts. No matter
1 forecasting of frosts, but recent investigationa
have shown that it is not dependable when used alone
and in disregard of other important factors, such as the
daily majdmum temperature, temperature-curve, wind-
direction, barometer, and condition of the sky. To
this should be addrd a complete knowledge of general
weather conditions aa obtained from the nearest Dis-
trict Weather Bureau Office.
In 1882, Lieutenant (now Brigadier General) James
Allen published a pamphlet entitled "To Foretell Frost
by the Determination of the Dew-point." He said
that if the dew-point is above freezing in the early
evening the minimum temperature next morning will
be above freezing; if the dew-point is below freezing,
the minimum temperature next morning will also m
below freezing. If the prediction of frosts were eo
simple, anyone with the aid of the psycbrometer, or
wet-and-dry bulb thermometer, might easily make
independent forecasts. However, it has been found
that the dew-point Is an aid only when used
district. The dew-point temperature ia used
Rogue River Valley, Oregon, because it bas been found
a very safe guide in combination with the above factors
the labor probfem is one of more than ordinary impor-
tance. There is verj- much difference in the oils as
secured in different parla of the country. For the
most part, eastern crude-oils have a paraffine base,
while those on the Pacific slope have an asphaJturo base.
The crude-oil, or petroleum, as it comes from the wells
ia very rich in gases and the lighter oils, such as ben-
zene, gasolene, kerosene, and others, and, therefore, is
not used as such for orchard-beating. The gases and
lighter oils are all removed by fractional distillation,
leaving behind the heavier oib and the asphaltum or
paraffine base, aa the case may be. The fuei-oils on the
market arc, therefore, residuals, and as such are used
for orchard-heating. A residual oil with a paraffine
base will bum in the common smudge-pot without
.FROST
FROST
1287
leaving behind anything but a little soot; but the oils
with an asphaltum base do not. For this reason it is
found necessary to remove the asphaltum base in so
far as is practicable. Asphaltum does not bum readily
in a simple smudge-pot, and, therefore, remains
behind after the Ughter oil has burned. Upon cooling,
it becomes veiy hard, and reduces the capacity of the
pot for future nllines. The b^t oil for orcnard-heating
purposes is one of approximately 20** Beaum^ test,
consideringthe matter of cost as an item. A lighter oil
up to 32° Beaum^ may be used, but being lighter, it
will bum more rapidly and reduce the effective burn-
ing time of the orchard-heater.
The orchetrct-heater, — ^During recent years, large num-
bers of types of orchard-heaters have oeen placed
upon the market. As stated elsewhere in this article,
the first smudge-pot devised for orchard-heating was
the invention of J. P. Bolton, of Fresno, California,
and the object of this invention was to produce a
device which would effect fairly complete combustion.
In fact, the idea in all of the more recent types of
orchara-heaters has been to bring about more perfect
combustion of the fuel-oil and a consequent reduction
in the amoimt of soot given off. Also, there has been
an effort to increase the burning time of the pot by
increasing the camu;ity for fuel-oil. This has been
partially effected by several interesting devices, but
the perfect pot producing complete combustion of
fuel-oil has yet to be invented. The so-called soot-
arrester of some types is a misnomer. Very extensive
experiments have been made with all the devices on the
market, and it has been shown that the plain sheet-iron
pot holding approxifaiately five quarts of fuel-oil is
just as effective as the more comphcated and expensive
t3rpe8. This pot is inexpensive, and when made of No.
29 or 26 sheet-iron will cost from 5 to 8 cents. In
using a heater of such small size, the number to the
acre should not be less than 100, and preferably more
in districts in which periods of low temperature con-
tinue more than four or five hours. Owing to the
cheapness of such pots, a very large number may be
used in preference to using a few expensive heaters
of the reservoir type. Many small fires give better
results than a few large ones, as the heat is better dis-
tributed and convective air-currents are not produced.
It must be understood that any orchard-heatmg device
that is in any way complicated by dampers, cocks,
valves, and the like, must be avoided. At best, an
orchard-heater is roughly handled and the more expen-
sive and complicated types would find a v^ snort
existence in actual orchard-beating practice. Further-
more, the matter of storage must be considered. The
simple pot which will nest easily and occupy very little
space will be more desirable. There is no objection to
the high-priced reservoir heater providing it is not
complicated, but the same results may be secured by
the more simple lard-pail type^ holding about five
quarts and having a burning tune of four and five
hours, depending upon the aimlity of fuel-oil used.
EquiprnerU for orchard-heating. — ^The equipment
absolutely nec^sary for effective orchard-heating con-
sists of the following:
1. Storage reservoir.
2. Distributing wagon tank.
3. Orchard-heaters.
4. Lighters for igniting the fuel-oil.
6. Thermometers.
6. Frost alarm thermometers.
(1) The storage reservoir should be built of con-
crete or steel and should have a capacity sufficient to
provide for at least five fillings of the orchard-heaters —
that is to say, for five frost-periods. Such a reservoir,
if built of concrete, should oe constructed in such a
way as to make the walls and floor one continuous
pouring, so as to provide against leakage of oil. Resid-
ual oils nave no effect upon the concrete, and all leakage
is due to improper pouring of the cement. A rich cement
mixture should be used. The reservoir should be so
placed that it may be filled and emptied by gravitv.
At best, it is expensive to handle oil, and there should
be no pumping. Oil should be secured in tank-car lots,
and, if the proper arrangements are made, aU the hand-
ling may be done by gravity. The reservoir should
have an outlet pipe 2^ to 3 inches in diameter and
suppUed with a close-fitting valve. A cover to keep out
dust and rain should also be provided. (2) The supply-
tank should be placed upon a heavy low truck and
should hold between 300 and 400 gallons. It ^ould be
provided either with two heavy gate valves at the
rear or with two lines of hose with valves for the pur-
pose of distributing the oil into the orchard-heaters.
This tank may be the ordinary supply-tank used to
carry spray material. (3) The number of orchard-
heaters to be used to the acre will depend upon a knowl-
edge of the conditions under which they are to be used.
If the simple one-gallon type of heater is used, at least
100 to 120 should be provided to the acre. Besides, a
double row should be placed around the side from which
the prevailing air-movement comes in the periods of
frosts. In fact, it is best to reinforce all siaes of the
orchard. After filling the heaters, they should be cov-
ered so as to prevent the entrance of moisture or to
Erovide against evaporation of the oil. In placing the
eaters, it is best to arrange them somewhere near
the intersections of the diagonals made by the trees;
but any arrangement which will not place a pot directly
imder a tree will suffice. (4) Fuel-od is rather difficult
to ignite, and a small amount of gasolene must be used
so as to provide for quick lighting. The best method
of lighting is to use a machinist^ oil-can filled with
gasofene. and a torch made of two pieces of thin iron
pipe. The larger piece is fitted with a screw cap and is
nUed with a mixture of kerosene and lard oil. A sec-
tion of smsdl pipe through which is drawn a piece of
waste ia then ntted by a reducer to the other end. The
waste is kept saturated with the mixture of lard and
kerosene and when lighted provides a veiy good torch.
This iron torch is verv useful in taking off uds or caps
of heaters when lighting. The machinist'^ oil-can
filled with gasolene is carried in the left hand and
about two tablespoonfuls are poured on the surface
of the fuel-oil in the pots. The torch is apphed and
the gasolene ignites, finng the heavy fuel-oil. A simpler
and lifter torch is easily made by wiring a piece of
waste mto a ball and twisting the wire into a handle.
The waste is kept saturated by plunging it into the oil
of the heater, igniting it from the surface flame as it
is removed. (5) A most necessary part of any orchard-
heating equipment is a sufficient supply of fairly accu-
rate thermometers. There should be at least one ther-
mometer to the acre. The thermometers should be
hung with the bulb about 4 to 5 feet from the groimd,
depending, of course, upon the relative position of the
fruiting area of the tree. In many orchards the ther-
mometers will be placed higher, in others, lower. All
thermometers should read correctly to within J^", and
if the correction be greater it should be placed upon a
tag attached to the thermometer. In reading the
thermometers, a pocket electric flashlight is much
better than a lantern. The heat from a lantern will
cause the mercury to rise before it can be read and the
thermometers will, therefore, not give the true atmo-
spheric temperature. The thermometers should be in
the open in order to get the approximate temperature
of the plants to be protectea. This temperature is
alwa3rs slightly lower than the true atmospheric
temperature. Besides the thermometers in the orchard,
other thermometers placed at a safe distance from the
heated area should be provided. A self-registering
thermometer, while not necessary as a part of the
equipment, would be very useful in determining the
actual minimum as well as the rate at which the tem-
1288 FROST
perature ia (slling. (6) The rrosl^alarm thermometer is
a device for Bounding an alarm when a certain tempera-
ture J8 reached. This poiat ia usually a degree or two
above the danger point, and eervea the purpose of
pving notice of approaching danger. The thermometer
le placed at a pomt any distance away and where the
lowest temperatures usuallv occur. Wire« are led from
the thermometer to the nouse. Wbeo the mercury
falls below a certain point, the electric circuit is broken
and a relay causes a bell to ring. If a thermograph is
at hand, the man on duty may easily noU by the
character of the temperature curve whether or not it
may be necessary to prepare for lighting the fires. There
are several tsfpes of froet-alarm thermometers on the
market, but tfie simplest and moat trustworthy of all
is the one in which the mercuric column breaks an
electric circuit which in turn operates a relay con-
nected with an electric bell.
Besides the above neccssaiy devices for orchard-
heating, there have been invented certain automatic
devices for lighting a large number of pots at the
same time, either
b^ hand or elec-
trical control. Such
devices are alwa^
complicated, and, dis-
re^ding their cost
which is an item of
considerable impor-
tance, tbey are im-
practical m laree
operations. If the
means be electrical or
mechanical, an expen-
sive cartridge must
be used, the cost of
which ia greater than
the cost of the labor
for lighting the pots
by hand. Besides, all
automatic devices re-
quire that a large
number of wires be
strung through the
orchajrd, which would
interfere with other
orchard practice. As
a rule, the period ovt
may be a month or e
rchard work
1S8S. Hilnf mod for ordurd haatinc— OfCr Sih Id Ihe
which frost-injury ma;^ occur
weeks, and during this time
jst be in progress.
Injwicrue Umperaiures, — The temperatures at which
the principal orchard fruits are hable to be injured
cannot be accurately stated^ since weather conditions
previous tn a freeze determine U) a very great extent
the ability of plants to withstand low temperatures.
Not only do the diflferent degrees of cold produce dif-
ferent effects on the same plant, but the same plant
will often behave differently when subjected to the
same degree of cold. It ia well known that plants or
parts of plants in active growth are more easily killed
Dv low temperatures than the same plants or parts of
plants when dormant.. Actively growing plants con-
tain large quantities of water; that is to say, the pro-
toplasm or cell-sap is watery, and, as a rule, the larger
the proportion ol water contained within the plants
the more likely they are to be injured by low tempera-
tures. Injury to plants is due to changes or diaturb-
ancca produced in the protoplasm by low temperatures
and, because of the unlike specific characters of dif-
ferent plants, is not always produced in exactly the
same way. Some plants arc injured at temperatures
above freezing, while otheiB are injured by the forma-
tion of ice at temjieratuces which they can withstand if
the formation of ice is prevented. Again, some plants
are not injured if the formation of ice does not progress
t«o far, while some are resistant to the lowest lempera-
FROST
tures. As yet we do not know the nature of the peculi-
arities which determine the different powers of resist-
tance of individual plants or of the same plant at
different stages of growth. It is well known that the
reeiBtance to injury can be increased to a certain extent
by raising the concentration of the ceU-sap. Cold, in
itself, acU as a stimulus, inducing an increased produc-
tion of sugar in many plants. The presence of an
increased amount of sugar in a plant acts in such a way
as appreciably to lower the freezing-point While tables
S'ving injurious temperatures to fruit when in bud,
ossom, and so on, have been prepared, it is safe to say
that these temperatures are not entirely reliable. This
is because conditions are never the same in any frost
period. It may be stated that in the practice of orchard-
beating the safest plan ia to keep the temperature just
above the freezing-point no matter what the vanety
of fruit. No doubt, thia will often be 2" to 3°, or even
more, higher than necessary, but the practice is on the
safe side. In orchard-heating practice the temperature
should never be allowed to go much below the danger
point, as it is usually
difficult to bring it
back without some
chance of injury to
the fruit.
Effect of orchard-
heating on potliTialion.
—That pollination
and subsequent fertil-
isation of the orchard
fruits ia in any way
ifiected by orchard-
heating is yet to be
proved. It has been
contended by some
that the smoke or
soot incident to the
use of fuel-oil has a
tendency to prevent
the normal activities
of such insects as visit
the blossoms of fruit
trees. However, there
is no proof that the
presence of soot on
the trees has any
effect in keeping insects, especially the honey-bee, away
from the newly opened blossoms. Under normal con-
ditions, the blooms which bees visit open during the
early part of the day and, therefore, only such blossoms
attract them. These blossoms have been closed during
the time when smudging was being done, and, therefore,
the nectaries, pistils ana stamens have no soot deposited
upon them. With citrus fruits, aoot may have an inju-
rious effect upon the fruit, but it has been found that
The cost of oTchard-hialing.— The cost of orchard-
heating is such a variable quantity that it is almost
impossible to make a general estimate which will be
of any value. Equipment, cost of fuel, length and
number of firing periods, and so on, will vary in differ-
ent localities and aeasona. Orchard-heaters will cost
all the way from 6 cents to 50 cents each, and from
fifty to two hundred heaters, depending upon condi-
tions, will have to be used to the acre. The quantity
of oil will vary with the season, and the coat will be
all the way from 1 to 5 or 6 cents a gallon. Usually,
no less than 300 gallons an acre should ne provided. At
least one wagon-tank will have to be provided for each
10 acres at a cost of S2J3. Lighters and torches will
cost from SI to $2 an acre; thermometers 75 cents to
SI an acre. The cost of a etorase-tank choreed to each
acre will depend upon its size, but will not be far from
tlO an acre for large tracts. It is possible to get at the
FROST
actual cost of fuel-oil to the acre in
The quantitv irf fuetoil neceesory b
ture S° F. above the surrounding i
full bearing with wide-apreading tr
mately twelve and one-half gallo
acre. This will be true if the t '
the following way:
I raise the tempera-
ir in an orchard in
•as will be approxi-
18 an hour to the
orchardB with the fruiting area low, practically double
the Quantity of fuel-oil as given will be necessary. The
aiiuple lard-pail type of heater, or, for that matt«r, any
type of OKnard-heater providing a burning area of
about 44 square inches, will bum about one quart of fuel-
oil an hour. Fifty one-gallon heaters will bum approxi-
mately twelve and one-half gallons of fuel-oil an hour,
and if this oil costs 4 cents a gallon, the cost of an acr&-
hour will be about 50 cents when all the pot? are bum-
ioB. In other words, under the above conditions, it
will cost approximately I cent an hour for each heater
used, providing this healer does not have a burning
surface greater than 44 square inches. It will require
len fuel to heat an orchard in the square form than
one of any other shape. The more the orchard-heaters
are massed in the lorm of a square, the better the
results. In fact, it is almost impossible to protect an
orchard of only a few rows because there is no mass-
ing of the heat generated on account of the lack of
braking effect on air-movement.
The phytic* of orehard-healing.
By common consent, the one-gallon or ten-pound
lard-pail type of orchard-heater naa been made the
standard. This heat«'r has a top diameter of 7)^ inches,
a bottom diameter of ^H inches, and a depth of 8
inches. It has a top bumioK surface of about 44 square
inches, an average burning surface of 40 square inches,
and under actual field conditions will hold five quarts.
As will readily be seen, the rate of burning fuel-oil
wiU not remain con-
stant owing to the
stont, it is natural to
suppose that a cor-
responding change in
the orchani tempera-
ture-characteristic
takes place. In other
words, the difference
in temperature be-
tween the air outside
the heated area and .
that in the heated '
area does not remain
constant. The char>
for
liny
orchard-heater h aving
sloping sides vrill be jj^g
approximately the
same as for the standard lard-pail type.
By repeated experiment it has been shown that the
standard lard-pau type beater will bum about two
pounds (two pints) of fuel-oil an hour, providing the
oil is neither too heavy nor too light gravity. A very
simple rule which will determine the bumiiu; time of
any fuel-oil in the standard pot is to divide the weight
of a gallon (in pounds] by two. This will give the num-
ber of hours a gallon will bum under actusl conditions
in the field.
For any other sise heater of the lard-pail type, the
buraing time will vary in accordance with the following
law: K-T (DU}<, in which T-the time of burning,
D— the mean of die top and bottom diameters, and
H~the depth, K~a constant. In other words, it has
been founa that if the mean diameter times the depth
be squared and multiplied by the burning time (in
, — — — — — fuel-oil
Dumed under the same conditions, no matter what tba
sise of the pot may be, providii^ it is not too much out
of proportion.
The calorific power of /we(«.^Analyses of various
fuel-oils on the market have shown that the heating
power averages about 1S,000 British UiemisJ units
to the pound. A pound of dry pine wood, or, for that
matter, the beet oak wood, if perfectly dry. will generate
about 6,000 B.T.U.'s under perfect combustion; bitu-
minous ooal under the same conditions will generate
12,000 B.T.U.'s. It will be seen, therefore, that the
ratio of wood, coal and fuel-oil is about as 1:2:3. A
cord of wcti-scasoned pine will weigh about ^000
pounds and that of oak about 4,000 pounds. Tneee
figures ore, of course, only approximate, but will serve
as a basis for calculation in case anyone should desir«
to use wood or coal for orchard-heating purposes.
Since the calorific power of fuel-oil is about 1S,000
B.T.U.'s to the pound, tbe standard fuel-pot burning
two pounds of mel-oil an hour will generate 36,000
B.T.U.'s. This ia largely theoretical as, owing to the
character of the heater, combustion is by no means
perfect. Nevertheless, the amount of oil, as indicated,
IS consumed, and will, therefore, be accounted for on
the basis of complete combustion. By repeated experi-
ment, it has been shown that the quantity of fuel-oil
necessary to raise the temperature 5° F. above the
surrounoing air in an orchard in full bearing with the
trees forming a protective covering and the air calm
or moving not more than 1 or 2 miles an hour, is approxi-
mately twelve and one-half gallons or 100 pounds an
hour to the acre. This quantity of fuel-oil is approxi-
mately the amount which would be bumed in one
hour by fifty standard orchard -heaters. In very
young orchards, or with a wind of 10 to IS miles
on hour, fully two or
three tintes as much
fuel-oil will be neces-
sary to maintain a.
temperature ST.
above that of the sur-
rounding air. Under
average orchard con-
ditions, with the trees
in good bearing, the
maximum hei^t at
which the bulk of the
fruit crop is bome is
usually not more than
l2 to 15 feet above tbe
surface of the ground.
In many cases frost-
injury does not occur
above this height, the
cold-air stratum being
relatively thin, Dwt-
ing periods of injuri-
ous low temperatures, the atmosphere is vejy dry and,
therefore, calculations may be based upon the heating
of the air only, since the small amount of water-vapor
present at such times Is of little importance. Taking an
acre as the unit ares, and assuming that the height ta
which tbe air must be heated U) protect the crop is 12
feet, thetotalweight of the air inclosed within this space
would be 42,000 pounds. As stated above, a pound of
fuel-oil has a themial capacity of 18,000 B. T. U.'s,
and since It will require 100 pounds of fuel-oil an hour
to the acre to maintain the temperature of the air 5° F.
above the surrounding atmosphere, 1,800,000 B. T.
U.'s or about 700 mechanical horsepower will be
expended an hour to the acre on 42,000 pounds of air.
But 1,800,000 B.T.U.'s would raise the temperature
of 360,000 pounds of water 5° F., and since the specific
beat of air is 0.24, it would raise the temperature of
SmndciiV o"^ *» I^CTcnt (nxt-ininry.
1290
FROST
FRUIT-GROWING
1,500,000 pounds of air 5^ F. However, it is seen that
1,800,000 jB. T. U/s are just capable of maintaining
42,000 pounds of air 5° F. alx>ve the surrounding
atmosphere when there is no wind-movement. This
means that even with large trees having the ability of
reflecting back a considerable amount ofheat, and with
the soot and smoke acting more or less as a blanket, the
loss by radiation, convection and absorption is enor-
mous. As a matter of fact,H of the heat generated by
the orchard-heaters is lost, and the efficiency is, there-
fore, less than 3 per cent. Though effective and well
within the financial possibility of application, the
orchard-heater is nevertheless a wasteful appliance.
In the above calculations, the effects of wind-move-
ment have not been taken into consideration. Take
the case of a pot placed in an outside tree row heating
a space 25 feet square and 12 feet hish. This space
contains in round numbers 600 pounds of air. The
standard pot will generate 600 B. T. U.'s a minute, or
sufficient heat to raise the temperature of 600 pounds
of air about 4® F. This will be true if there is no wind-
movement and if there is very little radiation of heat.
However, if the air moved only 100 feet a minute, or a
little more than 1 mile an hour, the temperature could
never rise more than 1** above the temperature of the
incoming cold air. At 4 miles an hour it could rise but
Ji** F. This will be true only in the outside tree rows,
on the side from which the air-movement comes. This
shows why it is often difficult to protect the outside
rows from frost-injury. Naturally, with the orchard in
the form of a square, all the rows beyond the first, on
account of air-movement, would receive a certain
amount of heat from the fireit row. However, with a
high wind of 18 to 20 miles an hour and a temperatmne
of 10** F. or more below the danger-point, theproblem
of frost-prevention becomes a serious one. Tne num-
ber of fuel-pots must be three or four times the number
reouired for ordinary orchard-heating.
The value of smoke. — ^The discussion so far has con-
sidered niai^ the value of fuels from the standpoint
of heatine. Tnere is some value in the smoke which is
^nerateofbut verv much less than there is in the heat.
When it is calm there is little difficultv in maintaining
a heavy smudge with only fifty orchard heaters, or
fires, to the acre, but a very liuit breeze will quickly
drive it away. Experience has wown that the smud^
is valuable when the temperature drops somewhat
below the danger-point about sunrise. In cases of this
kind, the smoke acts as a screen and prevents the too
sudden warming up or thawing of the frozen fruit.
However, it is imsafe to depend on smudge idone.
The use of ekctricUy in frost^preveniion. — ^During
recent years much thought has been given the matter
of frost-prevention by electrical engineers. However,
let it be said that some other means than that of direct
electrical heating must be employed. If we take the
above figures indicating the amount of heat energy
which must be expended to the acre to raise the tem-
perature 5** F. in an orchard and maintain it above
that of the surrounding atmosphere, we find that this
is equivalent to approxunately 700 H. P. of mechanical
energy. In the transmission of electrical energy from
the source of power, there is always a heavy loss, so
that fully 1,000 H. P. of mechanical energy would have
to be generated in order to raise the temperature 5®
F. in an acre of orchard. From this it will be seen that,
although our large electrical power plants are carrjring
a very light load during the nours of 1 a.m. to 7 a.m.,
the amount of reserve power would be so small in
comparison with the demands that the largest power
plant would cover but a very small area. Of course,
this consideration takes into account the conversion
of mechanical ener^ into heat energy. In actual
practice, the electrical heater is so inefficient that it is
wholly Deyond the ranse of possibility for orchard-
heating. The problem of frost-prevention by electrical
methods must be attacked from a different side, either
by the use of high tension discharges or by the use of
1^^ electric fans that will tend to stir the air or pro-
duce a chimney effect so as to carrv the cold air
upward. Even the latter will be useless when very
low temperatures are accompanied by high winds.
A simple method of estimating the quantity of fuel
necessary to raise the temperature of the air in an acre
of orchard any number of degrees Fahrenheit under
every condition is as follows: In a full bearing orchard
there are approximately 500,000 cubic feet of air to the
acre which must be heated continuously, it being con-
sidered that the height to which heat must be added
is about 12 feet. By experiment, it has been shown that
it will require about 0.75 to 1.00 B. T. U. to the cubic
foot an hour to maintain the temperature V F. above
that of the surrounding atmosphere. Therefore, it
will require 376,000 to 500^000 B. T. U.'s an hour, under
average conditions to mamtain the temperature of an
acre of orchard 1^ F. above that of the surrounding
atmosphere. Since one poimd of crude-oil or distillate
contains approximately 18,000 B. T. U.'s, the number
of pounds of fuel-oil required to the acre-hour will be
twenty to twenty-eight pounds. Since a poimd of oil
is approximately one pint, the quantity of oil an acre-
hour for 1** F. rise will be two and one-half to three and
one-half gallons. As shown above, the ratio of wood,
coal and oil is about as 1:2:3, wood having 6.000, coal
12,000, and oil 18,000 B. T. U.'s to the pound.
Bibliography.— Some recent publications on frost
protection are: "The Protection of Orchards in the
racific Northwest from Spring Frosts by Means of
Fires and Smudges," P. J. O'Gara, Farmer's Bulletin,
No. 401, U. S. Dept. Agric. "The Prevention of Frost
Injury m the Orchards of the Rogue River Valley,
Orw)n," P. J. O'Gara, Bulletin No. 5, Office of the
PatnoloQst and Local United States Weather Bureau
Station. Medford, Oregon. "A comparative Test of Fuel
Oils ana Appliances Used in Orchard-Heating to Prevent
Frost Injury," P. J. O'Gara, Bulletin No. 6, Office of the
Pathologist and Local United States Weather Bureau
Station, Medford, Oreron. "Forecasting Frosts in the
North Pacific States," E. A. Beals, BuDetin No. 41, U.
S. Weather Bureau. p. j, O'Gara.
FRUrr-GROWING comprises all the knowledge
and practice that are directly concerned in the produ*
cing and handling of fruits. Pomology (Uterally,
science of fruits) is synonymous with fruit-growing.
There has been an effort to divorce the terms pomology
and fruit-growing, making the former to comprise the
scientific and classificatory subjects and the latter the
practical subjects; but such division is arbitrarv and
IS opposed to usage. The word "growing" can no longer
be neld, when i^ed in such connection, to designate
merely the planting and care of fruit-plants, for all
good practice is necessarily associated with scientific
knowledge and theory. I<>uit-^pt>wing is a more familiar
and homely term than the Latm-Greek word pomology,
and for that reason it has seemed to some persons to
be less adaptable to the formal presentation of the
knowledge connected with fruits. It is significant,
however, that with the exception of Prince's "Pomo-
logies! Manual," the fruit books that have done much
to mold public opinion in America have not been known
as pomologies, notwithstanding the fact that the greater
number of them have given great attention to formal
descriptions of varieties. The term pomolog^r is founded
on the Latin pomumt a word that was used generically
for "fruit." In later Latin it came to be associatea
more particularly with the apple-like fruits. The word
is preserved to us in the French pommel meaning
"apple," and in other languages of Latin derivation.
In English we know it as pomey a botanical term used to
designate fruits that have the peculiar morphological
structure of the apple and pear. This use of the term
FRUIT-GROWING
is explained under the article P^nu. However, the
root of the word pomolon' ia denved from the I^tin
pomum rather than from Uie botanicaJ pome.
The limitations of fruit-growine, aa art anddiscusaion,
depend on the use of the word fruit." This word, as
used by the horticulturist, ia impc»Hibte of definition.
Products that are classed with Iruita in one country
may be classed with vegetables in another. To the
horticulturist a fruit ia a product that is cloeely asso-
ciated, in its origiD, with the flower. Aa used ia this
country, it is the product of a bush or tree or woody
vine, the most manted exception being the strawberry.
Moet fruits may be ^uped under three general heaOB,
— orchard or tree fruits, vine fruits (of which the grape
is the type), and amall-fruita or "berriea." Of the
orchard fruits, the leading groups are the pome-fruita
(apple, pear), drupe-fruita (peach, plum, cherry), and
the citrus-fruits (orange, lemon). Of thesmall-fruita, we
may diatinguiah the buii-fruits (raspberry, blackberry,
currant, gooseberry, blueberry), cranberry, and the
atrawberry. There are maov fruits, particularly in the
tropids, tnat do not fall within these groups. The epe-
FRUIT-GROWING
1291
dea of fruita that are fairly well known in North Amer-
ica are not leaa than 150, but the important commer-
cial species are not more than forty.
Fruit-growing is the most important and charao-
teristic horticuTtural interest of North America. It is
of high excellence as measured by commercial stand-
ards, quantity of product, and the quicknexs with which
Bcientific theory and discovery are applied to it. Moal
remarkable examples of the quick aasimilation and
application of theoretical teachings are afforded by the
readiness with which fruit-growers within recent years
have adopt«d the ideas associated with tillage, spray-
ing, polhnation, fertilising, pruning, inter-planting,
and the modifications in conditions of marketing. Yet,
peat as have been the advances, progress has only
begun; and in the precise and painstaking application
of the best teaching the American fruit-grower has
much to acquire.
The American ideals in fruit-growing arc i]'^^
unlike the European. The American aims at uniform-
ity over large areas. The European gives more atten-
tion to special practices, particular^ in training of
fruit trees. This is well illustrated m American nur-
series as contrasted with European nurseries (see
Nwsety), The American merely prunes his fruit
trees in the nursery; he does not train them. The
American is likely to give moat attention to the fruit
by the bushel or by the barrel; the European is hkely
to consider his fruits singly or in small numbera, and
ofl«n to sell them bv the piece or by the dosen.
In many parts of North America, the extension of
fruiUgrowing is the most radical change of base t«^-
ing place in farming operations. This growth of the
fruit business is possible because the consumption of
fruit is increasing, the facilities for transportation have
been improved, scientific discovery has insured the
E reduction of good crops, and also because many other
inda of farming have been relatively unprofitable.
While the pnenomenal development of American
fruit-growing has been due in great meaaure to climatio
and economic conditions, it also has been hastened by
book writings. More than fifty authors have contribu-
ted books of greater or less size, either on the general
subject or on special fruits, beginning with Coxe's
"View of the Cultivation of Fruit Trees^' in 1817, and
followed by Thacher's "American Orchardiat" in 1822.
These pioneer writings gave much of their space to
orohard management, with Uttle mere compilation of
descriptions of varieties. Subsequent vommes, for
nearly fifty years, were in largo part compilations and
collations of accounts of varieties. To this latter class
belong the works of Prince, Kcnrick, Downing, Thomas,
Warder. It is only in the present time that we have
to treat the subject fundamentally, by giving the
■ of discussion to principles of orchard man age-
(For lists of books, see the article L/iltratwe.)
weight of disci
In recent years, the bulletins of the United States
Department of Agriculture and of the many experiment
stations, and the extensive discussion in the rural press,
have greatly spread the knowledge of fruit-growing
and have imdoubtedly stimulated its practice.
The sources of American fruita — a\ the species and
races that are cultivated on this continent — are chiefly
four: (1) Original or early importations of western
Asian and European fruita: (2) oriental types, from
the China-Japanese region; (3) the introduction within
fifty years of fruits from the Russian region; (4) the
development of native species. In the firat group are
included the prevailing types of apples, peara, qumces,
cherries, domestica plums, ohves, currants, some of the
gooseberries. In the second group are citrous fruits,
peaches, apricots, Japanese plums, kaki, and others,
many of them having come to us by way of Europe.
In the third class — the Russian fruita — are typea of
orchard fruila of auch recent introduction that we have
only recently ceased disputing violently about their
merits and aeroerite; therefore a special review of the
subject ia given at the close of this article. The fourth
cla^ — the native fruits — includes the grapes of the
eastern states, blackberries, dewberries, raspberries,
many gooseberries, strawberries (of Chilean origin),
many plums, cranberries, blueberries, and a few
apples.
Recently, there has been much interest in fruit-
growing on the part of persons who desire to establish
themselves on the land. The attractiveness of fruit
appeals to them, and they think that the raising of it
is not laborious and that the business is adaptable to
beginners. This is one expression of amateurism. Fruit-
growing entails continuous, active and often hard, dis-
agreeable labor, and, in the case of mo^ orchard fnuto,
it requires long waiting for perfect results. The busi-
ness demands much special knowledge, quick action,
and first-rate saleamanship. The competition is sharp.
Persons should ent«r the business with caution, and
only with a full comprehension of the elements of
failure and success. The business has additional risk
when one must leave the property to be managed and
cared for by hired labor. Usually, the most profitable
results are accured when part of the farm is devoted to
other products than fruit, for one is then able to employ
help and equipment more advantageously, to raise
produce for the teams and other live-stock, and to have
secondary si
In North America, it is chieBy the commercial large-
it-KTDwing that is most highly developed. The
phase, — for fancy and for home use, — waa
FRUIT-GROWING
way ehall be encouraKed omongHt lu; and with the
further development of the coucti^ this will take place
if writera do not overlook the subject .
In Canada, the total yields of iruits for thirty yeam
have been as foUowB, in quaDtitiee (Canada Yearbook,
1910):
M 5.4 15
Hi.s3r
657,875
Gnott I
192.309
12.Z52!331 21,302!a34
FRUIT-GROWING
that time was confiaed chieQy lo a small area about the
bomeetead. A few vegetables, flowers and fruits in a
small plantatioD, with here and there a single green-
house, represented the horticultural effort of .the time.
At the present day we conceive of great geographical
areas as horticultural regions. Persons now buy farms
witii the explicit purpose of devoting them to the pro-
duction of fruits or other horticultural products. Even
sixty years ago horticulture was largely an amateur's
avocation, but todav it is one of the leading commer-
cial occupations of tne country, and the most important
single factor in it is fruit-growins. With this rise of the
horticultural industries came a demand for new knowl-
edge on a host of subjects which were unheard of even
as late as a half-century ago. The contemporary prog-
1906
leos
1909
IBIO
Applw, ireen or
Ap'JJSi.driHini.)
1.217.564
slosilaeo
iSS
iSffl
»S
Of the green apples, the most part went to Great P'^" >"^'
Britain, but the dried fruit went largely to other ^^JE^
countries than Great Britain or the Unit«d States.
Ontario was far in the lead of any other province in ress in p
fruttrproduction in IDOl, in grap«s, small-fruits and old idealE
applea exceeding aii the other provmcee combined.
In the United States, the value of fruits (including
small-fruits or berries) and nuta produced in 1900 (as
reported in the thirteenth census) amounted to ^22,-
024,000, or 4 per cent of the total value of farm crops.
The value reported for 1899 was $133,049,000, the
increase Tor tnc decade amounting to 66,9 per cent.
While it is impossible to reduce the (]uantity of the prod-
uct to a single total, the statistics for individual
classes show that in general the value increased by a
much larger percentage than the production. Of the
total value in 1909 of fruits and nuts, 1140,867,000
was contributed by orchard fruits, $29,974,000 by
smaU-fruitfl, $22,711,000 bv citrous-fruitfl, $22,028,000
by grapes, $4,448,000 by nuts, and $1,995,000 by tropi-
cal and sub-tropical fruits (other than citrous). In
both acreage and quantities, atrawberriea far exceeded
any other class of small-fruits; Bimilariy, apples are far
in excMS of any other orchard fruit; oranges far exceed
in value all other citrous-fruits taken together. In
DUlB, the production in pounds in 1909 was, Persian
or English walnuts 22,026,524; black wabiuts 15,628,-
776; pecans 9,890.769; almonds, 6.793,539; uncUssified,
7,988,402. The values of fruits and nuts in 1909, by
st&tee, are displayed in Fig. 1593.
weU
The progress in fruit-growing.
The development of American fruit'-growing is
illustrated in the radical change of id(»k within re
time. These new points of view may be arranged con-
veniently under seven general heads ;
(1) llie most important shift is the fact that there
is a horticultural mdustry as distinguished from a
general agricultural industry. At the opening of the
nineteenth century American agriculture was more or
less homogeneous, largely because the extent of it was
limited and because tnere was little demand for other
than the few staple commodities. The horticulture of
d dose. Neilfaer
ress in pomology is largely a breaking away from the
old ideals. Practices that were good enough for amateur
purposes, or for the incidental and accidental fruit-
growing of oiv fathers, may be wholly inadequate to the
new-time conditions.
A century ago there was practically no commercial
land, but it was useil chieny for the making of cider.
Small-fruit growing, as a business, had not developed.
In fact, commercial strawberry-grow ing (the most
readily developed of the fruit-growing industries) may
be said to have b^un with the introduction of the
Hovey in 1836, although previously there were market
plantations of amall extent about some of the larger
towns. The commercial culture of blackberries and
raspberries, although it began about the middle of the
century, did not acquire distinct iniportance until
after the reaction from the Civil War. The fruit-grow-
ing industries now constitute a distinct branch or
department of our agricultural condition, in the newer
regions as well as Id the old. In fact, great areas of
virgin lands are now put at once into orchards.
(2) With the rise of commercial fruit-growing, there
have developed novel questions related to market-
ing. The new marketing revolves about three centers:
(a) The neceasity for special product* for special usee,
(6) the growing demand for small packages, and (c) the
remarkable development of transportation facilities and
of pre-cooling, handling, and storage. There has arisen
an increased desire for special grades and for particular
kinds of fruit. The fruits that were current fifty years
ago may not be good enough for the markets of today.
Commercial fruit-growing rests on the fact that more
fersons ore consuming fruits. Many of the«e persons
uy only in small lots for present consumption. They
go to the market often. They have no facilities for
storing the fruit, and they do not buy for the purpose
of selling. Therefore, the small package has come to
be increasingly more important. There has been a
FRUIT-GROWING
wideapreftd demand (or a package that can be dven
away with the fruit. Ttus demand for the amalland
individual package may be expected to increase with
all the better kinds of Iniila or with thoee that appeal
to the personal customer. This is true in all lines of
trade. Not so long ago, boots and shoes nere distributed
in large board cases, but now each pair is sold in a neat
cnrdboard box. We arc still conservative in respect
to the handling of apples in barrels. In the general
trade and for tne staple varieties of apples, the barrel
may continue to be toe best package, but For the per-
aonal customer and particularly with all the finer or
dessert varieties, a smsJI package must come into use.
In most parts of the world, except in the central and
eastern part of the United States, apples are not
handled in barrels. The fact that the grower must
give attention to his package as well as to the growing
of bis crop, forces him to adopt a new point of view
in his fruit-growing and to visualise ms market or
even his customer.
(3) Modem commercial orcharding has developed
the tillage ideal. Under the old r^me, the tree was
able to take care of itself and to bear a product good
enough to meet the uncritical demands. Nowadays,
however, the tree must receive the very best of care,
for annual crops of great quantity and of the best
quality are desired. Therefore, the plant must be sup-
plied with abundance of plant^food and moisture.
Time was when it was thought that the mere apph-
cation of chemical plant-food to the soil woula be
sufficient to make a plant productive. It is now under-
stood, however, that plant-food is only one of the
requisites of good growth. The soil must be deep and
loose and fine, so that it will hold moisture and pro-
mote aU those chemical and biological activities that
make the land to be productive. In Former times the
best attention in tillage was given to the annual crops.
The orchard was usually in neglect. This was because
the fruit plantation had small commercial importance.
Now that the fruit plantation has risen to first impor-
FRUIT-GROWING
1293
tance, in many cases, it must be given as good care as
any farm crop. In recent years there has been great
development of special toots and implements for the
tillage of orchard lands. Greater attention is given to
the original preparation of the land, so that planters
no longer ask how lai^ the hole must be to receive a
tree, but accept Warder's advice that the hole should
be as large as the orchard. The philosophy of orchard
tillage, as understood by the best teachers and for
most parts of the country, is (a) to prepare the land
thoroughly at the outset, (b) to give frequent light
surface tillage in the earl>[ part of the season or until
the crop is nearly or quite grown, and then (c) to
cover tne land with some crop that will remain on the
ground over wiat«r and be plowed under in spring. If
the land has been well prepared, it is not necessary to
plow it deep after the first two or three years, unless
one is turnmg under a heavy cover-crop. The surface
tilth may be secured by breaking the t^p-soil early in
spring with a cutaway harrow, gang-plow or other
surface-working tools. This may not be possible, how-
ever, on very heavy lands. The cover-crop adds
humus and protects the land from puddling and bak-
ing in the winter. If it is a leguminous crop it also
adds a store of available nitn^en. It is possible, per-
haps, to use cover-crops so Freely that the land be-
comes too full of vegetable matter, but all such dangers
are easily avoidable. Usually the cover-crop is plowed
under in spring at the very earliest opportunity in
order to save the soil moisture. It is by no means the
universal practice to use cover-crops on fruit lands, but
the practice is now accepted, and the grower may
adopt it or not as his judgment dictates.
To facilitate the economical and eHicient tillage of
fruit lands, it is coming to be the practice to devot«
the land wholly to the miits. The fertility of the land
is not permanently divided between trees and hay, or
trees and other crops. With plums and pears and some
other orchard fruits, it is often allowaole \o use the
intermediate land for the first two or three years
for annual crops, but these crops should f^ad-
1294
FRUIT-GROWING
FRUIT-GROWING
reason for allowing orchards to stand in sod in the old
times was the difficulty in plowing beneath full-grown
trees. Those persons who desired to plow and till
their orchards, therefore, advocated very nigh pruning.
The difficulty with these old orchards was the fact that
the hmd was allowed to run into dense sod. Heavy
Slowing in an old orchard indicates that the plantation
as been neglected in previous years. Orchards that
have been well tilled from the first do not require much
laborious tillac^ and the roots are low enough to escape
tillage tools. Tnere has been a development of tillage
tools which will do the work without necessity of prun-
ing the tops very high. The practice of tilling orchards
has increased rapidly. At first it was advised by a few
growers and teachers^ but the movement is now so
well established that it will take care of itself, and in
the commercial orchards the man who does not till
his orchard is the one who needs to explain. On the
Pacific coast, the importance of tillage is universally
recognized because of the dry summer climate. The
necessity of tilling orchards has forced a new ideal on
the pomologist; and when he goes to the expense of
tilling he feels the necessity of giving sufficient care in
other directions to insure profitable returns from his
plantation. It is true, to be sure, that orchards some-
times thrive imder sod treatment, but these are special
cases.
Of the same purpose with tillage is irrigation, — the
purpose to fit the laind for its work. Great fruit regions
m the western half of the continent are on an irrigation
basis and a special literature on fruit-raising under
such conditions is now appearing. This irrigation
that trees will bear without prunine. This, therefore,
puts a premium on neglect. The ola practice allowecf
the tree to grow at wiO for three or four years and to
become so full of brush that the fruit could not be well
harvested, and then the top was pruned violently.
The tree was set into redundant growth and was filled
with water-sprouts. This tended also to set the tree
into wood-bearing rather than into fruit-bearing. By
the time the tree had a^ain begun fruit-bearing, the
orchardist went at it with ax and saw and a good
part of the top was taken away. It is now umier-
stood that the ideal pruning is that which prunes
a little every year and keeps the tree in a uni-
formly healthy and productive condition. The prun-
ing of trees has now come to be a distinct purpose,
and this ideal must gain in definiteness and precision
so long as fruit trees are grown. The practice pro-
ceeds on established principles, and is not of the nature
of discipline.
(5) Now that there is demand for the very best prod-
ucts, it is increasingly important that fruits be thinned.
The thinning allows the remaining fruits to grow larger
and better, it saves the vitality of the tree, and it
gives the orchardist an opportunity to remove the
diseased specimens and thereby to contribute something
toward checking the spread of insects and fungi. Thin-
ning is exceedmgly important in all fruits that are
essentially luxuries, as peaches, apricots and pears. It
is coming also to be important for apples and for others
of the cheaper fruits. In the thinning of fruits, there
are two rules to be kept in mind: (a) Remove the
injured, imperfect or diseased specimens; (&) remove
1593. Value of fruits and nuts in the United States in 1909, as displayed by the census.
practice for fruit is another expression of the idea that
m the future nothing is to be left to chance so far as it
is within the power of the grower to prevent it. For
certain intensive fruit-culture, particularly of bierries,
special irrigation practices are appearing in the East,
and often they make the difference between failure
and success.
(4) As competition increases, it is necessary to give
better attention to pruning. It is unfortunately true
sufficient fniit so that the remaining specimens stand
at a given distance from each other. How far apart
the fruit shall be, depends on many conditions. With
peaches it is a good rule not to allow them to hang
closer than 4 or 5 inches (sometimes 7 or 8 inches),
and in years of heavy crops they may be thinned more
than this. .This extent of thinning often removes
two-thirds of the fruits. It nearly always gives a larger
bulk of fruit, which brings a higher price. Thinning is
<
FRUIT-GROWING
OBually performecl veiy early in the eeason, before the
vitality or the tree has beeo taxed, and after the normal
"drop from non-pollination has occurred.
(6) Spraying of fruit ptantationa has now come to be
a definite purpose and an established orchard practice;
no good orchardist is now without his spraying appa-
FRUIT-GROWING
129S
that condders characters of flowers as well as of fruits,
but such achemee are uaually impracticable because
fruit-growers cannot secure flowers and fruits at the
B&ine time. For examples of clasaificatory schemes
the reader may consult the various fruit manuaJa, tnit
the following examples from the older literature will
ISM. Vufoni ipnTtDi lift. 1. A liU plattonn
onjuiiU ud Dull tTHi. 3. Compiemd air mdH,
lOSS-lOOO (VoL O).
ratuB any more than he is without his tillage tools.
When spraying was first advised, the practice seemed
to be BO revolutioiiary that great empnasie had to be
laid on its importance to induce people to undertake
it. How and when to spray and what materiak to use
are matters that will always be diBcuaaed, because the
practices must vary with the season, the kind of fruit,
the geographical region, the insects and fungi to be
combated. Spraying may not be necessary every year.
and certainly not equally neccsaary in all geographical
A proof of the firm hold that spravins has taken of the
fruit-Rfowing business is afi'orded Sy the great numbers
and the mechanical excellence of the machinery and
devices now on the market; and this fact also attests
the vitality of fruit'^rowing as an occupation. A special
literature has developed on fruit diseases and fruit
insects and the means of combating them, and the
grower must keep fully informed by means of the
government, state and provincial publications.
(7) Perhaps the most gratifying modem develop-
ment in fruit-growing is the demand for instruction in
fundamental principfes, or in the reasons why. Years
ago, the grower was satisfied if he had definite direc-
tions as to how to perform certain labor. He was told
what to do. At present, the pomologist wants to be
told what to think. There aeems lo be a tendency in
horticultural meetings to drop the discussion of the
mere details of practice and to give increasinglv more
attention to the underlying reasons and the results that
are to be expected from any line of practice. Knowing
why a practice should be undertaken and what the
results are hkely to be, the grower can work out the
details for himself, for every fruit plantation and every
farm is, in a certain way, a law unto itself. There must
be a rational procedure; the details and the apphca-
tious are complex: therefore the fruit-growing sub-
jects become effective means of education.
Systematic pomoloffy.
The classifying and describing of the kinds of fruits
is a particular kind of pomological knowledge that is
left to specialists, who are for the moat part writers.
With the increase in numbers of varieties, It becomes
bline them into their natural groups in order that
simimr kinds may be compared and also that it may
be possible to determine the name by analyzing the
specimen. Necessarily, all classificatoiy schemes for
varieties are imperfect since the varieties often differ
by very slight characters, and these characters may
vary in different regions and under varj'ing conditions.
Theoretically, the most perfect claasiScation is one
show something of (be range and method connected
with the problem:
John J. Thomas' scheme for classifying peaches:
DiviBOD I. Fuhthnh or MiLTCaa.
CUv 1. FUmK paU or UglU-txtirrrd.
artlioa 3. L«vei Dreniu. with iloboae (luida.
Section 3- l4»veB witb renilorm iI^tidB.
Clua II. FUih dup ytUov.
Section 2, Luv
1, with BloboM (luda.
Section 3. Lemvea with reoilonp alaiiiU,
CUh II. Flail -ircp KtOmi.
Section I. Leaves gerrat*. wiUuHit ■IuhIb.
Section 2. Leavea witb mifonn f'"^t
Clue III. Fttih pHTpAM cnnum.
Section 1. Oluds reniloiin.
Following is John A. Warder's scheme for classifying
apples, adopted "after a long and careful consideration
and study of this subject." See Figs. 1595, 1596.
CUh I. Obta/t or fiat, havini the eiia aborter tiian the tran^
Order 1. Aepular.
Order II. In-efuiar.
Section 1. Sweet.
I. P>Je 0
blmhed. mare or Ingg. but aelt-
triprd.
■plAflbed.
ClaM II. Caniait. tBpehnK decidedly toward t
comins OBoJf when lanrer in the middle
each end, the axial diameter being the iho
Orden I and It, a* above.
Sections I and 2. as above.
Subeectlnog I. Z and 3. mm above.
aa« III. Round, globular or nearly », bavin
Clan IV. (Mont, in whic
cate or cylindrioal.
Onlen. Sectloiu and Su
Section 1
Sec^n^
a rtalk to the baM ol
e of the gtalk to the bi
eye equal to the latere
B. The lenRth from the hue
itertU diametj
■n the baaeol
ral diameter.
B taXIc to Che baae oF the i
: hiK of the ilalk to the baae of
1296
FRUIT-GROWING
FBUIT-GROWING
c The lencth from Uie baae of the stalk to Uie baae of the oella equal
to that from the base of the oelUi to the baae of the ejre.
Section 1. Length from the base of the stalk to the baae of the
eye greater than the lateral diameter.
Section 2. Length from the base of Uie stalk to the base of the
e^ less than the lateral diameter.
Section 3. Length from the base of the stalk to the base of
the eye equal to the lateral diameter.
A stable and attractive 83rstematio pomology^ must
ffive careful attention to the names of varieties. In
North America much has been done, particularly under
the auspices of the American Pomological Society, to
1595. The forms of fruits, showing, retpectiTdy, spherical, conical,
OTate, oblong and oblate forms.
usually apple-form. In Fig. 1596 are shown special
parts of the fruit: basin j the depression at the apex, in
which is the adyx or eye; cavity , the depression at the
base, in which is the stem or stalk; suivre, or the
Eive on the side of plums and other fruits ; corrugated or
Twed sides. The outline shape of an apple or pear is
seen by cutting the fruit in halves lengthwise; the
flat side may then be used to print the form on paper.
If descriptions are to be accurate and computible,
they shoula characterize all the leading or designative
attributes of the fruit, and to a less extent of the
plant as a whole. Many per-
sons who are called on to des-
cribe varieties have adopted
"forms" or regular outlines, in
order that all characterisations
in any one fruit shall be com-
parable. The following forms,
adopted by the late Jolm Craig,
illustrate the points that a good
description should cover:
simpUfy and codify the ideas associated with the
nomenclature of fruits. The current rules or code of
nomenclature of the American Pomological Society are
as follows:
Priority.
Rule 1. No two varieties of the same Idnd of fruit shall bear the
«ame name. The name first published for a variety shall be the
accepted and recognised name, except in cases where it has been
applied in violation of this code.
(a) The term "kind," as herein used, shall be understood to
apply to those general classes of fruits which are grouped together
in common usage without regard to their exact botamcal relation-
ship; as, apple, cherry, erape, peach, plum, raspberry, etc.
(b) The paramount right of the oripnator, discoverer, or intro-
ducer of a new variety to name it, within the limitations of this
code, is recognised and emphaased.
(c) Where a variety name through lon^ usage has become
thoroughly established in American pomological literature for two
or more varieties, it should not be displaced nor radically modified
for either sort, except in cases where a well-known synonym can be
advanced to the position of leading name. The several varieties
bearing identical names should be diiitinguished by adding the
name of the author who first described each sort, or by adding
some other suitable distinguishing term that will insure their
identity in catalogues or discussions.
(d) Existing American names of varieties which conflict with
earlier published foreign names of the same, or other varieties, but
which nave become thoroughly established through long usage,
shall not be displaced.
Form of names.
Rule 2. The name of a variety of fruit shall ocmsist of a single
word, whenever possible, or compatible with the most efScient ser-
vice to pomolo^ Under no circumstances shall more than two
words be used. When the exigencies of a case make it appear expedi-
ent, such words as early, late, white, red, and similar ones may be
used as a part of a name.
(a) No variety shall he named unless distinctly superior to exist-
ing varieties in some important characteristic nor until it has
been determined to perpetuate it by bud-propagation.
(6) In selecting names for varieties the following points shouM be
emphasiied: distmctiveness, simplicity, ease of pronunciation and
q;)elling, indication of origin or parentage.
(c) The spelling and pronunciation of a varietal name derived
from a personal or geographical name should be governed by the
rules that control the spelling and pronunication <» the name from
which it was derived.
Name
forth
catity
wAwrt
fikin
/letA
tiont
flavor ,
TREE
GENERAL NOTES.
.tU0....
.tUm...
.apex. ..
.color. ..
Juice . . .
.quality,
.eeaeon.
Specimens received from .
CHERRY
Described by.
DaU..
.Group.
Name
eiu
color
cavity
basin
fUsh
texture
seed
season
TREE
GENERAL NOTES.
.form, . .
. skin . . .
. stem . . .
.calyx.,
.quality,
.core... .
There are relatively few special technical terms used
in the descriptions of pomological fruits. The greater Specimens received from
part of them pertain to the pome fruits. The diagrams APPLE
(Figs. 1595, 1596) illustrate some of
these terms: Spherical, nearly or quite
^obular, the two diameters being approx-
imately equal ; conical, longitudinal
diameter equaling or exceeding the trans-
verse diameter, and the shoulders or
apex somewhat narrowed; ovale, broad-
conical, the base more rounded; oblong,
longitudinid diameter distinctly the
longer, but the fruit not tapering; oblate,
distinctly flattened on the ends. In the
true Japanese or sand pears, the fruit is
.Described by Date.
1596. nittstratiiig special terms used in describing fniits, showing, respectively,
basin, cavity, suture, corrugation.
FRUIT-GROWING
At present, the scoring or judging b^ points ia a
favorite exercise in daseroom and at exhibitions. The
saore-card with points or attributes totalmg 100
indicates the perfect fruit: the judge puts against the
perfect score such percentage of peitection as he thinks
the specimen in Hand may deserve. This judgment
of course varies with the person, as the marks are not
mathematical; but experienced judges make very simi-
lar or uniform returns on given specimens.
Following aie examples of score-cards:
Scale or Ponm ron Jnooma Fairm.
Eitebliilisd by tbe Miinmiliiiiiiillii Bute Brsrd of Airliiulture.
No. of DHDta Soore
FRUIT-GROWING
1297
f^'
CAbiroBNu Scobb-Cabd tos Osuiama. ^^^
Km ,10
Form S
Cdlor [bLoom, 2; peel, 10: BeA. 3) IS
Weisht 10
Peel (finuh, 3; pcoteeliv* qiuUtjr, 7} 10
Fiber 8
Tmw 30
ToW! 100
L. H. B.
Russian fruits.
The Ruffiian apples and their close relatives, the
Siberian crabs and their hybrids, constitute the har-
diest types of pomaceouB fruits in cultivation. It was
the demand for hardy varieties for the northwestern
states and Canada that led to their introduction.
There are four varieties of Russian apples that may
be looked on as American pioneers; these are Alexander,
Tet^^sky, Duchess ( Borovitsky) and Red Astrachan.
These varieties were imported by the Massachusetts
Horticultural Society from the London (England)
Fruit
00
siSbipaweU
8
B
Scobb-Cabd
r. A.
WH Appijb.
W.u*h.
Saaleot
IKunts.
8coBi-C*Bn
b™ '■•■
FOB PbACBU.
W.ugh.
—
Ohtabio Scobb-Caiu> fob Ghapbb.
BH'
Freadom from blt^^UH
1
i^_:_
Scale of
ToW
'. loatfitU, t
I. <XM)
Horticultural Society about 1835. They were brought
to England from Russia in the early part of the Ctst
century by the executive of the latter society. Dr. Hogg
is autnority for the statement that Alexander was
cultivated for 50 years in England prior to 1808. Robert
Manning, supermtendent of the test garden of the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society at Salem, de-
scribed these varieties from home-grown American
specimens in 1839. Their productiveness and the
handsome appearance of the iruit attracted attention.
Through the efforts of Warder and other western
gtmoloKists they were rapidly distributed throughout
hio, Wisconsin and Minnesota. It would appear that
in the last half- or three-fourths-century — which prao-
tiially covers the pomological history oi the West— the
periodicity of "hard" or "test" winters has been more
or less reRular. When the normal or "mild" winter
obtains, the apples of the New England states or their
descendants do not, as a rule, suffer iniury except in the
colder parts of Minnesota. These mild winters nave fol-
lowed each other with delusive regularity for periods of
ten^ fifteen or eighteen years. Under these conditions,
fnutr^rowers have been prone to efface from their roemo-
s the effects of the last "teat winter" and have planted
chan. It has been invariably noted that after the visita-
tion of an exceptionally cold winter varieties of the
Oldenburg or Alexander tvpes were usually unharmed,
while Greening, Janet, and Baldwin were lulled. "Test
winters" — the name has more or less local adaptation
1298 FRUIT-GROWING
in the Went — viaited the northweetem states in 1856-6,
1872-3, 1885-6, and &1bo in 1898-9. Thus it is tb&t
Oldenburg (Duchess) has become a standard of hsfdi-
neas amoog apples m the colder parts of the United
States and Canada. Importations of cioos were made
by nurserymen and fruit-growera between 1867 and
1875, but the main introduction whs made by the
United States Department of Agriculture In 1870 at
the urgent reouest of the State A^cultural Society of
Minnesota, which began the agitation as early as 1867.
This importation consisted of young trees secured
through the coSpenition of Edwaid Kegel, director of
the Imperial Botanic Gardens at St. PetersburK. The
trees were planted on the grounds of the Agricultural
DepartmeBt at Washington. The collection consisted
of about 300 varieties. They were taken charge of by
William Saunders, superintendent of gardens and
grounds. All available ciona were cut and distributed
annually for five years. They attracted considerable
attention in the colder apple-growing reKions. Subse-
Zuent importations of cions and trees were made by the
3wa Aoicultural College between 1875 and 1880.
In 1882 Charles Gibb, of Abbotaford,^ Canada, accom-
panied by J. L. Budd, of the Iowa Agricultural College,
went to Russia and spent the summer in investigating
these fruits. Large importations of apples, [dums,
pears and cherries followed. In these later importa-
tions the eaat-European fruits were collected without
discrimination, and in most instances have been
erroneously regarded in this country as authentic
Russians.
Riittian applet: eharaeteristiei and nomendalvtt.
It is Dow' very difficult to say which are Ruaaiao
apples, which German, Polish or Swedish. If we
were to choose the Astrachan variety as a type of the
RuBaian apjile, whicb in all probability would be a
correct basis, only a comparatively small number of
varieties could be grouped about it. But this ia onlv
one of the several apparentl]^ authentic ^oupe whicn
might be erected upon certain characteristica of tree.
In addition to Astrachan might be cited (1) Hibernal
type: trees vigorous KTowers, with open spreading tops,
and very large, leathery leaves. (2) Oldenburg type:
moderate growers, with compact, round-topped heads;
leaves of medium size. (3)Longfie[d type: alow growera:
branches horizontal or penduToua; leaves whitish and
woolly uodemeath. The Lon^eld apple, one of the
best Known of the Ruaaiana, la shown in Fig. 1507,
(4) Transparent and Tetofsky type; trees pyram-
idal; bark yellow; apura numerous; leaves large, light
neen. (5) Ania \,ype: trees upright, spreading or vase-
shaped; leaves medium, veins r^diah. It would aeem
reasonable to auppoec that the Anis family was derived
from the Astrachan type. The flesh of the fruit of the
varioua types is very similar.
These represent the principal types of Russian apples.
The fruit they bear in the praine climate matures in
the summer, autumn or early winter. It does not
appear that any of the especially hardy varieties of
undoubted north or east Russia origin are winter kinds
when grown in the Mississippi Valley. Such late-keep-
ing kinds as give promise of commercial value appear
to have originated in the Baltic provinces or to have
been transported at an early date from the countries to
the west. These types — the Synaps for instance — have
characteristically amall leaves, slender twias, and are
less hardy than members of the groups cited above.
THc "bloom," or glaucous covering, of the Russian
apple is characteristic. It does not persist to the same
eitent, however under all climatic conditions. In east-
em Quebec it fails to develop to the same extent that it
does under the drier atmoapoeric conditions of the east-
ern states. Aa additional proof that tbia pruinose bloom
is an immediate climatic effect, one haa but to com-
pare the Colorado Spy with that grown in New York.
FRUIT-H3R0WING
The smooth, thin skin and abundant bloom of the Colo-
rado apple IS characteristic in a greater or lesB degree
of all varieties produced in the dry regions adjacent
to the Rockies, aa it is of the Ruanan apples m the
more arid portions of that country.
The names of Russian apples are much confused.
There is no pomol<^caJ society in Russia to aasiBt the
IB duniaa. Th* bolt is
fruit'-grower in eliminating synonyms; on the other
hand, the factors conducive to coafuaion are strondy
in evidence. These are illiteracy on the part of the
cower and the practice of propasating fruit trees from
Qie seed instead of by grafting. Gibb says "nomencla-
ture in Russia ia hopelessly confused. Different names
ore given to the same apples in different localities, the
same name to different apples growing in adjacent
districts,"
Fruit-growers of the West, realizing that Americans
should nave a uniform eystcm, at least in the nomen-
clature of these varieties, called a meeting made up of
interested representatives of the fruit-growers' aaao-
ciatlona, of South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa and Wis-
consin, These delegates, collectively styled the "Rua-
siaa Apple Nomenclature Commission," met at La
Croeae, Wiaconain, August 30, 31, 1898. They decided
that it would be wise to attempt a grouping to be based
upon "family resemblance." In accordance with this
the following atatement waa adopted: "The varieties
here groupedas members of the same families, while in a
few cases differing somewhat in charactoriatics of tree,
are so nearly identical in fruit that for exhibition ana
commercial purposes thev are practically the some and
should be so considered. It is to be regretted that a
commission on nomenclature ahould take such a radical
atand as thia, because the charocteristica of a variety
camiot be changed by voting to call it hy the same
name as the other member of the group which it most
resembles and almost, though not quite, duplicates.
The trend of modern pomology is to preserve small
differences, to differentiate rather than blend. The
work of the future will consist in large part in studying
small differences with a view of finding closer adapta-
tions. The propriety of ignoring Russian nomencla-
ture and the rule of priority is questionable, but in a
measure ia defenaible on the grounds of a confused
Russian nomenclature and the unpronounceablenees of
Russian names. The findings of the committee have on
FRUIT-GROWING
Ruttian dterriti.
TheM, next to the applee, canstitut« the most
clearly defined group of KuBaiaji fruits; yet many
cbemee commonly c«lled Russian are in r«dity Polish,
E^kaiao or German. The typical cherry of northern
Russia is represented by the Vladimir type (Fig, 1508).
This waa first introduced into America as a distinct
variety. Later importations and experience demon-
strated that Vladimir was a type, not a variety. This
type appears to have been grown in Russia for centuries
from seeds and s^uts. In this way a special class has
been developed. The Vladimir type is cbaracleriied by
its dwarf stature— 5 to 8 feet high — its peculiarly
rounded and compact top, its dark red, mcaty-fleehed
fruit. Koslov-morello is evidently a light-colored juicy
variety of Vladimir. The charactcriatica of the tree are
the game as Vladimir, although when grown from seed
in this country the seedlings exhibit considerable varis^
tion. The amarcUee and weichsels of Germany have
been grown in Russia for centuries, generally from seed,
and have become specialized forms. Cherries of the
Vladimir and Koslovrmorello types are the hardiest of
the cherries. The Vladimirs have not, aa a rule, been
E reductive in this oountry. The fruit^buds appear to
B sensitive to cold and as easily injured as some of the
recognized tender typee of cherries. Although the trees
are hardy, the introduction of this type has not extended
the area of commercial cherry-growmg in this country
farther north than the r^ions already outlined by the
profitable cultivation of Early Richmond.
Rus*ian pluma.
The plums imported from Ruana do not differ
mat«iaUy from those of the domestica type in culti-
vation in this country. The trees are pmDably some-
what hardier than Lombard or Green Gage, Dut the
fruit-buds are subject to winter injury wherever Lom-
iv..»i la ttnAA*4-a;*i r»Y »h<t TvioiQ they have been unpn^
latitudes. In lows, Minnesota and Wisconsin this work
is und^ wav. Seedlings and hybrids are appearir^
each year, which may be considered valuable additions
to the fruit lists of theae regions
LiUralure.
But two books appear te have be«n written on Ru»-
sian pomology up to 1868, one by Nicolai Krasno
GIbhov, 1848, the other by Regel, director of the
Imperial Botanic Gardens, St. Petersburg, in 1868.
The latter is called "Russkaya Pomologaya," It con-
tains a description of 225 varieties of apples, nearly
all of Russian origin. A wood-cut of each appears, in
addition to 144 colored plates. Gibb calls it a grand,
good fundamental work. American literature on Rus-
sian fruits is mainly confined to three sources; the
reports of the Montreal Horticultural Society, pubhca-
tions of the Division of Pomology, Department of
Agriculture, Washington, and Bulletins of the Horti-
cultural Department of the Iowa Agricultural College.
To Charles Gibb, Abbotsford, Canada (Quebec), we
are indebt4?d for the faithful and accurate translation
of the names given in the collection imported by the
Department of Agriculture in 1870, This waa adopted
by the American Pomological Society in 1885.
JoBN Craiq.
FtrCHSU (Leonard Fuchs, 1601-1565, German
professor of medicine, and a botanical author).
Onagriixx. Handsome and popular flowering plants
of greenhouses, conservatories, window-gardens and
open grounds, blooming most freely in spring and
bard is unc^tain. In the n
i the moe_ __
Moldavka and 1
, aU of the
AuMtan peart.
These are hardy handsome trees, but none bears fruit
of good quality. Where blight is prevalent they
true), Gakovsky and Tonko-vietka. These thrive wher-
ever the climate admits of the cultivation of the Olden-
burg apple. The fruit ripens in August, and rote at the
core if allowed to mature on tiie tree.
Rutnan aprieoU.
Apricots were brought to Nebraska and Kansas by
Russian Mennonitea about twenty-five years ago. A
few of those named and distributed are likely to be
retained in the fruit lists of the West.
Riusian mulbcniet.
Russian mulberries have been widely sold as fruit-
bearing plants by enteirirising agcnta but their use to
the fruit'frower should be restricted to hedging and
the formation of windbreaks. For these purposes they
are valuable in the colder and more rigorous r^ons.
So-called hardy Ruaaian peaches are sold, but they
really belong to Bokara or Turkestan. The peaches of
the Baltic provinces do not differ essentially from the
ordinary Persian strain in form or hardiness.
In general.
The introduction of the Russian fruits has given us
bardy types from which to breed varieties for northern
Shrubs and small trees, with opposite, alternate or
verticillate simple Ivs.: ns. mostly showy, axillary or
Bometimee racemose and paniculate, uaualty pendu-
loua, in shades of red and purplish and with some of
the parts often white; tube prolonged beyond the ovary
and bell-shaped to tubular, with 4 spreading lobes;
' ' ' ' 'n some species wanting;
petals 4,
atomens usually 8, "'
style long-exsert«d,
lotted stigma promin
seen under glass) t
berry, — Seventy or ei
greater part in TTo|
or 4 in New Zeal,
variable in charactei
fuchsias are known to
, but I
: of
shrubs in their nativ
F. excoriicaia, of Net
tree 30-40 ft. high,
procunAem, of tine i
try, is a weak, trailini
the many species, lef
a dozen have en-
tered largely into
garden forma. The
common garden
kinds have come
mostly from F.
mag^aniea. This
species was intio.
into Great Britain
from ChUe in 1788,
or about that time.
It is variable in a
wild state as well
aa in cult,, and
plants subsequently
mtro. from S, Amer.
were so distinct as
to be regarded for
a time as separate
species. Even at the
present day some of
1300
FUCHSU
FUCHSU
the forau of F. magelianiea are commonly Hpoken of as atfoDfcer ones hard and allowing the weaker to n^w a
species, bo much do they differ from the tjTje. As early little longer so that they gain more vigor. The Ttader
as 1848, 511 species and varieties — mostly mere ear- may be aJlowed Ut make six pairs of leavee, and tiien
den forma — were known and named (Porcher, La be stopped, alwavs choosing the Btron^eat breaks to
Fuchsia, son Histoire et sa Culture"). The fuchsia increase the heignt of the plant. Pottmg should be
reached the height of its popularity about the middle strictly attended to, never allowing the plant to form a
mat of roots around the ball before it
gets a ehift into a lar^ pot. The
potting material for all mture pottings
may be composed of two parts good
fibrous loam, with an equal amount of
well-rotted horse-manure, one part flaky
leavee, and one part sharp sand. The
whole should be as rougn as can be
conveniently used when working it
equally around the ball of the plant,
in the potting operation. It is neces-
sary to have a good strai^t stake
er of the plant to support it m an up-
. When the i>Iant is well established
r~. ~- which it is desired to flower it, manure
looa FociuU nuceiUnica ni. RiccutoBii. (xK) waterii^ will be in order, as these plants are gross
feeders when in active growth. Green cow-m&nure,
of the past century. At present it is prized mostly for fertilizers, and soot secuml from soft coals agree wdl
window-gardening and" conservatory decoration. The with fuchBiaa. The amount t« be used is an ordinary
garden tarms of the present day are with difficulty
referred to specific types. The long-tubed or so-callea
speeiosa forms are probably hybrida of F. mageilanica
and F. fidgtns (Figs. 1603, 1604). Others are evidently
direct varieties from the stem types. There are many
handful to two and a h^ gallons of wat^. Wat^
twice in between with clean water. Give the last pineh
to the plants about six weeks before they ore desired
to be in full Sower. — For bedding-out purposes, cut-
tings may be rooted in the spring, and grown on into
full double forms. For the history and the garden 5- or 6-inch pots. Old plants may be kept through the
botany of the fuchsia, see Hemsley in the Garden winter, in a cool Ught pit, from which Croet is kept.
9:284 and 11:70; also Watson, the Garden 55:74. Keep them rather dry during October, November, and
In mild climates, fuchsias make excellent outdoor December, only giving enough water to maintain the
" ' ' ■...!■ r . wood plump. In January they may
be removec! to a temperature of 50"
by night, allowing a rise of 10° (
shrubs, some of them withstanding frost.
These are of the F. tttaeellanica group. They
are familiar to travelers in Ireland, and they
may be seen as far north as the Shetland
Isluids. In California, many of the fuchsias
ecta for planU
I, forms of F.
mto large rafter
great abundance
of bloom.
Fuchsias are among the most ornamental
and popular of the cool greenhouse flowering
plants. They may also be used in summer as
Dcdding plants, and they are among the very
few flowering plants that will bloom in the
shade. If fair-sized specimen plants in 10-
or 12-inch pots are desired, the best time to
root them is the end of August. The best
cuttings are secured from suckers that start
from the base of the plants that are bedded
out. The cutting should be 3 inches in length,
and if the intention is to grow large speci-
mens, pot them singly in 2-ioch pots, in three
parts sand, one part loam, and another of
leaf-mold. Place the cuttings when potted in
a shady position in a temperature of not less
than 60 at night. When the very small
plants are well rooted, shift them along into
a pot 2 inches larger, using this time a com-
post of equal parts of loam, leaf-mold, and
sand and add a third part of well-rotted
manure. In this size of pot, the shoot will
have made four or five jointa, and should
now be pinched to encourage side breaks.
The plant, where it is stopped, will start
into two breaks, and the strongest should be
taken for a leader; pinch the weaker one
when two leaves are well formed. Strict
attention from now on should be paid to keep
the plants in ^ood shape. The side shoots
must be kept m bounos, so that the sym-
metry of the plant is preserved, pinching the
15° during the day. This tempera-
ture, by the way, ia most suitable
for fuchsias after they are rooted
until they come in flower. After it
18 seen where all the live eyes are
on the old plants, trim them into
shape, and remove all the dead
wood. Turn them out of the pots,
and remove all the loose dirt from
the ball with a hose with a gentle
KESsure of water on it. They may
potted in the same size of pot,
and when well rooted in that, pve
themashift two sizes larger. Fmch
the plants two or three times during
the winter, and one will be rewarded
with better plants the second year
than the first. If well attended to
every year, fuchsias may be kept for
many years, attaining an enormous
size. Fumigate with hydrocyanic
gas, during winter, and that, with
synngingB on all bright days, until
they come in flower, will keep down
insect pests. (George F. Stewart.)
FUCHSIA
A. FU. drooping (No*. 1-9),
B. Tube nf fi. motUy ihorter Hum the calyx-lobea (or in
F. tpeciota aomelime* a> bmg again); jtttaU obo-
vaie and nluat, anuxAvU in the bud. — L&dibb'
E:&b-Drofs.
1. nugelUnict, Lam. (P. naerottima, Riue & Pav.
P. maeroalimma, Auth. F. ooednea, Curtis, not Ait.)<
Tube tittle longer than the ovtuy, oblong or ehort-
cyUndrical: petals normally blue, and shorter than the
red and oblong-lanceolate calyx-lobes; stamens long-
exsert«d : Ivs. opposite or in 3'b, lance-ovate, very short-
Ktioled, dentate. Peru and south to Terre del Pu^o.
M. 97 (F. cocdnea). The leading types are as
folIowB:
Var. globdsa, Bailey {F. glabbia, Lindl. F. macro-
Kl^ma var. glabbta, Nicb.}. Fig. 1599. Lvs. opposite,
short-pctiolate, ovate, acute, lightly dentate, glabrous:
fls. red-purple, axillary on slender peduncles, small
and short, tne bud nearly globular and the tips or the
sepals cohcrii^ even alter the fl. begins to burst;
tube very short; petab erect, twice shorter than the
calyi-lobes. B.R. 1556. Gn. 55, p. 75.— A profuse
bloomer, and a common type amongst old-fashioned
fuchsias. There is a form with vari^^ated lvs.
Var. Rlccutonil {F. RiccarUmii, Hort.). Fig. 1600.
Vei^ like var. globoaa and reported to be a seedling of
it, IB a very hardy and floriferous form, standins in
the open in Scotland, blooming particularly well in
autumn: 6-10 ft., making a trunk 3 in. diam., and
becoming wid&^preading : ahool« slender: fls. red. J.H.
111.58:329. — A handsome and desirable fuchsia, said
to have been raised at Riccartan, near Edinburgh,
about 1830, but reported ss originating in the Falk-
land Isls. Excellent in Calif.
Var. discolor, Bailey {F. dlxolor, Lindl. F. Linoei,
Hort.). Fig. 1601. Dwarf, compact and hardy:
branches deep purple: lvs. rather small undulate-
toothed: pedunclee axillary, slender, exceeding the lvs.;
fls. red, small, with slender, short tube and wide-
spreading, rather narrow calyx-lobes, which ore some-
what longer than the tube; petals obtuse, Bhort«r than
the calyx-lobes. Falkland lale. B.R. 1S05.
Var. cdnlca, Bailey {F. edniea. Lindl. F. maero-
iltmma var. e^ica. Nich.}. Shrubby, very leafy: Iva.
3-4 together, toothed, ovate, the petiole one-third
tensth of blade, pubescent: fls. axillary, solitary, on
peduncles much longer than Iva.; calvx scarlet, the
tube conical (or widest at base) and equaling the
I the narrow
spreading lobes; calyx scarlet; petals purple, retuse,
snorter than the long acute calyx-lobes, Chile. B.R.
847; 1052 (var. mvUiStma). B.M. 2507. Gn. 66, p. 74.
Mn. 2, p. 186. — PerhaM a distinct species. A var.
varie^dia is advertised. F. Th6mptonii, Hort., is said to
belong here.
With the F. mageUanica set may be classed F.
coToUHjia, Hort., F. itegans, Paxt., F. leniUa, Hort.,
and others. There are apparently many hybrids. The
short-flowered fuchsias are less popular than former^,
but many varieties are now in cult.
2. speddaa, Hort. (F. h^brida, Hort.). Figs. 1603,
1604. The greater part of present-day aarden fuchsias
are of the longer-tubed t^Tie shown in the illustrations.
These are probably hybrid derivatives of F. rnageOanica
fonns and F. fulgms. Amongst the named sorts every
gradation will be found, from the short-tubed Storm
King to the Earl of Beoconsfield with fls. 3 in. long.
The old F. ei^iinnt, Part-, B.M. 153, is figured a
B.R. 1062. — Lindley says that it differs from
gracilis in having broader lvs., being lees Soriferous,
and in the conical tube whidt widens above
, m Amer., and inserted lieie for ttie pur-
pose of clearing up the synonymy of F.
coecinea. This species appears to have
been intro. before F. mogeUanica, and it
named F. cocdnea by Aiton. F. magellanica,
!ver, "usurped its name and spread it to
y garden in the kingdom, whibt the true
t hngered in botanic gardens, lastly surviv-
[greatly to the credit of the Baxters, father
son) in that of Oxford alone." The species
lost from its intro. in 1788 to its rediscovery
1 Oxford garden in 1867; meantime forms of
liea passed as F. cocdnea. "F. cotxinea is
! graceful than any of the varieties of F.
1, flowers even more freely, and is readily
ed by the almost sessile leaves with brood
the hair^ twigs and petioles; further, its
IS of a bright crimson when about to fall."
__ooker, B.M. 5740. Probably Brasihan. The
plant should be looked for in collections.
1302
FUCHSU
4. spl&ident, Zucc. Fig. 1606. Much-bn&ched,
Bhrubby : Ivb. ovate-cord&te, psle green, serrate :
pedundeB BleDder, udllory, Mhta^ and eiiigl&4d.;
OB. drooping, rather short; fl. l^i in. long, scarlet
tipped pale green, the base swollen and the tube then
compressed; petajs shorter than calyx-lobes, ovate,
greenish; stamens
Mex. B.M. 4082.
B.R. 28:67. G.C.
III. 45:338. G. 1:
649; 9:693.
BB. fude Uiriee or
more the length
(tf the atlj/x-
lobeg; pelaU
poirUed, neoxly
or qtaU at long
(M the calyXf
lobet.
5. KlgeoB, Moc.
& Beaei. St. some-
what succulent,
j^abruus, oft«n red-
tinEed: Ivb. large
andcoane, cordate-
ovate, soft, small-
toothed: fls. in ter-
minal leafy clusters
or raremee, the red
long-tubular calyx-
tube 2-3 in. long
and very slender at
the base; the caly^r-
lobes short and
points, Krecuuui ab
the tip, not very widely spreading; petals deep scarlet,
pointed, shorter than calyx-lobea; stamens only short-
euerted. Mex. B.M. 3801. B.R. 24:1. On. 65, p. 75.
R.H. 1881:150 (var. pumifa).— A brilliant plant, some-
times seen in choice conservatory coUections. Evidently
one parent of the F. apecioaa tribes. F. penduixflitra,
Hort.( is supposed to De a hybrid, but the fls. very
long hke F. fidgena: Iva. ovate, acuminate, with violet
midrib: tube of fl, 3-4 in. long, trumpet-shaped; fls.
rich crimson shaded maroon. J.H. 111.51:301.
6. triph^lla, Linn. Fig. 1606. Low and bushy (IS in.
high), pubescent: Iva. often in 3's, amall, obtanceolate,
Etiolate, dentate, green above and purple pubescent
Death: fla. IJ^in.loDg, in terminal racemes, cinnabai^
red, the long tube enlarging towards the top; petals
very short; stamens 4, not exscrtcd. St. Domii^o,
W. Indies. B.M. 6795. Gn. 41:32. I.H. 43, p. 94.
G.M. 49:333. Gn.W. 5:389.— Known in botanical col-
lections and sparingly in the trade. The species has a
most intereating history, for which see the citations
made above. Upon this plant Plumier founded the
SrntB Fuchsia in 1703, giving a rude drawing of it.
pon Piumier's description and picture Ldnna^ua
founded his F. Iriphyila. Piumier's figure is so unlike
existing fuchsias that there has been much speculation
as to toe plant be meant to portray. No fuchsia was
known tD have four stamens or to be native to the W.
Indies. In 1S77 Uemsley wrote at it: "The fimire,
however, is so rude that nobody, I believe, has been
able to identify it with any living or dried plant. Pos-
sibly it is not a fuchsia at all in the sense of the present
application of the name, for it is represented as having
only four Htamens." But in 1873. Thomas Hogg, of
New York, secured seeds of a St. Domingo fuchsia
which turns out to be Piumier's original, thus bringing
into cult, a plant that had been unknown to science
for 170 years. It came to the attention of botanists
in 1882. For a discussion of further confusion in the
der, about the lenuiiu ui uit: nuiriei. iiB., iiiu
racemose above; fls. elongated, the tube 2 in. long
beyond ovary and narrow-trumpet-shaped, the lobes
ovate-tanceolate and acuminate; petals about equaling
calyx-lobes, scarlet, the margins undulate. Colombia.
F.S. 6:538. J.H. III. 49:243.
8. boUvUna, Carr. Compact, branching, 2-4 ft.,
producing the showy fla. in profuse drooping sometimes
Drancbed clusters: Ivs. lai^ elliptic-ovate, acute nr
acuminate, toothed : Ss. 2-3 m. long, trumpetrshaped,
rich red. Bolivia. R.H. 1876:150, G.W.8, p. 316.—
Very like F, corymlnflora, but said to be more orna-
mental: fla. brilliant coral-red, the calyx-lobea and
petals acuminat« and equal or subequal, the farmer
spreading-star-ahaped or reflexed, the petals erect or
close about the stamens: filaments red, anthers whitish;
stigma very large, ovoid: fr. fleshy, violet-black.
9. corymblfl&ro, Ruii & Pav. Tall but weak grower,
needing support when allowed to attain its full height,
therefore excellent for pillars and rafters: Ivs. large,
ovate-oblong and tapenng both ways, serrate, pubes-
cent: fls. deep red, hanging in long brilliant corymbs;
calyx-tube 3-4 in. long ana nearly uniformly cylindri-
cal, the lobes lance-acuminate anJd becoming reflexed;
petals deep red, _
lance - acuminate,
about the lengtit
of the calyx-lobes:
stamens length <x
the petals. Peru.
B.M. 4000. Gd.
ll:70(a8F.bolivi.
ana); 55:74. F.
1841:161. H- U.
2, p. 324. Var.
ilba, Hort., haa
white or nearly
white calyx -tube
and -lobes. F.S, 6:
S47. Gn. 65:74.
— A very hand-
some plant, but
AA. Fit. erect.
10. atboreicens,
Sims I.F. gynngss'
fidra Carr.). A
shrub: Ivs. lano»-
oblong and en-
tire. Iaurel-lik«:
fls. Ulac-scented,
pink-red, amall,
with a short or
almost globular
tube, in an erect
terminal naked
lilac-like panicle;
calyx - lobes and
petals about equal
M. 2620. — Little
grown, but excellent for winter-flowering; should not
be lost to cult.
11. procdmbens^ Cunn. Traiunq Fuchsia. Trail-
ing Queen. Trailmg, with slender much-branched sts. :
Ivs. alternate, small (H-)^in. across), cordate-ovate,
long-stalked: fls. soUtary and axillary, apctalous, the
short tube orange and the reflexing obtuse lobes dark
purple, anthers Dlue: plant difccioua: berry glaucous-
FUCHSIA
—A very inter-
red. N. Zeal. B.M.6130. G. ;
eetiag little plant, suitable for baskets.
8p*dea not known la ba in tha American trade an: F. onptidlii,
Benth. Fla. larn, aoarlet. looc-Mbsil. dnmHns. Colombia. B.M.
iwaa. — F. buniUni, lindL C«npact, with abort-ioinlsd braniJiiic
1, aanu-moutbed, my, draopina. M«i. B.R. 1«S(L
a, Bentn. Fla. 2 in. iou, ileDdar. drmplna. baiijr,
, ...^ loDC pedlMlt. Mci. B.R. 27:70. — F. Daminiina,
Hort. Garden h^nd with lone droonnc rvd Ba. ot the apccioaa
trpa. F.6. 10:IOM.—F. tztariit^la, Laa. I. Bhnih or amall tree
ol Naa Zeal., [caehinc 40 It. hich and tba trunk aomntanea 2-3 ft.
diam., tba bark thia, papaTy and Idoib: Wi. alumata. ovatc-lanoeo-
Ul^ Ui IuuvaIau. BDtire or nnu-lv an: fln. ] ^ in. or Ifaa UuMl. aolt.
— F. moCTdnJAa, Hoc
—F. ardililia, I
I^ffeat'fld. fi
d dnnpinA, trimOTphio. B.R. &i
t; 4-e ii
i Colomlrf^ Peru. B.M.
nna. pink-redH in larn. dToopioff clua-
4233.— J^. miaorilttUa; HBK! Dwarf,
tofera. Pcni. B.M. 6
D aiillat]' pediwl*. (ba pctali obovata and u
I, H.B.K. To e It: In.
nAi4i. downy above: Ob.
and muiulala. Max,
L. H. B.
FDHARIA (fumtM, smoke, the applicatioa perhapa
to the smoke-liKe odor of roots or otber pails of some
qteciee). Pumarulcue, a family by some botaniate united
with PapaixT&ceK. This
genus includefl the
common fumitory, F,
officinalii, formerly
held in great reput«
for various ailments,
] but DOW practically
banished from medical
practice. Seeds are
still rarely sold to
thoae who have faith
in old physic gardens.
The plant has a tar^
literature, which is
especially interesting
to those who delight in
herbala. As an orna-
mental plant, it is
eurpasBea by Adlumia.
There are about 40
1M6. FncWa Bipbjlk. ixiO species of Fumaria in
the Medit. r^on and
Cent. Eu., and S. Afr.: mostly annual hei«a, with
compound much-disaected Ivs., usually diffuse and
branching, sometimes climbing, eIbucous: corolla
1-epurred at base, and thereby oistinguiBhed at once
from Adlumia; sepals 2, very small; petals 4; stamens
6, diadelphoua: it. » roundish 1-aeeded indehiscent
nutlet. F. o^icindlii. Lion., the common fumitoiy,
of Eu., is sparinely run wild in wB8t« places: 2-3 ft.
high: Ivs. petioled^ the segms. linear, oblong or cuneate
and entire or lobed: fls. small, fleeh-color with crimson
tip, in narrow racemes. VariiUile. L. H, B.f
rnUlTORT: Fumnria oAciiuiu.
POuCKIA, rDlTKU: Bmta.
FUnGI are plants. They differ from other plants
chiefly in their lack of chlorophyU, the green coloring
matter of green plants, and in the character of the
substance of which their oell-walls are composed.
This is sometimes spoken of as fungous cellulose, and
has characters both of the cellulose of other plants and
the chitin of insects. There are thousands of species
of fungi, varying greatly in form and structure. Some
forma are more or less familiar to everyone; for
example, mushrooms, or toadstools, molds, mildews
smuta and rusts. Other groups of plants often included
under the term fungi are the slime-molds or myxomy-
cetes and bacteria. While they have certain charac-
ters in common with fungi, they are eufliciently dis-
tinct to be considered Beparat«ly.
FUNGI 1303
He fungus plant consists of a vegetative feeding
portion, the mycelium, which, in a way, oonesponda
to the roots of higherplants, and the fruiting struc-
ture, the sporophore. The latt«r bears the reproductive
bodies, the ^mrea,
which, while much
simpler in structure,
function in the same
way as do the seeds
of higher plants (Fig.
1607). The sporo-
phore is the part most
often observed by the
layman. The mush-
room or toadstool,
the puffball, the
smut boil on com,
the white powdery
mildew on the grape
or rose, or the blue
mold on stale bread
or cheese, are almost
entirely the sporo-
phoiee and spore
masses. The myce-
lium is usually buried
in the substratum
from which the food
is derived and is thus
not often observed.
In fact it is often too
minute and oolorlesa
to be seen with tbs
naked eye. It may
be observed as a
white branching weft
in the dungof mush-
room beds or in the leaf-mold in the forest. This form
is commonly spoken of as spawn. It may also be
seen as a white wefUlike growth between the bark
and wood of rotting logs or dead trees, or as brown
leathery sheets in
the cracks of rot-
ting logs. It some;
times appears aa
brown or bladt
shreds or strands
under the bark of
dying trees. This
form of mycehum
strand or rhizo-
mtnph is charao-
tfristic of the
often very de-
structive mush-
room parasite of
trees, ArmiUaria
meUra. The spores
of fungi are min-
ute microscopio
bodies cutoff from
the sporophores
for the purpose of
reproducing the
plant. They are
usually on^ or
two-celled, though
often many-celled , ■;. ---tv
(Tig. 1608). The, Sl"ii;
are often color-
less, though they
IMS. DiHannl nan
tinted or colorea,
ereenish, brewn,
black, and so on.
When placed in
rbeat-nut fuocua;
nion-bliiht paraait
leaf-apot patboccn ;/.
of Iba peach
q»re forma of tbe
black-knot funcuH; ff, the ■ummei
porea of ttu apple-tree oaakerfuDsuir i
pore of the altamaria bUsht fimxua o
uaani: /, oooidia of Ihe late blisht funcu
1304
FUNGI
sufficient noiBture, and given the proper tempero'
ture, they ufiually will germinate ouickly, either Bend-
ing out a aprout-libe germ-tube (Fig- 1609, h) which
on findii^ sufficient Douriahment gfows into myoe-
lium, or the protoplasmic coDtents of the spore-cell
may escape through an opening formed in the cell-wall,
water for a time,
(usually less
than an hour),
then invest
themselvefl with
a cell-wall, and
Keiminate with
l'uTI^"b^'"w';^™"ic°ry"?"S; a germ-tube as
youDK si^e. above described
(Fig. 1609,0').
This latter is the method of germination of the potato-
blight fungus, Phylophlhora injeslarta. — A fungus often
produces two kinds of spores, the vegetative spores,
conidia (Fig. 1608. j). produced usually in great num-
bers and repeatedly during the season for the purpose
of multiplying the form, and the sexual, or reeting-
spores (Fig. 160S, a, b, e, d, k), adapted primarily to
cany the fungus through periods unfavorable to growth,
as dry seasons, winter and the like. Either form may.
however, function as the other. Tbej[ are disseminatea
by wind, water, insects, or by man himself.
Because of their lack of chlorophyll, fungi caimot
assimilate their carbon directly from the carbon-
dioxid of the air as can the green plants. They must
make use of the food substances already manufactured
or elaborated by other plants or animals. With respect
to the nature of the substratum from which fungi
obtain their food-supply, they are of two generS
types, saprophytes, those that can feed and develop
on non-living organic substances (chiefly dead parte of
plants and animals); and parasites, those that may
grow upon and take food from hving organisms. A
true or obligate saprophyte can feed only upon non-
living organic substances. There are great numbera
of such spr^ies, attacking dead and fallen trees, stems
and leaves of plants ar the dead bodies of a.niTnii.l>i,
infesting dung and other debris, breaking up the com-
plex organic substances into simpler form, and deriving
therefrom the food and cnersy for their development.
Most mushrooms, toadstools, molds and the like,
are obligate saprophytes, playing the r6Ie of didn-
tegr&tors in the
ever-changing
cycle of nature.
An obligate para-
site, on the other
hand is, in nature
at least, compelled
to derive its nu-
trition through
direct attack on
the living tissues
of other plants or
of animals. Of
such fungi, the
rusl- and smut-
t>ioducing para-
sites, the leaf-curl
rungua of the
peacm, and the
FUNGICIDES
potato-blight organism are good examples. Between
these extremes are to be found very many forma
which, during a part of their active development,
live as parasites, and during the remainder as sapro'
phytee. The apple-scab fungus is a good example. It
passes the summer as an active parasite upon the
leaves and fruit of the apple, but in the autumn and
spring continues its growth and development in the
fallen leaves, producing the aemally formed aacosporea
which in the spring infect the next crop. Other forms,
which usually lead a saprophytic existence on the
dead and fallen parts of plante, may, under special
conditions, take on a parasitic habit. A good example
is a common saprophyte, a species of &>tryti8, com-
. . n srecnhousee. When there is an excess of moist-
ure or the planla are in any way weakened, this fungus
finds it easy to pass from a saprophytic life on the dead
leaves, to that of active and destructive parasitism on
the living leaves. It is sometimes destructive to let-
tuce. Fun0 are in general favored by abundance of
moisture. For this reason in a wet season mushrooms
appear in great profusion, and epidemics of plant-
disease-proaucing fungi often
occur over wide areas, caus-
ing great losses to the agricul-
turist. The loss from potato-
blight in New York state
alone often amounts in wet
seasons to over 110,000,000.
Warm weather is generally
favorable to fungus growth,
but there are some forms,
like the potato-blight fungus,
which nourish only during
relatively cool periods. Tbia
parasite occurs only in tem-
Eerate r^ons, being un-
Qown in the hot low lands
of tropical and subtropical
regions. The peach leaf^curl
fungus is apparently favored
as much by the low tempera-
ture as by the rains of a wet
mildew of grapes. ^^ tonxntimu UU. out.
Whde many fungi are do- i„™,, , .hoi-hole «■•«.
Btructive agents of the crops
of the agriculturist, causing him heavy losses, most
fund are active co-laborers with him, bringing about,
as has been seen, the disintegration of compost, on
which the farmer depends so largely for increased crop-
production. Other fungi, like the yeasts and certain
molds, are necessary agents in the arts and manufac-
tures, as for example, the use of yeast in bread-, bcer-
and wine-production, molds in cheese-ripening, and
BO on. The value of these fungi Ues chiefly in their
ability to produce fermentations of various sorts or to
give flavors to the products. Many fungi are edible,
as for example the large fruit bodies of mushrooms,
puffballs and truffles. While their value as food is
perhaps often overestimated, they are valuable and
form no unimportant part of the food of many
people, especially in Europe. They are to be regarded
chiefly as dehcacies. The truffles and the cultivated
mushroom, Agaricus campestris, are perhaps the
best known. A delicacy known to relatively few is
the lai^e smut boils occurring on Zizania lalifolia.
Some fungi are poisonous, as for example the deadly
Amanita, the fly-agaric among mushrooms, and the
ergot, a fungous parasite of rye and other grasses.
Fortunatelv the number of poisonous species is rela-
tively small. H. H. Whbtzel.
PtmclCIDBS: L
landfnn
FUNTUMIA
FURCRiEA
1305
FUNTt^MIA (Funtum is one of the vernacular names
of f . dastioa). Apocyndcex, Three trees, sometimes
very tall, of Trop. Afr., formerly placed in Kickxia, one
of toem oeing a rubber tree. F, ddsiicaf Stapf, reaches
100 ft.. with acylindric trunk and pale spotted bark:
Ivs. oolong or lance-oblong, undiilate: fls. white or
yellowish m short-peduncled many-fld. dense C3rmes,
the ooroUartube constricted above the base, the lobes
oblong and obtuse; stamens inserted well down in the
corolla-tube; disk 5-parted: follicles oblong-clavate,
woody. Offered in £u.; yields the Lagos caoutchouc.
FURCRAA (Ant. Francois de Fourcrov, 1755-1809,
chemist). Syn.^ Fowrcroya, Fowrcrasa, Furcroya, Fwr^
crcsa, Amarylltddcex, Succulent desert plants from
tropical America.
some with spiny foliage like Agave, others with
minutely toothed margins like Beschomeria. Thev
occasionally bear immense loose panicles of greeniaa
white fls., suggesting those of Yucca JUamenlosOj which
are known to every plant-lover of the N. The perianth
of Furcrea is whitish and wheel-shaped: in Agave
greenish vellow, funnel-shaped. The filaments in
FurcrsBa nave a cushion-like swelling at the base,
which is absent from Agave.
Furcrsa is cultivated much in the same way as
Agave, except that the furcreas are given more neat
and wat^. F. gigantea has a very pretty variegated
form, which makes a useful pot-plant.
As a rule, furcreas bear fruit not more than once,
and then die without producing suckers. However,
they produce while in nower an immense number of
bulbels^ which may be used for propagation. It is
impossible to say at what size or age the plants will
bloom. Grown in pots, they may take a century. On
the other hand, plants from bulbels have been known
to flower at three years. Seeding is usually rare.
aoaveiphyOat 5,
aUUttma, 5, 7.
andina, 5.
BanOeUii, 8.
Bedinshaufli, 3.
Cabuya, 7.
Cahum, 4. ^
Commeliniit 8.
cubensis. 4, 6. 0, 7.
DeUdevantiit 6.
edentata, 6.
INDEX,
elegana. 6.
geminispina, 9.
gigantea, 8.
h^mpekUa, 4.
Humboldtiana« 7.
tncrmM, 7.
inUrrupUit 9.
Lindeniit 6.
longBva. 1.
maorophylla, 5,
mar^inatat A.
medio-picta, 8.
C' eacena, 6.
lUi. 2.
SeUoa.6.
Mpinota, 9.
tuberoaa, 9.
tarieoatat 8.
Wattoniana, 8.
Wiilemetiaxka, 8.
▲. LvB. rough-^margined hut not toothed^ glaucouSj striata
roughened beneath: infl. pubescent: pedicela short,
SERRULATiB.
1. longibva, Karw. & Zucc. Slender unbranched
tree, up to 50 ft.: Ivs. rigidly outcurving, narrowly
lanceolate, gradually acute, concave, 3--6x60 in.:
infl. 15 ft., broadly conical, short-stalked; fls. lyi-li^
in.; ovary rather longer than segm.: caps, elongated,
narrowed below; seeds small (3^x^in.): bulbels
unknown. S. Mex. to Guatemala. Zuccarini, Act. Acad.
Leop. Carol. 16, pt. 2:48. M.D.G. 26, p. 10. Bateman,
Orchid, of Mex. & Guat. Vignette to pi. 16. B.M. 5519,
(habit). Herbert, Amaryll., pi. 34. — A similar if sepa-
rable species is reported for Bolivia. The most remark-
able dracsenoid tree, flowerinjg when extremely old,
and then dying, like others of its genus.
2. Ro^zlii, Andr6 (Agdve argyrophylkiy A. Tondidnat
Beschomhia flortbdnda. Ulia rhgia^ iMium rhgium^
Roiztia r^a, R. regina^ Yucca argyrka^ Y. aroyrojihyUa,
Y, Parmentihif Y. Tonelidnat Hort.). Trunk becoming 6
ft. or more: Ivs. rather flaccidly spreading, lanceolate,
acute, concave or plicate, 3-5x50 in.: infl. 10-15 ft.,
pubescent, the moderately broad panicle short-stalked;
fls. 1 5i in. ; ovary and segm. about equal : caps, ellipsoidal,
Bcarcdy stipitate: freely bulbiferous, the bulbels
elongated. S. Mex. R.H. 1887, p. 353. B.M. 5519 (as
to details) ; 7170 (as F. Bedinghausii), G.C. III. 9, p. 489;
36, p. 45; 46, p. 340. — ^The common plant grown along
the Riviera, often as F, langxva, but more commonly as
F. Bedinghausii, with which the synon3rmy is confused.
3. Bedinghaiisii, Koch (Beschomhria multifldra,
Hort. Yaeca Pringlei, Greenm. Roidia or Yiicca bulbi-
Sera, Hort.). Trunk scarcely 3 ft.: Ivs. rather rigidly
outcurving, lanceolate, acute, rather flat, 2-3 x 18-24
in.: infl. 10-15 ft., the rather narrow panicle little
longer than the scape; fls. IK in.; ovaiy and segm.
about equal: caps, broadly oblong, abruptly stipitate;
seeds moderate {^-\i x H ii^O- fi'cely bulbiferous, the
bulbels ovoid. Cent. Mex. B.H. 13, p. 327. Ann.
Jard. Buitenzorg. II. Suppl. 3:44. G.W. 7, p. 101.
AA. Los. smooth-margined, typically toothed, ustudly
green, not stricUe, Eufurcraa.
B. Prickles rather small and dose sd: Ivs, narrow;
margin straight,
4. cub^nsis, Vent. (F. hexapdala, Urban. Agdve
cubinsis, Jacq. A. btdblfera, Salm? A, hexapitala,
Jacq. A. mexicdna. Lam. A, odordta, Pers). Nearly
tnmkless: Ivs. narrowly lanceolate, spreading, smooth,
about 2 X 50 in. ; teeth nearly straight, Vy-r^in. long,
Ji-1 in. apart: infl. 10-15 ft., long-staJked, nearly
glabrous; flis. 2 in.; ovary fusiform, about equaling the
segm.: caps, small, broad, stipitate; seeds small
(^~H u^O* bulbels ovoid. Cuba and Haiti. Jacq.,
Stirp. Amer. : 175. Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg. II. Suppl.
3:40. — As badly confused as Agave americana
and actually rarely seen in gardens: apparently the
original henequen of early writers on the W. Indies,
its fiber called cabuya. A related Yucatan species,
the cahum, with less lanceolate Ivs. and ovary exceed-
ing the perianth, is F. Cahum, Trel., Ann. Jard. Buiten-
zorg. II. Suppl. 3:39.
BB. Prickles large or prominently raised and rather dis"
tant, curved, — suppressed in certain forms,
c. Shape of hs, oblong4anceolate, large,
5. pub^scens, Tod. Nearly trunkless: Ivs. spread-
ing, concave, smooth, about 3 x 60 in. ; teeth H^n,
long, %-l}iin, apart: infl. 15-20 ft., rather short-
staUced, pubescent: fls. 2^ in.; ovary 1 in.; segm. IH
in.: caps, large, broad, variously stipitate: oulbels
ovoid. Mex (?). Giom. Soc. Sci. Palermo 14:5-7.
Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg. II. Suppl. 3:43. B.M. 6160(7)
(depauperate). Related species are: F. ^legans, Tod.
of Guiana, with Ivs. 5 in. wide with hooked black-
ening teetn yi-Viin. long and 1^ in. apart, glabrous
long-stalked inn., and leafy-tipped bulbels. Hort.
Panorm. 4. F. macroph^Ua, Hook., established in
the Bahamas and Jamaica (probably from the south)
with teeth }^. long and 3H in* apart, broad
umbonate caps, and ovoid bulbels. Hook. Icon.
2501. Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg. II. Suppl. 3:37, 45.
F. andlna, Trel. (F, Ddedevdntii, ana F. aUlssima,
Hort. 7), of E. Peru, with nearly as large and distant
teeth, short-stalked infl^ cuboid caps, and conical-
ovoia bulbels. Ceara or Pemambuco hemp is ascribed
to F, agavephyUa, Brot. (F. ciibSnsis, Mart. Agdve
inirmis and A, subinirmis, Roem.), the caraguata
assu of N. E. Brazil., Marcgrav. & Piso, Brazil, p. Ill,
of this same group.
6. Sellda, Koch. Trunk finally 3-5 ft.: Ivs. spread-*
ing, concave and revolute or plicate, rough-backed,
atK>ut 3x50 in.; teeth K-Km. long, lyi-^H in-
apart, variously curved: infl. tall, stalked, glabrous;
fls. IH in.; ovary %m.; aepn. 1 in.: caps, not known:
freely bulbiferous. (Colombia. B.M. 6148. — Frequently
meant when the name F. cuhensis is used. A handsome
white- or finally yellow-margined plant, frequent in
cult, is F. Sellda mareinUta, Trel. {F, lAndenii,
Jacobi. F, cubSnsis lAnaenii, Hort. Agdve cubinsis
stridta, etc., Hort.). Wiesner Festschr., p. 350. I.H.
21:186. G.W. 10. p. 212; 11, p. 135; 16, p. 162. G.C.
jt muwna] prickks, edentlU, Trel., has been
intro. from the CoIomDiiui Andes recently by Pittier.
7. HuinboldtUUu, Trel. (KiicDa acaidit, HBK.).
Trunk finaJly 10 ft. : IvB. Bpreading, nearly flat, grayish,
smooth, 5-6x60 in.; teeth >i-k in. long, usually
divergently twinned from the tope of greea prominencce,
1-2H in. apart: infl. 25-40 ft, long-stalked; fla. 2-2)^
in.; ovary H-^ in.; segm. IW-IJ^ m- VeneiueU. Ami.
Jord. Buit«niarg. II. Buppl. 3:38. — Called maguey
de cocui by Humboldt; now oommonly known as
cocuiza brava in contrast with an unarmed cult, form,
the cocuisa manaa, which may prove not to differ from
F. inirmii, Dnun. (F. cubtnkU in^rmu. Baker. F.
aIttMtma,Hort. Franoeechi). B.M. 0543. Intamediate
FUS^EA
WHlemetUna, Roem. (.F. Commeflntt, Agist C<m-
tru&Tui, Auct.), the Creole aloe. Ann. Janl. Buiten-
cor^. II. Suppl. 3:35. With broad median creamy
vanegation, the unarmed form is var. mMio-ldctt,
Trel. (F. gigantia Mne^dto, Hort. F. taneodJO, Hort.
F. ffatomidiw, Hort.). G.C. 111. 23, p. 243. Ann.
Jord. Buiteniorg. II. Suppl. 3:41, 42, 46-8.
Auct,}. Nearly trunklea
nearly flat, 8x60-70 in., . .,
and fi-lH in. apart, aometimM absent toward the
end or below: infl. 25 ft.: cape, unknown: freely bul-
biferous, the bulbels elongatM. Cuba and Haiti and,
in somewhat differing forma, in Porto Rioo and through
the Lesser Antilles. Rep. Mo. Hot. Card. 18:1-4.
R.H. 1877, p. 233. Cycle. Amer. Agric, II, p. 290. Gt.
1852:3. Yearbook Dept. Agric. 1904:31. Ann.
MuB. Firenie. 1:4. Commelin, Hort. Amta. 2:19.
— Commonly called silk-grass, sometimes maguey
or cocuiza: apparentlv the Haitian cabuya of early
writers. With we t«etn twinned, as they are aonietimea
in F. Selloa and characteristically in F. HwtAoldli-
ono, it ia var. geminisplna (F. geminitjAiui, Ait.)
WlLLIAll T
between this and the next is the cabuya of Cent. Amer.,
F, CabUya, Trel,, which likewise presents armed and
toothless forms. Ann. Jard. Buitensorg. 111. suppl.
3:36, 37.
pUlferum, Willem,). Nearly trunitleBB; Iva,
broadly oblanceolate, nearly flat, undulate, somewhat
roughened beneath, 5-8 x 60-100 in,, entire: infl, 25 ft,
long-«talked, rather narrow; fla. 1?^ in., with ovary ana
»egm. equal: caps, unknown: freely bulbiferous. S. E.
Brazil. DC,, PI. Gr. 126, 126a, Redout*. Lil. 476.
B.M,2250. Perrine, Senate Doc. 300:5. B.H. 10:34.
Indian For. 35:23. Mart., PI, Bras, 1:44, Ann. Mug.
Marseille, II; 8, p. 125. Squier, FibrePl, 2, Jacq. Icon.
379. Commehn. Hort.Am8t.2:18.— The Mediterranean
hemp, Mauritius hemp, taretra, ereen aloe, or pita,
intra, by way of Madagascar and hence called Mal-
gache aloe. Varies with moderate toothing, var.
VUSMk (probably from Latin fundo, signifying
melted or fused together, referring to the carpels).
AnnonActx. South American trees or shrubs, resem-
bling Annona in the form of fruit, a solid, spheroid ^n-
carpium composed of one-ovuled carpels lused together,
but differing from that genus in having its petals
imbricate or overlapping and in the outer drclee of it0
stamens which arc stcnle and petaloid.— A genus of
very few species. Fuaxa lonjfifmia was first described
as Annona lon^pjolia by Aublct. It was afterwards
placed in the genera Duguetia and Aberemoa, from
the lasUnamed of which it was set apart by Baillon
as the type of a subgenus or section Fustea. In the
genera Duguetia and Aberemoa, however, the carpels
are discrete, or separate, and not fused together; in
the former the indumentum is usually stellate-pubeB-
cent or scurfy, and in the latter the carpels are not
only quite distinct but are borne on short pedicels.
Pnnn the structural features above mentioned, it is
evident that it merits generic rank.
lODjtif&lia, Safford (Dufu^fia lontKfAIui, Baill, Annbna
lortfftfilia, Aubl,) Pinacoda. Carib Apple. Fig. 1612.
A small tree: Ivs, oblong-scuminate, roucronata and
smooth: fls. issuing fram near the base of small
branchlets growing from the axils of the If.-scars
of the preceding year, the 2 series of petals much
alike; outer stamens sterile and petaloid: fr. ovate-
globose, resembling a solid ball, its surface reticu-
lated with shallow impressed lines, nearly smooth,
flesh-colored. Guiana. — According to Aubtet, the fr.
Guiana. Intro, into Fla, as a fr,-plant, but very
little known. Closely related to tnis species and
possibly identical with it is the Peruvian F, rhom-
hivitala, S^ord {Annbna rhombipilala, Ruis. & Pay.)
with petals clothed on the outside with appresscd
sericeous hairs, outer stamens petaloid and connivent
as in F. lonffifciia. >^in. long, smooth near the base and
minutely puberulent on the outside near the apex;
and obovate-oblong Ivs. with short thick petioles
and sharply acuminate apices, the midrib and lateral
nerves impressed on the upper surface and prominent
beneath, the extremities of the latter connected by a
submarginal nerve almost continuous from the base
to the apex. w. E. Sattord.
itaj.
In
8»
31.
i
t
I
J
G
I 1- ^
GAGEA (Sir Thomoa Gage, British botaniet, died
1820). LdiAcat. Seventy-five or more amall herbs of
£u., N. Afr. and east to China and Japan, allied to
OrnithogKlum, mostly hardy and eometin'"-' -^-^ <"
the open, Fls. white, yeUow or rose, fen
of the mostly low peduncle or scape: IvB.ra
only 1, and sometimes on the at. and ret
bracts under the umbel: perianth peraistc
tinct aegma.; stamens 6; ovarv sessile oi
tat«, 3-K>culed: bulbs small. The gageas
cult, of omithogalume. They appear not
American trade. G. Ljottrdii, Schult. f., t
is from Eu. and eastward; a well-recomme
4-6 in. high, with yellow fls., making (
radical If. usually I, fistulose; scape-Ivs. 2,
larger and at base convolute. —
0. Ifttea, Ker ((?. fateicyldru,
Salisb), the yellow star-of-Beth-
lehein has yellow fls. with backH
of segms. green, openins only i
forenoon; radical If. 1, Cneor, f
18in. long: scape shortj with
3 bracts. Eu. to Himalayas.
B.M. 1200. G. bracteoUriG,
Saliab. (G.aUnop&ala, Rdchb.),
is pale yellow : If . 1 at base, lin-
ear-lanceolate and glaucous; et,-
Ivs. opposite, lanceolate, pub«»- ^
cent Euid fringed. Eu.
L. H. B.
GAILUKDU (named for M.
GaiUard, a patron of botany in
France). CompdtUx. Showy an<
nual and perennial herbs largely
cultivated in borders and flower-
gardensJ
Leaves alternate, more or less
toothed, and spotted: fls. in soli-
tary and usually very showy
heads, the rays yellow and red
and always neutral, the disk-fls.
purple and fertile; involucre
broad, the bracle in 2 or 3 series,
hairy ; hgules 3-toothed or 3-cleft,
DvinB a fringed appearance to
the ns. — There are 12 species,
«U Aromcan, mostly from the
far W. „
There are two types of gail-
lardiss — the annual forms, which ara
derived from Q. puicheBa and O. amhlyo-
don, chiefly from the former; and the
perennials, which issue from G. arittaia.
The gaillordias are conspicuous for pro-
fusion and duration of flowers. A constant •
succession is produced all summer until ;
very lat* into the autumn. Besides their
use as border or bedding plants they are
good for cul^flowers, as they last well in
water. They thrive best in light, open,
well-drained soil, and should have full
sunlight and air. In heayv or wet soils the
plants are often winterkilled. The peren-
nial forms are propagated by division,
seeds or cuttings in August or Sept«mber;
also by root-cuttings in early spring. They
usually do not breed true from aeed and as better
plants ore produced by cuttings it is the most satisfac-
tory method of propagation. 0. grandiflora and its
many varieties are garden forms of
O. arulata (see Gt. 49, p. 583. G.
^ 7:499). Some of the more recent in-
^ troductions have highly colored flow-
f ers of eiltuordinary size, at least 4 to
^ 5 inches in diameter. Another kind
has quilled florets {0. Jutidoia) of
which Bufialo Bill is an exceUent
example, — a large, pure yellow with
a narrow disk. Vivian Grey is also a
remarkable and most distinct form,
with clear yellow fringed rays, and
disk of the same color. More recent
introductions include 0. kermesina
spleTidena with narrow canary-yellow
rays and rich crimson disk, and 0.
auivhurea oculaia with pale sulfur,
and bright maroon disk-flowers. Other
trade names referable to no botanical
A. Annual gaiUardiat: Jb. normaU]/
TMuttyred.
ambltodon. Gay. One to 2 ft.,
erect, leafy, hirsute: Ivs. obbng or
spatulat«, sessile and auricula t«, entire
or nearly so; lobes (or teeth) of disk-
corollas short and obtuse; rays numer»
ous, brown-red or maroon through-
out their length. Texas. F.S.21:2149.
— ^mewhat cult, amongst garden
annuals, and worthy.
pulchClia, Foug. Erect, branching,
12^20 in., sofl^pubescent: Ivs. oblong,
lanceolate or spatulate, rather soft,
nearly sessile, either entire or the
lower ones lyrate-pionatifid: lobes of
disk-fls. acute or awned; heads 2 in.
across, the flat rays yellow at top and
rose-purple at base. Ark. and La. to
Aril. B.M.1602;3551(asG.&ieotor).
r
ths form kooiraai
Fig. 16l'3. the common garden form
;K) under cult., having larger heads and
of various colors. B.M. 3368. R.H.
1852:20. V. 16:181. In one form (0.
fisliU&aa, G. tvbidbaa, G. Lorenzid,ita, Hort.),
the ray-florets and sometimes the diak-
florets are enlaised and tubular. Fig. 1614.
R.H. 1881, p. 377; 1885:156.
gaOiardui
Uy yeUow.
aristitta, Purah (<?. frnmdijfdra, G. liiiea,
O.irutn'ma, and G.per^nu, Hort.). Erect,
2-3 ft.; Ivs. rather thick, lanceolate or
oblong, sometimes spatulate, varying from
entire to sinuate pinnatifid; lob^ of disk-
corollas acute or awned; heads 3-4 in.
across, the flat rays yellow, or in cult,
varying to red (particularly at the base).
Plains W. B.m; 2940. B.R. 1186. Gng.
1308
GAILLARDIA
.2:345. Gn. 45, p. 326. A.F. 5:329.— ThiB \b the com-
mon pereimial g&illardia of Kardens (cult, under many
names). Blooms the first year from seed. Prom G.
■puichala it is diatinKuiahed by taJler zrowth, firmer Ivb.,
Sellower heads, and less attenuate lobee of the disk-
B.; but it is practically impossible to distinguish the
two, except that one is annual and the other perennial.
N. TATWR.f
GAJjICTIA (from the Greek, mWt; some species
said to yield a milky juice, which is improbable).
LegaminJosx. Prostrat« or twining, perennial herbs or
shruba, mostly of the warm regions of America, only
eddom cultivated.
perieynous fls.: calyr short, 4-lobed, bracted; corolla
papilionaceous; standard broad; stamens 10, diadel-
phous; ovary 1, superior, 1-celled, with many ovules:
style beardless; fr. a linear, straight or slightly curved
legume. Cleistogamous fls. sometimes produced. — There
are many species, but of very little horticultural value.
The two following have been advertised in the past
but are probably not now on the market.
reguliriB, BSP. (<?. alabma, Micbx.). Lvs. with 3
Ifto.: panicles mainly short«r than the lvs.: Ifts. ellip-
tical, often notched at the tip, 1-2 in. k)Dg, glabrous:
corolla violet-purple. Dry sandy soil, N. Y. to Pla.
and Miss, B.B. 2:335.
filliottiL Nutt. LvB. with 7-9 Ifts.: panicles bnger
than the lvs.: Ifts. elliptiixjblong, notcued, pubescent
beneath, 34-lJi in- long: oorolla white tinged with
red. Dry sandy soil, S. C. to Fla., along the coast.
K. M. WiEOAND.
GALAKTHUS (Greek, mitt Ajuwt), AmaryllviAcex.
Snowdrop. Spring-blooming bulbs (one autumnal),
wiUi solid scapes wid solitary nodding white flowers.
Bulb tunicated, small: lvs. 2-3, strap-shaped: peri-
anth without tube, outer and imier s^ms. unlike;
stamens 6: fr. a S-valved caps., more or less fleshy.—
Probably ahalf-dozenspecies, inEu, and W. Asia. The
flowers of snowdrops (G. niimis. Fig. 1615) are amongst
the smallest and daintiest of common hardy cult.
sprinR-blooming bulbs. They often bloom in early
March, before all the snow has gone. Their pendulous
white fls,, with the "heart-shaped seal of grpea" dear
to Rossetti, hold a unique place in the affections of
lovers of ^rdens. At first sight the fls. aeem to have
3 large white petals, inclosing a green-and-white tube
^-.iv. fl tips, but a second gLuice
hat the parts that func-
I petals are the outer
3f the perianth, while the
ones, with their 2-lobed
■ sot grown together, but
overlap slightly,
forming a rather
crude but stiflish
tube. Each plant has
. a globose coated bulb,
S 2-3 lvs., grows 6-9 in.
- high, and bears usu-
I^ ally only 1 nodding
' " fl., which emerges
Behind the perianth
is the globose green
In
ahady, the plants
crease satisfactorilv,
and sometimes, with-
out any care what*
ever, form a bed from
whidi thousands of
GALANTHUS
flowers may be picked at what is, perhaps, the most
desolate and wearisome moment of the year. The
leaves are linear and channeled, and in dark, ^linuu
masses make a rich, quiet effect. They come out wi^
the flowers, attain their full growth later, and com-
monly die down in midsummer or fall. The bulbs are
cheap, and should be ordered in liberal quantities.
Plant in the autumn, as for other hardy bulbs; set 3
to 4 inches deep in mellow soil, and close together.
An era of new interest in snowdrops began about
1875, with the introduction of the "giant kind (0.
Elwesii, Fig. 1616), but those who do not care for "large
violets" wUl be likely to cling to the small snowdrops.
Nevertheless, O. Elweni is very distinct, and should
be the first choice if any large kinds are desired, and to
secure the best forms the connoisseur should buy
imported bulbs of its varieties. The only kinds known
so far to possess a pateh of green at the base of the inner
segments are Q. Elwesii and G. Foateri. Considering
that there are only two main tvpes in this ^enus, G.
nivalU and G. Elioesii, the prolusion of Latm names
(especially since 1888, the date of Baker's "Hand-
book of the Amarj'Uidete") is rather trying, except
to the connoisseur who, unlike the general public, is
chiefly inter^ted in the laiger-flowered forms and the
novelties.
There are several types of minor importance. The
autumn-flowering kinds, repreeenting many Latin
names, as G. odobrenHs, G. txircyrenais, G. Reginx-
Olgx, are usually weak-growing plants. However,
much is hoped from O. dlicicus, especially by the
florist^ who have hitherto found no snowdrop that
could be profitably forced for Christmas. Doubleness
seems to add nothing to the beauty of snowdrops. So
far it seems to have affected only the inner segments
of G. nivalis and G. Elwesii. Yellow snowdrops are
also practically unknown in America. In these the
heart-shaped spot and the ovary are yellow instead of
green. Ot these, G. Jkatevxna is p^aps one of the
best.
INDEX.
byiantiuts, 12. 0<*aaldii, IS.
cauCHdtnu, 4, Hvndiflorua, 11.
cilicicuB, 2. ^ TkuiB. 8. _
pliclu., 1
IfttlfoliuB, 7.
ochroflpiliu, 5.
W^^ttii,
A, hoa. merely channeJed, not plaiied.
B. Width of Im. smoU, 3-4 fines.
c. Base of Ivt. not very narrow.
1. nlrUJs, Lmn. (G. Sh^loddi. Hort). Common
Snowdrop. Fira. 1615, 1616. Bulb 6-12 hnes thick:
basal sheath sput down one side: lvs. Uncar, glaucous,
finally 6-9 in. long: outer perianth -aegma. oblong,
6-12 hnes long; inner segms. green only at tbe sinus.
Feb., March. Pyrenees to Caucasus. R.H. 1880, p.
148. CM. 34:154. 0.0.11.11:237. Gt. 48, p. 232.—
There are large-fld. and double forms. Var. corcyrCnsia
and others flower in Nov. G.W. 2, p. 250. At least 2
varieties have yellow instead of green markings. Var.
flav6Bcens, S. Am. The markings on the inner aegms.
of the perianth and on the ovary are yellow, and the
sta. are more yellow than green. Uaeful for Alpine gar-
dens. G. 31:149. Var. refltxus has outer segms.
reflexed. G.M. 34:155. Var. octobrfnsis (var. octo-
drinus, Voaa. G. octotrr^nsM, Hort.). Albania. Known
in cult, as a form blooming in England lal« in Oct.
oc. Base of bis. very narrow,
2. cQfdcua, Baker. Less robust than G. Fosleri, with
much narrower lvs., which are narrowed gradually
from the middle to a very narrow base. Green color
as in G. nuxUw. Bulb i^. thick: lvs. whitish beneath:
GALANTHUS
outer segma. oblong, 9 linefi lone, 3-4 lines broad;
Btiuneaa more than uilfae long Hs the inner segnia. Mt.
Taurus, in Cilicia, where it flowers Nov, to March.
Intro. 1898. SeeG.C. 111.21:214. Pictured in G.C. III.
23:79. A.F. 13:1137. Gng. 6:244. F.E. 11:282. Gt.
48, p. 228. On. 73, p. 88.
BB. Width of Joa. vutUvm, 6-9 linee Umg.
c. Foliage moderaitly i^ucmu.
D. Outer lefmt. of perianih IS-IS lines long.
3. Imperilti, Bertol. Lva. broader than in 0. ntcoJM,
and fls. laraer: outer corolla-seKmB. spatulate, 1-1^
in. long. Naples and Genoa, iiub and G. cououicui
are re^rded by Baker as subepeciea of O. ntooZu.
0.0.1111:237. G.M.34:155. Gn. 76, p. 119.
DD. Outer gegmg. 9-1 1 Iitms long.
4. caucisicus, Baker (F. Redoiilei, Rupr.). Lrs.
finally 8-9 in. long, mostly 9 linee broad : outer perianth-
segma. obtong-«patulate, with a very narrow claw; fle.
later than G, ninaii*. Caucasus. VanTubergenseema to
catalogue Tar. mdnmus of this species, but consul t No. 1 1.
CC. Fcliage very glavetme.
D. Inner atgmt. tmlk lobes nUA«r aprtading or aitped.
5. fihresU, Hook. Giant Snowdbop. Fig. 1616.
Bulb larger and fla. more globoee than in G. nivalin:
outer segniB. oblong-spatulate, 9-15 lines looK, ft-fl lines
broad; inner segms. green in the lower haff and also
around the sinus. Mountains of Asia Minor. B.M.
6166. R.H. 1880, p. 148. G.C. II. 11:236. G.M.
34:154. Gn. M. 2:117; 12:112.— The inner segms. are
narrowed suddenly just below the apical lobes, which
are square and mucn larger thMi in G. Foateri. They
also form a. narrower tube than in any other species.
Dealers have advertised vars. Casslba (A. F, 3:471.
C.L.A.5:135. Gng.5:180. Gt. 48, p. 225. Gn. 55,
p. 206), ochroB[dIua (has pale yellow coloring on the
inner segms.), imguiculltus has a long claw at the tip
of each outer segra. (G.C. III. 17:361), and Eilthne.
Var. glob&suB has almost globular fls.. laner than in
the type, and very broad Ivs. Var. WhitlaUii {Gn. 57,
p. 45 ; 59, p. 262) seems to belong here. Var. poculif Annis,
a large and robust form witn the inner and outer
segms. both pure white. Perhaps not in Amer. and
rare in England. — G. rabuatut, Hort., seems never to
have been accounted for by Baker. It may perhaps be
O. Elwesii var. rolnatus inuch is a trade name. It is
broad-lvd and glaucous.
DD. Inner segms. with lobes not spreading or crisped.
6. grAcns, Chph. Very near G. Elvxsii, but difiering
as above and in the smaller fls. and narrower outer
segms., and the vay limited distribution of the wild
spedee. April. Chios.
BBS. Width of bis. ffreatesl, 9-18 tines.
C. Green color otdj/ near the sinus.
D. Coiored on both sides <^ the inner segms.
7. latinihu, Rupr. Bulb. 1 in. thick: Ivs. lorate,
bright green: outer segms. oblong-spatulate, 6-9 lines
long; inner segms. green around the sinus, inside and
15:404. Ot. 48, p. 239.
DD. Colored on only one side.
8. lUris, Baker. Reeemblea O. Fosteri in folia^,
and 0. Elwesii not in coloring but in the square, cnsp
lobes of the inner segms. which l^nd to recurve : out^
segms. nearly 1 in. long; stamens rather shorter than
B inner segms.; green color occupying half the out-
le of the inner s^ms. Island of Nikana (the claseical
aria). See G.OIII. 13:506. Gn. 52, p. 361; 49,
GALANTHUS
1309
ex:. Green color also on the Urmer haif of Ote inner segms.
9. FOsterl, Baker. Resembles G. latifolius in foliage
and G. EltPesii in fl., but the apical lobea of the inner
segms. ore short and erect, and smaller than in G.
Elwesii; also the stamens are not more than half so
long as the inner segms., while in G. nit/alis, G. Elwesii
oadG. latifolius they are three-fourths as long. Asia
Minor. Intro. 1889. G.M. 34:154. G. 35:193.
&A. Lvs. plaited, the edges permanently rolled back.
B. Green color only near the sinus.
10. pUcituB, Bieb. Bulb larger Uian ul G. mualii;
Ivs. about 12 in. long, and 1 in. wide, very glaucous:
out«r perianth-segms. ob-
ii O. BIwMil; tbt mlddla floweit u
11. grandtfl&rus, Baker (G. mdximus, Baker, not
Velenovsky). Possibly a hybrid between G. plicaius
and some form of G. nivalis, remarkable for its robust
habit and green color, extending more than half way
down toward the base ot the inner segms. Intro.
1893. SeeG.C. III. 13:354, 656. See also O. cauouieua
var. maxim'us, No. 4.
BB. Oreen color also on the lower haif of the inner segms,
12. byuntlnus, Baker (G. 06twaidii, Hort.).
Interm«liate between G. pticalus and 0. Elwesii, "Lvb.
3 in. broad," which seems hardly possible, glaucous on
both sides, especially beneath; margins distinctly and
permanently recurved: outer sepns. oblong, convex
on back, 9 lines long, 4 lines broad, apical labee some-
what reflexed and crisped; stamens much shorter than
inner segms. Intro. 1893. See G. C. III. 13:226.
a. AUmii. Baker, hu i»iui-«hspsd Ri., pure white, but ths petali
"crimpad iQto h distinctly larffe. honcwhoe-liLp patob ot fTWD Juit
Mow the w.vT fold of the Upt." Gn.67. p. 53.— O. AMmii,
petiuith-aena., ■!■□ muahHpvn bEoomL Both uv pCATCcly
outaide o[ EDilBad, Qn. 71, p. 154. By tomt luppowd u
srm ol O. Qiv^— <;. OIb*. Oivh. Oul«r Hgnu. about 1 in.
' bilf ■■ lopo. pUiiL white, with roundsd lobaa.
~. Siaiiut^oie*, Hort.— a. oits.
WlLmSLU MiLLEB.
N. TATLOB-t
Hort. TwQ pUnta «
ID Oct. QrH
1310
GALAX
GAIAX (fiom the Greek me&ning mUk; appliofr-
tion obecure}. DiapeTinAcex. One acauleecent plant,
much priEed for its stifl bronzy nrnt-leavea.
Calyx imbricated, peraiatcnt; petals 5, bypogynous,
oblonE-spatulate, entire, adnate to the Imae of the
monadetphous stamens; the stamen-tube lO-toothed,
the 5 teeth alternating with the petals anthcriterous,
the others petaloid; anthers transversely dehiacent;
pigtil 1: ovary superior, 3-celled, many-ovuled; style
short: u-. a bculicidal, 3-valved cape.; seeds with a
1617. G
(XM)
loose cellular testa.— ^This genua contains but a single
Bpecies. It belongs to a nnall family which was much
more extensive in past geologic times, but is now on the
way to extinction. A large industry has arisen in
recent years consisting in the marketing of immense
quantitiea of galax Ivs. for decorative purposes, espe-
cially at Christmas time; but the Ivs. are also used at
other times in wreaths and bouquets. The bronzy
autumn coloration of the Ivs, adds to their attractive-
ness. They are collected in tie mountains of N. C. and
Va. The plants are grown also in rockeries. It is
recommended to plant in rockeries with northern
exposure, shade, and some moisture. Prop, by division.
■pfaflla, Linn. (Blandfirdia cordita, Andr.), Galax.
Rg. 1617. Evergreen, perenni^ herbs: rootstock thick,
matted, creeping; Ivs. basal, tufted, raund-heart'^haprd,
with narrow sinus, crenate, shining, conspicuously pal-
mately netted- veined, 1-3 in. broad, on long slender
petioles; scape 1-2)4 ft. high; spike-like raceme dense,
2-5in. long; fls. small, white, 1^-2 Uaesbroad. In dry
woods chiefly in the mountains, Va. to Ga., and along
thccoast, Va. toN.C. B.M. 754. G.F. 5:605 (adapted
in Fig. 1G17). G.M. 44:223. Gn. 59, p. 187.— Called
also colts-toot or beetle-weed. K, M. Wieoand.
Gaiaz leaves were used for decorative purposes in a
commercial way only as far back as 1890, when they
were introduced to the northern florist trade by the
writer, who had experimented with them tor several
years before that date, sending to hospitals and indi-
viduals. The reports received fully justified the intro-
GALAX
dueer in advertising the leaf widely as a florist's deco-
rative mat«rial for making up wreaths, crosses, and in
fact all designs for which ivy leaves up to that time
had been employed almost exclusively. Today gsJax
leaves have to a great extent taken ite place of ivy
leaves, being less expensive, more easily handled and
kept, and furnishing long wiry stems. The brilliant
bronze leaves supply a color long needed in this clase of
work. The sizes idso of the leaves vary from J^ inch or
less to 5 inches diameter, again making their uses very
varied. Small ^een ^alax leaves are now used exten-
sively for bunching with violets, taking the place of the
violet leaves. One of the featutes of the holiday season
in Boston is the fakir with his stsnd of violets bunched
with green galax. They come in again and are used the
same way at the first touch of spring, when the early
trailing arbutus or "mayflower" appears on the street.
They can be arraoEed to cover much more space than
the ivy leaves, anado not have to be wired, as is the
case with the latter. The keeping qualities of galax are
remarkable, and they are now uaed the year round from
cold storage. Outdoor designs, as in cemeteries, wiU
keep fresh and bright for months if not dried out, but
otherwise require no care. A favorite arrangement of
galax leaves is to place them loosely in a small vase,
where they will retain their bright colors and shape for
weeks, even in a close warm room, though most of the
leaves are used, commonly with Sowers, in desi^
made up by the florist. As a Christmas decoration
they stand preeminent, and their general good quali-
ties mentioned above cause them to be used through-
out the year, more, perhaps, than any other decorative
green, ferns poasibiy excepted.
In Philadelphia, some time ago, an enterprising
young woman introduced a novel and taking innova-
tion in the shape of potted galax planla for society din-
ners. Small, briUJantly colored green and bronze
leaves were arranged in tiny pots, specially designed
by Messrs. Sackett & Company, and placed at each
plate, to be carried awav by the guests as souvenirs.
They were also sold tnrough one of Philadelphia's
leadmg merchants by thousands.
The larger cities, Boston, New York, Philadelphia
and Chicago, use the largest quantities, though many of
these are retailed again to smaller cities and towns all
over the United States and Canada, and there is a large
export trade now established in them, mostly to G^
many and the Netherlands.
The area over which galax is collected extends from
Virginia to Georgja, and is so vast that there is no dan-
ger of exterminating the plant by collecting the leaves,
even if they were injured thereby, which does not seem
to be the case. It is not practicable to grow the plants
for the harvest of leaves, at least in America, the pro-
cess being too expensive. Under cultivation they would
perhaps not average one perfect salable leaf to a plant,
as a speck or wormhole renders the leaf unfit for deco-
rative purposes. In Europe galax has been tried with
varying success under glass, the leaves bringing a very
Galax aphylia is a beautiful ground-covering plant,
specially adapted to the rhododendron border, where
tne soil and situation alike are suitable to its growth;
it delights in shade and a cool, moist, peaty loam. Its
charms are far better known in England, however, than
at home. The leaves when fulTgrofliTi, are always
bright green, the brilliant bronze shades appearing
later when the plant ripens and the frosts begin. Then
when they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun the
alternating freezing and sun action cause the leaves to
turn in a short time, though sometimes this occurs to an
extent before any freezing weather, when the sap starts
downward. In dense shade they always remain green.
In spring, when the sap b^ins to start, the leaves often
turn green or dingy again, and eventually die down the
second season. Harlan P. Kelsey.
GALBANUM
GJlLBUTUH: Oimu and Ketim.
GALEAiTORA (Greek for Aelnicf and riomm). Ordtid-
Aeex, tribe Vdndex. Deciduous epiphytes, to be grown
under wannhouse oonditiooa.
Plants with jointed thickened Bts.: Ivb. diatichous,
membranaoeoua; labellum infundibulifonn; aepalB and
petals equal, spreading; column erect, winged; pollioia
2. — 6ix speciea in TTop. Amer. Cult, as for £u)ophia.
Deronilna, Lindl. St. erect: Ive. Unear-
IsnceoUte, sheathing at base : sepals and petals
lanceoiat«, reddish brown, with green margins;
labellum whitish, veined in front with crim-
son. From the banks of the Rio Negro. fi.M.
4610. I.H. 211176. A.F. 6:609. J.F. 2:195.
V.0.9:8.
Bafterl, Und]. Sts. subcylindric, nearlv
fusiform: Ivs. lanceolate: racemes terminal,
drooping; fls. large; sepals and petals similftf,
lanceolate, yellowish ; labellum pale yellow in
the throat, interior portion purplish. Mex.,S.
BR. 26:49, P.M. 14:49.
D'Bscagnolletiut, Reichb. f, Sts. t««te,
tapering both ways: Ivs. lanceolate, pointed:
racemes terminal and drooping; sepals and
petals similar, ascending, narrow, yellowish;
Up funnelform or nearlv bell'form, fluted,
with a rose-purple blotcn on the lower Umb.
BraiU. I.H. 34:22 (1887).
a. hihUu, MMrt. HKwmM ahort, [aw-Sd., fli. ibont
V.O. 9:9. G.W. U, p
m purple bk>tch. Trop. Amsr.
■ Oaxes Ambb.
George V. NASH.f
GALBDttPA: Fofwomu.
GAl£GA (Greek, gala, milk: supposed to
increase the flow of milk). L^uminbax.
Bushy perennials not very commonly cultivated in
America.
Of 120 names of speciee in this genus, only 6 are now
retained, most of the others being referred to Tenhroeia.
The phmts mentioned below are hardy herbaceous
perennialsof the easiest cult,, about 3 ft. high, with odd-
pinnate Ivs. and pea-shai>ed fis. of purplish blue or
white. They do not rc<iuire frequent division, make
bushy plants, and bear in July and Aub. many dense.
axillajy and terminal racemes of Ss., which are useful
for cutting. Seeds of goat's rue ate stilt offered abroad
among miscellaneous a^icultural seeds, but the plants
are little known in this country. They are native in
S. Eu. and W. Asia.
A. I4t». lanceolate: ttijniUa hroadly tonceolate.
officinUis, Linn, Goat's Rde. Fig. 1618. Hn^t
2-3 ft.: Ifts. mucronate: fla. purplish blue. Eu., W.
Asia, G.M. 49:57, Var. ilba or albiflOra is commoner
in cult. Gn. 50, p, 269. G.L. 22:294. J.H. III.
48:557, Var. Hirtlandii, Hort., has lai^ spikes
of lilac fls. and the young foliage variegated. A. P.
22:605, — A rose-colored variety is sold as var. clrnM,
Hort., which is also knows in a double-fld. form; a
dwarf, compact, lilac-fld. variety sold under the name
var. compActa, is also known.
AA, Lfit- lanceolate: sHpuUs broody ovaU.
orientilis, Lam, Foliage and stipules latter: fls. pur-
plish blue, nodding: pods pendulous. Caucasus. B.M.
2192. Gn.W. 23:147. B.R. 326,— Height 2^-4 tt.:
root8t4>ekcreeping:Bt. simple, u. Taylor.!
GALBOBDOLOH: Lamium.
GALE6PSIS (weoKl-iike, from some fancied resem-
blance). LabMx. Hekp I^bttle. Several weedy
European plants, some of them naturaliied in this
country, rarely cult. In gardens. Annuals, of spreadii^
palate with 2 teeth. G. Hdanum, linn., is canescent,
with very narrow, nearly or quite entire Ivs.: fls. rose*
red or red, sometimes spotted yellow: 8-12 in.; there
are forms with broader Ivs. ana also narrow Ivs., and
otherwise variable. G. verslco-
I — '^■rt., has hispid ste,, ovate
y toothed Ivs., and large
sh fls, with purple spot
rer lip: by some coo-
to be a form of the
rith l^-ger yellow-and-
fls. and an arched rather
it upper hp. G.TetrUiit,
is bnstly-hairy with st.
I beneath the joints,
Ivs. ovate, toothol: fls.
h or white or porta-
L. H. B.
e organ f<
united sepaJa). Orc/ti-
!>Tchida witn fleshy roots:
■e-like, with 2 basal Ivs.:
i short, looee spike, ex-
ceeded by the tarse
bracts; sepals united,
forming a nood; petals
oonnivent; lip entire,
spurred; column short;
pollinia granuloa
mas in each at '
Linn.) . Showt Orchis. St. up to 1 ft, tall, 5-angled:
spike 3-6-fld.; fls. violet-purple, variegated with Ugnter
purple and white. N.E.N.Amer. George V. Nabh.
GAlIDM (Gallon was the name of a plant men-
tioned by DioBcorides as used in curdling milk. O.
ventm is locally used abroad for this purpose), RubiA-
cex. Bedstraw or Ladies' Bedstbaw, so-called because
of the legend that one of these plants was in the hay
on which the mother of Christ rrarted. Mostly weak or
slender herbaceous plants with square, often barbed
stems, and whorled leaves.
Flowers very small, p4^ect, epigynous; calyx almost
or quite obsolete; corolla gamopctalous, rotate, deeply
4-parted; diviaions in our species acute or acuminate;
stamens 4: ovary inferior, 2-celied, forming a 2-lobed,
2-9eeded, dry, indehiscent fr, ; the lobes nearly globular,
— About 2^ species in various part« of the world.
Noted for the recurved-ecabroua sts. of many species,
mathematical habit due to the whorled Ivs., and the
line fluffy fls. The profuse-flowerins species noted
below are often used m rockeries and flower-beds for
the regular but soft and filmy effect, which is similar
to that of lypsophila. As cut-fls., they are used to
lighten the dTect of heavier fls,
a. FU. yeUffW.
vftnim, Linn. Yellow Bbdbtraw. Perennial from
a Homewhat woody base: sts, erect, smooth, tufted,
i.:»i,- i™ ,T, H'= «, K'o^ linear, J4-1 m. long;
AA. FU. wkiie.
B. tw. in 4*8, lanualaU, stveral-nenxd.
boreUe, Linn. Northern Bedstraw, Perennial,
gtoloniferous, formmg patches: sts. smooth, 1-3 ft.
high, erect, Btrict: Ive. H-l^i in. long; apex not bristle*
Useful in rockerj
HoUfigo, Linn. Wiu> Madder. White q
s and flower-beds.
•r ffs, ManeeoiaU k
E&iHJE B&DarsAW. Perennial, smooth: sta. erect or
diffuse, 1-3 ft. bvb, mostlv in clumps: Ivs. ^1 in.
long, briBtle-tippo^ l-nerved: panicle ajnple: fr. smooth.
Eu., but a weed tn fields in the eastern states, — This
plant is known in aome places as "bab)''s breath," but
this name is properly given to gypsophiLa.
K. M. WmoAMD.
GALPHIHIA (anagram of Malpighia). MalmghiA-
cen. Woody plants, sparingly introduced in Florida
and southern California.
8hrul>8 or subBhruba: Ivs. opposite, amall, slightly
glaucous on both sides or beneato, entire or obscurely
toothed, fflandular at the margin or base of blado or at
the tip of the If.-stalk: clusters temiinal; 6s. yellow or
reddish; calyx without glands; petals toothed, clawed,
spreading: ir. a 3-parted caps., not winged, — Species
15 or more, from S. Texas to Brazil, largely Mexican.
Little known as cult, plants, although a few species
have been mentioned in hort. literature abroad, and
the two following are listed in Cahf, G. bruillfnais,
A. Juss. Shrub: Ivs. ovate or lanceolate, about 1 in,
long, reddish, glabrous, glaucous beneath: fls, small,
yellow, in short lax panicles, said to be bright in winter
m Calif.; pedicels jointed at base; petals ovate-lanceo-
late, obtuse, scarcely twice longer than calyx. Brazil.
G. hirsfita, Cav. Shrub: Ivs. bright green, ovate,
acute, twice larger than in preceding, hairy both aides:
fls. larger, in longer pamcles, yellow. Mex.,
where it is known as ramo de oro." G. niiida, \
cult, in Fla., is apparently G. glafica, Cav. ,^
{ThryMU glaiica, Kuntie), native from Mex, to
Panama and naturaliEed m the W. Indies. See
ThryaUi*. with which Galphimia is combined by
recent students. L. H. B,
GALTdlTIA (after Sir Francis Gallon, the dis-
tinguished author and anthropologist, 1822-1911).
Liliacex. Giant Summbh Hyacinth. Large and
handsome Cape bulbs, of three species, one oT them
being cultivated in the open for summer bloom.
S(»pe or peduncle, 2-4 ft, high, from a tuni-
cated bulb: Ivs, long and large, more or leas
fleshy, all from the crown: fls, white or tinged
green, targe, in an open raceme; perianth-tube
short, oblong or cluo-shaped; stamens 6, with
Unear-oblong versatile anthers: fr. an oblong 3~
vatved caps., containing many angled black
seeds. — The genus differs from Hyacinthus mainly
flattened crowded seeds.
The other 2 species are
inferior to the following,
which was intro. by Leicht-
Ln in the early seventies
of last century, and now
holds a permanent place in
horticulture. The plants
prefer a rich, open, moist
cindicans, Decne.
{HyadTilhux cdndicant,
Baker). Fig, 1619. Bulb
lai^. round, coated: Ivs.
4-6, lorat«-lanceolat«, 2]/^
ft. long: scape often 4 ft.
high; racemes 20-30-fld.;
fls. fragrant, pure white,
\-V/i m. long, the tube
obtong; stamens about
GARCINIA
jKin. long, inserted high in the tube. F,S. 21:2173.
G,C. 1871:380, de8c.;1872:l099;ll. 15:273. G. 28:687.
On. 62, p. 361 ; 64, p, 158; 69, p. 163, J.H, IIL 45:262;
47:583. R.H. 1882, p. 32. P.G, 3:101, A.G. 17:281.
— The plants should be heavily mulched if left out-
doors where winters are severe. In favored locaUties
the bulbs may be left for sev^^ years with increaa-
in^y better results. Large clumps are desirable.
a. daftla. BiJ»r. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. diun.: lyi. fl-S, Kit,
3-ZH It. lou, with wbiluh nuriiii: sups 2 fl„ bemriu it lu
nueme; Si. with i olrnvftte tube which iTT in. Ions ind whicb ia
twim u iaiu u Ibe aevam. B.M, SBBS,— O, ^nrep; Decns.
Much like 0. eiuHliciiuu, but St. [ewer aiui rueme ahonet:
atameu iDaert«d below middle of tube. j ij n f
GAM^GYHE (name refers to the united ovaries).
AtAccx, Two erect small herbs from the Malaysian
region, bearing attractive colored inclined spathes: Ivs.
narrow, thickuh, tapering into petiole: spadix included
in the spathe: fls. apetalous; anthers truncate; ovaries
united. G. ptilchm, N. E. Br. Peduncles erect, terete,
reddish brown, about 6 in, long: snathe bright crimson,
about 1?^ in. long, spreading or almost nodding, cloeea
except at top: stigmas red: spadix with neuter organs
at base. B.M, 8330, G. Burindgei, N, E. Br, Spathe
GAH6lEPIS (Greek for united Kolea; referring to
the involucre). Comp6gilx. Flower-garden plants.
Leaves alternate and mostly pinnatisect: peduncles
1-headed, the heads bearing 1 series of yellow, pistillate
rays, the disk-fls. perfect: achenes without pappus,
wingless and glabrous. — About a dozen S, African
herbs or small shrubs, somewhat allied botanically to
Chry san themum .
' Tagites, DC. [G. dnnua. Less.}. Fig. 1620. An-
nual, of wiry growth, a foot or less high, much
branched and very floriferoua: Ivs. pinnate or pin-
nalely parted, 5-7 lobes or Ifts. on either side of the
rachis and Ifts. entire or lobed: involucre nearly or
Suite um-shaped, the scales joined more than half
leir length; fls.-heads bright yellow or orange,
Jiin, across, R,H, 1896, p. 412. Gn. 25, p. 407 (both
as G. rajeies).— Hardy or half-hardy. Of easiest
cult, from seeds in sunny places, and most excellent
for ribbon borders and for low mass efl'ects, Con<
tinuouB bloomer. l. h. B.
GARCInIA (Laurence Garcin, who lived and col-
lected in India, and wrote in the eight«enth cen-
tury). GvUi/erx. This genus includes the mango-
Bteen, which is declared by some connoisseurs to
be one of the most luscious of all tropical fruits;
also the gamboge tree, whose resinous juice yields
a well-known pigment and purgative.
Garcinia is a polymorphous genus of upward
of ISO species in the tropics of Asia, Africa and
Polynesia. The species are glabrous trees, usually
with a yellow juice: Ivs. evergreen, opposite or ter-
nate, simple, often thick:
fls. solitary or fascicled,
polygamous or dicecioua;
sepau and petals 4; sta-
mens in male fl. many,
2- or 3-delphouBj female
fls. with 8taminodi&;ovaiy
2- to many-celled, with
sessile stigma and sohtary
ovule in each cell, — The
mangosteen is cultivated
in the West Indies; the
gamboge tree is also cult,
m S. Fla.; it is a broad-
leaved tree of slow growth.
The mangosteen is about
the BiDB and shape of OD
GARDEN CITIES
1313
a grape and a peach. Numberless efTorts are said ._
have been made to naturalize this tree in the tropics
without success. The successful ripeaing of this fruit
under glass may be regarded
as au achievemeot. See
Mar
Hsngosttiu, Linn. Man-
oosTEEN. Height 20-30 ft.:
IvH. 7-10 in. long, eUiptic-
oblong, acuminate, leathery,
nerves horizontal and very
numerous: lis. (male) l^^ in.
diam,, purple or yellow-red,
in few-Qd. termini fascicles;
sepals orbicular, and petals
broad-ovate and fleshy; fr.
about 2if in. diam., dark
purple with la^ flat seeds.
Malayregion. B.M.4&47. L.
B.C. 9:845. F.8. 22:2359.
G.C. II. 4:857. G.W.3,p,8.
HorilU, Dear. Gamboge
Tree. Hei^t 30-50 ft.: Ivb.
more tapenng at both ends,
4-6 in. long, the veins indis-
tinct: fls. yellowish, male fls.
about 3 in the axils, the
sepals very small; female fls.
largef, eolita^, the staminodee
about 12: Ir. resembling a
Morello cherry in size, slightly
4-lobed. Dei^ to Stam.
L. H. B.t
GARDEN and GABDENING. The word garden
etymologicall^ means an inclosed space, and ^rden-
iog is historically distinguished from agriculture by
being within an mclosure of some kind instead of in
the open fields. Gardening operations are usually
conducted on a smaller scale than those of agriculture
anil by more intensive methods. Gardening and horti-
culture are really synonymous terms, but, Dy usage, a
horticulturist is supposed to have a more extended
training and wider range of activities than a gardener.
Moreover, the word gardening now suggests more of
the private, homelike and personal point of view,
whereas the most distinctive feature of American hor-
ticulture is the immense commercial importance of
fruit-growing on a \arge scale, and a marked emphasis
of the professionat side of a fruit-.grower'B work; and
in later years, it is marked also by the veiy extensive
vegetable-gardening and floricultural development.
The history and discussion of gardening are, therefore,
set forth in this book under Horiieuiture. Large private
places are often divided into fruit-garden, kitchen-
S&rden and flower-garden. Fruit-growing (which see) is
ie same as pomology. Kitchen-gardening, in its widest
sense, is the same as vegetable-gardening (which see), or
the more learned word, olericulture; but the expression
kitchen -gardening is now leas common, and usually
indicates the private and uncommercial ooint of view,
whereas markot^ardening and truck-garaening (which
are practically the same) are now the chief words
used for the wholesale and commercial side of vege-
table-gardening in the United States, Flower-gar-
dening, a third primary division of E&rdening, is the
same as floriculture (which see). Under ornamental
gardening and landscape gardening are explained the
two different points of view in the use of plants and
Bowers for their own separate values or when grouped
for artistic effects, the nature-hke or picturesque con-
ception being set forth under landscape gardening, and
the artificial or merely decorative styles under orna-
mental gardening.
It is customary lo speak of gardening as the amateur
and personal practice of horticulture. One makes a
garden. One derives from the garden not only the
plants and products that may be harvested, but also
the satisfactions in plant-growing, the reaction to forms,
fragrances and colors, and the
gain of close contact with the
outHif-dooiB, The first garden
that one may have should be
personal, for his own growth
and development. Naturally,
this will be m some personal or
retired part of the grounds. In
recent years, however, there has
been a marked 8 * " ' '
beauty and a means of educating
the people. In America, this ap-
plication of the gardemng spirit
to civic improvement has been
very marked, as evidenced in
the taking away of fences be-
' tween adjoining properties and
the development of a street as a
unit. This is a great gain to
public spirit and to social feel-
mg; but this in no way interferes
with the personal garden for the
« grown in a place all one's own.
I find advice on specific gardening
to the diSerent genera under their
lo to the articles under Landicape
such cultural entries as Alpine
. , , —TbonevUitre, Axdiaan Gardemng,
Banks, Bedding, BienniaU, Border, Bjdbe, Evergrum,
Feme, Htrbary, Hotue-pianU, Orekida, Palm*, Peren-
rtiaU, Rock-Gardening, Shrubbery, Spring-Gardening,
Subtropical Gardening, S'ttcctilenta, Vegelable-Gardenr-
ing, Wali-Gardening, Water-Gardening, Kitchen-Garden,
Wiid-Garden, and others. L, n. B.
GARDEN CrriBS. Instead of being a community
in which gardens are the dominant feature, the garden-
city form of urban dwelling-place implies primarily
an industrial town of limited size and of definitely
advanced economic ideals. While there were in Eng-
land, where the idea originated, several prior develop-
ments, the example which has best typified the a~ —
City, in Hertfordshire, about thirty-five mites from
London. The genesis of this enterprise appears to
have been in the reception given to a httle book
entitled "To-morrow: A Peaceful Path to Real Reform,"
issued in 1898, and written by Ebenezer Howard, then
a London stenographer. The stat«d purpose was "to
organize a migratory movement of pooulation from
our over-crowded centers lo sparsely settled rural com-
munities." In detail, Howard proposed "to find for
our industrial population work at wages of higher pur-
chasing power, and to secure healthier surroundings
and more regular employment. To enterprising manu-
facturies, co6perotivc societies, architects, enpneers,
builders and mechanicians of oil kinds, as well as to
many engaged in various professions, it is intended to
offer a means of securing new and better employment
for their capital and talents, while to agriculturists it
is designed to open a new market for their produce
cloae to their doors. Its object is, in short, to raise
the standard of health and comfort of all true workers
of whatever grade, the means by which these objects
are to be achieved being a healthy, natural and eco-
nomic combination of town and country life, and this
1314
GARDEN CITIES
onUcdownedbythemunicipdity." It will be obaerved
that this is not a proprietory enterprise.
Howard considered that people aggregated tbem-
Belvee into the cities because of the "attractions" there,
of various kinds. In the nature of the case, certain
magneto attract to the town or cit}^ and certain other
magnets attract to the country. He would combine
these roagnet« into a town-country habitation. He
expreesed theideainachart, Fig. I62t.
The reception given to this idea was ao favorable that
in 1902 a corporation was organized "to promote and
further the aistribution of the industrisl population
upon the land upon the lines siiggeet«d in Ebeneier
Howard's book," which in 1904 began operations. It
is interesting to note that among the subscribers to
this company's atock were George Cadbury and Sii
TBC
••^i
W. H. Lever, both of whom had previously established
with success industrial villages upon a proprietary
plan — Boumville and Port Sunlight,
While it is not the province of this sketch to discuss
in detail the sociological features either of Garden
City in England, or of its German prototype at Hel-
lerau, near to and dependent upon the great German
enterprise of the Krupps at Essen, it is proper to report
the steady growth of tne Letchworth scheme (so called
because of the name of the largest estate purchased for
establishing the Garden City), and to note the removal
thither of several large industries, of which it is said
that "printing, book-binding and various branches of
engineering are the chief industriea, and there are at
least a doien others." Garden City had, in 1912,
eight years from its beginning, a population of 7,912,
scattered comfortably and working happily in 1,761
buildings in the developed part of its 4,500 acres, and
the efTect of hving eight years in its designed whole-
someness hod been to give it a death ral« of eight in
the thousand, ae compared with 14.1 for the larger
English communities from which it drew its inhabitants
and its industries. It is quit« within the scope of this
book to raster the sober conclusion of the Royal Com-
mission on Canals and Inland Navigation (England),
GARDENIA
in 1009, that "If industries are widely distributed,
workers can have better houses at lower rents, can
breathe less vitiated air, and they and their families
can in many cases combine with factory work the
healthy and profitable work of small ^ricultural
production."
"The gardens of Garden City are . . . the small
individual gaidena of its houses and cottages. . . .
The garden is inevitable in Garden City. . . . You
will not find a house without one — a real practical
garden. . . . The majority keep their gardens
well. . . . Most of the residences are detached, with
gardens all around them." Such are comments on
this feature of the successful Garden City found in a
book on the enterprise, itself an evidence of the qual-
ity of the printing product of the community. (The
Garden City, by C. B. Purdom; "printed in
the Garden Citv at the Temple Press and pub-
lished by J. M. Dmt & Sons, Ltd., London,
1913.")
In addition to the prevalence of gardens, this
industrial community enjoys other features not
usual in hit-or-miss development. The houses
in Garden City are not in blocks or "rows,"
are not monotonously similar, include careful
provision for health and cleanliness, and range
m coat from tl,000 to more than $10,000.
k There are many outdoor recreational facilities,
* and a strong community spirit helps to provide
entertainment and amusement. Inc ton'n plan
takes account of the contour of the land, and
the houses of whatever character are touched
or approached by the green of vine or tree or
In the XJnited States there are as yet no
garden cities so thoughtfidly designed and eo
capabh' worked out. There is a "Garden City"
near New York, but it is merely a well-handfed
real estate promotion enterprise. Pullman
near Chicago, was an attempt at mitigating the
rigors of the congested citv, and Gary, in
Indiana, is a later and sUghtly more advanced
industrial town. Neither approximates the
efficiency of the English example. There are
building in northern Michigan several indus-
trial towns in which there is both planting and
the retention of some native growth, but these
are proprietary enterpriaes, and not cooperative
as is the Letchworth Garden City.
' It is certain that there will come into exis-
tence many more communities of the type of
Garden City, because it is coming to be generally
known that tne influences of the gtuden and of wider
living areas upon an industrial population are economi-
cally favorable and tend to contentment, permanence
and prosperity, especially if intoxicating liquors are
either kept out or are made available only under sharp
'*a'™i°*'- J, HoitACB McFarlanb.
GAHUfeHIA (after Alexander Garden, M.D., of
Charleston, 8. C, a correspondent of Linnxus), Rtibi-
Aeex. Shrute or rarely email trc<s, sometimes nearly
or quite evergreen, some of which are planted Soutn
and one yields popular flowers for cutting.
Plants glabrous or pubescent or even tomentose;
IvB. opposite or in 3's, with interpetiolar stipules: fls.
large, axillary and solitary or sometimes corymbose,
yeUow or white; calyx-tube ovoid or obconic; corolla
salver-shaped or tubular, the tube much exceeding the
calyx, the limb with 5-9 spreading or recurved con-
torted lobes; stamens .S-9, on the corolla-throat. — Spe-
cies about 60, in subtropical region.* of the eastern
hemisphere. See Randia ior related plants.
Gardenia includes the Cape jasmine, a tender shrub
2 to 6 feet high, with thick, evergreen foliage and
large double, waxy camellia-hke, fragrant flowers. It
GARDENIA
GARDENIA
1315
blooms from May to September in the South, where it
18 often used for hed^, and is hardy as far north as
Virginia. In the middle of last century the Cape
jasmine was oonsid^*ed one of the finest stove shruDs.
m cultivation, but with the waninjs popularity of camel-
lias the doom of the Cape jasmme as a conservatory
plant was sealed. The camellia has a ^;r^ter range of
color, and has had hundreds of vaneties, while its
scented rival has had barely a dozen. The flowers of
the Cape jasmine have never been so perfectly regular
as those of a camellia, and the plants are very subject to
insect enemies. Their bloom is successional rather than
close, and large plants are therefore not so showy as
camellias. They are considerably grown abroad for
cut-flowers in earlv spring, young plants a season or
two old being used for best results. The variety with
variegated fouage is dwarfer and weaker-growing. The
true botanical name of the Cape jasmine is G. jasmirir
oidea^ a name almost never used in the trade. ''Cape
jasmme" itself is one of the most remarkable cases of
the vitali^ of an erroneous popular name. The single-
flowered form was introducea much later than the
double, and has alwavs been less popular. The earliest
picture of a living plant with single flowers was pub-
lished in 1820 in B, R. 449. Cape iasmines are also
handled by importers of Japanese plants, who some-
times offer seeos also. G. lucida was probably intro-
duced by Reasoner, and G. Rothmannia by Franceschi,
who reports that it is probably not now (1914) in
cultivation. For the true jasmmes (which belong to
the olive family, and are often trailing plants), see
Jagminunu
CvUure. — ^The Cape jasmine of today. Gardenia
Veitckiij was introducecf by the well-known English
firm of Jas. Veitch & Son. This new variety has ful-
filled the long-desired want, because it is really a winter-
flowering variety, while the old species Gardenia jas^
tninoides or G. florida could not be made to flower
during the early and midwinter when actually most
valuable, hence the almost total abandonment of that
old variety for cut-flower purposes. This new t3rpe
has become one of the most popular florist flowers,
although it is one of the most difficult plants to handle.
The young plants are raised from cuttings in the early
winter. Care must be taken to propagate only from
thorou^y healthy plants. Three- to four-eye cuttings
should be put into clean, sharp sand with a minimum
bottom heat of 70^ and a maximum of 85^. The atmo-
sphere should be rather close in the propagating-house
until after the cuttinis begin to root, then some air
should be admitted. The cutting-bench must be kept
shaded from the sun and frequent syringing is absolutely
necessary. When fuUy rooted in the sand, thev are
potted into 2-inch pots in well-prepared soil of four
parts decomposed sod loam, one part of well-rotted old
cow-manure and one part sand. The soil should be
well screened. Potting firmly is essential, and not too
much room should be left for water. A gentle bottom
heat for these young plants is hiehlv beneficial. When
the sun begins to get higher and the days lengthen, a
little fresh air during the middle of the day is invigora-
ting for the young plants, but the night temperature
should never go below 65 . The plants must be kept
growing constantly and should be repotted as soon as
they have filled their pots with roots. The months of
May and June are the best time to plant gardenias
into benches or solid beds. The best soil has been
found to be well-rotted turf or sod, a pliable loam and
well-rotted cow-manure well mixed, three parts of
loam to one of manure. Should the soil be rather
stiff or of a heavv texture, a portion of sand may be
added. The benches should be 4 to 5 inches deep and
have sufficient openings or cracks for drainage. Where
v«ry thin turf or sod can be had, the bench should be
lined with this, or if not practicable, then a layer of
sphagnum moss so as to cover the bottom of the
bench. On top of this, a liberal sprinkling of pieces
of charcoal will tend to keep the soil sweet. A small
quantity of £px)und bone may be sprinkled over the
soil after it is all spread on the benches ready for
planting. Care must be taken that all balls are well
softened and dissolved when planting so that there
will be an amalgamation of the new soil and the soil
of the ball. Firm planting and immediate watering
are of the highest importance and frequent syringing
after planting. Shadmg is not necessary, providing
frequent syringing is given. Keep the soil moist but
never wet. It is well to keep the house rather close
for a few days, after which air can be given freely.
Gardenia VeUchii can stand any amount of heat, and
there is no danger of burning or scorching until the foli-
age begins to get warm. When thermometer goes
above 90** to 95* more air must bfe given. The plants
must now make their growth and if buds appear
they must be pinched out. Keep pinching out buds
and small side shoots until the latter part of September
when buds may be allowed to set upon the stronger
shoots. A strong healthy plimt can carry four to six
such flowering shoots. After buds begin to set and
sometimes even before, bottom shoots b^in to come.
These are the second growth and make ^ a second
crop of flowers as well as for propagating the yoimg
pkmts for the next season. Plants are seldom kept
over the second year althou^ it can be done success-
fully. Young pkmts are decidedly the most profitable.
When the plaiits are well set with buds, in October
and November, and the roots appear on the surface, a
very light mulch of cow-manure is beneficial as it will
assist to develop the flowers. A night temperature of
65** to 68** is best, while during the day it may range
from 70*' to 90**. Good hard ^ringing will keep down
the pests which are fond of this plant, especially the
mealy-bug. The flowers should be cut before the
center petals have fully expanded and the longer the
stem the more valuable the flower. (H. A. Siebrecht.)
A. CoroUorivbe cylindrical.
B. Calyx with 6 long teeth.
c. Rib8 on the calyx.
jasminoides, Ellis (G, fl&rida. Linn. G. radicans,
Thunb.). Cape Jasmine. Variaole, very small shrub,
unarmed, the st. sometimes rooting: Ivs. lanceolate,
sometimes variegated: fls. white, solitary, very fragrant,
waxy. For pictures of double forms, see B.M. 18^
and 2627, and B.R. 73; single, B.R. 449 and B.M.
3349; normal and variegated foliage, R.H. 1864, p. 30.
China. Var. FortunlAna, Lindl. (G. Fdrtunei, Hort.).
B.R. 32:43. F.S. 2:177. R.B. 23:241. In 1893 was
advertised (?. cameUixfldra in addition to G. radkcans^
G, fl&rida and vars. mAjor and majieiica, <?. einhms
grandifldra of Berger's catalogue perhaps belongs here.
Presumably the G. Veitchii of the gardens belongs here.
cc. Ribs not present.
liicida, Roxbg. Buds resinous: Ivs. oblong; stipules
annular, variously divided at the mouth, unequally
lobed: fls. stalked, fragrant, white but ultimately
turning yellow, 1-2 H in. across. India, Burma, Luzon.
— The calyx-teeth are not decurrent, as in the Cape
{'asmine, and thus the calyx does not have the ribbed
ook.
BB. Calyx tvhvlaTf with 5 very short teeth.
amdbna, Sims. Differs from all here described in hav-
ing numerous strong spines nearly Viin. long, which are
axillary: Ivs. oval, acute, short-stalked: fls. subtermi-
nal; coroUa-tube 1 in. long, longer than the lobes, which
are 6, obovate, white, with margins incurved enough to
show the rosy back. India or China.
EBB. Calyx spaihe-like.
Thimb^rgia, Linn. f. Lvs. broadly elliptic, acute,
with pairs of glands along the midribs: fls. 3 in. across.
1316
GARDENIA
pure white; coroUa-lobea 8, overlapping. S. Afr. B.M.
1004. — Dwarf-growing, and perhApa not now in cult, in
this country.
A&. CoTvUitrlvhe fhiOTt and vAde-Otroated.
B. Fl». 3 in. long and broad.
Rothminnia, Linn. f. Very distinct in foliage &nd
fi.: Ivs. with paire of haiiy glands along the midrib:
calyx ribbed, with 5 long teeth, equahng the abort,
cylindrical portion of the corolla-tube; corolla-tube
rather suddenly swelled, ribbed; lobee 5, long-acumi-
nate, whitiah, spotted purple in the mouth. S. Afr.
B.M. 690. L.B.C. 11:1053.— FIb. pale yellow, but it
does not bloom in Calif, according to Francescni.
BB. FU. 1 a in. Umu and broad.
clobdsa, Hochst. Lvb. oblong, ahortr«cuininat«; If.-
stalk neaxly 3-5 lines long: fls. white, inside hairy and
lined pale yellow; calyx smaU, with 5 very abort teeth;
oorolla-tuDe wide at the base and gradually swelled;
lobes 5, ^ort-acuminate. S. Afr. B.M. 4791. FS.
9:951.
a. eiiritidira. Hook.— Mitri«lieru *iillv«, — 0. inltrmidia,
Hort.. id ft nuue unknown In botamcil titersture uid tlw plAat'B
affinities ure unknown. — G. Stanlryiaa, Hook.— iUndift nueuUUk
N. TATK)B.t
OARDEH LEIIOB: Cucihrh Mda.
OAKDOqUU BSTOHICOtDBS: C«dron^la
OABOBT: PMotocm d,
DasAne Cneorvm.
GARLIC (AUium aoli-
intm, Linn.). Hardy pep-
ennial bulboqs plant,
closely aUied to the onion.
It is native of southern
Europe. IthasflatleavcB.
and the bulb is compoaea
of several separable parts
or bulbels, called cloves.
These cloves are planted,
as are onion seta, in spring
or in fall in the South.
They mature in aummer
and early autumn, being
ready to gather when the
leaves die away. If the
soil is rich, it may be
necessary to break over
the tops to prevent too
much top i;rowth and to
make the bulbs better, as
is sometimes done with
onions. This is done when
the top growth has reached
normal full size. The
cloves are usually set 4 toG
inches apart in drills or
rows, in ordinary garden
soil. The bulba are used
in cookery, but mostly
amongst the foreign popu-
lation. Strings of bulbs
braided together by their
tora are common in metro-
politan markets (Fig.
1622). The bulbs are
white -skinned <v some-
times rose-tinged.
L. H. B.
GARUC PBAX; Cmtmta.
GARUGA
GARRTA (after Nicholas Garry, secretary of the
Hudson Bay Company). Including Fadj/inia. Garry-
doex, formerly included under Comdcex. Omamental
^ruM chi^y ETown for foliage and showy catkins.
Evergreen: Tvs. opposite, short^petioled, entire or
denticulate, without stipules: fls. diiBcioua, apetaloua,
1-3 in the axils of opptsite bracts on elon^ted, often
drooping, axillary spikes; staminate fls. with 4 sepals
and 4 stamens; pistillate with 2 sepals and 2 styles and
a l-celled ovaiy: berry 1-2-seeded, rather dry, — About
10 species in W. N. Amer. from S. Ore. to S. Mex., east
to W. Texas.
The ganyas ^enoally have dUptic to oblong leaves,
and small greenish white or yellowish flowers in catkin-
like, often pendulous spikes, and dark purple or dark
blue berries. None of the species is hardy North but
0. fiaoeacenx, G. Wrightii, and also G. FTenumtii, which
are the haraiest, can probably be grown north to New
York in sheltered positions, while the otheis are hardy
in warmer r^ons only. They ate well adapted for ever-
peen shrubberies, and the staminate plants are espec-
ially decorative in early spring with the showy, pen-
dulous catkins, which in G. dliptica attain to 1 foot in
length and often bloom in midwinter. The garryas
thrive well in a well-drained soil and in sunny, shel-
tered position; in England they are often grown on
walls. Propagation is oy seeds or by cuttings of half-
ripened wood under glass; also by layers.
elUptica, Douglas. Shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to
ovot-obloog, obtuse or acute, usually undulate, gla-
brous above^ densely tomentose beneath, 1}4~3 in-
long: 3 fls. m the s^dls of short and brtwd, pointed
bracts; spikes rather dense, staminate 2-12 in, long,
often branched, pistillate 1-3 in. long: fr. ^oboee,
Bill^ tomentose. Cahf. to New Mcx, B.R. 1686.
Gn. 33, p. 562; 37, p. 501; 39, p. 281; 51, p^257;^.
22:116. G. 20:30; 35:21. H.U. 2, p. 35. H.F. 1865:
198. G.L. 24:190.— This is the handsomest species,
and stands about 10° of &oet (sometimes more) in a
sheltered position.
G. Fadytnii, Hook. (Fsdyenia Hookeri. Orueb.). Bhrub, bl
IG ft.: Its. elliptic ta obLonr, Kcuta or mucninulHte, slon^ Bbfipo,
tonumtoae beneath or tUmoat cLabroufl at leofth. 2-4 in. Lon^:
brvctfl oblonx-LanoeoUM, remote: fr. voaxntoar. JunAica. Cuba. —
G. JIatlieeni. Wata. (G. Veatchii Tar. flav««iiB, CouJC A Evang).
Bhrub. to 8 ft.: Iva. eUiptic. ailky pubeaoent below, t-2 in. Lontf:
Diksa deoK, about 1 in. lona. AHi., Utah. N. Mei.— G. Fr«a«n^>,
Ton. Bhtub, to 10 fl.: Iva. ovate tfl obkmc. acute, glabrous on
' q, yGUowUh smn. 1-3 in. loa«: »ik« deoae. 2-S in. [oom:
rt brarta: fr. wdioelled. glabnnis. Ore. to Calif. G.C.II.
with short bi
« Calif. G.C.I
L ions: ^ik« dcnsE and shon: (r.HHil^rMci. — G. thuri
Can. (G. ellipticaxG. Fadyenij). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Iva, elliptii
elliptic-oblonj, whiliah Himentom; beneath. 2-5 in. Ions: bn
remote, with umui)l>' 1 fl, in each axil: apikea ahorter Chan thos
O. elliptlca. Ori^nated in Franoe. R.D. lS6e, p. 17; ISTe.
.: Ivs.
lo Calif, and N. Mei.
1. lone: fr. flabroi
Alfred Rsbder.
GARDGA (native East Indian name). Bvraerdcex.
This includes a deciduous East Indian tree, reaching
60 fee^ and cultivated in southern Florida and CaU-
fomia for its fruits, which are the size of a gooseberry,
and are eaten raw, but chiefly pickled.
Tomentose or hairy plants: Ivs. crowded at tips of
branches, alternate, odd-pinnate: Ifts. opposite, sub-
sessile, serrate: Ss. polygamous, large, panicled; calyx
bell-shaped, 5-cut; petals 5, inserted on the tube of the
calyx above the middle; starocns 10; ovary 4-5-ceUed;
ovules in pairs: drupe with 5, or by abortion 1-3, stones,
which are wrinkled and finatW 1 -seeded .—Species
perhaps a dozen in India and PaciSc islands to Austral.
GARUGA
GASTERIA
1317
pmnita, Roxbg. Tree, 3(M0 ft., with Ivs. 1 ft. or
more lon^; Ifts. obtusely crenate: ns. small, in a very
large panicle: fr. a black drupe. India and Malaya to
the PnilippineB. — ^Also cult, abroad under glass.
L. U. B.
GAS PLAHT: ZKetomiMM.
GAST£RIA (Greek, gaster, belly: referring to the
usually swollen base of the flowers). LUidceXf tribe
Aloinex, Mostly acaulescent and small succulents of
similar decorative uses and treatment as Aloe.
Leaves usually elongated, crowded in rosettes or on
short sts., usually 2-ranked: fls. with a red or rosy
typically ventricose curved tube and short equal sub-
erect greenish segms. about as long as the stamens and
Eistil. S. Afr. Specied 43. Monog. oy Berger in EIngler,
)as Pflanxenieich, hft. 33 (1908).
#cinafrifoliit> 1&
anguUta, 3, 4.
oanaliculftta, 7.
oarixuita, 15w
conspuroata, 2.
eranifolia, 6.
denticulaUit 5.
diHicha, 2. 3. ft.
Dreseana, 16.
enailolia, 1&
excavata, 13.
falcata, 15.
fallax, la
formooa, 9.
INDEX.
^abra, 16.
glabrior, 7.
pmndipunotata, 17.
intermedia, 1.
latifolia, 1, 1&
Uncua, o.
Un^rifoliat 3.
maoulata, 10.
major, 16.
marmorata, 6, 12.
minor, 16.
njcricans, 6, 7, 10.
nitens, 18.
nitida, 17.
obUqm, 10.
parvif oUa, 14.
panripttnotalftv 17«
piota, 9.
planifolia. 8.
pulchra, IL
acabemma, 1.
8tri«ata, 1ft.
subnigricaDS* 7.
sulcata, 4.
truncata, 3.
venusta, 18.
vemioofla, 1.
A. Fls. scarcely 1 in. long, mostly ventrieose.
B. Los. radical, in 2 nearly straight ranks, not kedei*
c. The Ivs. with pale raised warts.
1. verrucdsa. Haw. (Aide verrucdsa, Mill. A. dUticha,
Linn. A. verrucula, Medikus. A. acuminata and A.
racemdsa, Lam.). Cespitose: Ivs. acute, somewhat
concavdy SHsided, spreading, Hx4-6 in., dull gT&v,
very rough with white crowded tubercles: infl. 2 ft.
high, typically simple. Cape. B.M. 837. i>C., PI. Gr.
63. Beraer 42, 43. — Varies in a form with Ivs. 1 ft
long and branched infl., var. latifdUa, Salm (Aide
Hngua var., Ker), B.M. 1322, f. 2, 3. Salm, Aloe § 29,
f. 25; a form with large greener more mucronate Ivs.
with less crowded warts, var. intermedia, Baker (G.
intermhiia, Haw. Aide iniennhdia, Haw.), Sahn,
Aloe §29, f. 24. B.M. 1322, f. 1; and a form with
scarcelv concave greener Ivs. with the greenish warts
somewhat in lines on the back, var. scab^rrima,
Bi^er (0. intermedia scabirrima, Haw. Aide scab4rrima
Sahn), Sahn, Aloe §29, f. 26. Hybrids are reported
between 0. verrucosa and G. mdchra; G. verrucosa
intermedia and G. carinata as well as Haworihia radvla;
.And G. verrucosa latifolia and G. hrevifolia.
cc. The ks. not white-warty.
2. conspnrcfttai Haw. (G. dlsticha conspurcdta.
Baker. Ailde conspurcdta, Salm). Lvs. obtuse, mucro-
nate, Uttle concave, Ij^x 10-12 in., green, smooth
except on the marmn. with small often confluent white
spots: infl. 2)^-3 tt. nigh, simple. Cape. Salm, Aloe §
29, f. 31.
3. anguULta, Haw. (G. disticha anotdcUa, Baker. G.
lonfifdlia, Haw. Aide angvldta. Willd. A. lingua longi*
fdha. Haw.). Lvs. abruptly snortr-mucronate, a Utile
concave on one or both faces, 2 x 8-10 in., one or both
edges angularly doubled^ dark green with small often
confluent white spots: mfl. 3 ft. high, exceptionally
branching. Cape(?). Salm, Aloe § 29, f. 29. — A form
with gutter-like lvs. is var. tnmcUta, Berger (A.
anguldta truncAta, Willd.).
4. solcUta, Haw. (G. anguldta. Haw. Aide sulcdta,
Salm. A. Hngua angiddta, Haw.). Lvs. concavely strap-
shaped. 4-angled. 1x4 in., dull green with small green-
ish little-raiKd aots: infl. 2 ft. nigh, simple; fls. httle
inflated. Cape. Sahn, Aloe § 29, f. 32.
5. lingua, Berger (G, disticha. Haw. G. denticuldta.
Haw. Aide lingua, Thunb. A. disticha, R. & S.). Lvs.
obtuselv mucronate. oblong, somewhat concave,
2-edgea, denticulate above, 2 x 8-10 in., green or grayish
with more or less banded and pale greenish spots: mfl.
3 ft. high, simple. Cape. Salm, Aloe § 29, f . 33. Bur-
ger 44.
6. nigricans, Haw. (Aide nigricans. Haw. A. o&A^tio,
Jacq.). Lvs. oblong, abruptly mucronate, 2-edged,
2 X 5-8 in., glossy daric green or purplish with more or
less banded pale flpreenish spots: infl. 3 ft. high, some-
times branched. Cape. Salm, Aloe § 29, f . 7. — Varies
inte a less mottled form with shorter fleshier lvs., var.
crassifdlia. Haw. (A. lingua crassifdlia, Ait. A. crassif
fdlia, R. & S.), B.M. 838. J.H. III. 60, p. 98; and a
white- and rosy-marbled form with smaller lvs., var.
marmorilta, Baker (A. marmordta, Salm. A. formdsa,
R. & S.).
7. subnigricans, Haw. (G. nigricans subnigricanSf
Baker. Aloe subnigricans, Spreng. A. pseudonioricans.
Salm). Lvs. scarcely 1 in. wide, acute, green with small
separate rather transversely arranged pale spots: infl.
3 ft. hidh, simple; fls. ventricose. Cape. Sahn, Aloe §
29, f. 10. — Varies into a form with more concave lvs.,
var. canaliculita, Salm; and a form with sword-like
darker lvs., var. ^brior. Haw. (Aide guttdta^ Salm. A.
nigricans dentumldta, oalm. G. nigricans guUdta^
Baker). Salm, Aloe § 29, f. 9.
BB. Los. crowded along an evid^ if short st.
a The hfs. in 2 straight or twisted ranks.
8. fdanifdlia^ Baker (Aide planifdlia, Baker). Lvs.
in straight ranks, narrow, abruptly mucronate, 2-edged,
^ X 6-10 in., glossy green with more or less confluent
oblong white spots, the minutely rough margin often
rosy: mfl. 6 ft. high, or more, simple; perianth very
abruptly inflated below. Cape. Ref. Bot. 162.
9. picta, Haw. (Aide Bouredna, R. &. S., A. BowiC'
dna, Salm). Lvs. in twisted ranks, tongue-shaped,
abruptly mucronate, somewhat concave and 3-sided,
1)^2 X 10-14 in., glossy dark green mottled with
round white spots confluent below, the thickened mar-
gin sub^itire: infl. 3 ft. high, branched. Cape. Salm,
Aloe § 29, f . 3. — ^Varies into the smaller var. formdsa,
Berger (Aide Bounedna formdsa, Salm. G. formdsa.
Haw.).
10. macuULta^ Haw. (G. obhqua. Haw. G. nigricans
^atyphyUa, BaKer. Aide maculdta, Thimb. A. obhqua.
Haw. A. maculdta obUqua, Ait.). Lvs. in somewhat
twisted ranks, tongue-shaped, blunt or abruptlv
mucronate, 2-edged or with one margin doubled,
1^-2x6-8 in., glossy dark green with more or less
confluent large oblong spots or entirelv white at base
below, rough-margin^: infl. 3-4 ft. high, branched.
Cape. Sahn, Aloe § 29^ f. 1. B.M. 979. Ben^ 47.—
Two varieties are distinguished: var. ftllaz. Haw. (A.
maculdta angHsHor, Sahn), with smaller whiter smooth
lvs., and var. DregelLna, Berger, with rough-margined
lvs.
11. piUchra, Haw. (Aide maculdta piilchra. Ait. A.
piUchra, Jacq.). Lvs. in spiral ranks, falcate, narrowed
m>m the base, acute, scarcely 1 x 8-10 in., glossy dark
green with oblong white spots transversely or reticu-
hitely confluent, slightly rough-margined: infl. 3 ft.
hi^, branched. Cape. Jacq., Schoenbr. 4:19. Salm,
Aloe § 29, f. 2. DC., PL Gr. 91. B.M. 765. Miller.
Icon. 292. Berger 47. — ^It is said to have been crossed
with G. verrucosa.
cc. The lvs. not 2-Tanked.
12. marmorUta, Baker. Lvs. smooth, lorate-lanceo*
late, rounded and cuspidate at tip, 1-13^x5-6 in.,
with one margin doubled, dark green with large green-
ish more or less confluent spots: infl. 2-2^ ft. high,
branched. Cape.
1318
GASTERIA
GA ULTHERIA
BBB. Lv8» nearly radical^ typically keeled or triquetrous.
c. The he, in 2 spiral ranks.
13. ezcavftta. Haw. (Aide excavdta, Willd. A.
obscivraj Willd.). Lvs. smooth, rather thin, spreading,
lanceolate, mucronately acute, denticulate, 1-1 H x 4-^
in., dull pale green with small greenish white ^ots: infl.
2 ft. high, simple. Cape. Sahn, Aloe § 29, f. 22. B.M.
1322, f . 4.
cc. The lvs. not ^-ranked.
14. parvifdliEf Baker. Lvs. thick, deltoid-oblong,
submucronate, somewhat roughened on keel ana
margin, 1 x 2-3 in.^ purplish green with small whitish
spots: infl. 1^ ft. hign, smiple. Cape. Berger 49.
15. carinAta, Haw. {Albe carinAta, Mill. A. trlsticha^
Medikus). Lvs. thick, spreading, triangular -lanceo-
late, somewhat falcate, acute from the 2-m. base, 5r-6
in. long, grooved above, dull green with coarse whitish
warts sometimes in irregular lines: infl. 2)^-3 ft.,
sometimes branched. Cape. B.M. 1331a. Salm,
Aloe i 29, f. 20. Berger 50. — ^Varies into a larger
smoother form, var. stngftta, Baker (G. strigdlOf Haw.
A. carindta Ikvior^ Salm); a form with narrower more
falcate lvs. with smaller pale points, var. falc&ta,
Berger; and a form with short broad still finer-punctate
lvs., var. latifdliEf Berger. It is said to have been
crossed with G. verrucosa intermedia.
16. g^bra, Haw. {Albe gldbraf Salm. A. carindta
subffldbray Haw.). Lvs. triangular-lanceolate, acute or
mucronate from the 2-in. base, 6-8 in. long, dull green
with small scarcely raised whitish points: infl. 2>^
ft. high. Cape. Sahn, Aloe § 29, f. 19. B.M. 1331,
If. at left. — Respectively larger and smaller forms are
sometimes desig^ted as vars. mHjor and minor.
17. nitida, Haw. {Aide nUidat Salm). Lvs. tnangular-
lanceolate^ acute from the 2-in. base, 6-9 in. long,
smooth, hght glossy green with white often band^
3>ots, the margin roughish: infl. 3 ft. high, simple,
ape. Salm, Aloe S 29, f . 17. — ^Varies in a form with
more numerous smaller pale dots. var. parvipunctUta,
Salm {A. nitida mdjor, Saun). B.M. 2304; and one with
fewer, larger and more confluent spots, var. grandi-
punctkta, Sahn (A. nitida nAnor, Salm).
AA. Fls. iyi-2 in.f little inflated, long-stalked: large for
the genus.
18. acinadfdliay Haw. {Aide adnadfdluif Jacq.).
Lvs. acute, 3-edged, spreading in a Is^^ 2-ranked
rosette, 2 x 14 in., rather glossy dark green with scat-
tered low pale dots: infl. about 4 ft. high, branched
below. Cape. B.M. 2369. Berger 52. — Varies in a
more erect-lvd. form, var. ensifdlia. Baker {G. ensi-
/dlia, Haw.) I Salm, Aloe S 29, f. 12; a form with more
confluent low motthng, var. nltens. Baker {G. nUens,
Haw. Albe nitens. R. & S.); ana a narrower-lvd.
form with somewnat seriate slightly raised whiter
spots, var. veniista, Baker (<?. venHstay Haw. Albe
venixsta, R. & S. A. adnacifblia veniistiif Salm). It
has been crossed with Aloe striata,
O. bretifdlia. Haw. Lvs. 3-4 in. long, Ungulate, dose together:
fls. red. about 1 in. long. ASt.—O. H^UUmxm, N. E. Br. Lvs. in a
looee roeette, 16-18 in. long, broad at base, narrowed above,
obliquely keeled: fls. pendulous, nearly 1 in. long, rose with green-
keeled lobes. S. AJLt.—Q. obliui/dlia, Haw. Lvs. thinner than in
G. sulcata and shorter than in G. lingua.
William Trelease.
GAST6NIA PALMATA: Trevesia.
GASTROCHlLnS (Greek-made name, alluding to
the swollen hp). Zingiber dLce3B. A very few Indian
and Malayan herbs, perennial or annual, that may
sometimes be found in choice collections of hothouse
plants. Allied to Hedychium and Kaempferia, difler-
mg from the former in the character of the connective
and from the latter in the sac-form hp: sometimes
provided with a creeping rootstock: st. very short or
none, or reaching 12 in. high: lvs. oblong and acute:
fls. mostly white with lip yellow or pink, soUtary or in
spikes; corolla-tube slender and the sesms. oonnivent:
staminodia present and petal-like; fip oblong and
entire but the margin sinuate, exceeding the corolla;
ovary 3-celled, each cell many-ovuled. G. pulchSrrinui,
Wall., is leafy-stemmed, to 12 in., from a creeping
rootstock: fls. white in a spike 2-3 in. long, the hp
tinged pink. H. U. 4, p. 100. G. Umgiflbra, Wall.,
is acaulescent, with lvs. to 12 in. lonjg: fls. 1 or 2
from the crown, long-tubed, white, the Up tinged red.
The Gastrochilus of Don is orchidaceous, and is now
referred to Sacoolabium. l. h. B.
GASTROLdBIUM (Greek-made name, referring to
the swollen pods). Leguminbsse. More than 30 shrubs
of W. Austral., Uttle known in cult. Lvs. simple
and entire, mostly stiff: fls. yellow or in part purple-
red, racemose in coiymbs or whorls; calyx Mobed;
petals clawed, the standard orbicular or kidney-shaped,
and emarginate, the wings oblong, and the keel broad
and short; stamens free; style filiform, incurved: pod
turgid, ovoid or nearly globular. G. vdiUinum, Lindl.
A handsome shrub: lvs. in 3's or 4's, var3ring from
obovate to linear-cuneate, very obtuse, emarginate,
^in. or less long: fls. oran^red, on villous pedicels,
m terminal clusters to 13^ m. long: pod ovoid, about
^in. long. G. cunedtuMj Henfr., may be the same as
the foregoing, perhaps with longer racemes. J.F. 3 :258.
G. viUbsumf Bentn. Decumbent with ascending
sts.: lvs. opposite, ovate to almost lanceolate, very
obtuse, 1-2 m. long: fls. in terminal pedunculate racemes
3-4 in. long; standard orange-red, shorter lower petals
purple-red :fK>d broadly ovoid, about ^^in. long. B.R.
33:45. J.F. 4:341. G. ovatifblium, Henfr. Diffuse
shrub: lvs. mostly opposite, ovate or oblong or orbicu-
lar, 1 in. or less long, often emarginate: fls. nearly
sessile in racemes 1-3 in. long, orange or orange-red,
the lower petals deeply colored. J.F. 3:247, 324.
L. H. B.
OASTRONEMA: A aectioii of Cyrtanihut.
GAULTHtRU (named by Kalm after Dr. ''Gaul-
thier,'' a physician in Quebec, whose name was really
written Gaultier). Eridcex. C/mamental woody plants
grown for the attractive flowers and fruits and also for
their handsome evergreen foliage.
Evergreen erect or procumbent shrubs, rarely small
trees, usually hairy and glandular: lvs. petioled.
roundish to lanceolate, mostly serrate: fls. in terminal
panicles or axillary racemes or sohtaiy; calyx 5-parted;
corolla uroeolate, 5-lobed; stamens 10; ovary superior:
fr. a ^-celled, dehiscent caps., usually inclosed by the
fleshy and berry-like calyx. — ^About 90 species in the
warmer and subtropical regions of Asia, Austral., and
in Amer. from Canada to Chile. Some have edible
fruits, and an aromatic oil used in perfumery and
medicine is obtained from G. procumbens and several
Asiatic species.
This genus includes the wintergreen and some other
ornamental low aromatic plants with alternate, ever-
Sreen leaves, white, pink or scarlet, often fragrant
owers in terminal or axillary racemes or sohtary, and
with decorative, berry-like red or blackish frmt. G.
vrocumbens is fully hardy North, while the other
North American species are somewhat tenderer and
need protection during the winter; G. Veitchiana prom-
ises to be hardy as far north as Massachusetts. They
are well adapted for borders of evergreen shrubberies
as well as for rockeries, and in suitable soil they are
apt to form a handsome evergreen groimd-cover. Most
of the foreign species can be grown only South or as
greenhouse shrubs. They grow best in sandy or peaty,
somewhat moist soil and partly shaded situations.
Propagation is by seeds, layers or suckers^ division of
older plants, and also by cuttings of half-ripened wood
under glass.
J
GAULTHERIA
GAYLUSSACIA
1319
A. FU, solitary.
procdmbensi Linn. Wintergrbsn. Chbckerbbrrt.
BoxBERRY. PARTRmoE Berrt. St. Creeping, sending
up erect branches to 5 in. high, bearing toward the
end 3-8 dark green, oval or obovate, ahnost i^broua
Ivs., 1-2 in. long, with ciliate teeth: fls. solitary, nod-
ding; corolla ovate, white, about J^in. long; anthers
with 4 awns: filaments pubescent: fr. scarlet. July-
Sept. Canada to Ga., west to Mich. B.M. 1966.
L.B.C. 1:82. Gn. 31, p. 379.
AA. FU. in racemes,
Shillon, Pursh. Low shrub, to 2 ft., with spreading,
glandulariiairy branches: lys. roundiw-ovate or ovate,
cordate or rounded at the base, serrulate, 2-4 in. long:
fls. nodding, in terminal and axillary racemes; corolm
ovate, white or pinkish: fr. purplish black, glandular,
hairy. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. Brit. Col. to Calif.
CaUed "shaflon'' or "salal" by Indians. B.M. 2843.
B.R.1411. L.B.C. 14:1372. Gn. 31, p. 379.
VeitchULna. Craib. Shrub, to 3 ft., sometimes decum-
bent: branchlets setose: Ivs. elliptic to oblong or
obovate-oblong, short-apiculate, broadly cuneate or
nearly roundea at the base, setose-semuate, glabrous
and lustrous above, paler below and setose on the veins
whQe young, l^roj^ in* long: fls. in axillary and
terminal villous racemes 1-2 in. long, densely bracteate,
the bracts as long or longer than tne pedicels; corolla
ovate, white, ^m, long: fr. indigo-blue. May, June;
it, Aug., Sept. W. China.
O. anUpodat Forst. Shrub, to 5 ft, eometimes prooumbent.
hairy: Ivs. orbicular to oblong, yi-y^.: fl. eolitary^hite or pink,
eamx>anulate. New Zeal., Ta8inaiua.^-G. eooc(nea,HBK. Shnio. to
2 ft., haiiy: Itb. roundiah ovate, about 1 in.: fla. slender-pedioelled,
in dongated, secund raoemea; ooroUa ovate, pink. Veneiuela.
R.H. 1840:181.-0. ftrruiflnea, Cham. A Sohlecht. (Q. ignesoens,
Lem.). Small ahrub, rufoualy hairy: Iva. ovate or oblong, 1-2 in.:
fla. almost like those of the precedmg spedea. BraaiL B.M. 4697.
J.F. 3:265: 4:371.— (7. fragrarUUaima, WalL Shrub or small tree,
glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to lanceolate, 2H-3^ in. long: racemes
axillary, erect, ahorter than the Ivs. ; corolla white or pinlnsh, slobu-
lar-ovate. Himalayas, Ceylon. B.M. 6984.— G. mvrnnUe§^ Hook.
Allied to O. procumbens. Lvs. orbicular or broadhr ovate, H~l in.
long: corolla broadly campanulate; filaments glabrous; anthers
without awns. Wash, to Calif, and Colo.— O. nummttlurioidet, D.
Don (Q. Nummularia, DC. ). Procumbent: branches densely
rufousiy hairy: lvs. orbicular to ovate, )4-l in* long: fls. soUtai^,
ovate, white. Himalayas. Q.C. II. 22:457. — O. oppontifdha.
Hook, f . Shrub, to 8 ft. : lvs. mostly opposite, ovate, cordate, bluntly
toothed. 1H-2H in. long: fls. white, urceolate, Hio* long, in
terminal pamcles 3-4 in. long. New Zeal. G.C.III.52:109. Gn. 75.
p. 412.— (7. omUildliat Gray. Procumbent, with Ascending um
sparingly hairy branches: lvs. ovate, acute, 1-1 H in* long: fla.
solitary, campanulate: fr. scarlet. Brit. Col. to Ore.— -<7. pvrocoidet.
Hook. 1. ^ Thom. (G. pyroUsfolia, Hook. f.). Low shrub, some-
times procumbent, almost glabrous: lvs. elliptic-obovate, about
IH in. long: racemes few-fld., axillary. Himalayas, Japan. Var.
eunsdta, Rehd. ^ Wilson. Branchlets minutely villous: lvs. nar-
row, oblong-obovate, cuneate: ovary and fr. villous. W. China.—
Q, triehophHUa, Royle. Dwarf: lvs. elliptic, ciliate, H~H in. long:
lis. axillary, pinkish: fr. blue. Himalayas, W. China. B.M. 7635.
Alfred RehdeR.
GAt)RA (Greek, superb), Qnagrdcex. This includea
several herbs which are distinct in appearance, but
scarcely possess general garden value, although they are
gleaaant incidents in the hardy border for those who
ke native plants.
Annual, biennial or perennial plants confined to the
warmer regions of N. Amer.: lvs. fdtemate, sesdle or
stalked, entire, dentate, or sinuate: fls. white or rose,
in spikes or racemes; calyx-tube deciduous, obconical.
much prolonged beyond the ovary, with 4 reflexea
lobes; petals clawed, unequal; stamens mostly 8. with
a small scale-like appendage before the base ot each
filament; stigma 4-loDed, surrounded by a ring or cup-
like border: fr. nut-like, 3~4-ribbed, finally 1-celled,
and 1-4-seeded. — Species 20-25. The bloom ascends
the slender racemes too slowly to make the plants as
showy as possible. The best kind is G, Lindheimeri,
which has white fls. of singular appearance, with rosy
calyx-tubes. Gauras are easily prop, by seed. They
prefer li^t soils, and the seedlmgs can be transplanted
directly mto pennanent quarters.
A. Height S ft.: fls. white.
liadhehneri, Engelm. & Gray. St. hairy and more or
less branched above: lvs. lanceolate or more often
spatulate with a few wavy teeth and recurved margins:
flis. in a loose spike. Texas and La. R.H. 1851:41;
1857, p. 262. H.F. 8:145. G.W. 14, p. 100.
AA. Height 1 ft.: fls. rosy, turning to scarlet.
cocc&iea, Nutt. An erect or ascending, usually much-
branched perennial: lvs. numerous, lanceolate to linear
or oblong, repand-denticulate or entire: fls. in spikes,
very showy, except that the whole spike does not come
into flower at one time: fr* 4-6ided. Manitoba to Mont,
and Texas. Wilhelm Miller.
N. TATLOB.t
GAt^SSIA (probably from a personal name). Pal-
mdcex. Gne slender pinnate-leaved palm, reaching
about 20 ft^ from Cuba, recently intro. in S. Calif. It
is allied to Hyophorbe and Pseuoophoenix. G. prlnceps,
Wendl., is a spineless species, the st. thickened below
but very slender above: lvs. pinnatisect, the pimue
crowded and narrow-linear and entire or 2-cut: fls.
very small, on filiform branches, monoecious; spadix
long-stalked: fr. small, purple or red. l, h, b.
GA^A (for Jacques and perhaps Claude Gay, writers
on the plants of W. S. Amer.). Malv^Uxx. About a
dozen herbs, shrubs or small trees of S. Amer. except
the one described below: mostly tomentose: lvs. usuaUv
undivided: fls. yellow or white, axillary or terminal,
pedunculate, with no bracteoles; calyx 5-parted; sta-
minal column split at apex into many parts; ovary
many-celled and style-branches as many as the cells,
the ovules 1 in each cell. G. LffaUii^ Baker {Plagidn-
thus L^aUiif Grs^), the lacebark, endemic in the southern
island of New 2eal., is recorded in horticultiu^ litera-
ture abroad. It is said by Cheeseman to be one of the
most beautiful trees of the New Zealand flora^ often
forming a broad fringe to the subalpine beech forests.
It is partly deciduous at high elevations, but is ever-
green in certain river valle3rs. It is a smaU spreading
tree 15-30 ft. high: lvs. ovate, acuminate, usually
double-crenate, sometimes somewhat lobed: fls. to 1
in. diam., white, in axillary fascicles or rarely solitary:
petals obliquely obovate, retuse. G.C. III. 50:56, and
Suppl. Sept. 23, 1911. B.M. 5935.— Hardy in the south of
ikigland, where it blooms profusely. Xj. H. B.
GATLUSSACIA (after J. L. Gaylussac, eminent
French chemist; died 1850). Syn., Adndaria. Ericdcex,
tribe Vacdnieae. Huckleberry. Small shrubs, some
grown for their handsome flowers, others valued for
tneir edible fruits.
Evergreen or deciduous: lvs. alternate, shortr-petioled,
usually entire: fls. in axillary, usually few-fld. racemes;
calyx 5-lobed, persistent; corolla tuDular-cami>anulate
or urceolate; stamens 10; anthers acute; ovary inferior,
10-celled, each cell with 1 ovule: fr. a berry-fike drupe
with 10 nutlets. — About 50 species in £. N. Amer. and
S. Amer. Closely allied to V acciniunik, distinguished
by the 10-celled ovary, each cell with 1 ovule.
The huckleberries are low shrubs with white, red, or
reddish D'een flowers, and blue or black mostly edible
fruits. Ine deciduous species are hardy North, but are
of httle decorative value, the handsomest being G.
dumasat while the evergreen species, all inhabitant of
the South American mountains, except the half-hardy
G. brachycera. are often very ornamental in foliag^
and flowers, out tender and hardly cultivated in this
country. They grow best in peaty or sandy soil and
in shaded situations; but G. baccata thrives well also in
drier localities and exposed to the full sun; like other
EricaoeflB, they are all impatient of limestone. Propa-
gated by seeds, layers or ai vision; the evergreen species
Dv cuttmgs of half-ripened wood under glass. 8ee also
Vaccinium for cultivation.
GAYLUSSACIA
A. Let. eixrgrttn, obtutel)/ terrote.
Ivs. oval, glabrous, ^1 in, long: racemes short, with
few white or pinkieh ns.: fr. blue. May, June; fr. July,
Aug. Pa. to Va. B.M. 928. L.B.C. 7:648 (as Vao-
cinium bux^ofiunt).
AA. LjI>». decidwnu, entire.
B. Fh. in loose racemes; coroUa campanuiaU.
:. Plard glandidar-pubetcent.
rr. & Gray. Shnib, to 2 ft., i „
_ _.t erect, somewhat hairy and glandular
branches: Ivb. obovate-obtong to oblanceolate, mucro-
nate^ shining above, leathery, 1-2 in. long; fla. white or
pinkish; bracts fouoceoua and persistent: fr. black,
. usually pubescent, rather insipid. May, June; fr. Aug.,
Sept. Newfoundland to Fla. and La. in moist sandy or
flwampy soil. B.M. 1106 (as Fofcimum).
GAZANIA
and have a most peculiar and pleaaant acid flavor,
unlike any other Vaccinium. It promj
valuable addition t« our garden fruita."
BB. Fit. in ihoH, teagiU racemes; coroQa ovaU.
baccita, Koch (G. reetniua, Ton. & Gray}. Black
HocKijtBKmtY. Erect shrub, to 3 ft., reeinoua when
young: Ivs. oval or oblong-lanceolate.
yellowish green above, pale beneath, 1-1^ in. Ions:
ns. short--pedi celled, nodding, reddish: fr. black, rare^
white, sweet. May, June; fr. July, Aug. Newfound-
land to Ga., weet to Wis. and Ky., preferrinK sandy oi
rocky Boil. Em. 451. B.M. 128S (as \^jniuin).
l.T. 4:152. Var. ^ncocirps, Rob. Fre. lar^r, blue
with glaucous bloom.
(?. Pttiido-VaeelmiM, Chun. A Bchleeht. ETsrcnan, luiully
■Ubnnu ahnib, to 3 tt.. with sUiptic, SDtin Ivs. ud tM Si. in
Hcuiid, Duuv-fld. neamn. BruL B.R.30:S2. R.H. 1S4S:ZSS.
Alpked Rehder.
GAZlnU (aft«r Theodore of Gaza, 1393-1478,
' ' of Aristotle and Theophrastus; by some con-
be derived from Greek, rtcAes, owing to the
Bor&l cf^ring), CompdtiUe. Showy plantA
a cool greenhouse or in the open border in
mattered along the st.: involucral scales ii
16ia. Guuia iplaodmu. (X>fl
Cc. Plant slighdy yubescerd or plobroiu.
frondilsa, Torr. k, Gray. Blde Hucklzberrt. Dan-
OLBBBSRT. Tanglbbbbrt. Shrub. to 6 ft., with Spread-
ing, usually glabrous branches: Ivs, oblong or oval-
obovate, obtute or emarginate, pale ^rccn above,
whitish beneath, membranaceous, 1-2 m. long: fls.
alender-pedicelled; corolla broadly campanulatc, green-
ish punjle: fr. blue, with glaucous bloom, sweet. May,
June; fr. July. N. H. to Fla., west to Ky., preferring
moist, peaty soil. Em. 2:451. G.C, III. 7:580.
urdna, Torr. A Gray. Shrub, to 6 ft., with somewhat
pubescent, spreading branches; Ivs. obovate to oblong,
acute, membranaceous, 2-4 in. long: fls. white or pink-
ish: fr. black, shining, sweet. May, June; fr. July, Aug.
N. and S. C. — Harlaii P. Kelsey writes of this species:
"Shrub 2 to 6 feet high; very local in a few counties in
0outhwesi«m North Carohna, though common in these
Stations. Locally it is known as 'buckberry,' a name
S'ven by the native mountaineers from the fact that
■er feed on the very abimdant clustered fruit in late
summer. The berries are much used for pies and jams.
)na tL_ _ _
-hke at the base, toothed a
enes wingless, villous; pappus in 2 serj
ate, scarious, toothed scales, often hidden in
of the achene, — Species 24-30, This group
<ome of the finest of the sub-shrubby com-
m the Cape of Good Hope. They have a wide
olor,- — pure white, yellow, orange, scarlet, and
cA the rays are in some cases rich purple,
azure-blue. Their folisi^ is often densely
Death, and the range of form is unusual.
The group is also notable for the spots near
the base of the rays of G. Pavonia and
some others. These markings suggest the
rof a peacock's tail. The piante are
remarl^le for their behavior at night,
when they close their fls. and turn tSeir
foliage enough to make the woolly und^
sides of the Ivs. more conspicuous.
Gaianias are now rarely met with in
some of the oldest-fashioned florists' estab-
lishments. Few of the more prominent
firms keep them now, and they may be said
to be practically out of the trade in
America. All the kinds described below
are old garden favorites ahroad, particulariy
G. rigent, a common bedding plant, culti-
vated for nearly a century and a half, but
whose precise habitat has never been ascertained. They
are of easy culture in the cool greenhouse, and are
commended for summer use in the borders of those
who can keep them under glass in winter. They can
be rapidly propagated in midsummer by cuttings made
from the side shoots near the base and placed in a
close frame.
A. Color t^ heada yeStm.
B. Raya not spotted: heads S in. aaott.
unifl&ra, Sims. Sts. woody at the base, spreading
6-12 in. or more from a center: Ivs. varying as men-
tioned above. The wooUiness also varies greatly:
sometimes the whole plant is snowy white; sometimes
the whiteneaa is confined to the under sides of the Ivs.
B.M, 2270, L,B,C. 8:795,— The involucre is woolly,
according to Harvey, but the pictures cited do not
show it. This and G. rigent nave short sts. with
branches alternately leafy, while G. pinnala, G. Pavonia
and G. pygm^a have little or no et, and the Ivs. radical
or tuftod at the ends of the short branches.
GAZANIA
GENIPA
1321
BB. Rays spotted at base: heads 3 in. or more across,
pfamita, Less. Rootstock perennial, fibrous: Ivs.
C(»nmonly pinnate (some simple); lobes oblong or
linear in several pairs; white on ooth surfaces and stiff-
hairy: peduncle not much longer than Ivs.; involucral
scales acuminate, particularly the inner ones. Harvey
names 6 botanical varieties.
AA. Color of heads orange: rays spotted at base: heads
3 in, or more across,
B. Ia>s, mostly entire and spatulate.
o. Basal markings containing brown,
rigens. R. Br. Sts. short and densely leafy or dif-
fuse, laxly leafy, with ascending branches: Ivs. some-
times spiuinsly pinnatifid, i. e., with only 1 or 2 side
lobes, white beneath except on the midrib: heads large
and ^owy. 1^ in. wide, the ra3rs orange, disk purplish
black. B.M. 90 {asGorteriarigens) shows a head of scarlet
rays, with basal markings of brown, black and white.
cc. Basal markings without brown,
spl^ndens, Hort. Fis. 1623. Hybrid, said to resem-
ble G, uniflora in habit out dwarfer and more compact.
Of the kinds in common cult, it ia nearest to G, Pavonia
in coloring of fls. H.F. II. 4:240.
BB. Lvs, mostly pinnate,
Pavdnia, R. Br. Peacock Gazania. Involucral
scales short, the inner broad, acute or subacute. B.R.
35 shows markings of brown, white, yellow and blue,
which are marvelous in design and precision of
execution.
AAA. Color of heads white above,
pygmiba, Sond. Crown woody and much divided:
lvs. spatulate, entire: rays white, striped purple beneath.
Gn. 47:288. I.H. 43:53. B.M. 7455. G. 30:101.
Var. macuUta« N. E. Br. Rays pale creamy white,
with a blackisn spot at the base, reverse striped dull
purple. Var. 8up6rba, N. E. Br. Ra3rs white, unspotted,
reverse striped bluish. Var. Ultea, Hort. Fl.-heads
veiy large, cnrome-yello w. — ^This species is very variable
in its involucral scales, which may be short or long,
sometimes cup-shaped at the base, and again almost
free. This upsets one of the most important features
of Harvey's key.
A hybrid between G. nive«, Leis., and Q. longisoaiMi, DC., known
as O, hfibrida, has been described as a very profuse bloomer, flowering
continuously from June to late autumn. R.H. 1900:209. Qt.
47:134.— G. UmffwApa, DC. (G. stenophylla, Hort.). is a whit&-
wooUy perennial with a glabrous pedimole which is shorter than the
Ivs. : involucre glabrous. — Q. rdvea, DC. Very dwarf, almost woody:
ivs. crowded* hoary-tomentose on both mdes: peduncle not exceed-
ing the lvs.: involucre tomentose. Last two probably not cult, in
Amer. WiLHELM MiLLBR.
N. TAYLOR.t
GEISSORHIZA (Greek words alluding to the coats of
the bulb, which cover it somewhat like overlapping
tiles). IriddcesB, Ixia-like half-hardy Cape bulbs,
which are dormant from August to November and are
usually flowered under glaiss in spring and early
summer.
Cormous: lvs. few, distichous: fls. in different colors,
in open, simple or forked spikes: perianth nearly regu-
lar, rotate, with a cylindrical tube; stamens 6, inserted
in the throat; ovary 3-celled, becoming a small oblong
cans. — Species about 30, 1 in Madagascar and the
others in S. Afr. The genus has a wide range in habit
and in color of fls., but these plants are presumably
inferior to ixias for general culture. The following
species are advertised.
rochdnsis, Ker. Corm J^in. diam., globular: lvs. 3,
one of them on the st., glabrous, basal ones narrow,
few-ribbed: st. 3-6 in., simple or forked, with 1 fl. at
the top; st.-sheath loose ancl swelling: fls. violet-purple,
1-2 in. across; perianth-tube shorter than the spathe;
segms. with a blotch at the base. B.M. 598, where the
whole plant is a trifle over 3 in. high and the fls. purple,
with a dark red ^e, the latter surrounded by a pale
blue circle.
hlita, Ker. Lvs. hairy: fls. 2-6 in a loose spike, bright
red, the tube verv short, segms. not blotched: corm
Hin. diam., globular. — Offered in S. Calif. L. H. B.
GEITONOPLfeSIUM (Greek-made name, near
neighbor, in allusion to its kinship to another genus).
Liliiicex, Woody stemmed twiners of Austral, and
Pacific islands of probably 2 species; one is offered in
S. Calif. Fls. small, in loose terminal clusters: lvs.
alternate, linear to ovate, very short-stalked, lightly
nerved; perianth with 6 oblong distinct segms., the 3
outer ones more or less hood-slmped at times, the inner
ones flat and obtuse; stamens 6, included: fr. a nearly
l^obular berry with thin pulp and becoming dry; seeJs
irregular, black. G. cymdsum, Cunn. Tall-ctimbing,
with wiry sts.: fls. purplish green, the perianth >^in.
or less long, the pedicels very short and jointed under
the fl.: berry dark blue, J^in. or less diam.; seeds few.
Queensland to Victoria. B.M. 3131. l. h, b.
GELSfeMIUM (from the word Gelsemino, the Italian
name of the true jessamine). Loganidcex. Climbing
shrubs, with evergreen foliage and yellow flowers.
Glabrous, twinmg, shrubby plants, with opposite,
rarely whorled lvs., and showy, hypoemous, per-
fect, regular, yellow and very fragrant^., in axil-
lary and terminal cymes, the pedicels scaly-bracted:
calyx imbricated, deeply 5-parted; corolla funnel-
form, 5-lobed, imbricated in the bud; stamens 5,
epipetalous; ovary solitary, superior, 2-celled; ovules
numerous, on narrow placentse; style slender, 4-cleft:
fr. an elhptic, septicidal caps., flattened contrary to
the partition; valves boat-shaped, 2-cleft at the apex;
seeds flattened and winged. — There are 2 species in
the g^us, one American the other Chinese. The
American or Carolina yellow jessamine is a well-known
woody twiner of the o., bearing evergreen foliage and
a profusion of bright yellow, very fragrant fls. The
cymes of the Chinese species are terminal and trichot-
omous. Our species is very desirable for covering
banks and fences in any soil. It is also grown occasion-
ally in conservatories. The rhizomes and roots are used
medicinally as a nervine, antispasmodic and sedative.
The true jessamine is Jasminum officinale {Oleacex) of
Eu.
semp^rvirens, Ait. f. Carolina Yellow Jessa-
mine. St. high-climbing: lvs. ovate, or lanceolate,
shining, entire, short-petioled, 1-3 in. long: cymes
terminal, 1-6-nd.; the fls. dimorphous; coroUa 1-1 J^
in. long. Low woods and thickets, Va. to Fla., Texas
and Guatemala; early flowering. B.M. 7851. G.W.
^f P- 494. K. M. WiBOAND.
GBlf^TTLUS: Darwinia.
GENtPA (Brazilian name). Rvbidcex, This includes
a West Indian shrub aUied to the Cape jasmine and
barely known to American horticulture. Genipa and
Gardenia are difficult to separate.
Small trees or shrubs: lvs. with short or no stalks,
opposite, large, leathery, obovate or lanceolate, shining:
cymes axillary, few-fld.; fls. white to yellowidi; calyx-
lunb bell-fihaped, truncated, or 5-toothed; corolla
salver-shaped, limb twisted to the left. 5-parted; stigma
club-shaped or bifid; ovary 1-celled; placentas 2, almost
touching each other in the axis: berries edible.
dusiifdlia, Griseb. A shrub 4-10 ft. in the wild, not
so large in cult.: lvs. 4 in. or less long, black when
dried, obovate, glabrous: corymbs short-peduncled;
calyx-limb 5-cut, the pedicels as long as the calyx;
corolla glabrous, the tube nearly as long as the lobes:
berry ovoid. W. Indies.
americlUia, Linn. A small tree: lvs. &-10 in. long,
lanceolate-oblong, glabrous: pedicels shorter than the
calys; corolla silky, white, about 1 in. acrcwB: benr
Humlar to last, but is "highly commended in oookery'
according to Reaaoner, by whom the plant was intro.
(1914). W. Indiea.— The fr. is lai^ly used in Trop.
Amer. aa a preserve under the name "genipop." It is
often used as a kind of marmalade aim baa been
called "marmalade-box" in SuriDam. 14, TATIxtH.f
GEIftSTA (andent Latin name). Leaumindix.
OmamentBl woody plants chiefly grown for tneir haod-
aome j^ellow, rarely white, Bowers.
Deciduous or half-evergreen, sometimes nearly
leafless shrubs, unarmed or spiny: branches usually
striped and green: Ivs. alternate, rarely opposite,
entire, simple or aometimee 3-foliolate: fls. papiliona-
ceous, in terminal racemes or heads, rarely axillary,
yellow, rarely white; calyx 2-lipped, with the upper
lip deeply 2-parted; style incurved: pod globular to
narrow-oblong, I- to many-seeded, dehiscent, rarely
indehiscent. — About 100 species in Eu., Canary Ists..
N. Afr. and W. Asia. Allied to Cytisus, but without
callose appendai^e at the base of the seeds. The Genista
of florists is Cytisus.
The genistas are omamcntaL usually low ahrubs with
ehowy nowera, appearing profusely in spring or sum-
mer, and followed by small, insignificant pods. None
of the species is qmte hardy North, but G. tinelaria,
G. pUosa, G. germartiea and some other European spe-
cies will do well in a sheltered position or if somewhat
protected during the winter, while the others arc more
suited tor cultivation in southern regions. They are
essentially plants suit«d to drier climates and most of
them do well in CaUfomia. They are adapted for
covering dry, sandy banks and rocky slopes, and for
borders and rockeries. They grow in any well-drained
soil, and like a sunny position. Propagate by seeds,
sown in spring, also by layers and by greenwood cut*
*ingB under glass*
INDEX,
atneuii. 9. faiapwiicB, 6. polntlaiolu, 13, li.
eiMna. la hmuilior, 14. awtuli*, IS.
tiala. M. manfisa, 14. tiSirita. 14.
erhrdroidn, S. MBrtinii, 4. cphBroeupti, 3.
teroi. 3. moiiasiwrmA, !• bnctoru, 14.
Sorida. 12. pUoos. 15. tunbellaU, 7.
A. Color of fit. while.
I. monosp^nna, I<an). {Retima monospfrma, Boise.).
Shrub, to 10 ft. or more with slender grayish branches
almost leafless: Ivs. small, simple or rarely 3-foliolate,
Snerally linear or linear-spatulate, silky: fls. white,
igrant, in short lateral racemes; corolla silky; caXyn
. 62, p. 15. G.W. IS, p. 412.
AA. Color oS M- 2/eQour.
B. Tviy^ ttriped, not winged. (Nob. 2-15.)
c. Pod globular, indehitcerU, Iseeded.
2. sptuerocArpa, Lam. Similar to the preceding,
but lower and more upright, leafless: fls. yellow, veiy
small, in numerous panicled racemes; corolla gla>
brouB. May, Jime. Spain, N. Afr.
CQ. Pod oval to linear, dehiatxnL
D. Shrubs rpiny.
B. Infi. TOcemoK.
T. Spinet stout : hohit upright, to 6 ft.
3. firox, Poir. Erect shrub, to 6 ft., with many stout
spines: Ivs. simple, rarely 3-foliolate, oblong to obovate,
almost glabrous: fls. in numerous terminal racemes
along the branches; corolla glabrous, over !^in. long,
fraf^ant: pod linear, densely silky, raany-seedea.
Spring, in Calif, in autumn and winter. N. AJFr. B.R,
GENISTA
IT. Spinet dender: habit decumbent to upright, totfl.
4. Hutfnii, Verguin & Soulii (0. SeorpiutxG. VO-
lartii). Decumbent shrub; branchlets tomentose: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, simple, whitish pubescent on both
sides, small: fls. axillary, forming terminal slender
racemes; calyx pubescent; standanl and keel silky.
8. France; natural hj^irid. Cult, in Calif.
germiniGa, Linn. Erect or s
kte: fls. smaU, in 1-2-in. long
udch: pod oval, villous, few-seeded.
e, July. Cent, and S. Eu. R.F.
!2:2085.
EE. Ivfi. headrlike.
. hisptnlca, linn. Densely
Dched shrub, about 1 ft. bi^, witn
lerous thin spines; Ivs. ovate-
»olate, pubescent, not exceeding
1.: fls. in 3-12-fld. shoH head-like
iroes: pod rhombic, hirsute. May,
e. Spain, S. France, N. W. Italy.
..C. 18:1738. R.H. 1888:36. On.
p. 395; 62, p. 95. G.M. 45:69.
3.G. 1907:388.— Haidy in W.
I. Fit. in termintU headt, sestHe.
. nmbellita, Poir. Erect shrub, to
et, with rigid branches, forming a
ae bu^: Ivs. simple or 3-foholate,
«olate or Unear-lanceolate, silky,
Win. long: fls. in 10~30-fld. umbel-,
beads; corolla silky, over Hin.
;: pod hnear-oblong, tomentose,
■seeded. April, May. Spain.
sx. Fit. in raeemet, or axiOary.
p. Haba upright. Nos. 8-14.
branches rigid: pod l-aetded, tilky.
. ephedroidea, DC. Erect shrub,
t ft., with ri^d branches, almost
ess: Ivs. sessile, simple or 3-folio-
, linear, almost glabrous: fls. in
ly-fld. terminal racemes, small:
idard much shorter than keel: pod
1, 1 -seeded, silky. April, May.
Sardinia, Corsica, Sicily.
H. The fit. axUioTV on lut
year't braTichlett,
g. RtnfinsU, DC. Shrub, to 6
ft., with slender branches, nearly
leiifless: Ivs. simple, small, linear,
silky: fls. axillary, forming loose,
terminal racemes, fragrant; keel
, shorter than the standard: pod
glabrous at maturity, obUque-
oval, 1-3-aeeded. June, July.
Sicily, Sardinia. B.M. 2674.
10. Cinftret, DC. Shrub, to 3
ft.: branches grooved, pubescenb
while young, sparsely leafy: Ivs.
simple, lanceolate, pubescent on both sides, J^-J^in.
long: fls. 1-3, axillary, forming terminal racemes to 8
in. long: calyx pubescent; keefpubescent outside: pod
2-5-aeedcd, siUqr. April-June. S. Eu., N. Afr. B.M.
8036. G.M. 52:511; 53:507.— This species does not
seem to be in the trade at present, but it deaervea
attention on account of its copious, brilliant yellotf
GENISTA
HB. TheJU. in terminal ractmet on the j/oung grvath.
1. Pod pubeaceni, l-i-seeded.
It. Tiigitt, Link ISpdrtium mrodtwn, L'Her.).
Shrub, to 8 ft., with slender bnuches: Ivs. lajiceolate to
12. SArida, Linn. Erect shrub, to 5 ft., with gla-
brous striped branches: Ivs. sp&tulkte-obloiig or lanceo-
late, silky beneath, J/^-K in. long: fls. in dense, many-
fld. racemes; corolla Rl^rous: pod oblong or narrow-
oblong, silky, 2-4-«eedeid. April-July. Spain.
13. B
with
aomewhat silky branches: Ivs. spatulate-obloog, glor
tH>3US above, sparingly silky beneath, }^^in. long:
Sb. in tnany-fld. slender racemes; standanl and wings
glabrous, keel silky: pod oblong or narrow-oblong,
almost Klabrous, 3-6-seeded. May-July. Spain,
Portugal.
14. tinctdrla, Linn. (Q. nMrica, Hort. O. pdygaUe-
fdlia, Hort., not DC.). Dter's Greenweed. Fig.
1624. Erect shrub, to 3 ft., with striped, glabroua or
slightly pubescent branches: Ivs. oblong-elliptic or
oUoi^-lanceolAte, almost glabrous^ ciliate, ^1 in.
long: racemes mony-fld., paniclea at the ends of
branches; corolla glabrous: pod narrow-oblong, gla-
brous or slightly pubescent, 6-10-seeded, June-Aug.
£u., W.Asia; naturalized in some places E. B.B. (ed.2}
2:350. S.E.B. 3:328. R.F.G. 22:2088. Var. pWaa,
Hort. With double fls. R.H. 1899, p. 573. G.W. 16,
p. 137. Var. virgita, Mert. A Koch (G. riredta. Willd.,
not Link, not Lam. G. eldta, Weuder.). Of more
-rigorous growth, to 6 ft. high: pod 3-6-eeeded. S.E.
Ell. Vor. hnmlUor, Schneid, [G. mdn/tca. Poll.). Dwarf
and compact, more pubescent: pods silky-villous.
Italy.
TT. Habit proeumbenl: jU. axiUary.
15. irfl6sa, Linn. Dwarf, procumbent or ascending:
S.E.B. 3:327. B.i'.G. 22:2093.'
BB. Twigs broadly S-mtiged.
Mert. &
mostly simple branches: Ivs, ovat« to oblong, villous:
fls. in terminal, short racemes; corolla glabrous: pod
linear-oblong, silky. May, June. Eu., W. Asia. R.F.G.
27:2081.
G. tea. l«m.^Cyli»m numiflonu.— O. AitdrtAna, PiU^uit—
Cyti«u* flHipuiua vmr. Andreuiua. — G. Analica, Linn. .Spiny shnib,
to 3 ft., BoiBBlini« procumbent, glibrou.: Iv.. ov»l to lirnuir-oblon.,
bloimh aieen^ noeme* [eir-fld. Ont. Eu. 8.E.B. 3:320. R.P^.
ds. Dnrf. diffiue: Iva. eJUplic. obtuse.
Ital^. — a. atpalalluAUt. Lun. Loir.
in. Lous: pod
B.M. 807*.—
u, Briquet—
inib. to I tt.:
[lod rhombia,
xdlo, Waldst.
*S. E, Eu.
L.B.C. 5;4S2.— 47. jrottrila. Lun.— Cvtiaui drnumt
raunidu, Sort.— Crtinia nwemoeuB,— '- — '■■■"- " —
■hrub. with oppositfl ricid bruiGbea: Iva
in 3-A-Sd. hesdi; pod oval, nlky. 8.
I, Niebol*.— O. moiuMpcmiL— O,
. rorfuUo. Soop. Em
rulfuia. — "O. *.,,,
WiUd. Dwuf. 1
^■broug; Ivs. ol
B,M, 2200.-0.
Ltit aseendinc or procujntwnt triAni^ulj
tvmU to |jua«olAt«. fnth trmmmareat mHva:
Italy. S.E.EU. L.fi.C 12 : 1 135 (u G. Ksuioi
Alfbbd Reiseh.
GBnriXlTA (after Gentius, Kin^; of JUyria, who
is said to have discovered the tonic value of tbeao
Slants). Oentiandcex. Choice herbs, mostly blue-
owered, grown in the open, many of them in alpine
gardening.
Chiefly perennial herbs, only rarely biennial or annual,
ofteD dwarf, diffuse or frequently tufted, sometimes
erect and slender or even talT and stout: iva. opposite,
rarely verticillate, mostly seseilei-fls. blue, violet, purple,
rarely dull yellow or white; Bond parts typically S,
rarely 4-7: fr. a cape. — There are about 300 speciea,
widely scattered in temperate and moimtainous regions.
Many botanists now consider the genus in a highly
reetnGt«d sense, taking up various names for gentians,
such as Amarella. Dasystephaoa, and so on, but they
are here all consiaered as of the genus Gcntiana.
Gentians are amongst the most desirable of alpine
plants, and of blue nowers in general, but they are
usually considered difficult to establish. The genus is
the largest in the family, and from the horticultural
standpoint, the most important.
The blue gentian, celebrated by tourists in the Alps,
is mostly the stemless O. oeaulit. This was brou^t to
EngUsh fiardeng'so long sso that all record of its mtro-
duction IS lost. It is by far the most popular kind in
cultivation. This species is by some spht into five
distinct forms, of which G. angiatifolia, ViU. (not
Michx.), is nearest to the GentJaneUa of En^ish gardens.
It has been so much modified in cultivation that it now
has stems 4 to 6 inches high and the rootstock is so
stoloniferous that the plant has to be cut back every
year when used for edgings in English gardens. In
France it is easily grown in a compost of one-half
humus or leaf-soil and one-half good vegetable mold,
to which may be added a little sand. Correvon writes:
"It can be multiphed by means of offsets, but it is
infinitely better to raise it from seed, and, in doing
tiiis, it should not be forgotten that tne seeds of this '
^up of gentians are very tedious, and, more espe-
ciidly, v^ capricious in germinating. I have sown
eeteds of G. ocauiu, some of which did not germinate
for twelve months, while others (which I must say
were more recently gathered) germinated in a tew
weeks. Tbe seedlinES should be potted as soon as
possible and while they are very youog. They will
begin to flower in about three years from the time of
sowing, rarely sooner." Except G. Andreiatii, G.
Saponaria and G. ptAenda, and perhaps a few others,
geations do not thnve so well in ^jnerica as in England.
Our seasons are too hot and diy. Whenever possible,
choose a damp atmosphere.
it is rash to generalize on gentian-culture, because
some plants ore tall, others dwarf, some found on moua-
tains, others in lowlands, some in moist soil, others in
dry lands, while some hke limestone and others cannot
endure it. llie annual kinds are of interest only to the
expert. Alpine plants in general are singular in requir-
ing an extremely lat^ water-supply, combined with
extremely good drainage. Another oiSicult problem is
to keep the plants as cool as they are on the mountains
without shading them more than nature does. Gentian
seeds are Hmall^ and in germination slow and uncer-
tain. They should be sown as soon as gathered, for the
thorough drying out of smaU seeds is, as a rule, soon
fatal. Gentians are difficult to establish, and dislike
division of the root, but are well worth patient years of
trial, for they ore very permanent when once estab-
lished. Nature-like alpme gardens are one of the latest
1324
GENTIANA
and moBt refined departments of gardening, and gen-
tians are one of the most inviting groups of plants to
the skilled amateur. Consult Aljnne Planlt.
There are several fringed gentians, but ours (G. eri-
nila, Fig. 1625) is perhaps the most beautiful of gen-
tians, and one of the choicest and most delicate of
American wild flowers. It has been propoHed as our
national nower, and,
while sought after less
than the trailing arbutus,
it is in even great«r
danger of extermination
in certain states because
it is a biennial, and
because it has never been
successfully cultivated.
Seeds of G. erinila have
long been advertised,
but tbe^ are difiicult
to germinate and the
plant is not aeen in
American gardens. The
fringed gentian is.
however, firmly rooted
Bryant's ode many
tributes in verse have
been paid to its unique
beauty. The daily un-
folding of its square-
ridgeaand twisted buds
has been watched in
thousands of homes. By
the artiste its blue IB
often considered the
nearest approach to the
color of the sky, but it
must be oonfe«ed that
1. Tail gentiam for general culture.' species whose
roots are more or less stout, which are of relativelv easv
culture, and therefore suitable for borders, rockwork
and luidscape gardening. Typical plant, G. iidea;
Others are G. affinig, G, aU>a, G. Andrewtii, G. aadepia-
iiea,G. Bindovii, G. B-urseri, G. Cruciata, G. dteumbens,
G. Pelimwii, G.gelida, G. Kettelringii, G. macrophyUa,
Q. Olurieri, G. Pneumonanthe, G. Porphyrio, G. Sapo-
naria, G, Keplrum, G. teplemfida and G. WaliLJeun.
2. Lmo-groaring geniiaru: species whose roots being
less stout are adapted 1^) rockwork, and for the open
Kund only when a special compost is provioed.
ludes G. acaulU and the species into which it is
sometimes divided.
3. Tufted gentians: species with sessile flowers
growing little above the level of the ground, and suited
to the same positions as Group II. Typical plant, G.
vema: others are G. bavariea, G. irnbricala, G. oregana,
G. omata, G. pifrenaica, and G. putnila.
4. Rare genliane: species which cannot be grown
without some special knowledge and practical experi-
ence. Typical plant, G. purpurea; others are G. citiata,
G. Froeltdiii, G. punctata, and presumably sJI the rest.
The two most popular gentians in American cultiva-
tion seem to be G. acauiis and G. Andrewni. These are
perhaps, followed by G. CrudaUij G. puberula and G.
Saponaria. The plant which King Gentius knew is
probably G. lidea, the root of which furnishes the gen-
tian of drugstores. From the same sources comes the
liqueur or cordial called "gentiane."
In the index, those marked with an asterisk (*)
appear in American trade catalogues; the others are
cultivated abroad. (See also Suppl. list, p. 1328).
The plants are perennials and mountain-loving, unless
otherwise stated .
INDEX.
*decumbeiu. 3.
lUtanja. 10.
friods. fl. 10.
Fiwlichii, 18.
Ouidiniuu, 43,
(tliiKll.
KIUU. 20.
brieau, 47.
iDUmwdu. 8.
Kocluiuw,53.
Koehii. 61.
Kurroo. 37.
•Iui«ria.23.
•muroptwUa, 44.
MaorcmiUiioa, 1!
•Ncwberryi. 38.
UDDODica, 43.
•Knyi, 36.
PneumoDuiUia. 90.
Poiphyno, 31.
pnittsta, 2b.
paeudc^Piieuiiw^
A. Calyx ipaUioAikt. »plit in taro.
B, Color of fla, i/elloiBiih.
C. Form of coToUa iche^-ihaped I. Iat«a
c<7. Form of coroUa ^ub-ghaped, ai
Uatt in bud 2. BnnMl
BB. Color of Jb. blue or purple, al Uatt
c. CoroUa plaited 3. decumbena
CC. CoroUa not plailed.
D. Antheri grown logi^her 4. purpurea
DD. ATitliera free 5. ntbra
LA. Cali/x with a tubular portion, and
umaiiy S lobea.
B. Color of fh. yeUoaith, or greeniek
whiie.
c. Style dittinti: caps, not ttalied.. . . 6. punctata
CC. Style none or very thort: cap*.
tiaiked.
D. HeiglU t ft 7. alb*
DD. Height 9-lt in. 6. TllloMI
DDD. Height 6 in. or lett.
E. L^ies of talyz longer than the
calyx-tube 9. frictda
EX. Lobes of calyx shorter than the
cali/x-tube.
T. Lee, lanceolaie-linear 10. alcida
FT. Ln. ocate-lanceolate 11. gelida
BS. Color of fit. lAue or purple.
C. Corolla not plaited.
D. Glande found at the bate of the
Jilamente.
B. Calyx 4-cut 12. camp«*tris
ZE. Calui S-cui 13. HoorciDlti-
bD. Glands not found at the base i4 [•>»
V\e fiiaments.
E. Fringed Qentiane: calyx i-cut.
F. Cape, raised on a distinct
stalk.
O. Apex of lobes fringed, the
sides less so 14. crioita
oo. Apex of lobes not fringed,
bate fringed 15. clliata
rr. Caps, on a eery short stalk. . .16. teirata
EE. Not fringed: adyz S-cul; co-
roUa-Uobee tipped unth a sharp
point 17. qninqoefotia
CC, CoroUa plaited.
a. Stigmas B. alaiays distinct.
H. Caps.finaUyraiaedonadittinel
stalk.
r. Anthers permanenUy grotm
together.
a. Calyx as long as the coroUa.lS. Fro«licUl
00. Calyx one-half or one-third
as long as the eoroUa.
H. Seeds not al all MVi^ied. . .19. atclepiadea
HH. Seeds slightly wingal.
I. Fls. open 20. PnoumoD-
luthe
II. FU. closed, blue 21. Saponaria
GENTIANA
GENTIANA
1325
HHH. Seeds strongly winded,
I. FU. dosed, purple 22. Andrewsii
n. Fls. open 23. linearis
FF. Anthers free, at least finally.
Q. Number of corolla4obes 10.24. pyrenaica
QQ. Number of coroUa-hbes 5
{rarely 4).
B. Calyx 4'iobed 25. prostrata
BH. Calyx S-lobed.
I. Lvs. distinctly rough above
{hispidsctArous) 26. scabra
zi. Lvs. distinctly rough at
the margins (scabrous).
J. Lobes of calyx shorter
than the calyx-tube. . .27. Forttmei
jj. Lobes of calyx as long as
the calyx-tube.
ti. Corolla-lobes ovate,
acute, a little longer
than the much-cut
appendages 28. septemfida
KX. Corolla4cbes oblong-
lanceolate, obtuse,
thrice as long as the
much-cut appen-
dages 29. affinis
m. Lvs. not distinctly rough
above or at margins.
J. Seeds not at all winged.
X. Form of corolla-lobes
linear-oblong 30. OUvieri
KK. Form of coroUa-lobes
ovate, often broadly
so.
L. Fls. solitary.
M. Pedunded 31. Porphyrio
MIC. Not pedunded 32. omata
LL. Fls. in dusters of S-
6 or more.
M. Lvs. lanceolate-
linear 33. triflora
MM. Lvs. ovate to ob-
long-lanceolate.
N. Height 2-4 ft 34. sceptrum
NN. Height 9-12 in.
o. Calyx-lobes ov-
ate, about as
long as the
calyx-tube. . . . 35. calycosa
OO. Calyx-lobes lin-
ear, moderate-
ly or much
shorter than
the calyx-tube.36. Parryi
jj. Seeds winged {at the
base in G. Kurroo, in
O. Bigdovii wings
narrow, thiddsh).
K. Height 2-8 in.: fls.
spotted.
L. Pedicd y^in. long or
more 37. Kurroo
hL. Pedicd very short,
practically abserU. .d&. Newberryi
KX. Height 1-2 ft.
L. Fls. in a dense spike.39, Bigelovii
LL. Fls. 1 to few or
several.
M. Appendages conn
spicuous, some-
times nearly as
long as the corolla-
lobes 40. oregana
MM. Appendages only
half <u long as
the corolla-M)es. .41. pttberula
BB. Caps, sessile.
p, Anthers grown together; style
distinct: seeds winged.
o. Calyx 6-cut, the lobes longer
than the calyx-tube. . . 42. pannonica
QQ. Calyx entire, truncate, indis-
tinctly 6-lobed 43. Gattdiniana
FF. Anthers free; style usually
not distinct: seeds not winged.
Q. Lvs. 6-12 in. long: calyxSS-
lobed 44. macrophylla
QQ. Lvs. much shorter: calyx 4'
lobed 45. Crudata
DD. Stigmas contiguous, rather fun-
nel-shaped, the margin crenatO'
fimbriate.
E. Anthers free; style distinct.
F. Calyx pellucid, veiny 46. carpatica
FF. Calyx leafy.
Q. Seeds winged 47. imbricata
GO. Seeds not winged.
B. Lvs. ovate 48. vema
HB. Lvs. obovate 49. bavarica
BHB. Lvs. linear 50. pumila
SB. Anthers connate; style short.
T. Fls. spotted.
Q. Color deep blue 51. acaulis
GO. Color sky-blue 52. angustifoUa
ooo. Color violet-blue 53. Kochiana
FF. Fls. not spotted.
o. Corolla broadly beU-sfiaped.
B. Size of fls. large 54. Clttsii
BB. Size of fls. small 55. alpina
GO. Corolla almost cylindrical.. .56. dinarica
1. l^tea, Linn. Fls. in dense, umbel-like cymes;
corolla 5-^parted; lobes oblong-linear, acuminate;
anthers free; style none. July-Sept. Eu., Asia Minor.
Gn. 64, p. 59. G.W. 3, p. 290.— Prop, only by seed.
Sow seed in Nov. in coldframe. Seealings appear the
following March and April. In May and June prick
them out under a coldframe, and in Aug. transfer
yoimg plants to pots, where they should be kept until
needed for permanent outdoor use. Be venr careful
never to break the roots. Sometimes cult, abroad for
medicine.
2. B^rseri, Lapeyr. A low perennial, less than 1 ft.,
with a simple st.: lvs. elliptic-ovate. 7-nerved: corolla
mostly 6-cut; the tube much longer tnan the limb; lob^
ovate-oblong, acute; anthers connate; style distinct.
June, July. Pyrenees. — Cult, like preceding.
3. deciimbens, Linn. f. {G. adscindenSf Pall.). A
stout, erect herb with fi.-sts. 2-10 in. tall: lvs. mostly
radical, oblong or elliptic, margins scabrous: fls. blue;
calyx-tube J^m. long, often split nearly to the base;
corolla narrowly obconical, toothed between the lobes;
lobes 5, ovate; anthers connate, finally free. Hima-
layas, Tibet. June-Aug. B.M. 705, 723.— Cult, like
G. lulea.
4. purpurea, Linn. Lvs. ovate-oblong, 5-nerved: fls.
{)urple above; corolla-tube yellowish, club-shaped;
obes mostly 6, obovate-subrotund, one-third the length
of the tube. Aug., Sept. Eu. L.B.C. 6:583 shows a
rich, dull purple, with no trace of blue.— ^>)mpost of
sphagnum ana heath soil. Be careful not to break the
roots.
5. rftbra, Clairv. {G. Th&masiiy Gillaboz). One of 5 or
more natural hybrids between G. lulea and some species
of the section Ccelanthe, which includes G. punctala,
G. purpureay G. Pannonica, and G, Burseri: fls. purplish
outside. Swiss Alps.
6. punctata, Linn. Lvs. 5-nerved: calyx 5-7-cut;
corolla-tube bell-shaped; lobes ovate, muticous, one-
third the length of the tube; anthers finallv free. Cent.
Eu. — ^The spots are not arranged in any definite order.
This belongs to the section Ccelanthe. in which the
seed has a wing of the same color, wnile the next 5
species belong to the section Pneumonanthe, in which
there is no wmg, or it is of a different color. Cult, like
G. Frodichii.
7. &lba, Muhl. St. stout: lvs. acuminate, with a
clasping base: fls. in a terminal head, with single or
cluster^ ones in the upper axils; dull white, commonly
tinged yellowish or greenish; corolla resembling U.
Saponaria, but more hKBll-shaped and open; lobes ovate,
short, little if at all spreading. Low groimds and moun-
tain meadows, N. Amer. B.M. 1551 (as G. ochroleuca).
— ^This species now takes the name G. fl&vida, Gray.
8. TillAsft, Linn, (G. ochroUitea, Proel.). St. smooth
(erminsi, nearly aoeile, leafy clugters, . _
axjllair; corolla yellowish white or greeniah, club-
ehaped, connivent at the apex. E. N. Amer. Not
B.M. 1551. Var. intermidi&, Griseb. (G. intermidia,
Sims, not L.B.C. 3:218), may be a hybrid between this
and G. Andrevieii. It rwemblefi G. oehroleuea in having
calyx-lobes of uneaiial lengths, but as long as or longer
thiLD the calyx-tube, and free anthers: it resemblea
G. AndretDsii in the tinge of purplish blue. B.M. 2303.
Var. incamlta, Griseb. (G. incamAta, Sims), B.M.
1S56, from Carolina is not cult. These forms are not
considered worthy of varietal rank in Gray's Syn. F\.
9. frlglda, H^nke. Lvs. spatulat«-linear, obtuse: Hs.
1 or 2 at the top, sometimes a few in the upper axils;
calyx not laterallv cut, and half as long as the corolla or
more; calyx-teetn lanceolate, a Uttle longer than the
calyx-tube; corolla club-shaped, jAalta not cut. Car-
pathian Mts.; also N. Amer. — This is the true type of
G. frijfida, which is not in cult., but ts inserted to make
clear the differences between G. aigida of Pallas and of
10. Algjda, PaU., not Stev. (p. fHgida var. digida,
Griseb.). Lvs. lanceolate-linear: fls. 2-5 at the top and
distinctly pedicelled ; calyx
laterally cut and one-tl
length of the corolla;
teeth linear-lanceolate,
as long as the oalyx-ti
sometimes only half i
corolla between club- a
shaped; plaits cut witl
crenate teeth. AJtai I
Siberia, N. Amer. G[
343, same as Gn. 27, p
B146. — This grows
Kb, has numerous sts,
nearly 2^ in. long,
with olue spots in long
lines.
n.geUda,Bieb.(0.
^gida, Stev., not
Pall.). Lvs. ovat^
lanceolate, 3-nerved: '
fls. few and terminal,
or many in the upper
arils, peduncfed;
calyx- t^th Unear-ob-
long, acul«, nearly as
long as the caiyx-tube
or shorter than it;
corolla rather bell-
shaped, yellowish 1626. 0«nlu> AndmnU.
white, its lobes
broadly ovate, twice as long as the calyx and twice
as long as the lacerated plaits. June, July. Caucasus.
Not P.M. 7:5, which is G. sepl/^mfida var, cordifolia. —
"Light, deep, cool soil and full sunhght." — Conevon.
12. camp£stris, IJnn. A low slender annual with
erect st. 2-6 in. tall: lvs. sessile, ovate-lanceclate, 3-5-
nerved: fls. dark purplish blue, short-pedicelled, but in
various kinds of clusters; calyx 4rK;ut; corolla nearly
bowl-shaped, crowned; anthers free; style none. Eu.
13. Hoorcroftiiaa, Wall. A stiff annual 8-16 in,
high: fls. pale blue in nearly terminal cymes which are
racemosely clustered ; calyx 5-cut; corolla funnel-shaped,
about 1 a in. wide. Himalayas. B.M. 6727, where fls.
are shown as pale purple.
14. criniu, Froel. Fig. 1625. Frinqed Gentian.
Biennial or oft«n annual: erect, branched, 1-2 ft. high;
lvs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acutish, from a
rounded or subcordate partly clasping base: corollsr
GENTIANA
lobes wedge-obovate: seeds roughened by scales or
needle-like projections. Moist woods and meadows. N.
Amer. B.M. 2031. Mn. 4:161. B.B. 2:613.— The ribo
of the calyx (made by the decurrent lobes) are one of
the minor beauties of this plant, and are probably more
pronounced than in the other fringed gentians here
described. Almost impossible to grow in cult.
15. dliftta, Linn. Perennial: st. flexuose, scarcely
branched: lvs. linear, obtuse: corolla-lobes obovat^
oblong: seeds smooth. Dry limestone soils. Eu. Not
B.M. 639, which is G. sermto.— Hardly 3 per cent of
Correvons seedlings have flowered. He recommends
a heavy, compact soil which is almost clayey, and full
sunlight.
16. Mrdkt*, Gunner (G. barbHa, Froel. G. detirua,
Griseb. G. aet&nsa var. barbAla, Griseb.). Annual:
St. erect, branching, 3-18 in. high: lvs. linear or lance-
linear: corolla-looes oblong or spatulate^jbovate,
frint^ around the apex and sides or sometimes either
part nearly bare. Wet lands, Ural and Altai Mts., Cau-
N. Amer. B.B. 2:614. B.M. 639 (erroneously
17. ouinquefdlia, Linn, (G. quinquefibra. Hill, Lam.
and others). Annual: heiEbt 1-2 ft., the larger plants
branched: lvs. 3-7-nervea: infl. thyrsoid- paniculate;
clusters 3-5-fld.; fls. bright blue; calyx one-fifth or one-
fourth as long as the narrowly funnel-shaped corolla.
N. Amer. Probably the form in cult, is var. occidea-
tUis, Gray, Height 2-3 ft., paniculately much '
branched: mfl. more open; calyx half the length of the
broader corolla. B.B. 2:615. B.M. 3496.— Very pretty.
18. Froilichii, Jan, Sts. short, almost tufted: fls.
blue, soUtary, peduncled, nearly as long as the St.;
corolla not spotted. Very rare in Alps, limestene racks.
— Easily grown on rockwork in compost of equal parts
of sphagnum, heath soil and vegetable-mold. Half-
exposure to sunhght.
19. asdepiideo, Linn. St, strict, about 1-1 H ft.
tall: lvs. seasQe, ovate-lanceolate: calyx-teeth very
short: fls, in spike-like racemes, dark blue, very shonr;
corolla club-snaped; calyx one-third as long as tno
corolla: seeds not winged. July-Sept, S. Eu., Caucasus.
B.M. 1078. Gn. 48, p. 143, and 64, p. 39. G.M. 47:544.
Gt. 64, p. 345. G. 3:59; 8:481; 13:403; 21:233. Var.
Ubo, a white-fld. form is excellent but perhaps not
known outside of English trade. Shade or half-shade,
and moist, deep soil rich in humus.
20. Pneumoninthe, Linn. St. erect: fls. dark blue
in a cyme-like raceme (the tep fls. opening first);
corolla club-shaped: lobes ovate, acute, mucronate,
much longer than tne appendages. Aug. -Oct. Moun-
tain marahes, Eu., N. Asia. Var. guttita, Sims, is
dotted white. B.M. HOI.— "Reguircs a cool, deep,
spongy soil, rich in humus. Dislikes lime, and prefers
sandy soil. Does remarkably well when planted on
margins of ponds or brooks. Prop, by seed or division."
— Correvon.
21. Saponaria, Linn, (G. Calisb^, Walt., not Andr.).
Barrel or Soapwort Gentian, St. ascending: fls.
light blue, club-shaped; calyx-lobes linear or oblong,
mostly as lonj? as tlie calyx-tube; corolla-lobes short.
broad, roundish, erect, little, and often not at all
longer than the 2-<^left and many-toothed intervening
appendages. N. Amer. B.M. 1039, (Hooker is prob-
ably wrone in referring this picture to C. Andrewni,
although tne calyx-lobes in tne plate arc not narrow
enough.) — Cult, like preceding.
22. Audrewsli, Griseb. (G. Catlsbxi, Andr., not Walt.).
Closed, Bund or Botflb Gentian. Fig. 1626. St.
ascending: fls. purplish blue; calyx-lobes lanceolate to
ovate, usually spreading or recurved, shorter than the
calyx-tube; coroUa-lobes entirely obliterated, the teeth
at the top being supposed to be the remains of the
* 1
XLVII. Geotiau ciinila.
GENTIANA
GENTIANA
1327
^
appendages often found between the oorolla-lobes in
oUier species. July, Aug. Moist places. E. N. Amer.
B.M. 6421. B.B. 2:616. Gn. 27:86. G.W. 4, p. 549.
F.W. 1879:33. L.B.C. 9:815 (erroneously as G. Sapo-
naria), — ^A white-fld. fonn is cult, but very rare. For
cult., see G. Pneumonanthe.
23. linelUis, Froel. (G. paeitdo-Pneunumdnihef Schult.) .
St. strict, 1-2 ft. high: fls. blue. 1-5 in the terminal
cluster; corolla narrowly funnel-shaped; lobes erect,
roundish ovate, obtuse, a little longer than the triangu-
lar, acute, entire or 1-2-toothed appendages. B(^
N. Amer. B.B. 2:617.
24. pyrenUca, Linn. St. tufted, about as long as the
fl., often forming mats: Ivs. with a cartilaginous, sca-
brous marsin: &. solitary, dark blue; corolla fimnel-
or nearly Dowl-shaped, as long as or exceeding the
corolla which is about 1 in. long. May, June. Eu.,
Asia Minor. B.M. 5742. — ^Very distinct and dainty.
Cult, like G, vema.
25. prostr&ta, Hsenke (ChandrophyUa amerUAna^
Nelson)' Annual, dwarf: Ivs. wnite-margined: fls.
azure-blue, sohtary and terminal, the parts in 4's:
corolla salver-form, in fruit inclosing the long-stalked
caps. W. N. Amer. Alpine.
26. scHbra, Bunge. St. erect, leafy, rough-hairy
above: basal Ivs. almost perfoliate, ovate, acute, faintly
3-nerved, the margins rough toothed: fls. dark blue,
clustered; corolla l^U-shaped. E. Asia. G, Foriunei is
considered a variety by recent authorities. (G.C. III.
47:136). Var. Buerger! (G. BuSrgen. Miq.) is
advertised by Yokohama Nursery Co. It differs in
havinff a narrower corolla with shorter and more trian-
gular lobes. Probably not in Amer. except in botanic
gardens.
27. Fdrtunei, Hook. Lvs. rather distant, 3-nerved:
terminal fls. rather clustered; corolla-lobes blue, spotted
white; outside of tube green; plaits blue, terminated by
3-tootiied appendages, much shorter than the coroUar
lobes. China. B.M. 4776. F.S. 9:947. I.H. 1:36.—
Now thought to be a variety of G. scabra, but not so
considered by Miquel.
28. sept^mfida* Pall. Lvs. lanceolate ("ovatCj"
according to Grisebach), 3-5Hierved: fls. dark blue, m
head-like cymes; calyx-lobes linear; corolla club-shaped.
July-Oct. N. Asia. Orient. B.M. 1229 and 1410 (both
purple outside ana dotted brown within; the lobes of
the latter spotted white). G. 34:773. L.B.C. 1:89.
Gn. 54, p. 37. P.M. 8:51. Not F.S. 8:765. G. Frew
mdnoy Hort.. is said to differ from the type in having
larger fls. wnich are less prominently fringed between
' the Begms. of the corolla. G.C. III. 46:202. Gn. 75,
g. 421 ; 77, p. 168. Var. cordifdlia, Boiss. (G. cordifdlia,
!. Koch), has heart-shaped lvs.: coroUa-tube greenish
white outside, unspotted within; lobes narrower,
unspotted. B.M. 6497. P.M. 7:5 (erroneously as G,
gdida). — ^The name septemfida is misleading, as 7-lobed
corollas are very rare. Cult, like G. lutea.
29. afflniSi Griseb. Sts. clustered, 3-9 in. high:
lower lvs. obovate-oblong; upper lvs. lanceolate,
acutish: fls. dark blue, in thyrsoia-racemose clusters, a
few or sometimes solitary; calyx-lobes oblong-linear
and sharp-pointed; corolla narrowly obconical, open,
the lobes spreading. N. W. Amer. Gn. 46, p. 77 and
48, p. 139. B.B. 2:615 (where corolla-lobes are pic-
tured erect, but said to be spreading). — Cult, like G,
Pneumonanthe,
30. OliviM, Griseb. (G. dahiincat Fisch., which is
probably the oldest name). Fb. dark blue, in umbel-
like cymes: corolla narrowlv obconical; plaits trian-
gular, nearly entire. June-Aug. Mountain pastures,
Asia.-;-By recent authority reterred to G. decumbens,
but differing from that species only in having equal
calyx-lobes. Cult, like G. tiUea. — Useful in the rockery,
but will not grow well in the hot dry summer of E. U. S.
31. Porphfrio, J. F. Gmel. (G. angusHfdliaf Michx.,
not Vill.). Lvs. narrowly linear: fls. blue, somewhat
brown-dotted (also a snow-white variety wiui a greenish
hue outside); corolla funnel-shaped; anthers connivent
but never connected. Juhr, Aug. Moist pine-barrens,
N. Amer. B.B. 2:618.— Cult, like G. Pneumonanthe,
32. omUta, Wall. Branches many from the same
root: lvs. broadly linear: fls. solitary, blue, streaked:
cal3rx-lobes spreading; corolla ventricose, about 1-1^
in. long; lobes very short, spreading. Himalayas.
B.M. 6514 and 8140. G.C. II. 20:396; IIL 46:179.
Gn. 59, p. 249. — ^A form that differs from the type in
being more robust, with larger fls. and broader coroUar
lobes which are "intense blue," is offered as (?. Veitch'
idrum, Hemsl. It is a native of W. China, "where it
covers large areas," according to E. H. Wilson (Natural-
ist in Western China, 1:139), its discoverer. Intro,
into England in 1904. Alpine. Gn. 73, p. 479. G.C.
m. 46:178.
33. trifldra^ Pall. St. erect: lvs. oblong-linear, blimt:
fls. solitary, dark blue, the cal3rx 5-toothed, acute,
and elongate; corolla club-shaped or bell-shaped, the
anthers free. E. Siberia. — Probably not now in cult, in
Amer. outside of botanic gardens.
34. sc^ptrum. Griseb. An erect, leafy perennial,
from 2-4 ft. hign: lvs. oblong-lanceolate: fls. dark blue;
corolla bell-shaped, about 1 in. long: seeds winged on
one side according to Grisebach, but Grav says not
\^inged. Aug[., Sept. N. W. Amer.— Cult, like G. lutea,
except that it requires hfdf shade and a rather peaty
soil.
35. calvcdsa, Griseb. About 1 ft. high: lvs. ovate,
about ^in. long, the 2 upper commooJy involucrate
around the fl.: fls. dark blue, commonly sohtary,
according to Gray; corolla oolong -fimnel- shaped;
appendages triangular-awl-shaped, l£u;iniate or 2-cleft
at the tip. N. W. Amer. G.M. 47:541.
36. Pirryi, Engelm. Sts. many, from a rather
woody root, about 9 in. tall: lvs. somewhat glaucous,
ovate to oblong-lanceolate, the upper pairs involucrate
around the 1-5 purple-blue fls. : appendages narrow,
deeply 2-cleft. N. W. Amer.
37. Kurrod, Royle. St. tufted, as high as 7 in.:
lower lvs. lanceolate, upper linear: fls. blue, spotted
white inside, 1-3 on a st. ; corolla bell-shapea. Hima-
layas. Gn. 17:264. B.M. 6470. Var. brdvidens has
diorter calyx-lobes. J.H. III. 30:3.
38. N^wberryi. Gray. St. 2-4 in. high: lower lvs.
obovate or spatulate: ns. pale blue, white inside, green-
ish dotted; calyx-lobes oblong or lanceolate, nearly as
long as the tube; corolla broadly funnel-shaped, its
lobes ovate and sharp-pointed. N.W. Amer. Alpine.
39. Blgelovii, Gray. St. 6-16 in. high, equally leafy
to the summit: fls. purple; corolla more narrowly
funnelform and smaller than in G. oMnie, July, Aug.
New Mex., Colo. B.M. 6874. — "Soon forms lar^
clumps, often with 40-50 sts. from a single plant, each
bearing 10-20 bright blue fls." — D. M. Andrews.
40. oreg&na, Engelm. Height 1-2 ft.: lvs. ovate or
ovate-oblong, 1-1 J^ in. long: fls. blue, a few at the sum«
mit or sevc^ and loosely racemose; corolla broadly
funnel-shaped, over 1 in. long; lobes short, roundish.
July, Aug. N. W. Amer.
41. pub^rula, Michx. Perennial, usually solitary-
stemmed herb from 8-18 in. tall: lvs. oblong-lanceo-
late to lanceolate-linear: fls. blue, sessile or nearly so in
the upper axils; corolla open-funnel-shaped, 1^-2 in.
long; lobes ovate. E. N. Amer. B.B. 2:615.
42. panndnica. Scop. A tall stout perennial: lower
lvs. broadly elliptical, 5-nerved, margin scabrous;
upper ones ovate-lanceolate, also 5-nerved: fls. purple
above; calyx 5-7-cut; corolla leathery, distinctly
spotted; anthers connate at first, finally free. Eu.
GENTIANA
1328
43. GamUnUm, Thorn. Natural hybrid with the
habit of O. purpurea, but the membranous corolla of Q.
■pundala: fls. rosy violet. Eu,, but not widely cult.
44. macroph^lla, Pall. Pn«niiial, with erect or ascend-
ing St.: IvB. lanceolate, dietant, very spreading, 3-
nerved, the upper often connate-perfoliatej int«modea
unequal: fls, dark blue. July, Aug. B.M. 1414, not
L.B.C. 3:218. N. Eu. and Asia.—Cult. like G. lutea.
45. Ciudftta, Linn. (CntdAla vtrticiaAta, Gilib.). Ad
erect and leafy perennial: Iva. ovate-lanceolate,
crowded, erect-epreading, the upper conoste-perfoliale;
intemodes eaual: fls. axillary, m sparse clusters, dark
blue. June-Aug. Eu., N. A«a.— Cult, like G. lulea.
Prefers hmeatone and full sunlight.
46. carpltica, Kit. (Probably G. nitidli*, Linn.). A
slender pereonjal with small obovate Ivs.: fls. solitary,
axillary or terminal, dark blue (as are the nest 4 ape-
ciea); corolla funnel-shaped, scarcely exceeding ^in.
long. Carpathian Mts,— Little known.
47. Imbrldta, Froel. Lvs. acute, margins scabrous,
(the next 3 species with smooth margins): corolla-lobes
subrotund. June, July. Limestone rocks, Alps. — In
this and the next 3 species, the corolla-lobes are usually
cmnat^, half the length of the tube, and 6 times the
length of the plajts. "Eastern and granitic Alps." —
Correvon. Cult, like G. bovoriea.
48. vema, Linn. Fig. 1627. Tufted: st. angled: Iva.
ovate or ovate-lanceolate: fls. solitary: calyx membran-
aceous; corolla nearly bowl-shaped; lobes ovate, obtuse,
Apr.-June. Eu., Caucasus. B.M. 491. L.B.C. 1:62.
R.H. 1859, p. 250. Gn. 48, p. 139; 75, p. 284.
G.C. II. 24:373. J,H. lU. 52;58. G.W. 23:431. Var.
•Uta, Griseb. (G. anituidsa, Bieb.), is taller and has the
nerves of the ventricose calyx produced into wings.—
Rockwork, in a compost of heath-soil, finely crushed
granite, and vegetable-mold, with full sunli^t. A
supposed hybrid between this and the followmg haa
been described as G. FaiirAtii, Hort. The plant is
practically unknown in Amer.
49. bavArica, linn. Calyx-lobes lanceolate; corolla
funnel- or nearly bowl-shaped; lobes obovate, obtuse;
ovary sessile: seeds not winged. May-Aug. Cent. Eu.
F.S. 7:651. L.B.C. 13:1256. J.H. III. 36:685. Gn.
16:278 (poor). — The pictures cited all show a salver-
ehaped corolla. "Requires a soil that ia peaty, or at the
very least porous and cool, well drained, and capable of
retaining an abundant supply of moisture, although it
may be fully ex-
posed to the sun.
In the alpine
garden here we
grow them in
pure sphagnum
facing due south,
but the plants
for sale are grown
poet of sphaf;-
num, beath-Boil
and sand. Finest
of Group III."
GENTIANA
mind were probably mostly G. Clutii and G. Koehiana,
For pictures of G. aeaulis in its widest sense, see B. M.
52. G.C. III. 15:236. G.W. 3, p. 289. J.H. HI. 52:59.
3:204. On. 48, p. 146; 64, p. 39. F.S. 23:2421,
»»unt of tne4fc"
where a more I
detailed »
4 following species
60. p&mlla,
Jacq. A tiny
^.aoglcd St.: lvs.
mg: fls, solitary
tp blue, the iob^
Carinthian Alps.
, Gentianella.
the botanists of
into the 4 or 5
Jmueus had in
is dven. A var. Kflchii, Hort., ia known but it ma^
w^ be G. Koehiana. A white-fld. form, var. ilba, la
advertised.
52. ingustifAlift, Vill,, not Michx. Stoloniferous:
lvs. linear-obbng, narrowing toward the base,
glistening above: fls. spotted with sprightly green;
calyx-lobes more or less spreading, oval, abruptly con-
tracted at the base. May, June. Limestone rocks,
Alps.^)onsidered by Correvon the handsomest spe-
cies of the whole genus.
53. KochUUia, Perr, & Song. Lvs. large, flat, thin.
and separated by truncate sinuses; corolla with 5 black-
ish green spota on the throat. Ma^, June. Common in
pastures on granitic Alps. — Dislikes Ume. It seems
almost certain that this is the G. acaviU var. Kochii of
many gardeners.
54. ClOaii, Perr. & Song. A low acaulescent peren-
nial perhaps not different from G. acauiie and so con-
sidered in "Index Kewensis:" lvs. lanceolat«-acute,
leathery: fls. dark blue; calyx-lobes pressed close
against corolla, not contracted at base, and separated
by acute sinuses. May, June. Limestone rocks, Alps.
55. alplna, VUl. St. ahnost wanting: lvs. small,
glistening, curving inward and imbricated, formiiw
rosettes which incurve at about the middle: fls. dark
blue. May, June. Granitic Alps. — This and G. Koehi-
ana "require a compost of one-third crushed granite
one-third heath soil, and one-third vegetable loam, and
should be planted on rockwork half exposed (o the sun."
56. dinirica. Beck. Lvs, broad, thick, erect: fla.
dark blue. Certainly a mere form of G. acanlia, but
described as differing from that species in having no
spots on the corolla. Alps of S. and E. Austria.
Hon, PiThapa m vir. olG. pDeumooMilhe. F\». NupoLeoii bluej
BwG.C. II. 20:40, doK-. G. 2e;7,—B, (7Aorp«Trfi*n, Thorn, Niitural
hybrid. intennEdislf b«xwQ O. luleu Md G. pUDcUU; oorolta
■potl«i red: celyi 5-ciit. Grisebsrh does not My whothBr the
.._ 1 plaited, »nth™ kIubvb free, md style none. Alps,
.__ -. ■"cm, Hort., i. dsKribcil M 12-18 m.
nbove EncndiTie,-
]t lin
uslly «iniple et
1. N=wZe-'
■liMl«n.'Gt. 31:1087.—
lU. luleA and G. Paononiea,
Allied to O. oni.t« but di*
1. tall: f , —
HBmm.=G. Kumtncriiin*,— O. Ktiidrineit
H in.: fla. irhitubi doited vioLetoutnde, Tui
0,Jtii"immdno,3cndt. Hyhric"
FliL j^llonish.— O, LUinrmcti.
tlnjEulBhed by the much Innip
G.C.' III. 38:307.^. IFnlluASna.— Height 8-12 in.; fla. dearllii,
— a. Walujtm. Iteget & Schmalh. Fls. whiCiah, dotted pale bli:
Tuckemm. OL 33; IHO. WiLHBLU MiLLBB.
N. TAYLOK,t
GENUS
GENUS, pi. 6BHERA (i. e., kind), is a term used ia
natural history to designate a group of spciies. Aa with
specieB, bo the genua is an indefinite ooQception, varying
with the author. The chief value of the oonception ia
its uae in aiding us conveniently to arrange and name
plants and "'■"mI" The name of the genus is the firat
of the two words in the name of the plant; thus, in
Brcuaica oteraceOj Brassica designates the genus, and
oleraeea the particular Braseica of which we are speak-
ing. It is difficult to trace the origin of the genus-
conception in natural history, but it is usually aacribed
to Konrad Gesner (Zurich, 1516-1565). i^ h. b.
GBODdRUH (gifloftiK earth). OrdtidAeex. Orchids
of minor importance, E. Indies to Austral., with radi-
cal lanceolate or elliptical Iva., tuberous bulb-like
rootstocks, and van-colored fls. in a nodding spike
.. on the top of the scape; sepals and petals similar, lip
upri^t: terreetrial. BelonKS in the same sub^;roup
or tnbe as Cyrtopodium and Eulophia. Jn habit, they
Htmewhat resemble Pbaius and .
Eulophia, and require similar \
treatment, with potting in fibrous
loam and peat. Apparently not ^,^
offeredintnis country, but some- ^^^
times grown ^road in coUec- ^
tions. Q. purpfireum, R, Br., i^^ iT
from India: uke a Bletia in ff\
habit: Ivs. large; scape erect, l_
bearing a densely-'fld. drooping
raceme; fls. small, white with purple
markings on the lip. Q. /ucdJtim,
Lindl., of Ceylon: 1 ft.: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate and plicate, the scapes re-
curved at the apex: fl. with pink nar-
row sepals and ovate Lp. B.R. 1SS7.
Q. pldum, Lindl., from New Holland,
grows 1-2 ft., with dull roBe-purple
fls. shaded brown and white, bwne in
dense racemes. G. tUafdturn, R. Br.,
of India, 6-12 in. high, fls. white
marked pink and yellow, home on an
erect scape. — 0, p{i«(Uu)n, Voigt.—
'S\mm. L. H. B.
GEdNOMA (Wittstein gives this
interesting explanation: "Greek, peo-
TunruM, skilled in agriculture; for this
tree puts forth buds at the apex of
its stem which become new trees").
Pa(mdeez,tribe>4rte«2, Slenderspine-
lesB palms with ringed, reed-like stema
mucn cultivated for their excellent deooratiTe pos-
sibilitiea.
LeavGfl terminal or alternate, usually crowded in
showy clusters^ blade entire, 2-lobed at the apex, or
more or less pinnatisect; aegms. acuminate, l-nerved,
with the margins broadly recurved at the baae; rachis
acute above, convex on the back; petiole nearly cylin-
drical, concave at the base above; sheath tubular:
spadices ascendinK or recurved, simple, forked or panio-
mately branched, slender or stout, often colored;
spathea 2, often deciduous before flowering, or obsolete,
tne lower one partial, truncate, concave, the uppCT
compressed or fusiform: fls, moncecioua in each spaaix,
borne in the furrows of the spadix, at length partially
exserted, when in 3's the upper one piatillate; cells of
the anthers twisted: fr. smsil, globose, black.--%>eciea
about 100. Trop. Amer. G.CTlI. 24:586. A.G. 16:
345. For G. GAiMbreDAiiarui, see Csd]fptrog^ne.
Several of the members of this extensive genua of
smaU^crowing palms are useful for the greenhouse,
thougb most attractive while in a small state, from the
(act that geonomas soon begin to form a stem, and
when aged Decome rather scantily furnished specimens.
These pobns are by no means difficult to grow, and do
not require a very high temperature, their natural
habitat being the mountains of Central and South
Ajnerica, some of the species being found at an altitude
said never to appear in the open country unsheltered
by trees of larger growth ; therefore, shade is neceeaary
for them when cultivated under glass. The old practice
of growing geonomas m a very lisbt peaty soil does
not seem to be the only method, lor excellent results
have been secured by erowing tnem in a good loam,
well manured and well i&ained, giving an abundance of
water and a night temperature of 60.° Red spiders
and thrips are the most troublesome insects to which
these plants are subject, and both of these pests multi-
ply much more rapidly if the plants are kept too warm
and dry. (W. H. Taplin,)
The most useful species from a commercial point of
view is Q. AiedeJtona (O. ^ociJu), which remmds one
of CoctM Wtdddliana, but has longer leaflets. The
species are undoubtedly con-
fused under cultivation, and
often unidentified. They are
said not to be grown in the
open in southern California,
at least, not to any extent.
The species here listed
appear to be those of most
horticultural importance
A. Let. simple, S-ltibed at the apex.
B. Cvrteaie-oblaneeolale, nuty, tomentote.
SpizUna, Mart. Fig. 1629 (adapted
from Martius' worit on palms). St.
slender, solitan', 6-4 ft. tugb: Ivs. in a
dense, graceful cluster; blades 3-5 ft.
long, bifurcate one-fourth of their
length, each lobe lanceolate-acuminate,
divergent: spadix from between the
lvB.,al>out3 ft. long : fls. small, the calyx
and corolla equal. W. Bratil.
BB. Cuneaie-ovott, plicaU.
Setaiannii, Hort. Low, 1-3 ft. high:
IVB. all alike, the first 2 in. hag, the
later ones 10 in. long, entire, or 2-T(rf>ed,
usually deeply cleft at the apex, plaited,
feather-veined; stalk triangular, sheath-
ing at the base, with broad, scarioua
niargins: fls. unknown. F.M. 1869:428.
Cent. Amer.
AA. Ldb. pinnale.
B. Baeal If.-Kgma. narrow; the upper ones the broadett.
acaftli^ Mart. Acaulescent: Ivs. in a congested,
rosette-like cluster, long-petioled. 3-4 ft. high; blade
unequally pinnatisect, with usuallv 6 eegms. on both
sides of the rachis; 22-25-nerved, oasal segms. 4 lines
wide, spreading, the middle and upper erectrspreading
at an acute angle, Ji-4 m. wide, the apical very wide:
epadix stiSF, usually about 18 in. long, the stalk very
thick; fls. numerous: fr. unknown. C^t. Brazil.
BB. Broad and narrow mgnu. irreffutarly intermingled.
c. Blade of if. 6 fl. long; petiole I ft. Umg.
PohlUna, Mart. St. 12-15 ft. high, slender, densely
ringed, colunmar or reedy: Ivs. very numerous, erect or
spreading, forming a much congested, showy cluster, in
sdult specimens; eegms. very unequal, linear-lanceo-
late, falcale-acuminate, few-nerved and many-nerved
intermixed, 16-20 in. long; petioles very short: spadix
scarcely showing amoUR the dense cluster of Ivs. Trop.
BnuU. — Cult, most advantageously in a warm moist
house. The young specimens are attractive for potted
1330 GEONOMA
cc. Blade S-ZH ft.; petioU 4 in. tonfl.
Aenu, Man., var. lobdBta, Drude. St. 6-10 ft.
high, 3-4 lines diom.: segme. rarely 3, usually 5-7, 1-
nerved, 10-14 in. long, eome 4 tines wide, intennixed with
broader, many-nervM ones, all long, falcate-acuminate:
spadix about 10 in. long, tne Ba. very Bmall, inserted in
deep pits. Cent, BraiiL
BBS. Lf.-aegnu.aUtdike ie:axpllheeonrM!eniapiailo7iei),
C. AUemale, remote, linear, teurfy.
KledelUiu, Wendl. {Q. grieOii, lind. A Andr&
the oldest and perhaps the correct name). Habit of
rachia triangular, bisulcate above: Ivh. spreading,
drooping at the apex; segms. 10-12 in. long, about 9
lines wide, linear-acute, elegantly recurved, the 2
terminal ones connivent: fls. showy, yellow, in long
drooping spadices. Braiil. I.H. 21:169. B.M. 7963.
cc. Eqwdittant: petiole half os Umg as the blade.
Schottiina, Mart. St. 9-15 ft. hi^, 1-lii in. thick:
IvB. loi^-BtaUced, gracefully recurvmg; petiole half or
more ttwn half as long as the blade; segms. about 35
on each aide, 10-12 in. long, ^in. wide, equidistant,
linear or linear-lanceolate, ytary long-acuminate,
recurved at the tip: roadix about 10 in. long, the stalk
about 1 ft. long. E. Brazil, ^A very variable apeciea.
Tba folkminE Are ira»Tf«ci^ dcHribed, but are id Uw traded
G. inptriiUu, Lind. O.W. 2, p. 37.— O. prlnan. linrf.— fl.
PmrrMiia, Ban. Belongi under a. One Qf the ■nuiUea
u™ 28 in, k ■ "
and tbe (enu_ _
23:258. F.E, 1<
Hook, Caiy^tronoma Swartu. Qrii
_. tj)ra6ttt. Barb.'
b. (CilyptrDsyne Swsrtiil,
^b.). Tmok 5>>^ It. bifb,
n, gtabmis. Cuba.
N. TATLOIt.t
GEORGIhA. a fmionym of Dahlia, which still
'n the form of "Georginen," the popular name
I in Germany.
Greek, en
Tme'sbiU:
in the rockery, usually caulescent.
Leaves simple, alternate or opposite and much-
lobed, Bomctimes almost radical: ns. regular; sepals 5,
imbricated, often 3-nerved and mucronate; petals 5,
often hairy or ciliate; stamens 10, in 2 rows; anthers
10; seeds when ripened separated from the ovary and
with its awn bent sinuously- The genus Erodium, its
nearest ally, has but the inner row of stamens furnished
with anthers and the awn of the seed is bent spiraily.
The geraniums of common speech are classed in the
genus Pelargonium, havii^ at the side of thepedicel a
distinct narrow tube and zy^morphic fls. — Tne genus
Geranium has over 250 species, found in the temperate
zones particularly of the northern hemispheres, very
n the tropics. The roots of some, as C, macuWum,
aunt of their astringency.
in soil, and are propagated
'^"'=, The best botanical
Angler's Das Pflanzen-
laJl and Hanks in N.
the N. American spe-
nount of the genus is
eciol stresH is laid on
ed plates, and, where
Uowing accouDt, thus,
el97,
such as G. macuiaiwn
ffectively naturalized
spread very rapidly
inum will be profuse
FremoDtii. 13,
anuidiQoruDi, 3C
QreyUleaniuii, 2
H«, U. tlUOHtneBW, 11.
Hjflhardniiji, 9.
Robeniaiium, L
maruJiitumTie. nbiriFuniru).
□udvAflonim, 4, tuboTffmitumt 7.
oepalaDK, 21. Travenii, 3.
pbAum, &. Walliafaianuni, 23.
KKT TO THI SPSCnDB.
A. Planlt nnnuoZ, mare or leet pntlnOo:
In. findt/ distteted 1. Robertianani
AA. Plant* perennial.
B. Specia tender, to be arcnon oniu in
greenhoute BortAuard.
c. FatioQe eiltieni Banaeent 2. Travenli
tx:. Fotifioe glal^ova, at Ua^ neter
canescent 3. anemoiiUo-
SB. Spteiee hardy. [lima
c, Ttiberime-Tooted 4. lIMlVBflORUII
cc. Not i\^>erou»-Tooled.
D. Plant with a Ikickemd looodi/
b<ue. 6. macranU-
DD. Plantt without Oiiclceaed iBood)/ [torn
e. Foliaoe tiitenrcaneteenl.
r. Utually 1-fid 6. M'|«ntBWn
FF. Uiaally e~fld. 7. dnereum
EE. Foliage or whole viarU glabroue
or pubeecent, but not aiitery.
r. Ste. er«l.
O. Fli. dark blue, almoil black. 8. phBam
oo. FU. not dark blue, tome-
lima lioht blue,
B. Color of fit. isAite ((«a
aUo whUe-fid. formt o}
Not. IS. IB. and 16).
1. trg. a-S-varted. 9. RicbwdMnli
II. Ln. 7-parted 10. IconitifoUiun
Ha. Color offia. nol U!hile,
I. Mo»tljf l-fid 11. laDgtilQenm
n, Moitii/ more Hum 1-fid.
>. The at. branehed.
K, FU. roee-purpU 12. FremoDdl
KK. FU. TioUt 13. ibBiicom
jj. The ata. eMenjioUt'
aim'^.
K. LMtt of the he.
rounded 14
XK. Lobee of the Iti.
OBale or larieeotate.
L. FtdiceU TeeuTved
in/r 15
LL. Pedt£dt erect tn
A-
u. The pedieeU not
glandular 16. msciUatiun
uu. The pediixU
t^ndular,
N, Ln.finelt/eul.n. incilQm
NN. Lvs. S-li^ied...lS. srioBtemon
IT. Ste. decumbent or creeping,
a. PcduneUt 1-fid. 19. aibiriciim
GO. PeduncUa i- or more-fid,
H. PetaU about ae long aa the
I. FU. pale lHae 20. (randiflonun
II, FU. rose-purpU 21. napalanSB
BB. PelaU 1-2 timet the
length of the sepala.
1. Upper Im.S-lahed 22. EndrsMii
n. AUthehs.S-lobed.
J. ThepetalaalHped....23. WalUehia-
ii. The petala not itriped. Imun
aometimea apottoA.
K. Bateofpetrdaaiiate.2i. collinum
KK. Bate of petaia pUoae
or glabroua 25. GrevUlauum
GERANIUM
1. Kobcrtiiinim, linn. Herb Robert. Red Roam.
About 9 in. high: Iva. thin, ovate-orbicular, 3-5-parted,
vritb 3-fid. pinn&tifid lobes: pedunclee slender, 2-fld.;
fls. small, bright crimaon. June to Oct. Amer,, Eu.,
Asia &nd N. Afr. B.B. 2:341.— For the rockery, in a
moiat soil and some shade, and will carpet the rround in
a few aeaaonB, from seed. Annuai; or possibly bienniaL
2. Triversil, Hook. Asilyery caneacantherb3-15ii
flfi. laige, often 1^ in. across; sepals broadly ovst«,
cuspidate, silvery; petals ovate or nearly round, pale
rose, or sometimes white, much longer than the sepals.
Chatham IsL — Not hardy north ^ Washington and
to be grown in temperate house.
Little known in Amer. but & desir-
able greenhouse plant.
3. anemonifAlfaim, L'Her. (O.
eanariinte, Reut.). A stiff mnf|le-
stemmed perennial from a thick-
ened rootetock or tube: Ivs. glt^
brouB, round-ovate, t5-parted, the
lobes finely dissected: fis. corym-
bose, the pedioela and calyx densely
hairy; sepals oblong, mucronate,
the mucro almost ^^m, long; petals
2-3 times as long as the sepals,
obovate, pole purple. Canary Isls.
and Madeira. S. 244. — Must be
KTOwn in the temperate housa
but doubtless hardy south of
Washingten.
4. malvaflAram, Boiss. A usu-
ally l-stemmed perennial, from a
thickened tuber, not over 18 in.
tall; Ivs. long-petioled, 5-&-parted,
the lobes finely dissected, hairy:
fls. showy, the pedicels and pedun-
cles densely hairy; sepals ovate-
oblong, haiiy; petals rose-purple,
obcordate, tlie apex often emaiei- ,
nat«. about twice as long as toe
sepals. Medit. Region. — Very
doubtfully hardy north of Phila-
delphia.
5. nucroniilniin, Linn, A Isrg^
rooted species, about \}A ft. high,
withast. sufTniticose at case: Ivs.
smooth, round, basal ones Mobed,
, eouline 3-lobed, toothed and often
colored red: fls. in bunches at the
end of the st.; calyx inflated; the
sepals ovate and 3-nerved; petals
spatulate and blood-red in color.
May to July. S. £u. B.M. 2420.
S. 'hi.
6. antateanL linn. Silvsr-lsated Ckakb'b-bill.
About 3 in. high: Ivs. almost radical, on long petioles,
6-7-parted, with 3-fid linear lobca, both surfaces hoary:
peduncles almost radical, 1- or 2-fld.: fls. large, pink,
withdarkerveins;petal8emarginate. MiddleoUune to
Aug. CamicAlps. B.M. 504. L.B.C. 10:948. 8.59.—
One of the best for the rookeiy. Often acts as a biennial
in New England.
7. dnereum, Cav. (G. subargintmtm, Lange). Gha7
Crank's-bill. Like G. argenleum, but 2-fld. and paler
in color: Ivs. not so hoaiy in appearance. June, July.
Pyrenees.
8. phfeim, Linn. About 2 ft. high, with upright,
^ortrhaiied St., glandular above: Iva. 5-7-lobed and
deeply toothed: peduncles 1-2-fld.; petals spreading,
obovate, unequally notefaed and often with a sm^
spur, very dark blue, almost black, with white spot at
Mse of ^ch petal. May, June. Cent, and W. £u.
GERANIUM
1331
9. RIchardsonlijFisch.ATrautv. About IHft.high:
Ivs. thin and ternunal, lobe of the uppermost Ivs. longer
than the often greatly reduced lateral lobes: pedicels
conspicuously glandular pubescent ; fls. large, white or
sometimes str^ed with pink; petals with long white
hairs on inner surface. Colo, ana west. — SIb. and young
growth tinged with red.
10. aconitifOUiua, L'Her. 9t. usually simple,
grooved, 10-20 in. tall, few-lvd.; Ivs. more or \bbb
Hairy, deeply 7-parted, kidney-shaped or orbicular, the
lobes brcMully ovate, deeply pinnatifid, the segms.
mucronulate: fls. fragrant, looeely corymbose, the
pedicels 2-fld.; sepals oblong or oblong^vate, 3-nerved;
petals white, obovate, the maigins slightly wavy.
Alpine or sutMJinne region of Eu.
June. — Useful chiefly as rock-gar-
den species.
11. mngiifa^nm, Linn. About
1^ ft. high, with St. occasionally
forked, ^ct: Ivs. all petiolat&
mostly 7-parted, with 3-5-lobea
linear lobules: peduncles long,
mostly 1-fld. ; fls. very large, blood-
red. June to Aug. Eu. — One of
the best species in cult.
' Var. lancastrifaise, With. (0.
proetrdlum, Cav.). A dwarf er
form, smaller and with less deeply
lobea foliage: fls. lighter in color
and conspicuously veined purple,
12. Frftmontii, Torr. & Gray. A
many-stemmed pereimial:
sometiines crenate, slightly hairy:
fls. large and showy, frequently
1-lJ^ in. across; sepals oblong,
3-nerved; petals pale rose-purple,
obovate, toward the base densely
cihate. Rocky Mis. G. 29:191.—
A handsome garden species. Not
I yet much known in cult, in
for the hardy bwder. Blooms all
13. ibiricuffl, Cav. Ibsriak
Crane's-bill. From I-IJ-S ft.
high: St. erect and leafless below,
aMve dichotomously branched,
villous: IvB. opposite, 5-7-parted.
with deeply cut lobes and toothed
lobules: fis. I in. across, in showy,
open panicles, violet. July, Aug.
Iberia. On. 71, p. 167. B.M. 1386.
i^ S. 84. Var. Jlbum, with white fls.,
IB rare but known by some dealers.
Var. pla^pCtalum {0. pUUj/piUUtim, Fisch. 4 Mey.).
Slightly shorter than the parent, with Ivs. less deeply
lobed and bbee less pmnted: fls. deeper and richw in
color, and also larger. G.M. £2:61. Gn. 76, p. 108. O.
3:293; 9:686.
14. armSnnm, Boiss. (.0. BaiMou»iAnum, RegelT).
About 2^ ft. high, the lower part of the st. thickened
and almost woody: Ivs. radical, upright, orbicular,
with 5 deep lobes: fls. about 1)^ in. across, inclining to
a dork crimson; petals dark spotted near the base,
obovate, often with the tips a little recurved. All season
at irregular intervals. Armenia. R.H. 1891: 350. — '
A very vigorous and floriferous spedeB. Sometimes
growing 4 ft. high.
15. prat£nse, Linn. Mbadow Crane's-bill. About
2}^ ft. high, with an upright round st.: Ivs. mostly
hand-shaped, with 7 lobes, each deeply cut: peduncles
mostly 2-fld., drooping after flowering; fls. kvge, blue;
1332
GERANIUM
GERAKDIA
petals entire. June, through Aug. Eu. G. 18:649.
G.L. 18:208. Gn.W. 24:367. Var. fldre-pldno, Not
so tall as parent. Very numerous deep blue fls. in clus-
ters. June and July, and often again in fall. J.H. III.
48:305. Var. Album, a white-fld. form is known.
16. macuUltum^Iinn. Wild or Spotted Crane's-
bill. Fig. 1630. The common American species, about
lii ft. nigh: st. angular: basal hrs. long-petioled,
deeply 3-5-parted; st.-lvs. opposite, shorter-petioled:
peduncles 1-5, infl. often unbellate; fls. 1-1 H in. broad,
rose-purple: petals woolly at base. June, July. N.
Amer. B.B. 2:341. S. 332. — Showy native species;
should be more in cult. Grows best in somewhat wet
places. Var. planum, a double-fld. variety of deeper
color. Var. Album, a pale-fld. or pure white form is
known.
17. indsum, Nutt. (G, eridrUhum, Lind.). About 1 ft.
high, leafy branched, the st. thickened below, solitary:
Ivs. nnely cut, long hairy, the hairs fine and silky: pedi-
oeb conspicuously glandular-pubescent; sepals oblong-
lanceolate, mucronate: petals with stiff white hairs,
inner surface purple, about 1 in. wide. Ore. — ^A hardy
species well wortn gprowing. Not perfectly hardy near
Boston.
18. eriostdmon, Fisch. {G, ptatydrUhunif Duthie). St.
erect, slender, grooved, from an almost woody base:
Ivs. kidney-shaped, 5-lobed, sometimes palmately so,
the lobes ovate, toothed, the teeth slightly mucronate:
fl^. corymbose, the sepals ovate, obtuse, very hairy;
petaJs violet-purple, broadly obovate, entire. Native
of Siberia and temp. China. — A showy and useful
garden plant.
19. sibfricuiUi Linn. Sibeiuan Crane's-bill. A
slender, somewhat forked plant, brown-villous, 1-2 ft.
hish: Ivs. deeply 3-5-parted: peduncles slender, usually
1-nd.; fls. very small, dingy white, the obovate petals
scarcely exceeding the oblong-lanceolate 3^erved
sepals. June through Aug. Siberia, and naturaUzed
near New York. B.B. 2:341. Jacq. Hort. Widd. pi. 19.
— ^Another form under same name, with brick-red fls.,
appears to be in cult.
20. grandifldrum, Edeew. A thick-stemmed peren-
nid arout 10^16 in. taU, usually somewhat glandular,
branched: Ivs. long-petioled, the blade 5-parted ana
rotund in outline, tne lobes irregularly toothed: fls.
bunched at the apex of the branches, showy: petals
spreading, pale lilac, the veins dark purple, about as
long as the sepals. N.Asia. F.S.R. 1:54. Gn. 64, p.
184. — Suitable mostly for rockeries.
21. nepal^nse, Sweet. St. spreading or ascendins,
thin, not more than 18 in. long: Ivs. ovate-rhomboia,
deeply 5-lobed, hairy, the lobes dentate, the teeth
almost spinose: fls. niunerous, on hairy pedicels; sepals
lanceolate, acimiinate, often mucronate; petals usually
about equaling the sepals, rose-purple, oroadlv obo-
vate, not emarginate at apex. Mountains of Asia.
Jime-Aug. S. 12. — Useful only in the rockery.
22. £ndressii, J. Gay. About 18 in. high, the st.
covered with pale brown hairs: Ivs. opposite, palmate,
5-lobed, upper ones 3-lobed, serratcil, densely hairy,
with spreadmg hairs: peduncles axillary, 2-fld.; petals
entire, fringed at base, light rose, darker veined, 2-3
times the length of the 3-nerved, oblong-ovate sepals.
Summer. Pyrenees. — Among the best lor the border,
and useful for cutting.
23. WallichiAnum, D. Don. Of prostrate trailing
hi^it: St. and Ivs. covered with silky hairs, the st.
deeply grooved : Ivs. light green, 3-5-parted, with deeply
toothed lobes: fls. kfge, purple, tK)me sparingly all
summer; sepals 3-nervea, tne lateral nerves stiff-hairy;
petals about twice as long as the sepals, smootn,
emarginate. Himalayas. B.M. 2377. S. 90. — ^For the
rockery and must not be grown in the open exposed
parts of it. The hot dry winds of midsummer in K. U.
S. are not favorable. .
24. comnuin^ Steph. (G. Ldndesii, Fisch.). St
ang<ilar and usually decumbent, grooved and hairy
Ivs. palmately 5-parted, deeply divided and cut
sepals lanceolate-ovate, 3-nerved, densely hairy
petals entire, purple, with a tin^ of violet. Junej
July. E. Eu. — One of the showiest m its season. Should
be cut back before seeding, to induce second bloom.
25. GreviUeHaum, Wall. St. creeping, rarely a little
erect: Ivs. long-petioled, the blades usually 5-lobed,
kidney-shai>ed, hairy, the lobes deeply serrate, but not
usually divided: flowering stalk thick, more or less
glandular, the fls. large and showy, frequently 2 in.
across: sepals oblong-ovate; petals obovate, some-
times nairy at their bases, pale rose or in some forms
with large purple spots, at least as to the wild plant.
1-2 times the length of the sepals. Himalayas. — ^Useful
for the rockery.
The following are unknown as to botanical ^ffinitiAa or are
insuffidenthr known in Amer.
O. BaUMntun^ Hort. A hardy plant, with fragrant fidiaae:
fls. on radical stB., 1 in. across, dark magenta. June.— <?. HM»
reichii^RoTt. Orange-colored fls.— (?).— G. L&toii, Hort. 2-2H ft.:
fls. bright roee with violet center. Name unknown in botaniml
literature.— G. prorirdtum. Hort. FUu purple. Advertised as "^ood
rockery subject. "<—(?) .— (?. 9ylvdticum,Lann. About 2 ft. high, with a
aoft-haared, upright, round st.: Ivs. 5-7-parted, lobes oblong, deeply
toothed: fls. purple or violet. June, July. The common wood
Eranium of Eu. A white-fld. form (7. ayndticum dOnim, Hort., is
town. Gn. 72^ p. 178.— G. tuberdtum, linn. Tuberous-rooted.
9-15 in. high, wiUi st. at base naked: Ivs. many-lobed, linear ana
serrate: pedicels 1-2-fld., fls. large, violet. May. S. Eu.
N. TAYLOB.t
OBRAinUM, FBATHBR: Chenopodium Botry.
GERARDIA (after John Gerarde, 1545-1607, per-
haps the most popular of the herbalists). Scrophulaari'
dcese. Hardy annual and perennial herbs, all American,
and mostly of the Atlantic states, with yellow or rosy
purple flowers, in late summer and autumn, the latar
color rarely varving to white.
Leaves mainly opposite: calyx 5-toothed or cleft;
corolla bell- to funnel-shaped, broad-throated, ^-parted,
the 2 posterior lobes often smaller and more united;
stamens commonly more or less hairv; anthers more or
less approximate in pairs: caps, globose, 2-grooyed;
seeds usually aneled, loose-coated. The first 3 species
described below belong to a section in which the roots
are more or less saprophytic; by some, and probably
correctly, they are considered as belonging to the
genus Dasystoma. These plants are therefore rather
difficult to cultivate, and are offered only by collectors.
G. tenmfolia is offered by one dealer, the seeds presumar
bly gathered in European gardens.
A. Fls. yeUow.
B. CoroUa pubescent oiUside: biennial or oenmuiL
PedicttUria. linn. St. much branched: pubescence
partly glandular and viscid, especially on the pedicels
and cal3rx, while in the next 2 species there is no glandu-
lar pubescence: Ivs. 1-2 in. long, all pinnatifid: fls. in
loose panicles or solitary, the calyx-lobes oblong and
herbaceous, usually incised. E. N. Amer.
BB. Corolla glabrous outside: perenmal,
c. Height 3-6 fL
virgioicaf Linn. (G. quercifblia, Purah). St. at first
glaucous, sparingly branched: lower Ivs. 3-5 in. long,
1-2-pinnatind,' upper Ivs. rarely entire: cal3rx-lob^
ovate, entire. Dry woods, E. U. S.
cc. Height 1-2 fL
bevigUta, Raf. Not glaucous but glabrous, the st.
simple or sUghtly branched: Ivs. IH-^ in- long, entire,
or the lowest somewhat incised, all petioled, limceolate
or ovate-lanceolate: calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, ^ufd-
in^ or shorter than the tube and caps, glabrous, al>out
twice as long as the calyx. Oak barrens, ete. S. E.
U.S.
GERARDU
AA. FU. roay purpk rarely varying to mlnte,
B. Heinhi 1 ft.
UnuifOlia, Vahl. Height 1 ft.; branching, paniculate:
Ivs. mostly narrowly linear: infl. racemose; corolla
Hin. long, Ught purple, spotted, sometimes white.
Low or dry ground, E. N. Ainer.
BB. Height 1-3 ft.
Perennial: IvB, erei , .
., . ! wide: calyx-taeth minute; corolla 1 in.
long. Low pine-barrens, N. Amer. Not cult., but said
to be a parent with PenUlemon pulehelitu of G. hybrids,
Hort. Intro, by Haage & Schmidt, 1899. The raor
cut in S. H. 2:&5 seems nearer Fentetemon than Gei^
ardia. Wilhelm Miu^r.
N. TATK)B.t
GERBSRA (named in honor of Traug. Gerber, a
German natunuist who traveled in Ruaaia). Compdttlx.
A small group of temperate and tropical Asiatic and
African perennial herba grown for their yellow or pink
or <»«nge flower-^eods.
GESNERIA
1333
doors in the S. A briUiant summer-blooming com-
posite, more or leas [janted in the open. Var. trans-
vaalfaglB, Hort. Has lai^er fi.-heads than type, of
somewhat lighter color. Var. Ulfistrifl, Hort. A robust
variety.
O. aurandoai, Sch. A hudMms plul with fli. 3H in- diua.:
OoreU red. vitfa brishl wUdt uitben. NaUl and Ihs Truuvial.
B.M. 8070, Hu been lial«d under muns of G. Elatc—O. anta-
MoitntU, Bort. A EHjdfln hybrid between G. JuoeAQnii ud Q.
nndifolin. G.M.A7:3ae.dac,—G. Tiridifilia, Bcb., b s litUe-known
■reen-lTd. plul oith abawy Os. that ue white on the upper nda,
]n:Ihni beaath. S. Air. — Well worth trmnon in tempemis bouw.
N. TATI.OB.
GESNfiKIA (Conrad G«sner, Zurich, 1516-1565, cele-
brated naturalist, and considered to be the originator of
the idea of genus in taxonomv). Otantriietx. Green-
house and hothouse plants witn showy tubular flowers.
Sometimes written Ganera.
Low perennials, sometimes shrubs, with simple,
opposite IvB, and showy tubular fls. in terminal short
panicles or fascicles; calyx campanulate, 5-parted;
corolla long, atxaight or curved, more or leas ventricose,
the base often distinctly swollen or gibbous, the hmb
mostly shallow- toothed and nearly regular or bilab-
iate ; stamens 4, didynamous (in pairs under the upper
Up);stvle 1, long; glandaon theoiak in the fl. — Species
upward of 40, in t£e American tropics. Often tuberous
plants; aUiea to Achimenee, Gloxinia, laoloma and
Streptocarous. Some of the geanerias of the trade
belong to Naegelia, which differs, amongst other thin^
in having an annular or ringed disk rather than a disk
of distinct glands. There is considerable variation of
ooinion as to the limits of Gesneria. In this account,
held to include Pentarhapbia, Duchartrea,
Stemless herbs with radical, petioled Ivs. which are
entire or sometimes lobed: fl.-h^ds solitary', many-fid,,
the conspicuous rays in 1 or 2 rows, those of the iuDer
row, when present, very short and sometimts tubular
and 2-lipped, as are the diak-Bs, : achenes beaked. —
There are 40 species, only one of which {G. Jameaonii)
is well known m Amer. and is sometimes found outside
the collections of botanic gardens and fandets. They
should be grown in the temperate house, in a rich com-
port of sandy loam and peat. Prop, by seeds or by
cuttings of side shoots,
JimesonH, Hook. FiK- 1631, Hairy throughout,
the mature Ivs. very woolly beneath : Ivs, numerous, the
petiole 6-8 in. long, the blade 5-10 in., a little pinnati-
Sd: heads solitary, the showy orange-flame-colored
rays etrap^haped. Transvaal. B.M. 70S7. G.C, III.
6:773. Gn. 36:340. A.G, 22:345, Gt, 64:1545. G.W.
2, p. 2. R.H. 1903:36.— Could be grown outr
A. Lvt. green.
Lehm. (Direiea oardindUs, Regel. 0.
maerdntha, Hort). St. 6-12 in. high, stout, and hairy:
Ivs. large, cordate-ovate, crenate-dentate, petioled:
fls. red, tubular, hairy, slender (2-^ in. long), tne upper
lip projecting and the lower one almost wanting, borne
in a terminal, more or less flat cluster. Nativity
unknown. B.M. 8167, Gn. 42:232. A good species for
the stove.— fl. Dtu>dMi, Hort., is evidently only a slen-
der form of this species.
H£ndersonii, Hort. Lvs. velvety green: fls. 3 in. long,
brilliant scarlet, in a large tnUB. Probably of garden
lon^ftra, Hort., is a small-lvd. species, with
droopug, long-tubed nicotiana-like white fls. Gn.
33.'340. — The ootanical position of this plant is in
doubt. It is not the G. longifita'a, HBK,, which is pur-
ple-fld., nor G. Umgiftara, DC., which is Ackimenai
tanaifiora. By some it nas been confounded with
Iiwoma iongifoliitm, Decne. Penlarhaphia lon^Jlora,
Lindl. {Gemeria venlricoaa, Swarti), is a small some-
what branched shrub: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate and serrulate, pale green beneath:
fls. bright scarlet, IJ^ in. long, in long-peduncled cymes;
corolia-tube somewhat curved, narrowed toward the
base; stamens red, much exserted. W. Indies, B.M.
7339, — A good summer- and autumn-blooming stove
AA. Let. richly colored, tti least berttath.
libtntinBi^ Morr. (Pentarhdvhia libanintit, Hanst.
RkytidophyUum fiorHnindum, Van Houtte, OphidtUhe
tibaniniie, Hanst,). Subshnib, but only a few inches
high, simple or slightly branched: lvs. more or less
roeulate toward top of St., 3-4 in, long, obovate-lanceo-
late, more or less blistered, toothed: fls. bright red,
half as lon^ as lvs., tubular, puffed or swoUen in the
middle, hairy, the mouth oblique and the hmb of 5
1334
GESNERIA
sm&Il ciUated lobes; stameae equaling the tube; calyx
very short, the s^ma. leafy. Cuba. B.M. 4380.
cranioUiia, Swarti {Peniarhdpkia erantMria,
Decne.). Three to 4 ft. eomewhst ahrubby; Ivs. gla-
brous above and hispid beneath, obovale-cuneiform,
runcinat* or more or leaa lobed : fls. greenish yellow with
black dots, in long-peduncled clusters of 5 or 6, the
corolla-lobes fringed. St. Domingo.
Uopoldli, Scheidw. Compact; et. erect from the
large, depressed tuber, thinly hairy: Iva. verticillate in
4'b, broadly ova(«-Bcuminat«, more or less unequal at
base, dentate, green above and purple beneath : fls. long-
tubular, thinly hairy, the lobes nearly equal: Up;ht scar-
let, in a rather loose, umbel-like clusUr. Nativity not
recorded, F5. 7:704, 705. Gn. 53:542.
exonUnsia, Hwt. Hybrid: Ivs. velvety, with red and
purple hairs: fls. bright orange-red, yellow in the throat,
in cloee clusters:
1ft.
Tti6igais,Hort.
Pmbabiy a hy-
brid : Ivs. cordate-
l ovate, red -hairy:
fls. deep red or
veimihon: l^ ft.
— One of the best.
D«nk«l«rilna,
Lem. ((?. D6nk-
larii, Hort.). St.
often 2 ft. tall:
Ivs. large, cordate-
ovate, c r e n a t e,
hairy, green and
purple-tinged
above and piurtle
beneath : fls. tubu-
lar - campanulate,
the rounded lobes
nearly equal, dull
red, 2 m. long,
hailing from long
pedicels in a laive
uuiicle. Variable.
Colombia. B.M.
uat. G«unri«a.. 5070. R.B.21:97.
F. 1853:241.
OETHfLLIS (old Greek name, of no particular
^tpUcation). AmaryUiddeese. Nine or 10 etemlcss
herbs, with the look of crocus, allied to Stembergia,
from the Cape region, seldom cult, under glass; appar-
ently not in the trade: ivs. usually appeanng after the
fls., linear, sometimes filiform and twisted: ns, appear-
ing through the ground, of delicate texture and of
^ort duration, fragrant, whitish, salverfurm, with a
long slender tuoe and S Himilar acute spreading scgms. ;
stamens 6 or more, attached in the throat; ovaiy 3-
ccllcd, conceal^ in the bulb-neck: bulbous. Prop, by
offsets or seeds. G. itfra, Linn, Bulb I}4~2 in. diam. :
Ivs. 12-20, linear and twisted: fl. with whitish limb 2 in.
or less long and tube 3-4 in. long; stamens &-12: fr.
yellowish, clavatc, recorded as edible. B.R. 1016.
G. spirilia, Linn. Bulb 1-1 H in, diam. : Ivs. 4-6, linear-
subulate, very much twisted, 4-6 in. long; perianth-
tube 2-3 in. long, limb 1-1 Vi in. long, whitish and
tinted red on the outside; stamens 6: ^. clavate, 2-^
in. long. B.M. 1088. G. cUidrU, Linn. Bulb IH in-
GEUM
diam.: Iva. 20 or more, linear, twisted, prominentiv
ciliate: perianth-tube 2-3 in. long, the whitish limb
Hin. long: fr. yellow, clavate, 2-3 in. long.
L. H. B.
GETIU (probably originally from Greek, oeuo, ta have
a taste; referring to the roots). Rosicex. tlardy border
and rock plants, some of which are valued for their
bright red flowers, some for their pure yellow flowers,
others for their long plumy fruits.
Herbs, with a perennial rhisome, sometimes stolonif-
erous; root-lvs. crowded, odd-pinnate, the alternate
lobes often smaller, terminal ones largest; st.-lvs. few,
mostly of 3 Ifts. or bract-Uke: fls, 1-2 in. across, soli-
tary or corymbose or cymose: calyx persistent, its
tube nearly benuspheric, usually 5-lobed; petals 5,
nearly or quite round, longer than the (»lyx: fr.
bunoned on a short receptacle, frequently plumed. —
More than 50 species, mostly in temperate and frigid
"^^jill_
Sieversia. ■
gardens is commonly seen in double forms. A gar-
dener writes that "inferior forms show scarcely any
duplicity." Geums are of easy culture, and are propa-
gated by division or seed. It is said that they hybriaize
freely if grown together. The dwarf kinds are suited
only to the rockery. Oorrevon, of Geneva, Switierland,
writes that G. reptans is one of the best of the rockery
kinds, and needs full sunlight. For G. triflomm he
advises half exposure to sun and a light, moist soil. 0.
riixUe grows naturally in marshy places.
A. Plumy geutru: »tyle in fr. long and plumoae
B. FU. yellow.
c. PlaTita spreading by runnera.
rCptuis, Linn. Root-lvs. interruptedly pinnatifid;
upper Iva. 3-lobed, deeply crenate-serrate: fis. erect;
petals obcordate, not much longer than the sepals.
Eu. Gn.45:2S4.— The purple styles are pretty.
ex;. Plant* not spreading/ by runners.
D, ftoofrjpt. pinnalifid.
montiliuni, Linn. An erect and single-fld. perennial
with lower Ivs. lyrate pinnatifid; terminal Ift. broadly
ovate-rounded: calyx-lobes entire, while those of G.
TepUau are often 3-cut at apex; petals 1-2 times the
length of the sepals. S. Eu. G.C. II. 13:425. Gn. 45,
p. 285, — Under the name of G. Htidreiehii and G.
Heldreiehii superbum are advertised what appear to be
forma of this with orange-colored fla. which often pro-
duce more than 1 fl. The name Heldreiehii is oi no
botanical significance. G.M. 46:371.
DO. Bool-iot. kidney-thaped.
radUtum, Michx. (SievH-ria Pickii, Rydb.) Very
hirsute: root-lva. 2-5 in, broad: st. 1-S-fld.: bractlets
minute. Mountains of N. C. and Tenn.
BB. FU. brighi red, unmixed vrilk yellow.
C. Lateral lobes of Iva. minute,
cocdneum, Sibth. & Smith, not Hort. "St.-lvs. 3-
lobed; root-lvs. lyrate, the terminal lobe largest, cor-
date-reniform: fls. erect, Mt. Olympus in Bithynia."
The above is an exact translation of the entire descrip-
tion given by Sibthorp and Smith, Wora Gneca, t.
485.— The chances are that all the plants in the trade
under this name are really G. chiloenae. The true G.
coccineum is known in the botanic gardens.
cc. Lateral lobes of Irs. 1 in. long.
chUotooe, Balb. {G. cocdneum, Hort., not Balb.).
"St,-!vB, 3-parted, laciniate; root-lvs. inlemiptfidly
lyrate, pilose: terminal lobe rotund, somewhat 3-lobea,
crenate: fls, panicled: carpels villous." The above is a
literal translation of B. R. 1348, where the terminal
lobe is shown to be 2!^ in. each way. Chile. B.R.
GEUM
1088, aod under 1
45, p. 284. R.H. 1
All erroneously eis
Var. mittUtnin, Hort. (O. minUUum, Robt. Parker),
has fls. about two ahadea lighter in color. A robust
form growing 2-3 ft. high, easily prop., and Sb. from
April to end of July. Gn. 38:298, where it is auppoaed
ta be a hybrid of G. ckOoerue var. grandifiorum X Q.
mtrewn, which is a robust many-fld. form of G, num-
tanum or else of G. chiloenK X 0. vrbanum.
Var. grandiflftnun, Hort., is an improved form.
"The double-fld. form of this seems to be a more general
favorite, the blooms lasting longer, though I thimc they
lack the el^ance of those of the aimple form. They
begin to expand soon after May and are produced mitil
Oct."— D. K., in Gn. 38, p. 299. Var. pUnom, Hort.,
a semi-double form, is known. It has bright scarlet
Bb. and is a good border plant. G. 10:495.
BBB. FU. chi^y dvU red, mixed miih ydUtw.
triflftnun, Pureh {Sit^tia dix&la, Purah). Low,
■oftly hairy: Ifts. veiy numerous and crowded, deeply
cut: fls. 3 or more on long pedunclee; c&lyx purple, aa
long aa the petals. Coulter says the petals are erect.
Arctic Amer. 'L.B.C.17: 1609. Fruit showy and bter-
esting all summer.
AA. Not Umn and phony infr.
B. S^fie jointed and bent in (A« middU.
c. FU. purpliih orange.
rivUe, Linn. Fig. 1632. St. erect and neariy mmple;
root-lvs. lyrate: st.-lvs. few, with 3 lobes or Ifts.: calyx
brownish purple; petals purplish orange, obovate and
emarginate, narrowed into a claw. North temperate
regions. Var. llbum, is also sold.
cc. FU. golden yeUow.
macroph^Uum, Willd. St. erect and hairy: lower Ivs.
pinnatifid, 3-7-lobed, often with small Ifta. irregularly
S laced on the rachis: fls. several, ahort-peduncled. E.
[.Amer. B.B. 2:221.
BB. SlyU noljoinUd, straighi.
lUuil, Seringe. Slightly pubescent above: scape 1-3-
fld.; styles glabrous. Colo., arctic regions. — Fls. large,
bright yellow.
0. afrocHxfnfum, Hort.. may be m typosraphlca] arror for O.
■tnM«muiiieuin.^q. almiaiieulntum, Hort., ig praumablj' b
form of G. chiloeDM. with dulur fii. than the type, ud Bid mcHtJy
il not enUrely. b it« double oondilion.— O. tniiflrinan. Hon.— {T),
a. Eicmii. Hort. hu light ormnge Os. ud is uid to be > good
BL aeiuoK. hinuie: Ivs. 3-5-lobed, hinute: fb. erect, yellow; petali
wM Lotic MM thfl caIjt: fr. hinnit«. hwoed. rocurred. JapAa.
WiuiELu Miller.
^ N. TArM>B.f
GEVUINA (tr«m the Chilean name). Also written
Gvevina. Proledcex. One species, G. Avellina, Molina
evergreen tree, with large, alternate odd-pinnate, dark
green, glossy Ivs. and white, hermaphrodite fls. in long,
axiUaiy racemea: sepals 4, deciduous; stamens 4; ovary
nearly sessile, 1-celled and 2-ovuled, the style filiform:
f^. a somewhat fleshy drupe, about the size of a cherry,
ooral-red when ripe, the seed having a plcasont^flavored
kernel, resembling the haiel in taste and largely used
by the Chileans. G.C. HI, 40:174. Prop, by seeds or
by green cuttings under glasa. No trees of bearing age
recOTded in U, S., althou^ a tree approximatelv 50
years old is recorded as beanng in Devonshire, Bng^d.
W. A, Tatlob,
gemuiniea, Dum. (FUago germdniea, Linn.), the CoT-
TON-ROBEj is a cottony annual plant somewhat like
leontopodium, which latter is now and then collected by
tourists and dyed like immortelles. It was called
Herba impia by the old herbalists, because a new generOi-
tion of clustered heads rises out of the parent cluster
as if undutifuUy exalting itself. It lb native in Eu.,
and has become naturahzed in E, N. Ajner. in dry
fiekls. St. erect, 6-18 in.: Ivs. lanceolate, upright,
crowded: heads email, rayleas.
GtLU (Philipp Salvador GU, Spanish botanist of the
latter half of the eighteenth century, collaboratcKr with
Xaurei). Polemontdcex. Annual, biennial or perennial
herbs, mostly of western North America.
Flowers small, of many colors, the corolla funnel*
form to bell-flhape or sometimes salverfoim, 5-lobed;
stamens 5, inserted near the base of the corolla-tube,
the blamenta usually naked; ovary 3-k>culed, witll
oxile placenta, the stigmas 3 (or sometimes 2), — Nearly
IftU. OiUa Erudifloia. (XHi
100 species, as the genua is now understood by most
late; calyx partly herbaceous, scarious below the
sinuses; lobes narrow and acute: corolla salverform or
funnelform to camponulatc or almost rotate; filaments
not bearded at base: seeds wingless: herbs, or a few
suffrutiooee," In cult, only G. ad^omiat is woody.
It is not certainly hardy in the E.
, beii^ vigorous, hardy and floriterous. They
are mostly dwarfish, and are excellent for low masses,
edgings or rockeries. Seeds may be sown where the
plants are to grow. Any good soil will suit them.
GlPOLA (anagram of filooo). CompdtiUe. About 10
species of small woolly composites, oi no horticultural
:c_„«..„ ij) ^arm and temperate countries. G.
1336 GILIA
A. PtanU TKrf dirubbi/. (No8. 1-17.)
B. Lot. normaUu allemale, erdire or pinnaldy cut or
divided (Eouw ht. aometxmu opponU).
C. FU. in dente heads, wAuA art tvblended bj/ la^ji
involtUTei.
D. Foliage entire or at leait not much parted.
1. gfandiflAra, Grav (CoIUmia graruUflira, DourIbb).
F%. 1633. Erect, with minutely pube8i>wt reddi^ ats.
1634. Flmnrof OUla
1035. OUU ■chUlaafalla.
1-2 ft. high; Ivs. linear-liutceolate or oblong, nairowed
below but scarcely petioled, entire, acut«: na, many, in
dense terminal heade, buS or salmon-color, redder
innde, 1 in. long. Pkms, west of Rocky Mt8. B.M.
2894. B.R. 1174.~This aod the next aie imteresting
annuals. Useful as bee plants.
2. coccbieo, Gray {CoUAmia coednea, Lehm.). More
slender: ats. not red; Ivb. natrower (mostly linear),
somewhat cut at the ends : fls. smaller, slender-tubed, yd-
loworbuffoutsideand brick-red inside. Chile. B.R.1622.
DD. Foliage pinnatdj/ -parted or corn-pound.
3. minima. Gray (Nauarrltia minima. Nutt.). Dwarf
and tuft^ (3 in. or less high) often forming broad tufts,
nearly giabrous: Ivs. neecile-hke, pinnately parted:
fls. white, the corolla scarcely exceeding the white-
hairy caiyx. la arid districts. Dak. to Ore. and Colo.
4. congesta. Hook. A foot or lew high, erect or
spreading, tufted; Ivs. mostly 3-7-divided into linear
divisions: fls. corj'mbose or m close head-like cymes;
corolla white, the oval lobes nearly as long as the tube;
calyx-teeth iong-pointed, nearly eaualing the corolla. A
small-fld. species growing from Rocky Mts. to the Pacific,
cc. FU. not in doae heads, bid more or le»a acaltered,
or if ca-pilale, the head» not leafy-eublended.
D. Plani perennial: seed only ! in a locuU: fig. email.
5. diUUs, Wats. Two in. or less high: Ivs. oblong,
entire or 2-3-lobed, petioled : fla. solitary and nearly ses-
aile, the purple oorolla ^in. king, the tube exceeding
the cal:r(. S. Utah.— Offered by collectors, but little
known in cult.
DD. Plant annual: aeaU more than 1 to the tocule; corolla
dittinetiy tubular, but rdatimly small.
E. Infl. capitate.
6. c^iitkta, Douglas. Fig. 1634. Plant 18 in. to 2^
Ft. tall, the sts, long and nearly straight between joints:
Js. about ^in. long, in dense, nearly slobular heads,
which terminate long, naked sts.; coroUa-lobcs lance-
linear, acute: Iva. cut into vcoy unequal linear tobes.
Calif, and Ore. B.M. 2698. B.R. 1170. G.W. 15, p.
214. — An old favorite. There ia a white form (var,
Uba). There is alao a var. mijor.
7. Uciniita, Ruii & Pav. Much like the last in
botanical characters, and possibly a form of it: lower
and much more slender, the Ifr-diviaionB mostly very
narrow (usually almost thread-like), the heads smaller
or the fls. sometimes even scattered. Chile. — The fine
foliage and compact habit make this species an excel-
lent garden plant.
EX. Inft. mixed, eapilale on the main branchet, mattered
on the others.
8. acUUeAfolk, Benth. Fig. 1635. Stout (2-3 ft.)
and very branchy and tfushy, the early main branches
terminating in large, dense heads, but the later, finer
grewth bearing scattered fls.: Ivs. small, with short,
Enear lobes or teeth: fla, large, violet or purple-blue,
the corolla-lobee oblong or obovate: caps, large. W.
Calif, B.M. 5939 (ahowing only capital* infl.).— An
old garden plant. Fls. vary to white and roee, and
there is a la^e-fld. form. Vaiioua horticultural names
are in use for these forma, auch as dlba, r&sea, m^jor, etc.
9. jnulticaMB, Benth, Not unlike the preceding,
from which it differs only in ita smaller fls. and more
distinctive habit. Calif. B.M. 3440 and B.R. 1682, both
as G. achillae/olia from which this may not really
differ.
EEE. tnfi., scattered or loosely eymuloae.
10. tricolor. Benth. Fig. 1636. A very diffuse, twiggy
grower. 2-2^4 ft. high, sparsely pubeecent: Ivs. few on
the full-grown plant, amall, with many short, very nar-
row or needle-shaped divisions: fls, comparatively
large (5<in. long or nearly so), nearly or quite bell-
shaped, the corolla 2-3 times the length of the cal^x;
color of the roundish lobes violet and passing to whitish
at the base, of the throat
brown-purple and of the
tube yeUow. W. Calif.
B.M. 3463. BR. 1704.
— One of the oonunoneat
of garden annuals.
Hiere is a white form
(G. nivilie, Hort, C.
^ba, Hort.), Gn, 72, p.
201, and a rose-colored
form (G. rdiea. Hort.),
and a red-vioiet form
(var, ribro-iMlicea,
Hort.) Besides these
a small form has been
called G. ndna, a large
one G. splhutene, and
a dense, stiff one G.
eompdeta. None of
these names appears to
be in anything but trade
catalogues. Thrives
with the least care,
1(U«. GlUi tricolor.
GILIA
DDD. PlaiU biennud: atedt few or many in eatA bxuie:
fl*. Ituve and Jo>v<u6uJar, red (running iTxto
wkiie form»), tht corolla very imuit mrpa»ting
the mbulaU eatyx-iobes. (Ipmutrpsit.)
11. conmopifdlU, Fere. {Ipomdpnt Hegaru, Poir.
/. at4ranAwn and I. gan{pdnea, Hort.). Standing
Ctpress. St. strict and unbraDched, BOmetimes 6 ft.
high, veiy leafy: Ivs. pinnate, the divisions ne«dle-like
and about 1 m. long: fls. many, 1^ in. long, loog-
GILLENIA
1337
ixiis
1U8. Ollik mKnaOa. (XK)
trumpetrshape, borne aloDg the sides of the summit of
the St., the t»Jyx inconapicuouB amongst the short
bract-lvB., the corolla scarlet or pink-red and dotted
and yellowish within, varying to orange, its lobes obtuse
or nearly so and flaring. In dry soil, S. C, south and
west. B.R. 1891. G.C. III. 40:277. G.M. 49:598. Gn. 70,
p. 165. — Common old garden plant, and worthy. Fls.
Bcentlrsa. Name should probably be G. rubrn. Heller.
12. a^egftta. Spreng. {Ipom&psii ^le^ru, Lindl.).
DiSera m mostly shoTt«r stature, pubescent st., and
more slender habit, with redder (sometimes white)
C. Foliage very fine, the hg, cut tnto threadlike or linear
divitiont.
D. Corolla rotale-bell-thape, with a short, faring tube.
13. Unifl&ra, Benth. (G. linifblia. Hort.). Fig. 1637.
Ten to 20 in. high, diffuse and oranchy: lower Ivh.
mostly opposite, but the upper alternate, all palmately
divided to the base in needle-like or epuirey-like
divisions: fls. rather Urge for the aiie of the plant, the
corolla white or blush,
ikear^ rotate, the thin
lobes obtuse. Calif. 8.
M. 5895.— A useful tufty
garden annual. The
name linifiora is meant
to designate the resem-
blance of the fls. to thoae
of LinMtn tenuijolium;
but some catalogue-
maker, evidently think-
ing that the name meant
linear~ftoieered, and was
tiie trade.
DD. Corolla aabierform, wiA a filiform and elongated
tu6e. (Leplotiphon.)
14, denaiflAra, Benth. {LeploAphon dennfiitnu,
Benth.). Erect or even strict, 1-2 ft., hairy: Ivs. with
many filiform somewhat rigid divisions: fls, in rather
close heads, lilac or white, >^J< in. long: tube of the
corolla scarcely longer tnon the Ivs.; lobes of the
corolla spreading, obtuse, often dentate, near^ or quite
as h)ng as the tube. Calif. B.M. 3578. B.R. 1725. —
Common garden annual. The whit«-fld. form is known
as var. ilM, Hort.
15. androslcea. Steud. (.LeptoAphon androadeeue,
Benth.). Much like the last, but the tube very slender
and much exserted beyond the calyx and Ivs.; fls. 1
in. long, pink, lilac or white, in rather close heads, the
corolla-lobes ovate-acute and entire, much shorter
than the tube, 12-18 in. Calif. B.M. 3491. B.R. 1710.
16. micrintha, Steud. Fig. I63S. Tufted, 8 in. or less
hi^, the sts. most leafy near the top: Ivs. short, fas-
cicled: fls. with an exceedingly slender thread-like tube
which is I-IJ-S in. long, and projecting prominently
above the upper fascicles of Iva., the coroUa-lobes
spreading and obtuse: color range very wide, — from
puiple to lilac, red, yellow and white. Calif. — A popu-
lar bedding plant. Forms of it are known asLeploMpton
aureus, L. airmintua, L. hybridue, and L. roaea*.
CC. Foliage of eiilire (but tuotow) Ips.
17. dianthcddes, Endl. (FindxadianthiJldra,Bea\b.).
Fig. 1639. Tufted, 6 in. or less high: Ivs. narrowly Im-
ear. opposite; fls. 1-1)4 in. long, lilac or purple, with
yellowiab throat, the flat-spreodrng lobes denticulate or
nearly fringed. S.Calif. B.M. 4876. R.H. 1865:11.—
A choice little annual, excellent for edginss and rock-
wofk, bearing a profusion of pink-like ns. "Hie fls.
sometimes vaiy to white (Finzlia dfbo, Hort.). A
large-fid. form is called C. apteidta.
AA. Ptante thrubby.
18. caUftfmica, Benth. A low, procumbent and
much-branched shrub: Ivs. alternate, deeply digitately
parted into 5-7 stiff and hairy segms; fls. showy, very
free; sepals subulate, mucronate; petals cuneate, aome-
timee toothed, roae-colored. Calif. B.M. 4872. — A fine
ahowy species, perhaps not hardy in the E.
a. obraliBtifMa. NuCt.. oonin in EaouDtaiiu bkck 0( SuU
Btrbum, itnd W been liMd in ooUrctiou of lutivg plaata for ulc:
duKcud, t£e ultiDute BestriA. very narrow vDrTiLcuU and curved
backvHTa: fl. without morkiDgB (bLue?). Lu^, tjte jobfla aprnd-'
ing. obovftt« ud obtuae; atuneiu Karo«h' protniding.— O. Chamif-
^^- L. H. B.
N. TATLOILt
GILlBflRTlA (J. E. GiUbert, 1741-1814, France,
Shysician and botanist). AToiidxex. A genus of very
•yi Trop. American ebnibe (if Dendropanax is sepa-
rated) that are not known in cult. The name is one
frequently but incorrectly used by gardeners for
Treveaia, and G. palmala is described under that genus.
O. panixulaia and one or two others are referral to
Polyscias. Gilibertia differs from Trevesia in having parts
of the fl. in 6-8's instead of 8-12'b, and in its simple
entire Ivs. From Dendropanax it differs mostly in its
6-8-merou8 rather than 5-merous fls. n. Tatloh.
GILL^niA (dedicated to an obscure German botanist
or physician of the seventeenth century, A. Gilte or
Gilleniua). Syn. Porterdnihus, Rot&ux. Excellent
graceful plants for the mixed border, rockeries, or
other hardy gardens.
Erect, perennial herbs, 2-4 ft. high, with nearly
sessile, S-iohate, or 3-parted, stipulate Iva. : fls. white
or pinkish, loosely panicled, perfect, perigynous; tnip-
shaped receptacle narrow, somewhat contracted at the
mouth, 5-toothed; petals atrap-ahaped, unequal, 4r-8
lines long; stamens 10-20^ very short; piatils 5, superior,
lightly coherent, later diatinct, pubescent: fr. consistr
ing of 5 2-4-8eeded follicles. — Two species. They are
hardy and of easy cult, in any good soil. Prop, by
seeds or division.
1338 GILLENIA
tritoUkta, Moench. Bowman's Root. Lfta. serrate;
BUpu]e8Bmal],awl-flh&ped,muiily entire. Cent. and S.U.
S. B.M.489(B8SpirBa). Mii.8:129. J.H. III. 43:188.
sUpuUta, Trel.
(G. (ftpuJdeeo,
Nutt). AMKBICAN
Ipecac. Lfta. in-
cised; Btipules
large, broad, and
leai-lilce, doubly in-
cised. Cent, and S.
U.S.
K. M. WmoAND.
GINSENG
bUolw, Linn. {Siduinirii ,
Ginkgo. Maidenhaib Trke. Kbw Trek. Figa, 1640-
1642. A straight, HparBely branched, usually slender
tree, attaining a beunt of 60-80 ft. : Ivs. 3-5, I-clustered,
fan-flfaaped, divided at sununit, with thickened mar^,
striated on both aides with numerous parallel veins:
fls. diiBciouB; m^e catkins alender, stalked; females
on long footstalks, in paira, of which one usually
oborta: fr. a dnipe, ooneisting of an acrid, fouI-emelUnK
pulp surroundina a smooth, angular ovd, cream-col-
ored, thin-shellea, sweet-kemeled nut. F.S. 10, p. 119.
,G.C. 111.5:265, 269. G.F. 1:175 (adapted in Fig.
1640). A.G. 12:268. Gng. 6:194. G.M.52:1011.
Bpeare's
ally rel
referred to
what we now call
the carnation, Dt-
anthut Caryophyfr
hi», also known as
clove pink. Since
Shakespeare's time
gilliflower has usu-
ally meant either
wall-flowetH or
Btocka, as explained
under Cheiranthus and Matthiola.
16«0. Olnkio bllotH.
OCIOBX: ZmgOtr ofidnaU. WIM Oi^n-: .la
GfHKGO (Chinese name). Syn., Salitbiaia. (Titub-
i/o&cex, one of the seKr^ates from the Coniferx. One
species in northern China and Japan, the sole remainder
ca a more numerous tribe in geolodc time; now wide-
spread as a street and park tree and also prized for the
edible seeds.
Tall tree, with wed^e-ehaped deciduous Ivs.: fls.
small and mostly ditscious; pistillate fl. solitary, the
single naked ovule ripening into a drupe; staminate fls.
in slender, loose catkins: fr. a drupe aoout 1 in. diam.,
containing a very large lenticular seed or kernel
IMl Ginkfo l«ni uid (mil.
Gn.66. p. 346. Gn.M.2:ll. G.W.3. p. 642; 10, p.
285; 15, pp. 589-593. J.H. III. 64:148.— The (pnkgo
was intro. to Amer. early in the last century; it is gen-
erally successTuI on good soil in the eastern states as
far nortii as E. Mass. and Cent. Mich., and along the
St. Lawrence River in parts of Canada. It is of special
value for solitary plantins to secure picturesque effects.
It is considerably planteo in Washington, D, C., where
it is growing in eeteem as a street tree because of its
upright habit and freedom from insect injury. Easily
Erop. from seed, stratified in autumn; varieties by
udding and grafting. Several horticultural forma are
recognized, including Eoctntolo, pfndula and ixmegaia.
The foul odor of the ripe frs., which continue to mature
and drop during a period of some weeks, constitutes
the chief objection to the species as a street tree, or
near dwellings, and suggests the advisability of prop,
from staminate trees by grafting or budding, for plant-
ing in such locations. The kernels, which have a sweet-
ish, slightly resinous flavor, are highly esteemed for
food in China and Japan, and are gathered from fruiting
trees in Washington for such use by Chinese laundry-
The word Ginkgo seems to bo pronounced with a bard
initial G in the orient, but in English a soft G should
be used. The name is often speUed Gingko, but the
other spelling is that used by Linnsus.
W. A. Tatmb.
GINSENG (Pinax quxtupi^dtiwn, Linn. P. Oineeng,
Meyer. Ardtia quinqvf/Aliaj Decne. & Planch.) is to
the Chinese more than quinme or any other drug is to
Americans. As its name Panax implies, it is a [tana-
cea, being employed for all the ills that flesh is heir to.
Though credited with stimulating, aromatic, alterative,
carminative and tonic properties, the root is with us
seldom used except as a detnuloent. The
which it is held, and the high price that
China, led ta extengive a^rch for a substitute, which
resulted in the discovery in 1716 ot American ginseng,
Panax quirtguffolium, near Montreal, Canada. This
root was favorably received by the Chinese, and bood
became an imporiAnt article
of export. During the past
fifty years the price of Ameri-
can ginseng nas advanced
nearly 700 per cent, but owing
to the energetic hunt for the
root, t« the destruction of
forests and to the gathering
of plante at improper times,
the wild supply has greatly
decreased. With the advanc-
ing prices and the diminishing
supply came experiments in
ginicug cultivation, most of
which failed through i^so-
rance of the plant's pecuhari-
tiea. The seed ripens in Sep-
tember. If dry it will not
germinate untu the second
_.._, if fresh and
kept nearly all the a
Bcrminate the first season. The soil must be a light,
triple loam, free from stones, rich in humus and welt
drained^ the pWts must be well supplied with shade
and moisture. Cultivated ginseng already oommonds a
considerably higher price than the wild root, and,
though no returns can be expected from a plantation
under three or four years, the industry is profitable
to the men that have given it careful attention.
Ginseng beds can be located in orchards, gardens, or
woods, where the roots may remain without danger of
are likely to be stolen, and beds should, therefore, be
placed where they can be guarded.
For further information on ginseng, send to Division
of PubUcations, Department of Agriculture, Washing-
ton, D. C, for Bulletin No. 16 of the Division of
Botany, revised by M. G. Kaine in 1898. or consult
Kains Ginseng, its culture, etc., Orange Judd Company
1899; second edition, 1902. For diseases, consult Cor-
nell bulletins. M. G. Kains.
QITHAOO: LiKAiiit.
GITH^PSIS iUke GUhago, from the calyx). Camr
panulAcex. One blue-fld. annual in Calif., sometimes
recorded in horticultural Utera-
ture, G. nieeulariiA^" ^"*' '•
Dows in the open h:
the mountains: st. s
what branched, 4-7
pubescent: Ivs. obo
than i^in. k>ng:
corolla tubular-
bell-shaped, the
lobes shorter than
the tube; calyx
10-ribbed, adnate
to the ovary: fr.
a coriaceous ca^..
bearing the rigid
calyii-kibea, de-
hiscing at
Var. diffii
arly gla-
brous, but 1
what hispid. IM4. Glwliohu esm iniwliii aboTa Iha old
L. H. B. '>"'• ■"'' ^" cormcli from the bottom.
GLADIOLUS
GUDlOLnS(diminutiveorr '
somewhat grown under glass.
Corm-bearing herbs with I
branched spikes; Ivs. radical an
or leffl tubular, the tube usua
(enlargiDg upward); scgms, 6,
aiiat, strongly narrowed or even i
le upper ones often hooded (
opening or mouth of the fl.; st
on the tube: stigmas 3, on a lonj
3-loculed, Decoming an oblo
caps., with fiattenfM and win]
times globose seeds: each fl. i
sessile spathe (like a calyx) w
lanceolate valves or If.-lDie pa
are mostly equitant on the St.,
prominently several-ribbed, v
linear to sword-shaped (eomel
teret«): the old corm dies ant
grows on top, and cormela
or offsets (sometimes called
"spawn") form from the
underpart (Fig. 1644).— The
species of Gladiolus are 160
or more, perhaps 100 being in
S. Afr. (Cape), many in Trop.
Afr. in both the E. and the
W., and otfaera in the Medit.
and W. Asian regions. The
greater part of nighly im-
[woved garden forms are de-
rived more or lew directly <
from the S. African species.
The Eurasian roeciea are little
grown, althot^ some of them
are hardy. GladioU have been
much modified by variation,
hybridising and selection.
The gladiolus is propa-
gated r^dily by seeds, as
explained farther on ; by the
use of the new conn xrowii^
the old one, and which is sep
either when cleaning in autu
before planting in spring: i
young corms, or cormels. Inci
stock by the small corms or cor
the most common method, ai
one by which a variety is pi
atcd. The small corms are sU
bogs, boxes or other suitable n
cles and kept from frost. It is
to sprouting if the cormels a
allowed to dry out during the
of rest. They should be plant
one-year seedhngs, and th^
blooming plants the first and
Great pro^^ss has been m
recent years in the improven
the gladiolus, until in floriferouimcH, aiMiiahia
form, color, substance and keeping ^iuiiBiiii
qualities it has become one of the im- ^(x w)
portant summer flowers, both for
amateurs and florists. It is to be expected, however,
that many other forms and qualities are yet to appear,
considering the great number of wild species of much
beauty that have not been combined in the cultivated
strains. It may be possible, also, that closely related
genera can be used to some extent in hybridizmg. The
unes of division between Gladiolus, Antholyza, Acidan-
thera, and some others, are more or lees arbitrary.
1340
GLADIOLUS
pntlaeinui and G. eardinalU. Fonna of O. trittis early
entered into the cultivated strains, as well as G. oppo-
litifiorut, and later G. pwpurto-auralui and G. Saun-
lUrtii. Tbe Lemoinei and nanceianus races (Fig. 1646)
have afforded foundations for much subsequent breed-
ing. Recently, G. primviinui has entered into the
nombinatioBS. It seems to be particularly valuable
as a parent; it is said to be dominant in color over even
the deepest reds, Bubduiog them to excellent shades of
oran^, salmon, and teira-cotta; when crossed with
tbe hgbt«r colors it transforms them to buff, lemon and
ecru; combined with yellow the color is deepened.
The hooded character is commonly inherited. W. W.
Van Fleet has succeeded in croadng this specie^ with
many of the other wild forms. With G. Quartininnut
the color is said to be toned down to terra-cotta and
the season for blooming is changed from autumn to
midsummer. When G.Waltonitu is
«ok)
introduced by
ilduitherichtl.uidO.a
■.<XH)
The ruffled atraioa of gladioli have appeared in recent
years, adding a pleasing variety and much merit to
the flower. This type nas been specially developed
in the recent breeaing work of A. E, Kunderd, of
Goshen, Indiana (Fip;. 1647). Nearly twenty years
ago he began his selections for the production of a
frilled or wavy flower, that should have something of
the pelal-edge exhibited so well in azalea. Early- and
late-flowerini; strains have been produced. It is said
tbat one strain has the blood of G. Qvartinianus and
is producinK many good shades of red with fluted or
ruffled petals and suitable for late-flowering purposes.
G. prirmdinua has also given good tints in yellows, with
flowers very much frilled. It now seems Dossible to
introduce the ruffling into many of the standard types,
much as has been done with the sweet pea.
The recent Burbank strains have been developpd from
the variety America as the seed-parent. These are
s^ to comprise many very large-flowered forms, with
brilliant coloring.
GLADIOLUS
The G. prxcox group or str .. __
Frederick Roemer, of Quedlinburgh, Germany, said
to be the result of intercroesing the earliest-flowering
plants of G. gandanenn*, G. Lemoinei, G. Chiidaii and
G. rumeeiamta. In color, markings, or site, the race
compares favorably with the parents, and at the
same time the plants bloom the first year from seed,
especially when the seed is started in a moderate
hotbed in March. As growth advances, they are given
ventilation gradually. There is a decided improve-
ment the second year, when two or more spikes of
normal size are usuaUy produced. Other strains
trfgUdioluB may also give bloom the first year from
Some of the earUer history of American gladiolus-
breeding was written for the "Cyclopedia of American
Horticulture" by H. H. Groft, of Canada, one of the
prominent contributors to the improvement of the
flower (extracts) : Some twenty-five years ago "when tbe
writer, under the inspiration of Luther Burbank, began
bis own work in hybridization, the best American-grown
stock available was the H^ock collection of some 400
named varieties of gandavensis and about 100 of the
earlier Lemoine hybrids, all of European origin. After
trial, the writer placed them all in mixtures. About this
time Luther Burbank began to offer a few named varie-
ties, but shortly afterword sold his whole stj>ck, the
collection boing now in the writer's hands. This col-
lection, in the opinion of the writer, is the best strain
of gandavensis. The varieties were lai^ly of varie-
gated types, with man^ of unique markings and peculiar
form. Burbank had given particular attention to varie-
ties calculated to withstand the hot, dry winds of
Cahfomia, and had originated several nith specially
stiff petals, quite distinct from the ordinary types. The
peculiarity of the flowers blooming around the spike
like the hyacinth was also his contribution. All of his
varieties are now grown in mixture by the writer with
the exception of a white variety, which promises to be
distinct and valuable for some time to come. The
work of Van Fleet, of New Jersey, was carried on more
for scientific than commercial results, and reaped a
deserved success. However, the writer has found that
the offspring of a pure species is less stable than that of
well-balanc«i cross-bred varieties, the former system
handing down few varieties of permanent commercial
value, though they are in themselves valuable as
parents for the foundation of new strains. The best
work of a semi-professional character, in the opinion
of the writer, has been done by T. S, Moore, of Indiana,
who has spared no trouble or expense in procuring
choice material upon which to build, and with satis-
factory results." Writing in 1914, GroS speaks of the
fluted, ruffled and crimped forms being frequent in
the progeny of every improved species; ol the develop-
ment of iris-form flowers; and of innumerable Influences,
under breeding, on the character of the stalk, fiber,
capsule, shape and size of foliage, disposition of flowers
to droop or to grow erect, on the conn and its husk
and the facility of producing cormels, and other inter-
esting departures.
The interest in the gladiolus has been much stimu-
lated in North America by the work of the American
Gladiolus Society. It was organized at Boston, May
27, 1910, for the purpose of "stimulating interest in,
and promoting the culture and development of the
gladiolus; to establish a standard nomenclature; to
te.<it out new varieties, and to give them such recogni-
they deserve; to study the diseases of the
^ \^ and find remedies for same; to disseminate
mformation relating to this flower; to secure uniformity
in awarding prizes at flower shows, and to ^vc one
exhibition each vear." The society holds exhibitions,
publishes a bulletin, and in many ways aids in the
popularizing of the gladiolus and in estaohshing stand-
ards of excellence. Ithasatrial-groundat the New York
GLADIOLUS
State Coll^ of Agricultuie at Cornell Univeni^,
where gladioli are now being carefully studied.
Followtns is a score-card prepared by direction of
CladioluB %ciety of Ohio:
1. Bplke (lone, G; nrusht. S; many bloocu, 5: fuiiis toiether,
3. Coloc UurutiTe. 10: cither seU--
5: uUptHl lO OUt-floiTBr trvda Ot uurBiB im, uj . «v
4. Fi>liue|&irk.liultfaycreeii,6;broid.&;mbuiuUot,G) 15
5. DutvbUitr fcotiliDUtaDft of bloom on ^ulce, 5; lutioc quili-
ti« ■■ culr^ower, S) 10
0. G«unleSeeia»DU>Mbwl«aeld.G;innw«iiutilu[iUr.G) 10
Colttua of the gUdiohu. (Isaac S. Hendrickson, except
when otherwise stated.)
The Gladiolus has eeveral good points combined to
make it interesting, popular, and promising, as: The
low cost; ease of culture; freedom liom insects; varia-
tion in color; ease of carrying over from year to year;
len^ of blooming season; rapid increase; ease with
whjch new varieties are produced.
LS follows:
400 to GOO.
lib-
14.000.000 to IGXIOO.OOO
Estimkliid Ttlut af erop
Raiting new Dorieiiet.
It is the contention of some growers that certain
definite results can be secured By band-croaaing of
different varieties, while other growers assert that they
cannot trace a single valuable result to that method.
The writer's observation has led him ia the opinion
that some of the best and most useful sorts on the
market today are the results of careful selection ot seed
from the varieties showing best form, growth, color,
vigor, sixe, and other qualities. It is well lor the gcncraJ
Kudener to purchase a collection of the best-named
kinds now on sale, plant them together and let the
insects transfer the pollen naturally; and if tbe weather
ia favorable, one ia almost sure t« have a crop of seed.
This seed must be carried over until the followii^
spring, when it can be planted in shallow drills, covei^
ing about one-eighth to one-fourth inch with soil; they
will make only a slight grass-like growth the first year,
and must be taken up in the fall, and housed away from
frost. The foUowins spring they can be planted as
one would sow garden peas, and covered about 1 K
inches deep; they will make a httle more growth and
perhaps a small percentage will flower, but the bulbs
will havie to be lifted and planted once more before a
good showing of flowers can be eicpected. The com-
mercial grower expects ia wait three or four yean
after planting the seed before he has salable bulbs,
which of course, can be sold only as seedlings or mix-
wee as all forms and colors will be present. In look-
ffor new varieties to name, the greatest care must be
en to choose only those of real merit, aomething that
~ distinct from previous selections, new in color, good
substance, excellent in form, and in all waya merito-
-. JUfl. When the selection is finally made from perhaps
thousands of seedlings, it is labeled out and lifted
separately in the fall, and jealously guarded until the
neirt planting-time; then it is watched with eagerness
to see whether it mil prove constant and worth taking
the trouble to "bring up." for as it requires at least ten
years to secure enough oulba to ofler for sale, one can
easily waste much time if the selection does not prove
to be a wise one. It is often said that there are too many
varieties now under name, and this is true; but ss it is
so verv easy and so fascinating to grow aeedUngs, one
should not discourage the amateur in securing this
satisfaction.
Of course the professional or expert breeder will
exercise the most careful choice of tlie parent stocks;
and he is able to mtUce man^ interesting and valuable
Dombinations of ^lecial quahties.
Cviiaft.
While nearly any good garden soil is adapted to the
culture of the gladiolus, the plant seems partial ta a
sandy loara. In field cul-
ture, gladioh are usually
planted in rows similar to
potatoes; that ia to say.
the furrows are made 3
feet apart to allow tillage
with horse. The bulbs are
placed in the row by hand,
usually about 2 to 4
inches apart each way
according to site, and
covered about 4 or 6 inches
deep. Deep planting pre-
vents them blowing over.
I^uent tillage must be
given in spring and sunf
For garden culture, they
may be planted promiscu-
ously in the border if
wanted for garden, decora-
tion- or if wanted for
cut-flowers principally, the
straight-row method is
best, as it enablea better
tillage to be given and
makes it much easier to cut
the blooms. The gladio-
lus is essentially a cut-
flower. If one has a
fcoodly number of bulbs, it
IB an excellent plan to
make sucoesaivc plantings
about fifteen davs apart,
beginning as early as the
ground can be worked
and continued until July.
This will insure continu-
ous bloom from July until
October, or until the
elanta are cut down by
YMt. As the old bulb or
oorm produces its flower,
it dies and a new one
forms in its place, and de-
velops until narvest time,
when it is lifted and stored
in a warm dry place; some
time during the winter
the roots and old bulb
should be taken off, so
that the bulb will present
a clean appearance and
be ready for planting.
Aa a cut^flower, the
gladiolus will rival moat
other flowers in keeping
quahties. The blooms can
DC kept fresh and beauti-
164T. Th. nOM) ilxliohu. '"1 ^°'' » P«"«l "f .^ve to
(XK) ten days after cutting by
changing the water daily
and removing each day the withered blooms; it also
helps if the ends of the spike are nipped off when chang-
ing the water. If the spikes are cut when the first two
or three Sowers have opened, the entire stalk will open
out after it has been put in water. They may be sent
to a distance; they will arrive in excellent condition if
a little core ia taken when shipping. Tbe epikee should
be cut when the first Bower opens. Mid put in water in
the cellar or cool place for two or three hours, after
and then when placed in water tiiey will quickly
respond and unfold their petak.
The usca of gladioli are varied; ^reat quantities are
used for decoratina dinine tables m the great hotels
and steamboats; noriets nave long recognised their
ralue in making funeral designs; at the exhibition of
the American Gladiolus Society, at Rochester, it was
demonstrated that they can be used for fancy table
decoration, wedding bouquets, and other puipoeea.
Varieliet.
No two peraoos will agree on rarietiee, but the fol-
lowing represent some rf' the good typ« at present
(given here as a matter of recora):
While.— EuTopttj Blanche, Peace, IfiLima. Pink. —
Wild Rose, Amenca, Mrs. Frank Pendleton, Myrtle,
Taconic, Panama. Scarlet. —Mia. Francis King,
Princepe, Brenchl^ensis, Contrast (scarlet and white) .
yeU<>w.— Golden King, Sulphur King, Niagara, Kun-
derdi Glory. Maroon. — Empress of India, Mrs.
Millins. Violet. — Baron Joseph Hulot.
Variation in »we o/ bulbs.
There is great variation in siie of bulb or conn. It is
a varietal characteristic. Some kinds never make a
large bulb, yet the>[ may be Huperior kinds. This
ou^t to give a hint in buying mixtures at tbe flower-
shop. Nine times out of ten, when a customer has the
Opportunity to pick out tiie bulbs personally, the very
largest ones are taken, with the result that psrhaps not
more than one or two kinds are received, as veiy oft*n
the very best and choicest flowers are concealed in the
small or medium-sized conns. Some of the
large-bulb sorts are very inferior, and it is
easy to increase tbe stock, while others,
perhaps producing smaller bottoms, bear
only a few offsets.
ComnKTcial ruUination Jar stock or bviha.
(E. H. Cushman.)
For successful commercial culture it is
essential that sandy soil conditions are
obtainable. Such preparation of the soil
as puts it in a loose, friable condition will
answer. Probably the ideal soil is a sod.
fidl-plowed and then most thorou^y worked
in the spring. Stroi^, fresh stable manure
ehouid be avoided. If soil is not sufficiently
rich in plant-food it ia best to use all strong
manures on a previous season's crop of some
other kind. Any complete fertiliier is bcner
ficial when thoroughly worked through the
soil, at the rate of 600 to 1 ,000 pounds to the
acre. Planting should be begun as early in
the spring as the proper working of the soil
apart, according to method of cultivation. If fine, round
bulbs are to be grown, and the stock for planting
exceeds \yi inches in diameter, it will be necessary to
I'lace the bulbs rieht side up in the furrow by hand,
either in single or double rows 2 inches apart. Bulbs of
lesser ^ze ma^ be scattered as evenly as possible along
tbe furrow, with an average of ten or twelve to the foot
of furrow. Clean culture tnroughout the growing season
is essential. Cutting the spike of flowers is a nelp to
increasing the size of the bulbs. Four months is suffi-
cient for the growth and maturity of the bulb. To har-
vest, loosen the soil and hft the bulbs by their fops,
and lay on the ground to dry off and ripen. Should
weather permit, they can be entirely ripened out-of-
doors. Cut the tops off close to the bulbs, pulling oS
GLADIOLUS
require, the tope may be trimmed off at onr« on lifting.
and the buUis taken under cover for cleaning and
drying.
C-uUure in Califomia. (Sydney B. Mitchell.)
Gladioli, like all South African bulbs, do very weU in
Califomia ; indeed near Santa Cru2, some of the popular
lar^e-Sowering varieties arc grown in commercial quan-
tities for their bulbs. These summer-flowering kinds
may be planted in the fall to bloom in the fallowing
May and June, but in private gardens additional
corms should be put in at intervals from April to July
< that a succession of flowers may be available untJ
nonering class of the nanus and Colvillei types s
also quite hardy here and
so do not require the glass
^ OTotection given in tbe
East. Tbe favorite varieties
of the nanus or dwarfs are
Peach Blossom and Blush-
ing Briile, while The Bride
easily leads in the Colvillei
section. A few of the less-
known early species are also
grown occasionally, i '
£,
mple G. trittis (yellow and tei
tai and its vanety concolor (j
ottai and its vanety cc
Teenish yellow), both of '
lower in March around San Fran-
isco Bay. The earlier-flowering
}/ y^ # classes should all be planted just as
n X^ I I ffyavi as available in late October or
in November. Growth starts at
once, but the floweis usually do not
appear much before the following
May, when they make a brave show
and are fine for cutting. Their
simple requirements are fall-plants
ing in a well-drained, preferably
loamy soil, put about 3 inches
p and about the same apart. Separate
}s are reset each autumn for best
ilts. As they increase quite rapidly and
1 greatly in vigor after they have had
ear in California, as far as soil and
late KO, there is no good reason why
locw-grown bulbs should not quite
replace imported ones.
Indoor cuUure. (A. C. Hottes.)
Until recently, the gladiolus i
bloom in April and May. They may first
(XWI ' bestarted inS-inch pots and later benched.
They require a cool temperature, about
45° at night, if one expects the foliage to develop nicely.
This is a temperature near that of the carnation op-
timum; they are therefore, often planted around the
margins of the carnation benches. Their growth at first
is slow, making little growth till the sun gets higher
in the spring.
The flowers of the nanus type appear two or three
weeks earlier than the standard varieties of gandavensis,
Lemoinei or nanceianus. Varieties of the latter groups,
however, are being developed with the desirable
quaUties for forcing, th.it of earliness and of a pleasing
commercial color, and are becoming of considerable
importance as a spring flower for the florist.
ft lie stems are not cut too short, the corms will
renew themselves as well as in outdoor culture and they
can be forced again or given a year's growth in the field.
< < « • »
ZLVm. Tha gudeo gladiolus, Tarialy "Peacfc"
GLADIOLUS
GLADIOLUS
1343
The kinds of gladiolus.
The following account includes thq^e species that
appear to have any particular horticultural history; also
some of the prominent Latin-named hybrids, although
not aU these hybrids may now be in commerce.
Adiami, 20.
alatus, 2.
aa>idu9,2^
al6iM, 28.
ancusfus, 5.
atnmoUoeufl, 7.
biflonu, 8.
bUndua, 24.
brtnchleyenMt 29.
BriDerii, 33.
faysantinus, 11.
carrtinalw, 16.
ean%e%u, 10, 24.
Childmi.32.
eitriruu, 29.
CblviUei. 28.
communis, 10.
coDoolor, 4, 19.
eordahu, 5.
erispiflonis, 6.
cruentus, 16.
ddieati»aimu»t 28.
draoooeirfialufl, 21.
INDEX.
Enseaseri. 33.
ereotus, 19.
excdnu, 24.
fasciatut. 9.
floribunduB, 25, 28.
Froebelii, 33.
gandavensis, 29.
grandis, 3.
Uihbertii, 24.
HoUandia, 29.
hybriduSf 35.
inUmcatut, 6.
Kunderdii, 37.
Leichtlinii, 14.
Lemoinei, 30.
maoulatus, 19.
major, 19.
MiUeri. 27.
Mortoniti9, 24.
namaquensis, 2.
nanoeianus, 31.
nanu9, 28.
ntUalenait, 22.
oppoflitiflorua, 28.
Fapilio, 13.
pmcox, 36.
primuUnufl, 19.
princepe, 35.
paittacinus, 22.
purpureo-auratua, 23.
Quartinianua, 18.
ramotu; 28.
aalmoneufl. 19.
Saunderaii. 17.
aegetum, 12.
aulphureus, 20.
auperbus, 17.
trimaeulatua^b,
triatis, 4.
turicenaia, 34.
undvlatu», 9.
versicolor t 3.
tintdu9, 9.
vittatua, 9.
Wataoniua, 1.
I. Species of Gladiolus (Nos. 1-27).
Few of the original species of Gladiolus are in culti-
vation in their pure form. When grown at all, they are
priied chiefly as oddities, or because of their botamcal
mterest. The following species are either offered at
the nresent time in the trade or are parents of modem
garaen forms:
A. FL with a long, slender, cylindrical curved tube,
which is enlaraed in the middle; segms. nearly
equal, (Homogtossum.)
1. WatsdniuSy Thunb. {Antholyza revolida, Burm.).
Corm 1 in. diam., globose: st. slender, 18 in. or less,
with 1 long, narrow-linear and stiff If. and 2-3 short
sheathing Ivs.: fls. 2-4, in a lax 1-sided spike, 2 in. or
less long, bright red, the wide-spreading segms. oblong
and acute, the lower ones smaller and lanceolate-fal-
cate; stamens very short. S. Afr. B.M. 450. — Little
known in this country, but offered by Dutch growers.
AA. Fl. short and open,' the tube short or scarcely any;
segms. very prominently clawed, usually uneqiial,
2. alitus. Linn. Corm small, globose: small, the
St. only 4-12 in. high, and slender: Ivs. 3-4, linear and
rigid: ns. 3-4 in a lax spike, the curved tube Hin. long,
the perianth pink ana often strongly veined; segms.
very unequal, the 3 lower tongue-like and protruded,
the others obovate or nearly orbicular, all of them dif-
ferently colored toward the base: stamens nearly as
long as upper segms. S. Afr. B.M. 586; 592; the var.
namaquensis, Baker, which is more robust, with broader
Ivs., more fls., the upper segms. broad.
AAA. Fls, of medium length, with a funnel-shaped tube,
which is flaring at the top; segms. narroxoed below,
but not disUncUy clawed. {Gladiolus proper.)
B. Lvs. linear (J^in. or less wide),
c. Perianthsegms. acute.
3. grindis, Thunb. {G. versicolor, Andr.). Corm
globed, with coverings of thick wiry fibers: st. slender,
2 ft. or less, terete: lvs. about 3, terete, strongly ribbed,
114 ft. or less long: fls. 6 or less in a lax 1-sided spike,
3 in. long, with a curved tube; segms. nearly equal,
oblong-lanceolate and cuspidate, as long as the tube
and twice lon|;er than the stamens, recurved and often
wavy, yellowish or creamy, tinged and striped with
purple-orown, especiaUy on the keel: caps, oblong, 134
m. long; seeds winged. S. Afr. B.M. 1042.
4. trfstis, Linn. Very like the last: fls. 2-4, somewhat
smaller (2 in. or less lone) ; segms. shorter than the tube
and not twice longer tmui the stamens, acute (short-
pointed), yellowish white with purple or blackish pen-
cilings, or var. c6ncolor, Hort., Fig. 1648 (G. c&ncolor,
Salisb.), almost white or uniform yellow. S. Afr. B.M.
272, 1098. G. 21:649. Gn. 75, p. 420. G.C. IIL 38:187
(var. concolor). G.F. 8:75 (reproduced in Fig. 1648).
— Said to eidiale a poweif ul and delightful lemon
perfume at night.
5. angfistus, Linn. (0, trimaculdtus. Lam. 0, coT'
ddtiu, Thunb.). Corm globose: slender: st. 2-3 ft.,
simple: lvs. 3-4, very narrow, flat, 2 ft. or less long:
fls. 2-6 in a very loose spike, long-tubed, white, the
oblong segms. shorter than the tube and the 3 lower
ones with a characteristic purple median line ending
in a heiuirshaped or spade-shaped mark; stamens hau
ki^gth of limb. S. Afr. B.M. 602.
cc. Perianth'^egms, obtiae,
D. Color purple or violet.
6. crispifldras, Herb. {0. imbricdtus, Linn., var.
crispiflmts. Baker). St. 1-2 ft., rather slender: lvs.
2-3, sometimes Hin. broad: fls. 4-10, the tube ^in.
long and curved, the segms. obovate (1 in. long),
exited or wavy on the edge, dark purple, more or less
marked with white and red: seeds winged. E. Eu. and
W. Asia. — ^Hardy or nearly so.
7. atrovioUtceus, Boiss. Corm ovoid, ^in. or less
diam. : st. 1-2 ft. high : lvs. 3, closely ribbed, firm : fls. few,
the tube }4m. long and curved, the obovate s^^ns. 1 in.
long and dark purple or violet-blue: seeds globose, not
winged. W.Asia. G.C. III. 41: 378. — ^Hardy or nearly so.
8. bifldrus, Klatt. Corm globose, small (}/iin. diam.) :
dwarf (1 ft. or less), the st. slender and terete and bear-
ing only 1 well-formed If., which is subterete and very
narrow and 5-6 in. long, the 2 upper lvs. rudimentary:
fls. 2-^, lilac, the tube nearly straight, the oblong segms.
twice as long as the tube; stamens reaching half-way
the limb. S. Afr. — Connects with Geissorhiza.
DD. Color (under-color) white or nearly so.
9. vittiltas, Homem. (G. vinulus, Klatt. G.fascidtus,
Roem. & Schult. G. uridid^us, Schneev.). Conn glo-
bose: plant low (about 1 ft.): lvs. 3-4, very narrow: fls.
3-6 in a lax spike, nearly erect, the slightly curved tube
nearly or quite an inch long, the limb longer than the
tube, pink, the 3 lower segms. with a purple central
blotch; stamens reaching half-way the limo. S. Afr.
B.M. 538 (as G. undulatus, var.)
BB. Lvs. ensiform (}/iin. or more broad, and flat or
flaUish).
c. Under' or body-color essentially purple.
10. commftnis, Linn. Corm about ^in. diam.:
St. V/i-2}4 ft.: lvs. 3-4, 1 ft. or less long: fls. 4-8, small
(13^ in. long), with a curved tube; segms. bright purple
(flesh-color^ in the var. cameus), nearly equal in
length, all connivent or touching (making a narrow
fl.), the 3 lower ones long-clawed and with a median
line: seeds broad-winged. France, Germanv. B.M. 86,
1575. — Hardy; little known in cult, in tnis country.
Variable; Nos. 11 and 12 are by some considered to be
forms of it.
11. byzantinus, Mill. Fls. more and larger, plant
more robust than in No. 10, segms. more spreading at
maturity, although the 3 upper ones are contiguous,
dark purple, the 3 lower ones with a prominent white
median line: seeds winged. Medit. region. B.M. 874. —
Hardy; little known in gardens.
12. s^getum, Ker. Differs from G. byzantinus in
having globular (not winged) seeds, and in the flaring
or spreading segms. of the bright purple, obovate-
obtuse sepa£. Canaries and Mecut. region. B.M. 719.
— Hardy and early; little grown.
1344
GLADIOLUS
13. Papillo, Hook, f. Conn of medium Bi*e, globose:
St. 2 ft. or more: Ivb. about 4, rigid, 1 ft, or mor« long
aod I in. or lees wide: lis, ft-12, pale purple or lilac.
yellow in the throat; perianth horiiontal, the curved
tube Hi"- loi>E Aiid broadly funnel-shaped at the
lop; 3 upper segms. obovate-epatulal^, uppermoBt
□ot reflezmg, i^Tiin. brond, 1!^ io. lone, tt^ lower
ones very narrow below and marked with lane red-
brown spade-shaped yellow-edged blotches. 9. Afr.,
in the Transvaal, Orange Free State and NataL B.M.
5565, — Handsome. Varies to white in cult.
cc. Under- or body-eeior ea»entiaUj/ red {No. tt may he
lought here).
14. Lricbtiinil, Baker, Cohq large and globose:
St. about 2 ft. tall, teret«: Iva. about 4, ensiform, 1 ft.
Iodk: fls. 6-8, large, in a somewhat denae 1-sided spike,
bri^itred, withacurved tube 1!^ in. long; upper s^ms.
obovate and connivent, equaling the tube, 3 lower ones
much smaller and acute, spreading, red at tip but yellow
and minutely red-dotted below; stameos Bhort^" than
upper segms. Transvaal.
15. caidlnUia, Curt. Corm Urge and globose: st.
3-4 ft.: Ivs, 4-fl, glaucous-green, enaifonn, nearly or
quit« 1 in. broad and reaching 2 It. or more in length;
GLADIOLUS
fls. many (sometimes 20), nearly erect, bright scarlet,
the tube 1 ^ in. long and nearly straight; upper segnia.
oblong-spatulate (2 in. long), scarlet, the 3 lower ones
shorter and narrower, with a large white blotch; sta-
mens more than half the length of the limb. 9. Afr.
B.M, 135.
IS. cmtatua, Moore. Conn large, globose: at. 2-3
ft,: Ire. about 4, enaiform, dark glaucous-green, 2 ft.
or less long, ji-l in, broad: fla. 6-10 in a rather dense
distichous spike, bright scarlet; tube 2 in. or less long,
nearly straight; upper segms. obovate-spatulate, to
2J^ in. long; 3 lower segms, 1>^ in. long, white-blotched
and red-spotted; stamens reaching half-way of limb.
Natal, B.M. 5810.— Closely related to No. 16.
17. SsttndersU, Hook, f, Corm large, flattened-glo-
bose: height 2-3 ft.: Ivb. 4-6. strongly nbbed and stiS,
1-2 ft. long and 1 in. or leas broad: fls. 6-8, la?^,
bright scarfet, the tube 1-lJ^ in. long and curved; 3
upper Begms. oblong-spatutate, uniform scarlet, con-
mvcAt (2 in. long), 3 lower smaller, white-blotched
and scarlet-«potted. S. Afr., coast region to Transvaal.
B.M. 5873. On. 12:61.— Handsome. Var. sapttbxu,
Hort., is a form produced by the early infusion of G.
SauTuUrsii into the garden strains.
18. Quartlniinus, Rich. Corm to IJ^ in. diam., glo-
bose; strong, 2-4 ft,: Ivs. 3-4. rigid, sometimes nearly
ensiform, the lower ones 1^ ft. or less long, and ^in.
or less broad : fls. 4-9, in an open spike, large, blood-red,
the narrow curved tube 1>^ in. long; upper aegms.
hooded, the other smaller and more or less reflexed;
stamens nearly equaling uppw segms, Nile Land to
Lower Guinea and Moiambique. B.M. 6739. G.C. III.
24:467, and On. 55:388 (var, tuperbta). Trop. Afr.-
One of the beat of the genua. Named for M. Quartin
Dillon, who discovered it in Abyssinia.
ccc. Under- or bodg-color at ka»t, yelioui.
19. primHtinus, Baker. Very like No. 18 (with which
Baker subsequently united it), but differs in the yellow
color; corm globose, 1 in. and morf diam,: Ivs. about 3,
ensiform, 1^ ft. lone and to 1 in. broad: fla. 3-5, in a
lax secund spike, clear primrose-yellow throughout;
tube 1 in. long, much curved above; 3 upper segms.
ovate or obovate, acuminate, hooded, 2 in, long and
more than I in. wide, the central one covering the
stamens and stigmas; 3 lower segms. deflexed and much
smaller; style exceeding the stamens. Trop. Afr.,
occurring in the rain-foreats. B.M. 8OS0. G.C. 111.
36:191:42:291. R.H. 1903, p, 9,— A handsome specie^
and although not discovered uotQ 1887 and flowered
under cult, m 1890, it is now much used as a parent in
breeding. Several varieties are offered, as var. mscn-
Utns, Lemoine, with fla, large, chrome-yellow, the
inner surface of the reflexed segms. bearing a maroon-
red Bpot, Var. salmOnnis, Lemoine, with fls. saffron
or salmon-color outside, the interior bright chrome-
yellow, with fine purple Unes, Var. nUljor, Lemoine,
krge-fld., said to be a cross of G. prim-ulinut and yel-
low G. Lemoinei: fls. chrome-eulfur-yellow with light
brown marks on the interiorof the segms.; plant strong.
Var. erCctas, Lemoine. Erect, with large scarcely
hooded chrome-yellow maroon-spotted fla, Var. cfin-
color, licmoine. Fls. large, 2 of the segms. sulfur-yel-
low and the remainder naples-yellow.
(2-3 in.) and somewhat ensiform: fls. 6-8, large,
bright yellow, the curved tube 1 H ""- long, upper aeffoa.
hooded, oblong or obovate, the 3 lower ones small;
Stamens shorter than upper segms. E. Trop. Afr.^
The G, stdpAurew. De Graaf (G. Adiami, Baker) is
another species and the name is older. B.M. 7791.
21. dr&cociphalus, Hook. f. Conn large, flattened-
globose; st. stout and simple, 2 ft. or less: Ivs. .3-4,
rather firm, \-VA ft. long and 1 in. or less broad: fls.
pu
MSB loDf;} curved ; upper se^ma. eUiptio-obovale. hooded,
Tellowitdi and closely Btnat« nith purple, tne other
BegmB. much Bmsller and reflexiog, mostly green and
lurple-epotted; Btamens nearly equaling tne scorns.
■atal. B.M. 5884.— Odd.
22. paittulnns, Hook. (0. nataltnni, Reinw. Wat-
idtiia naUUineis, E^kl.). Ccvm very large, flatt«ned-
globoee: st. 3 (t. or more, stout: Iva. about 4, rather
rigid, 1-2 ft. long and 1-2 in. broad: fls. many and
large, with a curved tube nearly or quite 2 in. long,
in generiil effect rich yellow but thicklv grained and
overlaid with red (particularly about tiie margina of
the B^mH.); upper a^niB. obo-
vat« and hooded, dark crimson.
the lower much smaller and
refleidng, red and yellow mixed.
S. Afr., away from the coaat.
B.M.3032. B.R. 1442. L. B. C.
]8:175#.— One of the leading
ptirentB of garden gladioli.
23. puniftreo-auritus. Hook,
f. Fig. 1649. Conn large, glo-
bofle: at. 3 ft., very 8lencrer:TTS.
3-4, short: fls, 10 or more, prim-
rose-yellow, medium in size, the
curved tube less than 1 in. long;
BegmB. obovate, not wideh'
spreading, the lower ones with
a red-brown blotch; stamens
reacJiing bajf-way up the limb.
Natal. B.M. 5944. G.F. 2:89
(reduced in Fig. 1649).— Hand-
some. A parent of modem
gladioU. Suggested by Baker
as perhaps a color^variety of G.
cx;cc. Under- or body-color while.
(.Forme of No. IS may be
sought Aere.)
24. blinduB, Ait. Corm
medium niio, gloDoee: st. 2 ft. or i
less tall, sometimes branched:
Ivs. usually 4, 1 ft. or less long and l^*/i\a. wide; fls.
few, white and red-tinged, the curved tube IJ^ in. long;
Sfigms. aU oblong or oblong-spatulate and flaring or
recurved, some of them red-marked in the throat;
Stamens more than half length of limb. S. Afr., coast
region; variable. B.M. 625. Sometimes pure white.
B.M. 648, G. dtoidtut, Jacq.; pink or flesh-color, B.M.
645; G. eifm«u«, Delar.; BHons. white., with many pink
markings, B. M. 3680, G. Mortbniue, Herii.; taller,
with longer Ivs. and perianth-tube, G. exciletui, Sweet;
Slink fls. with red blotches on 3 lower srgms., var.
/i6berfii. Hort. 0. Uandue is an old garden plant.
25. Soriblindas, Jacq. Corm globose: st. 2 ft. or less,
ottCTi branched; Ivs. usually 4, ensiform, 1-2 ft. long:
fls. 12 or less, ascending, in a lax 2-«ided spike, larg;e,
white tinged with pink, the sUghtly curved tube 2 m.
or less long; segma. ohavate or spatulate, obtuse or
deltoid, wide-flimD^, red-lined; stamens one-third or
one-half length of hmb. S. Afr., coast region; perhaps
a form of G. blandiu. B.M. 610.
26. oppodtifl&nu. Herb. Much like the toat, but fla.
more numerous and smaller, white, sometimes marked
ivith rose, the aegms. oblong and distinctly pointed.
S. Afr., in the eastern region. B.M. 7292. G.C. III.
13:291. Gn. 45:440. — A very handsome plant, grow-
ing 3-6 ft. high, and said to produce spikes 2 ft. long.
27. UUeri, Ker (AnlAoIpm epicAia, Mill.). Conn
medium sixe, globose: st. 12-20 in^ simple: Ivs. abmit 4,
ensiform, shorter than the st.: m. rather lai^, 4-5,
nearly erect, milk-whit«, the tube 2 in. or leas long and
straight; segms. oblong and nearly acute; stamens
II. HrBRiDB AND Variantb of Giadioldb in
Cultivation.
The garden (dadioli are derivatives of various kinds
and degrees. Of many, the parentage is so confused
that it cannot be made out. However, there were four
early main lines of development or divergence, repre-
Hented in the lat«-flowering G. gaiulaiienaia, 0. Lemoinei
and 6. nanceianu», and the early-flcuvcring 0. CohnBei.
To these have been added other lines in recent years.
28. Ctflvillei, Sweet {G. bislia var. ednccior X G.
caniindiia). Fls. open or flaring,
with oblong-acute s^mB.;acarlet,
with long blotches at the base
of the lower scgms; early-flower*
ing; spikes short. Hardy south
of Washington with some pro-
tection. R.H. 1895, p. 289. G.C.
111.12:90. Gn.28;.'J66; 34:580;
50, p. 66. Gn.M. 4:189.— The
oldest of the garden forms. Runs
into many types and strains.
The modem white-fld. type, var.
dOtua, represented by The Bride,
is best Known in this country.
Small forms are known as G.
ndnta: Gn.W. 15;9; used for
early flowering. Some forma are
known as G./torifriirufus, G.deU-
adiBSimut, Blushing Bnde, ia a
form of the aame group: segms.
white, with a lai^ oval rose-
crimson yellow-centered blotch
on each of the 3 lower ones. On.
W. 15:9. J.H. 111.49:213.
Another form of early-flower-
ing gladioli is known as G.
ram6au*, Paxt. (issue of Q. cardi--
^ Bible to distinguish these two
groups.
29. gandavtnsia. Van Houtte (G. peiUatAnue x Q.
cardinSlU). Fig. 1645. Upper se^pis. nearly or quite
horizontal or hooded, the colors in bright shades of
red and red-yellow, variouslv streaked and pencilled:
late-flowering: spikes long. The commonest old-time
type of garden gladiolus with the bloom much like
that of G. psitlacintie in form and size, but with a
purer and betUr red. F.S. 2:84 (1846). R.H. 1846:141.
P.M. 11:27. Gn. 64, p. 252, H.F. 1:208; 2:132.
Gt. 59, p. 499 (var. Europa, with pure white fls.) —
First offered to the trade by Van Houtte, Aug. 31, 1841.
M. Souchet, of Fontaineblcau, France, did much to
improve the ^ndavenaia type by repeated selections
and breeding. By Herbert and some others, gandaven-
sis is considered to be an offspring of G. psiHoeinu* x
G. oppoaUifioms. Var. ct/rinua, Hort., is like G. pml-
taeinva, but the color is bright yellow. F.S. 5:539.
C. brenchleyinaie ia one of the gandavensis tribes;
light red. G. HoUdndia ib a pink form of this.
30. Lem&inei, Hort. (G. gandaitinsit x G. pvrpiiTto-
durdlus). Fig. 1646. A modem race characterized by
highly colorwl yellow, red and purplish fls., purple-
blotched on the lower segms, with a more or less bell-
shaped form of corolla~tne segms. broad and heavy and
the upper ones horizontal or strongly hooded. Grown
by M. Lemoine, Nancv, Prance, and first shown at the
Paris Exhibition of 1878. Gn. 17:306; 30:76. R.H.
1879 : 330.— Fls. said not to open up so well when cut
as do those of G. gandaveruie, the St. being hard.
31. ntncdlUiua, Hort. (G. Lemirinei X G. SaHndersii).
Fig. 1646. Robust, with very lat^, open-spreading fls..
1346
GLADIOLUS
GLEDITSIA
the 2 side segms. widely flaring and sometimes meas-
uring 6-8 in. from tip to tip; upper segm. long and
upright. First exhibited by Lemoine, the raiser, in
1889. The finest race, characteristically is full-open and
large fls., in brilliant shades of red and purple. Gn.
41:190. G.C.m. 13:131. Gn.W. 7:797.
32. Childsii (0. gandavSnsia x 0. Saitndersii). Fls.
wide open and large, with very broad petals: st. laige
and soft, taking up water well when fls. are cut. Origi-
nated by Max Leichtlin, Germany.
33. Fro^belii, Hort., is 0, purpiar&hcurdtua x (7.
gandav^nsis; G. En^^sseri, Hort., is of similar paren-
tage; also G. Biinen, Hort.
34. turic^nsis, Hort. (Fig. 1650), is the offspring of
a large-fld. G. gandavensis and G. Saundersii var.
siiperbus. It is a nne purplish crimson, the lower segms.
bemg beautifully marked with white: fls. 3 in. across.
G.F.3:89 (reduced in Fig. 1650) .—This and the last
3 are the work of Froebel & Co., Zurich.
35. princepSy Hort. (G, hyhridus princeps). Produced
by W. W. Van Fleet, from seed of G. cruerUua x G,
Childsii; like the seed-parent in its scarlet-crimson
coloring, with white and cream feather markings on the
lower se^ms. : very large, the flat circular bloom expand-
ing to 6 m. diam. : plant very large. G. 24:663; 34:533.
Gn. 60, p. 197. G.M. 44:629.
36. pribcoz, Hort. Very early-flowering types,
results of crossing of horticultural groups (p. 1340).
37. Kiinderdii, Hort. A strain or group of the ruf-
fled or fluted kinds. See p. 1340.
Many speciefl of Gladiolus are likely to be discuased in horticul-
tural literature. The following have recently been prominently
mentioned: G. earminetu, C. H. Wright. Resembles K. ramosus,
Paxt., but differs in its laxer habit, longer ^>athe and yellow anthers:
slender, 1 H ft. : Ivs. linear, acuminate, 8 m. long and H^ broad:
fls. carmine, about 3 in. across; tube narrow-funnel-sha^>ed, white
outside; segms. ovate, acuminate, 2 of the inner bearing a daric
spot with a pale center; stamens rather more than half length of
perianth. & Afr. B.M. 8068.— O. glaiteu*, Heldr. Dwarf, not
exceeding 12 in.: st. and Ivs. erect and stiff: fls. many, bluish red
with red and white stripes at base. Greece. — O. Mackinderi^ Hook,
f. St. slender, 2 ft.: Ivs. narrowly linear, the lower about 1 ft. long:
fls. 5-6, Uie tube yellow, broad segms. scarlet and 1 H in. across.
E. Trci). Afr. B.M. 7860. Named for Professor Mackinder,
Oxford, who collected seeds at 10,000 ft. on Mt. Kenia in 1900.
One oi the Homoglossum section. L. H B
1651. Glaactum flatnm. (XH)
GLASSHOUSE. Any glass structure in which plants
are |^wn, particularly one that is large enough to
admit the operator. It is a generic term. See Greenr
house.
GLAtyCIUM (name refers to glaucous foliage).
Papaverdcex, Horned Poppy. Annual^ biennial or
occasionally perennial herbs, a few of which are grown
for their large poppy-like flowers and glaucous-blue
foliage.
Sepals 2; petals 4; stamens many; ovanr with 2
(rarely 3) cells, the stigmas miter-shaped, the fr. becom-
ing a long silique-like caps.: Ivs. alternate, lobed or
dissected. — ^A dozen or more species of S. Eu. and W.
Asia.
Glauciums are low, branchy herbs, often some-
what succulent, with large flowers, mostly yellow or
orange, but varying to red and purple. The flowers are
usually short-lived, but they are oome in rapid suc-
cession. They are well adapted for foliage effects in
borders or edgings. Of easy culture in any good soil.
They prefer an open, sunny situation. Mostly propa-
gated by seed, but the perennial kinds by division;
however, the perennials are short-lived, and usually
had best be treated as biennials; they should be grown
from seed. Hybrids are announced by Burbank.
flivtun, Crantz (G. lideum^ Scop.). Horn Poppt,
or Sea Poppy. Fig. 1651. Sts. stout, 1-2 ft., pubes-
cent: radical Ivs. 2-pinnate and hairy, the upper clasp-
ing and sinuate-pinnatifid and cordate at the base: ns.
generally solitary, on long sts. 2-3 in. across, vellow
or orange. Eu. C.L.A. 1:139. Gn. M. 9:86.^par
ringly naturalized E. Perennial or biennial; sometimes
grown as an annual. Var. trfcolor, Hort. (G. tricolar,
Vilm.) has been advertised. It has parti-colored fls.
and is showy. G.C. III. 36:115. G.M. 48:697. Gn.
66, p. 59.
comicuUltumy Curt. ((?. phcmiceumj Gaert. G,
rkbrunif Hort.). Lower: radical Ivs. pinnatifid, pubes-
cent, the upper ones sessile and truncate at the base:
fls. red or purplish, with a black spot at the base of each
petal. Eu. — Mostly annual. 6. Fischeri, Hort., is
probably a form of this.
leiodLrpum, Boiss. A velvety perennial with oblong,
sinuate-dentate, or much-divided Ivs. which in the upper
part of the plant are sinuate-lobed: fls. yellow, the calyx
somewhat papillose. Medit. region. — Scarcely a showy
member of the genus. L. H. B.
N. TAYLOR.f
GLAt^X (Greek, sefi-green). PrimtdAcex. One small
little pale herb, seldom seen in gardens, G. maritima,
Linn. St. 9 in. or less high, erect or spreading, peren-
nial by slender creeping rootstocks, growing in salt .
marshes and seacoasts from New Jersey and Calif,
northward^ and also in Eu. and Asia: Ivs. oval to oblong-
linear, entire and sessile, }/im. or less long: fls. purplish
or white, the corolla wanting: cal3rx with 5 petal-like
lobes; stamens and style exhibiting dimorphism: fr. a
&-valved few-seeded caps. L. H. B.
GLAZl6VA: Cocoa intigni*'
GLBCH6lftA: Nepeku
GLEDITSIA (after Gottlieb Gleditsch, director of
the botanic ^trden at Berlin; died 1780). Syn. G2e-
ditschia. Legumindsse, Honey Locust. Ornamental
trees grown chiefly for their handsome finely divided
foUage; also the large conspicuous pods and the branched
spines are attractive.
Deciduous, usually with large branched spines on
trunk and branches: Ivs. without stipules, utemate,
abruptlv pinnate, often partly bipinnate on the same
If. or wholly bipinnate, both usually on the same tree:
fls. polygamous in racemes or rarely panicles; caljrx-
lobes and petals 3-5, petals nearly equal, not much
longer than calyx, stamens 6-10; style short, with
laree terminal stigma: pod compressed, mostly large
ana indehiscent, 1- to many-seeded. — About 12 species
in N. Amer., E. and Cent. Asia, in Trop. Afr. and in
S. Amer.
The honey locusts are large trees with spreadim;
branches fonning a broad graceful rather loose head,
with finely pinnate foliage, generally light green and
turning clear yellow in faff; the greemsh flowers appear-
ing in racemes early in summer are inconspicuous, but
the large, flat pods are ornamental and the fertile tree
is therefore to be preferred for planting. G. triacanthos
GLEDITSIA
1347
.Nom and U. ainenns
__ They are very valuable trc«a tor park
plfwting tuid for avenuee, and make almost impene-
trable hedges if planted
thickly and pruned se-
verely. The coarse-grained
wood is durable and
Btroag. The pulp of the
pods of G. iriaeanlhoM is
sweet when fresh, henoe
the name honey locust,
but becomes Ditto' at
length: that of G.japaniea
Is used in Japan and that
of G.
and G.
D China as a
substitute for Boai>. The
gleditsiaa are of vigorous
growth and thrive in
almoBt ajiy soil; they
stand drouut well. Prop-
agation is Dv seeds sown
in spring about 1 inch
deep; they should be
soaked in not water be-
fore being sown; varie-
ties and rare kinds are
Bometimes grafted on
seedlingB of G. tnaeanlhoa
in spring.
A. Spines more or Uw oompretted, al letul ai the bait:
waiit of pod papery or leathery: Ivt, pinnaU with
more than II (ftt., or bipinnale.
B. Pod l-l-teeded, oval, not puipg.
aquitica, Marsh. (O. inirmU, Mill., not Linn. 0.
mowMpfrma, Walt.). Water or Swamp Locust. Tree,
to 60 ft., with short trunk, spiny; Ivs. 12-lS-folioIate or
doubly pinnate with 6-8 pinns; Ifts. ovate-oblong,
usually rounded i .....
BU^t^
ovate to oblong, nearly lanceolate, obtuse, entire or
remotely creaulate, lustrous above, ^-2 in. long: fls.
short-pedicel led, in slender racemes: pod 10-12 in.
long, twisted, bullatc, with the seeds near the middle;
pulp acid. Japan. China. G.F. 6:105 (adapted in Fig.
1653). Var. purp&rea, Rehd. (G. tininna var. pur-
piirea, Loud. G. coaiTiea, Hort. 0. sininHi var. ori-
enlAlix, Hort.). Lfts. broadly oval to oblong-oval,
obtuse or emarginate, ^lJ^in.on the pinnate, smaller
on the bipinnate Ivb,
Delavftyi, Franch. Tall tree: spines oompresaed at
the base, to 10 in. lon^: Ivs. 12-lS-foliolate, only on
young pUnta partly bipinnate; Itts. obliquely ovate or
ovate-oblong, obtuse or emarginate, shgbtiv crenate
or nearly entire, dark green and lustrous aoove, gla-
brous, to 2yi in, long, the lower much smaller, also
much smaller on young plants: fls. in slender racemes;
ovary glabrous: pod with leatheiy walls, to 16 or some-
times to 20 in. long and to 2>j in. bioad, twisted. S. W.
China. — Very haadsome; recently intro.
AA. Spines terete: walU of pod thick, voody; pod tlraight
err faicale, not twitted: fc«. S-lB-fc^idale, very
rarely bipinnale.
BininBis, Lam. (0. kirrida, Willd.). Tree, to 40 ft., -
with stout conical often branched spines: IVB. 5-7 in.
long, with grooved pubescent racfais, and S-18 lfts.;
Ifts. ovate or oblong-ovate, obtuse or acute, crenulate-
serrate, yellowish Rtcen, dull above, reticulate beneath,
%-2 in. long: fls. distinctly pedicelled, in slender
racemes; ovary glabrous: pod almost straight, thick,
4-7 in. long, 1-13^ in. broad. China. Var. nana, Loud.
Shrubby and less spiny, with smaller and narrower lfts.
a. anorMsUo, TBub. (Guiuuidia unarphoidM, Grijgb.).
Tr«, W 50 ft, very «iiiiy: UW. obliquBlj ovule to line»r-oblon|,
M-I in. lone: Sa. in noemer: pod oblou, fnlcaU. 3-4 in. loot. 1 in.
brodd. i^ thick. Aripntina, Bolivic Cull, in Calif.— <J. niulrdlu,
HfmAl. Trf« with l&rf« Riincii: lf(«, very obiiqua, obking. oreoate,
lEatheiy. Bfainini: nod vicb oariiDKnu wkUi, 4-G in. long. B. Chiniu
— a. citpiea. De^. (O. boirida vmr. nqrics. Sohneid,].' AlUsd to
Cjiponica. Lvi.|diiiulcwithl3-20o<riil*.crFaulKl«UtB..or bipio-
. aramate at the apex,
htly crenate and often entire below the middle,
ibrouB exc^t a few hairB on the petiolules, about 1
. long: fls. in racemes: ovary gUirous: pods long-
stalked, 1-2 in. long. May, June. S. C. eatd Ky. U>
Fla. and Texas. S.S. 3:127, 12S.
BB. Pod many-teeded, dongaled and vaueUly more or
lea» Iwisled, pylpy.
c. Zifls. utuofly acute or aeuti^, often more than SO, not
oner 1 )^ in. brng: ovary pubeacerU.
triacinthos, Linn. Honet or Sweet Locobt. Trreb-
TBORNED Acacia. Fig. 1652. Tree, 70-140 ft., usually
with stout simple or branched spines 3-1 in. long: Ivs,
6-8 in. long, with pubescent grooved rachis; pmnate
with 20-30 Iftfl., bipinnate with 8-14 pinnte; lfts. oblong-
lanceolate, remotely crenulate-serrate, ^-IM in. long:
fls. very shortr-pedicelled in 1}^3 in. long, narrow
racemes; ovary pubescent: pod 12-18 in. long, slightly
falcate and twisted at length. May, June. From Pa.
south to Miss., west to Neb. and Texas. 8.8.3:125,
126. Gn. 32, p. 304. Var. inirmls, Pursb. Unarmed
or nearly so, of somewhat more slender and looser
habit; var. inermis elegantfacinu, Groedemange, is
an unarmed form of dense bushy habit and with smaller
lfts. R.H. 1905, p. 513. Var. BnjOtii, Rehd. (0.
Bujlaii, Neum. G. Bujdtii pindula, Hort.). With slen-
der, pendulous branches and n
branched spines, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. 10-12' in. long, with
grooved and shghtly winged, pubenilous rachis, pin-
nate with 16-20 Ifts., bipinnate with 8-12 pianx; Uta,
16U. Gladinia jtpanld. (XH)
1348
GLEDITSIA
GLOBULARIA
nate with 6-8 i>izm«: pod thin, pulpy, to 12 in. long. — O. fhax^
Deaf. Allied to G. dnenais. Spines veiy stout: Ivs. 16-30-foliolate:
Ifta. oblong-ovate to oblong-lanoeolate, crenate, K-1 H in. long: pod
to 10 in. lon^. China. Most plants cult, under this name seem to
belong to G. ji^wnica.— <7. Fontanini, Spach»>0. maoraoantha. — O,
helerophfiUa, Bunge. Allied to G. aquatica: Ifts. obliquely obovate,
pubescent below, H-*Hin* long: pod oval, 2-3-seeded, slender-
stalked, about 1 in. long. N. China. Probably quite hardy.— (?.
maeraedrUhat Desf. Allied to G. sinensis. Spines and Ifta. generally
larger: infl. paniculate; ovary pubescent: pod 4-6 in. long. ^in.
broad, often almost qylindricaL China. — O. offieinAUa, Hemsl.
Allied to G. sineniris. Spiny tree, to 40 ft.: Ifta. 12-20, obliquely
elliptic to elliptic-oblong, acutish, to 3H in> long: pod oblong,
thick, falcate, 3-4 in. long and little over Hin> broad. Cent.
China.— C7. texdna, Sarg. Allied to G. triaoanthos. Lvs. 12-22-
foliolate, often bipinnate: pod narrow-oblong, straight. 4-5 in.
long. Texas. S.& 13:627. Fossibly l^rid of G. aquatica and G.
triaoanthos. * -vk
^^ Alfred Rehder.
GLEICHtNIA (W. F. Von Gleichen, 1717-1783).
GleichenidcesB. Ferns mainly from the tropical and south
temperate zones, growing natiurally in dense thickets;
one species has recently been found in Louisiana, D.
flexuosa. (Amer. Fern Jour. 4:15).
The family is characterized by dorsal sori composed
of a few nearly sessile sporangia; each sporangium is
surrounded by a broad transverse ring, and opens
vertically. The most striking thing about the family
is the growth of the lvs. The lvs. of many of the species
are perennial and show an indeterminate growth. Diu*-
ing the growing season, the end of the If. will keep
unrolling after the usual manner of ferns. During the
resting season this tip rests, but resumes its growth the
next season. The lvs. of some species may thus become
over 100 ft. in length. The species after the third (aa)
are often catalogued under Mertensia, a name which^
because used for a genus of flowers, must give way to
picranopteris if they are separated and placed in a dis-
tinct genus, where they probably belong.
A. Ultimate lobes smallt roundish,
B. SoruB of 3-4 sporangia^ superficial.
rtqi^stris. R. Br. Lobes rounded or obtuselv quad-
rangular, the margins thickened and recurved, some-
what glaucous beneath. Austral. Var. ^u^scens,
Moore, has lvs. of thicker texture, which, when voung,
are very glaucous on both sides, contrasting with the
reddish purple stalks.
drcinAta, Swartz. Lobes ovate or rotund, with the
rachides pubescent when young; 3-5 times forking, the
ultimate pinnules 1 in. long. Austral., New Zeal.
Var. speliincA, Hort. (G. speliincsBy R. Br.). Lvs. pen-
dent but not curving; pinnules curved inward, form-
ing small cavities. Var. semivestita. Labill. (G. semi-
vesAtOj Hort.), differs in its close and very erect habit,
and flat, deep green pinme. Var. M^ndeUii, Moore (G.
Mhideuii, Hort.). More robust and compact than the
type, with flat, thicker and glaucous lvs. Gn. 51, p. 472.
BB. Sorus of 2 sporangia concealed in slippershaped
lobes,
dicirpa, R. Br. Lvs. 2-4 times forked, with the
lobes strongly arched, rotund or narrow, with the
under surface rusty-hairy. Austral.
AA. Ultimate lobes pectinate: sori near the middle of
the veinlets.
B. Z/. after first forking, bipinnate.
gladca, Hook. Primary branches elongate, 2-3 ft.
long: rachises with rusty scales; pinn^ 4-8 in. long,
with closely placed entire segms., glaucous beneath.
China and Japan.
BB. Lf. with fan-shaped divisions.
flabelUlta, R. Br. Lvs. 2-3 times forked, the divisions
ascending, 6 in. or more long, elliptic-lanceolate; ulti-
mate divisions linear. Austral.
longipinnUta, Hook. Branches of the lvs. repeatedly
dichotomous; pinnse up to 2 ft. long, 3 in. wicle. 'Sop.
Amer.
AAA. Ultimate branches with a pair of forked pinnx:
tf.-sts. zigzag, repeatedly dichotomous.
dich6toma, Willd. With a distinct pair of pinn» aris-
ing from the base of the forked branches: segms. not
decurrent. Tropical regions generally, but several
species have been confused here, as in many of the
widely distributed species. l. M. Underwood.
R. C. Benedict. t
GLIRIC!DIA (rodent-qxnson, from the seeds). Legump-
^ssB. Eight or 10 woody plants^ Cuba and Mex., to
S. Amer., differing from Robinia in the wingless or
marginless pods and coriaceous valves. Lvs. odd-pin-
nate, the fits, entire: fls. rose-colored, racemose or
fasciculate; calyx-teeth short and broad, the 2 upper
ones joined; standard large, reflexed; wings falcate-
oblong; keel mcurved, obtuse; ovary stipitate, many-
ovuled, becoming a broad-linear 2-valved pod
G. platydlroa, Griseb., of Cuba, is offered in S. Fla.:
tree, to 25 ft. : Ifts. 7-9, ovate or ovate-oblong, glabrous,
the margins undulate: corolla pink or purplish; stigma
ciliate: pod sessile, piano-compressed, lanceolate-oblong,
8-seeded. G. macuUlta. HBk. (Lonchocdrpus maculd-
tuSf DC), Guatemala to S. Amer., is reported as in
cult, in S. Fla.: small tree: Ifts. about 17. oblong, obtuse,
somewhat appressed-pilose above and blackish-spotted
and glaucescent beneath: pod linear, compressed, with
thickened margin. L H B
GL<3BBA (Malayan name). Zingiberhcese. Herba-
ceous conservatory plants with rhizomes and habit of
canna, and a singular floral structure.
Flowers in terminal panicles; bracts usually decidu-
ous; calyx funnel-shaped, 3-lobed; corolla-tube longer
than the calvx, the lobes nearly equal, ovate; stami-
noid petal-like and fastened to the corolla-lobes; ovary
1-oelled, forming a globose, tardily dehiscing caps. —
Only one species is known to be cult, in Amer. This is
known as G. coccinea, which is really G. atrosanguinea,
figured at B.M. 6626. "Index Kewensis" is clearly in
error in referring G. coecinea to G. albo-bracteata, as is
plain from G.C. II. 18:71. Veitch intro. in 1881 a
plant under the provisional name of G. coecinea, as it
was supposed to be a new species, but the next year, it
was identified with G. atrosanguinea. This plwit was
highly praised in 1893: ^'Plants in bloom the greater
part of the year: sts. much crowded, 12-18 in. long,
ptMjefuUy arching on all sides: fls. scarlet and yellow,
m dense racemes.^' The credit for the discovery of this
plant is generally given to F. W. Burbidge, but in G.C.
II. 18:407, Burbidge gives the honor to Curtis. For
cult., see Alpinia.
atrosangufnea, Teijsm. & Binn. (G. cocdnea, Hort.,
yeitch). St. slender, becoming 2-3 ft. hirfi: lvs. 3-4
in. long, elliptic, acuminate at both ends; sheaths
gurplish, pubescent, closely claspmg the st.; lower
owerless bracts distant, brown, 6-9 lines long, upper
and flowering bracts crowded, red: fls. IJ^ m. long;
corolla yellow, tubular, thrice as long as calyx. Borneo.
B.M. 6626. G.Z.27, p. 121.— Little known in Amer.
outside of botanic gardens. j^ Taylor. t
GLOBE AMARANTH: Oomphrena.
GLOBE FLOWER: TroUius.
GLOBE HTACmTH: MuscaH.
GLOBE THISTLE: Echinop*.
GLOBE TULIP: Cahchortus.
GLOBULARIA (the flowers in small, globular heads).
Globularidcex. Herbs, subshrubs and shrubs, with
small blue flowers mostly in spherical heads.
Leaves from the root or alternate, leathery, entire
or with a few sharp teeth: fls. small, blue, in dense
heads; caljrx 5-lobed, sometimes obscurely 2-lipped;
oorolla-tube usually short, broad at the throat, the
GLOBULARIA
lobes oblique or unequal; stameDB 4, didynomoue,
attached at the throat: fr. BmaU, included id the c&lvx.
— About a down species from the Old World. Probablv
the commoneat and beet species is G. (ricoaaiUAo, whicn
thrives at the front of well-drained borders, but is
particularly showy in the rockery. For this and G.
milaaru and its forms, rather moist but well-drained
soil and partial shade are advised. Prop, by diviaioii
A. Hardy herbtuxtnu plants about 6-12 in. high.
B. Root-lvB. 1-nerved.
trichoUbitlia, Fisch. & Mey. Height 6 in.: root-lvs.
Spatulate, 3-toothed at apex; st.-lva. obovat« or oblong,
mucroni^, sessile. July, Aug. Asia Minor. Syria.
BB. Root-lvi. S-nerved.
TOlgtris, Linn. (G. nudtoaUw, Hort.). Hei^t 8-12
in.: rootr'lvs. Dbova(«, petiolale, nearly entuv, ^ex
entire, notched or mucronate ; st.-lva. lanceolate, sessile.
3. Eu., Caucasus. July, Aug. B.M. 2256.
GLORIOSA
1349
1654. 0
(XM)
AA. Protlrate, \Doody herb, forming mati.
GordifUia, Linn. A low praetrat« perennial with
creepinx, almost woody sts., and wedge-shaped, notched
IvB., which form rosettes at the boae of the solitaiy
pedicel; fls. in a close head, not showy. S. Bu. — Useful
for the rockery.
Itfyum, IJnn. Lvb. ___.__, ,.._. , .
Medit, ncJou— Cult. ytut ■com B. Cilif. by Fi
it i. ooverad with fl^ sll win! ■ - -
m.—G. bdiidi/dtia.
ioto petiole. S-T-tooIhed at mpei: M.-lvi. lanoeoUlc uid KHle:
headluier thui La G. v^ilnru; csJyx 2-lippsd, the tube cilute Rod
throatbiirbed: upper lipoTct>roUa2-parted, lower S-paned. Spain.
N. TATLOH-t
GLOCHlDION (from Greek for poinJ, the anthers
being long-pointed). EuphorbiAcex. Tropical trees or
shrubs, rarely cult, Lve. alternate, simple: fls. in axil-
lary clusteiB or singly; Htominate calyx imbricate, of
3-8 sepals; pistillate fls. without disk, stigmas snort
and thick, ovules 2 t» each cell; fr. a caps.^About 135
species of Trap. Asia and Pacific islands, related to
Phyllanthua. j, b. S. Nowton.
GLORl6SA (Latin for ghriaiu). Syn., MOkdnica.
liili&cex. Tall, weak-stemmed plants, supporting them-
selves by means of tendril-like prolongations of the
leaves. Odd and handsome plants, to be grown in
a warmhouse.
Leaves oblong, lanceolate or lance-ovate: fls.
many and showy, long-stalked, borne singly in the axils
of the upper IvB.; perianth of 6 distinct long se^ms.
which are undulate or crisped, and reflexed after the
manner of a cyclamen, variousij[ colored; stamens 6,
long and spreading, with versatile anthera; ovary 3-
loculed; style long, and bent upward near the base. —
Five or perhaps more tropical species, all African, and
1 also Asian.
Glorioeas are not difficult to pov. The brightest
flowers are produced In sunlidit. The plants grow from
tubers. These tubers should be rested in eany winter,
and started in pots in January to March. The planta
bloom in summer and fall. When potting the old tubers,
offsets may be removed (when they occur) and grown
separately for the production of new plants. The tubers
may be cut in two for purpoaes of propagation. Let the
mts stand near a pillar or other support. Give freely
water when the plante are growing. In this country
ey are sometimes bedded out in summer. Gloriosas
e sometimes grown outdoors in summer in Massa-
usetts, and the plants so treated are not much
elined to climb and flower so freely aa under glass.
Florida, they may be grown permanently in the open.
Success with gloriosa depends on naving strong
bulbs. Consult Butt>«.
A. PerianthrgegtM. ahotd £^ in. long.
Ononii, Baker. St. erect and climbing, the
Ivs. st.-claaping, about 4-5 in. long, bearii^ long
tendril-like processes: fls. very numerous, in a loose
cyme; perionth-segms. not more than 2}^ in. long,
usually less than that, recurved and crisped, the
margins yellow; style erect; stioxnas 3. — F.S.R.
2, p. 355. A ahowy plant from Cent. Afr. Intro,
in 1901,
AA. PerianUi-mgmt. longer [Aon S in.
B. SegrnM. (or petaU) mveh critped.
tnpirbm, Linn. CuusiKa Lilt. Fig. 1654. St.
10 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate: aegms. 2-^ in. long
id less than an inch wide, opening yellow, but cbong-
% to yellow-red and deep scarlet. Afr., Asia. B.R.
. Gn. 38:576. B.H. 23:121. G.L. 18:277.— A
llow-fld. form of unknown origin has been described
O. tiitea, Hort; it is scarcely known outeide of
Kew. Vor. grandindra, Hort., is advertised as "color
a yellow-red, changing to deep scarlet;" it is unknown
in the wild state.
BD. Segms. aomemhal undvlaU, but not eriiped.
abnplex, Linn. (0. piriscens, Lindl. 0. PIdnHi,
Loud.). Fls. opening yellow, and remaining so in shade,
but becoming deep yellow-red when exposed to tie
wider than in 5. auperba, barely undulate and
Rothschildiina, O'Brien, St. climbing, simple at
first, afterward branched: Ivs. bri^t green, glaorous,
oblong-acuminate, alternate or opposite: fls. solitary
in the axils, or peduncles 3-4 in. long, abruptly curved
near the ovary; perionth-e^pns, obtiMpn^ceolate,
recurved, over 3H in. long, crimson, 'with a dark
purple mark near the base. Trop. Afr. — One of the
beat species. G.C. IIL 33:323. CTM. 47:377. Gn.65,
p. 461. G.W. 9, p. 112; 13, p. 535, R.B. 34:339.
F,S.R, 2 :24S. Var. cltrina, Hort., has fls. citron-yellow
and claret-purple. It is a splendid showy addition.
G.C. HI. 38:211.
■ud to tw the Ivgeit-ad. ■
o 1» Ln cult. .
lU. 3fl:ISS.
OLOXy-OF-THE-SnOW: CUoMdois.
OLOXr PSA: CltanUiu.
lb JtUor
■implex fruioiflorA
N, TAYM)B.t
GLOXINIA
stJgmtL. The gonicn ^loidniaa belong to the subgenus
Ligeria (subgenus of Sinningja), which has a short et. or
trunk, and a broad-limbed bell-sbape fl. Gloxinia has
perhaps a haJf-doien species from Mcx. to Braiil and
Peru; Sinningia has about 20 species, in BruiL
OLOSSOCOMU CLBHAT1dK&: C<>>1iw>i>h d.
GLOXXnfiRA iOlarinia and Oemeria). Getneridcem.
A bigeneric hybrid between GesTieria puramidalit (seed-
parent) and Gloxinia Radiance, by Veitch and first
exhibited at the Royal Horticultural Society, Londoo,
May 8, 1894. It has the habit uf a garden gloxinia,
.with inclined fls. of fair siwi, brilliant scarlet tinged
with magenta in the shadows. The foliage is recorded
as more nearly that of a gloxinia than a geaneria in
appearance, being very succulent and covered with fine
hairs. G.C.III. 17:14S.
GLOXINIA (named for P. B. Gloxin, of Strsssbur^,
who wrote in 1785). GesneriAcex. The genus Gloxinia
was founded by L'Heritier in 1785 upon G. maadala
of Braiil. Early in last century a related Brazilian
plant was introduced, and it attracted much attention:
this plant was named Gloxinia rpecioaa by Lodiiigcs in
bia Botanical Cabinet in 1817, and it was there fi^ired.
In the same year it was figured by Ker in the Botanical
Renter, and also by Sims in the Botanical Magazine.
Sims wrote that the plant was "already to be found in
most of the large collections about town [London]."
Th»<e writers refer the plant to the Linntean clan
Didynamia, but Ker also suggests that it may belong
to toe Campanulac«E, This Giarinio speciota was the
forerunner and leading parent of the garden gloxinias,
but it turns out that tiic (>lant really Mlon^ to Nees
genus Sinningia, founded m 1825 on a Brazilian plant
which he named S. HeUeri; but the rules of nomen-
clature make the («nable name to be SinntngU qted-
On, Benth. & Hook. (See Sinningia.) All the gai-
The sinningi'as are
either stemless or st.-bearing, with a trumpet-shape or
bctl-shape 5-lobed and more or less 2-lipped corolla, a
6-ang)ed or S-wingcd calyx, 4 stamens attached to the
base of the corolla, and with anthers cohering at the
tips in pairs, and a single style with a concave or 2-Iobed
lOM. A tood ^zlnla pUnt.
The true gloxinias are not florists' flowers, and they
are little known in cultivation. They are apparently not
in the American trade. The old G. mamdata is figured in
the Garden 39:801 (p. 364), and it is probably to be
found in choice collections in the Old World. It pro-
duces knotty rootstocks, which, ae well as the leaves,
may be used for prm>agation. It is also figured in B.M.
1191. G. glabrala, Zucc, from Mexico, is the G. glabra,
Hort., Achimenes gUtxinixjlora, Forkel, and Plectopoma
glaxinijlorum, Hanst. It is a stemmy plant, baring
white flowers with yellow-spotted throat; B.M. 4430,
as G. fimbriala, Hook. Plectopoma is now referred to
Achimenes, and the plant then takes the name Aehi-
meius gtabrata, Fritsch. It appears not to be in the
trade. Other related genera are Diastema, Dicyrta
and Isoloma.
The garden gbxinias (genus Sinningut) are nearly
stemless plants, producing several or many very showy
bell-like flowers, each on a long stem. G. (Sinninffio)
tpecipsa originally had drooping flowers, but the result of
continued breeding has produced a race with flowers
nearly or (i^uite erect (Fi^. 1655, 1656). The deep bell
of the gloxmia is very rich and beautiful, and the erect
position is a decided gain. The flowers also have been
mcreased in size and number, and varied in shape and
marking; the leavesalso have become marked with gray
or white. The color of the original Gloxinia (SinniTiaia)
speeiosa was a nearly uniform purple. The modem
races have colors in white, red, purple and all inter-
mediate ahadea, some are blotched, and othere are fine-
spotted or sprinkled with darker shades. It is probable
tbat the larger part of the evolution in the common
greenhouse gloxmia is a direct development from the
old G. tpeciosa, but bybridity may have played a
part. One of the earLeet recorded series of hybrids
(1844) was with Sinningia gvttaia, which is a plant
with an upright stem and bearing rather small spotted
flowers in the axils of the leaves. (B. R. 1112.)
The issue of this cross showed little effect of the S.
guttata, except a distinct branching habit in some of
the plants (B.R. 30:48). It is possible, however that
S. guttata has had something to do with the evolution
of the spots on the present-day flower, although the
original G. speciona was striped and blotched m (he
throat. The student who wishes to trace some of the
older forms of garden gloxiiuss may look up the toU
lowing portTBita: B.M7 1937, Bpecioea itself; B.M.
3206, var. albiflora; B.M. 3934, rar. mEtcrophylla varie-
Rata; B.M. 3943, var. Menzieaii; F.S. 3:220, Teichleri
(hybrid); F.S. 3r268; F.S. 4:311, Fyfiana (hybrid):
F.S. 6:610; F.S, 10:1002;F,S, 14:1434-6; F.S. 16:1899
and 1705; F.S. 17:1768, 1772-6; F.S. 18:1846, 1878,
1885, 1918, 1919; F.a. 19:1955, double forms; F.S.
21:2164; F.S. 22:2324. I.H. 42:39, 41. Gt.47,p.79;
Gt. 48, p. 80. Gn. 15:162; 43:392; 52, p. 268. R.H.
1846:301, TeuchIerii;R.H. 1848:201, Fyfiana; 1877:70,
variabilis; R.H. 1883, p. 248. For florists' planla, see
A.F. 11:7: A.G. 14:49; Gng. 8:83. There axe many
Latin-made names of garden gloxinias, but the plants
are only fonna of the 0. speciosa type. One of the
trade entries is G. arassifolia, a name applied to some
of the best and largest^-growinE strains.
There are double forma of gloxinia, in ivhich an
outer but shorter corolla is formed. The forms are
more curioua than useful. x^. H. B.
CultiTation of gloxinia.
Few flowers can surpass the large tubular blooms of '
gloxinia for richness and variety of coloring. The
colora range through all the shades of blues and purple^
pinks and crinasona, while some axe pure white, and
otheia again white with tinted edges; still others hare
the colors dotted on the lighter ground-oolor. The
foliage also of glaxiniae is very beautiful, being of a
rich soft velvety texture. Gloxinias make a gorgeous
displ^, therefore, when in flower and are especially
Wuable for the decoration of conservatories during
the summer and early fall months.
Gloxinias are native of tropical America and therefore
require a warm greenhouse or tropical temperature in
the growing season. When first introduced into culti-
vation, anif even for many years after, the flowen of
gloxinias were all nodding, that is they hung down
mstead of standing upright; no one now stows the
noddiog-flowered kmds, the upright-flowered being so
much more attractive.
Though they may be grown so as to flower at almost
any season of the year, vet they are naturally summer-
flQwering plants, and do best when treated as such.
They are propagated by seeds, or by cuttings made of
leaves or stems. Seeds are preferable, unless one wishe*
to increase some very choice colored variety, when it is
best to propagate by leaf-cuttings, using partly matured
medium-siied leaves with a small portion of^ leaf -stalk
attached (Fig. 1176, p. 929). These may be inserted
in an ordinary propagating-bed, where if kept rather
on the dry side, they will booq root and form tubers,
when they may be potted and grown on. Seeda should
be sown m a warm temperature early in February, in
pans or shallow boxes containing a finely sifted mixture
of peat, leaf-mold and silver sand in about equal pro-
portions. The seedling will begin to appear m about
ten days, when great care must be exercised in water-
" c wiD "dai
ripened off, the pots should be stored away io some con-
venient place for the winter, in a temperature of about
45°, giving juat aufficient water to keep the tubers from
be started at this time, MioosioR the tubers which ap-
rr most active, and the remainder should be held back
another month ; this will give a much longer period
of blossoming. The tubera should have all the old soil
shaken off and be potted again in clean well-drained
pots, using sixes just large enough to accommodate the
tubers, the compost being the same mixture ss before
recommended. They should be given but little water
until active root-growth commences. As soon as the
pota are filled with roots, they should be shifted on at
once into the pots they are intended to flower in, as
frequent shifts would more or leas domace their leaves,
wiuch have a tendency to cling round the sides of the
pots. The first bateh should come into flower in June.
When carefully grown, gloxinias are particularly free
from insect pests or fungous diseases, and the BBme
tubwB can be grown for several years.
Edwabu J. Cannino.
GLTC&RIA (Groek. glvkerot, sweet). Grandnex.
Maiah perennisis with open (or rarely contracted)
panicles, sometimes grown for ornament.
Spikelets few- to many-fld.; lemmas convex, firm,
with a scarious margin or apex, usually obtuse, awnlees,
prominently 6--9-nerved. — Species about 16 in teqiper-
ate regions of both hemispherea.
ing, or they Wuj ucuup-vu. xu ihaii., Bui.-t:ma wiui
these plants throughout the year depends largely upon
the care exerciaea in watering. Even in their most
active growth the water alwaj^ should be given from
the spout of a watering-can, taking care not to wet the
leaves, though they like a warm, humid atmoaphere
during their growing season. As soon as the seedlings
can be conveniently handled, they should be potted
singly into thumb-pota and grown on rapidly, using
in subsequent shifts a mixture of two parts leaf-mold,
one part good fibrous loam and one part peat. The
plants must be well shaded from sunlight and placed in
a position free from draUD;hts. The seedlings should
begin to flower by the middle of August, when they
should be given an abundance of air. After fiowering,
the leaves will begin to mature, when water should be
gradually witbhcla. Aa soon as the leaves have all
'. OljtaiU (nndla. (
1352
GLYCERIA
GMELINA
Fig. 1657. Three to 5 ft.: lower sheaths rough and
overlapping; blades 3-8 lines wide; glabrous: panicle
8r-16 in. long, many-fld., open and spreading; spikelets
4-7-fld., 3 lines long. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. 7:286.
N. U. S.
nervftta, Trin. (Panicvldria nervdta, Kuntze). Fowl
Meadow-Grass. One to 3 ft.: blades 1-2 H lines wide,
scabrous above: panicle 4-8 in. long, open, t3ie branches
drooping; spikelets 3-7-fld., 1 line long. Ibid 287. —
Widely distributed in U. S. a. S. Hftchcock.
GLYCINE (Greek for sweet), Legumindsse, The soy-
bean and related plants. The glvcines are allied to
Dok'chos, Vigna and Phaseolus: the Cult, species are
distinguished by small and hairy fls. in short axillary
racemes: stipules very small and free from the petiole:
Ifts. 3, large. — Perhaps 40 species, mostly tropical, in
Affla, Afr., and Austral., nearly all twining vines. In
this country Glycine is known onl^ in the soybean,
G. Sdla. Sieb. and Zucc^ which is an erect, hairy
annual from Japan and China. It is fdso known as
the soja or soya bean, coffee bean and coffee berry.
It grows 2r-% ft. high, making a rank, bushv herb, and
bearing axillary clusters of small hanging, nairv pods,
with constrictions between the seeds. Fls. small, white
or purple. The seeds are sub^oboee to oblong;, yellow,
green, brown or black, but in some varieties parti-
colored. In China and Japan the beans are much used
for human food and for the production of oil. For the
latter purpose great quantities of seed have been
exported in recent years from Manchuria to Eu. In
this country the plant is grown for fora^, its first use
for this purpose dating from 1854. Since 1882, and
especially since 1898, the crop has been st^uiily gaining
in importance. The beans may be used as a suMtitute
for coffee; and for this purpose the plant is often sold.
The erect form of soybean is unknown in a wild state.
It is clearlv a domesticated form of G. ussuri^nus,
Re^ei & Maackj which is wild in Japan, Manchuria,
China, and India. For the economic merits of soy-
beans, see various experiment station reports; idso
FarmCTs' Bull. No. 372, U. S. Dept. of Agric. For a
technical exhaustive P&pei* see Bureau of Plant Indus-
try, Bull. No. Id7. The soybean has also been made
the basis of a distinct genus under the name of Soja,
Moench. Glycine was clearly used by Linnsus to
refer primarily to the ground-nut, Apios Ivberoaa.
Botanists who accept Glycine in that sense use Soja
for the soybean ana alliea species. The plant named
Phaaeplus max by Linnseus is the soybean, and as the
description is on a previous page to that of Dolichos
Soja, some authors use the specific name max and
designate the soybean as Sqja max,
O. cAtn^Tuw -B WiatarU anenaia. — (7. /ru<^«een« ^ Wistaiia
■peoiosa.— O. Mn^n«^«"-Wi8tarU. q y pjpjjn +
GLYC6SMIS (from the Greek for mceet, and
smell). RtUdcex. Thomless shrubs or small trees,
grown for ornament.
Leaves persistent, alternate; Ifts. 1-9, alternate or
nearly opposite, dark green above, pale below, coria-
ceous, entire or obscurelv crenulate: fls. in axiUary or
terminal panicles, small, white, fragrant, urceolate.
S-merous; calyx pubescent (ciliate); ovary 2-5-cellea
with 1 ovule m each cell: style very short, persistent;
stamens 10, free, inserted in 2 series on me disk: frs.
small, with a fleshy pulp in which are imbedded the
large rounded seeds; cotyledons epi^eous in germina-
tion; first foliage-lvs. simple, opposite.— Several spe-
cies are known, occurring in India and Ceylon and
extending to Austral., the Philippines, and China. Only
one has as yet been intro. into cult, in this country.
pentaph^Ua, DC. (Limbnia perUaphijUa^ Retz. Tolui-
fera cochinchininsiSf Lour. G. cochinchinfnsisj Pierre).
Small inermous shrubs with pinnate Ivs. having 1-7
Ifts.: fls. urceolate, very small, white, fragrant: berry
2-3-celled with 1 or 2 brownish green rounded seeds
imbedded in the fleshy pulp. — A very variable species
common throughout India, Indo-ChiniE^ Philippine Isls.
and Malayan Archipelago. HI. Roxbg. PI. Coroman-
del, 1:60, pi. 84. Talbot, For. Fl. Bombay, p. 192, fig.
1 17. — This species is sometimes ^wn as an ornamental
in greenhouses or out-of-doors m the southern states.
Because of its dark green glossy Ivs. and translucent
pinkie berries, it is a handsome shrub for warm semi-
tropical cUmates. Walter T. Swingle.
GLYCYRRHIZA (Greek, sweet root). Legumindsx.
Licorice, also spelled Liquorice, and Lickorice. This
genus contains the plant whose roots produce the
oorioe of commerce.
The genus has about a dozen widely scattered spe-
cies of perennial herbs, often glandular: Ivs. odd-pm-
nate; Ifts. of indefinite number, rarely 3, entire, with
minute glands or teeth: fls. blue, violet, white or yel-
lowish, m axillary racemes or spikes, which are pedun-
cled or sessile. — About a dozen species in the Medit.
region, Trop. Asia, W. Amer. ana S. Amer., only one
of which appears to be cult.
The roots of CHycyrrhiza glabra^ of southern Europe
and central Asia, are used extensively by druggists; in
America by brewers and manufacturers of plus
tobacco: in Turkey, Egjrpt and France to make cooC
ing drinks. Our supply — ^more than $1,500,000 worth
in 1899 — ^is derived mamly from Spain, Portugal, Italy,
Turkey and Russia (Transcaucasia), the roots from
Spain and Italy being considered best, and those from
Turkey poorest on account of their bitterness. The
soil for hcorioe must be deep, mellow, moist, rich and
free from stones. Plants are usually set in rows, 3
feet or more apart, and not less than 1 foot asunder.
After the plants have covered the ground, they are
allowed to shift for themselves for tliree or four years.
Harvesting is primitive, the roots being exposed by the
plow and pulled by hand. Large quantities of roots are
thus left to produce a succeeding crop or to overrun the
field as weeds. One ton to the acre is considered a fair
yield; 1.6 cents a pound an average price. In America
the only fields worthy the name are in California, where
licorice is not considered very paying. Ebcperiment and
experience with it are. however, but little more than
b^un. (M. G. Kains.)
eUlbra, Linn. Height 2-3 ft. : Ifts. ovate, subretuse,
subglutinous beneath, 4-^ pairs, with an odd one: spikes
peduncled, shorter than tne Ivs.; fls. closely clustered,
the calyx glandular pubescent: pods glabrous, 3-4-
seeded. Summer and autumn. — Seeds in pods are listed
by a few deal^« with miscellaneous agricultiiral seeds.
Wilhelm Miller.
GLYPT0STR6BUS {engraved or marked cone),
Pindcex. One or 2 species of trees of swamps and low
gY)unds in China, separated by some authors from
Taxodium, but here included in that genus. The basis
of separation from Taxodium lies mostly in the fact
that the cone-scales are deciduous, whereas in Taxo-
dium proper they are persistent; the mature cones are
obovoid with a long contracted base, the seeds scarcely
angled and stipitate or narrowed at the base into a wing.
G, heterophyuuSf Endl. (Taxddium heterophyllumf
Brongn., which see), is a shrub to 10 ft. high, with lower
brancnes pendulous: Ivs. long, linear, 3-rowed or scat-
tered, on the fruiting branches short and rather obtuse
and spirally imbricate: cones ovoid, ^in. long: tender,
and httle cult.
GMELINA (after one of five distinguished German
botanists named Gmelin). Verbendceae. Trees and
shrubs, bearing yellow or brownish irregular flowers
sometimes nearly 2 inches across. A very few plants
may be cultivated in European warmhouses, and in
America only in southern ^orida and southern Cali-
fornia outdoors.
GMELINA
Spinv or not: ahoots tomentoae: Ivs. opposite, entire^
toothed or lobed: fla. in panicled cymes or racemeo,
tomentose at least while young; caiyx bell-shaped,
shortly 5-toothed or entire; corolla-tube glender below;
limb oblique, 5- or 4-labed; stamens 4, didynamoua,
nearly exserted; fr. a succulent drupe. — Ei^t or 10
species from E. Asia and N. Austral. The genua pto-
duces a fancy timber similar to teak, which is a prod-
uct of the same order. Vilex and Clerodendron are
better known congeneia.
A. Planl not dimbinu.
B. Lvs. becoming 9 in, long, 8 in. vtde.
aiMlM, Roxbg. (G. Rhtidii, Hook.). Unarmed tree,
aomatimea attaining 60 ft., deciduous, flowering with
the young Ivb.: Ivb. cardat«-ovate, entire: panicles
often 1 ft. long, terminal. India, Malaya. B.M. 4395. —
Cult, apparent^ only in S. Calif, by Pranceechi, who
keeps O. Rhtedii separate.
BB. Im». yi-1 H *"■ toJlQ.
uUttlcai linn. (O. parvtfibra, Pers., a typographical
error for G. jMrv^dlia, Roxbg.). Shrubby, sometimes
spinescent: Ivs. oyal« or oboval«, entire or lobed: fls.
in racemose clusters, the corolla about ly^ in. acroas.
India, Ceylon.
AA. Ptanl scandent.
Hfstrix, Kun. A large apiny acandent shrub: IvB.
3x1^ in., entire, glaucous beneath: fls. in dense
temunal cymes, tne bracta very lai^ and nervose,
colored; corolla about 2 in. across, yellow, but not
hairy on the outside as in G. atialica. £. Indies. — A
sprawling plant with the habit of bougainvillea.
N. TATLOB.t
GNAPHALIUM. See Leontopodiiim and Helichry-
•um. There are various native gnaphaliuma, but they
are not in cultivation. O. Umalum of gardeners is
Hdidaytum peHolatum.
GNtDIA (Gnidm, a place in Crete). Thymthcdeex.
l^ees, shrubs or subshrubs, of about 100 species in
Trop. and S. Afr. and E. India. Some of them have
been grown abroad as greenhouse evergreen woody
often heath-like subjects : Ivs. mostly small : fls. white,
vellow, ted or violet, mostly in heads on the ends of the
branches; perianth-tube cylindrical, at length detach-
ing above the ovary, the lobes 4 and spreading, with
scales in the throat alternating with the Id^es; stamens
8; ovary sessile, 1-ceUed: fr, amoll and dry, included
in the persistent base of the perianth. 0. poiyetAcAya.
Berg. Handsome shrub, to 6 ft., with many graceful
pubescent branches: Iva. crowded-imbricate: fls. small,
yellow, in terminal heads. S. Afr. B.M. 8001. G.C.
III. 41:294. G. lomadbta, Linn. Three ta 4 ft.: Iva.
ovate or ovate-lanceolat«, decussate and sometimes
reflexed: fls. vellow, fascicled with the Ivs. at the ends
of the brancbea, the tube slender and silky. S. Afr.
B.M. 2761. L. H. B.
GODETU
1353
GODfiTU (C. H. Godet, Swiss botanist). Ona-
grAeex. Mostly erect annuals with very showy flowers
m leafy raccnnea or spikes.
Calyx-tube obconic or funnelform; petals rose, lilac-
purple or white, often marked with a large deep crim-
son or purple spot; stamens 8; ovary 4-celled, inferior;
fr. a many-seeded caps. — Twenty or more species in
the western parts of a. and N. Amer., especially Calif.
Seed may be aurface-sown in the late fall in order to
be covered by tlie raina which follow, or in February
lightly covered in sunny or in half-shady places. G.
amana is very popular and furnishes on abundance of
bloom in early summer when many late spring annuals
have succumbed to advancing heat. In the wild garden
the speciee come a^^ freely but have a tendency to
move to new ground after the second year.
A. PlanU tail, sfenrf«r:jls. iootdy apteale-paniailaU.
■mifcM, Lilja. Fakkwbll-to-Sprino. Fig. I65S.
Slender, brancning, 1-2 ft. hi^ : Ivs. linear to lanceo-
late, y^2iri in. long, often with smaller ones fascicled
in the axils: buds erect: calyi-lobee united and turned
to one side on expansion of the fl.; corolla lilac-crimson
or red-pink, satiny, 1-2 in. broad: caps, teretiah, sessile
or ve^ shortly pedicelled. Cult, also in European sor-
dens [since 1818). Exhibits oonaiderable variabiu^,
especially in the size, and color-scheme of the Be.
G. nbieiinda, Lindl. (B.R. 1856), is the lilac-crimson
form. G. vindsa, Lindl. (B.R. 1880), is a white-fld.
state. G. SckwiminU (On. 70:203), a double-fld. pink
r
form. (Enolhira UndU]/i, Douglas (B.M. 2832), has the
crimson petals with a lai^ central blotch of deeper
color. (Enolhira rdaet^^ba, Bemh. (Reichenbach, Icon.
Bot. Exot., pla, 47 and 150), is a prolific-flowering form.
B6ttBj Spach. Similar to G, amana: buds nodding:
petals pmk or light crimson; stigmas united at base to
torm a cup-like apex to the style: caps, long-stalked,
usually with flat sides. S. Calif, near the coast.
AA. Planti low; fia. in a short spike or dtaUr of ipikdtU.
grMuUflOra, Lindl. ((Enothira WkUnegi, Gray). Fig.
1659. Stout, simple and dwarfish, 4-12 in. high: Ivs.
oblong, tapering to base and apex: buds large, 1-2 in.
long; corolla i-5 in. across, rose-red with a deeper
blush or blotch in center, varying into pure white
(Ducheea of Albany), dark crimson (Lady Albemarle),
or bright carmine (Lady Satin Rose): caps, sessile, 4-
1354 GODETIA GOMPHRENA
Hided, 8-r«)bed. B.M. 6867. J.F, 318.~A highly priwd goldsf chaih: totumum „dtar..
—UtA ccruinij kaown in ■ wild atsW. Sead oiicmslhr fm
DiSen littls UohoiiialLy from O. qiudrivuJDSTi or its fomu
quite unobAnvBd in ita cbuwrtfln &fl«r 75 xemrv or more ttf c
a a»Bj (tnmi ol
_, „^ _,, — jr-fld. ffodetiftB 1
rboracura. althoiish Bubjfwt tar
u a( gartien cult. — G. maffMA\
'bulk,
PBtagonit by LuChsr Biu^
ioeolAt« and half-ooodupli-
itb t qnt u spai. 4-6
. a-ribb»d. B.fL 1119.
le trade. —O. RamancMi,
m cult- in Ell. neu-ly ■
ISM. GodgtU tnndiHoia, (EnotberB WhlbuTl ol tha Dwls. <
GO£tHEA (Goethe, the great German [toet,
who was also a botanist). Malviixa:, Two Brazilian
evergreen shrubs, Heldom grown in hothouBea. Lva,
alternate, Bimple, entire or Dearly bo: B». showy, in
cvTQes from the leaflet ate. or Bometimes solitary in
the axils, Hubtended by large cordate red showy cidyx-
Lke bracts; calyx 5-toothed, included within the
bracte; petals short' Btamcns united in a column,
which is 5-toothed below the apex; ovary S-eelled, each
1-ovuIed. G. strictiflbra. Hook. (G. eauiifldra, Hort.),
is a Bmall shrub or bush with large ovate Ivs. sinuate
on upper half, and aggregated fla, in yellowish white
red-tinged bracts; petals small, obcordate, veiny;
calyx whitish or greenish, the lobes ovate-acuminate;
Be. on short-peduncles that are aggregated in the axils
along the Bt. B.M. 4677. J.F. 4i365. G. mvUifiora,
Nichols., and G. semperfiorena, Nees & Mart., belong
in Pavonia. j^. jj. B.
OCLDBn FEATHER: CArvmnlAcmuM Parihmiia
GOLDEHROD: Salidaea.
GOLDSn SEAL; Hydra^u.
GOLDFtSSUi SIrtibUamSei.
GOLD THREAD: CaptU trifatia.
GOICBO, Oumbo
<t Okn: HibtKtu
GOHfeSA (named in honor of Bemardinus Anto-
mus Gomes). OrchiMcex. Stave epiphytes.
Fseudobulbe 1- or 2-lvd.: racemes often many-6d.,
lateral ; sepals free and spreading, or the lateral approxi-
mate or connate; petals equaling or wider than dorsal
sepal; lip affixed to base of column, continuous, spurlesa,
the lateral lobes small ; pollinia 2. — About 6 or 6 species,
natives of Brazil.
plaalfAIia. Klotssch (Odtmbtgldasuni planifilium,
Reichb.). Pseudobulbe ovoid, 1H~2 in. long, 2-lvd.:
IvB. 4-5 in. long: racemee exceeding the Ivs.; fla. fffk-
grant, light greenish yellow; sepals and petals oblong
acute, the lateral sepals united nearly to the apex; hp
shorter than petals, broadly oblong, acute, refleiea.
B.M. 3504 (as Rodngueiia). G.W. 14, p. 517.
e. BinMi, Bart. RKumes 1G-30-fld.; Ss. odsU, onnft, with
a white columa. Braiil. — O. Glatidpii, Gof^ Glimbinx: et. «1od-
guod: pKudabulb* 2-4 in. nput^ fis. Uiht green. Bruil
Georob v. Nabb.
GOHPHIA: OuraHa.
GOHPHOCARPUS (cJufr-Zrutt) . A sdepiadAcex.
Perennial herbs, or subahrub^ of more than 100 spe-
cies, mostly of the Old World, of which one hasj^een
mentioned recently in horticultural hterature abroad:
very, closely alhed Ui Asclepias, being distinguishea
mostly by the absence of crests or appendages on the
hoods. G. tixlilis, Naudin, a wann-country species but
nativity unknown, ia a semi-woody plant 3 ft, high with
slender branches: Ivs. opposite, lineor-lanccolate: fls.
white, in terminal clusters, the lobes of the crown
violet; fr. la^e, obliquely oval in outline, bladdery,
pale green, loug-hairy, to 4 in. long. R.H. 1902, p. 35.
— Dracribed as a showy and worthy plant for the border.
L. H. B.
GOMPHOLdBIUU (name refers to club-shaped pod).
Leffutnindsx. Two dozen Australian yellow- or red-fid,
shrubs, rarely cult. Lvs. simple or compound, the Ifts.
mostly narrow: fla. papilionaceous, soUtary, few or
in abort racemes; atandard orbicular or reniform, exceed-
ing the other petals; wings falcate-oblong; keel mostly
broader than the wings, obtuse; stamens free: pod very
wide or nearly globular, inSated, bearing amall seeds.
They are said to be excellent greenhouse shrubs; prop.
ty cutting of young shoots. G. palym6rphum, R. Br,
GlabrouB shrub or undershrub, variable m foliage and
habit: Ifts. 3, but sometimes 5 or 7 or 9, digitate, mostly
linear, to 1 in. long: fls. oran^yellow to brigtit crim-
son: pod much inflated, ovoid-globular. B.M. 1533,
4179. U.U. 1, p. 166. B.R. 1574 (as O. iienuioeum,
Lindl.). B.R. 1615 (as G. feniK, Lindl.). BR. 25:43
(aa 0. veraicolar, Lindl.). Xi. H. B.
G0HPHR£NA (name suggested by Grvrnphrmna,
Pliny's name for some amaranth, supposed to be
derived from arapho. to write or paint; alluding to the
highly colored or painted" foliage). Amarantdax.
Herbaceous plants grown as "everlu tings."
Herbs erect or prostrate, pubescent to villous, with
or without a leafy involucre: fla. short or long, white or
colored: bracts short or long, concave, and keeled,
winged or crested on the back. — About 70 species,
mostly in the warmer parts of Amer. and Austral.,
but the gld>e amaranth is widely dispersed throughout
the tropics. For cult., see AnnuaU and Everlaalingi.
OOMPHRENA
Thia genuB includes the globe amaranth, a common
everlasting flower of easy culture. It ie also known as
bachelor's button, though two other utterly distinct
plants {Cenlaurea Cyamu and Ranunculus aeri») have
the same popular name. The flowcr-heada are eld inch
or less in diameter, globose, of many oolora, and chiefly
remarkable for the showy bracts, which hide the true
flowers. In a family remarkable for brilliant foliage this
genus seems to be the only one valued for everhistings.
Nearly all the oUier everlasting flowers of importance
belong to the Composits.
globdsa, Linn. Globe Amakamth. Bacbelor's
BmrrON. Height 18 in, or leas: Iva. elliptic to obovate,
the largest 4 in, long, 1 >^ in, wide, tapering to a petiole.
July. B.M.2815. R.H, 1890, p. 522. F.R. 1 1333. The
folkiwing names of horticultural varieties indicate the
range of color: vara, ilba, allrea, ctmca, niiw corn-
color. There is a narrow-lvd. form o
which Vosa calls G. HaageAna, Klotzsch
Hort, G eocdnea, Decne,), which has h
often 6 times as long as broad. The Ivb.
in. wide. R.H.1854:161. AUareeBsUyi
a. enaptaliaidtt, V»hl— Pf»ffl». WnilBl
G0NG6rA (after Don Antonio Caballi
Bishop of Cordova). Includes Acropkre
tribe Vdndae, subtribe Cyrlop&diex. A
of plants with curious spotted flowers, n
cultivation, and of little value eicept f
Distinguished from the other membei
by its many-fld. raceme: dorsal sepal
^ect, Hpreading, thus appearing to
spring from the base of the column;
laterm sepals spreading or refiexed from
the base of the column, wider; petals an
the base of the column; labelltim contini
column, narrow and fleshy, with 2 thick
or aristulate lobes, and a central one wl
or even folded, forming a vertical |
erect or asceuding, not winged: paeudc
sheathed, bearing 1 or 2 large, plicate hrt
a long, loose, pendent raceme arising fn
the pseudobulns. — Over 20 species from
Gongoras are extremely free-flowerii
easily m a mixture of sphs^um and pea
charcoal added for drainage. Durmg
season they require plenty ofwater, and
the winter they reouire little water, but i
in a moist atmosphere in a cool, shaded
grow well with cattleyss, or in a temper
winter and 80° in summer. Some growei
fine fern root packed tightly and for a top finish a httle
fine moss found in damp meadows, instead of sphacnum,
which in thia climate is quick to decay. (Wm. Math-
ews.)
A. LaUrtd aep<Ut ovate or oblong, truncale.
Imnclta, Lindl. Pseudobulbe deeply furcate: lateral
aepals rotund, oblong, truncate, the upper one ovate,
keeled; petals minute, ovate; sepals and petals pale
straw-color, spotted with purple; base of labellum com-
pressed in the middle, 3-homed; apex ovate, canalicu-
late. B.R. 31:56.
AA. Lateral sepcda broad, ovate, pointed.
B. FU. li^kl aepia-broum; ovary mMch incurved.
galeftta, Reichb. f. (MaxUtAria galeita, Lindl. Aero-
. p^ Ldddigesii, Lindl.). Fig. 1660. Pseudo]>ulbB
ovate-conical, clothed with membranous scales: Ivs.
broadly lanceolate, Bin. long: racemes drooping, 6-8 in.
long, with 6-12 pale sepio^rown fla.; dorsal sepal gal-
eate; petals small, oblong-truncate; labellum 3-lobed;
lateral levies mflexed, middle one saccate. The plants
bear several short, rather large-fld. raoemes. Aug.
Mex. B.M.3563.L.B.C. 17:1645.
BB. FU. yellou); ovary aomeiohai ineumed.
armenlaca, Reichb. I. [Acrophra armer^aca, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbe ovate, sulcate, 2-lvd.: raceme loose, bear-
ing many yellow fla,; sepals ovate, rounded, apiculate,
the lateral ones oblique; petals one-half as long as the
column* labellum fleshy; apex ovate, plane, acuminate,
base tuberculate, crested. B.M. 5501.
AAA. Lateral aepala laneeolale to ovale-laneeotaU.
B. Fit. chocotaie-brown, spotted.
chocolate - c o 1 o re d,
spotted fls. about 2
of the sepals r
lute ; petals amau,
tw^rted at the apex :
labellum 4 'homed
at the base; apex
folded so as to form
a vertical trianEular
plate. Trinidad.
B.M. 3220.— This
species is the most
common in cult. It
is nearly always in
it during the summer.
Pis. yeUow, spotted.
inquenfirvis, Ruii A
(O.mocubUa, Lindl.).
dobulba ovate-ob-
, deeply furrowed, 3-
Ivs. broadly lanceo-
5-plaited: raccmca
y, 2 Et. lona, with
erouB yellow ns. spot-
irith dark red; lateral
Is reflexed, meeting in
back: petals small,
X- oblong, from the
lie of the column; lip
raed at base; apex
td, tapering to a seta-
s pomt. May-Aug.
. 3687. B.R. 1616.—
:uriouB plant, much
nbling 0, alropur-
a except in color and
. L of fls.
BBB. Fh. duU red-parple spotted, with a yeUow
labellum.
tricolor, Reichb. f. (0. maculdla var. tricolor, Lindl.).
Facudobulbs ovoid, 2J4 iu- long, deeply furrowed: Ivs.
ovat^oblong, acuminate, about 6-ricibed, 6 in. long:
raceme slender, penduloua, lax-fld., &-10 in. long; pem-
ce!a with ovary 1H~2 in. long, apeckled like the rachia;
fls. about 2 in. long; dorsal sepals lanceolate, with revo-
lute margina, tip recurved, lateral sepals ovate-lanceo-
late, with revolute margins, dull red-purplo, with a pale,
stout midrib; free portion of the petal spreading,
upcurved, lanceolate, apeckled; labellum golden yellow,
base cuneiform saccate, truncate in front, with an awn
: each side, apical part broadly funnel-^aped, with a
a. Ba/mdliina. Schlnht. Allied to O. [niocsta. InS. penda-
tom, tlimal IB in. lone: Bs.in1syel1airBpottedwilh purple. Colom-
bia.^G. buJAnia, Lindl. KeKtnbli^ Q. BtropurpureB id habit, It*.
■nd pMudobulbi: flg. rellowiih white, thickly ipoCted with dull
1356
GONGORA
GOODIA
purple. BrasiL B.R. 27:2. O.W. 13, p. IIO.^O. ftucdia, Hort.
(Acropera fusoata and luteola. Hort.), naa been cult, for manar
years, but no description ia available.—-^?. Tracydna. Rolfe. Se|>ala
and petals greenish yellow, mariced with brown; lq> ivory-white.
^•"** H. Hassblbrinq.
GONldlCA (Greek, ffoniay angle, corner; the corona
cornered near the top). Apoq/ndcex. Shrub, introduced
for the warmer parts of the country.
A monot3rpic genus containing a S. African glabrous
plant with coriaceous Ivs. and terminal corymbose fls.:
calyx small, with 5 more or less herbaceous sepals;
corolla with 5 lobes, overlapping to the left; stamens
inserted at the middle of tne coroUa-tube. Gonioma
differs from Tabemsmontana in having the ovules
arranged in 2 series instead of an indefinite number of
series.
KamJifwi, Mey. (Tabemxnumidna Camdssi, Kegel).
Height 16-20 ft. : Ivs. opposite or the upper ones in 3's,
oblong- lanceolate, entire, leathery, 4-6 lines wide:
conrmbs small, terminal, 8-10-fld.; fls. salver-«haped,
yellowish, 3 lines long; tube a little wider at the middle
and angled, constricted at top^ pilose within from the
middle to the top; lobes a tmrd as long as the tube,
ovate, cordate, twisted to the right in the bud; style
2-cut: fr. 1-2 J^ lines long. — Yields the hard yellow
Kamassi wood of S. Afr. n. TATLOB.t
GONIOPHLftBIUM. A subgenus of Polvpodium,
(or perhaps a distinct genus), with a special t3rpe of
anastomosing veins. ¥ot 0, wbauricmatutn and 0,
vacdnissfoliunif see Polypodium,
G0NI6PTERIS (Greek, anpledfem). Pdypodidcex.
A generic name for a group of tropical ferns belonging
wiui Dryopteris, with naked rounded son and the lower
veinlets ot contiguous segments or lobes united. Has
been placed under Polypodium. For G, crenaUi, see
Dryopteris crencUa.
GONIOSCtPHA (name refers to the angled peri-
anlh). Lilidcex. One species. G. eucomoldeSf Baker,
an odd nearly stemless plant from the £. Himalayas,
{)roducing 1 thick dense short-peduncled spike 3-5 in.
ong, of small lurid green fls.: Ivs. few in a rosette,
10-15 in. long, 5-6 in. broad, elliptic or elliptic-oblone,
several-nerv€»; petiole 3-4 in. long, broad: perianw
open, somewhat fleshy; anthers 6, sessile; stigma some-
what 3-lobed: fr. a l-seeded globose-ellipsoid dark
brown berry, becoming dry. B.M. 8078. G.C. III.
20:748. G.W. 12:750.— Blooms in late autumn; pro-
duces a short fleshy rootstock. l, h^ g^
GONdLOBUS (name refers to the angled pod of one
of the original species). Asdepiaddcex, Mostly trail-
ing or climbing plants, herbaceous or woody, of Amer.,
chiefly tropical: Ivs. opposite and mostly cordate: fls.
dull or dark-colored, of medium or lar^e size, in fas-
cicles or lunbel-like cymes^ corolla rotate to campanu-
late. 5-lobed; crown ring-like or cup-hke, entire, lobed
or divided; anthers short and borne under the disk of
the stigma or on the margin of it; pollinia nearly or
quite horizontal; stigma flat-topped.— Seventy-five or
more species, only one of which seems to be in horti-
cultural lists. G. edMs, Hemsl., of Guatemala and
Costa Rica, is a more or less rusty-hairy twining shrub,
with ovate-oblong deeply cordate Ivs., and 3-5-fld.
short peduncles: corolla of medium size, white, densely
bearded inside; crown short, with 5 interior longitudinal
lamells: follicles the size of a swan's egg, edible. — It is
said to be hardy at Santa Barbara and to bloom pro-
fusely but to set no fr. It is the guayote of the natives
of Costa Rica.
O. Cundttrdngo, Triana=>Mar8dema.— O. Martidnua, Hook., is
properly Flschena Martiana, Deone. A handaome stove twiner
with pretty fla. in early summer: Ivs. oblon<^vate, hainr, acumi-
nate: fls. white with a_£reen ring at base and a red hairy calyx.
BratiL B.M. 4472. J. F. 1:33. L H B
GOOBER is a commoner name in the South than
"peanut, *' which is the universal name in the North,
lor culture, see Peanut; for botany, see ArackU,
GOOD£nIA (Bishop Samuel Goodenough, England,
1743-1827, who wrote on Carex). Goodenidcex (some-
times written Goodenoviese). The family Goodeniacese
is allied to the Campanulacese, differing m never having
milky juice, the style surrounded by an indusium or
cup-shaped or two-lipped expansion, the ceUs of the
ovary mostly more in number, and other technical char-
acters. There are a dozen Kenera of herbs and shrubs
and probably 300 species, mostly Australian. Proba-
bly none of them is in regular cultivation, although
Goodenia and Sceevola are sometimes mentioned m
horticultural literature.
About 100 species ol Goodenia occur in Australia:
calyic-tube adnate to the ovary, the lobes free or
adnate at the base; style undivided: caps, with 2 or
rarely 4 valves: herbs, subshrubs, or shrubs, with
yellow, purplish or blue fls. The species most likely
to be met with in horticultural literature are: U,
grandifibraf Sims. Erect herb, with large yellow fls.
more or less streaked purple, linear calyic-Iobes, and
broadly ovate or ovate-lanceolate
toothed Ivs. that sometimes have
small lobes along the petiole. B.M.
890. B.R. 31:29. G. MacmHUanii,
F. Muell.. very like the last but
with purple fls. and lyrate Ivs. H.
F.II. 4:240. G, sUMigera, R. Br.
Perennial herb: st. 12-18 in., almost
leafless: radical Ivs. linear or nearly
so, entire, 3-6 in. long: fls. yellow,
nearly or quite sessile, in a long in-
terrupted spike. G. ovdto. Smith.
Glabrous or viscid shrub or sub-
ahrub, to 4 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate to
ovate or nearly orbicular, denticu-
late: fls. yellow, the corolla about
Min. long. L. H. B.
GOdDIA (after Peter Good, who
found the plant in New South
Wales). Legumindsx, Australian
shrubs, with pearlike flowers.
There are 2 goodias; both species
have long been cult, in a few con-
servatories abroad, but the pubes-
cent species is now forgottcoi and
the glabrous one, in Amer. is cult,
chiefly in S. Calif, outdoors. Under
fllass these shrubs are treated like
Cape heaths or Australian hard-
wooded plants. It has no near allies
of garden value. It belongs with
4 other Australian ^nera to sub-
tribe Bossi£ea» in which the Ivs. are .
mostly simple: stamens coalesced \
into a sheath, which is split above:
seeds strophiolate. From these 4
genera GcKxlia differs in having 3
pinnate Ifts. and its racemes ter-
minal or opposite the
Ivs. instead of axillary.
A. Schultheis writes
that goodias are occa-
sionaUy seen in florists'
windows in America.
Wm. Watson, of Kew,
says the flowers are
very fragrant, and re-
mam on the plant a '>A.'" K^\3>»***""^*^
long time. He adds *;•»"/* <* vV.'V^^ j. w^ ^ ^
(G.F. 2:244): "Prob- * ^ ^---^^t.tZr.n^}^^
ably this plant, if taken 1661. Ooodyera pobeMent. ( x jH
GOODIA
in hand by the floriete, would prove quite as useful for
spring flowering bb the popular Cytimu Tooemoiu*."
lotlfalia, Salisb. Often nuaspelled "latifolia,"
but the name means "lotus-leav^." A tall mucn-
branched glabrous shiub: Ifts. ovate or obovate, my
blunt, about %m. long; racemes loose,
man^'fld. ; the fls. yellow with purple mark-
ings near Uie boae. B.M. 958. J.H. III.
29:484. H.F. II. 6:358.— Likely to be con-
fused with ArgyroiiMum Andrewsianam,
belonginK to the Crotalaria subtribe, in
which the aeeda are not Htrophiolate. In
Argyrolobium the 3 Ifts. are diBit&t« and
the stipules, bracta and bractlets small but
persistent. A. Andraosiaraan has spaisely
silky IvB. In Goodia the stipules, bracts
and bractleta are very evanasoent.
WlLHELH MlUJlB.
N. TATLOR-t
G00DT£RA (after John Goodyer, British
botanist, who helped Johnson in his edition
of GeraJde's Herbal). Orchid&eex, tribe
Polyehdndrac. Dwarf terrestrial orchids of
minor importance which are cultivated
chiefly for their variegated foliage.
Leaves radical, usually reticu-
lately veined : 6a. in dense or 1
spikes; labellum saccate; an
on the back of the column. — A1
25 siiecies. They have scapes i
in. high at most. Difficult togi
require shade. Includes
the rattlesnsJce plantain.
A. Planls hardy rialivet. S
B. Z^4i6eUum ArongXy tTl-
fluted, with a nharl tip,
pubfiscens, R. Br. Rati
SNAKE Plantain. Fig. 1S61. !
ovate, deep green; veins net
white: scape stout; spike dense,
ovate in outline before anthesis:
flS- glt^ular, whitish; beak of
stigma short, obscure. Aug. New-
foundland to Fla^ west to Mich.
and Minn. L.B.C.l;!. B.B.1:474. Mn.2:54. F.S.
15:1555. AG. 12:281; 13:520. C.L.A. 4:108. Gn.M.
4 : 15.— Should be zrown in ordinanr loam mixed with
pine needles and dry pine twip. Not well suited for
greenhouse cult.
BB. LabtUum saccate, urUA an dongabd tip.
c. Beak of the atifpaa ahorter Hum Ha body.
rtpena, R. Br. Lvs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate:
veins dark; spike 1-eided; labellum with a recurved
tip. L.B.C.20:1987. Eu. Var. ophioldes, Fern. (Fig.
1662), is the American form of this species, with very
broadly marked lvs.
CC. Beak at long a* or longer than the stigma,
t«8S«Uta, Lodd. {G. jntbitcera vor. mtnor). Lvs.
broadly ovate to oblong-tanoeolatc; venation exceed-
ingly variable: scape slender; spike loose; fls, white;
laSellum leas saccate than in G. repeng; tip straight.
N. U. S. and Canada. B.M. 2640. L.B.C. 10:952.—
Confused by tradesmen with the next. Should be
planted out in a rockerv in shade, the roots being
nrmly placed among dead pine needles and loam.
BBS. Labellum scarcely saaxUe, margin ineolvie.
Mtaxieaii, Lindl. Plant rather large, the st. some-
times 18 in. high, being taller than G. lasetaia: lvs.
ovate-lanceolate, dark green; veins netted: spike some-
what l-dded. rather densely fld. W. U. S. to N. New
England. — Advertised by Dutch dealers.
GOOSEBERRY 1357
AA. Plants lender exotiet, euU. under glau.
B. Lvi. unth a trhitiah midcein.
vdfttiaa, Maxim. Fls. whitish, tinged rose: lvs. orate,
velvety, purplish green, with white rib. Japan. FS.
17:m9.
BB. Lv«. vnih wihite, netted veins.
Schlechtendaliina, Reichb. f. (G. japiniea, Btume ).
1062. Ooodrtn raptu TV.
FbUowinc (hia Utter diqiadttoi
ii Uw ■■nu ■■ the ehAnct«rui
Under Serapw, tba foLlowinc
PIAS, TJnn ap. PI. S40, 17.
Brit Bertwl 4T77 17S6. Epip-u
ITS?. Aduu. Fun. 3:70. 17i
Bot. Ou. te-AT2. 1B13. 8p
roodycTA Menunvi, Ijndl.); Peramium Uuttia'
!t; Ptramivm ofliiiMa, Rydbeis (— Ooodysn
r. <9hioid« F.ni«ld). Qt^isxA AMM.
L. H. B.f
GOOSEBERRT. A bu^-fruit,
grown for its large berries, which are
mostly consumed green in cookery.
The gooseberry has received com-
paratively little attention in America.
although in northern Europe, ana
especially in the British Isles, it has
long been a prime favorite, and a
preat improvement has taken place
m its size there during the last 200 or
300 years. When it was first culti-
vated in Europe — probably in the sixteenth centunf —
the wiM fruit, if it was like what it is now, would be
only about ^ inch in diameter and leas than one
quarter of an ounce each in weight. The largest goose-
berries which have been produced in recent years aver-
age several times this size, the largest one of which
there is a record weighing two ounces, although there
are doubtless larger specunens produced. The English
and European gooseberriee are derived from a species
native of northern Europe, Ribea Grossularia (Figs.
1663, 1664). The varieties of Rihes Groseularia do not
succeed well in America as a general rule, although in
some places they do well. Tie chief obstacle to their
successful culture is the gooseberry mildew, which it
has been found very difficult to control.
As late as 1846 no cultivated varieties of American
species of goooeberries were mentioned by writers, an
early reference, according to Bailey, being in 1849 in
the Northern Fruit Culturiat," by GoodriMi, where the
author writes; "We have it from good authority that
native sorts have been discovered both in New Hamp-
shire and Vermont well adapted to garden culture." In
1847 the Houghton's Seedling was exhibited at a meet-
ing of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society, this
bemg the first improved form of the native gooseberry
of which there is a record. This variety was originated
or found by Abel Houghton, Jr., Lynn, Massachu-
setts. It is probably a seedling of the native species,
Rtbea UrleUum (Figs. 1665, 1666, 1667). The first
improvement on the Houghton was the Downing (Fig.
1358
GOOSEBERRY
1668), a Medling of the Houghton, which whs origi-
oated by Charles E>owniDg, Newbiu^, New York, and
firat brought ioUi aotice in 1853. It ia thought by some
authorities to have been a hybrid between Houghton
and Ribeg GToavlaria, the European apecies. The
Downing ia etiil more largely planted in America than
any other variety of goose-
betry. This ia doubtleaB
largely due to the fact that
comparsitively little has been
done toward improving the
gooed^cny in America duriag
the past fifty years. The
moet work eeems to have
been done by William Saun-
ders, late Director of the
GOOSEBERRY
Gooeeberriefl may be propagated either from cut-
tinge or by layering. The average person will usually
get the best rwilta from layering, aa cuttings arc oft^
very unsatisfactory. To propagate by layering, the
bushes should be pnined severely in the autumn. This
will induce a strong growth of young wood the next
season. When these nave made moet of their growth,
which will be early in July, the earth is heaped up
around and through the bush until only the tips of the
young shoots are left uncovered. The soil ia packed
down and then a covering of loose earth thrown over to
retain moisture better. Most of the American varie-
ties will have rooted well by autumn, and the young
plants may be detached and planted in nursery rows
either the same fall or the following spring, to be grown
there for one season. English varieties usually take two
veora to root, and the soil must be left about the bu^es
(or that time. Cuttings of American varieties will
sometimes give fairly satisfactory results if made from
well-ripenca wood and treated as currant cuttings.
The cuttings are made 6 to S inches or less in lengui,
and buried in soil over winter. In sprine they are set
out in nursery rows, planting deep enou^ so that only
one or two buds are above ground. Both American
and English varieties may be propagated from green-
wood cuttings in a greenhouse, or hotbed with bottom
Soil, plantijtg and cullare.
. (Natunlu
II ol Rlbai Omnlaiii.
Dominion Experimental Farms, the originator of the
Pearl, Joaaelyn (Red Jacket), and many other seed-
lings and croBses not yet on the market. There is a
CI field for work in improving the native gooee-
ies, ae there is no apparent reason why the size
should not be equaJ to the beet English varieties. The
qualitv of the American varieties is considered by some
to be bettor than the average EngUah gooseberry, but
the flavor is not nearly so good as the best of the
English sorts.
As the gooseb^ry is found growing wild almost or
quite to the Arctic (urcle, its culture will no doubt be
extended very far north. The most usefid native species
is the smooth gooseberry, Ribea hirtelium, which is
found wild from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Next in
importance ia the prickly gooseberry, Ribe^ Cynoibati,
which has not so wide a range. Both of these goose-
berries are of good quality. An intereating hybrid
Kooseberry was originated by Saunders by crossing
Ribea Cjfnotbati, with Warrington, a cultivated Eng-
lish variety. The size of the fruit was Increased very
much, but the gooseberry although ^ood in quality
remained prickly. If greater hardiness is desired it may
be got in Ribet laciutre, wliich grows almost or quite to
the Arctic circle. In its present state It is not nearly so
useful aa the other two ^jecics, the fruit being amaUer
and Inferior in quality. There are other native species,
such as Aibe« Lobbii, R. diBaritalum, and R. roturuH-
/olium, which may also play their part in the future
imtffovement of the native gooseberrv.
There is a steady though limited acmand for goose-
berries in America, but the gooseberry lias never been
generally popular on this continent. Id England,
gooseberries arc used in great quantities for eating out
of hand and for jam; in America few ore used raw^ most
of the fruit being picked Kttten and put into pies, or
used as jam or canned. Inose who ore successful in
growing the English varieties in America are usually
enthusiastic in their praise as a fruit for eating raw.
scolded by the sun. The soil should be a cool o
Moist soils are usually cool, but the surface of a sandy
loam soil gets very hot In the summer, hence is not the
beet for this fruit. Well-drained, heavy clay loams ar«
the moet suitable for gooseberries as these usually are
both cool and moist. The soil should have abundant
plant-food easily made available. A good apphcation
of well-rotted manure thoroughlv worked into the soil
will do much to bring about tnese favorable condi-
tions. The soil Bhould be well prepared and made
mellow aa for a crop of roots. As gooaeberries atari
tu grow early in the spring it is usually preferable to
plant In the autumn, and aa the leaves drop early they
ma^ be planted in September and will be m good con-
dition when wintor comes. Well-rooted cuttings or
layers may be used as plants. They should be set in
TOWS about 6 feet apart and 4 feet apart in the rows.
Cultivation should be thorough to retain moisture
and keep the Boil cool, and as gooseberry roots near
GOOSEBERRY
the surface, tillage should be shallow. Mulching with
straw ia sometimes advisable to keep the auil cool-
As the gooseberry makes much mure wood than it is
desirable to leave, severe pruning is neccasary, English
varieties are usually trained to a single stem, but this is
not ncoeeBary, although the freer circulation of air when
trained in this way may help to prevent the spread of
mildew. The usual custom in Ainerica is t« grow the
gooeebeiTy in bush form. Hie bush should at first be
GOOSEBERRY
In Great Britain the gooseberry b one of tlie most
popular fruits, and great quantities of the product are
grown there every year. They are used to a larg«
extent for eating out of hand when ripe, but are much
1M7. An AiDttloa gaomabmj, RlbM hbtallam. (Xlfl
brought into a good shape by leaving a few of the
atroneest shoots r^ularly distributed to make an
open nead. Five or six of these shoots are quite suffi-
cient to leave at first. As the bush gets older, new shoots
are allowed to grow to take the place of the older once,
as the pruning should be done with a view lo havine
only vigorous bearing wood. Fruit is borne on year-old
wood and from spurs on older wood. It usually is not
desirable to have any wood more than three years old.
Thebest time to pruneis in the autumn or winter. The
weakest young shoota should be cut off at the ground,
also all the stronger young shoots not required for
fruiting or to take the place of the older branches to be
cut away. The side shoots from the older branches
should be headed back or cut out alt«gether so ss to
maintain a fairly open bead, making it as easy as pos-
sible to pick the fruit and yet leaving sufficient wood
to produce a good crop and shade the fruit from the sun.
as m a hot dry time gooseberries are liable to be injured
by s<»lding. When branches are more than three years
of age they should be removed to make way for
younger wood. It is advisable to cut out all branches
which touch the ground as there will then be a better
circulation of air, and the fruit will be kept off the
ground. Gooseberries will of ten begin to bear the second
ye-ar after planting, but there will not be a full crop
until the fourth season. If the soil is kept in good condi-
tion by an annual application of well-rotted barnyard
manure in the autumn, harrowed in the following spriOK,
and if the bushes are kept sprayed and well pruned,
the plantation will not need lo be renewed for many
yeaiB. Sometimes a plant is trained to a single stem
(Fig. 1669), to secure extra fine fruit, but it is only a
home-^irden practice and scarcely to be recommended
Yield of gooscberriea.
The American gooseberry is a productive fruit and
averages a good crop if well cared for. It is, however,
very important to have good foliage to protect the fruit
from the sun, and unfortunately many let the currant
worm destroy a large proportion of the foliage, and if
the weather is hot the fruit suffers. Six bushes of the
Pearl have averaged at the Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, C^ada, in five years at the rate of 12,402
pounds an acre each year, or, at forty pounds to the
Dushel, over 310 burfiela an acre. The highest yield was
in 1905, when five bushes of Pearl 6x4 feet apart
yielded seventy-five pounds, or at the rate of 27,225
pounds an acre, equal to over 080 bushels.
The highest j^ield mentioned b^ Card in his work on
in demand for making jam. Owii^ to their large siM
and good flavor, and their popularity in Great Britain,
they were early imported into America, but it was soon
found that owing to the gooseberry mildew the Euro-.
pean varieties could not oe successfully cultivated in
most places in which the gooseberry grows. Where the
climate approaches nearest to that of Great Britain,
and the northern and moister parts of Europe, and there
is considerable moisture in the air, not very high sum-
mer temperatures, and considerable cloudy weather,
the European gooseberry succeeds best. Even in gar-
dens in which there is a great deal of vegetation giving
off much moisture, and in which the soil is shaded ana
cool, good success is often obtained and almost or quite
as fine gooeeberrira produced as in England, but such
instances are the exception.
Heavy clay soils are most suited to the gooseberry
and there is little use trying to grow the European
varieties in light soils. Qay soils are cool, and with
them it is easier to secure the conditions n
success. Various methods are recommended for grow-
ing European gooseberries free from mildew. Mulch-
ing the soil heavily with straw is one. Mulching the
so3 with coal-ashes is another. Shading the soil with
laths set on a frame 8 to 10 feet high is another. All
these methods are useful, but unless the air is moist
above as it is cool and moist below, the conditions will
be still more or leas favorable for the development of
the disease. The conditions of a thickly planted garden,
where there is partial shade, seem the most favorable.
Varielia of goottberriet.
American: Pearl, Downing (Fig. 1668}, Josselyn
(Red Jacket). Hou^^ton is the hardiest.
1360
GOOSEBERRY
European (of most general Adaptation}: Whiteaniith,
Industry (Fig. 1671).
European (least affected by mildew at Central
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada) : Companion,
Eaole, Glenton Green, Queen of Trumpa, Snowball.
European (grown by R. B. Whyte, Ottawa, Canada,
under garden conditions); Tri-
unipb. Lofty, Green Ocean,
Conn, Weatbwall, Sportsman.
Seaiding of Iht fruit.
In a very hot dry time, goose-
berries are often s<^ded, become
unfit for use and fall to the
ground. If the gooBeberries are
planted in heavy, cool soil and
the ground kept well cultivated
and the currant-worm prevented
from eating the foliage there will
be little trouble. Unfortunately,
in many plantations the foliage
is very scant, either on account
of poor cultivation or injury
from the currant-worm, and it is
under such conditions that tlie
greatest injury occurs.
Itueett and dUeaae» affeclint the
goo»eberry.
Cwranl - icorm or imported
aaivfly (PUronus jibesii, Scop.). —
By far the best known of all the
insects which injure currants and
Rooeeberries is tne currant-worm.
The black-spottpd dark p^«n
false caterpillarB of this mscct
may unfortunately be found in
almost every plantation of currants or gooeeber
vear tn almost all parts of the temperate regions of
North America. The white eggs are laid in rows atone
the riba of the leaf on the lower side, toward the end
of May. From these the young larvw hatch and
make their preeeace known by the small holes thev
eat through the leaves. Unleaa promptly deetroyeo,
they will soon strip the bushes of their leaves, thus
weakening them considerably so as to prevent them
ripening miit the first year, and also reducing the qual-
ity of the crop of the following season. There are at
l^st two broods in a season. The first appears just as
the leaves are attaining full growth, and the second just
as the fruit is ripening. The perfect insect is a tour-
winged fly which may De seen flying about the bushes
early in spring. The male is blackish, with yellow le^
more slender body. The female is larger than the male
and has the body ss well as the legs yellow. Remedy:
For the firat brood a weak mixture of p " " "
ounce to ten gallons of water, may be
f pans green, o
; sprayed over t
L dry mixture o
pounds of flour may be
dusted over the foUage after
a shower or when the leaves
are damp with dew. For the
second brood paris gr^
must not be used, but white
hellebore; this is dusted on
as a dry powder; or a decoc-
tion of this powder, one ounce
to two gallons of water, m^
be sprayed over the bushes. It
is, of course, far better to treat
the first brood thoroughly, so
» Cam Bob, an as to reduce the number of
GOOSEBERRY
Qooatbtrry fruit~ti>orm (Zophodia jroswuUaix, Pack.),
— Just before gooseberries ripen, clusters of two or three
may sometimes be noticec, which are prematurely
colored, and which are joined together by the webs spun
by the caterpillar of a small moth. These caterpillarB
are pale gre^iish white and sometimes have a reddish
tinge. Thev hve inside the ber-
ries and, wnen the contents of
one berry arc consumed, attack
another near at hand^ joining it
to the first by a silken web.
Whoa full RTown they fall to the
ground ana spin brown parcfa-
ment-like cocoons, just beneath
the surface of the ground. The
moths, which are pale gray,
marked with dark streaks and
bands, are very rarely observed.
They fly early in spring, and
there is onlv one brood m the
year. Rernedy : The best method
of controlling this insect, which
fortunately is never very abun-
dant, is to pick by hand the
clusters of injured berries. It is
thought that chickens and other
poultry are useful in destroying
the larvEe and chrysalids; and it
is certain that, while chickens
are very small, they are useful in
a garden in destroying a great
number of injurious insects. The
old hen, however, should be
kept securely cooped up and not
allowed to run at large.
ralMd In tcM lofm. Gooseberry mildew (Sphxrtt-
Iheca mors-ui>x). — The goose-
berry miUew has prevented the general culture of
the European gooseberry in America. This disease
attacks the leaves, twigs and fruit. When the attack
is bad it destroys ttc foliage, covers the fruit and causes
most of it to drop. It eape the growing shoots to such
an extent that they do not ripen properly, and dry up
without setting fruit-buds. It thus practically destroys
the crop. The disease is apparent early in the season m
the web-like covering whicti coats the leaves, shoots and
fruit. This is the mycelium from which is given off the
spores which propagate this disease. It is usually
noticed first in the lower and most shaded parts of the
bush. When the spores are being given off, the mildew
has a powdery appearance. Winter-eporee are formed
later which gemunate in the spring. As the mycehum
and spores arc both on the surface it might be thought
this dWase could be easily controlled, but the weather
conditions in this country seem so favorable to the
development of spores that the gooseberry mildew
spreads with great rapidity, and constant and thorough
spraying is necessary to prevent it from doing so.
American varieties are seldom
affected by gooseberry mildew,
although occasionally they are
shghtly attacked. Remediea:
So far, there has been no good
remedy for the gooseberry mil-
dew, but the moat promising
remedy is the lime-sulfur wash
applied first when the buds
are breaking and then at inter-
vals during the growing sea-
son. So far, the best formulas
and the best times to spray
have not been accurately
worked out. Potassium sulfide
in the proportion of one ounce ,„,, i^„,^, ^ ^
to two gallons of water has tba Eniliili looHbenlu.
controlled the mildew in some (Natural siio.i
GOOSEBERRY
GOURD
1361
cases but to secure satisfactory results the weather must
be favorable and the btishes sprayed from four to six
times or more. In some cases it has been found that
it is not practicable to control the mildew with this
spray; furthermore under certain conditions the foUa^
of some varieties is injured by the spray. Bordeaux
mixture when the leaf-buds are breaking and again
just before blooming is a partial preventive.
Leaf'spotf rust {Septoria ribia), — ^The disease which
causes the spotting of gooseberry leaves and their fall-
ing prematurely is the same as that which affects
currants, and may be dealt with in the same way.
W. T. Maooun.
OOOSBBBRRT, BASBADOES: PenMa.
OOOSBFOOT: Chmopodium.
GORDdNIA (after James Gordon, an English nur-
BBryman; died 1780). Thedcese, Including Franklinia.
Ornamental woody plants grown for their showy white
flowers and handsome foliage.
Evergreen or deciduous trees or shrubs: Ivs. alter-
nate, petioled, entire or serrate: fls. solitary, axillary;
sepals and petals 5: stamens numerous; ovary superior,
3-6-celled, each cell with 4 or numerous ovules; style
slender, with a 3-6-lobed stigma: caps. 3-6-celled,
woody, dehiscent, with few or many wmged seeds in
each cell. — ^About 15 species in Subtrop. and Trop.
Asia and 2 in the S. Atlantic States.
The gordonias have very lumdsome ahining foliage,
and produce their larae white flowers even on ratlier
small plants. Only G. alatamaha is hardy north to
Massachusetts, while the others are cultivated only in
subtropical regions. They grow best in a somewhat
moist, peaty, or sandv soil. Iropagated by seeds, layers
or cuttings from hal/-ripened wood under glass.
A. Foliage deddwms,
alatamllha, Sarg. ((?. pubiscena^ L'Her. Franklinia
alatamdha, MarshJ. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. obo-
vate-oblon^, narrowed into a short petiole, sparingly
serrate, bri^t green and shining above, pubescent
below, turning scarlet in fall, 5-6 in. long: fls. short-
pedicelled, pure white, about 3 in. across; petals
roundish obovate, witn crenulate margin, concave:
caps, globular. Sept., Oct. Ga., but not found again
since 1790. S.S. 1:22. Mn. 6:201. Gng. 7:167.
M.D.G. 1899:25. F.E. 30:863. C.L. A. 2:34.— One of
the few trees that flower in autumn. It does well in
Mass. in sheltered positions or with slight protection,
and blooms freely every year. A large tree in the
Bartram garden, near Philadelphia, was long sup-
posed to be the onl^ living specimen of G,<dalamaha,
All other specimens m cult, are believed to have been
prop, from the Bartram tree, which has lately died.
All efforts since 1790 to rediscover this tree in the S.
have failed.
AA. Foliage evergreen,
Lasiindras, Ellis. Loblolly Bat. Tree, to 60 ft,
usuall3r shrubby in cult.: Ivs. obovate-luiceolate, nar-
rowed into a short petiole, crenately dentate, dark ereen
and shining above, glabrous, 4-6 in. long: fls. long-
pedicelled, white, 2-2>^ in. across; petids oblong-
obovate; stamens short: caps, ovate. July, Aug. Va.
to Fla. and Miss. S.S. 1:21. B.M. 668. I.T.2:41.
axOUris, Szyszylowicz (G, an&mala^ Spreng.). Large
shrub: Ivs. oblanceolate, narrowed mto a very short
petiole, entire or serrate, dark green above, 3-6 in.
long: fls. almost sessile, creamy white, 2-3 in. across;
petals roundish obovate. Nov. S. China. B.M. 2047;
4019 (as Polyspora axiUaris), L.B.C. 7:675 and B.R.
349 (as Camellia axillaris),
O. ordndU, Andr^ Coiymbs few-fld., terminal; fls. white,
Urge. II.H. 1906:520. — ^A handaome greenhouse opeciea.— -O.
iatdntoo, RoUison. See Sohima Noronhs.
Alfrsd Rehdbr.
87
GOR8B: Ulex europtnu.
GOSSfPIUM (ancient name of the cotton plant).
Malvdcex. Cotton. Perhaps thirt]^ or more species
of herbs and shrubs of warm countries, although more
than 100 have been described; some authorities reduce
them to about three. They are grown for the fiber
that is borne on the seeds. See Cotton. They are
scarcelv horticultural subjects, and therefore are not
treated fully in this work.
Gossypiums are tall stout herbs, or tree-form bushes:
Ivs. large, alternate, petiolate, mostlv prominently
3-9-lobed but sometimes entire: fls. white, yellow or
Eurplish, provided with 3-5 large cordate calyx-like
racts; cal3rx entire or somewhat 5-lobed; stamens
imited into a colunm; ovary 3-5-celledj each cell 3-11-
ovuled; style 3-5-lobed: fr. a loculicidally dehiscent
caps., beaxing seeds that are obovate, rounded or
slightly angular, sometimes smooth, but usually cov-
ered with a short down or fuzz and a longer coat of
brown, creamy or white hairs, called the lint.
The cottons of commerce belong, according to
Lewton, to about eight distinct botSucal types and
may be divided into two main groups, the New World
and the Old World cottons. The New World ^up
includes American Upland cotton (G. hirsiUum, Lmn.);
Sea Island and Egyptian cottons (G. barbadense, Linn.) ;
and the tropical tree cottons of South America (G.
brasiliensey Kfacf. and G. penwianunif Cav.). The
Old World cottons include the Levant cotton (G.
herbaceum, Linn.), cultivated in southern Europe and
western Asia; the oriental tree cotton (G. arboreum,
linn.), with yellow or purple-red flowers; the common
cotton of India (G. negkctunif Todaro) ; and the Chinese
and Japanese cottons (G. nanking, Meyen.).
Cotton (probably G. herbaceum) was grown in gar-
dens in Delaware and Maryland in colonial times as
an ornamental plant.
Two species have been offered as ornamental plants.
G. Dftvidsonii, Kellogg, from Lower Cam. and
Cerros Isls., woody, with handsome yellow fls. purple
at the base. 1 in. long, and small corciate mostly entire
Ivs. G. Stftrtii, F. Muell., endemic in interior of
Australia: shrub, several feet high, more or less marked
with black dots: Ivs. broadly ovate, entire, 1-2 in. long,
glaucous: fls. large, purple with dark center: bracts to 1
m. long, cordate, entire, many-nerved, black-dotted.
The common fiber-cottons are sometimes planted in
northern gardens for curiosity, but they seldom make
attractive plants where the nights are cool; sometimes
they are seen in warm glasshouses, with other economic
plants. L. H. B.
GOUANIA (Antoine Gouan, 1733-1821, professor of
botany at Montpelier, France). Rhamndcesp. About
40 species of tropical shrubs, sometimes tall climbers,
tendril-bearing: branches long and slender: Ivs. alter-
nate, petiolate, pennincrved, entire or dentate: fls. in
clusters, on axillary and terminal, elongated pedun-
cles; disk 5-lobed; style 3-fid: caps, with 3 indehiscent
berries. — ^This genus includes the "chawstick" of
Jamaica, a rapid-growing, shrubby vine, with pretty
heart-shaped Ivs., ^wn sometimes for ornament in
the extreme S. It is suitable for screening unsightlv
objects. The sts. are chewed in the W. Indies. 'fix)th
brushes are made from the frayed ends and tooth-pow-
der from the pulverized wood.
doming^nsis, Linn. Chawstick. Lvs. usually 1)4^2
in. long, elliptical, glabrate, with distant serratures;
veins tapering toward the margin: fls. very small, in
slender mtemipted axillary more or less leafy spikes:
caps, winged, emarginate. W. Indies. l, jj. B.
GOURD. In England, a generic name for species of
Cucurbita (which see). In America the term is used
to designate those cuciirbitous fruits that are hard-
1362
GOURD
GRAFTING
shelled, and are uaed for ornament or for the making
of domestic uteosili. The gourd of hietory is prohablv
I^genaria. In the northern United States, tne saaU
hard-ehelled forms of CucurbUa Pepo {var. ocifera) are
commonly understood when the word gourd ia uaed-
The gourds in the American trade ore referable to their
speciee aa follows:
AOBCoadx, Laoenaria vvlffofitt
Apple-abape
r, Cuairbita Prpo tsa
BDltle-flfaHpod, Zdffffioru Ril-
Ctlmh
I. Crac
but lbs calobsflb gourd u
Lacenoria puifiorCM.
T»r. nviftra (Colooynlh u
CifruJIiu ColiKynlliu).
Dipper, Laotnaria wuioaru.
DipAACAOuB. Cucumu dip-
Onuwe, Cucurt
Ortricb Eff.
Spop^i Lujfa-
fipoon, Laotnaria ntiffOfU.
Sug^r Trough, La^naria ni
L. H. B.
GOmtLI^A (Gourli^, a peraonal name). Legu-
minbsx. One or two spiny shrubs or email trees of
Chile, one of which is listed in S. Calif., somewhat akin
to Sophora and Cladrastis: Ivs. odd-pinnate, the Ifts.
email: fls. small, oranec-colored, in racemes or fasciclea.
papitionaceous; standard orbicular, winge obovat« and
undulate, kcelshort: pod short, indehiscent. G.spin&sa,
Skccls (Lucuma spinbaa, Molina. G. chUhuit, Gsy).
Chanal, Tree, 12-15 ft.j with long thick branches
diam., browniah. the pulp the flavor of jujube: wood
yellow and hara, used for cabinet-making. Chile, at
elevation of 1,500-5,000 ft. L. H, B.
G0V£NIA (J. R. Gowen, English gardener). Ordti-
ddcex. Terrestrial orchids of Trop. Amer., seldom cult.,
of perhaps a dozen epeciee: rhiKomea thickened into
tuber-Uke enlai^ements or paeudobulbe, the sts. erect
and few-lvd.: Ivs. large, narrowed at base: fls. in simple
racemes, medium in eize. short^pedicelled, mostly
white, cream-colored or yellow and more or leas rea-
spottcd; sepals and pet^ of about equal length, the
former connivent; Up very short, without spur, jointed
to column: pollinia 4, broadly ovate. G. lingcns,
Pocpp. & Endl. Height 2-3 ft.: If.-blade clhptic, about
8 in. long: fla. yellowish, with transverse purple lines,
much lareer than those of G. superba; segms. lanceo-
late to oblong. Peru. 0. suvirba, Lindl. Two ft.:
fis. fragrant, yellow with red markings, sepals and
petals acute: spike loose, erect. Mcx. L.B.C. 18:1709.
G. sutpkurea, Reichb. f. An odd species with onion-
Lke peeudobulbs: If .-blade cuneat^-lanceotate and
dste-obbng, white with dark brown at apex.
L. H. B.
GRAB6WSEIA (H. E. Grabowsky, German apothe-
cary and botanical author). Solanacrx. A half-dozen
or more epiny shrubs of Trop. and cxtra-Trop. S. Amer.,
with small violet or pale blue or whitish He. borne
singly at the nodes and in clusters on the ends of the
branches, and oblong or obovate entire sometimes
fleshy IvB.i calyx 5-toothed or becoming lO-toothed
aft«r flowering: corolla funnelform, with short tube and
5-lobed sjH'eading limb; stamens 5, exserted: fr. drupe-
like with 2 pyrenes, G. boerhaevuefUui, Schlecht.
(G, glaitea, Hort.), of Peru, is offered in Calif. It is a
lyeium-Uke scrambling or wide-spreading bush with
small Ivs. alternate and tufted, with spines !-iin. long
in the axils and the shorter branches often also sharp
and spine-like: fls. whitish or pale blue, not conspicu-
ous, in clusters of 3-5 or solitary: berries Bcarceiy J^in.
long. B,R. 1085. — In Calif., the plant has a good gray-
green foliage and a graceful drooping habit, therefore
making it adaptable for planting compositions in
landscapes. ^ fj. B.
GRAFTING, Multiplication by. Grafting is the
operation of inserting a part of one plant into another
plant or part with the intention that it shall grow and
produce its kind.
The practice of grafting, t^^ether with all the reasons,
consequences and results, constitutes a department of
knowledge known as
graflage. The term
grafting is ordinarily
restricted, in popul^
speech, to propagation
by means of short
twigs or cions, and
budding is used to
designate the insertion
of smgle buds that are
severed from the
branch on which they
ITCWj but these dis-
tinctions are not funda-
mental. Stock is the
plant or part on which
the grafting is done.
Cion {scion, sion) is
the part inserted into
the stock, although
it is usually restricted
to cuttings of twigs,
and does not include
:hed buds.
ion. Brldfv^raftlac. At thilett,
1 doa; die ckuu in iiUce; at Uia
many writing^ the
word is spelled teion, but the other is shorter and
it waa a very early horticultural term, many old
horticultural writings using don and cyan. Scion is
apparently later, ana usa^e is not uniform. The wonl
draft is sometimes used in the sense of don, but it
would better be used for the completed things the
new plant or part made by the joining <rf cion and
Grafting is not always employed for purposes of prop-
agation. It may be a reparative process. What is
known as bridge-iiTafting is oE this kind. Wounds or
6'rdles may be bridged by cions, as in Fig. 1672 (after
edrick), for the purpose of supplying new tissue to
connect the parts. Here the edges of the girdle are
trimmed to the fresh firm tissae, cions whittled w^edge-
ahapc at each end are inserted, bandages are drawn
around the trunk to hold the free edges of the bark and
the ends of the rions, and wax is poured over the work.
This operation is performed in spring, with dormant
cions. The buds snould not be allowed to throw out
shoots. If the cions arc placed close t<^ether, they
will soon unite along their sides and make a continuous
covering of the wound. Writing of bridge-grafting,
HedrickBaye(N.Y.Sta. Circ. No. 17): "Its most impor-
tant use is to preserve trees injured or girdled by rodents
or discaae. Any ragged or diseased edges should be
cleanly cut away, a longitudinal slit should be made in
the bark, both above and below the wound, and the
edges of the slits loosened slightly. A cion should then
be cut 2 or 3 inches longer than the space to be bridged,
one side beveled off at both ends (Fijj. 1672), and
inserted in the slits, its beveled face against the wood
GRAFTING
GRAFTING
1363
}
ci the trunk. In order to guard against any accidental
difiplacement it would be well to drive a small tack or
nau through each end of the cion, which, however,
must not be split in the operation. Other cions in a
like manner may be inserted at intervals of about 2
inches over the enture injiured surface. The ends of the
cions should be covered witii wax but it is not neces-
sary to cover all the bridged portion of the trunk. If
the tree operated upon is small and likely to weave
in the wind it should be tied firmly to a strong stake as
such movements might tear apart the tender uniting
surfaces."
Cions are sometimes inserted freelv in the stub left
by a large broken limb, for the double purpose of pro-
viding other shoots to take the place of the branch and
of facilitating the healing of tne wound. Sometimes
cions are inserted in limbs on a one-sided or misshapen
tree for the purpose of securing better growth on that
side, the variety perhaps being the same as that of the
tree itself.
Another reason for grafting is to produce some radical
change in the nature of the cion, as rendering it more
dwait, more fruitful, or otherwise changing its ht^it.
StiU another office is to adapt plants to adverse soils
or climates. An example is the use of the peach root in
the southern states upon which to work the plum, as
the peach thrives better than the plum in sandy soils.
The prsu;tice in Russia of working the apple on roots
of the Siberian crab is an example of an em)rt to make
a plant better able to withstand a very severe climate.
In general, however, grafting is employed for the
purpose of multiplying or perpetuating a given variety,
mostly of woody plants. It is used with plants that
do not bear seeds, or in which the seeds do not come
true or are difficult to germinate, or when the plants do
not propagate well by cuttings or layers. It is also
employed to increase the ease and speed of multipljring
pl^ts.
In common practice, the effect of the stock on the
oion is rather more mechanical or physical than physio-
logical or chemical. The influences are very largely
those associated with ^ater or less growth. As a rule,
each part of the combmed plant — the stock and cion —
maintains its individuality. There are certain cases,
however, in which the cion seems to partake of the
nat\ire of the stock; and others in which the stock par-
takes of the nature of the cion. There are reconled
instances of a distinct change in the flavor of fruit when
the cion is put upon stock that bears fruit of very dif-
ferent character. There are some varieties of apples and
pears which, when worked on a seedling root, tend to
change the nabit ofgrowth of that root. Examples are
Northern Spv and Whitney apples, which, when grafted
on a root of imknown parentage, tend to make that
root grow very deep in the soil. All these instances seem
to be special cases, or exceptions to the general rule
that each part maintains its individuality. Reasons
for this change of nature in these cases have not been
determined, and in most cases such results are not to
be predicted. The most marked effect of stock on the
cion is a dwarfing influence. Dwarfing may be expected
whenever the stock is of a smaller stature than the
cion. The most familiar example is the dwarf pear,
made by working the pear on quince stock. Supplying
a plant with a slow-growing root is only the banning
of the making of a dwarf. The plant must be kept
dwarf by subsequent pruning and other care. There is
comparatively little demand for large-growing forms
of woody plants, whereas there is much demand for
dwarf fonxis. See Dwarfing^ pace 1082.
The limits within which grafting can succeed are to
be determined only by experiment. These limits are
often within the species, and usually within the genus,
but there are instances in which plants of distinct genera
intergraft with, success, as in some of the cacti. In
general, the closer the affinity of cion and stock, the
better the union. When stock of the same species can
not be secured, it is allowable to chose another species.
Thus it was for a time impossible to secure Japanese
plum stocks upon which to grow the varieties of Japan-
ese plums, and peach, Marianna, myrobalan and
domestica plum stocks have been used, and are used to
this day. In some cases another species grows more
readily from seed, is cheaper, is less liable to fungous
iniury in the nursery, or has some other practical
advantage. Thus, most domestica plums (Prunfia
domestica) in the North are worked on the myrobalan
(P. cerasifera) ; many sweet and sour cherries (Prunus
Aviitm and P, Ceraaua) are worked on the mahaleb
(P. Mahaleb); many kinds of roses are worked on
manetti and Rosa muUiihra stocks.
From time to time there arises an agitation against
grafting, particularly in the Old World. Cases of poor
unions and the difficulties of sprouting from the root or
stock are cited as proofs that graftage is injurious and
devitalizing. But these are examples of poor results.
They show what should not be done. Properly per-
formedj on plants of proper affinity, graftage is not
devitalizing. It is essential to modem norticulture.
The ways or fashions of grafting are le^on. There
are as many ways as there are ways of whittling. The
operator may fashion the union of the stock and the
cion to suit himself^ if only he apply cambium to cam-
bium, make a close joint, and properly protect the work.
Thus, Thouin in his "Monoj^raphie des Greffes," 1821,
describes 119 kinds of graftmg. All kinds of grafting
may be classified into three groups:
1. Bud-graftinK or buddmjg^. In the old days called inoculation.
2. Cion-^rafting, or what la now thought of as grafting proper.
3. Grafting by t^proach, sometimes called inarching.
Early practice.
Grafting is one of the oldest of the arts of plant-craft.
It is probu)le that the real art of grafting was held more
or less as a professional or class secret in the ancient
world, for the writers seem to have only the vaguest
notion of its possibilities and limitations. Virgil writes
(Preston's translation) :
But thou shalt lend
Grafts of rude arbute unto the walnut tree*
Shalt bid thS unfruitful plane sound apples^ bear.
Chestnuts l^e beech, the ash blow white with the pear,
Andt under the elm, the sow on acorns fare.
It seems to have been a popular misconception that
any kind of plant will grow on anv other. Plmy disserts
that the art of grafting was taught to man by nature.
Birds swallow seeds, and these seeds, falling in ''some
cleft in the bark of a tree," germinate and make plants.
"Hence it is that we see the cherry growing upon the
willow, the plane upon the laurel, the laurel upon the
cherry, and fruits of various tints and hues all spring-
ing from the same tree at once." This, of course, is not
grafting at all, but the implanting of seeds in earth-
filled chinks and cracks, in which the plants find a con-
genial foothold and soil. But the ancients have left us
abundant testimony that genuine grafting was em-
ployed with success. Pliny describes a cleft-graft. He
gives several precautions: the stock must be ''that of a
tree suitable for the purpose," and the graft must be
"taken from one that is proper for grafting; the incision
or cleft must not be made in a knot; the graft must be
from a tree "that is a good bearer, and from a young
shoot;" the ^aft must not be sharpened or pointed
"while the wmd is blowing;" "a graft should not be
used that is too full of sap, no, by Hercules! no more
than one that is dry and parched; "it is a point most
religiously observed, to insert tiie graft during the
moon's increase."
Herein are seen the beginnings of the grafting
practices of the present day, together with some prac-
tices of layering. Sharrock treated the whole subject of
n way of grafting." The practice which w
now know as inarching or grafting by approach, he sig*
nificantly calls "Ablactation" (that is, sudbltn; or wean-
ing). Now that BO much ia said about the proper and
be cut or pyon or Mock for whifHE^tin^.
!w cut of n'DD Mid stock for Bhoulder-cnftiar^
u cut of the crou. uid alit of the itack for gnltint in the
}r mbUelatioa or ^^troach.
s brvQch for- the eamc ooerat
t ia to be taken off b]
le dirtHirked place.
1073.
careful selection of cions, it is int«r«8ting to read Shar-
rock's advice on this subject: "Good bearing treee are
made from Cyons of the like fruitfulncss. . . . Cyons
are beet chosen from the fairest, strongest shuits, not
from under shoota or Buckers, which will be long ere
they bear fruit, which ia contrary to the intention of
graftinK." But we hove seen that Pliny gave aimilar
advice before the Christian era, — ^which is only another
illustration of the fact that moet of our current notions
have their roots deep in the past.
The accomponyiii cut (PiR. 1673) reproduced two-
thirds size from Robert Sharrock's "History of the Prop-
agation and Improvement of Vegetables," 1672, shows
various kinds of grafting in vogue over two centuries
ago. Following is the literal explanation of the plate:
a. Denolcs the ordioaiy cuttinc of the bark for inoculation.
66. The sidesof the hark, hfted up for the putting m of the ahield.
t The ahield taken oS wilh the bud. which lies under tho atalk
» the stock to be b>
Budding.
The operation of budding consists of inserting a
Bingle detached bud underneath the bark of the stock.
It la employed only in sUicks of small diameter, and
preferably in those not more than one year old. The
operation may be performed whenever the bark will
peel and whenever mature buds may be secured. The
bark will peel in early spring and again in late summer
or early autumn, and the operation of budding in the
open ground is therefore performed at thoee tiroes. Id
the spring the buds are secured from twigs of the pre-
vious season's growth. At the second budding aeason.
in late summer or early autumn, the buds are secured
from growing twigs of the season. At that time of the
year the buds will be sufficiently developed to bo
easily recognized and handled.
Buddinj! is much employed in nurseries. Peaches,
cherries, pluma, and most stone fruits, are b^itually
budded rather than cion-grafted. In the East, apples
and pears are usually budded in the nursery; but in
the West apples at least are usually root-jgraft«d.
Third-rate stocks are sometimes set in nursery rows and
budded the following July.
It is practicable to insert buds rather than cions in
the tops of young trees, for the purpose of changing the
tree into a different variety. Sometimes the buds are
inserted in limbs two and three years old; but it is
usually preferable, if the tree is of some age,
to cut back the tree somewhat heavily the /!
previous season or the previous spring, to get JH
a growth of suckers into which the buds may u/
The cutting from which the buds are taken
is known to buddera as a stick (Fig. 1674). In
early spring-budding, this stick is the hist
year's growth of the variety which it is desired
to propagate. Later in the season, the stick is
the twig ETOwn in that season. Not oU the
buds on tne stick are strong enough or good
enough for budding. The budder will usually
discard the weak ones at the top and at the
bottom, unless he is very much pressed for
buds, as may be the case with new or rare
varieties. If the stick is taken late in the sea-
son the leaves will be on; but these are quickly
cut off to prevent too much evaporation from
the cutting. About *4 "^*'^ °f 'he leaf-stalk is
left to serve as a handle to the bud.
Shield-inidding.
The ordinary operation of buddine is shown
in the illustrations. Ifis known as shield-bud-
ding, from the shape of the removed bud.
With a thin-bloded, sharp knife, the operator
slices off the bud by placing his thumb
beneath the bud and makmg a deft and quick
stroke of the blade. Just under the bud he
cuts a little into the wood. Some budders
afterward remove this bit of wood; but this is
not essentiai. If this wood is somewhat hard
and dry, or if it carries some pith, it may then
serve to dry out the bud or to prevent inti-
GRAFTING
laeXe contact with the cambium of the stock. In ordin-
ary operationB this truncheon ot wood ia not removed.
Moet budden cut all the buda on a stick before they
insert any at ihem; but they are allowed to hang to
the stick by their upper ends, being
snipped off W the knife aa fast as they
follows on the re-
quirements in
budding citnie
fruits <Bull.
No. 27, Bur.
Agric., Philip-
pine Isls.), and
the directions
will apply to
other plants;
and He givee
pictures (FigB.
1675, 1676) of
part of the
manual opera-
tion: "Many
^ people are un-
der the impression that bu'dding
is a very complicated operation,
correspondingly difficult to learn
and to perform. As a matter of
fact this is not true. Some judg-
ment must of course be exercised
in all phases of the work, but the
art of budding itself ia a mere
matter of manual skill that anyone should be able to
master who is at ail deft in the handling of a knife.
Necessary essentials for succesB are: (1} Stock plants
in condition for budding; i. e., the flow of sap must
be good BO that the bark separates readily from the
woM. (2) A suitable budding-knife, the edge of which
should be sharp and keen as a
and clean of all impuri-
n ordinary pocket-knife will
hardly answer the purpose. (3)
Proper bud-wood ; immature bud-
wixnI will not 'take' and the proper
cuttii^ of buds from old and bard
bud -wood is
difficult. ( 4 ]
The bud-wood
should never
be allowed to
dry out by be-
ing exposed to
GRAFTING
1365
TbebudahoiJd
be cut so that
there is no break or tear in its tis.'nies."
The stock is first prepared by removing all the leaves
and twigs from the area to be budded. In the case of
nursery stock, it is customary for a boy to strip
the lower leaves of the stock a day or so in advance
of the budding. If the stripping ia done three or ^
four days or a week before the budding, it will
sometimes cause the bark to set and, therefore,
interfere with the operation. Nursery trees are
usually budded as near the pound as the operator can
work — not more than 2 or 3 mches above the surface.
In moet cases, the budder prefers to set the bud on
the north aide of the stock, that it may be shaded from
the hot sun.
A T-ehaped incision, just through the bark, is made
on the stock (Fig. 1677). The crosswise incision is
usually made first. As the operator takes his knife
from the last incision, he gives it a deft turn to right and
left and loosens the flaps of the bark, so that the bud
is easily inserted. The bud is now taken from the
stick and shoved into the matrix underneath the bark
until it is entirely within the cleft (Fig, 1678). A boy
follows and ties tlie bud, making four or five deft turns
and holding the strand by covering the lower end undei^
neath one of the turns (Fig. 1679). No wax or other
mastic is used. Any soft strand may be employed
for the tying. It was the old custcm to use base-
I
tied.
wood bark, which was taken in the spring from the
inner layers of the bark of the basswood tree. This
material was then macerated in water and afterward
pounded to make it stj't. Yam is ^so used. At present,
raffia is universally employed. This is the stripping of
an oriental palm, and it can be bought in the market
and is cheaper than home-made materials; it is also
better. It is customary to lay it on the pound or in a
damp place over night to soften it and to allow the
operate^' to flatten out the strands. This raffia is cut
in the length to suit before the tying is begun, and the
bunch of strands is then held underneath the belt or
carried in a box. For buddins, the operator prefers a
small, thiu-bladed knife, with a rounded or thumb-
shaped cutting surface (Fig. 1680). Budding knives
are regularly on the market.
When budding is performed late in the season, the
bud does not throw out a shoot until the following
spring. It merely grows fast or "sticks" to the stock.
Two or three weel« after the setting of the bud, the
bandage is cut so that it will not restrict the swelling of
the stock. If the stock dowb very rapidly, it may be
necessary to cut the bandage before that tune. Noth-
ing more is done with the tree until the following ppring,
at which time the whole tree is cut off about 1 inch above
the bud. This one bud now throws out a ahoot and
L the height of 4 to 6 feet, and be ready for
market in autumn. If the bud is set early in the
spring it wilt throw out a shoot the same season; but
ordinarily it would not make the growth in one season
that the bud docs in the other case. Spring-budding in
the open air is rarely employed in nurserj' practice. It
is sometimes used m the top-budding of estabhshed
IMO. BnddiBc knit*. (
5 loots. In &I1 budding practices, it is important to keep
own the suckers from the stock.
In the South, a peach tree may be large enough in
June, if the seeds are planted in February or Mar^, to
be budded. The bud will grow the same year, and by
1081.
autumn will make a salable tree. This operation of bud-
ding Id early summer on stocks which ffow that year is
known as June-budding. As a rule," June-budded trees
are smaller than fall-budded trees; but they can be
secured one year sooner.
OiAar forms of bvddini;.
There are many ways of shaping the bud. These
modes may have distinct advantage in certain plants,
because of the way in which the bark holds iU ^pe,
of the relation to the drying out of the parte, and
otherwise.
The rectangular-patch method is illustrated by Shar-
rock (4, g, m, Fie. 1673), It is recently described by
Oliver as one of toe successful methods of propagating
the manmi (BuUetin No. 46, Bur.
1. Dcpt. Agric): "The
ire from Sharrock's
idding as used in the
n^ at the present time
., mstead of being taken
■wth, must be sclecl^d
from wood old enough
16(2. Tlia rMtancnlu
pfttch-bud frowioc.
two years old. The
use of bark of this
age and even older
insures bucc«sb in
budding the mango,
as it unites rapidly
Lrk of a similar age on
[ stocks or on branches
I. To a certain extent
depends upon the pre-
rith which the section
. is removed from the
id also from the variety
ropagatod, aa the more
,he mid section is fitted
e space prepared for It
iter the probabilitv of a
ul union <Fig. 1681).
After the section of bark from
the bud-stick is nicely fitted in
GRAFTING
place, and before tying, a small quantity of grafting-
wax should be smeared over the parts where they come
together and tied firmly in place with thick strands of
raffia. This effectually prevents the adjnission of air
to the spaces which, no matter how carefully the
operation be performed, exist between stock and cion;
it also serves to prevent moisture from gaining access
to the cut surfaces. The cut surfaces uid all out tbe
bud should then be covered
with strips of cloth dipped in
melted paraffin, wrapping be-
ing begun at the k)wer part,
so that when finished water
will not gain entrance to the
wrapped section of bark. If
that part of the stock where
the bud is tied be exposed to
the Bun, it is always advisable
to furnish shade which is'best
supplied bv strips of paper
tiM above toe bud and extend-
ing down over it. Two weeks
may be allowed to pass before
an examination is made. The
cloth wrappings may then be
removed and the raffia should
be loosened if there is danger of
its cutting into the bark. When luj. Sfada-buddiat.
a sufficient time has elapsed to
make certain that a union has taken place, part of the
top of the stock should be removed in order to encour-
age the bud to start. This it will do with very little
coaxing. When sufficient growth has been made, all
of the stock above the bua may be removed and the
cut part coated with liquid grafting-wax or tar to
exclude moisture and prevent rotting." Fig. 1682
shows the successful growth of the patch-bud.
The spade-shaped bud, shown in Fig. 1683, has been
employed with the mango and other plcmts. The
pointed end makes it possible, according to Oliver,
"to push the bark of the cion down tight against the
bark of the stock; the top part is then cut oET square
with the transverse cut in the bark of the stock, and ia
pressed firmly into position previous to tying and wax-
ing in the usual way," These two forms of budding are
given here only for the purpose of illustrating inter-
esting methods, and not necessarily to advise their use.
Improved methods of budding the pecan have been
developed in Texas by
Charles L. Edwards. He
prefers spring-set buds, as
they have the whole grow-
ing season before them and
make salable trees by au-
tumn. The summer - bud
makes only a start before
•' of
them remain dormant till
spring, and not a few dry
out and perish. One method
is shown in Figs. 1634, 16S5.
The stocks are cut off bodily,
and straight aciona. A silt
is then made in the bark at
the top (A), and the baik
opened to receive the bud.
The buds are cut Uke shield-
buds for peaches and plums
{B, front and back views),
but in addition, the bark
is cut away from the lower
end of the bud (C), reduc-
ing it to a point eo it will
slip into placeea8ily(D), By
removing the thick rim of
bark from the Iowct end of
GRAFTING
the bud,' the sap from the stock will enter it easily, and
force it into iimnediat« growth, whether put on in early
spriug or as late as September. At E the bud is shown
in place, and the flaps pared. To put on the wrapper,
use an oblong little square of
waxed cloth with an eyelet in the
middle for the bud to emerge from
(F). In preparing the cloth for
theae wrappers, use only beeswax,
not graftmg-wax for this pur-
pose. Be sure to tie on the wrap-
pers firmly, and see also that they
cover the entire top of the stock,
leaving no part of the wounds
made oy toe knife uncovered.
A modified shield-bud is used
by Edwards. In Fig. 1686, the
|Wt marked A shows the outside
and inside of the bud as com-
monly made for the pecan; B
shows the thick rim of baric at
the lower end. The modificatioa
1686. ModiOsd consists in trimming away the
■hield-bnd. lower end, as at C; abo in parins
away part of the flap, as at u.
At E is the regular slit: F, the bark opened to receive bud;
D, waxed wrapper; H, wrapper tied on. See Pecan.
Proper time ta bud. (Hedrick.)
Inasmuch as the various kinds of trees used as stocks
for budding vary greatly in lenzth of their growing
season, it naturally follows that the time during which
they may be budded will vary accordingly. In a nor-
mal season, the figures for New York ore about as
follows:
KoM. July I to July 10.
Pe»T July 10 W July 15.
AppJa July 15 to AuguAt 1.
Plum <St. Juliau ■toslcl Ju^ 15 to Aukum 1.
Plum (Mvrobuliui Block] Aucuit 15 to September I.
Cbeny |Ms«»Hi tioelt) July 20 to Amiiet 1.
Chenr (MsliHlsb nock) Ausuat 20 to September 1.
Quiuee July 2S to AusuM IS.
Feuh August 20 to Septembei 10.
Grsftiiig.
Graftii^ proper is the operation of inserting a twig
or a woody cion into a stock. They may be clarified in
respect to the place or position of the cion on the stock :
GRAFTING
1367
Root-grafting, or the insertion of the cion in the root
of the stock;
Crown-grafting, or the insertion of the cion at the
cro«Ti (surface of the ground);
Stem^af ting, or the insertion of the cion in any part
of the main stem or trunk;
Top-grafting, or the insertion of the cion in the top or
branches of the plant.
Grafting may again be classified in respect to the
maturity of the cion: dormant wood grafting; and soft-
wood or herbaceous grafting, in which the cion is taken
from green or growing wood.
It is customaiy to classify grafting on the way in
which the union is made. There are few general types
in common use in this country: as cleft^^ting, whip-
graftii^, veneer-grafting (side-grafting, Eark-grafting).
CUft-grafting.
Clcftricrafting consists in splitting the stock and
inserting a wedge-shaped cion into the cleft. It is
IflM. Oaa wv ol cMt-ftnf dot u old tta«.
employed only in rather large stocks, preferably in
those an inch or more in diameter. The stock is cut off,
and it is split with a knife or tool made for the purpose.
The cleft is then held onen by a wedge and the cions are
inserted in the aide of the cleft in such position that the
cambiums of the stock and cion are m contact (Fig.
1687). The whole surface is then securely waxed, to
prevent evaporation and to protect the wounds from
the sun (Fig. 1688). C left-grafting is, performed in
early spring. The cions are tsiken some time previously
from the l^t ye^s shoots. They are stored in a ceU^
or other cool place in order that they may be perfectly
dormant. It is customary to cut them of three buds'
len^h; but if the shoot is very long-jointed and if the
vanety is new or rare and the wood therefore scarce,
they may be made of one or two buds. The wed^
shaped part should be somewhat thicker on the outside
so that it may be clasped tightly in the cleft (Fig. 1689).
It is customary to have one bud near the top of the
wedge. Although this bud is covered with wax, it is the
most hkely to grow, since it is nearest the source of
food-supply and is less injured by external conditions.
It pushes through the wax. It is customary to in.<)ert
two cions in all stocks, even though only one branch is
desired. By inserting two cions, the chances of suc-
cess are doubled, and the wounds heal better if a twig
grows on either side. After a year or two, one of the
ciona may be cut off if desired.
Cleft-grafting Is the method usually employed in the
top-grafting of fruit trees, as apples, pears, plums and
cherries. Old peach trees are rarely cnat^^ over to a
1368 GRAFTING
new vuiety. If they are, budding is employed, as
already eu^geated; the limbB are h<»Lded back so that
new wood is secured in which the buds may be set. It
is Important, in all top-working of fruit trees, to keep
down the suckers which spring up around the
cion, and which sometimes completely choke
it. In changing over the top of a fruit tree, all
the leading braachea should be grafted (rig.
1690). It is well to stand at some distance
from the tree and make a mental picture of
bow the tree will look when the new top ia
secured : the eraita should be set in approxi-
mately a raJius from the center of the tree.
It is rare that the stock should be larger than
2 inches in diameter where the cions are set.
On some of the main branches it may be
neceasaiy to graft side branches lower down
in order to fiU the top and to afford footholds
to pickers and pruners. It will require from
three lo four years to change, over a tree in
full bearing to a new variety. Each
^ear a little more of the original top
IS removed, and the cions take m(
md more of the space.
GraXting-wax is of many kini
but the most serviceable for appl
ing with the hands in the open i
is made by melting together o
Kund (by weight) of rendered ti
V, two parts of beeswax and fo
parts of resin. The melted liquid
' poured into a pail or tub of wai
when it immediately
hardens. It is then pulled
until it is Ught-colored
and devekips a grain.
It is then put away for
future use, and will keep
indefinitely. When the
wax is used, the warmth
miui. "^ ^^ hands will cause it
to soften. The hands
should be greased to prevent it
from sticking.
For a softer wax, more tallow
may be used; or linseed oil may
be substituted, but because of _
adulteration of the oil
the results are not always rehable.
Alcoholic waxes, or plastics, are some-
times made, to be applied with a brush or
swab; on appUcatlon, the alcohol disappears
and tiie material hardens. A standard for-
mula (Lefort's) is; best white resin, one
pound; beef ttUlow, one ounce | melt, then
: from fire and add eight ounces
n
Whip-
iS*'
U0L Itaa frown fr
F turpentine is
Whip-ffraflinff,
Whip^^rafting, or tongue-grafting, is em-
* ployed in the nureery and on vciy small
stocks. It is not used in top-erafting
?pt now and then on small limbs.
! cion and stock should be of
approximately equal size. Each is
cut off in a slanting direction, and a
split or tongue is mode near the
middle. The same shape is given to
cion and stock. The pictures suflieieiitly
illustrate how the work is done. (F^.
1691-1693). The object of Ihe tongue is to
IHZ Whip- hold the parts together securely; it also
cnfiibefon presents more contact. The cion ' "
wuinc. bound to the stork, preferably by
„ the string. If the
graft is below grouna, the tie will be all that is neces-
sary: the moist earth packed around the wound. will
prevent cv&poration and protect it.
The chief use of the whip-graft is in
root'^afting, which is emploved largely
on apples and mostly at the West. In the
East, other things being equal, budded
apple trees are preferred to root-grafted
trees. In the West, however, it is neces-
sary to have apple trees on roots of known
hanliness. The aecdliog stocks are not of
known hardiness, even though the seeds
have come from the hardiest varieties. It
is therefore customary to use cions d to
12 inches long, grafted on pieces of roots
"" - 4 inches long. (Fig. 1693.) The
piece of root acts as a nurse, and roots
may start from the cion itself. (Fig.
1694.) When the tree is transferred to
the orehard, the original root may be
cut off in ease it is not very vigorous;
although this is not done if the union
seems to be Rood and the foster roots
are strong. This root-grafting is done
sawdust, sand or
and are set in nursery rows in the ojien
early in the sprii^, after the manner of
grape-cuttings.
The waxed string, with which
the whip-Krafts are tied, may be
— r-'' made by aroppinf; a ball of yam
into melted graftin^-wax. In five
j*?''^ minutes the wax will have pene-
^ tratcd the ball, but the strand
^ con readily be unwound. The best
material for this purpose is No.
18 knitting-cotton. This is strong
enough to hold the work together,
and vet weak enough so that it
may be broken in the hands with-
out cutting the fingeiE. It will
ordinarily decay durmg the year,
and thereby not interfere witn the growth of the tree.
If the grafting is performed in a room at a living tem-
perature, the waxed string should be soft enough to
stick to the stock without being tied. Four or five
turns are made around the union. Waxed manilla
paper, cut in narrow strips, is also used; also single
strand cotton "chain" or warp-thread, either waxed
or not waxed.
Any sharp knife with a handle large enough to be
(mtsped readily is useful for whip-grafting. T^ blade
uioiud be thin, and the etcel of best quahty. The handle
should also be strong. Fig. 1695 shows a common form
stone should beni
IMS. Gnftlnf4nit«. (XH)
Veneer-grqfling.
This style of erafting, which b considerably used
under glass with fancy and ornamental plants, consists
in simply champering the aufaces of cion and stock
and applying the one to the other. (Fig. 1606.) The
cion is bound to the stock by raffia or other material. If
, K?"
the graft ia in the open, the wounds are thoroughly
waxm; but in the house they may be oov«red merely
with nwes. Thia style of union is used with herbaceous
plants, aa well as on hard wood. Sometinies the stock
is severed at the point of
union, as in Fi^. 1696; but in
, other cases it la not severed
nor headed back until the cion
haa taiien hold (Fig. 1697).
In the latter case, the slock -
ia not injured in caae the
graft does not grow.
Writini; of the propagation
of the tea plant under glaaa
(which is suggestive for other
plantain houses), Oliver says:
'Seedling stocks may be
»n in 4- or 5-inch pots
the reception of cions by
tDe veneer method of graft-
ing. To have the planta in
pofect condition for work-
mg, it b necessary that they
be grown from the seedling
, stage without a check, aa the
: healthier the plant the better
16M. VnMT-cnltlnc. the chance of a HUcceasfuJ
union. Another important
matter in this connection is tliat the stock plants
should not be allowed to form matted roots in small
pots; therefore, it will be found better to lift them
irom the nuraery and put them in pota previous to
the operation; or they may be grown and grafted
while in garden flats. If thia last-named method is
chosen the plants should be situated far enough
apart in the flats to be eaaily handled. If the grafting
is performed while the stocks are in active growth,
the union will take place more quickly than when the
planta are in a dormant oondition. The operation
should be performed in the early part of sprins. Fig.
1698 shows how the incision in the stem should De pre-
pared. This should be made with a sharp knife and the
cut at the deepest part should not be more than one-
third of the diameter of the stem. The cion muat be
shaped at the
base BO that it
will fit neatly
into the place
prepared for it
on the stock.
It ahould then
K be tied, and
afterward a
antity of sphag-
B should be ti^
part where the
Jid cion oome
Immediately
le operation is
id aa above de-
the plants
t>e placed in a
aded propa^tr
e and kept there
the union ia
; thia will take
Peeks. The tem-
le frame should
imjformly at 60°
a layer of moss
Jie pots and the
i frame syringed
a favorably
ihere will result,
ihouee accom-
! not available
for the propagating-frame a hotbed may be built out-
of-doors in a location where the sun nill not have much
effect in raising the temperature. From 6 to 9 inchea of
with the stocks, air should gradually be
IWS. V«M<r-cnftiai.
admitted to the frames. Shortly after this the tops of
the stocks may be cut off close to the cions. Planting
out may be deferred till the ciona have made their
first growth."
A form of veneer-graft is what is sometimes called
the side-graft. It is shown in Fig. 1699 (adapted from
Oliver).
Cion-buddins.
When a woody cion is inserted underneath the baric
in the side of the stock, as a shield-bud is inserted, the
method is sometimee known as oion-budding. In
deacribinga simple way of propagating the fig, OUver
writes: "This method conaigts of preparing the stock
for the reception of the cion as in sniekl-budding. This
is done by making a transverse cut through the bark
Slde-piltbic.
*4 inch in length. From the middle of this inciaion
another cut is made toward the main stem or root for
fully an inch. The bark is then pried up as seen in
Fig. 1700. Instead of inserting a single shield-bud, a
small twig having one terminal and one or two lateral
buds is uaed. The cion is prepared as follows: A long
scarf is made at one aide tlirough the pith and a thiD
piece of the bark on the reverse side ia removed. With
1370
GRAFTING
the long cut facing the stock the cion is pushed deeplv
into the place prepared tor it, and is tied firmly witn
raffia. The comers of the bark of the stock are brought
close to its own stem and bound firmly in that poeitioD.
Melted Krafting-wax should then be put on, or narrow
strips of waxed cloth may be applied inst«ad, to exclude
air and moisture. It possible, the cions should be
selected from branches not over ^ inch in diameter
when they can be found of sufficient Grmneea of that
thickness. Small lateral shoots having a terminal bud
and only an inch or two in length ai)d quite thin will
unite by this method very easily. It is not necessary
for the cions to be dormant, but they shouki be fully
Qiatured and the leaves cut oB to about H inch from
the buds. The bark slipe readily from the time growth
b^pna in spring, so that the operation may be per-
formed at any period during late spring and summer.
In the course of about two weeks after the operation
is pctformed, it the cions remain fresh, the probabilities
are that a union will have been effected. Part of the
top of the stock may then be removed to induce the
cion to start growth, and when it has made aome head-
way the top of the stock may be cut off near the cion."
Bark-grcffting.
Bark-grafting (Fig. 1701) is an excellent method of
grafting fairly large limbs, since it does not injure
the stock so much as does the clert-graft. The cions are
cut thin and inserted between the bark and wood. The
bark is securely bound to hold it tight, and the entire
eurface is waxed, as in cleft-rafting. This method ia
called crown-grafting by the French and English.
This method is useful when it is necessary to graft
verv large limbs, for the stub does not need to be split
and several cions may be set. When large limbs are
broken from apple and pear trees, the stub may be
trimmed and several cions set around it, to hasten the
healing and to afford strong shoots with which to renew
the part.
Herbaireinu grafting.
Pelargoniums, chrysanthemums, cacti, and other
soft-wooded greenhouse plants are sometimes grafted
for the novelty of having more than one variety grow-
ing on the same root. Probably most herbaceous |^ant8
can be grafted readily, with the exneption of the
endogens, which do not lend themselves to the opera-
tion, although there are examples in which gnuTting
has been successful on there. To succeed with an her-
GRAFTING
baceoua cion, it is necessary that the room be rather
close and moist, so that evaporation will not be very
rapid. One should endeavor to secure the Eenerol con-
ditions that obtain in a good propagating-house. The
temperature should be kept rather Below
the normal for that species until union has
taken place. It is usually best to cover the
union with moee or some other material
to protect the wound and to check
evaporation. Best results are secured
when the cion is firm in texture, as also in
the case of herbaceous cuttings. The kind
of graft is of less importance, although it
is customary to use the veneer-graft cion&
aince there is leaa injury to the stock and
the outer surfaces are easily applied to
each other. The cion ordinarilv conaista
of one or two joints, and if the leaves are
large, they are cut in two, as in the mak-
ing of softwood cuttings.
Inarching, or gnftinc by Approach.
In those cases in which union takes
place with much difficulty, it is possible
to effect the conjunction l>y allowing the
cion to grow fast to the stock before it is
severed from its own roots. The plant
which it is desired to have grow on the iTOi. Bade*
stock is bent over to the stock, the siir- cnftin(.
faces of the two are exposed so that the
cambiums may be pressed close together, and the two
are then bound until union takes place. In some cases
a tongue is made in both the cion and the stock, much
as in whip-grafting, so that the surface of contact is
CTeater and the parts are held together more securely.
When the cion has become thoroughly established on
the stock, the ciun is severed from its own root and the
top of the stock is cut off. This inarching or grafting
by approach ia abo used in the greenhouse when it is
desired to transfer the whole top or the whole branch
of one plant to another. The illustration (Via. 1702)
shows such a case. Inarching is not much empToved in
this country in a commercial way.
Inarching is sometimes employed to unite two
branches into one tor the purpose of making a speci-
men fruit grow larger. If, for example, a twig of an
apple tree is inarched into a limb just back of a fruit,
the extra food-supply may cause that fruit to grow
larger, and a finer specimen may be secured. This use
of the graft is employed
only for the purpose of
securing extra-fine speci-
mens ^r exhibition or
other purposes.
The seedling - inarch
has recently been des-
cribed in detail by
OUver (Bull. No. aB,
Bur. PI. Ind., U. S.
Dg)t. Agric). Such
difncult subjects as the
mangostecn, Utchi and
mango respond readily
to this method. The
_ idea is to inarch a very
young seedhng on an
older stock, thereby sav-
ing time and securing
more wood for further
propagation. "Seedlings
raised from seeds of new
and rare trees, shrubs.
and vines may be induced
17(K. iDirchlBc tiie biuchM ** B^ow very quickly if
of two pluii. used as cions when a few
GRAFTING
\reeke old by inarching to strong-f^viog plants of
other species of the eaine aenua or in some oases on
epeciea of other seDers of me same family. This has
been done recently with sunb plants as (^heetnuts, wal-
nuts, hawthorns, oaks, and many others. It is not
necessarily done for the purpose of hastening the
flowering or the fruiting of new plants, but to give
of 1 ■ ■ ' ' ■■ '
„ ir erafting \
to be valuaHle. If a hardwood seedling of hybrid origin
is tied to a large stock and they fail to unite, there is
little or no danger of losing the seedling, provided its
roots are kept damp during the period of making the
attempt. If the inarch is not successful, the seMling
can be repotted and grown in the usual way."
In Fig. 1703 is shown the method of seealin^-barch.
A rose seedling is grown near the side of a pot, it having
GRAMMATOPHYLLUM
1371
been pricked off into a 2'inch pot shortly after the
cotyleaons are developed; it is next shown, after two
or three weeks' (crowth, removed from the pot and tied
in a cloth to faciLtat« handling, a little fresh soil being
held in place by the covering; the ball is then secured
to the stock, and the seedhng is inarched by chamfering
the surfaces in contact. When union is complete, the
root of the seedling is removed.
Literature.
For further discussion of the whole subject of graft-
ing, the reader is referred to current works on fniib-
growing; also t« the two American special books on
the subject — pSiUer's "Propamtion of Plants" and
Bailey's "Nureery-Book." In English, Baltet's "Bud-
ding and Grafting" isstandard. Itisan English version
of "L'Art de GrSTer." L, H. B,
GRABIHIA (Robert Graham, Scotch botanist, died
1845). Two genera have been made of this name. The
accepted one is of the Portulacaoeie, comprising one
species {G. br/icieala, Gill.) of extra-tropical South
America; this plant is not recorded in cultivation. The
other Graharoia (of Sprengel) is now referred to
Cephalophora; and Cephaiophora is by Hoffmann
(Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfamihen, iv:5j included in
Helcnium. Of this Grahamia, G, aromatka is offered
abroad; it is accounted for under Hdenium.
GRAHHAKGIS (Greek, gramma; perbap referring
to the markings of the flowere). OrchidAcex, tribe
Vdndex. Epiphytic orchids ^wn in greenhouses.
Pseudobulbs short and thick, with foliage-lvs. only
at their summit, hence not inclosed in the If.-sheaths:
fl.-clusters from the base, many-fid., pendulous; fis.
not spurred; middle sepals strongly concave, lateral
sepals smnewbat sac-shaped at base, free, spreading;
Eetals ascending, somewhat different in form and color;
p 3-lobed, with erect lateral lobes and recurved middle
lobe: oolumn slender, winged.— Species about 4, of
Madagascar and Java. Nearest Cymbidlum, differ-
ing chiefly in having the foiiage-lvs. only at the end of
the pseudobulb, and the rostellum creecent-shaped (in
Cymbidium it is triangular). From Grammatophyllum
(which see), Uraramangis differs in the attachment of
its pollen-maases and in the position of its foliage-lvs.
Best cult, in baskets bung near the glass, where the
Ught is moat intense. The plants can also be grown
successfully in pots placed near the glass, or fastened
to blocks, but in the latter case they must be given more
filliaii, Reichb. f. {GramnMophyUum £Uini, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs 7-11 in. long, each bearing S-6 Ivs.: Ivs.
I>^2 ft. long; sepals yellow, elegantly marked with
dark transverse lines; petals and lip pale pink, the latter
with a strong mid-nerve. Summer. Madagascar. B.M.
5179. CO. 2.
a. Hiltmii. Beath. i Hook. (Cymbidium HutUmii. Rook. f.).
Panidobultn o[ ■ aiDgla intEmodc. 3-5 in. loos, eJanasied, Dbovoiil,
lisht brows ouuide. atrnJied Iruuvervly ioside witli Bhocolmla-
eolor;lip(rHiii)h, iritb cbocolBU itriiwa. June. Jivi. B.M. S67A.
O.R.14:lS3. O.M.*a:4B7. G.C. 111. 38:63.
T. H. KBARJfBY.
GRAUMAHTHES (Greek, UUtfe-fitnser; the petals of
the full-colored varieties have a darker mark hke a
letter V, whence also the
and is used for edgings, baskets and pota.
Erect, forking: c^yx bell-shaped, Bemi-5-fld.; corolla-
tube as long as the calyx; limb 5-6-lobed: carpels 5-6,
many-ovuled, with awl-shaped styles: scales minute,
or evanescent: follicles many-seeded. In sandy ground
in the western part of the Cape region, S. Afr.
dichfitoroa, DC. (G. geniiaiuAtUa, DC.). Glabrous,
somewhat glaucous : branches forking :, sts. rigid,
filiform : Ivs. oppoBile, distant, oblong, ovate or nearly
linear: fls. oranee, yellow, or creamy white, and marked
as above described. F.S. 6:518. Var. v«ra, fHarv,),
has Ivs. ovate-oblong: limb of corolla ovat<M>blong, a
third longer than thestamens. Var, chlomflOro, (Harv.),
has Ivs. oblong or linear: fls. a little larger; limb of
corolla ovate-lanceolate, twice as long as the stamens.
B.M. 4607, 6401. There are other named forms. Some
of them are very depauperate in their native region,
some of them only 1-2 in. high. WiLHELM MlLLER.
ORAHHATOCAkPUS: Sniphanthu,.
GRAMHATOPHfLLDH (Greek, gmmma, a line or
streak, and jA^Uon, leaf: probably referring to the
parallel leaf-vems). OrcAiddeex, tribe VdndcK.
group of perhaps 8 or 9 epiphvtic species, of which
about half are well-defined, mnabitinc the islands from
Madagascar to the Philippines and New Guinea. The
genus includes some of the lai^eet and showiest of
cultivated orchids.
Roots numerous: sts. or pseudobulbs many-Ivd,: Ivs.
long, ribbon-shaped, thick, evergreen: racemee long-
stalked, loosely many-fld,, springing from near the base
of the pseudobulb; fis, large, not obviously spurred;
sepals and petals nearly equal, spreading; Up compara-
tively small, with margin entirely free, 3-lobed, with
erect lateral lobes; column slender. Allied genera are
Grammangis and Cymbidium, from both of which
Grammatophyllum differs in having the pollen masses
each borne upon an appendage of the stalk, while in
the two related genera they arc attached to a common
stalk without special appendages.
The few species in cultivation are such infrequent
bloomers that the flowering of a fine example is some-
thing of an event. They are propagated from pieces of
the pseudobulbs. The plants are Best grown in good-
1372 QRAMMATOPHYLLUM
siied aod well-drained pots filled with peat, &nd need
considerable water while actively ottwing. They
should be allowed to reat ocoaaionally. BeaaoD of bloom
and Further cultural detaila with each speciee.
A. Paeudoindbs very long, eomparatwdy tlendtr.
apeci&Bum, Blume ((?. Sanderidnam, Hort.). Lettkb
Plant. Fig. 1704. Peeudobulbs &-10 ft. long, slender,
170*. 0«;^^"™ 'tr""'q^eT"or'ii^hidr^
A huge individu^ growinRon
a tree in the open at the Botanical Garden of Buiten-
K>rg, Java, baa the following dimenBJons: diom. of
whole plant, 18 ft.; collar about the tnink of the tree
formed by the closely interwoven roots, 7Vi ft. dif~
2H ft. thick- and over 3 ft. high; fi.-cluBters (appeal
at the same time) 50-60, each 2 ft. or more in Ieii„ _
and bearioK 70-100 fls. And it must be remembered
that this huffc plant is an epiphyte! Temperature,
especially soil t*m;}erature, should be carefully regu-
lated in growing this plant. Owing to the brighter light,
it does wtter in American than in European hothouses.
AA. P»eudobuB>» amiBaratively short and thick, leafy
only at summit.
B. Fh. greenish or yeUowUh, apolled with brown.
FenilUniun, Reichb. f. {G. MeaaurenAnvm, Hort.).
Lvs. 4-fi: fl.-cluBters sometimes 15 at one time, eadi
over 5 ft. long and containing over 60 fls., sepals and
Ktala narrow, greenish yelbw, tipped and spotted with
own; lip streaked with purple. April. Isl. of Amboina,
Philippine l8ls.(?). J.H. Ill, 29;123. G,M. 34:334.
Var. MeasureBiftiium. Hort, ((?, Metauresiinum, Hort.).
Fls. larger and brigntcr; sepals and petals emerald-
green, marked with brown-purple. G.W. 2, p. 73.
Rumphiinum, Miq. (C. GuHilmi II, Kr&nsl.).
Pseudobulbs 6-8 in. long, ovoid or fusiform : lvs. 1-2 ft.
long: raeeme nodding or hanging, 3-4 ft, long from the
base of the stalk ; fls. often 3I>35, 3 in. diam,, ^reen out-
side, green blotched with brown-purple witiim; sepals
and petals similar; lip purple- veined, downy. Molucca
IsU,, Borneo, New Guinea, and the Pbilippine8(?).
B.M.7507. C.0. 1.— A large, showy species.
BB. Fla. drown, streaked wilh green.
multiflOnim, Lindl. Lvs. 3-4: fl.-clusters nearly 2 ft.
long. Summer. PhUippine Isls. P.M. 6:217.— This
vtary desirable species nas not yet found its way into
American trade. It is easily grown, either in a pot filled
GRAPE
with a well-drained "compost of heath soil and pots-
herds," or merely fastened to copper wire and hung
from the roof.
a. £Uan, Lindl.— Gnmcunsig EllinL— 0. iwltttrminiU, Bort
-(rK-fl.;«wum.H<»t.-(i). T. H. Kearnet.
GeORQE V. NASB.f
GRAPE. Plants of the genus Vitis, and the beiriea
thereof, abundantly grown for fruit.
The grape is one of the oldest of domesticated fruits.
It is probable that wine was made from it before the
Ct was brought into cultivation. It seemB ta have
cultivat«d at the dawn of history. Its product
. was apparently no rarity in Noah's time.
The prape of history is the Old World VUis vinifera, ■
the "wine-bearing Vitis," probably native to Asia. The
paramount use of the grape always has been the pro-
duction of wine. A secondary value is the production
of raisins; and another is fruit for the dessert and for
culinary uses. Great efforts were made to introduce
the cultivation of the European grajie into the Ameri-
can colonies, but they resulted in failure. It was not
until the latter port of the last centurv that the chief
causes of this failure became known: ttie depredations
of the phylloxera and mildew. — and even then the
causes were discovered lai^ly because these American
mrasites had made incursions into the vineyards of
Europe. In the meantime, one or two of the native
species of Vitis had been aroelioratal, and American
viticulture had become established on a unique and
indigenous basis, and the fruits are grown to eat rather
than to drink. So fully did these early American ven-
tures foUow European customs that the grapes were
usually planted on terraced slopes, as they are on the
Rhine and about the continental lakes. Those early
experiments finally failed because of the black-rot.
North Ameriea is richest In species of Vitis (see the
article VUi»). These species range from ocean to ocean
and from the British possessions to the tropics. The
species that has been most improved is Vitia Labritaca
of the Atlantic slope, although it seems to possess Ices
native merit than some of the southwestern species-
J. The Libnica or Foi-Grape tjpc, nii|
GRAPE
1373
types. Of this species .
tvpas (Fig. 1705). To e
iied with Vilia vinifera (
and others ol E. S. Rogert
the Coorord and C&tawba
e e.ttcnt it haa been hybrid-
in A^awam, Lindley, Barry,
' — ipties), and with native
species. Already a number of the popular varieties
17M. Borticnlnml product of ViUi «MlnlU — Ondardank. iHd-
linc of Herbanunit. . ( X H)
represent such wide departurca that they cannot be
referred positively to any Hpecies. Of these, Delaware
an'l Isabella are examples. The second most important
species, in point of amelioration, is Vitia xatii'oiig, from
which several o( the best wine grapes have sprung
(Fig. 1706). The postKiak grape (Vitia Lincecumii, or
V. tettivolU var Linceeumii) of the Southwest, is one of
the moat promising species, and already has given
excellent resulla in hybridiiation. See Fig. 1707. The
Muscadine (V. rotundifolia) of the South has f^ven the
Scuppernong and a few leas known forms. (Fig. ITOS.)
Beyond these species, there are none which has given
varieties of great commercial importance, although con-
siderable has been done in improving them. Some of
the best of the wild species are practically untouched;
there is only a comparatively small area of our great
country which has yet developed large interests in
grape-growing 1 the grape-types of a century hence,
therefore, maybe expected to be very unlike the present-
day varieties. P'or an extended sketch of American
ffttfie history, see Bailey, "Evolution of Our Native
Fniita" (1898), The ^nerican grape hterature is
voluminous. More than fifty authors have written on
the subject. Yet there is very little of this writing
which catches the actual spirit of American 'grnpe-
erowing; this fact, together with the technicality and
diversity of the subject itself, makes it seem wise to
devote considerable space to the grape in this Cyclo-
While the native grape was being ameUorated in the
East, the Old World VUU vinxfera ( ._ „
established on the Pacific slope. In fact, Vilia vinifera
has there run wild. The phylloxera and mildew are not
native there, and the rbmste better suits the speciea.
The Pacific coast viticulture, therefore, ia of the Old
World kind.
We now know that the phylloxera or root-louse can be
evaded when the vinifera gnipe ia grafted on native or
resistant Stocks, and the mildew con be combated by
fungicides. Of late years, therefore, new efforts have
been made l« grow the wine grape in the eastern states,
and iu the southern latitudes some of these experiments
promised well for a time. However, so great attention
IS required to produce a aatisfactory product as to dis-
courage the ^wingof vinifera varieties in the open in
the East. Vinifera types will always be special grapes
in the East, adapted only to particular conditions, for
it is not to be expected tnat they can compete with the
more easily grown and coamopolitan varieties of the
native species. Under gloss, however, the vinifera
varieties thrive; and a special discussion is given here-
with (page 1388) t-a this branch of the subject.
The greatest development of the native grape indus-
try has taken place in Ontjuio, New York, and Ohio,
bordering lakes and large Gtreama. Theae areas are the
lower Hudson River Valley; the region of the central-
western New York lakes; the Lake Erie region of New
York, Pennsylvania and Ohio; the so-called peninsular
r^ion of Ontario lying between Lake Erie and LaJce
Ontario. There are also important grape intercats in
Michigan, and other northern parts. There ia consider-
able interest in grape-culture in the cooler parts of
Georgia and Alabama, and there are enlarging areas
in the country extending from the Ozark region south-
ward. Nearly all the country, excepting the northern-
most parts, raises grapes, but in most cases the grow-
ing of them can-
not be said to
be extensive
enough to be
called an indus-
try. Although
the grape sec-
tions of the
North follow the
where the land
is often steep,
all grape-grow-
ers prefer nearly
level land. The
Old WorU plan-
largely on very
steep lands; such
lands, by virtue
of their warmth
and drainage,
are thought to
give an extra
Qualitj; of wine.
These ideas were
brought l« this
many of our
early vineyards
were planted on
terraced slopes.
But we grow
grapes for a dif-
ferent purpose
from the Euro-
peans, and land
cheap and
in». BjhM of ntu
1374
GRAPE
methods cannot be followed in the American oommer-
cialplantations.
The eosmopoljtan American ^rape, of the native
type, is the Concord, which originated with Ephraim
W. Bull, of Concord, Massachusetta (Fie. 1709.) Other
varieties of leading prominence in tne North are
Catawba, Delaware, Niagara, Worden.
1T08. Tin Mnifilliwr gn^t.^WiOt rotnodifolbu
The ideal bimch of grapes is of medium size for the
variety, compact, uniformly developed and ripened
throughout, containing no small or diseased berries,
and with the bloom intact. A very dense or crowded
clust«r is not the most desirable, for all the berries
cannot develop fully, and the cluster is not easily hand-
led when the fruit is eaten. Fig. 1710 showB a cluster
of (rood shape and compactness: Fig. 1711 is too broad
and irregular; Figa. 1712, 1713, are rather too dense
and compact.
The American grape is esaentially a dessert fruit. It
is eaten from the hand. There are several manufactured
K ducts, but, with the exception of wine, they have
n of minor importance until recent yeare, nJthough
there are many large wine-cellars in New York and
Ohio, and the product is of excellent Quality. Unfer-
mented fcrape juice is now manufactured in great quan-
tities and has become an important article of commerce
(see Cycio, Amer. Agric. Vol. II, p. 178). The lack of
secondary domestic uses of the grape has been one
reason for the veiy aerious gluts in the markeU. How-
ever, one year with another, the profit on a. good vine-
yard may be expected to exceed that on tie staple
Pruning and trainittg.
A p^pe-vine is pruned in order to reduce the amount
of wood {that is, to thin or to limit the amount of fruit),
and to keep the plant within manageable shape and
bounds. A vine is trained in order to keep it off the
ground, out of the way of the workmen, and so to
arrange the fruit that it will be well exposed fo hght
and air. In order to understand the pruning of grapes,
the operator must fully grasp this principle; Fruit is
bomK on wood of the present seastm, whirh arises from
wood of the previous season. To illustrate: A growing
shoot, or cane of 1914, makes buds. In 1915 a shoot
arises from each bud; and near the base of this ahoot
the grapes are borne (one to four clusters on each).
This 19 shown in Fig. 1714. The 1914 shoot is shown
at the top. The 1915 ahoot bears four clusters of grapea.
GRAPE
While every bud on the 1014 shoot may produce shoots
or canes in 1915jOnly tlie strongest of these new shoots
will bear fruit. The skilled grape-grower can tell by the
looks of his cane ^ he prunes it, in winter) which buds
will give rise ta the grape-producing wood the follow-
ing season. The larger and stronger buds usually give '
best results; but if the cane itself is very big and stout,
or if it is very weak and slender, he does not expect
good results from any of its buds. A hard well-ripened
cane the diameter of a man's little 6ngcr is the ideal size.
The second principle to be mastered is this: A vine
ehotJd bear onljf a UmUed number of dusUre, — say
from thirty to eighty. A shoot bears clusters near its
base: beyond these clusters the shoot grows into a long.
leafyeane. Anavera^of two clusters may be reckoned
to a shoot. If the vme is strong enough to bear sixty
clusters, thirty good buds must be left at the annuu
pruning. How much a vine should he allowed to bear
will depend on the variety, distance apart of the vines, -
Btreneth of the soil, age of the vine, system of pruning,
and the ideals of the grower. The Concord is one of the
strongest and moat productive of grapes. Twelve to
fifteen pounds is a fair crop for a mature vine; twenty
pounds is a heavy crop; twenty-five pounds is a veiT
nea^ crop. An average cluster of. Concord will wei^
one-fourth to one-third of a pound. The vine may be
expected to carry from thirty to sixty cluiiters; and the
annual pruning will leave from fifteen to thirty buds.
Since the bearing wood springs from new canes, it
follows that the fruit of the grape is each year borne
farther from the main trunk of th& vine. Observe that
the fruit of wild vines is ixime beyond reach when they
climb over thickets and trees. It is a prime abject of
the grape-grower to obviate this difficulty. The third
Erincipie in the pruning of grape-vines is this: The
laririg u)ood akowd be kept near the ori&inal trunk or
head of the vine. When one cane is sending out fruit-
bearing shoots, another shoot is taken out from near
the main trunk or head to furnish fruit-bearing shoots
for the next year; and the other or older cane is entirely
cut away after the fruit ia off. That is, the wood is con-
stantly renewed; and the new shoots which are to give
bearing wood the following year are called reneimU.
Some systems of grape- training renew back to the root
every year or two, and these have been called renewal
systems; but every system of grape-pruning must
practise renewal in one way or another.
_ An old system of renewal v
> illuatratcfl thie. The horiioDtal part i
roanent arm or branch. We will auppoee that it grew ii
1912. In 1913 a. shoot grew upward. It bore two oi
three clusters of fruit. In autumn it waa cut back to a
two buds being left t« supply the shoota of the aucceed-
were left in case one should be injured. In 1914, a
branch ^w from one of these buds: it bore fruit: in
the fall it was cut back to 6. In 1915 a shoot will grow
from one of the bude, e. Thus the spur elonRatea year
by year, becoming a forking, complicated, stubby
brooch. After a few years it may become weak: the
grower sees this, and if a new shoot should start from
Uie main arm near the base of the spur, he encourages
it and cuts off all of the old spur: thus ne renews back
again to the main vine. Shoots from adventitious or
secondary buds are likely to spring from the main arm
or the spur at any time. These are usually weak and
are removed, but now and then a strong one arises.
Spur-pruning is now rarely used except in grapes grown
on arbors or under glass, in which cases it is nec^sary
to have a long, permanent trunk. On arbors it is best
to cany one arm or trunk fnun each root to the top of
the framework. B^h year the lateral <
cut back to spurs of two or throe buds. The prun-
ing of glasshouse grapes is discussed under Grapes
vwler glass (page l&O).
The current systemB of pruniog renew to a head — or
to the mnin trunk — each year. The trunk is carried
up to the desired height — to one of the wires of the
trellis — and one or more canes are taken out from
its top each year. The object is to keep the bearing
wood near the main trunk and to obviate the use of
BDUra. This type of pruning is illustrated in Fig. 1716.
Thia engraving showa the head of a vine seven years
old, and on which two canes are allowed to remain after
each annual pruning. The part extending from b to f
and d is the base of the bearing cane of 1914. In the
winter of 1914-15, this cane is cut
off at d and the new cane, e, is left
to make the bearing wood of
1915. Another cane arose from
/, but it was too weak to leave for
fruiting. It was, therefore, cut
away. The old stub, b, /, a, will
be cut away a year hence, in the
winter of 1916-16. In the mean-
time, a renewal cane will have
Eiwn from the stub c, which is
t for that purpoee, and the old ^
cane, b d, will be cut off just be-
yond it, between c and f. In this
■ ■ ter'
way, the bearing
close to the head of the
wound a ahows where
. Tte
^ old stub
was cut away this winter, 1914-15, while 6 shows where
one was cut off the previous winter. A scar on the
back of the head, which does not ahow in the illustra-
tion, marks the spot where a stub was cut away two
years ago, in tlie winter of 1912-13. This method of
pruning can be kept up almost indefinilely, and if care
IS exercised in keeping the atubs short, the head will
not enlarge out of proportion to the pvwth of the stock
Two common styles of training are in use in the
k Frait-b«uiii( ed thi cnp*.
northern atAtw, but each of them practises a
the Hyatein of renenalg described in the last paraKraph.
One st vie of training carries the trunk only to the lowest
wire ol the trellia. Thecanee — usually two in number —
mtially PropagaHon.
the spring. They may even be planted in beds in the
open, but the proportion of failurea will be greater.
Seeds produce new varieties, and they aie used only ia
m experimental way.
(Fig. 1717). This is an upright gyal^m. The other style
carries the trunk to the top wire. The canes are tied
on the top wire, and the bearing shoots hang. This is
the drooping or Kniffin tyslem. If the shoots run out
on the top wire by clinging to it bv tendrils, they arc
torn loose, ao that they will hang; tnis is a very neces-
sary practice. There is controversy as lo the compara-
tive merits of these systems, which proves that each
has merit. It is probable that the ui>ri^t system is
better for the slender or shorter varieties, as Dela-
ware, and also for those whose shoots stand erect, as
Catawba. The Knifiin has distinct merit for strong-
prowing varieties, as Concord ; it is also cheaper, since
it requires no mimmer tying. This system is well
illustrated (as given by E. W. Williams in "Garden
and Forest," I: 461) in Figs. 1718-1720,
One- or two-year-old vines are planted either in the
fall or early spring. At planting, the vine is cut back
to three or four buds, and the roots are shortened (Pig.
1724) . If all buds start, the strongest one or two may be
allowed to grow. The canee arising from this bud should
be staked and allowed to grow through the season; or
in large plantations the first-year canes may be allowed
to he on the ground. The second year this cane should
he cut back to the same number of eyes as the first
year. After growth begins in the second spring, one of
the strongest shoots should be allowed to remam. This
cane may be grown to a single stake through the
second summer. At the end of the second year the cane
may be cut back lo the bottom wire of the trellis, if
upright training is to be employml. The cane may be
strong enough at this time lo be made the permanent
trunk of the Kniffin training, but in most cases the
trunk is not carried to the top wire until the third year.
The main prunii^ is performed when the vine is
dormant. The ideal time is January and February in
the North, although
the work is often
b^un in Novem-
ber if the area ia
lar^. Pruning in
spriDg causes the
vine to bleed, but
I bleeding is not in-
(npe-tninini. pnlning ralerferee
with tillage, and
the buda are likely to be injured after they are
swollen. Summer pruning is now practised only to the
extent of pulling out suckers and weak shoots, and
even this is not always done. Heading-in the vine in
summer is likely to start aide growths, which are
useless and troublesome.
' planted in the open on the approach of n
weather. A loose loamy soil is cboacn, and it is well
and deeply prepared. The cuttings are inserted until
only the upper bud stands at the surface of the ground.
These cuttings are placed 6 to 8 inches apart in rows,
and the rows are far enough apart to allow of horse
cultivation. These cuttings may give plants havfi
enough for sale the following autumn; but it is usuaUy
preferred to let the plants grow two years before they
are put upon the market. In such cases it is customary
in many of the best nurseries, to transplant at the end
of the first season. When wood is scarce, the canes are
sometimes cut to single eyes. In this case about an
inch of wood is left on either side of the bud. Singlc-cye
T^
in a well-prepared seed-bed very early in the spring.
Greenwood cuttings are sometimes used in the summer
with new and rare varieties, but they are not in general
favor. In CaUfomia, rooted vines of one year are
preferred; and in soil in which cuttings root readily,
they arc sometimes planted directly in the vineyard.
The grape is easily grafted. Because of the flexible
nature of tne vine, however, it is customary to make the
graft below the surface of the lOYnmd. An ordinary
cleft-graft is umially employed. The whole vine is cut
off 4 or 5 inches below the surface, and the graft is
inserted in the same fashion as in apple or pear trees.
The FUrface may then be waxed or covered with clay
or other material, to keep the water out of the cleft,
although if the earth ia firmly packed around the
graft and no water stands, the union may be perfectly
satisfactory without any cover. (Figs, 1722, 17230
Vines of any age may be grafted. It is important that
the cions be perfectly donnant. These cions are taken
and stored in the same way as cuttings. The grafting
should be done very early in the spring, before the sap
starts. Grafting may also be periormed late in the
spring, aftCT all danger of bleeding is over: but, in that
case, it is more difficult to keep the cions aormant, and
GRAPE
the growth ia not likely Ui be ho Rreat the (irat season.
VineyHida compoaed of unprofitaDle varieties may be
changed to new varieties very readily by this means.
Vinifera varieties can also be grafted on our common
phylloxera-resistant stocks bv the same method.
Almost any method of grafting can be
employed upon the grape-vine if tne work is
I done beneath the surface.
IiueeU and disrate* .
The grape is amenable to many insect and
funsouB attacks. The most serious difficulty
is the phylloxera, which, however, is practi-
cally unknown oa an injurious p^t on the
native grapes. On the vinifera varieties It ia
exceedinf^ly serious, and it is working great
devastation in many of the vineyards of the
Old World and of the Pacific coast. The meet
practicable means of dealing with this peat is
to graft the vinifera vines on native or resis-
tant roots.
The mildew and black-rot are the most seri-
ous of the fungous enemies in the central and
eastern parts of the continent. Both these
diseases cause the berries to decay. They
also attack the leaves, particularly themildew,
causing the leaves to fall and preventing the
It ;
the mtldev
In reao
prevalent, it ia usually sufficient to begin the apraying
after the fruit has begun to set, and to spray two or
three times, as the case seems to require. When the
diseases have been very prevalent, however, it may be
well to begin before the buds swell in the spring. In
infested vineyards, the fohage and diseased berries
should be raked up and burned in the fall.
The anthracnose or scab {Sphaceloma ampeliminij ia
a very serious fungous discaM. It is most apparent on
the fruit, where it makea a hard, scabby patch. Its
most serious work, however, occurs on the stoma of the
clusters and on the young growth, where it makes
sunken, discolored areas, and where it interferes seri-
ously with the growth of the nart«. It is not so easily
controlled as the mildew ana the black-rot. Careful
attention to pniniug away all the diseased wood and
burning it will help in controlling the disease. Before
growth starts, spray the vines, trellis and posts with
sulfate of iron solution. After the leaves open, use the
bardeau-t mixture.
In grape-housea the powdery mildew [Uncitiula spi-
ToiiH) often does much damage. It also occuis in the
open vineyard, but it ia usually not serious there. It
appears as a very thin, dust-like covering on the leaves.
It sometimes attacks the berries, causing them to
remain amail or to crack. This fungus Uvea on the sur-
face, and is therefore readily controlled in grape-houaes
by dusting with flowers of sulfur or by the fumes of
evaporated sulfur.
The oidium is the most prevalent fungous disease in
California. Itia controllea by dust-sprays of aulfur
(page 1387).
bly lOb books, counting the variou.^ editions, have been
published in North America since Adlura's volume in
1823 (see "Evolution of Our Native Fruits," pp, 117-
126). The earlier books were founded largely on Euro-
Kan practices. The leading current works are; "Bush-
rs's Descriptive Catalogue and Grape Growers' Man-
ual^' Mitzky's "Our Native Grape; Fuller's "Grape
Culturist;" Huamann's "American Grape Growing and
Wine Making." For the Pacific slope, Husmann'a
"Grape Culture and Wine Making m California,"
Wickson's "California Fruits," and E^sen'a "Raisin
Industry" are useful guides. Detailed (''
'■The 1
I havoc in European
vineyards. The mildew is moat serious on
thin-leaved and smooth-leaved varieties, as
the Delaware. It produces yellowish patches
on the leaves, with frosHike colonies on the
ij^j under sides. It cauaes the berries to decay
Common with a gray and finally a brown rot, the
3-lfn^"'- berries usually remaining small and firm but
^pf not greatly wrinkled. The black-rot cauaes
the beiriea to become very hard, dry and shriv-
eled, and the epidennia ia covered with minute pimples,
(Fig. 1286, Vol. II.) The treatment for both these
ig and methods of training are contained in
. . Pruning- Book." A standard European mono-
graph is Foex'a "Cours Complet de Viticulture." The
recent standard American works are Munson's "Foun-
dations of American Grape Culture," and Hedrick's
"Grapes of New York," which are notable contribu-
tions to horticultural literature. [^, j{_ g,
Grapea in ttie North (Canada).
Any section in which grapes will thrive without
wint^ protection may be said to be a commercial
section. For home use they are grown far north by
covering with earth or litter during the winter. When
the leaves are falling or have fallen in autumn, the
vines are pruned — fan system, with the old stalks very
close to the ground, and laid flat upon the earth. Here
they are left under their straw or earthy covering
until danger of frost ia paat, the following spring, when
the covering is removeci and the canea tM to tie wires.
But thia is expensive and the method ia not commercial.
For market purposeSi grapes are grown with one of
two main objects in view: either for wine (sweet or
fermented) or table and dessert purpoeea. The purpose
determines the variety. Concords and varieties ap-
proaching it in type and ouality are the choice for
the former purpose, while for the btter the variety
is determined by the season and the
market demand. In the former case,
also, the number of varieties ia hmiled,
while in the !atf«r they are numerous,
ranging from the earlieat, Champion,
to the latest, Vergennes, and inter-
mediate varieties of all colors and
grades.
inf the cnpe. 1723. Clsft-gnftiiif tbe inpe.
Grapes, unhke peaches and cherries, are not subject
to very great fluctuations in price and yield. They are
comparatively steady in their returns, and, while
never advertising themselves by enormous yields and
profits, are ever pushing to the front in acreage, yield
to the acre and importance. The acreage increase has
been very rapid until now New York, the leading
northern state of the United States, which thirty-five
years ago had but a small acreage, today has more
1378
GRAPE
than 70,000 i
or the Dominion, fiaa approximately 14,000 acres. The
rapid increase has not been because of high pricee, but
rather steady average pricee from S18 to S30 a ton,
delivered at the winery, or on e<)iial price f.o.b. the
ahipping-station. The
average yield has not
been over two tona to
the acre, but, under
flood conditions, with
intelligent manage-
avera^ of
B not
SoiU and loeaHon.
Grapes ore grown on
oU types of soils,
on many sites,
tions. But the
loams and clays
with good drain-
s', the sites
with good air-
circulation, and
the locations
that are reason-
ably tree from
frost are preferred.
Quality is to a lai^e
extent determined by
soil. Some of the
wineries will accept
-f only fruit that is grown
"" claysoilB. The prod-
it ripens more regularly
and the sugar-content is higher. Also some coSperative
companies that ajre catering to a special trade, advise
their members to plant only on heavy soils because the
grapes ore sweeter and of higher quaUty. The ideal
soil, however, is the rich, dee^), alluvial^ easily drained
loams that have taken centuries U> build up from the
washing of the hillsides toward the margins of the
lakes and rivers.
The site is of importance for two reaaons, those of
aiiHsirculation and sunlight, both of which serve the
same purpose: to assist the grower in his f:ght against
it, and light and aj . , .
is also often discussed with reference to early bud-
development and late aixing frosts, but its importance
has been overdrawn. The number of vineyards injured
annually in this manner in the commercial districts ia
very small.
Location (and by that is here meant the situation of
a district) is of extreme importance. In the Niagara
Peninsula, Ontario.^the lan?eet grapH^rowing center
in Canada, — the aspect is north, with a Hill in the rear,
and facing the waters of Lake Ontario. Here the crop
naturally varies, but it never fails. The same appUes
ma. D
^.
i( Ou bndat ol the md poit la ■ lenc* ot ttallls.
to the best parts ot New York State, the commercial
sections of the one beiog but continuations of the other.
The favored s[>ots in Ontario are not on the shore of
the lake but rather just below the escarpment where
the wal«r has less influence. Grapes on the shore some-
times fail to ripen well and the quality is consequently
inferior. Because of this, many vineyards on the shore
have been removed in late years, while the interior
plantings have largelv increased. If the volume of
water were smaller, tne influence would be sufficient
only for froet-protection; but, where it is so large, it
retards early development. The water influence is strik-
IS early di
■s the fruil
ays latere
Slock and pruning.
One-year-old plants i
'o to four miles inland.
old plants are often onlj[ one-year culls. The
plants are set as early in the spring as pos-
sible on land that has been previously pre-
pared by growing a cultivated crop. Plants
set in sod or on unprepared land do not
thrive, and poor growth the first year is not
made up two years later. The stock is
heelcd-in as soon as it comes from the nur-
sery, but is left heeled-in only until the
ground is ready for planting, which ia aa early
as possible. When planting, time is saved by
plowing a furrow, sometimes by throwing out
two furrows, one each way. A man with a
spade deepens this, or loosens the soil in the
bottom, and then packs it again firmly around
the roots. Before planting, all broken and
damaged roots are cut away and sometimes
the healthy ones ore cut back. (Fig. 1724.)
The tops are cut back to two to four buds.
Diatancesof planting vary greatly, depending
on the variety and the ideas of the planter.
The popular distances are 7 by 1,0 feet to
8 by 10 feet for the small-growing varieties,
to 9 by 11 feet tor the lai^r-growing varie-
ties. A few of the small-growing varieties
are planted 6 by 9 fe*t, but this is excep-
tional. The first year the vines are allowed to
GRAPE
GRAPE
1379
run as they wilL (Fig. 1725.) The posting is done the
second or third year. This consists of driving pojsts
sharpened at one end or digging holes and setting
them about 21 to 27 feet apart. One post is set for
each three vines. The end posts are eitner braced the
same as ordinary fence-posts or anchored. (Fig. 1726.)
Various anchors are used,
such as large stones buried
in the ground, cement used
tiie same as stones, or a
patent anchor which con-
sists of a V-shaped piece
of iron to which is attached
a wire. This is driven in
the ground to a depth of
30 to 36 inches. The posts
are 8 feet in length, usually
cedar or chestnut,
and cost from 15
to 25 cents each —
an average of 20
cents. The wiring
is done the second or third
year, preferably the second
year, and consists of
stretching two No. 9 gal-
1727. Tying with
wire. The flnt move-
inent*
t\ vanized wires the entire
* length of the row. The
first is about 30 inches from the ground and the
second about 30 inches above this. Some use three
wires, but two are more popular. The wires slacken
easily and the posts heave some every winter. This
miist be corrected regularly before tying the grapes.
Drive the posts to place with a ten- or twelve-pound
mallet and tighten the wire by turning the patent
stretcher on the anchored posts. When putting the
wire on the posts and tving tne vines to the wire always
place them on the windwara side, as they are less likely
to be blown down and damaged. The vines may be
secured with raffia or with wire. (Figs. 1727-1730.)
Pruning systems are many and varied, and the
advocates of each system clami for their ideal special
merits. Kniffin, Improved Kniffin, Fan, Arm and
High Renewal systems are all used to some extent, but
the Fan and Improved Kniffin are the most popular.
Many growers believe that it is impossible to prune
to a definite system, but by others this is not found
to be the case. Many leave the necessary number of
strong healthy canes and tie them up as best they
can space them on the wires. From twenty-eight
to forty buds is the popular nimiber to leave, and the
ideal of the grower is the only guide on which canes
to leave these buds. The preference is usually given
to the strong quality-looking canes on which the
buds are close together.
The fi^rstem of pruning to be
followecl should be stalled one
year after planting. As at plant-
mg-time, cut back to three or
four buds and after QY)wth
starts, break or rub on the
weaker shoots. This gives the
stronger ones an opportunity to
thrive. Tie to the
lower wire. The sec-
ond season it may
be advisable to cut
1 • back similarly, espe-
cially if the growth
has been weak. From
this point train the vines accord-
ingto the syrstem to be followed.
The work of pruning is usu-
ally done in the spring, from
February to April, before any
growth starts. If growth has
1728.
The second
movement
started, the vines will bleed. The brush is gathered, in
most cases, with a pole about 11 or 12 feet long, 3^
inches in diameter at one end and tapering to aJt>out
1^ to 2 inches. This must be of strong material
that will bend without breaking. A chain is attached
from 24 inches to 36 inches from the large end, and
as it is drawn by the team
the brush collects between
the chain and pole. Other
methods are used, but this
is by far the most common.
Tillage and fertilizing.
Cultivation is thorough
for best results. The vines
are sometimes intercropped
with cultivated
crops the first
year after plant- — , ,
ing, but later
they require all
the care. The vines are
plowed up in the fall and
disced and grape^-hoed away
the following spring. Cover-
crops are sometimes used,
but the practice is not an
extensive one because of
damp conditions for har- 1729. The ^ird movemeat
vesting in the fall. Cover-
crops are sometimes not plowed under till the follow-
ing spring;. The tying is done by women and girls in
early spring before the buds are so swollen that they
are easily oamaged. Many materids are used, but the
most common are wire and a soft wool twine made
for the purpose. The twine is most used, although the
wire is very handy. The canes are spaced when tying,
and thus held in place until the tendrils of the new
snoots secure them to the wire.
Fertilizing is still done in a haphazard way. Some of
the best men make a regular practice of mulching the
roots with farmyard manure m the fall. Some apply
no farmyard manure at all. The use of commercial
fertilizer is still in the experimental stage. Its value is
admitted but its use is not fully understood. On li^t
and gravel soils some potash compounds are bemg
used. On the deep alluvial soils some growers are usine
it in the form of wood-ashes rather than the prepared
oommercial product. Some bone-meal, at the rate of
300 to 600 pounds to the acre, is being used also. Some
state profitable results from their methods; others
think that with light applications of farmyard manure
and thorou^ cultivation the commercial fertilizers
are not required.
Harvesting and marketing.
The cutting of the fruit is
done for the most part by
women and girls, who are usu-
ally paid according to the
amount of work they do. In
some cases they are paid from
$1 to $1.25 a day, but 1 cent
for an eight- to ten-pound bas-
ket is more satisfac-
tory. Cutting starts
as soon as the earliest __
grapes are ready for ■•«■■«■»■
the market. In Canada,
Champions have of late years
been the first variety to reach
the wholesaler. This variety
colors before it is really ripe
and, though having a fair ap-
pearance in the baskets, is not
really ripe. Sharp criticism is 1730. The tie complete.
1380
GRAPE
GRAPE
leading the growers to be more cautious and to some
extent drop the variety for the more satisfactory
Campbell and Moore Early. These varieties are
later, but please the purchaser. For wine purposes the
fruit is left on the vmes as long as possible so that it
becomes fully matured. Grapes, unlike apples and
especiallv pears, do not ripen on the vines and must be
left until fully mature if the highest quality is expected,
especially for dessert.
Of late years large acreages have been planted
especially for the markets of the Canadian West.
Co6perative associations have been organized to han-
dle all varieties extending over the season; but, in the
case of one l^[|ge company, one variety only, Worden,
is handled. Tms ripens before Concord and conse-
quently brings a high price. The location of the vine-
yards of this particular* company is ideal; the fruit is
of good quality and ripens early and it seems that under
those particular conditions the Worden is the most
profitable grape to grow.
The forming of cooperative associations for the pur-
pose of marketing the fruit has the distinct advantage
of improved distribution. It has also cut down the^
handlmg expenses. Very few baskets, except special'
orders, are sent great distances by express. The codpera-
tive associations have enabled the growers to seeing
car rates, and though prices have b^n comparatively
low, even as low as 10 cents for an eight-pound basket,
f.o.b. shipping station, the cheap and rapid methods of
handling have made the industry profitable.
Returns,
Grapes, as grown at the present, might be considered
a long-term investment with every prospect of regular
dividends. The cost of planting, posting and early
cultivation is comparatively high, but the vines bear
early. Good crops are product the third and fourth
years after planting and the following year the vines
should be in full bearing. The cost of planting and grow-
ing an acre of grapes to three years of age can only be
estimated. Men, methods and conditions vary so
much that no figures can be taken as absolute; but
the figures and calculations serve as a guide and as
such they are given here:
First Year.
Land $125 00
Fall preparation of land 3 00
Spring cultivating and marking furrows 1 50
Coat of 435 vines at 4 cents 17 40
Planting 3 00
Cultivating 3 00
Fall plowing 2 00
Total expenditure for first year $154 90
Second Year.
Working soil in spring $1 50
Cultivating 3 00
Pruning and tying 1 00
120 posts at 20 cents *. 24 00
120 posts (including digging and setting) at 5 cents a
post 6 00
Staples, wire and wiring 22 00
Total $57 50
Third Year.
Pruning $1 50
Tying 50
Cultivating and plowing 5 50
Fertilixing 8 00
Spraying twice 1 00
Average crop for third jrear 435 baskets an acre.
435 baskets at 12 cents $52 20
Cost of 435 baskets at $34 a thousand 14 79
Picking 435 baskets at 1 cent a basket 4 35
Covering 1 00
Delivery 7r>
Total expenditure for third y«ar $37 39
Total revenue $52 20
Net revenue $14 81
Total expenditure for first three years:
First year $154 90
Second year 57 60
Third year 37 39
$249 79
Third jrear revenue $52 20
Net expenditure for three years $197 59
Fourth Year.
Pruning $3 00
Tying 2 25
Gathering and burning brush 50
Spraying 1 40
Plowmg and cultivating 5 50
Fertilmng 8 00
800 baskets at 12 cents *. . . $96 00
Cost of 800 baskeU at $34 a thousand 27 20
Picking 800 baskets at 1 cent a basket 8 00
CoveriUjg 2 00
Delivering 1 00
$58 85 $96 00
Profit $37 15
The late J. W. Spencer, in his article in Cyclopedia
of American Horticulture, on '^Grapes in the North,"
gave the following as submitted by A. B. Clothier,
Silver Creek, N. Y.:
Plowing and marking an acre of land $3 00
Number of planU, 8x9 feet, 605 cost 12 10
Cost of planting 1 50
Number of cultivations first season, seven; cost 7 00
Cost of cultivation second season 7 00
Number of pounds of wire for two- wire trellis, 600 pounds;
staples, 6 pounds; cost 22 80
Numberpostsfor trellis. 202; number braces. 20; cost 14 14
Cost of putting up trellis 3 00
Cost of acre of grapes, exclusive of land $70 54
Varieties.
The prospective planter will do well to consider
carefully the best-known and most popular varieties
before planting. More than 75 per cent of the grapes
planted in the commercial sections of Canacm are
Concords and Wordens. The same is true of New
York State. The Concord almost alone is used in the
grape-juice industry. It is the leading fermented wine
grape also. Worden is in second place, being a little
earlier, and although a smaller yielder, is cutting into
the Concord market for ordinary purposes. lindley,
Wilder, Verg;ennes. Agawam, Catawba and some
related varieties all hold a place for general market
purposes and the plantings are increasing. When
oualit^ is expected, these are the varieties to grow, but
tne yield will not be so heavy as for the Concord.
Delaware is in good demand because of its quality
when weU grown. Moyer and Brighton are giving
w^ to better varieties.
The Niagara, in spite of its many drawbacks, is
still a favonte, and although a few years ago it suffered
somewhat from over-advertising, it has again found
its proper place and is in steadv demand. The newer
varieties have not been tested long commercially and
it is well for the new grower to plant them only in
limited numbers until they have proved they are
worthy of a larger place.
All the commercial varieties grown out-of-doors are
Labrusca or Labrusca-vinifera hybrids and seedlings,
and no attempt is being made to grow the pure vinifera.
F. M. Clement.
Grapes in ihe South*
The region south of the 38th degree north latitude
has in it more native species of grapes than all the
world besides. This alone would leaa one to suppose
the South naturally adapted to vineyard culture. Yet
New York, Ohio and California up to the present far
excel it in vineyard area, although only three or four
species are native in these states. The cause of this is
that diligent experimenters and originators have pro-
XUX. Hm nUsani v
.J
c
GRAPE
duced VEtrieties of good marketable value adapted to
thOBC regioDB, from oativee of the tc^oaa, or liybridB
of natives with bardieet forei^ kinds. In the case of
California, the vinifera varieties are mostly ^rown
because the climate and other conditions are so smiilar
to those of the native region of the vinifera. But the
SoutJi has chiefly planted the Dorthem and foreign
varieties which succeed but indifferently in most soutb-
eni localities, and has neglected almost entirely its
native varieties until quite recently. Now experi-
menters have shown that most excellent and very
sucecssful varieties of all colors and seasons can be and
have been produced by selection and hytwidisation
of some of the large fine-fruited varieties.
While the foregoing predicts by actual existence in
practical market vineyards in a number of locaLties in
the South what is in store for the South as a whole, the
present state of grape-culture in that region at larae is
a different matter. Information gathered from best
Bources throUKhout the South shows that grape-culture
is a very BmaU industry.
Varieties.
The leading varieties cultivated in
the northern sections of the South are
Catawba, Concord, Delaware, Early
Victor, Elvira, Ives, Moore Early,
Moore Diamond, Niagara, Norton
Virginia, Perkins, Worden, Wyoming.
Favorable mention is made of America.
Beacon^ Brilliant, CampbeU Early Gold
Coin, Green Mountain, LauBsel, Ozark,
Presly.
East of Texas and soutJi of Tennes-
see, the following are chiefly planted:
Brighton, Champion, Concord Dela-
ware, Diana, Diamond, Elvira. Goethe,
Hartford, Herbemont, Ives,
GRAPE
1381
in area as the state of New York, has a climate and soil
excellently suited to the vinifera grapes, and in the
last six years, since railroads be^an to ramify that
section, and where irrigation facilities are afforded,
considerable plantations of vinifera grapes have been
made, the Flame Tokay, Malaga ( Pens£ ) , Muscat of
Alexandria, Comichon, Black Morocco, and so on,
being the varieties chiefly used, Of course these require
grafting upon resistant stocks, in all but the very
sandy soils.
For Georgia, Hugh N. Staraee contributes the fol-
lowing notes:
"Lading varieties of smpes for Georgia are as fol-
lows: Ives, Concord, Niagar" "' ••....
Early, GoelJie, Lindley; and for
Kara, Delaware, Moore
, , _ tor wine, Norton Virginia,
Scuppernong and Thomas.
"The general distance apart to plant is 10 by 10 feet;
Delawares 8 by 8 feet; Rotundifolias 30 feet. Single-
den. Of the muscadir
Flowers, James, Miah, Scuppernong,
Thomas. Favorable mention, of varie-
ties testing, is made of Brilliant,
Bertrand, Carman, Fern, Gold Coin,
Jaeger (Fig. 1731), Lauasel, Margue-
rite, Superb. In the southwestern section, west of the
96tn meridian, are chiefly planted the Herbemont,
Jacquez (Black Spanish, Lenoir), Niagara and Golden
Cbasaclas, Malaga and some other vinifera varieties
near the Gulf coast and in western Texas under irriga-
tion. By several who have had them under trial for
several years favorable mention is made of Bertrand,
Brilliant, Carman, Fern, Jaeger, Marguerite, Muench,
Neva, Ferry, as furnishing successful table and wine
grapes for this region.
The fallowing varieties are superior for commercial
and home planting in the South, especially the South-
west, and some m the North: He.adlifht, Brilliant,
President, Captivator, Hidalgo, Hermto, Delakins,
Salamander, R. W. Munson, Mericadel, Ericson,
Krause, BaiJey, Extra, Blondin, Jaeger, Carman, Ellen
Scott, Armalaga, Edna, Fern, Last Rose, named in
order of ripening. These cover a season of ripening in
north Texas (latitude of Atlanta, Georgia), from June
25 until September 15 or later. They include white,
red and black colors in their different shades, many
comparing favorably in appearance and quality witli
the better vinifera grapes, while the vines arc all per-
fectly hardy in the South and some of them far north,
makmg a fine record in New York and even about
Boston. Some of these varieties are now planted
largely along the Gulf coast country, where vine-cul-
ture was supposed to be impossible a few years 04^.
The section of Texas south of San Antonio, lying
between the Gulf and the Rio Grande River, aa large
according to circumstances. Some growers employ
trellises mstead of single stakes, using either one or
two wires and adopting the umbrella Kniffin or low
wire arm spur Kniffin system of training.
"Very little wine is now made in this state, and that is
nearly all claret from Norton Virginia, Ives or Concord.
In southern Georgia a poor article of Scuppernong wine
is made, but it is not adapted to trained palates.
Delaware and Goethe blended are sometimes used
to make a very good Rhine wine, and when prop-
erly handled sometimes produce an excellent article.
Goethe must, reinforced with 20 per cent of Cali-
fornia braiwly, makes a good pale sherry; yet it is
difficult to sell wine here profitably. When it can be
sold at all, prices range from 50 cents to $2 a gallon,
according to the grade. Grape vinegar, while generally
regarded as inferior to cider vinegar, will bring about
25 or 30 cents at retail and 20 cents wholesale, and at
these figures is more profitable than wine.
"When sold fresh, the grapes are generally shipped in
refrigerator cars in ten-pound baskets to different
northern points. Later shipments take a southerly
direction to Atlantic, and Gulf seaports. Sometimes
the regulation six- or nine-carrier peach-crales are used
for shipping grapes, but are not so satisfactory as the
ten-pound separate baskets. Delawares are generally
shipped in five-pound baskets. Returns are uncertain.
They vary from 1 '/i cents a pound to 5 cents accord-
1382
GRAPE
GRAPE
ing to circumstances. Sometimes as hi^ as 10 cents is
realized on very early and very late shipments or with
choice grapes, but this is seldom. Distilleries pay three-
fourths of 1 cent a pound delivered, or gather and pay
l^ cent a pound. If only one ton to the acre of grapes
is the yield, the gross return (and also the net return)
an acre would thus be from $10 to $15. This is more
than cotton ordinarily nets. With two tons to the
acre of grapes, which is not an enormous yield, the
return would be $30 an acre delivered at the still. To
those who have no scruples in regard to so disposing
of their crop, this is probably the most profitable
method. There are local stills in almost every county.
There is not much encouragement now for grape-
raising in Georgia, and vineysmds are annually being
destroyed by hundreds of acres. Some planting, how-
ever, is still going on in southern Georgia, in the "wire
grass'' country, where the industry is still found profit-
able by reason of the fact that the northern market may
be entered ahead of competition, and also that insects
and fundus pests have not yet put in an appearance in
that region.
Planting, training, and the like.
The vines of the true southern grapes, such as Herbe-
mont and the Post-oak grape nybrids, are planted
12 to 14 feet apart, in rows 9 feet apart, while such
northern varieties as are planted are set 8 feet apart
in row. The Muscadines, such as Scuppemong, are
mostly grown upon arbors about 7 feet high and rarely
or never pruned, although trained on trellis, as are
other grapes, and, pruned early in fall, after leaf-fall,
succeed excellently. The culture is mostly with the
plow, turning first away and then to the rows, hoeing
the space along the row not reached by the plow.
The trellis mostly used is the 3-wire trellis; first wire
at 18 to 24 inches from the ground, and the others
successively 1 foot apart, above the first. The
training is commonly an indifferent attempt at the
Knifl^ system, and no system is generally carried out.
Some pinch back the leading shoots once, few twice.
Some use single posts and spur-prune. A few have
made the Munson canopy trough trellis of 3 wires, and
report most favorably of it.
Fungicides are used successfully by some. Others
Plant only such as Ives, Norton Virgima, Moore Early.
*erkins, and some other varieties not subject to rot ana
mildew, so as to avoid 8pra3ang. They also avoid,
thereby, having grapes of the finer qualities, and get
only the lowest prices. From such mostly come Uie
report that grape-culture with them is improfitable. So
it should be, as such grapes in the market have the
effect to depress prices on all kinds of grapes. In the
moister parts of the South, black-rot, downy mildew
and ripe grape-rot are very prevalent, but, excepting
the ripe rot, are readily overcome by the bordeaux
mixture spray properly applied.
Few growers in the South use fertilizers in their
vineyards. Some use barnyard manure, but the more
intelligent use cotton seed or cotton-seed meal in con-
nection with ground bone, kainit and soluble phos-
phates.
Marketing and profiis.
The crop is mostly marketed fresh in the local or
nearby markets, as the ordinary freight and express
rates will not permit profitable returns on the vaneties
mostly grown. But it has been demonstrated that fine
grapes that will carry well can easily be grown in the
South, and, when handled in best manner in neat
baskets, are profitable.
There are a few established wineries in the South,
which use Ives, Norton Virgima, Herbemont, LeNoir,
and the Scuppemong and other Muscadine varieties.
The chief complaint of wine-growers is that legislation
brought about by the prohibition movement is adverse
and often entirely prohibitive. In consequence, some
have bottled the juice fresh under some sterilizing
process, but the people are not yet educated up to the
use of this excellent, healthful, nourishing beverage;
yet the demand for it is growing, and may be largely
mcreased by enterprising makers.
Reports collected from all parts of the South state the
profits all the way from nothing up to $150 an acre,
sometimes higher, and it is clearly evident that the
intelligence and enterprise of the planter are the chief
elements in controUii:^ profits. Of course, locahties,
soils and varieties play important parts, but an intel-
ligent grower would not select poor locality, situation,
soil and varieties to start with, just as he would not
pursue poor methods in the conduct of the business.
There appears no reason why the South may not
become one of the greatest grape countries in the world
and it promises everything to the wide-awake, intelli-
gent grape-grower, for its capabilities are unlimited in
me production in quality and season when no other
section competes with it, and it has vast markets at
home and in the great cities just north of it.
T. V. MUNSON.
Grapes on the Pacific slope.
Grape-growing was introduced into California by the
Franciscan Missions during the latter half of the
ei^teenth century. At all the missions from San Diego
to Sonoma the same variety was cultivated practically
exclusively. This variety, now known generally as the
"Mission'^ or locaUy as the "California" and "El Paso,"
reached California from Mexico through the Jesuit
missions of lower California. It seems probable that it
was brought over from Europe as early as the time of
Cortez but it has never been completely identified with
any Europefiin variety. It is very close to the Monica of
Sardinia which it resembles in its great vigor, heavy
growth, the form of its leaves, the size, shape, color,
texture, and flavor of its fruit, and differs principally
in the less dense indument of its foliage. It seems prob-
able that it is a seedling of this variety selected by the
padres on accoimt of its close resemblsjice to its parent,
which is a favorite with the monks of Sardinia. It was
admirably adapted for the purposes of the missions, for
besides bieing a good table grape, keeping well and not
sensitive to primitive methods of handling, it could be
used for the manufacture of white or red wine and was
especially adapted to the production of a sweet wine
of sherry type.
For a long time, even after the American occupation
of California, it remained the only variety grown in
vineyards, but, with the arrival of immigrants from
various grape-growing countries, other varieties were
introduced, and, at present, it is little grown in Cali-
fornia except as a good, cneap, easily handled table
grape for local supply and in some regions as an ingredi-
ent in the manufacture of sweet red and white wines.
It still forms the bulk of the vines grown on the Mexi-
can plateau and extends into New Mexico and south-
western Texas, but is graduaUy giving way even there
to varieties better adapted to 8j)ecial purposes. At
present, Zinfandel for wine. Muscat of Alexandria for
raisins, and Flame Tokay tor shipping, constitute the
bulk of the grapes grown in CaUfomia, although about
twenty-five varieties are grown on a large scale and over
twice that number in considerable commercial quanti-
ties. Including all the varieties which occasionally or
locally appear on the market as table, raisin or wine
grapes, there are over one hundred varieties of com-
mercial importance.
All these varieties, with one or two imimportant
exceptions, belong to the European t)rpe, Vilis vinifera.
Varieties of V. Labrusca and other Ainerican typeB
grow vigorously and bear well except in the hottest
and driest sections, but the grapes are unsuited for
GRAPE
the main purpoaes of the industry in CsUfomia. They
cannot be made into raisins, are inferior to vinifera for
wine and arc less Buitublc for distant shipment as table
ETapes. Scattering, small patches of the variety Pierce
(an improved sport of Isabella) are grown in the
cooler parts of the northern coast coimtiea, and an occa-
sional patch of Concord in the San Gabriel Valley.
The crop of these vines finds a market in San Francisco,
Los Angeles and other large coast lowos and is often
percentage of sugar and lower acidity than is usual i
the eastern states and they have be«n used sucRcesfuUy
in the manufacture of unfermcnted grape juice, for
which they are particularly adapted.
The vineyard industries of the Pacific slope, however,
will always be based principally on the growing of
vinifera grapes, owing Doth to their greater intrinsio
value for most purposes and to the fact that they cannot
be grown on a large industrial scale in any other part of
the United States.
Certain American apeciee of vines are nevertheleoe
essential to the success of California grape-growing,
owing to their resistant^ to the phylloxera which rapidly
destroys all vinifera varieties whenever it secures a
foothold in the vineyard. They are useful aa stock on
which to graft the vinifera varieties and are extensively
used in the northern and central coast coimtiea and in
certain sections of the great valley and the Sierra foot-
hills. The insect has not yet become established in
eouthem Califomia nor in Imperial. The chief resist-
ant stocks used are varieties of riparia and rupeetris,
although certain hybrids of these species with Berlan-
dieri, and vinifera are also used for special conditions.
The LabniBca varieties are almost as susceptible to
injury from phylloxera in Califomia as the vimfera and
also require grafting on resistant slock in infested
regions.
The most essential requirement tor the successful
growth and bearing of vinifera varieties is a dry sum-
mer with abundant sunshine and a winter cold enough
to render the vines dormant for at least several wee^.
These conditions ore found in Califomia from the
Mexican to the Oregon borders, and in favored bca-
tions in several of the other Pacific slope states. Along
the coast north of Monterey Bay, the summer sea fogs
interfere with the ripening of thegrapes and make the
control of the oidiiun difficult. These sea fogs cover a
belt which in the north extends considerably into the
interior but gradually becomes narrower as one pro-
ceeds south, until in the latitude of Santa Cruz, where
the mean annual precipitation falls below 20 inches,
grapes can be grown almost down to the sea. In the
remainder of California, grapes can be grown almost
everywhere that the elevation above sea-level is not
too great. In the latitude of Napa the limit is about
1,500 to 1,800 feet. Farther south, vineyards are found
at Ben Lomond in Santa Cruz County at 2,500 feet and
at Colfax in Placer County at 2,400 feet. At these
elevations vines succeed only in favored locations.
In others and at higher elevations, killing frosts often
occur both in spring and autumn.
Grape-growing in a large way b^an in California
BOOD after the American occupation. In 18-%, accord-
ing to the State Register, there were 3,954,54S vines in
the state, equivalent to about 6,500 arees. Collections
of European varieties were introduced and state aid
was secured for the promotion of viticulture. By 1870,
the vineyard acreage had increased to nearly 30,000
acres. Wine was produced in fairly large quantities,
but its sale was at first attended by many disappoint-
ments which discouraged planting and for ten years the
new vineyards barely sufficed to compensate for the
loss of vineyards by phylloxera in the north and a
pecuUar disease of unknown cause in the south.
In the meanwhile, the demand for Califomian wines
GRAPE 1383
increased and a propaganda for extension with mors
suitable methods and oetter varieties was earnestly
taken up. Again the state granted funds liberally, and
the agitation resulted in vine-planting and ccllu'-con-
struction throughout the state. At the same time, vast
Elantings were made in the new Fresno region and
etween ISSO and 1SS3 the vineyard area of Cali-
fornia increased from about 35,000 acres to nearly
140,000.
This rapid expansion naturally led to over-supp))'
and inferior products, which restricted further exten-
sion. In the period from 1891 to 1897 the vineyard
area actually decreased owing to the rapid destruction
of the vines of the larRC Santa Clara section by phyl-
loxera and drought. In 1904 the vineyard area was
estimated to be about 200,000 acres and since then the
new plantings, especially of table grapes, have been
steady and the area in 1913 mav be estimated roughly
at about 385,000 acres, of which about 75,000 consists
of table grapes, 130,000 of raisin grapes, and 180,000
of wine grapes.
The vmeyard products of California, according to
the statistician of the California State Board of Agri-
culture, for 1912 were:
Wine, 47.491,772 gallons;
brandy, 8,721,693 gal-
bnsi raisins, 186,000,000
; pounds; table grapes, 6,363
(1913) carloads.
Vinifera varieties of
grapes have a very wide
rangeofadaptation. They
Cw in all fertile soils,
, succeed best in light,
deep, warm loams in the
valleys and on the hillsides.
The American varieties
used as stocks are less
adaptable and some care
must be exercised in
choosing a stock suited to
-,-_._. ... the chemical and physical
™If w,^r^ taS, '^^ character of the soil. The
S^c^hult '™""'™™* extremes of temperature
and elevation endured by
vinifera vines are very great, especially if care is taken
in the selection of varieties.
In the Pacific coast states outside of California, the
growing of grapes is still largely experimental. In
ptaie of Oregon and near the confines of Idaho and
Washington almost to the borders of British Columbia,
vinifera varieties of table grapes are giving very promis-
ing results in favored locations. The vines need some
protection in the winter by covering with straw or
earth, but the hot, dry summer will ripen even such
southern and late varieties as Flame Tokay and Comi-
chon. The American varieties succeed in a much wider
territory in these states. The varieties most favorably
mentioned are Concord, Delaware, Diamond, Moore,
NiagaraandWorden. InpartsofArizonaand of southern
Nevada and Utah, vinifera vines have been planted
and promise to be profitable for local sole or, in special
locations, for early shipments.
Propagation and evlHBotion.
New vines are nvwn from cuttings of one-year-old
dormant wood, "neac cutting should be from 10 to
18 inches long, the shorter cuttmgs for moist soils in the
cooler localities and the longer for drier soils in hot
regions. A 14-inch cutting is usually employed. It is
generally best to root the cuttings in a nursery and
Etant them out in the vineyard the following spring.
1 well-prepared, moist soil they may be planted
directly m place, oidy one bud being left above the sur-
face. Where phylloxera exists, resistant vines must be
used. These are obtained by grafting a one- or two-
1384
GRAPE
GRAPE
1733. The canes of m vinif era grape
before pruning.
bud cutting of vinifera on a d- to 12-inch resistant
cutting from which the buds have been removed.
This ^^t is united in a callusing bed, rooted in the
nursery and planted out in place when one year old.
The resiBtant stock is often first rooted in the vineyard
and grafted in place
when one or two
years old. This
method is uncertain
and gives many
poor unions except
with a few stocks
and in very expert
hands.
The soil should
be plowed as deeply
as practicable be-
fore planting. The
best vineyardists
turn the soil 9 to
12 inches, often fol-
lowing with a sub-
soiler penetrating 6
or 8 inches deeper.
This treatment re-
sults in a more
complete ''stand,"
quicker develop-
ment and full bear-
ing at three to five years. It is especially useful for
grafted vines.
Resistant stocks.
The principal phylloxerarresistant stock grown is the
rupestris St. George (=»du Lot). It succeeds in a
wide variety of soils providing they are deep, permeable
and well supplied with water below. In shaUow, com-
pact or very wet soils it often fails. It forms good unions
with most of the common vinifera varieties. Exceptions
seem to be, in some localities. Emperor, Comichon and
Muscat. For the shallower soils of the coast counties,
riparia x rupestris 3309 is to be recommended; for
stiff clay soils, Berlandieri x rupestris 420 A; for rich,
moist, well-drained soils in the cooler locations, nparia
gloire de Montpellier. For varieties of difficult afnnitv
the MourvWre x rupestris 1202 is promising in soils
similar to those suited to St. George.
Pruning and thinning.
It must be recognized that the vinifera grapes have
a different habit of jprowth from the native grapes
grown in the East. They are not always trained on
wire trellises. The old trunk (Fig. 1732) is short and
stump^like and supports itself. The cane-growth (Fig.
1733) is relatively snort, and it is cut back to near the
head of the trunk, as shown in Fig. 1732, and also in
FiK. 1734.
In the first year, the vines need no attention except
thorough cultivation and one or two irrigations in dry
sections. In the following winter, the dormant growth
is thinned to one cane which is cut back to one or at
most two buds. The vines should then be staked. Red-
wood stakes, 3 to 4 feet long and 1 H inches thick, are
the best, placed 2 inches from the vine on the leeward
side. These are sufficient for the goblet system of
training, but longer stakes may be necessary when
canes are left at pruning.
During the second year, all buds or shoots but one
should be removed before they have made any con-
siderable growth. The whole energy of the vine is thus
forced into a single shoot which should be carefully
tied to the stake and, if vigorous, topped at about 3
feet to cause it to produce laterals. All suckers from
below ground should be carefully removed at their
origin and also any cion roots which may develop on
grafts. At the second winter pruning, all canes but one
should be cut off clean if more than one has been
allowed to grow. This cane should then be cut back to
the height at which it is desired to "head" the vine,
which will be about 15 inches for small-growing vines
such as Zinf andel and 24 to 30 inches for heavy-grow-
ing vines such as Flame Tokay. Table grapes, as a rule,
are headed higher than wine or raisin grapes. When
strong laterals have developed, these Siould be left
with one or two buds when they occur in positions where
it is desired to develop arms.
In the third year, no shoots should be allowed
to develop on the trunk of the vine within 8 to 15
inches of the soil, according to the height of the head.
It is usually necessary to pinch back all the shoots
from the head when they are 15 to 18 inches long to
Erotect them from wind injury while they are still
rittle. At the end of this year, the vine should have
developed sufficiently so that it can be given three
to six spurs in the positions desired for the permanent
arms. These spurs should consist of two to four buds,
the more vigorous the vii\^ the more spurs and the
more buds.
In the future prunings, the number of spurs is grad-
ually increased imtil the vine reaches its adult stature.
The number will vary from four or five to fifteen or
twenty, according to the vigor of the variety and the
distance apart of the vines. During the first four or
five years, ereat attention should be given to forming
the vine wiQi a clean vertical trunk and symmetrically
placed arms and also, with grafted vines, to the care-
ful removal of stock suckers and cion roots. As the
vines become older and less vigorous, the spurs left at
the annual winter pruning should be shorter, consist-
ingusually of only one or two complete joints.
This method of pruning, illustrated by Fig. 1734, is
known as the vase or goblet method and is tulopted in
most of the vineyards of California. A few varieties,
notably the Sultanina (=-> Thompson Seedless) do not
bear satisfactory crops with this method. For such
varieties the treatment for the first three or four years
is the same, but at that time it is necessary to erect a
trellis. This consists usually of two No. 11 or No. 12
galvanized iron wires stretched along the rows at dt>out
18 and 36 inches from the surface of the soil. These
wires are supported by redwood stakes 6 feet long and
about 2 inches in diameter. The vines are then pruned
by leaving a suitable number of "fruiting canes" about
4 to 6 feet long, which are tied to the wires. Near and
below the base of each fruiting cane is left a "renewal
.v--^
7734. The common short-pruning goblet system used for the
▼inif era grape in California.
Spur'' consisting of two buds, whose function is to
supply a fruit-cane and renewal spur for the following
year. Care should be exercised to choose fruit-canes
which originate from the spurs of the previous year and
not from older wood. The vines, instead of being
given the symmetrical goblet form described, should
GRAPE
be flattened fan-shape to facilitate cultivation, which
can take place only in one direction. This method of
pruning and training is shown in Fig. 1735.
Qobtet^pruned vines are planted on the Baiuare sy8t«ni
from 7 lo 12 feet apart, 8 feet apart being usual for
the northern coast counties and 0 or 10 feet for the
hotter r^ons. Muscat of Alexandria vines are usually
pliult«d 6 by 12 feet to 8 bj; 14 feet to facilitate drying
the raisins, and trellised vines are usually planted in
e way.
1T3S. The 1 _ _
two faorixontaJ w:
//, Fmit-cajuw srowin^ ant of Ihe i
n^pcfl in northern California. While apparraitly costly,
Uie expense is often more than counterbalanced by the
aaving in trimming of the ripe grapes. The increase of
quality thus becomes a net gain.
The bunches are thinned at any time after the ber-
ries have set and before they have reached one-third
their mature siie. No bunches are removed, but only
a certain propOTtion of the berries of each bunch. The
compact the unthinned bunches usually become.
general, it will vary from one-third to one-half of the
total number. The thinning is effected by cutting out
several of the side brancBlets of the Dunch. TTie
branchlets should be removed principally from the part
le special practices and modifications of the usual
methods are found to be useful in the production of
table crapes for shipping. In general, the vines should
be raised a little higher and the arms Eiven a some-
what wider spread. This is to keep the fruit from
contact with the soil and to spread out the bunches so
that they will develop, ripen and color evenly. The
removal of watei^prouts and sUrile shoots, not needed
for new arms, before or soon after the grapes set is also
very useful. This tends to make the bunches and ber-
ries larger by concentrating the energies of the vine on
the beting shoots. An equally important elTect of this
practice is to facilitate the gathering of perfect bunches.
When neglected, the water-sproula often grow through
the bunches. Such bunches cannot be gathered without
injury. Some of the grapes are pulled off, some broken
and, worst of all, some of them are slightly loosened
around the pedicel. Most of the brokenlierries can be
removed by the trimmers in the packing-house, but
many of those simply loosened escape their scrutiny
and are a fruitful cause of decay.
Many otherwise suitable grapes do not ship welt on
account of the excessive compactness at toe bunch.
A oompftct bunch is difficult to pack without injuiy
and camiot be freed from imperfect berries without
spoiling good berries.
This excessive compactness can be prevented by
thinning before the berries are one-third grown. Thin-
ning, moreover, increases the size of the berries, hastens
ripening, promotes coloring, and lessens some forms of
sunburn. The practice has been employed with suc-
cess by growers of Tokay, Black Morocco, and other
17M. Tokij (niFM.
_iich has most tende
, usually the upper part. The w
very rapidly as no great care is necessary in preserving
the shape of the bunch. However insular or one-
sided the bunch looks immediately after thinning, it
will round out and become r^ular before ripening. A
long, narrow-bladed knife or a pair of ^pe-trimming
scissors can be used conveniently (or this work.
Bftrvealing and pachtTig.
The grapes should not be harvested until they con-
tain at lei^ 17 to 19 per cent of sugar, varying with
the variety and the locality. Unripe grapes are dis-
tasteful to the consumer, spoil the market for later
and better grapes, and are more hable to deterioration
from wilting and decay. After every care has been
taken to produce good shipping ^apes on the vines,
their proper handling is no less miportant. A bunch
of grapes which is perfect in the vineyard may easily
be ruined by careless gathering or hauling before it
reaches the packing-shed.
The grapes, in gathering and packing, should be
touched as little as possible and handled only by the
main stem. They should be placed carefully in wide,
shallow boxes in a single layer. HauUng to the packing-
house should be done very carefully, in wagons provided
with springs. The grapes should be protected from
the dust and the direct rays of the sim, and the boxes
should be so stacked that there is no danger of crushing
the grapes. Fig. 1730 shows two crates or boxes of
grapes. . -, .
The most usual way of packing table grapes in Cali-
fornia is in square chip baskets holding about five
Eds and placed in fours in open-sided crates. Extra-
bunches or "clusters" are sometimes packed m
ig baskets of twice this size, of which two are placed
in a crate. Experiments have been made with various
"fillers" to protect the grapes during transit and to
increase the time during which they will remain in
good condition. The cork-dust or waste used in Spain
for the grapes of Almeria is unavailable. Various sub-
stitutes have been tried. Early attempts to utilise
ordinary sawdust for this purpose proved unsuccessful
for tJie reason that the grapes failed to hold in good
condition and absorbed disagreeable flavors from the
wood. Recently it has been demonstrated that pure,
dry redwood sawdust, from which the chips and finest
particles have been removed by screenmg, is even
superior to ground cork for grape-packing. Redwood
During the past three yeais this method of packing
and storing has received wide commercial application.
Rainm.
Practically all the raiaina in California are sun-dried.
Artificial dnere were formerly used to some extent to
dry the second crop of Muscat and are still used occa-
sionally to finish drying in eeasons of early rains. The
second crop is now utihzed by the wineries.
Muscat g^^pee should not be gathered for raisin-
making until they show at least 24° Bal.* of sugar.
Better raisins are made at 26° to 27° Bal. The crop
increases with increasing ripeness. At 27° Bal. the yield
of raisins to the acre may be 40 per cent greater than
at 23° Bal. The pupes are gathered on wooden trays
with cleats, holding twenty-two pounds of grapes
which dry to five and one-half to seven pounds of
raisins. The trays are furnished with bottom and
top end cleats which allow a space of 2i4 to 3 inches
for the grapes when they are stacked. The filled
trays are placed in alternate rows running east and
west where the soil has been given a sh^t inclina-
tion by means of a V-«haped scraper in order to enxise
the grapes more directtv to the rays of the sun. After
about nine to twelve aays, the grapes are turned by
'. SMek*d ban ol n
ing, they are dry in good weather, but the total time of
drying may vary from about ten days to nearly a
month accurdine to the ripeness of the grapes and the
temperature and moisture of the air. The Dest raisins
are made when the average maximum daily temperature
hes between So" and 90° F, Above 100° F. the grapes
are somewhat injured in flavor and appearance but still
make good loose or seeded raisins. If rain falls after
the grapes have begun to dry, especially after they
have been turned, they are liable to in]ury. When
rain threatens, it is sometimes necessary to pile the
trays up in stacks and to spread them out again as
soon as the rain or the danger is over. In some seasons
this stacking has to be repeated two <
stacktid in piles of 12 or more and covered with _...
empty tray. Here the drying is completed and the
moisture equalized. They remain in the stack for a
week or more and are then placed in large "sweat-
boxes" holding about ninety pounds of layers, or 125
pounds or more of loose raiains. When fine layer raisins
pure sugar talution o( 24 p«r cmt. The iuirw is tested by ■ BBlling
. bydrometcr Cor ule by all cheminJ aupply houses.
are made, theee ace picked out by hand before putting
in the sweat-boxes and the layers separated by sheets
of paper. The raiains are delivered to the packing-
houses in the sweat-box.
Sultanina and Sultana grapee are sometimes cured
in the same way as the Muscats, but the resulting raisina
are of a dark amber-oolor and cannot compete with
the light golden yellow Sultana raisins, lliese are made
by passing the grapes through a "dip" and then through
a sulfur-box before drying.
Various dips are in use, the commoneet being com-
posed of one pound of good potash lye in twelve gallons
of water. This is kept boiling hot and after immersion
in it for an instant, the grapes are plunged in cold water
and placed on the trays. Some growers add an emulsion
made of three-fourths of a pound of lye, one quart of
olive OF of the purest cottonseed-oil, and three quarts
of water. A gallon of this emulsion is added to each ten
gallons of the lye-dip. Some growers say that they secure
equally good results by dippmg simply in boiling water.
Sunilar dips are sometimes used to facilitate the drying
of second-crop or inferior Muscata and such grapes as
Malaga and Feher Szagoe.
After dipping, the grapes on trays are exposed to
sulfur fumes and spread out to dry. In hot weather
much of the drying is done in the stack, too much
exposure to the hot sun tending to darken the color of
the raisins.
Raisins or dried grapes are of four main classes:
(1) Raisins proper, of which the dried fruit of the Mus-
cat of Aleiaiidria is the type. California produces more
than half the world's crop of this class. Most of them
are made from the Muscat of Alexandria or from its
variation, the Muscat Gordo Blanco. When the
demand is good, Malaga, Feher Szagoe and occasion-
ally other large aweet while varieties are used. (2)
Sultana raisins are made from the Sultanina (—Thomp-
son Seedless or Oval Kechmiah). California also pro-
duces large quantities of this class, the principal centers
of production being the upper San Joaouin Valley and
Sutter County in the Sacramento Valley. The Sul-
tana (—Round Kechmish), also a seedless grape, is
grown in large quantities, principally in the Sacra-
mento Valley. Frodi it is produced a raisin resembling
a sm^ Sultana in appearance but more allied to a
"currant" in flavor. Both of these varieties require
lonppruning with fruit-canes of 4 to 8 feet. (3) Currants
which are made from the very small seedless Black
Corinth and to a less extent from the somewhat larger
White Corinth, are not produced on a commercial scale
in California. The Black Corinth does not bear and the
Whit* Corinth produces a raisin which is too large to
tive price as a "Sultana." (4) Dried grapes are made
from almost any kinds and are occasionally produced in
lai^ quantities when the price of fresh grapes is low.
They arc used for various purposes, principally for the
manufacture of imitation wines in foreign countries.
Grapes for shipping.
Table grapes are grown all over California for family
and local consumption and include hundreds of varie-
ties, principally vinifera. The commercial growing of
table grapes, however, is for the purpose of shipping to
large centers of population, especially in the eastern
states. It is localized in certain regions and utihzes a
comparatively small number of varieties.
The earliest grapes come from Imperial County in
June, followed in July and early August from Fresno,
Kem and Tulare Counties and from the warm eastern
slopes of the inner coast range in Yolo County. The
earliest variety is the Luglienga, usually shipped under
the erroneous name of Madeleine; the next the Chas-
selas dorfi, usually called Sweetwater; both are while.
These varieties have not given satisfaction in Imperial,
where Persian No. 23, and alhed varieties, promise
GRAPE
GRAPE
1387
better results for the earliest markets. The Khalili is
even earUer then the Luglienga and seems promising
for Imperial Blue Portuguese is the only very early
black cprape that appears on the market and is of poor
quaiity. Bellino is promising for Imperial County
but loses its extreme earliness farther north. By the
middle or end of July all varieties are ripe some-
where, the latest varieties ripening about that time in
the earliest looalities. Distinctions regarding earliness
apply, therefore, more to districts than to varieties.
The Flame Tokay, which appears to be identical with
the Amar bou Amar of Algeria, is the chief shipping
grape of California. It fails to develop its bright red
color in Imperial so that the first shipments are from
the Winters and VacaviUe region. The bulk of the crop
is raised in the middle part of the Great Valley from
Stockton to Sacramento, Lodi being the principal
center. There are numerous other smaller centers of
production, the latest being the Santa Cruz Mountains.
The next most abundant varieties are the Malaga, the
principal variety of the Imperial Valley, a white grape
raised largely also in the San Joaquin Valley from Tulare
to Stanislaus County, and the Emperor, a large, late
red grai^e raised chiefly in Tulare and Fresno but more
or less in several other ooimties from Los Angeles to
Sacramento County. In the cooler regions its color is
almost black. The Comichon (— Malakoff Isjum), a
long, late, black grape, the Black Prince («-Kose of
Peru), a moderatdy early roimd srape, and the Verdal,
a very late white grape, are also laigely raised, the last
only in the Santa Cruz Mountains. The Black Morocco
(^Trevoti), the Ferrara, the Gros Colman and the
Pizzutello are also raised in considerable quantities.
Promising new varieties are the Olivette de Cadenet,
Flame Muscat and some of the Persian varieties, espe-
cially the Paykani Razuki, a brilliant red grape which
bears well only when grafted, except in the Imperial
VaUey. The Muscat of Alexandria and the Sultanina
(—Thompson Seedless), while primarily raisin grapes,
are shipped as table grapes in large quantities in most
seasons. The only eastern variety grown for the market
is the Pierce, which satisfies the small demand for a
"slip-skin."
All the varieties of table gp*apes mentioned succeed
with the goblet form of pruning, although some, such
as the Malaga. Comichon and Emperor, require fairly
long spurs ana in very rich soils even mocierate long
pruning.
The grape season in California extends over at least
six months. The earliest varieties ripen in the Imperial
and Coachella Valleys by or before June 1 and the
latest varieties in the latest localities do not ripen
until November 1 and in dry autunms may hang on
the vines in good condition for a month longer.
Grapes for mne.
The great bulk of all the red wine, both dry and
sweet, is made from the Zinfandel. Tliis variety was
introQuced very early into California but its identity
has never been established. It has many good qualities.
It bears at an early age and with short pruning. If the
first crop is destroyed by spring frosts it produces
regularly a fair second crop. It succeeds best in the
warmer parts of Napa and Sonoma Counties. In the
cooler parts it fails to develop its color or flavor. In
the hot interior it is subject to simbum and its peculiar
flavor becomes unpleasantly intense. Other widely
grown red wine grapes are Petite Sirah. Ahcante Bous-
chct, Carignane, Mataro and, in soutnem California,
Blue ElbUng. Varieties recommended for dry red wine
in the coast counties are Petite Sirah, Barbcra, Beclan
and Cabernet Sauvignon; for the hotter interior, Valde-
Psfias, Lagrain and St. Macaire; and for sweet reds of
ort tjrpe, Grenache, Ahcante Bouschet, Tinta Madeira
and Trousseau.
The dry white wines are made from a large number of
giipes of which the chief heavy-bearing varieties are
urger, Palomino, Feher Sza^ and Green Hungarian
and the chief high quality varieties, Colombar, Semillon
and the Rieslings,---Johannisberg, Franken and Gray.
The sweet white wines are made from the above-men-
tioned heavy-bearing varieties and. also from Mission,
Grenache and other lieht-colored red grapes. Larse
quantities of wine and brandy are also maae from the
culls of raisin and table grapes and in years of over-
production from the main crop. Varieties recommended
for dry white wine are the Rieslings in the coolest
locahties, Semillon and Colombar for the warmer parts
of the coast counties, and Burger, Green Hungarian
and Vemaccia Sarda tor blending wines in the interior.
For sweet wines Palomino, Beba, Mission and Grenache
are suitable.
Various degrees of pruning are needed for these dif-
ferent varieties but in a general way the heavy bearers
should be pruned dbort and the fine varieties long.
Diseases and insects.
Vines on the Pacific slope are remarkably free from
serious fungous diseases owing to the absence of sum-
mer rains. Oidium (Uncinvla spiralis), the only excep-
tion, occurs ever3rwnere but is controlled cheaply oy
one or two thorough dustings with fine sulfur in the
warm interior and two to four in the coast regions.
The ubiquitous saprophytic blue, gray and black molds
sometimes injure late grapes in wet autumns.
Insect pests are more serious. The phylloxera ren-
ders resistant stock necesssury in most of the older dis-
tricts. The vine-hopper {Typhlocyha comes) is often
very troublesome in the warmer regions, but its attacks
can be much lessened by complete clearing out of green
^wth a week or two before the starting of the ouds,
timely use of a hopper -cage to trap the over-win-
tering adults in early spring before they deposit their
Xand by a mootme spray in May or June
Q the first brood c^pears. Much injury is done
locally by the grape root-worm, the larva of the grape
beetle, Adoxus vitis. It can be controlled by spray-
ing the vines in May with lead arsenate which kills
the adults before their eggs are laid. Erinose {Phytop^
tus vitis) is widely distributed but seldom harm-
ful and easily controlled with dry sulfur as used
for oidium. Climbing cut-worms (larvse of Noctuid
moths) are very generally harmful to the buds and
young shoots in many seasons. Most species can be
controlled by the use of poisoned bait. The bait most
used is made by mixing forty pounds of bran with two
eallons of molasses and five poimds of arsenic. A better
Bait is made by mixing twenty-five pounds of bran and
twenty-five pounds of middhngs with five pounds of
arsenic and applying dry. A pinch of the bait is placed at
the base of each vine or, with large vines, in the center of
the head. Grasshoppers and other general feeders are
sometimes troublesome, especially in new districts.
A number of imperfectly understood diseases whose
causes are unknown are recognized. The chief of these
is the Anaheim or Califomian disease. This name is
inappropriate as it seems to occur also in southern
Europe and Algeria where it is ascribed to over-bearing
coincident with a series of dry seasons or other weaken-
ing causes. Another widely spread disease of a similar
nature but less fatal is known as Little-leaf. Various
causes for this disease have been suggested, but the
most plausible opinion seems to be that it is a case of
mal-nutrition due to unfavorable soil temperatures
during the spring.
References.
PubUcations of the Agricultural Experiment Station,
Berkeley, California, especially Viticultural Report for
1887-^3, Bulletins Nos. 119, 180, 186, 192, 193, 210,
241-246 and Circulars Nos. 26, 76, 116. Also, Bureau of
Plant Industry, Bulletin No. 172; Yearbook, United
1388 GRAPE
States Dept. o( Agric., 1902, article on "Grape Raiain
and Wine Production in the United States;" Year>
book, 1904, article on "Some Uees of the Grape Vine
and ita Fruit;" Farmera' Bull. No. 471; U. S. Dept. of
A([ric. BuU. No, 35; Reports California State Viticul-
tura! Commiaaion; GustaT Eiaen, "The Raisin Indus-
•^■" F. T. BlOLETTI.
Gnpes under gUas. (See, alao, page 1261.)
Under ^lass, the European varietJeH alone are used.
This species, Vilia vinijera, is the vine of the ancienta,
and IB indigenous to the more salubrious parts of east-
ern Asia and southern Europe. It is referred to in the
earliest mythological writings of ancient EoT>* ="''
tbence on numberless occasions, notably in the Bible
and the New Testament. The story of the spies from
the promised land, with its generous iliustration. has
excited the admiration and perhaps questioned the
avdulity of many of us. It is only fair, however, to
state that the size of the cluster there represented has
been amply borne out in recent yeara. The tjTJe ViiU
vintfero, if there ever was a type, nas become so merged
and modified b^ cultivation m different climates and
countries that it is difticuit to trace it at the present
day. Over 2,000 varieties are described, covering the
widest range in size, color, texture and flavor, g^eial
appearance and quality.
and Muscata, with their superb qualities and flavors,
Rowing by the aide of the blue-black Alicante of thick
ada and coarser texture, but valuable for its late-
keeping quality; and worth more than all the others
put together, toe Black Hamburgh, combining all the
good aualities easy of culture.
Probably in no branch of horticulture is the garden-
ers' skill more generou^ rewarded than in grape-
^wing under glass. In England it has been an casen-
ual feature of horticultural work for more than a cen-
tury, resulting in fruit of a finer quality and flavor than
that grown in the open air and very often enormous
clusters, weighing from twenty to thirty pounds.
Started there as a matter of luxury, it has become of
late years a matter of profit, and vineries of large extent
have been erected for commercial purposes. Probably
this work has been retarded here by the introduction of
the many very excellent varieties of our native grapes,
V. Labntsca, so easily eron-n in the open air ana so
constantly improved by nybridizing with the European,
GRAPE
and undoubtedly this work will yet result in a much
closer approach to the standard of European ouality.
The essential difference between American ana Euro-
pean kinds is that in the American the pulp separates
from the skin, is usually tough and more or less acid, so
that it is disagreeable to remove the seeds, while in the
European the pulp adheres to the skin, is tender and
sweet throughout, and the seeds are easily removed.
European grapes, when well grown, at« valuable and
lup^eable for the use of invalids, and, undoubtedly, in
the judgment of the majority of persons, surpass in
quahty any other fruit grown.
The subject of grape cultivation under glass may be
divided under several heads, as follows: The hoiuet;
The border; The vines; The fruU.
ThxhauMt.
Houses are mainly of two forms, span-roof and lean-to,
with occasional modifications between. Unless one
has ample time and a desire to study their construction,
it is better to have plans and estimates furnished by
professional builders.
Span-roof houses are adapted to huge places with
spacious grounds, and especially where an ornamental
enect is desired. On account of their exposure on all
sides, they require very oareful attention, especially if
used for early forcing of grapes. When early work is
not desiredj or for use without artificial heat, their dis-
advantage is not so apparent. Houses without artificial
heat, known as cold graperies, were in earlier years in
more general use than those with heat, but have about
disappeared with the introduction of the modem eco-
nomical heating apparatus, and the very great advan-
tage in the use of the same, if only to a limited extent.
Lean-to houses, on account of their snug construc-
tion and protection from northerly or prevallii^ winds,
are especially desirable for early forcing of grapes (Figs.
1738,17391, Often a stable or other building may bo
utilized for the north side, but generally a wall of brick
or stone is erected for this pun^se. Such a wall can be
covered on the outside with Parthenocusus Inciispidala.
or Crimson Rambler rosea, producing a beautiful and
ornamental effect. A good house, on a small scale, can
be made of hotbed sash (Fig. 1739).
Foundations for the other three sides or for a span-
roof vinery can be constructed of masonry or wood.
Masonry is preferable, as the conditions of heat and
moisture requisite are very destructive to woodwork,
especially near the ground. With masonry, piers are
erected, starting from soUd ground and up to near the
surface. They should be about 2 feet in length with
spaces of 2 feet between, and apposite each space a
vine is to be planted inside the house, as hereafter des-
cribed. Strong capstones thick enough to come slightly
above the surface of the border and about 18 inches
wide are then laid from pier to pier. On such a foun-
dation a superstnicture can be erecled with some con-
fidence. For the base of the superstructure masonry
is preferable, about 18 inches in height being necessary
before the glass work begins. A hollow wall, con-
structed of hard brick and cement, is desirable, and
. openings should be left for ventilation. The upper sur-
face of tJicse walls should be covered with cement. If
constructed of wood, the same general plan should be
carried out, using the most durable kind only.
Aside from its durability, masonry has an advantage
over wood in being a better equalizer of temperature,
and the heavy back wall of a lean-to house can be made
of great value for this purpose. The general plans of
the superstructure are shown in the illustrations. It
should present as much glass surface aa possible. The
frame can be of iron or wood, as preferred. Light, heat
and moisture are the great features desired, also a gen'
erous supply of air under favorable conditions. The
glass should be of good quality, otherwise blisters
wiU bum the foliage and fruit. Small ventilators
GRAPE
should be built in foundation walk, and lai^ onee at
the upper part of bouse. A special ventilator coveied
with wire gauie ia desirable for the lower openii^. Ven-
tilation should always be free from draft or sudden
change of temperature. A draft is as unpleasant
to a sensitive vine in a house as to a human being,
and if subjected to it disease is sure to follow, mildew
bein^ tbe first evidence; and yet a ^enefous supply of
air IB a pruDc
^pes under ^i
the ripening p^iod.
time the lower vent
very carefully used
never opening thi
grapes begin to cc
new growth and
somewhat bardeoi
or leas air is always
around the glass ii
equable mannei
thence to the uppei
tOators.
The modem heati
apparatus, consia
ing of a boiler in an
adjacent pit for
heating water ^
with circulating
pipes tlm>ugb> '.
out the house,
asshowninillus- -j
17391 Le«a4o mpacr |]aud with n
very perfect and
ecoDomicsl supplier of heat, and it should be erected
by a practical builder. A little heat at a critical time
will often save a house full of grapes, and, while it can
be dispensed with, its advantaies are very material.
It is possible to fruit grapes in benches in pots,
removing the pots when the fruit is past, and using tbe
bouse for other purpoees (Fig. 1740).
The border.
A good border is of great importance, as no perma-
nent success can be obtained without it; probably
the difterraice between succeas and failure more often
lies here than in any other feature.
It is a good plan to construct vineries so that their
borders can be somewhat elevated above the surround-
ing ground, as better drainage is thus secured, and good
draioBge is imperative (Fig. 1738). The border should
fill the house inside and ext^doutsideadjacent to where
tbe vines ore planted at least 6 feet when first made,
and to this outside border additions should be made
every two or three years of 2 to 4 feet until a width
of 20 feet ia secured. The border can hardly be made
too rich, provided the material is well decomposed.
A mixture of six ports good loamy turf from an old
pasture or piece ol new ground, and one pui^ of well-
prepared manure, one part old plaster or mortar, and
one part of ground bone, all to be well composted
together, will meet all tbe reauirements. If the subsoil
is clay, a. foundation of old trick and mortar is very
desirable to insure drainage. The border above this
should be from 2 to 3 feet in depth. No trees or shruba
should be permitted to extend their roots into it, a very
common cause of trouble, and nothing whatever should
be grown on it, althou^ the temptation to try a few
melons or some lettuce is often too great to be overcome,
and these probably do a minimum of damage. In sucli
a border, if properiy suppUed with wat«r, the vine roots
will remain at home, and not go wandering off into
trouble. When extra-early work is not desired, no
attempt should be made to keep the frost entirely out of
tiie border during tbe winter, as this is apt to result in
a heavy, sodden surface in spring. It is better to spade
it up roughly just before winter and cover with a good
ooat of manure, permitting tbe frost to enter the ground
some inches. In the spring, it is dug over again and,
when raked off, presents a rich, Uvely surface. The
inside border is to be covered with a coat of well-rotted
manure, and spaded up and well watered at the time of
starting the vines. For midseason work from February
15 to March 1 is the proper time to do this in New
York state, the inside border carrying the vines nicely
until the outside border is in shape a month or more
later. Then without hard forcing early grapes can be
brought in by the last of June or July, and the later ones
through the following two or throe months. It is better
to store late grapes in modem grape-rooms, where they
can be kept fresh and plump for several months through
the winter, than to attempt extrsr^arly work by starting
vines in heated borders in November and December.
Thevinea.
The amateur should purchase plants from some
nurseryman of established reputation. Vines one or
two years old are better than older ones. For support-
ing the vines light cast-iron brackets are secured to the
raJters, and these support wires running lengthwise of
the house about 15 inches from the glass, and to these
wires the vines ore tied as fast as they grow. The
vines are to be planted inside tbe houae about a foot
from the front w^ and about 4 feet apart, placing one
opposite each opening In the foundation as l^foro
described. It is not desirable to plant them along the
back wall of a lean-to house. They should be cut back
to two or three buds near the ^und, and when these
start the strongest shoot only is selected for training
and the others rubbed off. As this shoot advances it is
tied to the wires and it may reach the limit of the house
by July 1, or perhaps not until September 1, depending
on the care, the vigor of the vine, and the border. Once
there, the end is pinched and the cane continues to
strengthen and increase in size and store up material
in the lateral buds until tbe end of tbe season, when it is
taken down and pruned to one-third its length, laid on
tbe ground and covered from tbe sun for the winter.
Care should be token that mice do not eat out tbe buds,
as once out they can never be restored. In the spring
erf the second year, or as soon as it is desired to start the
vines, they are tied up again, and the terminal shoot
again trained to the top of the nouse, where it is stopped
as before. Any fruit appearing on this shoot should be
removed. The lateral snoots that start out each way
below the terminal should be thinned to about 12 or 15
inches apart on each side. This is an important fea-
ture, especially if one adopts the spur system of pru-
ning, which will be first considered, for the vine is being
est^lished for a long term of years, and it is desirable
to have it symmetrical, with the side shoots and fruit
evenly distributed over its entire len^. An example
of a well-balanced vine is the illustration of the Muscat
of Alexandria (Fig. 1743). A tew cluslersof fruit may be
taken from this part of the vine this second year, and the
1390
GRAPE
btcrala aboukl be pinched at two eyes beyond the
cluster, kod as thry break piDcbed again throu|^ tbe
season. As bckhi as the leaves (aD the vines are again
taken down for pruning. The terminal should be
ahortened about one-half and ade ahcote cut back to a
bud very cloee to the main stem, wben it goes through
the winto- as beTore.
At tbe hj-ginning of the third year, tbe tcnninal again
goes to the Uip of the bouse without fruit, when it is
stopped and tbe laterals are allowed to bear as before^
say not more than one pound of fruit to a foot of tbe
main stem. Tlie vine is now eetablishfd to the top of
tbe bouee, and the only pruning in after years is to cut
the latn^ each year ckiee U> the main stem. A bud
will Dearly always be found in the (iist J^ inch, sotne-
times several of them. Wben these start, tbe strongest
is selected and the others rubbed off, unleoa one is
desired for training U> the opposite side to fill a vacantry
there. When the vines attain full strength, two pouniu
of fruit to the foot of main stem can be grown, but
heavy loads require great care. Too heavy aload causes
shanking, and then all is lost. The st^ne of the berries
wither and the fruit turns sour before ripening. Ki^d
pinching of the laterals is very important. Commence
at the second joint beyond the cluster, or about 18
inches from the main stem, and pinch thereafter as fast
as new shoots break and ^ow a leaf. Pinch early and
oflen. It has been said that a good gardener can carry
the summer prunings from a Urge vinery for on entire
season in his vest-pocbet. Some require a wheelbarrow.
At the place where the laterals start, a spur soon forms
on the main stem, from which the s>'slem takes its
name. It often becomes several inches in length and
quite ungainly. This spur sj'stem of pruning is reore-
sented in Figs. 1741-^.
GRAPE
An ample supply of water judidooaly and beely
nsed. especially at tbe time of starting the vines, is aa
abaolute ueoe«ty. It should not be applied in tbe
bouse, however, during the period of blossoming, ts k
dry air is advantageous for tite transfer of tbe pollen
for fertilisation.
An imtiorta&t featUR is thinning
*h^ dust^s and est^liahing Um loAd a
vine has to cany. This requires Kxpm-
ence and judgment. As a rule, acout
one-half tbe chistos should be re-
moved,— often more,— care being taken
to balance the lo«d evenly on each
aide. 31us should be done as early as
tbe general form of the dusters can be
seen, except with tbe Muscats and other
shy^etting kinds, when it mtty be well
to wait for tbe berries
to set, as some dus-
others ft
Thinning tbe ber-
ries ^^ouEl be at-
tended to promptly,
selecting oool days
and mornings for ttus
work. Close-growing
kinds, like AUcante,
cannot be commenced on too early after
setting, and it is much better to crowd this
work than to have it crowd tbe operator. In
many varieties one-third to one-^ialf the
' ' "1 be removed. Experien-- '-
anil nei
In the other system of pruning, known as the "long
rod" or "long cane" system, a new cane is grown up
from a bud near the ground every year to replace the
old one, which is entirely removed. It is sometimes
desirable to replace an old cane fruiting on the spur
rem in this manner. If the vine is well established,.
new cane can be fruited its entire length the first
season, the laterals bein^c pinched, as before described.
It will produce finer fruit, but it is not bo safe with a
heavy load as an old cane.
bcmes have t.
with the vine sdasora, ana never touch the dusters
with the fingers.
Tying up the shoulders (rf the dusters is necessary to
permit a free circulation of air and hght, otherwise the
uterior may decay, and, once started, the cluster is soon
gone. Tbe principal diseases ot troubles to guard
against are mildew and red-spider. The remedy for the
former is sulfur, and for the latter moisture. Mildew
is generally brought on by a sudden change of tempeia-
ture. A vigorous condition of the vine has much to do in
resisting it. Ked-spider will almost alwavs appear in
the hot weather of July and August if the vmes are
allowed to become too dry,
Thrips are sometimes very injurious, but can be
controlled with nicotine, which, if properly appUcd, wiH
not injure the fruit. Thrip and led-epider, il not token
in time, multiply rapidly, and "an ounce of prevention
is worth a pound of cure" in these cases.
Perhaps, in a genera] way, the most important requi-
site of all is a large amount of enthusiasm and lo^"? for
the work. This is necessary to insure the continued care
and culture requisite to permanent success.
The fruit FOrieiies.
As said before, very many varieties exist, but proba-
bly not one-half of these are in active cultivation at
the present time. Varieties are adapted to localities,
soils, climates, and the Uke, Perhaps fiftv have been
grown under glsis in this countrj-. Of these we will
consider a few of the more prominent.
The Black Hamburg is more extensivelv grown and
of more value for this purpose than alf olhers put
together, because it meets the requirements of the ordi-
nary cultivator and will stand abuse and neglect and
still give fair results, better than any other kind. It
rarely gives very large clusters, but is a free bearer, sets
fruit perfectly, wiUcarrj-heavj- loads and matures early.
Under better care the appearance and improvement m
quality is remarkable, and it can be made as good as the
best. It is the variety with which the novice begins.
Many houses consist entirely of Black Hamburg^, and
many would give far better satisfaction if they did.
L. Tlie crapafrnll. About ane-thlrd naloTal tiH.
GRAPE
Muscat of Alexandria is the best of the white varie-
ties for geocral cultivstion. It requires a higher tem-
perature and longer season than the Black Hamburgh
to oome to perfecuon, and will keep longer after cutting
than that variety. When well grown and ripened it many-
be token as a standard of quality, (See Fig. 1743.)
Muscat Flambui^ is a black grape, probably a cross
between the two above-named varieties, and presenting
marked characteristics of each. It has beautiful taper-
ing clusters of fine quality.
Barbarossa is a good variety for those ambitious ta
GRAPEFRUIT
1391
grow laive clusters and when well grown is of fine
qusjity. It is a late black grape, requirmg a long season
to ripen well, but repays for the trouble by Keeping
thereafter for a long time. Clusters freouently grow to
8 or 10 pounds in weight, measuring about 24 inchee
each way, and tjiey have been grown to more than
double tnis weight.
Other large-growing varieties are the White Nice
and Svriao. Uie latter of which is said to be the kind
that tfie spies found in the land of
promise. Clust«ta of 20 to 30
pounds wraght are common to
these two coaise-growing kinds,
buL their quality is so poor that
tbey are now rarely grown.
Grizzly Frontignan is a beauti-
fully mottled pmk grape. — ouito
a deep pink sometimes,—
other grape, and it ripens quite
Royal Muscadine is an early
white ra^pe of fair quaUty and
f;Dod habit quite common in Eng-
isb houses.
GroB Colman, a large black
grape of fine quality and a lat«
keeper, is now grown lankly for
commercial purposes in England
and sent to this side to supply
our wants in this line in spring.
The berries frequently measure
4)^ inches around, and it there-
fore requires early and severe
thinning.
Alicante is a black grape ' of 1743. Hucat of
de|Mrt somewhat from the
tvpe, very juicy, and of fair quahty. It has a very thick
skin, and is about the best for long keeping.
Lady Downs is another late block grope of good
quality, but not adapted to all localities. Rose Chas-
eelas, a small red grape, is the earliest and verv beauti-
ful. Trentbam Black, toe earUest black grape, nas smaJl
clusters, but large, soft berries quite like Alicante.
Foster Seeding is a beautiful midseason, amber-
colored grape, with lar^ clusters and hemes some-
times Uable to crack. Madrcefield Court Muscat is a
midseason grape — fine in quality, but also inclined to
crack. This trouble can often be controlled by twisting
or slitting the stems of the clusters, thereby checking
the flow of sap. D. m. Dunning.
GRAPBFRUrr (CUrua grdndU). RuUuxse. Figs.
975, 1744, Plato L. A large globose fruit having
sliRhtly bitter acid pulp; it is used as o breakfast fruit
and also for salads and desscrta. It is grown in Florida,
California, Arizona, and the West Indies, and is now
extensively used by Americans, The name grapefruit,
under which this fruit is known commercially, seems
to have come from the West Indies and owes its origin
to the fact that the fruits are often borne in clusters of
three or four to twelve or more, much like a bunch of
grapes. This fruit is also known as pomelo. The
shaddock or pummelo is a distinct strain, not grown
for commerce in this country. See CHru» (page 782)
and Pomelo,
Grape fruit trree are large round-topped, with regu-
lar branches: Ivs. dark glossy green, ovate with broadly
winged petioles: spines slender, flexible, borne in the
axils of the Ivs, : fls. larg& white, borne singly or in
clusters in the arils of the Ivs.; stamens 20-25; ovary
globose, sharply set oS from the style, which is decid-
uous: fr. pale lemon-yellow, fattened spheroid or glo-
bose, 4r-6 in. diam., segms. 11-14, filled with aliditly
bitter acid pulp; seeds large, flattened and wrinklea;
peel K-Min. thick, with numerous oit^iinds.
The grapefruit appears to have been mtroduced into
Florida by the Spaniards in the early part of the six-
teenth century and until a quarter of a century ago it .'
was grown only by the Florida pioneers. Since its
culture has be«i undertaken on a commericol basis,
the acreage planted to this fruit has rapidly increased,
1,081,537 boxes having been produced in Florida in
1909 as compared with 12,306 in
1899, and 122,515 boxes in CaU-
fomia in 1909 as compared with
17,861 boxes in 1899. The total
value of the crop in 1909, as
reported by the Census, was over
$2,000,000.
An excellent appetizer, the
epcfruit is the most popular of
akfast fruits. It is also prob-
able that it poea^aee valuable tonic
properties, and it has been recom-
mended by physicians in cases
of malaria and bihousness. The
sprightly flavor of the fruit, due to
its slightly bitter principle, makes
the grapefruit one of the most
refrmhing of all citrous fruits.
The grapefruit is more suscep-
tible to cold than ordinary citrous
fruits and its profitable culture is
consequently restricted to regions
below the frost line. The selection
of a location is a matter of supreme
importance in Florida where the
occasional freezes have wrought
so much damage in the past. 'Ine
_jifonw»« grapefruit, like most citrous fruits,
F1i». 1741, 1742). prefers a light, well-drained soil,
sandy or porous, though, because of
its dense foliage, it grows better on poor soil than does the
orange. The trees must be well fertihzed in order to
produce the best results, for it must be remembered that
the care and fertilizer given are important factors in deter-
mining the quality and character of the fruit produced.
Budd«l trees usually begin to bear in three to four
years and generally reach full bearing in about ten
years. They continue to bear for an indefinite period.
The trees may be set from 18 to 25 feet apart, depend-
ing upon the stock on which they ore grown. The seed-
lings make excell^t stocks because ol their well-devel-
oped root-systems and are extensively used for this
purpose. They are hardier than the rough lemon but
not so hardy as the orange. Grapefruits are usually
propagated by buddii^ because of the variations in
the different varieties.
One of the most extensively grown varieties in
Florida is the Duncan: fruits medium to large, oblate,
light yellow; pulp a pleasant bitter acid flavor with few
seeds; peel medium, firm; a late bearer, fruits keep
well on the tree. The Duncan is one of the hardiest
grapefruita, especially when budded on trifoliate
orange stock {Prmcima Irifotiata). Among others grown
in Florida are Hall (Silver Cluster): fruits yellow,
pleasantly bitter, globose, medium to larae, in large
bunches; a heavy bearer. Pemambuco: Iniits large.
1392
GRAPEFRUIT
amootb-flkinned. Introduced from Pemambuco, Brazil,
by the United States Department of Aericulture.
Triuinph: fruits medium size, heavy, smootb-skinned,
not very bitter; a prohfic and a. BUong grower, but
rather tender; season eorl^. The Bowen, ExReteior,
Joeeelyn, Leuuardy, ManioUe, McCarty, McKiniey,
May, Standard and Walters ajie Florida eeedlingB
cultivated locally in that Btal«.
In California one of the beet varieties ie the Marsh
(Marsh Seedless) : fruit hirge (see Fig. 1744), subglobose,
light yellow, not very bitter, often seedless, tree low
and spreading. This variety oriDnat^d in Florida but is
best adapted to California conations. The popularity
of the grapefruit in California has been increasutg dur-
ing the past few years and it seems certain that this
fruit is destined to become one of the standajxl fruits of
that state. It should be Dol«d that in California the
grapefruit is really a summer fruit; in Florida it is a
winter and spring fruit.
HybrvU. — The tangelo, the result of a cross between
the tangerine orange and the grapefruit (pomelo) is a
GRAPTOPHYLLUM
have not been produced in a commercial way until
within recent years. Even at present, the product ia
only a small fraction of that of the orange and lemon.
Perhaps not more than 400 or 500 cars are annually
shipped out of the state. All of the Florida varieties
have been tested, many of them proving unsuited to
the conditions. At present the Marsh, or Marsh Seed-
leas as it is commonly called, is pluited almost exclu-
sively. The Triumph and the Imperial are also gron-a
to some extent, while the Nectar and the Clayson ajre
new varieties which are attracting attention.
But little attention has been paid to the handlinK of
this fruit in California, and it is undoubtedly truethat
many of the seedling and miscellaneous varieties which
have been inadvisedly put on the market have been very
much inferior to Flonda-grown pomelos. Usually, on
account of the poor varieties grown, California pomelos
are shipped mamly to Pacific and intermountam states
where they do not come in such active competition with
the Florida product. It is undoubtedly true, however,
that certain varieties of the pomelo when well grown
»44.
striking new citrous fruit. The Sampson tangelo,
obtain^] by the writer in 1897 by crossing the tangerine
with the Bowen grapefruit, is the first of this new
group of fruits to be grown commercially. Other tan-
geloa are now being tested. See Tajigelo.
Dueasea. — The grapefruit tree is decidedly resistant
to mal-di-gonuna or foot^-rot and is only slightly
affected by scab. It is, however, more susceptible than
any other citrous fruit to citrus canker. Itiis disease
was first discovered near Miami, Florida, in July, 1913,
by E. V. Blackman. It is believed to have been intro-
duced from Japan. In appearance somewhat similar
to the scab, this disease has spread over a larj^ area
in southern Florida. It is very infectious and has been
carried from one grove to another by wagons, birds,
and other means. No remedy is known, and Florida
growers, in order to check its spread, have been obliged
tobunihundredsof infected trees. InvestigatorsdifFeras
to the cause of citrus canker. Walter T. Swingle.
Grapefruit, or pomelo, in California.
« equal to the best Florida
. .. ._. on why the production of
pomelos in California should not be considerably
mcreased. Growers, however, swm to fear an over-pro-
duction and new plantings are at present quite small.
The pomelo, in its general growth, resistance to frost,
firopagation, culture, fertilizing, irr^tion, and the
ike, is similar to the orange. The season in California is
from February 1 until September I. j. Euor Corr.
ORAPB HTACnfTH; JWuvoW babyoida.
ORAPB. SBAStDR: Corcoloba un/fro.
sffated foliage). Acanthacex. Tender a!
of which is cultivated in a very few American conserva-
tories for its variegated fohage, and is satd to be very
popular in India and the tropics.
Leaves opposite, entire (in one species spiny-dentate),
often colored: fls. reddish purple, wide gaping, clus-
tered either in a terminal thryse or in the axils; calyx
divided to the base into 5 segms.; corolla-tube inflated
above; upper hp with 2 short recurved lobes; lower
Up 3-cut; stamens 2: fr. a club-shaped or oblong caps.
GRAPTOPHYT,LUM
— About 5 speoiee, oriental. No two Iva. are marked
exactly alike, but the ^eUow color is near the midrib
rather than at the marpna. The genua is close to Thyn-
aeanthua, but in Thyraacanthue the fie. are not so
distinctly 2-lipped. For cult., see Jutttda.
hortinse, Nees (G. pktum, Griff. O. pieturiUumf
Hort, JutHcia plda, Linn.). Cahicaturb Plant.
Height finally 6-S ft.: Ivs. elliptic, acuminate, irre^-
larly marked with yellow along the midrib: flj. cnm-
■on, in axillary whorla; corolla pubescent. Habitat (?).
B.R. 1227. Lowe 45. B.M. 1870 shows a variety with
reddi^ brown cobring. — A yellowish -fld. form has
beeo offered under the name O, ptdurotum, but it does
not seem to differ otherwise. jj. TATLoa.t
GRASS (Oomincje). Annual or perennitJ, moatly
herbaceous planta with usually hollow sts. (culms)
clceed at the joints (nodes), and 2-ranked Its. Culms
woody in the bamboiDS and in a few other groups such
as the genus Lasiacis, sometimes solid as in maiie:
Its. consiating of two parts, the sheath and the blade,
the sheaths enveloping the culm above each node, the
margins overlapnins or occasionally grown together as
in Bromus ana Mehca. the blades parallel-veined,
usually linear or elongatea (in some tropical grasses short
and broad), on the inside bearing at the junction with
the sheath a membranous or hyiQine appendage or rim
called the ligule; in some tropical graaeee, especially
bamboos, a petiole inserted between the eheAth and
blade: inJB. paniculate or contracted into a raceme or
spike, or more rarely into a head, the branches usually
bractlessj Qs. usually perfect, sometimes moncecious as
in maize, or dicecious as in salt-grass (Distichlis), small,
without a distinct peri-
anth, arranged in spik^-
lets consisting of a suort-
ened axis (ractuila) and 2
lo many 2-ranked bracts,
the lowest pair (the
glumes) empty, one or
Doth of these sometimes
absent: each succeeding
bract (lemma) including a
single fl. and. with its back
to the rachilla, a 2-nerved
bract or prophyllum
(palea), the fl. with its
lemma and palea being
termed tjie floret; stamens
' usually 3, with delicate
I filaments and 2 - celled
, versatile anthers; pistil I.
with a 1-celled, l-ovuled
ovary, usually 2 styles
GRASS
1393
and pluE
e stigmas: fr.
endosperm, and .
embiyo at the base
one side; grain (caryopsis)
inclosed at maturity in
the lemma and palea (or
sometimes exceeoing these
as in maiie and pearl
millet), adherent to the
palea as in the oat, or free
as in wheat. Figs. 1745-
iv 1748 show the structure
° of various grass florets.
The lemmas are some-
times empt)[ and are then
termed sterile lemmas to
distinguish them from the
glumes. The spikelets
may be inclosed in a spiny
involucre or bur as in ttie
sand-bur, or in an in-
durat«d shell as in Job's tears (Coix), <x the ttitire
spike in numerous husks as in maise.
The perennial species of nasses may produce creep-
ing underground stems (rhiiomes) by which they
propagate. Kentucky blue-grass and
awnlesB brome-grasa are examples of
this class. Such grasses usually form
The true grasses {Oraminex) may
be diatinguiahed from other grass-
like plantssuch as sedges ICj/peraeex)
and rushes (Jujiooeei) by the two-
ranked leaves and the eyhndrical or
flattened Bt«m. Sedges have three-
1748. StUBlnite ipJkalct of > gOM
(nuks), tbawiat Iwo flomn, ana ol
-'■1 (with C
ranked leaves aiui usually a trianKul&r stem. There
are also important differenoee in t£e floral structure.
A. S. HrrcBCOCK.
Um* of grtuae*.
Among the species most oommonly known are timo-
thy, redtop, June -grass, orchard-grass, meadow fox-
tad, the fescues, oat^rass, aweet vernal, quack-grass,
Beiinuda-graas, sugar-cane, chess, and the cereals, such
as wheat, barley, rye, oats, nee, sorghum, Indian
com. In number of secies the grass family occupies
the fifth place with 3,500, while the composite, legumes.
orchids and madderworts are larger. In number of
individuals, the graraes excel any other family. Seed
plants are arranged in 200 to "OQ families, and of all
these the true grasses are of greatest imp«tance; in
fact, they are' of more value as food for man and domes-
tic aninrmta than all other kinds of vesetatibn combined.
None of these famihes is more widely distributed over
the earth's surface, or is found in greater extremes of
climate or diversity of soil.
The species are very numerous in tropical regions,
where the plants are usuallv scattered, while in a moist,
temperate climate, although the species are less numer-
ous, the number of plants is enormous, often clothing
vast areas. Where soil is thin or moisture insufBcient,
the grasses grow in bunches more or lees isolated.
Plants of one section of the family, Panicaceie^ predomi-
nate in the tropics and warm temperate recums, while
plants of the other section, Poacete, predominate in
temperate and cotd regions.
Overstocking dry grazing districts checka the bettci
bitter weeds which multiply and occupy the land.
8 the
1394
GRASS
GRASSES
A grass extends its domain by running rootstocks, by
liberating seeds indoeed in the g^lumes which are
caught by the breeze, by some passmg animal, or the
nearest stream; the twisting and untwisting of awns
b\uy some of them in cracks, crevices or soft earth.
In case a growing stem is thrown down for any reason,
several of the lower nodes promptly elongate on the
lower side and thus bring the top mto an erect position.
Each sheath supports and holds erect the tenaer lower
portion of the mtemode, where it is soft and weak; it
also protects the young branches or panicles. Thrifty
blades of grasses suitable for pasture and lawn elongate
from the Tower end, so that when the tips are cut off
the leaves do not cease to elongate, but renew their
length. When exposed to sun or dry air, the blades
develop a thicker epidermis, and. by shrinking of some
of the dehcate bulmorm cells oi the upper epidermis,
they diminish their surface as they roll their edges
inward or brinff them together, like dosing^ an open
book. When the plant is in flower the mmute and
delicate lodicules become distended just in time to
spread the glumes and liberate the stamens.
Grasses are not so much employed for ornamenting
homes as their merits warrant. By selecting, some can
be found suited to every week of the growmp; season,
though many of them are in their prime durmg June,
the month of roses. Wild rice (Zizania) is fine for rich
soil in the mar^ns of ponds, and masses of reed grass
for deep beds of moist muck. For massing or for l)or-
ders the following and others are stately: Arundo
EfanaXf A. oonspicvui^ maize^ pampas-grass. Eulalia,
ribbon-grass^ Andropogon formoauSf A, hakpensiSf
Hvstrix, Tnpsacimi. For glaucous blue-green, use
Elymus arenaritt8f Festuca glauca, and Poa csesia. For
pottins and borders, there are striped varieties of
Dactyus, Anthoxanthum, Helens lanatua, H, molliSf Poa
trivialUf Phleum pratense, and others may soon be pro-
duced. For table decoration nothing is better than the
elegant, airy panides of large numMrs of wild grasses,
sudi as species of Poa, Koderia. Sphenophohs, Panicum,
Paspalum, Eragrostis^ Muhlenoema, Bromus, Festuca,
Agroetis, Deschampsia, Uniola, Briza, Cinna latifolia.
For large halls and exhioitions, nothing surpasses sheaves
of wheat, barley, rice, oats or any of the wild grasses.
For decoration, grasses should be cut before ripe, dried
in the dark in an upright position, and may be used in
that condition or ayed or bleached. For paths, noth-
ingis more pleasing than strips of well-mown lawn.
Drainage keeps out sedges and encourages the better
grasses; manure and irrigation hdp the best grasses to
choke and diminish most weeds. Enough has already
been done to show that rich rewards are sure for him
who patiently and intelligently attempts to improve
grasses for any purpose whatever by sdection and
crossing. Quack-grass is excellent for holding embank-
ments; AmmophM arenaria for holding drifting sands.
The grass family furnishes its full ouota of weeds,
among them ouack-grass, crab-grass, cness, June-grass,
sand-bur, stink-grass.
Turf-forming grasses are those that spread freely by
creeping rootstocks, such as June-grass, quack-grass,
Bermuaa-grass, Rhode Island bent and redtop, while
most others are more or leas bunchy. For northern
regions not subject to severe drou^ts, sow Rhode
Island bent and June-grass both, or either one alone;
for certain regions, which are liable to suffer from
dry weather, sow June-grass and plant Bermuda-grass.
These two on the same ground supplement each other
in different kinds of weather, securing a green carpet dur-
ing every part of each growing season, w, j, Bbal.
GRASSES, POPULAR NAMES OF. Few grasses
hold commanding positions as specimen plants, aluiough
the agricultural values of grasses are transcendent.
Some of the commoner vernacular grass names (not all
of true grasses) are given with references to the proper
genera: Animated Oats, Avena, Artifidal-G., some-
times used for certain forage plants, as sorghum, but
also leguminous plants, as clover, lucerne, sainfoin.
Awnless Brome-G., Bromtia inermis, Beach-G., Am"
mophUa arenaria. Bear-G., unusual name for Yucca
JUamentosa, Beard-G., Andropogon; also Polypogon
monspdienais. Ben«d-G., Setaria italica. Bent-G.,
AgrosHs, Bermuda-G., Cynodon Dactylon. Blue-eyed-
G., SisyrinchivM. Blue-G., Poa. Bluejoint-G., Blue-
stem-G., Calamagrostia canadensis, Andropogon fwrcaius^
Agropyron Smitkii. Bog-G., Carex. Bristly FoxtaH-G.,
Setaria magna. Brome-G., Bromus. Canada Blue-G.,
Poa compressa, Canary-G., Phalaris canariensis,
Cat-tail-G.. Phleum pratense. China-G., Bashmeria
nwea. Citronella-G., Cymbopogon. CodEsfoot-G.,
Dactylis glomerata. Cotton-G., jEriophorum. Coudi-G.,
Agropyron repens. Crab-G., Eleusine and Digilaria
sanguinalis. Crested Dojg^'s-tail G., Cynosurus
cristatus. Deer-G., Rhexia virginica, Dog's-tail-G.,
Cynosurus. Eel-G., VaUisneria spiralis. English
Rye-G., Lolium perenne. Esparto-G., Stipa tenacissima,
Peather-G., Stipa pennata. Feather Sedge-G., Andnn
vogon saccharoides. Fescue-G., Festuca. Finger-comb-
G., Dactyloctenium, FInger-G., Chloris. Fly Away-G.,
AgrosOs hiemalis. Four-leaved-G., Paris quadrtfolia.
Fowl Meadow-G.,Paa/rt/Zora. Golden-Top G.fLamarckia
aurea. Guinea-G., Panicum maximum; also erroneously
used for Holcus halepensis. Halr-G., Agrostis hiemaUs.
'Haie*^tulG.fLagvrusovatus. Hassodc-G., Desc^mp-
sia cxspitosa. Hord's-G., in New England is timothy
{Pfdeum pratense); in Pennsylvania, florin (Agrostis
aiba). Holy-G., Hierochloa borealis. Hungarian-G.,
Setaria italica. Italian Rye-G., Lolium mtdtiflorum.
Japanese Lawn-G., Zoysia pungens. Job's-tears,
Coix. Johnson-G., Holcus halepensis. June-G., Poa
pratensis. Kentucky Blue-G., Poa pralensis. Large
Qnaking-G., Briza nuixima. Little Quaklng-G., Briza
minor. Love-G., Eragrostis eUgans. Lyme-G., of up-
holstery is Deschampsia csespitosa. Marram-G., Amr
mophiia arenaria. MyTtLe^.f Acorus Calamus. Oat-G.,
Arrhenathervm elatius; also various species of Avena.
Ordiard-G., Dactylis glomerata. Palm-leaved G., Pani-
cum stdcaium. Fampas-G., Cortaderia. Pepper-G.,
Lepidium; also Pilidaria globvlijera. Plume-G., Brian-
thus Ravennse. Pony-G., Calamagrostis strida. Purple
Ray-G» Lolium perenne. Redtop G., Agrostis alba.
Reed-G., iirun(2o,^am6oo. ReedBeDt-^.f Calamagrostis.
Reed Canary-G., Phalaris arundinacea. Rescue-G.^
Bromus unicioides. Rhode Island Bent-G., Agrostis
canina. Ribbon-G., Phalaris arundinacea var. picta.
Rou^ Bent-G., Agrostis hiemalis. Rougliish Meadow-
G., Poa trivialis. Roughstalked Meadow-G., Poa
irimalis. Rye-G., Lolium perenne. Sand-G^ Color
movUfa longifolia. Scurvy-G., Cochlearia officinalis.
Scutch -G., Cyrufdon Dactylon. Seacoast Bent-G.,
Agrostis aWa var. maritima. Seneca-G., Hierochloa
borealis. Sesame-G., Tripsacum. Sheep's Fescue-
G., Festuca ovina. Silk-G., Agrostis hiemalis. Sil-
ver Beard-G., Andropogon argerUeus. Sour-G., local
name for Rumex Acetosella. Squirrd-tail-G., Hordeum.
Star-G., CdUitriche; also locally for Hypoxis and Aletris.
Striped -G., Phalaris arundinacea var. mcUi. Sweet-
scented Vemal-G., AnlhoxarUhum oaoratum. Tall
Meadow Oat-G., Arrhenatherum elaHus. Tidde-G.,
Agrostis hiemalis. TtBi-Q.^ Coix LachrymorJ obi, Texas
Blue-G., Poa arachnifera. Timothy, Phleum. Tufted
HjBdi'G.f Deschampsia csBspitosa. Vaidlla-G., Hieroc^^
borealis. Ylper's-G.^ Scorzonera. White Bent-G., ii^o«-
tis alba. Whitlow-G., Draba. especially D. vema, and
Saxifraga tridactylites. Wood Meadow-G., Poa nemora'
lis. Woolly Beard-G^ Erianthus. Wonn-G., Smgelia;
also Sedum album. Yellow-eyed-G., Xyris. Zebra-G.,
Miscanthus sinensis.
GRATIOLA
GRAltOLA (LatiQ, ffrace or /owr, from its reputed
healing properties). Scrophularidcex. Low herbe, rarely
pitted.
Plants with opposite Ivs.: fls. yellow or wbitiah,
peduncled, axillaJT, hypogynoua, perfect; calyx 5-
parted, nearly r^uW; corolla gamopetaloua, tubulai^
lunnelfonn, more or less 2-lIpp«d; upper lip eatire or
2-toothed, lower 3-lobed; perfect etamens 2, the
anterior pair wanting or rudunentary; ovary superior,
2-<xiledi style filiform; stigma dilated 2-lobed: fr. a
4-valvea, many-eeeded caps. — About 25 species in many
parts of the world, none of which is of commercial
importance. The following species has been advertised
for sale and would make a good plant for covering the
muddy borders of ditches and aquatic gardens. Moat
species are perennial.
aftrea, Muhl. Gou>enpbiit. Gouibn Hsdotbtssop.
Annual, prostrate, viscid, puberulent or glabrate:
Ivs. lance-oblong, 2-12 lines long, denticulate, eeesile
by a broad base: fls. bright yellow, showy, 6-7 lines
long. Wet sandy shores, \laine and Ont. to Fla.,
mostly along the coast. B.B. 3:162.
K. M. WiEOAiro.
GRAVfiSU (after C. L. Graves, who collected in
Madagascar). MelatlomAetx. Dtrarf warmhouae foli-
age plants, natives of Madagascar, and cultivated in a
few American conservatories.
Flower parts in 5'e or the stamens 10, all equal; pet-
als obovate, obtuse or sometimeB with a short spme-
Uke process: fr. a 3-valved caps. — ThKe species. F<ff
cult, and for distinctions from allied genera, see Berto-
lonia, under which name most of the varieties are etill
known.
gtittlta, Tiiana {Bert^mia fpOtAla, Hook.). Caules-
cent, erect: branches i^usely 4-angled: petioles 234-3
in. tonf^ densely scurfy-powdery: Ivs. membranous.
6-nerved, rotund at base, slightly scurfy above and
spotted, under aide and calyx Bciufy-powdery: cymes
terminal, sereral-fld. Intro. 1865, and finrt described
in B.M. 5524 as B. guUala, where the Ivs. are shown
with fairly well defined, double, longitudinal rows of
Toundish pink dots. F.S. 16:1696 is probably a copy
of B.M. 5524. (See, also, Gt. 1865, p. 385, and B.H.
1865, p. 225.) Var. superba, Hort., I.H. 26:359 (1870),
is shown, with more and larger reddish purple spots,
which are less rwularly arranged. Var. Leerellekna
{B. Legr^UAna, Van Houtte). An alleged hybrid
obtained by Van Houtte and figured in F.S, 23:2407.
Coigneux refers this plate to Graeesia gutlaia, but no
fla. are shown, nor have the Ivs. any epata. The nerves
are outlined m white, and some of the cross-veins tor
short diatanoes. Var. Alfred Bleu is briUiantly spotted
and lined with bright red, the nerves boldly outlined,
interruptedly outlinwl. I.H. 41:13
See DC. Mon. Phan. 7:537. jj. TATLOii.f
GRAVtSIA (the name unexpluned). Bromdiieex.
South American acaulescent nerbs, differing from
jEchmea in the character of the pollen-grama and
other technical features, and requiring similar treat-
ment in cult. Lva. densely rosulate, conspicuously
sheathing, brown-scurfy, the margin more or less apiny :
scape arising from the center of the rosette, bearing
a panicled or bipinnate infl.: petals yellow or orange.
G. exsfidans, Mei (Mchmia engiidans. Baker.
TiUdmUia exiudana, Desf. BromUia extiidant, Lodd.
Hohenbtripa eapitHa, R. &, S.) Fls. congested in aesaile
heads composing a compound panicle, the floral bracts
inted: Tva. whitish beneath, oblong, spiny.
':801. — Fls. said to exude a whitish Kreaay
substance, whence the name. Plant 2-3 ft. Appar-
GREENHOUSE 1395
GREBNHOnSB. In America the word greenhouse is
used gcDericaUy for any glaas building in which plants
are grown, with the exception of coldframes and hot-
beds. Originally and etymologicaUy, however, it means
a house in which plants are kept Mive or green: in the
^Tecnhouse plants are placed for winter protection, and
it is not expected that they shall grow. The evolution
c^ the true greenhouse seems to have begun with the
idea of a human dwelline-houae. At first larger win-
dows were inserted; and bter. a glass roof was added.
In early times it was thought beet to have living-rooma
above the ^eenhouse, that it might not freeie through
the roof. Even as late as 1S06, Bernard M. Mahon,
writingin Philadelphia, felt called upon to combat thia
idea. The old or original conception of a greenhouse as
a place for protecting and stormg plants is practically
extinct, at feast in America (Fig. 1749). In England,
the word greenhouae ia mostly used for a house or
structure in whidi are kept or grown those plants that
do not require a very high temperature.
Other types of plant-houses are the conservatory
Kine-point(
B.a9:8t
ontly very httle grown.
■idaa (AbaasmUt, ITSe).
st«ve or warmhouse: the propagating-pit. Originallv
the warmest part of the plant-house, toat part in whlca
tropical plants were grown, was heated by a stove made
of brick, and the house itself came to be called a. stove.
This use of the word atove to designate the warmest
part or room of the range is general in England, but
m America we prefer the word warmhouae (and this
word is much used in this Cyclopedia). Originally,
hothouse was practically equivalent to stove, but this
term is httle used in this country, and when used it is
mostly applied genericaJly in the sense of greenhouse-
It will thus be seen that there is no one word that
is properly generic for all glaas plant-houses. The word
glasshouse Has been suggested, and it is often used in
this work; but there are other glaas houses than those
uaed for plants. It seems best, therefore, to use the
word greenhouae for all glaaa buildings in which plants
aregrown; and American usage favors this conclusion.
Tne long, low greenhouse range, of the type we now
know in our commerci^ estabUsbments, probably had a
different origin from the high-aided greenhouse. The
glasshouse range appeaia to have developed from the
practice t^ protecting fruits and other plants against a
wall. In European countries, particularly in England,
it is the practice to train fruits and other plants on stone
or brick walls, that they may be protected from inclem-
ent weather and receive the greater sun heat that is
stored in the masonry. It occurred to Nicholas Facio
Duilhier to inchne these fruit walls to the horizon so
that they would receive the greater part of the incident
rays of tne sun at right angles. He wrote a book on the
subject of "Fruit-Walls ImpTOved," which was pub-
lished in England in 1699. Facio was a mathematician,
and he worked out the principle of the inclined walls
from mathematical considerations. Such walls were
actually built, but according to the testimony of
Stephen Switier, who wrote in 1724, these walls were
not more succeariul than those which stood perpen-
dicularly. Certain of these walls on the grounds of
1396
GREENHOUSE
Belvoir Castle, and over which grapea were srowing,
received the additional protection of glafls Bain set in
front of the inclined walu and over the vines. In addi-
tion to this, Sues were constructed behind the wall in
which heat might be supplied. The construction of
hollow heated walla was not unoonunon in that day.
The satisfactory results that followed thia experiment
induced Switier to design glass-covered walls. The
"glasBbouse" which he pictured in the "Praotical
GREENHOUSE
of new plants from strange countriee, the improvement
it the o
the
». boilt OB u iacUnwl mU (1731) .
Fruit-Craidener" (1731) represents a greenhouse 3^
feet wide in the clear (Fig. 1760). At the back of thia
house is an inclined heated wall on which the grapes
are grown. Three and one-half feet in front of this a
framework is erected to receive the sash. There are
three tiers of openinzs or windows along the front, the
two lower ones of which are for window-sash, and the
upper one is vacant in order to provide for ventilation
and to allow space to receive the tower sash when they
are lifted up. The whole structure is covered with a
roof or coping. Switzer declares that the introduction
of these covered sloping walls "led the world" to the
"improvement of glassmg and forcing grapes, which
was never done to that Perfection in any Place as it is
upon some of the great Slopes of that elevated and
noble Situation of Bdvoir Ca«lU," Johnson, in his
"History of English Gardening," quotes the remarks of
Switser, and makes the statement that the use of these
trails "led to the first erection of a I'^^l^ forcing 81010-
tureof which we have an account." The immediate out-
come of these covered walls seems to have been the
lean-to greenhouse, and from that structure has per-
haps developed the double-span jjlass range of the pres-
ent day. Long before Switier's tmie plants were forced
in a crude way, even by the Romans, mostly by being
placed in baskets or otner movable receptacles, so that
they could be placed under
»iv» In inolAmanf WMthn--
17S1. Loodmi'i d«T]c« for ctui^ns ■ peflnlwuM with Air.
open-
ing of the century may be gleaned from J. Loudon's
"Treatise on Several Improvements Recently Made in
Hot^Houses," London, 1805. One of the devices recom-
mended by Loudon will intercat the reader. It is shown
in Fig. 1751. The bellows is used for the purpose of
forcing air into the house, that the plants may be sup-
plied with a
vitiated at-
1 mospbere. "By
foremg the air
into the bouse,
once a day or
BO, double the
quantity of air
which the
house usually
contains" can
t>e secured .The
(house could be
"charged."
The tube lead-
ing from the
bellowH is shown at b; it discharges at c. Curtains run
on wire, t; the curtain cord is at /.
Greenhouses are now built on the plan of the long
low glass range with sides varying from 5 feet 6 inches
to 7 feet in height. The tendency in conunercial
structures is for a height of 7 feet from ground to eaves.
The taller glass structures are used for conservatory
purposes, housing such table plants as palms, tree-
ferns, or the like, or when an architectural feature is
desired. The general tendency of the building of glass
structures is toward extreme simplicity (Fw- 1547, p.
1256). In the extreme South, lattice-work bmldings are
sometimes used for the protection of plants, both from
light frosts and from the sun (Fig. 1752). The heat^
now employed in this country is oT three different kinds:
hot water under very low pressure or in the open-tank
system; hot water in practically closed circuits; and
steam. Hot water under low pressure is an old-time
mode of heating, and is not now popular in thia coun-
try except for conservatories and private establish-
ments. The heavy cumbersome pipes are not adapted
to laying over long distances and under varying con-
ditions. The commercial houses are now heated bv
means of wrought-iron pipes, which go together with
threads. The comparative merits of steam and hot
water in these wrought-iron pipes are much discussed.
For lai^ establishments, hot water under pressure is
now employed to some extent. Much progress has
been made m methods of beating in recent years, and
either st«am or hot water gives good results when com-
petently installed. The merits of one system or the
other are very largely those of the individual catab-
lishment and apparatus, and the personal choice of
the operator (see page 1403; also pages 1400 and
1402).
The simple straight and direct house is now much
in favor with the commercial growers of carnations,
chrysanthemums, violets, roses, vegetables, and with
propagators. Most of the greenhouse construction
firms are designing houses moat admirably adapted to
the growing of these plants. Each firm has a few
original forma worked into the detail plans, calculated
to appeal to the growers' fancy. Perhafis the ideal
structure for carnations, for example, is a single
detached house, about 50 feet wide and 500 feet or less
in length, with ventilators on each aide of the ridge
and on each side below the eaves, and the eaves, or the
gutters, 6 feet above the grade.
With the refinements of architecture and the growth
of satisfaction in homc-bulkiing. the glasshouse is
GREENHOUSE
becoming &d mtegraJ port of the residence. Sometimes
it takes the form of a aun-parlor, and in which certain
plants ntav be kept at least temporarily; Bometimee it
IB a real plant-house added U) the residence, a glass or
covered garden that carries bloom and verdure
throu^ t£e cold weather and enables the homemaker
to span the year. The best results in plant-growing are
secured when the structure is separate, with its own
heat, its normal exposure, and its own essential set of
conditions; but it is worth while to add a garden-room
to a residence even if the horticultural results are not
great. Some of the architectural combinations of giasB
and other materi^ are very artistic and interesting.
L.H. B.
Greenhouse constniction.
For convenience, this subject may be considered
under the following heads; i. e., Location, Plant, Gra-
ding, Fmmdatiima, Framewark, Glazing and foinling,
Ptatil-tablei, Ventuation, Htating,
Location.
Greenhouses which are intended for use in
connection with the gardens should be placed,
for convenient attendance, within the garden
inclosure or along its boundarv. A good loca-
tion for the garden will usually be found the
best one for the greenhouse.
A conservatory or greenhouse designed for
a private place, where specimen and blooming
Slants will be kept for the pleasure of the
unily and entertainment of visitors, should
be attached to the dwelling or located as near
as possible in a well-kept part of the KTOunds.
A conservatory does not require a fuQ south-
ern exposure. Most decorative plants thrive
as well or better and continue in bloom for a
longer time if kept in a house having plenty
of hght, but so located as to receive but httle
direct sunlight. Large ranges of glass adapted
to a variety of purposes are generally kept
separate from other buildings. In parks the location
should be near a main entrance.
The location of a range of glass for commercial pur-
poses, where the elements of expense and profit are to
Aave the first consideration, is of great importance.
The chief items that determine the desirability of a
water supply and proximity to a market. The top of a
bleak hill and the bottom of a valley should both be
avoided. Level land, or that having a southerly slope, is
the best.
Plans.
When a Bit« for the proposed greenhouse has been
decided upon, full F^l^ns should be made before com-
mencing to build. The plans should embrace not only
the glass, which is required at once, but should provide
for Die largest increase which can be anticipated. In
this way houses can be erected which are convenient
to work and have a good appearance, with small extra
cost for building onl^ part at a time. Attention should
be given to the special peculiarities of the location, like
the exposure to the sun, grade of ground, shape of tot
and b^t location for the heating apparatus. Each com-
partment should have the proper form of house and
exposure to the light adapted to the plants for which it
is provided.
It will readily be seen that to locate and plan a range
of glass to the best advantage requires skill and
experience. In a communication received b^ the
writer from a superintendent of one of the most mipor-
tant botanic gardens in the country, it wss reroarlied
that "when the architect prevails, the gardener fails."
GREENHOUSE
1397
It is also true to a greater desree than in almost any
other class of buildings that the banner or amateur
who undertakes to plan and construct his own green-
house is likely to pay well for his experience, and will
at least sympathize with the "lawver who pleaded his
own cause and found he had a fool for a chent." This
is perfectly true, as many know to their cost. To plan a
greenhouse satisfactorily, the designer must have a
practical knowledge of the requirements. To meet this
mcreasing demand, specialists can be found, known as
"horticultural architects," who devote their entire
time to this branch of work.
Grading.
The floor of the greenhouse should be a few inches
above the outside grade. As most greenhouses are
necessarily built low to accommodate the plants, a small
terrace around them adds to the elevation and the good
variation in the grade of the ground is not too great, the
floor line shoula be at the highest point of the grade.
In the case of a long house, tne floor line is sometimes
made the same as the natural grade, but such an
arrangement is to be avoided when possible. For loca-
tions on a hillside, the different apartments may have
different floor-levels, with necessary steps between
All the sod and loam should be removed from the
space to be covered by a greenhouse and all the GllinR
necesBsry made with subsoil. The latter should be laid
in thin layers and each wet down and thoroughly
tamped. Loam used for filling under a greenhouse is
likely to become sour, and will continue to settle for a
long time, causing much trouble and annoyance.
Foundatiojit.
be made of stone or concrete. The brick walls take up
less room in the house than stone, and are usually less
expensive. The foundation walls should be extended
down to a point below the frost line, generally 3 or 4
feet deep, and are usually raised about 2 feet above the
grade. An inexpensive wall of rubble stone work or
of concrete is sll that is needed in the ground. The i>art
of the wall showing above grade may oe of plain brick,
or brick faced with stone, or the entire wall may be
built of concrete finished with cement plaster, it is
usual to construct the walls of the same material as
the surrounding buildings, or with some maUrial that
will harmonize with them. Until a few years aeo,
double boarding was used exclusively for the side walls
in greenhousesl>uilt by florists, the rafters being car-
1398
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
ried into the ground about 30 inches. Today, light con-
crete walla about 4 inches thick are built. The cost of
the concrete is almost the same as double boarding but
has the advantage of being iudestructible.
Framework.
The construction best adapted for conservatories,
park houses and greenhouses, and for private places
where the improvements are desired to oe permanent
in character and attractive in appearance is the com-
bination of iron and wood. In this system, the main
frame which supports the weight and strain
is of iron, or steel, wood being used in the
frames as a setting for the glass and to
form a non-conductor of great advantage in
the heating of the house. The iron work in
this style of construction usually
consists of cast-iron sills capping
the foundation walls, wrought-iron
rafters setting on the sills, about 8
feet apart and running from sill to
ridge, forming the side post and
rafter in one piece, cast-iron gutters,
and angle iron purlins between the
rafters, fdl securely bracketed and
bolted together, f ormine a complete
framework of metal, fight, strong
and durable. The wood used con-
sists of fight sash-bars for support-
ing the glass, sashes for ventila-
tion and doors. This woodwork ^
being entirely supported by the
metfd frame, and not being used
where it wiU be continuaUy wet, wiU
be found as durable as any other material, and for many
reasons better adapted for the requirements of a green-
house roof. This combination system of metal andwood
construction has been extensively adopted by florists,
growers of cut-flowers and also the progr^i ve vegetable-
erowers. In the houses built for the above, the masonry
foundation walls are omitted. Posts constructed of
wrought-iron are placed in the sides extending from
about 30 inches below grade to the height of the eaves.
These posts occur at every rafter, to which they are
connected with steel or cast-iron fittings. The posts
are embedded in concrete below ^rade, and 4-inch con-
crete walls built extending from 6 inches below grade up
to the under side of the gazing siU.
Gutters are seldom us^ at the eave line in this type
of house. An angle-iron eave-plate is substituted for
the gutter so framed as to allow the snow and ice to
sfide over it. keeping the roof entirely clear from
such accumulations which darken a house in winter.
The first cost is somewhat increased over an all-
wood construction, but in view of its greater durabifity
and saving in repairs, it wiU be found in the end, the
better investment.
Cast-iron gutters are provided to coUect the rain-
water from the roof. By exposing the inner side of
these ^tters to the heat of the house, they are kept
free of ice in the winter. SmaU metal
cfips fastened with screws are used
to connect the wood sash-bars
to the cast-iron gutters,
angle-iron plates and
purlins. This
method of securing the sash-bars in place is very con-
venient in case of repairs, and renaers the structure
practicaUy portable. A careful examination of any old
sreenhouse wiU show that the parts of the frame which
decay first are those pieces of wood which are joined
together, for water penetrating the joints soon de8tro3r8
the wood. This trouble is
largely avoided by arrang-
ing the frame so that each
piece of wood is fastened
1754. A very wide pUnt-grower's house.
17S3. Bren-sptn curTilinear gjntnihoaMe, with cast-iron piping.
directly to the iron frame instead of to another piece
of wood. Joints between wood and iron do not rot the
wood, the latter being preserved by the corrosion of
the metal.
The curvilinear form of house (Fig. 1753) is ornamen-
tal and particularlv well adapted for conservatories,
palm-houses and show-houses of all kinds. It is pre-
ferred for vineries and fruit-houses, as the form aUows
the canes to be supported on the line of the roof with-
out a sharp bend at the plate line. The light in a
curved house, being admitted at different angles, is
better diffused and more natural than when reflected
through a long pane of straight glass. The cost of a
curved roof is shghtly greater in uie construction, but
the arched frame is stronger and will keep its shaoe
better than a house with straight lines, thus largely
compensating for the extra cost. For special purposes
and locations, special forms of frames may oe used.
Good forms of commercial houses are shown in Figs.
1754-56.
The ridge-and-furrow type of house TFig. 1757) is sel-
dom built now except in cases in whicn the amount of
land available is limited. The superior growing quafi-
ties of greenhouses built separately has been thor-
oughly demonstrated, as has also the increased produc-
tiveness of wide houses. A florist now seldom builds a
house less than 30 feet wide. It is oftener 40 feet, and
houses 55, 65, 75 and 85 feet wide are not uncommon.
These wider houses cost less in proportion to build,
grow better cro|)8 and are more economical as to
labor (Fig. 1754).
Greenhouses with curved eaves (Fig. 1756)
are being built more and
more. This type presents a
pleasing appearance and
eliminates shade-casting
members at the eaves. A
combination sill and gutter
is substituted for the plain
sill on top of masonry wall to
which the rafters and bars
are secured.
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1399
It is commonly admitted that the so-called "sash-bar
oonstruction^' is not the best or lightest method of con-
sanction, but as the absence of most of the framing
reduces its cost so that it is the cheapest to build, it
remains a popular method of putting up a commercial
• •a-o
1755. A compftct two-wilk house.
greenhouse. Circulars showing the various methods
adopted by the dealers in greenhouse material can
readily be secured by appl3ring to them.
The best wood to use for greenhouse framework and
C it-beds is undoubtedly cypress. In purchasing this
ber. care should be taken that only that grown m the
states bordering on the Gulf of Mexico be selected.
This will be found of a dark red or brown color, quite
soft and easily worked. There is an inferior va-
riety of cypress growing farther north, which
is hght in color, hard and spring, and
likely to be shaky. As the latter variety
is cheaper than red Gulf cypress it
is frequently used by those who
do not know the difference,
to the serious detriment
of the work and the
loss of reputation of
cypress for such pur-
poses.
In the market there
are three grades of
cypress lumber, and it
is important to know
which to choose. The
best grade is known
as ''firsts and seconds," and calls for lumber with a
small extent of sap on the edges and occasionally a
small soimd knot. This is the ouaUty which should
be ordered for all the framework of the roof, sash-
bars, and so on. In order to make the material entirely
free from sap there will be a waste in cutting up this
quality of 10 to 20 per cent. The second q*ade
is known to the trade as ''selects." This name indi-
cates that it has been 0*aded so that one face of each
piece of lumber is of dx)ut the same quality as the
"firsts and seconds," the other face generally being
largely sap. This quality is fit only for outside board-
me in greenhouse construction; it has too much sap.
The cost is usually about five dollars a thousand less
than the best grade. As it looks to the inexperienced
eye almost the same as the best grade, too much of it
mids its ^/ay into greenhouse ^ructures. Such sap
lumber usuaUy will not last more than two to five years.
Too great care cannot be exercised to avoid its use.
The third grade of cypress lumber is termed "cutting
up," and is so called because it embraces all the pieces
which have imperfections, such as large knots and splits,
which bar them from the better grades. This is a good
quality to purchase for base-boards and plant tables,
for by cutting out the sap and objectionable knots it
will be found satisfactory for these purposes. The
"cutting up" grade costs about ten dollars less a
thousand than the "firsts and seconds." The percent-
age of waste in cutting up will be somewhat greater
than in the other grades. Cheap timber is likely to
give unsatisfactory results in greenhouse work.
Cypress lumber which has been in use for gutters,
sash-bars, plates, and the like, in greenhouses where
high temperatures have been maintained is still, after
many years, apparently in as good condition as when
first used. Owii^ to the porous texture of the wood, the
paint, when applied, sinks in and does not make so fine
a coat as on some other woods, but because of this fact
the paint adheres to the wood better and lasts longer.
Glazing and painting.
Ordinary sheet or window glass is in general use for
greenhouse glazing. It is better to use only the thick-
ness known to the trade as "double -tluck." This
weighs from twenty-four to twenty-six oimces a
square foot. The tnickness known to the trade as
"single thick" weighs only about sixteen ounces to the
square foot, and is entirely too frail for the purpose.
Tnere is very httle difference at present in the quality
of the imported French or Belgian and the American
glass. The weight of most of the glass of American
manufacture is about 2 ounces greater a foot than the
imported, and therefore it is proportionately stronger.
Tms greater strength is of considerable importance in
the additional security which it affords from damage
caused by that enemy of the florists, the hail-stoim.
There is a great difference in the quaUty of the glass
made by different manufacturers in its adaptation to
greenhouse use. This difference is caused chiefly
by the quahty of the material used in the glass,
makmg it more or less opaque, and in the
variations in thickness causing lenses
which concentrate the sun's rays and
bum the foliage of the plants.
This last defect in the glass
cannot be wholly
^ guarded against, as the
product of a factory
does not always run
the same so that any
favorite brand cannot
be fully relied upon in
this respect. The waves
which bum will be
foimd in all the differ-
ent ^^es of glass,
firsts, seconds and thirds, with httle, if any difference,
the ra'ading being done chiefly for other defects, such
as affect the value of the glass for window purposes.
For these reasons, in selecting the glass for a green-
house, it requires experience to decide what make of
glass it will be best to purchase. It will be well to pur-
chase from someone who makes a specialty of furnish-
ing glass for greenhouses or call in the aid of some
friend who has had experience in building, and can give
intelligent advice.
The second quaUty of glass is usually selected for the
best greenhouse work. The standard widths are from
12 to 16 inches, and lengths vary from 16 to 24 inches.
1756. Section of cunred-eaTe hoase.
1757. Ridge-and-^tirrow houses.
A favorite size is 16 by 24 inches. This is about as large
as it is practicable to use double thick glass, and makes a
roof with comparatively few laps.
It is not safe to purchase fourth quaUty of glass or
the so-called "greenhouse glass" frequently offered by
window-glass defers, as both of the grades contain the
1400
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
culls and lights only fit to glaze cheap sash for market^
gardeners, and is of doubtful econom^r even for this
purpose. Rough plate and ribbed glass is used on large
palm-gardens and conservatoiies in which the maximum
of light is not an essential feature. Where this glass is
used larger roof-bars are needed and stock construction
has to be materially changed. Recently a few conserva-
tories have been dazed with thick, polished plate-
glass, making very nandsome roofs, but rather expen-
sive.
To set elass properly in a greenhouse roof, it should
be bedded in the best putty on wood sash-bars and
lapped at the joints. The bars should be spaced accu-
rately, so that the glass will fit the rabbets with not
over ^ of an inch allowance, and the panes of glass
should lap each other not more than from ^ to ^ of
an inch. Zinc shoe-nails fasten the glass best, using
from four to six to each pane, according to the size of
the lieht. No putty should be used on the outside of
the glass. A comparatively new system of glazing has
been adopted by some florists in which no putty is
used, but the glass is placed directly on the rabbets of
the bars and the ends of the panes are butted together
and held in place by wood caps fastened to the sash-
bars. This system does not make a tight roof, allowing
considerable water to enter the house through the joints,
nor does it provide any means of escape for the con-
densed water from the imder side of the glass^ which is a
verv serious objection. In ordinary glazmg, where
each light laps over the one below, the oonden^ water
^^
^^
&
rn
Bi
i. iT!
1758. Details of iron-frmme benches.
passes through the joints to the outside, forming a
perfect remedy for this trouble. The difference in the
cost is very slight, if anything, provided the work is
equally well done, as the value of the putty omitted
is fully offset by tne extra cost of the caps.
The painting of a greenhouse roof is a very impor-
tant part of the work. Owing to the extremes of heat,
cold, dryness and moisture tS which it is exposed, the
conoitions are decidedly different from ordinary build-
ings. Three-coat work is the best. The priming coat
on the woodwork should be mostly oil, and, as far as
possible, the material should be dipped into a tank of
paint. Iron and steel framing material should be primed
with a metallic paint. The priming coat should be
applied before the material is exposed to the weather.
The material of the second and finishing coat should
be pure linseed oil and white lead. Experience has
shown that this material is the best for this work. The
color should be white or a light tint of any desired shade
ma^ be used, but no heavy color should be adopted
which requires coloring matter in place of the lead in the
mixing. Each coat snould be applied thin and well
rubbed out. While the appearance may not be quite
so fine when the work is first done, the paint will not
peel off, and will last longer and form a better protection
for the structure than when it is put on in thick coats.
It will also form a good base for repainting, and this
should be done in a similar manner. It is economical
to repaint a greenhouse every two years, and generaDy
one coat will oe sufficient. Neglected unpainted green-
houses soon suffer, and are also very unattractive.
PUiTUrtablea.
Stages for plants in pots, or raised beds for planting
out, usually cover the entire area of a greenhouse except
the walks, and their cost constitutes a considerate
proportion of the expense. Palms are usually grown in
sohd beds or in pots or boxes sitting on the groimd.
Many vegetables are grown in solid beds near the
ground-level. Roses and carnations are usually in
raised beds. Angle-iron frames supported on adjusta-
ble gas-pipe 1^, with slate or tile bottoms, form the
best plant-tables (Fig. 1758). Wood bottoms which
can be readily renewed are frequently substituted, sav-
ing a part of the first cost. When the table supports are
of wood, care should be taken that they are not fastened
against any part of the framework of the house, unless
iron brackets are used so as entirely to separate the
woodwork.
VerUUaUon.
No greenhouse is complete without a good ventilating
apparatus. About one-tenth of the roof should be
arranged to open or close for ventilation, although this
percentage will vary according to the form of house and
the purpose for wmch it is used. It is not desirable to
open all the ventilators in a long house with one set
of apparatus, for frequently one end will not need so
mucn ventilation as tne other end or may be affected
by the wind, forming a current lengthwise of the house.
To avoid this, a greenhouse 200 feet long should have
three or four sets of apparatus which can be operated
separately. In all greenhouses of considerable width
it is desirable that ventilation should be provided on
both sides of the ridge so that the ventilation can be
given on the "leewaiti" side, which will prevent the
wind from blowing directly into the house.
Heating,
The success of the florist, gardener or amateur in
the management of a greenhouse depeiids largely on
the satisfactory working of the heating apparatus.
There are two sjrstems of greenhouse heating which,
when the apparatus is properly installed, are economi-
cal and satifflactory; viz., hot water and steam. Tlie
open-tank hot-water heating has more advantage in
its adaptation to general use than any other, and is
so simple that its management is readily understood by
anyone. It is practically automatic and is capable of
maintaining an even temperature for ten hours without
attention. Low pressure steam-heating is well adapted
to large conmiercial ranges, and to large conservatories
in parks and private places where a ni^t attendant can
be kept in charge of the fires to turn on and shut off
steam from the radiating pipes as the changing outside
temperature may require. The heating of greenhouses
to the best advantage, under the varymg conditions of
climate and interior requirements, demands, like the
designing of greenhouses, the services of an experi-
enced specialist in horticultural work.
Lord & Burnham Co.
Vegetable forcing-houses.
The evolution of the vegetable forcing-house has
been rapid and very pronounced. From the low-built,
flue-heated, dark stuffy type of house to the high, well-
lighted^ steam- or hot^water-heated, well-ventilated
house is a change that has come not only in a very
short time but which has been as marked as the transi-
tion from the ox-cart to the automobile.
Location.
In selecting a suitable location for vegetable forcing-
houses, one of the most important things to consider
is the marketing p)ossibilities. It would be folly to go
to the expense of building a forcing-house in which to
grow vegetables tp make money if they could not be
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1401
sold at a profit above cost of production. The most
desirable markets are those within easy driving dis-
tances. If it is necessary to ship the produce to be
grown, electric lines will usually be found more economi-
cal carriers than steam lines. A grower is nearly always
at a disadvantage if he has but one available road to
ship over. Comi^etition insures cheaper and better
service. Cities with 25,000 to 50,000 population are
often more desirable markets than much larger cities.
Cities which are the chief shipping-points for south-
em-prown vegetables are not so good markets for
forcmg-house products as are the cities which are not
BO accessible from the localities making a business of
growing winter vegetables for northern markets.
Another matter of importance to consider in choosing
a forcing-house site is the cost of fuel. If natural gas
can be secured at a reasonable cost it is a very satis-
factory fuel. Coal is used most commonly as a fuel.
When calculating the cost of coal, the hauling of it
from the nearest shipping-point to the forcing-house
should be included. It is expensive to move large
quantities of coal a long distance, especifdly if the roaid
is not good. When a dirt road must be used, it is usually
best to do the hauling in late summer rather than in
winter.
While any productive soil can be made suitable for
forcing purposes, it is easier and cheaper to prepare a
sandy soil than a heavy clay soil. Other things being
equal, therefore, a location where the soil is a sand or
sandy loam is to be preferred to a clay soil.
As large quantities of water are used in the forcing-
house, an abundant supply should be known to exi^
before a site is selected for the houses. It is cheaper to
build and easier to operate a forcing-house on level
than on sloping land. A level site should, therefore,
be selected u possible.
It is also an advanta^ to have the houses protected
on the sides from which the prevailing winds come.
Trees, hills or buildings are smtable for this purpose,
Providing they are not near enough to shade the
ouses much of the time. The site should not be far
from the dwelling, and the closer it is to the market or
shipping-point the better. A location which cannot be
satisfactorily drained or which is subject to overflow
should of course be avoided.
Types of forcing-houses.
Of the various types of forcing-houses, even-span,
three-ouarter-span, hiUside and lean-to, onlv two are
being built very generally at present. Many New
England growers prefer the three-quarter-span^ while
the even-span is most popular in all other sections of
the oountrv in which forcing-houses are commonly
erected. The three-quarter-span is used on sloping land
as much as the hillside type of house, or even more.
Good results are secured with either form.
Form of construction.
All-wood houses. — In the all-wood form of construc-
tion no iron is used except in the heating-plant. The
walls may be all wood, or wood and concrete. The posts
may or may not be set in concrete. The all-wood house
was by far the most common form of construction only
a few years ago and certain growers in various parts of
the country still prefer the all-wood houses. Red cedar
and cypress are the kinds of wood commonly used for
forcing-house erection.
Semiriron houses. — In the semi-iron form of construc-
tion all supporting posts, purlins and braces are made
of iron pipes or anefe-iron. The walls are usually made
of concrete and all interior posts are set in concrete.
The semi-iron houses are more expensive to erect than
the all-wood houses but they are more durable and most
growers think they are cheaper in the end.
Aileron houses. — In the all-iron construction the
entire framework is of iron. The various parts are put
together in such a way that the houses are very rigid.
Tms form of construction is the most durable of all and
will stand a greater weight of snow and more severe
winds than the semi-iron or all-wood houses. The first
cost of the all-iron houses is from one-third to one-half
greater than the semi-iron construction, and this fact
alone stands in the way of the general use of this
construction. In spite of this objection, a number
of large all-iron houses have been erected recently
and they seem to be increasix^ in popularity, especially
in the eastern part of the United States.
Trussed houses. — In the trussed form of construc-
tion, steel truss-rods are used to take the place of a
part or all of the iron or wooden posts and braces used
m the other forms of construction. The trussed houses
are very convenient to work in and very little shade is
cast by the framework. The truss-rods are frequently
made to support the heating-pipes. They are also
convenient supports for the wires upon which the
cucumber and tomato vines are supported. As built in
the past, trussed houses have not been strong enough, in
all cases, to resist the weight of heavy snows and the
force of severe winds. Several such houses have been
demolished. If this defect can be eliminated this type
of house will be very desirable.
Special features of forcing-house construction.
Width of houses. — ^The width of the forcine-houses
in general use varies from 12 to 150 feet. In the East
the tendency is to build houses 40 to 50 feet or more in
width. In most parts of the West, the preference is
for houses from 12 to 40 feet wide. However, there
are individual growers in most sections of the West
who prefer houses over 40 feet wide. The narrower
houses are cheaper to build and can be kept in repair
more cheaply and easily than wide houses. The wider
houses, it is thoufl;ht, can be heated more economically
and are better aoapated to the growing of warm plants
such as cucumbers and tomatoes in winter than the
narrower houses.
Length of houses. — ^The length of forcing-houses varies
from 50 to 800 feet. When the gravity system of hot-
water heating is used the houses are seldom over 200
feet in length. When either steam or hot water with
artificial means of circulating is used, the houses may be
of any length up to 1,000 feet. In most forcing centers
the length of uie houses has not exceeded 500 feet.
Direction of houses. — Lean-to and hillside houses are
usuallv built with a southern exposure. Three-quarter-
span houses are generally built to run east and west
with the long span to tne south. Even-span houses
are built to run north and south, east and west and in
some cases northeast and southwest. While there is
not much difference in the results secured in even-span
houses run either direction, there is a better distribu-
tion of sunlight throughout the day in houses which
are run north and south.
Height of gutter. — Low gutters are almost entirely a
thing of the past. Modem houses are usually built
with gutters at least 6 feet high and 7-feet gutters are
not uncommon. The outside walls of modem houses
are very largely of glass constmction. Connected
houses are commonly built with no dividing partition
except in case of extreme width when an occasional
glass partition is put in. Some of the advantages of the
igh gutters comoined with glass in the side walls and
few or no dividing partitions are: greater convenience in
working, better circulation of air and less shading. The
former belief that the glass must be close to the plants,
for best results has been found to be erroneous.
Pitch of roof. — The roofs of most even-span forcing-
houses are built with a pitch of 30** to 35°. Three-
quarter-span houses are usuaUy built with the short
span of tne roof steeper than the long span. Hillside
and lean-to houses are sometimes buUt with consider-
able less than a 30** pitch to the roof.
1402
GREENHOUSE
GUu and ffiating. — Nothing but "A" quality glBae
is used in modern forcing-houses. Single-strength haa
been almost entirely replaced by double-strength
gUas. The st&ndard site is 16- by 24-iDch glasB. It ie
usually laid the narrow way, although in sections of the
country in which the snowfall is light tlic alase is fre-
quently laid the 24r-incb way. Twenty- by 24-inch
glass IB used by some growets. Butted glass was
popular for a time and is yet with some growers, but
lapped glass is most commonly used at the present
time. When lapped, the glass is imbedded in putty
and secured in place by the use of glaiing-noints.
Butted glass is held in place by grooved strips or wood
placed over the edges and fastened to the sash-bars
VentiiaHon. — An abundance of ventilation should
always be provided, as the health of the plants is
governed to a considerable extent by the ventilation
given or not given at the proper time. When the narrow
ridge-and-f UTTOW type of forcing-house ts used, provision
is made for ventilators on only one side of the roof. If
the houses are 30 or more feet in width, ventilators are
usually placed on both sides of the ridge. In some
cases, the ventilators are continuous, but owing to the
liabihty of binding when so built most growers use
separate ventilator sash. The sash are separated from
each other by one or two linee of fixed glass. They are
hinged on the ridge or on the header at the lower edge
.of the sash. When they are hinged on the header and
open at the ridge the ventilation is more free, but cold
draughts of air and rain or snow are more liable to
enter than when the sash are hinged at the ridge and
open at the lower edge. Side ventilators are a decided
advantage in warm weather. When they are not pro-
vided, the air in the houses often becomes stale and
oppressive. In such a condition it is unsuitable for
normal plant-growth and unpleasant for those who are
obliged to inhale it. Easy-working ventilator machinery
should be provided for the ventilators both on the
sides and roofs.
Healing. — For small forcing-houses, hot water is
undoubtedly the most satisfactory method of heating.
Some of the advantages of hot water over steam heat
are : No night fireman is needed in small forcing-houses
as the fire can be left for several hours without atten-
tion. Less fuel is required, especially in mild weather.
The proper amount of moisture in the air can be main-
tained more easily. The beating-pipes if kept filled
with water will outlast steam-heated pipee. "ths chief
advantage of the steam heat over hot water is that it
is cheaper to install. The reason for this is that when
gravity is the means of circulating the water, larger
pipes are required for properly bcatmg the houses with
water than are necessary where steam is the beat used.
The gravity system is the principal method used in
small hot^water-heated houses. Another advantage of
steam over hot water is that the heat can be r^^uUted
more easily. When steam sterilization is practised it is
an advantage to be able to use the same boilers for this
{lurpose as are used for heating the houses. While a
arger part of the lar«e ranges of houses are heated with
steam, some of the largest are heated with hot water,
A tea-acre range of houses near Toledo, Ohio, is heated
with hot water which is pumped through IJi-inch
heatinff-pipea. The houses are 700 feet long and cover
a width of over fiOO feet. There is but one heating-
plant and it is located at the center of one side of the
range. The beating-pipes are close to the ground and
are nearly level from one end of the houses t« the other.
The water is pumped through the entire length of
Eipes in a very few minutes. The installation of this
ot^water heating-plant cost Uttle if any more than a
steam heating-plant would have cost and it can be
operated more cheaply than a steam plant which would
be large enough to heat a range of houses of the same
GREENHOUSE
HecUing-pipe». — Practically all pipes used for heat-
ing purposes at the present time are of wrought-iron.
They ore threaded and can be united by screwing them
into connections made for the purp(>Be, This method
of connecting furnishes a tight joint and can be easily
Eut together. Two-inch pipes are used as a rule for
ot^water heating with psvity means of circulating.
For hot water with forced circulation and for steam,
IJ^-inch pipes are generally considered the best sixo
to use,
Benchm iw. beds. — In nearly all vegetable-forcing
centers, except Chicago, raised benches are no longer
used except by an occasional grower. The cost of
building the benches is so great that most growers tliink
the ad(&d cost more than offsets the advantages of the
benches over the beds. Cement benches when arranged
for sub-irrigation are very satisfactory. They are
especially desirable for lettuce and tomatoes. Sur-
face-watered benches are not nearly so satisfactory
for these crops as sub-irrigated benches. Ground beds
are frequently made with concrete sides but the more
recent plan ts to have nothing but narrow concrete
walks to separate one bed from another.
iService room. — One of the features which goes_ with
an up-to-date vegetable-forcing plant is a conveniently
arranged and well-lighted service room. Provision
should be made for washing vegetables and for other
operations which go with a proper preparation of the
vegetables for the market,
Ptanir^urute. — Another important adiunct to a modem
forcing-house is a plant-house whicn is independent
of the other part of the range so far as the heating
of it is concerned. To grow young plants successfully,
especially warm plants such ss cucumbers and tomatoes,
it IS important to be able to provide the proper tempera-
ture (or each kind of plant. This can be done to best
advantage if the plants can be grown in a plant-house
built especially for that purpose. Q, w, Waid.
GrMnhouM glass.
The selection of glass for greenhouses, and the nature
of the imperfections which render it undesirable for
such use, are questions which have received much
attention from horticultural writers, and which have
brought forth a variety of answers. Three quahties
are essential in all glass to be used in greenhouse con-
struction: first, minimum of obstruction to solar rays:
second, strength sufficient to withstand the strain of
under it.
it is an established fact
that plants thrive best
under a clear and trans-
parent glass, which lets
through the greatest pos-
sible percentage of the
sun's rays. This includes
all the solar rays, calorific
> or heat rays, and actinic
or chemical rays, as well
aA the colorific or Ught
rays. Clear white glass of
the grade known as single
thick" (twelve panes to
the inch] lets through
from eo to 70 per cent of
the sun's raya; com
green glasa of the f
thickness, 52 to S6 per
cent, and "double thick"
(eight panes to the inch)
common green glass, from
1TS9. Borasd vat oa ■ 50 to 52 pt^r cent. This
baionii l«f. percentage is reduced by
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1403
other colors, dark blue glass letting through but 18
per cent. In connection with the matter of tint, it
should be noted that some glass, especially clear
white glass purified with arsenic acid, or tnat in which a
large amount of potash is used in proportion to the
amount of lime employed in manufacture, becomes dull
after long exposure to the weather, the dullness being
occasions by the efflorescence of salts contained in
the glass. Before this disintegration ha^ proceeded too
far, the crust or efflorescence may be removed with
muriatic acid.
The strength of elass depends upon its thickness and
upon the thoroug^ess of the annealing. Glass is
annealed by passing through a series of ovens, where it
is raised to a high heat and then gradually cooled;
whatever tou^^hness and elasticity the finished product
may contain is due to this process. The thickness of
glass varies, not only with grades (single and double
thick), but also more or less within the grades, and
even in different parts of the same pane. Single thick
glass is too thin for use in greenhouses; in selecting any
glass for such a purpose it should be examined pane by
pane, and all showmg marked variation in thickness,
either between panes or in different parts of the pane,
rejected. A pane of varying thickness is mudi more
liM>le to breakage from climatic clumges or sudden
shocks than one which is uniform in this regard. From
the foregoing statements it will be seen that, in general,
the ordinary double-thick green glass is best as regards
both tint and strength, green glass being less liable to
change in tint than white, and the double-thick being
the stronger grade. Bv green glass is meant simply the
ordinary sheet glass, the green color of which is notice-
able only at the cut edge.
It has long been a common opinion that such visible
defects in sheet glass as the so-called ^'bubbles,''
blisters," and "stones," produce a focusing of the
solar rays passing through them, thus burning the
foliage of plants grown under glass containing these
defects (Fig. 1759). This view Cas been held by glass
manufacturers and horticulturists alike, and seems not
to have been contradicted publicly until 1895 (Bulletin
No. 95, Cornell University Agricultural Experiment
Station, page 278). In view of the erroneousness of
this theory, it is rather remarkable that it ^ould have
gained sucn prevalence. Nearly all bubbles and blis-
ters are thinner in the middle than at the periphery,
being thus concave rather than convex lenses, ana
actually diffusing the rays of light passing through
them rather than producing destructive foci. While it
is true that sand-stones or knots in glass may produce
foci, these points of focus scarcely ever exist more than
a few inches from the surface of the glass; consequently,
these defects can do no damage when occurring m
roofs several feet distant from the growing plants
below.
The only full and complete series of experiments
on this subject in this country (conducted at the
Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station,
the Physical Laboratory of Cornell University, and a
glass factory m Ithaca, New York, but yet unpub-
lished) shows the true cause of the burning by glass to
be the variation in thickness of the entire pane, or a
portion of it, thus producing a prismatic or lens-like
effect (Fig. 1760), wnich causes a more or less distinct
focusing of the sun's rays at distances varying ht)m 5
or 6 feet to 30 feet, or even more, from the glass.
This defect usually occurs along the sioe or end of
the pane and is not visible to the eye, but it may be
detected easily by using the micrometer caliper or by
testing in the sunlight. It may be found in all kinds of
glass, and is caused by the glass-blower while reducing
the upper or pipe end of the cylinder from which sheet
glass is made, thus facilitating the removal of the
"cap" or neck end of the cylinder, by which it is attached
to the pipe while being blown. The defect, as already
stated; is one which may be found in all grades and
qualities of sheet glass, of both foreign and domestic
manufacture. The fact is well known that differences
in the thickness of spectacle lenses, which are im|>er-
ceptible to the eye, may produce sufficient refraction
to vary materially the direction of rays of light passing
throu^ such lenses, and it is not difficult to see that
the same effect may be produced by similarly iinp^-
ceptible variations in the thickness of sheet glass. That
this is the case has been conclusively shown by the
series of experiments mentioned above. These also
POINTS OF
REFRACTION
1760. Retnction d UgSit imyi bj an imffolar puM of gUis.
show that bums on plants caused by defective glass
roofs occur in lines and not in isolated spots, bums of
the latter description being usually the result of a
weakening or deterioration of tissue, due to cajieless-
ness in the matter of ventilation, humidity of the
atmosphere, water, and temperature of greenhouses,
rather than to defects in the glass.
If, therefore, it is not possible to secure glass of
uniform thickness with certainty, it may be foimd
cheaper and often fully as satisfactory to purchase the
lower or common grades of double-thick glass, using
in the roof only those panes which show, futer testing
in the sunlight for foci, an entire lack of the prismatic
character which makes them dangerous to plants
grown under them. j. c. Blair.
Greenhouse heating.
In an sections in which the temperature drops below
the freezing point, it is necessary to provide some
artificial means for heating greenhouses. Nearly all
modem structures are warmed either by steam or hot
water, although hot-air flues are occasionally used.
While hot water is preferred for small ranges of glass,
as it can be depended upon to furnish an even degree
of heat when left for a number of hours, steam is very
generally used for extensive plants, as the cost of piping
the houses is much less than when hot water is used.
Steam boilers require more attention than hot-water
heaters, but when there is more than 10,000 or 12,000
square feet of glass, it is best to have a night fireman
and watchman, ana the extra expense can be made up
by the saving in the cost of fuel, as it will be possibfe
to use a lower grade of coal. Under these conditions the
cost of running a steam plant will be as low as with hot
water, but in small houses, where hard coal is used,
and the fires receive no attention for six to eight hours
during the night, hot-water heaters will be cheapest
to operate, and will be most satisfactory. Some of the
up-to-date ranges of the largest size make use of hot
water and are iu>le to secure a perfect circulation by the
use of steam or electric pumps, which also make it pos-
sible to reduce the size of tne piping, and as a higher
temperature is maintained in the water, the amount
of radiation required and consequently the cost of
piping the houses is reduced practically to that in steam
systems. Similar results can be secured in closed sys-
1404 GREENHOUSE
t«mB whei« some method of plaiting the water under
preeaure ia used. See, also, under /''orcirjo-Aduiiw, p. 1402.
As the various flowers and vegetablefl grown under
gloBB require different temperaturcB, the pipi^ of
greenhouaea baa to be varied accordingly, "nius,
although it may vary from 3° to 5° for different vario'
ties of the same species, our common pWts require
the following night lemperatm-ea: violets and lettuce,
45° to 55°; radishes and carnations, 50° to 55°; roses
and tomatoes, 60° to 63°; cucumbers and stove plants,
For small ranges, whether steam or hot water is used
for heating, the best boilers are those conatruoted of
cast-iron as they will be found more durable than those
in which wrougnt-iron or steel is used. By using either
vertical or horizontal sections, it is possible to build
up boilers of considerable size, but, especially if to be
used for at«am heating, it will be preferable to use
wrought-iron or steel boilers it they have a capacity
of more than 2,000 square feet of radiation. Except
for those of extremely large size, the ordinary tubular
boilers will be found adapted both for steam and hot-
water heating, although when used for hot water they
will be more effectu^if the entire shell is filled witt
tubee, as there is no occasion for leaving a steam space
at the top of the boiler. Such boilers are of low cost,
economicsj and durable.
There are also on the market several forms of wrought
tubular boilers which are giving good reeulta for heat'
ing greenhouses with hot water. For ranges of the
la
gest
1761. B
t draft is used,
a water-tube boil-
a ers are extremely
^ powerful aad
f very estisfao-
torv. When io-
ibdkr boOv to* BtalUing a heat-
„^ ing-plant, it will
be safest to use
two or more boilers rather than one large one of the
same capacity, as when there is only a single boiler
serious losses may result if repairs to the boiler become
necessary in extremely cold weather, which might be
lessened or entirely prevented when there are two or
more boilers in the battery, and it is possible to cut out
the one which has become damaged. Especially in
mild weather during the spring and fall, the firing will
be more economical when it is possible to use a boiler
just large enough to heat the houses, rather than one
which is several times larger than is necessary at that
time, as would be the case when only one boiler is used.
The durability of the boiler and the economy of
heating will be greatly increased when the heating
capacity is considerably larger than is really necessary,
as when the firing is forced in extremely cold weather
it will not only result in a loss both in fuel and labor,
but will shorten the life of the boiler.
The size of hot-water boilers is usually expressed
in terms of radiation, or the number of square feet of
beating surface it can supply eeonomic^y. In a given
boiler there is a fixed ratio between the size of the
grate and the area of the fire surface of the boiler, but
this will depend very largely upon its construction and
efficiency of the fire surface, as well as upon the size of
the boiler. In the case of small hot-water boilers the
ratio between the ^te and fire surface is often as
small as 1 to 15, while it may be as much as 1 to 35 in
larger ones, and even more wh^i the boilers have fre-
quent attention and hard coal is used. One reason for
using a relatively large grate in small boilers is because
it makes it possible to leave the fire for eight or ten
hours without care or attention, while for large boilers
GREENHOUSE
and where a night fireman is employed, the ratio
between the ^ate and fire surface may be much greater.
The capacity of steam boilers is usually rated in
horse-power, and it is considered that for each horse-
power a boner will heat 100 square feet of radiation;
an average of 15 souare feet of fire surface is con-
sidered equal to one norse-power, it bein^ customary to
estimate that 10 or 12 feet in a large boiler will equal
one horse-power, while in a vetv small one as much as
18 feet would be required. Thus, in medium-siEed
boilers an area of 10 square feet of grate will answer for
250 square feet of fire surface and this will be sufficient
for about 1,700 square feet of radiating surface when
steam is used; and as 75 to 100 per cent more radiation
will be required when hot water is used, a boiler of the
above size will answer for 2,800 to 3,400 souare feet of
hof-waler radiation. In the case of small Doilers that
will not have attention at night, it is usually advis-
able to reduce the above estimates about 25 per cent,
and when a boiler is required for 1,000 square feet
of radiation, we should select one that is rated at 1,250
square feet.
Home-made coil boilers are sometimes constructed
for hot-water heating since the cost will generally be
considerably leas than for tubular boilers. As a rule,
however, they will be found leaa durable and lacking
in efficiency as compared with the better class of green-
house boilers now on the market. For making such
boilers, 2-inch wrought-iron pipe in lengths of 4 to 0
feet is used. Formerly 1-inch pipe was used for coil
boilos but it is comparatively thm, and, especially where
the threads were exposed it was quicklv eaten through
BO that it proved for from being as durable as the lar^r
sizes of pipe. There was also more trouble from ue
boiling over of the water than when larger pipes were
used and if the boilers are oonstnicted of 1-inch pipe
it ia neoeaaary either to have an elevated expansion tank
or run it as a closed syatem. In making a coil boiler,
the pipes are cut of the desired length and the ends are
connected either by return bends or by manifolds so
as to form a number of vertical coils, each containing
from six to ten pipes. The upper ends of the manifoltu
are joined at the front end of the heater and connected
with the main flow-pipe; while the lower ends of the
rear manifolds are jomed to the returns. As a rule, the
grate is of the same width as the coils and from one-
half to two-thirds as long.
Although a box coil is much cheaper than a cast-
iroD heater, when we have added the coat of the grat«,
doors and other fittings, and of bricking it in, the
amount saved will not De large, and its use will often
be found leas economical, especially as the coil boilers
are, as a rule, not more than one-half as lasting as cast-
iron boilers, most of which arc complete in themselvee
and require no brickwork or trimmings.
Hot'water piping.
When hot water first came into use for the heating
of greenhouses, 4-inch cast-iron pipes were used, but,
as the joints were packed with oakum, cement or iron
filings, they frequently gave trouble by leaking and it
was much more difficult to make changes or repairs
than in the present systems for which small, wrought-
iron pipes with screw joints are used, Owmg to the
large amount of water m the cast-iron pipes, the circu-
lation was necessarily quite sluggish and it was not easy
to secure the high temperature in the water that can be
obtained with smaller pipes. Another objection to the
use of these large pipes is that it ia not possible to carry
the flows overhead, while with smaller pipes one may
not only have the flows but aome or all ot the return-
pipes above the level of the benches. By elevating the
pipes above the level of the boiler, the rapidity of the
circulation and the temperature of the water in the
pipes can be considerably increased.
In case a number of houses are to be supplied from
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1405
one boiler, or if the heater is at some distance from the
coils, it is better to start from the boiler with one
large flow-pipe, or with two pipes leading from different
sides of the boiler, rather than carry an independent
pipe to each house. When there are several houses to
DC heat^, it is customary to have them side by side
and one large flow-pipe can then be run across the
nearest end of the houses from the boiler. If the houses
run north and south, the boiler may be located at one
comer or in the middle of the north end of the range,
and either a work- or storeroom, or some other form
of a head house, should be constructed in which the
1762. Sopitly-iiipe for tmder-bench flows.
main heating-pipes can be carried, as well as to protect
the nortli end of the houses and facilitate getting from
one to another. Sometimes greenhouses run east and
west, in which case there should either be a head house
at the east end of the ran^e, or if the houses are more
tJian 200 feet in length it may be run through the
center of the houses.
The size of the main feed-pipe as well as of the branch
pipes should be in proportion to the amoimt of radia-
tion they supplv. In determining the amount that
can be handled by pipes of different sizes, it is always
advisable to use somewhat larger supply-pipes when
all of the radiation, both flow and return, are under
the benches, than when all of the flow-pipes, at least,
are overhead. A similar allowance should be made
when the boiler is partly above the level of the returns,
as compared with systems in which the coils are a num-
ber of feet above the top of the boiler, since in the latter
case a much smaller supply-pipe will suffice. In a gen-
eral way, the following sizes can be used as supply-pipes:
Sise of Square feet
pipe. of radiation.
1 VHnch 75 to 100
2 -inch 150 to 200
2H-inch 250 to 350
3 -inch 400 to 600
3H-inch 600 to 800
4 -inch 1,000 to 1,200
5 -inch 1.600 to 2.000
6 -inch 2,500 to 3,500
The main supply-pipe or pipes should, if possible,
rise vertically from the heater to a point somewhat
hij^er than the highest point in the system, and then
as it runs out through the houses should be given a
slight fall, say 1 inch in 20 feet, so that there will be
no opportunity for the pocketing of air in the pipe.
While a slight downward slope will unquestionablv
^ve better results than the uphill arrangement which
IS sometimes used, the difference will be comparatively
slight and, if the circumstances make it preferable to
run the flow-pipes uphill, satisfactonr results will be
obtained provided they are considerably elevated above
the boiler. Especially, if the flow-pipes run uphill,
it wiU be advisiu)le to have them of good size.
When taking off the supply for each of the houses,
one large pipe of a size sufficient to provide the amount
needed may be used, or from two to five smaller pipes
may lead from the main flow-pipe into each of the
houses. For houses up to 250 feet in length, it wiU
generally be found desirable to run 2H-inch flow-pipes
through the house, but for longer houses 3-inch flow-
pipes should be used. Just how many flow-pipes will
be needed will depend not only upon the length of the
house, but upon the number of return-pipes to be sup-
plied. Thus, while a 2J^inch flow wiU supply two
2-inch returns in a house 250 feet long, the number of
returns which it will feed in shorter houses will be nearly
in inverse proportion to the length of the return coils.
When the amount of radiation to be supplied does not
exceed 250 to 350 square feet, one 2>^mch flow-pipe
in a greenhouse will oe sufficient and this ^ould pref-
erably be placed from 1 to 3 feet below the ridge, f or
slightly larger houses, two flow-pipes may be located
on the wall plates. If as many as nve pipes are neces-
sary, the fourth and fifth pipe may be suspended from
the roof under the middle of the sash-bars. In the case
of houses so large that more than five 2)4-uich flow-
pipra are reauired, 3-inch flows should be used.
The length of the coils and their height above the
boiler will determine the size of the pipe which should
be used for the returns, since a smaller size will answer
in short coils and in those that are considerably elevatc^l
than for long coils which are but little, if any, above the
level of the boiler. For the construction of coils 75
feet or more in length, 2-inch pipe should be used, and
it will generallv be found preferable to a smaller-sized
return-pipe wnen they are only 50 feet in length,
especially if the flows are under the benches or when the
coils are below the top of the boiler. For short coils,
pipes as small as l}^-inch may be used where they are
somewhat elevated but for ordinary commercial green-
houses it will be better to use 2-inch pipe for the
returns, although ll^inch pipe might answer in houses
up to 75 feet in length, as, while small pipe furnishes
the most effective radiation to the square foot, the
increased friction impedes the circulation.
In narrow houses, the return-pipes may be placed
upon the side waUs, but as the width increases it will
be generally advisable to have from one-third to one-
half of the returns either under the benches or in the
walks when beds are used. From the fact that running
the pipes overhead will not only improve the circula-
tion but will prevent cold draughts of air upon the
Slants, it is often desirable when but one overhead
ow-pipe is used to bring back one return upon each
of the purlins. When the end of the house is much
exposed, it is an
excellent plan to
drop down one
feed-pipe from
the end of the
main, or two
when there is a
door in the end
of the house,
and supply coils
running m either
direction to the
comer of the
house and thence
1763. Pipe work for modem greenhouse
heatinc. A wall coil.
along the walls toward the end where the heater is
located. Particularly when the pipes are but little, if
any^ above the top of the boiler, the circulation will
be improved by carrying the return-pipes as high as
possible, but of course care should be taken when they
are under the benches not to have them so high that
they will dry out the soil.
The returns may be arranged in horizontal coils
under the benches, or in vertic^ coils on the walls, or
on the sides and supports of the beds and benches.
The pipes in the coils may be connected at their ends
either dv means of manifolds, or by tees and close
nipples, but in either case provision should be made for
1406
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
expansion of the pipe which with vertical wall coils may
be done by running them partly across the ends of the
houses and the same means may be used in horizontal
coils, or the headers at the lower ends of the coils may
be connected with the ends of the pipes by means of
nipples and right and left ells. Whenever possible,
there should be at least two returns supplied oy each
of the flow-pipes and the number may be increased
until the capacity of the flow is reached. In determining
just how many returns may be supphed by a given flow-
pipe, one should always make allowance for the radia-
tion furnished by the flow-pipe itself and, as the fric-
tion will be greater in a large number of short returns
than for the same radiation with long returns, this
should be considered in adjusting the ratio between the
flow- and return-pipes.
Even greater attention should be given to the grading
of the small return-pipes than to the larger flow-pipes,
as the danger from ix)cketing of the air wiU be increased.
For the sxnaller sizes, it will oe advisable to ^ve them a
slope of at least 1 inch in 15 feet; but, if carefully
graded and securely supported at intervals of 10 feet,
good results can be obtained with 2-inch pipe with a
fall of 1 inch in 20 feet; and if no more than 1 indi in
30 feet is available even this lidit fall will generally
suffice to rid the pipes of air. '^is is really the main
object for which the pipes are sloped, as the circula-
tion would be fully as good, or better, if they
are run on a level from the nighest point in
the system, provided the air did not
pocket.
By having the highest point in
the system near the boiler
and attaching the expan-
sion-tank at Uiat pointy
one secures a down-
hill arrangement
of the pipes
which not -y-
only gives a
better circu-
lation than
when the
flow-pipes
run upnill,
but it does
awayentirely
with air-
ciency^ as well as lessening the danger of its boiling over.
The pipe connecting the expansion-tank with the heat-
ing-pipes should not be less than ^inch and this should
be increased to l}^ to 2 inches in large systems. The
size of the expansion-tank should be sufficient to equal
the amount which the water in the system will increase
in volume when it is raised from a temperature of 40**
to 200^, with a mar^ of perhaps 50 per cent. By con-
necting the expansion-tank with the highest part of
the system, one not only does away with the necessity
of using air-valves but also lessens the tendency of the
water to boil over.
When there are several houses in the ran^e connected
with one system, it is always a good practice to have a
valve upon the supply-pipe leading to each house,
with other valves upon at least one-half of the coils.
It will thus be possible to reduce the radiation in each
house or to cut it out entirely if desired.
Hot water under pressure.
Especially in large ranges it is now becoming cus-
tomary to place the water imder pressure, thus making
it possible to raise the temperature at which it will boiL
ana in Uiis way the circulation can be improved, ana
instead of the water in the returns having an average
temperature of 150% it can be maintained several
oegrees above the ordinary boiling-point of water.
The principal objection to this plan is that the
water in the boiler being hotter, the gases of
combustion are not cooled down to the
same extent as when the water is at
160° or less. This results in lessen-
ing the economy of coal-con-
sumption, placing it upon
about tne same plane as
when steam is used.
1764. CaniAtioii-lioiiM, 100 x 23 ft 6 in., piped for hot water.
valves which must be provided when the flow-pipe
runs uphiU and which often give trouble.
The method of pipipg which has been advocated, i.e.
running one or more pipes in each house to the farther
end and there connectmg them with the returns, will
give a more even temperature than can be secured in
any other way. Formerly, it was the custom to con-
nect the supply-pipes with the coils at the end of the
house nearest the boiler. In some cases, one-half of
the pipes in the coils served as flows to feed an equal
number of return-pipes, or all of the pipes in the coil
were connected at the farther end of the house with a
main return-pipe, of the same size as the feed-pipe,
which was brought back underneath the coil, or all of
the coils in the house were connected into one main
return. When the latter arrangement is used, the heat-
ing of the house is less uniform than with an overhead
flow-pipe, the farther end of the house being cooler than
the one near the heater.
Unless the heating system is connected directly with
the water-supply system, which is used as an expansion-
tank, a special tank must be provided and connected
with the highest part of the now-pipe or with one of
the returns near tne heater. While it would answer if
this tank is located at some point but slightly above
the heating system, it is always desirable to have it
somewhat elevated, as this will raise the boiling-point
of the water in the system and hence increase its effi-
On the other hand,
this system has
the mmt of
reducing the
amount of
radiation re-
quired in the
heating -sys-
tem, and in
this way
lessening the
cost of piping
the greenhouse fully twenty-five per cent.
Various methods of placing the water in the heating-
system under pressure have been employed. Among
them is to use a safety-valve and a vacuum-valve,
either upon the expansion-tank, or if this is not closed,
upon the expansion-pipe within the tank. The safety-
valve allows either the air or the water, as the case may
be, to pass out of the system when the pressure desired
is reacned, while the vacuum-valve permits the air or
water to re-enter the system when the pressure drops.
What is known as the "mercury generator'' or "cir-
culator" also serves the same purpose. In these a column
of mercury prevents the escape of the water in the
system until the pressure has reached the point desired,
when it allows a portion of the water to escape and,
later on, to re-enter the system when the pressure
decreases. It will be seen that this acts in exactly the
same way as the safety-valve and vacuum-valve
described above. By raising the boiling-point of water
and improving the circulation, it not only makes it pos-
sible to use smaller pipes both for flows and returns,
but the amount of radiation required will be consider-
bly reduced. In fact, although it is not advisable to
carry it to that extent, it is possible to reduce the
amount of radiation practically to that required for
steam-heating.
This system is of value particularly in sections of the
country in which the usual winter temperature is well
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1407
above »ero but where the mercury drops 10® to 15®
for a short period each winter. By piping the houses
so tJ^at the desired temperature can oe obtained for
the houses in ordinary weather by using an open
system, it will then be possible by using a "circulator"
to maintain the same temperature in tne houses even
though the mercury drops 15® or 20® lower. This will
make a considerable difference in the cost of piping the
houses and the efficiency of the system so far as coieJ is
concerned will be affected onlv during the few days
when the use of the ''circulator^* is necessary.
The use of a closed system is also helpful when, owing
to local conditions, it is necessary to place the boiler
upon or slightly below the level of the walks in the
houses. While much can be done to secure a circula-
tion by using overhead flows and keeping the returns
as hi^ as possible, the circulation can be still
further improved if it is run as a closed m^stem.
Still another method of increasing the rapidity
of the circulation and the efficiency of the
heating-system is to place either upon
the main flow- or return-pipe
pump, worked by steam or elec-
tricity, by which it will be pos-
sible greatly to accelerate the
circulation of the water, so that
such matters as the relative ele- I
vation of the boiler and heating-
pdpes will need but little con-
siaeration and it will be pos-
sible to decrease to a consider--^
able extent the size and number
of the heating-pipes.
Estimating hotrwaJUr radiation.
Owing to the great variations in temperature and the
differences in the construction of greenhouses, and also
in their exposures, it is impossible to ^ve any explicit
rules reaming the amount of radiation that wul be
requiredunder all conditions; but experience has shown
that in well-built houses any desired t^nperature can
be secured. Knowing the minimum outside tempera-
ture 9nd the temperature to be maintained within the
house, it is necessary only to install a heating-plant
with a radiating surface having a certain d^nite
ratio to the amount of exposed glass and wall
surface. It is, of course, understood that there
must be a proper adjustment between the size
of the boiler and the radiating surface and that the
system is so arranged as to ^ve good results. Thus,
when a temperature of 40® is desired in sections in
which the mercury does not drop below zero, it will be
possible to maintain it when 1 square foot of radiating
surface is provided for each 5 square feet of glass; u
45® is required there should be 1 foot of radiation for
Aj/i feet of glass. Under the same conditions, 50®, 55®,
60®, 65® and 70® can be obtained, respectively, by using
1 souare foot of radiating surface for each 4^ 3>^, 3, 2)^
and 2 square feet of glass. When the outside tempera-
tures are slightly imder or above zero, there should be
a proportionate increase or decrease in the amount of
pipe used; and, if the houses are poorly constructed or
m an exposed location, it will be
desirable to provide a still further
increase in the amoimt of radiating
surface. Under the very best con-
ditions, the tem-
peratures men-
tioned can be
obtained with a
slightly smaller
amount of radia-
tion, but the
greatest economv
80 far as coaf-
oonsumption and
labor are concerned will be secured when the amount
of radiation recommended is used.
In determining the amount of exposed glass surface,
the number of square feet in the roofs, ends and sides
of the houses should be added, and to tnis it will be well
to add one-fifth of the exposed wooden, concrete or
brick wall surfaces. If the amount thus obtained is
1765. Rote-hoose, 150 x20 ft, piped for wmter.
divided by the number which expresses the ratio
between the area of glass and the amount of radiation
which will be required, it will give the number of square
feet of heating-pipe which must be instfdkd. The
unit of measurement of wrought pipe is its interior
diameter, while its radiating surface is determined by
its outside circumference, and, although it will vary
slightly according to the tiiickness of the pipe, it is
customary to estimate that 1-inch pipe will afford
about .344 square feet of radiating surface to the linear
foot, while IJi-, IJ^, 2-, 2H-, and 3-inch pipe will
furnish respectively .434, .497, .621^ .759 and .916
square feet of radiation for each foot m length of pipe.
Tne following example will perhaps aid in determimng
the amount of radiating smface and its arrangement
in a {;reenhouse. If a house is 32 feet in width and 200
feet m length, with 30 inches of glass in each side wall
and with one end only of exposed glass, and a concrete
wall 3 feet high on two sides and one end, there will be
about 9,000 square feet of glass. To heat this to 50® in
zero weather it will be necessary to use one-fourth as
much radiating surface, or 2,250 square feet. In a house
of this length it will be possible to supply this amount
of radiation by means of five 2}^incn flow-pipes, and
the remaining radiation will be provided by means of
ten 2-inch returns which will allow two for each of the
flow-pipes. These figures are intended to apply when
an open system is uaSd but, if a ''generator'' is attached,
not to exceed four flows and eight returns will be
required.
The use of long, straight runs of pipe
will give the best results and, whenever
possible, ells and tees should be avoided,
but if they must
be employed spe-
cial hot- water fit-
tings should be
secured.
In conservato-
ries with high side
waUs it la desir-
able to place the
flow-pipes at the
1766. Vlolet-lioiMe with bot-wmtar hettinc.
1408
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
plate and the returns on the walls or under the tables.
Figs. 1764-1766 illustrate the lay-out of pipes in car-
nation-, rose-, and violet-houses.
Healing by flues.
When fuel is cheap, and when either a low tempera-
ture is desired in the nouse, or the outside temperature
does not drop much below the freezing point, hot-air
flues may be used but, while the cost oi constructing
them is small, the danger of fire is so great that thev
are often found to be far from economical. A brick
furnace is built at one end of the house and from this
a 10- or 12-inch flue is constructed to cany the smoke
and hot ^ases through the house to the chmmey which
may be either at the farther end of the house or directly
over the furnace, the flue, in the latter case, making a
complete circuit of the house. When the houses to oe
heated are more than 60 feet long, it is advisable to
have a furnace in each end, with the flue from each
extending only to the center of the house and returning
to the end from which it started. For the first 30 feet
the lining of the flue, at least, should be of fire-brick,
but beyond that the flue may be constructed of sewer-
pipe.
Piping for steam.
Except that it is possible to use smaller flow- and
return-pipes, the arrangement of the piping for steam-
heating is not very imlike that described for hot water.
Unless the houses are more than 30 feet wide and 150
feet in length, only one flow-pipe need be used and that
can be carried from 2 to 4 feet below the ridge. In
wider and longer houses, it is generally advisable to
put in two or more flows. One of these flows can be
carried on each widl-plate and in extremely wide houses
others may be under the ridge and purlins.
For determining the size of steam mains, a Kood rule
to use is to take one-tenth the square root of uie radia-
tion to be supplied and consider this to be the diuneter
« in inches of the main required. Thus for supplying
400 square feet of radiating surface we would take one-
tenth the square root of 400 (i/400-i-10=2), which
will give 2 inches as the diameter of the main required.
As the amount of radiation increases, a slight reduction
can be made in the size of the mains and 2^, 3-, 3)^,
and 4-inch supply-pipes will answer respectively for
700, 1,000, 1.400 and 1,900 sauare feet of radiation.
This is intenaed to apply with low-pressure steam, and
as the steam-pressure is increased above five pounds
a sli^t decrease in the size of the mains would be per-
missible.
The size of the pipes to be used for the coils will also
depend upon the length of the house. For ordinary
lengths l>^-inch pipe will be desirable, but, when they
are more than 250 feet in length, l^^inch pipe may be
used with low pressure steam and, in those much less
than 100 feet, 1-inch pipe will answer. The location
and arrangements of tne coils will necessarily be
determinea by the openings in the walls and whether
beds or raised benches are used. One of the simplest
and most satisfactory ways of piping a greenhouse of
moderate size, say from 20 to 30 feet in width and up
to 150 feet in length, is to run the flow-pipe, which
would be either 2- or 2^inch, overhead ana bring back
the coils on the walls, or, if raised benches are used
and crops for which bottom heat will be helpful are to
be grown, from one-third to one-half of tne return-
pipes may be distributed under the benches and the
remainder may be on the walls. The return-coils should
of course be given a slight slope toward the boiler, care
being taken that no opportunity is afforded for the
air to pocket and prevent the free flow of the water
from the condensed steam back toward the boiler. A
fall of 1 inch in 10 feet will suffice, and even less will
answer if care is taken in grading and supporting
the pipes.
In order to prevent the water from backing up in the
coils, it is desirable that they should be at least 18 or
20 inches above the level of the water in the boiler,
while 3 or 4 feet would be even better and will be neces-
sary in large ranges. Unless this can be secured it will
not be possible to return the water of condensation to
the boiler by gravity and either a steam trap or pump
should be provided for the purpose. By means of
these, the water can be carried to a water feed-tank
from which it can be fed into the boilers.
There should be an automatic air-valve at the end
of each coil and, in order to regulate the amount of
steam, a shut-off valve should be placed upon both
flow- and return-pipes leading to each house. Unless
th^ are several coils in each house, one or more of
which could be cut off by means of valves, it will
always be well to have valves upon a number of the
pipes in the coils so that all but one or two can be cut
off if desired. To prevent the water from bein^ forced
out from the boiler when the steam is turned mto the
houses, there should be a check valve in the main
return-pipe near the boiler.
The amount of radiation which will be required to
secure a given temperature will vary to some extent
with the amount of pressure carried in the boiler, or
in the coils, when a reducing-valve is used, but as a
rule, this is not much more than five pounds and often
it is even less. It will be best to provide a suflScient
amount of radiation to furnish the temperature desired
in ordinary cold weather without canymg any pressure
and then, by raising
the pressure to five
to ten pounds, secure
the heat required
during the cold
waves.
1767. RoM-honae, ISO x 20 feet, piped for iteem.
In determining the amount of radiation for a steam-
heated house, for zero weather, it will answer if one con-
siders that 1 square foot of pipe will heat 9 square feet
of glass when 40"^ are desired, and will suffice for 7,
6 and 3 where 60*, 60"*, and 70*, respectively, are,
required. Fig. 1767 illustrates the piping required for
heating a rose-house with steam. L. R. Taft.
Greenhouse management
Persons usually learn to grow plants under glass by
rule of thumb. Such practical Knowledge is sAwaya
essential, but better and quicker results are secured
if underlying truths or principles are learned at the
same timeTEven if no better results in plant-growing
were to be attained, the learning of pnnciples could
never do harm, and it adds immensely to the intellectual
satisfaction in the work. There is no American writing
that essays to expound the principles of greenhouse
management, although there are manuals giving direct
advice for the growing of different classes of plants.
There are two kinds of principles to apprehend in
greenhouse management, — ^those relating to the man-
agement of the plants themselves, and those dealing
primarily with the management of the house.
The furst principle to be apprehended in the growing
GREENHOUSE
GREENHOUSE
1409
of plants under glass is this! Each plant has iU own
aeawn of bloom. Every good gardener knows the
times ana seasons of his plants as he knows his alphabet,
without knowing that he knows. Yet there are many
failures because of lack of this knowledge, particularly
among amateurs. The housewife is always askins how
to msSLe her wax-plant bloom, without knowing tnat it
would bloom if she would let it alone in winter and let
it grow in spring and summer. What we try to accom-
plish by means of fertilizers, forcing and other special
practices may often be accomplished almost without
effort if we know the natural season of the plant. Nearly
all greenhouse plants are grown on this principle. We
give them conditions as nearly normal to them as pos-
sible. We endeavor to accommodate our conditions to
the plant, not our plant to the conditions. Some plants
may be forced to bloom in abnormal seasons, as roses,
carnations, lilies (see Forcina), But these forcing
plants are few compared with the whole number of
greenhouse species. The season of normal activity is
the key to the whole problem of growing plants under
glass; yet many a young man has served an apprentice-
ship, or has taken a course in an agricultural college,
without learning this principle.
The second principle is like unto the first: Most plants
demand a particular season of inacHvUy or rest. It is
not rest in the sense of recuperation, but it is the habit
or nature of the plant. For ages, most plants have been
forced to cease their activities because of cold or dry.
These habits are so fixed that they must be recognized
when the plants are grown under glass. Some plants
have no such definite seasons, and will grow more or
less continuously, but these are the exceptions. Others
may rest at almost any time of the year; but most
Slants have a definite season, and this season must be
earned. In general, experience is the only guide as to
whether a phut needs rest; but bulbs and tubers and
thick rhizomes alwa3rs signify that the plant was
obliged, in its native haunts, to carry itself over an
unpropitious season, and that a rest is very necessary,
if not absolutely essential, under domestication.
Instinctively^ we let bulbous plants rest. They usually
rest in our wmter and bloom m our spring and summer,
but some of them — of which some of the Cape bulbs,
as nerines, are examples — ^rest in our summer and bloom
in autumn.
The third principle from the plant side is this: The
greater part of the growth should he made before the
plant is expeded to bloom. It is natiu'al for a plant first
to grow: then it blooms and makes its fruit. In the
greater number of cases, these two great functions do
not proceed simultaneously, at least not to their full
degree. This principle is admirably illustrated in woody
plants. The gardener alwa^ impresses on the appren-
tice the necessity of securing "well-ripened wooa" of
azaleas, camellias, and the like, if he would have good
flowers. That is, the plant should have completed one
cycle of its life before it begins another. From imma-
ture and sappy wood only poor bloom may be expected.
This is true to a degree even in herbaceous plants.
The vegetative stage or cycle may be made shorter or
longer by smaller or larger pots, but the stage of rapid
growth must be well passed before the best bloom is
wanted. Fertilizer applied then will go to the pro-
duction of flowers; but before that time it will make
largely for the production of leaf and wood. The
stronger and better the plant in its vegetative stage,
according to its size, the more satisfactory it should oe
in its blooming stage.
Closely like the last principle is the experience that
checking growth^ so long as the plant remains healthy^ in-
duces fruUfvlness or fhriferotisness. If the gardener
continued to shift his plants into larger pots, he should
not expect the best results in bloom. He shifts from
pot to pot until the plant reaches the desired size; then
ne allows the roots to be confined, and the plant b set
90
into bloom. Over-pottins is a serious evil. When the
blooming habit is once begun, he may apply liquid
manure or other fertilizer if tne plant needs it. The rose-
grower or the cucumber-grower wants a shallow bench,
that Uie plants may not run too much to vine.
A carnation-grower writes that there is "little dif-
ference in Uie yearly average as to ouaJitv or quantity
of flowers, but plants grown on shallow benches come
into flower more quicUy in the fall. Those grown in
solid beds produce an abundance of flowers later in
the season. The preference of commercial camation-
growera is for raised beoiches so that there may be more
blooms early in the fall and at the Christmas holida3rs."
The natural habitat of the plant is significant to the
cultivator; it gives a suggestion of the treatment under
which the plant wiU be likely to thrive. Unconsciously
the plant-grower strives to imitate what he conceives to
be tne conditions^ as to temperature, moisture and sun-
light, imder which the species grows in the wild.
We have our tropical, temperate and cool houses. Yet,
it must be remembered that the mere geography of a
plant's native place does not ^^^^Y^ indicate what the
precise nature of that place is. Tne plant in question
may grow in some unusual site gt exposure in its native
wilds. In a general way, we expect that a plant com-
ing from the Amazon needs a hothouse; but the details
of altitude, exposure, moisture and sunlight must be
learned by experience. Again, it is to be said that
plants do not always grow where thev would, but
where thev must. Many plants that inhabit swamps
thrive well on dry lands.
Yet, the habitat and the zone give the hint: with
this beginning, the grower may work out the proper
treatment. Examples are many in which cultivators
have slavishly followed the suggestion given by a
plant's nativity, only to meet witn partial failure. Be-
cause the dipladenia is Brazilian, it is usually supposed
that it neeos a hothouse, but it gives best results in^
a coolhouse. Persons often make a similar mistake in
growing the pepino warm, because it is Central and
South American. Ixia is commonly regarded in the
North as only a glasshouse subject because it is a Cape
bulb, yet it thrives in the open in parts of New England,
when well covered in winter.
The best method of propagation is to be determined for
each species; &u/, as a 9w, picker results and stockier
plants are secured from cuttings than from seeds. Of
necessity, most greenhouse plants are grown from cut-
tings. In most cases, the best material for cuttings is
the nearly ripe wood. In woody plants, as camellias
and others, the cutting material often may be com-
pletely woody. In herbaceous plants, the proper mate-
rial is stems which have begun to harden. Now and then
better results are secured from seeds, even with peren-
nials, as in grevillea and Impatiens Sultani.
Coming, now, to some of the principles that underlie
the proper management of the nouse, it may be said,
first of all, that the grower should attempt to imitale a
natural day. There Siould be the full complement of
continuous sunlight; there should be penodicity in
temperature. From the lowest temperature before
dawn, there should be a gradual rise to middav or later.
As a rule, the night temperature should be 10 to 15° F.
below the ynam'mnm day temperature in the shade. A
high night temperature makes the plants soft and tends
to bring them to maturity too early. It makes weak
stems and flabby flowers. The temperature should
change gradually: violent fluctuations are inimical, par-
ticul^ly to plants srown at a high temperature.
In greenhouse ciutivation, every plant is to receive in"
dividual care. In the field, the crop is the unit: there
we deal with plants in the aggregate. In the green-
house, each plant is to be sav^ and to receive special
care: upon this success depends. There should be no
vacant places on the greenhouse bench; room is too
1410
GREENHOUSE
GREENS
valuable. All this means that every care should be
taken so to arrange the house that every plant will have
a chance to devebp to its utmost perfection. Patient
hand labor pays with greenhouse plants. The work can-
not be done by tools or by proxy. Therefore, the gar-
dener becomes skilf uL
Every caution should be taken to prevent the pUxnJtn
from becoming dieeaeed or from being aUacked by i'ti-
eede. The greater part of insect and fungous troubles
in the greenhouse is the result of careleesnefis or of
mistakes in the .growing of the plants. Determine what
diseEises or pests are likely to attack any plant; dis-
cover under what conditions these diseases or pests are
likely to thrive; then see that those conditions do not
arise. Keep the house sweet and clean. Destroy the
affected parts whenever practicable. Then if trouble
come, apply the fungicide or the insecticide. Remember
that the very protection which is given the plants, in
the way of equable conditions, also protects tneir
enemies: therefore, it is better to count on not having
the difficulties than on curing them. If uncontrollable
diseases or pests have been troublesome, make a com-
plete change of soil or stock before the next season, if
practicable. At least once every year there is an oppor-
tunity to rid the place of pests. Nematodes may be
froaen out. Many gardeners carry their troubles year
by vear by trying to fisht them, when they might suo-
oeed by trying to avoid them.
Of course, tne greenhouse man must provide himself
with the best insecticides and fungicides, and with
good apparatus. The efficiency of these materials and
appliances has greatly improved in recent years, and
most of the old pests may now be controlled.
The higher the temperature and the more rapid the
growthfthe greater the care neceesary to insure good re-
sidte, rlants grown under such conditions are soft and
juicy. They are easily injured by every untoward cir-
cumistance, particularly by drafts of cold air. Let a
draft of cold air fall on cucumbers or rapid-growing
roses, and mildew will result in spite of bordeaux mix-
ture and brimstone.
In dark weather, grow the plants **slawJ' If given too
much heat or too much water, they become soft and
flabby, and fall prev to mildew, green-fly and other dis-
orders. A Btocky plant is always desirable, but particu-
larly in the dull weather and short da3rs of midwinter:
at that time, extra precautions should be taken in the
management of the house.
Watering plants under glass requires more judgment
than any other single operation. Apply water when the
flants need i(, is a gardener's rule, but it is difficult to
lollow because one mav not know when they need it.
Yet. if the gardener wiU put the emphasis on the word
need he wilTat least be cautioned: novices often apply
the advice as if it read: Apply water when the plants
will stand it. Water thoroughly at each application.
Mere dribbling may do more harm than good. Many
persons water too frequently but not enough. Remem-
oer that in benches evaporation takes place from both
top and bottom; and in pots it takes pjaoe from all
sides. Water on a rising temperature. This advice is
specially i^plicable to warmhouse stuff. Watering
is a cooling process. The foliage should not go into the
night wet, particularly if the plant is soft-growinff or is
a warmhouse subject. WaUr sparinaly or not at au when
evaporation is stighi^ as in duU weatner.
In all greenhouse work, see that the soU is thoroughly
commintUed and that it contains much sand or fiber.
The amount of soil is small: see that it is all usable.
In the garden, roots may wander if good soil is not at
hand: in pots they cannot. The excessive watering in
greenhouses tends to pack the soil, particularly if the
water is applied from a hose. The earth tends to run
together or to puddle. Therefore, it should contain
little silt or clay. The practice of adding sand and leaf-
mold to greenhouse soil is thus explained.
Ventilation is practised for the purpose of reducing
temperature and of lessening atmospheric moisture.
Theoretically, it is employed also for the purpose of
introducin|s chemically fresh air, but with tne opening
and shutting of doors, and unavoidable leaks m the
house, it is not necessanr to ^ve much thought to
the introduction of mere fresh air. Ventilating reduces
the temperature by letting out warm air and letting in
cool air. The air snould be admitted in small quantities
and at the greatest distance from the plants in order to
avoid the iUeffects of drafts on the plants. Many small
openihgs are better than a few very large ones. Ven-
tilate on a rising temperature.
Most plants require shading in the summer under
^lass. shading is of use in mitigating the heat as well as
in tempering the light, A shaded house has more uni-
form conditions of temperature and moisture. If
Slants are g[rown soft and in partial shade^ they are
kely to be mjured if exposed to bri^t sunlight. Sun-
scalding is most common in spring, smce the plants are
not 3ret inured to bright sunshine and strong sun heat.
The burning of plants is due to waves (not bubbles) in
the glass. Other things being 'equalj the larger the
house the easier ia the management of it. It is lees sub-
{'ect to fluctuations of temperature and moisture. Green-
louses built against residences are specially Uable to
violent fluctuations; the body of au: is small and
responds to all exteiiial changes. l. H. B.
GREENS, CHRISTlftAS. The Christmas greens
industry has developed to an enormous extent within a
few years. Some thirty years ago, when florists began
to use lycopodium, a dozen bairels were all that was
used in a single season in many of our larger cities.
Today the output in the United States is many full
carloads.
The materials now used, mentioned in something like
their order of commercial importance, are holl}^ l}^co-
podium (also known as bouquet green, ground pine,
club moss), mistletoe, laurel, and cedar clippmgs.
Other articles of similar utility are wild smilax, hardy
ferns, needle pines, outdoor palm leaves. Florida moss,
salax leaves and leucothoS sprays: these all come
from the South.
Lycopodium is one of the oldest and commonest of
decorative materials. During seasons of long-continued
"Indian summer,'' a surplus is frequently gathered by
careless pickers and thrown on the market. The
choicest picked stock bein^ obtainable only through
the regular and well-established trade channels, such
sources are usually the only ones in case of early snow-
storms^ which prevent the gathering of it. Choice
stock from eastern Vermont, northern New York and
Pennsylvania has usually b^ handled in large sugar-
barrels, tied in carefuUy arranged bunches, weighing
perhaps one-half to one pound each. These bimches are
packed in the barrels in layers, with roots toward the
center. The quantity is alwavB limited and the price
25 to 35 per cent hi^er than the Wisconsin and Michi-
gan stock. Lycopo£um, as placed on the market from
western sources, comes from the north-central part of
the state of Wisconsin and is gathered mainly in the
section extending from the northwest shores of Lake
Michigan three-fifths of the way to the Mississippi
River. The activities in this direction are conducted
mainly in Oconto, Shawano, Marathon, Langlade,
Lincoln, Forest, Oneida, Taytor, Price and Vilas
Counties. The section from which lycopodium is
picked annuaJlv moves northward as the country
becomes settled and as the woods and swamps are
depleted. This article is also gathered in a few spots in
the northern peninsula of Michigan, and in Pine, and
Carleton Counties in Minnesota. Surplus stock of this
plant is sometimes carried over until the followmg
season when it is soaked and dyed green and made up
into wreathing. The same article carried over from
LL A home grsanhooM.
GREENS
Christmae in the usual lOO-pouod crates loeee its fresh
color wad dries down to a veight of about fifty pounda.
There is some foreign demand for this plant in the
G«nnaji cities for use in the artificial-flower trade.
This plant seems to thrive best in moist, shaded locsli-
tiee, and when plucked out by the roots, as is done
when ^tfaering, ie not replaced by new growth of ita
kind. More open situations and drier ground produce
lycopodium of a lighter and yellowish color, and conse-
quently of leas decorative vfJue. Indiana pick the best
green, but ore unreliable when exact dates must be
met. The average season's output from Wisconsin is
perhaps thirty-five carloads, or ISO to 200 tons.
The use of holly in a oonmiercial way has grown from
a veiy small b^inning to its present proportions within
fifteen years. Until the last twenty years most of the hoUjr
waa handled by irtiolesale seedsmen and florists. Within
that time the sale of holly has been taken up by the
produce commission houses in Urge cities, thereby treb-
lins the volume, but reducing the quahty. Delaware
and Maryland furnish the best stock of what is known as
eastern holly, while Tennessee and some other parts of
the South ship what is usually an inferior quahty.
Holly is almost always packed in uniform cases 2 by 2
by 4 feet. Freezing, while packed in cases, damages it
but little, provided the holly be allowed to tnaw out m a
very cool and preferably dark place, where the t«m-
perature is not allowed to exceed iS F. It, however,
Iroien holly is shipped in warm express cars, the foliage
may turn black m a night. English holly has occa^
sionally been imported into the United Stat«s and into
Canada, but never satisfactorily commercially. For red
winter berries. Ilex verticiltala, a deciduous holly which
grows in large quantities in Michigan, is now a much-
sought decorative material.
Both holly and lycopodium are becomii^ more
scarce every year, and the market has probably
advanced permanently 20 to 30 per cent in the last
two or three years.
Mistletoe branches as used in America {a very Uttle
is imported from France) are collected chiefly in New
Mexico and Oklahoma, and small quantities fraia Ten-
nessee, Kentucky or Arkansas. It is now usual to ship
this in heavy pasteboard cases containing twentv-five
to fifty pounds. The western or central states proDably
use 13,000 to 20,000 pounds from the states d
Mistletoe is easily very seriously injured from freeiing
in transit.
Cedar clippings are now but little used during the
holiday season, but on other occasions, when open-air
decorations are desired, they are frequently made into
rorang or wreaths.
Wild smilax, in light cases, usually in three siics, is
shipped by Repress mostly from Alabama and Ge(»^a.
It IS as liable to injury by freeung as mistletoe, but is
not damaged if allowed to thaw out gradually before
removal from the case. The use of this article by the
wholesale cuUflower dealers is increasing. There is
probably S20,000 worth used annually and some car-
load shipments are made. It is readily perishable and
the wholesale dealers put it in ice storage where it
keeps for two to three weeks. They do not usually
keep it in stock except during the holiday season.
Boxwood cUppings of lengths from 12 t« 18 inches
have become quite an article of commerce. These are
gathe^ from Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia and
other similar localities and are used mainly in the cut-
flower trade for making wreaths and for mixing with
fresh flowers. The gathering and shipping of this
article for the above purpose was begun four or five
vears ago. The trade has increased rapidly and per-
haps fifty tons or more were used in 1911. It will
probably take but a short time to exhaust the old
gardens where this plant has been Erowing in the sec-
tions mentioned, as it is not to be had except around
old homesteads where it was planted yeais ago.
five years and it
ware, Virginia and New Jersey, both in bulk in short
sprays in cases, similar to those used in holly cases, and
in wreathing in colls usually containing 100 yards.
Shipments are made from the above sections to the
northern and western states.
Hardy ferns are also marketed throu^ the whole-
sale cut-flower merchants. These are pkthered in
Massachusetts and Michigan and kept in storage the
entire year, not being so perishable as wild smilax. Wis-
consin is now producing as many ferns as Michigan, or
perhaps more.
Among the most artistic materials for Christjnoa
decoration are galax leaves and leucothofi sprays.
Galax grows in the mountains from North Carolina to
Georgia, and nowhere else in the work!.
For further particulars concerning this industry, see
American Florist 14:598-600 (1898). For the artistio
side of Christmas decoration, see illustrated articles by
F. Schuyler Mathews in American Florist 8:484 and
8:493. J. C-VAUOHiK.
GKEENS, EDIBLE, or POT-HERBS. This term
m^ens is generally applied in America to any pot-herb,
Uiat is to say, to any green herbage whi(^ is cooked ana
served separately from the otherprincipal and second-
ary dishes of a square meal, llie term "greens" is
early in the spring, when the appetite craves
anything which tastes like out-of-doors.
All sorts of plants are used as pot-herbs. Almost any-
thing which snows a succulent growth in the spring is
likely to be tried by somebody. Turnip tops, potato
leaves, pig-weeds, purslane, ana many other apparently
impossioie herbs, are often impressed into the service.
The really good pot-herbs are comparatively few, how-
ever. Prolwibty the best are dandelion, spmach, mus-
tard (various species), endive, chard, beet-top and kale.
The following plants have been more or less used as
potr-herbs:
indiaim.Qjfnandrtiptit pfitaph^ta.
DaDdelioD. Topoxicitm ofietnalt.
Dodc Sumtx. Kvtrm3 mBOOL.
EndiTB, CicAoriiiM Xnditu.
Globe Arliclioke, Cinura Srvtymut.
Good Kini HBorr. Clunopcdiiim Bmut-HmriA
Goonfoot, Chmopodium, mngtl^ C. aDmm.
let PlmnC. llarmliryaiUliimum ovtaOtnufii.
lUlUn Cora SaUd. VoiervintUa (nocnrpii.
Kftle. Brauiea oltneea.
(eflpe«imiLjr tlie wild BpenH,
MKlstur Ni^ubadg, Biudla alba tad SucIIa rn
Orscht Atrtpfer horUnnt.
Fusley, Pitrmdinum.
KJ^™i, ™3
SoMarifa.
rCanuM Sanfi
RoaeLU. Hi&wru.
fialwl-BuRwt. PorUrii
^^
Winter' Punluw, U^ia ps/olioAi.
CuUure. — Pot-herbs ore wanted at the earliest poe>
Bible moment in the spriiig. They are, therefore, often
nown in hotbede, iramee, or in ^reeohouBee (aee
Spinach, Dandelion, MuKlard, etc.)' They must be suc-
culent and tender. It is neceeaary, on this account,
that they be (fuicklv grown in loose, ven rich, well-
drained soitj with plenty of water. Specific directions
for the cultivation of the various plants will be found
under the several heads. p, a. Wahoh.
GREOdKU: Dmiglana.
GREIGIA (Major-G«neral Grei^, Russian horti-
culturist). BromdiAcex. A few species of large AndJne,
terrestrial or rock-lovingj herbs, allied to Ciyptanthus,
from which itdiffera in its simple rather thanpanicled
infl. FIs. perfect; sepals free or lightly joined at the
base, linear or ovate-lanceolate or almost subulate;
perianth with free elliptical segnis. rounded at apex;
stamens shorter than petals or scarcely exceeding them;
Eetals rose-color or white suETuBed with rose, bSoming
rownish. G. sphaceUtta, Regel (BiUbirgia rpkacxlAla,
R. 4 S. Bromilia gpkaeeUUa. Ruii 4 Pav.). Stout
pineapple-like plant, 3 ft., with strong spiny-maivined
spreading or recurving Ivs. : Ss. roee-color, in dense heads
in the axils of the Ivs., the outer bracts spiny and very
acute. Summer. Chile. — A showy plant. L. H, B.
OKEIf ADin « GRSHADOE; A tna ot omistioD.
GREVtLLEA (Charles F. Greville, once vice-presi-
dent of the Roysi Society of Ekigland, and a patron of
botany). ProleAcex. Trees and shrubs, of about 200
species, mostly Australian, one of which is commonly
cultivated in this country as a decorative pot-plant and
GREVILLEA
ragged bekiw. It thrives in the temperature suited to
geraniums or roses, and it stands much bard usage and
neglect. It is popular as a window subject. Beet results
with grevillea are usually secured by raising a fresh
stock every year, from seed sown late in winter or in
spring. The fotlowiDg winter or spring they will be in
iS in. pots, and will be in their prime. The young
plants need frequent repotting to keep them in good
condition. GTetnUta robuaUi has come to be generally
known as a florists' plant within the past thirty years.
Lvs, twice-pinnatifid (or the pinnffi deeply pinnatiJGd),
or nearly 3-pinnate under cult., the ultimate divisions
narrow and pointed and sometimes lobed, pubescent:
racemes 3-4 in. long, aolitary or several together on
short leafless branches of the old wood; fls. orange,
glabrous, the tube ^in. kng, the parts revoluterfr.
about ^in. long, broad, very obuque. B.M. 31S4.
G. 2:615; 8:680. G.L. 24:40. A.G. 14:115. A.F.
4:413. — In the W. Indies the plant is much grown, and
it is often trimmed to desired shape. In ex^xed places
the foliage becomes p>lden in cast. Vsr. compicta,
Hort., is a condensed dwarf form with handsome foliag
G.C. in. 49:375. G.M. 54:452. G. 33:393.
also in the open in
1 California and elsewhere
Leaves alternate, very various: fls. small, perfect,
mostly in pairs in the clusters or racemes, apetalous,
the calyx with 4 recurved parts; stamens of 4 sessile
perfect anthers borne on the sepals; style 1, long and
curved ; fr. a follicle, with 1 or 2 winged orbicuW or
oblong flat seeds. The fls., sometimes ahowy and orna-
mental, are terminal and axillary, the racemes some-
times urobel-like. The fls. of some species produce
honey. Some apecies yield u:^ful timber.
A. Racemes aecund, many-fid.: Uia. mucA cut o
robliBta, Cunn. Silk Oak. Fig. 1768. One of the
most popular of all fem-leaved pot-plants. When 3^ung
(from 2-5 ft. high) It makes a most ETaceful subject.
Inglasahousesit IS not Erown to large plants, and, there-
fore, little is known of the great size which it attains
in its native forest. According to Von Mueller, it is
"indigenous to the subtropical part o( E. Austral., ris-
ing to 150 ft., of rather rapid growth, and resisting
drought to a remark^le d^iree: hence one of the moat
el^ble trees even for desert culture, though naturally
a sylvan plant. The wood is elastic and durable, valued
mrticularly for staves of casks, also for furniture.
The richly developed golden yellow trusses o( fls.
attract honey-eucking bmls and bees through several
months of the year. The seeds are copiously produced
and germinate readily. Rate of growth in Victoria,
20-30 ft. in 20 years. In Ceylon it attained a stem-
circumference of 5 ft. in 8 years." In CaUf . and S. Fla.
it is a street lawn tree, although the branches break
easily in exposed places. When grown in the open, it
will stand some frost. As a glasshouse plant it is grown
obnost wholly from seeds, and is used in its young state;
OS the plant becomes old, it loses its leaves and becomes
ITOS. OnrillM
XM)
31:1259. Var. pframidJOiB, Hort., is offered abroad.
Var. FOrsteri {G. FdrsUri, Hort.) is a fonn of G. rofrusea.
It has silvery foliage, liu^ trusses of deep bright red
fls., and mur!h stronger growth. R.B. 24:3.
Thelemaimiina,Hueg.((>. Prriuii, Meissn.}. Spread-
ing shrub, the young growths soft-tementose: lvs. 1-2
in. long, pale or glaucous, pinnate, the lower pinnie
usually divided, aegms. hnear: racemes terminal,
rather dense, IM in. or less long; fls. pink with green
tips, few-hairy outside and beuxled inside, the tube
about Win. long: fr. ^>out Min, long, smooth. B.M.
5837. R.H. 1882:456. J.H. III. 42:497. H,U.8:193.
G.W. 5:499.— Now popular in Calif.
BCnksii, R. Br. Tall shrub or slender small tree, with
branches rusty-tomentose: Ivs. 4-8 in. long, pinnate or
deeply pinnatifldj the segma. 3-11 and broad-linear or
lanceolate, margins revolute: racemes terminal, erect
and dense, 2-4 m. long ; fls. red, tomentose outside and
glabrous inside: fr. about 1 in. long, obliquely ovate.
B.M. 5870. G.C. III. 16:15.— Offered abroad.
( secund, dense and ustially short, some-
s panicled: lvs. Una diifided, often only lobed.
Muell. Large tree, with minutely
tomentose young branches: lvs. 6-8 in. or more long,
sometimes entire and obovate-oblong or elliptical and
very obtuse, Bometimes deeply divided or even pinnati-
GREVILLEA
GRINDELIA
1413
fid: fla. rnd, small and very many in dense cylindrical
racemes 4-8 in. long, silky outHide, glabroua or nearlv
so inside: fr, nearly 1 in. long, slightly compressea.
[. 7524.^Pink and white varieties are mentioned,
elabiita, Meissn. (G. MdnoUsii, Hort.]. Shrub,
glfkorous, ueader: Ivs. 1-1>£ in. long, broadly cuneate,
shortly and acutely 3-lobed: fls. white, in axillatv
racemes equaling the Ivs. or the upper racemes panicled,
the perianth glabrous, the tube much exceeding the
globular limb. — Offered abroad as a bright green orna-
mental foliage plant of drooping habit.
with 10 marginal teeth, each drowned by a peltat«
gland; stamens 10; ovary laterally 5-lobed, 5-celled;
ovules numerous, in 2 series in the inner angle of the
cells: fr. capsular, 5-valved; seeds albuminous, B.M.
eOW. R.H. 1894:252. G.C. II. 10:626; III. 43:138.
J.H.IU. 30:101. N.TATLon.t
-^ L. H. B.
GR£wIA (Nefaemiah Grew, of Corentiy, 1628-1682,
author of a work on anatomy of plants). TiliAetM.
Two or three woody plants sli^tly cultivated in
southern Florida.
A genus of about 70 species of trees and shrubs in
the wanner parts of the world, often having stellate
pubescence: ivs. entire or serrate, 1-ft-nerved: fls.
yeUow or rarely purple, in axillary^ few-fld. cvmea or
terminal panicles; petals 5, with pits or glands inside
at the base; stamens indefinite; ovary 2-4-celled:
drupe 1-4-etoned. G. CftSra^ Meiasn., from Natal,
was intro. by Reasoner Bros, m 1881. A bushy plant
with voune shoots and Iva. glabrous and with purple
star-shaped Ss, borne during most of the year. G. den-
ticuUta, Wall., from India, was never described. Under
this name fieoaouer cult, a plant "reeembltng a mul-
beny in growth, which bears enormous quantities of
acid drupes, about the size of cranberries; used for
Sickling. 6. oppositifdlia, Roxbg., is a rough, much-
ranched tree, wjtb distichous, crenate-serrate Ivs. and
fls. in umbellate cymes, borne opposite the Ivs.: fls.
yellowish, the oblong petals half the length of the
aepaJs. The species are little known in Amer.
N. TATLOB.t
GRfiYlA (after Sir George Grey, once Governor of
Cape Colony). Often spelled Greya. MdianthAcex.
A small tree from Natal, which bears large spikes of
pendulous, five-pctaled, scarlet flowers, and is culti-
vated outdoors in southern CaUfomia and abroad under
glass in many botanic gardens.
Species probably 3, but only 1 appears to be in cult.;
in R.H. 1894:222 this plant is shown at its best, with
a spike 6 in, long and 2-3 in, wide, containing prcoably
over 100 fls., each ^in. across. In France this tree
flowered from the end of autumn throushout the
winter. The long-ezserted stamens with reddish pur-
ple anthers make a striking feature. The structure of
the fls. is BO peculiar that Harvey referred the genus
doubtfully to the saxifrage family. In European green-
houses, greyia is a shrub requiring full sunlight,
thorouEh ripening of the wood and a season of rest
before flowering. In Natal it flowers in Aug. or Sept..
which is early spring there. Europeans recoTiunena
a sandy loam. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings from holf-
ripenea wood,
Sfitfaerlandll, Hook. A Harv, Small tree, with thick,
naked branches and light-colored bark: Ivs. clustered
at the ends of the branches, 2-3 in. long, orbicular,
ovate or oblong, deeply cordate at base, toothed ; petiole
9-12 lines long: fls. bright crimson; disk cup-snaped.
none and very large alternate simple Ivs., one of them
known for its edible fr.: fls, large, white or yellow,
lateral; calyr entire in bud, but becoming 2-4-lobed or
torn; petals spreading, 4 or fi; stamens many, in many
or several lows on the disk, the inner ones amaller, the
fleehy filaments conniving into a globular involute
body, the anthers small and the oells distinct: fr. fleshy,
ovoia.— Species about 4. G. cauliftdra, Linn., produces
the Anchovy pear: Ivs. 2-4 ft. long, lanceolate-acumin-
ate, entire, droopii^, glossy, borne in palm-like tufta
or beads on the top of the st. or ends of branches.;
fls. on short branching peduncles from tbe old st. for
below the Ivs,, fragrant, 2 in. across, yellow: fr. ovoid,
2-3 in. long, S-grooved, brown, fleshy, with 1 seed, said
to be edible. W. Indies. B.M. 5622. l, h. B.
GRXyvIniA (after William Griflin, who brought tbeM
Slantefrom Brazil). Xmar^Utddcue. Brazilian biubs, with
istinct foliage, and flowers, about 2H inches across,
which are more or less tinged with lilac or rose.
Leaves usually petioled, and with a very broad
blade: perianth-tube none or very short, the 3 lower
segms. narrower than the upper; ovary 3-celled; .
stigma capitate, rarely 3-fid; umbel 6-15-fld. Griffinia
is distinguished from many other genera by its 2
ovules, which are basal and collateral, — Seven species.
Like many other genera of the amaryllis family, bulbs
of flowering size are too costly for general use. Very
doubtfully m cult, in Amer.
A. Stigma capilale.
hjradnthina, Herb. Bulb globose: Ivs, O-S in. lon^,
2-3 in. broad, rounded at the base to a channeled peti-
ole as long as the blade: scape 1-2 ft. long; pedicels
none or very short; stamens much shorter than the
segms. B,R, 163 (as AmaryUia hyacinlhina; upper
segms. tinged blue, lower ones nearly white). J.H.
III.31:371;55:325, G.M. 47:45. Var. mfcdm^ Gn.
50, p. 209, is probably the beet garden form. Called
"blue amaiyllis" in some catalogues.
AA. Stigma ditlindlj/ S-cul,
Blumenivia, Koch & Bouch^. Bulb ovoid: Ivs. 4-5
in. long, cuneately narrowed to a petiole, shorter than
the blade: scape 6-8 in. long; pedicels J^in. long; sta-
mens as long as the perianth. B.M. 5666 (veins rose-
colored). R.H. 1867:32. Gn. 60:208 (veined and
flushed with rose). fj. TATMR.f
GRINDELIA (HieronymuB Grindel, of Riga and
Dorpat; died 1836). Comp6gilx. Hardy plants sometimes
cultivated tor their showy yellow flowers, which are IH
to 2 inches across and borne freely all summer.
Herbs, sometimea shrubby, of coarse habit, mostly
natives of the U. S. west of the Mississippi: Ivs. seesile
or partly clasping and usually serrate ana rigid; heads
terminating the branches, solitary or in cymes or
panicles; involucre bell-shaped or hemispheric, the
bracts many-ranked. The plants often have a sticl^
balsam, especially the heads before and during flower-
ing, whence they are called "gum-plants" in Calif.,
particularly G. robusla, which is the common one. The
two species first described below have roots that are
peronnial and short-lived, but sometimes annual.
Theseplants are also glabrous, and have firm or rigid
Ivs. This genus contains 2 plants from which a fluid-
I genus contains 2 plants fi
. . . < obtained that is used externally as an anti-
dote for poisoning by "poison ivy." — Species about 25.
1414 GRINDELIA
Grindeliaa are of the easiest culture. They are prop&-
Kted by divimon, cutting or seed. G. etpmrroaa is
rdy in the East: Q. robrula is sold io California.
They are beet for wild places and trying aituations, G.
squtMrroM grows fr«ely in all aoila but it does beet in a
li^t, opes, inoderat«ly rich aoiL In Ceiifomia it is
commoD on dry hills. According to John S. Wri^t,
both epecies grow in aaJt marahee and on alkaline soil,
being indiBcriniinately gathered for medicinal purposes.
The extract is also tonic and sedative, and is used in
asthma. The rays are numerous, sometimes thirty,
about J^ineh long.
Bquairdsa, Dunal. Shrubby, smooth, branched from
base, 1-2 ft. high: Its. dark or bluish green wit^ clasp-
ing baHe«: fl.-neads sticky: outer achenee usually
auarely truncate and even at aummit. Manitoba to
ex. B.M. 1706 (BBDonioiffuarroso). Mn. 10:146.
roblista, Nutt. Gum-Plant. Herbaceous: Ivs. larger
and more rigid, broadly cordate-oblong, obtuse: achenee
all, or some outer once, 1-toothcd or bordered at the
sununit.— Flowers throughout the Califomian winter.
Collected stock is offered.
pfttens, Greenm. (0. rofribta viu-. piUna, Gray). A
stiff erect perennial with many aingle-beaded branches:
Ivs. rougn-bairy, narrowly oblanceolate, toothed:
heads about 1 in. wide, the ochenes thin, ob
the summit. Cahf. G.C.IU. 27:59.
WlLHELH ]
N. Tatlor
GRISBBACHU: ffniwi.
GRISELtmA (after Franc Oriselini, Vote
nist, middle of eighteenth ceotuiy). Includ:
tea. CornAeae. Woodv plants with large, doi
like fohage, rarely cultivated in the Sout^ c
hardy at Washington.
Trees, riirubs or climbersfrom New Zeal.,
Chile and Brasil, with Ivs. alternate, often ,
unequal-aided, thick and leathery: fla. f>
minutej in glabrous or pubescent racemes
or pamcles; calyx very small, 5-toothed, the
imbricated; Btamena 5, with subulate filai
baccate, 1- or rarely 2-ccUed. — Six or seve
Related to Garrya, from which it differs in thi
Ivs. Little cult, in Amer.
Uttorilis, Raoul. Tree, 30-50 ft. high, wi
hairy twigs: Ivs, ovate or oblonc, wedge-Miaped or nar-
rowed into a petiole; veins obscure beneath: fls. in
axillary panicles, equaling or slightly shorter than the
Ivs. New Zeal. G.W. 14, p. 323.
Hlcida, FoTBt. f. Shrub, 3-25 ft. high: Ivs. obovate
or oblong, very unequal at the base; veins distinct
beneath: ns. in axillaiy paniclee, usually shorter than
the Ivs. New Zeal. Not cult, in Amer. Var. macro-
SJlla (G. macToph^lla, Hort.), is a lai^, more orbicu-
^Ivd. form. — G. Iticida is prized in Eu. for apartr
menta or residences. Showy. Requires shade and
moisture. Sometimee epiphytic. j(_ TATLOB-t
OftOUVBLL: UUietptnuim.
GROSSULAsIA (from gromdufi, a small fig. from
the resemblance of the fruit). Saxifragicex. An old
name for the gooseberries recently (N. Amer. Fl. 22,
pt. 3. 1908) reinstated by Coville and Britton as a
genus codrdinate with Ribes, the curranta. As dis-
tinguished from Ribes, Grosaularia ia defined by the
flowers having an evident hypanthium or cup-shaped
receptacle, the pedicels not jointed and the fruit not
disarticulating, different disposition of broctlets on
the pedicel, and the plants bearing spines at the
nodes. Under this disposition, the English gooseberry
becomes G. redin&ta. Mill, or G. UuacrUpa, Mill.,
and the native Booecberry of the Downing type is G.
kiHtUa, Spach. See Ribea. l, H, B,
GUAVA
GROUMD CHKBRT: PhymiU; in the Old World
Pi^ntM ChamsEcerami. Ground Hemlock or Ameri-
can yew: Taxus amadensia. Ground Ivy: Nevda
GUchama. Ground Laurel: Old World name for Epi-
gxa repena. Groundnut: Apiot and Panax; also Old
Worid name, for peanut or goober (AracAts). Ground
Pine: Lycopodiwn. Ground Pink; Phlox svbviata.
atiueio. Oratnilad Tna: BaaAarit tiaUmi-
OfttnaCHillU: Bugmia bfwilMuii.
GUAUCUH (W. Indian name). Zygophifiiuxx.
Guaiacum (Kwal-a-cum} is kept in dru^tores, and
the tree which produces the resin used in medicine has
a hard, heavy wood. Both the species below are the
source of the lignum-vitfe of commerce which is used
so extensively for blocks and pulleys, rulera and the
like. It is cult, to a very slight extent in S. Calif, and
in Trop. Fta. for ornamental value. The genus has
about 4 species of trees or shrubs, Trop. American,
and all have hard wood and abundant resin: Ivs. oppo-
site, abruptly pinnate, leathery; Ifts. 2-14, entire:
peduncles oorne in pairs between the deciduous stip-
ules, 1-fld.; fls. blue or purple, not showy; sepals 4-5,
ITM. CitttviMra. (XH)
deciduous, unequal; petals 4-5, broadly obovate;
stamens 8-10, inserted in the short, inconspicuous disk.
offlcinUe, Linn. Middle-siied or low tree, inhabitii^
arid plains from the Fla. keys to Veneiuela: Ifts. in
pairs, even;reen, }i-Hin. long, obovate or oval, blunt:
sepals oval, hairy, thrice exceeded by the petals.
ainctum. Lion. Simitar in aspect, but the Ivs.
obliquely lanceolate-elliptic, and the smooth sepals
about half as long as the petals. W. Indies. — Not
much cult, in Amer. The wood of both species is very
valuable. n. TATW>B.t
GUAR. An annual forage plant (CvomopsMfelroffimo-
Io6a, Taub.), of the Leguminose, has been tried eome>
what in this country with promise. It appears to be
: conditions
what m tbis country wiin promise, it appeals \o oe
adapted to the warmer parts of the country, requiring
about the same conditions as the cowpea. It is from
GUAVA. The name guava is applied to the fruit of
various species of Psidium, frequently with the addi-
tion of a quaUfying word such as apple, pear, Oattley,
to distinguish different species and varieties. In Spanish
■' "" guayaba, in Portuguese goiaba, and in French
piays
e(th(
goyave (the plant goyavier). In Brazil the name ora^a.
with qualifying words, is apphed to a number ol wJd
GUAVA
GUAZUMA
1415
The common guava of the tropics is Pndium Qvor
Java, Linn., of which there are numerous varieties.
Although the native home of this species is in tropical
America, it is now widely distributed throughout Uie
warmest regions of the globe. Under favorable con-
ditions it becomes a tree 25 to 30 feet in height; its
bark is smooth^ greenish brown in color, wmle the
leaves are opposite, oval, smooth, light green, the veins
depressed above and prominent below. The flowers,
which are produced in the axils of the leaves, are about
an inch in diameter, with four incurved whit^ petals
and a large tuft of white stamens tipped with yellow-
ish anthers.
The fruit varies in shape from spherical to pyrif orm,
and in diameter from 1 to 4 inches. Commonly it is
• oval or slightly pyriform. and about 2 inches in diame-
ter. The thin light yellow skin surrounds a layer of
finely granular pmp, inside of which is a mass of softer
pulp in which the small hard seeds are embedded.
The color of the flesh vanes from white through shades
of salmon to deep pink^ according to the variety; its
flavor when fuUy npe is sweet or slightly acid, and
nearly always somewnat musky. The aroma is charac-
teristic and rather penetrating; while objectionable to
some persons it is very agreeable to others.
The fruit is eaten in many ways, — out of hand,
sliced with cream^ stewed, preserved, and in shortcakes
and pies, but it is most highly valued for the manu-
factive of jams and jellies. In several tropical coun-
tries the manufacture of guava jelly forms quite an
important industry. When well made, it is deep wine
color, clear, of very firm consistency, and retains
something of the peculiar musky flavor which charac-
terises the fruit, and which gives guava jelly an
individualitv which is its greatest asset. In Brazil a
thick jam, known as goiabada, is made from the fruit
and sold in large (quantities throu^out the country.
A similar product is manufactured m the West Indies
and Florida under the name of guava cheese.
The plant is cultivated to a limited extent in southern
Califomia, where it is frequently listed under the name
of lemon guava. It is too tender for the colder sections
of the state. In Florida it is not only cultivated in
gardens, but is found in a semi-naturalized condition
m some sections and has become a pest. The same is
true in manv other regions; the plant grows so readily
from seed that it is sometimes aifficult to prevent its
spreading to places where it is not desired when the
seeds are scattered by birds or other agencies.
The Cattley or sfrawberry jp;uava, P. CaUleianwn,
Fig. 1769, is also a well-known miit in this country. In
C^omia it is widely cultivated because of its superior
hardiness, withstanding temperatures as low as 22^ F.
without injury. It does not grow to such large size as
P. Gvajava, but under favorable conditions forms an
arborescent shrub 15 to 20 feet in height. Unlike P.
GxMijava, its leaves are thick, leathery, and somewhat
glossy, in size rarely over 2^ inches in leng;th and in
form obovate-eUiptical. The fruit, which is usuaUy
produced in great abundance, is broadly pyriform to
spherical, 1 to 1^ inches in diameter. The skin is deep
purplish maroon, the flesh translucent yellowish white,
very soft and melting in texture. The seeds are rather
numerous, irregularly oval in form. The flavor lacks
the pungency of P. Gvajava, and a resemblance, retd
or imagmed, to that of the strawberry has suggested
the common name of ''strawberry guava." Jelly made
from this fruit, while lacking the pronounced flavor of
that made from P. Guajaoa, is nevertheless hishly
esteemed in California, most of the fruit being utiuzed
forjelly-making.
While rather slow in growth, the plant frequently
begins to bear fruit the second or third year from the
seal. A horticultural form of this species, P. Cair
tieianum lucidum, generally listed by me trade as P.
lucidunif is grown both m Florida and Califomia,
though not so extensively as P. CatUeianum itself. The
chief difference between this form and the t3rpe lies in
the color of the fruit, which in place of maroon is deep
sulfur-yellow. The flavor, if anything, is a little milder
and less pungent. It is a meritorious form, worthy of
wider cultivation.
The ''pineapple guava," of California, is Feijoa
SeUounanaj a South American myrtaceous fruit
not properly called a guava, perhaps, but so closely
resembling some of the guavas in growth and fruit as
to suggest this name. 1^ Feijoa. Several other spe-
cies of Psidium are grown in this country to a limited
extent, some of them having been recently introduced.
Tropical America is rich in species of Psidium, Brazil
alone possessing a large number of economic value.
Most of these ara still m the wild state and capable of
vast improvement by selection and breeding.
The culture of the guavas presents few difficulties.
Nearly all species succeed on a variety of soils, r^Quur-
ing only that good drainage be provided. While
propagation is nearly always oy seecf, some vegetative
method must be used to perpetuate desirable varieties.
This is especially important with P. Guajava, in which
there is more variation than in P. CatUeianum, and
desirable forms do not come true from seed. Grafting
has been successfully performed but never widely
practised. In California, budding has been quite suc-
cessful, with large stocks an inch or more m diameter
and square or oblong patch buds about l^i inches in
length. Tliis method, however, does not seem very
suitable for commercial use. Snield -budding has been
successful in a few instances, the operation being per-
formed as with citrus, and it is this method wnich
probably offers the greatest advantages. Propagation
by cuttings is also possible, when hau-ripened wood is
used and bottom heat is available. All these methods
have been practised to a very limited extent, seed-
propagation being practically the only method used in
most tropical countries. Seeds retain their vitahty for
some time, but should be planted as fresh as possible,
using a li^t sandy loam and taking care to avoid
over-watenng when the young plants appear. When
the second leaves have formed, the plants should be
potted off and carried along in pots until they are
transplanted into permanent positions, since they are
somewhat difficult to transplant from tne open ground.
Planting should be done in late spring.
In C^omia P. Guaja»a frequently suffers from the
attacks of the black scale (Saissetia olex), which must
be kept in check by fumigation or spraying. In other
countries this plant seems remarkably free m>m insect
pests or fungous diseases, and this is true also of the
Uattley guava. The fruits are sometimes injured by
the Memterranean fruit-fly, and a scab has been
observed in Brazil which affects them prejudicially.
As a rule, however, the plants require little atten-
tion- . F. W. POPENOB.
GIJA2St^MA (name of Mexican origin). Sterculidceie,
A few Th)p. American trees, allied to Theobroma, with
small white, pink or yellow fls. in short-pedimcled,
axillary C3rmes. Calyx mostly 3-parted; petals 5, 2-
parted; stamen-cup about 10-lobed, the lobes alter-
nating with petals and bearing 2-3 fertile anthers, the
staminodia 3-anffled; style 5-parted: fr. a 5-valvea nut
the size of a filbert: Ivs. 2-ranked, serrate: fls. smalL
Theobroma has a berry-like fr., entire Ivs., fascicled or
solitary fls., and a different staminal column. G.
ulmifdliaf Lam., the "guacima" of Mex.. is offered in
Calif. It becomes a large tree: branchlets powdery:
Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, somewhat pointed,
oblique at base, powdery beneath when young but
becoming glabrous: nut nearly globular, with 5 fur-
rows. Said to yield medicinal preparations. G, tomeu"
tdsa,, Kunth, is a small tree in W. Indies, apparently
not cult. here. l^ h^ 3^
1416
GUETTARDA
GUMS
GUETTARDX (J. E. Guettard, 1715-1786, physician,
mineralogist and botanist in France). RvbUicex, Forty
to fifty tropical and subtropical shrubs of both the
eastern and western hemispheres, chiefly the latter,
two of which are offered for ornament in southern Cali-
fornia.
Leaves opposite or verticiUate, ovate or oblong,
petiolate or nearly sessile: fls. in axillary more or less
forked C3rmes, sometimes polygamo-dicecious, 4-9-
merous; calvx continued beyond ovary into a cup-
shaped or bell-shaped rim: corolla saJverform, with
long tube and rounded or oolong segms.; stamens 4-9,
inserted in the tube or throat, not exserted; ovary
4-9M3eUed: fr. a thin-fleshed globular or obtusely
angled drupe.
urugu^nsis, Cham. & Schlecht. Lvs. 2 in. long, half
as wide, elliptic-oblong, somewhat pilose above and
more or less tomentose beneath; stipules lanceolate-
triangular, caducous: corolk^tube J^in. or less long, the
5 lobes roundish; caiyx-limb very snort: fr. an oblong
3-4-8eeded drupe. — Cent. Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina;
a small tree, with sericeous coroUa, and fr. the siEe of a
cherry which is said to be edible.
specidsa, Linn. A littoral evergreen tree: lvs. broadly
ovate with an obtuse or cordate base, acute at apex,
pubescent beneath, 5-10 in. long: fls. polygamous,
white, in long-peduncled C3rmes that usually arise In
the asols of faUen lvs.; cal3rx villous,' corolla pubescent.
1)^ in. or less long and the limb (with obovate segms.)
1 in. across: fr. orange, nearly globular, obscurely
lobed or angled, said to be edible. Tropics in eastern
hemisphere. B.K. 1393. l, H, B,
GUBVlNA: Qemina.
GUICHENdllA (Antoine Guichenot, French gaiv
dener, according to some; from Guichen Bay, New
Holland, according to others). StercuUdcese. A few
tomentose shrubs in extra-tropical Austral., httle
known in cult, as greenhouse shrubs. Lvs. narrow and
entire, revolute, with leafy stipules: fls. small, in simple
racemes opposite the lvs.: petals 5, small and scale-like;
stamens 5; ovary 5-cellea, the style simple: fr. a short
5-vcdved caps. G. Udifblia^ Gay, has several white fls.
in the raceme: lvs. oblone-linear, obtuse: calyx ^in.
or less long. G, macrdnUMf Turcz., has much laJ^er
purplish fls. in racemes of 2 or 3. B.M. 4651. J.F.
3*279. L. H. B.
GUnjfiLMA: Bactrta,
GUIZdTIA (after Guizot, the celebrated historian).
Compdsitx. Annual herbs (of about five species) from
tropical Africa, one of which has some economic inter-
est from its oU-producing seeds.
The plants have yellow heads, about 2 in. across, with
8 broad, 3-toothea rays and a leafy outer involucre.
Seeds can be secured by the pound from S. Fla., and
they are listed among miscellaneous agricultural seeds
in a few of the largest European catalogues. The plant
is cult, in India for the oil.
abyssinica, Cass. (G. oleifera, DC. VerbetHna sa&va,
Roxbg.). Erect, annual, nearly smooth: lvs. opposite,
lanceolate, clasping, remotely serrate: heads about
^in. wide in a dense cyme. B.M. 1017. — Doubtfully
m cult, horticulturally in Amer. j^^ TAYLOR.t
GUMS AND RESINS. Of the many thousands of
vegetable substances falling under the denomination
of gums and resins, but a comparatively smaU number
are of such general importance as to warrant mention
here. Their economic value depends upon the physical
and chemical properties poss^sed by them and the
abundance in which they are produced. A gum, in
the ordinary use of the word, is a substance of a more
or less sticky nature or which was at one time of a
sticky or plastic consistency. The chemist, however.
restricts the term gum to certain products having very
d^nite properties, classifying otner piant exudations
according to their properties and grouping them as
resins, gum resins, balsams, and the like. A gum in this
restricted sense, is a substance which dissolves or softens
in cold water, forming a mucilage, or at least a liquid
of gelatinous consistency, and when held in a flame
only chars with an odor of burnt sugar. It is insoluble
in 60 per cent alcohol, oil of turpentine^ benzene or
fatty oils. A resin, on the other hand, is a lustrous
vegetable substance resembling a gum but which neither
di^lves nor softens in cold water and which bums
with a bright smoky flame, givins off an aromatic odor.
It is more or less soluble in alcohol, oil of turpentine,
benzene or warm oils.
Gums are related, chemically, to cellulose and are
not secretion products, as was formerly supposed, but
are formed directly from the plant tissues by a breaking
down of the cells themselves; sometimes this is a per-
fectly normal process but very often it may be con-
sideried pathological and is the result of bactenal action.
Humidity appears to be the principal controlling factor
in the production of gum. Volatile or essential oils are
secreted by the cells of many plants of widely divergent
relationships and are often characteristic of certain
families^like those to which belong the mints and the
pines. The resins are oxidation products derived from
certain of the volatile oils and thus may indirectly be
considered products of secretion. Some plants jrield
only gum, others only resin, while others again may
yield both, in which case the gum and resin may come
from different parts of the same plant or may be exuded
as an emulsion or mixture. In many plants the resins
occur diroolved in volatile oil and though exuded in a
Uquid state soon become solid through t£e evaporation
of more or less of the volatile oil. Some resins contain
aromatic acids and others consist of certain liquid
organic compounds of these acids in which is dissolved
a solid resin; such products are called balsams. The
camphors constitute another group of oxidation prod-
ucts derived from the volatile oils.
Uses of gums and resins.
Soluble gums, the most typical of which is gum
arabic, are used for a great number of purposes in the
arts; the varieties having the least color, highest
adhesive power and viscosity being the most valuable.
They fina application in confectionery and pharmacy,
in sizing and finishing textile fabrics and paper, m
calico printing and dyeing, and in the manufacture of
fine water-colors, ink, mucilage, and so on. The gums
which are more or less insoluble in water, but which
swell with it to form a mucilage, as for example tra^a-
canth, are used as thickening agents in caUco-printme
and in pharmacy, and for pastes, piUs and colored
croons.
Kesins are appli^ to a great variety of industrial
purposes but probably the most important of these is
the manufacture of varnishes and lac^iuers. For this
purpose they may be roughly divided into two classes:
(1) those which after melting can be combined with
linseed oil and turpentine to form an '^oil varnish," and
(2) those which dissolve more or less in alcohol, oil of
turpentine or other volatile solvents to form "spirit
vamishes.'' The important resins of the first class are
amber and the copaJs; while those of the second class
include rosin or colophony, benzoin, dammar, sandara^s,
mastic and elemi. Aside from vamish-making, certain
resins are employed in medicine and pharmacy, for in-
cense, and in the manufacture of soap, and the like.
The gums and resins of greatest economic importance.
The following list of the plant exudations which are
of the greatest economic importance and which com-
prises one or more typical examples of each of the
groups already mentioned may be arranged as follows:
GUMS
GUMS
1417
•!%«• «•». i Gum armbio
True gums (xrngacanth
{Amber
Copal
Dammar
Saodarao
Mastio
Romn
{Balaam Fern
Storaz
True reaiiui
Babrama
/Gamboge
VGalbanum
/Turpentine
VElemi
/Camphor(Common
r>om.%Kr^M ) or Laurel Cam-
Camphore < _k„x
\phor)
Ment
.Menthol
Gum arabic, — ^The name still generally applied to the
most important gum produced m northern Africa and
which has been an article of commerce since the first
centiuy of the Christian era. It was shipped from
Egypt to Arabia and then thence to Europe and was
therefore called ''gum arabic." At present the gum is
usually known as "Sudan," "Kordofan" or "Senep;al"
gum, depending upon the region from whence it is
shipped to market. The best gum is produced by the
gray-barked acacia tree, Acacia Senegal^ and is col-
kctod both from wild or unowned trees and from gar-
dens of' acacia trees which are private propert>r. In
the gardens the gum is obtained by making incisions
in the principal branches of the trees while from the
wild trees the naturally exuded gum is collected. Infe-
rior varieties are collected from Acacia Seyal, chiefly
from the forests of the Blue Nile, and from Acacia
arabica, A. atenocarpa and A. aOnaa in Senegal. The
ffum is cleaned from pieces of bark and other debris
before leaving Africa out t^ bulk of the product is
exported without grading and b sorted in Europe,
prmcipally at Trieste and Bordeaux.
Trapacanth. — ^The most important of the so-called
insoluble gums, and the only one regularly found in
commerce, is obtained from several species of small
shrubs of the genus Astragalus, found in Asia Minor.
Syria, Armenia^ Kurdistan and Persia. It is produced
chiefly by the following species: Astragalus aascendenSf
A. gummifeTy A, pycnodaduSf A. kurdicus and A.
stromatodes. In oroer to obtain the greatest quantity
of gum, the shrubs are stripped of their leaves in July
or August and short incisions or slits are made in the
trunks. The gum flows out, forming flat ribbon-like
or vermiform pieces dependuig upon the shape and
size of the incision, and is dry enough for gathering in
three or four days. Smyrna is an important market for
gum tragacantn and it is there sorted into various
qualities for the European market.
Amber. — A fossil resin found principally on the
shores of the Baltic Sea. The larger and fi!ner pieces
are used for jewelry, beads, trinkets, mouthpieces for
pipes and cigar-holders, while the smaller pieces and
the waste from carving or turning are used for varnish.
Copals. — The term copal" is now used commercially
to designate a group of widely distributed hard resins
of high melting point having the conmion property of
bein^ capable of being used for the manufacture of oil
varnishes. Aside from amber, Zanzibar, or true copal
was the first resin used for tms purpose, hence arose
the custom of terming as ''copal, each new resin
which was discovered to be useful for this purpose and
distinguishing it from others by prefixing its port of
shipment or other geographical name. Copals are
obtained in round tei^ nodules or flat pieces of vary-
ing degrees of hardness, either from living trees (recent
or raw copals) or dug from the earth at spots, occupied
centuries oefore bv trees long since disappeared (fossil
or ripe copals). The most important are jrielded by the
following plants: Zanzibar copal, Hymenasa Homeman-
niana; Sierra Leone copal, Copaifera GuibourHana;
Gold Coast or Accra copal, Cyanotkyrsus Ogea; Niger
copal, DanieUa ohlonga; Kauri copal, Agalhis (Dammara)
ausiralis; Manila or East Indian copal, Agalhis (Dam-
mara) orienUdis; West Indian or Demerara copal,
Hymensea Courbaril.
Dammar. — Dammar is the Malay term for all gums
and resins which exude from trees and solidify upon
exposure to the air, but as used commercially it desig-
nates a group of varnish resins obtained from Indian
or East Inaian trees belonging to the Dipterocar"
pacex and Burseracese and thus does not include the
resins from the genus Agalhis (or Dammara^) which
are known as copals. Indian dammar, Shorea robusta;
white dammar, Valeria indica; black dammar, Cari-
arium slridum; rock dammar, Hapea odorala.
Sandarac. — ^The hard brittle resins produced by
several species of coniferous trees in North Africa and
Australia. Mogadore sandarac, yielded by a small
cypress. Thuya articukUaf common on the southern
slopes of the Atlas Mountains, is shipped principally
from the port of Mogadore, Morocco. Australian
sandarac is the product of several species of cypress
pines, especially the Murray pine, CaUilris verrucosa
and tne red or black pine, CaUilris cakarala.
Mastic. — ^A soft yellow resin obtained in brittle,
yellowish, glassy^ rounded drops from Pistada Unliscus^
a smaU tree indigenous to Asia Minor and the Greek
Archipelago but cultivated on the island of Chios.
Used for varnishing paintings, for incense and as a tooth
cement.
Common rosin or colophony. — This is the solid residue
obtained as a by-product in the distillation of oil
of turpentine from crude turpentine. For a list of
the most important sources, see TurpenlinCy below.
Rosin is usea for cheap furniture varnishes, in the
sizing of paper, as a flux for solder, as a coating for
the inside of casks, and in the manufacture of laundry-
soap. It is the source for rosin-oil and rosin-spint,
which are produced by the destructive distillation of
rosin. The first is usecf in the production of lubricants,
printing inks and p>aint8, while the second is a substi*
tute for oil of turpentine.
Gamboge. — A hard brittle yellow gum-resin, composed
of a variable mixture of ^uin and resin, and proauced
by several species of Garcinia, especially G. Hanburyi of
Siam and Indo-China and G. Morella of India and
Ceylon. It is used to color golden lacquers, as a water-
color pigment and in medicine as a drastic purgative.
Myrrh. — ^A fragrant gum-resin obtained m Arabia
and northeastern Africa from a burseraceous tree Bal-
samodendron Myrrha. It is used in medicine and for
dental preparations.
Olibanum or frankincense. — A fragrant gum-resin
obtained from the stem of several species of fioswellia,
especiflJly B. Carteriij native to northeastern Africa
and the southern coast of Arabia. Its principal use is
for the incense used in the Roman Catholic and Greek
churches.
Galbanum. — ^A strong-«melling, yellowish brown
gum-resin exud^ from the stem of certain species of
Ferula, especially F. gcdbaniflua and F. mbricaidis,
natives of Persia. It is mentioned by the earliest
writers on medicine and was an ingredient of the incense
used in the worship of the ancient Israelites. It is now
used only to a sm^ extent in medicine.
Turpentine. — ^The crude oleo-resin obtained by tap-
ping any one of several species of coniferous trees
native to North America, Europe and northern Asia.
The most important varieties are jrielded by the fol-
lowing species: American turpentine from the long-
leaf pme, Pinus palustriSf and the Cuban pine, Ptnu«
helerophylla; French turpentine from the maritime or
cluster pine, Pinus marilima; Russian turpentine from
the Scotch or Swedish pine, Pinus sylvestris; and Indian
turpentine from the IndiaSi blue pine, Pinus excelsaf
the Himalayan long-leaf pine, Pinus Umgifolia and the
Burma pine. Pinus khcLsya. From these oleo-resina
there is distilled oil of turpentine, leaving behind rosin
or colophony. Venice turpentine, from the common
larch, Larix europasay is about the consistency of clear
honey, and is used in fixing colors, enamel painting
and firing and in medicine.
Corutda boZaom. — A thick, yellow, transparent, liquid
oleo-resin obtained in the northern United States and
Canada from the bakam fir, AbUs halaamea. On
account of Ite great capacity for refracting li^t it is
used to cement lenses and for mounting objecta for
the microBcope. It ie also used in medicine.
CovaAa bobotn. — ^A thick, traueparent, brownish,
liquid oleo-reain obtained from several species of
legiuninoUB trees belonging to the genua Copaifera and
native to northern South America. It is used in medi-
cine as an antiseptic and stimulant.
Elemi. — More or less soft reains yielded by buraera-
oeoue trees belonging to the genera Protium and Can-
ahum. Manila elemi from Cattarium lutoniewn is a
fragrant resin used for toughening varnishes.
BalMm P«m.— A dark brown molaasee-like liquid
balsam obtained in Salvador and Guatemala from the
stem of a le^iuminous tree, Mj/roxj/Ion Pereirx. It is
used in medicine, perfumery and chocolate manufao-
Slyrax or tiarax. — A thick, grayish, sticky, liquid
balsam obtained in Asia Minor from the oriental sweet
Prooerpinaca, Hippuria, Myriophyllum. These com-
i Loudonia and Meionect^; and there r
picula, Gunnera, and Haloragia, with very wiae ami dis-
jointed distributions. Gunnera haa 25 or more known
specicB in S. Afr., Abyssinia, Java, Tasmania, New
Zeal., Hawaii and S. Amer. In general appearance the
gunneras are wholly unlike our native naloragaceous
plants. The IvB. are radical, ovate or orbicular, in cer-
tain species gigantic: fls. perfect or rarely imperfect
monoecious or polygamous, small, in simple or brandied
spikes or pamcles, often packed on a great cob-like
spike; petals 2-3, or none; calyx none, or with 2-Z
lobes; stamens 1 or 2 or 3; ovary 1-loculed, bearing 2
filiform styles: fr. a drupe: plant rhizomatous.
Gunneras aic striking herbs, and with protection the
two first species may oe grown even in some of our
northern states. These two are amonipit the nobleet
of lawn foliage plants. To produce satisfactory effects,
rich moist ground is indispensable. The plants must
never suffer for want of water. Exposure to sun is
a perfumery.
gum, Li/quidambar orientalit. It is used
pharmacy and in medicine.
Common or laurel camj>hor. — A white, crystalline,
pungent substance obtained by distiUing with steam
the twigs and chips of the camphor tree, Cinnamomum
Camphora, native to China and Japan and cultivated
in the southern United States. It is used in medicine
and for the manufacture of ceUuloid, lacquers and
smokeless powders.
Menllud or peppermvd camphor. — The principal con-
stituent of oil of peppermint, the essential oil of Mentha
E'perUa, from which it can be cryBtallioed by chiUing.
resembles common camphor but haa a strong pepper~
mint odor. Used in medicine and perfumery.
FREnBRicE L. Lewton.
OtTH-TKBB: Biunlvphf uid Aeacia; alaa LiquidamioT.
GDNNKRA (J. Ernst Gunner, 1718-1773, was a
Swedish bishop and botanist, and wrote a local flora).
HaloragidAcex. Perennial herbs, some of them big-
leaved and used for subtropical effects; others small
and useful for boga and rockeries.
The family Ualoragidacex comprises above 100
widely scattered and heterogeneous species in 8 genera.
In the northeastern states are the aquatic genera,
advisable, but tbey should be sheltered from severe
winds, else the leaves will be damped. Ample winter
protection should be provided. A Uberol covering
of leaves or litter, held m place by brush or branches,
will generally keep them from harm. Apply the cover-
ing in December and remove early in spring. Propagate
by division. Seeds are also employed, axiA they can
usually be secured.
A. Lvs. very large and itriking.
manlcata, Lind, Fig. 1770. 8t. thick and very short,
the titanic crown of Ivs. rising from the ground : petioles
often as tall as a man, prickly: blades becoming 6-10
ft. acroffi, orbicular in general outline, variously lobed,
crenate, furrowed and channeled along the great veins:
fls. green: spik^ dense and tapering, often more than 1
ft. diam. and 3-4 ft. taU. S. BraJuT. I.H. 31:531. Gn.
45, p. 21 ; 50, p. 455; 54, p. 385; 59, p. 327; 63, p. 127;
70, p. 179; 74, p. 451. G,C. III. 14:589; 29, suppl.
Jan. 12. G.M. 54:101, 647. G.F. 8:55.— The crown of
Ivs. sometimes mcaaures 25-35 ft. across, making a
magnificent plant. This is the better species.
chilinsiB, Lam. (C scdftra, Ruiz 4 Pav.), Not so
robust, the Ivs. smaller and less spiny, and the fl.-spikes
leaa tall: fls. reddish. R.H. 1862, p. 310; 1894, p. 397
GUNNERA
GYMNOCLADUS
1419
Gn. 49, p. 151. G.C. H. 26:425; III. 8:665. G. 18:693;
21:661. G.W.5:367, 571; 12:413.— Thrivee in drier
«oil. Var. mij<Mr, Hort., is a very strong-growing form.
AA. Lv9. of ordinary or even smaU size.
aren&ria, Cheesem. Prostrate and creeping plant
making extensive patches in damp sandy land m New
Zeal., the rhizome stout and clothed with bases of old
foliage: Ivs. 2)^ in. or less long, thick, only slightly
hairy, the blade less than 1 in. and broadly ovate
or oblong, crenate or somewhat lobed: male peduncles
usually longer than Ivs., and female much shorter
at flowering time; female fls. densely crowded into
a short oblong spike: drupes very small, fleshy, yel-
lowish red.
dentiitaf Kirk. More slender, forming extensive
patches in wet subalpine places in New Zeal. : Ivs. many
and tufted, prominently hairy, the blade 1 in. or less
long and varying from ovate to oblong and elliptic-
lanceolate, coarsely dentate: male spikes about equal-
ing the Ivs., the female short and hidden at the base of
the Ivs., but the spikes in fr. sometimes surpassing the
Ivs.: drupes minute (V^in. long).
magelULnica, Lam. A very small species with dark
green Ivs.: stoloniferous: Ivs. orbicular-reniform, cre-
nate, 23^ in. or less broad: male scape surpassing the
Ivs., female shorter: fls. apetalous, the male pedicdled,
the female sessile. Chile south, and Falklana Isls.
O. brtphoo^, Lind. A Aadr6. A large 8|>ecie8: Ivs. tall-petiolAte,
the Umb peltate, concave, orbicular-reniform, rather shallowly
7-0-lobed and the lobes agiun somewhat lobed or angled, the mar-
nn with many small acute inflexed teeth and black-purple: female
la in a lax ^ke-like panicle, on a purplish scape. Colombia.
I.H. 19:111. — U. minima. Hort.=^. magellanioa (?).^-0. perphua,
Linn. Lvs. long-petioled (12-18 in.), orbicular-reniform, cordate
at base, 6-12 in. across, uniformly and closely crenate-toothed:
scape surpassing the lvs., becoming 2-3 ft. high; fls. monoecious,
the males in the upper part of the slender qpikes. 8. Af r. in moist
places. B.M. 2370. L. H B
GURANIA (Anagram of Anguria). CucwrbiUiceae,
Tall climbers, perennial herbs or shrubs, with simple
tendrils: lvs. entire, lobed, or 3-5-foliolate: fls. dioecious
or rarely monoecious, small, bractless, the petals pale
yellow; male fls. in long-peauncled clusters, the calyx-
tube cylindrical or ventricose and the limb 5-pajrted,
the corolla 5-parted into linear or triangular papillose
thickened segms., the stamens 2 and free; female fls.
solitmy on ^iscicled or capitate on the top of the
peduncle, staminodia none, ovary oblong ana bearing
a bifid style: fr. oblong, terete, manv-seeded, the seeds
ovate and compressed. There are about 50 guranias in
the American tropics, one of which, G. malacophylUif
Rodr. (G. eridntha, Andr^, not Cogn.), has recently been
mentioned in horticultural literature abroad. This
is a strong villous climber with simple broadly ovate
sometimes 3- to 5-lobed lvs. 4-8 in. long: male fls.
reddish, in a p^obose head on a , peduncle 6-16 in.
long; petals hnear-subulate, pubescent; female fls.
not described. Upper Amiaizon. B.M. 8085. R.H.
1904:388. L. H. B.
GUSTAVIA (Qustavus III, King of Sweden).
Lecuthiddcex, Trees and shrubs of the American tropics
with large showy fls., of which G. speddsa, HBK., is
offered in S. Calif. It is a thick-lvd. tree with 6-petaIed
white fls., suitable for planting in the open. For fuUer
account, see Japarandiba,
GFTHNICKIA. Two plants now referred to
Achimenes, one of which, A.foliosaf is perhaps some-
times cult. (See Vol. I, p. 208.)
GUTI£RR£ZIA (personal name). Compdsiiae. Herbs
or subshrubs, often resinous, mostly western North
American, rarely planted in borders.
Much branched from the base, and have narrow
alternate entire lvs. and clusters of smidl yellow heads
with flat receptacles and hairy achenes. — About 18
species. E^asily cult, in Calif.; doubtfully hardy on
Atlantic coast north of Washington.
EtttfaAmiA, Torr. & Gray. More or less woody at
base, seldom to IH ft. high: lvs. linear, crowded:
involucre turbinate, 2 lines long; rajrs and disk-fls.
each 3-9: achenes silky-pubesoent; pappus of about
9 chaffy scales. W. N. Amer. j^, TATLOB.f
GUZMANIA (A. Gugmann, Spanish naturalist). Bro*
mdiAcese. Includes Caragudta and Maesdngea. Tropi-
cal American bromeliads. of which sevotd are fairly
well known ornamental glasshouse subjects.
They closely resemble the erect-growing tillandsias,
but differ in technical characters: fls. in a simple spike-
like terminal cluster, tubular, the outer segms. or calyx
oblong and obtuse, the inner or petals shorter than
the tube; anthers inserted on the throat of the tube,
and united by their edges around the style. — ^About
75 species. Grown in the warmhouse, along with Bill-
bergia and Tillandsia, which see for culture. Closely
allied to .£chmea. Many species are cult, in fanciers'
collections in the Old World. For G. jnctay see Nidu*
larium. For G. LegreUianGf see Hohenbergia. G, rosea,
a name which has appeared in the American trade, is
probably an iEchmea.
A. Calyx coroUorlike, exceeding the petals.
musftica, Mez. Lvs. strongly decurved, beautifully
and densely marked with undulating, interrupted, irregu-
lar brown lines: infl. 3-4 in. long, on a short peduncle,
the bracts golden, striped with rose; fls. I3iri in. long.
Colombia. B.M. 6675. I.H. 24:268.
AA. Calyx not corottorlike^ shorter than petals.
B. Corolla (or segms.) purple or red.
linguULtEf Me2 (Caragudta lingtdiUaf Idndl. C.
Sjplhidensy Bouch^. C linguldta splindens, Hort.).
Epiphyte: lvs. many, lanceolate or ensiform. 1^ ft.
long, remotely tootned: spike becoming drooping,
showily red4)racted; expanded fl. about as long as the
long-pointed bracts, the tube yellowish and the limb
blue-purple. W. Indies, Cent. Amer., and S. Amer.
B.R. 1068. F.S. 11:1091.— Handsome. Var. cardinMis,
Andr^ (Caragudta cardindliSy Andr^). Bnght scarlet:
very showy. Colombia. I.H. 27:374. R.BL 1883:12.
BB. Corolla (or segms.) white.
trfcolor, Ruix & Pav. (G. frdgrans, Hort., at least in
part. G. grdndiSy Hort., in part. G. maculdta, Hort., in
part. G. nwnostdchya, Rusby). Lvs. several to many,
broad and more or less recurved, entire on the edges,
usually shorter than the stout, erect spike: lower bracts
green streaked with black, upper ones red-tinged:
corolla white. W. Indies, Cent. Amer., S. Amer.
L.B.C. 5:462. F.S. 9:918. B.M. 5220. Var. varieg^ta,
Hort. Lvs. striped with white. S. Fla. — ^Inter^ing
because of its combination of green, red and white.
Some, at least, of the horticultural plants which pass as
G. fragrans belong to JEchmea ebwmeaj Baker (Canis-
trum Lindenii. Mez. Nidularium LindenU^Reigel). This
species is further mentioned under Nididarium.
DevansayHna, Morr. (Caragudta Devansaydne^
Morr.). Lvs. about 20, narrow linear or ensiform,
brown-striped on the back : fls. white, in a dense, oblong
spike, the scarlet bracts oval. Ekniador.
BBB. Corolla (or segms.) yellow.
Melindnis. Regel (Caragudta Mdinlmis^ Morr.). Lvs.
strap-shapeci, green above and brown-tinted beneath:
fls. yellow, subtended by oblong red bracts. French
Guiana. Geoboe V. NASH.f
G7MN6CLADUS (from Greek naked, plus a branch,
which refers to the stout branches with few branch-
lets). Legumindsx. Trees, useful for bold planting.
Flowers dioecious or polygamous, regular, not
papilionaceous; calyx tubular, 5-cleft; petals 5, oblong,
1420
GYMNOCLADUS
perigynoua, resembling the BepaJa, or slightly largcx
and paler; atameng 10; filamente pubescent, distinct,
ebon, periKynoua; pistil 1; ovary superior, eimple,
1-celled; placeDta parietal; ovules Dumerous; style
slender: fr. an oblong (3-10-in. lont;), thick, uit,
curved, dark brown l^ume; seeds lenticular, about 1
in. broad. — The ^nus contains 2 species, one American,
the other E. Asian. The American species, the Ken-
tucky oofTee tree, is now frequently planted for orna-
mental purposes. Its ascending brancnes, coarse twi^
and pods give it a peculiar sturdy aspect, heightened m
Bummer by the immense compound Ivs. Prop, by seeds
and cuttings. FoUage appears in late spring.
diolca, Koch (G. eanadSneU, Lam.). Kentcckt
CoPTEE Tree. Fig. 1771. Tree up lo 100 ft. high,
unarmed; Iva. alternate, unequally twice-pinnate, Ij-I-S
ft. long; Ifts. ovate or oval, acuminate, stalked, entire,
glabrous, 1-3 in. long: 0a. ^n. long, grenush white, in
GYMNOSPORIA
the branches: involucre hemispherical or bell-ehaped,
with narrow bracts in 2 or 3 series; receptacle ch^y,
more or less conical; ray-fls. pistillate and st«rile; disk*
fls. perfect, producing 4-angled achenes. AUied to
Viguiera, and distinguished by the obsolete or wanting
pappus. Probably none of tbe species is in cult. G.
P6rlen. Gray, occurs on Stone Mt., Ga.: 1-2 ft. high,
slender, with 5-8 oval or obovate rays J^in. or more long,
deep orange-yellow. The other species are of the Tex-
ano-Mex. region. L H B
GTMNOPfiTALUH (Greek, naked peUd). Cvcurbi~
lieex. Six species of tendril-bearins vines of tropical
Asia and Java, of which one, G. cockinehinente, is cui>
tivated chiefly for its ornamental gourds.
This species is a tender perenmal plant, and is said
to have small white fls. borne in late summer and
autumn, as advertised in the seed catalogues, under the
name of ScoianUvut lubtfloms. Scotanthus was formerly
thought to be a closely allied genus, differing in
the staminate fls. posseesmg bracte and 3 bristle-like
rudiments of an ovary, while the staminate fls. of
Gymnopetalum, by the old definition, have no bracts
or minute ones, and but 1 rudiment of an ovary.
Coigneaux includes Scotanthus in Gymnopetalum.
COChincbinf nse, Kuri (ScoklnlAus {u&i^Arus, Naudin).
Musk-scented: st. much-branched, slender, grooved,
creeping or climbing, 5-7)^ ft. long: tendrils filiform,
elongal«d, simple: Ivs. about \\^2yi in. long, 1-3 in.
wide: fls. moncecious, white' calyx-teeth long Unear-
awl«haped; calyx shortly villous, not tomentose: Ivs.
ovate, angled or slightly lobed: fr. bright red, ovoid,
10-ribbed, rather acute at the base, produced at the
apex into a long point which withers and remains, 2 in.
long, more than X in. thick. L H B
large panicles, which
the branches of the st
Cent. N. Y., and Pa. to Minn., Neb., Okla., and Tenn.
S. S. 3:123, 124. R.H. 1897, p. 491. B.B2:26I. G.
6:215.— Seeds used for coffee west of the All^haniea
before and during the Revolutionary war.
a. thinintU, Bull., with iduIIh man nunwioiu Uu. mill muoh
tucker pod.. i> not cull. jj m_ WibqaND.
GTHNOGRAHUA. Ferns that belong in several
Senera, to which they are here referred. The ferns
escribed under Gymnogramma in previous editions
■pvlchdia, see Ceropfens; for G. aiava, see Cerop^ris
argerUea; for G. adtiiophylia, see Anngramma.
R. C. Benedict.
GTHNOLdBfIA {naked border, because the pappus
is minute or none). Compdmtx. About 20 yellow-fld.
herbs or woody plants from Ga. to Mex., much like
small-fid. beliantnus. Lvs. alternate or opposite on
erect branching sts. : fl.-heads on peduncles terminating
GTHN6PTERIS (Greek, nofced /em). PolyyodiAcex.
A group of small tropical ferns with once-pinnale hairy
Ivs. with the sporangia forming long lines along the
veins without indusia; the If.-margins not roUed over
as in Cheilanthes, and to which the genus is related.
lilBpida, Underw. {Gymnogrdmma . Hspida, Mett.).
A low plant, 5-8 in, high, with pentagonal, palmate lvs.
1 in. or more either way, densely covered on both sides,
but especially below, with strigose hairs. Has been
incorrectly referred to Gymjiograjnma Ekrenbergiana.
Texas, Ariz., Mex.— Hardy. r, c. Benedict.
GYUN0SP6RIA {qymno», naked and sporos, seed;
the seed being sometimps without aril). Celastrdcem.
A genus of about 60 species widely distributed through
Trop. and Subtrop. Afr., Asia and Austral., S. Eu. and
Subtrop. S. Amer. Closely related to Celastrus, but
easily distinguished by their habit, being rigid, often
spiny shrubs or small trees witb coriaceous rather small
Ivs. and perfect small whitish fls. in axillary cymes fol-
lowed by small capsular dehiscent f rs. ; seeds wi to or with-
out aril. None of the species is hardy N.; G, variabilis
being probably the hardiest. They are of little or no
ornamental vtuue and only occasionally and rarely cult.
in botanical collections. Except (i. serrala which is cult, in
S. Calif., and recommended as a suitable shrub for ever-
green hedges. Prop, by seeds and probably by cutlingB.
aerrftta, Loes. {Celdttrus •errd(u«, Hochst.). Ever-
green shrub; the branches with slender spines or
unarmed, puberulous or nearly glabrous at the extrem-
ities: Ivs. coriaceous, short-petlmed, ovate or eUiptic to
oblanceolate. obtuse. Bemilato, glabrous, reticulate
beneath, 1 J4-3 in. long: cymea small on axillary, forked,
puberulous peduncles much shorter than the lvs. ; caps.
3-valved, smooth. Abyssinia. G. buzifOIia, Szyszylowici
(Ctldstma buxi/Hiua, Linn.). Usually spiny, several
feet high: Ivs. obovate, obtuse, crenately serrate, 1-2
in. long:
GYMNOSPORIA
GYNURA
1421
^rmes dense, short-pedimcled. Afr. B.M. 2070 (as
Cdastruacymoaiu) and 2114 (as C. buxifolitu inemda),
G. varULliilis, Loes. Lvs. oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
acute, serrulate, 2-3 ^ in. long: cjrmes slender, much
shorter than lvs.: caps, yiriiin. across. Cent. China.
Alfred Rehder.
GYMN6STACHYS (Greek, naked spike, the scape
being leafless). Ardcex. One interesting tuberous-
rooted herb with grass-like radical lvs., from Queens-
land and New S. Wales, sometimes nown in choice
greenhouse collections, G, dncepSf R. Br. Scape 1 to
nearly 3 feet tall, flattened, slender: spikes 1-3 m. long,
slender and curved or drooping, in small clusters near
the apex, with a leafy bract subtending each cluster:
fls. small and sessile; perianth-segms. 4, obovate ana
not exceeding the ovary; stamens 4: fr. a berry H or
Jiin- long. L. h. B.
GYMNGSTACHTUM (naked spike). AcanlhAcese.
Some of the plants of this name are Fittonias (which
see). G, ceyldnicum. Am. & Nees, is by lindau (Engler
& Prantl Ipflanzenfamilien) referred to Cryptophrag-
mium, becoming C. ceylanicum, O. Kuntze, but bv
Bentham & Hooker is retained in the former genus. It
is an erect herb from Ceylon, suitable for growing in
the hothouse for its white-marked lvs. and small whitish
fls. in clusters: lvs. opposite, oval or obovate, obtuaCi
somewhat serrate. B.M. 4706. J.F. 4:405. L. H. B.
GTMNOTHRIX: Pennitetum,
GYNANDR6pSIS (Greek words: the stamens look
as if they were borne on the ovary). Cappariddcess,
Annual herbs ^wn out-of-doors.
This genus mcludes a tender plant with 5-7 Ifts.,
and fls. resembling the spider flower, or Cleome. It is
known to the trade at present as a Cleome, but Gynan-
dropsis is distinguished by having a long torus (or
receptacle), which is produced into a slender bodv (or
gvnophore) which is elongated at the middle, and bears
the pistil to which the filaments are united. Uleome has
a short torus, which often has an appendix on the back:
stamens about 6 in Gynandropsis: in Cleome 4-6,
often 10: Ifts. 3-7: fls. white or purplish; sepals decidu-
ous; petals entire or crenulate, obovate^ with a slender
claw: fr. a silique, usually inclosed within the calyx;
seeds kidney-shaped or orbicular, compressed, with a
wrinkled or tubercled coat. — ^The species of Gynandrop-
sis are perhaps a dozen, in the warmer parts of the
world. Pedicellaria is an older name for the genus, but
it is not accepted by the ''nomina conservanda" of the
Vienna code. For cult., see Cleome.
specidsa, DC. (Cleome specidsa, HBK.). Stiff annual,
or perhaps a perennial, usually about 2 ft. and rather
velvety toward the top: Ifts. 5-7, subsetrulate, obk>ngy
acuminate: fls. violet, showy. Mex.
WiLHELH Miller.
N. TAYLOR.t
GYN^RIUM (Greek, gune, woman, and erum, wool).
Oraminex. Very large perennial grasses with broad,
sword-like blades and plume-like dioecious inflorescence.
Spikelets 2-fld., the florets equal, the rachiUa not
produced beyond the upper floret; ^umes of staminate
spikelets equal, of the pistillate spikelets unequal, the
upper twice as lon^ as the lower; culms perenmal, with
extensively creepmg rhizomes, the plants growing
gregariously in large masses or areas in their native
habitat: lvs. rather evenly distributed alone the sts.,
the sheaths about equal, the blades as mucn as 3 in.
wide.— One species in Trop. Amer. Cortaderia of
Stapf differs in the 3-6-fld. spikelets, the upper florets
more or less reduced, in the equal glumes in both sexes,
in the biennial culms with only very short rhizomes, the
plants thus growing in large tussocks; in the lvs.,
scarcely Viin. wide, oeing crowded at the base of the
plant, the sheaths increasing in length from base
upward. The difference in appearance between the
staminate and pistillate plumes is much more marked
in Gynerium than in Cortaderia.
8accha?o!des» Humb. & Bonpl. Uva-Grass. Culms
perennial, as much as 40 ft. hish: on the steHle shoots
the lvs. are aggregated, fan-luce at the summit; on
the fertile sts. they are scattered along the middle,
the basal and upper portions being naked: plume
white or tawny. B.M. 7352. — Cult, for ornament, the
plumes resembling those of pampas grass. Not hardy
outside the tropics. For pampas grasses see Cortaderia
and Pampaa-Grass. a. S. HrrcHCOCK.
GYN6P0G0N (Greek, bearded atioma). Apoey*
ndcese. Svn. Alyxia. Interesting tropical woody pusmts,
worth cultivating under glass.
The genus was establi&ed in 1776 by Forster, based
upon G. steUatus of Tahiti^ and is now Imown to mclude
at least 50 species distnbuted in the islands of the
Pacific, Madagascar, Austral, and Trop. Asia, Ever-
green trees or shrubs, erect or twining, nearly all of
which have the agreeable fragrance of coumarm, with
entire, short-petioled, glossy, myrtle-like lvs., usually
in whorls of 3 or 4, or sometimes opposite: fls. usually
fragrant, axillary or terminal, solitanr or in umbellate
or spicate cjrmes; calvx 5- or 4-cleft; corolla salver-
shap^. its tube cylindrical, swollen above the middle,
or sligntlv contracted at the throat, without scales,
the 5 or 4 lobes sinistrose; anthers subsessile, as many
as the lobes of the corolla and alternate with them.
ins«1«d on the tube; ovary of 2 distinct carpels imitea
by a single style with a capitate, or oblong stigma often
beurin^ nairs on its upper surface; ovules 4-6 in each
carpel m 2 series: fr. generally a single ovoid or oblong
drupe, usually moniuform. consisting of 2 or more
l-seeaed joints placed ena to end, sometimes both
carpels maturing in the same fl., when the fr. becomes
geminate, as in many other Apocynace»; seeds ovoid or
oblong, furrowed on the ventral side, remarkable for
their ruminate endosperm with erect embryo, in isdiich
respect they differ from those of other Apocynacese and
agree with Annonacese. Plants of this genus mav be
prop, by seeds or cuttings. They are worthy of cult, in
the conservatory, on account of their dark nreen lus-
trous foliage and their fragrant jasmine-like fls.
oUv«f6nni8, Safford (Alyxia olivsef&rmis. Gaud.).
Maile. a straggling or somewhat twinine shrub with
opposite and temate lvs., blades ovate to oblong, obtuse
or acuminate at both ends, coriaceous glossy, with
evanescent veins and margins usuallv revolute over
an intramarginal nerve: peduncles axillary, 3- or 4-fld.;
ooroUa yellowish, salver-shaped, the tube sli^tly
dilated b!elow the contracted throat, puberulous within
along the adnate filaments, limb 4- or rarel^r 5-lobed:
drupes often geminate, fleshy black, elliptic-oblong,
sometimes curved, acuminate at each end. Hawaiian
Isls., in the woods of the lower and middle regions.-j-
This is perhaps the most cherished plant of the Hawai-
ians, who weave its fragrant glossy foliage into garlands,
or leis, with which to adorn their friends, and with its
branches decorate their houses and lanais on festive
occasions; and they also celebrate its fragrance in their
songs. Other allied species are the laumaile of Samoa
(Gynovogon bradeolosus), the nanaao or Loduson lake of
the island of Guam (Gynopogon Torrenanua), and the
moire of Tahiti (Gynopogon alelUUtu).
W. E. Safford.
GTNtTRA (name refers to the tailed stigmas). Com*
vdsitse. Tropical herbs, sometimes grown under glass
for the Icu^ showy foliage.
Rarely subshrubby: lvs. alternate, entire or lobed.
numerous: heads discoid, the florets commonly all
fertile, not very showy; involucre cylindrical or some-
what bell-shaped, the narrow bracts in about 1 series:
achene narrow, 5-10-striate, with copious slender
temperature; prop, by cuttings. Genus allied to ^«cio
and Cinersna; of about 40 species in Trop. Air., Asia,
to Austral.
■unntlaca, DC. Velvet Tree. Stout sjid branchy,
2-3 ft., with almoBt succulent eta, densely clothed mm
violet or purple haiis : tvs. large and soft, ovate, joKEed-
toothed, nairy, short-petiolec or the upper onea daap-
ing, overlaid with iridescent purple : heads in a terminal
' " I. Ava. I.H. 28:436.— A
;at«ry or wannhouse, but
may be bedded out in a warm and protected place. It
grows raoidly, and makes a most satisfactory display
of colored leafa^. It is readily prop, by cuttings in the
house, as geraniums are.
_ Other ipscie*, but Dot kmnrn to b« in Uw AnMrioui tnid«, are:
G. aviad&a, CuK. (G. ovaJia, DC. Cmoilim onla, Ker). On^
•llcbtly nlloua: ]¥«. oval, aniire or repand, <r«fD bou imihK
Bb. rsUow. frurut. Chiu. B.R. 101.— O. Mnlor, DC. 2-3 ft.,
Hb. rsllow. frurut. Chiu. B.R. 101
il kxflu sroirui tbui tin above, ^abri
whatdownj, ■bort'petjoled, deefi-tootliedor^iuuti_. ,.., ._
■Dd punde benealh: 6*. oraace. Midueiiu. B.M. 0123. — a, otitic,
DC.— d. HirioulMs. — a. lormmlita, DC. Ctbnbiu, with purple
tfabrotia tts.; Ivi. nuTDw, ovate to luiMoUtM, Mumiuts. petioEed,
ramotdy mwU-taotbed. iresa and puiplF-iibbed. Wanoboiue
plant from MalBTas IilL B.M. 7244. L H B
GTPSOpHUA d^pawn-Jomn;, because it likes cal-
careous soils}. CaryophyitAeex. European and Asian
herbs, bearing a profusion of small flowen, and useful
for nusl-like effects in mixed borders and as trimming
in bouauets.
Sepals 5, united below, but the calyx naked at the
base (not bracted, as in some related genera) ^-nerved;
petals 5, clawed, very small, usually while, in some
norticuitural forms pinkish; stamens 10; styles 2: pod
4-valved: Ivb. small, entire, opposite. — Perbape 75
species. Very branchy or spreading, slender nerbe,
with scant foliage when in bloom. Of easiest cult, in
open, rather dry places. They are desirable for rock-
work. They make an excellent effect as fiUins amongst
shrubbery; also good for covering unkempt places with
a mass ot dehcate bloom. Hardy.
A. Plant annual.
muriUs-Linn. Fig. 1772. One to IH ft, very diffuse
and branchy, mostly with shorter joints than G. eUgans,
of finer appearance, the st. rough-hairy near the base,
smooth aiMve; Ivs. linear, spuiry-like: fla. small, rosy,
the petals ahnoet recurved, crenate. Eu. — Makes a
dense Uttle mound when well grown.
filenmB, Bieb, Fig. 1773. One foot, repeatedly
forked-branched, glabrous: Ivs. sessile, the uppermost
linear, the lower oblong or spatulatei fls. white or some-
times (G. rdaea, Hort., and in rare wild forms) rosy;
petals truncate, almost recurved. 2~5 times as long as
the calyx. Caucasus. — Much cult., and handsome.
GYPSOPHILA
AA. Piant perennioL
B. Lvs. thort, »patviaU: jAanl piAaeerU.
cerastiotdes, D. Don. Low, densely pubescent: Iva.
pubescent, the radical ones bng-petioled, the others
apatulate or obovate, obtuse o)
BB. Lbs, perfoliaU.
peifolitta, Linn. (G. Korttmerifdlia,
Hort.). A tall, thick and round-
stemmed perennial, usually glabrous,
but sometimes hairy near the summit:
Ivs. perfoliate. 5-nerved: fls. purplish,
the sepals only shghtly shorter than
the petals. Medit. r^on.
BBB. Lilt, long, not perfoliate: pUtlU
glabrout or ruarty to.
paoicnltta, Linn. Bast's Breath.
Fig. 1774. Diffuse and rather tall-grow-
jng (2-3 ft.), forking: Ivs. Unear-lan-
ceolate, the largest 3 in. long, but becoming smaller
toward the infl., sharp-pomted: fls. white, vay
numerous; pedicels 2-3 times as lone as the calyx.
Eu. Gn. 68, p. 162.— A very popular pmnt, eepeci^y
for use in Uie trimming of bouquets. A most grac»
ful subject. Sts. stiff and wiry, therefore excellent
for cutting. A picture of its use in floral arrange-
ment will be found in A.F. 6:340. Var. flSre-pltao,
Hort., with double fls. has been advertised, but is
httle known in Amer. Gn. 60, p. 103. A.F. 19:767.
In places where the double form is di£Bcult of cult^
it IS recommended that it be grafted <m roots of O.
panicuUxia.
acutifOlia, Fisch. Very like the last, but the plant
greener, the Ivs. narrower (Indistinctly 3-nerved)
and the pedicels scarcely longer than the calyx.
Caucasus. — G. paniealaia seems aometimea to be
cult, under this name.
StSvenii, Fisch. (G. glaiica, Hort.). Lower than
G. vaniculata, glaucous-green: Ivs. lineai^lanceolate
and carinate, mostly radical: fls. rather largrar,
whit«, the panicles smaller than Uiose of Q. panieuiaia;
petals shorter than the
calyx. Caucasus,
ripens, Linn. (G. proa-
trAla, Hort., not of «
Linn.). Sts. trailing or
prostrate, ascending at
the ends, not glau- >
cous: Ivs. linear, sharp-
pointed, glabrous: fls.
rather large, white, the
petals about twice longer
than the sepals and Uie
pedicels usually much
longer. Alps and Pyre-
nees. B.M; 1448.— Best
adapted to the rockery,
and the mixed border;
blooms from midsum-
mer to autumn. Var,
monstrOsa, Hort., is
larger but otherwise the
same. Var. rdsea, Hort.,
has roHe-coloied fls. and
is frequently sold as G.
protlrata rosea, also as G
oarminea, Hort., which
does not seem to differ.
N. Taylor, t
H
timee twice as long. June, July. Eu., N. Asia. G.C.
III. 61:68. — There ia aa H. eoTtopiea of Reichenbsch
dating from 1864, whereas Bentham's dates only from
1880:
2. odoratfssima, Franch. (Pymnadhiia odoraHmma,
A. Rich.}. Fls. iDtcneely red-purple, aromatic, only htdf
as large as in the preceding; spur shorter than ovary.
, Eu,
HABENAIUA (Greek, a rein or strap; referring to
tiic shape of parts of the flower). OrehidAcex, tribe
OpArj/dez. Reim Orchis. Terrestrial leafy herba,
sometimes grown in bog-gardens and naturalised in
moist places.
TubEifi usually undivided, rarely It^wd: fls. in ter-
minal racemes orspikra, rarely solitary; sepals aube<iual,
free or cohering at base, erect or spreading; petals
usually mnaller, often 3-lobed ; lip Bpreoding or drooping,
long- or ahort-epurred at base, its blade entire or 3-5- *b- otgm». of lip toothed,
fid.; column verv short, sessile: rostellum usuiUly I- 3. peramdoa. Gray. Rather tall: fls. lam and
toothed or lobed; glands n^ed; anthetwtells parallel showy, violet-purple: middle aeons, of lip Globed,
or divergent: caps, ovoid or oblong, erect. The lateral July, Aug. N. J. to Va. and El. B^. 1:466.
lobes are sometimes fringed, givinK the n t,.t, i ■ ,
..t.i " cL^-.TTl .... BBB.SegBU. qf hp deeply and copioutly
4. flmbriita, R. Br. Fls. lilac, rarelv
white, fragrant; petals laterally toothed.
Summer. New Bruns. to Mich, and
mountains of N. C. A.G. 12:152. G.F.
10:483. B.B. 1:466.
5. uycAdes, Gray. Three feet or less
high: fls. many, crowded, much smaller
tlun in G.Jimbnala, Llac, rarely white,
fragrant. July, Aug. Newfoundland to
Minn, and mgh mountains of N. C.
B.B. 1:466.
AA. Fls. pink Ihroughoul: lin. all radieal.
ate and tropical rt^ons.
Few species of Habenaria are of much
horticultural importance, especiall)^ in
this country. Some of the exotic kinds
enjoy some favor as stove plants in
En^and, while there are a number of
hardy North American species which can
be reoommended for outdoor cultiva-
tion in boggy places. H. Suianrue,H.
cornea, H. miiiiarit and other East
Indian species are best grown in a moder-
ately warm house, needing good light
and a fair amount of water. It is recom-
mended ta repot them after the resting
season in a compost of peat, moss, loam
and crock dust, with the tuber resting
upon the crocked-up bottom of the pot
and the growing point just beneath the
soil. Th^ should then be given a good
supply of water until after flowering.
These babenarias are much like bletia
in their requirements. The most popular
rdes at present seem to be /f . dnaria,
fimbriala and H. psyoodes, but these
give a very imperfect conception of the
beauties of the genus, although in the
opinion of some persons, H. eiliarit ia '
the showiest orchid in temperate North America. The
native species are procurable through collectors and
dealers in native plants: foreign species through I>ut«h
bulb-growers; and H. radiaia through dealers in
Japanese plants.
bleptwrtclottii, IS.
HwiiMui
hypffrboR*, 31.
tuen.!K
A. FU. purple; lip S-parled: sla. leafy.
S. Segmg. of lip entire: braeta nearly tqaaiing the fit.
loosed clustered, light pink, fading
nearly white; lip large; spur over 2 in,
long. Penang. G.C. III. 10:729; 34:323.
Gn. 47:182. G.M. 36:642. O.R. 4:209;
9:297; ll:frontis.; 13:59. G,F.4:487.
J.H. III. 33:319; 49:299. R.B. 21, p. 44.
— One of the most beautiful of the genus;
Siparent^ not in American trade. Var.
vOsi, Hort., white. Gn.47:182.
AAA. FU. orange.
"' n. CiAar orange-j/eilow UavughouL
*' G. Lip nearly or quite entire.
7. Integra, Spreng. Two ft. or less high, leafy: fls.
small, crowded. July- N. J. to La., near the ooast.
B.B. 1:463.
cc. LAp fringed or lacerate.
8. cUUrU, R. Br. Yellow FrnMOEn Orchis. Jig.
1776. Fls. crowded, brilliant oi -■-•-»- — j --
apex; spur about twice a
Aug. E. U. S.
9. distita, R. Br. Smaller: fls. much smaller; petals
merely toothed; spur little exceeding the lip. July.
N. J. to La. near the oosBt. B.B.1:464.
BB. Color einnabca^'Orangt:, the gepaU rtd-tpoOed
outside.
10. dnnabarina, Rolfe. Small: at. leafy: lip 3-lobed;
spur straight^ nearly equaling ovary. Madagascar. —
Not in American trade.
AAAA. Fit. with green sepid» and pettdi; lip briUianlls
11. militiria, Reichb. f. IH. pusUlo, Reichb. f.).
Bluish glaucous: fls. numerous; lip scarlet, trifid, mid-
(1423)
iLujw riunujsii v/hvuib. rig-
iant orange; petab fringed at
s tons as lip; lip kin^frmged.
068. B.B. 1:464.— A striking
1424
HABENARIA
lobe bifid; spur long and very slender, greenish white.
Cochin-ChiM. R-H! 1888:396. J,H. 11^33:63. G.M.
36:436. O.K. 4:200; 9:297.— The author says of this
fine plant: "No English soldier can boast a jacket of a
deeper acarlet than the Up of OUT plant." Not in
American trade.
12. riiodocheUA, Hance. Nearly related to H.
mUiUma, but fla. Tewer and subcorymbose: petals
almost helmel^^haped; lip varyina from deep roae-
pinh to cinnabar and madder; spur dull yellow. China.
B.M. 7571.— Not in American trade.
AAAAA. FU. white to preen or greenitk ydtow.
a. Color pare white.
C. Lip entire.
13. nivea, Spreng. Lvs., except I or 2 lowest, bract-
like: fls. numerous, tooacly clustered, small; spur very
Blender. Summer. Del. to Ala. B.B. 1:462.
14. leucdstachys, Wate. Usualh' tall and stout: Its.
eeveral: fls. many, rather large. Idaho to Ariz., Calif,
and Ore. Mn. 6:81.— Nearly related to //. di^oJo/a, but
distinguished by its spur greatly exceeding the sepals.
cc. Lip fringed.
15. UephsrigllittiB, Torr. Fls. much as in ff . ciliaria,
ccc. Lip 3-parled.
16. longecalcarftta, A. Rich. Lva. all radical: fls. 1-3,
large, long-etalked; middle lobe of lip narrow, lateral
17. Susimue, R. Br. (H. p~
Mtitia, Don). St. tail, stout, leafy:
lis. 3-fi, very large, fragrant; broad,
fan-shaped side lobes or lip deeplv
fringed; midlobe tongue-shaped,
entire; spur more thu) twice as
long as ovary and pedicel. India,
M^ya, China. B.M. 3374. G.C.
HI. 16:279. J.H. III. 29:226.
O.R. 4:209; 9:297.— This and the
preceding species are among the
largeet-fld. and showiest haben-
arias. They appear not to be in
tbf North American trade.
BB. Color partly or whoUy preen,
or greenish yeUow.
c. Lip deeplg S-iobed or 3-parted.
D. Pefok deft or parted into
S lobet or segmt.
18. filweaU, Hook. Erect, leafy:
fls. few, large, greenish yellow;
Ktals cleft almost to base into
ig, slender, aickle-shaped, hairy
segms.; lip smooth, the s^ma.
long and slender. India. B.M.
7478. — A remarkable species.
19. Bonltea, Reichb. t. (BimAlea
apeciiso, Willd.). Stout, leafy: fla.
rather large, light green and white:
lobes of lip, especially central
one, tubular toward base. S. Afr.
G.C. III. 17:743.— Cult. Uke Dita
grandijlora, in a cool greenhouse
with plenty of air, in a mixture
of fibrous peat and sphagnum j^g
with perfect drainage. Requires a H«bodKta dlUrii, or
Uberal supply of water all the reitow rrin(>d otchid.
HJl^NARIA
t>n. PetaU not deft or parted.
E. Spitr sao-thaped; lobei of tip entire.
20. chlwintlia, Spreng. Lvs. clasping: fls.
exceeding bracts, greienish. Maaearene Isls.
EE. Spur long and slender.
F. Middle hbe of lip entire, the others fringed.
rt. AU lobe» of tip deeply fringed.
22. leucophiba. Gray. Four ft. high or less: fla. large,
whitish or greenish, fragrant; petals erose; spur exceed-
ing ovary. July. N.Y. to Minn, and Ark. B.B. 1:465.
23. licera, R. Br. Raoqed Orcbib. Smaller: fls.
greenish yellow; spur not equaling ovary. June, July.
Nova Scotia to Ga. and Mo. B.B. 1:465.
ex:. Lip merdy toothed or dighUy tobed; JU. inconspicuous.
D. Fls. much shorter than the conspicuous hrocts; spur
Boc-shaped, short.
24. hracteita, R. Br. (ff. viridis, Cham.). Fw. 1777.
Fls. greenish; 6j)ur often white. Summer. N. E. U. S.
to Bnt. Col., Eu: B.B. 1:463.
DD. Fit. nearly equaling or exceeding bracts; tpw long
and slender.
B. Lvs. i-S near base of St.
25. tridentita, Hook. Fls. greenish, loosely clustered;
lip wide at apex, 3-toothed; spur incurved. July, Aug.
Newfoundland to Minn., Fla. and La. AG. 12:1^
B.B. 1:463. Now known as H. clavelUta, Spreng.
EE. Lvs. S or more.
26. vireacens, Spreng. Leafy: fls. greenish; lip only
slightly exceeding petilJs, with 2 lateral teeth and a
nearly basal wart. July. Range of preceding. B.B.
1:464. The name is now H. flftra. Gray.
ccc. Lip entire; fls. inconsjneuous.
D. Large lvs. M basal.
E. IJ. sditary.
27. obtnsita, Richards. Spike loosely fid.; fls. yellow-
Cn: hpdeflexed; spur about equalmg lip. Summer.
MS C^ada, south to N. Y. and C^. B.B. 1 :461.
ss. Lvs. t.
F. Spur mucA exceeding ovary.
28. orbiculita, Torr. Lvs. orbicular, lying on Uie
ground: fls. numerous, loosely cluatered, greenish: lip
white, obtuse. July, Aug. Acroes Canada and Minn.
to mountains of N. C. B.B. 1:461. Gn.M. 4:14.
29. bif&lia, R. Br. Butterfly Ohchis. Lvs. oblong:
fls. white, with tips of spur and lip greenish, fragrant m
the evening. May, June. Eu.
FF. Spur obaut equaling ovary.
30. Hookeriina, Gray {H. Hobkeri, Lindl.). Lva.
oval, obovate or orbicular: fls. peenish yellow; to>
acute. Summer. Nova Scotia to N. J. and Iowa. B.B.
1:461.
DD. Large let. several above the bate.
E. Spike eomnumly dense.
31. hyperbSrea, R. Br. Fls. greenish: petals, obtuse
lip and slender spur all about equally long. Summer.
N. U. S. to Nova Scotia and Alaska. B.B. 1 :462.
32. «egana, Boland. Large lvs. aU on lower part of
St.: fls. numerous, small, greenish; sepals 1-nerved,
ail alike; spur filiform. Vancouver Isl. to Calif .
EE. Spike commonly loose.
r. Spur short, sac-shaped.
33. gricillB, Wato. Three feet hieh or less: spike
long, many-fld.; fls. greenish; spur about equaling hp
and sepals. Ore. and Wash.
HABEN^IA
rr. Spur not lae-aliaped.
34. untlaBchceuBis, Wate. Fla. white or „
sepals, petals and lip about equal; spur slender, barely
to nearly twice longer than lip. f ti__(__.., ^.
CftCf. and Utah.— Near H.
degaat, but more slender,
with s longer and more
open spike. It is referred
I^ some to the genus
H-EMANTHUa
HACKMATACE, or TAMARACK: Larii
35. dilatata, Gray. Fls.
p^enish white : lip widened
spur about as long, in-
curved. SummK'. Cooler
parte of N. Amer. A.G.
12:153. B.B. 1:462.—
More slender and nar-
rower-leaved than ff.
hvperhorea.
H. tcniaiUta, D. Don. 8len-
dsr-crowini: 6a. white vith
«Y "untl«»B.
—^i Si. shotl^
atalked . crejuay white » lip larve.
roM^purple ud white with
orent bnobt yellow- 3, India.
G.C.III. 5*:3O0.—H. LiSf^Tdii.
Rolle. Lvi. 2. bull: raceme ,
many-fld.^ fla. white, the ity-
lodeg ETeen: KpK]gDVB.te, soulc;
petal* divided into 2 elender
SimilBr to H.
dwarfer: Ra- vei
lip broad,
antba. Wight),
^am. O.R. 1913:39.
~H. tri^kra. Rot(e. Plant Hmewhat dauooiu: raoamea about
l&4d.i petal* white; Mpali light green. Bunaa.
T. H. Keabnet, Jr.
George V. NAsa.f
HABfiSLEA (after Karl C. Haberle, profeaaor of
botany at Pestb, who died in 1831). Geaneri&ctx. One
dainty httle hardy herbaceous perennial plant, which
is tuned and bears in spring a few scapes 4 to 9 inches
high, with two to five nmlding, violetHX>!ored, five-
lc»ed, tubular flowers, each about I inch long and 1
inch across. Allied to Ramoudia.
Haberlea has 4 included didvnamoua Btamena and a
bell-shaped calyx; the corolla nas a conspicuous tube,
which is thrust out of the calyx nearly J^in., and 5
lobes, 2 of which are much smaller than the others,
while in Ramondia the fl. seems to be wheel-Bhaped,
with 5 equal petals, because the corolla^tube is very
short ana inconspicuous and the lobes deeply cut.
Haberlea was intni. to cult, about 1881 by Leichtlin,
and few, if any, of our skilled amateurs know the plant.
It is not advertised in Amer. Only I species is known,
and it is found wild only in a few miles of a single val-
ley in Thrace, where it abounds on the southern slope of
the Balkans on shaded schistose rocks. Only 4 species
of Gesncriacefe are found wild in Eu., and 3 of them, are
said to be confined each to one spot. The genus Ram-
ondia has the same habit and is equaUy demrable. For
cult., see Ramondia.
the corolla: Ivs. 2-3 in. lonn, obovate- or ovate^blouK,
obtuse, coarsely crenate, thick, leathery, few-nerved:
calyx 5-clett; corolla pale lilac. B.M. 6651. Gn. 67, p.
71, G.W.15:428. R.H. 1906, p.231.
WiLKBLM Miller.
Unafaska to HACQUfellA (named after Balthaaar Hacquet,
1740-1815, author of works on alpine plants). Vmbd-
Itfer*. Syn. Ddndia, DoruRma. A monotypic nenus
consisting of an herbaceous perennial cult, in the alpine
g(uden and thriving in good stiff loam. Prop, by divi-
sion in spring, before B\)wth commences. The species
is H. EpipddU, DC. From 3-8 in. high: Ivs. radical,
palmate, deeply bbed: fla. polygamous, in umbels on
short pedicels, yellow; involucre of 5-6 large, green
Ive. which are much longer than the umbels. Eu.
L.B.C. 19: 1832. G.W. 14, p. 197.— Blooms in April
and May.
peater part are natives of the Cape region; grown
mdoors.
Flowers showy, oft«n numerous, in umbels; perianth
straight and erect, witli a short cylindrical tube;
segms. longer than the tube, narrow, equal; stamens 6,
inserted in the throat of the perianth, usually exserted,
the anthers versatile; style filiform and erect, on a 3-
loculed ovary; fr. berry-like, indehiecent. The fls. are
red or white, on a sohd scape, which is little, if any,
longer than the cluster of root-lvs.: they lack the
corona of many amaryllidaceous plants. — Probably
above 60 species from 8. and Trop. Atr.
Hcmantnuses, like most Cape bulbs, are gummer-
and autumn-flowering; or, when startea indoors or in
frames, blooming in spring or early summer. The
flowen often prewde the leaves. The foliaee is usually
large and luxuriant, and the scape is often handsomely
colored. The Aowctb ore sometimes as much as 2
inches across, and produced in great ball-like heads
nearly or quite a foot through. Yet the species are
essentially curiosities in this country. The culture
given nerine suits them well. Their season of growth
IS usually not more than three or four months, and the
remainder of the year they may be laid away in the
pots. When growing, give plenty of rather weak
liquid manure. Keep in an intennediate or warm house.
and when in btocnn keep them somewhat cooler. Avoia
oveiTiotting,
They are increased by offsets, which should be
detached from the parent plants in the spring. The
bulbs may be potted singly, or several in a pot, in equal
parts of peat and loam, with enough sand to make the
compost nave a gritty feeling when passed throu^ tha
hands. Cover the lower half of the bulb with soil and
iXKl
HABROTHAHCTUS: CiM:
grow well in a night temperature of 50° to 55". How-
ever, they are often grown 10° lower, but never with
the same success. Water the plants carefully until
they get into active growth, after which water may be
applied more liberally. Syrin^ the plants on all bright
days, morning and noon during their growing period.
During the summer months, shade them sUMitly; and
when they are in flower the shade may be much heavier.
This ia of great assistance in making them last longer.
As soon as the plants show sipis of going to rest, with-
hold water, letting the soil become qmte dry. Start
them into growth in the spring about the first of March.
It is not necessary to pot theee plants every year, as
they flower much better if not disturbed much at the
toots. If they are not repotted, water with weak liquid
manure once a week, after they are growing vigorously.
These plants are liable to attacks from green-fly and
red-spider. Fumigation with tobacco, m any form
generally used in greenhouses, will keep the former ir
latter from getting a foothold. (George F. Stewart.)
H-^MANTHUS
INDBX.
Katberins, 3.
A. Lva. membranoui, not fieehy.
B. Perianlh-parlt and spathet »preading.
c. Pedunde lateral as regarda Ihe tuft af Ivs,
D. Seffmg. of perianth. 3-Sin. long or lew.
1. Lescraftwaetil, WilHem. Lvh. sheathed Bit the base,
4-8 in a group, about 7-8 in. long, with 8-9 nerves on
each aide of the midrib; infl. racemose, the ultimate,
H.EMANTHUS
ing with the fls., with a abort, nxitted petiole, the blade
oblong, 9-14 in. loDg and 4-6 in. broad, the lateral
veiuH 8-!0: peduncle 1 ft. tall, spotted toward the bsee;
umbel sometimes 9 in. diam., densely many-fld,; fla.
bri^t red, 2-2H in. long, the lanceolate rctlexing
s^mH. little longer than the cylindrical tube; red fila-
ments exserted. S. Afr. B.M.6778. G. 32:37. G.C.
III. 43:72.— Name spelled both Kathmnx and Kalh-
erine; but the former speUina is the original and the
proper Latin form. In cult, the Ivs. become "about 3
ft. in len^h and of a bright pale green color — apple-
green, as it is usually called — and the venation is more
atrongly marked than is usual in H. mvllifiorut, H.
dmuSiarinita and other allied kinds." Burbidge, On,
49, p. IflO, with figure.
cc. Pedxmde central eu regards the tuft qf bit.
4. Lbidenii, N. E. Br. Lve. 6-8, in 2 ranks, arising
from a thick, solid rootstock, nearly or quite evergreen;
petioles long, winged; blade 10-12 in. long and ^-5 in.
wide, long-ovate, lanoeolate or ovate-oblong, acute, tBe
base rounded or subcordate, with a longitudinal fold
either side of the midrib : scape 1 3^ ft. tall, arising from
the center of the Ivb., flattened on one side, more or lees
spotted; umbel globular, &-8 in. diam., with 100 or
more scarlet fls. opening in succcaaion; fls. 2 in. acrosa,
the tube ^in, long, the lobes longer and lineai^lanceo-
late and acute. Congo, G.C. III. 8:437; 13:483. I.H.
37:112; 40:173, f. 1; 41, p. !8. Gt. 4fi, p. 217. G.M.
36:220. J,H. III. 28:73.— Many forms are known in
the trade, as var. miribilis, Hort., with salmon-cobred
fls., a magnificent addiUon intra, in 1901. G. C. III.
29:332. Var. impeiiMis, Hort., differing from the type
in longer perianth-eegms. G.C. III. 31:99. G.M. 45:85.
Var. Laurtntii, Hort., also with longer perianth-eegms.,
and salmon-colored fls. R.H. 1911, p. 443. There are
many other forms of this popular favorite, such as
"Fascinator," "Queen Alexandra," and the like.
BB. Ptrianlh-paTU and spathei aacending.
5. pimlcens, Linn. Bulb nearly globular, 2-3 i.
umbellate clusters almost round, about 4 in. diam.;
fla. rose-colwed, showy, the tube short, the segms.
linear, about Hin. long. Congo rwion. R.B. 30:217.
—Intro, in 1904.
DD. Segtna. of perianlk. %-l xn. Umg.
2. multifldnis, Martyn {H. tenuifidrui, Herb. ff.
Kdibreyeri, Baker). Bi^b globose, 3 in. or leas diam.:
Ivs. 3-A on a short, separate st,, the petiole short and
ebeathing the oblong blade 6-12 in. long, with fi-8
veins each side of the midrib: scape straight, 1-3 ft.
high, green or red-spotted; umbel often 6 in. diam.,
containing 30-100 fls., which are usually bkod-red, with
linear 3-ncrved ecgms. twice or more as long as the
tube; red filaments long-exserted, bearing prominent
yellow anthers. Trop. Afr. Variable. B.M. 961, 1995,
■"'■"' L.B.C. 10:912; 20:1948 (erroneously
broad, oblong, strongly undulated, the main veins
about 8 on each aide the rib: scape 6-15 in. tall, spotted;
umbel globose and dense, 3-4 in. diam., beanne many
scentless, pale scarlet, vellowish red or rarely white fls.
1 in. long; perianth-tuoe cylindrical, shorter than the
lanceolate 3-nerved af^pns.; filaments red, 1 in. long.
8. Afr. B.M. 1315.
6. magnfficus, Herb. Bulb globose, 3-4 in. diam.;
St. leafy, reaching a length of 2 ft., not developed until
after flowering tmjc: Ivs. 6-8, oblong, 12-15 in. long,
narrowed to a clasping base: peduncles 8t«ut, about a
foot long, the umbel globose, about 5 in. diam.; fls.
bright scarlet, the eegms. about twice the length of the
tube. Perhaps only a variety of H. puniceu* and so
treated in B.M. 3870. B.M. 4745 figures a var. insfgnia,
Hook., with long green bracts.
AA. Lvg. thidc and fle*hy.
B. BraeU and fla. while.
7. ilfaiflos, Jacq. Bulb or tuber compressed sidewise,
wiUi thick, 2-rangcd scales; Ivs. 2-4, appearing with the
fls., nearly erect, obtuse, 6-8 in. long and nearly half as
broad, narrowed to the base, green and elabrous, but
ciliate on the edges: scape lees than 1 ft. tall, pale green,
bearing a dense, globular umbel 2 in. diam.; fla, ^in.
king, the linear aegms. much exceeding the tube. S.
Afr. B.M. 1239. L.B.C. 7:602. Var. puMwens,
Baker, has Iva. hairy above. L.B.C. 8:702. B,R, 382.
H. Cldrkei. Hort., is a hybrid of this species aiid C.
BupirbuB, Hort., is an improved brilliant-colored form,
3. Kitherine, Baker. Fig, 1778. Bulb gktboee, 2-3
in. diam.: Ivs. 3-5, on a abort, separate st. appear-
8. ctndldus, Bull. Bulb laige. globose: Ivs. 2, appeal^
ig with the fts., fleshy, strapjshaped, about 1 ft. long,
-5 in. wide, hairy on both aides: peduncle as long as
H^MANTHUS
BB. Bracts and fit. red.
9. cocdnens, Linn. Bulb compreased sidewiee, i
bo the base, green and glabrous, not ciliate: scape 6-10
in. tall, compressed, mottled; bracts laive and thick,
aacendmg and formmg a cup, in which the red fls. are
borne; fls. 1 in. long, with linear segms. and a short
tube. S. Atr. B.M. 1075. L.B.C. 3:240. Var. coirc-
tfttuB, Baker, haa smaller Ivs. and ^ort«r bracts.
B.R. 181.— Odd plants.
10. tigrinuB, Jacq. Lvs. ciliste on the margiiis, 1 ft.
or less long, spotted on the lower part of the back : scape
6 in,, red-spotted; umbel dense, 2 in. or less in diam.:
bracts shorter than in the last (not over 2 in. long),
bright red ; fls. 1 in. or leas longj with very short tube.
S. Afr. B.M. 1705.
Muivhybridiuid fonna are known in horticulture. Anions the
b«t is ft. Andrimwda which is H. Katherine X H. ma^cificui. Fli.
crinuOD. Gn.7e, p. 437. O.M. &5:S8B.— ». lozioMui— Buphing
dLrtichA. L H. B.
N. TAYLOR.t
H£HASIA (Greek, referring to the bhx>d'red under
Buriace of the leaves). OrchidAax. Terrestrial orchids,
known to the trade diiefly as Goodjiera. They are
neatly rlwarf stove foliage plants, and are to be culti-
vated like AntEctochiluB.
In Hiemarla the lower lip is swelled above its base
into a wide claw and is provided with a pouch-like sac
at base, and a blade of 2 divergent lobes; in Goodyera
the blade of the hp is small and not clawed. Both
Eenera belong to a large group in which the lip either
as no spur or sac, or if the latter is present, it is
included between the sepals; while in Ana>etochiluB the
lip has a prominent sac or spur projecting between the
lateral sepals. — Four species, in China and Malaya.
The leaves of H. discolor are green above and red
below. It is, however, not nearly so brilliant as
Hsemaria Daasoniana, which has the same red color
beneath, and is beautifully netted above with red or
yellow. In both species a dosen or more small flowers,
chiefly white, are borne on a densely hairy scape.
These plants seem much easier to cultivate than
antcctochilus and can be grown in large, shallow pans,
with the rhiiomes creeping in sphagnum.
A. Lvs. not nelUd^xined above.
dbcolor, Lindl. (Goodyhw Aaeolor, Ker). Fig,
HAKEA
1427
wood has been removed, being used for making the
dye. The wood takes on a beautiful brownish red color
on exposure to the air. This tree is known as Cam-
peachy wood, logwood, and in Porto Rico as Palo de
Campeche. l. H. B.
H£MOD6RnH {biood-gift, a fanciful name).
HxtnodorAcae, which is closely allied to AmaryUidacete.
Nearly 20 Australian perennial herbs, with sheathing
equitant lvs. and different colors of fls. in heads, cymes
or spikes, a few of which have
been mentioned abrosd as
greenhouse subjects. Plant with
a thickened bulb-like base:
perianth persistent, with S deep
segms.; stamens 3, attached at
the base of the inner segms.;
ovary nearly or quite inferior,
but the caps, becoming nearly
or half superior. Tbey are erect
plants with fls, black, red, pur-
plish, yellow, or livid green,
usually fragrant, Prop,bydivi-
sioD. H. lerelifdlium, R. Br.
i>:fls.
271.— ^me plants have white longitudinal markings.
AA. Lvs. briUiantly nelted-veined above.
DawwmiAna. Hassl. (Goodyera Ddwsonii, Boxall.
AnmdodMiis DavtaoniAnus, Low), Blade of lvs, elliptic,
Sin, long, 1>^ in, wide. Burma, PhiUppines, B.M. 7486
(veins oT 2 lvs. blood-red; of the other almost wholly
yellow) G. 34:101. G.C. III. 35:3S7.
llEINBICH HaSBELBRING.
HSUATdXYLOH (from the Greek for blood and
wood, in ^ference t« the color of the latter). Legu-
minisi. Two or 3 species of trees from Mex., Cent,
Amer. and W. Indies, of which the most important,
H, eampechiinum, Linn., furnishes the loi^ood of com-
merce. It is a medium-sized tree, reachmg 30-45 ft.,
with a short crooked trunk: lvs. abruptly pmnate; Ifts.
obversely egg-shaped: fls. small, yellow, in axillary
racemes; petals 5, oblong, expanding; stamens free,
rather upright, with filaments hairy at base; ovary
shortrstiped, free, with 2-3 seeds: pod lanceolate,
flattenea, dehiscing along the median valve in 2
boat-shaped pseudo- valves. — The wood is very
hard and heavy, the hcart^wood, from which the' sap-
BAkEA (after Baion von Hake, a German friend of
botany). pTottAcex. Australian evergreen shrubs
cultivated indoors abroad, much used for ornamental
igly diverse; in some the lvs. are flat and broad, and
then entire or merely toothed, in others they are
terete, and then either simple and entire or pinnately
parted: fls, in pairs, the pairs commonly crowded in
close racemes or globose clusters, these mostly sessile
in the lt,-axilfl; corolla-tube slender, usually recurved
beneath the limb, which is mostly globose, the 4 lobes
cohering long after the tube has opened; lobes concave
and bear sessile anthers; the single style either long or
short but always dilated at the end: fr, a hard woody
caps, opening m 2 valves and bearing 2 compressed
winged seeds. — Ninety-five species are fully described
in English, with a key in Flora Australieneis 5:489
(1870), Eleven species grown in Calif, are described
and discused, with a key and 8 iUustrations in Univ.
Oahf. Pub. Botany 4:14-20 (1910).
Hakeas are drought-reeistant plants which endure
1428
HAKEA
moderate froet and are therefore well adapted to the
drier parts of the South and Southwest. In California
they are grown as far north aa Sacramento. One of
tbeee, H. iaurina, produces etrikingly handsome fls.;
H. eUipliea ia priied for the bronze color of its young
foliase; while the spiny-leaved epecies are serviceable
for planting in public parks or m any place where it
is necessary for shrube to protect themselves from
pedestrians or vandals.
Hakcas may be propagated by cuttings taken From
ripened shoots but they are almost universally grown
from seeds. These are gathered from yearnDld capsules
which are very hard and must be dried for some time
before they will open. The seeds are sown in wintCT or
early spring in the ordinary mixture of sand, leaf-moU,
and loam; they germinate easily, even withouL heat.
The youne seedlings are pricked off into boxes and held
in the latnhouse Sot a season before planting in the
open. For best results hakeas should be grown in
light, well-drained soil and need but little water after
they are once established; much moisture is injurious
except during the summer months.
A. Lva. i^in. or mare wide.
B. Margini 0/ hi. flat, entire.
sallgna, Knight. A pale shrub, to 8 ft. high, glabrous
except the young shoots; Ivs. oblong or lanceolate,
3-6 m. long, obtuse, often callous-tipped, tapering to
a short petiole, pinnately veined: n,-clusters white,
small but numerous, dense, sessile; corolla glabrous,
recurved: fr. about 1 in. long, ^%va. broad, with
short incurved beak, roughish.
Iaurlna,R. Br,(H, euoiJvptoUei, MeissD.),SEAUitcHTTf.
Fig. 1780, Tall shrub, to 30 ft., and tree-hke in Austral. :
Ivs. elliptic or lanceolate, 5 or 6 in. long, J^l in, wide,
■v-y— ^^^^^- . tapering to a petiole; princi-
^v|p^;^^^g^^ pal veins 3-7,nearly parallel ;
ns. crimson, in a globular
involucrate head, 1>^2 in.
thick, from which the numer-
ous showy golden yellow
styles project 1 in. or so in
every direction: fr. ovoid,
about \% in. long by ^in.
broad, short^beaked. B.M.
I 7127. G.C. II. 23:149.—
I The only species with showy
' fls, here described; eaually
satisfactory for shrubDeries
and for hedges; always
highly ornamental. In Italy
it has been called "the
glory of the gardens of the
Riviera."
BB. Marffing of kg. undulate.
ellIptIc«,R.Br, Fig.I781.
Erect shrub. 6-15 ft.: Ivs.
oval or elliptic, nearly
sessile, 2-3M in. long, I-IJ4
in. wide, undulate-margined; veins 5-7, parallel, con-
nected by croBS-veinlets: fls. white, in gtobcee sessile
clusters: fr. ovoid, 1-1!^ in. long, ^in. broad, oblitjuely
beaked. — Foliage by tar the finest of all intro. kmds,
the rich bronie color of the young shoota hardly r'"'
among other shrubs. The compact, erect habit
it eminently suitable for general lawn and shr
planting.
AA. Lva. or tAetr lobes }iin. or le»s mde, motlly
B. Lf .-veins several: hs. linear, fiat.
ullcina, R. Br. Shrub with erect branches an(
dense foliage resembling ulex: Ivs. narrow^
linear, acute, flat, entire, 1-8 in. long, rarel]
over }-S in. wiae, prominently 1-3-nerved beneath:
ITaO. BUM
-ivaQ
I. very small, glabrous: caps, mostly under }^in.
lonE,
lu^
17S1. Haksi eUiptka. |
{H. carinHa, F. Muell.).
nerveless above.
BB. Lf. •veins none,
nuviolena, R. Br. (H. ^ectindta, Colla). Rounded
shrub, 8-15 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 m. long, terete, with rigid
spine-like tip, occasionally entire, usualW branched
into 1-5 rigid terete lobes of unequal lengths: pedicels
and perianth glabrous; fls. white, fragrant: fr. ovoid,
about 1 in. long by ^in. broad, narrowed
at apex and with a " ' ' '
near the end of 1 01
— Easily grown, dn
protective, and the:
depot grounds, pu
trable hedges, and
thehke. Makes a
suitable coverii^
for dry hillsides,
although not
deep-rooted and
clined to become
top-heavy,
aclcuUrU,R.
Br. Tall shrub,
more slender than the preeeding: mature twigs glab-
rous: Ivs. awl-like, simple and entire. 1-3 in. lonK:
pedicels white, silky; the corolla glabrous; fr. ovoid,
about 1 in. long, fully j/^in. broad, rough, narrowed to a
thick beak, each valve with a conic Drawn horn near
apex. — Used for purposes indicated under H. auaeeolem.
gibMsa, Cav, Spreading shrub, 6-10 ft., with char-
acters of H. adcuiaria but twigs and young Ivs. short-
hirsute and fr. larger, about 1>^ in. long, nearly 1 in.
broad, abruptly narrowed to a short oblique beak,
similarly homed. Bot. Cook's First Voy. 266.
pngionifSrmlB, Cav. Near ft. acic\daris and H.
gibboaa but to 20 ft. high and corolla as well as pedicels
pubescent: fr. much more slender, lanceolate, acumi-
nate, 1 in. long by }iin. broad, rough around the
middle, with an obliquely transverse crest, each valve
Uperins to a slender point. L.B.C. 4:353, Bot. Cook's
First ^^y. 265.— Often labeled H. tuaveolem in nur-
series but distinguished from that by the eimole Ivs.
and thicker frs.
— //. cvcloclirpa, Liildl-
lATger. the fl.-bflftda not invojucnw: coroju nmy-putwecent. unre
oBrnti by FnuiDCKhi.^//. muJhtiiwUa, Meigm. Relltcd to H.
Iaurina: ll.-veiiu more aumfnnur fl.-cluMers oblooc: fr. otiJy Hin.
bmad. G.C. III. 1S:as (vu.|. ReporUid hut apparently n
intro. — H. aUula. it. Br. Lv>, biulil (reen. otlDnE, entir
toothed: a>. while, in >ulk«l cluiwn: fr. 1 in. [o '^' '
B.M. 22«.— ■
:tT.'Sffb."S;aT:
'b^i^?b
f.'-y^-
unall, ii
•'•^.'iy}'.
1: ft.
— tf. »
., R. Br.
hoUy-hlie,
nichi<vUlDiu,pediiwL> and ainaU corolla Elabtsiu:rr. Kin. lonf by
Kin. browL OSend by Fnumschi.
Harvet Monboe Hau,.
HALfiSIA (Stef^en Hale, 1677-1761, author of a
famous work on "Vegetable Statics"). Syn. Mohr-
odindron. Slj/racdeae. Silveb-Beu-
HALESIA
Dedduoue and more or lees atellate-pubeecent: Its.
sbort^petioled, without stipulea, involute in bud,
dentinilate: fls, in udUary clusters or short racemes on
branchlets of the previous year; calyx-tube obconical,
slightly j-ribbed. with 4 minute teeth; corolla cam-
panulate, 4-lobea or newly 4-parted, white; stamens
HALIMODENDRON
1429
55:823. Var. ^MljpitalA, Schneid. Corolla divided
nearly to the base. Var. montlcola. R^bd. Pyramidal
tree to 90 ft.; Ivs. largH', generally obiong-obovat«,
glabreaceot or nearly Klabrous below, more sharply
serrate: pedicels and calyx glabrous; corolla large: fr.
1J4-2 in. long, obcordate at the apex, wings broad.
N. C. to Ala., in the mountains. Apparently hardier
than the type. Var. HeUuuiii, Perkins {H. Meikanii,
Meehan). Fig. 1783. Bushy upright shrub or Bmali
tree; Ivs. thidcer, smaller, more rugose, darker green,
more distinctly serrate, pubescent below: fls. smaJler,
cup-shaped, snorter pedicelled. A very pecuhar form of
garden origin; very unlike the species and less omai-
mental; suggests a hybrid of some kind. G.F. 5:535
(adapted in Fig. 1783).
diptera, Ellis (Mohrodindron Apterwn, firjt.). Shrub
or email tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. ovate to obovate, rarely
oblong, remotely serrate, soft-pubescent beneath. 3-5
in. long: fls. 2-4, in short racemes; corolla deeply lobed
nearly to the base, pubcrulous ouUide; stamens usually
8; ovary usually 2-celled: fr. oblong with 2 broad wing!
and often with 2 or sometinics 3 obsolete supplementary
ones, 1!^2 in. long. April. S. C. and Tarn, to Fla.
and Texas. S.S. 6:259.
H. arvnttdta, Nieboli.— PurogQTu nrTmboaa. — H. Mtirida,
Maat.>*PteToatyr&x hispidi-— /f. partOldra. Miishi. Shrub, ntem-
IfBI. Hde^u
8-16; style slender; ovary inferior, 2-4-celled, with 4
ovules in each eel]: fr. an oblong, drv drupe with 2-4
lonEptudinal wings; stone I-S-seedea. — Three species
in N. Amer.
The snowdrop- trees are large shrubs or trees with
rather large bright green generally oblong and abort-
stalked leaves and white slender-stalked drooping
bell-shaped flowers appearing before or with the
leaves and followed by winged light brown fruits.
Holeaia earoUna is hardy as far north as Massachusetts
and is very handsome in spring when covered with ita
white flowers. Haleaia diptera is hardy as far north as
Philadelphia and is usually a smaller p\aat, but has
lajger flowers and leaves. They thrive in ahnost any
Sood soil, but prefer a rich well-drained soil and a
leltered position; they are easily transplanted. Prop-
agation is by layers or root -cuttings in spring or
autumn: also by greenwood cuttings taken Irom
forced plants. Seed should be sown at once or stratified:
if allowed to became dry, it does not germinate until
the second or sometimes the third year.
Carolina, Linn. (ff. tetrdpUra, Ellis. Mohrodindron
ooroflnum, Brit.). Fig. 1782. Large shrub or small
tree, usually not higher than 40 ft., with spreading
branches and often irregular in habit: Ivb. ovate or
elliptic to ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, cuneat«
or rounded at the base, finely serrate, glabrous above,
stellate-pubescent below 2-4 in. long: fls. in clusters
of 2-4; corolla 4-lobed, )^^m. long; stamens 10-16;
ovary 4-celled: fr. 4-winged, 1-1!^ in. long. April,
May. W. Vs. to Fla., west to 111. and E. Texas. B.M.
910. Mn. 5, p. 194. 8.8.6:257. Gng. 2:247. A.G.
14:211; 18:438. M.D.G. 1899:352, 353. G. 3:526;
10:485. G.C.III. 51: suppl. Feb. 3. Gn. 75, p. 582.
Gn.M. 8:22. J.H.llI. «:140. G.W. 5, p. 79. G.M.
cmdlji >
M-Hin. loo«: ll
AliFR£D ReHDER.
HALIHODfiirDRON (Greek, maritime tree; refer-
ring to its habitat in sahne soils). Leffumindsx. Orna-
mental shrub grown for ita handsome profusely pro-
duced flowers.
Deciduous: Ivs. slender-stalked, with 1 or 2 pairs of
Ifts. and with the persistent petiole becoming UHuallv
Bpinescent: fls. in lateral slender-stalked, 2-3-fla.
racemes; calyx cup-shaped with 5 short teeth; corolla
papilionaceous; petals of nearly equal length; standard
orbicular with tLe sides reflexed; keel obtuse, curved;
stamens diadelphous; ovary
stipitatc with many ovules,
style filiform, curved: pod
Btipitate, ellipsoid orobovoid,
inflated, taidily dehiscent,
with few kidney4haped glossy
brown seeds. — One species
in the salt steppes of Cent.
Asia from Trajucaucasia to
the Altai.
This is a wide - spreading '
shrub with slender branches
and small bluish green fotia^,
covered in early summer with
numerous pale violet or mey
fiuipJe flowers. The small pale
Dhage and the slender-stalked
drooping flowers combined
with the spreading habit give
t« the plant a gracefulness and
airiness of its own and make
ita very desirable ornamental
shrub. It is perfectly hardy
North, resists drou^t and
heat well and thrives in sandy
as also in saline and alkaline
soils. Propagation is by seeds
and by layers which root
slowly; it also may be grafted
on laburnum or caragana.
halodindron. Voss (H. ar-
a£n/mm, Fisch.). Salt Tree.
Fig. 1784. Shrub, to 6 ft.; the
young growth silky-pubes-
cent; If ts. 2 or 4,oblanceolate,
rounded and mucronate at the
apex, grayi^ or bluish green,
1430 HALIMODENDRON
minutely eilky, becoming sometimes nearly glabrous
with age. H~1H '"^^ long: Ab. 2-3, on slender peduncles
sboutMin. long, lilac or pale purple, about ^in. long:
rod ii-l in. long; seeds about Min. long. June, July.
B.M. 1016. Var. purpfireumu Scnneid. {H. arginteum
fi. jmrpiirta, Hort. H. speeiieum, Carr.). FIs. bright
rosy purple. R.H. 1876:30. Alfbxd Rehueb.
HALLfaUA (Albrecht von Haller, 170S-1777( Swiss
physician and Daturalist, and professor at Gottingen).
ScrophTiiaridceas. About 6 species of shrubs or small
trees from Afr. and Madagascar with opposite, ovate or
eUiptic, entire or serrate Ivs. and axillary, solitary or
fascicled fls.: calyx cup-shaped, 3-5-cleft; corolla
trumpet- or funnel-shapea with short 4-6-lobed oblique
limb ; stamens 4, didynamous, inserted about theroiddJe
of the tube, shout as long as or longer than the corolla;
ovary 2-celled; style slender: fr. a berry with several or
numerous compressed seeds. Only the following species
is sometimes cult, in S. Calif, and as a greenhouse plant
abroad for its red fls, and the lustrous nearly evergreen
foliage. It is easily prop, by cutting under glass and
by seeds. H. Ibcida, Linn. Shrub or smaD tree, to 30
ft., ^brous: Ivs. petioled, ovate, acuminate, serrate,
1-4 m. (ona: fls. in ajdllaiT clusters on stalks yi-l4 in.
long, tubular, curved and bulged on one side, shortly
2-lipped, red, sometimes yellowish at the base, about
1 in. long; stamens and style exserted: berries subglo-
boBc, deep purple, edible. S. and Trop. Afr. B.M. 1744.
Sometimes called African honeysuckle.
_ AunEn RxHDER.
HALOPHtTOM: f/opfopAutiin.
HA1UH£i,IS (Greek, haina, tc^ether, and melon,
apple or fruit: fruits and flowers at the same time).
Hamametidicex. Witch-uaebl, Ornamental woody
plants chiefly grown for their yellow flowers appearing
late in autumn or in the winter.
ITKS. Witch.^2el, n* "■""-"■ Tii^niuu, ilunriaf flowsn
ud rniiu. (Nslural siiej
Deciduous shrubs or small trees; stellate-pubescent:
Ivs, alternate, short-petioled, stipulate, sinuate-dontat«:
fls. in sbort-pcdunclcd, nodding, axillary, few-fld.
clusters, perfect; calyx 4-parted; petals 4, linear,
crumpled; stamens 4, very short, oltematins with 4
Bcale-like staminodes; styles 2, short: fr. a dehiscent.
HAMAMELI3
wtxxly, 2-ceUed caps., with 2 shining black seeds. The
seeds are shot out with considerable force. — Four
species, 2 in E. N. Amer. and 2 in China and Japan.
Occasionally writers spell the common name "wych
hazd," but there seems to be little historical reason for
it. Witch, as used in witch-haiel and witch-elm, is
probably allied to "weak," referring to a drooping or
straggling habit.
Tfie wTtch-hasele are hardy ornamental shrubs with
medium-sized generally ovate or obovate leaves and
yellow flowers with strap-shaped spreading petals in
axillarv clusters appearing late in fall or in the winter
and followed by capsular fruits. HamamelU ttirginiarta
is perfectly hardv North, and the other species have
proved hardy at least at the Arnold Arboretum.
They are valuable on account of their blooming at a
time when hardly onv other shrub outdoors is in flower.
H. mponica, H. mollU, and H. vemalU are the only
truly winter-blooming shrubs in northern latitudes and
are striking objects in the wintry landscape with their
bright yellow flowers which are not injured even if
the temperature goes down to Eero. They ore well
adapted for shrubberies; of compact, bushy habit and
with handsome foliage, turning bright yellow, orange or
pt^le in fall.
They thrive best in somewhat moist, peaty and
sandy soil. The Japanese species likes a more sunny
Cition than the American, and is less moisture-
ing. Propagation is by seeds, which do not Kcrmi-
nat£ until the second year, or by layers; rarer kindB also
by grafting on seedlings of H. virginiana in spring in the
A. Luis, pabeacent b^ow while younfr, ghbreicent or
j^fobroug at maturity.
B. Fit. in autumn token the h>». faU; calyx broumith
yeWtw inside.
viigimin*, Linn. Fig. 1785. Shrub or small tree,.
attaining 25 ft.: Ivs. oblique and cordate at the base,
obovate, coarsely crenate, pubescent on the veins
beneath, 4-6 in. long: petals bright yellow, H-^^in.
long; calyx dull brownish yellow inside; fr. surrounded
by the calyx to one-half. Sept., Oct. Canada to Fla.,
west to Neb. and Texas. Em. 472. S.S. 5:198. B.M.
6684. L.B.C,6:598. A.G.11:657; 17:ni; 44:657
(1890). On. 33, p. 589; 39, p. 547.
BB, FU. in winter or early in »pring; oalyx red or purple
vemftUs, Sarg. Shrub, rarely exceeding 6 ft., suck-
ering: Ivs. obovate or oblong-obovate, cuneate and
entire betow, sinuate-dentate above the middle, pale
or glaucescent beneath and glabrous or rusty-puDes-
cent on the veins, only 3-4 in. long: calyx dark red
inside; petals light yellow, about Hin. long; ovary
one-half superior: fr. surrounded by the calyx about
the middle. Jan.-March. Mo. to La. and Okla. S.T.S.
2:156. R.H, 1913, p, 131. B.M. 8573.
japdoica, Sieb, & Zucc. Fig. 1786. Shrub or small
tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. roundish to oblon^-ovate or obovate,
sinuately crenate, prominently veined beneath, gla-
brous or pubescent, 3—4 in. lonK: petals ^in. long,
yeUow; calyx-lobes revolute, purplish or yellow inside;
ovary three-fourtha superior: fr. surrounded at the
base only by the calyx. Jan.-April. Japan. G.F.
4:257 (adapted in Fig. 17S6). Gt. 49:1481; 61, p. 136.
G.W. 7, p. 405. 8.I.F. 2:25. Var. arbdrea, Rehd. (H.
arbirea, Mast.). Lvs. larger, usually more roundish and
of firmer texture: petals golden yellow; calyx deep
purple inside: of more vigorous growth. B.M. 6659.
R.H. 1891:472. G.C. II. 1:187; 15:205; III. 9:247.
CM. 34:94. Gn. 57, p. 103; 65. p. 59; 69, p. 105. Var.
Zuccariniina, Arb. Kew. Differs little from the type;
it has pure canary-yellow fls., smaller than those of the
preceding variety and opening about 3 weeks bter.
Gn. 17, p. 251. R.B. 28:62.
HAMAMELIS
AA. Lve, denaely tomeniase bdma: calyx broionith purpU
mliUls, Oliver. Shrub orHm&ll tree, toSOft.MvB.orbio'
ular-obovate or obovate-oblong, cuspidate, obliquely
cordate at the baee, dentate, Boraewftat rough above,
grayish white below, 4-5 in. long: calyx purpliah red
HARDENBERGIA
1431
7884. G.C. HI. 52:488. Gn. 7S, p. 20. H.l. 18:1742.
AUKED Rehdeb.
HAM£lIA (Henry Louia Duhamel du Monceau,
1700-1782, prominent French botanical author). Rtt-
bidcex. Ornamental woody plants grown chiefly for
their handsome scarlet or yellow floweiB and for the
attractive block or purple berries.
Evergreen shrubs wUh terete branches: Ivs. mem-
branous, opposite or sometimes in whorls, pctioled,
entire, with interpetiolar stipules: fls. shorUstaJked or
sessile in terminal forking cymes^ sepals .5, upright;
corolla tubular or bell-shapca. 5-nbb«i, fiontracted at
the base, limb with 5 short lobes; stamens 5, with the
filaments connate at the base and inserted above the
base of the tube ; ovary inferior, 5-celled ; style slender
with spindle-shaped stigma: fr. a small ovoid or globu-
lar heny with numerous minute seeds. — About 13
species, by some reduced to 6, in Trop. and Subtrap.
These are upright shrubs with herbaceous shoots,
rather large, generally ovate-oblong acute leaves and
vellow or scarlet flowers in terminal clusters Totlowed
by small black or purple berries. They can be culti-
vated outdoors in subtropical and tropical regions only.
Propagation is by seeds and by cuttings of half-ripened
wood in early summer under glass.
or the best-known species much prized m Florida
and recommended for northern conservatories under the
name of "scarlet bush," E. N, Reaaoner writes:
"Hamelia paUne, a native of the West Indies and
Southern Florida, along the coast, a beautiful and
almost unknown plant, should become a favorite in
greenhouse culture. The leaves have a purplish hue at
some seasons of the year, and the flowers are of a bright
orange-red color. In Florida it must surelv become a
favorite for open-air planting, as it is tnere rarely
killed down by frost, and when it is it sprouts up readily
from the root, and bkiomH the folkiwing summer. It is
in bloom for many months, and without doubt could
be forced at any season. With age it becomes a woody
ebrub, 5 to 12 feet in bei^t. The flowers are succeeded
by handsome black hemes, which are retained a bng
while."
A. Plant glabrout or minuiely pubeteent.
pitens,Jacq, Shrub, to 12 ft.; Ivs. opposite or usualty
in whorls of 3, eUiptic^vate to oblong, acute or acumi-
nate at both entb, minutely pubescent or glabrous,
3-6 in. long; petiole J^IM in. long: infl. 2-5 in. acroas;
sepals triangular, short; corolla with narrowly cylindrio
tube about ^in. long, scarlet.orange : fr. ovoid, black,
>iin. long. Fla. to Brazil. B.M.2533.
ventrictea, Swartz. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. usually
in whorls of 3, rarely 4, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
glabrous, 3-S in. long: fls. yellow, ^jout 1^ in. long,
tubular-<!ampanulate, constricted above the base in a
terminal few-fld. inn.: fr. ovoid. W. Indies. B.M.
1894. B.R. 1195.— The similar H. chryKhdha, Swart*
(L.B.C. 11:1098) has smaller fls. and smaller more
obovate Ivs.
AA. Plant hirsule.
spherocirpa, Ruiz & Pav. Shrub, to 12 ft.: Ivb.
usually in wnorls of 3, oblong, acute, undulate, hirsute
on both sides, 3-4 in. long: fls. in large terminal cymes,
orange-bellow, tubular, about 1 in. long: fr. subglo-
boae, hirsute, purplish black. Peru.
AunED Rehdeh.
HAPLOCASPHA (probably from Greek for ainjrfe
chaff, in reference to the 1-rowed chaffy pappus).
Compdaitx. Stemlees perennials with a woody rhizome:
radical Ivs. short-petioled, entire or lyrato-pinnatifid,
white-tomentoee beneath: scapes 1-headed, longer than
Ivs,: fr. 3-5-ribbed, provided at base with tufts of
hidrs, naked or hoiiy above, with a crown of small,
glinted pappus-scales, ^Four or five species from the
ape region. H. tcapdsa, Harv,, leeembles an acaules-
oent species of Arctotis: Ivs. lanceolate to eUiptic,
3-9 in. long, green above, white-woolly beneath:
peduncles many times longer than Ivs,, bearing a soli-
tary clearyellow fl.-head, 11^2'A in. across. G,C. III.
40:124. Sometimes planted in the open, but not
hardy N. L H. B.
HAPLOPJFPITS: ApSaiappiiM.
HAPLOPHfLLIIM: Rula.
HAHDEflBfiRGIA (after Franiiska, Countess of
Hordenberg, sister of Baron Hu^el, a well-known
traveler.) Legumindsx. Vines, grown chiefly for their
handsome flowers.
Twining herbs or subshrubs: Ivs. pinnate with small
stipules; Uts. 3 or 5. sometimes reduced to 1, entire,
with stipels: fls, papilionaceous, small, on long racemes,
ranging from white through pink and rosy purple to
vioiet^lue, often with I or 2 green or yellowish spots
on the standard; calyx 2-lipped, the upper 2 teeth con-
nate; standard orbicular, with inflexed auricles; keel
obtuse, shorter than wings; ovary sessile; style short
and thick: pod linear, oat or turgid, with several
Btrophiolate seeds,- — Three species m Austral, often
referred to Kennedya, which has larger and difl'erently
colcn^ fls. soUtary or in short racemes, with the keel
usually about as long as the wing. The two species in
1432
HAKDENBERGIA
HATIORA
cult, are grown abroad under glass by thoee who are
skilled in managing Australian woody plants; they
prefer peaty anof porous soil, as they are, like most
Austrahan plants, mipatient of too much or stagnant
moisture. The species first mentioned is cult, outdoors
in Calif. These plants can be trained into bush form.
Prop, is by seeds or by greenwood cuttings of lateral
shoots under glass in spring.
A. LJU. sclUary: pods flat, with dry pulp inside.
monoph^Uaf Benth. (KennSdya trumophyllaf Vent. K,
longiracemdsa, Lindl. K, corddUif LmcU. K. ovdia,
Sims). Lfts. usually reduced to 1, ovate to narrowly
lanceolate, rounded or cordate at the base, obtuse,
reticulate, 2-3 in. or sometimes 4 in. long: fls. less than
Hin* long, in 2's or rarely 3's, as many as 35 in a raceme,
and the upper racemes often forming a terminal
panicle. B. 2:84. B.M. 263, 2169. L. B.C. 8:758 and
20:1940. B.R.944; 1336. R.H. 1896, p. 431. R.B.
22:169. — The fls. range from white throu^ rose and
purplish to pure violet, but are never distmctly blue.
Var. ilba and var. rdsea are cult.
AA. LJts. S or 6: pod turgidf toithout pUh or pulp.
Comptoniftna, Benth. (Kennidya ComptaniAna, Link.
K. macrophyUa, Lindl.). Lfts. 3 or 5, and in the latter
case the lateral ones close together in 2 opposite pairs,
not opposite in distant pairs, oval to linear-lanceolate,
rounacKi or truncate at the base, obtuse, 1 H-3 in. long,
rarely longer: fls. similar to those of the preceding spe-
cies, but usually blue or violet-blue and in pairs or
clusters of 3-4 along the racemes. B.R. 298; 1862;
26:60. R.H. 1882, p. 344. J.H. IIL 30:361; 44:253.
P.M. 8:27, 267. H.U. 5:236. Var. ilba is cult.
H. retiua, Benth., is an anomalous species not ctilt. AU other
names in this genus are ssmonyms of the 2 species described above.
Alfred REHOER.t
HARDHACK: Spirxa tomerUomi.
HARDY PLANTS. The word "hardy" covers many
distinct ideas. It is used to distinguish plants that can
be cultivated outdoors the year round from plants that
must be grown under glass part or aU of the year. For
example, in this Cycfopedia plants are spoken of as
hfurdy as far north as Washington, D. C, New York,
Boston or Montreal, meaning that the plants are not
killed by the winters at these places. In its widest
sense, hardy" indicates resistance to all kinds of
unfavoraJble conditions. Thus, while aU the common
geraniums are tender plants, one variety may be hardier
than another because it withstands intense heat and
drought and general neglect. In general, however, the
unqualified word "hardy" indicates that the plant is
able to withstand the winter of the given place. See
the articles Border and Landscape Gardening. Smaller
divisions of the subject of hardy plants are discussed
under Alpine PtarUs and Aquatics.
HAREBELL: Campanula rotundifolia.
HARICOT (French name for Phaseolus vulgaris).
Same as kidney bean of the English. It is the common
farden bean of America, as distinguished from the
Windsor or broad bean, lima bean, andf others. See Bean.
HARlNA: WaUichia.
HARI6TA: Hatiora.
HARLEQUIN FLOWERS: SparaxU.
HARPALIUM: Hclianlhua.
HARPEPHfLLUM (from the Greek for sickle and
leaft in reference to the falcate lfts.). Anacardidce^.
Kafir Plum. Two species, of which H. c&fifnimf
Bemh., is cult, in Fla. and S. Calif. It is a tall, glabrous
tree with hard, heavy wood: Ivs. thick, lustrous,
imparipinnate, alternate, aggregate at top of branches,
stalkea; lfts. sessile, falcate-lanceolate: fls. small, in
compact axUJary panicles, dioecious; calyx with 6
obovate segms.; petals 5, narrow-ovate, imbricate in
the bud; stamens 10 in tiie male fl., somewhat shorter
than the petals, inserted below margin of the disk: fr.
obovate, with thick woody endocarp, 4-ceUed, with 2
small, sterile cells, and 2 large fertile cells, dark red,
size and shape of a lar^e olive, the very thin pulp hav-
ing a subacid taste; edible. S. Afr. l, q, 3,
HARRfSIA (named for William Harris, Superintend-
ent of Public Gardens and Plantations. Jamaica). CaO'
idcex. Upright tall cacti, little plantea.
Stems rather slender, sometimes weak: branches
fluted and having 8-11 roimded ribs: areoles bearing
slender needle-like spines: fls. tubular, rather larae,
srowing from near the tips of the branches, night-
blooming: fr. naked, globose, yellow. — ^About 8 species
known; these confined to the W. Indies.
gr&cUiSf Brit. (Cbreus repdndus of Cyclo. of Amer.
Hort., not Cdctus repdndus^ Linn.) . Sts. said to be 20 ft.
lone: ribs 8-10: spmes in clusters of 9-12: fls. white,
the oracts on the tube filled with long white hairs.
J. N. Rose.
HARTW£GIA (Theodor Hartweg coUected in
Mex. for the Horticultural Socie^ of London, and
found these plants near Vera Chiix). Orchiddcex.
Tender epiphytic orchids from Trop. Amer^ growing
about a toot high and bearing purple fls. The genus
has the habit of Epidendrum, section Amphiglottis,
but differs in having the labellum saccate at the base,
in which respect the genus approaches Ponera; however,
Ponera ^las a very different habit. — ^Two species.
Rest them in a coolhouse Oct. to March. Growing
temperature should be 65-90°.
pisrpCU'ea, Lindl. Lvs. solitary, leathery, ovate-lanceo-
late, equally terete with the st., many times Sorter
than the thread-like peduncle: fls. small, purple; sepids
acute, a little larger than the petals; limb of the lip
white at the base, callous. Mex.
H. gimmat Reichb. f. "ThiB is a moet lorely gem,'* wrote
Reichenbach, and "much better than its predecessor." Gemma,
therefore, probably does not mean "twin," in this case. Lvs.
solitary, semi-terete^ thick, acute^ channelled, blotched with
blackish violet: fla. amethyst-purple, m a small, 1-branched panicle;
odd sepal acute, obtjsely strap-shaped, equal sepals oblong-acute.
Cent. Amer. T TT R
HASTINGSIA (S. Clinton Hastings, San Francisco,
promoter of Calif omian botany). IMidcex. Two bul-
bous plants of the Pacific dope, separated by Sereno
Watson from the genus Schoenolirion (the Ox3rtria of
Rafines^ue), off^^ by collectors but little known in
cultivation.
Plants with white or greenish fls. in many-fld. dense
panicles or racemes: perianth-segms. distinct, each
obscurely 3-nerved; stamens 6; style short; ovary
oblong-ovate and not deeply lobed (so differing, among
other things, from Schoenolirion, which has a depressed-
globose deeply 3-lobed ovary and fr.). Hastingsias
have strong, nearly naked sts., arising from a tunicated
bulb: lvs. lather fleshy. Treatment as for camassia.
ilba^ Wats. Mostly stout, 2-3 ft. high: lvs. IH in.
or less wide: racemes simple or nearly so, 1 ft. long,
densely fld., the fls. }4m. or less long, white or greenish
white; stamens equaling the segms. Dry hillsides, N.
Calif, northward.
bractedsa, Wats. Bracts narrow and nearly equaling
the fls., which are larger than in the other, and white;
stamens half as long as segms. : lvs. narrower. S. Ore.,
in marshes. l. H. B.
HATldRA (an anaoum of Hariota). Cacldcex.
Upright cacti, allied te Khipsalis.
Plants erect, branching: branches short,
in 2's or 3's from tops of older branches, sm »
.;,'•
spineless, bearing several abortive areoles aloi v: • ' r
sides ana each a large woolly terminal one from wlj-h
HATIORA
ariae the fl. &nd Bucceeding branchee'. fla. termin&l;
ovary slobular, naked or nearly so: sepals usually in 2
rows, the outer onea broader and short, the inner ones
larger and more petal-like; petals distinct, narrow
toward the base; stamens distinct, erect, borne on the
disk; stigmaa 5, erect, white. Closely related to Rhip-
salis, with which as Hariota it is often united, as it was
in the Cyclo. of Amer. Hort. — Some 6 or 7 species of
Hariota have been described, but most of these are
true species of Rhipsalis; 2 were recoajiiied by K.
Schumann, The foUowing is in cult. Hariota. DC.
(1834) is a homODym of Hariota, Adans. (1763), and
hence the name Hatiora has been substituted.
uliconiiddn, Brit. Sc Rose (Hariila ealieomitAdet,
DC. RMpsolU salicorni(Ade$, Haw.). Plant upright,
reaching a height of 18 in., richly branched: areoles
hardly setulose or lanate: sts. cereiform, with cylindric
or oblong-elliptio joints; mature or fruiting branches
with verticillate, club- or fiask-ahaped joinU, with
slender base, all apparently, as well as tiie fls. and fr.,
crowing from the tope ot joints: fls. yellow, timnelfonn,
y^. long: beny small, whitish. Brazil. 6.M. 2461.
J. N. Rose.
HAWORTHIA
1433
var. htdnrita (H. indurdta, Haw., Aldt indvrila, R. &
S., A. riseiia induriUa. Salm), Sahn, Aloe f3, f. 3i>; a
small form with more spreading Ivb. in somewhat spiral
ranks, var. pseudotortuAsa, Baker (.H. paevdolortuiaa,
Haw., Aide pseudalortu6»a, Salm, A. tutlortudsa, R. &
8., Api^a loTtubm WiUd.), Sahn, Aloe S3, f. 5; a dwarf
form with straight-ranked, longer, more spreading,
nearly smooth Ivs., var. condnna, Baker {H. condnno,
Haw., Aide amdnna, R. & S., A. vitcdaa mdjor, Salm),
Salm, Aloe {3, f. 4. Berger 24; and a taller form with
more or less spiral ranks of outcurving Ivs. 2 in. long,
var. torqulta. Baker (//. lorqtiAla, Haw., Al^ lorquAta,
Salm),Salm, Aloei3, f. 6.
2. tortutea, Haw. (Aide lortuAta, Haw.). St. 4-5 in.,
more or less clustered: Ivs. dull green, JixlJ^ in.,
ascending in 3 irregularly oblique crowded ranks,
somewhat rou^ on the back: infl. about 1 ft. high,
eleader, occasionally forked; fls. rosy-lined. Cape.
Sahn, Aloe §4, f, 2. B.M. 1337. Bei^r 25.— Varies in
a form with fleshier Ivs., 2 in. long, rou^ on both
faces, var. pseudorfgida, Berger {H. subrtgida, Baker,
Aide pteudmiffida, Salm, A, subrigida, R. & S., Apkra
pteudortiiida, Haw,, AjAcra ri^ida, Willd,), Salm,
HAWKWEED:i
num. Van
HAW(5RTHIA (A. H. Haworth, an English botanist
of the beginning of the last century, who wrot« much
and well on succulents). Ltiidtxz, tribe AMnex,
Acaulesoent or shortly caulescent small succulents.
Leaves usually small, crowded on the st. or in mostly
somewhat elongated rosettes: fls. white, green or rosy-
striped, tubular witb somewhat irregular recurving
limb and included style and stamens; segms, of periantE
6, oblong, nearlyequal; stamens 6; shorter than perianth;
ovary sessile, 3-angled:fr. a loculicidally 3-valved cape.,
bearing many compressed angled seeds. S. Afr. Mono-
eraph tiy Berger m Engler, Das Pflanienreich, hft.
33, 1908.— Species 60, occurring in S. Afr. They are
interesting condensed or cespitose plants with thick and
succulent keeled often tubercumte and sometimes
toothed Ivs,, and fls. in simple or panicled rai
Cultivation, propagation and decorative u
Alo^ under whicn, with Apiera and Gas
Bpeciee wen formerly placed. See AU)e and Succulents.
iNnsx.
*lbleiu.l3.
hybrid*. 3.
ramiftn, 13.
■Kiline*, 23.
induTBU. 1.
iDBeu. 14.
ReiDoudtu. 5, fl.
:s:s^"-
Un4. 13.
limada. 23.
Klinilau, 31.
nuy™3. 7.
Slklt'*.
nigoH, 9.
minima. 7. '
duiperlk, 11.
minor, G, 7.
«J./<U»lU, 11.
JSSSS.;=^.
"»^-
EHS'ff
ciuphiiii-. 2:<
■ ™'l4.
r5di.,B.
tort^lln. 2.
.yUa.22.
tonuow, 3.
«r,..
. ■■'■■gvii.2.
turgidB. 19,
.. lolTi. ■
™™., i.
, (■■ ■ _,■ ,-.• ■
ri.(a«pec(t./ Apiera).
,. LM». never coarsely ujj
hUe-doOed.
c.
concave.
in., occasionally forked, clustered: Ivs. dull green,
i^jsl in., appressed with spreading tipe, minutely
scabrous: infl. 1 ft. high, slender and curving, simple;
fls. green-hned. Cape. DC., PI. Or. 16. B.M. 814.
Balm, Aloe j3, t. 3.— The type, with straight ranks of
Ivs., varies mto a form with larger less-crowded Ivs.,
r. Baworthk R^wudlii. (
:H)
Aloe {4, f. 1. Jscq. Fragm. 108; a still larger, greener,
rougher, and more succulent form, var. mljor, Berger
(A. pseudoriipda mAjor, Sahn), Salm, Aloe S4, f. 2p;
and a smaller form with the more spirally arranged Ivb.
smooth above, var. torteiU, Baker (//. tor^^Ua, Haw.) .
CC. The U>». more or lets irrtffuiwly S-ranked, spreading.
3. hfbrida, Haw. (Aide hybrida, Sahn). St. with Ivs.
2^x4-5 in., more or less cespitose: Ivs, dull green,
jixlH 'U'l plump, wrinkled above and roughened:
mfl, 2 ft, high, branched; fls, brown or rosy lined.
Cape [?). Salm, Aloe S4, f. 4.— Possibly a hybrid
between the preceding and following species.
4. rldda, Haw. (H. expdnaa rn^or, Haw. Aide
riffida,DC. A.cylindrica ri^ula,liBin. AjAcra txpdnsa,
Willd.). St. with Ivs. 413-5 in., more or less cespitose:
Ivs. green or browning or rosy-marained, i^H " 2-2J-J
in., concave, wrinklea beneatli: infT 2 ft. high, more or
Ifss branched; fls. striped with brownish green. Cape.
Sahn, Aloe §4, f. 3. DC, PI. Or. 62. Berger 26. L.B.C.
15:1430. — Varies intoaamaller form with slightly glosMr,
snoother, very spreading Ivs., var. ezpinsa, Baker (H.
1434
HAWORTHIA
HAWORTHIA
naay Haw., Aide expdnsa, Haw. A, rimda expdnsa,
m, AjAcra pdtula, Willd.), Salm, Aloe §4, f. 36.
BB. Lv8. Spirally many^ankedf erect, hicorweXf whUe"
warty,
5. Reinwftrdtii» Haw. (H. fascidta. Haw. Aide
Reinwdrdtii, Salm). Fig. 1787. St. with Ivs. 1 3^2 x 4-6
in:/ somewhat oespitoee: Ivs. lanceolate, M x 1-1 H in->
coarsely white-warty in rows on the1i>ack: infl. 1-1 H
ft. high, somewhat nodding, simple; fls. lined with rose.
Cape. Sahn, Aloe §6, f. 16. Berger 27. J.H. III. 59,
p. 628. — A smaller form is var. minor, Baker.
6. coarctlita, Haw. (Aide coarctAtay R. & S. H.
ReinwdrdUi viridis, Hort.). St. with Ivs. 3x6-8 in.,
somewhat cespitose: Ivs. triangular, 3^ x 2 in., sparingly
and finely white-dotted in lines beneath: infl. 1 ft. high,
nodding, simple; fls. lined with red. Cape. Saun,
Aloe J6, f. 17. Berger 27.
AA. Foliage in a spirally subradioal rosette,
B. Lvs. not pellucid, dvU and firm,
c. The lvs, not hard^marffined, toith prominent wkite
tubercles,
7. margaritffera, linn. (H, mdjor, Duval Aide
margaridjeray Mill. A, piimtia margarttHferaf linn. A,
maraariHfera mdior, Haw. AjAcra margaritifera mdjor,
Willd.). Somewhat cespitose: lvs. upcurved-spreadmg,
biconvex, %-l x 3 in., with scattered large pearfy
tubercles often turning green in age: infl. 2 ft. hieh,
branched; fls. sessile. green-line(f. Cape. DC., 1*1.
Gr. 57. Salm, Aloe 86. f. 5. Berger 28.— The type,
with green lvs. coarsely warty on both faces, varies
into a form with smaller more spreading lvs., var.
gran&ta (H, granMa, Haw., H, minima, Haw., Aide
margaritifera minima, Ait., A, grandta, R. & S^^ A.
piimila margaritifera, Linn., A. brhns, R. & S.), Dill.,
Eltham. 16, f. 18. Sahn, Aloe (6, f. 6; a large form
with smaller closer warts, var. er^ta, Baker (H,
erida. Haw., H. rrAnor, Duval, Aide margaritifera rrAnor,
Haw., A. margaritifera mhdia, Ait., A. minor, R. & S.,
A. ericta, Sahn), Dill.. Eltham. 16, f. 17. B.M. 815.
Salm, Aloe {6, f. 7; also into forms with httle if any
roughening on the upper face, var. semimargaritffera,
Baker (H. semimargiaritifera. Haw., Aide semimar^
garitifera, Salm), otherwise resembhng the type; var.
coralllna, Baker, with smaller tubercles; and var.
subftlbicans, Sahn, with whitened lvs., Salm, Aloe
§6, f. 1.
8. fascilLta, Haw. (Aide fascidta, Sahn. Apicra
fascidta, Willd.). Cespitose: lvs. erect, flattened above,
yi X 1-1 J^ in., somewhat ^ossy, with the coarse white
tubercles in cross-bands: infl. scarcely 1 ft. high,
branched; fls. rosy-lined. Cape. Salm, Aloe (6, f. 15.
Berger 28. — A supposed hyorid with H. attenuata,
which it approaches, is var. csspitdsa, Berger.
9. rugdsa, Baker (H, rddula asp^rior, Haw. Aide
rugdsa, Salm., A, rddula minor, Salm). Somewhat
clustered: lvs. ascending, long-pointed, flattened
above, %-l x 3-4 in., dull green with smaller white
tubercles: infl. 2-3 ft. hidi, branched; fls. rosy with
green veins. Cape(?). Salm, Aloe §6, f. 9. — ^A deeper
green form is var. pervfridis, Salm.
10. subuUta, Baker (H, rddula Isbvior, Haw. Aide
subuldta, Salm. A, rddula mdjor, Sahn). Somewhat
clustered: lvs. ascending or outcurved at end, long-
attenuate, flattened above^ J^-l x 4-5 in., green with
numerous very small white tubercles beneath: infl.
3 ft. high, somewhat secundly branched; fls. green-
nerved. Cape(?). Salm, Aloe §6, f. 10.
11. attenuUta, Haw. (Aldfi attenudta. Haw. Apicra
altenudta, Willd.). Cespitose: lvs. falcately spreading,
pointed, biconvex, H x 2-3 in., green witn the upper
face rough with minute often green points and the back
with larger white often banded tubercles or ridges:
infl. 2 ft. high, somewhat branched; fls. rosy. Cape.
Sahn, Aloe §6, f . 12. B.M. 1345 (as A, radufo.).— Varies
into a form with smaller more scattered tubercles, var.
argyrostlgiiiA, Berger (H, subfascidta argyrosAgma,
Baker), and one with lai^er and more confluent tuber-
cles, var. darip^rla. Baker (H. daripirla, Haw., Aide
attenudta daripirla, Salm), Sahn, Aloe §6, f. 12/3.
12. ridula, Haw. (H, rddula mvltipirla, Haw.
Aide rddula, Jacq. A. rddula mbdia, Salm. Apicra
rddula, Willd.). Cespitose: lvs. upcurved-spreading,
very lon^-acuminate, flattened above, Ji x 2H-3 in.,
green, with irregularly crowded minute tubercles on
both faces: infl. IH ft* ^^i^» branched; fls. green- and
rosy-lined. Cape. Jacq., Schoenbr. 422. Salm, Aloe
§6, f . 8. Berger 28.
cc. The lvs, with cartilaginous margin and ked not
tuberculate,
13. lUbicans, Haw. (H. Ikvis, Haw. H, ramifera, Haw.
Aide dibicans. Haw. A, marginMa, Lam. Apicra
dlbicans, Willd.). Simple: lvs. ascending or outcurved,
pungently acute, concavely triquetrous, 1 J^ x 3-4 in.,
glossy, pale, neither roughened nor mottled: infl. 1 ft.
hi^, branched; fls. green- and rosy-lined. Cape.
B.M. 1452. Salm, Aloe §5, f. 1. Berger 29. — A greenisli
form, less margined than in the nearly white t3rpe, is
var vir^scens, JBaker (H, viriscens, aaw. Aide vir^s^
cens, R. & S.).
BB. Lvs, thick, VDotery^peUudd,
c. The lvs, rigid, veiny above, ecabroua on the hack,
14. tesseUta. Haw. (Aide tesseldta, R. &. S.). little
clustered: lvs. bristly toothed, spreaoing, mucronatelv
short-pointed, Ji x 1 J^ in., glossy dull green or red-
dening above, 5-nerved with an open network of
veins, the back scabrous with whitish points: infl.
1-1 H ^t. high, simple; fls. nerved with green. Cape.
Sahn, Aloe fe, f. 1. — Two varieties are oUstinguished:
var. pftrva, Baker (Aide pdrva, R. & S.), smaller, with
the broad lvs. 7-nerved. Salm, Aloe §8. f. 12. Bcs^ger
31 ; and var. infl^xa, Baker, differing from it chiefly
in its more concave lvs. with incurved margin.
15. reciirva, Haw. (Aide recdrva, Haw. A, andmala,
Haw. Apicra rectirva, Willd.). Cespitose: lvs. denticu-
late, recurved, equally acute, ?ixlH in., ohve-
green or purplish, 3- or 5-nerved, the back scabrous
with green pomts: infl. 1 ft. high, simple; fls. red-lined.
Cape. B.M. 1353. Salm, Aloe 57, f. 3. Berger 31.
cc. The hfs, softer, scabrous on the back in the first only,
D. Upper face of Iva, abruptly truncatdy spreading,
16. mirftbilis, Haw. (ApUra mirdbUie, Willd.).
Somewhat clustered : lvs. denticulate, erect, the smooth
acute tip almost tnmcatelv 3-sided, ^ x 1)^ in., light
green or the back purplish, 3- or 5-nerved: infl. 1 ft.
high, simple; fls. red-keeled. Cape. B.M. 1354. Salm,
Aloe 59, f. 1. Berger 32.
17. asp^mla, Haw. (Aide aspirula, R. & S.). Little
clustered: lvs. denticulate, erect, the 7- to 9-nerved tip
scabrid above, %xV/im,, green: infl. 1 ft. high, nod-
ding; fls. rosy-keeled. Cape. Sahn, Aloe 59, f. 2.
18. retilsa, Haw. (Aide retiisa, Linn. Apicra retiisa,
Willd.). Little clustered: lvs. subentire, spreading in
age, the 5- to 8-nerved mucronate tip smooth,
%\\]/i-2 in., light green: infl. 1 ft. high, simple;
fls. nearly sessile, green-keeled. Cape. DC., PI. Gr.
45. B.M. 455. Sahn, Aloe 59. f. 3.— With scarcely
mucronate less regularly nerved lvs. it is var. mftticai
Haw.
19. tiirgida, Haw. (Aide lUrgida, R. & S.). Cespitose:
lvs. subentire. ascending, the acute smooth biconvex
or 3-fiided lvs. truncately spreading, tip 3- to 7-nerved
and somewhat dotted, % x H-Ji in., glossy hght green:
infl. 8-10 in. high, simple; fls. green-nervea. Cape.
Sahn, Aloe 59, f. 5. Berger 32.
HAWORTHIA
HAZEL NUT
1435
DD. Upper face of Ivs, Miqudy or obscurely if at aU
aubtruncatej not ariatate.
20. cymbif6nnl8, Haw. (H. concdva^ Haw. Aide
cymJbif&rmUy Haw. A, cymbxfdlia^ Schrad. AjAcra
cymbsefdliay Willd.). Cespitose: Ivs. entire, smooth,
aflcending, oblong, the point often abruptly deciduous,
leaving a scar, about 7-nerved with cross-veins, ^xl^i
in., ptue and glaucesoent: infl. 1 ft. high, simple; fls.
rea-fceeled. Cape. Icon. Sel. Horti "nienensis, 105.
B.M.802. Neue8Joum.Bot.2:2. Jacq.„Fragm. 112, f.
1. Salm, Aloe §11, f. 1. Berger 33. — A smaller form with
blunter more conspicuously lined Ivs. 1 in. long is var.
obtftsa, Baker (H. obtusa, Haw. Aide hkbes, R. & S.).
21. reticuUita, Haw. (Aide retioMta, Haw. A.
arachruMee retioMUiy Ker. A, herbdceaj DC. AjAcra
reticuldta, Willd.). Cespitose: Ivs. smooth, nnely
denticulate, acute, with about 10 connected nerves,
^ X 1 in., light green: infl. 1 ft. high; fls. rosy-lined.
Cape. Sahn, Aloe §10, f. 1. B.M. 1314.
DDD. Upper face not truncatdy spreading at end, aristale.
E. Shape of ivs, hroad, acutCf not scabrous, denticulate
or ciliate.
22. altiUnea, Haw. (H. mucrondia. Haw. H, Umpida,
Haw. H. aruidtat Haw. H. polypn^lla, Baker. Aide
aUilinea, R. A S.). Cespitose: Ivs. upcurved. biconvex,
reticulated, ^x2 in., light green: infl. 1 ft. high,
simple; fls. green-lined. Cape. Salm. Aloe §11, f. 3.
23. ottspidftta. Haw. {Aide cuspiddta, R. & S.).
Nearlv smtiple: Ivs. ascending, abruptly pale-tipped,
tiirgid, with 3 connected nerves, }^xl in., pale green:
infl. 1 ft. high, simple. Cape.
EB. Shape of Ivs, narrow, long-pointed,
24. arachnoldes. Haw. {Aide arachncAdes, Ait. A.
pUmUa arachnoides, Linn. Aplcra arachndides, Willd.).
Simple: Ivs. upcurved, rather 3-sided, toothed on the
keels, with 8 or 9 somewhat connected nerves. }^ x 2-3
in., ^ucescent: infl. 1-1 H ft. high, simple; ns. sessile,
rosy-lined. Cape. DC., PI. Gr. 50. B.M. 756. Sahn,
Aloe §12, f. 2. Jacq., Schoenbr. 421(?).
H. atrdvirena. Haw. Leafy st. very short, the rosettes stolo-
niferous: Ivs. 30-40, dense, oblon«-lanoeolate, H-^H in. long, dull
green, reddish brown when old, with 3-5 vertical green lines:
scape siznple, 6 in. S. Afr. B.M. 1361.— //. Phartonii, C. H.
Wright. Stemlees: Ivs. crowded, H z 1 H in.t pale green, with 2
rows of cilia on back, each with bristle on apex: scape 10 in. long.
S"^'- William Trelease.
HAWTHORN: CraUtgu*. Hawthorn, Bast Indian: RaphioUjnt.
HAYL<3CKIA (Matthew Haylock, gardener to Dean
Wm. Herbert, the latter authority on amaryllids).
AmaryUiddicex. A small bulb, not unlike a crocus in
habit, bloomin^^ in spring; allied to Zephyranthes.
South Amencan: Ivs. linear, all raoical: scape very
short bearin|; a soUtary fl., with a slender tube 1-1 ]4 in.
Ions and a hrab of about equal length; stamens affixed
in the throat and shorter than the lobes; ovaiy 3-celled,
with the filiform style included in the perianth-tube
and the stigmas short-linear. H, pusUUif Herb., the
only species, is likely to appear in the American trade.
The fl. has a greenish tube, the limb whitish or straw-
colored and stained outside with purple, apparently
somewhat variable in color (sometimes pale rose) : bulb
globose, with brown appressed scales: Ivs. appearing
after the fls., the latter coming in England in July to
Sept. and ephemeral. Extra-trop. S. Amer., in the
re«on of Montevideo and Buenos Ayres. B.R. 1371.
B.M. 7693. From Zephjrranthes it differs in the very
short or almost wantmg scape, the ovary being prac-
tically in the bulb-neck. l, h. B.
HAZARDIA (Barclay Hazard, Califomian botanist).
Compdsitx. Small shrubs, with silvery leaves and pecu-
liar, not pretty, heads of flowers, borne in August. One
is suitable for rockeries and bedding out, but there are
better woolly-leaved plants in cultivation.
The genus has about 4 speces of stout, tomentose,
deciduous subshrubs of Calif., and at least 1 species from
the islands off the coast: heads white-tomentose, numer-
ous, in large cymose panicles, which terminate the
branches; rays 5-8, neutral, very short, ligulate or
irregularly &-toothea or lobed, pale yellow changing
to brownish purple. In 1887, £. L. Greene made this
new genus, remarkinjg that it differs from Diploste-
phium mainly in habit, the paucity, reduced size, and
different color of its rays. It also lacks the tuft of hairs
characteristic of the style-tips of Corethrogyne.
det6nsa, E. L. Greene {Coreihrdgyne detdnsa,
Greene). Branches very leafy up to the base of the
loose panicle: Ivs. of firm texture, 2-4 in. long, obovate-
oblong, coarsely serrate; upper surface of older Ivs.
partly divested of the white tomentum which covers
all other parts of the plant. G.C. III. 28:470.
N. TATLOR.t
HAZEL NUT. The nute of Corylus (which see). In
North America, the term is mostly applied to the native
species of Corylus, and the word filbert is used more or
less indlscrimmately for the nuts of the Old World
species. (See Filbert,) In the present article, the term
hiazel nut is used generically for the fruits of all the
species. Fig. 1788.
The three native hazels, Corylus americanaj C,
califomica and C. rostrata, have been sparingly intro-
duced to cultivation, but nave not developed varieties
worthy of naming or propagating. The foreigm species,
C, Avellana, C. pontica and C, maxima, and perhaps
others, were introduced along the Atlantic seaboard
at an early dav and are maintained in gardens
throughout the New England and Middle Atlantic
States. Efforts to make extensive culture profitable in
the eastern United States have hitherto failed,
probably from attacks of a fungous disease, Cryp"
tosporelia anomala, common on C, americana, but not
specially injurious to that species. It attacks and
destroys the young branches, and later the older
branches and trunk, without killing the root. Bor-
deaux mixture has been suggested as a preventive, but
recorded successful experiments are lacking. E}q3eri-
mental plantings on the Pacific slope indicate greater
success with imported hazels there than in the East,
but they have not developed commercial importance.
The requirements of the filbert in America, so far as
known, are: moderately rich, well drained soil; absence
of Corylus americana from vicinity; freedom from mild
periods in winter and late frosts in spring. It is specially
subject to frost-injuij, as both staminate ana pistil-
late catkins develop in faU and quickly swell and open
imder the influence of mild weather in winter. The
staminate catkins commonly bloom first. If they are
destroyed by frost, fertilization can be accompli^ed by
suspending branches from other localities, even of
other species.
Propagation by seeds is easily done by stratif3ring in
fall and planting in nursery rows in early spring. S^d-
lings vary exceedingly, and varieties are perpetuated by
budding, grafting, suckers or layers, commonly by the
last two methc^is. A considerable supply of well-
rooted suckers can be secured from fruiting trees by
banking in summer with rich soil or stable manure to
promote root-formation. Stools for layering should be
heavily manured to force long and slender shoots
suitable for bending. These should be staked down in
winter or spring and covered with earth. They may be
removed to nursery rows or orchard at end of firat
season.
Planting should be at a distance of 10 to 20 feet in
well-prepM^ soil, in fall or spring. Ground may be
cropped with low-growing, cultivated plants while
trees are young, but should be maintained in good
tilth and fertility.
Pruning is of special importance with this nut. Trees
1436
HAZEL NUT
Bebenstreitia
are usually headed at height of 1 or 2 feet, though oft«n
pemiitted to take natural farm, which is that of a
many-etemitied bush, deei^ated a "stool." Tmee are
claeaified according to height "f <'ii>o>-
trunk into "etaiidaid," hal
ard," and "dwarf standard." j
trunk, with vaaeform head of
, more branches, is preferred,
should be kept down, unless
for propagation. Both eexes i
soms are borne on one-year-old
twigs or BpuiB. March or Api
flowers of both sexes have bloc
considered best time for prui
utmecesBory sacrifice of pollen (
be avoided. Strong shoots sh
headed back t« promote spui
tion, and old wood that hai
fruit should be removed annua
The nuts should not be f
until ripe, a condition indict
the browning of the edges of tl
If left until fully ripe, many
fruits will rattle out and be lo
highest prices are obtained for
gathered nuts in the husks,
vent husks from molding, tbey si
well dried or slightly sulfured.
nuts may be held for considen
periods in tight receptacles,
casks or jais by sprinkling i
over them and stonng them i
cool, dry place, or in a refrigera
compartment.
Few insects trouble the Europ
hazelnuts in America, the r
weevil of Europe, Balaninus nuci
not having yet been naturalii
B. noneiu aometimes does c
siderable injury to the nat
species.
Nuts and filberts are terms
loosely used abroad, especially
in England, to designate cer-
tain rather indefinite forms of
Corylut Avetlana and C. mae-
ima. In general, such varieties
as have husks shorter thui
their fruits are termed nuts,
while such as have husks as
long as or longer than their
fruit« are dea^ated filberts.
But few varieties are known
in America, moat of the hasek
being Beedlinra from importe
Varieties of Corylus Anewina
maxima are not clearly distingu
but m general those with hug
the nuts are assigned to C. mm
with short husks to C. Aveliana
Atba (Whit* Filbert).— Regnrded i
In li ahort huak, Uudi (riiiled md haiiy. One of Ihe baat v»ri^
tia: conndered the true Barwlou out of eonuHRW. AIh kaowa
M Ltownton, Dwmrf Prolific. Gnu Cob, Pekraoo'* Prolific ud
Hound Cob.
-'""" — K diort, rouudiob nut. of me-
knd food quality. Aomewkkt
■efenl y«n in centiij Delib-
I lurdy uid vi^roiu. produ<^
frwly, Kod thus (u- frw [mn
(Lambert'i Filbert. Lunbert'i
t Cob; Kmliidi Cob. errsne-
It luw. oblODc, aoniewbiit
; ihelT rkther tUck: kerad
' * h flsTor; an eicellenl
t« anootii, loEifer t'
viih >
e ikiii. Kdoh
riFtcd !■
rniiid (Cue Nut. Friiiled Filbfi
Ktde DpeD Ht the moutb. Vpjy produ
DouyaJon Largt Stfoart. — Nut vtr
AfUtd ud well filled, of the hichert <
On CAiIIv,~A fine, lorse. wniprei
moderately thioh ahell, ud of fine
France by Felii Gillet. of CKlifomis.
tidiXh'"
ile-baKrf.— Nut Inv "^ of
It qiulity; in ■ huak tonver
efruil. Planted for omuneDt,
iductive of hkkI aute under
reofftdiH^ purple color, which
led until Iroot. The itaminats
a in wintor. but wbeo supplied
it yields large crops.
A vetiiu (Aveliueer Rouge, Red
with a BmoDth, rod-Bkinned
ariety ia prized in eastern
leM. il^th^a' ^^'ih hu3i
I with Grandia.
W. A. Tatloe.
IcALL; BnHuBa.
JtrS BA8B: Old EntfUi
the greenhouse heaths are
Cape of Good Hope and
md belong to the genua
X St. Dabeoc's heath, see
LflllDH: Bujutornim.
trsm^TIA (named for
nst Uebenstreit, 1703-
fessor of medicine in the
y of Leipzig). Selagin-
nual herbs, subshrubs or
nostiy grown in grcen-
vs. alternate or apposite
row, entire or often den-
:es terminal, often dense,
elongated; fls. sessile,
llow or pink; stamens 4
)us, included, filaments
libera oblong or linear,
; ovary iloculed: fr.
ells, often one not well
I. — About 30 species,
/ from S. Afr. H. comOsi,
it., is grown as a half-
hardy annual (plant
perennial). One to 4
ft, high: IvB. numerous,
lanceolate or elliptio-
. lanceolate. glabrous,
t 14-2 in. long; spikes
elongate, 2-6 in. long,
mignonette- like; cor-
z
HEBENSTREITIA
oUa yellow or white, with an orange-red blotch on the
limb; tube slender; lobes oblong, inner pair much
narrower and scarcely longer than the outer. B.M.
7895. May be safely sown outdoors in ApriL Fls.
fragrant. L. H. B.
HfiCHTIA (J. G. H. Hecht, who died in 1837). Bro-
mdidcex, Mexican succulent plants, one species of
which is perhaps cult, in a very few fanciers' collec-
tions of t^der olants for its dense rosettes or recurved
0pin>r Ivs., whicn are purple above from the middle to
tne tip and silvery beneatn. The genus is distinguished
by havin|fl; dioecious fls. The fls. have no decorative
value, being ^in. across, white, in small sessile, axilr
lary, yellow-bracted heads, borne at intervals of an
inch or so on a very slender scape 2 ft. long. — Fifteen
species. Give perforated pots and high temperature.
glomerftta, Zucc. {H, Ghihabreahtii, Lem.). Lvs.
10-18 in. long, rigid, leathery, 9-12 lines wide at base,
narrowed graduaUy to the sharp-pointed apex: bracts
sheathing, acmninate: corolla 3-lobed nearly to the
base; stamens 6; ovary 3-celled. B.M. 5842. I.H.
10:378. — Soil of chopped moss, old manure and
charcoal.
arg^ntea. Baker. Lvs. about 1 ft. long, stiff and
spiny, more or less shining silvery: infl. many-fld.; fls.
subsessile; petals elliptic, white, concave; style want-
ing. Habitat doubtful, perhaps Mex.— ;Well worth
growing as a foliage plant in choice collections.
L. M* B*
HECK£RIA (named for a German botanist). Piper*
6cex. About 8 S. American and 1 Old World woody
plants, distinguished in Piper (with which it is often
united) bv the many more or less umbellate elongated
dense spikes, perfect sessile fls., 2-3 stamens, small
anthers with confluent 2-valved cells, obtuse ovair, 3
stigmas: lvs. large, sometimes peltate. H, umbeudtaf
Kunth (Piper tmbeUdtunif Linn. Pothom&rvhe umbel-'
idto, Miq.). is probably not now in the traae. It is a
shrub witn roundish-reniform not peltate 11-13-
nerved petioled lvs., and 4-7 spikes in an umbel; it
occmrs from Cuba to Brazil. G.W. 9, p. 445.
L. M. B.
HEDEdlfA (Greek, sweet emeO). Labidtx, Ameri-
can Penntrotal. Small aromatic annuals, not of
horticultural importance.
Leaves opposite, small: fls. very small, blue or purple,
in loose clusters in the axils^ the clusters becoming
terminal; calyx tubular or ovoid, 13-nerved, the mouth
contracted in fr.; corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip erect
and entire or lobedj perfect stAmens 2, ascending under
the upper lip: stammodia 2 or 0. — ^The genus has about
16 species, all American. The pennyroyal of the Old
World is Mentha Ptdegiunif sometimes cult, for its lvs.
and tops, which are used as culinary herbs.
pulegioldes, Pers. American Pennyroyal. Annual,
6-18 in, hi^: st. very slender, much branched, pubes-
cent: lvs. opposite, ovate to oblong-obovate, sparingly
serrate in the upper portion, mostl}^ obtuse at the apex
and narrowed at the base, yi-l^i in. long: fls. in ajdl-
lary clusters; corolla purple, 2-lipped, the lower one
with 3 large lobes. July-Sept. B.B. 3:106.— This is
of no ornamental value, but the seeds are offered by
dealers to those who desire to cult, the plant for its
medicinal oil, which is sold in drugstores. It is said to be
offensive to mosquitos. The plant can be easily natu-
ralized in dry, sandy spots. It is conunon in woods and
along roads. L. H. B.
HfiDERA (ancient Latin name of the ivy). Aralid^
cem. Ivy. Ornamental woody root-climbing vines
grown for their handsome persistent foliage.
Evergreen shrubs, climbing by atrial rootlets: lvs.
alternate, long-petioled, entire or coarsely dentate or
3-7-lobea: fls. perfect, pedicelled, in umbels arranged in
HEDERA
1437
terminal racemes or panicles; calyx 5-toothed; petals
and stamens 5: ovary 5-celled; style short, cyUndric:
fr. a 3-^-seedea berry. — Five species (or 6, if H, helix
chrysocarpa is considered a distmct species) in Eu., N.
Afr. and from W. Asia through Cent. Asia to Japan.
Monograph by Fr. Tobier, Die Gattung Hedera (1912);
a good popular monograph is Shirle]^ Hibberd's 'The
Ivy: A monograph, comprising the mstory, uses, char-
acteristics, and affinities of the plant, and a descriptive
list of all the garden ivies in cultivation." London,
1872. Many araUads have been described formerly
as species of Hedera which are now referred to other
genera.
The ivies are climbing shrubs, with inconspicuous
greenish flowers appearing in fall, and black, rarely
yellow, red or whitish buries ripening the following
spring. Hedera helix is hardy in sheltered places as
far north as Massachusetts; at the Arnold Arboretum
a form introduced from the Baltic provinces. Russia,
under the name H, helix baltica has provea hardier
than any other form. All other species, also most of
the variegated forms of H, helix and its var. hibemica,
are tender, but the Japanese species has not yet been
sufficiently tested.
The ivy is a very valuable plant for covering walls,
locks, trunks of trees and treUis-work, and sometimes
climbs very high. It may also be used for covering
walls in cool greenhouses, for screens in drawing-
rooms and for hanging-baskets. It is a popular win-
dow-garden plant, enduring many uncongenial con-""
ditions and thriving without bright sunlight. In shady
places under trees it makes a handsome evergreen car-
Set, and is also often used for borders of shrubb^es or
ower-beds.
It grows in almost any soil, but best in a somewhat
moist and rich one, and in shaded positions. The
climbing or creeping branches do not flower; flowers
are produced on erect, bush^ branches, appearing on
old, high-climbing plants only. Propagation* is by
cuttings of half-npened wood at any time of the year
in the greenhouse or in frames, or, in more temperate
r^ons, in the open ground in fall; gentle bottom heat
wm hasten the development of roots considerably; also
increased by la^rors and by seeds which must l>e sown
soon after npening and germinate slowly, usually not
until the second year. Tne slow-growing forms, espe-
cially the shrubby ones, are often grafted on cuttings
of strong-^wing varieties, as they do not grow readi^
from cuttings.
A. Pubescence of the infl. and the young growth grayish^
stellate.
hdliz, Linn. Ivy. Engush Ivy. Fig. 1789. High
climbing or creeping: lvs. usually 3-5-lobed, dark green
above, pale or vellowish green beneath, — ^thoee of the
flowering brancnes entire, generally ovate: calyx with
minute teeth; cal^rx, pedicels and tips of young branches
covered with grayish white stellate hairs with 5 or 6 raya :
fr. black, sometimes yellow. Eu., Canaries, N. Afr., Asia.
— ^A very variable species, of which more than 60 varie-
ties are cult, in European gardens. The first 3 varieties
enumerated below are geographical varieties found
zrowing wild, while the others are merely horticultural
forms of garden origin. Var. hibemica. Kirchn. (var.
scdticaf Hort.. var. irldndicaf Hort.). Lvs. larger and
broader, of lighter color and thinner texture, with
short and broad lobes, often subcordate at the base:
umbels and frs. larger; stellate hairs more often with
8 or occasionallv 12 ra3rs. Ireland. Var. chrysocirpa,
Tenore {H. poetarunif Bertol. H. chrysocdrpat Walsh).
Lvs. less deeply lobed, bright or yellowish green, often
undulate, those of the flowering branches narrower:
fr. yellow. Turkey, Greece, Asia Minor. Var. taftrica,
Rehd. (H. poetdrum var. taiirica, Tobier. H. taitrica,
Hort.). Lvs. narrower, usually undulate, bright green,
those of the sterile shoots usually sagittate, with elon-
143S
HEDERA
gated middle lobe and 1 or 2 short Bpreading lobes on
each side at the base: rather more pubeecent, Bt«llate
haira with about 8 raye. Crimea. Fosaibly hybrid of
H. helix and H. eokhica.— The following are some of
the moat remarkable of the horticulturaJ formB: Var.
arbor^scens, Loud. (H. arbArfo, Hort,), Not clirobing,
forming an erect, low ahrub: Ivh. ovbI« to ellipti
forms, aa Silver Queen, with eilvery variegated Ivb.
Var. bUticasHort. A Bmall'leaved form hai^lv diifer-
ing from the type; the hardiest or one of the hardiest
of the forma in cult. Var. Civendishil, Koch (var.
m/troindla n^nor, Hort.). Slow-growing, with rather
email dull green Ivb., edged creamy white, striped red
or pink in fall. Var. conglomerito, Nichols. Slow-
sTowing: Ivs. crowded, Bmall, entire or 3-lobed, undulate.
I7M. HodOT* luOii. Fan
almost entire, blackish green, changing to dull purpliab
bronieinfall. Gn. 22, p. liV,M. p. 493 iaa A. hatUila).
Var. digitita, Loud. Lvs. rather large and broad,
digitately lobed with 5 triangularnDblong lobes, some-
times with 3 small additional basal lob^, truncate at
the base, dark green. Gn. 25, p. 141; 34, p. 493. Var.
gracilis, Hibberd. Lvs. rather small, with broad,
short lobes, dull green, bronzy in fall. Gn. 59, p. 154,
Var. lobita mijor, Hibberd, Similar to var, hAemica.
but lvs, somewhat smaller, more deeply lobed and
lobes narrower. Var. Ifidda, Hibberd. A form of var.
<Ary8ocarpa. with large deltoid lvs, not lobed or partly
or slightly 3-6-lobed, glossy above: a vigorous grower.
Gn. 25, p. 141; 34, p. 492. Var. lusitlnica, Hesse.
Similar to var. mUmala. Lvs, large, to 5 in. across, hght
green, palmafely 5-lobed with triangular lobes. Var.
nucuUta, Hort. {H, lalifdlia maciddia, Hort.). Similar
to var. kiberniea: Iva. spotted and striped yellowish
wlut«. Var. marginita, Hort, Lvs. broadly triangular-
ovate, irregularly boniered yellowish white, striped
red or pink in fall: of somewhat slow growth. (.E.
31:318. Var. maimorau, Hort. Similar to var.
hibemica, but Ivb. irregularly blotched yeUowish white.
Var. minima, Hibberd (var. doneraiiiims^ Hort.). Lvs,
small, 3-lobed or pedatel^ 5-Iobed, with short and
spreading basal lob«s, dull purplish brown in winter.
Gn. 59, p, 164, M.D.G. 1897:229 and S.H. 2:237 (as
var. digtlala). Var. palmSta, Hort. Similar to var.
difiiata, but lvs. 3-5-lobed with broader distinctly
HEDGES
trisDEular lobes, the lateral ones more n>readinK. dull
green. Var. peditn, Hibberd. Lvs. pedately S^obed,
the middle lobe long and narrow, the lateral lobea
much shorter, dark green with whitish veins. Gn. 25,
p. 141; 34, p. 493; 59, p. 154. Var. sogittifOlia, Koch.
Lvs. rather small^ with triangular middle lobe and short,
broad and obtusish lateral lobes, deeply cordate at the
base, dull dark green. Var. tesseUta, Nichols. Lvs,
3-lobed with short and broad lobes, with a distinct
reticulate variegation. J.H. III. 23:209; 45:99. Var.
tortuOsa, Hibberd. Lva. ovate or rhombic, entire or
obscurely 3-lobed, more or less curled and twisted, the
curling increasing during cold weather. Gn. 55, p. 336.
Var. tricolor, Hibberd (var, margiTi^ia riiifra, Hort.,
var, eUgatUiimna, Hort,, var. CtiUini, Hort,). Like
var. marffinala, but edges of lvs. becoming red in fall.
canarifinais, Willd. (H. kilix var. canariingit, DC.
H. aigeriinmi, Hort. H. Tnaderfmsii, Hort. H. azbrUa,
Hort.). Higb-elimbing; pubescence more scaly, hairs
with 12-20 rays: lvs, large, bright green, roundi^
ovate, UBuallv cordate at the base, entire or with 3-7
rather short lobes of almost equal size : umbels larger,
often aoUtary or few; calyx-lobes broader: frs. black,
sometimes Hin. thick. Canary Isls^ Madeira, N. Afr,
Gn. 25, p. 141: 34, pp. 492, 496. G.M. 54:319. Var.
•rborCscena, Koeh, Not climbing, forming an upright
low Bhnib. G.M. 54:967. Var. vari^ta, Hort. {H.
maderiaeit variegdJa, Hort,). Lvs. entire or slightly 3-
lobed, edged yellowish white. G.C. II. 15:657. G.M.
54:320.
«A. f u6eKence tooly, golden yeUow.
c£lchlca, Koch {H. RfEgneriAna, Hort.
Hibberd). High-climbing: lvs, large, broadly
cordate, almost entire, rarely slufhtly 3-lobea, bright
green, of firm texture, those of flowering branches
generally oblong-ovate: ealyx-lobes triangular-ovate,
conspicuous; calyx, pedicels and tips of young branches
coated with golden yellow scales with about 20 or 25
rays: fr. black. Asia Minor, Caucasus, Persia. Gn. 25,
p. 141; 34, p, 492, Gt. 11:360. Var, dentlta, Hib-
berd [H. denlAUt, Hort.). Lvs. with remote small teeth,
of somewhat thinner texture. G.M. 30:383; 54:318.
Gn. 36, p, 7. Var, purp&reB, Hibberd. Lvs. purplidi.
Var. arboriacens, Koch. Not climbing, of upright
shrubby habit. Gn,W. 20:467.
H. BlomeraMla, E<C., belongs to the seniu Bruuiopu tad its
correct nunc i> B. Elomemlabi, Reed (B. specioa, Dwuk, ±
Planch.), A glsbroiu Une, Hitb large dintatc lvs.; IfU. ft-7. ob-
long-lanoeolate, stalked: fls. in 1oii£ peodijaiis p«ucl« oouBivtiiis
of long-atallieii globulBr heads of small fla. 8. Asia. B.M. 4804.
Gt. 12:411. G.M. 32:367.—//. htmaUiai, Tobler <H. belli autao-
tJacH. Andrf ). nisb-elimbuMi: puboooenn ocaly, gray oi
the soalee with many rays: lvs. of the HtArile brajiche* ,
ibloDfi-laiiDei ' " " "'
, nin^layaa R.H. l:
e brajichefl pioomtely
1 of the flowering
r 3-lobed, of fertile
f, Tobler,
-^ — ^-a. Sieh, A Zuco.). Not tugh-clijnbing: Bcalesof pubeaee
HTaall lateral lobea: f
1 broad middle lobe ana
in. or 1» acKm. Japan,
Althed Rxbuer.
; green fences are used for two dis-
tinct purposes — defense and ornament. Ornamental
hedges may be rendered defensive by stretching tightly
two or three strands of barbed wire through the center
of the hedge. So tar, no plant has yet been tested that
meets all the requirements of the farmer for a truly
impassable barrier, although the Osage orange (.Madura
pomifera) possesses more reeommendabie featurea
than any other hardy tree. This tree, however, is not
hardy in the northernmost states. For regions south
of Washington, D, C, Kentucky, and Missouri,
Poncinia (or Cilms) tri/oiiala is of equal v^ue. Both
have the serious drawback of being subject to the
attacks of the San Joe6 scale, but no satisfactory sub-
stitute has yet been found.
Next to these, perhaps, ranks the honey locuBt
HEDGES
HEDGES
1439
(Oleditaia triaoantho8)f with manv warm admirers and
advocates. The hawthorn of Europe (CraiaB^
OxyacarUha) may not be planted in this country with
much chance of success, owing to fungous enemies.
Cratsegus Crua-^aUi is fairly satisfactory, but is not
likely to make a tight hedge close to the ground. Other
large thorny shrubs also fail in important particulars.
A perfect thorn hedge requires unremitting care,
and must conform to an established rule, the most
important bein^ entire freedom from weeds and a
systematic pruning. The preparation of the soil for a
hedge consists of thoroughly plowing and cultivating
an area 6 feet wide and the length the hedge is proposed
to extend; or else to dig a trench 2 feet deep ana 2 or
3 feet wide, and fill it with eood top-soil thoroughly
enriched. If this space should be fertilized and cropped
the year previous growth will be greatly accelerated.
Deciduous plants must have the tops well shortened,
and the root-tips of all plants should be given a clean
cut, as they are planted. The plants shomd be set in a
sinsle row as close together as they can be set. For
hedges a foot high or less, the plants should not be
over 4 inches apart. For hedges 3 or 4 feet high, the
plants should be 6 inches to a foot apart.
The double row, as formerly advised by some growers,
is now practically obsolete and justly so, being difficult
to cultivate and preserve free from weeds, 'fiie single
row gives the plants a chance to be somewhat balanced,
as the two opposite sides will have nearly equal freedom
to develop.
A trench or furrow is opened through the center
of the cultivated strip of a sufficient dept£^ admit the
roots without bendinp;. In setting, the soil must be
made firm with the aid of a rammer, a practice unex-
celled for aiding growth, and, indeed, preserving plant-
life after removal. Pruning is simply an annum neces-
sity from the first, excepting when the hedge is intended
to DC plashed, and even in such cases, .i^ter the laying
process, pruning must never be (Hnittea during summer.
This work is greatly accelerated and consequently
cheapened by shearing when the plants are young and
tender, say during the month*of July.
As to the best outline, a plain triangle, or what may
be more sightly, the curvilinear or Gothic arch, is desir-
able, and a flat top is to be discouraged, as a body of
snow lodged on it invariably injures the S3rmmetry and
beauty of any hedge. Another advantage of the trian-
gular and Gothic arch types is that the sun can better
reach the bottom of such hedges and keep them cov-
ered with foliage down to the ground. A rectangular
hedge is liable to have bare spots at the base, while a
hedge wider at the middle or top than at the bottom,
is aLmost sure to be without foliage near the ground
Material available for defensive hedges has already
been discussed. For ornamental hedges, there are a
large number of plants available, both aeciduous and
evergreen. Of these the half-evergreen California
privet (Ldgusirum ovalifolium) is probably more
largely used than anything else, and in the eastern
Umted States possibly more largely used than all other
material combmed. its advant^e over its competitors
is its low first cost, and its responsiveness to pruning
and training. These are offset by its liability to kill
to the ground every few years, even toward the South.
Probably the best hedge plant, all things considered,
is Thunberg's barberry {Berbens Thunbergii),
Of the evergreen hedges, the arbor-vitae (Thuya
occiderUalis) is one of the most widely adaptable and
deservedly popular. Hemlock {Tsuga canadensis)
makes one of the handsomest but it succeeds in a com-
paratively restricted area. Its reputation as a slow
grower should not prevent the box being more largely
planted than it is. The Monterey C3rpre8S is mud^
used as a hedge in California (Fig. 1790). There
are many other evergreens that may be used to ad-
vantage.
Among the deciduous flowering plants are a great
many that are desirable. A discussion of a few of these
is included in the list that follows.
Where room at all permits, mass planting or even
untrimmed tree rows are better than a high hedge
for barriers and screens. Plants with variegated or
unusually colored foliage should be avoided for hedges.
The most serious annoyance to the hedge-grower is
the presence of unwelcome woody vines, such as poison
ivy (Rhus Toxicodendron), Japan evergreen honey-
suckle (Lonicera japonica), ana so on, and the only
remedy- is persistently to remove them by hand as
soon as discovered. The attacks of insects may be
treated similarly to those which injure other trees and
shrubs.
Material especially adaptable for hedges.
Abdia grandiflora. Broad-leaved evergreen. Suitar
ble for hedges up to 4 feet. Not hardy north of Wash-
ington and St. Louis.
Acer campestre. Deciduous. Adapted for hedees
from 4 to 10 feet high in the nortnem half of me
United States.
Azalea (Rhododendron) amoena. Evergreen. Good
for hedges lip to 2 feet. Good as far north as New
York^ Philadelphia, Cincinnati, and St. Louis. Attrac-
tive foliage and showy flowers.
Berberis Thunberf^t. Deciduous, thorny, slow-grow-
ing. Cannot be rehed on for hedges over 4 feet nigh.
Adapted to all sections of the United States, except
the non-irrigated arid regions. Responds to pruning,
but makes a more attractive hedge when shears are
not used. Naturally makes a tight bottom. Foliage
small and most attractive. Bears annual crops of
scarlet berries that hang on all winter, even in the
South. Will grow within reach of salt-water spray.
The best of the deciduous ornamental hedge pknts,
and has no superior in any class.
Berberis mugaris. Deciduous, thorny. Useful for
hedges from 3 to 6 feet high. Adapted to the northern
half of the United States. Not so tight and compact
as the foregoing. Bears berries that hang on half the
winter. There is also a purple-leaved variety.
Buxus sempervirens (boxwood; tree box). The box
of colonial gardens. Evergreen; slow-growing; adapted
for hedees up to 20 feet. Thrives as far north as central
New York, southern Ohio, and Missouri. Stands
shearing welL Probably the best evergreen hedge-"
plant in the regions in which it grows.
Buxus suffruticosa (dwarf box). Evergreen. Suitable
for use where a small hedge of the last-mentioned could
be used.
Carpinus caroliniana (hornbeam). Deciduous. Good
for heages up to 10 feet. Makes a dense, strong hedge.
Suitable for use as far south as Virginia and Kentucky.
Carpinus Betxdus, Same adaptabilities as the last.
Chsenomeles japonica (Japonica; Japan quince).
Deciduous; somewhat spiny. Grows North and South
and even in comparatively dry r^ons. Boy- and dog-
proof, with handsome flowers. Somewhat subject to
San Joa6 scale. Excell^it.
Cinnamomum Camphora (camphor tree). Broad-
leaved evergreen for high or low hedges. Hardy only
near the coast from Charleston, South Carolma to
Texas.
Crataegus Crus-gaUi (cockspur thorn). Deciduous.
Has long spines. Can be used all over the country,
except in the arid re^ons, but it is best adapted to the
North. Flowers and fruits both attractive. Needs
careful pruning when young to keep sides clothed to
the ground.
Cralxgus OxyacarUha, Similar to above. Not quite
so dense a grower, but rather more showy flowers and
fruits.
Deutzias, Deciduous, flowering shrubs of various
heights from 30 inches to 6 feet, making rather loose
bedf^. EepeciBlly tuutdsome when in flower. Some
varieties hvdy aa far north as Chican) and northern
New York; others only as far as St. Louis and New
York City.
Elxagnut anguttifolui. Deciduous. Adapted for
bedeee or low windbreaks to a height of 20 feet. ThriTea
in all parts of the United SUt«8. One of the best for the
Mmi-arid r^ona. Summer fruits attractive.
EUeagmtt pamfolia. Deciduous. Similar to the
preceding, but not so widely adaptable.
Bvonymue japonica. Broad-leaved evergreen. Use-
ful tor hedges up to 3 or 4 feet at ita northern UmitB and
double that hei^t in the South. Occaaionally wint«r-
kills as far north as Philadelphia and CincinnatJ but
weU adapted for regions farther south. There is a
variety with yellow-edged leaves.
"igus tylt^titM (beech). Deciduous. Suitable for
hedges or screens. Thrives in the northern half of
thee
utey.
GaTdenia jasminoidei (Cape jessamine). Evergreen.
Flowering. Used for hedges up to S feet. Hardy in
South Carolina, Georgia and tne states bordering on
the Gulf of Mexico.
GlediUia triataTiUios (honey locust). Deciduous.
Thorny. A good defensive hedge; succeeds over the
whoIeUnited States. Eapecially valuable in the semi-
arid regions and beyond the northern limits of the
Osage orange (Madura maculaia).
HUiiactu ajfriacus (rose of Sharon). Deciduous.
Flowering. Useful for hedfjes and screens under 10
feet where an open bottom is not objectionable. Will
grow successfully except in the most northern tier of
States. Transplant only in spring where the ground
freeies in winter.
Ilex AquiMiitm (English holly). Broad-leflved
evergreen with s^inv leaves. Useful for hedges from
2 to 6 feet. Desirable south of Philadelphia and St.
Louia. There are many varieties. Handsome.
Ilex erenata (Japanese holly). Broad-leaved ever-
green. Leaves smaller than either the preceding or
toltowing species and without spines on the leaves.
Good for hedges not exceeding 4 feet. Hardy except
in the extreme northern states.
Ilex opaca (American holly). Broad-leaved ever-
green with spiny leaves. Useful for hedges and screens
up to 30 feet. Native near the coast from New Jersey
southward and along the Gulf of Mexico. Will ptiw
inland on light soils and thrives on poor ground. Pistil-
late plants filled with scarlet berries all winter,
Junipertis virginiana (red cedar). Coniferous ever-
oeen. Adapted for hedges and screens up to 30 feet.
Thrives almost everywhere. There are several forms
in cultivation, but the type is moat suitable for hedges.
LiffUitrum amiirense (Amoor River privet). Broad-
leaved evergreen. Leaves amalier than L, japonica
HEDGES
or L. ovaiifaliiim. Better for hed^ than L. ovaii-
folium. Hardy as far north as Virgmia and Missouri.
Liffutlrum Ibola. Deciduous. Adapted to hedges lO
feet and under. Hardy except m the most northern
sections. Var. Rtgdiaaum. Dwarf. Makes hedged
4 feet and under. Filled with blue berries all winter-
lAgustnimjaponicum. Broad-leaved evergreen. Useful
for hedges up to 6 feet. Not reliably hardy as far
north as Washington, D. C., and St. Louia.
tafpi^Twn mi(Ui/olium (California
Givet) . Broad-leaved half-evergreen shrub,
seful for hedges from 6 inches to 12 feet.
Tops liable to freeze to the ground every
few years as far south as North Carolina
and Oklahoma. Rapid grower. Stands
'pruning well and needs it frequently.
Ranks with dwarf box as a low edging for
flower-beds, except it requires w^k^ or
fortnightly pruning. Its tow first cost has
led to ita use In many places where other
plants would have Men more attractive
and more economical. Thrives near salt>-
water, even within reach of the ^)rBy.
Madura pomtfera (Osage orange). De-
ciduous. A defensive hedge. Hai^v as far
north as central New York and N^traaka.
Subject to attacks of San 1ob6 scale.
Oanumlhut (Olea) fragratu (sweet olive).
Broad-leaved evergreen, bearing sweet-
Bcented flowers. Adapted to low hedges in the Gulf
stales and as far north as Wilmington, North Carolina,
on the Atlantic coast.
Osmanlhui Aguifolium. Broad-leaved everp«ea.
Much like Ilex Aquifolium in general appearance, but
blooms in lat« summer. Has snowy winter berries on
pistillate plants. Sometimes winterldUs as far north as
Washington, D. C, and St. Louis.
Picea alba (white spruce). Coniferous evergreen.
Formal in habit. Good for high hedges and screens.
More pleasing in color than the next species. Good
for the northern half of the country even in compara-
tively dry regions.
Pieea excdaa {Norway spruce). Coniferous ever-
green. Same adaptabihtv as the last and more used
than it, but not so desirable.
Pitosporum Tobira. Broad-leaved evergreen. Thrives
in the South Atlantic and Gulf states.
Poncirua trifoUata (hardy orange). Almost evergreen
South; deciduous in its northern range. Spiny. Good
for defensive hedges from 3 to 10 leet high. lArge
doBsy foUage. Attractive. Succeeds as far north as
Philadelphia and Cincinnati. Subject to San Job£ scale.
Popultu nigra var. fastigiata (Lombardy poplar).
Deciduous. Adapted for hedges and screens up to 30
feet. Useful in the northern half of the United States.
Prunut earoUniana (mock orange of the South).
Broad-leaved evergreen adapted to the Bouthem
states from Norfolk south. ExceUcnt.
RetinospoTos, Coniferous evergreens adapted to
hedges under 6 feet. Suitable for use south of the
40th parallel and in special localities north of it. Not
suitable for the semi-arid regions.
Rhamnus caOtartiea. Deciduous. Good for hedges to
6 feet. Most useful in the northern half of the country.
Roea rvbigiruna (sweetbriar rose). Deciduous,
thorny. Adapted for hedges up to 3!^ feet. Thrives
everywhere except in the most arid sections. It bears
attractive flowers and hips, but does not make so close
a hedge as many other plants.
Rota rugota. Deciduous, thorny. Adapted for hedges
of 5 feet and under. Will grow both North and South
and is promising for use in the semi-arid regions.
Flowers and hips both attractive. For a summer
hedge it is excellent, but its winter appearance is not
hedge-like although quite effective as a deterrent to
intruders.
HEDGES
HEDYSARUM
1441
Spiraeas, Deciduous shrubs. A group of beautiful
flowering shrubs adapted for use as low hedges North
and South and promismg for use in the semi-and regions.
Spirasa Bumalaa var. Anthony Waterer would make a
hedge 2 feet high with flat-topped pink blossoms in
early summer. Spiraea Thunbergii erows 5 feet high
with white flowers in early spring. It has fine foliage,
but the tips of the branches are apt to winterkill even
as far south as Virginia and Missouri. Spiraea Van
HouUei is white, about intermediate between the other
two in season. The finest of the spireas in flower. It
has beautiful foliage and is adapted for hedges.
Syringaa (lilacs). Deciduous shrubs. A group of
beautififi flowering shrubs adapted to all parts of the
United States, some species bemg especially promising
for the semi-arid regions. Syringa amttrensis is espe-
cially well adapted for use on the Great Plains. It
grows 10 feet high. Syringa persica is about as adapta-
ble as the last but more dwarf, growing but 5 feet high.
Syringa vulgaris has many named varieties, both double
and single, in a wide range of colors and habit of
growth.
Thea Bohea (Chinese tea plant). Broad-leaved ever-
green. Low-growing. Blooms in winter. Useful near
the seacoast from Charleston, South Carolina, to
Texas.
Thuya occidentaUs (arbor-vitse). A coniferous ever-
green with many forms, of which the type is as useful
as any for hedge purposes. Adapted to all sections of
the United States. Much used and deservedly so.
Thuya orientalis (Chinese arbor-vitte; Biota). Conif-
erous evergreen with many forms. Useful over nearly
the same range as the foregoing.
Tsuga canadensis (hemlock). Coniferous evergreen.
Useful for low and high hedges and screens to 50 feet.
Adapted to moist and medium soils in the northern
half of the United States. One of the handsomest in
the regions in which it thrives.
Viburnums. Deciduous and evergreen shrubs.
Manv-berried and handsome. Among the desirable
deciduous species that thrive all over the United States
except in the extreme South and the drier regions are
V. cassinoidesy V. dentaium^ F. nudum^ V . OpuluSf V.
plicatumy and V. prunifolium. The handsome ever-
green species F. Tinus is tender and not likely to succeed
north of the Carolinas and the Gulf States, but where it
succeeds it is most desirable. p. l. Mulforo.
HBDHfiAlTTHUS, HBDrAnTHUS: Wahlenbtroia,
HEDtCHIUM (Greek, sweet snow; the large white
flowers are sweet-scented). Zingiberdceae. Butter-
fly Lily. Ginger Lily. Garland Flower. Leafy,
rhizomatous herbs allied to Kaempferia and ginger,
grown under glass and in the open far South.
Flowers in a terminal spike or thyrse; calyx tubular,
more or less 3-lobed at the summit; coroUartube slen-
der, scarcely longer than the calyx, all half concealed
by the usually showy bracts; upper coroUarsegm. often
enlarged and lip-like; stamen 1, with a 2-loculed
anther surrounoins the style; staminodia always
present, usually well developed. — ^Thirty-eight tropical
species, Asian and one Madagascar. From the gmser
Hedychium differs in having broad, almost petal-Ime
staminodia. which in Zingiber is minute or lacking.
The best botanical account is by K. Schumann m
Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 20 (1904).
Hedychiums are strong-growing plants, very oma-
mentaL both in foliage and in flower. They are essen-
tially fall bloomers, although they may be made to
bloom more or less continuouslv under glass. After
blooming, gradually dry off the rhizomes, and let them
rest for a time. Pot them up in spring or early summer,
and ^ve them rich soil and plenty of water and an
occasional supply of hquid manure. The rhizomes may
be divided every two or three years. They need an
92
abundance of water. In fact, the pots may be set half
their depth in water, and H. coronarium is often
immersed until only the crown is emersed. The com-
mon white-flowered species is H, coronarium. This
requires warmhouse treatment for best results, although
it often flowers well when plung;ed in a warm. haJf-
shady place in the open. The species do not stana frost,
but Uiey may be left out in the South if well protected.
The flowers are very fragrant; in fact, their odor may
be too heavy for a small room.
A. Fh. white,
coroniUium| Koenig. Three to 6 ft.: Ivs. cannarlike,
green, pointea, smooth above, hairy beneath: fls. very
&rge (i-4 in. across), long-tubed, pure white or the lip
sometimes blotched green, the 3 outer segms. narrow,
the lip large and erect and more or less tobed. Trop.
Asia^ and naturalized in some parts of Trop. Amer.
B.M.. 708. L.B.C. 6:507.— Handsome and worthy.
Needs warm quarters. Said to have been sold as
Myrosma camasfolia, but that name belongs to a wholly
different plant.
thyrsif6nne, Hamilton. Usually 5 ft. tall : If. sometimes
1 ft. long and 3-4 in. wide, finely hairy and pale
beneath: spike very dense, uie lower empty bracts
ovate, the upper and fl.-beanng cylindric, green, about
1}^ in.; ooroUa-tube not much longer than the bract,
its segms. linear, white; lip distinctlv clawed. Trop.
Himalaya. B.R. 767 (as H. heteromallum) . — Not much
known, but advertised (1914) by Montarioso Nursery.
AA. Fls. yellow or red.
B. Infl. usually broader than long.
flivumf Roxb^. About 5 ft. tall: Ivs. sessile, oblong^
glabrous above, pale and hairy beneath: spike dense»
the bracts broadly ovate or elliptic: fls. large»
orangC; coroUa-tube cylindrical, 2}^ m. long; se^s.
spreadmg, the outer ones linear and acute and an mch
or so long, the lip very large and rounded, retuse;
stamen not exserted. India. B.M. 3039 (and 2378?).
BE. Infl. usually much longer than broad.
GardnerilUiuiiu Roscoe. Tall : Ivs. sessile or the upper
petioled: fls. lignt yellow, odd. short-stalked in the
terminal spike, but the red filament long-projected
bevond the segms.; lip oval and short, 3-toothed, the
other segms. narrow: fr. red and showy. India. B. M.
6913. B.R. 774. J.H. III. 32:239 (in fruit). G.C. III.
11:176 (plate erroneously labeled H. coronarium);
46:126. G.W. 12, pp. 649, 650.— The best of the
genus, and hardier than H. coronarium.
coccfneumf Buch.-Ham. St. about 6 ft. tall: Ivs. all
sessile, linear-lanceolate and sharp-pointed, glabrous
above, glaucous beneath: fls. rather small, scarlet, the
filament lon^-projected; lip nearly or (juite entire; fl.-
bracts conspicuous, acute or obtuse, triangular. India.
L.B.C. 8:705. — ^A hybrid between this and H. Gard-
nerianum has been advertised as H. Modrei.
H. Bousigonidnumt Pierre. A apeciefl from Cochin-China with
■ts. about 3 ft., with small bright green Ivs. and about 18-25 pale
veUow fls. and red anthers has been recently intro. It is scaroely
known outside England. R.H. 1906:400. — H. odmeumt Carey.
Fls. flesh-oolored, soentleas: hei^t 3-4 ft.: Ivs. over 1 ft. long*
acuminate. E.Indies. B.M. 2637. L.B.C. 7:693.
N. Taylor. t
HEDtSARUM (Greek for sweet smell). Legumindsas.
Perhaps a dozen North American herbs, and about
sixty in the Old World, sometimes planted for orna-
ment.
Perennial herbs or subshrubs, with odd pinnate Ivs..
and often showy racemes of red, purple or white, small
pea-like fls.: calyx 5-cleft. the teeth nearly eaual and
pointed; standfiurd obooraate or obovate; keel nearly
straight and longer than the wings : stamens 9 and 1 : f r.
a flattened jointed pod. — Veryr closely allied to Des-
modium, but the latter genus has 3-foliate Ivs. Many
of the hedysarums are attractive border plants. They
HEDYSARUM
&re of easiest cult, in a light and open. well-
Give a aunny place ;hard^. Prop, by oiviaio
For the s&in^in, BOmetunes tinown aa H.
well-drajned soil.
"on and Beeds.
.... '. OnotrycAw,
ne Om^xryehit.
\. FU. normaily red (varying to white).
coronlrium, Linn. French HoNBTsticKix. Peren-
nial or biennial, 2-4 ft. tall, branchy: an old garden
plant with deep red, fragrant fls., crowded in axillary
spikes or racemes: ivb. with 3-7 pairs of eUiptic or
roundi^, somewhat pubescent Ifts. Eu. Summer.
Var. ilbum, Hort., has white fls— H. ftiimifcj Linn., is
by some T^fudcd as a form of this species, with ratner
more and narrower Ifts., and wings only half as long as
the keel.
AA. Fl». normally purple {varying lo ufttf<).
multijOgnin, Maxim. Hardy perennial of angular,
straggling growth, 2-5 ft. high, very ehowy, and wortiiy
of general cult.: fls. violet or purplish magenta, wita
vellow blotches, in racemes 8-18 in. long, (3l summer:
Ivs. 4-6 in. long, eontainine 6-12 paira of grayish green
oval, smaU Ifts. Mongolia. Gn. 53:408. G.CllI.
18:8, 9. Excellent for rockwork. Var. apiculAtum,
Sprague, has fewer Ifts., which are apicu1al«, and gla-
brous above: perhaps the plant cult, ae H. mvUiJTigwn.
B.M. 80Q1.
borelle, Nutt. (H. amtTwAnttm, Brit.). Erect or
half -decumbent herb: sts. simple or nearly so, 1~3 ft.:
Ifts, 5-10 pairs, glabrous, oblong or oblanceolate: fls.
violet-puiple, varying lo white, the calvx-teeth ovate-
acute and shorter than the tube, Labrador and N.
New England across the continent,
Mack6nzii, Richards. Much like the last, but some-
what pubescent; fls. larger, violet-purple; calyx-teeth
awl-like and acuminate, and longer than the tube, or
at least equaling it: Ifts. 5-9 pairs. Colo., north and
slblricum, Pair. Height 3-4 ft. : Ifts. ovate-lanoeolat«,
glabrous, apiculat«: As. purple, drooping in long axillary
racemes. Siberia. B.M. 2213 (ea H. alpinum).
obsdlrum, Linn, (/f. riegUctitm, Ledeb.). Small,
usually about 6-12 in. hi^: Ifts. 5-9 paira, ovate,
glabrouB:flH, purple, pendulousinlongspikee. Eu. B.M,
282. — It ia said to vary to white. L, jj. g.
HEDYSCfiPE (Greek, stoeei covering). •Paimieex,
tribe Aricex. Uubrella Palm. A tall hothouse
palm known to the trade as a Kcntia, and rescmbUng
that genus in habit and foliage, but diatinct in flower.
In Kentia the fls. are arranged in 4 ranks, and the
ovule is fastened at the bottom of the cell, while in
Hedyscepc (and ita cult. aUies, Kentiopsis, Veitchia,
Nenga, Archontophcenix. Rhopalostylis and Dictyo-
sperma) the fls. arc spirally arranged m the branches of
tne Bpadix, and the ovule is fost^ed at the side. From
the aUies above mentioned Hedyscepe is distinguished
by the following characters; staminate fls. with nai^
rowly lanceolate sepals, 9-12 stamens, with long
Blamente; pistillate fls. with petals like the sepals and
valvate at the apex. As a house plant, H. Canlerburyana
is dwarfer and more spreading than the two howeas, and
has a Ughter shade of green. G.CIL 24:587.
H. Canlerburyana, a very handsome palm, is the only
species belonging to the genus, and, like the important
howeas (or kentiaa of commercial horticulture), is known
|n a wild state only on Lord Howe's .Island, where it
is known as the "umbrella palm" from the recurving
habit of ita foliage. It grows at a greater altitude than
the howeas, not appearing below the 900-feet level, and
from this it may be inferred that a slightly lower tem-
perature ia more suitable for this palm ; but in a general
way the same conditions as those required by the so-
called kentias will give good results with this subject,
namely, a night temperature of 60° lo 62° F., moderate
shading throughout nearly the whole year, plenty of
water, and a rich and rather heavy soil. These palms
reroond freely to generoua treatment. As a commercial
paun, H. Canierf/WT/ana is not very popular as yet,
partly owing to the higher cost of seeds and the fre-
la a rapid grower. In regard to hardiness of fohage.
mi. H«dT*c«p« CastatlnuTUU.
it is fully equal to the kentias, and for gracefulness and
symmetry of growth will compare favorably with any
of the commercial species. In southern Oalifomia it
is cultivated outdoors. (W. H. Taplin.)
Canterburyina, Wendl. * Drude (Kintia Canter-
(mn/dna, F. Muell. V^iihia CanUrburyAna, Hort.)
UuBRELLA Palu. Fig. 1791 (adapted from Martins),
Tall, spineless patm, with a thick, atout caudex: Ivs.
terminal^ dense, equally pinnatisect, the numerouB
segma. Imear-lanceolate, acuminate, the lower nerves
recurved at the basej rather remote from the margin;
rachis arched, recurving: spadix with a short peduncle,
and thickened, flexuose Branches; areoles lax: fls.
medium: tr. ovoid, large. R.H. 1873, p. 218. F.R.
1:85. G. 2:418; 5:592; 16:414. G.W. 12, p. 207 (the
last four all as Kentia). tj. TATi»B.t
HBftRIA: HeUraeatltvi. H. elsiuu: Schitocminm.
HEUUA (Geheimerath. Dr. Heim, Berlin, died
1834). LyOricex. Two shrubs of the New World,
dilTerinK from Decodon in the yellow mostly 6-merous
trimorphous fls. borne in spikes: stamens 10-18.
H. salicif&lia, T.ink- (Nesiea eidicifdiia, HBK.), native
from Mex, to Buenos Ayree, is offered abroad: sub-
shrub, about 5 ft.: Iva. opposite or in 3'a, or the upper
alternate, lanceolate and acute: fls. yellow, with obo-
vate petals. This is said to be prised as an antiayphiiitio
and tor other purposes. l, h. B.
Priam, but there la no clear record of the application
of the name). Comp6ntx. Sneeib Weeo. Hardy
annual and perennial herba, bearing yellow flowers
from early aummer to late autumn; only the perennials
are in cultivation.
Stem erect, usually branching above: Ivs. alternate,
narrowly to broadly lanceolate, entire or toothed,
glondulor-dotted; the frequently decurrent petiole and
St. sometimes winged: heads solitary or corymbose,
yellow or brownish; di^-fls. perfect, fertile, their
corollas 4-5-toothed; the ray-fts. pistillate or neutral,
the raya wedge-shaped, 3-5-lobed, — About 30 species,
N. Amer., Mex. Closely resembles Helianthvis, but dif-
HELENIUM
Uie tn. of Hetianthus are Kenerally more or lees 4-
sided and are smooth. In Helenium the receptacle is
naked; in Helianthus it bears paleaceous bracts.
Heteniums thrive beat in & rich, moist soil, with a
sunny aspect, and are propagated by seeds, cuttings or
division. All the species are very easily erown, the only
aenoua difficulty being a white aphis which sometimes
attacks the roots. If plants look unhealthy the^ should
be lifted, washed with an inaectiaide and reset m a new
Elace. The commonest species in cult, is H. aulumnaU,
at perhaps the most valuable species for eeneral plant-
ing IS H. Hoopeni, which is one of our earliest blooming
compositcfl, and is also desirable for the border or for
cut-flowers. H. Hoopeaii, H. Boianderi and H. aulum-
naU will give bloom in succession from May to October.
The first two are also attractive when grown in pote,
but thejr do not flower from seed the first year, eitner in
pota or in the open.
A. Heads rayleu.
tromitlcimi, Boil^, n. comb, (fimimia aromdtiea,
Hook. Orahdmia aromdlica, SpreDg. Cephaldphora aro-
mctltea, Schrad.). Erect, glaucous: st. herbaceous, much
branched: Ivs, alternate, linear-lanceolate, somewhat
undulate and partially amplexicaul, the bwer ones
piimatifid but the upper ones scarcely toothed: head
discoid, terminating leafless branches; receptacle
naked; florets yellow. Chile, in pastuj'es and shrubby
hills.— Offered abroad: fragrant. Listed in the trade as
GroAomta aramatica, but all H«ree in referring Gra-
bamia to Cepbalophora ; and HofUnann now refers Ceph-
akipbora to Helenium. Whether the present species
should reaUy go under Helenium, is to be determined.
HELIAMPHORA
1443
fiilrum, Nutt.). Snkeiewebd. Kg. 1792. St. 2-6 ft.
high, rougbisb, leafy: Ivs. mostly toothed, smooth:
beads 1-1>^ in. across, numerous, borne at the end of
short, very leafy stalks; rays droopinz, 3-cleft, lemon-
yellow to bright yellow; disk yellow. July-Oct. Moist
places, Canada to Fla. and west to S, D., Kans. and
Ala. B.M. 2994. Gn. 29:190; 5S:218. A.G. 12:682.
G.C. III. 10:433; III. 32:405.— Very showy. It baa
distinct merit for the back of borders, but is more
apprecia(«d in Eu. than in Amer. There ore several
Karden forms: var. pftmilum is 1-2 ft. high, a very
free bloomer, and is largely grown for (nit-fls. in some
places. J.H. III. 59:109. Var. grandiflftnmi and var.
BupCrbum, (//. aaphbam, Hort.}, are unusually vigor-
ous and lorge-fld.; var. striitum, has a maroon and
gold disk, with yellow rays variously striped and
splashed with rich crimson, J.H. III. 31:293. This
should be distinguished from the striped forms ol H.
nudifionan. Var. ^randlcfohBlum ■tropiuplli'eum has
almost entirelv crunson fl.-heads. Var. rftbrum has
deep red fls. A form known in the trade as H. grandir
cepAo^um oompodumbicolor is also advertised. Itaeema
to belong ba«.
cc. DUik hnnwn or purplUh.
n. Lbs. aU entire. htad« tolUary or fete, loT^f-gtaUeed.
BlgelovU, Gray. St. 2-3 ft. high, nearly smooth:
upper Ivs. narrow to obtong^lanceolat«, lower qpatulabe:
heads commonly 1^^2^ in. broad; rays %ia. long;
fl.-etalk slender. Aug. Wet ground, Calif. S.H.
1 :373.
BolinderL Grav. St. 1-2 ft. high, stout, somewhat
pubescent: Ivs. oblong to ovate-lanceolate, the lower
obovate: heads comnwnly 3 in. wide; rays often 1 in.
long; fl.-etalks thick, holfow. June-Sept. Low ground,
N. E. Calif, Ga. 24, p. 157; 29, p, 191. R.H. 1891, p.
377. — Sometimes grown as n. grtmdiflantm,^
I, Nutt. St. 1-3 ft. high, roudiiah, leafy:
lower Ivs. spatulate, toothed: beads 1-lH in. across;
rays wed^e-shaped, droopine, yellow, brown-purple or
striped with both colors. July-Oct. Moist soils, N, C.
to Fla., west to 111, and Texas. — A garden form, var.
randiciphalum striitum, has fls. over 2 in. across.
This form is also sold under the trade name H. euprewn,
a name of no botanical significance.
ns, St. and branchet not winded.
HoApe^, Gray (Dugdldia HoApeni, Rydb.), 3t.
1-3 ft. high, stout, slightly tomentose when young,
but soon smooth, branching above into an umbel of
several to many ns,: Ivs, thickish, entire: heads usually
borne singly on long stalks, commonly 3 in. wide; rays
but slightly drooping; disk yellow. May-Sept, Rocky
Mts.— A very fine border plant, and especially valu-
able for cut-fls.
R. Deifiani. Sort.— Monolopla mijDr,—^. tmui/dtium. Nutt.
AdduhL a vend in Ibe 8. AUutic ud aoutiumtem wUUa. St.
8 in. U 2 ft. tii^. Teiy Inafy: Ivi. thniHl-Lilce, enEin-, i-mIh. often
wborbd. V>.7fl>.. wwt to Mo. and Teiu. B.M. 7721.
S. W. Fletchkb.
N. TAYI.OB.t
HELIAMPH6RA (Greek compound, meaning sun
ptfcAer). Sarracenidcex. One of tne three genera com-
prising this singular family, consisting of a single
Species from the upper lands of British Guiana, and
rarely grown in choice glasshouse collections.
Heliamphira niilane, Benth., is a perennial, 1-2 ft.
high: Ivs. all radical and pitcher-form; pitcher tubulw
and enlarging above, with a flaring open erect oblique
mouth sjid a very small rudimentary lid terminating
the midrib, hairy inside and winged down the front, in
its native habitat conspicuously veined with red: fls.
several on a slender scape, nodding, white or pale rose,
each pedicel subtended by a prominent bract; perianth
in 4-6 parts which are ovate-pointed; style straight,
scarcely enlarging at the stigma. B.M. 7093. G.C. III.
37:194. — This unusual plant was first discovered in
1839 by the brothers Schomburgk, and was redis-
oovered in 1881 by Burke, an English orchid-collector
1444
HELIAMPHORA
who brought plants to England. It ia a rhizomatoua
C' t, and is prop, by sini^e crowns. The plant is
ribed as growing well in small pots in a roixture of
peat, sphagnum &nd sand, eurfaced with sphagnum,
the pot plung^ to the rim in moss and kept under a
bell-glass. It reqiiiree much moisture. X/. H. B.
HELIANTHfiLLA (the plant reaemblee Helianthua).
Comp6ntx. Hardy perennial herbs from North
America, with showy yellow heads borne in autumn.
Stem commonly unbranched: Ivb, mostly scattered
and sessile, linear or lanceolate, entire; heads solitary
or few, withyellow infertile rays and a yellow or brown-
ish disk.— llurteen species, Helianthella belongs t« &
group of genera distinguished from IJeltanthua by
havinK the fra. laterally compressed instead of thick
and obtusely angled. Other cult, genera of this group
are Actinomeris, Encelia and Vorbesina, which are dis-
tinffuished from one another by combinations of fr.
' and pappus characters.
The augle species in cultivation is eflfuly grown in a
variety of soils, and is propagated by seeds or by
dividing the rootstocks.
quinquenirris, Gray. St. 2-4 ft. high, nearly
smooth: Ivb. mostly opposite, 4-9 in. long, the upper
sessile: heads 3-5 in. broad, long-stalked, sohtary or a
few below in the axils of the Ivs., with an involucre of
large, leafy bracla; rays 15-20, pale yellow, IJ^ in.
long. June-Sept. Rocky Mia. g. W. Fletcbeb.
HELIAHTHEUOU (Greek for sun. flower). Includ-
ing Halimium, TuberAria and FumArta. CialAcex. Sun
Rose. Ornamental woody or herbaceous plania grown
chiefly tor their showy flowers.
Half-evergreen o- ■"■■>-"—"" i"~
upright or proati
perennial herbs, rai
usually opposite, Oi
alternate, rarely
all alternate,
with or without {
stipules: fls. in ^
terminal race-
mose, umbellate
or aubcapitate cym
rarely solitary, mos
yellow, Bometiniefl
2 kinds, earlier :
with large petals a
later fla. with sm
or without pets
sepals 3, or 5 a
unequal ; petals
stamens many; ovf
1- celled or imp
fectly 3-cellpd, w
slender or short sty
caps, a-valved wiin ,^. Heliuitheiniuii Cluuwectotu.
many or several (j^j^
seeds ; embryo curved
hkc a ring or hook (subgen. Halimium), or atrai^t
or folded (Hclianthemum proper). — About 110 species
in N. Amer. (and 3 in. S. Amer,), Eu., N. Afr. and W.
Asia. Monograph by Grosser in Engler, Das Pflan-
zenreich, hft. 14. Cistaces, pp. 33-131 (1903) ; another
important work ia Sweet's CistiBe«e (1S25-30) where
m^Dv species are figured, quoted below as S. C.
The helianthemunia are moatly suffruticosc or
shrubby, less often herbaceous plants, either upright
and low, or cespitose or prostrate, with Hmall and
usually narrow, of(«n grayish fohage and with yellow
or white, less often pink or red, usually profusely pro-
duced floweTB in terminal racemes or clusters, rarely
solitary, appearing during the summer and followed by
a capsular fniit inclosed or surrounded by the persistent
HELI ANTHEM UM
sepals; the flowers oi
petals soon dn>p. 1
North without protection and are particularly suited
to warmer and drier climat«a, but 7f. Chainxcitlut is
fairly hardy North, though in exposed situations it
aJao proflla by a protection of mulch: the hardiest of
the species mentioned below is H. canadeaae, but it is
at the same time the least attractive. They all thrive
well in poor aandy or rocky soil, most of them being
partial (o Umettlune soil, and demand a sunny position
to bloom profuaelv. They are especially adapted tor
rockeries and borders particularly the numerous forms
of H. Chamxcislut which form dense mats; most of the
other speciee are of low twiggy habit. Propagation
is mostly by division, also by greenwood cuttmgs and
by seeds which germinate readily, but if several species
are ^wn together the seeds are liable to produce
hybnds.
im.7.
^tiu, 7.
Jarmotum, 3. p«y«iiim, D, i. vcDUBium, i^
Etmoiiinanma, 7. pnlttrvUniun. 6. vui^fart, 7.
A. Style short and strai^hl, or almoti imrUintr: ba, with-
out sUpuies. (Halimium.)
B. FU. of S kiTids, the larger solilary or rarely in ft, the
gmaller apetalous ones cluslered on laliral braneh-
lets; sepals 6.
1. canadense.Michx. (ffoJimtumcanad^rue, Grosser).
Fhobtwbkd. Upright, 1-2 ft., hoair pubescent; Ivs.
nearly sessile, oblong to linear-lanceolat«, acutish, pale
beneath, H-IJ^ in. long; thelarxer fls. 1 m. across, yel-
low; sep^ 5, the outer linear, t£e inner ovate, tomen-
tulose. June-Aug. Maine to Mich., south to N. C. and
Miss. — Occaaionally offered by dealers in native plants.
BB. FU, ail large and »hou>j/, 'H-^ *«■ aavss; sepals 3.
C. Color of fls. yellow.
2. ocymoldes, Pers. (H. algarvhise. Dun. CUtua
nJnaniingis, Sims). Nearly erect, twiggy ahrub, 2-3
ft., hoary-pubescent: Ivb. short-petioledToblong-lanceo-
late te oblong^patulate, recurved at the apex, grajdah,
those of thenowering branchlets seesile, green, }^-J^,
rarely to 1 j^ in. long: fls. yellow with piuple eye, 1!^
in. across, in loose, long-stalked corymbose clusters;
sepals ovate-lanceolate. Spain and Portugal. B.M.
627, 5621. S.C. 40, and vara. 26, 65, 96.
3. lasiftnthum, Pers. {H. formbnim, Dun. CUtna
formdauB, Curtis). Spreading upright shrub, tomen-
teae: Ivs. Bhort-stalked, oval to ovate-oblong or lanceo-
late, obtuse or acutish, often revolut* on the margin,
white-lomcntose while young, )^1 in. long: fls, yellow,
the petals often spotted purple at the base, 2 in. across,
m 1-5-fld. cymes; sepals ovate. Spain and Portugal.
B.M. 2fl4. S.C. 50. On, 26:420; 53,_p. 131, CM,
34:246. F.S.R. 2, p. 45. G. 16:382.— The most showy
species of the genus.
cc, Coiw of fls. white.
4. umbeliatum, Mill. (Ciatus umbellMua, Linn,).
Low shrub, uprignt or procumbent, 1-2 ft.: Iva. sessile,
linear or linear-lanceolate, grayish tomentoee beneath,
pubescent above, later gkbrescent, more or lesa viscid,
%-l}^in. long: fls. about 1 in. across^ in whorls or race-
mose whorls; sepals ovate. Cent. S. Eu. N. Afr. S.C. 5.
AA. SlyUs slender, often curved; sepals 5, the Z OT^er one*
gmaUer. (Helianihemunt proper.)
B. Stipules subulate, the Imeer and middle ones about as
long as petioles: fls. white or pink.
5. pilftsum, Pers, Low nearly upright or ascending
subshrub: Ivs. short^-petioled, linear or oblong, revolute,
HELIANTHEMUM
HELIANTHUS
1445
erasriflh tomentoae on both sides or green above,
>^^in. long: fls. white, the petals with yellow blotch
at the base, about 1 in. across, in 4-8-fld. cvmes; outer
sepals oblong or linear, inner ones broadly ovaL 3^
Kin. long. S. W. Eu., N. Afr. S.C. 49.
6. apenntniim, Lam. {H. polifdiiumf Pers.). Upright
or procumbent subshrub, hoary -pubescent: hrs.
petioled, elliptic to linear-oblong, erayish tomentose
on both sides or green above, H-Hl rarelv to 1^ in.
long: fls. white, the petals witii yellow blotch at the
base, 1 in. across in 3-10-fld. cymes: outer sepsds
linear-oblong, inner ones broadly oval, about ^in.
long. W. and S. Eu., W. Asia. S.E.B. 2:169. S.C. 62.
R.F.G. 3:33 (4664). Var. rdseum^ Grosser {H. rho-
ddnthunif Dun. H. ptdverulhUum var. rdseum, Willk.).
Lvs. lanceolate, acutish, %-\]/i in. long: fls. over 1
in. across, pink to crimson. S.C. 7.
BB. Stipules lanceolate or subulaie. all longer than the
petioles: fls. normally yeUow, also white or pink,
7. Chamadstos, Mill. (H. mdgdre^ Gartn. H.
varidbilet Spach). Fig. 1793. Low procumbent sub-
shrub, rarely upright: lvs. petioled, usually flat,
ovate to linear-lanceolate, green on both sides, hairy
or nearly glabrous, H-^H in. long: stipules lanceolate:
fls. normally yellow, about 1 in. across, in many-fld
loose racemes; outer sepals much shorter than the inner
broadly oval ones. Eu., W. Asia., N. Afr. L.B.C. 3:202.
R.F.G. 3:30 (4547, as var. concolor). G.W.H. 111.—
This is an exceedingly variable species and numerous
forms are cult, in European gardens; the followingare
perhaps the most noteworthy: Var. grandifldnim/Fiek
(H, ffrandifldrumj Lam.). Lvs. ovate to oblong, green
on both sides: fls. yellow, 1}^ in. long. Var. cfkpreumf
Grosser (H. hyssopifdiium var. ctioreum. Sweet). Lvs.
oval to lanceolate, green on botn sides: fls. copper-
colored, darker tow^ the base, I}i-1H in. across.
S.C. 68. Var. tomentteum, Grosser (H, tomentdsttnif
Dun. H, angustifdlium, Pers. H. polifblium, Hort.).
Lvs. oblong to oblong-lanceolate, flat or revolute at the
margin, white-tomentose beneath, ^-^in. long: fls.
yellow. S.E.B. 2:168 and S.C. 34 (as H. vtSgare),
R.F.G. 3:30 (4647, as var. discolor). There is a double-
fld. form, var. iomentdsum miiUiplex, Grosser. S.C. 64.
Var. rdseum. Grosser (H, rdseum. Sweet). Lvs. lanceo-
late, white-tomentose beneath: fls. pink, 1^ in. across.
A form with semi-double fls. is var. rdseum mHUi'dex,
S.C. 86. Var. venisstum, Grosser. Lvs. lanceolate,
revolute, white-tomentose beneath: fls. crimson wiUi
yellow eye, over 1 in. across. S. C. 10. Var. mutthfle.
Grosser. Lvs. ovate-oblong, flat, (pi3rish tomentose
beneath: fls. at first light rose, changmg to lilac, finally
nearly white. S.C. 106. R.F.G. 3:36 (4666). Var.
stramfneum. Grosser. Lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate,
flat, white-tomentose below: fls. bright straw-yellow,
over 1 in. across. S.C. 93. There is a double-fld. form,
var. stramineum miiUiplex. S.C. 94. Var. diversifdlium,
Grosser. Lvs. oval to oblong- or linear-lanceolate,
white-tomentose beneath: fls. purplish pink, the petals
with a darker copper-colored blotch at the base. S.C.
96. A double-flc. form with purplish red fls. is var.
diversifdlium miiUiplex. S. C. 98. Var. macrinthum,
Grosser. Lvs. ovate-oblong, rather large, thinly grayish
tomentose beneath: fls. white, nearly 1^ in. across, the
petals blotched yellow at the base. S.C. 103. There is
a form with very double fls., var. macrdnthum mtHti-
plex. S.C. 104.
8. sul^iireumf Willd. (H. apenrdnum x H. Chama^
cistus). Procumbent sub-shrub: lvs. petioled, lanceo-
late, hairy on both sides, dark green above, gravish
beneath, )^^in. long* stipules subulate: fls. sulfur-
yellow, darker toward the base, about 1 in. across; the
2 outer sepals very small, narrow-lanceolate, the inner
ovate. S.C. 37. There is a form with pink fls., var.
rdseum (S.C. 61 as ^. canescer^s), and one with copper-
colored fls., var. cikpreum (S.C. 66).
B. aApUtre^ Dun. (H. oelaodicum var. alpettre. B«nth.). Ce»-
pitose subshrub: lvs. ovate-lanoeolate to lanceolate, hairy or
^abresoent, \^H\tx. long: fl. yellow, ^in. across. Mountains of
a Eu. S.C. 2.— 11. iflobularutfdlium, Pers. (Tuberaria globularii-
folia, Willk.). Perennial; lvs. mostly radical, long-stalked, ovate,
hairy, 1-2 in. long: fls. in simple or branched racemes, yellow with
purple eye, IH m. across. 8. Eu., N. Afr. B.M. 4b73 (as H.
Tuberaria). — H. lunuUUutnt Lam. Cespitose subshrub: lvs. ellip-
tio-oblong, green on both sides, ^labrescent or sparingly hairy,
}ir Hio* long: fls. solitary, yellow, Hio* across; petals with cresoent>
shaped spot at the base. Itahr. R.F.G. 3:26 (4529).— H. 7i46«r<kna,
Mill. (Tuberaria vulgaris. Willk.). Perennial: hrs. mosthr radical,
oval-lanoeolate to obovate, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long:
fls. in simple or branched racemes, yellow, 1 H in. across. 8. Eu.,
Afr. S.C. 18.— ff. Tuherdria, Hook. f.»H. globularisfolium.
Alfred Rehder.
HELIANTHUS (Greek, hdios^ the sun, and anthos,
a flower). Compdsitse. Including Harpdlium. Sun-
flower. Hardy herbaceous perennial and annual
plants, rather coarse in habit, with yellow flowers
which are mostly large, numerous and borne in autumn.
Leaves generally opposite below and alternate above,
but this is not a constant character: heads pedunculate,
solitary or corymbose, terminating the st. or branches;
disk-fls. perfect, yellow, brown or purplish, with a
tubular &-limbed corolla; rays neutr^. yellow. — Alto-
gether there are about 60 species, mostly N. American,
and many of the plants grown lor sunflowers are now
considered as belonging to other genera. The genus
is very variable, and there are also many natural
hybri(is; hence the species are difficult to delimit.
Tne old notion that the flower-heads follow the sun from
east to west has been substantiated for H. annuus. (See
Botanical Gazette, vol. 29:197.) Garden monographs
are found in Gn. 27, p. 66; 45, p. 372; 49, p. 326 and
65, p. 146.
Sunflowers are of the easiest culture, and are adapted
to a variety of soils. They are seen to best advantage
when planted in masses, rather than as solitary speci-
mens, and should be given plenty of room, being gross
feeders. Most sunflowers, especially H. annutut^ are
too coarse to be harmonious near the house, but find an
effective setting in the background, against the shrub-
bery border. A few species, however, especially H.
orajfolis and H. debUiSf are worth growing for their
foliage alone. The annual species are propagated by
seeds or cuttings; the perennial chieflv by division.
All varieties of H. muUiflorus root readily from both
soft and hardwood cuttings. The double forms rarely
Sroduce fertile seeds and must be propagated by
ivision. The seeds of annuals may be olanted directly
in the border, but it is best to start tnem indoors in
March. Perennial kinds, particularly forms of H,
muUiflorus, should be taken up in late fall or early
spring, every two years, and the rootstocks divided
and replanted; otherwise the roots will ramble away,
and the flowers will deteriorate. All thrive in a light,
dry soil; but H. annuus and H. ffiaanteus m&y be iSea
to advantage for drying malarial spots. Sunflowers
do not thrive in very shady places.
Commercial uses and cvUvoation of the common sunflower,
(M. G. Kains).
Sunflowers {H. annuus) are cultivated extensively
in Russia, India and Egypt; less widely in Turkey, Ger-
many, Italy and France. The seeds from the large-
seeded variety are so^i upon the streets in Russia as we
do peanutSj except that they are eaten raw. The small-
seeded variety is preferred for the manufacture of oil.
When cold-pressed, a citron-yellow sweet-tasting oil,
considered ^ual to olive or almond oil for table use, is
produced. Tne resulting oU-cake, when warm-pressed,
yields a less edible fluid, which is used for lighting, and
in such arts as woollen dressing, candle- and soap-niak-
ing. The oils dry slowly, berome turbid at ordinary
temperatures and solid at 4** F. For stock and poultry
feeding, and for other purposes, sunflower oil-cake is
about equal in value to that of flax- and cotton-seed.
Tlie cake is largely exported by Russia to Denmark and
1446
HELIANTHUS
Sweden, and to mme ext«nt to other European markets.
Sunflower stems and heads make an excellent paper,
and the stema furnish a fine fiber that compares favor-
ablv with silk. The^ are, however, generidly used for
fuel, since the above mduatriea have not been developed.
— Sunflowers grow readily in many soils, but beet
results are secured upon light, rich, calcareous or allu-
vial land, well suppUed with moisture and unshaded by
it™« wiiiffl^ clayey and poor
nfavorable. Itw-
he soil should be
eep fall plowing
spring biUTOwing
■ed to spring prep-
) seeds are gener-
in drills running
north and south,
30 inches apart,
9 inches asunder
in the drill, and
Sometimes they
are transplanted
beds when 4 to
6 inches tall.
About a week
after the plants
appear they are
appear
tnmned
18
iches apart.
From (our to
pounds of the
^'
wiU
an acre. Culti-
vation is the
■ same as for com,
when the plants
ht of 3 to 4 feet,
ower-heads should
leaving only four
be principal stem.
lim&tcs hilling is
leoessary to pre-
; down. — On some
ads arr harvested
I and placed upon
rable pole-racks to
larger areas they
the ground when
leads nave ripened
eads up, to cure,
methoa insures a
grade of oil, and
is therefore preferred. Every
effort is made to prevent fermentation, either in the
heads or in the pile of seeds, since this injures the
quality of the oil. When thoroughly dry the heads are
either placed on racks or piled, face downward, on a
floor and beaten with flails. The seeds arc then spread
thinly, shoveled over occasionally, and allowed to
become perfectly dry before being sent to the mill.
The average yield is about fifty busheb to the acre.
The percentage of husks ranges from 40 to 00; and the
oil from \5 to 2S. As a general rule, 100 bushels of
seed will yield 33 bushels of kernels, 100 bushels of
kernels from 280 to 320 gallons of oil of both qualities.
Russian sunflower, a large-seeded variety, producing a
single head, grows 8 feet tall, but is less esteemed for
oil-production than the small-seeded varieties. In
America the sunflower industry is small.
The red MMi/touter. (T. D. A. Cockerell.)
In the summer of 1910 Mrs. Cockerell found a red
sunflower growing by the roadside close to her home
at Boulder, Colorado. It was a variation of the native
HELIANTHUS
sunflower of the plains {Helianihtu annuiu var. lentic-
vlaria, or H. tenlietiiarit) , having the rays suffused with
che8tnut-r«d. It was named var. coronaius, the arrange-
ment of the red, with the black disk, suggesting the sun
in echpse, with its corona. Since the sunflower is sterile
with its own pollen, it was necessary to ctoes the red
one with yeUow-rayed kinds, such as the garden H.
onnuiu, and the yeUow-rayed wild plant. The next sum-
mer, it was found that about half the progeny had red
rays: it was determined that red was dominant, and
awumed that the plant originally found was het«x>-
lygous for red, through variation occurring in a germ-
cefl. Crossing red with red, homoiygous or pur^red
reds were obtained, with very rich colors. Most sun-
flowers carry a factor for marking, which affects the
distribution of red, bo that many of the flowers were
bicolored with the ends of the rays yellow (var. btcoJor)
while others bad a ring of red (var. lonatut). Some
liad the rays entirely chestnut-red (var. njierrimua).
A variety obtained in 1914 had the rays practically
black. So far, the red of the red sunnowera was a
chestnut, or brawn-red. The pigment, however, be-
longs to the onthocyan group, and is chestnut only
because seen on a background of orange. In order to
obtain a new color, the homoiygous red was crossed
with Sutton's primrose variety (var. primviinue, Ckll.,
"Science," August 29, 1913, page 312). In the first gen-
eration (raised in the greenhouse during the winter) the
flowers were all red on orange, or cbeetnut-red. These
crossed together gave seventy-one chestnut-red, nine-
teen ycUow, twenty-five wine-red and eight primrose;
theoretical expectation, according to Mendel's law.
being sixty-nme, twenty-three, twenty-three, ana
eight. The wine-red is due to the same antbocyan
pigment, but on a primrose-yellow (pale yellow) back-
ground. In good examples, the color is nearly that
tnnnm an "nlH rtioi. " Thu variniii
known as "old rose." The various patterns a
the chestnut-red forms. The wine-red sunflower was
named var, virumis. In addition to the above, various
other varieties have been developed, including red and
wine-red semi-doubles and doubles. There are also
hybrids with HelianlJtus cucumerifoliia, of relatively
small stature and with shiny foliage. One of these
hybrids, represented in the 1914 cultures bv a number
of plants, may be described as follows: About 4 feet
hign, spreading, much branched: stems speckled with
purple: leaves dark green, very shiny; blades broad
and short, strongly dentate: involucral bracts with
long tapering ends (but not so long as in true H.
cucuTnerif/^vug) ; disk small (about 1 inch diameter) ;
rays ample, broad, numerous, with basal half rich
chestnut, apical half bright lemon; disk very dark.
This is a plant of the second generation from the origi-
nal cross. For further detaUs see "Popular Science
Monthly," April 1912; "Science," August 29, 1913,
pages 312, 313; August 21, 1914, pages 283-285,
November 13, 1914, pages 708, 709 and January 1,
1915, pages 33, 34. "Garden Magazine," July, 1914.
The red sunflower is now offered by the trade in
America, England, Germany and Italy. It has also been
grown succerafully in Australia and New Zealand.
HELIANTHUS
KBT TO THE SPECIEa.
A. Planla annual.- hi. long-pOiottd: ditk
bnnm or purplish.
B. SL erect, atout, eimple or hranehtng
c. Pubeteenee nnigh I. ummu
CC. Pubacente uiuoifv tilky 2. ugophjllal
BB. St. diffxat, tUnder, branchinQ fntly
from the base 3. deblUi
AA, Planla perennial by creeping root-
itoeki: In. leeaHe or ihort-paioUd.
B. Ditk brcncH or purpiiih.
C. Lte. linear, entire [except tlte
loicer), teaeiU,
t>. St. rough 4. OTfyalll
DD, St. uaualli/ emooth 6. anciutifaUlia
OC. Lva. oeale la broad-lanceolate,
mottiji toothed, namnned at
the baee into a tpinged peHole.
V. Saul nuTTierous. the fit. 2H~4
in. broad 6. ■cabenlmii*
DD. Rayt to-ia. about I in. long.. 7. atrombMU
BB. Ditk tidlouiieh.
C. St. amooth helovi, the branchte
often tiighltii rough or pubea-
D. Foliage pale beneath.
I. Lu. prerailinolv lanceolate.
r. The Ice. glabrout on both
tidet 8. iMTicatnl
rr. The lue. roughened be- [nittw
neath 8. traaaa-utt-
BB. Lm, preraUingln ovate. , . .
DD. Foliage green on both tidea.
B. Lue. alalked
BE. Lc: tetrOe or nearly to... . 12. diTUiutu
CC. St. nmoA or hairy heUnii.
D. Rootstockt thickened into one
or more fiethy tubert,
E. Lh. pretailingl]/ laneeolale.
T, The Ivt, rough only obtne.\Z. flfUltOUJ
rr. The let. rough both tidei..U. Maiimiliuili
BE, Let, preeailingly otate IG. tobnoBaa
DD. Sootslotks aU tieivier.
B. Lotner Itt. ttttiU or vtiih a
cltaping baie.
r. Ltt. tettile 16. doronlcddM
rr. Ln. cordate, cJupinO 17. molli*
■B. Lower Ire. thorl-petioled.
r. St. IS fl., not branching..lS. pomilna
rr. St. utuallti over S ft,,
brandling,
a. The el, tmocth and
glabrout, .....,-.. .1
aa. The at, utualij/ rough
and hitpid.
B. Foliage equally rough
on both tidea 20. iMtiflorat
BH. Foliaoi rougher abate
than beneath.
I. The Im. ahort-i>eti-
oled 21. hlmitai
n. The upper let. nar-
rowed at the baae,22. trachBliUoHna
1. innuos, Linn. Coumon Siinflower. St. 3-12
ft., rough-hairy, often mottled: Ivo. 4-12 in. long,
broadly ovate, acut«, the lover cordate, coarsely ser-
rate, Tou^ on both eidee, ^nerved: fls. 3-6 in. wide in
wild Bpecimens, often 14 in cult. July-Sept. Minn, to
Texas, west to Wash, and Calif. Gn. 27, p. 68. Gt.
43, p. 95 and B.R, 1265 (as H. fenttculorin).— A val-
liable economic and ornamental plant. The Ivb. are
used for fodder, the fls. yield a yellow dye, the eeeda
furnish an oil and are used for food. It is grown for
food chieBy in Russia. //. annuua has long been in cult,
aa an ornamental, and has varied into many distinct
forms. Common varieties are: Var. calif fimicus. Hort.,
very large and double; var, citrtnus, Hort.. with prim-
rose-colored rays (Gn. 49, p. 327); var, elobdsns flstu-
IObdb, Hort,, enormous globular heads (Gn. 27, p, 68):
var. olnns fl. ol., Hort., (Globe of Gold), dwarf and
double, valuable for borders; Russian Giant, 1&-12
HELIANTHUS
1447
variegAtuB,
ft. high, nngle, grown mostly for seed; ^
Hort., with variegated Ivs,
The H, Unticwiria', Douglas, is commonly referred
to H. annuua. Cockerell supposes, however, that H.
lentieidari» is the wild species from which the cultivated
forms of H. annuiu are derived, Even so, H. onnuus,
being a Linnaan name, must stand. The many inter-
esting mutations and hybrids observed and produced
by (Swkerell are based on the wUd H. annuui (or H.
lenticviarit). Placing his variants under H. kntictdaria,
be names them as follows: Var. bUxiloT, Ckll., rays red,
tipped yellow; var. ionAlus, Ckll., rays red-banded;
var. nJtirrimiu, CklL, rays che«tnu(?-red throu^out;
var. primiiiimta, Ckll., primroee-yellow; var. nndgut,
Ckll., rays wine-red' var. vinoesisaitnua, Ckll., rays
entirely dazk wine-red: var. nloer, Ckll., rays practically
black above and sUedtly rea at tip, Inis group of
variants comprises toe red sunflowers, now in cult.
(See account also by Cockerell, page 1440.)
2. argophfllus, Torr. i. Gray, Sq-vert-i^avbd Sun-
flower. St. usually solitary, 4-5 ft. high, soft gray,
with a dense, silky pubeeceace, especituly the upp^
branches. Otherwise tike H. annuus, into whicn it
seems to vary imder cult, if the seedlings are not con-
stantly selected for their silky character. Texas. Th«
1T9S. Clmnp of Hilknthiii oisrali*.
1448
HELIANTHUS
Tar. texina, Hort., which does not differ botamcoUy
from the type, ia an attractive form of this apeciefl.
R.H. 1857, p. 431. Gn. 12, p. 280; 27, p. 67; 55, p. 147.
3. deUUs, Nutt. (H. ewwnmfdUw, Tott. A Gray).
CCCDMBER-LBAVED StTNTLOWIlB. Pig. 1794. St. 1-4 ft.
high, usually eevenl together, haiiy tbrou^iout:
HELIANTHUS
S44 (both as Harpalium rigidum).— Alter H. dteape-
laltii this species ib one of the best perennial sunflow-
ers. It varies under cult, chiefly in the direction of
doublins and in lengthening tne blooming period.
Some of the best garden varieties are HBtivUiB, grandl-
fldms, aemiplinns and Miss Helliah.
7. atrttnibeiM, Linn. (ff. sparaffdliut Hort.). PcK-
nx-aiBK ScKFLOWER. St. 2-5 ft. hi^: Ivs. usually
thin, aometimee hoary beneath; fls. about 2 in. acrtjes;
rays few (10-16), rarely over 1 in. iong| diak dark red.
Ouierwiae like H. rii/idui, to which it ta mferior, Va. to
Fla., west to Ohio and La. G.M. 52;827 (as H. iparsi-
foliua). — Suitable for diy ahady placea.
8. I»vig8tu8, Torr. A Gray. St. 2-5 ft., fdmple of
branched ^>ove; IvB. 3-6 in. long, lanceolate, smooth,
entire or sbghtly toothed: fls. 1-1)^ in. broad, few w
solitary; raya 6-10, usually leas than 1 in. long. Aug.-
Oct. Va. to N. C.
0. gritone aetrltns, Mart. St. 6-10 ft. hi^, very
smooth, glaucous, the smaller branches atrigose: lv8.
long-lanceolate, slender-petioled, rough above, densely
hairy or caneecent beneath: da. many, cymose, 1-3 in.
broad; rays 10-20, deep yellow. Aug.-Oet. N. Y. and
Pa. to Mo., south to Texas.^Passee into H. fftgarUeut.
10. BtnimlWtu, Linn. St. 3-7 ft. high, usually branch-
ing, often glaucous: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, ovate-lanceolate,
rough above, entire or toothed: fls. 2i^-4 in. across;
rays 8-15, 1-lJ^ in. long. July-Sept. Open woods,
Canada l3 Ga. and west to Wis. and Ark. Var.
17M. s
■«No. Il(
(S»i|
branches often mottled with purple or white, each one
bearing a fl.: Ivs. 1-4 in. long, ovat« to triangular,
generally with a cordate base, thin, gloaay, irregularly
toothed or entire: fls, 2-3 in. wide, on alender peduncles.
July-Sept. Fla. to Texas and westward. G.C. IIL 17:
167. Gt.44,p, 571. B.M. 7432. Gn. 49:326.-^Thi8 is
one of the best for cut-fls. It needs a sandy soil. Var,
Slwndsus, Hort. Disk-florets ligulate, from pale to
eep yellow. Var. purpttreus, Hort. RAv-floreto vary-
ing in color from light pink to deep purple.
4. orgyUU, DC. Fig. 1795. St. 8-10 ft. high, strict,
smooth, veiy leafy to the top: Ivs. 8-16 in. long, acumi-
nate, slightly rough, droopm^: fla, numerous, lemon-
yellow. Sept,, Oct. Dry plains. Neb, to Texas and
westward, Gn. 27j p, 67; 55, p. 147. F.R. 2:146,—
This species has distinct and attractive foliaee, which
is not at all coarse. A well-grown plant will produce
spikes of fls, nearly 4 ft, long.
5. an^stifdlius, Linn. Swaup Sunfloweb. St.
2~6 ft, high, simple or branching above, aUghtly rough:
Ivs. 2-7 in, long, somewhat tufted, drooping, m dried-
up apcciroens with rolled edges, smooth or slightly
rough: fls. 2-3 in. wide, few or solitary. Aug,-Oct.
Wet land, N. Y. to Fla,, west to Ky. and Texas. B.M.
2051.
6. BcabCrrlmus, EU. (U. rigidia, Desf, H. missiovri-
intU. Schwein,). St. 1-3 ft. high (rarely 6-8 ft.),
strict, sparingly branched, rough or hairy: Ivs. 6-12 in.
long, oblong to ovate-lanceolate, firm, thick, rough-
hairy, entire or slightly toothed: fls. 2^-4 in, wide,
showy, long-atalked; rays numerous, about 1!^ in.
long; disk sometimes yellow at first, txirning brown.
Aug,-Oct. Minn, to 111., Ga,, and Texas prairies.
B,R,508(aaH,<i/TOru&ena), B,M. 2020(as//.di#i«t«);
2668 (asi/. airoru6CTu), Gn, 27, p. 68. G.3:391;17:
11. decapjtalus, Linn. Wild Svntujwer. St. 2-5
ft. hirii, branched above: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, ovate-
lanceolate, sharply serrate, thin, rough above, finely
pubescent beneath: fls. 2-3 in. across, numerous; ravs
light yellow, generally more than 10^ in spite of the
specific name. July-Sept. Moist soils. Que, to Ga.,
west to Mich, and Ky. G,C. II, 16:601,— Under cult,
it has given rise to the horticultural var, multiflOrus,
(H. muUifiinu, Hort.). Fig, 1796. B.M. 227. G.C.
Ill, 10:421. Gn, 27:66, pp. 71, 74; 45, p. 373. Gt.
43, p, 554. Gng, 3:83. F.R, 2:413. G, 21:592, G,W.
47:627. — The many garden forms of var. mvUilhnts
difier mainly in the extent of doubling, season of bloom-
ing, habit of plant and size of fl. Among the best are:
Var. flOre-ideno (sometimes adver-
tised as var. dftplex) and var. gnmdi-
flOruB, almost completely double
(G, 4:427; 11:231); var. mijor, fls.
larger than common (G, 4:163); var.
mutmus, very large, single fls. with
pointed raya; var. implex, an alleged
single form; Soliel d'Or, with
florets, like a cactus dahlia. Multi-
florus varieties are the most popular of
perennial sunflowers, and deservedly
so. If the double forms are grown on
poor soil, or cu*e allowed to remain for
several years without being divided,
they become aingle.
12. divaricttus, Linn. Fig. 1797.
St. 1-6 ft. high, glabrous or sKghtly
rough at the summit: Ivs. sessile,
rough above, pubescent beneath, 3-
nerved, standing out nearly at right
angles to the st, : fls. few or soli-
tary, 2 in. across; rays &-15.
July-Sept, I>ry woodlands, Can-
ada to Fla., west to Neb, and La.
13. gisantius, Linn. Indian
Potato, St. 3-12 ft. high, stout:
Ivs, 3-7 in. long, lanceolate, very
rough, serrate or nearly entire:
fls. usually several, l!*^ in.
HELIANTHUS
brood, moetly loog-fltolked; rays 10-20, bftrely 1 in.
long, cupped, pale yellow: seeds emooui. Aug.-Oct.
Wet ground, C&nada lo FU., west to Neb. B.M. 7555.
G.W. 2, p. 44: 7, p. 451; 8, p. 469. Var. subtuberdeua,
Brit. A nortnem form with unusually fleahy rooU,
HEUCHRYSUM
1449
' 18. pftmiluB, Nutt. St. rough and hairy throughout:
IvB. only 5-7 pairs. 1-4 in. long, ovate-lanceolate: heads
few, ghort^pedunrled; disk yellow. E. Rocky Mts. and
adjacent plains.
19. califlSniieus, DC. St. 3-8 ft. high; Ivb. lanceo-
late, aerrate. roush on both sides: fls. loosely paniculate,
about 2}^ in. wide. Calif.— Very suitable for low moist
situations. Most of the plante grown under this name
are garden forma of H, annuiu.
20. Uetiflftnis, Pere. Suowt Sunflower. 8t. 4-8 ft.
high, leafy and rouph-hairy: Ivs, 4-10 in. long^ ovate-
lanceolate, more or leas serrate, rough on both sides: fls.
several, 2-4 in. broad, short-ped uncled ; rays 15-25,
about IH in. long, showy. Prairifs, Ind., 111., Wis. Gn.
45:372. G,M. 31:204.— A desirable helianthus. The
(nrden form H. semi-pknug is better than the type.
Resembles tall-growing forms of H. rtfrufiu, but disk
yellow.
21. hirsbtus, Raf. St. 2-4 ft. high, densely hairy:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, thick, very rough, pubescent and
Sle beneath: fls. several, 2-3 in, acrossj raya 12-15.
ly-Oct. Drysoib, Pa, t«Ga., west to Wis. and Texas,
22. trncheliifdlius, Mill. Resemblea//. sfrumosut.but
St. and fl.-Btalks usuollv rough-hairy and Ivs. thiimer,
green on both sides: orancnea and fl.-atatks rough-
hairy. Aug., Sept. Dry soil, Pa. lo Wis.
H. n'lutrii, DC. FT.-bMds lun; nyt biiiht aoldm yellow; didc-
flonu duk bcowD. A_protty florifennu ipecic*. Tciu, Arii,,
Mei.— A. cntonidMni, Ckll. Allied to H. fuciculnria uil H-croM-
KrnUu: 6 ft,, in clump*: its. atrict, reddish ud ElBucnua: Ivs.
elungKte-IaiicflolAlfl, nnish, mATsinB remotely dentate, the upper
ooefl altenute uid the tower oppont^: braclfl of involucre vrry
lone KUd Blender, lone^eiliate at bane: diolc yellow, and rays brisht
richer in eolor. — M. nmrgpAijUui vuiruf of horticullursl litermture,
Witt tubers edible snd in Uine resembling Jenimlem artichoke, ia
Tumoflus var. macrophylli
which were formerly collected by Indians for food;
hence "Indian potato."
14. HazjmQiaiiii, Schrad, St. generally 2-4 ft. high,
sometimes 8-10: Iva, inclined to oe trough-shaped: fls.
20: 169.
15. tuberteus, Linn. Jerusalem Artichoks. St.
5-12 ft,, branched above: Ivs. 4-8 in., ususlly ovate,
acuminate, aerrale, rough above, finely pubescent
beneath: fis, several or numerous, 2-3 in. across; rays
12-20: seeds pubescent. Gn. 27, p. 68. B.M. 7645.—
Frequently ciut. for its edible tubers. See Artichoke,
JeruaaUm.
16. doronkoIdcB, Lam. St. 3-7 ft. h^: Ivs. 4-8 in.
long, ovBte-oblong, narrowed toward both ends, rough
on both sides, finely t«othed: fls. numerous, in loose
panicles; rays 12-20, broad. Otherwise as tf. tef^olius.
Aug., Sept. Dry soils, Ohio to Mich., Mo., and Ark.
B.M. 2778 (as H. pubetetns).
17. nUillU, Lam. St. 2-5 ft. high, etout, very leafy,
hoary villose, at least when young: Ivs. 3-5 in. long,
ovate-lanceolate, white-pubescent or rou^ on upper
side: fls. solitary or few, 2-3 in. broad; rays 15-25.
July-Sept. Barren soils, Ohio to Ga., west to Iowa
and Texas; also on L. I, Gn, 55:146. Var. corditus,
Fig. 1798, has recently been discovered. It has broader,
thicker and cordate Iva. G.F.2:137 (adapted in Fig.
1798).
. Fletcber.
N. TATLOR.t
HBLICHRtSnM (Greek for sun and gold: referring
to the Bower-heads). Syn., EUchrjisum. Comp6»iUe.
Old World herbs or shrubs, mostly African and Aus-
tralian; some of them are grown for everlastings, being,
with Hehptenun, amongst the most important plants
for that purpose; annuals and perennials.
Flower-heads large, solitary, with fls, of 2 kinds, the
outermost ones with pistils only; involucre dry and
chaff-like, the stiff overlapping scales glabrous, often
colored ;hea4slar^, terminating the branches, normally
yellow, but now varying into many colors in lone-cult.
forms.— Probably 400 species. Easily grown as nardr
annuals in any garden soil but doing best in a rich
loamy soil. Very few are grown in U. 8., except H.
bnictealum.
A. Loa. oblong or jkotoib: grown for everlastings.
B. Heads large, solHary.
bractefttum, Andr. Fie, 1799, Stout annual, 1^^
ft. tall, somewhat branched, the terete sts. nearly or
quite glabrous: Ivs. many and rather large, oblong-lan-
ceolate, narrowed to a abort petiole, entire, green:
heads terminating the branches, 1-23^ in. across, yellow
or orange, the short and obtuse involucre-scales mibri*
cated. Austral. — Perhaps the moat important single
everlasting fl. pown in this country, particularly for
bold or heavy design work. It is very variable, particu-
larly in color. R.H. 1896:551. The heada are pure
white in var. (Ibum, Hort. (ff. dttum, Hort. H.
nfivum, Graham. B.M. 3857); scales tipped with red in
var, Mcolor, Hort, {Etichr^sum bieolor, Lindl. B.R.
1814) ; dark scarlet in var. atrococcfneum, Hort. (H.
alroaxeliteum, Hort.); dark blood-red in var. ■troson-
gntaeum, Hort. The forms with very large heads aro
often known aa H. maerdTtthum, Hort. The double
1450 HELICHRYSUM
forms are often known as H. monttrbtam, Hort. Other
portraits of this apecies will be found in fi.K. 24:58.
R.H. 1851:101.
BB. Heads mtdium to small, in datlen.
c. C<Aor yeUotn or orange.
■reniiium, DC. Yellow EvEiu.AS'nNO. A foot or
ksB high, herbaceous: Ivs. plane, wbite-wooU^, the
lower ones oblong-obovate and long-attenuated into a
petiole, the upper ones linear-lanceolate and acute:
Leads globular, in campact little corymbs, bright yellow.
Perennial, in sand, France. — Apparectly not cult, in
this country. See EnerlailiTtgi, p. 1183.
orientlle, Gaertn. (OnapluiUum oriatUUe, linn.).
8t. simple, 13^ ft. or lees tall: Ivs. oval-oblong to lanceo-
late, obtuse, sessile, rather small: heads bright ycUow,
small, globular, in corymbfl. S. Eu. to Asia Minor.
G. 1:805.— Much cult, in Medit. regions, but little
known in this country.
apicullhim, D. Don. Perennial, 1-2 ft,, tomentose,
leafy below: Ivs. lance-spatulatc, the base more or less
spatulate: heads ^in. across, in small heads or clus-
ten, orange-yellow, the scales shajp-pointed. Austral.
— Little known in this country, and doubtfully hardy
north of Philadelphia.
HELICONIA
cc. Coior white or nearly to.
grandlMriun. Less, Perennial, somewhat woody,
decumbent at the base: Ivs. crowded near the base, ses-
Bjle, obovate to oval or oblong, obtuse, woolly on both
aides: heads hemispherical, in corymbose clusters,
glossy, cream-color, }4™- across. S, Afr.— ^Jreenbouse
plant north of Washmgton.
tomentum, but sometunea wooliv m tt
round-backed, usually H~^lii. long: a
involucre rosy. 8. Afr. — A showy, but
1, Sweet iOtothdmnut rotmarinifbUiu,
Hort.). Tall, upright: Ivs. very small, narrow-linear
{■■^. or less long), the margins revolute: heads small
ejid numejMUS, white. Austral., sometimes grows 20
ft. high. Gn. 34:409; 55:222.— Cult, in S. Calif, by
Fronceschi.
AA. Lvf. ovale or broader: border and vote planlt.
bellidloldes, WiUd. Slender-stemmed, trailing, nearly
woody perennial: Iva. light green above, woOUy b&-
neath, ovate-spatulate, J^-Hm. long, flat: heads sdi-
taiy, about J.^in. diain., of the "everlastiiw" type;
receptacle convex or nearly conical. New Zeal. G.C. III.
63:266,436. Gn. 77, p. 253. G. 35:341. G.M. 56:286.
— Not common in cult, but useful as a prostrate per-
ennial; not hardy N.
httmile, Andr. {Aphelixit kiimilit, Don). A low
spreading, greenhouse perennial, with Ivs. inJ-lting
tomentimi, but sometimes woolly in the anls: Ivs.
scales of the
Uttle-known
species.
petioUttun, DC. iGnaphdlium lanitum. Hort).
Tnidcr perennial, cult, for its long, woolly ats. and
wooUy IvB., either as an edging in rlLbun bordere or as
an ornament in lawn vases: Ivs. petioiat^ ovate and
broad at the base, obtuse: heads (not often seen in
cult.) in branched cymes, the involucre scales obtuse,
cream-white. S. Afr. — An old garden plant. Prop, by
cuttings from stock plants earned over winter.
H. Cedpm' Hirvfy. Biuh with loldea jnllow a.-hudi. Afr.-
ff. Ouilttmii. Giuler. A robiut pefmniiJ covered vith whit« wool
H«pt the B.-huSj. E. Trop. Afr, B.M. 7789. Vwr. Utuiri, Q.C.
III. ai, p. 4. note. FliL imiiied more ]ooKly.—H. SMft. BenDi.
* Hook. I. SmaU. mucli-tiriuich«] ahmfa: A.^b^md* gnwU. Unniiul.
senile. Win. unm. New Zenl.— ». VMentii. O. HoSm. ^nibbr.
onset ."e. Afrl'Slc. ULaiTlBB, doH.
L. H. B.
N. TAVM)E.t
BBLICODRA: BiUbtrgia.
HELICODfCEROS (Greek, tpiraiiy t-ltome^.
Aricae. Odd apathe-bearing plant, from a tuber,
sometimes grown as pot apecimens; odor ofTeosive.
The eutraordin-wy plant shown in Fig. 1800 is known
as the "hairy arum" and sold by the bulb-dealers as
Arum erinituin. When in flower it has a disgusting
odor which attracts carrion fliea and bright green insecla
aa uncanny aa the plant itself. The plant is the only
species in its genus, the hairiness of the spadix being a
very distinct Gharacter. Helicodiceroa and Dracuncu-
lus are alike in having few ovules, which are fastened
at the top and bottom of the cell, but in the latter the
staminate and pistillate fis. are close t'other, while in
the former they are separated by a sterile portion.'
Arum differs from both genera in having the ovules
fastened in 2 aeries at the side of the cell. The Ivs. of
Arum are spear- or arrow-shaped, while in the other
two they are podatelv cut.
Thia plaut la wortn growing once, since it is one of
the curiosities of horticulture. It may be secured from
bulb-dealera in the autumn and flowered under glass
in the spring. It is a most vile-smelling plant when in
full flower. The plucky artist who drew the accom-
panying picture of^this arum wrote at the bottom of his
drawing, "Air 'era."
nmsdvorus, Engler {// . crinifut, Schott. Artim criiA-
tum, Ait. Draainculus crinUus, Schott.). FiK. 1800.
Height l!^ft.:spathe-llinb purple, covered with purple
hwrs. Corsica. B.R. 831. F.S. 5:445. G. 11:585;
19:515. WiLHBLM MlI^R.
HELICdniA (Mt. Hclioon, in Greece, seat of the
Muses). MiMdcex. Foliage plants allied to Musa,
^wn in a warmhouse along with alocasiaa, anthur-
luma and calatheas.
From Musa, Hcliconiadifferschiefly in having a dry,
HELICONIA
often dehiacing, 3-loculed. 3-aecded tr.: fls. in oIuHtere
below the Ivs., sublended by bracts after the way of
Musa; eepaJa 3, linear, free or somewhat joined to the
corolla; corolla short-tubed; stamens 5; Btaminodiuni
1; Ivs. lar^ and striking, often beautifully marked:
Bts. arising from a strong rootstock. — Perhaps 35 species
iti Trap. Amer., various of which have been intra, into
cult., but the following are the only ones appearing in
the American trade. Many species are being described
from trap. Asia, and there is doubt about the Ameri-
can nativity of the genus. Some writers consider the
Old World species as of the genus Heliconiopsis, which
in the absence of evidence is not maintained here..
For the botany of this veiy much perplexed genus, see
HELIOPHILA
1451
Grign, Bull. Torrey Club 30:640-664. Baker, Ann.
BotT? : 189-200. K. Schumann in Engler's Pfluicen-
reich, hft. 1 (1900). H. N. Ridley, G.C. III. 44 : 13.
A. Bracla of the in/I. ovaU-acuminate, dee^y boat'thaped.
H. lutgnu. Hort.
oval or oblong-oval, long-petioled, transversely ribbed,
the bladee 3-5 ft. long: blossom-sheaths very large,
scarlet and black, the fls. red or orange. W. Indies and
south. B.R. 374. L.B.C. 3:252.— A most striking
plant, often seen in glasshouse collections. It is natu-
ralized in the Old World trapi(», and is the parent of
many horticultural forms, of which the next two are
almost surely examples.
■fiieo-striita. Bull. Perhaps a form of the preceding:
Ivs. beautifully striped along both midrib and trans-
verse veins with golden vellow: sts. striped with yellow
and green: If.-limb oval-acuminate not decuirent: fr.
>iin. iong obconic, orange. I.H. 29:464; 42, p. 289
(where a list of the best kinds will be found). S.H.
2, p. 133. F.R. 3:493. G.Z. 26, p. 123.— Very hand-
some. The best-known kind. Ridley considers this
distinct from H. Bihai, but says he knows no native
country for the species.
mfistris. Bull. (H. rilftri>-«(ridta, Hort.), is of the
general style of the last, but the rib and veins are
marked with pihk and the If.-bases are somewhat
decurrcnt. Var. robricaUis, Hort., has more red, the
Ktiole being bri^*, vermilion; fr. red about }^in. long.
H. 1896:36 (where a review is made of the species).
R.B. 21, p. 69. Gn. 52, p. 359. 0.20:369; 29:431.
G.W. 2, p. 115; 7, p. 389.
AA. Brada of infl. lanceiAaU-aeuimnate, not boat-shaptd.
Hichtflitill, Ridley. A very large plant forming
large tufts:8t«. 2 ft. or more tall, 3 in. across, pale green,
marbled with gray: Ivs. pale green, blade at>out 3 ft.
long and about 1 ft. wide: infl. about 12 in. long on a
hai^ peduncle: rachis yellow, dotted with green: fls.
14 or more in each bract, the latter long-acuminate,
white; sepals and petals acute, brownish; stamens
slender, anthers linear: fr. orange, pear-ehaped. New
Ireland.— May not be a true Heliconia.
Uipistifdlia, Hook. {H. lylcolor, Benth.). Dwarfer,
whole plaiit not over 4 ft. tall: Ivs. long and narrow,
13^2!<5 ft. long, S-6.in, wide, green: peduncle erect,
gMiraus; fls. yellowish green, 6-10 in each glabrous
red bract. 8. Amer. B.M. 4475.
. by F. Ruder A Son in 1B12, ii of
It ii dncribtid u "with dirk broniy-
. . . _ _.._ , e (ono of H. roptilli™. P1«ncli., which
— dnctiLwd v dkrk ahitiiajc green And purple benentb wheo ynuDf.
B.M, S31S.— H. Uhmannii cariio'ila. Hort.. »dverti»d ky Royil
Film Nursprln, ii ol doubtful batuicBl pontion. It iidiwcribed
jui "a fftocky, brqad-lvd. plant, Bomcwhat rBBemblina B miniature
buiaiu. viih Iva. itriped with creamy yellow, and havina yellow
•«*■' N. TAYLOR-t
HELICOPHflXUH {.spiral leaf; lateral segments of
the pedatisect leaves sometimes twisted). Aricex.
Nine or ten arissma-likc herbs of western Asia and
delta of the Nile, of which one species may appear in
collections; very Lttie planted in the coolhouse, or in
the open in mCd climates with some protection.
TunerouB-rooted herbs, with radical Ivs, and fls.
appearing together: scape shorter than Ivs,, bearing a
single inflorescence; spathe with an obbng tube and an
erect or more or less hooded limb; apadix tailed, mostly
included or short, the middle part with neutral fls.;
apetalous; stamens 2; ovary 1, 1-celIed, 2- or 4-ovuled:
fr, an ovoid or globose berry, H. Alberii, Reeel, is »
stemless plant with a dark maroon-purple spatne 7 in.
dix 5 ■ ■ ' ^■
lanceolate; of mature plants odiJly divided, the "bla^
hastate, acuminate, undulate, concave at the base,
with 2 lateral spreading horn-like horiiontal basal
lobes, and between them 2 long linear erect ones that
are nearly as long as the blade, and face it; these frant
lobes have each on the outer mar^n below the middle a
curved horn-like procees." E. Bokhara. B,M, 6969,
G.C. III. 36, suppl. Oct. 29.— BkMms in late spring,
and requires protection. l. h. B.
HELIOCfiREUS (tun and cereua). CactAcae. Pro-
cumbent plants with weak stems clambering over rocks
and bushes.
Branches strongly angled: ribs usually 3 or 4, bearing
clusters of spines from aJI the areolee: fls. diurnal, large
and showy, with a short tube ; petals elongated ; sta-
long and numerous, declined; ovair and fr.
spiny. — lie four species known all come from Mex.
The species of this genus readily hybridise with species
of Epiphyllum (PhyUooactus) and other related genera,
giving rise to many horticultural varieties.
speddtns, Brit, k Rose {Cireut tpeeibtut, Cav,).
Sts, freely branching at base, 1 in. diam,, wiUi a few
atrial roots: spines m fascicles of 5-8, needle-like: fls.
appearing from the older growth of the sts., 6 in. diam,,
open for sevei^ days, purple-red: fr. lH-2
unecatinsis, Brit, & Rose {Cireuf amecafnsu, Heese).
A recent introduction similar to the above, but with
perfectly white fls. It is not common in this country,
but is common in Eu. j. n. Robs.
HELIOPHILA (Greek, sun-lwitm; grows in the open
country of the Cape). Crucfferx. This genus includes
a blue-flowered half-hardy annual that grows mostly
a few inches high and is sometimes advertised in cata-
logues of flower seeds.
Heliophila contains about 80 species of annual and
Bubshruobj' perennials, natives of S. Afr. The trans-
vereely twice-folded cotyledons are an important char-
acter of tlie genus: other important generic cbaractere
WiLUELU WlllXR.
1452 HELIOPHILA
are pods sessile or ptedicelled, 2-ceUed, 2-valved, dehis-
cent: seeds in a Binele row, often vringed: racemes
long and leafless, anafls. yellow, white, rosy or sky-
pfl&sa, Lam. A very variable species, with st. &-24
in. high, erect or difTuse, simple or unbranched from the
base: lower Ivs. often opposite, the rest alternate; fls.
normally sky-blue, with a, yellow cent«r, but the natural
varieties include lilac and yellow. The typical H. pUota
has a St. that is rough with spreading hairs: Ivs, nairy,
either oblong or linear, entire or sometimes lobed near
apex, cuneat« at base: pods linear, erect or spreading.
Var. indsa, Bonder, has Ivs, linear-cuneate, 3-cut at
apex, rai ' ' '
I. 496 (as
HELI6PSIS (Greek, like the sun). Compdsitx.
Hardy herbaceous plante, bearing numerous yellow
flowers in autumn.
Stem erect, loosely branching: heads yellow, long-
stalked, borne in loose terminal or axillary panicles
both radiate and discoid: Ivs, opposite, petioled, 3-
ribbed, oblong-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, coarsely
toothed. ' HeUopsis has no pappus, while in Helianthus
the pappus has 2 awns. In Heliopsis the rays have
pistils, out may be fertile or sterile. In Helianthus the
rays have no pistils at all. — About 10 species, all native
of N. Amer, They are all perennials except one, and
that is not cult. They are not common in gardens
because of the more attractive forms in Helianthus.
H. helianthoidet var. Piteheriana, however, deserves
wider popularity. For cult., see Hdianthua.
heliantholdes, Sweet (H. IxvU, Pers-). St. 3-5 ft.
high: Ivs, 3-5 in. long, thinnish, smooth on both sides
or roughish above, opposite o~ '' —
B.M. 3372. "^Gn. 25,'p. 237. V^. Pitcheriftai (H. PHeh-
eriAna, Hort.). A dwarf, more branching and bushy
form, 2-3 (t, high, with a spread of 3-4 ft. : fls. produced
much more freely than in the preceding and a deeper
yellow. One of the best hardy plants tor the perennial
scibra, Dunal. Differs from B. helianihoides, chiefly
in being rough throughout: upper
entire: heads ^w, often solitary. B.R.
form with ft, 3 in, diam,, golden yellow." Var. mAjor,
Hort. Lsner in every way than the type. J,H. III.
33:359. Var. iiimisfl6ra, Hort, "A double form,
there being several series of Ugulate florets." R.H.
190S, p. 419. Dry soils, Maine to N. J. and west to Mo.
8. W. Fletcber.
N. TAYWB.f
HBLIOTSOPB: Htliclropium.
HELIOTRdPIUH (beliotropic; fumtn^ Ui the sun).
Boragijiices. Hgliotkope. Popular glasshouse plants,
prized for their flowers and frasrance.
Herbs or rarely shrubs, with small fls. in terminal,
forking often scorpioid clusters and alternate simple
Ivs.: corolla short funnelform or salver-shape, the throat
mostly open (sometimes constricted) ; stamens 5,
attached to the tube, not exserted, the filaments very
short; ovary 4-loculed and splitting into 4 nutlet*
(or two 2-loculed nutlets) when ripe, surmounted by a
simple style.— Species upward of 250, in the warmer
regions of the globe, many of them annuals. There is a
heliotrope {H, curiusdancam, Linn.) native to the U. S.,
from Del. and S, III. southward on seashores and in
salty soils, with white or bluish fls. and oblong or linear
Ivs.; another species {//, tenfUum, Torr.) in open dry
lands from Ky. to Kans. and southward, with white
HELIOTROPIUM
scattered or somewhat umbellate fls. and very narrow
revolute Ivs.; several species in the southern states and
southward; also a naturalized species (//.tndicuin, Linn,)
with bluish scented fls, and oval or ovate-rugose Ivs.
The garden hehotropes seem to be derived from 2
species. H. peniTiinum, Linn,, is perhaps the leading
species. Fig. 1801. Lvs, oval or oblong-lanceolate, very
veiny, not conspicuously narrowed at the base: fls.
smoU, in a close cyme, the corolla-tube htlle longer than
the calyx, Peru. B.M, 141. 0,8:252. Vanilla-scented.
H. regaie is a garden race of this, with very la^e clus-
ters and fls. of variable color. Gt. 50, p. 1G3. H.
GorymbAsum, Ruii & Pav, (W. grandifilrrvm, Don),
has longer and relatively narrower Ivs., which are di»<
tinctly narrowed to the base, fl.-eiustere larger and
more open, fls, nearly twice larger and the eoroTla-tube
nearly twice longer than the calyx; cal3^-teeth longer
and narrower, Peru. B.M. 1609, Nareissus^cented.
Many of the large-trussed and large-fld. garden varie-
ties are apparently of this species rather than of the
former; or possibility the two are hybridized. Originally
boli species were violet-fld, but the colors are now in
various shades of pur>
pie, and there ar«
white-fld, forms, H.
VoltoireltDum, Hort.,
is a compact garden
form, and said to be
a hybrid. P.M. 16:
100. Another species,
B. europftnm, Linn.,
is rarely seen in old
collections, and it is
sparingly naturalized.
It is a hoary-downy
annual herb 6-30 in.
high, with long-peti-
oled oval Ivs,, and
white fls. in scirpioid
racemes. H. inctnum,
!».. luii.i,.,i™ ,m«„™. H"l' ' ?•» . «' W. S.
lj(],0 Amer., is perhaps in
eult. as a greenhouse
shrub: 2-3 ft.: Ivs. thick, ovate, crenulate, more or less
silky, hoary beneath: fls. while, in forking spikes, the
corolla twice exceeding the calyx. Var. elAbnim, G.C.
II. 22:809, has Ivs. rough, nearly destitute of silky
covering, broader and more ovate, a denser infl., a larger
and more hairy calyx and purple fls, H. onchusKfAIium,
Poir., of Brazil to Argentina, is said sometimes to be
found in gardens and it is recorded as spontaneous in
ports of this country; it is odorless: perennial, with 4-
angled hispid st.: ivs, lanceolate to hneai^lanceolate,
sessile, entire: fls, violet, about J-^in. across. B.M. 8480.
L. H. B.
Heliotrope, apart from its use as a border plant and
for bedding, being a universal favorite, usually forms
part of the stock m trade of florists who do a local busi-
ness, ranking next to the geranium as a pot-plant for
spring trade. For cul^flowers in winter it is equally pop-
ular, out its lasting quahties when cut are uncertain.
Sueeeesful growers think that (or best results, strong
stems and good keeping qualities, it should be grown
in a moderately cool, airy house. Some of the best are
grown in a house suited to violets and mignonette,
where the temperature seldom rises to 50° F. at night.
Stout, soft cuttings make the best plants, and root
easily in a temperature of 60° F. From the time they
are inserted, sufficient water must be given to prevent
wilting. A propagating-bed is not required. Ordinary
flats will do— the medium half-leaf soil and sand. They
must be well shaded for a week or so. They are very
liable to the cutting-bench fungus, and should be potted
or box^ off as soon as rooted, which should be in ten
or twelve days. Any light soil will do, and it need not
be rich for the first shift.
"'hi
"■ft.
UL HsUotTOps, an old-time feTorlU.
. « •
I *
4
HELIOTROPIUM
For winter flowen, cuttinKS may b« taken in July and
treated as above. Some of the plants among the spring
batch with straight Ht«iDB may be grown along for
BtandardH by taking out the side shoots until 2 feet tiigh.
These make handaome drooping specimens. By prun-
ing about midsummer they may be kept in good con-
dition for years.
UeLotropes may be grown in the same pots for a
eral years, by using fairly rich top-dreeamg i
liquid manure in growing season.
Stock intended for spring cuttings is better grown
continuously in pots, as the plants hft badly in the
autumn. A few lert-over bedding'plants may be grown
along in pots, purposely for stock. As a matter of fact,
stock taken from these pot-plantB root more readily
than those taken from plants grown outdoors. A good
n' n is to prune them rather closely a few weeks
ore the time for taking cuttings comes, say in Jan-
uary, In this way we secure an even lot of cuttings,
and aU at one time.
Heliotrope is extensively used as a bedding-plant, is
a favorite in window-gardens, and is much ^wn by
florists for cut^flowers. The ease with which it may be
Kwn either in pots or the garden, the color and
.P'ance of its dainty flowers, and the continuity of
bloom, have all contributed to make it a general favorite.
There have been numerous garden varieties and a
number of hybrids — white and the different tints of
blue predommating. Floral catalogues rarely men-
tion, however, more than six to eight varieties. Madame
dc Blonay has been a favorite white for years, while
gueen of Violets is perhaps the finest of the blues.
hieftain is a lighter tint. Albert Delaux is a variety
with golden variegated foliage, but variegated helio-
tropes are underairable. Among seedUngs double
forms occasionally appear. They have no special merit,
md are seldom perpetiiated. t. D. Hatfield.
HELfPTERUH (Greek for fun and unn«; said to refer
to the Ught-plumed pappus). Including Aerodinivm and
WioddrUhe. Compdsilx. Half-hardy annual or perennial
herbs cultivated as everlastings or immortelles.
Flowers mostly perfect, with 5-toothed open corollas:
achenes woolly, bearing a pappus of many plumose
bristles: involucre glabrous, obovate or top-shaped,
silvery or rose-colored: plants mostly glabrous.^ About
60 species in Austral,
and 8. Afr. This and
Helichrysum, from
which it is distin-
guished by its plumoee
not roughened pappus-
hairs, are amount the
most important of ever-
lasting Ss. The cult.
kinds are annual herbs
(or grown as such), of
easiest cult, in any gar-
den soil.
A. Headi targe,
manjf-fld.
B. Lug. broad.
HtnglesiiiMuen.
(Rhoddnthe MdngUsii,
Lindl. Roecdrdia Mdn-
ofcMt,Voes), Fig. 1802.
Neat glaucous annual,
12-18 m. tall, with very
sleniler, long pedicels,
bearing pretty nodding
showy lieads : Ivs. thin,
oval or elliptic, clasp-
ing: involucre silvery-
i(l«U. Omar- chafly, the ray-florets
onginalty clear hand-
HELIPTERUM
1453
some pink, but now varying to white (ft. dHw. Hort.),
and to dark red (ft. ofrosan^nea, Dnunm.). R.H.
1852:141. Var. maculitum (ft. mocuMta, Dnunm. ftoo
edrdia MdndUaii var. mac-
vlAla, VoBs), is usually
larger, with shorter Ivs.
and involucre flecked with
red: rays pink or white.
Austral. F.S.22:2291. B.
R. 1703. — A charming
plant, and one of the few
everlastings which retains
much of its grace and
beauty after being dried.
There are double-Qd.
■Ur koOTD ■■ RhoduUu.
forms, i.e., those with all or nearly all the florets ligu-
late. Excellent also for pot culture. Seeds of the mixed
varieties are sometimes sold under the name Rhodantht
BB. Lvt. linear.
rAseum, Benth. (Acroclintum rbseum, Hook. Roo-
cdrdia riara, Voss). Fig. 1803. Annual, 1-2 ft. high,
glabrous, with many strict simple branches from tne
down, each st. terminated by one large head: Ivs.
numerous, alternate, small and linear: rays many,
glinted, bright pink (or varying to white in H. dOnan,
ort.). Austral. B.M. 4801.— A serviceable plant.
AA. Heads rnnM, duaUred.
Humboldtianum, DC. {H. Sdnfordii, Hook. Roo-
edrdia HumboldtiAna, Voss). Fig. 1804. Annual (or
cult, as such), erect or with a decumbent base, the sts.
somewhat branching: Ivs. (and sts.) white- tomentose,
at least when young, linear or lance-linear, pointed,
alternate: heads small, oblong, yellow, in a dense
terminal corymb.. Austral, B.M. 5350. V. 3, p. 160.
GorymbiflOniin, Schlccht. (ftoccdrdia corymbifiira,
Voss). Annual, lower than the last, more branchy: Ivs.
broader; heads 2-3 times larger, top-shaped, in small
corymbs, the prominent rays white. Austral.
L. H. B.
N. TAYLOR.t
1454
HELLEBORUS
HELLfiBORUS (ancient name of H. orimbUU, mean-
ing unknown). RanuncxMcex. Hellkbobb. Uftrdy
herbaceous perennials, admired for their very early
flowers and aleo their attractive leaves.
Erect, with large palmately divided IvB., the basal
long-petioled, the upper aesgile and BometimeB nwluced
to bracts: fla. large, white, grct^niBh, red, purple, or
yellowishi sepals 5, broad, petaJ-like^ mainly persistent;
pctala small, tubular, furnished with claws; stamens
many: carpels 3-10, sessiie, forming leathery, many-
seeded caps^ dehiscent at the apex. — About 8 species,
natives of Eu. and W, Asia. Monographs by J. G.
Baker in G.C.II. 7:432 (1877) and by Thos. Nloore in
G.C. II, 11:431 (1879).
All the kinds will thrive in ordinary garden soil, but
for the beat results use a soil of rich loam and coarse
sand, with a tot>dre88inK of ratt«n manure. A moist,
well-drained, partially ^aded situation is preferable.
The species may be planted in shrubbery bordere, and
in rockeries, or if wanted for cuUflowers they should be
planted in beds. An important point is not to disturb
the plants when once established, as they are very
sensitive to frequent changes of locatioa. All the
. (XM)
species bloom before spring arrives; a few mild days
in December or January will bring out the buds and
flowera of H. niger varieties, and the others are not
far behind. White hellebore ie not of this genus: see
Vero/rum.
They are easily forced under glass. Strong plants
should be taken up into large pots and gradually inured
toa warm temperature. Blossoms may thus be brought
forth at any time desired in winter. Propagation is
best by division of roots in fall or spring. Gardeners
prefer to divide the roots in ktc summer or fall, as this
does not come at the flowering season. If seeds mature
they will germinate well if p1ant«d immediat«ly in
boxes or in rich, open ground. Seedlings should Dear
flowers the third season.
A, Lv». dying aitnuaUy, Ihin.
vfrltlis, Linn. St. scapose: rootstock creeping: 1
basal If, 8-12 in. broad, on petiole 6-lQ in. long; segms.
7-11, oblong, acute, sharply serrate: fl.-st. hardly
exceeding the basal If., bearing 3-6 fls. and large, If.-
like bracts: fls, large, yellowish green; sepals broadly
obh>ng, obtuse, spreadmg: caps, about 4, as long as
HELLEBORUS
BO much used as the other species here ^ven. Var.
pnipuiiscens, Waldst. A Kit. Differs chiefly in the
central lf,-oegins, being deeply palmately cleft, and the
Hungary.
B. Fl.-»t. never more Uum tmee forked; fle. 1 or S.
nlger, Limi. Christuas Robe. Fig, 1805. Stemless:
rootstock short, black: only I If, somewhat irregularly
divided into lobes, toothed on the outer half; petiole
5-7 in. long: fl-st. simple or once branched; fls.
very large; sepals white, or flushed with purple:
caps, 6-8, Rocky places, Eu, B,M. 8, Gn. 55. p. 13.
J,H.III.5I:591; 61:583, G,W, 10, p. 245, Gn.M.
8:279, G,27:634. C,L.A,9:288, Var. angustifdliuB,
Hort, (var, minor, Hort,). Plant and If, similar, but
e reaching 1 ft, k>Dg: fls. the largest i]
tne genus, -f-ii in, across, and often several on same
St. Gn. 14:178; 48:6, G.C, 11, 20:693. AG. 11:63;
21:41. G, 1:657; 8:537; 11:395; 6:367; Var.
pracoz, Hort. Fls. smaLer than in type, from Sept.
to Feb.
BB. Fl.-M. forked SorS times; fix. ta^al or many.
C. Wilhoul Ivs. on at. beUne infi.
orientUis, Lam. Stemless; short creeping rootstock:
1 radical If,, 7-9-lobed; aegms, 6 in. long, IH'2 in.
broad, acute, serrate in the outer half, pubewent, with
strongly raised veins beneath; petiole 1 ft, long: fl.-st.
over 1 ft, high, forked above, 2-6-fld-, large, lf,-Uke
bracts; sepals roundish, imbricated, white, purple
beneath and purple edges, spreading: caps, mlong,
shorf«r than the sepals, transversely ribbed; style erect
or incurved. Asia Minor, Gn, 47, p, 136, G, 18:79.—
There are numerous varieties of this beautiful species.
Purple-fid. iiarielie* <^ H. orientalU.
Var. cdlchicus, Kegel. St, purple-spottsd, quite
glaucous: 1 If, to each fl,-st,: fls. 3-6 on a St., deep
Bright purple, both inside and out. Asia Minor, B.M.
4581, J.F. 2 pi. 140 (both as II. ofroru6m»), Gt.
1860:293, Var, OSlchicus-punctfttuB, Moore, Fls.
deeoCT plum-purple, more glaucous, exquisitely mot-
tled inside with innumerable dark dots, Gn, 16:60,
f. 8, — One of the handsomest of all the hellebores.
Var, abcUlsiciis, A, BraUQ. Much like var. CofcMcus,
but differing in having 2 or more Ivs. to a fl.-st. Cau-
casus region, Gt. 1866:496 (as H. caueasicug var.
abckamcui, Regcl).
Var, atnSrubens, Waldst. & Kit. Only 1 If. on a
fl,-et. glabrous, thinner in texture than in the rest
of the orientalis group: segros. narrow: fls. 2-4 on a st.;
'^^:
and orientalis groups.
fixed and very handsome. Gn, 16:60, f. 1.
1884:564.
Purple-fld, hybrids of the varieties of H. onentalit
are found in the trade under the following names: Var.
eUgana; var. iridescena; F. C. Hritiemann, fls, very
large, imbricated, deep purple and mottled; Frau Irene
Heinemann. fls, rose-purple outside, greenish white,
with dark lines and dots inside; Grelchen Heinemarin,
red-fld,, strong power; Hofgarten-Insjiector Hartwig,
fls, rose-purple without and greenish within; Apothekkr
Bogren, rose-purple, very large.
HELLEBORUS
HEMEROCALLIS
1455
White-fld, varieties qf H. orierUalia,
Var. ol^pictts, Lindl. Glabrous: fls. small, but
spreading, veiy numerous; sepals ^een on outer sur-
face, white within. Bithynia. B.H. 28:58. — Hybrids
closely allied to this have been given the trade names:
Willy Schmidt and Prof. Dr. Schleicher.
Var. guttittus, A. Braun. Glabrous, green st. : sepals
green outside, white within and elegantly spotted with
Eurple-cnmson dots. Caucasus resdon. — Two allied
ybrid forms are named : Commerz Benary and Albin
Otto. Gn. 16:60, f. 4. G.M. 54:73.
Var. anti(|udruin, A. Braun. Glabrous, green mottled
St.: fls. as m var. olwnptcuSj but more imbricated,
maintaining the bell-shaped form. B.R. 28:34 (as /f .
arienUUis, UndH.). Gn. 16:60, f. 3.
Green-fld. variety of H. orientalia.
Var. caudLskus, A. Braun. Lvs. very glossy; segms.
more oblong than in the type, often 3 or 4 in. broad:
sepals round, pale green, much imbricated. Caucasus
region. G.M. 61:873. Gn.W. 24:44.
cc. With Iva, on st, helaw inJL
fifttidus, Ldnn. True st. 1 ft. high, marked with
If .-scars near the base: lvs. coriaceous, with petioles
3-6 in. lon^: fl.-st. branched low down; sepab green or
bordered with bri^t purple, under 1 in. long, stamens
of same length. Fls. in late winter and early spring.
W. Eu.
H, ctfmciM, Willd. (H. liddus, Auth.). Lvs. trifoliate, dirty
yellowish creen in color; Ifts. broad-ovate, sharply toothed on
margina. Blooms March to April. Corsica, Sardinia. — H. liwidua^
Ait. Under cult, a robust plant with thick, fleshy sts.: radical lvs.
simple, cordate j cauline trifoliate: fls. 2 H in. across, dull purple-
gray, tinged with green, nodding, in panicles of 6-^ Balearic
IbIs. B.M. 72;7903. G. 27:422. j^ q Davis
HEL6NIAS (Greek, referring to swamp). IMidcex.
Swamp-Pink. Stud-Pink. A hardv perennial bulbous
plant in wet places from northern New Jersey to North
Carolina ana is sold by dealers in native plants for
bog-gardening.
Rootstock stout and tuberous: scape hollow, bracted,
bearing at the top a short dense spike of rather showy
purple fls.: segms. 6, persistent; stamens 6: caps,
obovoid, 3-lob^, dehiscent above. — One species.
buUita, Linn. Lvs. several or numerous, thin, dark
E, clustered at the base of the scape, 6-15 in. long,
in. wide, with fine parallel nerves: scape stout,
ed below: in very early spring it bears a hollow
scape 1-2 ft. high, crowned by a raceme 1-3 in. long,
composed of pemaps 30 pink or purplish fls., each H u^*
across, &-lobed, and with 6 blue anthers. B.M. 747.
L.B.C. 10:961. B.B. 1:402.— Helonias, which is per-
fectly hardy, is so easily prop, by division that it is
hardly worth while to grow from seed. Under cult., also,
it seems rarely to mature perfect seed. It multiphes
itself rapidly from offsets, a single plant often providing
a dozen others in a season. It is found growing in dense
shade and also in the full glare of the sun, always in
wet sphagntun bog m the latter case, while in thcshade
it sometimes spreads to dry ground. Although one of
the showiest of all American bog-plants, it is compara-
tively little known here, though better in Englana. It
makes an elegant pot-plant. Harlan P. Keubby.
WiLHELM Miller.
HEL0NI6PSIS (Greek, like HeUmias). Midcex.
Herbaceous plants resembling the swamp-pink, Helon^
ias btdUUaf in the color of flowers, but the flowers are
lareer and fewer, and the leaves numerous and tufted.
Scapose plants, with fls. few in a raceme or sometimes
solitan^: style a conspicuous feature, being long and red,
tipped with a purple undivided stigma, wUle in Helonias
the style is very short and 3-cut. Both genera are
separated from numerous allied genera by the septicidal
dehiscence of their caps. The fls. are bell-shaped, droop-
ing, deep pink, 6-lobed, with 6 red filaments and purple-
blue stamens. — ^The genus has about 4 species in Japan
and Formosa.
jap6nica, Maxim. Rootstock short, stout, with long
root-fibers: lvs. oblanceolate, persistent, green tinged
brown or purple: fls. pink or rose-colored, on rather long
pedicels, m few-fld. racemes: seeds small, very numer-
ous, with a conspicuous tail at each ena. Japan. B.
M. 6986. — It grows in the mountains of Japan at an
altitude of 2,000-7,000 ft., and is presumably hardy.
breviscUpa, Maxim. (H. grandifldray Franch. & Sav.).
Rootstock prsemorse, thick and short: radical lvs.
spatulate, acuminate; scape-lvs. short: pedicels very
snort; perianth blush-white, the segms. ooovate^; style
and stamens scarcely exserted: seeds appendaged.
Japan. G.C. III. 37:178. Gn. 68:52. — Recom-
mended in England for early spring bloom and hardy;
requires a damp and shady position. — EIntire plant 6-8
in. high.
H. umbeUdtOt Baker, from Formosa, has oblanceolate mucronate
hns., St. 3-5 in. high, and 3-10 fls. in an umbel, the segms. obtuse
and scarcely 1 line wide. L H B
HELWfNGIA (after G. A. Helwing, 1666-1748, a
German clergyman, who wrote on the botany of Prus-
sia). Aralidcex, A curious deciduous shrub, remark-
able for the reason that the small, inconspicuous
greenish flowers are borne in clusters on the midribs
of the leaves at about the center of their upper
surfaces.
Flowers dicecious, short-pedicelled, with obsolete
calyx, 3-^ petids and stamens and 3-4-celled ovary:
fr. a barry-like, 3-4-fleeded drupe. — ^Two species m
Japan and Himalayas. Of not much decorative value
and therefore rarely cult., but interesting on account
of the unusual position of the fls. ; hardy as far north as
BostoiL It seems to grow in any soil that is somewhat
moist. Prop, by greenwood cuttings under glass.
jap6nica, Dietr. (H. rusciflbra, Willd.). Bushy
shrub, 3-5 ft. high: lvs. petioled, ovate or elliptic-ovate,
acuminate, serrate, stipulate, 1^3 in. Ions: fls. in
June, the staminate generally with 3, the pistillate with
4 petals. Japan. S.Z. 86. A.G. 13:8.
A. Phelps Wyman.
TTRT.xInr (from the Greek to teoTy because the
seeds catch on Uie clothes). UrticAcese. A small creep-
ing herb with filamentous branches: lvs. alternate,
small, entire, roundish: fls. monoecious^ pistillate in the
axils of the lower lvs., staminate in axils of upper. One
species, H. SoteirdUi, Req., from Corsica and Sar-
cunia. Sts. slender, reddish: lvs. bright green, cordate-
reniform: fls. inconspicuous. — A good plant for the
alpine garden, to be grown in moderate snade.
HEMEROCALLIS (Greek^ heautifyl for a day;
because the blossoms fail at night). LUidcex. Yellow
Day Lily. Popular yellow- and orange-flowered
stout-rooted glabrous perennials with abundant radical
foliage, prizedfor their hardiness and the showy bloom
in roring and summer.
E^-ect with more or less branching scapes overtopping
the long keeled lvs. which are both radical and 2-ranked
at thebase of the scape: fls. lily-like, mostly horizon-
tal or oblique; tube short, inclosing the ovary; segms. 6,
much exc^ing the tube, oblong or spatulate; stamens
6. inserted in the throat, declined, the filaments slender,
tne style simple; ovary oblong, 3-celled, becoming a
loculicidally 3-valved caps.: seeds black, sphericaL
— Species about a half-dosen, Eu. to Japan.
Hemerocallis includes the lemon lily (rf. flavd)^ one of
the hardiest and best of herbaceous perennials. All the
blue and white day lilies belong to the genus Hosta;
all the yellow and orange day lines belong to Hemero-
callis. The yellow day lilies have narrow, grass-Uke
fohage. and their flowers have wider funnels; the blue
and white day lilies have very broad foliage, which is
not at all grass-like. The plants are all remarkably free
HEMER0CALLI3
tubers, and are sometimee cbsaed with bulbs
logues of nuraerynieD. Small plants will bloom the first
year from the nursery. Clumps can often be left undi-
vided for (our or five years without loss in size or num-
ber of flowers, but aa a general thing all robuet-growing
hertiaceous perennials should be divided frequently.
In old clumpe the roots often become firmly matted
near the middle, and the wasteful competition between
the too-numerous roots weakens the vitality of the
plant and the flowers are likely not to be good. Next
to//.^ara, the oldest garden favorites among the yellow
rule, double foims are not fo popular as the types, and
they lack the simplicity and definite character of the
single flowers. Yellow day lilies have a wholesome
fragrance. The individual flowers are short-lived, but
there is a good succession. The plants thrive in almost
any garden soil, but are most luxuriant along the bor-
ders of ponds or moist places, and in partial shade. The
flowers are excellent for cutting. Plants propagated by
division. R. B. Whytc gives the succession of bloom at
Ottawa, Canada, as follows: H. Dunwrtierii, June 4;
H. minor, H. MiddeTidorjii and H. Thunbergii, June 11;
H. rutilana, June 18; H.fuiva, July 2; H. auranliaca var.
major, July 9; H, fidva var. KwaTigo, July 23, and H.
diaticha fl.-pl,, July 30. The common species, particu-
larly H, fulva, oft«n colonize about yards, and along
roadsides^^ sometimes making great areas of fohage ana
very httle bloom. There are several worthy hybrids in
cultivation in the choice collectiona of plmts {see
supplementary list).
maminilkia. 8,
hupchetuu. e.
HEMEROCALLIS
A. Group of ydiow-fld. apeda: fTograrU.
1. flivB, Linn. Lzuok Lilt. Fig. ISOe. Lvs. lS-24
in. long, 6-8 lines wide: scapes longer than the lvs.;
corymb e-9-fld. ; pedicels 12-24 lines long; tube 6-15
lines long. Eu., Temp. Asia. B.M. 19. A.G. 17r437;
24:363. Gn. 48, p. 400. G.W. 8, p. 277.— Blooms ia
June in the N. U. S.
2. ThfinbeipL Baker. Except for its later flowering,
according to Baker, this species does not differ mate-
rially from H. floDa: lvs. 6-7]^ hnee wide:
corymb loose, 8-10-fld., with 1 or 2 fls.
lower down; tube nearly 1 in. long; fls.
lemon-yellow, opening widely, 3 in. across;
segms, membranous, crisped, Japan. Intro,
1890.— Said bo difler from all others in
having the upper 6-10 in. of the scape
thickened and flattened.
3. lutioU, Hort. Hybrid of H. auran-
tiaea var. major x H. ThwAergii: fls. gol-
den-yellow, 6 in. acrosB, on stout branch-
ing Btfl. 4 ft. high. Midway between
Mirenta in habit and in siie of bloom.
G. 2S: 346,— Raised at Colchester Nurser-
ies, England. There is a var. mijor, Hort.,
large. Var, pUleos, Hort., is a hybrid
between H. citriita and H. tuieola: vigor-
ous, many-fld. : Its. large, fragrant, canary-
4. Mfddendwffli,Traut.&Mey. Height
1-lM ft,: lvs. 15-18 in. long, 8-12 hnes
wide: scapes about as long as the lvs.;
corymb 2— t-fld.; pedicels almost none;
tulje 5-6 Unes long; inner segms. ft-12
lines wide. Amur region. Gt. 522. R.H.
■ 1897, p. 139.
5. dtrlna, Baroni. Fls. lemon-yellow or
pale sulfur-yellow: differa from H. minor
m the lvs. being twice as broad and the fls,
much larEer; from H. Dumortierii in having a, longer
scape ana lvs. three times as long, and fla. twice the
size and lon^-tubed. China. — Tall-growinff, very
fragrant; considered to be a fine species; excellent for
cutting,
6. minor, Mill. (H. ^raminea, Andr., not Schlecht, H.
^amiJiifdlia. Schlecht,) Fls. golden-yellow: lvs. 15-18
m. long, 2-3 lines wide, darker green than in the other
species: scapes about as long as the lvs.; corymb 3-6-
M.j pedicels 3-24 lines long; inner eegma. membranous
and wavy at the margin, July, Aug. N. and E.
Asia. B.M. 873. Var. crdCM, Hort., is safTron-
AA. Group of OTGTige-fld. species: the Uul not frofpiirU.
7. Dumortifcrii, Morren (H. riUiians, Hort. H.
SiiboUlii, Hort.). Height 1^-2 ft.: lvs. 12-15 in, long,
6-8 lines wide: scapes hardly as long as the lvs.; corjTnb
2-3-fld.; pedicels 3-6 Unes long: fls. 2-2)^ in. long, while
they are 3—4 in. long in the other species; inner segms.
5-6 Iftics wide; tube very short, Japan. B.H. 2:43,
Gn. 31:280. Var, flflrfr-plino is less cult.— This
species is the earliest to blossom. This species is con-
fused; some authors consider it to be a form of H.
8. auranOaca, Baker. Height 2^-3 ft.: lvs. more
than 12 lines wide: corymb 6-8-fld.; fls, bright orange,
opening less widely than any other species, fragrant.
July. Japan or E. Siberia (7).— The type was intro. to
cult, in 1890 and has rapidly given way to var. mijor,
Baker, intro, 1895, which is ]aig,ei in all parts. Lvs.
12-18 hues wide: tube 9 lines long; fls. when expanded
5-6 in. across, July-Sept. Japan. G,C, III. 18:71.
Gn. 48:400; 60, p. 17. J,H, III. 31:157. AG. 18:179.
^^^losest to H. Dumortierii, from which it is chief^y
distinguished by its much larger, later and more red-
dish &. with longer tube.
HEMEROCALUS
9. Hlvt, Liim. (H. dUCtcAa, Donn). Lvh. lS-24 in.
lone, 9-15 lines wide: corymb 6-12-fld.; fis. oranj^;
pedicetB ^ort; inoer s^pna. with wavy maivinB, with
numerouB veiiu joined by croes veins. July, Aug. Eu.,
Temp. A^. B.M. 64 (central band of vrhite}. Mn.
5, p. 193. Vor. KwinM, Hort. {H. Kujdruo, Hort.), the
"double orange lily," blooma longer than any single-
fld. form. Gt. 500. It has a Hub-variety with variegated
Ivs. Var. mACulita, Baroni. FIs. with a red-purple
blotch inside. China. Var. longltftba, Hort. Feniuith-
tube half as long as aegms. Gt.34:llg7. Japan. Vor.
fl&n-pUno, Hort., is shown in F.S. 18:1891, with a
down the middle of each If. Var. hupeh£nsis, Hort.
FIs. very bright coppery red, with yeUow throat;
Begma. undulate, reflexed. China. Var. Cjrprilul, Hurt.
Dwarfer and more floriferous than the type: fls. cop-
peiT red with golden center and a golden line in the
middle of the aeians. China.
H. Bariti. Hort. (H. ThuDberaii X H. eiCriiu). Pale yelloir;
•ecma. aarrow AUd pointed. — //. arrdna, Hort. (H. Iuva k H. aurma-
tu« vu. munr), FlDrilerouB, (oldcn y«Uow.— ?. dmttuU, Hort.
(H. miDor ud EL citmul.— i/.>UrAan u nkt to be ■ variety of
AnKTicvi orisin» with Imrm coldeq yeUow Fruraat fla. ill Juna and
Ju^. H. Firratii. Diels. nioaaUf intm. [ram W. China, is allied
to H. fulva, but nHlily dinincuiuBd by iU narnnr perianth which
hai a remarkably abort tube: na- deep reddiib orange: IvB. S-14 io.
lont and H 1°- « ■•« broad.— H. /ulcUrina. Hort. jH. Ir' -- - -
maeulata ud H. oitriu}- — -H- hipptaabi^Ui. Hort. (H. in
crooM and H. ThunberfiLJ— ». Mvmtn. Hort. (H. Tl
HEMITELU
1457
IT TOT. eilM«*).
. Tbimbein and H. cit-
rii. Hort. (H. Thunber^
WiuiKi^ Miller.
B.t
HEHlAin>RA {haU aniher or male, referring to the
I-eellcd anthers). LabiAlx. Three shrubs or sub-
ahrubB in W. Austral., with oppodte, rigid and narrow
entire sharp-pointed Ivs., and sohtary axillaiy white or
pink fls.: corolla with a short erect broadly 2-k
upper lip, and a longer spreading 3-lobed lower Up i
the middle lobe often 2-lobed; stamens 4, didynam
style briefly 2-lobed, H. pAnnma, R. Br., ia recorde
European norticulturat literature: rigid shrub, 1-!
or less, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. aeasifej linear or lin
lanceolate, with 1 or 2 prominent vems beneath:
whit« or pink with darker spots: corolla-tube exse
and dilated. J.F. 2: 126. — Mentioned as a greenhi
subshrub. L. H. ]
BBHICfCLIA (Greek, soni-circuJar, referring
to the seed-scar or the half-circular stigma).
Euphorbidcex. Shrubs or trees, one cultivated
in southern California for its nolly-like leaves
and red fruits.
Leaves alt«mate, simple, entire, leathery: fls.
dicecious, in antlary clusters or the pistillate
singly; sepals of the staminate fls. 4-5, imbri-
cate, sometimes somewhat petal-like, petals
none; stamens numerous from a disk; stigma
sessile, broad. Oat; 2 ovules in the single cell: fr.
a l-s««ded, indehiscent drupe.— About 9 species
of E. Indies to Austral. Related to Drypetea
and Putraniiva. H. avMralaaica is diBtinf;uished i
from the other 2 Australian species by its very h
short filaments and glabrous ovary. Sl
anstrallsica, Muell. Arg, Lvs. broadly ovat«
to ovate-oblong, obtuse, l>f-3 in. long, finely ve
below: fr. nearly J^in. long, very smooth, red and
culent, inclosing a stone. j. B. S. Nobto:
HEHfGRAPmS {halS wriOen, of some obscur
fanciful application). AearUhdee^. Diffuse or [
trate, mostly herbs, grown for foliage and fls.
STius, comprising perhaps 30 species in Trop. f
bina, Japan and the Philippines, is allied to Sti
lantbee and more remotely to Ruellia. From
former it is distinguished by the 3-™ ovules in each
cell, linear caps, with base scarcely constricted, and in
the prostrate or trailing habit. Fls. in short terminal
crowded spikes, the bractA usually herbaceous and
imbricated; calyx deeply 5-cut; corolla slender-tubed
with 5 rounded more or lees uneaual lobes; stamens 4,
didynamous: lvs. opposite, simple, entire or dentate.
H. colorita, Hallier {Ruiltxa colorAta, Blume; once
listed as Amaglyptue), from Java, is a name listed in
S. Fla., as a good subject for baskets and for cover: lvs.
of H, oohrata are ovate, shallowly cordate at base,
crenate and buUat«, purplish: fls. white or whitish,
about ^in. long. There is likely to be confusion in the
trade pUuits in this and related groups. j^_ jj, q_
HEHIOlriTIS (Greek, mule; the plants erroneously
supposed to be sterile). PtAypodiAcex. A group of
aoull tropical ferns, with copiously netted veins and
naked lines of sporangia following the veins. Eight or
9 species occur in the tropics of both hemispheres.
The plants are dwarf, and are grown in Wardian cases
by a few fanciers in the Old World. For cult., see
Frmt.
palmlta, Linn. STKAwaesBi Fkbn. FI^. 1807.
Lf^-blades borne on tall stalks, palmate, 2-6 m. wide,
with 5 nearly equal triaimilar divisions, those of the
sterile lvs. lees acute; surfaces pubescent. Rniroduces
by numerous buds as well as oy spores. W. Indies,
Mex., S. Amer.
ClefpuiB, Davenp. Lvs. 4-10 in, wide, with a broad
sinus at the base and 5 long slender, lanceolate divisions :
plantsmooth. Mex. G.F.4:4g5.
L. M. UNnBRWoon.
R. C. BBNEDICT.t
HEHIPHRAGHA Ihalf partition, referring to struo-
bire of the capsule). SerophvlahAeex. One trailiiv
perennial herb, H. Merophjfi'
"' lU., sometimes grown
for rockwork and
over, reouirinp pro-
1 England. It is pros-
b wiry branches, pilose
[ling gltUirous; lvs. on
. opposite, petjolate,
and crenate; on
. small and fascicled,
linear and ciliate : fls.
1 sessile in the axils,
' small, pink; calyx
S-partea, with linear
aegms.; coroUa-tube
short, the limb 5-
lobed and nearly
equal; stamens 4 :fr.
a fleshy caps, or
btnry, shining, red.
Himalaya r^on.
L. H. B.
tUA: ZMom.
tUA (Greek, mtk haif
fwring to sori). Cj«»-
ree ferns of the tropics,
d or semiglobose sori
iferior indusium, con-
a scale which is often
and deciduous. Some
occur in both hemi-
This genus is not very
gutshed from Cyathea
For cult., see Cyalhta
ikUa; also article on
, under Ferns.
guianlDsla, Hook. Rachis
slightly scaly and hispid: Ivs.
1458
HEMITELIA
bi-tripiimat«, the Mcoodaiy rachis distinctly winged,
eepeciaUy at the upper portion: aori few in each s^m.,
usually 2-i; induaium ciliat« and oft«a lobed. Vu'.
Pulda), Hort., is the form conunonly in cult. British
Guiana. I.H. 24:280.
Uidenij, Hook. Lv*. pinnate, the pinns distant and
slightly stalked, 6-12 in. long, 1-lJf in. broad, the base
truncate or wiFdge-«haped: aori in 2-3 irregular lines
new the margin. Veneiuela. I.H. 42:46.
L. M. Underwood.
R. C. Benedict, t
HEHLOCK in Old World Uterature is what is
known as poison hemlock, an umbelliferous herb, Con-
ium maeutatum. By hemlock, Americans mean hem-
lock spruce, an evergreen tree, Tsuta eanadentit.
HERACLEUM
with the lobes of the Ivs. ovate and acute, ■ .
ally the laUral lobes 2-cIeft (rarely the middle one):
achenee ahghtly stipitate. E. U. S.
■ngulAsa, DC, (Anemdnc anguldta, I^m.)- Plant
tufted as in the other hepaticas, hairy; Ivs. S-^S-lobed,
lobes often serrate: involucre near the fl. tootbed;
fls. large, blue, whitish or reddish. Hungary. B.M..
J ,
HBH-AND-CHICKEnS. A proliferous form of the
English doi^, BeUis perennta; also the thick-leaved
rosett«8 of (xityledon, used in carpet-bedding, usually
as Echeveria.
HSKBAHE: BiiamniamvM niov.
HKICntfiYA: .
HEPAtICA {tieer-like, from the shape of the leaves).
Ranuncuidcex. Hepatica. Liveh-Leap. Mavflower
(incorrectly). Stcmless low perennials sometimes
grown in Uie wild bord^ for very early spring bloom.
Leaves 3-lobed and somettmea tootheu, appearing
aft«t the fla. and remaining green over winter: scapes
1-fld., with an involucre of 3 small sessile Ivs. simu-
lating a calyx; sepals petal-like, white, pink or purple:
achenes short -beaked, pubescent. (Pig. 1808.) — A
genus of 3 species, natives of the north temperate
Bone, ETOwn in open flower-beds for their attractive
fls., which appear in early spring; the peculiar foliage is
also much admired.
The plants prefer shadej but do fairly well in open
places. They should remain undisturbed from year to
year, in rich well-drained loam. Well suited to the
nortn or east slope of a rockery. Plants kept in pots
in a coldframe until midwinter will quickly bloom at any
time desired if removed to a warm room or greenhouse.
Propagation of old plants is easily accomplished by
division of the roots. Seeds may be sown very shallow
in a moist, shaded soil. The seed is sometimes started
in frames in very early spring and the plants trans-
planted to the gajtlen later, but little is gained by this
RB the flowers will not show until the next season.
triloba, Choix (HepHiea
Hepdtica, Karsten. An^
mime Htpdtita, Linn. A.
(rtio6a, Hort.). Scapes 4-6
in.: lobes of Ivs. obtuse: fls.
■>^1 in. across; sepals oval
or oblong, obtuse. Earliest
spring. £. V. S., Eu., and
Asia. B.M. 10. B.R. 387
(as H.amerieatia). White-,
blue-, and piok-fld. forms
have been fixed in cult,,
and are known as var. ilba,
Hort.; var. uerhlea fl.-pl.,
Hort.; var. iftbrs fl.-pL,
Hort. Gn. 26:24. Gn. M.
15:306. G.C. 1873, p: 645
(var. marmoraia, Moore).
Kutfloba, DC. (//. triUiba
var. aciila, Pursh, .,4n«-
mime acutSloba, Laws, H.
1S08. Ftowai of HepatlM. acuta, Brit.). Fig. 1809.
(Natunlue) Much like H. triloba, but
fiSlS. 0.0.1865:698. Gn. M.4:190. Gn. 26, p. 25.
G. 2:551. Var. ilba, Hort. Fls. lai^e, pure white,
var. rteea, Hort. A roee-oolored form. Var. liUdna,
Hort. A free-flowering variety with lilao-colored fls.
^ K. C. Davis.
HBPTAUXDRDH: SekiJRna.
HERACLfiUM (dedicated to Hercules, who used it m
medicine, accordins t« Pliny). UmbilRftrx. Cow-
Parsnip. Perennial or bienmal herbs, some of which
are used in bold planting effects where there is ample
Mostly tall and coarse h^bs, with prominent and
often very large lobed or pinnate or dissected Ivs.: fls.
in large umbels, white or purplish, with mostly obcor-
date petals and the outer ones often laiger and cleft and
formmg rays: fr. obovate, oval or orbicular, dorsally
flattened, the oil-tubes extending scarcely below the
middle. — I^bably 70 species, in the northern hemis-
phere, one reaching Abyssinia.
Heracleums ore not suited for general gardening, but
— sometimes grown in wild gardens or parks, or as
rle specimens on lawns, where a very bold and
"ng object is desired. The garden Hpecies are
1 herbs, growing 5 to 10 feet high, with broad foli-
age, which is their chief beauty. T^ey are adapted to
ingle B]
triking
HERACLEHM
all soils, but prefer b, rich moist aoil, and often do well
At the edge of ninning water. They should not be
allowed to go to seed. If these plants are grown on an
open, aunny lawn^ they ahould be liberally supplied with
moiature at all times. Propagated by diviaioD or seed.
A. Plant biennial (or Wenmai-perenniai).
Blbfrinun, Linn. Lvs. scabrous to hirsute, pinnate or
deeply pinnatifid ; Uta. oblong or ovate : aegms. lobed m"
palniat«ly parted, serrate: fls. yellowish, without rays:
petals about equal: fr. subrotund-oval. deeply notched
at the apex. Eu., N.Asia. — Height 6-6 ft., blooming in
summer, forming a handsome puuit with the much-cut
SUtyttelum, Boiss. (H. imineiu, I^nge). Lvs. often
,. across, tomentose beneath, the lower ones trisect
and the upper ones leea deeply cut, sepns. stalked and
obtusely palmate-lobed : fis. white, m hairy imibels
sometimes 1 ft. across: fr. large, hairy, W, Asia. — Said
to be specially valuable for
woods and wild-gardens: 4~5 ft.
Sometimes perennial.
pinicimi, Desf. Lvs. large,
once- or twice-pinnate, gla-
brouH above and pubescent
beneath, the s^ms. in 3 or 4
pairs, much cut into narrow
divisions; fls. white, in large
somewhat pubescent umbels.
W. Asia.— Reaches 12 ft. in
height. Sometimes perennial.
pubisceas, Bieb. (H. caucA-
sicum, Stev.). Lvs. pinnatiaect,
pubescent beneath and gla-
brous above, the segms. 2 or 3
pairs, with elliptic lobes: fls.
white, the setulose umbels
many-rayed: fr. elliptic, piiose,
only the mai^in aculeate. Asia
Minor. Sometimes perenoial.
Var. WUhebnaii, Boiss. {H.
WWidnudi, FiscL. & Mey.)
differs in its prominently acu-
leate fr.
y.^t^t¥ia ntiit Ti tiTn ^ Rnngp St.
stout: Iva, glabrous above and
pubescent beneath, the lower
<»ie8 pinnatisect; s^ms. 2-3
pairs and pinnatifid and at
apex 3-parted, the lobes short-
ovate uid acute and coarsely
toothed; fls. many, dull pink,
in large umbels. Turkestan;
3-7 ft. Gn. 66, p. 259.
AA. Plant perennial.
knitnm^ Michx. Lvs, trisect, tomentose beneath;
segms. petiolulate, rotund, cordate, lobed and sharply
serrate; Ifts. of the involuce! lanceolate: fr. oval-orbicu-
lar. N. Amer., W. Asia. Mn. 4, p. 164.— A striking
coarse pubescent plant of low or moist grounds, 4-8 ft.
high.
*ill08tuii,FiBch. (ff. ^ipmij^m, HortO- Lvs. sinuate-
pinnattfid, sharply serrate, acuminate, woolly-tomen-
tose beneath; Ifts. of involucres short, bristly, deflexed:
fie. white or whitish, in umbels sparingly rayed: fr.
elhptib, ciliate, woolly on the back. Caucasus. G.C.
III. 3:437; 20:271. XH. III. 49:115. 0.7:537. G.W.
7, p. 367. Gn.W. 20:47. Gn.M. 14:171.— A bold spe-
cies, reaching S-12 ft. in height. Said to be sometimes
biennial.
HantwazzUnum, Sommier & Levier. A recent intra,
into cultivation and said to be the finest of the
HERBARIUM
1459
dear white, large, in umbels 4 ft. Bcr___, ,
great number. Gn. 59, p. 148; 74, p. 528. G.W. 12,
p. 410; 16, p. 636.— Thjs noble species comes from
the Caucasus. Seeds were sown at Geneva, Switzer-
land, in 1893, germinated in 1894, and the plants were
8 ft. hieh, in 1896. It grows 9 ft. high, and perhaps
more. Said to be of easy cult., preferring deep rich
soil that is cool and damp; the roots, and especially
the tap-root, should remain uninjured, and it is said
that it thrives better if not transplanted, although the
seedling may be handled in pots. l_ g 3_f
HERBA DCPIA of the old heibaliste is 0^<i>la
IBIO. The Ooou Tna of the barbdlMa.
HESBALS. Books on plants, published from the
fourteenth to the middle of the eighteenth century,
...„, . .... ,„..^
view of plant - knowledge is
conveniently dated from 1753,
when LinneuB published his
"Species Plantarum." Of the
herbalists, John Gerarde is
probably read most at the pre-
sent time. His style is chatty,
auaint and personal. One of
le notions accepted by the
early herbalists was that of the
vegetable Iamb, which is pic-
tured in this work under Ct6»-
h'um (Fig. 961). Another idea
that fascinated these worthy
plant-loveis was that of the
barnacle goose tree. Fig. 1810
is reproduced from a book by
Durct, 1605, and shows how
the fruits that fall upon dry
land become "flying bitd^"
while those that fall into tne
water become "swimming
fishes." Other conceptions tu
this goose tree are reproduced
in the "Gardeners' Magazine,"
36:749 (1892). Ahnoet every
laive h'brary posseases a few
hen)als, as Matthiolus, Bauhin,
L'Obel and Fuchsiua. The
largest collection of herbals in
America is the one given by
the late E. Lewis Sturtevant to
the Missouri Botanical Garden
at St. Louis. See Agnes Arber
(Mrs. E. A. Newell Arber),
"Herbals: Their Origin ana
Evolution," a recent British work. The herbals are
invaluable in tracing the growth of ideas about plants.
HESBARIUH. An herbarium is a collection of dried
plants ayst«matically named, and arranged in coses
for ready reference and protection. In the study of
systematic botany such colleetions have existed for
many years, and they are an absolute necessity to the
student, supplementing field work. Indeed, without
an herbarium, scientific systematic work would be
practically impossible, for the identification of species,
the study of the plants of any given area and the
comparison of the flora of different regions can be con-
ducted thoroughly only where specimens of the plants
under consideration are at hand and can be readily
consulted. Typespecimensof new species are deposited
in herbaria, and reference is constaiitly being made to
these types to settle the identity of species when meager
descriptions only are available. Floras of distant regions
have been written by those who have never visited
the places, but have worked on the collections that
HERBARIUM
of a regioD are possible. It is a vital supplement
actual work in the field. Large and important herbaria
exist at many cent«iB of botanical activity in tluB
country and abroad, while private collections are
countless.
There are few collections of presaed specimeDS of
plants embracing the wide range of horticulture, and
there should be more of them. The advantage of such
herbaria in identifying plants under cultivation and in
comparing the many forms that are constantlv being
evolved, and that do not occupy a place in collections
of native plante. must be obvious to everybody. Eveiy
horticulturist should have a good herbarium, for it
increases vejy largely the value of his work besides
giving much pleasure in the preparation and use of it.
HERBARIUM
ity, collector, and bo on. These should be Itept care-
fuliy with the plant.
The specimens are then laid for prcflsiiiK betire«n
sheets at unsiied paper that will rnidily abeorb the
moisture. Newspaper will do, but prepared sbfds can
It is like a reference library and it enables a nursery-
man to keep his stock true to name. One of the motrt
difficult problems for a systematic botanist or a horti-
(nilturist to meet is that of nomenclature, and much
trouble and waste time can be avoided by having at
hand an authentically named collection, embracing as
manv forms as possible. A good working herbarium
can be made by pressing the cultivated plants at hand
and by securing from others specimens of additional
In collecting plants for the press it must be remem-
bered that they are to be mounted on paper 11!^ by
16^ inches in size. These are standard dimensions.
Take up small plants by the roots, and of larger plants
secure a branch that wul show typical leaves and flower
or fruit according to what is desired. Note with each
plant, on a label or on a tag slipped on the end of the
Stem, the important characters that are to be entered
on the final label, such as trade name, color of flowers,
whether it is annual, biennial or perennial, date, local-
trowels, preeses and all other details used in makiiig
an herbarium. Plants can be folded once or evea tvrice
to be adapted to the size of the sheet, unlets too many
leaves overlap, in which case two specimens, or even
more, can be made of the same plant and pressed
separately. A little skill will enable one to my out
his plants artistically, showing upper and under sur-
faces of the leaves, and the various aides of the flowrera.
Sometimes it is best to section a thick stem or root.
The folder with itA inclosed plant or plants and accom-
panying data is then put between driers, which are
sheets of a heavy felt paper, very absorbent. On
this is placed another folder, and so on until a, pile
a foot or more high is reached. This pile ia tnen
placed in a press. The best kind of press ts a simple,
portable one, composed of two frames, each made
of strips of hard wood arranged at right angles to
each other. The press Is then tightened by strong
straps. The driers should be chan^^ daily for a
few times, and the specimens exaimned, and then
less frequently till tney are perfectly dry. Most
excellent results in quick drying can be secured by
means of sheets of corrugated card board with one
side flat. (See J, F. Collins, Rhodora lii. 221, 1910>.
By placing a sheet between the various driers each
plant is isolated from its neighbors, and the circula-
tion of air through the pores speedily dries the plants.
Put the press in the sun wlien possible. The old-
fashioned method of using plain boards and a heavy
wtMght on top is not to be recommended.
"nie specimens should then be mounted on sheets
of stiff, white, calendered paper, llJ-5 by Ifi?^
inches, ei^tetm pounds to the ream being standard
weight. This is for a perfectly appointed herbarium.
The plants can be kept in tne original folders and
filed in that way, but, for safety and ease in band-
ling, the specimens should be properly secured t
with strips of gummed paper, surgeon's isinglass
plaster being the best material. These strips are
put over portions of the plant that are Uable to
separate from the sheet. In some large herbaria
gummed strips are used entirely. Each mounted sheet
must contain but one species, variety or form, but
two or more different collections may be on a single
sheet. A label accompanies each collection composed
of one or more specimens. A convenient size is 3 ^
by IH inches. On it should be written the name,
locality, date, collector and any useful data such as
have been mentioned above.
The mounted sheets are put loose into genua covers
of stiff manila paper, 16)^ by llj^ inches, each cover
devoted t« a single genus. The name of the genus is
written in the lower left-band comer, and that oF the
species in the lower right-band comer. More than one
^>ecies of the same genus can be put into the same
cover. These covers are placed systematically in the
herbarium case fitted with pigeon-holes wide and deep
enough to hold the covers easily and 6 inches between
shelves. The doors must close tightly to kee|j out
insects and dust. The cases are of varying heists,
according to convenience, and are generally of wood.
The most approved have two rows of about thirteen
pigeon-holes each, and are made of steel, thus securing
absolute safety.
An herbarium was called "Hortua siccus," or dry
garden, by the ancients, but, although
true, it does not convey the correct idea.
does not convey the correct idea. To the true
HERBARIUM
Bcieotific lover of plants, whether botanist, horticul-
tiiiTBt, florist, or nuTBeiyman, a carefully eouipped
collection of dried plants la not only a great and neccs-
Biuy aid, but a true delight. Id them he sees the living
Elaiits that they represent, and to dissect a flower,
owever old it may De, he has but to boil it for a few
seconds in a retort, and it can be as eaaily diasected as
"f f"**". Walter Dkanx.
HERB, HERBS. An herb is a plant that dies to the
ground each year, or at least that does not become
woody. It may be annual, as bean, pigweed; biennial,
as mullein, parsnip; perennial, as diclamnus, rhubarb;
many of the perennials live only three or four years
effectively. To the gardener, however, the word "herb"
is ordinarily synonymous with herbaceous perennial:
and be usually has in mind those particular perennial
herbs grown for ornament, and which remain where
they are planted. Goldenrod, bleeding-heart, sweet
wiljiam. hollyhock, daSodil are examples. To many
persons, however, the word herb is synonymous witn
Bweet herb, and it sug^gests sage and tanaj^.
Herbs are grown in an herbary, which, as here
understood, is a garden or collection of herbs, and pai^
ticularly of pennnial herbs, since the collection may
then be more readily and certainly continued.
Herbs have two kinds of value8,~their intrinsic
merits as individual plants, and their value in the com-
Esition or the mass. It is usually possible to secure
th these values at one and the same time. In fact,
the individual beauty of herbs is enhanced rather than
diminished by exercising proper care in placing them.
Planted with other things, they have a background, and
the beauties are brought out the stronger by contrast
and comparison. It is quite as important, therefore, to
consider the place forplanting as to choose the particu-
lar kinds of plants, llie appreciation of artistic effects
in plants is a mark of highly developed sensibiUties.
Happily, this appreciation is rapidly ^wing; and this
fact contribut«8 to the increasmg po))ularity of land-
scape rardeninR and ornamental gardening. Home of the
best effects in herb-planting are to be seen in the wild,
particularly along fences, roads and streams. The
planter must remember that herbs are likely to grow
larger and more bushy in cultivation than in the wild,
A strip or border siong the side of a lawn, or bounding
an area, is the best place for a collection of herbs —
whether annual or perennial — that are srown for orna-
mental elTect. (See Fig. 597, Vol, I.) About any place
there will be special uses of herbs. (See the plans, rigs.
1812, 1813,) The home-maker should cover the bare
herbs, that excite the least admiration, ar«
handsome when well grown and well placed, (See
Fig. 1817.) One should always plant where the herbs
wiB have relation to something else, — to the gen^^
design or handling of the place. This will usually be
UlanHnt afiintt buikB aad bordan proridsi ueu for harbi u
wen u tor ihiiilw. Tlis locaUoii ia Indicated of Ubnir, dlnias-
about the boundaries. The hardy border is the imit in
most planting of herbs. (See Fi^. 1814, 1818,) A
rockwork herb border (E^. 1819) is often useful in the
rear or at one side of the premises. It is well to fill some
ot the comers by the house (Fig- 1820), In remola
parts of the grounds, half-wild effects may be allowed,
as in Fig. 1821. A pond or pool, even if stagnant, often
may be utihzed to advantage (Fig. 1822). A good herb
out of place may be worse than a poor herb in place.
But when herbs are grown for their individual effects,
g*ve plenty of room and |;ood care (Figs. 1823, 1824).
ther discussions of herbs m relation to planting will be
found under AnnuaU, Bienniah, Border, Larxdieape Gar-
dening; also, for special uses, Alpine PlatUg, Autuntfir
Gardening, KUchen-Carden and Flower-Garden, Spring-
Gardening, Wild-Gardening, and others. l H. B,
Herbaeeoos perennials in Undsd^e planting.
No clear definition can be drawn between herbaceous
perennials, biennials and annuals, between herbs and
woody plants, for there are tender herbs that in a
warmer climate would become shrubs or even trees,
biennials that become perennials from stolons or offsets,
and annuals that become biennials from seed germinat-
ing late in the season. Strictly speaking, however, her-
baceous perennials are plants having perennial roots
with tops that die to the ground annually, such as the
columbmes, larkspurs, day lilies, peonies, and moat
sedges, grasses and ferns. It is customary, however,
in publications relating to this class of plants as well as
in actual use, to include closely aUied species with ever-
green foliage, such as statice, yucca, sempervivums and
certain penUtemons, together with plants having more
or less woody and persistent above-ground stems, such
as the suffruticoee artemisias and the evergreen creep-
ing species of phlox, veronica, vinca, the iberis, the
14»2
HERB
heliButhemiune, utd many alpine plflnts, while moat
bulbouB-rooted planta which are true herijdceoua peren-
nials are separately clasiified find ^^own as bulbil.
Herbaceous perennials are an exceedingly important
element of landBoape, tor they predominate in tne mat
of graaey or sedgy plants, covering dry or wet opoi
HERB
S garde
r of their Aowctb,
In use, the species and varieties of herbaeeous peteo*
nialfi may be broadly separated into three groups.
First, plants for the garden requiring the favorable
conditions of a highly cultivated ground, and careful
attention to attain perfection and to persist and increase
from year to year. This would include many exotica,
some native ^>ecieH and most of the horticultural varie-
ties. Many of such species which would find a congenial
place only in the garden have attractive flowers which
cient quantity liberuly to meet the florm requirements
of the home, and they should be grown in quantity in
the kitchen-garden or in a special cut-flower garden, for
their crops of flowers. Included among plants of diffi-
cult cultivation with fugitive flowera are the rock or
alpine plants, many of which are offered in European
catalopies. (See article on Roek Gardens.)
1814. An la
ilhubtK
fields, and in the surface v^etation under woods and
shrubby thickets, either as a grass crop, composed of a
comparatively few species cultivated for economic pur-
poses, or as a wild growth made up of many species.
The most attractive of these native plants are being
cultivated and improved more and more from year to
year for ornamental oiirposes, and are planted in the
nower-garden, in artificial plantations of shrubbery and
in the wild-garden. It is to such natives and to exotics
of the same class, which arc cultivated for a similar
purpose, that reference is to be made hereafter.
tifty yeara ago nearly every well-tonjo family main-
tained a flower-garden, m which there were from fifty to
one hundred and fifty species and varieties of herbaceous
pereimialB, and there were few of the humbler famihes
that did not have a dozen or more species established
about their homes. Buch plants were distributed by
exchange among neighbors and were propagated and
offered at retail by dealers, who, however, gradually
allowed their stock of plants to run low or abandoned
them altogether, until many kinds dropped out of culti-
vation or were n^lected in favor of the lender "bedding
out" plants that were brought suddenly inio favor by
the displays at the Philadelphia Centennial Exposi-
tion. Then they gradually declined in favor until the
interest was newly revivea at the period of the Chicago
Exposition.
Since that time there has been such a constantly
increasing interest in herbaceous perennials that there
are now offered in cataloeues of American nurserymen
and collectors of native pumts, nearly 3,000 species and
flower^arden, but fit them to withstand successfully the
crowding of shrubs. This class of plants will give va-
riety ana prolong the flowering season of shrub Dordeia
about lawns, and would be made up chiefly of strtmg-
growing natives and a few of the more persistent
Third, plants for the wild garden, including the apft-
clee that rec|uire for success some one of the many
special conditions
prevailing in un-
cultivated or un:-
cultivable land,
or which are so
rampant as to re-
s the restraint
Uiat
these natural con-
ditions will pro- ;
vide. This class of
plants would be
made up chiefly
few of the more
persistent exotics,
and they would be
used to enrich
groups of native
aloi
streams, ponds and hedge-rows and on poor soil. There
are attractive plants that will and do grow successfully
under all these conditions without special cultivation,
and many of them may be already on the ground. If
every plant in a group of natives is watched tor at least
a year, it will be found that many are so attractive at
one season or another that thev will be retained and
developed in beauty by the graaual removal of the less
desirable kinds, for which others that are more desirable
may be substituted.
In arranging plants in new plantations, or in modify-
ing existing plantations in gardens, lawns or woods,
much more effective landscape compositions and more
agreeable color effects can be secured by using large
quantities of a few sorts than by using a few individuals
of many kinds. Groups of different species should be
chosen that will give from period to period during the
flowering season effective and dominating masses of
foliaire and color, and aU other plants of the garden
which appear at the same time should be made subor-
dinate to these.
Herbaceous perennials are propaoated by divisions
and from offsets, cuttings and seed. Some kinds, as
HERB
1463
dictamnus and papaver, may be propagated by root
cuttings. The exotic speciw of Eordens mi many of the
more readily grown natives can be obtained in wholesale
ciuantitiw from nuiserymen. A few exotics and a very
large number of attractive native species can be pro-
cured in wholesale quantities from collMitors of native
plants, many of whom also offer nuiBeiy-growD plants
of the beet natives and of a few exotica. The attractive
native ^ants in any region can be transplanted with
little difficulty if they are collected with a good sod of
earth about the roots. Warren H. Makntno.
Tb« culture of herbaceous peremuals.
A good niunber of the herbaceous perennials grown in
gardens are exceedingly easy of cultivation, thriving
well in any moderately rich soil of suitable physical
condition, and enduring winter cold and changeable-
ness and summer heat and drought. There are, however,
other species that do not grow well in the American
climate, except in more moderate seasons or when
placed where the climate is locally modified. Whether
the plants one desires to grow l>e easy or difficult of
culture, one should aim first of all for a luxuriant growth,
for any time or tabor saved by poorly preparing the soil,
or any money saved by the use of weak or stunted
plants will be regretted later. Unless it is intended to
imitate the effect of certain barrens in nature, a garden
without luxuriance is lacking in essential quality.
The preparation of ground for ptaDtins consists, in
the order of importance: in making the soil by openness
and fineness suitable for root-penetration to a depth of
18 inches to 2 feet; in providing underground drainage
at a depth of at l^st 2J^ feet; in makmg the soil suf-
ficently fertile; and in making the surface Boil not liable
Depth and phvncal condition of soil are very impor-
tant, and should be one's first care. If the season is
short and work must be rushed, it is better to omit the
manuring and to devote all one's energy to seeming a
deep feeding-area for the roots and a fine physical con-
dition of the soil. In the hardy border the roots arc
able to penetrate far more deeply into the soil than they
do usually in a wild state or in ordinary field culture.
This vigor of root-growth reaching to good depth, as
compared with that of equal vieor but nearer the sur-
face, ajvee not only greater endurance of drought but
aids the plant to endure changcableness of weather, and
Earticularly contributes to hardiness. Many planla are
ardy only if protected until the roots are thoroughly
eetabliahed. This is more often noticed with trees and
strong-rooted plants that are able t« penetrate deeply
into the subsoil, but the sane a|)|ilies to herbaceous
plants, except that it is usually necessan' to loosen the
subsoil to ensure penetration by their finer roots to a
satisfactory extent. It is not neoeesary to make the sub-
soil equal in richness to the upper part, but it should
preferably be mixed with a portion of the surface soil.
The fine roots are the feeding root« and the surfaces
of the soil-particles are their feeding-ground, so that in
making the soil-particles smaller the feeding-surface is
vastly increaaea, thus allowing for more roots and
cloaer planting. A fine physical condition can usually
be obtained by turning the soil over a few times. No
soil should be turned or handled when too moist to
crumble, as the clay in the soil is quick to become pud-
dled, and therefore impervious to iccding-roots.
Underground drainage is necessary, since most
plants cannot grow in soil filled with stagnant water.
When the natural subsoil drainage is not sufficient,
artificial means should be used. Unless the drainage is
good, many plants wiU be Injured in the rainier seasons
or kiUed in winter. Plantt< that are not firmly established
are often easily killed by excess of moisture about die
roots during tneir dormant season; for example, many
bog-plants otherwise perfectly hardy will winterkifi
21anted late in the fall. A further fact showing the
ct of water on dormant roots is that many plants if
cut down low enough in the fall to allow water, as from
melting snow, to reach the root through the hollow
stems, will often be entirely rotted by spring. Thus,
when it is necessary to destroy goldenrod, the dry
terns may be mown in late autumn with ashaip scythe,
lie vulnerability of the root to water coming through
be stem may be easily seen by comparing in the sprir^
Dots of com, the staUcs of which were cut at different
eights the previous fail.
In the hardy border, no large amount of coarae or
jghly fermentable material should be used. The
nricEunent of the laud should, if possible, be made
rhile preparing the border, and any fertiliierB used
houU be well mixed with the soil. Even if a liberal
uantity of stable manure is available, it is well to
ise some potash or phosphoric acid in connection
with it. A light top-dressing of manure given in
the fall will keep up the fertility, correct the soil
in various ways, and afford a slight winter protec-
tion, wliich is appreciated by even the hardiest
plants. Over-richness as well as poverty of soil
tend to make plants in general leas hardy, but usu-
ally a great abundance of plant-food ^outd be
given, especially for the hardier species with vigoi^
ouB constitutions and long season of growth.
Many plants having a season of rest in late sum-
mer do beat in land not overly rich, especially if
the position is moist.
A loose and open surface soil prevents baking after
1464
HERB
rains and waterings; saves some of the labor necessary
to keep the aoil open and friable; allowB the growth of
many smaller, finer-rool^d or creeping pknta that can-
not grow well in a stiff eoil : permits the sowing of many
aunuala in the border. Many low-growing plants are
injured on clayey soil by having the under smiacea of the
leaves coated with earth by spattering of rain. A clay
soil may be made more looee by the ad£tion of manures,
eawduet, coal-ttshes, sand or almost any such roat«rial.
A tight, fine mulch should be kept on the surface of a
The points to be borne in mind in planting should be
healthy plants, careful planting and sufficient thickness
of planting. Plants should be obtained which have not
been stunted, as a weakened plant will seldom make as
good a specimen as if rightly treated from the start.
When plants are received from the nursery they may
be heeied-in if necessary, but evei? day plants are left
where they have no root-hold on the soil is an injury to
them, in proportion to the suitableness of the weather
for root-growth. If plantsmustremainanyconsiderftble
ten^h of time before being placed in their permanent
position it is best to plant them in reserve ground, and
to remove them when desired with balls of earth.
Symmetry of top-growth is to some extent, at least,
dependent on symmetry of root-growth, so that by
careful planting the roots not only become more quick^
and strongly active, but give us hope for a more aym-
metricaJ pTuit than can be secured by careles planting.
The proper way to place a plant in the ground is to
distribute the roots equally about the plant, leaving the
tips pointed downward, ajid then to arm the soil suffi-
ciently about the roots.
A perennial border should be planted rather thick, so
that when in foliage it shall appear as one mass. Any
showing of soil between plants is not only unnaturw
but destroys the beauty of the border as a whole. Of
course, if plants are wonted for their individual or
separate merits, they should be given full room.
Winter protection of herbaceous perenniali.
The protection of species not reliably hardy may be
accomplished with any material suitiuile for keemng
out frost which is not naturally too moist or close. The
material should preferably be heaped over the crown
of the plant to shed part of the rain as well as to prevent
quick changes of temperature, or wholly to exclude
frost, as the plant may need.
The material to be used will be determined for the
plants to be protected, by what is on band or easily
obtainable, and by the presence or not of mice or other
vermin, which often woni: under such material as straw.
Protected plants should be examined frequently in the
nfjntrtw ahJi it •«:..» ..^ present they may be killed or
winter, and if mice a
there is no better matoial
driven away by placing a few drops of carbon bisul-
fide in each hole found. (This is also a good way to
rid coldframes of these pests. Plenty of ventilation
should be given at the time, as the ^bb evaporated ia
destructive to vegetation. As the gas is heavier than air
it sinks for the most part down the holes.) If, howeverj
mice are not troublesome,
for keeping out cold and
shedding water than
straw. Nature's plant-
protection is to use the
foliage and stems of the
plant themselves, the
whole ground surface be-
ing covered as the weather
f^ws colder with succes-
sive coatings of snow,
which protection again
grows hghter as spring
approaches. This is still
the ideal winter protec-
tion for plants, but anowB
are likely to disappear in
midwinter and mice are
well adapted to live under '
heavy htter. Where mice
are troublesome, a light
material may be made oy
composting leaves, ma- isjo. A rau corih, emb«lliibe4
nure rakings from lawns, withw««di.
greenhouse waste, weeds
not in fruit as pulled during the season, and the like.
The material should be earthy enough to keep mice
out^ and loose enough to permit of easy removal in
sprmg. It should also be loose enough not to hold loo
much water in winter. Sawdust and charcoal are
examples of such material.
Moat of the plants that arc largely cultivated need
no protection, but all herbaceous perennials, unless they
are evergreen or easily smothered, are benefited by a
slight covering to protect the soil from alternate freez-
ing and thawing. If the plants are evergreen, a cover-
ing te supply shade is often desirable. Other plants,
such as Heiianlhus decapettdus ji. pi., really need pro-
tection, not to exclude frost but to lessen considerably
the severity of the winter. Still others, as many of the
lilies, are beet covered to the exclusion of frost. In gen-
eral, the plants that need complete protection have
crowns below the surface, and so may be covered with
any amount or kind of material. When it is desired
thoroughly to protect crowns on the soil surface, flats
may be firetplaced over the crowns before adding the
protection. In most cases, late fall plantings should be
protected to some extent, since plants are less hardy
when poorly established in the soil. See
WirUer Froleclion, Vol. VI.
Pmpa^ion of kerbaeeout perenniaU.
The methods of propagation most used
are by seed, by division of the plant, and by
cuttings.
Propagalion by seed ia commonly not of use
for the perpetuation of horticultural varieties,
J althougn to a varied extent with different
SBcies any variety tends to reproduce its
aracteriatics more perfectly the longer it
becomes estabti^ed aa a variety. However,
some of the garden plants have been sepa-
rated into their present number of varieties
or forms mainly by continual propagation by
seed- and plant-selection, and such may be
satisfactorily increased by seed. An example
might be talcen in the hollyhock, although, if
a group be left to resow itself, or no seed-
selection be maintained, it will soon become
mainly composed of single-flowered plants
HERB
1465
IBZl. A
by reason of their greater seed-prod uctioD. In gen-
ttsl, propagation by eeeda is aatMactoiy for all e«tab-
lisbea species and for such varieties and forms as have
been tboroughly eetabliahed by selection.
Seed-sowing is not, however, always an easy way to
increase many of our garden plants, as there are often
a few small items necessary to know concerning a
species before Buecesa can be aHBured. Seeds of some
perennials remain dormant for a long period after sow-
ug, and, in general, they are very much slower in
starting than annuals. Some require more heat than
otbcTB to germinate, while others require a ve^ cool
soil. Many plants brought into cultivation from foreign
countries or milder parte of our own land do not pro-
duce seed that will remain sound over winter in the
earth, nor do seedlings of all hardy perenmals with-
stand the oolder season: for example, Papatter orientale.
a hardy pUuit itself, produces a great quantity of seed
which germinates readily as it falls, but the seedling
will not survive the winter in the northern United
States unprotected.
A general rule for eeed-eowing would
read: Sow the seed when ripe, and then
maintain such conditions of temperature
and moisture as tbe seed would receive in
the native habitat of the plant. Native
American plants not from decidedly milder
parts, and many foreign species, may be
easily increased by sowing of seed when
ripeintbeopenground. Among such might
be included rudbeckia,a^uiiegia, coreopsis,
monarda, asters (pcrenmal), delphiniums.
digitalis, Dianlhut barbatus. and phlox, all
of which will bloom the following season.
PlanU usually have one or rarely two
particular seasons for bloomine, and unless
of sufficient size and suitable condition
when that season approaches, they will
wajt for its recurrence before showing
flowers, ao that by sowing seed early in
the spring and pving gooa cultural atten-
tion to the pknts, we may expect to
flower the first year many plants naturally
blooming lato m the year, or such as are
somewhat floriferous at nearly all seasons:
for example, Lobelia cardijuuii and other
lobelias, many of the native asters, Gail'
lanlia aritlata var. grandiftora,
Bdlit perennii, hollyhocks, platy-
codon, delphiniums, hardy
chrysanthemums, salvias, rud-
beckia, dahlias. See Seed*, Vol.
VI.
pTiypagalion by dintion is
simply the separation of a hirger
clump of roots and crowns into
smaller plants. In the case of
plants producing buds on the
roots, this division may be car-
ried further, and small pieces of
the root used to ^w other plants.
The separation of plante as
practised in the garden is not
usually so much for the purpose
of increase as to avoid over-
crowding of roota and crowns,
with loss of vigor to the plant;
for example, a plant of iris, hav-
ing been undisturbed for a num-
ber of years, becomes a tangled
circular mat of rootstocks, which
in the centor cannot find room
to grow, and so the plant appears
as a large mass of rootstocks,
throwing up foliage only on the
outer ring. The period in which
a plant may remain in any one place without needing
B^aration will vary with the vigor of growth of the plant
in each position ; a group of plantain lily in a favorable
situation will need separation every two years, while in
a poorer place it might remain four. However, the aver-
a^ length of time for a few tj^ical species may be
given thus: Beliis perennia, pompon chi^santhemums,
and other strong-spreading, shallow-rooted and easily
established plants do best with yearly separation;
Phior Tnacuiata and monarda every two years; helion-
thus, asters and many of the oompositte and Phlox
deeiuiala about every three years; ConvdUaria mnjalit
and many spring-flowering bulbs every four years;
such plants as peonies may be left for a longer period.
In general, better flowers ore secured from a plant
with but one crown than when two or more are left, but
unless the new growths are crowding out the central
ports or are themselves too numerous to make a vig-
orous growth possible, division is not necessary, ux
fact, many plants require a bett«r establishment in the
aoil than can be given by transplanting or than tiiey caa
1822. Pool Duda mttnctiia bj pluUns of hnlM.
1466
HERB
quickly secure, and such are beet undisturbed until
auite overcrowded. The question is whether by divi-
ding a plant better flowers aud foliage may be obtained
than by aUowing it to become more thoroughly eetab-
lisbed.
The tin '
forsepara
bloominc
of the pla
ia, for earl:
ing plan
fall, and i
blooming
either lst<
spring, pi
tbe latter,
otherwise
plants ar
weakened
ifdisturbe
See Se\
Vol. VI.
aittinga is rarely
1B21. k lood nbteet— BafstDiiaffl.
HERB
Variationa in plants are the result ttf climatic, soil,
cultural, and other conditions, and mich plant foima
ore unstable when the conditions which caused them
are radically changed. Any new varietj^ natuiKll^
reproduces it«elf best in the region in which it orp-
natcd, and may eaaily revert or otherwise change
when grown under different conditions. This is espe-
cially true in the reproduction by seed of plant varia-
tions. See Brtedina, Vol. I.
In propagating by division, the aim should be not
secure vigorous plants but to select for
Ji plants as appear to be the best. Cuttii
luld be taken from selected plants — and the
; the method is rapid.
F. W. BABCLiT.
usefufforthei
teur, in the case of herbaceous perennials, but it is an
important commercial method. Plants may be obtained
from almost any plant having foliage-stems bv taking a
short piece of the growing wood with abud,eitricrlat«jftl
or terminal, and placing the lower end in moist sand or
other material suitable for root-growth. It is usually
necessary to have the lower end of the cutting a node or
joint of the stem, and to make the temperature of the
material in which it is placed higher than that of the
atmosphere (which is the relation of the soil and air in
Bunshme), and to diminish the evaporation from the ex-
posed parts of the cutting by maintenance of a moist
atmosphere and by removal in part of the foli^ on the
cutting. Some experience will be neceaaary to know the
beet temperatures for sand and atmosphere and the
most desirable degree of ripeness in the wood \a be
taken, as they will vary somewhat with species. In gen-
eral, any cutting of growing wood will form roots in
moist sand at a temperature suitable for vigorous root-
growth of the plant. See Cu/itnj/a. Vol. II.
The increase of plants by cuttings has the advantages
of being rapid and of allowing the perpetuation of any
variation noticed on a portion of any plant.
Whicheixr method oj propagation is used, selection of
stock for increase should be practised. If by seed, then
the beet seed from the beet plant should be taken. It is
considered that seeds borne the
number of nodes from the
«nd to produce dwarfer and
r-blooming plants, while
>pposite is equally certain.
iluits vary, and often the
that will produce the moat
ng variations are the slower
rminate and are weaker as
ngs, but any mistreatment
ung plants is likely to be
St any desirable improvc-
. The double-flowered and
y colored forms of garden
s are generally the nvulta
not only of mtercrosaing
of species or selection,
^ or both, but of inlense
and perfect culture. A
poor, starved plant may
not retrograde itself, but
1BI4. A lood Kibi«t-Tii«« it is likely to produce
seed which will vary.
Herba for Uie northeastern states.
StUetion* for gpecitd purpoaet. — The following lista
are to be taken as merely suggestive, and are far from
being complete. Nearly all are to be found in tbo
American trade.
1. Fob Moibt anh Wet Pucsb. Those marked with
an asterisk (*) will also thrive under drier conditions.
A. Near the water's edge. Actual flooding will not injure
any of these.
PflltAiidr* virciiiisa.
PolycoDum lunph-''
■Fllipenduls pajiutk
*Flliif«EuluU rubrv
PontMsrU eordaU.
PrimuU pulvvnilflnta.
[Ununeulua aqiutiJia.
RkhudouIi
Kmndidi
Ai~ Moist grouTtd pr^erred.
■AchiU™ Ptumiis. Tbn PisrI. UzuluU.
*A(xtiittum. *Lobrlia »
Ly«m
Ciltbi^lypetalK.
■ChflcHic.
•Chryspbiclron HookerL
Lysimachu tbyndOorA.
Lythrum.
*M«rt«iuLft viiviiueA.
MiHuthiu Bcohariler.
NwrembergiB rivukris.
•(EDOllien [nitina ru.
•(Enothnn upeciou. Imii
pponuetiun Utifolium.
•Phloi divmricaU.
PodophyUuiD p«lutuin.
PotyrmuLtum multiflonin]
Cypripwlium spi^titliile.
•DodecnthegQ MeuU;!.
•DDmnicum.
Eompron rhionMduL _
Epiiabium uunutifolium. *Sui(n«a
Fibpfnduli'awUcbutHi Scunio VV
ISpinn Dunun). SoldineUa
Filipenduls hf-upFtiilL Sputins
Ounn^n ehilMuu. aurro-n:
*Tb^ctnmi adiandfi
"TluiliMnim dipteroc
[ovau). TbdictniiD flkvum.
neglect and drought. Some are for this ti
well adapted for naturalization.
• PImm' in tri<i«. t—Kaiatr in nuuter. i^Fbiutr «
*AlyiBiin auitile t
. Fob CcT-rLowBRs. The following varieties are
well adapted for cutting.
Dnb* pymukiw.
EchinoiH Ritio.
BflhiDopA irpbHooflphAtiu.
pulchelium.
Eui^rbu eoroUata.
t OnMophUs psoicaikU.
BeUutbemum. [srlu
tlHeliopii* bsvk nr. Pitob-
3. For Shadx Placks.
A. The foUowing plants require quite heavy shade;
many others succeed almoet equally well in sun-
shine and shade.
fciwione LyoaiT Joida.
tfChiTiuitJuinuni r--*--""~
t tPfaloi puuculsU.
f PhkH ■uflruticoB.
tlFbyHMtrfiKvii,^ ,
J PUtycodon grftDdtflDrum.
Ifplumba^ LuptaUB.
•fPcdctDDoium.
tPoEeatillL
^PriiDUlL
gSSS _ _
4. Suitable pok Cabpbth or Edoinob. The foUowing
are of compact habit and mostly ktw; ~
also almost continuous bloomers.
Aimi. metdnt. Ahrmm urspate
Ashilln ClannB. AlyHum -"
AcbillH umbeUnU.
pnotum.
In addition to the foregoing list, there are a number
of other plants usually accepted and often listed
as herbaceous plants, such as montbretias, ere-
muruB, Ulium, which are suitable for cutting.
These will be found under BuBu.
1468
HERB
fl. For Bold Efthctb. The fallowing plaiita are
atriluDg in their habit and for thjs reasob are
very serviceable in ^roupe or as single apeci-
mena. Some are fohage plants with compara-
tively inconspicuous flowers.
f^MvSium raruii^, arovino from t lo 4 f^
lUil TU. IbU- 'HeliBnlhiu priyi
■Aouitliiii
(oliiB.
lABeDiane lupooic*.
tArtemiu laotiflorL
tjAruDfUAwtvuMr,
'Anindo Doiiiu.
■Anilba Anodai.
'Astilbe DurldiL
*Afltilbc gTuadiL
iBunbim.
f BaptluA Huatrmlia.
•Cninbe cordiToiik.
•Dclnhiiiiiiio hybrtdom.
tDicUmnuialbuii.
TEebinue* piiipur«« (Rud-
nobilia.
ftKniphofi* PGlHii.
fPsDiiiL
fPhioi psnimilHta.
■IPnlVBODum Seboldli.
lymuB BiftufnB. IRhriuq pAimBtum vjtr, ktn^
rfnvum smctlirstiDum. unsuineum.
iJipendula nibr» v«r. van- *IRodapnls »»cumoli«.
unnerm obilenu. (uaU *fltadnniapinuta.
_eltmum autiunule vu. 'Rudbeckis. GoJden Glow,
superbum. •Rudb«;kift msiimi.
tHeleniiuD. Rivcrton Buucy. •Thaliclruin diplcrocirinun.
' •HeUanthiu moUii. tVEnmics Lonvfolia vM. nib-
tHdunthiu deolpeUliu. Solcil Kwili«.
d'Or, • lYupc fiUmcntOB.
7. Fob FoRciKa and Greenhottse Decoratio?i. The
following speci«8 are suitable for forcing. As a
be potted, but some of the more robust sorts are
better ^wn in boxes or benches. The astilbes
and spireas will thrive in a higher temperature
than other varieties named.
Alynum uutUe var. com- Geum ooccineuio, Mn. Brad-
Aquil^H cwrulfla. IputUQk. Hhaw.
'— ■-' — 'm chrysanllia. u-n-i ; ■—
Alter nlMntul<^lu.
Dic«ntn spectsbilift.
Dloitalii puipure*-
DuiUIJB purinirn vu. gl
DodemUieoa Mcsdu.
Iberts KiDpsrvlreni.
Incuviliea Delavay
MywotiB, ail kiodB-
Trillium, all qKcin.
Aconitum Hemstwsniim.
Ani^hun italica, Dropmore.
Alllibe
AMilhTAK^drii. Sdmon
Campanula carpaljca. Kiln
Arahia aubrictioideg.
Artemiria lacliflora.
D Vert Dbsirablb VARiertes. ooatinued.
Ivux Edward VII.
Mn. Tsnt«e(.
ChiTHanthemuiD, Ru^ Gi
Clematia recta flDre-pTeoi]
Delphinium Beiladoona
■emi-plena.
Delp)>iiuum.J.S.Brunta
Delphiaium. Bev. E. 1
Heuehcra, Maacy Perty.
Heuchera. Scarlet Spray.
Heuchem, Shirl™^
Kniphofla. Trilisbt
paniculata, Hhein-
Primula ailEkimenna.
Sadum ^lectAbiie. Brillia
m dipt«rocarpuiD.
W. N. Craiq.
Herbs in Cuuda.
Many species and varieties of herbs succeed admi-
rably in Canada, the covering of anow which they have
in winter, in most places, affording them exceUent pro-
tection from extreme cold and sudden changes of tem-
Kraturc. The conditions are thus, in many places, more
LTorable than farther south, where they are exposed,
for long periods, U> cold and changeable weather.
Following are lista of best herbMieous perennials.
Achillu Ptarmica fl-^pl.,
•Delphinium I
Adonifl vemalia.
Aquilegia chrysantba.
Aquilegia Babellata vai
8. New and Vert Desirable Species, The follow-
ing list comprises some of the best introductions of
recent years, up to aod including 1914.
Achillea Ptarmic», Psrry Asler. I
Knciffi.
Aster AmellUB var. amel-
loides.
Alter AmeUug var. be«a-
AMer n0VK-aa(lw. Mra. J.
CuniMnulB carpati™ and
Cunpuiula iBctiflnra.
CompADula latiFolia var.
Campanula pyrunidaliii.
*CbryMnthemum marimum.
Convallana majalu.
•CpreopniH Krandi flora.
Delphinium Betladunn* (■
EriBemn ■pecionui v
Filipendula bexapeti
FilipeaduTa rubra.
GaillBltiia atiiteta.
Gypaophila panieulat
Helenium Hoopeni.
Helianlhui multiflai
Meteor, or Roleit d'
BeliBnlhui muttiflon
HERB
HERB
1469
Hardy herbaceous perenntaU for the Dominion of Canada,
continued.
Incarvillea Delavayi.
Iriaaurea.
^Irifl ^Eermanica, in great
vanety.
*Iria Uevigata (Kaempferi). in
^reat variety.
Libum auratum.
Lilium orooeum, or L. dauri*
cum (davuricum).
Lilium longiflorum.
Lilium qpedooum and varie-
ties.
*Lilium miperbum.
*LiUum tenuifoUimi.
Lilium teetaoeum.
Liliimi tigrinum.
Lupinus pol^hyllus.
Mertenaia virginica.
Monarda didyma.
Myoootis alpestris.
(Enothera frutiooaa var.
Youngii.
*Ptoonia albiflora and P. offi-
cinalia, in threat variety.
Paonia tenuifolia var. Uore-
pleno.
*Papaver nudicaule.
Pa|>aver orientale and varie-
ties.
Phlox amopna.
Phlox divaricata.
Phlox ^aberrima var. suf-
f ruticosa. Mias Lingard.
*Phlox panioulata (P. decua-
aata), in great variety.
*Platycoidon grandiflorum.
Platypodon grandiflorum
var. album.
Polemonium humile.
Primula elatior.
*Rudbeckia ladniata fl.-pL,
Golden Glow.
Rudbedda maxima.
Rudbedda q>edo8a (R.
Newmanii).
Salvia asurea var. grandi-
flora.
Statioe latifoUa.
Trillium grandiflorum.
Trolliua aaiaticus var.
plenua.
*Trolliua europeua. Orange
Globe.
Veronica aubaeasilia.
Yucca filamentoaa.
Best hardy herbaceous perennials for the prairie prov-
inces of Canada.
Filipendula Ulmaria.
Gaillardia ariatata.
Hemerooallia flava.
Iris germanica, in variety.
Lilium ti|(rinum.
Pnonia, m variety.
Papaver nudicaule.
Pu)aver orientale.
Pmox panioulata, in great
varie^.
Pla^roodon grandiflorum.
l^rrethrum uliginosum.
W. T. Maooun.
Achillea Ptarmica fl.-pL,
The Pearl.
Aoonitum, in variety.
Anemone patena var. Nut-
talliana.
Aater nov»-anglis.
Coreopsia lanceolata.
Delphinium, in variety.
Dianthua, in variety.
Dioentra q;>ectabilia.
Dictamnua albua var.
pur-
pureua.
Doronicum caucaaicum.
Western perennials for western gardens.
A leading principle in the prairie style of landscape
gardening is restoration of the native flora. Tne
history of every country sho¥m three stages in the
development of taste. First, the native flora tends
towara extermination by agriculture, drainage, fires,
and the growth of cities. Second, cosmopolitanism
spreads everywhere, until the gaudiness of temporary
plants, like cannas and coleus and the artificiality of
oomphcated geometric beds tends to make all parts
of the world Took alike. Third, people recognize that
the greatest variety and highest beauty come from
restoring and intensifying the ''local color" originally
impressed upon each distmct region by eons of experi-
ment on the part of natiure. Tms ''return to nature,''
which has taken many centuries in Europe has begun
in Illinois within a single century, owing largely to the
high percentage (89 per cent) of its arsut>le land. The
process of banishing native vegetation went so fast
and far that, a few years ago, the secretary of the
Illinois Horticultural Society declared, "It is probable
that no equal area of the earth's surface has beai
degraded to such utter ugliness and monotony as
Ilhnois." But, in 1906 to 1909, nearly $4,000,000 was
rnt on the West Side parks of Chicago under the
^tion of Jens Jensen, with restoration as the leading
idea. The largest and most impressive restorations in
the Middle West are, "the Prairie River" in Humboldt
Park, and "Chicago during the carboniferous era"
in the greenhouses at Garfield Park. In all western
restorations, perennials are often more important
than trees or snrubs, because the former are the char-
acteristic vegetation of prairies, or treeless areas, and
because there are more species of western herbs than
of western woody plants.
Perennials that do not cross the AUeghanies. —
Of the 179 plants that do not cross the AUeghanies,
according to Brendel ("Flora Peoriana," pp. 76-78),
thirty-four are perennials cultivated for ornament.
Of western origin, he thinks, are the following: Anenv-
one carolinianaf Chrysopsis mUosa, Clematis Simsii (C.
PUcheri), Echinacea anaustifolia, Helianthus Ixtiftorus
and H. scaberrimus {H. rigidus)^ Ldthospermum lin-
earifolium (L. angustifolium), Ly thrum alatum, Peta-
lostemon candidtu and P. violacetis, Camassia escu-
lerUay (Quamasia hyfidnthina), and Solidago glaber'-
rima (S, nUssouriensiSf Hort. not Nutt.). The above
came originally from the Great Plains. Of southern
origin are: Amsonia Tabemsemontana {A. Amsonia),
Bavtisia leucanUuif BoUonia asteroides, Coreopsis lan^
ceolataj lAatris (or Lacinaria) cylindracea and L.
vycnostachya^ Lepachys (or RatHbida) jrinnata^ Rud-
oeckia subtomentosa and R, triloba (biennial), SUphium
Ixidniatum, S. peffoliatumf and S, terebirUhaceum. The
origin of the eleven following species is not stated:
Cypripedium candidum^ Echinacea purpvrea^ Eupor
torium altissimumf Filipendula rubra (ulmaria rubra,
Spirsea lobata)^ Helianthus doronicoideSj Heuchera
hismda, Hibiscus militarise Jeffersonia diphyllaf Phlox
gUAerrima and P. macukda^ and Solidago ohioensis.
State fowers. — Before a legislature chooses a state
flower, lists like the above should be carefully studied
by impartial observers, to make sure that the flowers
recommended are really characteristic, easy of culti-
vation, and lend themselves to the decorative arts.
When sentiment alone is allowed to decide these
matters, plants are often chosen which it is impractica-
ble to grow. Yet, it is a ^reat advantage to choose a
flower tnat can be grown m everygarden. One prairie •
state chose the "prairie violet." Doubtless the showy
Viola sororia was meant, yet this is a-native of the woods,
and it is as common East as West. The bird's-foot
violet (F. pedata) is showy on the dunes, and, even
when conventionalized by the decorative arts, would be
distinct, but it is not confined to the West. Its western
representative (F. pedaiifida) is a genuine prairie
plant, but infrequent and presumably impracticable
tor cultivation. Unfortunately, F. sororia makes its
response to good soil by producing leaves instead of
flowers.
CUy fUnoers, — ^The western cities have now definitely
begun the practice of choosing city flowers to be grown
in every yard and woven into their civic art. Perhaps
the most appropriate way to symbolize the history or
ideals of eacn locality is to choose a flower character-
istic of its peculiar scenery or soil tjrpe. The soil type
can be determined by correspondence with the Bureau
of SoilSj United States Department of Agriculture.
The prairie states belong chiefly to the Upper Austral
zone, but there are a few cities and counties that can
choose their public planting motives from the Lower
Austral and some from the Transition zones. "Life
Zones and Crop Zones," by C. H. Merriam (Bulletin
No. 10, Division of Biological Survey), gives the trees
characteristic of each zone, and these may be helpful
in suggesting the most characteristic plant-associations
of each locafity. The nearest local botanist will usually
give invaluable help.
The best garden perennials.
The following are all sun-loving plants, succeeding
in ordinary garden soil without special care. They are
arranged according to the month in which they ordi-
narily begin to bloom, althou^, of course, consider-
able variation in season may be expected.
While. — ^April: Sanguinaria canadensis. May: Phlox
divaricata var. alba grandiflora. June: Anemone canor
deruriSf Penlstemon Cobsea var. attms. July: Eu-
phorbta corollala. Phlox panioulata vars. Miss Lingard,
Snow Queen, White Queen, Albion, Diadem, Her-
mione, Helena Vacaresco, and Von Lassburg, Physos-
ieqia virginiana, Thalictrum volygamum. August:
BoUonia asteroides, Hibiscus Moscheutos var. albus,
Sahna azvrea var. alba^ Aster ptarmicoides. September:
1470
HERB
HERB
Eupaloritim urtics^oUum. October: Aster commtUatue,
A. ericoides var. Sensation, A, TradescarUii,
Blue, — ^April: Iris cristaia and /. wmo. Phlox SUiU
laria. May: Amsonia TabemasTrumUma, Baptisia atts-
trcdiSf Phlox divaricaUif Polemonium reptanSj Camassia
esculenta, June: TradescanHa virginiana, Clitoria marir
ana, July: Delphinium caroHnianum (bluish white).
August: Eupatorium codestinum, October: Aster lasvis
and A. ametnystinus.
Pink. — ^June: Tradescantia virginica var. delicata.
July: Phlox paniculata vara. Gr^vin, Lady Molly,
Sonnenkind, and I.<e Soleil, Echinacea purpurea var.
rosea (Rvdbeckia elegans rosea) j Physostegia virginiana
var. speciosa, August: Hisbiscus Moscheuios and H.
tnililaris. September: BolUmia asteroides. Aster Umqir
foliuSf A. ericoides var. Sensation, A, novx-angUx var.
Ryecroft Pink, A, paniadatus var. Triumph.
Rose and rosy purple, — July: Physostegia mrginiana.
August: lAatris \Lacinaria) pycnostachyay L, scariosa,
and L. squarrosa, September and October: Aster luma^
anaUx var. roseus, Lythrum aUUum,
Purple and violet, — May: Clematis Simsii (C. Pitch-
eri), Sedum pvlchellum, July: Phlox panictdata var.
Rvecroft Purple, Echinacea purpurea. August: Aster
Shortii, Septconber: Aster patens.
Crimson. — June: CaUirhoS involucrala, July: Phlox
paniculata var. Lord Kelvin. September: Aster nooa^
anglise var. coccineus.
Magenta, — May: Phlox pilosa, P, stolonifera (P,
rerttans), June: Phlox glaberrima, P, maculata, July:
Phlox paniculata vars. Champs £lys6es, Eclaireur and
Obergartner Wittig.
Scarlet, — May: AquUegia canadensis, June: LUium
canadense var. rubrum^ L. umbeHatum, Pursh. not Hort.
July: Pentstemon barbiUus var. Torrevi (from the Great
Plains), Phlox panictdata var. Stendahl, LUium canor
dense var. rubrum, August: Gaillardia aristata var.
Glory.
Yellow, — Mav: Caltha palusiris var. flore-pleno,
AquUegia canadensis var. JUwescens, Ranunculus repens
VBi,fiorer-pteno, Viola Nutlallii, June: (Enothera missour
riensis, Lepachys pinnata, Baptisia tinctorUif Coreop-
sis lanceolaia and C, gntnaiflora, July: Coreopsis verti^
cUlaJUi, Helianthus moUiSf H, Isetiflorus axid H, strumosu^
(H, macrophyUus)t SUphium verfoliatum^ Chrysopsis
vUlosa, Asdepias tuberosa^ Ruabeckia speciosa and R.
Newmanii, Hdiopsis helianthoideSf H. laevis and var.
Pitcheriana, H. scabra var. zinniseflora, August: Rudr
beckia fulgida and R, subtomentosat Coreopsis tripteris,
Helenium aulumnaU and var. pumUum mojgnificum,
Helianthus decapefalus vara. multiJloruSf maximus, ana
Soleil d' Or. Helianihtis scaberrimus {H, rigidus) var.
Miss Mellisn. September: Helianthus orgyaUs, Octo-'
ber: Helianthus MaximUianii,
Orange, — May: Ldthospermum canescens, July:
Asdepias tuberosa.
Perennials dassified by height, — It is easy to get
flowers of medium height any month from the color
lists given above. The prairie has also produced many
tall perennials suitable for gardens, especially in the
genera Helenium and Helianthus, which furnish many
species that grow taller than a man. Many astere
and the boltonias will attain 5 feet under favorable
conditions, and so will LUium canadense and L, ^uper-
6um, if they have shade and unfailing moistmre. The
prairie has produced no edging plants equal to the
pinks, alyssums, or rock cresses. Perhaps the best
western garden plants growing 12 inches nigh or less
are: Apru: Iris cristata and /. vema^ Sanguinaria canor
densis. May: Fragaria virginiana var. Ulinoiensis,
LWtospermum canescenSf Ranunculus repens var.
flore-pteno. June: Sedum pulcheUum and S. tematumf
(Enothera missouriensis^ CaUirhoe involucrata, and the
Elant known to the trade as Erigeron glaheUus, which
looms in October, and is presumedly different from
the spring-blooming Erigeron asper^ to which E, glabd-
lus has been referred (although some retain E, asper as
a synonym of E, glabeUus).
Perennials for special uses and soUs,
Perennials for cut-fUnoers, — ^The ideal subject for cut-
ting lasts a long time, has long stems, is fragrant, and
has large or numerous flowere. About the only peren-
nial that comes up to this standard is the garden phlox,
but long stems azid lai^ flowere areproduced by manv
species of Gaillardia, Helianthus, Heliopsis, and Rua-
beckia. Smaller flowere in abundance are produced by
Aster, Boltonia, and Coreopsis. Long and effective
spikes are produced by Liatris, and Physostegia. For
hghtening bouquets, Galium horeale is an excellent
substitute for Gypsophila paniculata.
Perennials for fragrance. — ^The phloxes are fragrant
at dusk, but otherwise the prairie seems to have pro-
duced no fragrant flowere of the first importance for
cultivation.
Perennials for the collector, — ^The sroups that appeal
most to oollectore are those having the neatest variety
in form, color, and size. Perennial phlox (P. panicur
lata) has produced more varieties in cultivation than
any other American flower, one Scotch catalogue
offering 346 kinds. The color range is from pmrple
throu^ crimson-pink to white, and the chief forms are
the large-flowerea, large-tni^ed, and halo. Gaillardia
aristata has produced 102 varieties, ranging from yellow
to red, the chief forms being toothed, laciniate, quilled,
and reflexed, with some double varieties (e.g. G,
sj^endidissima plena) and a maximum size of 5H inches
(James Kelway). The perennial sunflowera make a
very impressive collection, but require much space
unless only a few of each kind are grown. They are
all yellow-cowered, and offer no great variety of form
but thev vary in season from Ju^ to October, and in
height from. 3 to 12 feet, with single or double flowere
andyellow or brown disks. The best twelve species of
sunflower are native to the prairie. The coneflowere
(comprising Rudbeckia and Lepachys) make a more
elegant and varied collection with a wider range of
color, the prominent disks being green, yellow, brown,
or purple, while the rays range from yellow to red-
dish brown and purple. Thirty-nine species and
seventy-one varieties of perennial astere or Michselmas
daisies are offered b^ a single English dealer. There
are thirty-nine species native to the prairie, and in
cultivation. The New Jersey aster (A. novirbdgii),
which is not native to the prairie, has produced the
greatest number of varieties, viz.. forty-five. Astere
are more satisfactory in bordere oy themselves than
in the garden.
Perennials for light soils. — ^AU the artists of the
prairie school have been deeply influenced by the sand-
dunes near Chicago, to whicn the Prairie Club has
conducted several hundred excursions. The flowere
of the dunes have been introduced into the sardens of
Chicago, a large part of which is built on dimes. In
perhaps a third of the city, the conventional material
of the nurseries fails to give satisfaction, but the plants
of the dunes succeed admirably. The greatest color
shows at the dunes are produced by Lupinus perennis
and Viola pedata^ which bloom by the thousands in
sand, but conunonly fail in rich soil. Other showy
perennialB of these and other inland dunes are, Asdepias
tuberosa^ Euphorbia corollatay Liatris scariosa^ Lathy-
rus mwrUimuSf Ldthospermum canescens^ the fleshy-
leaved Solidago Virgaurea, Tephrosia virginicaj and
Physostegia virginiana^ which assumes fleshy leaves and
dwarf haJbit in sand. One of the best grasses is Cala-
movUfa longifoliaj and one of the b^ gray-leaved
plants is Artemisia canadensis.
Perennials for the roadside. — ^The greatest opportunity
for the public use of perenniaLs in the praine states is
connected with the roadsides, which can be turned into
a public park without the cost of buying the land.
ptfcnura
■Uiba,tc.
i-IP Good DM of tpiiiii flowen. — Merteiuia Tlrtfnlca.
- • * .
HERB
HERB
1471
1
The roadside is the chief sanctuary of the native flora,
and if the movement to preserve and restore the prairie
flowers has progressed farther in the prairie states than
others it may be because the prairie states must, to a
sreat extent, create their own scenery. The following
ust contains very characteristic and beautiful flowers
that can be bought or collected cheaply, and are easy
of cultivation, but not weedy. Many of them are
excellent for cut-flowers, but few of them would be
likely to encoiurage vanaalism. To tiiis list should be
added three important bulbous plants which can be
used to edge the shrubbery, viz., dodecatheon, mer-
tensia, and camassia. The following plants are all
sun-loving species, and most are weU adapted to stand
drought: May: Phlox divaricata, June: CaUirhoS
tnvolucrala, Tradescaniia virginica, Phlox glaberrima
and P. maculala, Eryngium aquaticum, Jiuy: Phlox
panicuUUaf Echinacea purpurea, HelianUius moUiSf
n. lasHflants, H, heUanthoideay Asdepias ^t4>ero8a,
RudbecHa st>ecio8af Heliopsis scabra, Augast: OaiUardia
arielaiaj BoUonia asteroiaes, Liatrie pycru>sUichya\ Aster
novx-ofwliXj Rudbeckia subtomerUosa, Hdenivm aulwn-
naUf Helianthus decapetalus, September: Aster eri-
coides, A. panicukUuSt ^^^ A,, palens, HeliarUhua orgy-
alis, October: Aster amethystintis, A. laanSf and A,
commutatus, A. Tradescanlii, Helianthtts MaximUiami.
Perennials for shade. — A oreat problem in the prairie
states is restoration of wild flowers to woodlots that
have been pastured. The chief wooded areas are along
streams and whenever they exist elsewhere they fumisn
the only scenic foil to, or relief from, the prairie. The
western woods are scarcely differentiate from the
eastern woods in spring unless by greater abimdance
of American bluebells {Mertensia virginica), and wild
blue phlox (P. divaricata). The snow or early wake-
robin (Trillium nwale) is often the first flower, pre-
ceding the hepaticas. Perhaps the most character-
istic sprins wild flower of the woods is Erythronium
aUndum, which replaces the yellow adder's-tongue or
the East. In simuner, the most chantct^ristic species,
probably, are Helianihus decapetalus and H. divaricatus.
jjUium canadense and L. superhum grow taller and pro-
duce more flowers in moist woods than open pliuses.
At the edge of the woods, Anemone virginiana and
A. canadensis bloom freely. Phloxes appear to much
better advantaee in woods where their magenta color
is toned down by the shade, especially when they are
seen amid grass. The best planting policy ordinarily
is to spend money chiefly near the trails, a favorite
foliage plant beside trails being the maidenhair fern
(Adiantum pedatum). Perhaps the best large masses
of color are produced by colonies of Cimidfuga race-
mosa and Aralia racemosay the berries of which change
from green through purple to scarlet diuing the summer.
In autumn, many species of aster and goldenrod fill
the woods, notably Aster cordifoHus and A. divaricatus,
and Solidago csesia.
Perennials for rochifordens. — Natural rocks are so
rare in the West that rock-gardens hardly seem appro-
priate. Among the best flowers native to western
rocks are AquHegia canadensis, Campanula rotundi'
folia, Eupatorium calestinum, Fragaria virginiana var.
iUinoiensis, Heuchera americana, Oxalis violacea,
Sedum puUheUum and S. temaium. and Silene virginica.
Perennials for bog^ardens. — Sphagnum bogs in
convenient locations are ^tting rare in the West, but
western people are beginnmg to buy them because they
contain some of the most beautiful flowers, especially
orchids, pitcher-plants, and members of the heath
family. Many of these plants and the fringed gentian
require sphagnum moss or peat. They present a higher
type of beauty than the plants that g^w in ordinary
muck or wet soil, which are named in the next list.
Water-loving perennials, — The following are suitable
for the margins of ponds, lakes, brooks, rivers, and
water-gardens. They require more water than it is
convenient to give them in ordinary flower-gardens,
and even if they thrive they are likely to look out of
place: April: Caltha palustris. May: Chamadirium
Xuieum, Senedo aureus, Menyanthes trifoliata. June:
Iris versicolor, Pamassia caroliniania, Angelica cUro-
purpurea. July: Angelica hirsula. Aster puniceus, Caltha
palustris. Lilium canadense and L. superhum. Thalic-
trum poiygamum (T. Comuti). August: LobeUa cardie
naUs, Aster paniculatus, Eupatorium purpureum. Hibis-
cus MoschetUos. September: Gentiana Andrewsii, HeU-
mum autumrude, PorUederia cordata. October: Helian^
thtu orgyalis and H. MaximilianU. Colored water-lilies
are not used in the prairie style of landscape garden-
ing as they spoil the purity of the composition, since
the white water-lily is the only one native to prairie
rivers. Perhaps the finest aquatic plant yet to be nat-
uralized in western water-gardens is the yellow lotus
{Ndumlx} lutea).
Birdrpocis, — Few, if any, perennials are worth plant-
ing around bird-pools to furnish food, but water-loving
perennials are important for finishing such com-
positions. Where the gardenesque style uses German or
Japanese iris, variegated calamus, eulalia, and eastern
cattail, the prairie style uses Iris versicolor, green
calamus, bluejoint (ijalamagroslis canadensis), and
western cattad (Typha anyuslifolia). Several wild
flowers of the lily family suggest the flight of birds by
their habit, e.g.^ Polygonatum giganteum. In the prairie
school, Hie motive is often to reproduce something like
the characteristic local spring. Among the original
plants native to springs whidi Brendel records are,
ArchangeUca cUropurpurea, Aster corymbosus and A,
umbeUatus, Caltha palustris, Pamassia caroliniana.
Cw^peOium spectabUe and C. caruiidum, the last ot
which is distinctly western.
Bibliography.— H. C. Cowles, "The Plant Societies
of Chicago and Vicinity" (1901): Frederick Brendel,
"Flora Peoriana (1887): Brendel in Fred Gerhard,
"Illinois as It Is" (1867). pp. 271-8; H. A. Gleason.
"A Botanical Survey of tne Illinois luver Valley Sana
Region" in Bot. Gaz. 7:149-194 (1907) : and "The Veg-
etation of the Inland Sand Deposits of Illinois," BuU.
nL State. Lab. Nat. Hist. 9:2^-171 (1910).
WiLHELli MiLLBB,
L. E. FoGLESONG and
Franz A. Aust.
Perennial herbs for the South.
1. Piedmont Zone extends from the Mountain Zone to
the "Fail Line," which follows approximately the fol-
lowing cities :Weldon and Raleigh, North Carolina : Cam-
den and Columbia, South Carolina; Augusta, Milledge-
ville, Macon and Columbus, Georgia; Montgomery,
Alabama; Columbus and Holly Springs, Mississippi.
Sunrloving plants for Piedmont Zone.
Acanthus mollu.
Achillea Millefolium.
Adonis vemalis.
Agave.
A^rssum sazatile.
Amaryllis.
Anchusa italica.
Anemone japonica.
Anthemis tinctoria.
Antixonon leptopua.
Aquilegia.
Arabis alpina.
Arenaria grandiflora.
Armeria vulgaris.
Artemisia.
Anmdo Donaz.
Asdepias.
Asters, grandiflorus, etc
Astilbe chinensis.
Astilbe japonica.
^Astragalus tenneeaeendb.
Bamboo.
Baptiaia australia.
Belamcanda chinenaia.
Bocoonia cordata.
Boltonia.
Caladium esculentum.
CallirhoC involucrata.
Campanula.
Canna.
Centaurea.
Chrsrsanthemuma.
Clematb.
Clerodendron macroaiphon.
Coreopsis lanoeolata.
Coronilla.
Crinum.
Dahlia.
Dianthus barbatua.
Dianthus deltoidee.
Dianthus latifolius.
Dianthus plumarius.
Dictanmus albus.
*Attra(falu* UnneMMeenaU^ Gray, from Tenn. and Ala. Hirsute:
fls. in a short spike or head, cream-color, often tinged with purple:
fr. pointed, strongly wrinkled. April, May.
I
1472
HERB
HERB
3ttn4oving planU, oonhniMd.
Djcitalis.
Diosoorea. Climber.
DoUchoe. Climber.
DoroDioum plantagiaeum
var. exoelmim.
Echinaoea purpurea.
Erianthus.
Eryngium amethydtinum.
Ervthiina berbacea.
Eiualia (Mieoanthui).
Eupatonum.
Eupborbia ooroUata.
Feetuca slauoa.
Oaillardia.
Oeranium maoulatum.
Gilia ooronopifi^ia.
Gynerium (Cortaderia).
Gypec^hila.
Helenium.
Helianthua.
Heliopais l»via.
Hemerooallis.
Heuohera wangulnea.
Hibiscus.
Hoeta (Funkia).
Hydrancea.
Iberis.
Inearvillea Delavajn.
Indigofera decora.
Iiwmoea.
Iris germanica.
Iris vema.
Lathyrus latifolius.
Lavandula rera.
Leq>edesa japooioa.
Leq>edesa S^boldii.
liatria.
lalinm.
linum peremie.
Liriope spicata.
I^qnuus polyphyllua.
Lychnis.
L^rsimaohia clethroides.
Malvavisous DrummondiL
Marshallia.
Monarda didyma.
Montbretia.
Nierembergia riyularis.
(Enothera.
Ozalis. (Ground cover.
Paohysandra terminalis.
Pi^Mver orientale.
Pennisetum longistylum.
Pentstemon.
Phalaris.
Phlox amoena.
Phlox decussata.
Phlox divaricata.
Phlox paniculata.
Phlox subulata.
Physalis.
Physostegia virginiana
Platycodon.
Plumbago Larpenttf.
Polygonum Sieboldii.
Pyrethrum uliginosum.
Rudbeokia.
Salvia asurea.
Salvia Gresgii.
Salvia Pitcneri.
BantoUna.
Saxif raga craenfolia.
Seabioea.
Sedum acre.
Sempervivum.
SUene Schafta.
Silene virginioa.
SoUdago.
Spirea ohinenois.
Stachsrs lanata.
Stokesia.
Thalictrum acniilegifolium.
Thermopeis fabaoea.
Thymus eamoeus.
Tradeecantia.
Tritoma (Kniphofia).
TroUius caucaaious.
Tunica Saxif raga.
Veronica inoana.
Veronica longifolia.
Vinca.
Viola.
Yuoca.
Boff- and moisture-lonng planU,
Iris hexagona.
Iris Uevif^ta.
Iris vermoolor.
Ltlium tigrinum.
Lobelia cardinalia.
Lobelia syphilitiea.
lorthrum.
Mertensia.
Myoeoiis.
eonHnuea,
Pancratium.
Pogonia ophiogloMoidea.
Rhexia virginica.
Sagittaria.
Saururus oemuus.
SoUdago patula.
Stenanthium robustum.
Thalictrum.
1>pha latifolia.
2. Coastal Zone extends from the "Fall Line*' as out-
lined under the Piedmont Zone (p. 1471) to the Atlan-
tic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, but exclusive of Florida
south of a line drawn across the state from St. Augus-
tine to Cedar Ke3rs.
8vn-loving jjlarUs for Coastal Zone.
Shade4onng plants for Piedmont.
Aoonitum.
iGgopodium.
AiEapanthus umbellatus.
AUium.
Amaryllis.
Amsonia an^ustifolia.
♦Amsonia cihata.
Apioe tuberoea. Climber.
Aquilegia.
Anmdo Donax.
Asarum.
Asperula.
Aster corymbosus.
Aster macrophyllus. Hardy
native.
Bambusa.
Boltonia asteroidee.
Carex (weedy).
Clematis orispa. Climber.
Coreopsis.
Crinum.
Cypripedium.
Delphinium.
Dioentra.
Digitalis purpurea.
Dodecatheon.
Erythronium.
Eulalia (Miscanthus).
Eupatonum.
Gentiana.
Geranium maculatum.
Hepatiea.
Heuchera.
Hoeta (Funkia).
Iberis sempervirens.
Iris.
Lilium ^crinum.
Linaria Q^balaria.
Liriope qMcata.
Lobelia cardinalis.
Lysimachia nummularia.
Ground-cover.
Mentha spicata.
Mitchella repens.
Myosotis.
Oxalis.
Paohysandra.
Pnonia.
Phlox maoulata.
Phlox reptans.
Podophyllum peltatum.
Polemonium.
Poly^natum.
Rhexia virginica.
Sanguinaria.
Saxuraga crassifolia.
ft;>igelia marilandica.
Tradeecantia.
Trillium.
Vinca.
Viola.
Waldsteinia lobata.
Achillea.
Agave.
Alocasia macrorhisa.
Aloe arboresoens.
AlUusa rosea.
AlyiBum ^xatile.
Amaryllis.
Amsonia angustif olia.
Anohusa itauca.
Antigonon leptopus. Climber.
Armerja vulgaris.
Artemisia.
Arundo Donax.
Asolepiaa.
Aster.
Asjrstasia belk.
Bunboo.
Baptisia australii.
Beiamcanda ohinensia.
Bellis perennis.
Boeoonia oordata.
Boltonia.
Caladium esculentum.
CalUrhoft involucrata.
Canna.
Capsicum baccatum.
Centaurea.
Chrysanthemum.
Clerodendron foetidum.
Clerodendron f ragrans.
Clerodendron macroeiphon.
Clerodendron Sijphonanthus.
Clerodendron tnchotomum.
Colocasia.
Coreopsis lanoeolata.
Crinum.
Dahlia.
Delphinium.
Demnodium pendulifolium.
Dianthus barbatus.
Dianthus deltoides.
Dianthus latifolius.
Dianthus plumarius.
Digitalis.
Diosoorea. Climber.
DoUchos. Climber.
Echinacea purpurea.
Erianthus.
Eryngium amethystinum.
Erythrina Crista-gallL
Eulalia (Miscanthus).
Eupatonum.
Euphorbia corollata.
Euphorbia splendens.
Furcrsa.
Gaillardia.
Gilia coron<q^ifolia.
Gynerium.
Hedychium ooronarium.
HeleniaiiL
Helianthua.
Hemerooallis.
Hibiscus.
Hosta (Funkia).
Hydrangea.
Hsrmenocallis caribca.
Ipomoea. Climber.
Iris germanica.
Kaempferia GilbertiL
Tfantana.
Lathyrus latifolius.
Leonotis Leonurus.
Leq>edeBa japonica.
liatris.
Lippia dtriodora.
Linope spicata.
Lupinus villosus.
Lvnchis.
Malvaviaeus arboreus.
Malvaviscus Dnimmondii.
Mirabilis Jal^Mu
Montbretia.
Morea iridoides.
(Enothera.
Oxalis.
Pancratium.
Papaver orientale.
Pennisetum longistylum.
Phalaris.
Phlox amoena.
Phlox decussata.
Phsrsostegia virginiana.
Platycodon.
Plumbago capensis.
Plumbago Larpent«e.
Polygonella encoides.
Polygonum cuspidatum.
Reineckia camea.
Richardia africana.
Rudbeckia.
Salvia asurea.
Salvia GreggiL
Salvia Pitcheri.
Santolina.
Seabioea.
SUene Schafta.
SoUdago.
Statice latifolia.
Stokesia.
Thymus camosus.
Tradeecantia.
Tritoma (Kniphofia).
Verbena.
Vinca.
Viola.
Xanthosonui bataviensis.
Xanthosonui violaceum.
Yucca.
Shade-loving plants for Coastal Zone.
*Am»(mia eiliata, Walt., from N. C. and Ark. to Fla. and Texas.
Sts. and branches pubescent: Ivs. numerous: calyx-lobes acute;
corolla glabrous.
Bog- and moisture-loving
Aoorus Calamus.
Agapanthus umbellatus.
Amaryllis.
Apioe tuberoea. Climber.
Arundo Donax.
Asarum.
Asclepias incamata.
Aster puniceus.
Aster surculosus.
Bambusa.
Boltonia asteroidee.
Calopogon pulchellus.
Carex.
plants for Piedmont.
Chelone glabra.
Cypenis.
Enophorum poljTBtachsron.
Eriophorum virginicum.
Eulalia (Miscanthus).
Eupatonum purpureum.
Gynerium (Cortaderia).
Habenaria blepharioglottis.
Habenaria ciharis.
Helonias bullata.
Hibiscus incanus.
Hibiscus Moecheutos.
Houstonia.
Aconitum.
Agave.
Amaryllis.
Anemone.
Anthemis.
Aquilepa.
Asclepias incamata.
Astilbe.
Caladium.
Caltha.
Canna.
Chrjraanthemum maximum.
Coreopsis.
Crinum.
Euphorbia.
Gaillardia.
Hedychium ooronarium.
Hemerocallis.
Hibiscus. Mallowa.
Hosta (Funkia).
HymenocalUs.
Ins vema.
Lantana.
Liatris gracilis.
Lilium.
Lobelia cardinalis.
(Enothera.
Papaver orientale.
Phlox decussata.
Phsrsalis.
Plumbago.
PyrethiTim.
Rudbeckia.
Sagittaria.
Sanguinaria.
Sedum.
SoUdago.
HERB
HERB
1473
Shade-ioving planU, coniinued,
StokeaU eynnetu
TradMoantia.
TVilliuin.
Tritoma (Kiiii>hofia).
Plants for the seaside,
Anneria.
Aster oarolinianua.
Eryngium amethyBtinum.
Enrpgium planum.
Hilnaous ooocineus.
Hilnseus grandiflonis.
ffibiaeus militaria (H. oaro-
linenais, Muhl.).
VilUML
Viola.
8hade4<mna planU, continued
Tradesoantia speoiee.
Trautvetteria oaroUnenaii.
Trie^rtia qpedee.
Trillium flpedea.
TroUius
Uvularia
Veratoum vixide^
Vinca.
Viola spedm,
Xanthorrhiia.
IpomoBa diaseota.
Ipomosa Jalapa.
Ipomosa Peft-capre.
Kosteletskya virgiiiica
Roamarinus.
SoUdaco sempervireiifl.
Statioe latifolia.
Tradeacantia virginica.
Bog^ and moisture^otnng plants for Coastal Zone,
Aaelepiaa lanoeolata.
Aater carolinianua.
Brunella grandiflora.
Calopo^n.
CastUleja.
Coreopaia integrifolia*.
Eiohhomia.
Gerardia.
Habenaria dUarif.
Hec^hium.
HibuouB.
Hydrophyllum.
Hymenocallifl laoera.
Ina veraioolor.
Liatria graminifolia.
liatris spicata.
Limodorum multiflonmi.
Lobelia cardinalia.
Lobelia asrphilitica.
Nelumbo.
NympluMu
Pogonia.
Pontoderia.
Sabbatia.
Sagittaria.
Svracenia.
Zephyranthea Atamaaoo.
SU£gu>er.
*Core6p9t9 irUeori/dlia, Poir. Peremiial, 2-3 ft.: Iva. oppoaite,
entire; heada 1~1H u^> broad including ragrs, the ray-fla. about 8.
Ga. and Fla.
3. Mountain, or Upper Zone includes all the territorv
above Salem, Morgantowni and Rutherfordton, North
Carolina: Spartanburg and Pendelton, South Carolina;
Gainesville and Cartersville, Georgia; Huntsville,
Alabama; and Murfreesboro, Tennessee; thenoe north
to the Kentucky line.
Shade4oving plants for Mountain Zone,
Aoonitum apeoiea.
Aetna alba.
Adonis apeoiea.
AJuga apeoiea.
Alatronneria aurantiaca.
Anemone apeoiea.
Aquilegia apeoiea.
Andia nudicaulia.
Ariasma Draoontium.
Ariasma triphyUum.
Aninoua.
Aaarum apeoiea.
Aadeinaa.
Aq>erula odorata.
Aaphodelua.
Aater apeoiea.
Aatilbe bitemata.
Aubrietia q;>eoiea.
Boykinia aoonitifolia.
Buphthalmum aalioif olium.
Calopogon pulohellua.
Ciunpanula apeoiea.
Carez apeoiea.
Ceraatium apeoiea.
Chimaphila maculata.
Cimioifuga apeoiea.
Clintonia apeoiea.
Convallaria majalia.
Coreopma pubeaoena.
Csrpripeclium.
D*eiphmium apeoiea.
Dioentra apeoiea.
Diotamnus albua.
Digitalia apeoiea.
Diphylleia osrmoaa.
Dodeoatbeon Meadia.
Doronicum apeoiea.
Epigna repena.
Epilobium anguaUf olium.
Epimedium apeoiea.
Erythronium apeoiea.
Eupatorium apeoiea.
Fema.
Galas aphylla. [bi\ia,
Galeorohia (Orohia) qoecta-
Gaultberia prooumbena.
Gentiana ^>eoie8.
Geum apeoiea.
Gillenia atipulata.
Gillenia trifoliata.
Gleohoma.
Goodyera pubeaoena.
Gynerium (Cortaderia).
94
Habenaria eiliarifl.
Helleborua.
Hemerooallia apeoiea.
Hepatioa apeaea.
Heaperia matronalia.
Heuohera apeoiea.
Hoata (FunJda) ^leoiea.
Houatonia aerpylhf olia.
Inoarvillea DelavayL
Iria apeoiea.
Jaaione perennia.
JeflFeraonia diphylla.
Liatria species.
Lilium apeoiea.
Linaria Csrmbalaria.
Linum perenne.
Liriope apieata.
Lobelia apeoiea.
Lychnis apeoiea.
Lorsimaohia apeoiea.
Mentha species,
Mertenaia virginioa.
Mitchella repena.
Monarda diosrma.
MonU>retia.
MyoaoUa paluatria.
Nierembergia rivularia.
GEInothera q>eciea.
Opuntia.
Ornithogalum umbellatum.
Platyoodon apeoiea.
Podophj^um peltatum.
Po^Konatum commutatum
(r. giganteum).
Polygonum amplexioaule.
Primula offioinahs.
Sangumaria oanadensis.
SantoUna Chamacsrimrisaua.
Saponaria ^)eeie8.
Saxif raga apeoiea.
Scutellaria montana.
Sedum qiecies.
Shortia ^alaoifolia.
Silene virginioa.
Smilacina raoemoaa.
Solidago apedea.
Spigelia marilandica.
Spinea apedea.
Streptopua roaeua.
Thauotrum apeoiea.
Thermopeia oaroliniana.
Thermc^MiB f razinifoUa.
Tiarella oordifolia.
Sun4oving plants far Mountain Zone,
Aoanthua.
Achillea _
Aetna alkML
Adonia apeoiea.
JSgopodium Podograiia var.
variegatum.
Aiuga apedea.
Aletria f arinoaa.
AlthsanMoa.
Alyaaum apeoiea.
Amaonia apeoiea.
Anaphalia margaritaoea.
Anohuaa italica.
Angelica hirauta.
Anthemia apedes.
Antherioum apeoiea.
Aquilegia q>eoiea.
Arabia alpina.
Arenaria apedea.
Armeria q>edea.
Artemiaia apedea.
Arundo Donaz.
Aadepiaa spemes,
Aater apeoiea.
Baptiaia apedea.
Belamcanda ohinenaia.
Bellia perennia (the Eni^h
Daiay).
Boooonia oordata.
Boltonia apedea.
Calimeria moiaa.
CallirhoS invc^uorata.
Campanula apedea.
Carsropteria inoana.
Caaaia marylandioa.
Centaurea apeoiea.
Centranthua apeoiea.
Cephalaria apedea.
Ceraatium apeoiea.
Ceratoatigma plumbagi-
noidea.
Chanualirium luteum.
Chryaanthemum. Hardy.
Chxyaopeia mariana.
Clematis qjMciea.
Coreopaia.
CoroniUa varia.
Delphinium apedea.
Dianthua apedee.
Dioentra q[)eciea.
Digitalia apedea.
Doronicum apedea.
Echinacea purpurea.
Eohinopa Ritro.
Eremurua robuatua.
Erianthua Ravenns.
Erigeron apedea.
Eryngium ^ledea.
Eupatorium urtionf olium.
Euphorbia coroUata.
Featuoa ^auca.
Gaillardia grandiflora.
Gentiana.
Geum apedea.
Gillenia apedea.
Gypaophila roedea.
Haoenaria oiuaria.
Helenium apedea.
Helianthemum apedea.
Helianthus apedea.
Heliopaia apedea.
Hellebprtia.
Hemerooallia.
Heuohera aanguinea.
Hibiacua apedea.
Hieradum aurantiaoum.
Hoata (Funkia) apedea.
Houatonia aerpylh^olia.
Hypericum apeoiea.
Hyaaopua.
Ibisria aempervirBDflk
Iria apedea.
Lathyrua (Orobus) vemna.
Lathyrua apeoiea.
Lavandula vera.
Lepachys pinnata.
Liatris apeoiea.
Lilium apeoiea.
Linum apedee.
Lobelia apedea.
Lupinua polsrphyUus.
Lyohnia.
Lyaimaohia apeoiea.
LjTthrum speaes.
Maiahallia grandiflora.
Mentha q>ede8.
Mertenaia virginioa.
Miaoanthua roeoiea.
Molinia (Aira) caerulea.
Monarda didyma.
(Enothera apedea.
Ophiopogon.
^unoa.
Origanum vulgaie.
Pachyaandra.
Paonia.
Papaver.
Pardanthua.
Pentatemon apedea.
Phlox.
Phyaalia.
Phjraoategia apedea.
Platyoodon apedea.
Plumbago Larpentn.
Pogonia q)ecica.
PoQTgonatum giganteum.
Polygonum apeoiea.
Potentilla tridentata.
Pulmonaria.
Pyrethrum.
Ranunculua apedea.
Rhexia virginioa.
Rudbeckia apeoiea.
Salvia apeoiea.
Saxif raga q>edea.
Soabioaa apeoiea.
Sedum apeoiea.
Sempervivum.
Silene apeoiea.
Silphium apeoiea.
Siayrinchium ^randiflorum.
Sohda^ qwciea.
Singeha marilandica.
Spiraea q;>eoiea.
Staoh3ra apedea.
Stenanthium robustum.
Stipa pennata.
Stokeaia cyanea.
Symphytum a^>errimum
var. aureo-vaxiegatum.
Tanaoetum apeoiea.
Thalictrum apedea.
Thermopda oaroliniana.
Thermopeia f razinifolia.
Thymua apedea.
Tradeaoantia roedea.
Tritoma (Kniphofia) apeoiea.
Tunica Saxif ra^sa.
Valeriana apeciea.
Verbaaoum olympioum.
Vemonia apeoiea.
Veronica apeoiea.
Vinca.
Viola apeoiea.
Xeroph^llum aetifoUum.
Yucca nlamentoaa.
Yuooa flacdda.
Bog- and moisture4oving
Aoorua Calamua.
Apioa tuberoaa.
Aadepiaa.^
Aater punioeua.
Aater aurculoaua.
Calla paluatria.
Calopogon pulohellua.
Caltha palustris.
Chelone apedea.
Cypripedium apeotabile.
plants for Mountain Zone,
Deoodon (Neaaea) vertidl-
latua.
Eupatorium purpureum.
Habenaria dliana.
Heloniaa bullata.
Heuohera apedea.
Hibiacua apedea.
Houatonia aerpyllifoUa.
Impatiena pallida.
Iria qjMciea.
1474
HERB
HERB
Bog- and moiature-lonno planUt
Liatris qpedes.
lilium species.
Lobelia apedes.
MimuluB ripgens.
Mooarda du^rnuu
OroaUum aquaticum.
PamaaBia aMuif olia.
Pogonia ipedes.
Rhexia virginiea.
Rodgereia podophylla.
Sarraoenia q;>ecies.
continued.
8pecieB«
Seneeio aureus.
Seoeoio divorum.
Solidago patula.
Stenanthuim robuatum.
Symplooarpua f ostidus.
Thauctnim species.
1>pha latifoha.
Veratnim viride.
Viola palmata var. cuoullata.
Xerophyllum setifolium.
L. A. Bbrckmans.
Herbs for California (mostly perennial).
Border or low edging planU.
The following plants produce the appearance of
neatness and fimsn by more clearly definmg edges ci
beds, walks or drives, and by servins as connectim;
elements between taller plants and the greenswaro.
In so doing they may also screen the lower, more or less
bare leafless stems of other plants.
Achillea santoUnoides.
Amstis nebulosa.
Alliuin neapoUtanum.
Alyasum maritimum.
AljraBum sazatile.
Arabis alpina.
Anneria vulgaris (A. man-
tima).
Aspenila odorata.
AuDiietia deltoidea var.
grsca.
Aubrietia deltoidea var.
Leicbtlinii.
Baeria chnrsostoma var. jpa-
cilis. Thrives in sunshine.
Begonia ErfordiL
Bellis perennis, Eni^ish
Daisy.
Bulbs of various kinds.
Calendula officinalis. Pot
Marigold.
Cerastium toroentosum.
Chenoetoma hispidum.
Chrysanthemum Tchihat-
chewii. Turfing Daisy.
Convolvulus mauritanicus.
Dianthus. Pinks.
D. barbatus. Sweet William.
EchinopsiB Eyriesii.
Erigeron mucronatus, Mexi-
can Daifly.
Festuca glauca.
Freesia.
Gasania splendena.
Geranium, Ivy.
Geranium. Madam SollercH.
Godetia, dwarf.
Gypsophila muralis.
Gypeophila paniculata,
Baby's Breath.
Hclianthemum vulgare var.
mutabile. Sun Rcmc.
Heuchera sanguinea. Coral
Bells.
Iberis sempervirens. Ever-
green Candytufts
Im|>atiens SultanL
Iresine lindenii (Achyran-
thes acuminata).
Iris, small blue.
Kalancho# flammea.
Lantana, dwarf.
Lobelia Erinus.
Lotus Bertholetii (L. pelio-
rhsmcua). Coral Gem.
Mahemia verticillata (M.
odorata). Honey Bells.
Marigold. African (Tagetes
erecta)
Marigold,' French (Tagetes
p»tula).
Mesembiyanthemum oordi-
foUiun. Dew Plant.
Mignonette (Reseda odo-
rata).
Monpia iridioides. Natal
Lily.
Myosotis, Forget-me-not.
Nasturtium, owarf.
(Enothera ovata, Sun-Cups.
(Enothera rosea, Mexican
Primrose.
Omi>halodes linif olia.
Ophiopogon japonieus.
Oxalis.
Oxalis cemua.
Oxalis oregana.
Oxalis purpurea.
Oxalis tetraphylla.
Pansy.
Pennisetum viUosum (P.
longistylum).
Plilox. dwarf.
Portulaca grandiflora. Rose
Moss.
Primula.
Primula malaooides, pink.
Santolina Chamvcypariastis,
Lavender Cotton.
Sanvitalia prociunbens var.
flore-pleno.
Saxif raga crassif olia.
Scilla.
Scirpus oemuus. For shade.
Sempervivimi globiferum.
Hen-and-Chickens.
Specularia Speculum (Cam-
panula Speculum), Venus*
Looldng-GIasB.
Specularia Speculum var.
procumbens.
Spergula.
Stachys alpina.
Stachys lanata.
Sweet Pea, Cupid.
Vinca minor.
Viola comuta.
Viola odorata.
Viola odorata, Marie Louise.
Viola odorata, Princess of
Wales.
Zaluzians^ya selaginoides
(Nyotennia selaginoides).
Zinnia, dwarf.
For dry places.
The following are fairly drought-resistant and may be
grown in dry situations, where they will bloom freely
with little attention.
Abronia umbellata.
Achillea santoUnoides.
Antirrhinum Coulterianum.*
Argemone platyeeras.
Artichoke (Cynara Scoly-
mus).
For dry places, contintied.
Bidens ferulafolia*.
Calla Uiy (Zantedesohia
«thiopica).
Cheiranthus Cheiri, Wall-
flower.
Cistus, Rock-Rose.
Coreopsis lanceolata.
Coreopsis tinctoria.
Cornflower (Centaurea
Cotsrledon. (Cyanus).
CrasBula.
Encelia califomica.
Eriogonum fascioulatum.
Eriogonum latifolium.
EIriogonum umbellatum.
Esohscholtsia califomica,
California Poppy.
Gasania splendens.
Oilia californica.
Gilia chamissonis.
Gkxietia grandiflora.
Goldenrod (Solidago cali-
fomica).
Helianthus annuus. Sun-
flower.
Helichiysum petiolatum.^
Heliopais Isevis var. Pitch-
eriana.
Kniphofia Uvaria, Red-hot-
poker Plant.
Li^ria elegans, Tidy-Tips.
L4ma ^andulosa, White
lipliia repens.
Liminus arboreus. Yellow
Tree Lupin.
Marigold. French and Afri-
can.
Mentselia LindleyL
Mesembryanthemum.
Mimulus brevipes, YcUow
Monkey-Flower.
Mimulus ^utinosus. Sticky
Monkey-Flower.
Nasturtium (Tropnolum).
Nigella damasoena. Love-in-
a-Mist.
Ophiopogon japonieus.
Pelargomum.
Pentstemon antirrhinmdes.
Pentstemon sloxinioides.
Pentstemon beterophyllus.
Pentstemon spectaoihs.
Petunia hybnda.
Phaoelia grandiflora.
Phaoelia Whitlavia.
Romneya Coulteri. Matilija
Poppy.
Romneya trichocalsrx.
Salvia carduaoea. Thistle
Sansevieria sesrlanica. Bow-
string Hemp.
Scabiosa atropurpurea.
Mourning Bride.
Sedum acre.
Sedum album.
Sedum Anacampseros.
Sedum nionense.
Sedum pulchellum.
Sedum qiectabile.
Shirley poppies (Pi^Mver
Rhoeas).
Trichostema lanatum.
Turfing Daisy (Chrsrsanthe-
mum Tchihatchewii).
Verbenas.
Wild flowers of many kinds.
Zauschneria califomica. Cali-
fornia Fuchsia.
*B%den* fendrnfclia, DC., from Mex., althoui^ perennial, bkwms
the first year from seed. It has bright orange-yellow rather small
beads, and very finely cut pinnatisect or pinnate Ivs., the ultimate
segms. small and linear or linear-oblong: plant diffuse, the sts.
16-30 in. long. B.M. 2059.
CtUr-flotvera and greenery.
The following plants are well adapted for use in a
garden when quantities of flowers and greenery are
wanted for interior decoration and other purposes.
* Antirrhinum Coulterianum, Benth., of S. Calif., 2-4 ft., has
spicate infl and rather large corolla with protuberant yellowish
palate; violet-purple or white: the slender branches and Uie linear
or oval Ivs. act as support for the plant.
Adiantum Croweanum.
Adiantum cimeatum.
Adiantum gracilUmum.
Adiantum grandiceps.
Allium neapoUtanum.
Amarsrllis.
Anemone japonica.
Anthemis tinctoria.
Antirrhinum maius, Snap-
dragon.
Asparagus i^umosus.
Amaragus soandens var.
oeflexus.
Asparagus SprengerL
Asperula hexaphylla.
Aster, China.
Bellflower (Campanula).
Bermuda lily (Lilium).
Bidens ferulefoUa.
Ble^Ung-heart (Dioentra).
Boltonia latiaquama.
Brake, common (Pteris aqui-
lina).
Brisa maxima.
Bromus brixeformis.
Browallia demissa.
Calceolaria.
CaUalily.
California wild flowers.
Campanula Medium.
Campanula Medium var.
caycanthema.
Campanula persidfolia.
Candytuft.
Canna.
Carnation.
Centaurea imperialis, Sweet
Sultan.
Chrysanthemum, pompons.
Clarkia.
Coreopsis tinctoria.
Cornflower (Centaurea Cy-
anus).
Cosmos.
Cyclamen.
DaffodiL
Dahlia.
Delphinium cardinale.
Doronicum caucasicum.
Erythronium.
Elschscholtsia califomica.
California Poppy.
Euphorbia coroUata.
Everlasting flowers.
Felicia amelloides.
Ferns, Maidenhair and
Sword-Fern.
Feverfew, double white.
Oaillardia aristata.
Gaillardia aristata var.
grandiflora. var. maxima.
Oaillardia picta, Loren-
siana, amblyodon.
Galax.
Geranium, scarlet.
Qerbera Jameeonii, Trans-
vaal Daisy.
Qeum coccineum.
Oilia liniflora.
Gladiolus.
Godetia.
Goldenrod (Solidago).
Gypsophila paniculata.
Heienium autumnale var.
pumilum.
Heliopais Isvis var. Pitcher-
Heliotrope (Heliotropium).
Hesperis matronaUs.
Heuchera mbesoens.
Hollyhock.
Honesty (Lunaria annua).
Hunnemannia fumaria-
folia, Mexican Poppy.
Hydrangea h<Miensis.
Iberis sempervirens.
Indian pink.
Iris.
Iris Iwigata (Kaempferi),
Japanese Iris.
Ixia.
Kniphofia Uvaria, Red-hot-
poker Plant.
Lirkspnr (Delphiniam).
HERB
HERB
1475
Cut'fiowen and greenery^ continued.
Moist 9oH8, boo», or edges of water, eontiniied.
lilium Humboldtu.
Lily. Bermuda.
LUy-of-thcKValley (Conval-
laria nu^alis).
Maidenhair fern (Adian-
turn).
Marguerite (Chrsrsanthemum
fruteeeens).
Maricold, African (Tacetes
ereota).
Marigold, French (Tagetes
patula).
Mexican ivy (Vanoouveria
hexandra).
Mignonette (Reseda).
Mimulus.
Myoeotis. ForgetHue-not.
Nareiamis.
Nasturtium (Tropeohim).
NigeUa.
Orchids (Cattleya and
others).
Panicum atrosanguineum.
Panicum pUcatum.
Pansy.
Pentstemon.
Petunia, double and sin^e.
Phlox DnimmondiL
Phlox (randiflora.
Pink (Dianthus).
Potygala ap(q>etala.
Poppy.
Russelia junoea var. Le-
moineL
Russelia sarmentosa (R. mul-
tiflora).
Salvia asurea var. grandi-
Salvia, scarlet. [flora.
Scabiosa. Mouming-Bnde.
Schisanthus.
SciUa.
Shasta daisy.
Smilax.
Snapdragon (Antirrhinum).
Snowflake (Leucojum).
Statioe f ruticans ^8. aiiiorea).
Statioe Suworowi.
Stock.
Sunflower (Helianthus).
Sweet alyssum.
Sweet pea.
Sweet sultan (Centaurea).
Tritonia crocosmsflora.
Tuberose.
Tulip.
Verbena.
Vinca, white with red esres,
pure white.
Violet.
Volutarella murioata (Am-
berboa muricata).
Water-lily.
Woodwardia.
Zinnia grandiflora.
Herbaceous hedge plants {aome cf them skrvtby).
The following plants range from 1>^ to 3 to 4 feet
hi^ and may be used to give a profusion of color and
brightness to a home place; to make low boundary
lines between i)roperty lines; partially to hide some
disagreeable object; to give a touch of privacy about
some garden feature; to plant around a vegetable-
garden to make it more attractive; they are very effec-
tive treated as temporary plant material.
Achillea santolinoides. LeonoUs Leonurus, Lion*s-
Artichoke (Cynara Scoly- Tail.
mus). Mahemia verticillata,
Atriplex Breweri.
Calceolaria integrifolia.
Calla lily (Zantedeschia).
Eriogonum f asdculatum.
Feverfew (Chrysanthemum
Parthenium).
Fuchsia arboresoens.
Fuchsia corymbifc^ia.
Geranium.
Helichrysum petiolatom
(Gnaphalium lanatum).
Heliotrope, Queen Marguer-
ite.
Lantana. Dwarf.
Lantana Sellowiana.
Lavandula vera. Lavender.
Hone^-Bells.
Malvavisous mollis.
Marguerite (Chrysanthe-
mum frutesoens).
Pelargonium.
Rock rose (C^tus).
Rosemary (Rosmarinus oflS-
cinalis).
Salvia q;>lendens.
Santolina Chanuecyparissus.
Streptosolen JamesoniL
Teucrium fruticans.
Valerian, red (Centranthus
ruber).
White valerian (Centranthus
ruber var. albus).
For naturalizing.
Plants that will grow year after year without much
attention, and therefore good to naturalize and leave
alone.
Aquilegia truncata.
Aquilegia vulgaris var. nivea.
Brodimi.
Calochortus.
Camassia CusickiL
Camassia esculenta.
Camassia LeichtliniL
Ceratostigma plumbagi-
noides.
Cow parsnip (Heradeum
lanatum).
CynoglosBum grande.
DafTodU.
Delphinium nudicaule.
IMoentra spectabilis.
Dwarf bamboo.
Eriogonum.
Eiythronium califomicum.
Ferns.
Freesia ref racta var. alba.
Iris.
Micromeria ChamisBonis,
Verba Buena.
Mimulus ^utinosus.
Narcissus.
Nierembergia rivularis.
(Enothera ovata.
Pentstemon barbatus var.
Torrejri.
Pentstemon, California Blue-
Bedder.
Saxif raga crassifolia.
Moist soil, bogey or edges of toater.
For wet grounds, bo^ or near edges of water the fol-
lowing have been found to be successful.
Achillea Ptarmica, The Pearl.
Anemopsis califomica, Yerba
Mansa.
Aquilegia eximia (probaUy
a form of A. fonnota).
Boykinia oocioentalis.*
CaUa lily (Zantedeschia).
Calochortus nitidus.
Camassia CusickiL
CsmwBsis esculenta.
Camassia Leichtlinii.
Cat-tail (Typha latifolia).
Cyperus alternifolius. Um-
brella PUmt.
Csrperus alternifolius var.
gracilis.
Cyperus Papyrus, Piqiynis.
Cypripedium califomicum.
Lady's Slipper. A rare bog-
plant.
Dodecatheon JeCFreyi. Shoot-
ing Star.
Elephant's Ear (Colocasia
antiquorum var. esculenta;
Caladium esoulentum).
Epipactis Royleana. Banks
or in m<ust soil.
Ounnera chilensis (G. seabra).
HemerocalUs aurantiaca.
HemerocalUs aurantiaca var.
major.
HemerocalUs Thunbergii.
Iris bevigata (L Kaempferi).
Iris orientalis (I. ochroleuca).
Miscanthus sinensis (Eulalia
|aponica).
Miscanthus sinensis var.
yracillimus.
Miscanthus sinensis var.
varientus.
MiscanUius sinensis var.
lebrinus.
Nierembergia rivularis.
Pampas-grass (Cortaderia
araentea).
Rudbeclda nitida.
Sagittaria sagittafolia.
TcMxniea Menxiesii.
Tule (Scirpus lacustris var.
occiden talis).
Wateroress (Nssturtium
officinale).
Almost continuous bloomers in some pearls of California,
The following plants are almost continuous bloomers;
i.e., flowers usually can be had most of the year in
most parts of California.
Alyssum maritimum. Sweet
Alyssum.
Anchusa capeuBS.
Begonia ErfordiL
Begonia gracilis.
BMH>nia semperflorens var.
Vernon.
BMonia luminoaa (a garden
form).
Bidens ferul»folia.
Canna.
Carnation, Corbett.
Chimostoma hii^idum.
Convolvulus flondus or Rho-
dorfaisa florida.
Convolvulus mauritanicus.
Cuphea hyssopifolia.
Cuphea ignea.
Cuphea Uavea.
Cuphea micropetala.
Dwarf lantana.
Erigeron mucronatus.
Erigeron specioeus. -
Eschscholtsia califomica.
Felicia amelloides.
Feverfew (Chrysanthemum
Parthenium).
Geraniums^yy-leaved, Chas.
Turner, Etinoelant. Carlos
Uhden, Qringmre, Leop-
ard.
Geranium sanguineum.
Gerbera JamesoniL
Geum, Mrs. Bradshaw.
Heliotrope. La Duse.
Heliotrope, Queen Margue-
rite.
HemerocalUs aurantiaca.
HoUyhock (Althsa rosea).
Marguerite (Chrysanthe-
mum frutesoens).
Pelargonium odoratissimura,
Nutmeg Geranium.
Pennisetum Ruppellii.
Pentstemon antirrhinoides.
Pentstemon g^oxinioides.
Petunia hvbrida.
Primula obconica.
Primula sinensis.
Saxifraga crassifolia.
Shasta daisy.
Sni^dragon.
Statice macrophjrUa.
Stokesia csranea.
Vinea rosea.
Rock-gardens in shade.
A selection from the following will enable one to
bring into the g^u^en some of tne dainty beauty of
wildwood plants:
AqilUeipa.
Asarum caudatum.
Boykinia ooddentalis.
Epunedium.
Fuchsia proctunbens.
Heuchera miorantha.
Heuchera pilosissima.
Heuchera rubesoens.
Heuchera sanguinea.
linaria Cymbalaria, Ken-
ilworth Ivy.
Micromeria ChamissOnis.
Verba Buena.
Myosotis, Forget-me-Not.
Nierembergia rivularis.
Oxsiis oregana.
Phlox subulata.
Primula kewensis.
Primula malacoides.
Primula obconica.
Primula sinensis.
Saiqna subulata.
Saxifraga crassifolia.
Saxifraga integrifolia.
Saxifraga Mertensiana.
Saxifraga sarmentosa.
Saxif raga umbrosa.
Tellima grandiflora.
Tiarella unifoliata.
Tolmiea MenxiesiL
Vancouveria hexandra.
Vancouveria parviflora.'
For shady places.
Many plants that grow freely in the direct rays of the
sun in middle CaUromia, require shade in southern
California and must be protected from the fierce sum-
mer heat of the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys.
Therefore, plant them under lath-houses or in the
shade of trees or oa the north side of a house.
*Boykinia oecidenUJi*, Torr. A Gray. CaUf. to Wash. Erect or
declined t-2ft.: Ivs. round-cordate. 3-0-lobed: fls. many, the pet-
als white.
Acanthus CaroU-Alexandr».
Acanthus mollis.
Acanthus mollis var. lati-
foUus.
Acanthus smnosus.
Aconitum, Monkshood.
Agapanthus umbellatus.
Allium neapoUtantun.
Alsophila australia.
Alsrssum saxatile.
Amomum Cardamon.
Anemone ji^wniea.
1476
HERB
HERMANNIA
For shady plaeeSt conHnued.
Anemone japonica var. aiba.
Anemone coronaria.
Anemone f ulgens.
Aquilegia. Columbine.
Asarum caudatum.
Aflparagua orispua (A. de-
cumbens).
AsparaKUfl asparagoides,
Smilaz of florista.
Aaparagufl plumosua.
Asparagus plumosua var.
oomorenais.
Asparagus plumoeus var.
nanus.
Asparagus plumosus var.
robustus (A. Hatcheri).
Asputigus plumosus var.
tenuissimus.
Asparagus retrof ractus.
Aroaragus scandens var.
deflezus.
Asparagus Sprengeri.
AqMruIa odorata. Woodruff.
Aspidistra lurida.
Aaystaaia bella (Mackaya
beUa).
Balm, Moldavian (Draco-
cephalimi Moldavica).
Begonia argenteo-guttata.
B^onia cocdnea (B. rubra).
Begonia Erfordii.
Begonia floribunda (a gar-
den form).
Begonia fuchsioides.
Begonia luminosa.
Begonia Margaritce.
Begonia nitida var. odorata
Begonia Rex. [alba.
Begonia rosea.
Begonia rubella.
B^H>nia Sandersonii (B.
Digswelliana).
Begonia semperflorena.
Begonia Templinii.
Begonia weltoniensis.
Bellis perennis, English
daisy.
Calla luy (Zantedesohia).
Cibotium Baromets, Scyth-
ian Lamb.
Cinerarias.
Clivia miniata. It will not
stand frost.
Convolvulus mauritanicus.
Crimmi MooreL
Cyclamen.
Cyperus aitemifolius.
Cyrtomium falcatum.
Dsdalaoanthus nervoeus.
Daffodil.
Dicentra spectabUis, Bleed-
izig Heart.
Digitalis purpurea. Foxglove.
Dog's-tooth violet (Ery-
thronium califomicum).
Doronicum magnificimu
Eremurus Elwesii.
Eremurus himalaious.
Eremurus robustus. .
Eri^ron muoronatus.
Fehcia amelloides.
Ferns.
Foxglove (Digitalis pur-
purea).
Haworthia atrovirens.
Haworthia oymbiformis.
Haworthia margaritifera.
Haworthia rugosa.
Helleborus niger, Christmas
Rose.
Heuchera micrantha.
Heuchera pilomwsima.
Hyacinth.
Linaria Cymbalaria, Ken-
ilworth Ivy.
Kniphofia Uvaria, Red-hot-
poker Plant.
Larkspur (Delphinium nudi-
oaule).
Lily (Lilium).
lily-of-the-Valley (Conval-
laria majalis).
Mentha piperita.
Mimulus iputinosua.
MyosoUs, Forget-meHiot.
Nephrolepis exaltata var.
bostomensis.
New Zealand Flax (Phor-
mium tenax).
(Enothera caeepitosa.
Onychium japonioum.
Oxalis oregana.
Pansy (Viola).
Papaver heterophylla.
Pentstemon oordif olius.
Pnonia.
Petasites palmata.
Pilea miorophylla. Artillery
Plant.
Primula (P. oboonica).
Pteris cretioa aibo-lineata.
Pteris quadriaurita argsmea.
Pteris tremula.
Salvia patens.
Saxif raga orassifolia.
Saxif raga umbrosa.
Senedo Kaempferi aureo-
maculatus.
Star Flower (Trientalis euro-
pea var. latifolia).
Star of Bethlehem (Tellima
affinu).
Solomon's Seal, False (Smi-
lacina amplexicaulis; also
S. sessilifolia).
Thalictrum Delavayi.
Tiarella unifoliata.
Tradeeoantia fluminensas.
TriUium.
Tulip. Shade one-third to
one-half day.
Vanoouveria nexandra.
Vanoouveria parviflora. For
partial shade.
Violet (Viola odorata). For
half shade.
Wallflower (Cheiranthus
Cheiri). For partial shade.
Rock-gardens in the sun.
For rock-gardens in the sun,
mav be grown, instead of the
and curious desert plants.
Alyssimi saxatile.
Aubrietia deltoidea var.
LeichtliniL
Calandrinia umbellata.
CerasUum tomentosum.
Chenofltoma hispidum.
Convolvulus mauritanicus.
Cotyledon.
Crassula.
Echeveria.
Edelweiss (Leontopodium
Eriogonum. [alpinimi).
Flax (Linum).
Gaxania splendens.
Geranium sanguineum.
Geum chiloense.
Geum coccineum.
Helichrysum petiolatum
(Gnaphalium lanatum).
Lewisia Cotyledon.
Lewisia HowelliL
many interesting plants
more gaudy succulents
Lewisia Leana.
Lewisia oppositifolia (Calan-
drinia).
Lewisia rediviva.
Lewisia Tweedyi.
Lychnis Haageana.
Mahemia verticillata.
Nierembergia gracilis.
CEnothera, America.
(Enothera ovata, Sun-Cups.
Othonna capensis.
Pentstemon csruleus.
Pentstemon Mensiesii.
Santolina Chanuscyparissus,
Lavender Cotton.
Sanvitalia procumbens.
Sedum.
Btatioe.
Synthyris rottmdif olia.
John Wm. Gregg.
R. T. Stevens.
Katherine D. Jones.
HERB^RTU (Wm. Herbert^ 1778-1847. Dean of
Manchester, distinguished botanist, author or ^'Amaryl-
lidacese/' and ardent lover of bulbs). Iriddceae, Bulb-
ous plants, native from Texas to Chile and southern
Brazil, with fugitive blue or lilac flowers borne in
sunmier; aUied to Tigridia.
Stems simple or forking, from a timicated conn:
Ivs. mostly basal, few, long and narrow, somewhat
folded or plicate: fls. several from a single terminal
spathe, pedicelled; perianth showv, without tube and
segms. 6 in 2 very imlike series, the inner being much
sinaller; stamens 3, united by their filaments into a
tube; ovary long. 3-celled; styles partially united, the
3 branches forked: fr. an oblong loculicidally 3-valved
exserted caps., with many small angled seeds.-^
About a half-dozen species, of secondary value horti-
culturally. There is some confusion in the generic
name; but the situation is: Herbertia, Sweet, 1827;
Alophia, Herbert, 1838; Trifurcia, Herbert, 1840. The
herbertias thrive in usual garden soils; sometimes
started in coldframes; prop, by seeds and offsets.
pulch^Ua, Sweet. Bulb or conn globose, 3^in. or
more thick; tunics brown: Ivs. about 4, linear, plaited,
3-6 in. long: spathes 13^ in. long: fls. lilac; outer segms.
obovate, with a white claw spotted lilac. Chile,
Argentina, Brazil. B.M. 3862.
plat^nsis, Hort. Franceschi. Bulb or oorm very
lai^e: Ivs. sword-shaped, glaucescent, ribbed, 2 ft. and
more long: scapes to 4 ft.; fls. large, light porcelain-
blue, produced m 8 months of summer. La Plata.
H. amatdrum, C. H. Wright. Bulb or conn globose, with brown
acalee: Iva. lanceolate, acuminate, plicate, 8 in. long: scape 18 in.,
very slender, branched: spathes herbaceous, the inner twice lon^r
than outer: fla. violet; perianth 2 in. across; outer segms. with
white midrib inside, 3 times longer than inner, the latter brown-
spotted at base. Uruguay. — H. cstridea, Herb.«>H. Drummond-
iana. — H. Drummondionat Herb. Conn small and ovoid, with
brown tunics: st. 1 ft. or less hi^, simple or forked; fls. blue, 2 in.
across; outer segms. obovate, with white claw; inner segms. oblan-
ceolate. acute. Prairies, Texae. B.M. 3862. — H. WdUonii, Baker.
Lower: fls. purple; outer segms. oblanceolate, 1 in.; inner segms.
obovate, Viin. long. Damp prairies, Texas. L H B
HBRBS, Pot: Greeru. Salad: Oreena and Salad PlanU,
HBRCULBS' CLUB: Aralia innoM; also ZarUhoxylum Clava-
Herculis.
HBRfNCQUIA: Oesneria, The plant once known in horti-
cultural literature as H. floribunda is probably Ge$neria Ubanennt.
HBRrrifiRA (Charles Louis L'Heritier de Brutelle,
1746-1800, French botanist). Sterculidcese, About 4
species of trees on the tropical seacoasts of the Old
World, little known horticulturally: Ivs. thick, simple,
entire, silvery or shining beneath: fls. small, unisexual,
in axillary panicles; calyx 4-6-toothed or -cleft; petals
none; stamens united into a column, bearing 5 anthers
at top; ovaries mostly 5, nearly free, be^ns short
stvle and 5 stigmas: carpels woodv and indeniscent
when ripe, cornered, keeled or winged. Called "looking-
glass tree," from the shining under-surface of the Ivs.
n, liUordliSt Dry. Moderate-sized tree: Ivs. oblong,
acute, 3-8 in. long: staminate fls. smaU, in axillary
branched clusters, with an um-shaped downy calyx;
pistillate fls. lareer with bell-shapecl calyx: carpels or
follicles 1-4 in. long, smooth or tubercled. Afr., Asia,
Pacific islands. L. H. B.
HERMANNIA (Paul Hermann, 1646-1695, botanical
traveler, professor of medicine at Leyden). Stercu-
lidcex. Shrubs, mostly small, growing chiefly in Air.,
but a few in Amer. from Texas south, some 150 species
in aU. They are little known horticulturally. Lvs.
alternate, entire, toothed or pinnatifid, sometimes
laciniate: fls. many, yellow, orange, cream-color or
reddish, on axillary peduncles or pamcled; calyx cam-
panulate, 5-cleft, often inflated, without involucre;
petals 5, clawed; stamens 5, standing opposite the
petals, the filaments joined at the base: fr. a coriaceous
5-(^lled and 5-valved many-seeded caps. U, texdna,
HEKMANNIA
Gray, occurs in dry or rocky places in Texas and
adjacent Mex.: 2-4 ft.: Ivs. tomentose, suborfoicular
to oval, serrate or dentate: fls. dull scarlet or crimson.
H, cdndican8f Ait., is a variable species of S. Afr.:
erect or diffuse, tomentose: Ivs. long-petioled, elliptic
or ovate-oblong, obtuse, nearlv entire: fls. more or
less tomentose, Dri^t yellow, the petals twice as long
as cal^rx. Gn. 71, p. 15, where the name "cowslip
bush'' is proposed, its fls. closely resembling those of a
small cowslip; blooms spring to falL Otner species
of Hermanma are likely to be mentioned in horticul-
tural literature. L. H. B.
HERBONlfeRA (name refers to the stout thorns
and stamens). Legumindsx. One species, in Trop. Afr.:
by some included in .£schynomene. Fls. papihonace-
ous; calvx 2-lipped; standard orbicular, short-clawed;
wings about equaling the standard, obliquely obovat^:
keel broad, obtuse or somewhat beaked: pod linear ana
nearly flat, curved spirally, separating at the square
articulations. H. Elaphrdxylonj Guill. & Perr. (jEachw
ndmene Elaphrdxylon, Taub.), the ambash or pith-tree
of the upper Nile ana beyond, may possibly be planted
somewhere in our region: erect thorny shrub, to 20 ft.:
Ivs. bristly; Ifts. 10-20 pairs. Hin. or less long, linear-
oblong: fls. bright orange, suocorymbose, the peduncles
bristly; standard IH in. broad. G.W. 14, p. 605.— It
grows in wet places, sometimes choking streams.
L. H. B.
HERMODACTYLUS (Greek. Mercury's or Hermes*
fingers; from the arrangement of the tubers). Iriddcex,
SnakeVhsad Iris. A hardy tuberous plant closely
alhed to Iris, the fls. purpli^ black ana green, of a
quaint and peculiarly attractive beauty. The plant is
procurable uom European growers. The genus differs
from Iris in the 1-celled ovary with 3 parietal placentae;
Iris has a 3-celled ovary: rootstocks disitate. — One
species, S. France to Greece. Cult, of the tuberous
irises. Flowers April, May.
tuberdsos. Salisb. (m« tuberdsaf linn.). Tubers 2-4,
about 1 in. long: st. 1-fld., 1 ft. or more high: hrs. 2-3,
glaucous, 4-angled, 1-2 ft. long: spathe usually with
only 1 large lanceolate valve: outer perianth-sezms.
2 in. long, black-purple: inner ones green. April. B.M.
531. FS. 11:1083. G.C. II. 23:672.— J^. fcnyt/^itw,
Sweet, is a form, according to Baker, with Ivs. 3-4 ft.
long: and H. bwpal^dceu^. Sweet, a form with 2 valves
in the spathe. H, tuberostis is sometimes called the
''widow uis'' or ''mourning iris/' from its fls. of apple-
green and velvet-black. j. n. Gerabd.
L. H. B.t
HERNANDIA (Francisco Hernandez, physician to
Philip II of Spain, traveled in West Indies and Mexico,
1593-1600, and wrote on natural history of Mexico).
HemandiAceXf formerly included in Laur&cese, Jack-
IN-A-Box. Omamentid trees, grown chiefly for their
large handsome foliage.
Evergreen: Ivs. altemate, long-petioled, often pel-
tate, entire, 3-7-nerved, without stipules: flb. monoe-
cious, small, in loose terminal corymbs or panicles; the
extreme branches terminated by 3-fld. cymes with a
4-5-leaved involucre at the base; their central fls. pis-
tillate and sessile, the lateral staminate and stalked;
pistillate fls. with a lobed cupula: sepals 8-10; ovary
mferior, 1-ovuled; style short, with a large lobed stig-
ma; staminate fls. with 3-4 stamens shorter than the
6-8 sepals: fr. globose, ribbed, indehiscent, inclosed in
an innated often colored involucre. — ^Eight species in
the tropics.
These are handsome trees with large glossy foliage
and with small yeUowish or greenish white flowersm
terminal corymbs followed by yellowish or whitish
subglobose or ovoid fruits. H. sonora is much used in
Europe for subtropical bedding, and produces a juice
that removes hairs from the face without pain. H,
HERPESTIS
1477
avipera is cultivated in southern California by Frances-
chi, who says it has light green, glossy leaves with a
red spot in the center, and large, whitish^ egg-shaped
£ruits. Propagation by cuttings of half-npened wood
under glass, ^mich root &Btaiy with bottom heat.
sondray Linn. Tree, to 60 ft.: Ivs. chartaoeous, ovate
to oblong-ovate, usually peltate, or cordate at the base,
acuminate, entire, glabrous, penninerved, 7-12 in.
long: corymbs grayiw tomentdoee; fls. yellowish, ^in.
across; stamens 3-4; filaments with 1 gland at the base:
fr. ovoid, yellow, about 1 in. long. W. Indies. — The
similar H. Moorenhoutiana, Guill., from the Pacific
islands, has smaller, more coriaceous, mdmately 3-5-
nerved Ivs. and larger fls. ^in. across. B.M. 5839.
ovfgeray Linn. Tree, to 40 ft. : Ivs. coriaceous, broadly
ovate to ovate-oblong, not peltate, acuminate, sub-
cordate at the base, palmately 7-nerved, glabrous,
4-7 in. long: corvmbs grayish tomentulose; filaments
with 2 glands at the base: fr. whitish, subglobose, about
1 in. long. Trop. Asia and Afr. Alfred Rehdbr.
HERNIARIA (Greek; supposed to cure hernia or
rupture). CcaryophyUdoue, BfeRNiABT. Rufture-wort.
Trailinjo; or sprawling little small-leaved herbs, one of
which is grown as a carpeter.
Hemiaria has about 15 species, scattered from the
Canaries to W. Asia, but all grow in sandy places,
chiefly near the sea. It has no near alhes of much
garden value, but 2 species of Paronychia are cult, for
the same purpose ana are easily distinguished by gen-
eral appearance. Hemiaria and Paronychia are alike in
their 5-parted perianth and 2 stigmas, but in Hemiaria
the segms. are blunt, while in Paronychia they are
hoodedf near the apex and have a horn or small sharp
point on the back near the apex. Hemiaria is composed
of annuals or perennials with roots of short duration,
and they are all much branched, trailing plants, either
glabrous or hirsute: Ivs. opposite, altemate or clustered,
small, entire: fls. minute, crowded in the axils; sepals,
petals and stamens 5: seed solitary.
g^bra, Ldnn. Lvs. obovate, rarely orbicular, glabrous
except a few hairs at edges, which are usually recurved :
fls. small and green, in a leafy spike or the lower ones
at considerabfe intervals. July, Aug. Eu.. Asia.— ;-A
hardy herbaceous perennial which grows about 2 in.
high and produces inconspicuous greenish fls. in sum-
mer. It makes a dense mat of moss-like foliage, which
turns a deep bronzv red in winter. It is much used in
carpet-bedaing ana to a less extent in rockeries and for
edgings of haray borders. Recommended for covering
graves. It thrives in the poorest soils, makes a solid
covering, and is by some regarded as one of the most
valuable of hardy trailers. Prop, by division or seed.
Grows wild in England, and is kept in many large col-
lections of hardy plants. H. hirsftta, Linn., Eu^ has
narrow hirsute lvs.: sometimes planted.
WiLHELM MnJiER.
H£RP£STIS (name refers to the creeping habit of
some species). Scrophtdaridcex. About 60 tierbs, mostly
of warm and tropical parts of the world, 1 or 2 of which
may be transferred to cult, grounds now and then. The
name Herpestis is now given up by systematic botanists,
the '^omiQa conservanda'' of the Vienna code using
Aublet's Baoopa for the genus and others adopting P.
Browne's Monnieraor Lamarck's Bramia. Allied to Mim-
ulus, but differs in short corolla and in unequally toothed
calyx: low herbs, blooming in summer, sometimes
rather succulent: lvs. opposite: fls. small, peduncled,
mostly solitary in the axils, blue, purple or white;
corolla 2-lipped or nearly regular; stamens 4, didyna-
mous, not protruding; style slender; stigma 2AobeA or
capitate. H. Monnieria, HBK., or Bacopa Monnihria,
Wettst., grows near the sea and along river-banks, Md.
to Texas and south: glabrous, creeping, perennial,
somewhat fleshy: lvs. spatulate to cimeate, entire or
Bparinglv toothed, sessile; f\a. pale blue, about J^in.
km^ or lesa, the corolla only obscurely 2-lipped. Other
native Bpeciee with 2-lipped corolla are H. ampkxieaidii,
Fureh, blue; H. rotwiaiJbUa, Puteh, white or pale blue;
H. Jiigrigcens, Benth., whitieh or purplish. L. jj, B.
HERPETOSPfiRHUH (name refers to some char-
acter of the seeds). CueurhUAeex. Two annual tendril-
climbeiB, one from the Himalaya refpon and one from
Chinft, allied to Abobra, but differmg in the usually
racemose sterile fls. and the long-tubular calyx. Lvb.
k>nR-petioled, ovate, nearly entire or anxled: tendrils
bifid: fls. rather Isirge, yellow; corolla broadly com-
panulate, very deeply p^led, the s^ms. eUipticol and
entire; stamens 3, included, inserted on lilyi-tube,
the filaments short and free: fr. medium-size, broadlv
oblong and 3-angIed, coetate, more or less 3-valvea.
H. grandijltinan, Cogn., from China, has been cult.
aInWl: Ivs. broadly ovatc-cordatf, more or less
aiwular, 4-5 in. long: staminate fls, S-6 at the apei of
a S--5-in. peduncle, with lai^ golden-yellow petals;
pistillate ns. solitary or in pans, short-sUilked, slightly
smaller than the staminate: fr. about 2!^ m, long,
densely hairy and greenish, 7-S-ribbed. H . eaadigerum,
Wall., the other species, has very lightly crenulate ovate
Ivs. to 6 in. long: etammate fls, usually on twin viedun-
cles, one single-Bd. and one 5-10-fld.; pistillate fls. on
stout peduaclee lees than 1 in. long: fr. spaisely hairy,
about 3 in. long, L. jj. B.
HBSPBRAL6E (Latin, UKstem Ahe). LOiAeex,
tribe Y^teex. Acauleecent plants irith fihferous leaves
like many yuccas, but ephemeral diurnal greemsh or
red flowers, recalling those of the true aloes. Culti-
vated somewhat in the open in warm dry regions, but
elsewhere under glass. Treatment much as for ^aves.
Leaves ouCcurved. soft-pointed, with coarse m^ginal
threads: infl. uaualiy few-branched; fls. oblong: fila-
mcnta slender, attached to base of perianth; pistil with
ovoid ovary, slender style and small stigma: caps.
3-celled, 6-valved, rugose, beaked; seeds thm, flat ejid
smooth. — Two species from Texas to Mex.
fUia, Hcmsl.). Ceepitose: Iva. concave, striate!
1 in. X 3-1 ft., green: infl, 3-4 ft, high, glabrous and
somewhat glaucous; fls. nodding, rosy, l}^in. long;
style exBerted: caps, round, 1 in. long. S. W. Texas.
Rep. Mo. Bot. Card. 13:1, 85.— With more bell-
shaped fls. 1 in, lon^ and scarcely protruding style it is
var. EngelmannU, Trel. {H, Sngehnannii, I&auskopf}.
G.C. n. 18:199. B.M. 7723. Rep. Mo. Bot. Card.
13: L
funffera, Trel. {H. Ddvyi, Baker. Yiicca /urrf/eni,
Koch. Aodwe fwrAJera, Lem.). Largra-: infl. 6-8 ft.
v.;nh- a- V... Kah «»». 1 iw. i..n«. ^..i„ . I..
HESPERAMTHA (Greek, evtnxng Jlower). IridAeex.
Bulbs, sometimes grown indoors.
These plants belong to the Ixia tribe and are much
.inferior to ixias for general cult., but have fragrant fls.,
opening at evening ; the style is short with long subulate
branches, and the scathe-valves are green rather than
brown. The genus is still more closely allied to Geis-
sorhiza, and differs in having shorter style and longer
style-branches and spathe-v^ves always green instead
of sometimes brownish above. The corms are J-^in.
thick or less: Ivs. 2-5, narrow and distichous: fls. 2-10
in a lax, distichous spflie; perianth rotate and a cylindri-
cal tube; inner scgnris. wnit«; outer ones red outside;
stamens inserted on the throat. — Species about 40,
in Trop. Afr. and the Cape, mostly the latter. For cult,
see Ixia and Bulbs.
HESPERETHUSA
A. FiAiage hair]/.
piUMa, Ker. Conn globose: Ivs. 2. linear, erect,
strongly ribbed, 3-6 in. long: st. alender, erect, 6-12
in.: outer aegms. claiet-red or green. B.M. 1475 (outer
segms. speclded with color).
AA. Foliage not hauy.
fakUa, Ko-. Conn oonic: Ivs. 2-1, lanceolate,
spreading, 2-3 in. long: st. slender, 1 ft. or leas, simple
or forked: outer segms. claret^ed. B.M. 566 (as
Ixia /akata).
rarely forked: outer segms. reiddish brown or reddish
gieen outside. B.M. 12SS (as Geimorhixa mtaeea).
L. H. B.
HESPBRETHtrSA (from Latin Hesperethuaa, one
of the Hesperides). Rutdcer, tribe Citrex. A slender,
spiny tree or shnib: Ivs. persistent, pinnate: fls. 4-
merous; stamens 8, free: frs. small, 4^Ued, a single
seed in each cell but with no pulp-vesicles j seeds hard
and rounded, cotj^ledons epigeous in germination: the
first foliage-lvs. simple, opposite. — Only 1 specieH ia
now recognised.
crenulita, Rocm. (Ldmdnia trmuUto, Roidtg. L.
aeidiinma, Auct,. not Linn,) Naibkl. Fig- 1825. Lvs.
5-9-foliate, the Ifts., winged petiole and broadly winged
segms. of the rachis crenate-margined : fls. small,
white, fragrant, 4-merous: ovarv 4^11ed, 1 ovule in
each cell: fts, small (H-^^- oiam,), globoB& dark-
colored when ripe, containing 1-4 hard smoota seeds
imbedded in a scanty very bitter pulp whidi is not
composed of pulp-vesicles: cotyledons epigeous in
germination, remaining small, CEuiucous: finit foliage-
IvB. simple, opposite, ovate, crcnate-mai^ined. UL
Roxbg. PI. Corom. 1:60, pi. 86. Talbot, For, fl. Bom-
bay, p, 198, fig, I21.~-Tbis plant is usually but em>-
neously called Limonia addiseima, Linn,, which name
was originally applied to the wood-apple, Feroma
Limonia, Swingle, which see. The genus Limonia ia
invaUd and henoe the oldest valid name for this plant
is the one used here, A handsome spiny shrub or small
tree with beautiful Ugjit
foliage, native to
s in Cevkm, India,
and Inaochina. It
ily grown under
>use conditions and
be better known
ornamental. The
sometimes used as
ment in India and
; thev are bitter,
ir. Tne tree has a
!S root-system and
rving of trial as a
m which to graft
citrous fruit
the Oept. of
Agric. at Wash-
ington, D. C, it
has been found
to grow readily
' when grafted
on grapefruit
i« grctndig), lemon
« Ldmonia) and on
tabog {ChxUxper-
gluHnota) and it ia
ble that it could
ed as a stock for
and other species.
UTXB T. SWINQUI.
HESPERIS
H£SPERIS (Greek, tvming, same root as Tesper;
floweiB more fragrant at evening). Crudferx. Thifl
includes the dame'a rocket, a vigorouB old-fa^oned
hardy herfotweous perennial.
HertiB, bienniai or with a at. that is perennial at the
base, piloee. the haira simple, forked or glandular: st.-
Ivs. uaualfy sparse,
ovate or oblong, entire,
dentate or lyrate: fla.
while or purple, in
loode racemes, often
fragrant ; petals 4, long<
clawed; atigma lobed
and erect: pods long,
linear, cylindrical or
nearly bo; seeds in 1 ^3|
row m each oell, usu- O) ^^
ally winFless. The ^In^
genus is allied to the 7f1*^ R
stocks, but has a some- '-' l-^(l\-X*\B-
what different habit
and the cotyledons in-
cumbent not Bccum-
bent.— Species about 2
doien in the Medil.
region to Cent. Asia.
matronUls, Lii
Rocket. 8wb
RocKKT. Dakz'b Vio-
ixT. Damask Viot.BT.
Fig. 1826. LvB. ovate-
lanoeolate, 2-3 in. long,
toothed; pods 2-4 in.
long, straight, much
contracted between the
seeds, Eu^ N. Asia. Ei>«>|nj >
rens. Gn. S3, p. 293; 49, p.
kjvely sarden view).— Forma
clumps 2-3 ft. high, branched from
the base, and cov^^ with showy
terminal pyramidal spikes of 4-
petaled fls. resembling stocks. The
colors range from white through lilac
and pink to purple. The double
forms sje most popular. The plant
blooms from June to Aug., and has
long been cult, in cottage gardens.
The ordinal^ single forms are not
worth growing in the border, but
may be used ax wild gardens. The
double rockets are amongst the best _ .
hardy plants, venr productive of "'tS^^^^
bloom and useful for cutting. The 2-__j, Bamnkiis
double-fld. white, var. Uba-plfaut, "j^^
Hort., very fragrant, is much prised.
G. 25:283; 28:701. Gn. W. 22. suppl. Apr. 29. Var.
porpftrea, Hort., is a purple-fld. garden form. Var.
pAinila,Hort,, isadwart form. Var. nina candldlsafaiu,
Hort.,isapurewhitegardenform, Wilrslm Muj-kb.
L. H. B.f
HESPEROCALLIS (Greek, evening beaiity). LUt-
atxar. Leafy stemmed bulbous plant of the Colorado
desert, and the desert sections of southern Cslifomia,
sometmies planted in California and elsewhere.
Of the tribe Hemerocallidete, and characterized by
Watson as having a large while perianth cleft to below
the middle, the segms. several-nerved: anthers linear:
caps, ovat^-oblong, deeply lobed: fls. few in a raceme,
the stout pedicels jointed at the top; seeds many,
horixontal, flattened, black.^)ne species.
imdollta. Gray. Bulb large, corm-like: st. stout,
1-2 ft. high, S-S-fid. : Ivh. linear, fleshy, keeled, 3-6 lines
wide, wavy margined; fis. 13^2 in. long; style exserted:
caps. Min. long. — The fis, very fragrant, waxy-white w
greenish; bulb should be deeply planted. l, g, q.
HETERANTHERA
1479
(Greek, hMpen*, ori^nally
evening, but here western, i.e., in the direction of the
Betting sun, and Chiron, a centaur distinguished for his
knowledge of plants; hence "Western Centaury," these
Slants being at first placed in the Gentian family).
'ydrophyll&ex. Northwest American tufted peren-
nial herbs with scapes bearing solitary, rather large
whitish Sowers, ^ inch or lees long. The nearest allied
genera of reci^;niied garden value are Phacelia and
Emmenanthe, which are very distinct in color of
flowers, general appearance and cymose infiorescence.
Dwarf, stemless perennials or possibly biennials:
peduncles all radical and 1-fld. : Ivs. entire, spatulaie or
obk>ng: fls. purplish or nearly white, with parts nor-
mally in 5'8 rarely in 6'b to 7's; style 2-cut: caps. 1-
celled, loculicidal, 15-20-eeeded; seeds minutely nett«d
or wrinkled. — Two species that have been procurable
through Califomian specialists and coUectors.
A. CoroUa-lohet thorttr tium tiie lube.
callf6mlctu, Wats. {Capndrea ndTta, Raf.). Ltb.
numerous in a radical tuft; corolla somewhat oblong
beU-shaped. Hills and meadows, Utah to Wash, ana
Calif. H. latifUiua, Kelk^, is a large form. B.R.
833 (as NieotioTui nana).
AA. Corolla-lobea Umger than lAe lube.
plkmllua. Porter (Capndrea pianila, Greene). Lva.
fewer: corolla nearly wheel-shaped; tube densely
bearded within. Springy and marshy grounds in moimt-
ains, Idaho and E. Wash, to Calif.
WiLBKUi MiLLEB.
^ HESPEROYttCCA (Latin, teettem yueea).
Lili^cex, tribe Yiiaxx. Yucca-like near^
acaulescent plants, forming a very charactep-
istic feature of the coast-ranee flora of Cali-
fornia when in bloora. Hardy only in mild
r^ons; frequently planted out-of-doots like
in California, but elsewhere requiring house
;ion. Cultivated much like agaves.
'ee narrow, rifpdk pungently pointed, rougb-
infl. panicled; fls. vespertine, cup-sh^>ed as
;ca, usually white; filaments clavate, attached
e of perianth; pistil with short oblong ovary,
slender style, and fimbriate capitate stigma:
incompletely 6-celled, 3-valved through the
te false septa; seeds thin, flat and smooth. —
he following species;
pplei, Baker tYUcca WMp^, Torr. Y. gramini-
jMia, Wood. Y. OriuiemAna, Roeil. Y. catifdmiea,
Groenl.). Simple or cespitose: Ivs. more or less 3-eided,
finely striate, rough-edged, J^in. x 1-3 ft., glaucous:
infl. 6-15 ft. high, oblong, long-peduncled, glabrous;
fls, nodding, fragrant: caps, broad, 2 in. long, S. Calif.
G.C. II. 8:lff7. Gn. 35, p. 561. R,H. 1886, p, 63.
B.M,7662 Rep, Mo. Bot. Gard.3;ll, 12, 54; 4:17,
23; 13:4, 5. 85.— With extremely glaucous Ivs. it is
var. glaltca, Hort. With decidedly violet-shaded fls. it
is var. vlolicea (f. Whipplei viMcea, Andrg). R,H.
1884:324. G,C. III. 39:154; 61:106 and suppl. With
flatter, broader and smoother-edged Ivs. it is var. nftidk
(K. nUufa, Wright). G.C. ni. 39:153. G. 30:33. Gn.
69, P- 161- WiujAii Thblkabb.
HETERANTHfiRA (name refers to the unlike ot
different anthers). Pontederideex. A few Americui
bog herbs, one of which now and then occurs in horti-
cultural literature. Ste. creeping, ascending or floating:
IvH. long-stalked, grass-like or the blades ovatCj oval or
reniform: fls. white, blue or yellow, small, arising from
the sheathing baseot the petiole; perianth with slender
tube, the segms. narrow and nearly or quite equal; sta-
mens 3, unequal or equal: fr. a l-cetled or 3-oelled caps,
inclosed in the withered perianth-tube. H. timft»a,
Willd., has blue fls.: spathe 1-fld.; Ivs. oblong to lance-
1480
HETERANTHERA
HETEROSPATHE
oblong, obtuse. H, renif&rmis, R. &. P., has smaller
white or pale blue fls.: spathe 3-5-fld.: Ivs. orbicular-
reniform to cordate, acute. Both these species have
unequal anthers. H, di)(6ia, MacM., has equal anthers
and small pale yellow fls. All these are natives in E.
U. S. and southward, and are useful for transferring
to wet grounds and shallow pools. ji. H. B.
HETER0C£NTR0N (unlike spurs, referring to
structure of anthers). MelaslomdcesB, Includes Heeria
of Schlechtendal, not of Meissner. About 6 Mexican
and Central American species, sometimes grown under
glass.
Herbs or shrubs, erect or prostrate, with opposite
membranaceous pinnately nerved (rarely 3-nerved)
entire Ivs., and white, rose or purple irregular fls. in
panicles or rarely solitary: stamens 8, very unequal^ the
4 larger ones with long appendages or connections;
ovary loculed; petals 4. — Not to be confounded with
Centradenia, wnich has winged sts. unequal-sided
Ivs., and calvx-teeth small and much shorter than
the calyx-tube. — ^Warmhouse plants, requiring the
cult, of centradenia, but grown chiefly for the fls.,
whereas centradenias are grown also for foliage.
rdseum, A. Br. (H. mexicAnum^ Naudin. Hebria
rdseOf Triana) is the only species in general cult.: 1
ft. or more lugh, with 4-angled (but not winged) st.:
Ivs. elliptic, obtuse or acute, pinnate-nerved: fls. bright
rose, in a large, terminal panicle, showy, in autumn and
early winter. B.M. 6166. I.H. 3:97. Var. Alba, Hook.,
is a white-fld. form.
subtriplin^rvium, A. Br. (Hehia svbtri'pliniTvia,
Triana). Little branched, the branches sharply 4-
angled, the young foliage and calyx sparsely pilose: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, acute at apex, narrowed into long
petiole, the marnn entire, blade ^13-nerved: fls.
white, the petals oroadly obovate with retuse apex.
Mex.
H. iUgana, O. Kuntae (Heeria elM^am, Schlecht. H. prooum-
bens, Naudin), will be found under Soniiooentron. Tj H B
HBTBR6MBLBS: Photinia.
HSTEROPAPPUS (Greek, two kinds of pappus).
CompdsUse. A hardy herbaceous perennial that bears
azure-blue aster-like flowers in smnmer.
Herbs, erect, branched above: Ivs. alternate, entire
or coarsely toothed: heads in loose irregular panicles or
solitary at the tips of branches, rays white or ekv"
blue. The genus is closely related to Aster, having the
habit of the asters of the section Calimeris. The plant
in the trade is known as Calimeris talarica, Hetero-
pappus is closely related to Boltonia and is not far
from Callistephi^ which contains the China asters.
The chief botamcal distinction resides in the pappus,
which in the large group containing Callistephus and
Aster is composed of numerous bristles arranged in
one or more series, while Boltonia and Heteropappus
belong to a ^up in which the pappus is anomalous.
In Boltonia it is composed of veiy short, somewhat
chaffv bristles, with the addition usually of 2-4 awns
not longer than the achene. In Heteropappus the
pappus of the ravs is composed of very snort, some-
what chaffy bristles, while m the disk-fls. it consists of
numerous slender bristles arranged in 1 or 2 series. — A
genus of 2-4 species from Japan and China.
hfspidus. Less. (Calimeris UUdricaj Lindl. Aster
hisToiauSy Thunb.). St. roughish: Ivs. linear, acute,
pubescent and ciliated on the mar^^ins: branches spread-
mg, usually unbranched and bearmg 1 head: involucral
scales acuminate, hirsute, herbaceous, not white-mar-
gined, rays blue. Japan, Mongolia. £,. h. B.
HETEROPHRAGMA (Greek, different and septum;
alluding to the peculiar 4-anglea septum of the typical
species). Bignonidcese. Three species of E. Indian
trees, with large opposite pinnate Ivs. and large yellow
or pink fls. in terminal panicles or from the old wood:
calyx campanulate, irregularly ^5-lobed; corolla cam-
panulate-funnelform; ovules in several series in each
cell of the broadly linear ovary: caps, cylindric or
compressed, falcate or twisted, loculicidall^r 2-valved:
septum flat or 4-angled. The 2 African species referrea
by some writers to this genus belong to Femandia.
(mly the following species has been offered in this
country. H. adenoph^Uum, Seem. (Bigndnia aden*
ophylla. Wall.). Tree, 30-50 ft.: young growth tomen-
tose: Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic, acute or obtuse, entire,
tomentoee, 7-9 in. long: fls. in terminal panicles: calyx
irregularly 5-lobed; corolla brownish yellow, densely
woolly outside, with spreading 5-lobed hmb, 2 in. wide:
caps, twisted, rr-^embling a cork-screw, 1-3 ft. long;
septum flat, vn i^it, UL 160 (as Spaihodea adenoj^yUa).
—Little known m cult, and adapted for subtropical or
tropical countries only. Prop, pn^^ably like Rader-
machia by cuttings and aiivlayenng.
Alfred Rehder.
HETERdPTERIS (various winged, referring to the
fr.). Malvighidcese, Shrubs, erect or rareW climbing,
of Trop. Amer. and 1 in W. Afr. Fls. small, yellow or
purple, in panicles or racemes: Ivs. opposite, nearly or
quite entire. The calyx is 5-parted, some or all the
lobes with a pair of sessile glands; petals clawed; sta-
mens 10, aU perfect but unequal; ovary 3-celled, with
3 subulate styles, the stigma on an angle of the style:
fr. 1-3 samaras, with a somewhat semi-circular wing. —
Species 90 or more. The climbing species may be found
in choice collections. H. purpurea^ Kunth, is a low
climber among shrubs, accordmg to Grisebach. in the
farther W. Indies and Venezuela: Ivs. oval, glabrous,
somewhat glaucous beneath, the petiole with 2 glands
at the middle: fls. purple, corymbose or racemose, on
slender pedicels that are jointed below the middle: fr.
1 in. long, with semi-obovate oblique wings. H, ckry^
sophyUay HBK. Twining: Ivs. oval or oval-oblong,
entire, glabrous above and golden pubescent beneath:
fls. orange^ becoming reddish. Brazil. B.M. 3237.
An interesting plant for the warmhouse, long-climbing.
L. H. B.-
HETEROSMtLAX (Greek, another kind of Smilax).
Lilidcex. This includes an ornamental climber with the
habit of smilax, but the perianth is undivided (instead
of &-parted, as in smilax) and the mouth is minutely
2-5-<ientate. It resembles sDoilax in having dioecious
fls. borne in umbels, and tendril-bei^ing petioles. The
genus contains 5 species of woody climbers from India.
Malaya, China and Japan: Ivs. 3-5-nerved: fls. small
or very small. Little known culturally outside the
far East.
japdnica, Kunth. Lvs. with stalks about j^in, long,
blades about 4-5 in. long. Japan, where it is cult, for
the roots, which are used in medicine; Hemsley writes
that it is said to have been intro. into Japan from China
but that no Chinese specimens are known to exist
(1903). L. H. B.
HETEROSPATHE (Greek, a different kind of spathe) .
Also written Heterospatha. Palmdceae, tribe Aricex,
A rare and highly ornamental palm, with graceful,
spreading habit and pinnatisect leaves, the segments
being long, slender and tapering.
Its nearest allies of garden value are Verschaffeltia
and Dypsis. in which the stigmas are basal in fr., while
Heterospatna belongs to a group in which the stigmas
are eccentric or lateral in fr. Other important generic
characters are the 6 stamens with versatile anthers
and the 1-celled ovary. — Only 1 species, native of the
small island of Amboyna, the Dutch headquarters in
the E. Indies. Intro, from the Java botanic garden in
1879 to England. The plant is procurable from import-
ers and from S. Fla., but is cult, in Amer. only in
botanic gardens.
HETEROSPATHE
HEUCHERA
1481
Scheflf. (MetrdxyUm ddlum. Hort.). Tall,
1: IvB. terminal^ long-petioledy eqmdly pinnar
eUta,
unanncKl:
tisect; segms. numerous, lanceolate, niurowecT at both
ends, acuminate, 1-nerved, margins thickened and
recurved at the base; rachis round on the back, flat on
the face; sheath short, fibrous, swelled at the base:
spathes 2, the lower 2-crested, the upper much longer. —
A very worth3r palm, valuable chiefly for its graceful
habit while still quite young. Must be grown in a
moist hot house. N. TAYLOB.t
HBTERdXOMA (name refers to the unequally cut
corolla). CampanvIAcese, About 10 species ol Mexican
annuals and perennials, one of which has come some-
what into cult. Lvs. alternate: fls. blue, yellow or
orange, in terminal racemes; calyx tubular with an
unequally 5-paiied limb, the 2 anterior lobes usually
adnate to the spur of the corolla; coroUa-tube split to
the base on the back, in front produced into a hori-
zontal or deflexed spur, the limo short and incurved
and with either nearly equal or unequal lobes; stamen-
tube free from corolla; ovary inferior, 2-celled9 many-
ovuled: caps. 2-valved. H.iobelioide8, Zucc. Erect,
branching, the st. pubescent: lvs. alternate, ovate-
lanceolate, distantly toothed, acuminate: fls. about 2
in. long, single on slender axillaiy peduncles, odd;
oorolla^ur blood-red, the limb golden yellow and 3-
k>bed: lower lip of calyx adnate to the coroUa-tube
and tne 2 subulate green lobes projecting beyond it:
staminal colimm erect, as long as the coroUarlimb, ana
prominent. Mountains in Mex. and Cent. Amer. B.M.
7849. R.H. 1905. p. 9. — ^An interesting showy perennial,
sometimes callea ^'bird flower," to be grown in a cool
greenhouse in winter and in the open in summer.
L. H. H.
HETERdTRICHUM (name refers to the variable
hairs on the lvs.). MeiastomAcex. Ten or a dozen
hispid, or glandular shrubs in Trop. Amer., with white
or pink fls. in terminal or lateral panicles; calyx cam-
panulate or globular, with 4-8 teeth; corolla of 6-8
petals; stamens 8-12 or more: lvs. laiige, ovate or oblong,
cordate at base, entire or toothed. H. mdcrodan, Planch.,
is sometimes mentioned in horticultural Uterature. A
very handsome shrub^ 7-9 ft., flowering when small: lvs.
opposite, large, the 2 m the pair unequal, cordate-ovate,
abruptly acuminate, serrate, 7-nerved: fls. 10-12 in a
termmal cyme, white with red at base of pet^, 1^ in.
across, the 8 petals obovate and flat-spreading; <^yx
and young parts hispid or villous. Venezuela. B.M.
4421. G. W. 14, p. 652. — ^Requires hothouse treatment.
L. H. H.
HEt^CHERA (Johann Heinrich von Heucher, 1677-
1747, professor of botany at Wittenberg). Saxifragdceae,
Herbs resembling the d.ainty wild flower, the bishop's
cap (Mitella) in their habit, as they have a tuft of
heart-shaped, five- to nine-lobed, crenate leaves, from
which sprmg a dozen or so slender scapes a foot or more
high with small flowers borne in panicles, giving a
delicate and airy effect. This includes H, sanguinea
which probably ranks among the best low perennials
with small, red flowers. It is very desirable for the
hardy border, where it blooms from spring to late f aJL
It is also useful to florists for cut-flowers and autumn
forcing.
Heuchera belonra to a group of genera including
Mitella and Tiarella, in which the ovary is 1-celled.
There is a well-developed hypanthium often bell-
shaped, sometimes urceolate, cylindrical, turbinate, or
saucer-shaped, often more or less oblique, and adnate to
the lower part of the pistil. Most of the distinguishing
characters of this difficultgenus are found in the shape
of the hypanthium. In Heuchera the petals are 5 or
none, and entire; in MiteUa 5, 3-fid or pinnatifid; in
Tiarella 5 and entire. Heuchera has 5 stamens; Mitella
5 or 10; Tiarella 10. The caps, of Heuchera is inferior,
2-beaked; in Mitella superior, not bulked; in Tiarella
superior, compressed.— Heuchera has 72 species, all
N. American and ranging from Mex. to the arctic
regions. A full botanical treatment is by P. A. Ryd-
berg, in N. Amer. Flora. 22:97-117 (1905), which has
been followed in the account below. Many of the
species are distinguished only by rather technical
botanical characters, but only a few of them are
known horticulturally.
The attractive and petal-like part of H, sangmnea
is the calyx, the petals being small in all heucheras
(often shorter than the calyx). The oUier species are
attractive by reason of their general ludbit, and particu-
larly the graceful, open panicle. U, aanguinea came
into prominence about 1884 and is now deservedly
one of the most popular of hardy perennials. The
others are procurable from the lai^est dealers in
native plants and from western collectors. They range
from 3 inches to 3 feet hi^, averaging about 1)^ feet,
and bloom in summer, havmg greenish white or purplish
flowers. Almost any good garden soil suits them, and
they are not particuls^ as regards exposure to sunlight
(though an open situation is preferable); and they look
well in borders, rockeries, separate beds and elsewhere.
Propagate by division or seed.
INDEX.
albo, la hioMda, 6. robusta, 10.
americanA, 3. hsrbrida, 10. rosea, 10.
bracteat4^ 7. maxima. 10. nibesoens, 4.
6rinmle», 10. micrantha, 2. rubi/olia, 5.
osrlindrioa, 9. parvifolia, 8. eangiiinea, 10.
erubetcerut 2. pubeaoens, 5. ^IpndenB. 10.
gracillixna, 10. ribifolia, 5. villosa. 1.
grandiflora, 10.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Stamens equaling or exceeding the
sepals.
B. Panicle open, not 8pike4ike,
c. Hypanthium not strongly o&-
lique.
D. Breadth of hypanthium about
as the length,
B. Lobes of the If. -blade broadly
triangular, acute 1. yiUosa
BX. Lobes of the basal If. -blades,
at least, rounded.
P. The hypanthium, with the
sepals 1-1 yi lines long. .. 2. micrantha
TV. The hypanthium, with the
sepals l}i-4 lines long. . 3. americana
DD. Breadth of hypanthium about
twice the length 4. ntbescens
cc. Hypanthium strongly oblique;
stamens equaling or slightly ex-
ceding the sepals.
D. Flowering branches more or less
leafy 5. pobescens
DD. Flowering branches leafless or
practically so 6. hispida
BB. Panicle dense, contracted, almost
spike4ike 7. bracteata
AA. Stamens much shorter than the sepals,
B. Hypanthium and sepals 1^-2}^
lines long 8. parvifolia
BB. Hypanthium and sepals 2}^-S lines
long.
c. Infl. contracted and spike-like 9. cylindrica
cc. Infl. open, not spike4ike 10. sanguinea
1. villdsa, Michx. Height 1-3 ft.: If .-blades nearly
round, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes triangular acute:
scape mostly leafless; calyx and hypanthium about
1 line long; petals pinkish, twice as long as the sepals.
Rocky places, Va. to Ga. and Tenn. B.B. 2:179.— A
good border plant.
2. micrftntha, Douglas. Height 1-2 ft., the flowering
branches 1-4-lvd. or almost scape-like.: lvs. slightly
hairy, the blades round-cordate^ about as long as broad,
lon^-stalked: infl. glandular-hau-y; petals obumceolate,
whitish, not very showy. Calif, to Brit. CoL B. R.
scape leafless or with a
cordate, hirsute od the veiDS beneath, often glabrous
above, at least when mature: infl. glandular hairy; the
petals about equaling the sepals, greenish white; sta-
mens at least 3 times the length of the sepals. Dry
or rocky woods, Ont. to La. and Minn. B.B.2:179.
R.H. 1898, p. 431.— Has mottled foliage vhen young,
but becomes plain green in age.
4. rubfisuiu, Torr. Acaulesoent: height 8-lS in.:
scape usually leafless; Ivs. Itidney-ehaped or round-
coraate, perfectly glabrous or. aometimes Rightly
glandular, thick and often shining: sepals pinkish,
green-tipped ; petals almost twice as long as the sepals,
linear^ob lanceolate. Mountains of Utah and New Mex.
to Ore and E. Calif. — Useful for the alpine-garden,
5. pubfiscens, Purah (H. ribiffiiia, Fisch. A, Av^Lall.
H. n&ifdlia, Hort., also seems to belong here). Acau-
lescent: height 9-12 or 15 in.: scapes densely glandular
pubesoent, at least above:
Ivs. round - cordate,
lobed, the lobee broad
rounded, aharp-tooi
cilia t«; sepals oblong,
tuse, somewhat shorter
the broadly spatulate,
ptish petals. Rich wi
m mountains of Pa
N. C. B.B. 2:179.-1
Kreen foliage mBtfoled
Broncy red.
6. hfspida, Pursh. f
lescent: height 2-4 ft:
round-cordate or kk
shaped, 5-9-lobed, the
low, rounded lobes
broad teeth, ciliate; »
spatulate, very blunt,
petals spatulate, equali
shorter than the w
Woods, Va. and N. (
the mountains. B.B. 2
7. bracteitou Ser. ji
leecent and densely
cespitoae: flowering
branches usually
atraut 4-6 in, tall,
usually with a few
minute Ivs.; basal IvH. <
round-kidney-shapcd,
more or less round-
l(4>ed and with CUSpi- ^g^? Benchen T—f"*-
dat« t«eth: serais
oblone, obtuse^ Uie petals oblanceolate or spatulate,
slight^ exceeding the sepals. Alpine regions of Colo,
and S. Wyo. — Uwful only in alpine collections.
8. parvifdUi, Nutt. Acaulescent and cespitoee:
flowering branches scape;-like and quite naked: Ivs,
kidney-shaped, usually with an open sinus, and with
7-Q shallow, rounded lobes: infl. ultimately elongated;
sepals broadlv ovate, somewhat shorter than the apatu-
lat«, yellowish petals. Alberta to N. Mex. and Anz.
9. cjUndrica, Douglas. Acauleecent: height 10-24
in.; the infl. spikc-likc and naked or with a few minute
bracts: Ivs. round-cordate, with a few shallow lobes and
aval«, cuspidate teeth; sepals oblong, the yellowish
green petals minute or sometimes locking. Brit. Col. to
Ore, and Idaho. — Grown chiefly for its foliage.
Crimson
1 k pink-fld.
HEVEA
through pink and rose to dark crimson. New Mex.,
Ariz, and N. Mex. Very good pictures are B.M. 6929.
Gn. 26:360; also those in Gt. 45, p. 577. I.H. 43, p.
334. Mn. 8p. 75. A.G.17:201. R.H. 1898, p. 431.
R.B. 22, p. 246. S.H. 2:120, G.C. III. 4:125. P.O.
4:35. Var. ilba {H. dlba, Hort.) has pure white
fls., and was intro. about 1896 by Haage & Schmidt.
Var. aplfndena, intro. 1898 by the same firm, has dark
crimson fls. Var. robOsta, orgnmdifldra, Hort., aecOTd-
ing to J. B. Keller, is an improvement on the type, the
bells beinK larger and the oolor brighter. Var. hfbrida
("Rosy Mom ), Hort., according to D. M. Andrews, is
"more robust than the type, foli^e deeper cut and the
divisions more pointed: fls. rosy pink." Andrews adds
that var. ilba comes true from seed. Var. rAsea,
and var. mtTiTna with dark crimson fls. are advertised.
— Under the name H, brizoides, Hort., there is a widely
cult, plant with red sta. and pale pink fls. It is chiefly
interesting because it is a bigeneric hybrid, it apparently
being a cross between HeuAera sanguinea and Tiarelut
maempkylia. It is a garden hybrid first noticed in
1897. Var. gracQUnu, Hort., seems merely a more
slender form.
npb: H. amiallAna, Hon, About 2H O. <ril>i looE-
1« dF flg. nmiewhit like the Ii]r-o(.lhe-YK]Lci-. There
, H. oiniBi.— (I) — H. tri^ila hu boen lislfd
— -^ ^ ..— iderfully pretty creflt«d variety. oriELQHted by
I,:Uther Burt>uik."— ». marrirphiHa. Hart., not Lodii., may be
Tiarelln muiophylLL— H. pilotUtima. F. Muell. 1-2 ft. hi(h: fls.
inc1o«cliuten:ulyialabular. CkUI.— H. purpunfKnu wu mJvti^
tiled 1S98.— J/. WStUiri, Hon.. tmloiioi in the 3. some yeara
•BO, nod rcKmbka b form ol H. euiuleiuu with vmrieK«l«d In. —
H. ZoMJidna. HorL, hu psle pink Bm. otx lone B.^tslks.
,_ N. TATLOE-t
HfeVEA (from the Braiilian name). EuphorbiAtxx.
Tropical trees; some yield rubber and are cultivated
for that reason.
Juice milky: Ivs. alternate, long-petioled, the 3 Ifts.
entire: fls. small, mon<Ecious, in loose panicles; calyx
valvale, 5-lobed or 5-tootheid; petals none; stamens
5-10, filaments united into a colunin; ovary 3-celled,
1 ovule in each cell: fr. a large caps.; seeds about 1 in.
long. — About 17 species chiefly in the Amazon region.
The milky juice of some species is rich in caoutchouc,
and they are among the most important sources of
rubber; otherwise rarely cultivated except in economic
and botanical collections. H. braxilien«i», especiaUy var.
janeirensit, Pax, is the chief source of the .South Ameri-
can or Para rubber. The various species are closely
related and difficult to separate. The rubber plant com-
monly cultivated as a house-plant is Ficus elastica.
Damp, hot climates, such as the tropical rain forest
region, without a dry season, ore best suit^ for the cul-
ture of hevea, though it will stand some drought. It is
best grown from seeds, but can be propagated by cut-
tings. The seed should be planted as soon as ripe, aa
they live but a short time. The trees grow rapidly.
and attain their full height of 60 feet in about eight
years, but live for many years longer. A six-year-old
tree will yield as much as a pound of rubber a year and
more when older. For further directions on culture,
see "Cyclopedia of American Agriculture," Vol. II, p.
555. Sf* M. T. Cook, "Diseases of Tropical Plants,
p. 191, for rubber plant diseases.
Brazu. Rubber. Serinqdeira. Tree, to 60 ft. high:
petioles slender, 3-10 in. long; Ifts, elliptical-lanceolate,
6 in, long, straight^veiocd: branches of the panicle and
fls. finely and closely pubescent: staminate buds acute;
stamens 10 in 2 whorls. Amazon r^on of Brazil.
Quite variable. H.l. 2573, 2575. On. 18, p. 564.
paucifldni, Muell. Arg. (tf.COT^uM, Hemsl.). Tree, to
60 ft. high: Ifts. obovate, cuneate, obtuse acuminate.
4-6 in. long: staminate buds obtuse; stamens 10 in 2
HEVEA
whorla. Britiah Guiana. H.I. 2574, 2576.-
timee used for rubber.
gulu^iuiB, Aubl. iSi]Aimia Cahitthu, Willd. S.
tldtlka, Pen.)' Seringa. Tree, bo 60 ft. high: Ifta.
obavale, base acute, apex obtuse, 3~5 in. long; pajticle
tomeotoee: staminate buds cd^tuae; HtameiiB 5 in 1
wborl. French Guiana to the AmaEon. H.I. 2573. —
Intro, but rarely cult, for rubber, j, b. 8. NoBIOH.
BBXACfiirntIS: Thiajibtreia.
HBXADfiSHIA (name alludes to the 6 pollen-
nutaseB). OrchidAcer. About a half-doEen Trop. Ameri-
can epiphytic orchids, rarely RTOwn in hothouaes. They
are like ScapbyglottiB, but differ in having 6 poUinia
in 2 series rathw than 4. The fls. are small, in fascicles
or racemes: Ivs. fle^y. A|4>arently none of the sper
cies is in the trade.
HBZASTtUS: Aunun.
HEZlSEA (Greek, six emtU thing»; because the
attractive and bright-oolored iMrts of the fle. are 6,
and of equal size.) Should have been written Hexigia.
Orehidice^. This includes a small epiphytic plant
which was once advertised as "bearing profuse panicles
of brightveimilionfls. twicesyear," The genus Mlonga
to a subtribe closely related to Epidendrum but wilii
different pollinia. Sta. terete or angled, with usually
2 tvs. at tne apex of each annual growth. New growths
1 the axils of the Ivs., the entire et. being thus
. . . . s terminal, the abort-pcduncled ^furnished with
overlapping, leathery scalesj fla. orange or purple;
fmthers semi-globose; pollinia 4, in 1 series. — Four
species, ranging from Mex. to Guiana.
bidentftta, Lindl. Height 6-S in.: St. branched,
forming spindle-shaped, many-grooved intemodes: Ivs.
in pairs, 2-4 in. long, 3 lines wide, channelled, notched.
Panama. B.M.7031. G.M, 37:19.
Heinbich Habhelbrinq.
HB7S&UA: Libeeidnu.
HIBB£RTU (George Hibbert, English patron of
botany, died 1S38). DiUenidcex. Shrubs or subshnibs
with yellow or white showy Qoweis, suitable for the
greenhouse or for growing in the open in the warm
parts; apparently none is in the American trade.
E^t, procumbent or climbing, sometimes almost
herbaceous, some species reaching 5 or 6 ft. : Ivs. mostly
small, entu% or dentate, often heath-like, strongly
1-nerved with obscure or rarely prominent reticulations,
some of them usually crowded beneath the bluesoms:
fls. solitary, terminal, sometimes approximating into
clusters; sepals 5, sometimes unil«d at base; petals 5,
spreading and usually making an open fl.^ stamens
usually 12 or more, sometimes with ataininodia: carpels
usually 2-5, dehiscent at the top when ripe. — Species
about 100, nearly all Australian, a few from Maaapaa-
ear. Any of these species ia likely to appear in hats,
but only 2 or 3 are regularly known as norticultural
subjects.
dentftta, R. Br. Woody only at base, trailing or
twining, with rather large dark yellow pedunculate .
fla. (to 2 in. diam,): Ivs. stalked, oblong, te 2 in., dis-
tantly tooUied or sinuate, coppery: petals obovate,
entire or nearly ao; stamens alenderand very numerous;
staminodia present. New S. Wales and Victoria. B.M.
2338. B.R.282, G. 32: 127. L. B.C. 4:347.
peifolUta, Hueg. Ste. trailing, procumbent, ascend-
ing or becoming erect: Ivs. ovate, usually somewhat
toothed, perfoliate: petals obovate, entire, pale yellow,
the fls. peduncled; stamens numerous, with a few
staminodia. W. Austral. B.R. 29A4. J.H. III. 43:147.
HIBISCUS
1483
volftbills, Andr. Sts. woody, trailing, or climbing
2-4 ft.: Ivs. obovate to lanceolate, to 3 in., clasping:
fls. large, yellow, somewhat fetid, sessile or nearly so;
petala obovate, entire; stamens very numerous, no
staminodia. Queensland and New S. Wales. B.M.
449.— This and U. dmUOa are offered in England.
L. H. B.
mBISCADfiLPHUS (brother of ffibueus). MabAttm.
Under this name, J, F. Rock founds three species of
Hawaiian small trees; of two of the species only one
individual tree ia in existence, while of tne third several
may atili be found on the slopes of Mt. Hualalai, in the
forest of Waihau, in North Kona, Hawaii. From
H^iacua the genus differs in the deciduous calyx and
other floral characters: fls. 2J^ in. or less long, yellow-
ish^ magenta, or green: Ivs, cordate, unevenly 3-5-
pomted or rounded and entire. H. GiffardiAnus, Rock,
IS a medium-sized tree with peculiarly shaped deep
magenta Bs. and cordate-oibicular Ivs.; a amgle tree
known in 1913 and in danger of extinction. H. Wilderi-
dnu», Rock, is a tree 15-18 ft. hiKh with yellowish fls.
and 3-iobed wavy Ivs. of orblcuW outline; one tree
known in 1912 and in a dying condition, one on which
the collector was able to find 1 open fl. and a few more
or less developed buds. A. hvalalaiinnB, Rock, has
green fls. somewhat reddish inside, ana somewhat
renifonn Ive. ; a few trees are still in existence. These
rare trees are not in the trade, but they are likely to
appear in collections in the tropics if they can be
rescued before destruction. See Rock, "Indigenous
Trees of the Hawaiian Islands." L. H. B.
HIBfSCnTS (okl lAtin name). Including Abd-
m6»ehu* and PorUtum. MaitiAcex. Rose-Mallow.
Showy-flowered garden and greenhouse herbs and
shrubs; in the tropics some of them are trees.
Hibiscus is a polymorphous genus, allied te Gossv-
pium, Abutilon, AltWa and M^va, the species widely
distributed in temperate and tropical countries: herba
or shrubs, or even trees, with Ivs. palmately veined or
parted: parts of the fl. in 5'b; calyx gamoaepalous,
5-toothea or 5-cleft, subtended by an involucel of
of 5
colui . ^ , „
more or less dehiscent cape (( ig. 1
and 200 apecies, of which perhaps
20 occur in the U. S. Horticultur-
aUy, there are 4 general groups of
iw bracteoles; corolla usually campanulate, showy,
distinct petals; stamens united mto a S-toothed
the
like species of tropical countries
that are often planted along road-
sides and about dwellinga. The
perennial herbaceous apecies are
among the boldest suDJects for
planting in remote borders or in
room^ places, particularly in soil
that IS damp. Those plants, of the jg^ CmwuIo o*
H. Moecheuioa type, are commonly HihlKoi ijiiacoL
known as marsh-mallows, but this
name properly belongs to AUhiea officifuUis,
in recent years, improved" and valuable hardy forms
of the native herbaceous rose-mallows have been intro-
duced. They bloom throughout a long season. (Fig.
1^9.) The Meehan Mallow Marvels were introduced
in 1S05, the first auccesaful crass having been made in
1898. They are stated to be hybrids of H. coccineut,
H. mililarit, and H. Motcheuios. They are in pink,
shades of red, and white; the flowers often have an eye
of different color. The Uiant-flowering marsh-mallows
of Bobbink St, Atkins, now catalogued as H. Moaeheu-
lo» hybrids, were first offered in 1909 at retail and In
1484
HIBISCUS
1911 to the trade. They are stated to be hybrids of
H. eocanev* and H. Moacheutoa, the first cross being
made in 1905. first plant flowered in 1906. The colors
rBOEe from white to crimson, sometimcB with an eye.
Tne culture of such a various group as hibiscus cannot
be described in detail. In general, the species present
no special difficulties. They are strong and profuse
growerSjand mostly thrive under a variety of condi-
tions.— The herbaceous perennial species are late sum-
mer and fall bloomers, with hollyhock-like Sowers.
They send up new strong shoots or canes each year.
Many of them are perfectly hardy in the NorUi, but
even these profit by a mulch covering. Others are
tender in the North, and the roots should be taken
up after frost and stored in a dry, wann cellar. Keep
theu just moist enough to maintain life in them. Many
times the roots of these herbaceous speciee are set in
large pots in the spring, and they then make excellent
lar glss^ouae species in this country is H. Sotortmeni-
8M, a showy and floriferous summer bloomer, of many
varieties. The culture of this ^lecies ia indicated
under No. 2S.
INDEX.
HIBISCUS
KXr TO THE 8PECIB8.
A. Planl annudJ or biennvd {tometima
perennial in tkeciueoj Not Sand6).
a. Habit low and diffvMe 1. TrionuB
BB. Habit ertct, Oit planli mottty tail,
ttrut and mIouL
c. Caii/x S-citft, not ventricote or
tpoAe-liie.
B. SL not prickly 2. SabduiSa
nn. SI. priddy
CO. Calyx long and tpathe-like, eplt
tirl^ on one aide, deddttouM.
D. BracttoUi linear.
t. Capt.thortiSin.orUu) 4. Abelnioschni
KM. CapM. long and large (6 in, or
more) 6. eicnlantai
DD. Braeleolti broad and leafy B, Hanihot
U. Flanl obnoutly perennial. herbaeeoM
(or lometimtt vioody belotc).
B. Bmnchea and petiola prickly 7, dlvoriifollBS
BB. BrtBuita and pttioUt not prickiy.
C. BraeteoUe lobtd or forked S, aculeattts
00. Bradeolm entire, not enlarged at
D. FolioQt tfiabroue or euentiaUy
B. Lee.toolJudorlebed 9. mllitails
■E. Lvt, deeply divided 10. coconana
DD. Paliaae pubeicent or lomentoae.
a. Caiyx-lobei otalt or ovate-
ioTiceotate.
r. Lie. haelately S-lcbei II. grandifloms
TT. Let. only abecurdy angla-
lobed 12. lailacariivs
■B- CalyX'lobee with bianffular
p. FU. roee-ccior 13. HoichaDtoi
rr. J'li. white \eith reddiih cen-
ter 14. ocnIlnHsns
EES. Calyx-lohet ovale to trxanoviar-
lanaolate; fU. often yeUom. 15. Incanns
LAA. Plant di»iincUti tooody, being a thrtJi
B. Branchee and petiolee prickly. (No.
IS may lometitnet lack pricklee,)
c. Fla-yeUoiB 16. radiatn*
cc. Fb. pink 17. ciaplatina*
ccc. Fit. vjhite 18. hetaropliyllos
BB. Branches and olher parte i4aiiallu
not prickly or ipiny.
o. Color of fla. on the order ofyeUoie.
D. Involucre an 3-tO-toothed cup.
B, Speda Japaneee.a ehrub . . . IS,
BB. Specie! tropical; ueually
F. The involucre deciduout
vrith the calyx SO. elatn*
FT. The involucre pereitient
tcithlhecalyx 21. tiUacetW
DD, Intobicre of 6 eeparale brad-
eolea 22. caljdnos
cc. CoJor of fla. pink, ecarlet, white.
D. Petal) deeply cut 23. idtliopetalu
DD. Petaia entire or eaaentially ao.
X. Lf.-margina practically entire
(aometimea toothed at apex),
or only obtcurely crenulate.
T. Pie. red 24. lUiiflorua
rr. Fla. while, axillary 25. AinattianDi
FFT. FU. while, terminal 26. Denisonii
BB. Lf. maroine lobed or tootted.
a. Lvt. downy , . .27. motabilii
QQ. Lta. eaaenliatlji glabroua.
B. Slament prominently
exaerted 2S. R«sa-ainansis
oeddmtalit. 12.
1, Triftnmn, Linn. (H. nencdnus, Cav. H. <^rv-
oinuit, Hort.). Flower-op-an-Hoor. Bladder Kbt-
lOA. Traiuno Hollyhock. FI^. 1830. Annual, 1-2
ft. high, bushy-spreadinj;, the main branches becoming
prostrate, usually hispid-hairy; Ivs. 3-5-parted, the
upper ones 3-parted, with the middle lobe much the
lai^est, the bbee linear-oblong or sometimes widening
fflBISCUS
upward, cotusely notched, the rooUvB. undivided:
fls. solitAry in the upper axiis, opening wide in the aiin-
fjiine but cloeiiig in Bhadow, 1-3 in. acroHa, sulfur-
yellow or white, usually wiui a brown eye; pedicel
ekmesting in fr., and the calyx becoming much inflated.
Cent. Afr. B.M.209.— An
interceting annuaL bloom-
ing freely throughout the
«^ hot weather of sununer, and
^ thriving in any open, warm
place. Seeds are usually
sown where the pUnte are
to stand. Excellent for rock-
work. It is sometimes a
weed in cult, grounds. H.
Trionvnt as eometimee de-
fined, has much wider and
spatulate and relar
shorter If. -lobes,
are round-toothed or
lyrately lobed: fls. smaller:
and in this case the above
description would apply to
H. vencariia; but there
eeems to be insufficient rea-
son for keeping the two
distinct. Var. mijor, Hort.,
is offered: 2 ft.: fls. prim-
rose-yellow with deep violet
2. Sabdarfffa, linn. (//.
roailia, Hort.). Jamaica
SoBREL. RoeELLB. Strong
annual, 5-7 ft. high, nearly
glabrous, the sts. terete and
reddish: root-lvs. ovate and
undivided, the upper onee
digitately 3-parted, the aide
lobes sometimes again
lobed; lobes lanceolat^ob-
long and crenate-dentata:
fls, solitary and almost
sessile in the axils, much
shorter than the long If.-
stalks: calyx and bracte red
and thick, leas than half
the length of the yellow
"''" corolla. OW World tropics.
Gn. 66, p. 428. — Widely cult, in the tropics, and now
grown somewhat in S. Fla. and S. Calif, for the Beahy
calyxes, which, when cooked, make an excellent sauce
or lelly with the flavor of cranberry, lite
HIBISCUS
1485
5. MCnlCntns, Linn. iAbdm6*ehva eacuUntua,
Moench). Oera. Gcubo. Annual: mostly strict,
2-6 ft. or more, the sts. terete and more or len hispid:
Its. cordate in outline, 3-6-lobed or divided, the lobes
ovate-pointed and coarsely toothed or notched:
bracteolee very narrow, about 1 in. long: fla. solitary
and axillaiy, on inch-long peduncles, yellow, with a
red center: fr. a long ribbed pod (&-12 in. long), used
in cookery. Trop. Asia. — For cult., see Okra. A large-
fld. form (VBT. spteiosus, cf. H. Manifiot) in Gt. 43, p.
623.
6. lUnihot,Linn. Fie. 1831. TaU and stout <3-g ft.),
gIsj>rous or somewhat nairy: Ivs. large, palmately or
pedately 5-9-parted into long sjid narrow oblong-
lanoeclate dentate lobes: bracteoles oblone-lanceo-
tate, falling after a time (as does the calyx): fls.
lane (4-9 m. across), pale yellow (sometimes white),
" -'^'--- andhisf'^
e tropics, and
naturalised in' the souUwm "states. B.M. 1702; 3152;
7752. S.H. 2:263.— This is apparently the Sunset
hibiscus of the trade; also the Queen of the Summer
hibiscus. In botanicBl works, H. Mani}u)l is said to be
an annual, but as known to horticulturists it b peren-
nial in mild climates, although not persisting long and
making its beet bloom on young plants. For a discussion
of this point as related to the umltations of the species,
see G. C. III. 22:249; Gn. 53, p. 127 (and plate U57).
Botanic^y, the species is alliea to H. Mcul^nfiu. Not
hardy in the open in the N., but the roots may be
taken up in the faL and carried over winter in a warm
dry cellar. In the Middle States and 8., it may be
expected to survive if well mulched. Grows readily
from seeds, blooming late the first year if the seeds are
started under glan. Var. diaaCctus, Hort., has the Ivs.
cut almost to uie petiole into narrow lobes.
7. dlversUAlins, Jacq. TaU and rigid, herbaceous
or subshnibby, stiffly pubwcent, the branches and
petioles bearing stout and short conical prickles: Ivs.
variable, mostly broad-cordate or nearly orbicular,
nngiil)^ or somewhat 5-lobed, toothed: fls. in axillary
or terminal racemes, primrose-yellow with dark red
center; sepals Unea^-lanceolate, bristly; corolla much
niaJ, the st. Elabrous and prickly: lower Ivs. cordate
and not lobed, the upper deeply palmately lobed into
narrow serrate parts: peduncle short: bracteoles 7-10,
narrow; fls. large, yellow with crimson center, on very
short axillary peduncles; sepals lanceolate, bristly,
with gland oo back of each: corolla spreading: caps,
nearly globose, bristly. Old World, and widely grown
for a coarse fiber which is known as "Bimhpitam
jute."
4. AbelmdschuS) Linn. (AbelmStchug moacAdtua,
Moench). Annual or biennial, 2-6 ft., hispid: Ivs.
various, usually palmately 5-7-Iobed, the lobes spread-
ing and oblong-lanceolate and coarsely toothed: brac-
teoles 6-12, hnear, ^in. or less long: fls. 4 m. diam.,
yellow with crimson center; calyx 15-toothed: caps.
3 in. or less lon^, oblong-lanceolate in outline, setose.
India. — Grown m tropical countries for the musk-
scented seeds, which are also sometimes used medicin-
ally; also for the fls. Varies greatly, some of the forms
having no lobed Ivs.
lUI. Hlblieai 11
latter than calyx: cape, ovoid, pointed and hiBpid;
seeds glabrous Trop. Afr.) Pacific islands, and Aus-
tral., and cult, in E. India. B.R. 381.— Offered in
S. Calif.
8. aculeitus, Walt, Herbaceous perennial, not very
stout, 2-6 ft. tall, hispid oU over but not lomentose
nor whitish: Ivb. roundish or roundish-ovate in out-
line, 3-5-lobed or -parted into Lncar or oblanceolate
cut or t4>othed blunt seKms. , the ainuHee often rounded
and enlarging: bractcolee 10-12, linear, forking and
bristly, not bo long as the calyx: fls. 3-4 in. across,
yeliow or cream-oolored with purple in the base, the
petals about 3 in. long and the calvx-lobee laooeolate
and bristly. S. C. south in sand, frequently near
swamps. — Not hardy N.
9. militiiU, Cav. Herbaceous perennial, 4-6 ft.,
strong-growing, glabrous or vexy nearly so: Ivs. rather
smalt, usually hastate (2 short lobes at base), the mid-
dle lobe ovate-laneeolate or triangular-lanceolate, long-
acuminate, equally crenate-toothed: upper tvs. hal-
berd-form : bracteoles linear or awl-iilcc, nearly or ouite
half as long as the calyx: fls. 3-5 in. across, white,
blush or pafe roae, purple-eyed: fr. inclosed in inflatco
calyx; seeds hairy. Wet plaices. Pa. to Minn, and south
to the Gulf, B,M.23S5.— A hardy and fine species.
Forms occur with Ivs. not lobed.
luri. Walt. {H. specibmu. Ait.). Perennial
herb, gteen and glabrous throughout, glaucous, 3-10
ft.: Ivs. palmately lobed, or the kwest and i
about IJ^ in. long, curved: fls, very large (5-6
across), roee-red, the petals obovate and oonapicuoualy
narrowed at the base; column of stamens very long,
Ga, south in awarops. B.M. 360. R.H. 1858, p. 575;
dbnts have Uved in the open in the neighborhood of
Philadelphia. The roots should be stored in a cellar
in winter. Plants have been carried over winter under
glass when used in hybridising.
U. gruidiflAriiB, Michx. Perennial herb, tall and
stout (3-8 ft,), the teret« reddish st. becoming glabrous:
IvB. lai^e, 3-lobed, the lobes ovate-acuminate or ovate-
oblong-acuminate, the side ones widely spreading,
blunt^toothed or even a^ain lobed: bracteoles UnesTj 1
in.: fls. very large (6-8 in. acro«s). white or rose, with
deeper eye. Ga., Fla. wast, in swamps. — Aside from
the large fls. and lobed Ivs., this is very like H. Moschen-
toB. It is doubtful
whether the true i/.
grandifiorua is in
the trade.
12. lasiocArpoB,
Cav. Fig. 1832.
V Perennial herb, to 6
> ft.: St.: and Ivs. pu-
J bescent: Ivs. ovate,
toothed, oft<>n an-
gular or slightly
3-lobed, the upptn'
bracteoles linear-
subulate and
bristly: fls. white
or pale roee with
darker center, the
petals 3-4 in. long:
\ caps, veiy hairy.
Swamps, Ky., west
and south. G. F.
1:426 (reduced in
(xjfl Fig. 1832).
HIBISCUS
Var. caltfSmicus (H. catifdmiau, Kell. H. latio-
edrpo» var. occidmlilii, Gray). Lvs. more uniformly
cordate: caps, less hairy; seeos papillat«: marshy places
along Son Joaquin and Sacramento Rivers. Itisstrong-
rwing, to 7 _ ..
. the St. te-
rete or slightly
grooved above,
pubescent: Ivs,
distinctly cor-
date, ovate, >
acute, shallow- L
tootned and y
not kibed, duU
ashy gray hew
involucre-bri
hairy: corolla y
or rose, with a
pleeye,3-5in.ac
caps, pubescent,
though the nam
califomicwi is i
mon in the trac
is a question
much of the stoi
any, is this spc
Certainly some
is H. Motehett
MoKhtuto* this I
guished by its
tomentoee lvs. a
involucre - bracts
known to the tj
/omtcus is hardy
13. HoBchellb
noi^itrU, Linn,).
Mallow. Strong
nial 3-S ft., the 1
cent or toinentoae: lvs. mostly isu. HihiKiu ichiio-
ovate, entire in general outline patthu. (x'li
or sometimes shmlowly 3-lobcd
at the top, crenate-toothed, very Boft-tomentose beneath
but becoming nearly or quite glabrous above, the long
petiole often joined to the peduncle: bracteoles linear,
nearly or quite as long as the tomentose calyx: calj^-
lobcs triangular-ovate; fls. very large (4-7-8 in. broad),
S;ht roee-color: caps, globoee-ovoid, glabrous. Marahcs
□ng the coast from Mass. to Fla. and west to Lake
Michigan. B.M. 882. B.R. 1463; 33:7. Mn.
2:161. Gng. 2:227. F.S. 12:1233. R.H. Ifl07, p, 203
(asvar. pafi«iri«). G.W. 6, p. 63. H. rdsews, Thorc, of
Europe, is considered to be a naturaliied form of this
American species. R.H. 1879:10.— One of the best of
the rose-mallows, thriving in any good garden soil. Of
easiest cult, and perfectly hardy. Blooms in Aug. and
Sept. The foliage is strong and effective. The most
generaUy cult, of the hardy herbaceous kinds.
14. oculirdaeus, Brit. Crimson-Eye Robe-Mal-
low. Resembles H, MoeckeuUHi: differe in fls. being
white with dork crimson center, calyx-lobes triangular-
lanceolate and nearly twice as long as broad, cape,
ovoid-conic and long-pointed. Marahes near the coast,
N. J. southward.
15. incinuB, Wendi. Much Uke H. Moacheutos, and
probably sometimes passing for it in the trade; lvs.
smaller and narrowej, ovate-lanceolate, rarely lobed,
serrat«-toothed: fls. sulfur-yellow, pink or white with a
crimson eye: caps, ovoid and beaked, Btellate-tomentose
and tootely hairy. Md. and south m swamps. — Seems
to be hardy in the N. with a mulch protection.
16. rmdiitus, WUld. (not Cav.). Woody shrub, S-4
ft., armed on branches and petioles with smaU prickles:
lvs. rather narrow, deeply palmately divided, 3-5-
lobed, or uppermost simple, the lobes broad-lanceo-
late and eeiraie; stipules linear: bracteoles 8-10, linear,
forked: fls. axillary and wlitaryg yellow nith crimson
center; calyx not Elandulai'. India, Java. Widely cult.
in tropica. Var. fldre-pnipftreo, Hook., has roae-purple
fls. B. M. 5098.
Var. LIndlei (H.
L{ndIei,Wall.)haa
deep purple fla.
I ' B.R. 1395.
17. citpUtiniu,
St. Hil. Bushy,
3-5 ft.: Bts. ola-
brouabutpricBy:
IvB. deltoid - lan-
ceolate or deltoid-
ovate, 3-lobed,
coarsely toothed,
Hparsely hairy
pointed: caps, tomentose. S. Afr. — To be grown
indoors, but may be planted out in the summer with
Rood r«ultA, Probably valuable for permanent plant-
ing in the er*~ — "
m RDU-iiB«iiii. ( X }()
tne veins: fls. soli-
tary, 4-5 in.
acroas, light pink,
with darker color
in the eye and
sometimee darker
on the margins.
Bratil (this side the Platte River, whence apparently the
specific name). R.H. 1898:480. Gng. 7:50.— Uttle
known in this countiy. It is a handsome late fall
bloomer, and may be planted out in summer. It seeds
freely, and these, sown as soon ae ripe, will give blooming
plants for the following fall.
18. heteroph^llus, Vent. Tall shrub, ghibious except
on infl. and very young shoota, the branches often
prickly: Ive. varying from linear to lanceo^te and
elliptic-oblong and from entire to 3-lobed, 5-6 in. long,
usually semilate and sometimes white beneath: fls.
luge {3-i in. long), white with a deep crimson eye, the
calyx tomentose: caps, hairy; seeds glabrous. Austral.;
intro. in S. Calif., where it is a free and showy bloomer.
19. Hamlbo, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, 6-10 ft. high,
ckMely pubescent: Ivs. roundish, with an abrupt short
point, irreKularly shallowly toothed, or wavy, white
tomentose Deneatb and ^een or grayish hairy above:
involucre of scales united at the nose: fls. solitary in
tiie upper axils, large, yellow, with a darker base, about
3 in. across. — A Jajwnese species offered by importers
but not yet tested In this country, and probably not
hard^ south of the southern-middle states. Said t« be
cult, in Japan.
serted, white or
red. Hawaii:
cult, there, and
intro. in S. CaUf .
20. elitua, Swarti (PorUium elAtum, Don). Mocn- 26. IM^BOniL
TAIN M All o&. Spreading small tree: Ivs. round-cordate, l*jirt>. Bmail
short-cuspidate, entire, hoary beneath: involucre glasshouse
deciduous with the calyx, 8-10-tootiied: fls. 4 ii ' '^"'^ flr.»«in<.
tubular; stamens long-exserted :
smooth seeds. E. Trop. Afr. B.M. 6524. F.S. 23:239?;
2398. G.Z. 25, p. 241.— A beautiful species, for the
wannhause; grown in the American tropics.
24. laiiflOras, Cav. (H. Genhni, Bojer). Shrub, gla-
brous: Ivs. petioled, ovate, 2-4 in. long, entire or cre-
nate, often few-toothed at apex, obtuse or acute,
rounded at base, the young ones sometimes deepl^
parted: bracteoles 5, linear, connate at base: fls. soh-
tary in upper axils, long-peduncled, bright red; sepals
1 !^ in. or less long, lanceolate, connate above the mid-
dle; corolla funnel-ah^ied; stamens equaling corolla
or somewhat exserted. Mauritius and Seychelles
latanda. B.M. 3144. — An excellent gtasehouse spe-
cie^ of several
varieties.
25. Amottli-
nus, Gray (H.
Faitriei, Leveil.)
Tree, 20-30 ft:
Ivs. large, ovate,
nate, entire, 3-
nerved, stiffiah,
shining: brac-
teoles 6-7, tri-
annilar to lan-
ceolate: fls. axil-
lary and soli-
tary, very large,
white, some-
times with pink-
ish veins; calyx
tubular, 5-
toothed: sta-
loc
as the day advancM. to orange and deep led:
hairy. W. Indies.— Tbisspecies, thenext^and probably
otheiB, yield the Cuba bast, used for tymg cigais and
for other purposes. Lvs. and shoots medicinal: wood
durable.
21. tiliJUens, Linn. (ParUium liliieeum, Juas.).
Round-headed tree, 20-30 ft. high, sometimes a tsll
shrub: lvs. round-cordate and short-acuminate, entire
or obscurely crenate, hoary beneath: involucre per-
siatent with the calyx, lO-toothed or -cut: fls. 2-3 in.
long, yellow: seeds glabrous or very nearly ao. Fla.
keys and W, Indies, but widespread in tropics and
probably of Old World origin. Sproute from the base
if frozen.
nate, hairy or velvety: stipules subulate: fls. on axillaiy
peduncles which are shorter than the petkites, large,
yellow, with a dark center: involucre bracts 5, briatle-
Klabrous: lvs.
thick and rather
stiff, slender-
stalked, elliptic-
ovate, entire or
obscurely crenu-
late, acuminate,
dull green: fls.
terminal, large,
white, 4-5 in.
across. Nativity
unknown, but
intro. from Aus-
tral, F,M.1876:
232. G.Z. 22:
217.— A good
warm tempera-
ture; apparently
httle grown.
1488
HIBISCUS
27. nmtibOIs, Linn. IVee-like: Ivs. cordate, S-
imeled and toothed, downy: bracteoles Bhorter th&n
calyx: fla, axillary, opening white or pink but changing
t«deep red by night, 3-4 in. acroaajBepals ovate-lanceo-
late, joined oelow the middle: caps, globose, hairy:
seedshispid. China. H.F. II. 11:80.— Cult, in tropicid
and subtropical regions. Intro, in S. Fla. under the
name ot "cotton roae" and "confederate rose."
28. RAsa-Bintnais, Linn. (U. nnintU, Hort.). Chi-
NEHE Hibiscus. F^. 1834. In glasBhouses a shrub
3-8 ft. high, but reaching 30 ft. in subtropical regions
and becoming tree-like: glabrous: Ivs. rather large,
thin and shinin|; green, broad-ovate to iance-ovate,
somewhat tapenng to the base, acuminate, coarsely
and uneaually toothed: bracteoles linear, free, as long
as the calyx: fls. solitarv in the upper oxHb of the new
growth, on peduncles which exceed the petioles, bright
nee-nd, 4-5 in. across, with a projecting red column of
stamens and pistil; sepals lanceolate, iomed below the
middle: caps, ovoid, glabrous the ralves terminating
in a short Deak. Asia, probably China: now distribu-
ted in worm countries, and one of the beet known old-
fashioned conservatory pot-plants, and one of the
characteristic plants m tropical counttiee B.M. 158.
I.H. 29:441. G.C III 2 529 Gn 53, p 127.— It is
now munensely
vanable. Forms
are double-Sd.,
and others are
orange, yellow,
bright red, ma-
genta and parti-
colored. Var.
{ Codperi, Hort.
' {H Codperi,
Hort}, haanai^
'" marked Ivs, and
distorted scarlet
fls. G.Z.8:176. H.F.II.fl:210.
F.W. 1877:225. Var. OUleri,
Hort. Fls. buff-yellow with
crimson-scarlet base. Var. Van
Hottttel, Hort., deep crimson.
Trade names belonging to H.
Rota-tinentia are bnUian&6-
simwi; camti'nAlia, chrytdnUtiu;
J'Slgidui, fiUgem; kermtAnMa;
bitelil\u; liileTtt; miniAlia; r^in~
dent; *ub-violdau»; ieWnu*.
H. ftMOsinmns is a summer-
flowering shrub which always
attracts attention. It is often
plunged in the open with
other subtropical stuff. It is
easy to grow in ordinary pot-
ting soiL In winter keep it
alow by withholding water and
keeping in a temperature not
above 50°. In spring head the
plants in and start them up to
set the new wood on which the
fla. are borne. Give plenty of
water when growing, and
syringe frequently. Prop,
readily oy softwood cuttings in
apring, or by hard cuttings in
fall. The fls. of this plant are
aaid to be uacd in aome places
for dyeing hair and also for
blacking shoes, whence the
Dame "shoeblack plant." The
species seldom seeds in culti-
vation, although it is reported
as seeding freely in some tropi-
cal regions.
HICKORY-NUT
29. sjrriaciu, Linn. (AilAjbo/rAteE, Hort.). Shrctbbt
Althea. Rose op Shakon. Figs. 1S28, 1835. Shrub,
e-12 ft. high, sometimes almost tree'like, much
branched, nearly or quite glabroua: Ivs. rather small,
short-petioled, strongly 3-ribbed. trianguUr- or rhom-
bic-ovate, lower onc« mostly 3-lobed and with many
rounded teeth or notches: bractooUa linear, 6 or 7 ; fla.
soUtary in the axils on the young wood (late in the sea-
son), short-peduDcted, somewhat bell-shaped, 2-3 in.
long, rose or purple, usually darker at the base; sepals
ovate-lanceolate, exceeding the bracteoles: pod short,
spUtting into 5 valvffl. Asu. B.M. 83. R.H. 1845:133
(var. BjxeUMM, with double fls.). On. 75, p. 604. J.H.
111,55:473. G.W. 13, p. 65. G.Z. 24:97. J.F.4;pl.
370. G.7:149; 11:167. F.E. 25:459; 32:127.— One of
the commonest of ornamental shrubs, and hardy in
Ontario; commonly known as althea. It is immensely
variable in character of fls., the colora ranging from
blue-purple to violet-red, flesh-color and wnite; also
full double forms. There are forms with variegated Ivs.
Colored plates of some of the double-fld. forms will be
found in Gn. 62:504. The species thrives in any good
soil. Prop, by seeds, by cuttings of ripened wood token
in the falL and named varieties by grafting on the com-
mon seedung stock. Nativity uncertain, out probably
not Syrian, as Limucus supposed: probably native in
China. To this species befonga the trade name H.
L^opoUtt. There are many horticultural forma of this
int^o'eating late summer-flowering ahrub. \&r.Meilianii,
Hort., is a variegated-lvd. form of somewhat dwari
habit, and single fls. 3-4 in. across, lavender, and pur-
ple-blotched. Other trade names that belong with H.
tyriaeui are: amplissitn-u», double, purple-pink with car-
mine center; anemonarflirw; alrdrubens; bicotor, semi-
double, white with dark center; camellUejlirM; ealtgtu;
HXCKORY-NDT. Notwithstanding the high esteem
in which the nuts of several species of hickory have
been held since the settlement of America bv the white
men, but little progress has been made in their domes-
tication and improvement. Out ot the nine or ten spe-
cies recogniied bj' botanists, not more than three or
four have been found sufficiently promising from on
economic standpoint to justify conspicuous effort at
amelioration. Of these the pecan {Carya Pecan)
stands easily first, followed in order of apparent value
by the ahagbark (little shellbork), C. ovata; the shell-
iWk (big sbellbark), C. laciniosa, and the pignut, C.
glabra. The pecan differs in its requirements of soil
and chmate irom the other species, and is described
HICKORY-NUT
aeparately under Peem, For the botany of the hick-
onefl, see Carya.
In flavor and quality' of kernel, the shagbark is
esteenied by most AmencanB as the choicest of native
nuts, though in these reaped^ the shellbark is but ht-
tie inferior Xa it. The thurner shell and lai^r propor-
tion of kernel have given the former precedence over the
latter in moat cultural efforts; uioUKh the thrifty
Eowth, symmetrical form and luxuriant foliage of the
tter render it one of the most handsome and useful of
native trees for roadside or lawn
planting. The shagbark baa the
broader area of natural distribu-
tion, being found in localities
throughout most of the Unitod
States to the eastward of the Great
Flaine, except on the lowlands of
the South Atlantic coast and Gulf
states. The ahellbark ia mainly
confined to the valley of the Mi*-
aiaaippi and its larger tributoriee,
extending eaatward, however, into
eaatem Pennsylvania and western
New York.
The pignut, which is similar to
the ahagtmrk in area of distribu-
tion, is much inferior to the others
in quality, but shows wider varia-
tion than either in this respect,
and haa disclosed at least one
variety of diatinct cultural merit.
As the bickories, other than the
pecan, are slow-growing apecies at
best, they ahould not be planted
on other than fertile soil. The
ahellbark is native to river bot-
toms, and requires richer land
than the others, which endure a
rather wide range of aoil character-
istics, provided there is sulTlcient
depth and good drainage. Deep,
well-drained fertile loams, either
of eandy or clayey nature, are
acceptable to all the species.
All the species are propagatad
by seed. Planting ia frequently
done in autumn, but, to lessen the
destruction by rodenta, ia more
safely done in early spring. In
such case the freshly gathered
nuts, after removal from the hulls,
ahould be stored in slightly damp-
ened sand during the winter or
stratified, Bsother tree seeds. Uni-
formity of growth is promoted by
planting nuta where trees are to
stand, as the transplanting process weikw.
in ordinary seasons is accompanied
by a considerable loss. If trees must be transplanted,
it is probably best to transplant annually in nursery
rows, iu rich soil, to promote Krowth of fibrous roots
and lessen the i^ock of final transplanting to the
permanent location.
The propagation of the hickories (except the pecan)
by budding and grafting, is exceedingly difficult, even
the moat experienced propagators securing but a partial
stand In the nursery, under favorable conditions. This
fact coupled with the comparatively high mortafity
in transplanting such trees from the nursery has greatly
retarded the dissemination of the many choice varieties
that have been located in the form of seedling trees,
during the past quarter-century.
One of the simplest methods of multiplying the
stock of a choice tree, to a limited extent, and thus to
95
HICKORY-NUT
he jpreaerv. ,- . — .,, _ _
gested by Fuller in his "Nut Culturiat," which i
apparently one of the first methods successfully
employed in diogbark propagation. This consisto in
the "tuminft up or exposing at the surface of the
m^ound of side roota, aeveredT from the parent tree."
The severed side roots are strai^tened up and tied to
stakes to hold them in poaition with their cut ends about
level with tfae surface of the ground to stimulate the
formation of shoots from adventitious buda, one of
which is eventually made the
trunk of the new tree. The lower
end of the root ia not severed until
the top has formed, when the new
tree should be transplanted to its
permanent location in rich and
mellow soil and kept well mulched
until thoroughly eetabliahed. The
method is slow and sharply limited
'" in extent of application nut is per-
haps the surest in the hands of
the amateur grower.
The late Jackson Dawson, the
very skilful propagator of woody
plants at Arnold Arboretum,
achieved a considerable degree of
success in propagating the shag-
gy bark by side-grafting on specialh'
grown bitlemut (C minitTio) seed-
Engs. He grew the seedlings in
boxes 4 inches deep, for one or
two years until of sufficient siee
I for pitting. The seedlings were
then transferred to pots in autumn
and taken into the greenhouse
about January 1. They were side-
ga grafted, close to the collar. As
soon as the roots began to start,
the potted trees were plunged in
sphagnum to the top bud of the
cion and left until March to
callus.
As improvement in method and
technique in pecan-propagation
has been accomplished by south-
em nurserymen during the [mst
^ ten years, considerable attention
has been given to the hickory by
~~ some of them, with the result that
a certain degree of success haa
been attained with the annular
and patch-bud methods, both in
nursery propagation and tep-
workina. Unfortunately, in manv
coses, tbe shagbark has been bud-
ded upon southern pecan seed-
lings, the abihty of which to
endure the minimum temperatures
of the northern regions where the
principal interest in shagbaik
planting exists is at least very doubtful.
The cleft-grafting of thoroughly establiahed stocka at
the crown, in early spring, has thus far proved the most
practical method for the average propagator. This is
accomplished by removing the earth to a depth of 3
to 4 inches from the base of the tree. The stock is cut
off with a fine saw about 2 inches below the ground-line
or at the top of the root-swelling, Ciona having terminal
buds should be inserted by either center or side-craft
methods. The entire stump should then be carefully
mounded over to the top buds of the cion with fine
earth of a texture that will retain nlolsture without
baking. The dons should be cut when entirely dormant
and held in sphagnum or sawdust in an ice-house or
elsewhere to Keep the buds from swelling until the
stocks ai« starting. The young growth needs to be
iki;4,4a,Sinlii;S,Sa,
1490
HICKORY-NUT
HIERACIUM
carefully staked until the wood has hardened, as it is
soft and easily broken. See Grafting.
Planting,
The hickories are transplanted with such difficulty
that the utmost care in preparing the soil for them is
required. This should be rich, deep and thoroughly
drained. Planting may be done either in autumn or
early spring. Pruning should be restricted to the
removal of bruised or injured roots. Heavy mulch
should be applied and maintained until trees are
thorou^y established. After that little attention
is required.
Production and use.
The fairly abundant supply of shagbarks and shell-
barks in our markets is derived entirely from seedling
trees. By far the larger part of this is from second-
growth trees in fence-rows or the open fields where the
conditions are more favorable to nut-production than
in the forests. In southern New England, New York,
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana, the shag-
bark product is a highly prized supplemental crop on
many farms. In some sections, as in southeastern
Pennsylvania, the nuts are cracked by the women and
children, the shelled meats being marketed in con-
siderable quantities at satisfactory prices, many con-
sumers prdTerring them to any other nut.
Varieties.
As the attention of amateurs has been concentrated
on the subject in recent years, manv wild trees yielding
choice nuts have been located and preserved. A con-
siderable number of these have received varietal names,
but only a few have actually been propagated in such
way tfaiat trees are obtainable at nurseries even in
small numbers.
The Qualities that should be considered in shagbarks
and sheUbarks from the commercial viewpoint are: (1)
cracking quaUty, including easy release of the kemd:
(2) thinness of shell; (3) size of nut; (4) plumpness ana
flavor of kernel; (5) productiveness.
The following sorts are worthy of consideration by
those who are interested in testing representative sorts.
Not all of them are yet to be had from nurseries.
Shagbarks,
CwiU. — Onmeotiout. A imooth nut of mcidhiTn aie, slifhtly
oompreesed; kernel plump, light in color and of good quality; aheU
thin; cracking quality yood.
Dover. — ^Pennqylvama. A medium-«ued angular nut, rather
broad at the baae, but having a long and sharp basal point; sbdl
moderately thin; cracking quality good; quality good.
£2io(.— -Connecticut. Of medium sise, compressed, angular,
ovate, with prominent tip; kernel plump; flavor mild ana pleasant;
shell thin; cracking quakty good.
Half (HaUt Faperahell). — New Jersey. Large, quadrangular,
slightly compressed, with a peculiar wavy surface; kernel rather
deeply corrugated, but plump and of good quality, retaining its
sweetness for two years or more; shell thin and of fair cracking
quality. The Hales nut is the first-named variety of hickory, having
been described and illustrated by A. S. Fuller m "The Rural New
Yorker" in 1870. It is probably the only sort now obtainable at
the nurseries. The origmal tree bears a fair crop annually, and
numerous younger trees grafted from it are now in bearing.
Jackson.— Ohio. A compressed oval nut of large sise; kernel
large, plump, and of excellent quality; shell thin; cracking quality
medium. Fig. 1836.
Kentucky. — Northern Kentucky. A nut of medium sise, with
quite angular and somewhat lumpy surface, short, sharp apex and
nattened base, having a very short tip: shell moderately thin, kernel
very plump, rich and sweet. Fig. 1837.
Atrttond.— Quadrangular, above medium sise, slif^htly ridged
and having a rather lumpy surface; shell thin, with -excellent
cracking quality; kernel plump, rich and of good flavor. Fig. 1837.
Leaming. — Missouri. A large nut of fine flavor and excellent
cracking quality; the kernel coming out in unbroken halves.
JUTcTMlen.— <)onnecticut. Large, oblong, compressed; kernel
large and of good quality; shell rather thick but cracks welL Fig.
Milord. — Massachusetts. A compressed ovate nut, medium to
larae in sise, with large, plump kernel of excellent quality; cracks
weU; one of the best nuts yet brought to notice. Fi^. 1836.
Rice. — Ohio. Angular, ovate, medium to large m siie; kernel
plump, bright and of fine quality; shell thin and of good cracking
quidity; tree regular*y productive.
Syoain. — Indiana. A rather long nut of medium sise, with sharp
apex and irregularly pointed base; surface rough; shell thin; crack-
ing quality fair; kernel plump and sweet. Fig. 1837.
VeH. — Virginia. Of medium sise, distinctly quadrangular with
very lumpy surface; shell very thm and papery; kernel deeply
corrugated but plump and of good quality.
Woodboume. — Pennsylvania. Long, compressed ovate, large
and smooth; kernel tender and of veiy high quality; sheU rather
thick but cracks well.
Shellbarks.
Leftvrs. — ^Pennaylvania. Large, quadrangular, slightly ridged:
shell thin, cracking fairly well; kernel very large, plump, rich sjod
sweet.
Rieke. — Illinois. Above medium sise, elongated, with a long,
sharp apex and flattened base; shell moderately thick, cracking
quahty very good; kernel fairly plump and sweet. Fig. 1837.
Weiker. — Penxuylvania. Large, elongated, with moderately
thick shell, cracking easily; kernel plump, rich and of good flavor.
Fig. 1837.
Pignui,
Of the somewhat numerous sweet-flavored forms found in this
species, the following one at least has been deemed worthy <^
perpetuation because of its delicate flavor, thin shell, uid excellent
cracking quality.
Braekctt. — Iowa. Roundish compressed, smooth and of grasnsh
color, medium to large in sise; kernel plump, sweet and of dielicate
flavor; shell very thin, and easily freed from the kernel.
Wm. a. Taylor.
HICoRIA: Carya,
HIDALGOA (''after the Mexican Hidalgo"). Syn..
CfAldsia. Compdsitse. A tender herbaceous vine, aUied
to Dahlia, with scarlet flowers about 2}^ inches across,
introduced in 1899 by John Lewis ChUds, under the
name of Ckildsia WerckUif or ''treasure vine."
Hidalgoa is closely allied to Dahlia and Coreopsis,
but differs from both in the large, fertile achene of the
rays and in the sterile disk-fls.. the styles of which are
entire or very shortly 2-lobea.— Only 2 species were
hitherto recognized, both from Cent. Amer. From
these H, Wercklei differs in its more compound Ivs.
and much larger heads. Suitable for cool, shady ver-
andas but cannot be grown north of Washmgton
out-of-doors; quite hardy in S. Calif.
W^iddei, Hook. (CMMsia WSrcklei, J. L. Childs).
Climbing Dahua. Tall, woodv at base, mudi
branched, climbing by petioles: Ivs. opposite, pin-
nately tematisect. lj|-2H in. long, 2 m. wide, the
teeth tipped reddish brown: petiole 1)^2 in. long,
coiled at oase: peduncle axillary, as long as the Ivs.,
1-fld.; rays about 10, "dazzling orange-scarlet." Costa
Rica. B.M.76S4. J. L. Childs' Cat. Rare Flowers,
etc., 1899, p. 1, with colored plate. A.G. 20:570.
WiLHELM MiLLEB.
N. TATLOR.t
HDSRACIUM (Greek, a hawk; it is said the ancients
thought that hawks sharpened their eyesi^t by using
the sap of these plants). Compdsitse {Cichoiriduxx),
Hawk-weeds. Haray herbaceous perennials, some of
which are bad weeds in the eastern states.
Leaves often toothed, but never deeply lobed:
heads usually small, loosely paniculate or cymose, rarely
solitary; receptacle flat, usually quite naked; rasrs
truncate, 5-toothed at the apex; anthers sagittate at
the base; style-branches slender: seeds angular. — Over
^30 species mostly native to Eu. and S. Amer. The
genus passes into Crepis, from which it is distinguished
by having stiff, usually brownish, rwely white pi^pus,
and oblong or columnar seeds.
The cultivated species bear in summer and autumn
a succession of small yellow or orange-colored flowers.
There is one white-flowered species, H. nivale. They
are often worth growing in rockeries and waste places,
but care should be taken to prevent them from crowd-
ing out more desirable plants. In some parts of the
East H, atarantiacum has become one of the worst
weeds ever introduced into America. It is magnifi-
cently colored, and makes very attractive patches.
H. vulosum is the most desirable species. Hawkweeds
will grow in almost any soil or aspect. They are prop-
agated chiefly by dividing the stolons, or by seeds, and
HIERACIUM
if left to themselvea will soon form a dense mat of
beibage over the poorest of soils. The Old World
species ore much confused.
A. Flaicetiim it. Itafittt or vtUA 1~B ht.: k*. moffly
in a rottUe <U bate o^ sf.
B. Seapei un6rancAed above, b^iring but a ginfU head.
PQortlU, Linn. Modse-ear Hawkwxed. St.
slender, 4-12 in. high, stoloniferouB, densely haory
throughout: Ivs. entire, oblong or spatutate, narrowed
into a petioler fls. 1 in, broaa| pale yellow, Bometimes
striped or tinged with red or purple.^^mmonly
Bowers the whole season. Intro, from Eu, and common
in dooryards and fields; often as a troublesome weed.
Ont. to Fa. and Mich.
BB. Scapes branched abiyve, bearing leneral to irumy
c. Baaal h». coarsely toothed.
Tnlgttnm. Fries {H. umbrimmt, Jord.). St. 1-3 ft.
high, slightly glaucous; basal Ivs. 2-5 in. long, oblong
to lanceolate, acute at both ends, petiojed; petioles
usually pubescent: fl.-stalks straight, sticky. July-
Sept. Intro, from Eu. and Asia. I^b. to N. J.
CO. Basal li>i. entire or very finely toothed.
D. Lm. mottlg oboDote to ovate, purple^ieined.
vendsum, Linn. Rattlesnake Weed. St. 1-3 ft.
high, slender, smooth or nearly so: Ivs. 1^ in. long,
obovate to spatulate, subeeesile: fls. J^^in. wide,
bright yellow. Aug,, Sept. Dry woods, Mame to Ga.
and west to Manitoba and Neb. — A conmion plant in
woods and, as an escape^ a very troublesome weed.
Advertised by one dealer m native plants.
DD. Ia>*. moady spattilale to oblottg, green-veined.
aunutlacnm, linn. Orakob Hawkweed. Deyil'o-
Brr. St. 6 in. to 2 ft. high, slender, somewhat hahy:
heads y^l in. across, short-stalked, orange to orange-
red. June-Oct. Naturalised from Eu. mr roadsides
and in fields, Ont. to Pa.— A bad weed if'^allowed to
Rtread. It is worthy of being established in high and
dry parts of a rockery, where few other plants can
grow.
pneUtum, Vill. (H. etoloniferum. Bees.}. Plants usu-
ally spreading very rapidly by stolons: at. 2-3 ft. high,
slender glaucous, hairy at base: basal Ivs. entire:
heads }^. across, in an open cyme, bright yellow.
June-Sept. — Naturalised from Eu. along roadsides in
N. Y.; sometimes troublesome in cult. land.
AA. FUfwering si. leaiy, al haai btlow.
B. iS(. branching from the base.
nmtenm, Waldst. A Kit. Lvs. ovate to lanceolate,
narrowed at the base, toothed, hairy on margin uod
beneath; lower lvs. petioled, upper ones subsessile.
Juiy-Sept. Eu.
nivUe, Froel. Whttb Hawkweed. Differs from H.
ramosum chiefly in having white fls. and Raucous,
somewhat leatbcrv lvs., which are not haiiv on the
mai^cin. A white hawkweed ia advertised and, aeoonl-
ing to some, this is the only white-fld. spedes in the
genus. Tyrolese Alps.
BB. Si. wibranched below.
C. Whole plant sUky-viUose.
Tflltenm, Jacq. Shaoot Hawkweed. St. 1-2 ft.
nigh, often 4 ft. under cult.: basal lvs. oblong-lanceo-
late to lanceolate, narrowed at the base, finely toothed;
st.-lvB. sessile, the upper half clflsping: fls. 1J4-2 in.
across, bright golden. June-Aug. Eu. Gn. 46:542.
CM. 44:596.— The silvery foUa^ and showy fls. of
this species make it more desirable for the gvden than
any other hieradum now in cult. It is easily kept
from spreading.
cc. Plant smooth or slightly pubeieent.
, Michx. St, 1-6 ft. high, slender: tvs,
ovat^-oblong lo lanceolate, acute, serrate or deeply
incised, sessile, the upper with clasping base: fls. 1 in.
across, the outer invotucrol brocta spreading. June-
Aug. Dry woods, Ngva Scotia to Pa., west to Brit.
CoLandOre.
Gron&vii, Linn. St. 1-3 ft. high, stiff: tvs. hairy, the
upper oval or obbng, broadly sendie, the lower obovat«
to spatulate, narrowed into a short petiole: fls. i4-H^°-
wide. Sandy soils. Canada to Fla,, west to Mo. and Ia.
ff. alptnum, Linn. Ltl oblons or UnoBoLmtfl, Alichtly toothed:
fL-at*. ^nut e in. hicb. bes^izii 1-3 muIL. nurow Ivi. uid > nnsla
ntbsr \aimc btmd la brifht velloir fb. MouaUiiu at N, Eu. ud
Au wiil tbs hialwr rtii(M of Ont uid B. Eu.— fl, fifrnnwUcn,
Ftfvn. R«tembufi( H. vUloniin but Ltv. tliiokor and mora wooLlj,
uuf 1!.-bMda limr and bricblar jmllow. Ana Idiiior, — H, mar-
ffiiuUuii, FrmL a (lauaau* «wt pgnnDial, tbs Isafr bruebfla'
widslr •pnadina: In. lisaBi^aneaolatfl. (L-olaipiuc at Otn tarn,
tilt marniia toothed and tbe under nle nlioulaied: peduoolea
quite uaE^ Babitatir). littta fcoown in a. B.
S. W. Flbtchxb.
N. TArLoH.t
TTTTtBrtrTn.oft (Greek, Meros, holy, and ehloe,
grass). Graminex. Fragrant perennial grasses with
Sat blades and terminal
panicles; only rareiv
planted, Spikelets with
1 terminal perfect and 2
lateral staminate florets,
usually shining brown. —
Species about 13, tem-
perate and arctic regions
of both hemispheres.
This genus contains the
fragrant vanilla - grass,
the sterile shoots of
which are woven by
the ^orth American
Indiana into small mats,
badiets and boxes. These
retain their fragrance
for years. The seed
seems to be nowhere ob-
tainable, and only one
American dealer adver-
common perennial sweet
vernal grass, Anthoxan-
lAum oSoTolum, but is
more powerful Hierc-
chloe is closely allied to
Anthoxanthum, but is
distinguished by the
staminate lateral florets
and rather loose pani-
cles, Anthoxanthum hav-
ing sterile lateral florets
aim contracted paniclee.
odortta, Wahl. (H.
horeHis, Roem. & Schult.
SavattAna odorUta,
Scribn.). Vanilla-
Grass. Holt - Gkabb.
Sbnkca-Grasb. SwxBT-
8CENTEO Grass. Fig-
1833. Rather slender,
smooth, 1-2 ft. high: lvs.
short: panicle brownish,
spreading, 2-4 in. long.
June, ,^y. Eu., N.
Amer. B, B. 1:132.
Dept. Agric ., Di v . Agroat.
20:fi6- A.S.HrrcHcocK.
HlOOlnSU: BBffimanraii.
IS3S. Bierochloe odonla.
1492
HILLEBRANDIA
HIPPEASTRUM
HILLEBRANDIA, (Wm. Hillebrand, author of a
flora of Hawaii). Beganidcex, Oneof the 4 genera of the
family, represented by a single Hawaiian species. H,
sandwichunSf Oliver, it is a begonia-like succulent nerb
with alternate long-petioled obliquely cordate 5- to 9^
lobed Ivs. and bright pink or rose-colored showy fls. in
a peduncled corymb: from B^onia it differs in having
the ovary free in its upper third, and bearing petaloid
organs in the female ns.: petals 5 in both nmle and
female fls. ; stamens many ; styles 5, fleshy : caps, globose,
opening at apex, not wm^^ed. The plant erows 2-5 ft.
high, m>m^ a tuberous rhizome, sparsely hairy or gla-
brate. It inhabits deep ravines or near waterfalls in
different islands of the Hawaiian group. B.M. 6053.
G.C. III. 44 : suppL Dec. 12. — Requires the treatment of
shrubby or branching begonias^ as in all regards but its
technical botanical characters it is a begonia.
L. H. B.
HflXIA (Sir John Hill, 1716-1775, British botanist).
Rubidce^, Shrubs of Trop. Amer., sometimes epiphytic,
2 of which are rarely grown as greenhouse or warmhouse
evergreen subjects. Smooth, branches often rooting:
Ivs. opposite, simple^ more or less fleshy: fls. large and
rather showy, terminal and solitary, white and fra-
grant; corolla salverform, the tube long; stamens 4-7,
inserted at the throat of the corolla: fr. a follicle. —
Species about 10, W. Indies to S. Amer. H. tetrindra,
Swartz. Plant 3-4 ft., the root bearing tubers: Ivs.
obovate to lanceolate, cuneate at base and rounded
at top: lobes of corolla 4, roundish-obovate, not more
than one-third length of tube. Mountains of Jamaica,
Cuba: June in cult. B.M. 7355. H. Umgifldraj Swartz,
has elliptical pointed Ivs., and 6-7 lanceolate bluntish
reflexed corolla-lobes. W. Indies; apparently not now
in the trade. L. H. B.
HIBftALATA BERRT. The Himalaya berry is one
of the everKreen blackberries of Asiatic origin. It is
reported to have been introduced by Luther Burbank
in the early nineties, the seed being received by him
from an English traveler who secured it from the
Himalaya Mountains. The vine is heavily thomed
and a vigorous grower, making from 20 to 40 or 50 feet
in a season and continues to grow until cold weather. It
is of a trailing habit of ^wth, like the dewberry. The
fruit begins to ripen m midsummer and gradually
matures during a long period. As fruited in the Middle
West, the hemes are medium or below medium in size,
decidedly tart unless dead ripe and with a more tender
core than is usually found in the blackbeiry. The
quality of the fruit is fair though not delicate in flavor.
The fruit is of firm texture and on the Pacific coast it
is reported as being a good shipper.
The Himalaya berry, like all of the evergreen black-
berries, does not properly ripen its wood for winter and
is not sufficiently hardy to be adapted for planting in
the Upper Mississippi Valley and the other sections in
which the winters are severe. Where covered with a
heavy blanket of snow, the vines come through the
winter in fair condition but in open winters they are
completely killed back.
The Himalaya berry has been widely planted in the
last three or four years, but it has not as yet established
itself as a commercial berry in competition with several
of the best standard varieties of blackberries with which
it would be compared. See Rvbua. a.. T. EIrwin.
HIMAIVT06L6SSnM: Orchis.
HnCANTOPHtLLUM: ImarUaphyUum^Clivia,
HIPPEASTRUM (knight or horse and star, from some
fancied resemblance in H, equestre^ perhaps of the
equitant leaves and the star-shaped corollaropening).
AmaryUiddcex. Includes Habrdnthua. Showy bulbous
plants, blooming in late winter to early summer;
nandled under g&ss in frosty climates. Some of them
are freauently grown as spring- or summer-blooming
house-plants.
Bulb tunicate: scape hollow: Ivs. linear or strap-
shaped: fls. large ana showy, usually two to several
being borne on a stout, leafless sbape; perianth-tube
evident, often long, dilated in the throat; segms. erect-
spreadinff, nearly or quite equal; filaments (6) distinct,
often with smallscales between ; throat of pmanth often
closed or provided with scales or a corona: fr. a loculi-
cidally 3-valved caps.; seeds black, usually flattened
or compressed. — From 60 to 70 Trop. American bul-
bous plants, much cult, and now much hybridized.
Closely allied genera are Amaryllis (African), Crinum,
Sprekelia, Brunsvigia, Zephvranthes, Lycoris, Stem-
bergia, Vallota. The genus cuvides itself into the nar-
row-lvd. (Ivs. linear) and broad-lvd. sections. All the
common garden sorts belong to the latter section. The
species chiefly known in cult., or which have been
parents of hybrid races, are contrasted in this account,
although the kinds commonly seen are hybrids or
derivatives. In some species the fls. precede the Ivs.
The hippeastrums are usually known in gardens
under the general name of amaryUis; and their culture
is given in full under that name. Many of them are
noble garden plants, but the high price of the bulbs
prevents them from becoming popular. Most of the
species were first described in the genus Amaryllis, but
tnat genus differs in its solid scape and absence of scales
between the filaments. Gardeners sometimes secure
blooming plants in two years from seeds, by keeping the
plants growing nearly continuously. The seeds are sown
m flats and pricked off into smaU pots at the two-leaf
stage. By the close of summer, they are shifted into 4-
or 5-inch pots and grown through the winter. They go
into about 6-inch pots when one vear old, where they
grow till the secona winter, when they are then partially
rested; in late winter, they begin active growth again,
and can be brought into m>wer in roring.
Very many of the names in traae catalogues are of
hortieultuitd forms; and many of them cannot be
referred positively to any of the original species. For the
Belladonna Uly^ see Amaryllis; for Atamasco lily, see
ZephyranUies; for Josephine lily, see Brunstnoia, For
AmaryUis aureaj see Lycoris; for A, Candida, see
Zephyranthes; for A. formossissimaf see Sprekelia;
for A. giganleaf see Brunsvigia; for A. longifolia^ see
Crinum; for A, ItUeaj see Stembergia; for A. Nerine,
see Nerine; for A . orierUaliSy see Brunstrigia (B. gigantea) ;
for A. orruUay see Crinum; for A. speciosa or purpurea,
see Vallota. Following are Latin-form trade names,
probably of hybrids: atrosanguineumf cardinedis, crocea,
delicatay formosay Lindenii, macrantha, reftUgens, rubis .
(hybrid), rubra striata^ WiUiamsii. Other trade names
may be expected in the lists of dealers.
Ackermanni, 5.
acuminatum, 13.
AUmii, 10.
aulicimi, 4.
citrinum, 13.
orocatum, 13.
equestre, 7.
For^tii, 3.
fulgidum, 7, 13.
Oravimr, 10.
iffncscena, 7.
Johnaonii, 15.
Leopoldii, 11.
INDEX.
major, 7.
maranensist 9.
mtnuxtum, 13.
nudum, 9.
pardinum. 2.
platypetalum, 4.
procerum, 12.
paittacmum, 6.
pulcherrimum, 5
ptUventUntumt 13.
m/rrochroumt 7.
Rauneri, 12.
Repjns, 10.
reticulatum, 8.
Roezlii, 7.
rutilum. 13.
Bolandnflorum, 1.
apathaceum, 7.
Spedabile, 10.
splendens, 7.
striatifoUimi, 8.
styloflum, 9.
vittat'Um, 14.
WaUeri, 7.
A. Perianth-lube 4-6 in. long, very slender,
1. solandrifldnsm, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. diam.,
with a short neck: Ivs. appearing with the fls., 1-2 ft.
long, 1-2 in. wide, blunt: scape somewhat flattened, 2-3
ft. tall, bearing 2-4 declined greenish white fls. ; perianth-
tube cylindrical, nearly as long as the obovate some-
times purple-ribbed segms.; stamens not exserted. S.
Amer. B.M. 2573; 3771. L.B.C. 12:1200. I.H. 35:58.
— Little known in gardens, but the parent of hybrids.
HIPPEASTRUM
AA. Pman(A-Jub« ihort (umialiy wt nun-e than 1 in. long).
B. Throat conttrieted or ehsed by a tuck or collar.
c. Sligma capitate.
2. pardlniun, Dombr. Bulb globular, 2-3 in. diam.,
with a Bhort neck : Ivb. S-7 appearing with the fla. but
not fully developed until alter the Hb. are ROne, becom-
ing; 2 ft. bng and 2 in. broad, narrowed to the base:
Bcape nearly terete, VA ft- tall, glaueouB, usually bear-
ing 2 spotted fla.; perianth-aegnis. 4-5 in. long, oblong
HIPPEASTRUM
n species, one of the best for
9, p. 368.— An old garden -^
winter and aprine blooming. There are sevM^ garden
forms &nd hybrids, with larger and better fls. Var.
Bpiendens, Truff., R. H. 1S95:S78 (var. W4UcH,
Wittm., Gt. 44, 1418), is larger in all ita parte, fis. red,
and the pedicels are longer. Var. flUgidum, Hort. (not
H. fiHgidum, Herb.), baa brilliant orfmge scnnB. mar-
gined with white. Var. ignlscens, Hort., is deep clear
scarlet, with white throat and white bars on the eegms.
^H - r., o ^^- '°4i'>'t Hort., has very large, bright orange fls.,
blTt mu*^'n^w'e^at t he ba^racut^, greenish yeUow with a green central star, B.R. 23*. H. lioiilii Kegel,
and much spotted with red, not striped, the lowest H. pyrrdchToum, Lem., I.H. 11 ;420, and H. tpatMceum,
inner segm. narrowest; Btamens declined, shorter than Sims, B.M. 2315, are refjarded by Baker as forms of
the perianth. Peru. B.M.
5645. G.W. 12, p. 65*.— A
handsome species, with fls. 6-7
in. across, offered in the trade,
and also a parent in the
modem spotted hybrids.
cc. Stigma S-parUd.
3. FOrgetii, Worsley. DifTers
from H. pardinum in the fls.
being only partially striped,
luspotCed, and with narrower
segniB.: pedicels somewhat
longer (about 3 in.); jierianth
dull crimson (color of H. ruli-
lum), the segms, keeled in the lower half, the
green, about 6 in. across; stamens not exac
stigma 3-lobed. Peru; a recent introduction.
4. alllicuin, Herb. Lily-of-thb-Palace.
ovoid, 3-4 in. diam., with a short neck: Ivs.
1-2 ft. long, 2 in. broad, bright green, the
blunt or nearly bo, appearing with the fls.: i
scarcely longer than the Ivs., stout, terete, us
bearing 2 large red fls., of which the aegmi
green at the base; segma. 5-6 in. long, t
upper inoer ones much broader than the ol
all of them obovatc and somewhat pointed ; ct
in the throat green; stamens shorter then
perianth; filaments red. Braiil. B.M. 3311.
444. Gt.45, p. 417. Gn.M. 2:225.— One o
best, and common in the trade. The form k]
88var.plRt7p«tBlum,Lindl. B.R. 1038, with br
petals and more robust haoit, is in cult.
5. Ackermanni, Hort., is a garden hybrid,
large crimson fls., near H. aviicum. The
mtehinimum, Hort., with c
fls., is best known.
6. psjttndnum, Herb. Bulb 3-4 in.
diam., with a long neck: Ivs. with the
fls., 6-8, lightly glaucous, becoming
nearlv or ouite 2 ft. long: scape stout,
2-3 ft. tall, bearing a 2^-fld. umbel;
perianth-eegms, 4-5 in, long, oblong
and acute, undulate, the edge crimson,
the main part green but crimson-striped; stamens much
shorter than the perianth. S. Brwil. B.R. 199. L.B.C.
13 : 120*.— Apparently little known in cult., but it baa
been a parent in hybridiiationa.
BB. Throat not eorutrietcd.
C. Stigma capitate or only obscurely t<A>ed.
D, Tube of perianth J^I in. long.
7. equCstre, Herb. {AmaTyUis e^ialHa, Ait.).
Barbados Lily. Bulb globular, 2 in. diam., producing
offsets freely, with brown scales and a short neck: Ivs.
6-8, developmg fully after the fls., 12-20 in. long and
becoming about 2 in. wide, narrowed to the point:
scape 1-2 ft., terete, glaucous; tls. 2-1, 4-5 in. across,
the green tube 1 in. long, the segms. obovate-pointed,
bright red with green at the base, the 3 inner ones
narrower than the outer; stamens shorter than the
perianth. Mex. to Chile and Brazil. B.M. 305. G.W.
., rather short and brood for
the genus, being oblanceolate,
1 ft, long and 2 m. broad, thin,
and bri^t green: scape about
1 ft. tnll, nearly terete, bear-
ing 3-6 tesselated or check-
ered fls. 4^5 in. across; fla.
purple-red, with cross lines and
trie segms. obovate and much nai^
unens shorter than the perianth,
uil. B.M. 657. R.H. 1912:448.
Var. fitriatifdlinm. Baker, has
, with a white keel or stripe. B.M.
. G.C. in. 4:477.— Handsome.
' in lat« summer.
lerb. {Amaryllis rrmran^nm, Ker-
obular, 3 in. diam., with a short
jverings: Ivs. 4-6, mostly appear-
bright green, becoming nearly 2
1-2 ft, bearing 3-8 li^t red or
4 in. across; perianth-tube H'n.
lone-acute, less than 1 in. wide,
fledi-red; stamens somewhat ex-
e much so (whence the specifio
uidBrazil. B.M. 2278. B.R.71ft.
it much cult., but it h&s been a
ie. Var. ntdum, Woraley. Sta-
rted and spreading.
ilj) very thorl (or tcarody any).
lerb. Bulb globular, 3 in. diam.:
ifter the fls., 2 ft. long and l^^-S
: scape 10-20 in., bearing 2-4 red
fls.: perianth-senna. 4-5 in. long,
and acute, the lowest innermost
rrower, all bright red, a large
wuiuiui star in the throat; tube sometimes
nearly or quite 1 in. Ions; stamens shorter
than the perianth. Mex. to Peru and
Brazil. B.M. 453.— An old garden plant, still much
cult. There are double-fld. forms: AmaryUit Alberlt,
Lem., I.H. 13:498, Baker considers to be one of these.
H. Oravinx, Melaz., is a hybrid resembling this species
{ArnaryUis Graveanat). G.W. 5, p. 187. H. SpeadbUe,
Hort;., is a hybrid near H. Reginae. L.B.C. 159.
11. Lftopoldii, Dombr, Bulb dobular, 2-3 in. diam.,
with short neck: Ivs. with the ns. or nearly so, often
2 ft. long: scape sl^ut, 1}^2 ft., nearly terete, bearing
about 2 large, very regular and parti-colored fia., meas-
uring 6-7 in. across; perianth-tube without any corona
or constriction at the throat; segms. obovate, 2 in.
broad, the lower half dull crimson, the tips greenish
white, the intermediate part bright red, with a forked
white mark at the base of each, and a green-white
throat; stamens declined, mostly exceeding the peri-
anth, the filaments white; style exscrted. Peru. G.C.
1870:733. G.Z. 14:160.
1494
HIPPEASTRUM
12. prftcertim. Lem. {AmaryUU Bij/neri, Hook. t.).
Bulb ovoid, with a neck 10-12 in, loog, on the apex of
which — as on B trunk — the dnMpin^ curling, buff-
edged Iva. are borne (the Ivs. 16-20 m. long): scape
13-18 in. high, 2-edged, green, bearing 2-3 horizontal
pale htac Ab. 4-5 in. across; segme. oblanceolate, acute,
not 1 in. broad; throat without a etar; stamens much
ehorter than the perianth; stigma capitate. BraiiL
I.H. 11:408. F.8.20:2077, 2078^ B,M.5883. On.
46:350; 76, p. 93. G.C. III. .W: suppl. July 27. AG.
22:713. — One of the most diatinct of the genus. In
the American trade. Sometimes called "blue aoiaryllia"
and "empress of Brazil." Plant out for lat« summer or
autumn bloom, in a varm, sunny place. Keep bulb dty
until late spring.
cc. Stigma marktdly 3-paiied.
13. rUtHuni. Herb. Bulb nearly globular, 2-3 in.
diam., stolon if erouB. with short neck: Ivs. 6-8, elon^t-
ing after flowering, oright green. 1 ft. king and an inch
or more wide: sc^ie as long as the Ivs., somewhat com-
prt'Bscd, glaucous, bearing 2-4 red fls.; perianth-tube
^in. long, green, with a minute crown in the throat;
segme. oblong, acute, crimson and green, keeled;
stamens shorter than the perianth, the fUamente red.
Brazil. B.R. 23. L.B.C. 15:1449.— In cult, chiefly
known in the var. ffilgidnm, Baker (H. /ulffidvtn.
Herb.), which is in all parts larger, deep crimson, the
fl.-segms. 3-5 in. long. B.R. 226. B.M. 1M3 (as
AjnaryUu miniala); 2475 (as H. mbbarbalum). Var.
crocAtum, Baker (ATrmryllia crocdta) is as laive as var.
/ulgidum, except in its fls., which are smaller, with
undulate segms., soSron-colored. B.R. 38. Var.
citrlnum, Baker, has bright yellow fls. Var. acuminitum,
'Roem. (A.oDdlt.puivendintum). Fls. pink and segms.
acute. B.R. 534; 1188. L.B.C. 5:484. B.M. 2273.
14. Tittitmn, Herb. Figs. 1839, 1840. Bulb globular,
3 in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8, usually appearing after the fls.,
bright green, 2 ft. long: scape often 3 ft. high, bearing
3-6 horizontal or declined striped white-edged fls.
4-5-in. across; tube about 1 in. long, with an obscure
crown or crest at the throat; segms. obovate-oblong and
acute, 1!^ in. or leas broad, the undeiwxilor whitish
but overlaid with red stripes, the keel white; sta-
mens shorter than the Umb. Peru; but once thought
to be S. African. B.M. 129. CC. III. 24:119.— The
commonest species-type in American gardens, now cult,
in many forma. It seems to have entered freely into
hybrids, and some of the forme now passing as H. i>iUa-
tum are perhaps mon-
grels. The double red
^thery stripes on
each side of the more
or less irregular-edged
segma. distinguish this
apeciea from its con-
15. J61ui8onii, Bury.
I Fig. 1841. Fb. deep
dull red, each aegm.
with a white stripe
down the keel. A very
profuse bloomer, and
withstands much
abuse. It is the most
Eopular single amaryl-
,„„^,„^ „ ■* '" this country, and
"""■ > " '»' ja particularly prized
for window-cardena. It ia the oldest hybrid, having
been raised by one Johnson, an English watchmaker,
who, in 1799, croswed //. Regins with H. vittatum. Dis-
tinct and one of the best. Apparently not in American
trade, but it has been used m hybridizing. G.W. 12,
p. 653.
H. ddiwuii.. Horb. B-longs W the narrowlvd. wction nf tho
HIPPOPHAE
ninDB 3-i>ar1ed. CbiJe.
pue yeUow Sl ia var. ,— -^ — .
avhiOi, Woraley. GuiLea bvbrid o[ I:
—H. iguafinu. Waan. Bulb amall. i . ...
loaf and IH in. browi^ Kap« about 6 is. hiftii fi*. «
lt4niMUi. WoSty. Hybr^ quiDtuHl'bflutiIuliy~Di
H. rnltmi, Bakcc. Abo liaHr.lvd.: Hl 2-4. bri^bt k
wry abort tube wilb amall acalea in the Gbn»t, tha ae
IMl. HlppaaatniB JohaaiDll. (XW
Ions; ati«[u aplutc. Chil«. B.R. 28:35.— IT. riwiui. Biker.
LvB. ]iKrrow.Jii»ar. giauooui, 1 ft. Lone, wilb tbe fla.; acape 5 in.
hi^, bminc 1 or S aouU briaht red fla.; aticnu 3-put«il. Cbila.
— n. Irrdi/Miuin. C. H. Wright. Diitiscuiibed by waiir tercto
Lva.: Ba- roay pink, 2 in. lone. cunpuiuLata, faw in an umboL Moo-
'"*^ L. H. B.
HIPPOCIt£PIS, (from the Greek for Aorse and ahoe, m
reference to the shape of the pod). LtguTninbtx, Herbs,
Bubahruba or rarely ahrubs, suitable for culture in the
alpine garden.
Leaves impari-pinnate; Ifta. entire, crstipellate;
SetJoIcfl rarely spinescent, peraiatent: fls. yellow, nod-
in^, in racemes or axillary pedunculate spikes: ovary
sesBite, 1-2-ovuled; style filiform: pod flattened, inde-
hiacent valves nearly horae-shoe-ahaped. — Twelve
species in Medit. region, Canary Isls., and 1 as far
north as S. Scothmd. Of easy cult, in ordinary garden
soil. Prop, by division of the root or by seeds.
comAsa, Linn. Perennial, 8-24 in. high: at. herba-
ceous, prostrate: Ifts. 7-11, obovate, obtuse; fla. yellow,
in 4-8-fld. umbels. May-July. Cent, and S. Eu.—
Growa on sunny slopes and ia>efers lime. j^, q^ g,
HQ^^dHAITE (Greek, ftor«e-mania, transferred from
an ancient tree name). fupAorbtdce^. A poisonous
tropical tree, rarely cult, in European gardens. Juice
milky: Ivs. simple, alternate: fla. moncecioua; stami-
natc calyx 2--3-lob«l, imbricate; ovules I in each of the
6-9 cells: fr. a drupe. — One species. Related to Sapium
and Stillineia. The juice is poisonous intemally
and cxtemallj- though some persons seem to be im-
mune. It was formerly supposed that even the shade of
the tree was poisonous. It was used by the natives for
arrow poison, and the like. Prop, by cuttings in sand
vrith heat. The tree needs a sandy loam sod.
Hancin^lln, Linn. Manchinecl. Manzanillo. A
much-branched tree, 20-40 ft., with thick naked twigs,
terminated by the thick, smooth, broad-ovate, short-
acuminate, mmutely sharp-serrate, pear-like Ivs. and
thick spikes: fr. berry-like, about 1 in. thick. Coasts
of Cent. Amer., W. Indies and adjoining S. Amer. and
S. FU. Gt. 15:510. J. B. S. Norton.
HIPP<3PHAE {Hippohaes, ancient Greek name of a
spiny plant, possibly derived from hippoa, horae, and
■pheeit, a spiny plant, probably PoCerium spiTioauni).
Abo spelled liippophaes. Ela-agnAcex. Sea Bitck-
THORN. Omamental woorly plants grown for their
silvery gray foliage and the bnghtly colored berries.
Deciduous ahrubs or trcca with spiny branches; the
HIPPOPHAE
TouDR RTOwth covered with ailvery BCftles or stellate
baira: Ivs. alternate, narrow: fla. ditccious, fram the
axils of last year's branches in short racemes, the axia
of which mostly develops into a branchlet or thorn in
the pistillate plant, but la mostly deciduous in the
staminate one; staminate fls. sessile, with 2 valvftte
sepals and usually 4 staracns with short
filaments; pistillate fla. short-stalked;
the 1-ovuled ovary inclosed by a recep-
tacle bearing 2 minute sepals at its
apex, style filiform with a cylindric
stigma: fr. drupe-Ukc, with a bony
ovate stone. — Two species in Eu. and
W. and C, Asia,
The sea buckthams are suckcrinB
shrubs or small trees with apreadinK
usually spiny branches clothed with
silvery gray narrow and rather small
foliage, with insignificant yellow flowers
appearing in spring before the leaves
and followed in the pistillate plant by
small but numerous bright orange-yef-
low berries pcraisting through the win-
ter. The common sea buckthorn is
perfectly hardj' North, while the Himal-
ayan species is tenderer and but rarely
planted. The former inhabits the sandy
banks of rivers and. the seashore and
also the ateppea of central Asia. It
f^ws well in almoat any kind of soil
mcluding limeatone and saline soil; in
poor sandy soil it remains shrubby and
spreads freely by sucker* and has there-
fore been used auccefisfully for the
fixation of shifting-sand dunes; in better
soil it grows into a small tree. It also
is used aometime^for hedges in Europe.
The pistillate plant is strikingly hand-
Home in autumn when covered with
it« orange berries, which often are so
numerous as tji weigh down the
branches. To insure a good setting of
berries it is necessary to plant one or
a few staminate plants with each group
of pistillate ones; the Btaminat« and
pistillate plants may be distinguished
even without fiowera or fruits fairly
well by their habit, the former beiiig of
more upright growth, while the pistil-
late ones are more spreading and twiggy.
The berries are somewhat poisonous
IMZ Binoifa *"'' **"* rarely eaten by birds, ftopa-
nlc^ (XM) Ration is by seeds sown at once or
stratified, by cuttm^ of mature wood
in spring, and also by root-cuttings, suckers and layers.
rbuunoldea, tJnn. Shrub or tree, occasionally to 30
ft.; branches gray, usually spiny: winter-buds golden
brown: Ivs. line&r-Ianceolate, short-petioled, obtusisb,
covered on both aides with silvery scales, at maturity
above often glabrcsccnt, H-^H in. long: fls. appearing
before the Ivs., very amatl, yellowish: fr. subglobose or
ovoid, orange-yellow, H-isi^- long, ripening in Sent.
Eu. through W. and Certt. Asia to the Altai, W. Chma
and N. W. Himalayas. B.M. S016, Gn. 49:62. CM,
37i791. Gn.W.21:110. J.H. III. 51:161. G.W. 15. p.
345. Var. angustifaila, Loud., a form with pendulous
branches and narrow Ivs. Var. nrocira, Rend. Tree,
to 50 ft.: youn^ powth villous: Iva. oblong-lanceolate
to lanceolate, with stellate hairs above, finally glabrous
above. W. China.
H. «Iiri/Ww, D. Don. Tr«. to 40 ft.: Ira. Iiarmlitc, «cut«.
5^%I^l^"Ti„^HS<!j^ TltoED REHDEn. ''
HIPPORJS {horse-tail from the looks of the plant).
Halorngiddcex, Perennial aquatic herbs, one aome-
timea used in bog-gardening. I:its. simple: Ivs. small,
HOFFMANNIA
1495
simple and entire, verticillate: fla. small and incon-
spicuous, perfect or polygamous, sessile in the axils;
petals none: caU'x entire; stamen 1 ; nearly or quite ses-
sile, with the thread-shaped style lying between the
2 anther-lobes: fr. nut^like, l-oeeded.— Three apecies,
very widely dispersed in temperate and frigid regions.
H. vulgiris, Litm. (Fig. 1842), may be transferred to
wet grounds and pools : to 2 ft. (or more in deep water) :
Ivs. 6-12 in a whorl, acale, usually withered at the
apex. In ponds and streams, Greenland, and Alaska
to N. Y., New Mex., Cahf.; also in Eu., Asia and m
Fataconia. — It produces an attractive effect with the
simple ahoota standing above the wat«r m ponds.
L. H. B.
: Viturnum iantanoidn.
HODGSdJTIA (B. H, Hodgson, British scientist).
CwvrbilAcex. One species, a ahowy tendril^Umbing
ahrub, in ita native places in India sometimes extend-
ing 100 ft.; H. macracdrpa, Cogn. {M. heterddita, Hook,
f. 4 lliom.Ji hardly to De expected in cult. Lvs. cori-
aceous, 6-8 m. long, deeply S-S-lobed, the lobes entire
or slightly dentate: fls. ditrcious, white, tinged yellow
within, the limb of the deeply 5-part«d coroUa bearing
curling fringes 4 in. long; male fls. in long racemes,
females solitary; calyx very long-tubular and slender;
stamens 3, exserted; stigmas 3 and 2-fid, exserted: fr.
berry-like, spherical, 4-10 m. across, red-brown and
tomentoBe; seeds 2-3 in. king. F.S. 12:1262.— This
odd and snowy plant is said to require the conditions
provided by a temperate greenhouse, although some
report it as requiring hothouse treatment, l. jj. B.
BOFFHAITNU (Georg Franz Hoffmann, 1760 or
1761-1826, professor of botany at Goettingen). Includ-
ing CampylMotryt and Higffinxia. RvbiAtxx. Tropical
American herbs or shrubs, with opposite or verticQlate
leaves and small white^ yellow or red flowers, cultivated
(or the very showy foliage.
Branches either terete or 4-angled: Ivs. simple:
corolla tubular, with 4 (rarely 5) oblong or linear-obtuse
lobes; stamens mostly 4; disk ring-like about the 2-3-
loculed ovary or cushion-like; style filiform, the stigma
2-lobed : fr. an oblong or narrow many-seeded berry. —
Species above 30, Cent, and B. Amer. The hoffmannias
require warm temperature, althou^ they may be
plunged in the open in the summer. Well-grown speci-
mens are also adapted to the decoration of window-
gardens and living-rooms. Prop, by cuttings. Hofl-
very euowy foliage plants.
1496
HOFFMANNIA
HOLCUS
▲. Fl.-clusters on long stalks,
discolor, Hemsl. {Camvyldbotrys discolor ^ Hook.).
Fig. 1S43. About 6 in. hi^, but loppine over the side
of the pot or pan and makmg a mat, slij^tly hairy, the
branches purplish: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong-obovate,
entire, satmy green above and rich light purple to green
beneath: fls. small, red, in recurving racemes, on red
peduncles. Mex. B.M. 4530. — Excellent httle plant.
refiilgens, Hemsl. Much like the former, but twice or
more as large, the Ivs. sessile and almost succulent, nar-
row-obovate, with many parallel veins running from the
midrib to the margin, the under-surface pale red or
wine-color and the upper surface duD green^ with iri-
descent shades of purple and brown: fls. 1 m. across,
pale red. Mex. B.M. 5346 (as Higginsia r^xdgens).
H.F. U. 5:78.— A most beautiful plant.
AA. Fl.-duslers crowded in the axils,
GhiHhregfiiu^ Hemsl. {Campyldbotrys Ghikshreghtiiy
Lem.). Half-shrubby, 2-4 ft. taU, nearly glabrous: st.
acutely 4-angled: Ivs. usually 1 ft. or less long, oblonc-
lanceolate-acuminate, entire, the short wingSi petiole
somewhat decurrent. very strongly veined, purple-red
beneath and dark velvety green ahiove: fls. yellow, with
a red spot in the center. Mex. B.M. 5383 (as Higginsia
Ghiesbrechiii). I.H. 8:279 (as Campylobotrys). G.W.
15, p. 330. — A form with handsomely mottl^ Ivs. is
var. variegata, Hort. (I.H. 30:498).
reslUis, Hemsl. (Campyldbotrys regdlis, Lind.).
Shrubby, strong-growing, glabrous, the branches
obtusely 4-angled and somewhat fleshy: Ivs. liurge,
round-ovate and abruptly acuminate, entire, pUcate
with arched nerves, glabrous, purple-red beneath and
dark rich green above: fls. yellow, sessile. Mex. B.M.
5280 (as Higginsia).
H. vfumicdpoda, K. Schum. Lvs. ovate to oblong, violet-red
beneath: fls. inconspicuoua. Cent. Amer. L. H R
H0FFMANS£GGIA (Joh. Centurius, Count von
HofTmansegg, bom 1766: wrote on plants of Portugal).
Legumindsae, Thirty ana more dwsirf mostly glandular
herbs and subshrubs from Kans. and Calif, to Pata-
gonia, and in S. Afr., perhaps not cult. : lvs. bipinnate.
with or without black glands: fl^. yellow in nakea
racemes opposite the lvs. or terminal; petals 10 and
nearly equal; stamens 10 and distinct: pod flat, oblong,
sometimes falcate. The genus is allied to Cassia, from
which it differs in its bipinnate rather than pinnate lvs.,
and to Csesalpinia, which is distinguished by its prick-
les, woody stature, and other characteristics.
H0HBNB£R6IA (personal name). Bromelidcex,
Interesting hothouse subjects grown in pots, closely
allied to iEchmea.
Leaves forming a dense rosette, spiny-margined,
often terminated with a stout spine: panicle on a tali
scape, bi- or trminnate, of short, dense, sessile or
stipitate spikes; ns. sessile in the axils of large bracts,
wmte or blue. — A Trop. American genus of about 20
species.
augiista, Mez {^ckmha augiistay Baker. Hoplo-
'phytum augHstum^ Beer). Lvs. up to 3 ft. long and 3
m. broad, spiny, with pale scales on both sides: panicle
Eyramidal, much exceeding the lvs., floccosej fls. a
ttle less than }^in. long, the petals blue. Brazil.
stelUta, Schult. (Mchmha glomerdda^ Hook.). Lvs.
up to 3 ft. long, and 3 in. wide, marginal spines long:
f)anicle interrupted, equaling or little exceeding the
vs. ; fls. about 1 in. long, the petals blue. Trinidad and
Brazil. B.M. 5668.
Legrelllina. Baker (/Echmka LegreUidnaj Mez. Giiz-
mdnia Legrellidnaj Hort.). A strong billbergia-like
plant, with 7-12 strong, entire, brown-scaJy lvs. and a
simple dense spike of red flis. standing 4-7 ft. high:
floral bracts serrate. Uruguay. George V. Nash.
HOHfiRIA (from the New Zeal, vernacular name
hoheri). Malvdcese, Small trees or shrubs native to
New Zeal.: lvs. variable, alternate, serrate, petiolate:
fls. numerous, white, in axillaiy fascicles; peduncles
jointed at the middle; bracteoles wanting: ca^^ hemi-
spherical, 5;-toothed; petals obliaue, notcned near the
apex; staminal colunm spUt at tne top into numerous
filaments, usually arranged in 5 bundles: fruiting car-
pels 5, indehiscent, furnished with a broad membranous
wing at the back. — Three or 4 species; by some regarded
as one variable species. H. popdlnea^ A. Cunn. A
small, handsome tree, 10-30 ft., glabrous except the
young shoots, peduncles and calyxes, which are more
or less pubescent : lvs. very variable, especially in young
plants: fls. snow-white, produced in great profusion:
carpels produced outward and upward into a mem-
branous wing, longer than broad. G.C. III. 30:384;
52:355. Gn. 62, p. 309; 76, p. 580. Scarcely cult.
HOXBRfiNKIA: Staphylea,
HOLBO&LLIA (Frederick Louis Holboell, once
Superintendent of Botanical Garden, Copenhagen).
Lardizabaldcex, Ornamental vines grown chiefly for
their handsome evergreen digitate foUage.
Twining shrubs: lvs. coriaceous, long-petioled,
digitate, with 3-9 stalked entire Ifts. : fls. monoecious,
in few-fld. racemes; sepals 6, petal-like, obtusish, fl^y *
between the sepals and the 6 free stamens 6 small
nectaries sometimes called petals; the staminate fls.
with rudimentary ovaries; the pistillate with small
stamens and 3 distinct carpels developing into 1-3
large oblong pods with numerous black s^ds. — Five
species in Cnina and Himalayas.
The holboelUas are quick-growing evergreen vines
very similar in foliage to Akehia quinala but the flowers
are quite different; they are either white or the pis-
tillate are purplish and the staminate which are borne
in separate racemes whitish or greenish white; they
appear with the young leaves in spring and are not
snowy, but the large purple pods are conspicuous.
None of the species is hardy North, but the plants
should be tried outdoors in the South where an ever-
green quick-growing climber is desired, as they make
annual shoots 10 to 12 feet long, and the foliage is
distinct and beautiful. For the cool greenhouse they
are too rampant and produce too few flowers. Propa-
gation is by seeds wnich germinate readily; also by
lyers and by softwood cuttings. For further ciUtural
notes, see Staunlonia.
coriUcea, Diels. Lfts. always 3, coriaceous, ovate to
oblong-lanceolate or narrow-oblong, acute, rounded
or broadly cuneate at the base, light green below with
the veinlets not visible, 2-3 3^ in. long: fls. H-Hin*
long; the staminate whitish, on pedicels about 1 in.
long, the pistillate purplish on peidicels to 2 in. long.
Cent. China.
ladfdlia, Wall. Lfts. 3-7, ovate-oblong to elliptic-
oblong, acuminate, pale green below and reticulate,
2J^3>i in. long: fls. about J^in. long, in short-pedun-
cled racemes, on pedicels K-Hin- long; the pistillate
purple, the stammate greenish white, fragrant: fr.
consisting usually of 2 oblong carpels, each about 4
in. long and 2 in. thick, rosy purple, edible. Himalayas.
B.R. 32:49. J.F. 2:144. R.H. 1890:348. Gn. 8, p.
548; 14, p. 369.
B. euneAta, Oliver^Sargentodoxa cuneata. — B. Fdrgtsii, R6au-
bourg. Lfts. 6-9, usually oblonK-lanceolate, glaucescent below: fla.
f4in. lone, purplish and greenish white. Cent. China. — H. grandi-
fldra, Ri&ubourg. Lfts. 5-7, usually lanceolate, reticulate and
grayish green below: fls. nearly 1 in. long, waxy white. W. China.
Alfred Rehder.
HdLCUS (Latin name for a kind of grass, from holkds,
attractive). Gramine^. This genus, named Holcus
by Linna?us, was called Sorgum by Adanson {Sorghum,
Moench). The name Holcus was accepted by some
botanists while by others the genus was united with
HOLCUS
Asdropogon. It Beema
LimuBon name. They i _ ^
The genus difTere from Anatopogon in having apike-
lets in 3's in an open or contracted panicle. The various
cult. varietieB known as eorghum or sorgo, broom-
corn, Jerusalem com, milo maize or milo, durra, and
BO on, are considered by some botanists to have been
derived from the wild species, H. haiepin»U. linn.
(Atidropdgon halejiineia, Brot. Sdrghum fuuipenee,
Fera.). Others maintain these cuit. forms as varieties
of a distinct species, H. Sdrghum, Linn. (Andropigon
S&rghum, Brot, S6rqkum wipdre, Pers.). The cult,
forms are annuals, with tall jointed ste. bearing large
terminal panicles. Depending upon their uses, tbev
fall naturally into 3 groups; (1) Broom-cora, in whicn
the branches of the panicle are elongated and are thus
adapted to the manufacture of brooms; (2) the sugar
or saccharine sorghums, having loose panicles, with
drooping branches and red-brown spik^eta, cult, for
the sweet juice and for forage. Amber and Orange are
leading forms of sugar sorghum, (3) The remaining
varieties are grouped together as non-aaccharine sor-
ghums. They are grown for forage and for the seed.
Gn. 4, p. 83 (as S. bicohr) . The common forms grown in
this country and offered in the trade arei Ka£i com,
with Bts, 4-5 ft. high, stocky growth, and dense,
doura, dhoura, and so on), including Egyptian :
com, and Guinea corn, with compact panicles on hi
often recurved stalk. The wild species, H. Ao^eperuu,
Linn,, Jobnbon-Grabs, has a large open pamcle of
smaller spikelets, Gn. 13, p. 305, Dept. Agric, Div.
Agroat. 14:12. — It is a perennial, spreading by stout
rhiEOmes and very difficult to eradicate from cult,
cround. For history of sorghums see Dept. Aerie.
Bur. PI. Ind. Bull. No. 175 0910) and Bur. PI. Ind.
Circ. No. 50 (1910), Sudan-grasa and Tunis-grass are
varieties of sorghum that resemble Johnson-graas in
aspect but are annuals devoid of rootatocks. They
have recently been intro. in the U, 8. and give prom-
ise of value as forage plants in the southern states.
See "Some New Grosses for the South," Yearbodc
U. S. Dept. Agric, I9I2.
B. to»a,i«-N<,u.<rfcii. UMtuB. f^ g Hitchcock.
HOLLT: lUx.
HOLLYHOCK (AUhxaroua, which see). Figs. 1844,
1845. The hoUyhock is one of the very oldest of culti-
vated flowers and is today an inhabitant of most gar-
dens, and is known by its common name not only to all
cultivators of plants but even to achool-childrcn. Its
showy blossoms in July after the lai^r number of
plants have ceased flowering has much helped to make
It known to all, while ila history, its place in poetry
and folk-lore, and its associations in the past druna of
the world have been foi^otten or vaguely remembered.
Its beauty causes its cultivation today.
The hollyhock is a native of China, botanically
described as a biennial and evidently a cultivated plant
in China when first brought to the attention of Euro-
pean cultivators, since it is said to have been "of many
colors and forms." Very probably its colors in a wild
state, as now often seen in miied retrograde seedlings,
were rose-pink tending to red and white. The real reds
and the present deep maroon shades would naturally
be obtained rather easily by selection. The yellow color
is, in the opinion of some, a much later acquired one,
and the least liable te come true from seed.
The doubieness of the flower haa undoubtedly been
an acquired character under cultivation. TTie holly-
hock has been propagated almost entirely from selected
seed for so many years that both in color and double-
neas it comes true from seed which has not been eross-
fertiUied with other colore or forms.
The bees delight in the plentiful pollen of the hoUy-
HOLLYHOCK 1497
hock so that in a mixed group of plants the seed will
be indiscriminately crossed, and naturally a few poor
single-flowered pliuits may affect the seed from a whole
group. The color of the flower is, however, much
mfluenced by the seed-bearing parent. The pollen on
the hollyhock is so plentiful that the bee soon gets a
load and goes home, in many cases not having visited
more than one plant. For this reason a short distance
between groups, especially if separated by some barrier.
very much prevents croas-fertihzation. Purchased seed
comes about 75 per cent true to color and possibly 40
per cent fairly double.
The hollyhock, while
in botanical history a
nial, is at least a shoi
perennial. Its heavy t;
root with very short sto
rather side crown-buds
head of the root-system
naturally lead to its deac
as a biennial. It beloni
cause of its root-systen:
horticultural class of
which, while truly pei
under proper conditiona I:
biennial or even annual
other circumstances. (
plants having very .
root-formations are the <
lion, digitalis, atjuilegia,
codon and delphmium.
perennials since their ]
nency depends on the pn
tion of an easily de-
stroyed crown-bud or
rather the head of the
root^«yatem. Heaving
of the plant b^ frost '
exposes the mam root-
stem below the side
buds and causes the
plant to die after flow-
ering. In like manner
the removal of soil
from about the plants,
as by rains, shortens
the life by exposing the
root below its natural
level with the soiL
other genera mentioned
with thb rootxystem,
germmate very quickly iSM. Tba hoUjbock.
— five to ten days.
Hollyhock seeds sown in the greenhouse or frame
I outdoore during June or July in aoil with aufii-
cient clay and surface aoil-watcr to cause the seedlings
to form a system of strong side tap-roots, rather than
one or two main roota as will occur in too sandy or dry
soil, or on the other hand too many fibrous surface-
roots aa when grown in pots oi '
the following spring, care being taken to dig the plant
with all the main roots, and in planting to place these
rools in a natural position, i.e., pointmg downward.
The crown of the plant should be a httle below the
surfaceof the ground (this is important). Fall planting,
with the heaving by frost, especially of tap-rooted
1498
HOLLYHOCK
pl&uta, means leplanting in the Bpricg to the proper
depth or the usual loss of the plaat after one year's
Hollyhocks may be propagated in the sprina by
placing a plant in sand bo as to cover the crown of the
root which will cause a number of suckera to be sent
up about the crown, which may be removed and rooted.
The hollyhock nist {Puccinia m/ilpaceierum) bothers
very little m deeply dug and drained beds with plants
grown outdoors ana planted with the tup-roots properly
placed and the crowns in the proper place in reference to
the Boil-Burfsce. An appreciation of the deep4«oting,
drainage-tiking habit and qualifications of the plant
will do more to combat this disease than any amount
of bordeaux mixture. In the United States Eirperi-
ment Station Record, Vol. XXXI, No. 3, note is made
from an article in a French pubUcation (Compt, Rend.
Acad. Sci. 158, No. 6) which declares the hollynocfc rust
to have been successfully combated during a three-
year trial by supplying as water to the roots a 3 per
cent solution of copper sulfate.
In landscape work, the hollyhock best belongs to the
herbaceous perennial groupings, but it can be well
used alone in groups afljoining shrubbery, or in many
places in place of shnibbery. It can seldom be used to
advantage in mixture with woody plants, since the
hollyhock needs Ughton its lower bassJ leaves. Further,
ibe foUage of the nollyhock neither resembles nor con-
trasts well with that of the larger number of shrubs,
although there are exceptions, for example, hydrangeas
of the arbor'>scens type and hollyhocks form a pleasing
•HKtu™- F. W. Bascut.
HOLLY, SU: SrvTwiuat.
HOLHSKldLDIA (Theodor Hohnskiold, 1732-1794,
Danish nobleman and scientist). Verben^CMf. Shrubs,
one of which is offered, suitable for growing under glass.
Leaves opposite, entire or dentate: fls. racemose or
cymoee; caJyx membranaceous and colored; corolla
cylindric and curved, the obUque limb with 5 short
lobes; stamens 4, didynamous, the anthers exsert«d:
fr. an obovoid drupe, 4-lobed, included in the enkn^
calyx. Probably 3 species, African and Asian. B.
'-oa, Reti., is a straggling shrub 10-30 ft. high,
subtropical Himalayan region: Ivs. 3 In. long,
ovale, acuminate, entire or tooth^: corolla 1 in. long,
brick-red to orange: drupe Hin. or less long, the calyx
1 in. diam. Ofieml abroad; an evergreen shrub.
L. H. B.
HOLOpfSCnS (Greek ft(»tos, entire, and dimMs; the
disk is entire) . Syn., Schizondtua, Sericothica, Rosdjxs.
Ornamental shrubs, cultivated for the showy panicles
of creamy white flowers.
Deciduous, more or less pubescent: Ivs. alternate,
petioled, without stipules, incisely serrate or pinnately
HOLODISCUS
lobed: fls. in terminal panicles, perfect; colyr cup-
shaped, 5-lobed; petals 5; stamens about 20; ovaries
5, surrounded by an entire disk, developing into 5
distinct, pubescent, l-seeded ochenes. Formerly usu-
ally referred t« Spinea, but more nearly related to
Exochorda. — About 14 closely related spetjiee ranging
from Brit. Col. through Mex. to Colombia, and east
to Idaho, Colo, and New Mex., have been distinguished;
by some botanists they are reduced to 5 or even to
only 2 species.
These are ornamental free-flowering shrubs with
rather small dull green foliage and small, whitish
flowers in ample showy panicles: fruit insignificant.
H. diacdoT is a very graceful plant, with its drooping
feathery panicles of creamv white flowers^ and well
adapted for borders of shrubberies or for smgle speci-
mens on the lawn ; it is hardy in favorable lo^hties as
far north as Massachusetts. They grow in almost any
well-drained soil, and do best m a sunny position.
Propagation is by seeds usually sown in boxes in fall
and only slightly covered with soil, or by layers; some-
times abo increased by greenwood cuttings under glass
taken with a heel, but usually only a small percentage of
them take root.
discolor, Maxim. (Spiria diacolor, Pursh. Serico-
tfitea discolor, Rydb.). Fig. 1846. Shrub, to 20 ft, with
Blender, arching branches: Ivs. ovate or oblong, trun-
cate or narrowed at the base, pinnat«ly lobed, lobes
dentate or nearly entire, usually glabrous above,
pubescent or tomentose beneath, }^|-3 in. long: Bs.
creamy white, small, in ample drooping paniclee 3-9
in. long. July. Brit. Col. to Calif., east to Idaho and
Mont. Gn. 45, p. 56; 47, p. 188; 49, p. 104; 50, p. 278;
63, p. 195; 74, p. 41: 76, p. 556. G.C. HI. 25:21; 32:
suppl. Oct. 11. G.W. 8, p. 302. G.F. 4:617. G. 25:
363. B.R. 1365. R.H. 1906, p. 440.— The typical
form has the Ivs.
whitish toment<;
below; var. ari
fOUus, Aschei
& Graebn. (Sj
rjte arixfdU
Sm.), which is t
commonly cul
f orm^ has tiie 1'
grayish green a
pubescent beloi
dumOsuB,
Heller {H .
diaailar var.
D i p p . Spt- '
r^ dvmitta,
Nutt. H. at
HeUer). Erect
Rft. high: Ivs. d
cuneate at th'
coarsely tooth*
bescent above, v
tomentose benei
in. long: panicl<
or come, 2-7 ii
with a s c e D d i
spreading br
Wyo. and Ul
New Mex. anc
Bull.TorreyBo
25:338.
Boursieri. Rydb.).
dutnosua. but Ivs
in. long. °&iiUf." r"5."TS'b."(
*'*■ Alfred Rehdbr.
HOLOTHRIX
HdLOTHWX (from the Greek for wlu^ twd hair;
m reference to the at. being covered with haira).
OrehiMcex. A group of 5(h-G0 species of terrestrial
orchids from S. Afr. and Madagascar. Lvs. 1 or 2, sea-
Bile, ovate or orbicular-reniform, radical: Bcapea alcD-
der, usually hairy and without sheaths; fls. small, in
Blender, usually secund spikes ; sepals connivent, some-
times hairv; petals smaller and longer, entire or vari-
ously divided at the apex; lip erect or spreading, odnate
to the base of the column; column very short, usually
auriclcd at the sides of the stiKma: caps, ovoid or
oblong. These plants reriuire tlie temperature of a
warm greenhouse and thrive in a mixture of peat,
Sih^num and charcoal. H.viildaailAnd], Lvs. round,
eahy, hairy, borne close to the surface of the soil:
infl. about 9 in, high; fls. about 30, small, yeltowish
green, slightly fragrant. S. Afr.
HOHALAITTHUS (Groek hcrmaiog, like, and aitthos,
flower). EuphorbiActse. Tropical trees, sometimes cul-
tivated in wanner regions or in greEnihouses For the
Juice milkj; lvs. simple, alternate, petioled, entire,
glabrous, usually triangular-ovat«: fle. apctalous, incon-
spicuous, in terminal racemes, the pistillat« at the base;
staminate calyx of 1-3 sepals, stamens &-50: ovules
1 in each ot the 2-3 cells. — Ninpt<>en species distributed
from S. £. Asia and Pacific islands to Austral, Related
to Sapium and Stillingia. Some species closely resemble
species of Sapium in foliage and habit. Sometimes
spelled Omalanthus. The cult, and propagation are
about the same as for the tree-like euphorbias.
populifdllus, Graham {Carilmbium populifdliwn,
Benth.) Queensland Poplar. Lvs. 2-4 or more in.
long and as wide, slender petioled, glaucous, eoppci^
colored when young, rarely eubpeltate: racemes slen-
der, 3-4 in. long; sepals of staminate fls, 2; stamens
6-6; Stigmas without glands. Austral. B.M. 2780.
H. popilbmt. Pu— H. LcHheuultianiu, Juh.. of Milcy naioii,
BOHLetinwfl cDofused with H. populifoUun but 0Dp«rmt4d by Pox on
tfafl ^uidulftT tUAEofta. Duy M in cult.; aa mljo the foUawins; H,
fcfuJnM. VLll. LvB. p«LUW. Gt, 18:504.—//. iriganltiu, ZolL
Mooaepiiloui. gUmcDB 10-20.— /f. ptiydndnu. Chccwm. Mono-
i. Noi
HOMALOHfeHA (Greek, variously explained). Also
written Homaltmema, AtHixic. Tender foliage plants,
variolated after the fashion of the well-known Jietfen-
bachiBs, and the rarer aglaonema and schismatt^ottis.
Robust herbs, with a thick rhizome: st. short or
none: lvs. ovate- or triangular-cordate, or lanceolate,
nerves reaching the margm; petiole meetly long and
sheathing: stamens distinct: fr. included within the
pendstent spathe; ovules anatropous, adnate to the
septa. — About SO species, natives of Trop. Asia and
Amer. It is probable that the plants seldom produce
fls. or fr. in cult. They are known to the trade as Cur-
meria, which b now regarded as a section of Homa-
lomena, in which the spathe has a di-irtinct tube and the
lvs. are either glabrous or pilose, while in the section
Euhomalomcna the spathe has an indistinct tube, and
the lvs, are always glabrous. For cult,, see DirSenbachia.
Latest Monograph by Englcr in Das Pflantenrcich, hft.
55. 1912. The species described below belong to the
subgenus Curmeria, with 4 other species, American; the
other species are Asian and of PaciEc islands.
A. Lva. irregularly bl/Ached.
WilUsU, Regel (Curmiria WdUitii. Mast.). Fig.
1847. Lvs. glabrous throughout, the base obtuse or
acute, not notched; petiole 114 in. long; blade 5 in.
long, 2-2H in. wide. Colombia. G.C, II. 7:108. B.M.
6571 (midrib outlined in hght color). I.H. 2.5:303.
R.H. 1878, p. 103,— The blotches are pale yellowish
green, becoming greenish gray. None of these pictures
shows a white^rdcred If. with golden blotches, as one
dealer advertises .
HOMOGYNE 1499
AA. livs. wilh midrib bordered mth white.
irfcturkta, Regel (Curm^rta pictwAla, Lind. &
Andr^). Lvs. with petiole and midrib pilose; petiole
4 in. long; blade 10-12 in. long, 8 in. wide. Colombia.
I.H. 20:121.— Blotched only near the midrib.
WiLBELU Miller.
HOUfiRIA (said to be from hotnereo, alluding to the
mefling or joining of the filaments). Iriddcei. Half-
hardy bulm that can be set out in spring, and bear
orange-colored or red flowers in summer.
It is an endemic Cape genus of about 6 species:
St. erect from a tunicated conn, producing I or more
peduncles above: developed If. usually 1, linear, sur-
fiassing the st, : fls, in one or few clust«rs> successive and
ugaceous; perianth funnelform, very deeply cut, the
segms. narrow and nearly equal or sometimes the 3
inner ones narrower; stamens united by their filaments
into a column: fr. a clavate caps, — Homeria is allied to
Sparaxis, requires the same cult., and the bulbs ai«
dormant from Aug. to Nov, It belonp to the Monea
tribe, in which the fls. are stalked and more than 1 to
a spathe, and the style-branches placed oppoeito the
stamens. It differs from Iris and Moma m having
style-branches funushed with terminal stinnas not
overtopping the anthers. Nearer allies of gaiden value
are Tigridia, Herbertia and Ferraria, from all of which
it differs in the 2 petaloid stigmatoee crests at the ends
of the style-brancnes.
COllIna, Vent. (iVfor^ coUlna, Thunb.). Com) gki-
boee, %-\ in. diam.: If. linear, rigid, 1J^2 ft. long,
overtopping the fls.: st. bearing 1-4 clusters of fls.;
perianth-limb IK-'!^ in, long, typically bright red,
as in B.M. 1033; G.C, III. 4 :]63j 50:476, Var. auran-
Baca, Baker, has a slenderer habit and yellow-clawed,
br^t red segms. which are narrower and more acute
than the type, B.M. 1612. Var. ochroleftca, Baker, has
the habit of the type and pale yellow fls, B.M. 1103.
The other specie* of Momeris ue u (oLLawi: H. Htgant. Sweet.
Outer xitn*. tiwny, Ihe othera or eameiuiiM all B yellow, the 3
outer with large green or yellow.brown blotch in middle.— «.
IinffUa. Sweet. Fl». eopper-ied, with small yellow-dolled blotch
mt baie inside.—//, mandila, Klntl. Fit. yellow, the SHniis. with s
Sweet. Tie, tswn; or lulvoue-red throughout. — H. paUiia, Biker,
Fls. |»1e yellow, L H. B.
B01I0C£LTT5: ,4pAananlA<.
HOHdGYNE (from homoa, similar, and gyne, female,
because of similarity of male and femtJe fls.). Com-
pdsitr. A small and little-known group of hardy
Esrennials grown for their attractive white or purple
eads of showy flowers.
Leaves more or less white-woolly, radical broad.
1500
HOMOGYNE
conia,t« or sometimee sinuate-dentate, usually smaller
thiui thoee in Tuaailago and Petasites, to which the
eenus is related: scapes 1-2-headed, usually all of di^-
fls.: achenea linear, 5-IO-ribbed. — There are only 3
known species, all from the mountains of Cent, Eu., and
they prefer moist mirden borders in cult. Prop, by
divieion in spring. Perhaps not in cult, in Amer.
alldna, Ca^. (TuwiU^ alpina, Linn.). About 6
in., the St. simple: the lower tvs. cordat«-reniform,
those of the st. orat«-laaceolate, the radical oaes
withering before flowering time: fla. in eolitarv heads,
terminating the St., all discoid, hght purple. B.M. 84
(as TuBsilago o/pina) .^Perhaps oetter treated as a
partial alpine. jj. Tatlok.
HONCKfiMYA {named after G. A. Honckeny,
1724-1805, author of a flora of Germany). TUi^eex.
Trees or shrubs covered with stellate pubescence: Ivs.
entire or lobed: fls. lai^, blue-violet, showy, in terminal
racemes; calyx of 4-5 sepals^ petals 4-5, glandleas at
the baae: caps, oblong, loculicidally 4-ft-valved; seeds
numerous, borizontal, compressed. — Two or 3 spocii-s
in Trop. W. Afr. H. ficifdlia, WiUd., is offered abroad.
Shruh. with purphsh branches: Ivs. cordate, roundish
or oblong, more or less deeply 3-7-lobed : fls. numerous,
in terminal racemose cymes; sepals 3-5, oblong; petals
roundiBh,stalked;ovary4-S-celled,with numerous ovules
in each cell: caps. 1-2 in. long; valves covered with
numerous, spreading ciliated bristles, each terminate
by a small, whit« deciduous point. Guinea. B.M. 7836.
— A handsome-fld. shrub. Prop, by cuttings of young
wood inserted in sand under glass wiUi bottom beat.
Thrives in a mixture of loam and peat. l. h_ b.
HORBSTT: Lunaria anr«u.
HOODIA (from a personal name). AsckpiadAcex.
Stout low perennial succulent* of Trop. and S. Afr.,
sometimes seen in choice amateur collections^ species
about 10 or 12: allied to Huemia and Stapeha: plant
UBual^ branched, with spine-tipped tubercles, cactus-
like: fls. lai^ and showy, solitSLry or in small clusters,
springing from the grooves toward the top of the St.,
yeUowish, purplish or tawny; limb of corolla entire or
slightly S-lobed, the lobes subulate-pointed: corona
double, arising from the staminal column, each part of
6 lobes. Require greenhouse treatment, probably
similar to related genera'. j^ g_ 3_
BOOEERA: Brodiia.
BOP: Huamltu. Hop H
i: Ottrga. Bur, VIU: Bryonia
HOPLOPHtTDM. Several bromcliads have been
described under this name, but the species are now
referred to £chmea. Halopkytum of one trade catalogue
is apparently an error for Hoplophylum.
HORBEUH (an ancient Latin Dame for barley).
Gramfnef . Annual or perennial grasses with terminal
bristly spikes.
Spikelets 1-fld,, 3 together at each joint of the rachis,
the middle one sessile and perfect, the lateral usuaJly
pedicelied, often reduced to awns: the rachis breaking
up at maturity into single joints with the cluster of
spikclcte attached.— Species about 16, temperate
regions of both hemispheres. Elymus, some species
of which resemble Hordeum, differs in havii^; 2 devel-
oped, Bcveral-fld. spikelets at each node. Hordeum
includes the cult, barley {H. indgare, Linn.) and several
troublesome weeds. Among the latter may be men-
tioned, H. murtnum, Linn., called Wild Barley,
Barlev-Grabb and Foxtail on the Pacific slope; H.
nodoeum, Linn., common throughout the U, S., and
H. Jubalum, Linn. SQVtttftEir^AiL Grass, called Fox-
HORSE-RADISH
TAIL in Wyo. and Tickub-Gkabs in Nev. The first
two arc annual. The last, a perennial, is also cult, for
ornament.
jnbitunL, linn. Sqcirrei^taii. Grass. Wiu>
Barlet. Erect, simple, usually smooth and glabrous,
"" ' to 2 ft, hi^: Iva. 1-5 in. long: only the o
In dry soil, '.
pt. Agric, Div. Agrost.
for ornament on account
A. S. Hitchcock.
1-2H «, . .^
Canada. B.B. 1:229, T>
17:307, — Sometimes cult.
of the feathery heads.
HORSHODnD: MamMun.
HORMIKDH (old Greek name for aa^). LabUUx.
One herbaceous perennial, H. pyrenUcum, Linn.,
adapted to borders and rock-gardens: sts. simple and
nearly leafless: Ivs. mostlv radical, ovate, toothed or
crenate, the floral Ivs. reduced to bracts: fls. medium
size, purple-violet, nodding, in secund verticils or
whorls; calyx campanulate, 2-Upped, about 13-nerved;
corolla-tube exswiid, the limb somewhat 2-lipped, the
upper lip truncat^-emarRinate, the lower or anterior
3-part«<i: stamens 4, didynamous; style 2-lobed: nutlets
ovoid. The plant grows 8-12 in. high; Pyrenees to the
Tyrol; it makes a tuft of foliage; blooms in midsiunmer;
hardy in England. Vara, dlbum and gTandift/rrum pur-
piireum are offered. Other plant* sometimes referred
to Horminum are properly salvias. L, h. b.
HORIfBSAH: Carjrinut.
HORNXD POPPY; Olautiam.
HORSE, in combination with other names of plants,
usually signifies something large and coarse, not
necessarily eaten by horses.
HORSB BALU: CMintonia. Haiw B«ui: V>na J'aba. Bmm-
ChertnDt: jStcviiu. Hona Hint; Monarda. Hone-ndiah Ti»i
Woriiwa pitriiaoipcrma. Hone Sunr: SumBlKM linctoria. HoTM-
taU: KvuiKlum. Honnwaodi Co^ftntonui.
HORSE-RADISH (Fig, 1848), the well-known condi-
ment used ao much with roast beef and oysters, is &
member of the natural family Cruci-
fene, to which belong cabbage, turnip,
wallflower, stock, charlock, mustard,
and many other vegetables, flowers
and weeds. It comes to us from Great
Britain, where it ia thought to have
been naturalised from some more
eastern European country. It is often
found growing wild in moist loca-
tions, such as the margins of streams,
in cool woods and damp meadows,
and, in some places, notably in the
state of New York, is troublesome as
The root isperennial, fleshy, whitish
externally, pure white within, conical
at the tep, cylindrical, and, uidike the
tap-roots of parsnips, is abruptly
branched below. When bruisetl, it
emits a volatile oil of strong, pungent
odor and hot, biting taste. If eaten
before this oil evaporates, it "ia hi^y
stimulant, exciting the stomach when
swallowed, and promoting the secre-
tions, especially that of urme. Exter-
nally, it is rubefacient. Its chief use
is OS a condiment to promote appetite
and invigorate digestion; but it is
also occasionally employed in medi-
cine," (U. S. Dispensatory.) As a
table relish, the consumption of horse-
radish is increasing, and greater atten-
1848. Good root t'on IS being paid to its cultivation
ol horu-ndlA. thanformerly. Under theoldmethod^
HORSE-RADISH
pTo6table returns were often secured, but under the new,
^Mofita are generaUy highly satiafactory where enemies
are not ve^ troubWinie. The seaaon of fresh-grated
boise-radish runs almost parallel to that of oysters,
with which the root is most frequently eat«n in this
eountry. Ungrated roots are, however, kept in oM
storage for summer use, since roots dug at that season
have an unpleaaont taste.
Horse-radish will do well upon almost any soil
except the lighteat sand and the heaviest clay^ but a
deep loam of medium texture and moderate richness,
well supplied with humus and moisture, will produce
roots of the beet quaUty and the largest size. In dry
soils the roots will be small, woody and deficient in
pun^ncy; in wet soils, small, succulent. strong-tastinB.
Dramage is essential, and so is a fairly open subsoil.
Hard subsoil induces excessive branching of the root.
Applications of nitrogenous ma-
nures should be rather li^ht, com-
mercial fertilizers rich m potash
b^ng given the sireference. FLoUs
recommends a mixture containing
10 per cent potash, 7 per cent
phosphoric acid, 4 per cent nitro-
gen, 600 pounds drilled in to the
acre. A heavier application broad-
cast and deeply plowed under, it
is thou^t, would give better re-
sults, amce the shaft of the root
is less likely to become unduly
branched when tiie food is below
instead of above and around it,
especially when the sets are plocea
horizontidly. A weeder should be
used after the harrow periodically
until the plants are an inch or so
toll. Thorough preparation of the
soil is essential.
Since horse-radish rarely pro-
duces seeds, cuttings are made
from the roots not less than
i^inch thick and 4 tji 5 inches long
(Fig. 1840). To facihtate planting
the large end up, the upper end
is cut off square and the lower
oblique. If set small end up, no ia^_ Root-cnWiij. at
growth may result. In horizontal hone-ndiab. (XH)
planting this special cutting is un-
necessary. RootHirowna arc sometimes used, but since
these develop a large number of roots too small for
profitable grating, they are employed only for increas-
ing stock.
The land having been prepared, shallow funows are
laid off 30 inches apart and 2 to 5 inches deep, accord-
ing to the method of planting. Sets are planted hori-
wntatly, vertically, and at all intervening angles, the
large ends being made to point in one direction to
facilitate cultivation and digging. The angle is a mat-
ter of choice, good returns being secured in each. The
usual distance between sets is about 12 inches. Culti-
vation is given after every rain, or once in ten days,
until the leaves shade the ground.
Double-cropping is common in horse-radish growing,
early cabbage, turnip beets and other quick-maturing
plants being used. The sets are dibbled in two to four
weeks after the first crop, vertically, 18 inches asunder,
between the rows of cabbage, which are not less than
2 feet apart. One management answers for both crops
until the first is removed, when, after one cultivation,
the horse-radish usually takes full possession. Deep
burying of the sets at the time the first crop is planted
is also practised, the object, as in the first case, being
t« prevent the appearance of the former until the latter
is almost mature.
Horse-radish makes its best growth in the cool'
autumn, steadily improves after September, and, not
HORTICULTURE
1501
being injured by frost if undug, is usually left until late
before harvesting with plow or spade. Storage in pits
is best, since the roots lose less of their crispness, pun-
Eency and good appearance than if stored in ceDars.
a trimming for storage, the lateral roots are saved and
buried for next season's planting. Exposure to air, sun
and frost robs the roots of their good qualities and
injures their vitaUty.
The insect enemies of this plant are those tiiat attack
other members of the cabbage family, the harlequin
bug being the most dreaded. Remedies are the same as
tor other pests of this group of plants. Only two dis-
eases have been reported, and these are seldom trou-
blesome.
In the neighborhood of cities, especially where oysters
are cheap, this crop is generaUy profitable, the usual
retail pnce being 10 cents a pint, freshly grated, but
without vinegar. This ijuantity weighs a scant half-
pound. The cost of growing an acre is about as follows:
Cuttiag«. 10,000, ■( t2 .i20 00
Feniliiei. 1.000 poundL IT 90
Culliv.lion. w tlDHS 8 00
Rent of luid 6 00
PlaviDg, HSU at Uwli, uidBoon 3G0
SetUnc rooto, at 30 cants ■ I.OOO 3 00
TouL »66 00
A marketable crop varies from 3,000 to 6,000 pounds,
which may sometimes be sold as high as 5 cents a
pound for first-class roots, and 2J^ cents for second
grade. Usually, however, prices seldom rise above 4
cents and 2 cents for the two grades. Under good culti-
vation, the proportion of -No. 1 to No. 2 root is about 1
to 1 by weight. Lower prices may rule in well-supphed
markets, and highra- in poorly furnished, and wh«i
sold in small lots to retail graters, even 7 cents may be
obtiuned. See Radicuta. u, q, Kains.
HORTfiNSIA: Byibaneta.
HOKTICULTUKE (horiiu a garden, originally an
inclosure; oJere, t« care for or to cultivate). Horticul-
ture is the growing of flowers, fruits and vegetables, and
of plants for ornament and fancy. Incident to the grow*
ing of the plants are all the questions of plant-breeding,
variation of plants under domestication, the bearings
and apphcations of many biological and physical
sciences, and the manufacture of many products.
Primarily, horticulture is an art, but it is intimately
connected with science at every point. From agricul-
ture it has no definite boundary. It is, in fact, a depart-
ment of agriculture, as forestry is; for agriculture, in
its larseet meaning, is the business of raising products
from tne land. It is customary, however, to Emit the
word agriculture to the growing of grains, forage,
brcad-stuSs, textiles, and the like, and to the raising of
animals. In this restricted application it is practically
coordinate, in a classificatory sense, with forestry and
horticulture. The nuraery business, as understood in
North America, is considered to lie within the field of
horticulture.
Etymologically, agriculture is the tending or cultiva-
tion of the fields (ager, field). Horticulture apparently
was concerned with the area within the mclosure.
Equivalent to horticulture in etymolo^ is gardening
(Anglo-Saxon gw'dan, to inclose, to which the verb to
gird is allied). By custom, however, garden and gar-
dening denote more restricted areas and operations than
are implied in the term horticulture. The word paradiae
is connected with the idea of an tnclosure and a garden
or park. Early gardening books of the cyclopedia type
are sometimes known as paradits. Parkmson's famous
"Paradisus," or account of "a garden of all sorts of
pleasant flowers," was published m England in 1629.
The only deinarcation between horticulture and agri-
culture is the line of custom. Sweet potatoes are usu-
ally considered to be a horticultural crop in North
1502
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
America, particularly in the northern states, but round
or Irish potatoes are usually classed as an agricultural
crop. Nor is there a definite division between horti-
culture and botany. The science of plants is botany;
yet some of the most significant problems relating to
plants — their response to the needs of man — have been
resigned by the ootanist to the horticulturist. Horti-
culture is a composite of botanical and agricultural
subjects.
But horticulture is more than all this. It is a means
of expressing the art-sense. Plant-forms and plant-
colors are as expressive as the canvas work of the
painter. In some respects they are more expressive,
since they are things themselves, with individuality
and life, not the su^estions of things. The painter s
work excels in its power to surest, and in its con-
densed portrayal of expression. But the essentials of a
good limdscape painting often can be presented in an
artificially-made landscape. This effort to plant what
the artist paints is modem. It is strictly not horticul-
ture, although horticulture is contributory to the
results, as paint-making is contributory to painting.
Landscape-making is fundamentally a fine art. In this
work it IS treated under Landscape Gardenina.
' Horticulture divides itself into four somewhat coordi-
nate branches, each branch comprising not only the
raising of the crops but also such home or plantation
manufacture as goes with the handling and the market-
ing of the materials (Annals Hort. 1891, 125-130) :
Fomology, or fruit-growing;
Olericulture, or vegetable-gardening;
Floriculture, or the raising of ornamental plants for
their individual uses or for their products;
Landscape horticulture, or the gpx)wing of plants for
their use in the landscape (or m lan&»ipe garden-
In t£e world at large, floriculture is the most impor-
tant as measured by the niunber of persons interested,
and bv the niunber of species of plants that are gpx)wn
(see Florictdtnre), In North America, pomology is the
most important in commercial supremacy. North
America is one of the great fruit-growing countries of
the world (see FruU-Growina). The ^wing of ve^
tables has been the last of these divisions to organize
itself in the New World and to reach a conunanding
position (see Vegetaide-Gardening). Landscape horti-
culture and landscape-gardening appeal to a constantly
enlarging constituency with the growth of culture and
of leisure and the deepening of the home life (see Land-
scape Gardening),
The occupation.
Strictly speaking, there are few horticulturists. The
details are too many to allow any one person to cover
the entire range. It is onlv those who look for princi-
ples who survey the whole field. Practitioners must
confine themselves to rather close bounds. Consider
that no less than 25,000 species of plants are in cultiva-
tion, each having its own requirements. Ck)nsider the
great number of species which are actually on sale
as registered in this Cyclopedia. The most important
species vary inmiensely, the named and recorded forms
often running into the thousands; and each of these
forms has particular merits and often particular
requirements. Consider that the requirements are
likely to be different in any two places, and that the
plants are profoundly modified by changes in conditions
or in treatment. Consider the insect pests and fungous
diseases and the many other kinds of hindrance that
confront the cultivator. Consider, also, the vagaries of
markets, which are ruled by questions of fancy more
than by questions of necessity. There is probably no
art in wmch the separate details are so many as in
horticulture.
There is considerable diversity in the definition of
the word ' 'gardener.'' As understood by the gardening
fraternity, it is described as follows by Patrick O'Mara:
"In this country [North America] the man who grows
vegetables for a livelihood is called a gardener, a mar-
ket-gardener, and, in some sections, a trucker and a
truck-farmer. We also have the florist, which embraces
the man and woman who keep a flower-store, as well
as those to whom the title properly belongs, viz., the
p^'sons who are cultivators of flowers. We have also
the nurseryman, a calUng separate and distinct from
these^ and yet the three must be combined in one
individual to make a qualified gardener, or what is
generally known as the 'private' gardener. Occasion-
ally the so-called 'private' gardener is known as a
'manager* or 'superintendent,' but it may well be ques-
tioned if he gains honor thereby. Wnen he l^ves
the place where the title was assumed or thrust upon
him, it very frequently is left behind, but he still
remains a gardener. It also tends to create an artificial
distinction between many who are equals, and many
in and out of the ranks believe it should be aisoouraged.
Gardeners who have charge of public parks, cemet^es
and botanic gardens, it has always been admitted,
may with per^ect propriety assume the name of super-
intendent, but the fact remains that no man who loves
his craft need be ashamed to be known professionaUy
by the 'grand old name of gardener.' . . .
"However, as there may be some danger of a man's
true position in gardening not being defined in that
word, I would suggest that the word professional be
used to qualify it. In the eyes of some outside the
ranks, it mi^ht have weight, and it would certainly be a
proper distmction from tne amateur gardener, the
trucker, the nurseryman and the commercial florist.
It would be well also to have all gardeners' societies
known as an association of professional gardeners. It
mi^t operate to classify properly tl^ee who are
entitled by education, experience and natural ability
to bear the title from those who. lacking all these, are
yet bold enough to call themselves garaeners and to
become candidates for positions which they are unable
to fill with credit to themselves, with justice to their
prospective employers or with a proper regard for the
responsibilities they are so willing to assume. That
class would be bolder than I imagine them to be if they
would, under such circumstances, assume the title of
professional gjardener, and the well-merited ridicule
which would inevitably follow the discovery of their
false pretenses would l>e a salutary check upon others.
To have a claim upon the title, a man should be Me
to grow flowers, fruits and vegetisd[>les both outdoors and
under glass, care for trees and shrubs, lawns and roads,
in short attend to every detail connected with his
calling. If in addition he knows how to attend to the
details of gentlemen's farming, his services should be all
the more valuable. He could then assume entire charge
of a place where both farming and gardening are done,
and we would, if more men were capd^le of this, be
spared the pain of seeing one or both suffer either from
incompetence or want of codperatoin between the
gardener and farmer."
Proceeding to a discussion of the jwdener's work.
O'Mara continues, in his address "The Professional
Gardener's Mission in Horticulture" before the Lenox
(Massachusetts) Horticultural Society in 1897, as
follows: "It is to that class, then, that we must look
for developments of an upward tendency and they will
be held responsible for any retrogression in ornamental
horticulture, for they are before all others the recog-
nized exponents of the art. It is their mission to
improve, and the general opinion is that there is room
for improvement, more especially in indoor horticul-
ture. The overwhelming tendency during the past
ten to fifteen years has been to make the so-called
'private place' nothing more nor less than a cut-flower
establishment and a hospital for tiie decorative plants
which are used in the dwelling-house and for outside
HORTICULTURE
dMoratioD in summer; so pronouDced has this become
that the only difference between the oonunercial eetab-
lisbment of today and the average private fp^enhouse
IB one of Biie and architecture. The Utt«r instead of
being maJotained, as it should be, purel]^ to gratify
esthetic tastee, is devoted to an utilitarian purpose
mainly. The product is counted and reckoned at so
many dollars and cents. The most the average owner
seee of them is the dail^ or semi-weekly cut which is
sent to the house. This is not as it should be, and
while it is not the gardener's fault, and may not be
within his power to control, yet by well-timed sugges-
tion and persistence, be should be able to effect a griid-
lut and muclfto-bfriiesired change.
HORTICULTURE
1503
"The greenhouses should be a place of recreation
for the ownen, who should be induced to visit them
dailv, to look forward with pleasure to that visit, and
the Deet way to accomplish this is to induce them to get
a good (»llection of plants. A house of roses, carna-
tions, violets or chrysanthemums has not the attrac-
tion of a varied collection, a collection, too, that
embraces in their season gloidnias, tuberous begonias,
cinerarias, cyclamens, calodiums, ixias, sparoxis,
primulas, and other seasonable pot-plants, both flower-
mg and ornamental foliage. It is freely admitt«d that
variety is the soul of gardening and nut lees so in small
than m large places. The individual preferences of
the proprietor or gardener should therefore in gome
measure be rcndeKd subservient to the amount of
pleasure which visitors are sure to obtain from a variety
of planta. I am well aware that in many places the
proprietor's residence is of short duration and ver^
often during the summer months only, so that it is
difficult, nay, well nigh impossible, for tne gardener to
influence him in the right direction; but if all enmeetly
try, some are sure to succeed, and the example once set,
it will soon become general.'
Of horticulture there are two senersl types, — that
associated immediately with the nome life, and that
undertaken primarily for the gaining of a hvelihood.
The former is amat«ur horticulture. Those things are
grown that appeal to the personal tastes: they are
grown tor oneself. The latter is commercial horticul-
ture. Those thin^ are grown that the market demands:
they ore grown for others. In all countries, commercial
horticulture is a relatively late development. General
agriculture is usually the primary means of earning a
living from the soil. For the most part, horticulture
comes only with the demand for the luxuries and
refinements of life; it does not deal with what we call
the staple food-stuffs.
It is not the purpose of this sketch to trace the gen-
era] history of Horticulture. If one deaira such out-
lines, he should consult the Bohn edition of Pliny's
"Natural History;" Loudon's "EncycIop»dia of Garden-
ing;" G. W. Johnson's "History of E^lish Gardening:"
Amheret's "History of Gardenmg in England;" Sievct-
ing's "Gardens, Ancient and Modenii' Jfiger'a "Gar-
tenkunst und Garten, sonst und jetit; HQttig's
"Gescbichte des Gartenbaues;" the historical chap-
ters of Andre's "L'Art des Jardins." Man^n's "His-
toire des Jardins Anciene et Modemea." For the his-
tories of cultivated plants, see DeCandoUe's "Origin of
Cultivated Plants;'' Hehn & StaUybrass' "Wanderings
of Plonta and Animals from their first Home;" Pick^
it^'s "Chronological History of Plants."
Early Amerioan hiilory.
In North America tbcre was little commercial horti-
culture before the wening of the nineteenth century.
There were excellent nome gardens more than a century
ago, in which many exotic plants were growing; yet, in
proportion to the whole population, these fanfens were
isolated. The status of any modem time is accurately
reflected in its writings. It may be well, therefore, to
brin^ in review the lading early horticultural writmgs
of this country. Few studiee have been made of our hor-
ticultural history. The best is the introductoiy sketeh,
by Robert Manning, in the "History of the Massacbu-
setU Horticultural Society," 1880. For its field, Blade's
"Evolution of Horticulture in New England," 1895, is
interesting. In a still narrower field, Boardman'a
"Agricultural Bibliography of Maine" is critical and
invaluable. The chapt«' on "American Horticulture,"
by Alfred Henderaon, in Depew's "One Hundred Years
or American Commerce," 1895, presents the oommer'
cial side of the subject. Another fragment of the his-
tory is presented in the writer's "Sketch lA the Evolu-
tion of our Native Fruits," 1898. Histories from seiv-
o^ points of view are presented in the "Florists'
Exchange" for March 30, 1896; and the writer has
. incorporated parts of his own contribution to that his-
tory m the sketch that follows. One may find valua-
ble historical material in the Reports of societies
devoted to horticulture and agriculture: and the files
of the early journals must not be ovenooked. Local
histories are miportant. All these sources have not yet
been carefully explored.
The history of the subject needs to be written from
the economic side, as one part in the industrial historv
of North America, but this has not yet been attempted.
The beat that may be done here is to trace some M the
events from the side of the literature.
The earliest writings on American plants were by
physicians and naturalists who deeited to exploit the
wonders of the newly discovered hemisphere. The
earliest separate writing is probably that of Nicolo
Monardes on the product* of tlie New World, which was
pubUshed in Seville in parts, from 1565 to 1571. The
completed tretrtise was translated into ItaliaD, Latin,
1504
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
En^liah and French. An Engliah edition of 1577 was
entitled, "Jovfull Newes out ot the newe founde worlde,
wherein is declared the rare and singular vertues of
diverse and sundrie Hearbes, Trees, Oyles, Plantes, and
Stones. . . . Also the portrature of the saied hearbes.
. . . Englished by J. Frampton." Monardes is now
remembered to us in the genus Monarda, one of the
mint tribes. He wrote of the medicinal and poisonous
plants of the West Indies, and gave pictures, some of
them fantastical. His picture of tobacco is not greatly
inaccurate, however; and it has the distinction of
being probably the nrst picture extant of the plant, if
not of any American plant. This picture is here repro-
duced (Fig. 1850) exact size^ to show the style of illus-
tration of three and one-third centuries ago. Jacoues
Comutus is generally supposed to have been the nrst
writer on American plants. His work, ^'Canadensium
Plantarum . . . Historia,'' appeared in 1635, and it
also had pictures.
One of the earliest writers on the general products
and conditions of the northern country was John
Josselyn, who, in 1672, published a book entitled "New
England's Rarities discovered in Birds, Beasts, Fishes,
Serpents, and Plants of that Country, '' and in 1674 a
second volume, "An Account of Two Voyages to New
England, made during the years 1638, 1663." The
"Rarities" gives specific accounts of many plants,
together with pictures of a few of them, as for example,
the pitcher plant. He mentions theplants which had
become naturalized from Europe. There is also a list
"Of such Garden Herbs (amonsfflt us) as do thrive
there, and of such as do not." This list^ perhaps the
earliest record of the kind, is here transcnbed:
Cabbidse growes there exceeding welL
Lettice.
SorreL
Parsley.
Marygold.
Frencn Mallowes.
Chervel.
Burnet.
Winter Savory.
Summer Savory.
Time.
Sage.
Carrata.
Paranipa of a prodigioua sise.
Red Beetes.
Radiahea.
TumiiM.
Purslain.
Wheat.
Rye.
Barley, which commonly degenerates into Oata.
Oats.
Pease of all sorts, and the beat in the World: I never heard
of. nor did see in eight Years time, one Worm eaten Pea.
Garden Beans.
Naked Oats, there called Silpee, an excellent grain used insteed
of Oat Meal, they dry it in an Oven, or in a Fan upon the fire,
then beat it small in a Morter.
Spear Mint.
Rcw, will hardly grow.
Fetherfew prospereth exceedingly.
Southern Wood, is no Plant for this Coimtry. Nor
Rosemary. Nor
Bayes.
White Satten groweth pretty well, so doth
Lavender Cotton. But
Lavender is not for the climate.
Penny Roytd.
Smalledge.
Ground Ivy, or Ale Hoof.
Gilly Flowers will continue two Years.
Fennel must be taken up, and kept in a warm Cellar all Winter.
Houseleek prospereth notably.
Holhr hocks.
Enula Campana, in two Years time the Roots rot.
Comferie, with white Flowers.
Coriander, and
Dill, and
Annis thrive exceedingly, but Annis Seed, as also the Seed of
Fennel, seldom comes to maturity; the Seed of Annis is com-
monly eaten with a fly.
Clary never lasts out one Summer, the Roots rot with the
Frost.
Sparagus thrives exceedingly, so does
Garden Sorrel, and
Sweet Bryer, or Eglantine.
Bloodwort but sorrily, but
Patience, and
English Roaes, very pleasantly.
Celandine, by the West Country men called Kenning Wort,
grows but slowly.
Muschata, as well as in England.
Dittander, or Pepper Wort, flourisheth notably, and so doih
Tanoie.
Musk Mellons are better than our English, and
Cucumbers.
Pompions, there be of several kinds, some proper to the Country,
they are drsrer then our English Pompions, and better tasted; you
may eat them green.
Tuckerman, who edited an edition of Josselyn in
1865, comments as follows on the foregoing lists:
''The earhest, almost the only account that we nave of
the gardens of our fathers, after they had settled them-
selves in their New England, and had tamed its rugg^
coasts to obedience to English husbandry. What with
their garden beans, and Indian beans, and pease ('as
good as ever I eat in England,^ savs Higginson in 1629) ;
their beets, parsnips, turnips, and carrots ('our turnips,
parsnips, and carrots are both bi^er and sweeter than
IS ordinary to be found in England,' says the same rev-
erend wnter); their cabbages and asparagus, — ^both
thriving, we are told, exce^ingly; their radishes and
lettuce; their sorrel, parsley, chervil, and marigold, for
pot-herbs; and their sage, thyme, savory of both kinds,
clary, anise, fennel, coriander, spearmint, and penny-
royal, for sweet herbs, — not to mention the Indian
pompions and melons and squanter-squashes, 'and other
odde fruits of the country, — the first-named of which
had got to be so well approved among the settlers when
Josselyn wrote in 1672, that, what he calls 'the ancient
New England standing dish' (we may call it so now!)
was made of them; and, finally, their pleasant, familiar
flowers, lavender-cotton and hollyhocks and satin ('we
call this herbe, in Norfolke, sattin,' says Gerard; 'and,
among our women, it is called honest ie') and gilly-
flowers, which meant pinks as well, and dear English
roses, and eglantine, — ^yes, possibly, nedges of eglantine,
— surely the gardens of New England fifty years after
the settlement of the countiy, were as well stocked as
they were a hundred and fifty years after. Nor were
the first planters long behindhand in fruit. Even at
his first visit, in 1639^ our author was treated with
'half a score of very fair pippins,' from the Governor's
Island in Boston Harbor; tnough there was then, he
says, 'not one apple tree nor pear planted yet in no
Eart of the country but upon that island. But he
as a much better account to give in 1671 : 'The quinces,
cherries, damsons, set the dames a work. Marmalad
and preserved damsons is to be met with in every
house. Our fruit trees prosper abimdantly, — apple
trees, pear trees, quince trees, cherry trees, plum trees,
barberry trees. I nave observed, with admiration, that
the kernels sown, or the succors planted, produce as
fair and good fruit, without grafting, as the tree from
whence they were taken. The countrey is replenished
with fair and large orchards. It was affirmed by one
Mr. Woolcut (a magistrate in Connecticut Colony), at
the Captain's messe (of which I was), aboard the ship
I came home in, that he made five hundred hogsheads
of syder out of his own orchard in one year.' — VayojoeSf
pp. 189, 190. Our barberry-bushes, now so familiar
inhabitants of the hedge-rows of eastern New England,
should seem from this to have come, with the eglan-
tine8,from the gardens of the first settlers. Barberries 'are
planted in most of our English gardens,' says Gerard."
The foregoing Usts and- comments show that the
colonists early brought their famihar home plants to
the new country; and there are many collateral evi-
dences of the same character. There was long and ardu-
ous experimenting with plants and methods. Several
things which were tried on a lar^ scale failed so com-
pletely, either from uncongenial conditions or for
economic reasons, that they are now unknown to us as
commercial crops; amongst these are indigo, silk and the
wine grape. The histories of these things can be traced
HORTICULTURE
The Indiane cultivated com, betuu, pumpkins Eutd
other plontH when America was discovered. They soon
adopted some of the fruits which were introduoed by
the coloniatB. WiUiam Pemi and ofhera found peaches
among the Indiana. Orchards of peaches and apples
were found in western New York by Sullivan's raid
ag^nst the Six Nations in revolutionary times.
Joaaelyn, Rof;er Williams, Wood and others speak of
the com and squashes of the iDdians. The word squash
is adopted from the Indian name, aquonlersjuash,
atkulasquash, or iaqouteraguagk. C. C. Jones, m bis
"Histoiy of Geoi^." in describing the erolorations of
De Soto, says that before reaching the Indian town of
CanaaaKUa (whose location was m Gordon County,
Georgia), DeSoto "was met by twenty men from the
village, each bearing a basket of mulberries. This
fruit was here abundant and well flavored. Plum and
walnut trees were growing luxuriantly throughout the
country, attaininK a size and beauty, without planting
or pruning, wbicn could not be
eurpassed m the irrigated and well-
cultivated gardens of Spain." For
critical notes on the plants culti-
vated by the American aboriginefl,
HORTICULTURE
1505
soil, and grow to perfection. The apples are as good as
those of England, and look fairer, ae well as the pears;
but they have not all of the sorts. The peaches rather
excel those of England, and there is no trouble or
expence of walls for them; for the p/each trees are aU
standards, and Mr, Dudley has had, in his own garden,
700 or 800 fine peaches of the rate-ripea, growing at a
time on one tree. . . . The ;>escb trees are large and
fruitful, and commonly bear in three years from the
stone. . , . The common cherries are not so good as
the Kentish cherries of England; and they have no
dukes, or heart>-cherries, unless in two or three gardens,"
B chiefly cider. "Some of their apple trees will make
six, some have made seven barrels of cider; but this is
not common; and the apples will yield' from seven to
nine bushels for a barrel of cider: a good apple tree will
measure from 6 to 10 feet in girt. Dudley mentions
a bloomlesB apple, and "the tree was no graft." In
common with otoer new countries, New England
astonished persona with the luxuriant growth of the
(April, May),Vol, XXVI (August).
For an account of plant products
used by the Indians, see G. K.
Holmes, "Cyclopedia of Ameri-
can Agriculture,'' Vol. IV, p. 24.
"Fruit-growing among tne In-
dians of Georgia and Alabama in
the early history of these states,"
writes Berckmans, "is demon-
strated by the large quantity of
peaches which the Indian traders
of the early colonial period found
growing in the Creek, Cherokee
and Choctaw villages. It is on
record that Indians often made
long trips to other tribes for ex-
changing various articles of their
makmg, and thus the seed from
those peach trees was undoubtedly
procured from the Florida Indians,
who, in turn, procured these from
the trees planted by the Spanish
explorers. The pecuUar type of
'Indian peaches, ' lound throughout
the South and recoEnized by the downy and striped
fruit and purple bark on the young growth, was intro-
duced from Spain and gradually disseminated by the
Indiana. Apple-growing was c|uite extensively carried
on by the Cherokee Indians in the mountain regions
of GeoTKia, Alabama and North Carohna. The trees
being all seedlings, as grafting was likely unknown lo
the Red Man, veatigea of old apple trees originally
planted by these deniiens of the South are stilT occa-
sionally found in upper Geoi^a. Sixty years a^ a
large collection of apples was mtroduced mto cultiva-
tion, and today many of the best southern winter apples
owe their origin to the Indians, who procured the nrst
seeds from traders,''
actions of the Royal Society," early in the eighteenth
oenturv, by Chief Justice Paul Dudley, of Roxbury.
near Boston. In the "Abridgement of the Transac-
tions" are the following notes, amongst others, under the
date 1724: "The plants of England, as well as those of
the fields and orchards as of the garden, that have been
brought over into New England, suit very well with the
plants. "An onion, set out for seed, will rise to 4 feet
9 inches in height. A parsnip will reach to 8 feet; red
orrice [orach will mount 9 feet; white orrice 8. In the
pastures he measured seed mullen 9 feet 2 inches ia
height, and one of the common thistles above 8 feet."
Record is made of a pumpkin vine which grew unat-
tended in a pasture. It made a single stem which "ran
along over several fences, and spread over a large piece
of ground far and wide, "Prom this single vine were
fathered 260 pumpkins; one with another as large as a
alf peck; enough in the whole, to fill a large tumbrel,
besides a considerable number of small and unripe
pumpkins," Indian com was "the most prolific grain."
The observations and experiences of John Lawson in
North Carohna should not be overlooked. He was in
the country 1700 to 1708, and wrote a hiato^ of the
state, describing ita natural productions. He found
considerable success there in grape-growing.
The colonial ornamental gardens were probably
unhke our own in the relative poverty of plants,
absence of landscape arrangement, ranty of green-
houses, and lack of smooth-shaven lawns (for the lawn-
mowerwasnotinventedtilllastcentury). Thesegardens
1506
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
were of two general types: the unconventional personal
^urden, wit£>ut fonn but npt void, in whicn things
grew in delightful democracy; the conventional, box-
bordered, geometrical garden, in which things grew in
most respectful aristocracy. There were many inter-
esting and elaborate private gardens in the colonial
days. One of the earhest and beist was that of Governor
Peter Stuvvesant, of New Amsterdam (New York,
near Thira Avenue), known as the "Bouwerie," where
forty or fifty negro slaves, and also white servants,
were kept at work. ''The road to the city has been put
in good condition, and shade trees were planted on each
aide where it croissed the Governor's property." The
Bowery of these d^enerate davs has lost the Eden-
like features that dist.inguiBhed its illustrious progen-
itor.
Excellent gardens were attached to the residences of
wealthy persons by the middle of the eighteenth cen-
tury, ana probably earlier, and they were said to have
been encouraged by the example and precept of Wash-
ington. There are records of many meritorious collec-
tions of plants a century and more ago. William Ham-
ilton's collection at Philadelphia was one of the best,
and it contained a large collection of exotics. It flour-
ished toward the close of the eighteenth century, and
was broken up in 1828. William Jackson b»;an ''a
highly interestmg collection of plants at his residence in
Londongrove,'' Pennsylvania, in 1777. About 1800
Joshua and Samuel Pierce. Elast Marlborough, Pennsyl-
vania,'' began to adorn their premises by tasteful cul-
ture and phmting," and by the establishment of an arbo-
retum of evergreens. The most famous botanic garden
which North America has had was John Bartram's,
estabUshed at Philadelphia in 1728 (p. 530). It con-
tained a great collection of native plants, and some of
the trees are now amongst the most valued landmarks
of the city. Bartram was a skilful farmer and gardener,
and his sons, John and William, inherited his tastes ana
continued the |;arden. The elder Bartram was probably
the first American to perform successful experiments in
hybridization. Bartram's house (Fig. 1851), buUt by
himself, is still one of the sights of the environs of Phila-
delphia, and the site of the garden, with many of the old
trees standing, is now happily a public park. Bartram's
cousin, Humphrv Marshall, established a botanic gaiv
den at West Bradford, in Chester County, Pennsylvania,
in 1773 (p. 348) . John Bartram's name is preserved in
the moss Bartramia, and Marshall's in the genus Mar-
shaUia. apphed to small Composite of the eastern states.
The Elgm botanic garden, near New York, was esti^
lished in 1801 bv David Hosack, a man of great learn-
ing and of the keenest ^rmpathies with rural occupa-
tions. He is now remembered in the interesting genus
Hosackia, one of the Leguminosse. A botanic garden
was established at Charleston, South Carolina, about
1804, and one in Maiyland about the same time. The
Botanic Garden at Cambridge, Mass., was begun in
1805, an institution which, together with the Profes-
sor^p of Natural History at Cambridge, was founded
largely through the efforts of the Massachusetts Society
for I^moting Agriculture. The society subscribed
$500 for the purpose, and raised more by subscription.
DeveUrpmerU of horticulture in Canada in particular,
(W. T. Macoun.)
Horticulture in Canada is about 300 years old. Its
development began with the French who settled in
Acadia (now the province of Nova Scotia), and along
the banks of the St. Lawrence River, and planted seeds
and trees brousht with them from France. Owing to
the small population and the difficulty in transporta-
tion, it was not until about sixty years ago that com-
mercial horticulture may be said to have begun (say
about 1850), but with the rapid increase of population
and transportation facilities the development in recent
years has oeen rapid. The growth of the fruit industry
in the province of Ontario may be given as an example
of how rapidly horticulture is developing in Canada.
In 1850 the Ontario Fruit-Growers' Association was
formed. In 1881 the first cooperative shipments oi
fruit were made, but co6peration was slow in developing
for some vears after. Spraying with paris green for the
control of codlin-moth was practised m 1889 and shortly
afterward spraying with oordeaux mixture for the
control of apple-scab was begun. In 1805 the Depart-
ment of Acnculture began to give demonstrations in
spraying. Now spraying is very general throughout
Canada. In 1894, fruit experiment stations, maimy for
testing varieties of fruits, were established in different
parts of Ontario by the provincial government. By
1904. the cooperative movement was developing
n^^idly, by 1908 there were thirty-five cooperative
orgamsations in the province, and in 1914 there were
fifty-seven. In 1904, the first provincial fruit and
flower show was held in the city of Toronto and there
has been one annually ever since, its importance
increasing evenr year. The agricultural college at
Guelph, through its horticultural courses, has b^ of
^eat assistance in the development of this industry.
The district representatives who carry demonstration
work and diffuse information throughout the counties
have been of great service in the different provinces.
In other provinces, especially in the provinces of Nova
Scotia and British Columbia, there has also been great
development in fruit-culture in recent years.
The Dominion government has done much to aid
horticulture in Canada. The Experimental Farms were
established in 1887, on an Act passed in 1886, and now
there are eighteen scattered from the Atlantic to the
Pacific (page 1195). The Fruit Marks' Act (now the
Inspection and Sales Act), passed in 1901, has mate-
rially helped the fruit industry in establishing definite
grades of apples and requiring more ciureful packing
than in former years. Other Acts passed by the Domin-
ion government in recent years have been a great aid.
In recent years, fruit crop-reports have been pub-
lished monthly, part of the year, which have been of
great assistance to the fruit-^wers.
The canning of fruit is developing rapidly in Canada
and the outlook for still more extensive growUi in
this branch of the industry is very bright.
The census of Canada for 1911 gives the total number
of fruit trees in Canada as 20,812,556; the area occu-
pied bv fruit trees as 376,322 acres and the estimated
capital value of fruit trees as $127,000,000.
As Canadians have become better off, there has been
a growing demand for flowers and vegetables out of
season and there has been a fairly rapid increase in the
area under glass. It is estimated that there are now
over 6,000,000 square feet devoted to floriculture, with
an estimated capital invested of $1,500,000, and an
annual output of $1,800,000; but this will soon be
much larger.
The growing of vegetables began with the first set-
tlement of Canada, and as the villages, towns and
cities multiphed, the vegetable-growers supphed their
needs. Now there are hurge areas devoted to the com-
mercial culture of vegetables. In the province of
Ontario many vegetables are canned and large quanti-
ties of com and tomatoes particularly are grown for
this purpose. In recent years the ve^table-growers
have organized and in Ontario there is a provincial
association.
For further information, see British North America,
Vol. I, pp. 55^76.
Early horticulture in California in particular.
(Charles Howard Shinn.)
California horticulture is in the main patterned after
the south-European types, and to this extent it orig-
nated from Spanish-Mexican sources. The horticm-
ture of California's high mountain valleys approxi-
■ HORTICULTURE
mates more closely to that of oolder r^onfl, while the
horticulture of the Pacific Blope, north of California,
becomea more and more dinerent from the south-
European types, but still has many characteristics of
its own separating it eharply from that of the Atlantic
elope. The first horticultural experiments in Cali-
fornia were at the Miasions of the Peninsula (Bajo or
Lower CaUfomia), where twenty-two Minions were
founded between 1697 and 1797 (Fig, 1852). Here
the Missian Fathers introduced the date palm; also
orangea, lemons, limee, pineapples, bananas, olivee, figs,
pomegranates, peaches, quinces, plums, apples, pears
andpapea. Tiiey shipped to Monterey and the northern
missions large quantities of dried figs^ grapes, dates, and
peaches. The Upper California missions received seeds,
cions, and so on, from those of Lower California, as
well as from Mexico. The flnt of these missions was
established in 1769 at San Di^o by the Franciscans,
under the leadership of Father Junipero Serra, whose
name visitors to the California State Building at the
World's Fair will recall in connection with the Pjeat
date palm from the Mission Valley of San Di^o. This
palm was raised from seed which Junipero Scrra planted
about 1770. Twenty-one missions were founded by the
Franciscans, the last one in 1823, and at all but one or
two of them there were important collections of the
fruits of southern Europe — olives, figs, oranges, lemons,
pomegranates, wine grapes, and also apples^ pears and
peaches. Early in this century the Mission of San
Gabriel had over 2,000 fruit trees, and others had more
tiian a thousand. Fi^. 1852 shows the yaid of San
Juan Capistrano Mission, as it eidsted in 1880. There
are also some traces in California of the fruits of the
few early Russian settlements. With the American
occupation and the immigration from the east, came
the eastern American types of fruits, and the state is
now the seat of a wonderfully varied fruit-culture,
although the small-fruits have not yet attained that
prominence which they enjoy in older countries.
The first official horticultural reports from California
appeared in the second part of the United States Patent
Office Report for 1851. In this report, A. WilUaros,
of San Francisco, presented statistics from the Homer
Ranch, near the Mission San Jose, Alameda County,
where 800 acres were planted in vegetables and t£e
crop of 1851 sold for upwards of $200,000. The crop
HORTICULTURE
„.3ighing twenty-one pomide, and at the Fair of 1. —
the committee on v^^tables reported a "white flat
turnip" weighing thirty-three pounds, a squash that
weighed one hundred and twentv-one pounds, and a
tomato weighing five and one-hall pounds. Thus early
Cahfomia began to boast of the mammoth productions
of her soil. The first official report printed in California
appeared in a document issued by the secretary of state-
for 1852. The capital then employed in "fruit« and
orchards" was given at $366,910. The market-garden
interesta were surprisingly large; among single items
were "460,000 pumpkins, worth $46,000;" upward of
5,000,000 pounds of onions, "worth $186,000;" 30,000
bushels of^ beans, "worth $72,000." Santa Barbara
County reported "1,370 barrels of olives, worth $27,-
500." Horticultural statistics are contmued in the
reports of the stale surveyor
general. In December, 1853, the
State Agricultural Society of
California was organiied, aft«r
a successful exhibition in San
Francisco, where almonds, figs,
olives, walnuts, and many other
fruita, as well as vt^tables and
flowo^, were shown.
Fails were held in 1854 and
1855, but were not officially
reported. The state began to
publish the proceedings of the
agricultuial society in 185S, when
its membership was 856, and
annual reports have continued
till the present time. The Cali-
fornia Horticultural Society was
organised April 6, 1881; in 1883,
the State Board of Horticulture
was established. Reports of
these bodies and of tne stat«
fruit-growers' conventions have
appeared annually or biennially
since 1882. The State Viticul-
tural Commission was organized
in 1881, and its reports continued
Btlcaltnr* until 1804. Upward of one
hundred octavo volumes repre-
sent the official output of Cali-
e J858 in lines of horticulture, mcluding, of
second edition, 1891; third edition, 1900. So many
changes and additions have occurred in this book
that all three editions will be found very useful
in libraries. "California Vegetables," E. J. Wiekson,
1897. "Gardening in California," Wm. S. Lyon, Los
Angeles, 1897. This is a small volume of 156 paaea,
"OEve Growing," Pohndorff, San Francisco, 1884.
"Olive Culture," A. Flamant. San Francisco, 1887.
"The OLve," Arthur T. Marvin, San Francisco, 1888.
"The Raisin Industry," Gustav Eisen, San Francisco,
1890. "The Wine Press and Cellar," E. H. Rixford, San
Francisco, 1883. "Grape Culture, a Handbook for Cali-
fornia," T. Hart Hyatt, San Francisco, 1876. "Orange
Culture in California," Thomas A. Garey, San Fran-
cisco, 1882. Contains appendix on grape-culture, by
L. J. Rose. "Orange Culture," W. A. Spalding, Los
Angela. "The Ctdifomia Farmer," established in
January, 1854, and maintaining a spasmodic existence
for a number of years, printed the first pomolopcal
and horticultural reports of coiomittees, and the like.
"The Pacific Rural Press" was established in 1871, in
San FVancisco, and still continues. "The Rural Cali-
fomiao," of Ixis Angeles, still in existence, was estab-
1508
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
lished in 1877. "The California Fmit-Grower," began
in 1888, and survives as the "Cahfomia Fruit News."
"The California Cultivator," of Los Angel^ estab-
lished in 1884, is still published. 'The Pacmc Tree and
Vine/' of San Jos^, established in 1884, is no longer
pubhshed.
Sometimes we are inclined to think that the litera-
ture of the garden began on the Pacific coast in the
age of steam presses, telegraphs and transcontinental
raibroads. It is not so; and we should go farther back
than the excellent writings listed above. The "first
fine rapture*' of discovery and conquest gave birth to a
splendid enthusiasm for the flowers and plants of the
vast unfenced wilderness stretching from Texas to
Oregon, and one finds its expression in hundreds of
books of travel, in ponderous government reports, in
forgotten perioaicals and, to some extent in the whole
outdoor literature of Europe and America during the
exciting period of the gold rush to California.
We once had many and very quaint publications in
California, all dead and forgotten now, out still worth
studying in the libraries. There was the old "Alta
Califomia," the "CaUfomia Farmer," the "Golden
Era," the "Hesperian/' the "Pioneer," "Hutching's
Pioneer Magazine." They contained stilted essays,
sketches and stories, often modeled after forgotten
literary patterns of New York and Paris. But their
descriptive writings first broke away from these hamper-
ing traditionsjand shaped themselves anew under (jali-
fomia skies. Ewer, "Shirley," Hutchings. Wadsworth,
Dr. Kellogg and a few others wrote of tilings as they
saw them, and in some d^ee caught the outdoor
charm of the new land as it was slowly yielding to
spade and plow.
But there had been a still earlier discovery of the
floral wealth of the Pacific coast. Long before
Marshall's mill-race gleamed with that fateful flake of
gold, the botanists and collectors had sent forth a cry
of delight that stirred the pulses of Europe. The
letters, journals and various contributions to descrip-
tive and scientific literature, made by the long line of
botanical explorers who visited this coast between 1790
and 1848, should be a part of this record. Among these
enthusiasts were men like Langsdorf, who accom-
panied that unfortunate Count Rozanoff of Bret Harte's
beautiful poem, and Chamiso and Eschscholtz. The
last two, friends close-linked in literature and science,
gave our orange-hued poppy its consonantal name.
The starting-point, however, for most students of the
floral resources of California is with the extensive work
done by David Douglas (1825-1833). under the
auspices of the Royal Horticultural Society of England.
In the proceedings of that Society one finds some of his
reports and the first colored plates ever issued of many
California bulbs. The second volume of Hooker's
"Companion to the Botanical Magazine" contains his
fascinating letters. After Douglas came Coulter, Nut-
tall, Hartweg and others, and then the famous groups
of botanical explorers whose work appears in govern-
ment publications, such as the Pacific Railroad and
Boundary Survey reports. Men like Gray, Thurber,
Newberry, Torrey, Engelmann and Parry wrote much
that was a real gift to the literature of the period, and
in many cases they had for illustrations those wonder-
ful pen-and-ink drawings made by T. C. Hilgard.
But, if one says that government reports are only
the "raw material" of outdoor literature, then turn to
Edinburgh, in 1859-1860, when Dr. Andrew Murray
published his two parts of "Notes on California
Trees," compiled chiefly from the letters of his brother
Wm. Murray of San Francisco, and illustrated with
superb lithographs of the sequoias. It was in 1860,
also, that Thomas Starr King wrote a very charming
account of a trip "Around the Bay in the season of
flowers," when, as he expreased it, there were "flowers
by the acre, flowers by the square mile."
Here we begin to reach the modem wav of looking
at things. All through the pages of the publications of
the State Agricultural Society between 1856 and 1860,
the early reports of the State Surveyor General, the
"State Register" for 1857-60. the rambling surveys of
Dr. Trask, the first state geologist, we have had some-
what obscure glimpses of aland overflowing with growth
and blossom. We have seen the pioneer surveyors, Day
and Goddard and the rest, camping in the lily-beds of
the high Sierra valleys; we have watched pioneer com-
mittees going around, away back in the early fifties, to
tell us, all too briefly, of the glories of Shell Mound
Nurseries, the New England Gardens, Hook Farm,
Fontainbleau, and other places now, alas! in ruins. We
hear of Fox, Sontag, Prevost, Macondray, Lewelling.
TTiese reports, though hardly the hterature of the gar-
den, are very excellent materials out of which, some of
these days, the right man or woman will reconstruct
the whole story, and give us our long-needed book on
"California Floriculture."
The "modem note" in our garden literature, aside
from the glowing essays of Thomas Kinjg, was also
manifest in some of the California writings of Dr.
Bushnell. Then it found fuller expression in the pages
of the "Overland Monthly," where Muir, the LeContes.
Avery, Wilhams, Miss Coolbirth. Bartlett wid Sill, ana
a little later, some of Professor Sill's pupils, made for a
few years a very striking presentation ot the life^ color,
strength and beauty of outdoor California. Much of
the b^t writing of this period between 1868 and 1875
appeared in the "Bulletin," "Argonaut^" "Califomia
Horticulturist" and "Rural Press." It is notable his-
torically, because it covers the whole field. Nothing
that is now being written about gardens and flowers is
in ita way any better than some of the work, signed and
unsized, that appeared in the "Overland Monthly,"
and in other San Francisco publications in the days
before the gaudy splendors of the sensational SUkiday
newspapers.
In the way of distinctive floral publications we have
had two of importance: The first, the "Califomia
Horticulturist," tounded by F. A. Miller in 1870, lasted
ten years. One of ita most interesting editors was the
late E. J. Hooper, one of the owners of the "Western
Farmer and Gardener," established by him in Cincin-
nati in 1839 and 1840. Plates of fruit and flowers,
colored by his hands, appear in early volumes of the
"Califorma Horticulturist." The still earlier and yet
more rare "Califomia Culturist" of W. Wadsworth,
which began with June, 1858^ and continued two years,
contained a good deal of flonculture.
In May, 1888, at Santa Barbara, appeared the "Cali-
fornia Florist," an attractive pubhcation which soon
moved to San Francisco and there continued until May,
1889. Since that date, outside of trade publications,
catalogues, and occasional pamphlets, the floral
interests of Califomia have been, most of the time,
without a separate publication, but they have never
lacked for space, whenever required, in other periodicals.
There have been few books in the past twenty-five
years which deal other than casually with the floral
field, but there have been many and excellent botanies,
chiefly local, and more are being written, so that before
long the whole field will be covered, and brought down
to date with revised nomenclature and description.
In these brief hmits, one cannot expect even a partial
bibhography, of either the popular or the technical
writing33 of Cahfomia botany or floriculture. Begin-
ning with the writings of Kellogg, Bolander, Lemmon,
Miller, Ludeman, Sievers,Wickson, Rixford, and others,
the list ends with the many bright people who write
for the press on these topics at the present time. The
standard early work on Califomia plants is Brewer and
Watson's "Botany of Califomia," comprising two
volumes of the State Geological Survey, published 1876-
1880. Books like Bartlett's "Breeze from the Woods,"
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
1509
and Mary Elizabeth Parson's "WUd FloWers of Call-
fomia/' and such pamphlets as Lyon's * gardening in
California" and Krause's "Sweet Pea Review" have a
real historial value. Prominent among our notable
books are Kellogg's "Forest Trees," his "West Ameri-
can Oaks," and Green's "Flora Franciscana." Later
is Jepson's "Flora of Western Middle California,"
1901, with a second edition in 1911. He is now prepar-
ing a "Flora of California," several parts of which have
been issued.
Native species of fruits and vegetables.
Before passing to a discussion of the departments or
subdivisions of the subject, we may pause to consider
the general contribution that the North American con-
tinent has made to the in)ecie8 of food-plants of a
horticultural character. The remarks are taken from
Hedrick (presidential address, Society of Horticultural
Science, 1913), who has presented an excellent running
summary: "The continent is a natural orchard. More
than 200 species of tree, bush, vine and small fruits
were conmionly used by the aborigines for food, not
counting nuts, those occasionally used, and numerous
rarities. In its plums, grapes, raspberries, blackberries,
dewberries, cranberries and gooseberries North America
has already given the world a great variety of new fruits.
There are now under cultivation 11 American species
of plums, of which there are 433 pure-bred and 155
hybrid varieties; 15 species of American ^pes with
404 pure and 790 hybrid varieties; 4 species of rasp-
berries with 280 varieties; 6 species of blackberries
with 86 varieties: 5 species of dewberries with 23 varie-
ties; 2 spNBcies ot cranberries with 60 varieties and 2
gooseberries with 35 varieties. Here are 45 species of
Am^can fruits with 2,226 varieties, domesticated
within approximately a half-century.
"Few plants grow under such varied conditions as
our wild grapes. Not all have been brought under sub-
jugation, though nearly all have horticultural possi-
bilities. It is certain that some grape can be grown in
everv agricultural region of the United States. The
blueberry and huckleberry, finest of fruits, and now the
most valuable American wild fruits, the crops bringing;
several millions of dollars annually, are not yet domesti-
cated. Coville has demonstrated that the blueberry
can be cultivated. [See Blueberry^ Vol. I^ p. 515.]
Some time we should have numerous varieties of the
several blueberries and huckleberries to enrich pine
plains, mountain tracts, swamps and waste lands that
otherwise are all but worthless. A score or more native
species of eooseberries and currants can be domesti-
cated and should some time extend the culture of these
fruits from the Gulf of Mexico to the Arctic Circle.
There are many forms of juneberries widely distributed
in the United States and Canada, from which several
varieties are now cultivated. The elderberry is repre-
sented by a dosen or more cultivated varieties, one of
which, brought to mv attention the past season, pro-
duced a half hundrecf enormous clusters, a single clus-
ter being made up of 2,208 berries, each % inch in
diameter.
"These are but a few of the fruits — others which can
only be named are: the anonas and their kin from Flor-
ida; the native crab-apples and thorn-apples; the wine-
berry, the buffalo-bernr and several wild cherries; the
cloud-berry, prized in Labrador: the crow-berry of cold
and Arctic America; the high-bush cranberry; native
mulberries; opuntias and other cacti for the deserts:
the paw-paw, the persimmon, and the well-known ana
much-used salal and salmon berries of the West and
North.
"The pecan, the chestnut and the hickory-nut are
the only native nuts domesticated, but some time
forest and waste places can be planted not only to the
nuts named, but to improved varieties of acorns, beech-
nuts, butternuts, filberts, hazels, chinquapins and nut-
pines, to utilize waste lands, to diversify diet and to
furnish articles of food that can be shipped long dis-
tances and be kept from year to year. The fad of
today which substitutes nuts for meat may become a
necessity tomorrow. Meanwhile it is interesting to note
that the pecan has become within a few decades so
important a crop that optimistic growers predict in
another half-centuiy that pecan gix>ves will oe second
only to the ootton-nelds in the South. A recent bulle-
tin from the United States Department of Agriculture
describes sixty-seven varieties, of which more than
1,500.000 trees have been planted."
"Tnere are a number of native vegetables worth cul-
tivating. The native beans and teparies in the semi-
arid and subtropical Southwest to which Freeman,
of the Arizona station, has called attention^ ^wn per-
haps for thousands of years by the abongmes, seem
likely to prove timely crops for the dry-farmers of the
Southwest. Professor Freeman has isolated seventy
distinct t3rpes of these beans and teparies, suggesting
that many horticultural sorts may be develop^ from
his foundation stock. The ground-nut, A pio« ivberosa^
furnished food for the French at Port Royal in 1613,
and the Pilgrims at Plymouth in 1620, and as a crop
for forests might again be used. There are a score or
more species of Physalis, or groimd-cherries^ native to
North America, several of wnich are promising vege-
tables and have been more or less used by pioneers.
Sclanum niarum, the nightshade, a cosmopolite of
America and Europe, recently much advertised under
several misleading names, and its congener, Solanum
triflarumy both reaJly wild tomatoes, are worthy of cul-
tivation and in fact are readily yielding to improve-
ment. Amaranthus retroflexus, one of the common pig-
weeds of gardens, according to Watson, is cultivated
for its seeds by the Arizona Indians. In China and
Ji^an the conns or tubers of a species of Sagittaria are
commonly sold for food. There are several American
species, one of which at least was used wherever found
by the Indians, and under the name arrowhead, swan
potato and swamp potato has given welcome sustenance
to pioneers. Our native lotus, a species of Nelumbo.
was much prized by the aborigines, seeds, roots ana
stalks being eaten. Sagittaria and Nelumbo furnish
starting-points for valuable food-plants for countless
numbdns of acres of watcr-coverea marshes when the
need to utilize these now waste-plaoes becomes
pressing."
Early general writings.
The progress of horticulture may be traced in the
books devoted to the subject. The earliest writings did
not separate horticulture from agriculture.
It is difficult to determine the first North American
book on agriculture. In 1710 "The Husbandman's
Guide" was printed in Boston "by John Allen, for
Eleazar Phillips." It is a small 12mo of 107 pages, in
four parts. The first part contains "Many Excellent
Rules for Setting and Planting of Orchards, Gardens
and Woods, the times to Sow Com, and all other sorts
of Seeds." A second edition was "printed for & sold
by Elea. PhiUips Book-seller, in Boston, 1712." It is
usual to begin the history of indigenous American
book hterature on agriculture with Jafed Ehot, but the
beginnings should have a s|>ecial search. The preface
to Eliot seems to indicate that he knew no writings
apphcable to North America. The "Essays upon Field-
Husbandry," by Rev. Jared Eliot, of Killingworth,
Connecticut, grandson of the famous apostle Eliot, were
began in 1748 and completed in 1759. (See "Cyclopedia
of American Agriculture," Vol. IV, pp. 568, 569.) "There
are sundry books on husbimdry wrote in England,"
said Eliot, in his preface. "Having read aU on that
subject I could obtain* vet such is the difference of
climate and Method of Management between then and
us, arising from Causes that must make them always
1510
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE
dififer, so that those Books are not very Useful to us.
Besides this, the Tenmi of Art made use of are so un-
known to us, that a great deal thev Write is auite
unintelligible to the generality of New Enipand
Readers.
Just at the close of the Revolution, J. Hector St.
John's ' 'Letters from an American Fanner" appeared,
although ''the troubles that convulsed the Ajnerican
colonies had not broken out when . . . some of the
. . . letters were written." For a period of twenty-
five years following the close of the war the condition
of our agriculture, and of all American institutions, was
minutely unfolded to the world through the writings
of many travelers, Ehiglish and French, who made
Inquisitive journeys into the new country. Strickland,
an English traveler, wrote in 1801 that "land in America
affords little pleasure or profit, and appears in a prog-
ress of continually affordmg less. . . . Land in New
York, formerly producing twenty bushels to the acre,
now produces only ten. . . . Little profit can be
found in the present mode of agriculture of this coun-
try, and I apprehend it to be a fact that it affords a
bare subsistence. . . . Decline has pervaded all the
states." There is abundant evidence, including a pains-
taking inquiry made by Washington, to show that
agriculture was at a low state at the close of the cen-
tury. It was in striking contrast to its status a hundred
years later, notwithstanding the pessimistic writings of
the later time.
There was early development of the garden desire in
the South as well as in the North. In South Carolina
appeared the earliest American horticultural book of
which we have any record. This book is no longer
extant, and it is kiiown to this generation chiefly or
wholly from the following page in Ramsay's "History
of South Carolina," 1809: "The planters of Carolina
have derived so great profits from the cultivation of
rice, indigo [see Indigo] and cotton that they have
always too much neglected the culture of gardens. The
high price of their staple conmiodities in every period
has tempted them to sacrifice convenience to crops
of a marketable quahty. There are numbers whose
neglected gardens neither afford flowers to regale
the senses, nor the vegetables necessary to the comfort
of their families, though they annutuly receive con-
siderable sums in money for their crops sent to market.
To this there have been some illustnous exceptions of
persons who cultivated gardens on a large scale, both
lor use and pleasure. The first that can be recoUected
is Mrs. LamDoll, who, before the middle of the eigh-
teenth century, improved the southwest extremity of
King Street [Charleston], in a garden which was richly
stored with flowers and other curiosities of nature, in
addition to all the common vegetables for family use.
She was followed by Mrs. Logan and Mrs. Hopton,
who cultivated extensive gardens in Meeting, George
and King Streets, on lanos now covered with houses.
The former reduced the knowledge she had acquired by
lon^ experience and observation to a regular system,
which was published after her death, with the title of
'The Gardener's Kalendar;' and to this day regulates
the practice of gardens in and near Charlestown."
Ramsay records that Mrs. Martha Logan was the
daughter of Robert Daniel, one of the last proprietary
governors of South Carolina. "Mrs. Logan was a
great florist, and uncommonly fond of a g^den. She
was seventy years old when she wrote her treatise on
gardening, and died in 1779, aged seventy-seven years."
Mrs. Logan's book was perhaps only a pamphlet.
The first regxilar American garciening book, if Mrs.
Logan's is excluded, is apparently Robert Squibb's
"Gardener's Kalender," published in Charleston, South
Carolina, in 1787 (see pp. 1520-1).
The opening of the nineteenth century may be taken
as a convenient starting-point for a narrative of the
evolution of American horticulture. At that time hor-
ticulture began to attain some prominence as distinct
from generS agriculture, and the establishment of
peace after the k>ng and depleting war with England
had turned the attention of the best citizens afresh to
the occupation of the soil. The example of Washington,
in returning to the farm after a lonjz and honorable
public career, no doubt exerted great influence. His agri-
cultural correspondence was kfge, and much of it was
Published at the opening of the century. His correspon-
ence with Arthur Young and Sir John Sinclair will be
found in volumes published in London in 1800 and 1801,
in Alexandria in 1803, and in Washin^n in 1847.
Details respecting the management of his plantations
comprise Vol. IV of the "Memoirs of the Long Island
Historical Society," 1889.
Apparently, it was not until 1790 that an indigenous
and distinctly ^neral agricultural treatise after
Eliot's appeared m America. At that time, the Rev.
Samuel Deane, vice-president of Bowdoin College, pub-
lished his "New England Farmer, or Georgi^ Dic-
tionary," a cyclopedic work of the state of American
agriculture. This passed to a second edition in 1797,
and to a third in 1822. As showing both the contents
of this important book and the methods of reviewing
of that day, the following comment is transcribed
from the "Columbian Centinel," for 16th of June, 1790,
printed in Boston. It is in the guise of a corpmuni-
cation from a correspondent, as was then the custom.
It must be one of the earliest reviews of an agricultural
book to appear in this country:
"Nothing has been more wantiiig in this Country than a book of
Practical Hud>andry. The late Dr. EUiot of Connecticut wrote
some short essays, which were well received, but it was reserved for
Mr. Deane, of Portland, to give the publick a 8i(aiemcifHu9bandy for
New England. This valuable book is now published and on perusal
exceeds the expectation which had been formed of it. It is founded
on solid principles of natural philosophy and practical experiment.
All that IS valuable in European books df husbandry is selected and
accommodated to the climate and seasons of this country. Man^
new and curious observations are introduced; and the whole is
cast in such a form and expressed in such language as must render
it useful to the plain husbandman, while the enlightened naturalist
will find it an agreeable entertainment.
"It not only contains a general gystan of agriculture, but treats
of everything which usualb^ falls under the care of the bud>and-
man and his family, such as cattle, horses, sheep, bees, timber —
gives the b^ directions for the care of the garden, the dairy and
the cellar — and much of what is said may be extremely useful in all
families where bees, cyder, fruit, milk and other necessary articles
are preserved. In short it is a book which does honor to tl^ ingenu-
ity, and industry of its author, and deserves to be read by every
person who wishes well to the best interest of tbia oountiy.
In the Georgetown, South Carolina, "Gazette,"
March 13, 1799, is a half-colunm of proposals for
publishing by subscription "'Notes on Agriculture
adapted to the soil, climate, and markets of South
Carolina,' by Louis DuPre. To be put to press as
soon as 200 copies are subscribed for. Price one dollar
specie." (See page 1520.)
In 1799, J. jB. Bordley published in Philadelphia
"E^ays and Notes on Husbandry." Other early works
need not be mentioned here. As early as 1785, Varlo's
"New System of Husbandry" was printed in Philadel-
phia. It is in many ways a remarkable book, and it was
written by a man who had had remarkable experiences.
He was not an American, and the work first appeared
in the old country; but Varlo had lived in this country,
and was in sympathy with the American people. The
book contained a "Farmer's and Kitchen* Garden Cal-
endar." In 1792 there appeared anonymously, from
Burlington, New Jersey, the third edition of Arthur
Youn?8 "Rural Economy." He argues strongly for
expenments and for the establishing of agricultural
journals. This book first appeared in London, in
1770. ^ „
At the openine of the century (1800), Su- Humphry
Davy had not illumined the science of agricultural
chemistry, and men were even disputing as to what the
food of plants is. The "bum-baking" or "devonahiring"
of the land — ^burning the sod and scattering the ashes
^^M
iv'
X
HORTICULTUK^
over the field — was still reoommendedi and in 1799
James Anderson's ''Essays on Quick-liiA^ as a Cement
and as a Manure/' was given an American edition
in Boston. It is easy to see from these facts that
the fundamental conceptions of the science of agricul-
ture were vague and crude a century ago. Near the
close of the last century, Deane wrote that ''the alarm-
ing effect of the i>re8ent low state of husbandry is.
that we are necessitated to import much of our food
and clothing, while we are incapable of making propor-
tk>nable remittances in the produce of the soil, or in
anything else."
Ureeir 8 book on flowers, published in Boston in 1828,
enables us to determine what were the leading orna-
mental plants in that early day. The full title of the
book is A Treatise on the Cultivation of Ornamental
Flowers; Comprising Remarks on the Requisite Soil,
Sowing, Transplanting, and General Management;
with Directions for the General Treatment of Bulbous
Flower Roots, Greenhouse Plants, etc." It comprises
only sixty pages. The introductory pages give general
directions, then follow two annotated lists, one of
annuals and biennials and the other of greenhouse
Slants.- These lists are interesting, also, for what they
o not contain. All the plants thev mention are here
set down, under the names and with the spelling there
employed:
ANNUAL AND BIENNIAL FLOWERS.
HORTICULTURE
1511
Althaea fnitex.
Almond, double-flowering.
Amarftntbus superbua.
Amaranthus tricolor.
Animated oats.
Aster, China.
Auricula.
Aialea nudiflora.
Box.
Brier, Sweet.
Canterbury BelL
Carnation.
Cassia marylandica.
Catalpa.
Cheny, double-flowering.
Chrysanthemum indicum.
Clematis, Austrian (C. integ-
rifolia).
Clethra.
Columbine.
Convolvulus.
Corchorus Ji^wnicuB.
Crocus.
Cupid's Car, or Monk's Hood
lAconitum).
Dahlia.
Daiqy.
Dwarf BasaL
Egg Plant.
Eupatorium, blue.
Euphorbia Lathyris.
Fading Beauty, or Morning
Bride (Scabioaa).
Fir (Pinus balsamea).
Foz^ove.
Fringe Tree.
Geranium (Pelargonium).
Garden Angelica.
Glycine, cluster-flowering.
Golden Coreopsis.
Golden Everlasting (XeranUie-
mum, lucidum).
Hollyhock.
Honeysuckle,
^raomth.
^rdrangea.
loe Plant.
Impatiens Balsamina.
Iris.
Lagerstrcemia indica.
Laurel, broad-leaved (Kalmia
latifoUa).
Laburnum.
Larkqmr.
Lilac.
Lily.
Lime Plant (Podophsdlum pel-
tatum).
LjTchnadia (Phlox).
Mesereon (Daphne mesereum).
Mountain Ash.
Musk Geranium.
Msrrtle, evergreen (^^noa nunor).
Narcissus.
Nasturtium.
Passion Flower.
Peony.
Pea, sweet.
Peach, double-flowering.
Pink.
Perennial Sunflower, double.
Polyanthus.
Pyrethnun parthenium.
Poppy.
Purple HjradnUi Bean.
Roses.
Rose Acacia.
Rose-colored Hibiscus.
Rudbeclda.
Scarlet Cacalia.
Scarlet Lynchis (L. chaloedonioa).
Siberian Crab.
Snow-ball Tree.
Snowbeny.
Spioe-wood (Laurus Bensoin).
Spiderwort (Tradescantia).
Spirva.
Syringa, or Mock Orange.
Strawberry Tree (Euonymus).
Sweet Bay (Laurus ngbilis}.
Sweet WiUiam, or Poetic Pmk.
TuUp.
Venetian Sumac, or Fringe Tree.
Violet, Uue fragrant.
GREEN HOUSE PLANTS.
lilies of the valley.
Ranimculuses.
Anemones.
Single and Double Jonquils.
White Lilies.
Roses.
Tuberoses.
Persian Iris.
Mignionette.
Verbena^ UifoUata* or Sweet
Vervain.
Fuhna ooodnea.
Cobsa scandens.
Camellia japonioa, or Japanese
Rose.
Msrrtles (Mjrrtus communis).
These lists are much less ample than those of M'Ma-
bon, over twenty years earlier, but they may be sup-
posed to include the popular and most easily ^wn
things. They will be suggestive to those who wish to
make ''old-fashioned gardens.'' M'Mahon's list was
evidently largely compiled from European sources.
Green says that the first list (strangelv ^dled "annual
and biennial flowers'') contains "such plants, shrubs
and trees as are of easy cultivation, senerally hardy."
The second list comprises "a few different sorts of
green house plants" ^ 'which are commonly grown in
rooms."
The early writinj^ clearly portray the tendencies of
the floricuJtural mterests, — ^from the formal-flower
ideals of the dahlia and camellia to the enormous devel-
opment of the cut-flower interest, and the growth within
the last few years of the greater love of plants them-
selves. Palms and decorative plants are now almost
household necessities, whereas seventy-five years ago
they would have been luxuries. "There has been a radi-
cal change in the character of the flowers used for cut-
flower purposes," wrote Alfred Henderson in 1895.
"Fifty years ago, camellia flowers retailed freely for a
dollar each, and durine the holidays Philadelphia used
to send thousands to New York florists, getting $500
per 1,000; while roses went begging at one-tenth these
figures. Now, the rose is queen, and the poor camellia
finds none so poor to do her reverence I
confidently believe that the time is not far distant
when we shall compete seriously with the foreign
grower in the production of new varieties of roses."
William Scott, of Buffalo, in 1900 made the following
comments on floriculture: "About the year 1880, tulips
and narcissuses be^an to be forced, and durinff tne
next fifteen uears immense Quantities of these bulbs
were imported annually from Holland. As the methods
of forcing were perfected the market became over-
stocked, and, although large quantities are still forced
for the winter and spring months, they are not now
in the same favor as formerlv, and the rose, carnation,
violet, lily-of-the-valley and mignonette are still the
favorites. Orchids are not yet the flower for the mil-
lion, but there is a yearly increasing demand for them,
and at present the showy orchids, such as the Cat-
tleyss and Leelias, are far short of the demand. As
their cultivation is more generally understood, we look
for a very steady increase in the number grown, and
are confident that the supphr will not soon exceed the
demand. Within the past nve or six years a marked
increase b noticeable m the use of plants to adorn the
home, and the demand is for an expensive class of
plants, — palms, dracenas. araucarias and ferns being
among those mostly usea. Now few homes with any
Sretension to luxury or even comfort are without a few
ne plants scattered through the rooms, and many of
our modem houses are provided with either a bay
window or small conservatonr for the accommodation
of plants," (See Cut-Flower Industry and Floriculture.)
America has not been favored with horticultural
AnniiAlR to the extent equally with England and other
countries. The first attempt of the kind seems to have
been Woodward's "Record of Horticulture," edited by
A. S. Fuller, which appeared in 1866 and 1867. The next
venture was the American Horticultural Annual."
New York^ for the years 1868 ,1869 and 1870, under the
general editorial care of George Thurber. The attempt
was not made again until Qie "Annals of Horticul-
ture." was issued by Bailey, in 1889, and which was
published for five years, the last volume containing an
account of the horticulture of the Columbian Exposition.
FruUngrowing in particular.
Horticulture, in its commercial aspects, was nothing
more than an incidental feature of farm management
at the opening of the century. In fact, it is only in
the past generation that the neld cultivation of horti-
cultural crops has come to assume any general impor-
tance in the rural economy of the nation. And even
1512
HORTICULTURE
now, horticultural operationg which are projected
as a. fundamental conception ol loud occupation are
confined to relatively few parts of the country. It is
only in certain regions or with certain persons that the
farmer starts out with horticulture as a base, and with
grain and stock and hay as accessories; and even in
theac places, many horticulturists are still drawing
their practices and the reasons for them from the opera-
tions of general mixed agriculture. The history of fruit-
growin); in most of the older parts of North America is
the history of the apple, and the subject is developed
under that heading; but before proceeding to the apple
specially we mav pause to consider some of the dates in
the extension ol fruit-growing westward.
"It may not occur to many of our people," writes
Charles W. Garfield, "that the horticulture of Michj-
gan may have had its b^inning as early as that of
Massachusetts, as the French Jesuit missionaries
visited Detroit the same year that the Mayflower
landed its pikrims at Plymouth Rock." The influence
of the French miBsionaries must be well considered
when the history of American horticulture is written,
particularly of those parts that lie along the great
waterways. The old pear trees along the Etetroit River
and in eastern Michigan attest the early French dis-
semination. The first planting of orchards in Michigan,
ac(»rding to Garfield, "were made at Detroit from
stock secured across the river, the stock having origi-
nally come from France to Montreal, and progrMsed
westward with the settlements. The varieties were
Fameuse, Fomme Grise, and Red and While Colville."
The first large importation of orchard trees was made
about 1825, the stock having come from Grant lliDr-
bum of New York. The spread of tree-planting to
the westward followed r^ularly with the progress of
settlement.
The above remarks about the Jesuits indicate that
the early American fruit-growing was not all derived
from British sources. Much of the influence was cer-
tainly French; on the Pacific coast and probably in
parts on the southern borders of the present United
States it was Spanish. It would be interesting to try to
trace the influence of the Dutch and other ooloniiers.
The reader who desires to trace the beginnings of
fruit-plantii^ in some of the territory from Nebraska
south and southwest should consult the "Proceeding
of the Amen-
canPomologi-
cal Society"
for 1905
(pages 74-98).
In Nebraska,
apples were
planted
It
.*P:
pears that
Kansas apple-
tree planting
has been re-
corded near
Sh awnee-
town, John-
son County,
as early as
1827 by Rev.
Thomas
Johnson, the
variety being
the Newtown
Pippin. In
1836, he
planted pear
trees. In Ar-
kansas, J. B.
IBU. Kelk of Mrlr dar*— wtd« tr*e S"^*'.'', **^
■I trobably ZSO jMn. Cane Hili, had
HORTICULTURE
a small nursery of apple trees in 183S. A httle after this
date, Isaac Shannon originated the apple that bears hia
name. Before the close of the seventeenth century,
the French at St. Genevieve, Missouri, had planted
pears, grapes and a few apples. In New Mexico, the
agricultural industry developed to some extent under
18M. Butnu'i dds-mlll, ■ relic et Iha lut eantacr-
a Bud thftt the appl«« vere placed id the drcultr Broore ii
-ock vid cnuhed by meuu ola tr«LBht rollir '^ '~ ""
•right lollinc over them. The
her nda mod wee caucht in a
Spanish rule, and continued under the Mexican rule
from 1822 to 1845, but little reference is made to fruit.
It is recorded that the Bishop of Santa Fe, early intro-
duced apricots and apples from the States, and John
Clark planted apple trees from Missouri in Rio Arriba
County in 1859.
The developme
is sketched for this occasion oy C
authentic introducton of fruit into the Pacific North-
west (of the United States) was in 1824, when seed
was brought from England by members of the Hudson
Bay Company. This seed was planted near what is
now Vancouver, Washington, then a trading-post of
.the Hudson Bay Company. Seeds of apples, grapes,
pears, and peaches were pltuited. The apple trees which
resulted from this seed are still standing on govern-
ment lands occupied by the Vancouver barracks. There
were other introductions by various persona, but they
probably bad no influence on the growth oE the fnut
mdustry in the Northwest. In 1847, Henderson Lewel-
ling, of Iowa, brought several hundred yearling grafted
sprouts of mixed fruits. The same year William Meek
brought a sack of apple seed and a few (^■ftfted trees.
These two men established the first nursery in the Pacific
Northwest at Milwaukee, Oregon, and laid the founda-
tion of our commercial fruit industry. In the following
ten or fifteen years, many men brought trees and seed,
and nurseries were started. From 1850 to 1870, fftbi>-
lous prices were received for fruit, one box of apples
sellinK for S75, while in 1855, 6,000 bushels of apnlea
sold toT prices ranging between {20 and S30 a busnet.
The period between 1850 and 1870 also marked the
introduction of plums and prunes into the Northwest
country. The first Italian prune orchard was set in
18.^ by Scth LeweUing. Between 1870 and 189Qwasa
period of decline. The former demand from Cali-
fornia ceased and raihoada were few, the freight rates
being exorbitant. Beginning early in the lS90's the
fruit industry of the Northwest bef^ to revive. About
1900, the apple industry bepan to recover. In 1896,
the Lambert cherry was mtroduced commercially,
and has proved to be the greatest commereial cherry
HORTICULTUKEI
for BhippiDg. J. R. Cardwell has been the princi-
pal hiatorian of Northwest horticulture- He came out
ID the early days of the fruit induHtry and is atill living.
He has bran very influential in building up the fruit
ioduBtry in the Pacific Northwest,
The apple.
There was practically only one general horticultural
commodity, at least in the northern states, a hundred
HORTICULTURE
1513
1855. An aarii cidcs-in
years a^o, and that was the apple. Pears, peaches, cher-
ries, quinces and some other fruits were common, but
there was little thought of marketing them. Even the
apple was an incidental or even an accidental crop.
Little care was given the trees, and the varieties were
few, and they were rarely chosen with reference to
particular uses, beyond their adaptability to cider and
the home coosumptiou. In parts of the East, very
ancient apple-tree relics still stand, some of them per-
haps existing from Colonial times (Fig. 1863).
Thacher, writing from Plymouth in 1821, s^s that
"the most palpditle neglect prevails in respect of'^proper
pruning, cleaning, and manuring round the roots of
trees, and of perpetuating choice fniita, by engrafting
from it on other stocks. Old orchards are, in genera^
in a state of rapid decay; and it ia not uncommon to
see valuable and thrifty trees exposed to the depreda*
tions of cattle and aheep, and their foliage annoyed by
caterpillars and other destructive insects. In fact, we
know of no branch of agriculture so unaccountably and
so culpably dira«gardedf," Were it not for the date of
Thacher's writing, we might mistake this picture for
one drawn at the present day.
If one may judge from the frequent and particular
leferences to cider m the old accounts, it does not seem
too much to say that this sprightly commodity waa held
in greater estimation by our ancestors thtm by our-
selves. In fact, the cider barrel seems to have been the
chief and proper end of the apple. Of his thirty chapters
on fruit-growing. Cone (1817) devotes nine to cider, or
forty-two pages out of 2S3. John Taylor's single epis-
tle devoted to horticultural matters in the sixty and
more letters of his "Arator" is upon "Orchards," nut it
is mostly a vehement plea for more cider. "Good
cider," he says, "would be a national saving of WEAlth,
by expeUing forei^ liauors; and of life, by expelling the
use of ardent spirits. In Virginia, in Taylor'a day,
apples were "the only apeciea of orcharda, at a distance
from cities, capable of producing sufficient profit and
comfort to become a conaiderable object to a farmer.
DistiUii^ from fruit is precarious, troublesome, trifling
and out of his province. But the apple will furnish
some food for hogs, a luxury for his fwnily in winter,
and a healthy liquor for himself and hia laborers all the
year. Independent of any surplus of cider he may
spare, it ia an object of solid profit and easy acquiaition.
As early as 1647, twenty butts of cider were made in
Virginia by one person, Richard Bennet. Paul Dudley
writes of a small town near Boston, containing about
;,000 barreb of
V Enghmd town
of 200 famlues. which suppUed itself with "near ten
Thousand Barrela." Bartram's cider-mill, as it exists
at the present day, is shown in Fig. 1S54, An old mill
in Pennaylvania ia shown in Fig. 1855. It is a ponderous
pine log, more than three feet through, raiaeo and low-
ered by means of a great screw. "These presses"
according to C. F. Shaw "were 'neighborhood' affairs
in cider-making time and the farmers would rise very
early that they might reach the press before their
nei^bors, and ao not bav« to wait long before their
turn to have their cider made." It was not until wdl
into the past century that people seem to have esc^>ed
the European notion that fruit is to be drunk. Jarvis
writea (1010) of Connecticut conditions that in "the
first half of the last century many oommerical orehards
of modeat siie were in existence, but they were com-
posed mostly of seedhng treea or 'native fruit,' the prod-
uct of which was used largely in the manufacture of
There have been several marked alternations of fervor
and n^ect in the planting of apples since the first set-
tlement of the country. Early in the eighteenth century
there appears to have been a great abundance of the
fruit; but in 1S21 Thacher declared that "it is a remark-
able fact that the first pluiters bequeathed to their
posterity a greater number of orcharda, in proportion
to their population, than are now to be found in the
old colony," and he attributes the decline in orcharding
largely to the encroachment of the "poiaonoua Uquor^
of the later times. Under the inspiration of Thacher,
Coxe, Kcndrick, Prince, Manning, and the Downings,
orchards were again planted, and later there was
another period of declme in the Elaat, following the
aging of these plantations. Two reminders of the
Downing are shown in Figs. 1856 and I8S7, made
from photographs taken by the writer some twenty or
more years ago.
Apple trees were very early planted in the New
World. On Governor's Island, m Boston harbor, a few
apples were picked in 1639, Treea were carried far
into the frontiers by the Indiana and probably also by
the French missionaries, and the "Indian apple
orehards' ' are still known in many localities even east of
the Mississippi (see, also, Apple»eed, Johnny pane, 1563).
At the opening of the nineteenth century, the Early
Harvest, Newtown Pippin, Swaar, Spitzenburg, Rhode
Island Greening, Yellow Bellflower, Roxbury Russet,
and other familiar applea of American origin were widely
disseminated and much cst«cmed. Apples had begun
to be planted by settlers in Ohio before 1800. In 1817,
Coxe could recommend a list of "one hundred kinds
of the most estimable appke cultivated in our coun-
■bml ZS r*u> ((a.
1514
HORTICULTURE
try;" and in 1825 William Prince offered 116 varie-
tice tor sale — at 37J^ ccnta a tree — of which seventeen
were eet aside— after the custom of the lime — as par-
ticularly adapted to the making of cider. Of these 116
varietiee, sixty-one were oonsidered to be of American
origin. In 1S72, Downing'a list of apples which had
been fruited and described in America, had awoUen to
1,856 varieties, of which 1,099 were of known American
origin. Of this great inventory, probably not over one-
ISST. TIu Irnll-lunue of ChulH Danlss.
third were actually in cultivation at any one time, and
very many of them are now lost. In 1892, the trade-
Usts showed that 878 varieties were actually offered for
sale by the nurserymen of North America.
The style of Illustration in these old books is well dis-
played in Fig. 1853, from Coxe, original size.
There has been a noticeable tendency toward the
origination of varieties of apples in this couQtr>-, and
the consequent exclusion of varieties of European ori-
gin. As early as 1760, cions of American varieties Were
sent lo England. Before the Revolution, apples were
exported. The origination of indigenous vaneties was,
of course, largely accidental, and was a necessary result
of the method oT growing apple trees directly from
seeds, and top^raftmg them m case they should turn
out profitless. A critical study of American horti-
culture will show that all species of plants which have
been widely cultivated in this country have gradually
run into indigenous varieties, and the whole body of our
domesticated flora has undergone a progressive evolu-
tion and adaptation without our Itnowing it. By far the
greater number of the applea of the older apple-growing
regions of the country are indigenous varieties, and the
same process is now operating in the Northwest, where
the American seedUnEe of the Russian stock arc prov-
ingto be more valuable than the original importationa.
PeaTB were amongst the earliest fruits introduced into
the New World, and the I"rench, particularly, dissemi-
nated them far and wide along the waterways, as wit-
nessed by the patriarchal trees of the Detroit River
and parts of the Mississippi system (p. 1512). Bar-
tram's Petre pear (Fie. 1851) is one of the patriarchs of
the last century, although the tree is not large. The
first American book devo^ exclusively to the pear was
Field's, published in 1859. The Japanese type of pears
had b^n brought into the country from two and per-
HORTICULTURE
Peaches were early introduced into the New World
by various colonists, and they thrived so well that they
soon became spontaneous, nuttall found them natu-
ralized in the loreets of Arkansas in 1819, and tbespe-
ciee now grows in waBt« and forest lands from Georgia
and the Garolinas to the westward of the Mississippi.
There is probably no country in which peaches ^w
and bear so freely over such a wide territory
as in North America. The old Spanish or
Melocoton type is now the iboet popular
race of peacnea, giving rise to the Craw-
fords and their derivatives.
Of late years there has been a contraction
of some of the original peach areas, and
many good people nave thou^t that t^e
climate is growing uncongenial, out it is only
the natural result of the civihiation of the
country and the change in methods. Peaches
had never been an industry, but the oi^
chards were planted here and there as very
minor appendages to the general farming.
For generations insect pests were not com-
mon. There were no good markets, and the
fruit sold as low as 25 cents a bushel from
the wagon-box. In fact, the fruit was grown
more for the home-eupply than with an idea
of shipping it to market. Under such con-
ditions, it did not matter if half the crop
was wormy, or if many trees failed and died
each year. Such facte often passed almost
unnoticed. The trees bore welL to be sure;
but the crop was not measured in baskets
and accounted for in dollars and cents, and
undrar such conditions only the most pro-
ductive trees left their impress on the
memory. The soils had not undergone such a long
system of robbery then as now. When the old
orehards wore out, there was no special incentive to
plant more, for there was little money in them. Often
the young and energetic men had gone West, there to
repeat the history perhaps, and the old people did not
care to Bet orehuds. And on this contracting area, all
the borers and other pests which had been bred in the
many old orchards now concentrated their energies,
until they have left scarcely enough trees in some locali-
ties upon which to perpetuate their kind. A new coun-
ty or a new Industry is usually free of serious attacks
of^ those insects that follow the crop in older communi-
ties. But the foes come in unnoticed, and for a time
spread unmolested, when finally, perhaps almost sud-
denly, their number becomes so great that they threaten
destruction, and the farmer looks on in amaiement.
Oraiu/es. — The orange is another tree that has thrived
so well in the new country that the spontaneous
thickets of Florida, Icnown to be descendants of early
Spanish introductions, are supposed by residents to be
indigenous to the Boil.
Aa to oranges and similar fruita on the Pacific coast,
Coit writes in "Citrus Fruits" (1915) as follows:
"Citrus seeds were firat brought into California from the
peninsula of Lower California, where peoples of Spanish
descent have cultivated various kinds of European
fruit frees and vines since the year 1701. In 1768 the
Jesuit missionaries were supplanted by the Franciscans,
some of whom under the leadership of Junipero Serra
pushed northwsxd into tiie territory which is now the
state of California. These hardy pioneers founded the
first Mission in Upper California at San Di^ in 1769,
and proceeding northward established a chain of Mis-
sions extending 400 miles along the coast, the last
being established at Somoma in 1823."
PhinM and eherriei.—The progress of the plum in
America nearly equals that of the grape in historic
interest. The small spontaneous plums, known aa
HORTICULTURE
HORTICULTURE 1515
species of Vitis. Id Mexico and on the Pacific alope,
however, the wine-grape eatabliahed itself readily
about the tniasions, and it is now the foundation of the
p^pe-culture of California. It ia verv Ukely that these
introductions of the padres preceded those in the
eastern American colonira.
A very interesting error appears to have crept into
North American history in connection with the native
grapes. The "wineb«T^" found by the Norsemen on
the American coast in the eleventh century has pre-
vailingly been identified as grapes, and this interpre-
tation has made it apparent that the explorers came
south as far as the present New England. Recently,
however, M. L. Feraald has ooncluded (Hhodora,
xii, 17-38, Feb., 1910), that the wineberries of the Norse-
men were certainly not grapes, but most likely the
mountain cranberry, Vatcinium VitU-Idxtt.
To show how far we have come in grape-culture,
the examples in Fig. 1859 will be interesting. This
cut is from S. W. Johnson's "Rural Economv," 1806,
published in New Jersey. It shows the method with the
European wine-grape. Just twenty years later appeared
Dufour's book on the grape; he also represents a foreign
method (Fig. 1860).
SlTuwbeTTy. — There was no commercial strawbeny-
culture in America, worthy of the name, until the
seedlings of C. M. Hov^'s, Cambridge, 1
chusetts. They first fruited m 1836 and 1837, and
from them are supposed to have descended many of the
garden strawberries of the present day. These were
seedlings of the old Pine type of strawberry, which is
apparently a descendant of the wild strawberiy of Chile.
Damaona, the offspring of introductions from Europe,
were early abundant m New England. Plum-culture
has never thrived far south of Mason and Dixon's
line or west of Lake Michigan, except, of course, on the
Pacific slope and paiti of the far southwestern country.
There are climatic limitations which more or lees
restrict the area of plum-growing, and the leaf-blight
fungus, black-knot, and fruit-rot have added to the
perplexities. In these great interior and southern areas
vanous native plums, offshoots of several ind^enous
species, have now spread themselves, and they have
already laid the foundation of a new type of plum-cul-
ture. The first of these novel plums to receive a name
was that which we now know as the Miner, and the
seed from which it sprung was planted by William
Dodd, an officer under General Jackson, in Knox
County, Tennessee, in 1814. The second of these
native plums to come into prominence, and the one
which really marks the popularisation of the fruit, is the
Wild Goose. Some tune before 1830, it is related, a
man shot a wild goose near Columbia, Tennessee, and
where the remains were thrown this plum sprang
forth. It was introduced to the trade about 1850, by
the late J. S. Downer, of Fairview, Kentucky. Over
200 named varieties of these native plums are now
described, and some of them are widely disseminated
and deservedly popular. In the South and on the
plains, these natives are a prominent horticultural
group. The complexity of the cultivated plum flora is
now further increased hy the introduction of the Japa-
nese or Chinese type, which first came in by way of
CaUfomia in 1870. Fmally, about 1880, the apricot
Elum, or Prumm Simonii, was introduces from China
y way of France; and the American plum industry,
with no leas than ten specific t^pes to draw upon ana
which represent the entire circiut of the northern hemi-
sphere, IB now fairly launched upon an experimental
career which already has produced remarkable results.
The cherry was early mtroduced from Europe. In
1641 trees were pluited in Virginia in the orchard of
Governor Berkeley. As early as 1663 it was Down in
Massachusetts. The commercial cherries of this coun-
try are derived from the same species as thoee of
Europe, although the dwarf sand-cherry of the Plains
has been improved or cultivated to some extent.
Grapeg.^iii America, no crop has been the subject of
so much book-writing as the grape. Counting the
various editions, no doubt a hundred books have
t^peared, being the work of at least fifty authors.
Smce the American grape is a product of our own woods
within about a century, the progress in grape-growing
has been ahead of the books. Most of the boo]^
are founded largely on European advice, and therefore
are not applicable to American conditions. In general
pomology, the books seem t^ have had much influence
upon fruit-growing; but in the grape the books and
actual commercial grape-growing seem to have had
httle relation one to the other. Some of the later books
have more nearly caught the ri|;ht point of view.
The grape of North .America is of two unhke types, —
Uie natives, which comprise all commercial outdoor
varieties in the interior and eastern states ; and the vinif-
era or Old World kinds, which arc grown under glass
and in California. The native types were developed
within the nineteenth century. The oldest commereial
variety is the Catawba, which dal«8 from 1802; the
cosmopolitan variety the Concord, which first fruited
in 1849 (see p. 1374), A full review of the history is
made in "Evolution of Our Native Fruits." With the nrst
settlement of the country, efforts were made la grow
the European wine-grape. Thus in 1619 vinedressers
and vines were sent from France to Virpnia; the
subsequent history of the wine-grape in North America
is a record of repeated attempts and continuous fail-
ures; and these failures, due largely to phylloxera and
mildew, finally forced the cultivation ol the native almost wholly superseded I
attention about 1856 or 1857, and it marked the begin-
ning of the modem epoch in American strawberry-
growing. In the Middle West, strawberry-srowing was
given a great impulse by Longworth and Warder.
Bramble frviia. — Raspberries were grown in North
America in the eighteenth centuiy, but they were of the
tender European species, of which the Antwerps were
1516
HORTICULTURE
native red and black speciea, which first began to
imprese themselvee upon cultivalion about 1860.
The blackberry, an indigenous American fruit, first
commended itself to cultivation with the introduction
of the New Rochelle or Lawton, toward the close of the
iSSO's. The first named variety of native blackbenr of
which we have any record was the Dorchester, which
waa exhibited before the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society in 1841. „ „
The dewbernr, a peculiarly American fruit, first EngUah and American types, as in the Triumph or
app^cd in cultivation earlv in the 1870's in southern Columbia and the Chautauqua, may be ejtpected to
''""■'■'■' " popular for home use and special markets,
HORTICULTURE
little previous to 1S50, although it waa not planted
freely until several years lat«r. From seed of the
Houghton sprang the Downii^, still the most popular
gooseberry in America, although Houghton is still
much grown from Philadelphia south; and our goose-
berry-culture is, therefore, but two removes from
nature. With the advent of the bordeaux mixture
and its related specifics, however, the English goose-
berries are again coming to the fore. Hybrids of the
a large
luinois under the name of toe Barte!, which is _ _.
form of the common wild dewberry of that region,
waa first brought to the attention of the public m 1875.
The following year the Lucretia, the most pooular of
dewberries, was introduced into Ohio from West Vir-
1 favor for
become m .,-,_ __
but the Americans will probably r
general market purposes.
The cranberry, mo«t singular of American horticul-
tura! products, was first cultivated, or rescued from
I, where it had been found wild some years before mere wild bc^, about 1810. Its cultivation began t«
by a Union soldier. attract attention about 1S40, although the difficulties
Goosrherries. — The history of the gooseberry in connected with the growing of a new crop did not begin
America recalls that of the grape. It is a characteristic to clear away until about 1850. Cape Cod was the
fruit of England and the Low Countries, and it was first cranberry-growing region, which was soon fol-
early introduced into America. But, Uke the European lowed by New Jersey, and later by Wisconsin and other
^pes, the ^ooeeberries were attacked by a fundus r^ons. The varieties now known are over a hundred,
sickneiB which rendered the cultivation precarious. and the annual product from tame bo^ in North
An improved form of tlie native species must be i
duced, and this was accomplished by Abel Houghton,
of Massachusetts, who, from the seed of the wild berry,
produced the variety which now bears his name (Fig.
1862). This variety began to attract some attention a
America is now upward of 1,000,000 bush^.
The nwrury and teed bumnest.
It is impossible to fix a date for the beginning of the
nursery business
law. An miIt Amtricui pictnn o< pipMniniaf (IBtM).
in North America,
first grown in small quantities as an
adjunct to general farm operations.
Gov. John Endicott, of the Mas-
sachusetts Colony, was one of the
best fruit-growers of hie time, and
he grew many trees. In 1644, be
wrote to John Winthrop as follows:
"My children burnt mee at least
500 trees this Spring by setting the
ground on fire neere them;" and in
1648 he traded 600 apple trees, three
years old, for 250 acres of land. The
first nursery in Maine is thought
by Manning to have been that of
Ephraim Goodale, at Orrington,
established early in the present cen-
tury. Other early nurserymen of
Maine were the brothers Benjamin
and Charles Vaughan, Englishmen,
who settled at HaUowell in 1796.
An early nursery in South Carolina
was established by John Watson,
formerly gardener to Heniy Laurens,
before the Revolution. In Massa-
chusetts, there were several small
nurserymen toward the close oif iite
eighteenth centun>, amongst others,
John Kenrick, of Newtown, whose
son William wrote the "New Ameri-
can Orchardist," published in 1833,
and which pa^ca through at least
eight editions. The trees were Usu-
ally top-grafted or budded, some-
times in the nursery and sometimes
after removal to the orchard.
Deane writes in 1797, that "the
fruit trees should be allowed to
grow to the height of 5 or 6 feet
before they are budded or grafted."
Stocks were sometimes grafted at
the crown, and even root^^ting
was known, although it is gener-
ally said that this operation origi-
nated with Thomas AJidrew Knight,
in 1811. It is probable, however,
that the rooUgrafting of the ei^
teenth century was only graftmg
HORTICULTURE HORTICULTURE 1617
at the surface of the Eround, ani that it had little a ]am catalogue of William Prince, second, published
similarity to the method now in vogue> in 1825 — and which containe, amongst other things,
One of the new trees something over one hundred lists of 116 kinds of applee, 108 of pears, 64 of cherries,
veaiB ago was the Lombardy poplar. John Kenrick 50 of plums, 16 of apricots, 74 of peaches and 25S of
bad two acres devoted to it in 1797; and Deane writes, eeraniuma— the following account is taken of the
in 1797- that "the Lombardy poplar begins to be planted founding of this interesting establishment: "The Lin-
nsan Garden was commenced about the
middle of the last century by William
Prince, the father of the present proprietor,
at a time when there were few or no estab-
lishments of the kind in this country. It
originated from his rearing a few trees to
ornament his own grounds; but finding
after the first efforts bad been attended
with success, tiat he could devote a por-
tion of his lands more lucratively to their
cultivation for aale than to other pur-
poses, he commenced their culture more
extensively, and shortly after published a
catalogue, which, at that early period,
contained several hundred species and
varieties^ and hence arose the first exten*
sive fruit collection in America." The
elder Prince died in 1802, "at an advanced
age." In October, 1790. a broadside was
issued in New York, printed by Hugh
Gaine, giving a list of a large collection of
fruit trees and shrubs for sale by William
Prince at Flushing Landing, on Long
"History of Printing," second edition,
reference is made to an edition printed in
1771.
in this country. To what siie they will arrive, and how Amongst the nurseries which were prominent from
durable they will be in this country, time will discover." IS20 to 1830 were Bloodgood's, Floy's, Wilson's, Par-
He does not mention it in the first edition, 1790. The mentier's, and Hou's, near New York; Buel and Wil-
tree is said to have been introduced into America bv son's at Albany; Sinclair and Moore's, at Baltimore.
William Hamilton, of Philadelphia, in 1784, althougb David Thomas, a man of great character, and pos-
Mr. Meehan wrote that be remembered trees over sessed of scientific attaiimients, was an early horti-
sixty years ago that seemed to be a century old. culturist of central or western New York. His coUec-
Manning quotes a bill of sale of nursery Bl«ck in tion of fruits at Aurora on Cayuga I^e, was begun
1799, showing that the price of fruit trees
was S3i^ cents each. Deane speaks of
raising apple trees as follows: "The way
to propagate them is by sowing the
pomace from cydermills, (figging, or hoe-
ing it into the earth in autumn. The
young plants will be up in the foUowing
spring; and the next autumn, they should
be transplanted from the seed-bed into
the nursery, in rows from 2 to 3 feet apart
and 1 foot m the rows, where the ground
has been fitted to receive them." Noth-
ing is said about grafting the trees in the
The first independent general nurserv
in the New World, in the sense in whicn
we now understand the term, appears to
fciave been tbat established by William
Prince at Flushing, Long Island, and which
was continued under four generations of
the same family. The founder was William
Prince. The second Prince was also
William, the son, and author of the first
regular American treatise on horticulture,
1^8. The third fceneration was WilUam
Robert Prince. He was the author of "A
Treatise on the Vine" (1830), "The Pomo-
logical Manual" (1831), and "Manual of
Rosea" (1846). In the first two he was
aided by his father, the second William.
This WiUiam Robert Prince is the one
who first distinguished the types of the
prairie strawberrj' into the two species, lui. Tbe oriciul picton of the Hotct ■tnwbenr. "MwaunBOt Honieuliute."
Fragaria iliinoensi* and F. iowenais. From August. is40. (OiifpoBi Bi»)
1518
HORTICULTURE
about 1830. His son, John J. Thoroae, Duiseryman and
author of the "Amoican Fruit Culturist " which first
appeared in 1846, died at a ripe old age in 1895. The
nureery of Thomas Hogg, referred to above, was an
important wttkbUshment. In a "Catalogue of the
ornamental trees and ehiuba, herbaceous and green-
house plants, cultivated and for sale by Thomas HogE,
nuTwryman and florist," 1S34, there are sixteen small
p^es, double columns, of mere lists of species and
varieties, comprising no leas than 1,200 entnes of great
variety. These were offered at "The New York Botanic
Garden in Broadway, near the House of Refuge."
The first Thomas Hoge, an Englishman, procured Und
in 1822 in upper Broadway (where Twenty-third Street
now ir), ana oegan business as florist and nurseryman.
In 1840 they were removed to Seventy-ninth Street and
East River, and here the sons, Thomas and James,
assisted the father, who died in 1855. Later, James had
a garden at the foot of Eighty-fourth Street, and here
he grew many plants sent from Japan, by hb brother
Thomas, who resided and travelw in that country
HORTICULTURE
New York throu^out North America. In 1857, Pros-
pfx J. Berckmans, who bad then been a resident of ttie
United States seven yean, r^noved to QeMgia, and
laid the foundation of the very important business now
conducted by his sons.
The oldest American seed house, David Landreth's,
in Philadelphia, was established in 1784. Another was
John Mackeiohn's, 1792; others, William L«««an. 1794,
and Bernard M'Mahon, 1800, all of Philadelphia. In
1802, Grant Thorfaum's was established in NewYork,
the first catalogue of four pages being published then.
The first and last of these businesses still exist under
the family names. M'Mahon did a large business in
exporting seeds of native plants, and it was through his
work that many American plants came into cultivation
in Europe. His catalogue of seeds of American plants
in 1804, for the export trade, contained about 1,000 spe-
cies of trees, herbs and shrubs. He also announced at
that time that he had "also for sale an extensive variety
of Asiatic, South Sea Islands, African and European
seeds of the most curious and rare kinds." "The prices
shall be moderate, and due allowance will be made to
those who buy to sell again." M'Mahon, through
' t influence on American
seeds of the very important Lewis and Clark expedi-
tion; but Landreth is said to have shared these seeds,
and also tbose collected by Nuttall. Those were days
of the enthusiastic exportation of the seeds of Ameri-
canplants.
Toe development of the seed trade is coincident with
the development of the postal service. Burnet Land-
reth writes that "it was not until 1775 that the New
York city post office was first established, the mail
passing once every two weeks between New York and
Boston. In 1775, a through mail was established by
Postmaster Franklin between Boston and Savannah.
the letters beinc carried by post riders, each n
ering 25 miles. Previ
fi
f"3^
25 miles. Previous to that date, sixty days would
- .'ntly pass without a mail from Virginia.
The number of seed firms in North America is now
in the hundreds. With the development of the plant-
breeding enterprises, local or regional firms and associa-
tions are springing up, to do commerce with particular
strains or lines of breeding. The demand for good
seeds, with recognized merit, is one of the most hopeful
developments in American agriculture. It is of the
same order of excellence as the demand for pedigreed
and welti^red live-stock.
Greeniunaet.
The first glasshouse in North America was probably
erected early in the century before lastj in Boston, by
Andrew Faneuil, who died in 1737. This house passed
to his nephew, Peter Faneuil, who built Faneuil Hall.
The Kreenhouse which is commonly considered to be the
first built in the country was erected in 1764 in New
York, (or James Beekman. A picture of this, from
Taft's "Greenhouse Constnictktn," is shown in Fig.
ing gr^t quantities of fruit and ornamental stock at a
formative time in Ami-rican horticulture, and it was a
pioneer in several commercial methods of propagation
of the more diflicult ornamental stock. It was a
leading distrUiutor of Japanese plants in the early days.
Between 1840 and 1850 aroee the beginnings of that
marvelous network of nurseries, which, under the lead
of Ellwaneer & Barry, T. C. Maxwell & Brothers, W.
& T. Smiti), and others, has spread the name of western
ISU. On* ol the nrlint Amnica
HORTICrLTURE
1863. GlMBhouBea were fully described in igoi by
Gwdiner and Hepburn, and in 1806 by A> Mahon, but
these authors do not state to what extent auch struo-
tures existed in America. In Doctor Hoaack's bo-
tanic piden, 1801, extensive glawhouaes were erected,
Ckonpare Fieb. 1749 and 1750. Fig. 1864 ehowB
ooeof the eaniest Amoicaji pictures of a Kreenbouse.
It IB copied, full sise, rrom Squibb's Gardener's
Caloular," Charluton, South Carolina, 1827. Fig.
HORTICULTURE 1519
and detached, being plaoed at all angles, without plan
or system. Ilien, too, the heating was nearly all done
by horitontal smoke-flues, or manure fermenting,
although there was a crude attempt at heating by hot
water by aome private individuala as early as 1833.
The first uae of heating by hot water on anytJiing like a
large acale, however, was m 1839, when Hitebings A Co.,
of tbia city, heated a large conservatory for Mr. William
bi|h. hkli
* locn oi wDien u> oe unaerirouDd, — Robert Squibb, "Oudeatt'm
CKleodu," ChuiBROD, 8. C. (1827).
1865 shows the first D'eenhouse in Chicago, as illus-
trated in "American Florist." Note the small panes,
and the sash-construction. This was built in 1835
or 1836. With these pictures should be compared
the modem greenhouaea aa shown in Fig. 1866; also in
thepictures m the articles on GreeTJunue,
Tneee early houses were heated by flues or ferment-
ing substances. The use of steam in closed circuits
began in England about 1820. Hot-water circulation
Beems to have been a laler invention, although it drove
out steam heating, until the latter began to n^ain its
supremacy in this country thirty to forty years a^.
The "New England Fanner" for June 1, 1831, contains
n description of hot-water heating for hothouses, a
matter then considered to be a great novelty.
practice to build living-rooms over the house, so that
the roof VKtuld not freeze. In the "modem" construc-
tion of tjie greenhouse of M'Mahon's day, 1806, be
advised ijiat "one-third of the front side of the roof,
for the whole lei^th of the house, be formed of e|bb»-
work," and in order that the tall, perpendicular sides of
the house should have as "much glass as possible," he
said that "piers between the sashes are commonly made
of good timber, from 6 to 8 or 10 inches thick, accord-
ing to their hei^t." "The width of the windows for
the glass sashes may be 5 or 6 feet; . . . the bottom
sashes must reach within a foot or 18 inches of the floor
of the house and their top reach within 8 or 10 incbee of
the ceiling." The panes in the roof should be 6 inches
by 4, this siK "being not only the strongest, but by
much tiie cheapest, and they should lap over each other
about )^ inch. But the sides or "front hghts must be
made with \ai%e panes of glass." Many or most of
the early plant-houses had removable tope, made of
saah. On the change from the old to the new ideas,
Alfred Henderson writes as follows: "The first pub-
lished advocacy of the fixed-roof system was made
by Peter B. Mead, in the 'New York Horticulturist,'
in 1857. Before that, all greenhouse structures for com-
mercial purposes were formed of portable sashes, and
nearly ul were constructed as 'lean-tos,' with high
back walls, and none were connected. All were separate
D private
_ _ _.iyB could
afford to indulge in such luxuries. All this is changed
now. The use of steam, hot water under pressure, and
the gravity system of hot-water heating are almost uni-
* versally in operation, the hot-air flue ^ving been rele-
• gated to the past. The beat evidence of progress is in
the fact that the florist has not waited for the trades-
man, but has brought about these improvements
himself."
Much attention was early given to the slope of the
loof, in order that the greatest amount of sunlight may
be secured. Early in the past century the curvilinear
, roof came into use, as the various angles which it pre-
I sents to the sun were supposed lo catch the maximum
I number of the incident rays. The sides of the house
I remained high, for the most part, until near the middle
of the century. All this shows that the early slaas-
houae was modeled after the dwelling or other building
and that it had not developed into a structive in which
plants were grown for comme^ial purposes.
The modem commercial forcing-house, with direct
roof, low sides, and heated by steam or hot water in
closed circuits, is mostly a development of the last forty
years. Its forerunner was the propagating-pit of tlie
nurseryman. If anything is lost in sunlight by adopting
a simple roof, the loss is more than compensated by t^
hghter framework and larger glass. In the forcing-
house, all architectural ambition is sacrificed to the one
desire to create a commercial garden in the frosty
months.
Lettuce, cucumbers, tomatoes, carnations, violets,
and various other plants are now grown as crops under
glass roofs, whereas a generation ago they were usually
not forced at all for market or were grown mostly under
frames. With the simplifying and cheapening of the
glasshouse, amateur flower- and vegetable-growing has
acquired a new impetus, and the business of the retail
florist has grown amazingly.
Some idea of the increase of the demand for plants
may be obtained from the sale of flower-pots. A. H.
Hews, of Cambridge, Mass., whose ancestors began
the manufacture of pots before 1765, once reported that
tor a period of twenty-two years, from 1788 to 1810 the
accounts of the sales of pots ' 'cover about as many pages
as we now often use m one day; and the amount in
n (IBU or ISM).
dollars and cents does not compare with single sales of
the year 1894." He also compared the sales for 1869 and
1894 and "found the increase as ten to one; or, in round
numbers, 700,000 flower-pots in the former year and
7,000,000 in the latter; and if the same factory can in
1920, twentv-five years later, produce and sell 70,000-,
000, we shaU verily be Uving in a land of flowers."
One of the earliest greenhouse builders was Prederie
A. Lord, who built his first houses, aceordii^ to Taft,
1520
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
in Buffalo in 1855, and who, in 1872, entered into pait-
nersbip with W. A. Bumham, at IrvinKton, on the Hud-
son. Several firms now m&ke greenhouise building and
heating a specialty. Id very recent years a new isapetus
has been given to slasehouse building and woric by the
establishment of the aEricultural experiment stations
aod the extension of liorticulturaJ teaching in the
The gTomn{) liUralwe.
An important feature of American horticulture is its
living literature. Petsons ma^ care nothing for books;
yet tne Uterature of any subject is the measure of its
ideals. Persons may say that the books are theoretical
and beyond them ; yet good books are alwaye beyond,
else they are not good. There is no reason for Uterature
if it does not insj)ire and point to better things. We
measure the aspirations ot any time by its writings.
Whether the fact be recognized or not, the literature of
our horticulture is an underlying force which slowly
dominates the tbou^ts and idrals of men. A book is a
fKiwerful teacher. It states its propositions, and is
silent; and in the silence its lessons sink int« tike mind.
the discussion lacked vital connection with the orchard.
The book was suggestive of the study and the com-
piler. Coxe, Kennck, Manning, Downing, Thomas,
Warder, Barry, Fuller, are sienincant names in Ameri-
can pomok^cal Uterature. In floriculture there have
been many excellent treatises, but there is not yet a
single ereat or comprehensive book. In recent years,
the making of techmcal horticultural Uterature is pass-
ing more and more from the working horticulturist to
the specially trained student and writer, particularly to
those who are connected with colleges of agriculture
and experiment stations. At the same tmie, the
amateur and strictly popular writings are increasing
rapidly, and the modem publisher oas made many
'' the books very attractive in their mechanical
The periodical literature is not to be overlooked.
althou^ we do not now have in America horticultural
magatmes and journals comparable with those of
Europe. These serial writings, however, are volumi-
nous and important, and must be taken into account
when any complete estimate is made of American horti-
cultural literature. On the writing of "gardening litera-
ture," Henry Ward Beecher wrote nearly fifty years
X: "We, in America especially, need men to write
> devote time, thought and knowledge ta this ele-
gant department of knowledge as they do te the
sciences of law, of medicine, or theology; and, although
we are glad of transient and cursory writing, rather than
none, I feel the want, in American horticultural maga-
IHe. Interior of k nudem
Very many books have enriched American horti*
culture. Many of them have been poor, but even these
may have challenged controversy and have done good.
The early books were largely empirical and dogmatic.
Downing, for example, in 1S15, says that tillage makes
better orchards, and he cites cases; but he does not
give reasons. He does not mention nitrogen, potash,
aoil moisture, chemical activities. He does not even
mention plant^food in connection with tillage. The
horizon has widened since then. Men do not take up
things actively until they know the reasons. The poor
farmer, not knowing reasons for anything, has no
inspiration and goes fishing. Forty years ago, Cokinel
Waring was the apostle of deep-plowing; yet one should
plow neither deep nor shallow until he knows why. Our
literature has been singularly devoid of principles and
analysis. The great writer is lie who catches the signifi-
cant movements and ideas of his time and portrays
them to inspire hia reader, Hendeison first caught the
rising commercial spirit of our vegetnble-gardemng; his
"Gardening for Profit" was the great««t American vcge-
table-gardenii^ book, even if now out of date as a
book of practice. American pomology has several
strong names amonaat ite writers. Most of these writers
have sacrificed fundamental considerations to varieties.
The first sustained effort to write on fruit-growing from
the point of view of underlving principles was by Charles
R. Baker, who in 1866 published his "Practical and
Scientific Fruit Culture." But the time was appari-ntly
not yet ready for asoltd book of this kind, and niiK'h of
fully studied, although the coUecting of books has
lat^y assumed much interest and importance. There are
no full lists of these writino^; and it is to make a prelim-
inary contribution to such usts that the present compila-
tion is presented. The written word persists long after
the word of mouth has been lost; and it admits of no
doubt as to dates and statements of fact. It is essential
that any people arrive at an appreciation of its reconla
in a ^ven subject, that it may have perspective aod
develop sound judgmente.
In the preceding pages something has been said
about the development of writing on horticulture in
North America. The early general writing h ''
literature occupies considerable space, beginning page
1559. The reports of horticultural societies are recorded
from page 1553. In the present discussion, the regularly
printed Horticultural books are listed in detail, from
the fiist book on horticulture in North America, so
far as it may be known, to the current date. In the
preceding accounts, some of the early writings on gen-
eral agriculture arc discussed, as bearing on the history;
many other early writers mi^t have been mentionra,
if the subject had taken a wider field, as Binns (Fred-
erick, Maryland, 1803), Spurrier (Worcester, 1792),
Parkmson (Philadelphia, 1799), George Logan (Phila-
delphia, 1797), Du Pr« ("Culture of Cotton,'^ 1799, pei^
haps the book mentioned on page 1510), and others.
North American horticultural books.
In the introduction to the "History of the Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society" (1880) it is said that Mrs.
Martha Logan, in South Carolina, "when seventy
years old, wrote a treatise on gardening called the
'Gardener's Kalendar,' which was pubUshed after her
death m 1779, and as late as 1808 regulated the prac-
tice of gardening in and near Charleston. She was a
great florist, and uncommonly fond of a garden" (page
1510). In the Charleston hbrary there is no separate
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1521
book of this kind, but the ''Gardener's Calendar by
Mrs. Logan'' appears in succeeding issues of the ''Car-
olina and Geoi^a Almanac," comprising six pages.
The earliest date there available is m the Almanac for
1798. It has been spoken of as a pamphlet, and it may
have been reprinted separately. The first almanac
printed in South Carolina was Tobler's for 1752. This
almanac contains a "Gardner's Kalender, done by a
Lady of this Province and esteemed a very good one."
Perhaps this work was by Mrs. Logan. There does not
appear to be any book by Mrs. Logan in the antiquarian
libraries or lists, although, followin|; AUibone, Evans
apparently erroneously mcluded it m Vol. IV of his
"American Biblography" as of the date of 1772. Mrs.
St. Jidien Ravenel, m "Charleston, the Place and the
People" (1906), writes that "Mrs. Logan was the
daughter of the gallant Colonel Daniel. Her 'Garden-
ers* Chronicle,' written when over seventy, was in great
demand formerly, but seems to have utterly perished,
the most careful search failing to produce a copy."
The almanacs were important medimns of informa-
tion in the early da}rs, and it is probable that some of
the first instruction in horticulture was given in them.
In "Poor WiU's Abnanack" for 1787, prmted in Philar
delphia in 1786, there is a "Gardener's Kalender; or
useful memorandums of work necessary to be done,
monthly, in the gardens and orchards of the Middle
States," according to Evans. The "Southern States
Ephemeris" for 1788, printed in Charleston in 1787, con-
tams "a new and copious ^irdener's calendar" for the
southern states. In Isaac Brigg's "Georgia and South
Carolina Almanac" for 1800, printed in Augusta in
1799. there is a calendar, according to Evans, by Robert
Squiob. The agricultural matter in the New England
almanacs is weU known.
In 1796, there was printed at Newburyport, Massa-
chusetts, by Blunt and March, for John Daoney, Salem,
"An Adoress to Farmers" on a niunber of interesting sub-
jects. It contains a part or chapter on the character of a
complete farmer; one on the profits of a nursery; another
on the advantages of an orchard. There are references
in the appendix to apples, barley, cabbages, carrots,
clover, and other subjects. The parts were "extracted
principally from a variety of authors."
Apparently the earliest separate book on a horticul-
tural subject published in North America (if the Logan
ia not counted), was Robert Squibb's "The Gar-
dener's Kalender for South Carolina and North Caro-
lina," published in Charleston in 1787, and again in
1809, 1827, and 1842 (Fig. 1864). The second work
appcjars to be an American edition of Marshall's "Intro-
duction to the Knowledge and Practice of Gardening "
Boston, 1799. The second indigenous horticultural book,
apparently, appeared in 1804, "The American Gar-
dener," by John Gardiner and David Hepburn (Fig.
1867). It was published at Washington. This book
had an extensive sale. It was revisedf by "a citizen of
Virginia," and republished in Georgetown, D.C., in 1818
(see Hepburn, p. 1579). A third edition appeared in 1826*
This book was followed in 1806 by Bernard M ' Mahon's
excellent and voluminous "American Gardener's Calen-
dar," in Philadelphia. This work enjoyed much popu-
larity, and the eleventh edition appeared as late as 1857.
For fifty years it remained the best American work
on general gardening. M'Mahon, remembered in the
Mahonia b£ui>erries, was an important personage. He
was largely responsible for the introduction into cultivar
tion of the plants collected by Lewis and Clark. These
early books were calendars, giving advice for the suc-
cessive months. They were made on the plan then
popular in England, a plan which has such noteworthy
precedent as the excellent "Kalendarium Hortense" of
John Evel3m, which first appeared in 1664, and went
to nine regular editions. Other early books of this type
were "An old gardener's 'Practical American Gar-
dener,'" Baltimore, 1819 and 1822; Thorbum's "Gen-
97
tleman's and Gardener's Kalendar," New York, the
third edition of which appeared in 1821.
As throwing some hght on the processes of book-
making in those days, the following announcement
by Squibb in the "Charleston Evening Gazette,"
July 4, 1786, will be interesting:
To THE PUBUC.
From the frequent solicitations of a number of Gentlemen of
this and adJoinini^ states, the subscriber has been induced to under-
take a work, entitled, "The South Carolina, Georgia, and North
Carolina Gardeners Calendar," which, from its general utility, he
flatters himself, will meet the approbation of the Public at large.
The EngUsh publications hitherto made use of to point out and
direct the best methods of Gardening by no means answer the
purpose, as they tend to mislead instead of instruct, and suit onl^
the European parts for which they were desiiped. — ^This work is
deduced from practice and experience in this climate, wherein
the most certain and simple methods are clearly pointed out, so as
to render the art of Gardening easy and familiar to every capaci^
The work will be comprised in an octavo volume of about 200
pages, which will contain ample directions for whatever is necessary
tooe done in the Kitchen and Fruit Garden for every month in
theyear.
Terms of subscribing One Dollar; half on subscribing, the
remainder on the delivery of the book, which will be printed with
all possible dispatch. Robert Squibb Nursery and Seeidsman.
Subscriptions will be received at the subscriber's Garden, the
upper end of Tradd street^ at the Printers of this Paper, at Bower
A Markland's Printing-omoe, Church street, and at the principal
TavemSb
The first indigenous book written on the topical plan,
treating subject by subject, is apparently Coxe's fruit
book, 1817; the second appears to have been CobbetVs
"American Gardener/' published at New York in 1819,
TRK
AMERICAN GARDENER,
CONTAININO AUfLM BIlB«TtON| FOl W0KB1VO
A KITCHEN GARDEN.
EVERY MONTH IN THE YEAH;
And copioas inftrodioni for the cultiTitioa of
FLOWER GARDENS, VINEYARDS, NURSE,
RIES, HOP-YARDS, GREEN HOUSES,
AND HOT HOUSES.
Bt JOHN GARDINER 8c DAVID HEPBURN,
Late Gardener to Gov* Mercer 8c Gen. Mafbn.
C1T» OF WASHlNCTOir
Feinted it SAMUEL H. SMITH,
FOR TBE AUtMQMS.
laoi.
1867. Title-i«ce, exact sixe, of what ia loppoaed to be the aecond
or third indigenoua American horticoltoral book.
1522
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
in London in 1821, and whichpassed through subse-
quent editions. This William Cobbett is the one who
edited the federalist paper in Philadelphia known as
"Peter Porcupine's Gaaette/' and whose attack upon
Dr. Rush's treatment of yellow fever brought agamst
him a judgment for damages, and which decided him
to return to England in 1800, whence he had oome, by
way of France, in 1792. In London he again took up
political writing, and in 1817 he retreatea to America
to escape political penalties, and resided upon a farm
on Long island until 1819. He kept a seed store in
New York in 1818, and we find Grant Thorbum dis-
puting with him in the "Evening Post" as to which sold
the better rutaba^ seed at one dollar a pound. Cob-
bett, it seems, claimed to have been the mtroducer of
this vegetable, also known as the Russian turnip, into
this country; but Thorbum retorts that **in the year
1796 a large field of these turnips was raised by Wm.
Prout on that piece of ground now occupied by the nav^
yard, at the city of Washington." lie completed his
life in England, becoming a voluminous author upon
political and economical subjects. It is interesting to
note, in connection with this dispute about the turnips,
that the kohlrabi was introduced about the same time,
and Deane says of it in 1797, that "whether this plant,
which has but newly found its way into our country, is
hardy enough to bear the frost of our winters, I suppose
is yet to be proved." It was recommended to be grown
as a biennial, which accounts for Deane's fear that it
might not pass the winters.
Fessenden's "New American Gardener," made upon
the topical plan, appeared in Boston in 1828, and went
to various editions; and from this time on, gardening
books were frequent. Some of the leading early authors
are Thomas Bridgeman, of New York; Robert Buist,
of Philadelphia, and Joseph Breck, of Boston.
The first American book devoted wholly to flowers
was probably Roland Green's "Treatise on the Cultiva-
tion of Flowers" Boston, 1828 (p. 1511). Edward
Sayers publishea the "American* Flower Garden Com-
panion,'' in Boston, in 1838. From 1830 to 1860 there
appeared many of those superficial and fashionable
books which deal with the language of flowers, and
which assume that the proper way to popularize bot-
any is by means of manufactured sentiment.
The furst book devoted to a special flower was prob-
ably Sayers' treatise on the dahba, Boston, 1839, which
appeared only a year later than Paxton's well-known
book in England. Sayers' book also included the cactus.
The next special flower-book seems to have been Buist's
"Rose Manual," Philadelphia, 1844, although a senti-
mental book on the "Queen of Flowers" had appeared
in the same city in 1841. Buist's book went to at least
four editions. It was followed by Prince's in 1846, and
by S. B. Parson's "The Rose: Its History, Poetry, Cul-
ture and Classification," 1846. Parson's book went to a
revised edition. Of later-date flower-books there are
several of importance, but it Lb not the purpose of this
paragraph to trace more than the beginnings of Ameri-
can floricultural writings.
In 1838 appeared a book in French in New Orleans.
This was Lefievre's "Nouveau Jardinier de la Louis-
iane." It was a small book of 200 pages, with a calendar
and brief directions for the growing of vegetables, fruits
and flowers. Singularly enough, a French book also
appeared at the other extreme of the country. This was
Provancher's "Le Verger-Canadien," published in
Quebec in 1872.
It is in the pomological writings that North America
has made the greatest contributions to horticultural
literature. WilSam Forsyth's excellent "Treatise on
the Culture and Management of Fruit Trees"" appeared
in London in 1802, and it was widely read, "an impres-
sion of 1,500 copies (of the first edition) in 4to having
been sold in a little more than eight months." An
American edition, by William Cobbett, appeared in
New York and Philadelphia in 1802, and in Albaoy in
1803, and an epitome oi it b}[ "an American faxmer/'
was published in Philadelphia in 1803. The first Ameri-
can pomological book was William Coxe^s *^iewr of the
Cultivation of Fruit Trees," published in Philadelphia
in 1817, a work known to students of horticultural
hterature for the uniform completeness and accura^
of its descriptions. A feature of this excellent ^mrork
are the many woodcuts of varieties of fruits. Although
not answering the requirements of the presoit day.
they were considered to be very good for the time and
for a new country. One of them is reproduced in Fi^
1858 to show the style of workmanship. Coxe had lOO
woodcuts of apples, 63 of pears, 15 ofpeaches, 17 of
plums, 3 of apncots, 2 of nectarines. Tnis makes 200
engravings, which would be considered Uberal illustra-
tion even at the present day.
James Thachers "American Orchardist" appeared in
Boston in 1822, and the second edition at Plymouth in
1825. The first edition was also bound with William
Cobbett's ''Cottage Economy," and the double volume
was issued in New York in 1824 as ''American Orchard-
ist and Cottage Economy." "The Pomological Man-
ual," New York, 1831 (second edition 1832), is a com-
pilation of descnptions of varieties, by William Robert
Prince and WilUin Prince, son ana father respectively.
William Kendrick's "New American Orchardist" was
published in Boston in 1833. The eighth edition ap-
pc^ored in 1848. Like all early works, it devotes most of
its space to varieties. Robert Manning published his
admu^le "Book of Fruits," at Salem, in 1838, being
aided bv John M. Ives. Upon the death of Manning,
Ives published a second edition in 1844 under the title
of "The New England Fruit Book," and a third in 1847
as "The New England Book of Fruita." Downing's
"Fruits and Fruit Trees of America" appeared in 1845
in two forms^ duodecimo and octavo, although both
issues were prmted from the same type. One issue of the
octavo form contained colored plates. Thomas' "Fruit
Cultiu-ist," which is known in subsequent editions as
"The American Fruit Culturist," appeared in 1846.
Other pomological writings which appeared before 1850
are Sayers' "-/Snerican Fruit Garden Companion," Bos-
ton, 1839; Hoflfy's "Orchardist's Companion," Philadel-
phia, 1841; Bridgeman's "Fruit Cultivator's Manual,"
New York, 1845; Floy's American edition of George
Lindley's "Guide to the Orchard and Fruit Garden,"
New York, 1846: Jaque's "Practical Treatise on the
Management of Fruit Trees," Worcester, 1849; Good-
rich's ''Northern Fruit Culturist,'* Burlington, Vt.,
1849; Cole's "American Fruit Book," and others.
Barry's "Fruit Garden" appeared in 1851.
Of these pomological booKs, the first place should be
riven to those of 0>xe, Kendrick, Manning, Downing,
Thomas and Barry. The influence of Downing's "Fruits
and Fruit Trees of America" probably has b^n greater
than that of all others in extending a love of fruits and
a critic^ attitude toward varieties. Begun by Andrew
Jackson Downing — perhaps the fairest name in Ameri-
can horticultural literature — it was continued and re-
vised by the elder brother, Charles, after the imtimely
death of the former. Most of these works were largely
compilations. A notable exception was Manning's
"Book of Fruits." In the introductory remarks to this
volimie is the following statement: "There is one cir-
cumstance to which we venture to call the attention
of our readers — that while some recent works on
pomology are compiled from earlier authors, or from
information derived at second-hand, the writers them-
selves seldom having the means of observation in their
power, we have in these pa^es described no specimen
which we have not actually identified beyond a reason-
able doubt of its genuineness." It was Manning who
chiefly made known to Americans the pears of the
Belgian, Van Mons. He was one of the most careful
observers amongst American pomologists.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1523
The awakening pomobgy of the r^on west of the
Alleghanies found expression in EUiott 8 **Fruit Book,"
1854, whose author wrote from Cleveland, and which
went to a new edition in 1859 as *The Western Fruit
Book'' with the preface dated at St. Louis; and Hooi>-
er's "Western Fruit Book," 1867, written at Cincinnati.
John A. Warder was a guiding spirit of the opening
West.
The earliest separate grape book was published in
Washington in 1823, b}r tne prophetic Adlum, ''A
Memoir on the Cultivation of the Vine in America."
This went to a second edition in 1828. Before this time
(1806), S. W. Johnson had devoted much space to the
grape in his ''Rural Economy," published at New Bruns-
wick, N. J.J and he published interesting pictures of
^pe-traimng (Fig. 1859). Adhun's book was followed
m 1826 by the "American Vine Dresser's Guide," by
Dufour. This important work also gave pictures of
ip^pe-training, one of which is reproduced in Fig. 1860.
The larger number of the grape books appeared before
the close of the Civil War, although the larger part of
the development of the subject has taken place since
that time.
LIST OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURAL BOOKS
The purpose of the following list is to record all the
regular publishers' or book-trade books, and their
editions, on fruit-growing, flower-growing, vegetable-
gardenins, and closely related subjects, that have been
published in the United States and Canada to the close
of the year 1914. It does not include British or other
imported books that apparently are printed abroad
and then bound up in this country with a new title-
page, or even those of foreign authorship that are
merely reprinted in this country, for the reason that
thev do not represent American experience and are
really not American works. Neither does the list con-
tain all excerpts or separates of articles or addresses
that may be put in pamphlet form, nor the reports and
publications of government departments. Revisions
and modified editions, as indicated by new cop>Tight
or changed title-page, are included, but not new
impressions or re-issues.
The entries comprise the name of the author (or
editor) as given on the title-page, the exact title, the
phraseology of the subtitles, whether illustrated, place
of publication, date (n. d. means that no date is given on
the title-pa^e), date of copyright (n. c. means that there
is no copyri^t imprint), publisher, number of pa^es
(roman numerals are those of prefatory pages), and sise
of the bound volume to one-quarter of an inch. It is
intended that the capitalization and punctuation of the
originfd shall be followed, but as the list has been com-
piled from several sources it has been impossible to be
consistent in these details. The name of the author is
intended to be given in the form in which it appears in
the given book, on the assumption that the author's
wishes and usage are to be respected.
Every pains has been taken to make this list accu-
rate and complete. It was first put in type more than
two years ago, and it has been gone over by many
persons. Revised proofs have been taken and these
have again been gone over. Special aid has been given
by the Library of the Unitea States Department of
Agriculture, Library of Congress, and the Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society.
Abbott, Francis B. Hand-Book of Small Fruits. Illus. Chiosco,
lU. n.d. Paper5Hx3H. (188d?]
Adams, H. S. Flower Gardening. Illus. New York. 1913. [c.
1913.] McBride. Nasi A Co. 253 pp. 6 x 7H-
. LUiea. Being one of a aeries of flower monographs. lUus.
New York, 1913. (c. 1913.] McBride, Nasi A Co. 116 pp.
5x7.
Making a Rock Garden. Illus. New York.
Adlum, John. A Memoir on the Cultivation of the Vine in America,
and the Best Mode of Making Wine. Washington. 1823.
(o. 1823.] Davis A Foroe. 142 pp.
-. The same. 2d ed. Washington. 1828. (c. 1828.] WiUiam
Greer. 180 pp.
Agar, Madbunb. Garden Design in Theory and Practice. lUua.
Philadelphia. 1912. J. B. lippinoott Company. 272 pp. 9 in.
AoBXCOLA, P. The New York Gardener; or, twelve letters from a
farmer to his son, in which he describes the method of laying
out and managing the kitchen garden. White Creek. 1827.
[n. C.J PubUahed oy A. Crosby. O. M. Davison, Printer,
Saratoga Springs. 9o pp. 7x4}%
Albaugh, Bbnjamxn F. The Gardenette; or. City Back Yard
Garden by the Sandwich System ... a complete Guide for
the Amateur Gardener. lUus. Piqua, O. 1912. The Magee
Bros. Co., Printers. 64 pp. 9 in.
Albbb, Hblbn R. Hardy Plants for Cottage Gardens. Illus. New
York. 1910. H. Holt & Co. vi -f 309 pp. 8 in. (American
Nature Series. Group IV. Working with Nature.)
Alobbman, W. H. See Hedriok, U. P. The Plums of New York.
Allen, C. L. Bulbs and Tuberous-rooted Plants; their history,
description, methods of propagation and complete directions
for their successful culture in the garden, dwelling and green-
house. Illus. New York. 1893. (c. 1893.] Orange Judd Com-
pany, vi 4-311 pp. 8x5)4.
. Cabbage, Cauliflower and Allied Vegetables from Seed
to Harvest. lUus. New York. 1901. [o. 1901.] Orange Judd
Company, zvi 4- 127 pp. 7H > 6*
Allbn, John Fisk. The Culture of the Grape. Embracing Direc-
tions for the Treatment of the Vine, in tne Northern States of
America, in the open air, and under glass structures, with and
without artificial heat. Illus. Boston. 1847. Dutton A Went-
worth. Printers. 55 pp. 9K u^
. A Practical Treatise on the Culture and Treatment of the
Grape Vine; embracing its history, with directions for its
treatment, in the United States of America, in the open air,
uui under glass structures, with and without artificial heat.
Illus. 2d ed., enlarged. Boston. 1848.(0.1848.] Dutton A Went-
worth. 247 pp.
. The same. Illus. 3d ed., enlarged and revised. New
York. 1853. (o. 1853.] C. M. Saxton, Barker A Co. 330 pp.
7Hx5H.
-. Victoria Begia; or, the great water lily of America. With
_^ 1912. Ic.
1912.) Mcgride, Nast A Co. 52 pp. 6Hx4K- (House and
Garden Making Bor>ks. )
a brief acooimt of its discovery and introduction into cultiva-
tion. With illustrations by William Sharp, from specimens
grown at Salem, Mass., U. S* A. Colored plate. Boston.
1854. [c 1854.] Dutton A Wentworth. 17 pp. 27 x 21.
Allbn, Lbwis F. Rural Architecture; being a complete deeerip-
tion of farmhouse^*, cottages, and outbuildings, comprising
wood houses, , workshops, tool houses, carriage and wagon
houses, stables, smoke and ash houses, ice-houses, apiary or
bee house, poultrv houses, rabbitrsr, dovecote, piggery, bams
and sheds for cattle, etc., together with lawns, pleasure grounds
and parks; the flower, fruit and vegetable garden; also, useftil
and ornamental domestic animals for the country renident, etc.;
also, the best method of conducting water into cattle yards
and houses. Beautifully illustrated. New York. 1863. (c. 1852.]
C. M. Saxton. 378 pp. 8x5.
. The same. A. O.Moore ; also by Orange Judd dcCa 7Hx5«
. See Smith, C. H. J. Landscape Gardening.
Allbn, Phoebb. and Godfbbt, Dr. Miniature and Window Gar*
dening. New York. 1902. J. Pott & Co. 100 pp. 7Hin.
Allbn, Wauteb Fox. Eni^ish Walnuts; what you need to know
about planting, cultivating and harvesting this most delicious
of nuts. Illus. LawTBnoeville, N. J. [o. 1912.] W. F. Allen.
29 pp. 6H in-
Alwood, Wm. B. a series of bulletins on Orchard Technic^ue.
Bulletins 97-101, Virp^ia Agricultural Experiment Station.
With notes on insecticides by J. L. Phillips and H. L. Price.
Illus. Roanoke, Va. 1900. Stone Printing and Manufacturing
Company. 125 pp. "Orchard Technique^' on cover.
Ambrican CHRTBANTHBMnM ANNUAL, 1895. See Barker, Michael.
Ambrican Florist Company's Dirbctort of Florists, Nursery-
men and Seedsmen of the United States and Canada. Chicago.
1890. (c. 1890.] Published by the American Florist Company.
123 pp. 8*^x6.
. The same. 1892. 195 pp.
. The same. 1894. 270 pp.
. The same. 1896. 335 pp. 7Hx4^
. The same. 1898. 351 pp.
The same. 1899. 358 pp.
. The samq. 1900. 384 pp.
. The same. 1901. 397 pp.
. The ssme. 1902. 416 pp.
. The same. 1903. 415 pp.
. The same. 1904. 407 pp.
. The same. 1905. 451 pp.
. The same. 1906. 475 pp.
. The same. 1907. 496 pp.
. The same. 1908. 607 pp.
1524
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
The same. 1909. 544 pp.
The same. 1910. 566 pp.
The same. 1911. 586 pp.
The same. 1912. 645 pp.
American FRnrra Pocurr Dirbctort for the year 1910. Rochea-
ter, N. Y. 19ia American Fniita Publishing Company. 168
pp. 65ix3H.
Ambrican Fruits Year Book and DnuDcroRT or Nursbrtmkn
for the year 1912. Portraita. Rochester. N. Y. [o. 1912.]
American Fruits Publishing Ck>mpany. 190 pp. 7 >^ z 4.
American HoRncuLTURAL Annual. A srearbook of horticultural
progress for the professional and amateur ^Etrdener. fruit-
grower, and florist. lUus. New York. 1867. [c. 1867.] Orange
judd Company. 152 pp. 7 H x 5.
. The same, for 1868. 164 pp.
. The same, for 1869. 152 pp.
. The same, for 1870. 152 pp.
. The same, for 1871. 152 pp.
American Rose Cultxtribt. The. Being a practical treatise on
the propagation, cultivation, and management of the rose in
all seasons; with a list of choice and approved varieties adapted
to the climate of the United States. To which are added full
diieotions for the treatment of the dahlia. Illustrated with
engravings. New York. n. d. (c. 1856.] Orange Judd Com-
pany. 96 pp. 7yix5.
. The same. 1866. [c. 1852.] C. M. Sazton ft Co. 96 pp.
8 z 5H. (Bound sixth in Sazton's Rural Handbook, 2d series.)
The same. 1866. [c 1856.] Orange Judd Company.
96 pp. 7^x5.
Anders, J. M. House-Plants as Sanitary Agents; or, the relation
of growing vegetation to health and disease; comprising, also,
a consideration of the subject of practical floriculture, and of
the sanitaiy influences of forests and plantations. Philadelphia.
1887. (c. 1886.] J. B. Lippinoott Company. 334 pp. 7^x5.
Anderson Jambs. See Marshall. Charles. An Introduction to the
Knowledge and Practice of Gardening.
Andrae. E. H. a Guide to the Cultivation of the Grape- Vine in
Texas, and Instructions for Wine-Making. Illus. Dallas, Texas,
[c. 1889.) Texas Farm and Ranch PubUuiing Company. Paper,
45 pp. 8^ in.
. The same. 1890. [c 1890.]
Andrews, Walter E. See Farmer, L. J. Fall-bearing Strawberry
Secrets.
Anoier, Belle Sumner. The Garden Book of California. Decon^
tions by Spencer Wright. San Francisco and New York,
[c 1906.] P. Elder & Co. vii + 141 pp. 8^ in.
Arai. S. See Canada, J. W. How to Plant and Cultivate an Orange
Orchard.
Arue. C. H. See Qreiner, T., and Arlie, C. H. How to Grow
Onions.
Arnold, Gborqb. How to Grow Asters; a Manual on Asters.
6th ed.. revised. Illus. Rochester, N. Y. 1912. J. Viok's Sons.
40 pp. 8^ in.
AspiNWALL, Britt. Loganberry Culture. Lcttanberiy Juice, by
C. I. Lewis. Written Q>ecially for use in tne Pacific Horticul-
tural Correspondence School. Portland. Ore. 1913. 15 pp. 9 in.
AspiNWALL, John. Hints on the Culttiro of Pineapples. 2d ed.
Eau Gallic. Fla. 1893. (c. 1893.] Published by John Aspinwall.
16 pp. 3x5.
Bailet. L. H. American Grape Traming. An account of the
leading forms now in use of training the American Grapes.
Illus. New York. 1893. [c. 1893.J The Rural PublishingCom-
pany. 95 pp. (Republished and extended in The Pruning-Book.)
■ Annals of Horticulture in North America for the Year
1889. A witness of passing events and a record of progress.
Illus. New York. 1890. (c. 1889.] The Rural Publishing
Company. 249 pp. 8 x 5 H*
. The same, for 1890. 1891. [c. 1891.1 312 pp. 8Kx5Ji
. The same, for 1891. 1892. [o. 1892.] 415 pp. 8x5H.
. The same, for 1892. 1893. [c. 1893.] 387 pp. 8^x5>i
. The same, for 1893; with an account of the horticulture
of the Columbian Exposition. 1894. (c. 1894.] Orange Judd
Company, vii + 179 pp. 7 H x 5.
■ Croes-Breeding and Hsrbridicing. The philosophy of the
crossing of plants, considered with reference to their improve-
ment under cultivation; with a brief bibliography of the sub-
ject. New York- 1892. [c. 1892.J The Rural Publishing Com-
pany. 44 pp. S X 5 K- (VoL I, No. 6 of The Rural Library.) In-
corporated m Plant-Breeding.
. Cyclopedia of American Horticulture: comprising; sug-
gestions for cultivation of horticultural plants, descriptions
of the species of fruits, vegetables, flowers and ornamental
plants sold in the United States and Canada, together with
geographical and bi(^(raphical sketches. Assisted by Wilhelm
Miller. Illustrated with over two thousand original engravings.
New York. 1900-1902. (c. 1900.1 The Macmillan Company.
4 vols. 2.016 pp. 11x8. 2d ed. 1904. 3rd ed. 1904. 6th ed. 1909.
. The same. 4th ed. (bound in 6 vob. with additional pref-
ace, extra plates and a sjrnopsis of the vegetable kingdom).
New York. 1906. Doubleday, Page A Co.
. Field Notes on Apple Culture. lUua. New York. 1886.
[0.1886.] Orange Judd Company. 90pp. 7Hx5.
-. The Forcing-Book. A manual of the cultivation d vra»-
tables in glass houses. Illus. New York. 1897. [c. 1897.] %b
Macmillan Company, ziii + 266 i^. 7 x 4 H* (The Garden-
Craft Series.)
. Garden-Making. Sug|»stions for the utilizing oi home
nounds. Illus. Aided byh. R. Taft, F. A. Waugh, Ernest
Walker. New York and London. 1898. [c 1898J The Mac
millan Company, vii 4- 417 pp. 7x5. (The Garden-Craft
Series.) ^ Vegetables by Waugh.
. The same. 3d ed., revised. 1899. vii + 417 pp,
. The same. 4th ed., revised. 1901. vii + 417 pp. 10th
ed., 1906.
. The Horticulturist's Rule-Book. A compendium of useful
information for fruit-growers, truck-gardeners, florists and
others. Completed to the close of the year 1889. New York.
1889. [c. 1889.] Garden Publishing <:k>mpany. 236pp. 6Hx4H.
-. The same. 2d ed., revised. Completed to the b^inning
of the year 1892. [o. 1892.] The Rural Publishing Company.
221 pp. 7Hz5.
-. The same. 3d ed., revised and extended. New York and
London. 1895. (c. 1895.] The Macmillan Company, ix 4- 302
pp. 7xAH' (The Garden-Craft Series. )
. The same. 4th ed. 1896. [c. 1895.] ix -f 312 pp. 7x4.
The same. New and rev. ed. 1904. ix -\- 312.
. Farm and Garden Rule-Book. A manual of ready rules
and reference with recipes, precepts, formulas, and tabular,
information for the use of general farmers, m^eners, fruit-
growers, stockmen, dairymen, poultrymen, foresters, rural
teachers, and others in the United States and Canada. New
York. 1911. [c. 1911.1 The Macmillan Company, xxiv + 587
pp. 8 X 5H. The 17th ed. of the Horticulturist's Rule-Book.
. The same. 18th ed. 1912.
, See Long, Elias. How to Plant a Place.
Manual of Gardening. A practical guide to the malring of
inanuai oi \jaraemng. a pracucai guioe to tne mainng (
home grounds and the growing of flowers, fruits, and vegetaSl
for home use. Illus. New York. 1910. [c. 1910.1 The Mac-
millan Company, xvi + 539 pp. 8 x 5H* Founded on Garden-
Maldng and the Practical Garden-Book.
. The Nursei^-Book. A complete guide to the multiplica-
tion and pollination of plants. Illus. New York. 1891. [o.
1891.] The Rural Publishing CTompany. 304 pp. 7Mz5K.
The same. 3ded. New York and London. 1896. [c. 1896.]
The Macmillan Company, xi + 365 pp. 7 x 4 H« (The Garden-
Craft Series.) 4th ed., 1900. 11th ed., 1907.
Plant-Breeding; being five lectures upon the ameliora-
tion of domestic plants. New York and London. 1895. (c. 1895.]
The Macmillan (Jompany. xii + 293 pp. 7x4 H* (The Garden-
Oaft Series. ) In French a^ La Proauction des Plantes, trans-
lated by J. M. et E. Harraca. Paris. 1901.
-. The same. 2d ed. 1902. xii -i- 355 pp.
-. The same. 3d ed. 1904. xiii + 334 pp.
■^— . The same. 4th ed., with a new chapter on current plant-
breeding practice. 1906. xiv + 483 pp. Trans, into Japanese
by D. Karaahima. [Rev. ed., Bailey d Gilbert, 1915).
and C. E. Hunn. The Practical Garden-Book; containing
the simplest directions for the growing of the commonest
thin|B about the house and garden. Illus. New York. 1900.
[c. 1900.] The Macmillan Company, vi -{- 250 pp. 6^ x4^.
(The Garden-Craft Series.)
. The same. 2ded. 1901. vi + 250pp.
. The Principles of Fruit-Growing. Illus. New York and
London. 1897. Jc. 1897.1 The Macnullan Company, xi + 508
pp. 7x4^. (The Rural Science Series.)
. The same. 2d ed. 1898. |c, 1897.] xvii -|- 514 pp. 3rd
ed. 1900. 4th ed. 1901. [The 20th ed. appeared early m 1915.]
. The Principles of Vegetable-Gardening. Illus. New York.
1901. [c. 1901.) The Macmillan Company, x -|- 458 pp.
7x5. Trans, into Marathi by L. Paranjpe, 19()3. 2nd ed. 1903.
3rd ed. 1904.
. The Pruning-Book. A monograph of the pruning and
training of plants as applied to American conditions. Illus.
New York and London. 1898. [c. 1898.] The Macmillan
Company.i x + 537 pp. 7x5. (The Garden-Craft Series.) 2nd
ed. 1899 (ix + 545). 3rd ed. 1901. 4th ed. 1902. 6th ed. 1904.
8th ed. 1907.
. Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Frmts. lUus.
New York and London. 1898. [c 1898.] The Macmillan Com-
pany, xiii + 472 pp. 8 x 5 >^
The Survival of the Unlike. A collection of evolution
essays miggested by the study of domestic plants. New York
and London. 1896. [c. 1896.] The Macmillan Company.
515 pp. 8x5H.
. The same, second issue. [Preface dated Nov. 17, 1896.]
. The same. 2d ed. 1897.
Baker, Charles R. Practical and Scientific Fruit-Culture. Illus.
Boston. 1866. [c. 1866.) Lee A Shepard. 523 pp. 8Kx5H-
Baker, Tarkington. Yard and Garden. A book of practical
information for the amateur gardener, in city, town or suburb.
Illustrated with photographs and diagrams. Indianapolis,
n. d. [c. 1908.1 The Bobbs-Merrill Company. 418 pp. 7H x 5.
HO^ ^Culture, literature of
1526
Bauama (pseud.). See Wright. Mn. Mabel ^^!^^*
Barclay. J. O'C. (Tr»n».) See Penot. New ^^ooeee for Um Cul-
ture of the Vine.
Ba&kcb, Michasl, Eklltor. The American ChiVBanthemum An-
nual. Pbrtrait of John Thorpe. Illua. New York. 1895. {c. 1896.]
The M^rflower Publishing Company. 44 pp. 10 x 7 H-
Bakkbbs, 8A1I0BL D. See Cleaveland, H. W. Village and Farm
Cottages.
Baiuubbs, WxLUAii. See Cleaveland, H. W. Village and Farm
Cottages^
Barnabo, Charlbs. Charles Barnard's Works. My Ten-Rod
Farm, etc. Household Library. Four vdumes in one. Omh
taming: I. My Ten-Rod Farm; or, how I became a florist. IL
Ten Per Cent on the Investment: or, farming by inches. IIL
A Simple Flower-Garden. IV. $550 Net Income; or, the straw-
berry garden. New York. 1882. (n. c] R. Worthington.
345 +^pp. 7Hx5.
=— . Farming by Inches; or, "with Brains, ffir.*' Boston.
\c 1869.] Loring, Publisher. 123 pp. 8 in. (Market-Garden-
ing.)
-. Gardening for Money. How it was done, in flowers.
strawberries, vegetables. Boston, n. d. (o. 1809.] Loring,
Publisher. 345 pp. 8 z 5H. (C>>mprises My Ten-Rod Farm.
The Strawberry Garden, Farming by Inches.)
-. My Handkerchief Garden. Sise, 25x60 feet. Results:
A garden, frec^ vegetables, exercise, health and $20.49. 1st ed.
New York. n. d. [n. c] £. H. Libby. 69 pp. 7^x5.
. The same, [c 1889.] Garden Publishing Company.
. The same, 2d ed. lUus. 1893. [p. 1893.] The Rural Pub-
lishing Company. 75 pp, 7 H x 5. (The Rural Library, Vd. I,
No. if, Apnl.)
-. My Ten-Rod Farm; or, how I became a florist. By Mrs.
Maria Gilman. Boston. 1869. (c. 1869.] Loring, Publisher.
119 pp. 8x5.
. A Kmple Flower Garden; for coimtiy homes. A prao-
tical guide for every lady. How to start it; what it will cost;
how to stock it to have flowers the srear round. Boston, n. d.
|c 1870.] Loring, Publisher. 76 pp. 8x5.
-. The Strawberry Garden; how it was planted; what it
cost; what came of it financially and sentimentally. A veiy
practical story. Boston, n. d. (c. 1871.] Loring, Publisher.
104 pp. 8x5. (Another copy with "$2,000 a Year" printed
on cover.)
-. Talks about Gur Useful Plants. A book of observations
and experiments for the use of schools, students, and all who
are interested in the culture of plants for pleasure or profit.
New York. 1894. (o. 1886.] Funk A. Wagnalls O. xvi -{- 133
pp. 6Hx4H.
$2,000 a Year on Fruits and Flowers; or. My ten-rod farm
and how I became a florist. To which is added: $550 a Year
from the Strawberry Garden. Farming bv Inches and with
Brains. The Flower Garden and How to Manage It. Phila-
delphia, n. d. (n. 0.] The Keystone Publishing Company. 345
+ 76 pp. 7Hx5.
-. The same. Contains: My Ten-Rod Farm (118 pp.);
The Strawberry Garden (104 pp. ); Farming by Inches il2ljpp.);
A Simple Flower Garden for Country Homes (76 pp.). a. T.
Coates ft Co.
Barnbs, Parker T. House Plants and How to Grow Them.
lUufl. New York. 1909. [c. 1909.] Doubleday. Page ft Co.
236pp. 7Hz5>i
. The Suburban Garden Guide. New York and Harrisburg,
Pa. [c. 1911.) The Suburban Press. 64 pp. 8 in.
. The same. New York. 1913. The Macmillan Company.
147 pp. 7 in. (The Countryside Manuals.)
Barron. Leonard. Lawns and How to Make Them. Together
with the proper keeping of putting neens. lUus. New York.
1910. [c. 1906.) Doubledi^. Page ft Co. 174 pp. 7Hx5>i
, editor. See Roses and How to Grow Them.
Barrt. p. Barry's Fruit Garden. Revised, enlarged, and newly
electrotyped. Illus. New York. n. d. [c. 1872J Orange Judd
Company, xvi + 491 pp. 7 H « 5.
. The same. New edition. Revised and brought down to
date, by the author. Illus. New York. 1883. (c. Iw3.] Orange
Judd (jompany. xvi + 516 pp. 7^x5.
. The Fruit Garden. A treatise intended to explain and
illustrate the phyidology of fruit trees, the theofy and practice
of all operations connected with the propagation, transplanting,
pruning and training of orchard and garden trees, as standards,
dwarfs, pvramids, espaliers, etc.. the laying out and arranging
different kinds of orchards and gardens, the selection of suit-
able varieties for different purposes and localities, gathering and
preserving fruits, treatment of diseases. de8truction of insects,
descriptions and uses of implements, etc. Illustrated with up-
wards of 150 figures, representing different parts of trees, all
practical operations, forms of trees, designs forplantations. im-
plements, etc New York. 1851. [c. 1851,] Charles Scribner.
xiv +398 pp. 7Hx5H.
-. The same. Auburn and Rochester. 1857. Alden ft Bearde-
ley.
. The same. New York. 1860. [c 1851.] C. M. Saxton,
Barker ft Co.
-. The same. Rochester. N. Y. 1863. Published by the
Bambtt, Marx 8. The Cranberry: its cultivation, and how to
turn the cedar bog of New Jersey into a |m>fitable investment.
Philadelphia. 1870. Brinckloe ft Marot, Printers. 45 pp. 4 H
in.
Batsman, Lee La Trobe. Fk>rida Trucking for Beginners. De
Land, Fla. fc. 1913.] The K O. Painter Printing Company.
205 pp. 7Hm.
Bates, Fbank A. How to Make Oki Orehards Profitable. Illus.
Boston. 1912. The Ball Publishing Company. 123 pp. 7 Kin.
Batbon, Mbo. Stephen. Summer Garden of Pleasure. With 36
illustrations in color by Osmund Pittman. Oiioago, 111. 1909.
[c 1909.] A. C. McCIurg ft Co. xiv -h 213 pp. 9 x 6.
Bbach, S a.. Booth, N. O., and Tatlob, O. M. The Apples
of New York. Report of the New York Agricultural Experi-
ment Station for the year 1903. Illus. Albany. 1905. J. B.
Lyon Company, Printers. 409 +360 pp. 9^x6^. In2volaL
Bbadlb, D. W. Canadian Fruit, Flower, and Kitchen Gardener.
A guide in all matters relating to the cultivation of fruits,
flowers and vegetables, and their value for cultivation in this
climate. Illus. Colored plates. Toronto. 1872. (c 1872.]
James Campbell ft Son. xvi + 391 pp. 9x6.
Bbalbt, J. T. Fruit Ranching in British Columbia. Containing
thirty-two full-page illustrations from photographs. New York.
1909. The Macmillan Company, xu + 196 pp. 8x5H-
. How to Make an Orchard in British Columbia. A Hand-
book for Beginners. New York. 1912. The Macmillan Company,
viii +86pp. 7Jix5H.
Bbattib, W. R. Celeiy Culture. A practical treatise on the prin-
ciples invcrfved in the production of celery for home use and
for market, including the selection of soil, production of plants,
cultivation, control of insects and diseases, nuu'keting ana
uses. Ulus. New York. 1907. [c. 1907.] Orange Judd Com-
pany. X + 143 pp. 7 H X 5.
Bbckeb, Johann. Der Weinbau. Eine Anieitung xur Anlage und
Behandlung der Rebe und des Weins in den Mittleren Staaten
von Nordamerika. Illus. Evansville, Ind. 1860. Gedruckt in
der Offixin des "Volksboten." viii + 111 pp. 6H in-
Bebcbeb, Hbnbt Ward. Plain and Pleasant Talk about Fruits,
Flowers and Farming. New York. 1859. (c. 1859.] Derby ft
Jackson. A. O. Moore ft Ck>. viii + 420 pp. 7 M < 5*
. The same. New edition, with additional matter from
recent writings, published and unpublished. New York. 1874.
(c 1873.] jTaFordftCo. vii + 498 pp. 7>ix5.
See Best. G. W. Best's Poteto Book.
Bbbde. Strawberry Culture. Exeter, N. H. Published by the
author. 23 pp.
Beu^ Joseph T. Work on Fruit and Fruit Growing. Toledo. 1875.
Toledo Printing and Publishing Company. 148 pp. 8 in.
Bennett, Cbablbs L. See Popenoe, Paul B.
Bbnnst, Ida D. The Flower Garden. A handbook of practical
garden lore. Illus. New York. 1903. [c. 1903.] McClure,
Phillips ft Co. ix+282pp. 8^x6.
. The same. A manual for the amateur gardener. Illus.
New York. 1910. [c 1903.] Doubleday. Page ft 0>. ix + 282
pp. 7Hx5H.
. The Vegetable Garden. A manual for the amateur vege-
table gardener. Illus. New York. 1909. [c. 1908.] Doubleday,
PageftCo. 260pp. 7Hx5H.
. The same. 1906. The McClure Company. 8 Kin*
-. See Dreer's Hints on the Growing of Bulbs.
author.
Bbbckmanb, L. E. Pear Culture in the South. An essay written
at the request of the Aiken Vine-Growing Association, of South
Cardina, and read before that body "m Thursday, July 7, 1859.
Augusta, Ga. 1859. Steam power press of the Chronicle and
Sentinel. 13 pp. 8Hin.
Berlbse, Abbe. See Dearborn, Henry A. 8. Monograph of the
genus Camellia.
Bbrneaitd. Thiebaut db. The Vine-Dresser's Theoretical and
Practical Manual; or, the art of cultivatini^ the vine; and mak-
ing wine, brandy, and vinegar. With descriptions of the species
and varieties of the vine; the climates, soils, and sites in which
each can be successfully cultivated, with their times of blossom-
ing and bearing; the diseases of the vine and means of preven-
tion. With instructions for the preservation of wines, brandies,
vinegars, confections, etc.. of the grape; for the care of the wine-
cellar; the eoononnr of the vine-jrard; and a brief sketch of the
diseases incidental to the vine dresser. From the second
French edition, by the translator of Le Solitaire, etc. Illus.
New York. 1829. Published by P. Canfield. iii + 158 pp.
8Hx5H.
Best, Geoboe W. Best's Potato Book, containing Heniy Ward
Beecher's essay on the potato mania written eq;>eciallY for this
work. Also, experiments in potato-culture, engravings and
descriptions of new varieties, etc. Utica, N. Y. 1870. G. W.
Best. 96 pp. 9 in.
BiDWELL, H. E. See Phillips, Norman.
BiooLE, Jacob. Biggie Berry Book. A condensed treatise on the
culture of berries. With leaves from the experience of many
Practical berry-growers in all parts of the Umted States. Illus.
'hiladelphia. 1894. |c 1894.] Wilmer Atkinson Company.
126pp. 5Hx4.
1526
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
. Bipgle Berry Book; ammU fruit facts from bud to box, ooo-
terved into underaUuKUbla form. lUus. PhUadelphia. 1011.
Wilmfer Atkinsoo Company. 144 pp. 5H in. (On cover: Biggie
Farm library.)
. The oame. 6th ed., SOth tiimiMiivd. 1913.
. Biggie Garden Book; veaetables, small fruits and flowers
for pleasure and profit. Illus. Philadelphia. 1008. W. Atkinsoo
Con^Nuiy. 184 pp. 5H in. (On oover: Biggie Farm Library.)
, The same. 3d ed., 30th thousand. 1012.
. Big^e Orchard Book; fruit and orchard dieanings from
bough to basket, gathered and packed into book form. Illua.
Philadelphia. 1006. W. Atkinson Company. 144 pp. 5H in.
(On cover: Biggie Farm Library.)
. The same. 2d ed., 20th thousand. 1008.
. The same. 3d ed., 30th thousand. 1011.
BisaBTT. Peteb. The Book of Water Gardening. Giving in full
detail all the practical information necessary to the selection,
grouping and successful cultivation of aquatic and other plants
required in the making^ of a water garden and its surroundings,
and covering all conditions from that of the amateur with a few
plants in tube to the large estate or park. Profusely illustrated
with 120 halftones. 17 diagrams, and 2 doubleHsage plates.
New York. 1007. (c. 1005.] A. T. De La Mare Printing and
Publishing Company. 100 pp. 10 x 7 H>
Black. John J. The Cultivation of the Peach and the Pear on
the Delaware and Chesapeake Peninsula. With a chapter on
quince culture and the culture of some of the nut-bearing trees.
With plates. Wilmington. I>el. 1886. (c. 1886.1 The James A
Webb Co. 307 pp. 8x6.
. The same. New York. 1887. [c. 1886.1 Orange Judd
Company.
Blacknall, O. W. New and Enlarged Manual oa Practical
Strawberry and Berry Fruit Culture, also of Grapes, Asparagus.
Rhubarb, etc. Illus. Kittrell, N. C. 1000. 118 pp. 8 in.
. The same. 8d ed. 1002. 7yi'm,
Blanchan. Neltjc. The American Flower Garden. Planting lists
by Leonard Barron. Illustrated with 02 full jMge photographs.
New York. 1000. [c 10O0.| I>oubleday, Page & Ck). xv +
368 pp. 10x8.
BI.BASDALB, John I. See Hesme, E. B. Catalogue of European
Vines.
. The Olive Tree and Its Products; and the suitability of
the soil and climate of Cidifomia for its extensive and profitable
cultivation. Ilhis. San Francisco. 1881. Dewey dc Co. 15 pp.
BuNN, Pbilo K. Cantaloupe Culture; a treatise on cantaloupe*
powing, under irrigation in Colorado. 1st ed. Illus. Rooky
PordrColo. [c. 1010.] The Rocky Ford Cantaloupe Seed
Breeder's Association. 32 pp. 9}i'm.
. The same. The Facts about Cantaloupes; a treatise on
cantaloupe-growing, giving the best cultural practice and
experience of growers in the special cantaloupe-growing dis-
tricts of the United Stetes. 3d revision, [c. 1012.] 35 pp.
Bloomfielo, L. M. Fertiliser Experiments on Horticultural
Crops. Reprint from Ck>lumbus Horticultural Journal. 1805.
Paper. 77 pp. 0x6.
BoABOMAN, Rosin A C. Lilies and Orchids: a series of drawings
in color of some of the more interesting and beautiful species
of these families, together with descriptive text. Illus. New
York. 1006. R. G. Cooke. Inc. 48 pp. lOJ^ x 8K.
BocHovB. G. Van, and brother. See Van Bochove, G., and Broi.
(p. 1550, two issues.)
Booth. N. O. See Beach. S. A. The Apples of New York; and Hed«
rick, U. P. The Grapes of New York,
Borden. Mrs. A. E. See (jood, J. M., and Borden.
BossoN. Charles P. Observations on the Potato, and Remedy for
the Potato Plague. In two parts; containing a history of the
potato, its cultivation and uses; also, a treatise on the potato
malady, its origin and appearances in different countries, a
view of various theories concerning it, with the remedies pro-
posed, and an inquiry into the causes producing the disease,
with directions for stajring its further progress. Boston. 1846.
(c. 1846.1 PubUshed by E. L. Pratt, ii -|- 118 pp. 8^x5.
BouLTON, WiLUAM. Thc Family Strawberry Patch and the Way
to Make it a Success. Alpena. Mich. [c. 1911.] 62 pp. 5H >n.
(Running title at top of page: Strawberry CXilture.)
Bourne. H. Flores PoeticL The Florist's Manual. Designed as an
introduction to vegetable physiology and systematic botany,
for cultivators of flowers. With more than 80 beautifully col-
ored engravings of poetic flowers. 1833. [c. 1833.] Boston:
Munroe A Francis. New York: Charles S. Francis, viii + 288
pp. 0^x6.
BoTER, Michael K., Compiler. Eversrthing You Want to Know; a
boiled-down treatise on poultry and gardening subjects; hints
for bennners . . . compiled by "Uncle Mike" (pseud.).
Illus. Hammonton. N. J. 1903. The Farm-garden and Poultry
Publishing Company. 124 pp. 7 in.
Brat, Mrs. Mart Matthews. My Grandmother's Garden, and
An Orchard Ancestral. Boston. 1011. R. G. Badger. 05 pp.
6 in.
Bbscx, Joseph. The FIower-Garden; or, Breek's book of flowers;
in which are described all the various hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, annuals, shrubby plants, and evergreen trees, deorable
for ornamental puiposes, with directions for their cultivatioa.
Boston. 1851. [o. 1851.] John P. Jewett ft Co. xii -|- 336 pp.
8x4^.
The same. New edition, revised and enlarged. 1856.
fp. 1851.) Boston: John P. Jewett A Co. Clev^uid, Ohio:
Jewett, Proctor it Worthington. New York: Sheldon. Blake-
num&Co. xii -1-305 pp. 8x5^.
The same. New edition, revised and enlaiged. New
York. 1858. {c. 1851.] A. O. Moore, xii + 305 pp. fH^^H-
. The same. New York. 1863. |c 1851.] C. M. Saxton ft
Co.
-. New Book of Flowers. Newly eleotrotyped and illustrated.
(Revision of Flower-CSaiden.) New York. n. d. [c. 1866.]
Orange Judd Company, xii 4-480 pp. 7^x5)4.
. The Young Florist; or, conversations on the culture of
flowers, and on natural history, with numerous engravinn,
from original designs. Boston. 1833. (c 1833.] RusseU,
OdiomeftCo. 168 pp. 5x5H.
BmxHAUT, Rev. T. Colunos. Ck>rdon Training of Fruit Trees;
diagonal, vertical, spiral, horisontal, adapted to the orchard-
bouse and open-air culture. With a supplement containing
remarks on cordon training, the cultivation and pruning of peaoC
trees in pots, the best varieties of fruit for pot-culture, and
general remarks on orchard-houses adapted to the climate of
the United Sutc«. By C. M. Hovey. Illus. Boston. 1864.
[n. 0.) Hovey ft C>>. 112 pp. 0x5^* (The supplement, pp. 70-
112, is by Hovey.)
Bremer, Frsderixa. See Downing, A. J. Rural Essays.
Bridoeman, Thomas. The American Gardener's Assistant. la
three parts, containing complete directions for the cultivatioa
of vegetables, flowers, fruit trees, and grape-vines. New edition,
revised, enlarged and illustrated tnr S. fklwards Todd. Part I.
Kitchen-Gardening, 152 pp.; Part II. Fruit-Gardening, 211 pp.;
Part III. Flower-Gardening. 166 pp. 1887. (c. 1^6.J (The
work VB a revision of The Young Gardener's Assistant.)
. The sa^ne. New York. 1872. [o. 1866.] WUliam Wood ft
Co. 7Hx5.
. The Florist's Guide; containing practical oUrections for the
cultivation of annual, biennial, and perennial flowering plants,
of different classes, herbaceous and shrubby, bulbcms, fibrous*
and tuberous-rooted; including the double dahlia, greenhouse
plants, etc. New York. 1835. (c. 1835.] Printed and sold by
W. Mitchell. 120 pp. 6Hx4.
. The same. 2d ed. New York. 1836. (c. 1836.] Printed
and sold by Mitchell ft Turner, viu -f- 128 pp. 7Hx4H.
-. The siame. 3d ed., enlarged and improved. New Yoric
1840. [c 1840.] For aale by the author and many others.
▼iii + 180pp. 7Hz4H.
-. The Florist's Guide; containing practical directions for
• A aa^^ A s^^a aD» o v<a«A««.a««t -i" ■■■i-ttt^i"^ ^mw^%^\^w^u %aaaw%aN#aao 9\^i
the cultivation of annual, biennial, end perennial flowering
Slants, of different classes, herbaceous, shrubby, bulbous,
brous and tuberous-rooted, including the double dahlia, with
a monthly calendar, containing instructions for the manage-
ment of greenhouse plants throu^out the jrear. The whole
adapted to the climate of the United States. A new and im-
proved edition. Portrait. New York. 1844. [o. 1844.] For sale
by the author, xi 4- 175 pp. 7 H z 5-
-. The same. New and improved edition. 1847. [o. 1847.|
xi -f 175 pp.
. Flower-Gardening; containing complete practical direo-
tions for the cultivation of flowers. Philadelphia, n. d. Henry
T. 0>ates ft C>>. 166 pp. 7H^ 5.
-. The Fruit Chiltivator's Manual; containing ample direc-
tions for the cultivation of the most important fruits, including
the cranberry, the fig. and grape, with descriptive lists of the
most admired varieties, and a calendar, showing the work
necessary to be done in the orchard and fruit-garden every
month of the jrear. The whole adapted to the climate of the
United States. Portrait. New York. 1844. [c 1844.] Pub-
lished by the author, vi + 175 pp. 7 H x 4 H-
, The same. 1846. A. Hanford.
-. The same. New York. 1847. lo. 1847.] vi + 180 pp.
7Hx4H.
. The same. New York. 1857. [c 1847.] C. M. Saxton ft Co.
-. Fruit-Gardening; containing complete practical directions
for the selection, propagation and cultivation of all kinds of
fruit. Illus. Philadelphuu n. d. Henry T. C^oates ft Co. 211
pp. 7^x5^i.
-. The Kitchen Gardener's Instructor; containing a catalogue
of garden and herb seed, with practical directions under each
heiul for the cultivation of culinary vegetables and herbs.
With a calendar, showing the work necessary to be done in a
kitchen garden every month throughout the season; also,
directions for forcing or forwarding vegetables out of the ordi-
nary season. The whole adapted to the climate of the United
States. New York. 1836. D.Mitchell. 128 pp. 7^x6.
. The same. 1844. (c. 1844.J For sale by the author.
-. The same. New York. 1857. [o. 1847.] C. M. Saxton ft
Co.
-. The same. A new and improved edition. New York. I860.
(c. 1847.] C. M. Saxton. Barker ft C^o. xii -|- 164 pp.
HOB''> ^^ULTURE, literature OF
1527
-. The same. 1864.
. Kitohen-dardening; ooataining oompl^^ praotioal direc-
tions for the planting and cultivation oC all lonos of vegetablea.
lUus. Philadelphia, n. d. Henry T. Coates 4 Co. 152 pp.
-. The Young Gardener's Assistant; containing a catalogue
of garden and flower seeds. Trith practical directions under
each head for the cultivation of culinaiy vcsetables, some
of which are not nneralhr introduced into the United States.
Brooklyn. 1829. [o. 1829.] Printed by Niohol A Mathews.
96 pp. 7x4.
-. The same. 3d ed., with an appendix; containing directions
for cultivating fruit trees and the grape vine. New York, 1832.
(c. 1832.] Printed by Geo. Robertson, vi + 272 pp. 7 x 4H.
-. The same. The Young Gardener's Assistant; containing a
catalogue of garden and flower seeds, with practical directions
under each head, for the cultivation of culinary vegetables and
flowers; also, directions for cultivating fruit trees, the grape
vines, etc. ; to which is added a calendar, showing the work neces-
sary to be done in the various departments of nrdening in evenr
month of the year. 7th ed., improved. New York. 1837.
(c. 1837.] Mitchell A, Turner, vi + 360 pp. 8^x6.
-The same. 8th ed., improved. 1840. [c. 1840.1 vi + 408
pt>. 8Kx6H.
-. The same. 10th ed.. improved. In three parts. New York.
1844. For sale by the author. (Each part paged separately).
9 in.
-. The same. 12th ed., with an araendix. In three parts,
containing catalogues of garden and flower seed, with practical
directions under each head for the cultivation of culinaiy
vegetables and flowers; also, directions for cultivating fruit
trees, the grape vine, etc. To which is added a calendar to
each part, showing the work necessary to be done in the various
departments each month in the year. The whole adapted to
the climate of the United States. 1847. (c. 1847.] (Each part
paged separately.)
-. The same. The whole adi^ted to the climate of the United
States. New edition, with an appendix, containing remarks on
the alleged disease of the potato, etc. Part I. Vegetable depart-
ment. New York. 1865. (c. 1847.1 WUliam Wood A Co. 7J^x5.
(The three parts were also published 'separately as "Kitchen
Gardener's Instructor," "Fruit-Cultivator's Manual." and
"Florist's Guide.")
Brioht. William. Bright's Single Stem, Dwarf and Renewal
System of Grape Culture; adapted to the vine3rard,the grapeiy,
and the fruitixig of vines in pots, on trellises, arbors, etc New
York. 1860. [o. I860.] C. M. Saxton, Barker A Co. 123 pp.
. The same. 2d ed. New York. 1861. [c 1860.J C. M
Saxton, Barker dc Co. 155 pp.
Bkill, Francis. Cauliflowers and How To Grow Them; with
plain, practical and explicit directions in minute detail for the
cultivation and management of this crop, from the sowing of
the seed to the marketing of the product. Riverhead, N. Y.
1886. (n. c] Published by the author. 16 pp. 9 x 5H-
. Farm-Gardening and Seed-Growing. New and enlaived
edition. With suggestions to seed-growers. Bv George Thur-
ber. New York. 1884. lo. 1883.] Orange Judd Company. 166
pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. 1886.
-. The same. New York. n. d. [c 1872.] Orange Judd
Company. 157 pp.
Bbinckle, William D., Editor. Hoffy's North American Pomolo-
gist; containing numerous finely colored drawings, accompanied
by letter press descriptions, etc., of fruits of African origin.
Portrait. Book No. 1. Philadelphia. 1860. [c. I860.] Pi«pai«d
and published by A. Hoffy. vi + 44 pp. 10^ x 8.
Brooks, Sarah Warnxr. A Garden with House Attaohed. Illus.
Boston. 1904. R. G. Badger. 118 pp. 9 Kin.
. The same. 1911. [c. 1911.]
Brown, Glenn, Editor. European and Japanese Gardens. Paoere
read before the American Institute of Architects: Italian
Gardens, by A. D. F. Hamlin. English Gardens, by R. Clipston
Sturgis. French Gardens, by John Galen Howard. Japanese
Gardens, by K. Honda. Edited for the American Institute of
Architects by Glenn Brown, Secretary. Illus. Philadelphia.
1902. [c. 1902.] Henry T. Coates 4 Co. 9^x7.
Brown. Jamss B. Reference book explanatorjr of Brown's im-
proved above-ground storehouse, for the keeping over winter of
fruit, sweet and Irish potatoes, etc.. together with sprite essay
on the propagation, cultivation, and preservation of the sweet
p6tato. ^I'^llnnville, Tenn. 1886. Standard Printing House.
20 pp. 9 in.
Brown, Waloo F. Gardener's Pocket ManuaL A short, practical
treatise on mrdening. Illus. Springfield, O. [o. 1878.] T. H.
Ekiwards A Co. 105 pp. 6 in.
Bryant. W. C See Field. F. E. The Greenhouse as a Winter
Garden; see Turner, Mrs. Cordelia Harris. The Floral Kingdom.
Buchanan, Robert. The Culture of the Grape, and Wine Mak-
ing; with an appendix containing directions for the cultiva-
tion of the strawberry, by N. Longworth. Illus. CinoinnatL
1852. (c. 1852.] Moore A Anderson. 142 pp.
. The same. Illus. 2d ed. Cincinnati 1852. (c. 1852.]
Moore A Anderson. 142 pp.
-. The same. Illus. 3d ed. CinoinnatL 1852. (c. 1852.]
. The oame. Illus. 4th ed. CinoinnatL 1853. (o. 1852.]
Moore. Anderson A Co. 142 pp.
-. The same. lUus. 5th ed. CindnnatL 1855. (c. 1852.]
Moore, Wilstach, Ki^ A Co. 142 pp.
-. The same. Illus. 6th ed. Cincinnati 1860. Ic. 1852.]
Moore, Wilstach, Keys & Co. 142 pp.
-. The same. Illus. 7th ed. Cincinnati 1861. (o. 1852.]
Moore, Wilstach, Kesrs A Co. 142 pp.
. liie same. Illus. 8th ed. Philadelphia, n. d. Crawford
A Co. 142 pp
•. The same. 8th ed. Cincinnati. 1865. Moore, Wilstach
A Baldwin. 142 pp. 8 in.
Buchanan, W. D. See Tritsohler. C. H. A Practical Treatise on
How to Grow Flowers.
BuDD, J. L. A Horticultural Handbook. lUus. Dea Moines,
Iowa. March, 190a WaUace PubUshing Company. 160 pp.
6x4H
— — and Hansen, N. E. American Horticultural Manual.
Part I. Comprising the leading principles and practices con-
nected with the propagation, culture, and improvement of
fruits, nuts, ornamental trees, shrubs, and plants m the United
States and Canada. Illustrated with over one himdred figwes
and explanatory designs. New York. 1902. [o. 1902.] John
Wiley A Sons, xx -H 417 pp. 7H z 5.
. The same. Part II. S^rstematic Pomology; containing
descriptions of the leading varieties of the orchardfruits, grapes,
small fruits, subtrc^ical fruits, and the nuts of the Umtea
States and Canada. Illustrated by hundreds of outlines of the
leading commercial fruits and nuta. 1903. vi -|- 491 pp.
Bxteli^ J. S. The Cider Makers* Manual. A practical handbook,
which embodies treatises on the apple^ construction of cidec
mills, cider-presses, seed-washers, ana cider mill machinery in
general; cider making; fermentation; improved processes in
refining cider, and its conversion into wine and champagne;
vinegar manipulation by the slow and quick processes; imita-
tion ciders; various kinds of surrogate wines; summer beverages;
fancy vinegars, etc. Illus. Buffalo. 1869. (c. 1869.] Pub-
lished by l£as A Kelley. viii+174pp. 7>ix5.
. The same. Revised edition, with alterations. Buffalo,
1874. (o. 1869.] Haas. Nauert A Co. 1S3 pp. 7M z &.
BuuT, Robert. American Flower-Garden Directory; «^Oft training
practical directions for the culture of plants, in the flower-
garden, hot-house, green-house, rooms or parior windows, for
every month in the year; with a description of the plants most
desirable in each, tne nature of the soil and situation best
adapted to their growth, the proper season for transplanting,
etc.; with instructions for erecting a hot-house, green-house,
and lajring out a flower-garden; also. Table of Soi^ most eon-
genial to the plants contained in the work— the whole adapted
to either large or small garden; with instructions for preparing
the soil, pn^Mgating. planting, pruning, training, ana fruiting
the gnqje-vine, with descriptions of the beet sorts for cultivating
in toe open air. 2d ed., with numerous additions. Philadelphia.
1839. (o. 1839.] E. L. Carey and A. Hart, viii-i-379 pp.
9x5K.
. The same. 3d ed.. with numerous additions. Philadelphia.
1845. Ic. 1845.] Carey A Hart, xi -h 345 pp. 7^ x4H.
-. The same. 4tii ed., with numerous additions. Phila-
delphia. 1851. A. Hart GRte Carey A Hart), xvi + 339 pp.
-. The same. 5th ed.. with numerous additions. Philadel-
phia. 1852. (c. 1851.] A. Hart Gate Carey A Hart), xvi -|- 339
pp. 8x5.
-. The same. 6th ed., with numerous additions. 1854.
[c. 1854.] xvi + 342 pp. 7^x5.
, The same. 6th ed.. New York. 1859. A. O. Moorsw
, The same. New edition, with numerous additions. New
Yoric n. d. (c. 1854.] Orange Judd Company, xvi -)- 342 pp.
7Hxfi.
-. For 1st ed. see Hibbert. The American Flower Garden
Directory.
The Family Kitchen Gardener; containing plain and accu-
rate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culi-
nary vegetables; with their botanical. English. French, and
German names, alphabetically arranged, and the best mode of
cultivating them in the garden or under glass; with a descrip-
tion of implements and medicinal herbs in general use. Also,
descriptions and characters of the most select fruits, their
management, propagation, etc. Illustrated with twenty-five
engravings. New York. 1852. (a 1817.] C. M. Saxton. 216
pp. 7Hx5.
-. The same. New York. 1867. [c. 1847.] Orange Judd Com-
pany. 216 pp. 7Hx^-
'. The Rose Manual; containing accurate descriptions of all
the finest varieties of roses, properly classed in their respective
families, their character ana mode of culture, with directions
for their promotion, and the destruction of insects. With
engravings. Philadelphia. 1844. lo. 1844.] For the author
and Messrs. Carey A Hart, xii -f 182 pp. 7 H > &•
-. The same. 2d ed., with additions. 1847. [c 1844.)
xu -f 192pp. 7Hx5.
, The same. 3d ed., with additions. 1851. Published by the
author, xii + 188 pp. 7 Vi in*
-. The same. 4th ed., with additions. 1854. fc. 1844.) For
Moore A Anderson. 142 pp.
the author. A. Hart, and Lippincott, Qrambo, A Co. xvi 4*
196 pp. 7?ix4*i.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Bnua. Bee Fiiher, B. I. Oti«rriti
Cultun ol tbe Euraiiiiui VLu.
BliuuBT. H. A. Tbs AmsMur Orchid Cnltivktor'* Guide Book.
With B pnfBin by Dr. J. M. W. KiMhen. Adwihu sdition.
With iUiutrmciouL N«w York vid UverpooL n. d. |l«».)
llliu. (with bimiek uid oolored plAt«A.) G, P. Putium'i Boa&
BIkke & Mukeuie. viii 4- 173 pp. B i S.
BimrH. W, Afum. Row to Oiow MekHH tor Mufctt. lUiu.
Phitadclphia. 1888. |fl. 1888.1 W. A(l« Bispea A Co. i 4- SI
pp. 7K»5.
. The uiiu^. atb ed. 1897. la 1888.|
. S» PeduMD, J., end Honrd. O. H. Bow to Qniw Cab-
bemet and C'suliBower Mod ProGtab^. Sss Duriinston, E. D.,
uaMDli.L.M. Howud Whml loGrowinaKitcheDGanfeii
o( One Acn, See aruiwr. T., ud Artie, C. H. How to Grow
. Root Ciope lof Slock FtnUtv wid How ta Giww Them;
Compiled Iroia the priie eae&n and prmcticaJ erperience-
IHiu. Philkdelpbie. 1888. [s. 1SS8.| W. Atl« Butm A Co.
viii +73pp. 7MiBl
. Vcsetsblea lor the Home Oankn. Uha. PhilndelphiK.
1898. [c. 1896.) W. Atlee Burpee A Co. 127 pp. 7Hi&
. The wne. 3d ed. 1898. (s. 1S«6.]
. The nine. Reviaed editiocL. 1012.
Brui. FE:kiuiia. Jr. The Field end Gudea Veaetkblee of America:
FootuDiDE full deacriptiDafl of nekrly eleven hundm) ipeciBe And
verietiee. with direcUoru for uropagntioD, cuJlu'- ""'' "** '""-
Boatiia. 1863. |e. 1803.] Croaby f "' ' '
y & Niehotfl.
ork. law. |c 1BS3 (HI
ises.] J. K
dec Vecetabke, and How to Cultiva
1866. lo. 1866.1 J. E. Till ■ "
7!J]iS. (Abridcemeot of the above.)
Barton. 1866. lo. 1866.1 J. B. Tillon & Co. 12 + 3&S t
-■'.xS. (Abridcemeot of the above.)
TT. M. C. Apple iTowinc. New York. 1612. Outini Pub-
" " pany. mK>. 7in. ((".-.^— "-Ji — ..Si:!-.
, (Outinc Hudbo
ioe. A >'i«il to the pri
i'l£'cuflivaSM''of the"
J of a Recent Visit to the Principal Vtnerardi oj
the finest wiviee produced (broughout the worid, aj
Jtiviting the vine; > calilopie otthe di
. diSerent vu
■I Mai>ca frui
into New Sauth
and Hifh
bylh^Rej
.„ Philadelphi
(Reprinted frc "' '
E. E. Mi
. Illiu.
NurU
L«nd. Eine an der amerik«ii«ben Bedaric'
durah uhlrelche Original-aulettie verme'
der in Chriat'i "Gartcnbucli," ROmpter'
andem ein«h!. — *- "•--'-- — •--
ForetMume und iUi
'. tUus
Km. A Hon. lllimtntei
Small Fruit, and Reed
Biubbem yiaeyardB and
Milwaukee. Wie. 1892. G. I
FB CetidDciie nf (
eSerHiQ (^unty,
Cakua. J. W., and Aau, S. How to Plwit and CnliiTata an Oiaoae
orchard; a Mummary of the main poute. Houatoo, Teu&
(s-llNHkl 16 pp. tIMin-
CABn, Fbkd W. Buah-Fruita. A horticultural monograph of
raapberrieet bUckbcrriee, dewfaerriBe. cutrmntA, cooeebBTriee,
anJotber ■hrut>.Uke fruila. IIIu*. New York. 1BS8. le. 18983]
— - - nCavpwv. ™ ■ ~ ' - -^'■■
fork. isaeTfe. :
7 us. (RiinaSi
-.Then
^liil
«Com(
L Sthed. lOOS. |c. 1896.] 7MiBM.
3. TheNewPatatoCullun:aadevelopedbrt
by the judicioUB uee of ehemica] fartiliBerB. aj
'i'nta earned on at the rural crouodi <* — '"" "
. New York. 1891. |c 1S91.| 1
. 106 PI
, revind and enlaned. 1893. ai»pp.
Cah, A. DiK See Dea Cara. A.
Gait. Acooaroa Q. Cianbeny Culture on a Weetem Plan, with
valuable it«ma And recipe* from crowen and membem of tlw
WiieoDain Craoberry Aenjciatioii. Cinciiuiati. Obio. 1S91.
RawU A Co. 77 pp. 9 is.
Cabt. J, P. A tnatiee on tbe culture and (rowtb of different
f flowvr Tootfl. and of i^^eenhoUBi
clBi
which IB added a
>f the linn
Baltimore. 1S31.
Hpp. 6Hi3H.
•Trial Varietiea of Manio
PIbh , !c Itlia.I Tnpical
and Avocado Treea. lUua.
■rove, Nuraery department.
Cbaowice. Ll. The Cultivator'* Hand Book « Univenal or
PlaneUuy Law of the Ptanla. Sun, Moon and Bi^u. What it ia;
how it operates: how It lUIeete DatkHta; the uunuJ and vege-
table kingdom, and capecially. how it affects Dian. Portrait.
Chicaco. |c. 1S9&.) R. R. Donnelly * Sooa Co.. Printnra. 110
, Tbe Grape Gniwer'i Guide. A abort trealjae on
v nape. Ehaa*
in the Character
London edition of 183i.)
if Horticulture for Grade
ima. jc. 1913.) Printed
Btidt und
.- ZuaammenateiluDtf
'Garlenbtumen" und
nen Einleiti
Obetbaume,
Anhange Qber J
_ . itral Kentui .
SeTht^n. {^."^W W. Chapman. 134 pn
CBirrnta. Bsun. B« Fiaher. B. L ObMirvatii
and Culture of the European Viae.
Chabx, C. TniTsnDH. Tbe Prairie Fruit Cul
Pr^ 3d tfafmaand. lihu. Cbicaao. 18&9. Blc^G^^Tt^
90 pp. 7>4iD. (Chwn'B UandbDoka of Knowled«« lor Prairie
Life. No. f.l
Chaiott*, Pcrra SmpaEH, Farta and Obaervaliona on tbe Cill-
ture of Vinea. Olivee. Capers. Almondi. etc., in the Bouthem
Stales, and of Cnflee. COcoa. and CochininJ in East Floiid*.
Philadelphia. IS^l. J. Maxwell. 24 pp. SHin.
Cbiujb. John Lbwib, Guide to Lily Culture; with desniptioiiB ol
all tbe known Bii«:ie8 and distinct vvietiee: aleo a complete
chapter on Amaiyllie. Illus. 7(h cd. New York. 1888. [n. o.)
Charlea T. Kctcbam A Co. 26 pp. 10 1 7.
Chobltok, Wiluak. The American Grape Grower's OuUb. In-
tended eapeeially for tbe American climate. Being a practical
Irealiae on the cultivation of the grape vine in eacb department
lotll
. Utua
_New
e CataloRuc of
; vineynrda and
YorlT is5e! ic. 1652.) C. M. Sailon i Co. 171 pi
. Tbe aame. New edition. With deicriptions ol tbe later
eiolicgrapes. by Dr. GeorEeTburber. Illus. New York. 1883.
Ic. 1883.) Orange Judd Company. 20Spp. 7^in.
. Tbe same. New edition. With descriptions of ths later
..n<:n ..r.— anH • aslect list of the native variotiee. by Dr.
New York. 1890. [e. 1887.) Orange
irewer-s Guide. Newed. Wilbdeeerip-
/rES^ber. 111^" New York. "s87.
Company. 311 pp. 7K.5M.
from Direct Auierican Practice; being
corge Thurber. Ill
jdd Company. 211
— . Cboil ton's Grai
Ksr.'
Chdhch, 1
ad Hedges, Illus
i' Guide and Flower-Oarden
jiiW-J^^^adJed'
OS Angeles. 1894.
Gardening for the
tndustTT in the Pacific Northwest. Portland.
and Bahkim,
D. d, J. K. GUI Co.
CUAVELIND, Hlliai W.. BABxraS. WiLUAU,
Samfel D, Village and Farin Cottsgea. Tbe
laidered and auggeated; v
HO
^'^tcu
LTURE, LITERATURE OF
1529
The Luscious SUtt^beny* ^PHncfiekU Ohio.
S. A Few Hints on Lan^^pe Gardenins in
Relation of En^eehng to LAndacape Garaen-
R. French. IUub. Chica<o. 1871. Haslitt A
20 pp. 9x6.
Architecture, as Applied to the Wants of the
essay on forest planting on the peat pUuns.
(c 1873.] Jansen, McClurg & Co. 147 pp.
CLB1UIBN8, 3 Am R
le. 1900.] 32 pp.
Clbvbland. H. W.
the West. The
ins. by,^' M.
Reed, Frinters.
. Landscape
West; with an
Chicago. 1873.
7x6.
CuEvss, W. B. Success With Seeds and Seedlings. Portrait.
Binghamton, N. Y. [o. 1903.] The Modem Press. 38 pp.
CuMK, JoaBPB L. Climate of Texas and the cultivation of the
Apple. Read before the Texas State Horticultural Society, at
Tyler. Texas, July. 1896. Galveston, Texas. 1896. Knapp
Bros., Printers and Stationers. 7 pp, 9^x6.
Cluts, Willard Nklbon. Agronomy; a course in practical gar-
dening for high schools. lUus. Boston, New York. (o. 1913.]
Ginn A Co. xvi + 296 pp. 8 in.
CoBBRT, WiLLLkJf. The American Gardener. A treatise on the
situation, soil, fencing and laying-out of gardens; on the making
and managing of hotbeds and greenhouses, and on the propaga-
tion and ctiltivation of the several sorts of vegetables, heros,
fruits and flowers. Baltimore and FredericJc, Md. 1823.
[Preface 1819.] J. Robinson, and J. Robinson & Co. iz + 252
pp. 5Hx3H.
-. The same. New York. n. d. [preface 1819.] Orange Jodd
Company. 230pp. 6Hx4.
. The same. Oaremont, N. H. [1819.] Manufacturing Cou
The same. New York. 1835. John Doyle. 230 pp.
6Hx4.
. The same. American stereotype edition. Concord, N. H.
1842. [c. 1842.1 Boston: L. Hamilton. New York: Saxton A
Pierce, Saxton A Miles, x + 271 pp. 65^x4^.
. The same. New York. 1856. [preface 1819.] C M. Sax-
ton & Co. 230 pp. 8x4^
-. American Orohardist and Cottage Economy; containing
information relative to the brewing of beer, miifing bread,
kecn>ing of cows, pigs, bees, ewes, goats, poultry, and rabbits,
and relative to other matters deemed useful in the conducting
of the affairs of a laborer's family; to which are added instruo-
tions relative to the selecting, the cutting, and the bleaching
of the plants of English grass and grain, for the purpose of mak-
ing hats and bonnets. First American from tne first London
edition. New York. 1824. [n. c] Published by Stephen
Gould and Son, and Joseph P. Gould. 226 pp. 8x5.
^oimd with Thacher's American Orohardist, as American
Orohardist and Cottage Economy. )
-. Garden Flowers: containing a full des^jiption of all impor-
tant plants and shrubs for the earden. Also, the best method of
cultivating flowers and vegetables, preparing hotbeds, green-
houses, etc. Illus. New York. 1853. 48 pp. 7H in. (This is
an abridgment of the American Gardener, and has the latter
title printed at the head of pages.)
, Editor. See Forsyth, William. A Treatise on the Culture
and Management of Fruit Trees.
CoLB^ S. W. The American Fruit-Book; containing directions for
raising, propagating, and managing fruit-trees, shrubs, and
plants; with a description of the best varieties of fruit, including
new and valuable lands; embellished and illustrated with nu-
merous engravings of fruits, trees, insects, grafting, budding,
training, etc. 18th thousand. 1850. [n. c] Boston: John
P. Jewett A Ca New York: C. M. Saxton. 288 pp. 6x4.
. The same. Title abridged. 1849.
. The same. New York. n. d. [1849.] Orange Judd Com-
pany.
. The same. New York. 1859. [c. 1849.] A. O. Moore A Co.
CoLUNGwooD, Hbhbert W. See Hall, Bolton. The Garden Yard.
. Editor. The Farmer's Garden: Health, happiness and
money out of the soil. A story of just how men and women
have turned their own labor into garden products for the
family table. New York. n. d. (c. 1905.] Published by Rural
New Yorker. Paper. 128 pp. 8x5 M-
. Fertilisers and Fruit. A trip among growers in the famous
Hudson River fruit district. Best quality in fruit. New York.
1893. [c. 1893.] The Rural Publishing Company. 27 pp.
7H X 5. (The Rural Library, Vol. I, No. 25, December.)
CoLUMS, W. C. An Agricultural Treatise. Fifty dollars per acre
from cucumbers, [c. 1905.) Lincoln Publishing House. 10 jip,
9 in.
CoMPLXTB Florist, Thb. A manual of gardening, containing
practical instruction for the management of greenhouse plants,
and for the cultivation of the shrubbery, the flower garden,
and the lawn; with descriptions of those plants and trees most
worthy of culture, in each department: with additions and
amendments adapted to the climate of the United States.
Philadelphia. 1844. [c. 1844.] Lea & Blancbard. ix + 108 pp.
7^xA%. (An American edition of an English work. Bound wiu
The Kitchen and Fruit Gardener.)
. The same. Separate, as The Complete Florist or Flower
CoMPLBTB Gabdbnkb AND Flormt, Tbk; Containing an account
of every vegetable production cultivated for the table, with
directions for planting and raising flowers. 9th ed. New York.
1849. [n. o.] Dewitt A Davenport, iv + 92 pp. 7Hs4>i
(Bound with the Flower Gardener.)
CoMPUBTB KiTCBEM AND Fbuft Gabobnbr, Thx, for popular and
general use ... By one of the oldest and most experienced
fl&rdeners in the United States. Philadelphia. 1851. T. B.
Peterson. 118 pp. 8 in.
CoMPTON, D. H. See Cultivation of the Potato.
CoNARD, HsNRT S., and Hbnri Hub. Water-Lilies and How to
Grow Them. With chapters on the proper making of ponds and
the use of accessory plimts. Illus. New York. 1907. [c 1907.]
I>oubleday. Page A Co. 228 pp. 7 H z 5^.
Cook, H. A. Ten Years' Experience in Raising Carrots and Cab-
bage. New York. 1866. Brown & Hewitt, Irinters. 31 pp. 9 in.
CooKB, Mattbsw. See Spalding, W. A. The Orange.
CooPBB, Ellwood. a Treatise on Olive Culture. San Franoisoo.
1882. Cubery A Ca, Steam Book and Job Printers. 26 pp.
CoPB, EupHAS. A Practical Treatise on Plum Growing. New
Lisbon, O. 1888. [o. 1888.] Buckeye SUte Print. Paper. 45 pp.
6x4.
CoPB, F. J. See Saunders, Wm.
CopsLAND, Robert Morris. Country Life. A handbook of agri-
culture, horticulture, and landscape gardening. Illus. 5th ed.,
revised. Boston. 1866. [c. 1866.] x + 912 pp. 9 x 6.
. The same. 6th ed., revised, with supplement. New York.
1867.. [c 1866.] Orange Judd Company, x + 912 pp.
-. The same. Boston. 1859. [c. 1859.] John P. Jewett ft Co.
813 pp.
CoRBirrr, Lkb Clxvkland. Garden Farming. lUus. Boston,
[c 1913.] Ginn ft Co. x + 473 pp. 6 x 8H.
CouTB, Charlss Oris. Cleft Grafting. 1st ed. Illus. Newcom-
eistown. Ohio. 1910. 48 pp. 6H'a^
CoxB, WiLUAM. A View of the Cultivation of Fruit Trees, and the
Management of Orchards andpider; with accurate descriptions
of the most estimable varieties of native and foreign apples,
pears, peaches, plums, and cherries, cultivated in the Middle
States of America; illustrated by cuts of two hundred kinds
of fruits of the natural sise; intended to explain some of the
errors which exist relative to the origin, popular names, and
character of many of our fruits; to ioentiqr them b^ accurate
descriptions of their properties, and correct delineations of the
full sue and natural formation of each variety; and to ex-
hibit a system of practice adapted to our climate, in the suc-
cessive stages of a nursery, orchard, and cider establishment.
Philadelphia. 1817. [c. 1817.) Published by M. Carey A Son.
D. Allinson, Printer, iv + 268 pp. 8|i x 5H-
Crawpord, Matthrw. Crawford's Strawberry Culture with
Catalogue. Free to all. Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio. 1881. Matthew
Crawford. 28 pp. 8^x6.
. Strawbernr Culture. Cusrahoga Falls, Ohio. 1902.
[o. 1902.] M. Crawford Company. 62 pp. 5|i x 4.
. The Gladiolus; a practical treatise on the culture of
the sJadiolus, with notes on its history, storage, diseases*
etc With an appendix by Dr. W. Van Fleet. Ist ed. lUus.
Chicago and New York. 1911. Vaughan's Seed Store. 98 pp.
Sin.
Crrxohton, W. O. Fruit-Growing for Profit; comprising a com-
plete history of apple culture, from the time the seeds are
planted until the proceeds are pocketed; with chapters on the
plum, pear, cherrsr, strawberry, raspberry, blackberry, currant
and gooseberry. Halifax, N. S. 1891. [n. c.] Nova Scotia
Printing Company. 52 pp. 8H x 5H.
Crxder. Mrs. H. M. How to Grow Fine Celery. A new method.
York, Pa. 1884. [c. 1884.] H. M. Crider, publisher. 14 pp.
8Hx5H.
Crosibr, Wiluam, and Henderson, Peter. How the Farm Pays.
The experience of forty years of successful farming and garden-
ing. New York. 1884. Peter Henderson A, Ck>. 400 pp.
9Hx6H.
Croeier. A. A. The Cauliflower. One plate. Ann Arbor, Mich.
1891. [c 1891.] The Register Publishing Company. 230 pp.
7Hx5K.
. How to Cook Cauliflower. Ann Arbor, Mich. n. d.
[c. 1891.] The Register Publishing Company. 28 pp. 7H x 5.
. Popular Errors about Plants. Aim Arbor. 1891. The
Register Publishing Company. 169 pp. 7 H ia*
-. The same. New York. 1892. Rural Publishing Company.
Gardener, fc. 1851.]
Cultivation op tbe Potato, Prise Esssy on. Prise offered bv
W. T. Wylie and awarded to D. H. (Jompton. How to C!ook
the Potato, furnished by Prof. Blot. Illus. New York. 1870.
Orange Judd Company. Paper. 40 pp. 9^x6.
Culver, S. The Fruit Preserver's Manual; reviewing the different
theories and describing the best method of preserving green
com and peas by drying, and other fruits and berries by enclos-
ing in jars or cans, with full instructions for successftilly per-
forming the requisite operations, accompanied by numerous
practicHU suggestions respecting the comparative merits of dif~
ferently constructed cans. Rochester. 1860. [c. I860.] E. Dar-
row A, Bro. 33 pp. 7 x 4Vi
Cummins, D. See Day, J. W. Tomato Culture.
1530
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
CuNNiNOBAM, S. A., and Leatkns, George D. Lawns, Golf
Courses, Polo Fields, and How to Treat Them. Illus. New
York. 1014. The Co-Mortimer Company. 31 pp. 9 in.
CuBns, GsOBOE WiLUAM. See Downing. A. J. Rural Eesasrs.
CuTTBB, Eluabeth H. See Muenoh, Frederick.
Darunoton, E. D. Flowers for Every Home. lUua. 6th ed.
Philadelphia, [c 1805.] W. Atlee Burpee & Co. viii + 82 pp.
and Moll, L. M. How and What to Grow in a Kitchen
Garden of One Acre. Eklited ^ W. Atlee Burpee. Illus. Phila^^
delphia. 1888. [c. 1888.) Published by W. Atlee Burpee,
vii + 108 pp. 7 Vi « 5.
. The same. 6th ed. 1803. (0.1888.) vii + 108 pp. J^ixS.
. The same. 8th ed. 1805. (c. 1888.)
. The same. 10th ed.
. Rare Flowers from Seed. How to grow tuberous begonias,
calceolarias, cinerarias. Chinese primroses, coleus, cyclamens,
single and double petunias, fuchsias, and other rare flowers.
Illus. 8th ed. Philadelphia. 1808. [c. 1805.) W. Atlee Burpee
& Co. 37 pp. 3 i^ X 6.
Darrow, J. W. Flower Queries; 500 questions on practical flori-
culture answered and topics discussed. A practical book,
written in the form of questions and answers on the cultivation
and care of indoor and outdoor plants and flowers. Chatham,
N. Y. 1806. Ic 1806.) The Courier Press. 48 pp. Ox 6.
Davbt, John. The Tree Doctor. A book on tree culture. Illus-
trated with photographs. Akron. Ohio. 1002. [c. 1001.) Pub-
lished by the author. 88 pp. 0 >i x 6.
Davis. George W. A Treatise on the Culture of the Orange,
together with a Description of some of the Best Varieties of the
Fruit. Gathering. Curing and Preparing the Fruit for Shipment
and Market. Jacksonville. Fla. 1881. C. W. Dacoeta. 60 pp.
8in.
Davib, J. R. Up-to-date Truck Growing in the South. Edited by
G. F. Hunnicutt. Illus. Atlanta. Ga. 1010. The Cultivator
Publishing Company. 188 pp. 7 H in-
Davis, Lucius D. Ornamental Shrubs for Garden. Lawn, and
Park Planting; with an account of the origin, capabilities, and
adaptations of the numerous species and varieties, native and
foreign, and em>ecially of the new and rare sorts, suited to culti-
vation in the United States. Fully illustrated. New York and
London. 1800. (c. 1890.) G. P. Putnam's Sons. The Knicker-
bocker Press. vi+338pp. 10x7H.
Day, J. W. Treatise on Tomato Culture. • Crystal Springs, Miss.
1801. (n.c.1 25 pp. SH^^H-
-, CuMioKs, D.. and Root. A. I. Tomato Culture; in three
parts. Part I: Tomato culture in the south. Part II: Tomato
culture especially for canning factories. Part III: Plant-grow-
ing for market, and high-pressure gardening in general. A
practical book for those who work imder either glass or cloth as
Protection from frost. Illus. Medina, Ohio. 1802. [n. c] A.
. Root. 135 pp. 6 K X 5.
Dean, Mark. Dean's System of Greenhouse Heating: by steam or
hot water; with formulas for obtaining different temperatures;
tables ^ving radiation necessary per square foot of glass;
tables giving glass surface; sizes of flow and return pipes: list
prices of pipe and fittings, and other useful information. Bos-
ton, Mass. n. d. [c. 1001.) Published by Mark Dean. 46 pp.
8x5H.
Dearborn, Henrt A. S. Monography of the Genus Camellia;
or, an essay on its culture, de^ription and classification.
Illustrated by two synoptical tables: the first containing the
names of two hundred and seventy varieties, with the color
and form of the flowers, the species or variety which have
produced them, the plsM^e of their origin, and the period of
their introduction into Europe; and the second presents two
ascending gamuts, in which are painted the shades of color
peculiar to the known camellias, with their speciQc denomina-
tions. By the Abbe Berlese. Translated from the French by
Henry A. S. Dearborn. Boston. 1838. (c. 1838.) Published \yy
Breck & Company. 102 pp. 4 colored charts. (This was serially
published in the Horticultural Register. )
De Berneaud, Tm^BAtrr. See Bemeaud, Thi6baut de.
De Caradeuc. a. Grape Culture and Wine making in the South,
with a description of the best varieties of grapes for the vine-
yard; soils: aspcH^t. preparation of the ground, planting, etc.
Also remarks on the best methods of propagation; the making,
bottling, and keeping of wine, diHtillation of brandy, making
raisins, etc. Pubfished by the "Aiken Vine Growinjj Associa-
tion." Augusta, Ga. 1858. D. Redmond. 20 pp. 0 m.
De Courtenat, J. M. Canada Vine Grower. How every farmer
in Canada may plant a vineyard and make his own wine. 1866.
Toronto. 58 pp.
Denniston. G. Grape Culture in Steuben County, N. Y. Albany.
1865. C. Wendell. Maps. 22 pp. (Reprint from Transactions
New York State Agricultural Society, XXIV.)
De8 Cars. A. A Treatise on Pruning Forest and Ornamental Trees.
Translated from the seventh French edition. With an intro-
duction by Charles S. Sargent. Illus. Boston. 1881. \c. 1881.)
Published by the Society, xiv + 65 pp. 7 H x 5. (Massachu-
setts Society for the Promotion of Agriculture.)
. The same. 2d ed. 1884. fc. 1881.) Cupples. Upham A Co.
The same. 3d ed. 1804. [c. 1881.) Published by the
De Vribs, Hugo. Plant-Breeding; Comments on the
of Wilsaon and Burbank. lUus. Chia«o. 1007. lo. 1007.1
The Open Court Publishing Company, xiii + 360 pp. 8 z 5Hs
Dick. J. Harrison. Sweet Peaa for Profit. Cultivation — under glan
and outdoors; a practical guide to modem methods of growinc
the sweet pea for market purposes. Illua. New York. 1014.
(o. 1014.) A. T. De La Mare Printinc and Publishing Com-
pany, Ltd. 147 pp. 5 z 7 H-
DoLLiNS, John. The Art of Pr\ming Trees and Arbor Vines. Char>
totteaville, Va. 1883. Peck A Allan. 16 pp. 0 in.
. Art of Transplanting Trees, Vines, etc. Illus. Chariottea-
ville, Va. 1887. CbariottesviUe Jeffersonian Print. 8 pp. SH'v^
DooGUB. Luke J. Making a Lawn. Illus. New York. 1012.
[c. 1012.) McBride. Nast A Co. 51 pp. 6H z 4H- (On cover:
House and Garden Making Books.)
DoRNER, Hermann B. Window Gardening in the Schoolroom.
Illus. La Fayette, Ind. 1005. Purdue University. 23 pp. 7 K
in.
. Window Gardening. With illustrations from photogn^hs.
Indianapolis, n. d. [c. 1008.] The Bobba-Mernll Company.
153 pp. 7He5H.
Dorset. M. J. See Hedrick, U. P. The Grapes of New York.
DowNora, A. J. Cottage Residences; or. a series of rf»«ign« f<»>
rural cottages and cottage villas, and their gardens and grounds.
Adapted to North America. Part I. Illustrated hy numerous
engraving. 2d ed. New York and London. 1844. (c. 1842.|
WUey A Putnam, vui + 187 pp. 0 M » 6.
. The same. 4th ed., revised and improved. 1852. J.
Wiley, zii + 215 pp. 0 in.
. Editor. See Loudon, Mrs. Gardening for Ladies.
. See Lindley, John. The Theory of Horticulture.
-. The Fruits and Fruit Trees of America; or, the culture.
propagation, and management, in the garden and orchard, of
fruit trees generally; with descriptions of all the finest varieties
of fruit, native and forei^, cultivated in this country. Illus-
trated with many engravings. New York and London. 1845.
(c. 1845.] Wiley A Putnam, xiv + 504 pp. 8x5.
. The same. With o(4ored plates. OH in.
. The same. 5th ed. 1845. Ic. 1845.] xiv + 504 pp. 8x5.
. The same. 6th ed. 1846. (o. 1845.] xiv + 504 pp. 8x5.
. The same. 7th ed. 1847. Ic 1845.] xiv + 504 pp. 8 z 5.
-. The same, with wide margin and colored plates. 1847.
[c. 1845.] xiv + 504 pp. 10 x 6K.
-. The same. 0th ed. 1840. Ic. 1845.] John Wiley, xiv -|-
504 pp. 8x5.
-. The same. Illustrated with colored engravings. New
York. 1850. [c. 1845.] John Wiley, xiv -f 504 pp. OH x 6.
. The same. 1851. [c. 1845.] On cover: 12th ed.
. The same. 14th ed. 1853. Ic 1845.J John Wiley.
The same. Revised and corrected by Charles Downing.
1857. Wiley and Halsted. xiii + 760 pp. 8x5.
. The same. 1857. [c. 1857.] Wiley and Halsted. xiz + 760
pp.
-. The same. 3d thousand, with corrections. 1858.
The same. 1860. Ic. 1857.] John Wiley zi + 760 pp.
, The same. 1861. ziz + 760 pp.
. The same. 1864. Ic. 1857.] zix + 760 pp. 8 z 5.
. The same. Revised and corrected by Charles Downing.
Third thousand, with corrections. New York. 1860. zi -f-
760 pp.
-. The same. Revised and corrected by Charles Downing.
1866. ziz -t- 760 pp.
-. The same. Second revision and correction, with large ad-
ditions, by Charles Downing. 1860. John Wiley A Son. zziv
+ 1,008 pp. 10x6K.
-. The same. Second revision and correction, with large
addition.*) and an appendix of 1872, including many new varie-
ties, by Charles Downing. Apples. 1872. zz + 464 + 42 pp.
-. The same. Appendiz of 1872. Cherries, Grapes, Peaches,
Pears, etc. 1872. 1,071 + 10 pp.
-. The same, appendices I. II. III. 1881. Ic. 1881.] zii + 180
pp. 0 z 5 ^.
The same. Second revision and correction, with large
additions, including the appendices of 1872 to 1881. and con-
taining many new varieties, by Charles Downing, with nearly
400 outline illustrations of fruit. 1800. Ic. 1872.] John Wiley A
Sons, zziv -h 1,098 + iz + 189 pp. 0 H z 6.
. The same. 1802. zziv+ 1,008 + zii + 187 pp.
The same. 9th thousand- 1000. lo 1872.)
-. Rural Essays; horticulture, landscape gardening, rural
Society.
architecture, trees, agriculture, fruit, etc. Edited, with a memoir
of the author, by George William Curtis, and a letter to his
friends, by Frederika Bremer. Illus. New York. 1853. Ic
1853.] Geo. P. Putnam A Co. zzi + 557 pp. 9 H z 6.
-. The same. 1881. Ic 1860.] R. Worthington. 71 + 557
pp. 10 z 6 H.
lO^^lQ
ULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1531
. A TrMtiae on the Theory and ^'^J^ of Landscape
Gardening; adapted to North Amencat-^th a view to the
imi>rovement oi country residenoeB. ^^^priaing hiatorioal
notices and general principles of the artt auctions for laying
out grounds and arranging plantations; the description and
cultivation of hardy trees; decorative accompaniinents to the
house and grounds; the formation of pieces of artificial water,
flower gardens, etc. With remarks on rural architecture. Illus-
trated by engravings. New York and London. 1841. [o. 1841.]
Wiley A, Putnam. 461 pp. 9 H x 6.
-. The same. 2d ed., enlarged, revised and newly illustrated.
1844. 497 pp.
The same. 4th ed., enlarged, revised, and newly illustrated.
1849. G. P. Putnam. 532 pp. 10 in.
-. The same. 5th ed., enlarged, revised, and newly illustrated.
New York. 1854. [o. 1849.) Ricker, T^ome A Co. 532 pp.
- — . The same. 5th ed. 1853. G. P. Putnam ft Co. 9 in.
-. The same. 6th ed., enlarged, revised and newly illustrated.
With a siipplement, containing some remarks about country
places, and the best methods of making them; also, an account
of the newer deciduous and evergreen plants, lately introduced
into cultivation both hardy and half-nardy. By Henry Win-
throp Sargent. Portrait. New York. 1859. (c. 1859.| A. O.
Moore A Co. 576 pp.
-. The same. 6th ed. 1860. C. M. Sazton. San Francisco.
H. H. Bancroft ft Co. 9 in.
. The same. 7th ed , enlarged, revised and newly illustrated.
With a supplement ... by Henry Winthrop Sargent. New
York. 1865. Orange Judd Company. 576 pp. 9^ m.
. The same. 8th ed., enlarged, revised and newly illustrated.
With a supplement by Henry Winthrop Sargent jo. 1859.].
-. The same. New edition. With a supplement . . . and
a second supplement ... by Henry Winthrop Sargent. lUus.
New York. (c. 1875.] Orange Judd Company. 592 pp. 9yim.
DowNiNO, Charles. See Downing, A. J. The Fruits and Fruit
Trees of America. 1857-1900.
. Guide to the Selection of Fruit, with reference to the time
of ripenixig. Addenda Downing's Selected Fruits. New York.
1871. jTwUeyftSon. 17 pp. 7Hin.
-. Selected Fruits; from Downing's Fruits and Fruit-Trees
of America. With some new varieties; including their culture,
propagation, and management in the garden and orchard.
Illustrated with upwards of 400 outlines_of apple8,_ cherries,
nrtmes, plums, pears, etc. New Y< "
Wiley ft Son. z + 679 pp. 8 x 5>i
app
. [c
1871.] John
DoTLE, Martin. The Flower Garden; or, monthly calendar of
practical directions for the culture of flowers. I^t American
edition. Adapted to the climate of the United States; with
notes and observations by L. D. Gale. New York. 1835.
[c. 1835.] Moore ft Payne. 180 pp. 7 H x 5.
DsBER. Hbnbt a. Dreer's Vegetable Under Glass. A little hand-
book telling how to till the soil during twelve months of the
year. lUus. Philadelphia. 1896. (c. 1896.] Henry A. Dreer.
96 pp. 8x5>i.
. Dreer's Open-Air Vegetables. A handbook based on
recent field observations and talks with gardeners. Philadelphia.
1897. Henry A. Dreer. 148 pp. 7^x5^.
-. Dreer's Hints on the Growing of Bulbs; a book for ama-
teurs, written by our own experts and including a nuniber of
cultural notes by the well-known horticultural writer. Miss Ida
D. Bennett and others. Illus. Philadelphia, [c. 1914.] Heniy
A. Dreer. 64 pp. 8 in.
Drbnnan, Georgia Torret. Everblooming Roses for the Out-
door Garden of the Amateur; their ctilture. habits, description,
care, nativity, parentage, with authentic guides to the selection
of ever-blooming varieties of roses. Illus. New York. 1912.
Duffield ft Co. xii + 250 pp. 7H in.
Dubois, Ratmond. See Viala, P. American Vines.
Du Brbuil, a. The Thomery System of Grape Culture. From
the French. Illus. New York. n. d. Excelsior Publishing
House. 60 pp. 7x5.
. The same. New York. 1876. G. E. Woodward ft Co.
. See Warder, John A.
DurouR, John Jambs. The American Vine Dresser's Guide; be-
ing a treatise on the cultivation of the vine, and the process
of wine making, adapted to the soil and climate of the United
States. Illus. Cincinnati 1826. (c. 1826.] S. J. Browne. 317 pp.
Duncan, Frances. Mary's Garden and How It Grew. With illus-
trations by L. W. Zelgler. New York. 1904. [c 1904.] The
Century Company, vi -j- 261 pp. 7x5.
. When Mother lets us Garden; a book for little folk who
want to make gardens and don't know how. Illus. New York.
1909. Moffat, Yaid ft Co. 111pp. 8Jiin.
DuRAND, E. W. Instructions in Strawberry Culture. Newark.
N. J. 1876. Press of Williams ft Plum. 64 pp. 6K ii^
DwTBR, T. J. Guide to Hardy Fruits and Ornamentals. Illus.
Cornwall, N. Y. 1903. [c. 1903.] Published by T. J. Dwyor ft
Son. 125pp. 7Hx5H.
Dtobrt, H. Arthttr. Crops that Pay. Pecans, pomelos, ginseng;
what they are; where and how they grow; what profit they give;
histonr, commercial value and trade statistics; cost of establish-
ing plantations; methods of cultivation and preparation for
market: and evidence that their culture affords a safe, perma-
nent and very profitable investment. Philadelphia, (o. 1903.]
60 pp. 7Hx5&.
-. The same. Crops that pay; pecans, mangoes, avocados.
pineiHTPles; what tlusy are; how and where they grow; what
profit they give; history and commercial value and trade
statistics. Twenty-five half-tone illustrataons. Philadelphia,
(o. 1908.] 64 pp. 7>iin.
Eakin, JohnR. Rudiments of Grape Culture. little Rook. 1868.
81pp.
Earlb, Aucb Morsb. Old Time Gardens Newly Set Forth. A
book of the sweet o' the year. Illus. New York. 1901. ( c. 1901.)
The Macmillan Company, xviii -H 489 pp. 8x6.
. Sun Dials and Roses of Yesterday. Garden delights
which are here displayed in venr truth and are, moreover,
regarded as emblems. Illus. New York. 1902. (c. 1902.)
The Macmillan Company, xxiii -{-461 pp. 8x6.
Earlb, Mrs. C. W. Pot-pourri from a Surr^ Garden. With an
appendix by Lady Constance Lytton. 10th ed. Illus. New
York. 1898. E. P. Dutton ft Co. xii -h 381 pp. 8^ in.
Eastwood, B. A Complete Manual for the Cultivation of the
Cranberry; with a description of the best varieties. Illus. New
York. 1856. [c. 1856.] C. M. Saxton ft Co. vii + 120 pp.
7Hx4?i.
. The same. 1857. 6Hin-
Edobworth, Mrs. Mart L. The Southern Gardener, and Receipt-
Book; containing valuable information, original and otherwise,
on all subjects connected with domestic and rural affairs, gar-
dening, cookery, beverages, dairy, medical, veterinary, and
miscellaneous. 3d ed., revised and corrected. Philadelphia.
1860. (c. 1859.] J. B. Lippinoott ft Co. xi + 478 pp. 7 H z 5.
EoAN, W. C. Making a Garden of Perennials. Illus. New York.
1912. [c. 1912.] McBride, Nast ft Co. 52 pp. 6Hx4K.
(House and Garden Making Books.)
EoLSSTON, Nathaniel H. Hand-Book of Tree-Planting; or why
to plant, where to plant, what to plant, how to plant. New
York. 1884. [o. 1884.] D. Appleton ft Co. 126 pp. 7x5.
Eisbn, Gubtav. The Fig; and its culture and curing, with special
reference to California. An essa^ prepared by request of thd
California State Board of Horticultural Commissioners, and
read at the Convention of California Fruit Growers in Los
Angeles, Cal., Nov. 19, 1895. San Francisco, n. d. [n. c]
Dewey ft Co. Pacific Rural Press. 8 pp. lOH x 6%.
. The Raisin Industry. A practical treatise on the raisin
grapes, their history, culture and curing. Illus. San Francisco.
1^90. (c. 1890.] H. S. Crocker ft Co. 223 pp.
Elder, Walter. The Cottage Garden of America; containing
practical directions for the culture of flowers, fruits and vege-
tables, the natures and improvement of soils, manures, and
their application, wounds, diseases and cures, monthly calendar,
insects, botany, etc. Philadelphia. 1849. (c. 1848.] Moss ft
Bros. v-f2Mpp. 7Mx4H.
. The same. 2d ed. Revised and improved. 1850.
[o. 1848.] via + 233 pp.
Elbt, Jaiobs Norman. The American Florist; or, a guide to the
management and cultivation of plants in conservatories, green-
houses, rooms, and gardens; to which are added directions for
the culture of annual, biennial, and perennial flowers, trees,
shrubs, bulbs, etc. Hartford. 1845. (o. 1845.] Printed by
Elihu Oeer. vi 4- 183 pp. 6K x 4.
Eluott, F. R. Fruit Book: or, the American fruit-grower's guide
in orchard and garden. Being a compend of the history, modes
of propagation, culture, etc., of fnut trees and shruos, with
descriptions of nearly all the varieties of fruits cultivated in
this country; notes of their adaptation to localities and soils,
and also a complete list of fruits worthy of cultivation. Illus.
New York. 1854. (o. 1854.] C. M. Saxton. ix -]- 503 pp. 8x5.
. The same. Elliott's Fruit Book. 4th ed., revised, enlarged
and improved. Illus. New York. 1859. A. O. Moore ft Co.
528 pp. 7Hin.
-. The same. The Western Fruit-Book; new edition f4th ed.].
revised, enlarg«d and improved. New York. n. d. [c. 1859.)
Orange Judd Company, xi -f 528 pp. 7 H > 5.
-. The same. Western Fruit Book. 4th ed. 1859. A. O.
Moore ft Co.
. Hand-Book for Fruit-Growers; containing a short history
of fruits and their value, instructions as to sous and locations,
how to grow from seeds, how to bud and graft, making of
cuttings, pruning, beet age for transplanting, etc.; with a list
of varieties suited to climate. Made for those who grow fruit for
their own use. Illus. New edition, enlarged. Rochester, n. d.
[o. 1876.] Rochester Lithographing Company. 144 pp. 7x5^^.
-. The same. Rochester. 1876. [c. 1876.] D. M. Deti-ey.
iv -\- 128 pp. 7x5.
-. Hand-Book of Practical Landscape Gardening, designed
for city and suburban residences, and country school-houses;
containing deigns for lots and grounds, from a lot 30 x 100 feet
to a 40-acre plot. Each plan is orawn to a scale, with schedule to
each, showing where each tree, shrub, etc., should be planted.
Also, condensed instructions of how to form lawns, and the care
thereof; the building of roads, turfing, protection of trees,
pruning and care of, making cuttings, evergreens, hedges,
screens, etc. ; perennials, herbaceous plants, etc. Also, condensed
descriptions of all the leading trees and shrubs, with remarks
as to soil and position in which they should be grown. Illustra-
tions not only of the ground plans and elevations are given, but
illustrations of various trees, shrubs, winter gardening, etc
Rochester. N. Y. 1877. (c. 1877.] D. M. Dewey. 96 pp. 9 x 6.
1532
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
. Popular Deeaduoua and Evergreen Treee and Shniba, for
planting in pariu, cardens, oenneteries, etc Illua. New York.
1870. lo. 1868.) Geo. E. Woodwaid. 125 pp. 7Hx5. (Bound
at EUiott's Lawn and Shade Treea.)
The tame. New York. n. d. (o. 1868.] The American
News Company.
-. Tbeaame. New York. 1868. (a 1868.) Franda W. Wood-
waid.
Euiorr. J. WiLKUfaoN. A Plea for Hardy Plants; with __
tions for effective arrangement. Reprinted from the Trans-
actions of the Maaaaehuaetts Horticultural Societjr. Part I,
1896, with additional plans and copious illustrations by J.
Horace McFarland and others. New York. 1902. DoMbleday,
Page A Co. Paper. 76 pp. 10^x8.
. The same. 1907. [c 1907.) 96 pp.
Eluott, Wiluam R. Practica) and Comprehensive Treatise on
Fruit and Floral Culture, and a few hints on landscape garden-
ing. Ulus. n. d. 100 pp. 7z4H. (Philadelphia advertise-
ments interspersed.)
EixwANOBK, Qbobob H. The Garden's Story, or Pleasures and
Trials of an Amateur Gardener. Illus. New York. 1889. D.
Appleton A Co. vii + 346 pp. 6fi in.
. The same. 6th ed. 1893. 366 pp.
. See EUwanger, H. B. The Rose.
Ellwangkr, H. B. The Rose. A treatise cm the cultivation, hi»-
tory, family characteristics, etc., of the various groups of roses,
with accurate descriptions of the varieties now generally grown.
New York. n.d. (c 1882.] Dodd, Mead A Co. 293pp. 7x4H*
■ The same. Revised edition, with an introduction by
George H. EUwanger. 1892. (c. 1882.) 310 pp QH^^H-
Elt, Hblena Rutherturd. Another Hardy Garden Book. With
illustrations made from photographs taken in the authco^a
nrden by Prof. C. F. Chandler. New York. 1906. (c 1906.)
The Macmillan Company, zv + 243 pp. 8 z 5 H
. The Practical Flower Garden. With illustrations made
from photographs taken in the author's garden, and in the
"Connecticut Garden." New York. 1911. [c 1911.) The
Macmillan Company, ziii + 304 jip, 8 z 6|^
•. A Woman's Hardy Garden. With illustratiofis from
photographs taken in the author's garden Inr Prof. C. F.
Chandler. New York. 1903. [c 1903^ The Macmillan Com-
pany. XV -f 216 pp. 7 »4 X 6 Ji
Emerson, Edward R. The Stonr of the Vine. New York and
London. 1902. [c 1901.] G. P. Putnam's Sons. The Knicker-
bocker Press, ix + 262 pp. 8 x 6 H
Emerson, G. See Neill, Patricic The Practical Fruit, Fk>wer and
Vegetable Gardener's Companion.
Emmons, Ebenbzer. Agriculture of New York: comprising an
accoimt of the classification, composition vmI distribution cMf
the soils and rocks, and the natural waters of the different
geological formations; together with a condensed view of the
climate and the agricultural productions of the state. 81 colored
I^ates. Vol. Ill (comprising an account of the fruitfl). in two
parts, — text and plates. New York and Boston. 1851. D.
Appleton A Co., Gould Kendall A Lincoln. Charies Van Ben-
thuysen, Printer, Albany, viii + 340 pp. 11x9. (In Natural
History of New York.)
E2NGBLHARDT, H. A. The Beauties of Nature Combined with Art.
Montreal. 1872. |c 1872.) John Lovell. 174 pp. 6^x6.
Engelmann, G. The True Grape Vines of the United States, and
the diseases of the grape vines. IIIus. St. Louis. 1883. R. P.
Studley A Co., Printers, Lithographers and Stationers. 14 pp.
10 X 6H. ("Reprinted from the Bushberg catalogue.")
Erwin, a. T. The Bush Fruits. Also an appended chapter con-
taining notes on their preparation as food products, by Miss
Georgetta Witter. Illus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1905. Fruit-grower
Company. 41 pp. 5li in. ("Brother Jonathan" Series, No. 6.)
Evert Man His Own Gardener. An account of every vegetable
production cultivated for the table by the plough and tiie
spade. New York. 1846. (c 1846.) Homans d; Ellis. 92 pp.
6^x4.
Etebrioht. Daisy (meud.) See Johnson, Mrs. 8. O. Every
Woman Her Own Flower Gardener.
Falconer, Wiluam. Mushrooms: How To Grow Them. A
firactical treatise on mushroom culture for profit and pleasure,
llus. New York. 1891. (c. 1891.] Orange Judd Company.
169 pp. 7 Hat 6.
Farmer, Lawrence J. Farmer On the Strawberry. A series of
papers on the subject of strawberry culture. Illus. Pulaski, N.
v. 1891. (n. c] Democrat Print. 53 pp. 9x5 H-
. The same. Fanner on the Strawberry. The new straw-
berry culture and fall bearing strawberries. 1912. 94 pp.
-. Fall-bearing strawberry secrets gathered from personal
experience and now disclosed for the first time. Eoited by
Walter E. Andrews. Illus. Philadelphia. 1912. Wilmer At-
kinson 0>mpany. 62 pp. 9 in.
Favor, E. H. The Fruit-grower's Guide-book. Illus. St. Joseph.
Mo. 1911. Ic 1911.] The Fruit-grower. 285 pp. 6x7.
. See Howard, W. L. The Home Garden.
Fbrnow, Bernhard E. The Care of Trees in Lawn, Street and
Park. Illus. New York. 1910. Henry Holt A Co. 392 pp.
FEmRBE, Barr. American Estates and Gardens. IDus. New York.
1904. Ic. 1904.) MunnACo. xvi -|- 306 pp. ISHxH.
FBMBirDBN, Thomas G. The American Kitchen Garden; oontatn-
ing practical directions for the culture oi vegetables; also gar-
den fruits, strawbeny, raspben;y, goosebernr, currants, mekma,
etc Revised from the 36th edition, and adspted to the use of
families, by a practical gardener. New York. 1865. (c. 1862.)
C. M. Saxton A <>. vui + 120 pp. 8 z 6H> (Bound fifth in
Saxton's Rural Hand-Books. 2d. series.)
. The same, separate. 1862.
. The New American Gardener; containing practical direc-
tions on the culture of fruits and vegetables; including landscape
and ornamental gardening, grape-vines, sUk, strawberries, etc
Boston 1828. (c 1828TJ. B. RusselL 307 pp. 7 x 4 H-
-. The same 4th ed. Boston. 1833. (c 1828.) Carter A
Hendec 307 pp. 7 K x &•
-. The same. 6th ed. Boston. 1832. [c 1828.) Carter A
Hendec and John B. Russell. 312 pp. 7x4H>
-. The same. 7th ed. Boston and CindnnatL 1833. Ic
1828.) Russell, Odiome A Co.; Carter, Hendee A Cc;H.L. and
H. 8. Bamum. 307 pp. 7Hx5,
'. The same. 13th ed. Boston and Philadelphia. 1830.
Ic 1828.] Otis Broadars A Cc; Thonuu Cowperthwaite A Co.
307pp. 7Hx5.
. Thesamc 16th ed. 1843. Ic 1828.) 306 pp. IHxAH.
^. The same 19th ed. 1847. Ic 1828.) 306 pp. 7^x6.
.Thesamc 20th ed. 185a Ic 1828.) 306 pp. 7Hx4)i
-. Thesamc 30th ed. 1867. Ic 1828.) 306pp. 8x6^.
Field, F. E. The Green-house as a Winter Garden. A manual f<»'
the amateur; with a list of suitable plants and their nKxle of
culture; with a preface by W. C. Bryant. Illua. New Yoric
1869. Icl869.) G. P. Putnam A Son. vi-|-86pp. 7Kx4H.
FiBU>^ Henrt, compiler. The Book of a Thousand Gardens;
bemg the true accounts of the trials and tribulations and sue-
oesses in a dry year of something less than a thousand gardens
in many states and climates. As told in a bunch of letters to
Henry Held by his loyal friends — his customers. Illus. 9ien-
andoah, Iowa. Ic 1912.) The Henry Fiekl Seed Company.
96 pp. 9 in.
Field, Thoc W. Pear culture. A manual for the propagation,
planting, cultivation, and managem^it of the pear tree; with
descriptions and illustrations of the most productive of the
finer varieties, and selections of kinds most profitably grown
for market. Illus. New York. 1868. Ic 1868.) A. O. Moore,
viu -I- 286 pp. 7^x6H.
Fish, A. C. The Profits of Orange Cu)ture in SoutHem California.
lUus. Los Angeles. Ic 1890.) 26 pp. 7Hx6>i. (2ded.)
Fisher, S. I. Observations on the Character and Culture of the
European Vine, during a residence of five years in the vine-
growmg districts of France, Italy and Switserland. To which
IS added. The Manual of the Swiss Vigneron, as adopted and
reconunended by the Agricultural Societies of Geneva and
Berne, by Mons. Brun Chappuis, and The Art of Wine Making,
by Mons. Buloc Philadelphia. 1834. Ic. 1834.) Key A Biddle.
244pp. 7Hin.
FiBKE, G. BuRNAP, Compiler. Prise Gardening. How to derive
profit, pleasure, health from the garden. Actual experience of
the successful prize winners in the American Agriculturist
garden contest. Fully illustrated from original photographs
and drawings. New York. 1901. Ic 1901.] Orange Judd Com-
pany, xiv + 307 pp. 7 H X 6.
. See Morse, J. E. The New Rhubarb Culture.
Fitch, John M. Practical Suggestions <m Vegetable Ciilture. For
the market-gardener, the farmer, and any one interested in good
things to eat. Written expresslyfor F. Barteldes A Co. Law-
rence, Kan. 1898. Journal Publishing Company. 32 pp.
8>/ix6^.
FiTE, James. The Southern Apple and Peach Culturist; adapted
to the soil and climate of Marjrland, Viipnia, the Carohnas.
Georgia, and farther south, including portions of the West ana
West Virginia; containing full and practical instructions in
successful culture, grafting, budding, training, transplanting,
mulching, pruning, fruit-gathering, etc., together with descrip-
tive catal<M:ues of the most esteemed orchard fruits, suitable,
for the table, the kitchen, and for market purposes; with illus-
trations; also, a treatise on insects and their extermination.
Edited by J. W. Fits. Richmond, Va. 1872. (c. 1872.J J. W.
Randolph A English, viii + 336 pp. 8^x6^.
■ Sweet Potato Chilture; giving full instructions from starting
the plants to harvesting and storing the crop, with a chapter
on the Chinese yam. New York. 1882. [c. 1882.] Orange Judd
Company. 58 pp. 7^^x5.
-. The same. New and enlarged edition. New York. 1886.
c. 1886.] Orange Judd Company, David W. Judd, President,
pp. 7Hx5.
Flago. Wiluam J. Three Seasons in European Vineyards; treat-
injs of vine-culture; vine disease and its cure; wine-making and
wines, red and white; wine drinking, as idGFecting health and
moraU. Illus. New York. 1869. Ic 1869.) 332 pp. Harper A
Bros.
Flam ANT, Adolphe. A Practical Treatise on Olive Culture, Oil
Making and Olive Pickling. San Francisco, n. d. Ic 1887.)
Louis Oregoire A C^., Booksellers. 76 pp. 9 x 6H>
^
EO
I^'^CXJL
TURE, LITERATURE OF
1533
FurrcBUL Rurus IL The Peaeh Twe. How *'^W*nt. grow, prune
and cultivate BucoeaBfuUy on New En83L»n<> '^l* lUus. Naahua,
N. H. 1881. C. B. Fclch Pnniing Houee. 30 |>p. 9 in.
Flbtchbr, S. W. How to Make a Fruit Qarden. A practical and
suggestive manual for the home garden. lUuatrated from photo-
paphs mostly by the author. New York. 1906. (o. 1906.]
Uoubleday. Page A Co. zix + 283 pp. lOH z 8.
FuNT. Edward DitBoib. The Garden Patch. San FranoiBoo.
1912. Hicka-Judd Co., printers. 87 jip,
. The same. New York. 1914. [e. 1912.] John L«ne
Company. 87 pp. 7 z 4 H-
FuNT, LiLUAN C. Small Gardens for Small Gardeners; or. What
little hands can do with plants. Illus. Chicago, [o. 1910l]
A. Flanagan Company. 118 pp. 7 z 5H*
Floral Debions db Ldxk. 6th ed., 1913-1914. Illua. New YoriL
(0. 1913.] The Florists' Ezchange. 120 pp. 13 in.
Floral Keepsake. The. for 1850. With forty-siz beautiful
colored engravings. Edited by John Keese. New York. 1850.
LeavittACo. 112 pp. 9Hin.
Flower Garden, The. Annuals; Bedding Plants; Spring and
Summer Flowering Bulbs. Chicago, [e. 1882.] Published by
E. H, Libby. 24 pp. 7^x6.
. Part II. Herbaceous Plants, Shrubs, Vines and Native
Ornamental Plants. 20 pp. (The Farm Library.)
Flower Garden, Tbb. Containing practical instructions for the
cultivation and management of shrubs and flowers, adapted to
American gardens. New York. 1849. (n. cA Dewitt A Daven-
port. 52 pp. 7 H z 4 H- (Boimd with the Complete Gardener
and Florist.)
Flot. Michael. See Lindley, George. A Guide to the Orchard and
Fruit Garden.
FoLLEN, Chas. Suggestions in Landscape Gardening. Thorou^
Drainage, by J. Herbert Shedd. Boston. 1869. (n. c] Phillips,
Sampson A Co. Paper. 20 pp. 9x5^
F0R8TTH, WiLUAM. An Epitome of Mr. Forssrth's Treatise on
the Culture and Management of Fruit Trees; also, notes <hi
American gardening and fruits; with designs for promoting the
ripening of fruits and securing them as family comforts; and
further, of economical principles in buildingtarmers' habitat
tions. By an American farmer. Philadelphia. 1803. [n. c.)
Printed by T. L. Plowman for John Morgan. 186 +6 pp. 8 Hz5 H.
, The same. 1804. W. Poyntell & Co. 9 in.
A Treatise on the Culture and Management of Fruit
Trees: in which a new method of pnming and training is fully
described; toother with observations on the diseases, defects,
and injuries m all lands of fruit and forest trees; as also, an
account of a particular method of cure, made public by order
of the British government. To which are added an introduc-
tion and notes, adapting the rules of the treatise to the climate
and seasons of the United States of America. By William Cob-
bett. Plate. New York. 1802. (n. c] Esra Sargeant A Co.
viii +269 pp. 8)^x5^.
. The same. Philadelphia. 1802. Printed for J. Morgan.
zii +259 pp. 8^ in.
-. The same. Albany. 1803. [n. c] D. A. 8. Whiting.
zii + 280 pp. 814x5^. (Contains at the doae a commendatory
letter from Peter W. Yates, of Albany.)
Fowler, A. B. Hints on the Heating of Greenhouses; hot-water
heating: low pressure steam-heating. Ezeter, N. H. n. d. jn. c]
Gasette Publishing House. 32 pp. 9 z 6.
Fowler. J. H. Florida; its Soil, Climate, and Resources. Orange
culture in Florida. Together with "A few facts from Florida."
being an exhaustive treatise upon Florida: its soil, climate, and
resources. Compiled from the columns of The Florida Agri-
culturist. Jacksonville. Fla. 1874. C. H. Walton A Co. 28 pp.
Fraoarla, The: or, Description of the most improved varieties of
strawberries and raspberries, cultivated in Great Britain and
the United States: with directions for their culture. New York
1832. New York Farmer and Horticultural Repository.
Albany. W. Thorbum. ii + 20 pp. 7H in.
Fraser, Samuel. A Practical Treatise on the Potato; its charac-
teristics, planting, cultivation, harvesting, storing, mariceting,
insects, and diseases and their remedies, etc. Illus. New York.
1905. (c. 1905.1 Orange Judd Company, zvi + 186 pp. 7Hx6.
. See Hall. Bolton. The Garden Yaid.
French, Allen. The Book of Vegetables and Oaiden Herbs. A
Sractical handbook and planting-table for the vegetable gar-
ener. Illus. New York. 1907. (c. 1907.] The MacmiUan
Company, xxvi + 312 pp. 8 x 5 H
. The same. How to Grow Vegetables and Garden Herbs.
. . . 1911.
Frothinoram, Jessie Pbabodt. Success in Gardening; work in
I?®-."?!'*/ Jf*"*«° ^^'^^ ^y ^^^' IUu»- New York, 1913.
Duffield A Co. 333 pp. 8 in.
Fuld. Maurice. The Twentieth Century Method; growing bulbs
for wmter and spring blooming. New York, [c. 1914.rKnight
4 Struck Co. 78 pp. 8K in.
Fuller, Andrew 8. The Grape Culturist. A treatise on the
J^^I^??°rx°'.'H ?i^**^« «™P«- !""»• New York. 1864.
[c. 1864.] Davies & Kent. 262 pp.
r~;«3?? ^'"®- ^-^'C ?^ enlarged edition. Illua. New York.
'0. 1867.] Orange Judd Company. 286 pp.
. The same. New, revised and enlarged edition. lUua.
New York, (c 1894.] Orange Judd Company. 282 pp.
The Illustrated Strawbeny Culturist; containing the
history, sexuality, field and giuden culture of strawberries,
fordng or pot culture, how to grow from seed, hybridizing;
results of eztensive ezperiments with seedlings, and all other
information necessary to enable eveiybody to raise their own
strawberries; together with a full description of new varie-
ties and a list of the best of the old sorts, with receipts for dif-
ferent modes of preserving, cooking, and preparing strawberries
for the table. Fully illustrated by new and valuable engravings.
New York. [0.18^.] Orange Judd Company. 48 pp. 7Hx6.
. The same. 8th thousand. 1866. [c. 1862.] 48 pp.
. The same. 10th thousand. 1866. Ic 1862.) 48 pp.
The Illustrated Strawberry Culturist; containing the
history, sezualitv, field and garden culture of strawberries^
forcing or pot ctuture, how to grow from seed, hjrbridising, and
all other information neoessaiy to enable eversrbody to raise
their own strawberries, together with a description of new
varieties and a Ust of the best of the old sorts. Fully illustrated.
New York. 1887. (0. 1887.] Orange Judd Company. 69 pp.
7z6.
-. The same. With receipts for different modes of preserving,
cooking, and preparing strawberries for the table. Fully illus-
trated by new and valuable engravings. Brooklsm, N. Y. 1862.
la 1862.] 48pp. 7Hx4>i
-. The Nut Culturist. A treatise on the propagation, plant-
ing and cultivation of nut-bearing trees and shrubs adapted to
the climate of the United States; with the scientific and com-
mcm names of the fruits known in oommeroe as edible or other-
wise useful nuts. Illus. Portrait. New York. 1896. (c. 1896.]
Orange Judd Company, viii -{- 289 pp. 7 H > &
-. The Propagation of Plants; giving the principles iriiich
govern the development and groww of plants, their botaniod
afllnities and peculiar properties; also, descriptions of the process
by which varieties and species are crossed or hybridized, and
the many different methods by which cultivated plants may bo
propagated and multiplied. lUuAtrated with numerous engrav-
U19. New York. 1887. (0. 1887.] Orange Judd Company,
David W. Judd, President, z -|- 349 pp. 7 H z 6.
. The Small Fruit Culturist. Beautifully illustrated. New
York. n. d. [c. 1867.] Orange Judd Company, iv -h 276 pp.
71 z 6. fTranslated into German by Heinrich Maurer as A. S.
Fuller's Kultur der Fruchtstr&ucher, als der Erdbeeren. Him-
beeren, Brombeeren, Johannisbeeren, Staohelbeeren, Komel-
kirschen, Preiselbeeren, Heidelbeeren, Berberitsbeeren, Zwerg-
kirschen, etc Nebst einer Anleitung sum Einsammeln, sur
verpackung und versendung dor FrOchte. Mit 27 Tafeln, en-
thaltend 103 Abbildungen. Weimar. 1868. [n.c] Voight.
iz + 142pp. 27 plates. 8Hz6^)
-. The same. New, rewritten, and enlarged edition. 1881.
[c. 1881.1 287 pp. 7Hx5.
'fhe same. New. rewritten, and enlarged edition; with an
appendiz. 1887. 297 pp.
. The same. 3d ed. 1897. [0. 1887.] 298 pp.
Editor. Woodward's Record of Horticulture for 1866.
Illus. New York. 1867. [c. 1867.] George E. and F. W.
Woodward. 126 pp. 7Hz6.
-. The same. Woodward's Record of Horticulture. No. IL
[for 1867.1 New York. 1868. (c. 1868.] Francis W. Woodward.
128 pp. 73^ z 6.
FuLLERTON, ElnrTH LoRiNG. How to Make a Vegetable Garden.
A practical and suggestive manual for the home garden. Illus*
trated by H. B. Fullerton. New York. 1906. Ic 1906.] Double-
day, Page A Co. zix + 347 pp. lOH x 7H-
. Small Gardens for Small Folks. Illus. Philadelphia. 1912.
W. A. Burpee A Co. 31 pp. 7 H in*
Fulton, James ALBXA2>n>ER. Peach Culture Illus. New Yoric
n. d. (c. 1870.] Orange Judd Company. 190 pp. 7 H x 6.
. The same. New, revised, and enlarged edition. 1882.
(c 1882.] 192 pp.
The same. New, revised, and greatly enlarged edition.
1889. [c 1889.] 204 pp. 7Hx6.
Gallesio, Gborob. Orange Culture. A treatise on the citrus
family. Translated from the French ezprossly for The Florida
Apiculturist. Jacksonville, Fla. 1876. (c. 1875.] Printed at
office of The Florida Agrictilturist. 65 pp. 6 z 9 H.
Oallowat, B. T. Commercial Violet Culture. A treatise on the
growing and marketing of violets for profit. Illus. New York.
1899. Ic 1899.] A. T. De La Mare Printing and Publishing
Company. 224 pp. 7 z 4 K*
. The same. 2d ed., revised. New York. 1903. [c 1903.]
239 pp.
-. The same. 3d ed., revised. 1914. 244 pp.
Galusha, O. B. Luscious Fruits. How to grow strawberries,
raspberries, blackberries, grapes, currants and gooseberries in
abimdance and economically, on a small scale. Chicago,
[c. 1882.] Published by E. H. Libby. 24 pp. 7Hx4H- (Farm
Library. Vol. I, No. 6. March 1. 1882.)
Garcelon, G. W., and Lblono, B. M. Citrus Fruits. Part I:
Fifteen years with the Lemon. By O. W. Garcelon. Part II:
New varieties of Citrus Fruits. By B. M. Lelong. lUus. Sacra-
mento. 1891. [n. c] State Office, A. J. Johnston, Superintend-
ent State Printing. 38 pp. 9z6ii.
1534
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Oaboen, The. A pocket manual of praetical horticulture; or,
how to cultivate vegetables, fruita and flowers: embracing an
exposition of the nature and action of soils and manures, and
the structure and growth of plants; directions for the forming
of a garden; description of miplements and fixtures; instruc-
tions Tor sowing, truisplanting, budding, grafting, and cultivat-
ing vegetables, fruits s^ flowers, with a chapter on ornamental
trees and shrubs by the author of How to Write. How to Behave,
etc. No. 1. lUus. New York. 1858. [o. 1858.] Fowler and
Wells, xi + 166 pp. 7 x 4.
The same. No. 3. 7>4 X 6.
Gaxdbm, You, and I, Tmc See Wright, Mrs. Mabd Oicood.
Oaboen of a Coiotdteb'b Wife, Tbk. See Wright, Mn. Mabel
Osgood.
Garoincb, Johk, and Hepburn, David. The American Gardener;
containing ample directions for working a kitchen garden every
month in the year; and copious instructions for the cultivation
of flower gardens, vineyards, nurseries, h<»>-yards, greenhouses,
hothouses. Washington. 1804. (c. 1804.J Samuel H. Smith.
204 pp. 7x4H-
' The same. A new edition, much enlarged, to which is
added a treatise on gardening, by a citizen of Virnnia; also, a
few hints on the cultivation of native vines, and directions for
making domestic wines. Georgetown. D. C. 1818. (o. 1818.)
Joseph Milligan. ix + 348 pp. 6 h x 4.
. The same. 3d ed. Washington. 1826. W. Cooper. Jr.
304 pp. 7 in.
Garoiner, John. A Co. Mushrooms for the MilHoo. Philadelphia,
Pa. n.d. Paper. 16 pp. 6Jix3H.
, The same. Paper. 8 pp. 6 x 3>i.
Caret, Thomas A. Orange Culture in California; with an appendix
on grape culture by L. J. Rose. Published for A. T. Garey. San
Francisco, Cal. n. d. (c 1882.] Printed and sold at the office
of the Pacific Press. 227 pp. 7^x4%.
Gilbert. Ralph D. The Gilbert ^rstem of Orchard Planting.
Illus. Boston. 1913. Bowker Fertiliser Company. 12 pp.
9»^in.
GiLLET, Feux. Fra^ariculture; or, The culture of the strawberry.
A practical treatise on the culture, propagation, management
and marketing of strawberries. Illustrated with photographs,
representing average siie of best varieties. Especially adapted
to the family garden. San Francisco. 1876. Spaulding A Barto,
Printers. 32 pp. 8 in.
Gillette, C. P. See Shields, O. D., Compiler. A Western Book
for Western Planters.
GiLMAN, Mrs. Maria (pseud.). See Barnard, Charles. My Ten-
Rod Farm.
GiPSON, A. E. Horticulture by Irrigation. lUus. Denver, Colo.
1888. [c. 1888.) The Republican Publishing Company. 138
pp. 7x5K.
Gleakinos from the Most Celebrated Books on Husbandrt,
Gardening, and Rural Affairs . . . From the London
2d ed. of 1803. Interspersed with remarks and observations
by a gentleman of Philadelphia. Illus. Philadelphia. 1803.
vui -f 365 pp. 8Hin.
Godfrey, Dr. See Allen, Phoebe. Miniature and Window Garden-
ing.
GoFF. E. S. Investigation of Flower Buds. Extracted from Seven-
teenth Annual Report of the Wisconsin Agricultural Experi-
ment Station. 1900. Democrat Printing Company. Madison,
Wis. 265-284 pp. 9x5Ji.
. Lessons in Commercial Fruit Growing. A text-book for
beginners. Illus. Madison, Wis. 1902. [c. 1902.] University
0>5perative Association, vi + 221 pp. 8 x 5}i
-. Lessons in Pomology. Madison, Wis. 1899. University
of Wisconsin. 136 pp.
-. Principles of Plant Culture. An elementary treatise
designed as a text-book for beginners in agriculture and horti-
culture. Illus. Madison, Wis. 1897. |c. 1897.] Published by
author. 276 pp. 7?ix5H.
-. The same. 3rd revised ed. Madison, Wis. 1906. Univer-
sity Codperative Co. 303 pp. 8 in. (Preface by Frederic Crane-
field.)
-. A Syllabus of Horticulture. For the use of classes. Madi-
son. Wis. 1891. (c. 1891.] State Journal Printing Company.
110 pp. 9x6.
Good, John M., and Borden, Mrs. A. E. The Rose. Illus.
Springfield. Ohio. 1898. Miss Ella V. Baines. 30 pp. 8^x5%.
(The Home Florist, I, No. 1.)
Goodrich, Chauncet. The Northern Fruit Cultxirist; or, the
farmer's guide to the orchard and fruit garden. Illus. Burling-
ton. 1849. Ic. 1849,] Chatmcey Goodrich, viii + 108 pp.
7 H X 4 li
. The same. 2d ed. Corrected and enlarged. Burlington.
1860. (c. 1849.] Chauncey Goodrich, viii + 112pp. 7\ixA\^
Grant, C. W. Descriptive Catalogue of Vines, etc; with explana^
tory remarks, and indications for cultivation. Illus. 4th ed.
New York. n. d. (c. 1859.] C. M. Saxton. 66 pp. 10 x 7.
. Manual of the Vine; including Illustrated Catalogue of
Vines (8th ed.): and. Grape Vines: Description of stock of
vines for sale at lona Island (3d ed.). Illus. lona. n. d. |c. 1864.]
C. W. Grant. Paper. 101 pp.
Gray, A. See Lindley. John. The Theory of Horticulturs.
Gray. John C. Essay on Orchards. Rraorted to the Maasachu-
setts Board of Agnculture. Boston. 1853. Printed by Dutton
A. Wentworth. 24 pp. 9^x6.
Green, Charles A.. Editor. The Apple and Pear; Green's Fruit
Grower. Devoted to the fruit farm, garden and norsezy. lUos.
Rochester. April. 1887. (o. 1887.] 48pp. 9^x6.
, Editor. The Grape; Green's Fruit Grower. Devoted to
the fruit farm, garden and nursery. Illus. Rochester, N. T.
October, 1886. (071886.] 48 pp. 9>ix6.
. Green's Four Books. Devoted to: (1) How we made the
old farm pay. (2) Peach culture. (3) How to propagate fruii-
planta, vines and trees. (4) General fruit instructor. Ilhis.
Rochester, N. Y. 1897. fc. 1895.) Green's Nurseiy Company.
119 pp. 9x6. (New edition of 1897.)
. Green's Fruit Grower. Devoted to strawberry culture,
grape culture, apple and pear culture, plum and cherry culture,
raspberry and blackberry culture. &^>edal issue. KoehMter.
1887. (c. 1888.] 28 pp. 6x9.
Green's Fruit-Grower, special issue of. Devoted to straw-
berry culture, grape culture, apple and pear culture, plum and
cherrv culture, raspberry and blackberry culture. Illus. Rodie»-
ter, July and October, 1886; April, July and October. 1887.
(c 1888.] 81 pp. 9H z 6. (Five issues under one cover.)
Green's Six Books. Devoted to i^ple culttue, pear culture*
plum and cherry culture, raspbeny and blackberry culture,
grape culture, strawberry, currant, gooseberry and persimmon
culture. Illus. Rochester. N. Y. 1896. fc. 1894.1 Green's
Nursery Company. 142 pp. 9x6. (New ecution of 1896.)
. How to Propa^te and Grow Fruit. Two colored plates*
Over fifty illustrationa. Rochester, N. Y. n. d. (o. 1886.)
80 pp. 9^4x6.
. The same. Rochester, N. Y. 1885. Union & Adv. Go's.
' Print. 64 pp. 9Hin.
. The Strawberry; Green's Fruit Grower; apedal iaso*
devoted to. Rochester. N. Y. July 1, 1886. (o. 1»S6.] 48 pp.
9>ix6.
Qbbbn, Roland. A Treatise on the Cultivation of Ornamental
Flowers; comprising remarica on the requiate soil, sowing,
transplanting, and general management; with direotaons for
the general treatment of bulbous flower roots, greenhouse
plants, etc. Boston. 1828. (o. 1828.] New York. John B.
Russell. G. Thoibum & Son. 60pp. 7x4H-
Green. Samuel B. Amateur Fruit Growing. A practical guide to
the growing of fruit for home use and the market ; written with
qiecial reference to colder climates. Illus. Minneapolis. 1894.
[c 1893.] Farm, Stock and Home Publishing Con^Mmy. 132 pp.
7Hx5.
. The same. St. Paul, Minn. 1905. [c 1893.] Webb Pub-
lishing C!k>mpany. 138 pp. 7 H x 5.
. Farm Wind-Breaks and Shelter Belts: Their formation
and care. Illus. St. Paul. Minn. 1906. (c. 1906.) Webb Pub-
lishing Company. Paper. 69 pp. 7 H x 5 Vi
. Popular Fruit Growing. Illus. St. Paul, Minn. 1909.
Webb I*ublishing Company. 298 pp. 7 ^ in.
, The same. Prepared especially for beginners and as a
text-book for schools and colleges. 4th ed., revised. Illus. St.
Paul. Minn. 1912. [c. 1909. 1910. 1912.) Webb Publishing
Company. 328 pp. 8 x 6 H-
. Vegetable Gardening. A manual on the growing of vege-
tables for home use and marketing. Prepared especially for the
classes of the School of Agriculture of the University of Min-
nesota. With 115 illustrations. St. Paul. 1896. [c. 1896.]
Author. Webb Publishing Company, agents. 224 pp. 7x5.
. The same. 2d ed., revised. With 122 illustrations. 1899.
(c. 1899.] 7x5.
. The same.
. The same.
. The same.
1909.] 240 pp.
. The same.
5th ed. 1903. 249 pp. 7^ in.
7th ed., revised. 1905. 252 pp. 7% in.
10th ed.. revised. 1912. (c. 1901. 1905,
252 pp. 8x5 M-
12th ed.. revised. 1912.
1908.
Greening. Charles E. The Greening Pictorial Ssrstem of Land-
scape Gardening; being a t^y^'tem of decorative planting based
on pictorial art . . . designed for the eaav comprehension of
amateurgardeners and as a reference book for landscape archi-
tects. The illustrations contained are true photographs. To-
ledo. Ohio. 1910. The Blade Printing and Paper Company.
165 pp. UM'va.
. Greening's Twentieth Century Fruit Growers* and Land-
scapers' Guide. Illus. Monroe. Mich. 1904. The Greening
Bros. Nursery Company. 32 pp. 9 ^ in.
Greoo. Thomas. A Hand-Book of Fruit-Culture; being a guide to
the cultivation and management of fruit trees; with condensed
deBcriptions of mcLuy of the best and most popular varieties in
the United States. Illustrated with 90 engravings. With an
appendix containing a variety of useful memoranda on tbe sub-
ject, valuable household receipts, etc. New York. n. d. (c
1857.] Fowler & Wells, viii -f 163 pp. 7 H x 4 K
How to Raise Fruits: A hand-book of fruit-culture; being
a guide to the proper cultivation and management of fruit trees,
and of grapes and small fruits; with condensed descriptions of
many of the best and most popular varieties. Fxilly illustrated.
New York, 1877. (c. 1877.] S. R. Wells A Co. viii -f- 183 pp.
7Hx5.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1535
Orbgobt, Jauxs J. H. Cabbasee: How to grow them. A practical
treatise on cabbage culture, ^ving full details on every point,
including keeping and marketing the crop. Salem» Mass. 1870
(c. 1870T Observer Steam Printing Rooms. 72 pp. 7H x 5.
. The same. New York. [c. 1870.] Orange Judd Company.
. The same. Cabbages: How to grow them, eta Marble-
head, Mass. 1877. {c 1870.] N. Allen Lindley A Co.
-. The same. Marblehead, Mass. 1881. [c 1870.] J. J. H.
Gregory. 72 pp. 7Hx 5.
. Cabbages and Cauliflowers: How to grow them. A pnM>-
tical treatise, giving full details on every point, including keep-
ing and marketing the crop. Illus. Boston. 1889. Cashman
Keating A Co., Pnnters. 88 pp. l^ixH,
. The same. Revised edition. Marblehead, Mass. 1007.
[o. 1889.] J. J. H. Gregory. 93 pp.
-. Carrots, Mangold-Wurtsels and Sugar Beets: How to
raise them, how tolceep them, and how to feed them. Mar-
blehead, Mass. 1877. (o. 1877.) N. A. lindley A Co. 61 pp.
7)ix6.
. The same. 1882. J. J. H. Gregory.
. The same. Boston. 1900. J. J. Arakelyan. 65 pp.
-. Fertilisers. Where the materials come from; where to get
them in the cheapest form; how to compound formulas, etc
Marblehead, Mass. 1886. [o. 1885.] J. J. H. Gregory. Paper,
iv + 116 pp. 7Jix5K.
-. Onion Raising: What kinds to raise, and the way to
le tl
9Kin.
raise them. Illus,
ing: Wh
. Boetoi
•n. 1865. A. Williams A Co. ^ pp.
. The same. 7th ed. Salem. 1860. G. W. Pease A Ca,
Printers. 35 pp. 7 H m*
-. The same. 7th ed., revised. Marblehead, Maaa. 1881.
[c. 1864.] J. J. H. Gregory. 42 pp. 7^x5.
. The same. 14th ed. N. Allen Lindley A Ca
. The same. 18th ed., revised.
. The tame. 19th ed., revised. Boston. 1888. RandAveiy
Company, Printers. 55 pp.
-. Squashes: How to grow them. A practical treatise on
squash culture, giving fuU details on every point, including
keeping and marketing the crop. Illus. New York. 1867.
Oraioge Judd Company. 69 pp.
. The same. n. d. (c 1867.J 70 pp.
-. The same. New, revised and enlarged edition. 1889.
(c. 1883.] 83 pp. 7MX5.
Grbikeb, T. Celery for Profit: an ezposA of modem methods id
celery growing. Illus. Philadelphia. Spring, 1893. (a 1893.]
W. Atlee Burpee A Co. viii + 85 pp. 7 H z 5.
-. The same. 2d ed. 1893.
. The same. 9th ed. Spring, 1898.
. The Garden Book for Practical Farmers. Illus. Phila-
delphia. April, 1901. (c. 1901.] The Farmer Company. 190 pp.
8H X 5^. (Part I. Published as No. 2, Vol. Ill, ofThe PraoU-
cal Farmer's Library. Paper. Part II, 200 pp. Published as
No. 4, Vol. Ill, of the Practical Farmer's Library, and the two
bound in one volume in cloth. October, 1901.)
-. How to Make the Garden Pay. Illus. Philadelphia.
1890. (c. 1890.] Wm. Henry Maule. 272 pp. 9x6.
-. The same. 2d ed., revised and enlarged. 1894. Ic 1890.]
319 pp. 9x6.
-. The New Onion Culture. A story for voung and old
which telb how to grow 2,000 bushels of fine biubs on one acre.
The new syntem fully explained. Illus. La Salle. New York.
189L [c. 1891.] vi+62pp. 7^x5H-
. The same. Buffalo, N. Y. 1891. Haas A Klein, Printers.
-. The same. A story for gardeners young and old. 4th
revised ed. lUus. Portrait. 1896. (c 1870.] 89 pp.
-. The same. Rewritten and greatly enlarged. Illus. New
York. 1903. Orange Judd Company. 114 pp.
-. The same. A complete guide in growing onions for profit.
1911. (o. 1903.]
-. Onions for Profit; an exposA of modem methods in onion
Sowing Illus. PhiUdelphia. 1893. (c 1893.] W. Atlee
urpee St Co. vi + 104 pp. 7 H * 5.
-. The Young Market-Gardener: beginner's ipnde. Part L
A little pit well buat. PaH II. A little plat well tliled. Part III.
A little purse well filled. lUus. La Salle, New York. &>ring,
1896. (e. 1895.] iv + 119 pp. 7^ x 5)i. (T. Greiner's Garden
Series, No. 2.)
-. The same. Buffalo. N. Y. 1896. J. W. Klein Printing
Company.
-, and Abue, C. H. How to Grow Onions; with notes on
varieties. Edited by W. Atlee Burpee. Philadelphia 1888.
(c 1887.] W. Atlee Burpee & Co. viu + 71 pp. 7HxS.
. The same. 5th ed.
Grosvenor, Ellen Sage. Some Facts for Strawberry Consumes;
with suggestions for serving, canning, preservilig. etc, by a
grower. New York. 1902. The Knickerbocker Press. 31 pp.
6Hin.
Gsowbr'b Guide, The ... a compilation of useful information
for the grower. Nashville, Tenn. 1898. The Grower's Guide
Company. 416 pp.
Gbubb, Euoeke H., and Guilfobd, W. 8. The PoUto; a Compila-
tion of Information from Every Available Source. Illus. Gar-
den City, N. Y. 1912. Doubleday, Page 4 Co. 545 pp. 9 in.
(The Farm Library.)
Gbundt. Fred. A Fortune in Two Acres. How to Find It. A Good
Home, Health, Comfort and Ind^endence of Worldngmen.
Illus. New York. 1893._Ic. 1893.1 The Rural Publishing Com-
pany. (Vol. 1. No. 24. The Rural Library.)
GtnLroRD,W.a See Grubb, E. H. The Potato.
Gurnet, C. W. Northwestern Pomology. A treatise on the grow-
ing sad care of trees, fruits and flowen in the northwestern
states. Concord, Neb. 1894. [c 1894.] Published by author.
293 pp. 8x6K'
Gusrm, E. E. See Busoh, S. S.
Haines. R. H. The Fruit-Grower's Friend. An eanr guWe for
"'jw York.
the raising of fruits, for pleasure or profit. New
.\merican News Company. 31 pp. 9\iin.
1880.
Hall. Bolton. The Garden Yard ; a handbook of intensive farm-
ing. With an introduction by N. O. Nelson; revised by Herbert
wTCollingwood and Samuel Fraser. lUus. Philadelphia. |o.
1909.] D. McKay. 321 pp. 8 in.
Hall, D. M. A Practical Handbook on the Culture of Small
Fruits, and Guide to Success, in Raising the Various Small
Fruits for Home Urn and for Market. lUus. Ban^r. 1881.
EHrigo Rural Printing Establishment. 104 pp. 7|im.
Hall, Gborqe P. Garden Helps. Portrait San Diego, Calif.
Ic. 1911.J EUte Printing Company. 120 pp. 9H in.
Haludat, Robert J. Practical Asalea Culture. A treatise on
the propagation and cultivation of the Axalea Indica. Illus.
Baltimore, Md. 1880. (c. 1880.] 110 pp. 7 1^x5.
. Practical Camellia Chilture. A treatise on the propagation
and culture of the Camellia Japoniea. Illus. Colored plates.
Baltimore, Md. 1880. (o. 1880.J 141 pp. 8x5.
Halbbam, J. Every Man's Book of Garden Fk>wen. New York,
n. d. Geo. H. Doran Company.
Halstbd. Dr. Btron D. The VeceUble Garden. A guide for any-
one who would grow with profit the best of foods for the table.
Illus. Chicago. 1882. [c. 1882.] PubUshed by R H. Libby.
30 pp. 7 X 4li (The Farm Library.)
Hamlin. A. D. F. See Brown, Glenn. European and Japanese
Gardens.
Hamm, Dr. W. Das Weinbuch. Wesen, Cultur und Wirkung des
Weins; Statistik und Charakteristik s&mmtlicher Weine der
Welt; Behandlung der Weine in Keller. St. Louis. C. Witter.
Hansen, Georob. The Orehid Hybrids. Enumeration and classi-
fication of all hybrids of orchids published up to October 15,
1895. 1895. Ic U. S. 1895.] London: Dulan A Co. Berlin:
Friedlander A Sohn. Printed in San Francisco. 245 pp. 9x6.
. First supplement, recording additions to list of hybrids
published up to October 15, 1895. pp. 247-257. n. d. (Boimd
with The Orchid Hybrids.)
. Second supplement, recording kno^edge gained about
orchid hybrids in the period from (!>ctober 15. 1895, to April 1,
1897. Berkeley. Cal. May 1, 1897. Published by author,
pp. iv + 258-334. 9x6. (Printed on one side of paper.) •
Hansen, Nhbls E. Haandbog om Frugtavl og Traeplanting for de
Nordvestli^p Stater. Chicago. 1890. Skandinavens BoghandeL
103 pp. 7 in.
, See Budd, J. L. American Horticultural ManuaL
Harabbtht, a. Grape Culture, Wines and Wine-Making; with
notes upon agriculture and horticulture. Illus. New Yoxlc
1862. (c. 1862.] Huper A Bros. 420 pp.
Harcourt. Helen. Florida Fruits, and How to Raise Them.
Revised and enlarged edition, with elaborate index of subjects.
Louisville, Ky. 1886. (c. 1886.] John P. Morton A Co. 347 pp.
8x5K.
Hard, M. E. The Mushroom. lUus. Columbus, Ohio. 1906.
Ohio Library Ck>mpany. 609 pp. 10 H in*
Harding. A. R. Ginseng and Other Medicinal Plants. Columbus,
Ohio. 1908. [c 19^.] A. R. Harding Publishing Company.
301 pp. 7x5.
HAfcQRAVE. Basil. A Year's Gardening. Illus. New York. 1912.
C. Scribner's Sons, viii + 271 pp. 9 in.
EUbkbb, Charles C. The Queen of Fruits. Peach culture. Troy,
Ohio. 1884. 3 pp. 8 in.
Harrino, Wm. See Milhird, Miss Hannah. Grapes and Grape
Vines of CsJifomia.
Harris, Joseph. Gardening for Young and Old. The cultivation
of garden vegetables in the farm garden. Illus. New Yoi^
1883. [c. 18^.] Orange Judd Company. 191pp. 7Hx5.
Harrison, C. S. Evergreens: How to grow them. Including
varieties and characteristics of the principal evergreens c«
the United States. Illus. St. Paul, Minn. 1906. [e. 1905.]
Webb Publishing C^ompany. vi + 95 pp. 7 H x 5H
-. The Gold Mine in the Front Yard, and How to Work It:
. ±uv vvuiu iwxum ut vuv riwuv x cuu, nuu i^vn w w.vri^ av.
showing how millions of dollars can be added to the value of
prairie farms. St. Paul, Minn. 1905. (c. 1905.] Webb Pub-
Ishing Company. 279 pp. 7 H x 5 H>
. A manual on the Iris: giving a description of the different
g
varieties; also, their classification, with directions for propagatioD
and cultivation. Colored plate. York. Neb. n. d. (n. c.| Published
by C. S. Harrison and S. H. King. Paper. 30 pp. 8 H x 6.
1
1536
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
. A Manual on the Phlox. For the nuneryman and amateur: Hbndbbson, Pitsr. Garden and Farm Topics. lUua. Portrait.
New York. 1884. (p. 1884.] PubUsbed by Ptoter Henderson A
Co. 244 pp. 7Hzo.
. See Crosier, Wm. How the Farm Pays.
Qardening for Pleasure. A guide to the amateur in the
9 ^^ **«^aaa««^M ^aa vaav a mMm\M*^* «. ^^a v*m^ aa i*a s^a ^ " ■■■*s wamm%M «»aaa«vi^«aa •
showing how to crow them; also, how to originate new and
duMce varieties. York, Neb. 1906. Published by the author.
31 pp. 9 in.
-. The same. St. Paul, Minn. n. d. Ic. 19ia] Webb Pub-
lishing Company. Paper. 40 pp. 9x6.
-. A Manual on the propagation and cultivation of the
Peony. lUus. York, Neb. 1903. Republican. 64 pp. 9K in-
-, Editor. A Peony Manual; giving up-to-date information
regarding beautiful flowers; showing now to raise from seed,
how to increase bv divisions, how to plant and cultivate.
This is designed to be a complete guide to the florist and ama-
teur, nius. 2d ed. York, Neb. n. d. (c. 1907.] Published by
practical peony growers. Paper. 64 pp. 9x6^
Habwood, W. 8. New Creations in Plant Life. An authoritative
acooimt of the life and work of Luther Burbank. lUiis. New
York. 1905. (c 1905.) The Macmillan Company, xiv + 368
pp.8x6)i
— . The same. 2d ed., revised and enlaiSML 1907. viii +
430 pp.
Hawkeu.. Gbobgb. An Account of Various Eiq)eriments for the
Production of New and Desirable Grapes, and an Account of
Forty Varieties obtained by Hybridisation. Ipswich, Mass.
1877. Paper. 18 pp. 9 in.
. A Narrative of the Life, Experience, and Work of an
American Citizen. (Autobiography. Contains an account of
the author's work with American grapes.) Ipswich; Mass.
1896. 156 pp.
Hassard, Annib. Floral Decorations for the Dwelling House. A
practical guide to the home arrangement of plants and flowers.
American edition, revised; with many illustrations. London and
New York. 1876. (c 1876.] The Macmillan Company, x +
166pp. 7Hx5.
Hattikld. T. D. Greenhouses for Amateur Flower Growers.
Illus. Springfield. Ohio. 1898. The Floral Publishing Com-
pany. 15 pp. 8^ X 5H- (The Home Florist, I, No. 4.)
Hatton, W. J. Secrets of Rose Culture. lUus. Huntington, N. Y.
1891. (c 1891.] Published by the author, iv + 162 pp. 7 H x 5 >i.
Hawthobns, Hildkgardk. The Lure of the Garden. Illustrated
in full color by Maxfield Parrish, Jules Guerin, Sigismond de
Ivanowsld, Aima Whelan Betts, and others, and with photo-
graphs. New York. 1911. The Century Company, x + 259
pp. 10 Kin.
Hats, Hblbn Abhb. A Little Maryland Garden. Illustrated by
Zulma De L. Steele. New York and London. 1909. G. P. Put-
nam's Sons. V + 201 i>p. 8 in.
Hatward, Walter B., Editor. The Commuter's Garden. Illu»>
trated with photographs. New York. 1914. Thomas Y.
Crowell Company, vii + 219 pp. 7Kin-
Haxutt. W. Carkw. Gleanings in Old Garden literature. New
York. 1887. G. J. Coombes. vii + 263 pp. 7 in. (The Book-
Lover's Library. Edited by H. B. Wheatley.)
Hbdrick. U. p., assisted by Booth. N. O., Taylor, O. M., Wel-
lington, R., and Dorsev, M. J. The Gnpta of New York.
Report of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station for
the year 1907. Illus. Albsny. 1908. J. B. Ljrcm Company,
SUte Printers, xv + 564 pp. 12x9H-
, assisted by Wellington. R., Taador, O. M.. Alderman.
W. H., and Dorsey, M. J. The Plums of New York. Report of
New York Agricultural Elxperiment Station for year 1910.
Illus. Albany 1911. J. B. Lyon Company, State Printers.
12x9H.
-. A Laboratory Manual in Sjrstematic Pomology, an effort
to place before the students of pomology in the Michigan
Agricultural College a means by which an intimate and accu-
rate knowledge of pomolc^y may be acquired. 1903. 91 pp.
Hbikes. W. F. How to Start a Nursery. Ist ed. Dayton, Ohio.
1871. W. F. Heikes. 12 pp. 8 in.
. The same. 2d ed. Dajrton, Ohio, 1871. W. F. Heikes.
16 pp. 8 in.
Hkinrich, Juuus J. The Window Flower Garden. Handsomely
illustrated. New York. 1880. [c. 1879.] Orange Judd Company,
vi + 93 pp. 7 H X 5.
. The same. New and enlarged edition. 1892. [c. 1887.]
vi + 123 pp. 7Hx6.
-. The same. New and enlarged edition. 1887. (c. 1887.]
Hbmenwat, H. D. Hints and Helps for Young Gardeners. A
treat Me designed for those young in experience as well as
youthful garaenere. Illus. Hartford, Conn. 1906. [c. 1906.]
Published by the author. 59 pp. 9 H < 6.
. How to Make Home and City Beautiful, prepared to help
those interested in nuiking attractive homes and beautiful
cities. lUus. Northampton, Mass. [c. 1911.] 104 pp. 9>i in.
. How to Make School Gardens. A manual for teachers and
Supils. Illus. New York. 1903. [c. 1903.] Doubleday, Page
: Co. xvi + 107 pp. 7^x5.
Hbndbrson, Alfred. Peter Henderson, Gardener, Author, Mer-
chant. A memoir. Portrait. New York. 1890. Press of McII-
roy A Enunet. 48 pp. SH in>
Hbndbrson, Charlbs. Henderson's Picturesque Gardens and
Ornamental Gardening. Illus. New York. 1901. Jc. 1901.]
Published by Peter Henderson & Co. 158 pp. 10 x 12.
fruit, vegetable and flower garden, with full directions for the
greenhouse, conservatory and wiiodow garden. Illus. New
York. 188a [c. 1875.] Orange Judd Company, v + 250 pp.
7HxS.
. The same. New and enlarged edition. 1880. [e. 1874.]
-. The same. New enlarged edition. 1888. (o. 1887.] Orange
Judd Company, vi + 404 pp. 7^x5.
-. Gardening for Profit. A guide to the successful cultiva-
tion of the market and family ^irden. Illus. New YoriL n. d.
[c. 1867.] Orange Judd Company, viii + 243 pp. 7^x5.
The same. New and enlarged edition. 1885. (c 1874.)
vi -h 276 pp.
. The same. Entirely new and greatly enlarged. Illustrated
with numerous new engravings. 1887. (c 18861] xii + 376 pp.
7Hin.
-. Henderson's Handbook of Plants. New York. 1881.
(c. 1881.] Peter Henderson A O). 411 pp. lOHz 7H.
-. New edition. Handbook of Plants and General Horticul-
ture. New York. 1890. (c. 1890.] Peter Henderson A Co.
526 pp. 10Hx7H.
-. Practical Floriculture. A guide to the successful cultiva-
tion of florists' plants, for the amateur and professional florist.
Illus. New York. n. d. (c. 1869.] Orange Judd Company,
vi +249 pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. New and enlarged edition. 1874. 288 pp. IH*
. The same. 3d ed., greatly enlarged. Illus. New York.
1879. (c. 1878.] Orange Judd Company, viii + 311 pp.
7Hx5.
-. The same. 4th ed., new and enlarged. Illus. New York.
1879. (c. 1887.] Orange Judd Company. 325 pp. 7Hx5.
HcNDBRSON, PxTBR. A Co. Hendcrson's Bulb Culture. lUus. New
York. 1904. Peter Henderson A Co. 68 pp. 9H in-
. Henderson's Garden Oracle. New York. Peter Henderson
4(>).
-. The culture of Water-lilies and Aquatics. Revised and
enlarged edition. Illus. New York.. Peter Henderson A Co.
Hendrick, J. R. Western Fruits and How to Grow Them. Cawker
(IHty, Kan. 1888. Orchard Vineyard and Bern^ Garden Print.
31 pp. 9 in. (At head of title: The fruits in Their Purity and
Excellence.)
Hbpborn, David. See Gardiner, John. The American Gardener.
Herrick, R. S. Orchard Heating and Frost PrevenUon. Written
roecislly for use in the Pacific Horticultural Correspondence
School. Portland, Ore. [c. 1913.] Pacific Horticultural Corres-
pondence SchooL 11 pp. 9 in.
Hbrrinoton, Arthur. The Chrjrsanthemum: Its culture for
professional growers and amateurs. A practical treatise in its
propagation, cultivation, training, raismg for exhibitk>n and
market, hybridising, origin and history. Illus. New York.
1905. (c. 1905.] Orsinge Judd Company, viii + 160 pp. 7 H x 5.
Herrmann, H. French Method of Intensive Cultivation and
Asparagus Forcing; a treatise on the French method of garden-
ing. lUus. Louisvillo, Ky. 1910. [c. 1910.] 50pp. SHin,
Herendbbn Competition, The. A discussion on the best methods
of heating greenhouses. This pamphlet contains thirteen
essays and the accompanying diagrams illustrate all the
Frstems advocated. Reproduced from the columns of the
lorist's Exchange. New York. 1893. In. c] A. T. De La
Mare Printing and Publishing Company. 12 pp. 13 ^ x 10 H-
Hexambr, F. M. Asparagus. Its culture for home use and for
marlcet. A practical treatise on the planting, cultivation, har-
vesting, ancf preserving of asparagus, with notes on its history
and botany. Illus. New York. 1901. Ic. 1901.] Orange
Judd Company, viii + 168 pp. 7 J4 x 5.
Hetnb, E. B. Catalogue of European Vines; with their synonsrms
and brief descriptions. Compiled by E. B. Hevne, from the
ampelographies of CToimt Odart and Rendu, and the works of
Babo, Hogg, and Mackintosh; continued from Portugese trea-
tises on vines and wine-malang; also, some account of phyl-
loxera-proof vines, and others indigenous to the United States
found profitable for wine-making, by Rev. John I. Bleasdale.
San Francisco. 1881. Dewey 4 Co. 63 pp. 9x6^-
Hibbert and Buisr. The American Flower Garden Directoiy;
containing practical directions for the culture of plants in the
hothouse, garden-house, flower garden, and rooms or parlors for
every month in the year; with a description of the plants most
desirable in each, the nature of the soil and situation best
adapted to their growth, the proper season for transplanting,
etc.; instructions for erecting a hothouse, greenhouse, and lasting
out a flower garden; also, table of soils most congenial to the
{>lants contained in the work. The whole adapted to either
arge or small gardens; with lists of annuals, biennials, and
ornamental shruiM, contents, a general index, and a frontispiece
of CameUia fimbriata. Colored plates. Philadelphui. 1832.
[c. 1832.] Adam Waldie. ix -f 375 pp. 9^x6.
HioGiNS, Mtrta Margarht. Little Gardens for Bovs and Girls.
Illus. Boston and New York. 1910. Ic 1910.] Houghton,
Mifflin Co. 153 pp. 8x6.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1537
HtLLHOUSB, LxiziB Paoe. House Planta and How to Succeed
with Them. A practical handbook. lUus. New York. 1897.
(c. 1897.] A. T. De La Mare Printing and Publishing Company.
IX +220 pp. 7Hx5.
HiLUB, WiLUAM H. Small Fruits. Their propagation and cultiva-
tion, including the grape; containing practical directions for
the selection of soil and its preparation; the use of manures and
fertilisers; crossing, hybridising, and growing new varieties
from srod; transplantmg, pruning, and training: g;athering,
packing and marketing fruit; descriptions of varieties, thev
origin, diseases, and insect enemies. Illustrated with numerous
engravings. Boston. 1886. [c. 1886.] Cupples, Upham St Co.
138 pp. 9x6.
HoARB, Clsmbnt. a Practical Treatise on the Cultivation of the
Grape Vine on Open Walls. Illus. 2d American ed. Boston.
1840. (c. 1837.] William D. Ticknor. 144 pp.
' The same; to which is added a descriptive acooimt of an
improved method of planting and managing the roots of grape
vines. Illus. 3d American ed. Boston. 1845. (c 1837.]
William D. Ticknor A Co. 192 pp.
The same. lUus. 4th American ed. Boston. 1848.
|c. 1837.] William D. Ticknor A Co. 180 pp.
. A Practical Treatise on the Cultivation of the Grap» Vine
on Open Walb; with a descriptive accoimt of an improved
method of planting and managing the roots of grape vines; to
which is added an appendix containing remarks on the culture
of the grape vine in the United States. Illus: New York. 1847.
H. Long k Bro. 209 pp.
HopBR, A. F. Grape Growing. A simple treatise on the sin^e
pole system; or now grapes are cultivated in the upper Rhme
vaUey. Illus. New \7>rk. 1878. E. H. Libby. Paper. 32 pp.
HoPTT, A. See Brinckl6, William. Hoffy's North American Pomol-
ogist.
Hooo, Jambs. The Vegetable Garden. A complete guide to the
cultivation of vegetables: containing thorough instructions for
sowing, planting, and cultivating all lands of y^etables; with
plain directions for preparing, manuring and tillmg the soil to
suit each plant; including, also, a summary of the work to be
done in a vegetable garden during each month of the 3rear.
New York. n. d. [c. 1877.] Dick AFitsoerald. 137 pp. 7 x 4 H.
(Cover has the legend, Dick's Garden Hand-Books. The
Vegetable Garden.)
HoLB, S. RBTNOLna. A Book About Roses: How to grow and
show them. New York. 1883. Wm. S. Gottsberger. 326 op.
6 H z 4 H. (An American issue of the 7th edition of an English
work.)
HoLUSTBR, E. J. Livingston's Celery Book. Conclusions at the
close of twenty years' extensive experience by the author on
best methods of preparation of soil, cultivating and marketing
the crop. Illus. Columbus. Ohio. n. d. [o. 1898.] A. W. Liv-
ingston's Sons. 96 pp. 7 H X 5 H>
HoufBS, Ebeb. Commercial Rose Culture, under glass and out-
doors; a practical guide to modem methods of growing the rose
for market purposes. Illus. New York. 1911. A. T. De La
Mare Printing and Publishing Company, Ltd. 165 pp. 7 ^ in.
Holmes, Francis S. The Southern Farmer and Market-Gardener;
being a compilation of useful articles on these subjects, from
the most approved writers; developing the principles and point-
ing out the method of their application to the farming and gar-
dening of the South, and particularly of the low coimtjy. New,
improved and enlarged edition. Charieston, S. C. n. d.
Ic. 1852.] Wm. R. Babcock. vii + 249 pp. 7^x4^-
HoLMBS, Jambs H. A Manual on Window Gardening; for popular
use. Montpelier, Vt. 1877. J. H. Holmes. 184 pp. 7 m.
Honda, K. See Brown, Glenn. European and Japanese Gardens.
Hooper, Chas. Edw. The Country House. A practical manual of
the planning and construction of the American coimtry home
and Its surroundings. Illustrated by E. E. Soderholts and others.
New York. 1905. [c. 1904, 1905.] Doubleday, Page A Co.
xxiu +330 pp. 10Hx8.
HooPBR, E. J. Hooper's Western Fruit-Book. A compendious
collection of facts, from the notes and experience of successful
fruit culturists, arranged for practical use in the orchard and
nrden. Ck>lored plates. Cincinnati. 1857. (c. 1857.] Moore*
Wilstach, Keys A Ck>. x + 333 pp. 8x5.
. The same. 3d ed., completely revised. 1858. [c. 1857.]
X + 355 pp. 8x5.
Hooper, Luct, Editor. The Lady's Book of Flowers and Poetry;
to which are added a botanical introduction, a complete floral
dictionary, and a chapter on plants in rooms. Illus. New York.
1842. J. C. Riker. 263 pp. 7^ in.
HoopBB, JosiAH. The Book of Evergreens. A practical treatise
on the oonifene, or cone-bearing plants. lUus. New York,
n. d. (c. 1868.] (Grange Judd Company, vi -f 436 pp. 7 )^ x 5.
Hoops, H. How to Make Grape Culture Profitable in California,
with explanation of California vine or Anaheim disease. Illus.
San Jos6, Calif. 1904. Press of the Pacific Tree and Vine. 40
pp. 9 H in*
Horticola. See Mohr, Frederick. The Grape- Vine.
HoBTicuLTtTBAL ANNUAL. See American Horticultural Annual.
98
HovBY, C. M. The Fruits of America; containing riohljr colored
figures, and full descriptions of all the choicest varieties culti-
vated in the United States. Boston. VoL I, Hovey A Co. 1852.
(c. 1851.] viii + lOOpp. Vol. II. Hovejr A Co. 1856. [0.1851.]
iv -{- 96 pp. 10 H X 7. (In Cornell University Library, 24 pp.
of Vol. Ill, without a title^age, are bound with VoL II. The
Library of Congress has Vol. Ill, Parts 1, 2, and 3, in original
covers, imdateoTeach containing 4 colored plates with descrip-
tive text. These parts are unbound and imtrimmed, measur-
ing about 15 Kz II H inches. There are other variations.
Vd. Ill was never completed.) Another edition of Vol. I has
the same title-page as above, but the imprint reads: Boston,
C. C. Little A Jas. Brown, and Hovey A Co.; New York, D.
Appleton A Co. This title is undated, but has copyright date
1851 on the reverse. The volume has 2 frontispieces (portraits
of C. M. Hovey); 2 leaves (title-page and dedication); pp.
vii, viii (preface); ix, x (subscribers); xi, xii (contents); 1-100
(descripti\'e) text referring to the 48 colored plates which are
interspersed). 14)i x 11.
-. The same. 1st vol. Forty-eight richly colored plates.
New York. 1853. D. Appleton & Co. viU + 100 pp. 11 x 7^.
-. See Brehaut. Rev. T. CoUings. Cordon Training of Fruit
Trees.
Howard, G. H. See Pedersen. J. How to Grow Cabbages and
Cauliflowers Most Profitably.
Howard, John Galen. See Brown, Oleim. European and Japan-
ese Gardens.
Howard. W. L. Propagating Trees and Plants; simple directions
for propagating many of the common fruits of orchard and gar-
den; for use by the farmer and others who grow fruit in a small
way. With illustrations by E. H. Favor. St. Joseph, Mo. 1905.
The Fruit-Grower Company. 44 pp. 5^ in. (''Brother Jona-
than" Series, No. 1.)
. and Favor, E. H. The Home Garden; a brief discussion of
garden soils and how they are built up, together with suggestions
tor growing the more common vegetables. Also a monthly
planting calendar. Illus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1905. The Fruit-
Grower Company. 58 pp. 5^ in. ("Brother Jonathan" Series,
No. 4.)
HowB, Walter. The Garden; as considered in literature by cer-
tain polite writers; with a critical essav. Portrait. William
Kent. New York and London, n. d. [c. 1890.] G. P. Putnam's
Sons. iv+309pp. 6Mx3>i
How TO Grow Abters. A manual on asters, their culture and care.
Rochester, N. Y. 1906. James Vick's Sons. 24 pp. 5H x 3^'
("In the preparation of this booklet we are largely indebted to
Mr. FredericK S. Fisher." — ^Publishers' introductory note.)
How to Grow Flowers, Friht and VBaETABLEs. New York,
n. d. N. L. Munro. 62 pp. 6H in. Contents: I. The Flower-
Garden. II. Orchard ana Kitchen-Garden.
How TO Grow Frutt, Flowbrs and Vboetablbb; and the language
of flowers. New York. n. d. Norman L. Munro. Paper. ^ pp.
6Hx4.
How TO Grow Strawberries and Other Fruits. Brentwood.
N. Y. [c 1888.] Putney A Woodward. 16 pp. 6 in.
How to Make a Flowbr Garden. A manual of practical informa-
tion and suggestions. Illus. New York. 1903. [c. 1901, 1902,
1903.] Doubleday, Page A Co. xxii -{- 370 pp. lOH x 8.
Huber, Jnuus H. The Work in the Garden. Chicago. 1903. G.
B. Van Dort. 57 pp. 7 H in-
Hull, Geo. S. Electro-Horticulture. New York. n. d. [c. 1898.]
The Knickerbocker Press. 46 pp. 7^x4 H-
Hume, H. Harold. Citrus Fruits and Their Culture. Illus. Jack-
sonville, Fla. 1904. (c. 1904.] The H. A W. B. Drew Co.
xxU -I- 597 pp. 7Hx5H.
. The same. 3d ed. revised and enlarged. New York. 1909.
[c. 1909.] Orange Judd Company, xii + 587 pp.
-. The Pecan and Its Culture, tllus. Petersburg, Va. 1906.
(c. 1906.] The American Fruit and Nut Journal. 159 pp. 8x5H>
. The same. 2d ed. Glen St. Maiy, Fla. 1910. [c 1910.)
Published by the author, xi + 159 pp.
-. The same. 3d ed.. revised and enlarged. 1912. [c 1912.)
195 pp.
Humphreys, Phbbb Webtcott. The Practical Book of Garden
Architecture. With frontispiece in color and 125 illustrations
from photographs by S. Walter Humphreys. Philadelphia and
London. 1914. [c. 1914.] J. B. Lippmcott Company. 330 pp.
9x6H.
HuNN, C. E., and Bailet, L. H. The Amateur's Practical Garden-
Book; containing the simplest directions for the growing of the
commonest things about the house and garden. Illus. New
York. 1900. (c. 1900.] The Macmillan Company. vi+250pp.
QHxiH. (The Garden-Craft Series. )
. The same. 2d ed. 1901. vi -»- 250 pp.
. The same. 5th ed. New York. 1906. [c. 1898.] GroBset
A Dunlap.
HuNNicuTT, G. F. See Davis. J. R. Up-to-Date Truck Growing
in the South.
Hunt. M. A. How to Grow Cut Flowers. A practical treatise on
the cultivation of the rose, carnation, chrsrsanthemum, violet.
and other winter flowering plants: also, greenhouse construction.
A book for the florist and amateur. Illus. Terre Haute, Ind.
1893. [c. 1893.] Published by the author, iii + 228 pp. 7 H x 5 H-
HiTBST. B. F. The Fruit Grower's Guide. Illus. Boise. Idaho.
1905. [c. 1905.] 144 pp. 7 in.
1538
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Hub, Hsinu. See Conard, H. S. Water-Lilies.
HuBMANN, Gbobob. American Grape Growinc and Wine Making;
with contributions from well-known grape growerH, givinf a
wide range of experience, lllua. New York. 1880. (c. 18§0.)
Orange Judd Company. 243 pp. 7 ^4 z 5 )4.
■ The same. New and enlarged edition, with neveral added
chapters on the grape industries of California. 1883. 310 pp.
-. The same. 4th ed., revised and rewritten. 1896. viii +
269 pp.
-. The Cultivation of the Native Grape, and Manufacture of
American Wines. Illus. New York. 1866. G. E. A F. W.
Woodward. 192 pp. 7 ^i in.
-. The same. 1870. (c. 1866.) Geo. E. Woodwaid. (The
baclutamp is Grapes and Wine, and the book is often quoted
under that title. )
-. The same. 4th ed., revised and rewritten; with several
added chapters on the grape industries of California. Illua.
New York. 1896. (c. 1895.] Orange Judd Company. 269 pp.
-. Elssay on the Culture of the Grape in the Great West.
Hermann, Mo. 1862. 43 pp.
-. Grape Culture and Wine-Making in California. A prac-
tical manual for the grape-grower and wine-maker. Illus. 6mn
Francisco. 1888. [c. 1887.] Payot, Upham A Co. xi -{- 380 pp.
7Hx5h.
HuTCHiNS, W. T. All about Sweet Peas. An art monograph.
Illus. Philadelphia, n. d. (c 1892.] W. Atlee Burpee A Co.
25pp. 6Jix4Ji
. The same. 2d. ed. A complete epitome of the literature
of this fragrant annual. 1894. (c. 1894.] 131pp. 5|4x4>i
. The same. Revised and enlarged. 1894. 131 pp.
Sweet Peas Up-to-Date; with a complete description of
all known varieties, includingnovelties for 1897. Illus. Phila-
delphia. 1897. |o. 1897.] W. Atlee Burpee A Co. 72 pp.
7^x6.
Htatt, T. Habt. Hyatt's Hand-Book of Grape Culture; or, why,
where, when, and how to plant and cultivate a vineyard, manu-
facture wines, etc. Especially adapted to the State of Cali-
fornia, also, to the United States generally. San Franoisoo.
1867. |c. 1867.] H. H. Bancroft A Co. 279 pp. 7Hx&
. The same. 2d ed.. with an appendix recording theproyrcse,
improvements and statist ic^ of grape ciilture in California up
to the Centennial year. 1876. 279 pp.
ILL178TRATED pBAB CuLTURiST, Thb: Containing plain, practical
directions for planting, budding, grafting, pruning, training,
and dwarfing the pear tree . . . By an amateur. 2d ed. Illus.
New York. 1850. O. A. Moore A Co. New London. Starr A
Co. 106pp. 9Hm.
Ivc8, John M. See Manning, Robert. The New England Fruit-
Book.
Jack, Annib L. The Canadian Garden. A pocket help for the
amateur. Toronto. 1903. (c. 1903.] William Briggs. viii + 121
pp. 7x4^.
Jackson, A. V. Secrets of Mushroom Growing simply explained,
by the largest grower in America. Chicago, (c. 1906.] 44 pp.
8^ in.
. The same. The secrets of Mushroom Growing simply
explained; a practical handbook of the whole science of mush-
room culture, from the preparation of materials to the market-
ing of the crop, with fifty illustrations from photos by the
author; twenty years' experience owning and operating the
largest mushroomplant in America. 5th ed. Boston, (c. 1913.]
Hooper Printing Company. 68 pp. 8^ in.
Jacob, Edw. H. A Study of Mushrooms and Mushroom Spawn.
Illus. Philadelphia, (c. 1914.] F. McManus, Jr. & Co. 15 pp.
7Hin.
Jacques, D. H. The Garden. A manual of practical horticulture;
or, how to cultivate vegetables, fruits and flowers; embracing
an exposition of the nature and action of soils and manures and
the structure and growth of plants; directions for the forming of
a garden; description of implementM and fixtures; instructions
for sowing, transplanting, budding, grafting, and cultivating
vegetables, fruits, and flowers; with a chanter on ornamental
trees and shrubs. Revised edition. Illus. New York. (c. 1866.]
Geo. E. and F. W. Woodward, xii -|- 166 pp. 7 H « 5-
. The same. Revised edition, (c. 1870,]! Geo. E. Woodward.
Bound with Jacques' "The Farm" and "The Bam Yard" with
title page: "Jacques* New Manual of the Garden, Farm and
Barn-yard; embracing practical hortictilturc, agricxilture, and
cattle, horse and sheep husbandry."
Jaques, George. A Practical Treatise on the Management of
Fruit Trees; with descriptive lists of the most .valuable fruits for
general cultivation; adapted to the interior of New England.
Worcester. 1849. (c. 1849.] Erastus N. Tucker. 256 pp.
6^ X 4 J4 (Bound as Jaques' N. E. Fruit Trees.)
. The same. Adapted to northern states. New York. 1856.
(n. C.J Edward Livermore.
Jenkins, E. N. The Hardy Flower Book. Illus. New York.
Chas. Scribner's Sons. 143 pp. 9x5}^.
Jenkins. J. Art of Propagation. A hand-book for nurserymen,
florists, gardeners, and everybody. Illus. Winona. Columbia
Co., Ohio. 1886. (c. 1876.1 Jenkins' Grape and Seedling
Nursery. 31 pp. 9x6.
Jenkins. Thomas B. Roses and Rose Culture. Ilhis. Rochester.
N. Y. (c. 1892.] Stecber lithographic Company. 25 pi>.
9 in.
Johnson, Charles. The Seed Grower. A practical treataae 00
f "owing vegetable and flower seeds and bulbs for the market,
rontispieoe. Marietta, Pa. 1906. 191pp. 7Hin-
. The Seedsman's Assistant. Compendium of the growing
sources of seeds, vegetables and flowers.* Showing addressee,
alphabetically ananged, of more than one hundred a^ thirty
of the most prominent seed-growing establishments in Amerioa
and Europe. Classification of the different varieties with names
of groweis. Marietta, Pa. 1904. 94 pp. 7 H u^
Johnson, Edwin A. Winter Greeneries at Home. Illua. New
York. n. d. |c. 1878.] Orange Judd Company, viii + 113 pp.
7hx6.
Johnson, Georoe Wiluam. A Dictionary of Modem Gardening.
180 wood cuts. Edited, with numerous additions, by David
Landreth. Philadelphia. 1847. [c 1847.] Lea A Blanchard.
635 pp. 8x5.
Johnson, Jos. Forstth. Residential Sites and EnviroomeBts:
their conveniences, gardens, parks, planting, etc. Illus. New
York. 1898. A. T. De La Mare Printing and Publishing Com-
pany, Ltd. 118 pp. 12K z 9H.
Johnson, Louisa. Every Lady Her Own Flower Gardener.
Addressed to the industrious and economical; containing sim-
ple and practical directions for cultivating plants and flowers
m the giurden and in rooms. Revised from the 14th hoDdoo
edition, and adapted to the use of American ladies. Illus. New
York. 1856. (o. 1854.] C. M. Saxton A Co. vi -{- 119 pp.
8x5^. (Bound first in Saxton's Rural Hand-Books, 2d. Senes.
. The same. New York. 1860. C. M. Saxton. San Frmn-
cisoo. H. H. Bancroft A Co.
Johnson, Mark W. How to Plant and What to Do with the
Cn^^s; together with valuable hints for the farm, garden, and
orchard. Illus. New York. 1886. (c. 1886.] Orange Judd
Company. 89 pp. 7 H x 5-
Johnson, S. Arthitr. See Shields, O. D., Compiler. A Western
Book for Western Planters.
Johnson, Mrs. S. O. Every Woman Her Own Flower Gardener.
A handy manual of flowergardening for ladies. New York.
1871. (c 1871.] Henry T. ^^lliams.
. The same. 5th ed. New York. 1876. (c. 1871. J Henry T.
WUliams. 8x5H-
-. The same. 7th ed. New York. 1885. [0. 1871.] Ladies
Floral Cabinet Company, iv -f- 148 pp. 8H x 6.
Johnson A Stokes. Farm Gardening; with hints on cheap manur-
ing. Quick cash crops and how to grow them. Illus. Philadel-
^a. 1898. Johnson A Stokes. 124 pp. 7 in.
. SlOO Piiie Essays. How and what to grow in the South
for northern markets. Culture of cabbage and onions, with
hints for storing and marketing. The fanuly vegetable garden.
Illus. Philadelphia. 1890. 64 pp. 8 in.
JuRANEK, Thomas. Ovocni tahrada cili: Nauka o pestov&nf
ovocnfch stromu . . . Die vlastnfch zkusenostf mnoholetycb
sepsal Tomds Jur&nek. Milwaukee, Wis. 1878. Nikladem
spisovatelovym. 183 pp. 7 H in«
Kains, M. G. Culinary Herbs: Their Cultivation, Harvesting,
Curing and Uses. New York. 1912. (c. 1912.] Orange Judd
Company. 143 pp. 7^-5x5.
-: . Ginseng: Its Cultivation, Haivesting, Marketing and
Market Value, with a short account of its Histoiy and Botany.
Illus. New York. 1899. (c. 1899.) Orange Judd Company.
iv + 53 pp. 7 H X 5.
The same. New Edition. Revised, enlarged and Brought
Down to Date. 1903. (c. 1899, 1902.]
. The same. Revised and enlarged. 1902. |c. 1902.] 144 pp
-. Editor. Making Horticulture Pay; experiences in garden-
Illus. New York. 1899. (c. 1899. J Orange Judd Company,
iv -1-53 pp. 7^x5.
Kecht, J. S. Der verbesserte praktische Weinbau in G&rten^nd
vorztiglich auf Weinbergen. Mit einer Anweisungden Wein
ohne Presse «u keltem. Den amerikanischen Weinbauein
gewidmet von Heinrich B. Sage. Illus. Reading. 1828. Ge-
drOckt bey G. A. Sage, viii -}- 84 pp. 7 m.
The same. Siebente vermehrte Auflage mit 15 Kupfer-
sticken und 7 Holsschnitten.
Keech. J. The Grape Grower's Guide, a plain and practical woik
upon the management of the grape >'ine. Illus. Auburn, N. Y.
1869. W. J. Moses. 15 pp. 9 in.
Keeler. Harrift L. Our Garden Flowers; a popular study of their
native lands, their life histories, and their structural affiliations.
Illus. New York. 1910. Chas. Scribner's Sons. xxxi+ 550 pp.
8 in.
Keese, John, Editor. See The Floral Keepsake.
Kellawat, Herbert J. How to lay out Suburban Home Grounds.
1st ed., Ist thousand. Illus. New York. 1907. J. Wiley A
Sons. X -h 112 pp. 9H in.
Kelley, Charles Fabiens. See Root, Ralph Rodney.
Kemp. EowARn. How to I-ay Out a Garden. Intended as a general
guide in choosing, forming, or improving an estate, from a
quarter of an acre to a hundred acres in extent, with reference
to both design and execution. From the 2d London edition,
greatly enlarged. Illus. New York. 1858. WUey A Habted.
xxxi -f 403 pp.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1539
. The same. Greatly enlarged and iWtt*^t«d with numerous
plana, sections, and sketohes of Kardena and garden objects.
2ded. New York. 186a In. c] J^ Wiley. THxSyi.
. Landscape Gardening: how to lay out a garden. Edited,
revised and adapted to North America by F. A. Waugh. 4th
ed.j 1st thousand. lUus. New York. 1911. J. Wiley A Sons,
zzii + 292 pp. 7 !^ in. (First issued in 1850 under title: How to
Lay Out a Small Garden.)
KcNNBRLT, C. H. Facts and Figure: or The A. B. C. of Florida
Trucking, lllus. St. Augustine, Fla. 1911. The Record Com-
pany. 137 pp. 7 H in.
. The same. Palatka, Fla. 1911. (o. 1911.] C. H. Kenneily.
Kbnrick, Wm. The New American Orchardist; or, an acooimt of
the most valuable varieties of fruit, adiapted to cultivation in
the climate of the United States, from the latitude of 25^ to
54". with their uses, modes of culture, and management; reme-
dies for the maladies to which they are subject, from noxiotis
insects, and other causes, etc.; also, a brief description of the
most ornamental forest trees, shrubs, flowers, etc. Boston.
1833. Ic. 1832.1 Carter, Hendee A Co., and Russell, Odiome A
Co. xxxvi -|> 428 pp. 7)/ixA%.
. The New American Orchardist; or, an accoimt of the most
valuable varieties of fruit, of all climates, adapted to cultiva-
tion in the United States, with their history, modes of culture,
management, uses, etc.; and the culture of silk; with an appen-
dix on vegetables, ornamental trees, shrubs and flowers. 2d
ed.. enlaraed and improved. Boston. 1835. (c. 1835.] Russell,
Odiome ^ Metcalf. 418 pp. 7Hz4^.
-. The New American Orehardist; or, an account of the most
valuable varieties of fruit, of all elunates, adapted to cultiva-
tion in the United States; with their history, nu>des of culture,
management, uses, etc. With an appendix on vegetables, orna-
mental trees, shrubs and flowers, the agricultural resources of
America, and on silk, etc. 3d ed., enlarged and improved.
Boston. 1841. [c. 1841.] Otis, Broaders & Co. 449 pp. IMxA H-
-. The same. 5th ed., enlarged and improved. 1842. (c.
1841.] 449 pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. 6th ed., enlarged and improved; with a supple-
ment. 1843. [c 1841.] 450 pp. 7^x5.
-. The same. 7th ed., enlarged and improved; with a supple-
ment. 1844. [c 1841.] 450 pp. 7 Viz 5.
-. The same. 8th ed., enlarged and improved; with a supple*
ment. 1848. (c. 1841.] 450 pp. 7^x5.
KxRN, G. M. Practical Landscape Gardening; with reference to
the improvement of rural resiaenoes, giving the general princi-
ples of the art; with full directions for planting shade trees,
shrubbeiy and flowers, and Usring out grounds, lllus. Cincin-
nati. 1855. (c 1885.] Moore, ^E^Olstach, Keys A Co. 328 pp.
7Hx5>i
. The same. 3d ed. 1855.
Kbrk. Maximilian G. Rural Taste in Western Towns and Country
District^ in its relation to the principles of the art of landscape
fardening. Columbia, Mo. 1884. Herald Printing House.
41 pp. SH in.
KsBR, G. W., Compiler. Sweet Peas Up-to-Date. With a com-
plete description of all known varieties, including novelties for
1910. lllus. Philadelphia. 1910. (c. 1910.] W. Atlee Burpee A
Co. 80pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. Including novelties for 1914. 1914. 88 pp.
KxKLT, P. M. Southern Fruit and Vegetable Shippers' Guide and
Manual. What to dow for northern markets; how to pack,
ship, etc. St. Louis, Mo. Mareh. 1890. Paper. 103 pp. ^HxAH-
. The same. March, 1888. Southern Fnlits and Vegetables
for Northern Markets. What to grow; how to ship and pack;
the best varieties; the prices prevailing in St. Louis throughout
the year, and a variety of information to Southern growers and
shippers. Paper. 91 pp. 6x4 H-
. The same. St. Louis (c. 1912.] W. E. Carreras Printing
Companv. 200 pp. (Cover title: Southern Fruit and Vegetable
Shippers Guide and Manual.)
Kino, Mitchell. The History and Culture of the Olive. The
anniversary address of the State Agricultural Society of South
Carolina, delivered in a hall of the House of Representatives,
November 26, 1846. Published by the Society. Columbia, & C.
1846. L C. Morgan, Printer. 25 pp. 9 in.
KiBBT, A. M. Daffodils, Narcissus, and How to Grow Them as
hardy plants and for cut-flowers; with a guide to the best varie-
ties, lllus. New York. 1907. (c. 1907!] Doubleday, Page A
Co. 234 pp. 7>^z5H-
KiRXEOAARD, JoRN. A Practical Handbook of Trees, Shrubs,
Vines and Herbaceous Perennials. lllus. Boston, Mass.
(c. 1912.] The Bullard Company. 407 pp. 9K ux.
KiTCHSN AND Fbuit Gakoeksr. Thx. A sclect manual of kitchen
gardening and culture of fruits, containing familiar directions
for the most approved practice in each department, descrip-
tions of many valuable fruits, and a calendar of work to be per-
formed each month in the year. The whole adapted to the climate
Knapp, Geo. R. How to Grow Strawberries. A comfrfete and prao-
ticaJ treatise derignod as a reliable guide to the successful cul-
tivation of strawberries. lllus. Greenfield, Mass. 1886. H. D.
. Watson Company. 63 pp. 7H ia, (Pp. 55-63, advertising
matter.)
Knowlton, D. H. Fruit Culture: Its possibilities in Maine. A
Pftper delivered before the winter meeting of the Maine State
omological Society, held in Bangor, February 24 and 25, 1891.
Farmington, Maine. 12 pp. 6x3. (Separately printed.)
Knowlton, J. M. Our Hardy Grapes; what to plant; how to plant*
train, and manage them. IWua. New York. 1863. Coutant A
Baker. 96 pp. 7M in- (Pp- 81-96, advertising matter.)
Kbuhm, Adolph. The Home Vegetable Garden. lllus. New York.
1914. [c. 1914.] Orange Judd Company. 104 pp. 7^x5.
Lact, T. Jat. Fruit Culture for the Gulf States, south of latitude
32*". Alexandria, La. 1888. (c 1888.] Press of Town Talk.
50pp. eyixAH-
Lamborn. Leebot L. Carnation Culture (Dianthua CcayophyUuB
•emperflorens): Its classification, history, propagation, varie-
ties, care, culture, etc lllus. Alliance, Ohio. 1887. [o. 1887.)
151pp. 8x5H.
. The same by L. L. Lamborn. 2d ed. 1890. [c 1887.] 182
pp. 8x5Vi B.
The same. American Carnation Culttire; 3d ed. 1892.
(c. 1887 and 1892.] 216 pp. 7)^x5.
-. The same. 4th ed., rewritten and brought completely
up-to-date. 1901. [c. 1901.] 174 pp.
Landrbth, Bttrnbt. Market-Gardening and Farm Notes. Ezperi-
enoes and observations in the garden and field, of interest to
the amateur gardener, trucker and farmer. New York. 1893.
[c. 1892.] Orange Judd Company, iv -f 215 pp. 7 )^ z 5.
. 999 Queries, with AnsweiB upon Ajnicultural and Horti-
cultural Subjects. Publi^ied by David Landreth A Sons.
of MacCalla A Co. 200 pp.
Philadelphia. Ic 1895.)
9Jix6.
Landreth, David. See Johnson, George William. A Dictionaiy
of Modem Gardening.
Landreth, Davtd, A Sons. The Cabbage Family, its varieties,
qualities and culture. lllus. Philadelphia. 1877. {c. 1877.)
McCalla A Stavely, Printers, vii + 34 ppi 9K x 6.
. Landieth's Prize Essays on Onion Culture. lllus. Phila-
delphia, n. d. Press of MacCalla A Co. 80 pp. 9^x6. (On
cover: "Fourth edition," Pp. 72-80, advertising matter.)
. Prixe Elssays on Celery Culture, written for D. Landreth
A Sons. Philadelphia, n d. Press of MacCalla A Co. 58 pp.
9K X 5^. (Pp. 1-4, 55-58, advertising matter.)
-. Seeds for Midsummer and Autumn Sowing in the Gulf
States. Philadelphia, n. d. MacCalla A Co.. Printers. 24 pp.
9x6. (Caption title: Market Gardening for Northern Ship-
ment.)
On the Value and Culture of Roots for Stock-feeding.
Kitchbn, J. M. W. See Burberry. H. A. Orehid Cultivator's Guide
Book.
Edition 1888. lllus. Philadelphia. 1888. MacCalla A Co..
Printers. 40 pp. 9>^x5^i.
Laboqub, G. Manuel d'horticulture pratique et d'arboriculture
fruitier. lUus. Levis [Quebec]. 1880. Merder A Cie. 168 pp.
9 iiL
. The nine. 2d ed., revue, oorrigee et augmentie. Quebec
1883. J. A. Langlais. 252 pp. 7Hm.
Labskn, Henrt. Manual for the Pruning and Culture of all Kinds
of Fruit Trees; and directions for the destruction of the ourctilio
and other insects. Philadelphia. 1860. (c. 1859.] James Challen
A Son. 75 pp. 6x4.
LawrkncXj W. H. Apple Growing. Written specially ifor use in
the Pacific Horticultural Correspondence School, Portland, Ore-
gon. Orenco, Ore. |c 1913.] H. V. Meade. 31 pp. 8^ in.
Lawson. William. A new Orchard and Garden; or. The best wsv
for planting, ^mfting, and to make any ground good, for a ricn
orehard. ]^uticularfv in the north, and genendly for the whole
kingd6m of England, as in nature, reason, situation, and all
probabilitie, may and doth appeare. With the coimtry house-
wife's garden for herbs of conmion use, their vertues, seasons,
profits, ornaments^ varietie of knots, models for trees, and plots
for thb best ordering of grounds and walkes. As also the nus-
bandry of bees, with their several uses and annoyances, all
being the experiences of 48 years* labour, and now the third
time corrected and much enlarged, by William Lawson. Wbere-
imto is newly added the art of propagating plants, with the true
ordering of all maimer of fruits, in their gathering, canyirig
home, and preservation. Printed at London by J. H. for Francis
Williams. 1626. lllus. Philadelphia. 1858. (n. c] Robert
Pearsall Smith. 39 pp. 9^x6. (Reprint.)
Lawton, The or New Rocrelle Blackberry: Its origin, history t
characteristics and culture. 4th ed. New York. 1857. Published
by Drew A French and Fowler A Wells. 24 pp. 9x5.
. The same. 5th ed. 1858.
Leavens. George D. See Cunningham, S. A. Lawns, Golf-courses,
Polo-fields.
Lbland, E. H. Farm Homes In-doors and Out-doors. lllus. New
York. 1882. [c. 1881.] Orange Judd Company. 216 pp. 7Hx5.
Lbubvrb, J. F. Nouveau Jardinier de la Louisiane; contenant les
instructions neoessaires aux personnes qui s'occupent de iar-
dinage. Nouvelle-Orleans. 1838. [n. c] J. F. Lelievre. viii -H
200pp. 6Hx4|i.
1540
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Lblono, B. M. Caiifornia Walnut Induatiy. Commercial import-
ance, longevity, pollination, varietiea, planting, soil, propaga*
tion. budoinc, nmfting, pruning, harvesting; enemies of the wal-
nut, and remedies; area of walnut cultuie in state, in America,
and in Europe, etc. lUua. Sacramento. 1896. A. J. Johnston,
Superintendent State Printing. 44 pp. 0 in.
- California Prune Industnr. — History and importance of
the prune industry, methods of cultivation, varieties, picking,
curing, packing, and production. Illus. Sacramento. 1892.
[n. cj State Office. A. J. Johnston, Superintendent State
Printing. 33 pp. 9x5^.
. Ciilture of th« Citrus in California. Research by B. M.
Leiong, assisted by experienced horticulturists. Illus. Sacra-
mento. 1900. A. J. Johnston, Superintendent State Printing.
206 pp. 9x6.
. The same. Revised by State Boatd of Horticulture. 1902,
Published by State Board of Horticulture. 269 pp.
. Fruit Culture. Sour orange stock; fertilising and methods
of compounding fertiliten; injurious inject cests; parasites; and
observations. Illus. Sacramento. 1890. J. D. Young, Super-
intendent State Printing. 20 pp. 9|^ in.
. The Olive in California. Varieties, budding, grafting,
new methods, and general objtervations. Illus. Sacramento.
1888. State Office. 21 pp. 9x5 H.
The same. 1889. J. D. Young, Superintendent State
Printing. 19 pp.
. Orange Culture. The orange "from seed to grove." Illus.
Sacramento. 1890. [n. c.l State Office, J. D. Young, Super-
intendent of State Printing. 19 + 10 pp. 9x6.
. Propagation. The rearing of citrus and deciduous trees
from seed; budding, grafting, and appliances. Illus. Sacra-
mento. 1892. (n. c] State Office, A. J. Johnston, Superin-
tendent State Printing. 38 pp. 9 z 6.
— ; — . A Treatise on Citrus Culture in California; with a descrip-
tion of the best varieties grown in the state, and varieties grown
in other states and foreign countries; gathering, packing, curing,
Sruning. budding, diseases, etc. lUus. Sacramento. 1888.
tate Office, J. D. Young, Superintendent State Printing.
96 pp. 9 X 6.
See Garoelon, G. W. Citrus Fruits.
Lk Motne, Louts V. Coimtry Residences in America and Europa.
Illus. New York. 1908. [c. 1908.] Doubleday Page A Co.
vii + 459 pp. 14 x 11.
LsopOLn, Rkv. Pkre, O. C. R. La Culture Fruitidre dans la Pro-
vince de Quebec. Traite complet de la propagation des arbres
et arbustes fruitiers cultiv^ dans la province de Quebec — de
la creation d'un verger de pommes ct de son entretien pour le
commerce comme pour la famille, — d' aprte les methodes
les plus modemcs— avec un sommaire de la culture du Pninier,
du Cerisier, du Poirier, et des petits arbustes fruitiers. Deuxidme
edition, revue et corrig^. 15 Juillet. 1914. Illus. La Trappe,
Que. Institut Agricole d' Oka. 269 pp. 5x8.
LcucHABS, Robert B. A Practical Treatise on the Construction,
Heating, and Ventilation of Hot-houseo; including conserva-
tories, greenhouses, graperies, and other kinds of horticultural
structures; with practical directions for their management, in
regard to light, heat, and air. Illustrated with numerous
engraving?. New York. n. d. Ic. 1850.] Orange Judd Company,
vi -f 366 pp. 7Hx5.
. The same Boston. 1851. [c. 1850.J John P. Jewett A Co.
8Hx5H.
. The same. I860, [c. 1850.] New York: C. M. Saxton,
Barker & Co. San Francisco: H. H. Bancroft A Co.
Lkwib, C. I. See Aspinwall, Britt.
LiNDLGT, Georqe. A Ouidc to the Orchard and Fruit Garden; or,
an account of the most valuable fruits cultivated in Great
Britain, with additions of all the most valuable fruits cultivated
in America, with directions for their cultivation, budding,
grafting and propagation, pruning and training of standard,
open dwarf azui espalier fnut trees. Adapted to the climate of
the United States of America. A new edition, with an appendix,
describing many American fruits not mentioned in the former
edition. Illus. New York. 1846. (c. 1846.] J. C. Riker.
xi -f 420 pp. 7J4x4H.
LiNOLET, John. The Theory of Horticulture; or, an attempt to
explain the principal operations of gardening upon phy.siological
pnnciples. Ist American ed., with notes, etc., by A. J. Downing
and A. Gray. Illus. 1841. (c. 1841.] New York: Wiley £
Putnam. Boston: C. C. Little & Co. xi + 346 pp. 8x5.
. The same. 2d American ed., with notes, etc., by A. J.
Downing. New York. 1881. (c. 1852.] John Wiley & Sons.
XV -1-364 pp. 7>4x6.
-. The same. 2d American ed., with notes, etc., by A. J.
Downing. New York. 1859. [c. 1852.] Wiley A Habtead.
LiviNOSTON, A. W. Livingston and the Tomato; being a history
of experiences in discoverini^ the choice varieties introduced by
him, with practical instruction.^ for growers. Illus. Columbus,
Ohio. n. d. [c. 1893.] Published by A. W. Livingston's Sons,
Seedsmen. 176 pp. 7^xb%.
. Livingston's Celery Book. See Hollister, E. J.
LiviNGBTON, L. S. My Garden Record. New York. 1907. fc.
1907.J DoddMead&Co.
Lloto, John W. Productive Vegetable Growing. 193 illustrations
in the text. Philadelphia, (c. 1914.] J. B. Lippincott Company,
xiii -1-339 pp. 6x8^.
LonsMAN, E. G. The Sprasring of Planta. A suodnct acooont of the
i4>plication^of liquids and powders to plants for the purpoae of
destrosring insects and fungi: with a preface by B. T. Galloway.
Portrait of A. Millardet. Illus. New York and London. 1896.
(c. 1896.] The Macmillan Company, xvii -)- 399 pp. 7x5.
(The Rural Science Series, edited by L. H. Bailey.)
LoNO, EuAS A. The Home F1oric<t. A treatise on tno oultivatioD.
management and adaptability of flowering and ornamental
plants, designed for the use of amateur florists. 2d ed., revised
and enlarged. (See Long Bros. The Home Florist.) Illm.
Springfield, Ohio, [c 1885.] Chaa. A. Recaer. iv -H 319 pp.
7Hx5H.
. How to Plant a Place. Illus. New York. 1892. fc 18112.]
The Rural Publishing Company. 28 pp. 7Hx5. (The Raraf
Library, Vol. I, No. 4, February.)
. The same. A brief illustrated guide, suited to popular use.
to which is added an article on sprasrin^ to combat insects and
diseases, by L. H. Bailey. 11th ed., revised and enlarged, n. d.
(c. 1890, 1892 and 1894.] J. Horace McFariand Company.
29 pp. 8x5^.
-. Landscape Gardening. A collection of plans illustrating
the improvement of home grounds, town lots, real estate, sub-
divisions, public squares, cemeteries; with copious explanatioas.
lUus. Buifalo. N. Y. n. d. [c. 1891.] Popular Gardening Pub-
lishing Company. 29 pp. 9^x6^.
. The same. New York, (c 1891, 1893.] The Rural Pub-
lishing Company.
-. Ornamental Gardening for Americana. A treatise oo
beautifying homes, rural districts, towns, and cemeteries.
Illus. New York. 1885. Ic. 1884.] Orange Judd Company.
381pp. 7^x5^
LoNO Bros. The Home Florist. Illus. Buffalo, (c 1874.] Long
Brod., Seedsmen and Florists. 88 pp. 9 x 5}.
LoNOWORTH, N. The Cultivation of the Grape, and Manufacture
of Wine; also, character and habits of tne strawberry plant.
Illus. CincinnatL 1846. L'Hommedieu k, Co. Paper. 19 pp.
LoiTBAT, Alphonbe. The American Vine Dresser's Guide. New
York. 1827. [c. 1827.]^ G. A C. CarwiU. 138 pp. (Pages
alternately English and French.)
. The same. New and revised editi<m. Portrait. New York.
1872. (c. 1872.] D. Appleton A, C^o. 123 pp. (Pages alternately
Englbh and French.)
LoiTDON. Mrs. Gardening for Ladies; and companion to the flower-
garden. 2d American ed.. from the 3d London ed. Edited by
A. J. Downing. Illus. New York. 1849. Ic. 1843.] John Wiley,
iv 4- 430 pp. 8Mx6.
LouNSBERRT. AucB. The Garden Book for Young People. Illua.
New York. 1903. (c. 1903.] F. A. Stokes 0>mpany. xi •\- 290
pp. 8 in.
. Gardens Near the Sea; the making and care of gardens
on or near the coast with reference also to lawns and grounds
and to trees and shrubbery. With eight full-page color-platea
from paintings by H. W. Faulkner, and from photographs,
together with sixty-four full-page illustrations from photo-
graphs in black-and-white. New York. 1910. [c. 1910.] Fred-
erick A. Stokes Company, xv 4- 274 pp. 9^ in.
Lowell, Gut, Editor. American Gardens. 1902. (o. 1902.]
Bates 4c Guild Co. 12 x 10.
Lowther, Granville. Editor, and Worthinoton, Wiluam,
Assoc. Ekl. The Encyclopedia of Practical Horticulture. A
Reference System of Clommercial Horticulture. Illua. In 3
vols. North Yakima, Wash. (c. 1914.] The Encyclopedia of
Horticulture Corporation, xv •\- 2,037 pp. -f index. 7 x 10 H-
Lupton, J. M. Cabbage and Cauliflower for Profit. 53 illustra-
tions. Philadelphia. 1894. [c. 1894.] W. Atlee Burpee A Co.
vii + 122 pp. f\i X 5.
Lton, Wm. S. Gardening in California. A brief treatise on the best
methods of cultivating common flowers in the California home
garden. Designed chiefly for the use of amateurs. Los Angeles.
Cal. n. d. Ic. 1897.] Geo. Rice & Sons. 156 pp. 7x5.
. The same. Published by the author. 180 pp. 6x4.
MacGeralo, Wilus, Editor. Practical Farming and Gardening.
\\\\ii, Chlcagj and New York. 1902. Rand, McNally k, Co.
500 pp. 8x6.
McCaulet, Lena Mat. The Joy of Gardens. Illus. Chicago,
New York. Ic.1911.1 Rand, McNally A Co. x -1-239 pp. 8 Jim.
McCollom. Wiluam C. Vines and How to Grow Them. A manual
of climbing plants for flower, foliage and fruit effects, both
omamental and useful, including those shrubs and similar
forms that may be used as vines. Illus. Garden City, N. Y.
1911. (c. 1911.] Doubleday. Page A (Do. 315 pp. 4Hx5H-
McCRBniE, A. L. See Skinner, H. M. Library of Agriculture.
McGregor Bros. New Book on Growing Flowers. A book of
practical suggestions and helpful hints on the care and manage-
ment, in thenouse and garden, of the many beautiful and popu-
lar flowers of the day; with cultural directions for such plants
as require more than ordinary treatment. Springfield, Ohio,
(c. 1897.J McGregor Bros. 104 pp. 7x4 H-
M'Kat, H. E. Fniit Lands, Strawberry Culture and Varieties,
practically considered from a Southern Standpoint. Jackson,
Miss. 1880. Clarion Steam Print. 8 pp. 8^ x 5^.
McLaren, John. Gardening in California, Landscape and Flower.
Illus. San Francisco. 1909. Ic. 1909.] A. M. Robertson, xiii -h
399 pp. 9^ in.
HO^'l'ICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1541
McLaubin. Jobm. The Model PoUto: an esppoUon of the proper
' cultivation of the potato; the cause of iw diBeaoes, or "rot-
tine;" the remedy therefore; ite renewal, preservation, produo-
tivenesB, and cooking. Edited, with annotAtions. by R. T.
TrailL Frontispieoe. New Yoris. 1872. & R. WeUa. 102 pp.
7 in.
M'Mabon, Bbrnaxd. The American Garden^s Calendar.
Adapted to the climates and seasons of the United States; oon-
taimns a complete account of all the work necessary to be done
in theldtohen-garden, fruit-garden, orchard, vineyard, nursery.
J>leasure-ground8, flower-garden, greenhouse, hothouse, and
orcing-frames, for every month m the year; with ample practi-
cal directions for performing the same; also, general as well as
minute instructions for lajring out^ or erectiiog, each and every
of the above departments, accordmg to modem taste and the
most approved plans; the ornamental planting of pleasure-
grounds, in the ancient and modem styiej the cultivation of
tnora-quicks and other plants suitable for hve hedges, with the
best methods of making them, etc To which are annexed
extensive catalogues of the different kinds of i^ants which may
be cultivated either for use or ornament in the several depart-
ments, or in rural economy; divided into eighteen separate
alphabetical classes, according to their habits, duration, and
oMKles of culture; with explanatory introductions, marginal
marks, and their true Linncan or botanical, as well as English
names; together with a copious index to the body of the work.
Philadelphia. 1806. (c. 30th year of the independence of the
United States.] B. Graves, v + 666 pp. BHx 5H.
. The American Gardener's Calendar. Adapted to. the
climates and seasons of the United States; containing a com-
plete account of all the work necessary to be done in the kitchen-
gsotien. fruit-garden, orchard, vineyard, nursery, pleasure-
grounds, flower-garden, greenhouse, hothouse, and forcing-
irames, for every month in the yoar: with ample practical
directions for performing the same; also, general as well as
minute instructions for laying out, or erecting, each and every
oi the lUbove departments, according to modem taste and the
most approved plans; the ornamental planting of pleasure-
grounds, in the ancient and modem style; the cultivation of
thorn-quicks and other plants suitable for live hedges, with
the best methods of making them, etc. To which are annexed
catalogues of kitchen-garden plants and herbs; aromatic, pot
and sweet herbs: medicinal plants; and the most important
grasses, etc., used in rural economy, with the soil best adapted
to their cultivation; together with a copious index to the body
of the work. 4th ed., improved. Philadelphia. 1820. (c 1819.]
T. P. M'Mahon. 618 pp. 8^x5^.
-. The same. 9th ed. 1839. (c. 1839.]
■ The American Gardener's Calendar. Adapted to the
climates and seasons of the United States; containing a com-
plete account of all the work necessary to be done in the kitchen-
garden, fruit-garden, flower-garden, orchard, pleasure-grounds,
vineyard, nursery, greenhouse, hothouse, and forcin^-frameiL
for every month in the year; with practical directions ana
copious index. 11th ed., with a memoir of the author, revised
and illustrated under the supervision of J. Jay Smith. Philadel-
Shia. 1857. [e. 1857.] J. B. Lippinoott A Co. ix + 637 pp.
Hz6.
McMillan, William. See Powell, Edwin C. Street and Shade
Trees.
McMiNN, J. M. See Saunders, Wm.
McMcLLEN, Thomas. Hand-Book of Wines, practical, theoretical,
and historical; with a description of foreign spirits and liqueurs.
New York. 1852. Ic. 1852.] D. Appleton A Co. xii + 327 pp.
9x6.
McMuRTRiE, Wm. Report upon Statistics of Grape Culture and
Wine Production in the United States for 1880. Washington.
1881. Government Printing Office. Paper. 104 pp. (Special
Report No. 36, United States Department of Agriculture.)
McNeil, J. W. Fruits and Vegetables. Hazlehurst, Miss. 1888.
(n. c] Copiah Signal print. 21 pp. 9 x 5 K*
Mabtbrukck, Mattrice. Old-Fashioned Flowers, and other out-
of-door studies. With illustrations by Charles B. Falls. New
York. 1905. Dodd, Mead A Co. 105 pp. 7H in.
Main, Thomas. Directions for the Transplantation and Manage-
ment of Young Thorn or Other Hedge Plants, Preparative to
their Being Set in Hedges. With some practical observations
on the method of plain hedging. Washington. 1807. A. A G.
Way, Printers. 38 pp. 7^in.
Manning, Robbbt. Book of Fruits; being a descriptive catalogue
of the most valuable varieties of the pear, apple, peach, plum,
and cherry, for New England culture; to which is adoed the
gooseberry, currant, raspberry, strawberry, and the grape, with
modes of cxilture; also, hani^ ornamental trees and shrubs.
With plates. First series for 1838. Salem. 1838. (e. 1838.]
Published by Ives A Jewett. 120 pp. l\ixA*A.
. The New Eni^and Fruit Book; being a descriptive oata^
logue of the most valuable varieties of the pear, apple, peach,
plum and cherry, for New England culture; to which are added
other varieties j also, the grape, quince, gooseberry, currant, and
strawberry: with outlines of many of the finest pears, drawn
from nature; with directions for pruning, grafting, budding,
and general modes of culture. 2d ed., enlarged by John M.
Ives. 1844. [c. 1844.] Salem: W. A a B. Ives. Boston. B. B.
Mussey. 133 pp. 7^x4 ^.
■ The New Engdand Book of Fruits, bein^ the 3d ed., revised
and enlarged. By John M. Ives. 1847. viu -I- 144 pp. 6H in.
Manning, Wakren H. Directions for Surveying and Arrannng
Home and School Grounds. Boston, Mass. 1900. [o. 1900^
PubUshed by the author. 12 pp. 7^x5.
. A Hand Book for Planning and Planting Small Home
Grounds; with a list of native and commonly cultivated plants
that are represented in the collection upon the Stout Manual
Training School grounda Menominee, Wis. 1899. (c 1899.]
Stout Manual Training School. 76 pp. 7 ^ x 5H>
-. The same. Issued by Talbot Mills, North Billerioa, Mass.
1907. 74 pp.
Manvillb, a. H. Practical Orange Culture; including the culture
of the orange, lemon, lime, and other citrus fruits, as grown in
Florida. Jacksonville. 1883. (n. c] Ash mead Bros. 122 pp.
71^x5.
Marshall, Chablbs. An Introduction to the Knowledge and
Practice of Gardening. 1st American from the 2d London
edition, considerably enlarged and improved. To which is
added an essay on quick-Ume, by James Anderson. Vol. I.
Boston. 1799. [n. c] Samuel Etheridge. ii -{- 276 pp. 7x4 M*
Mabvin. Abthub Tappan. The Olive: Its culture in theory and
?ractioe. San Francisco. Payot. UphamACo. 1888. (c. 1888.]
46 pp. 10^x7.
MASSACHtmETTB HOBTICULTITBAL SOCISTT, HistOTT of the, 1829-
1878. Portrait of H. A. S. Dearbom. Boston. 1880. (c. 1880.)
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. 545 pp. 9^x6.
Matchdttb, W. H. Potatoes; how to grow more and better
potatoes, a guide for the businesB farmer. lUus. Waterloo,
la. [c. 1913.] The GaUoway Bros.-Bowinan Company. 47
pp. 9)i in.
Mathews, F. Schutleb. The Beautiful Flower Garden: Ita
treatment, with special regard for the picturesque; with notes
on practical floriculture by A. H. Fewkes. Illus. Philadelphia.
1894. (e. 1894.] W. AUee Burpee A Co. xi -h 191 pp. 7 H z 5.
% The Golden Flower — Chrsrsanthemum. Verses by Eciith
M. Thomas, Richard Henry Stoddard, Alice Ward Bailey,
Celia Thaxter, Kate Upson Clark, Louis Carroll, Margaret
DeUnd, Robert Browning, Oliver Wendell Holmes, collected,
arranged and embellished with original designs. Illustrated,
with reproductions of studies from nature in water color by
James Sidney Callowhill, Alois Lunser, and T. S. M. Borton.
n. d. [c. 1890.] L. Prang A Co. Pages unnumbered. 12 x 10.
Matnabo, Samuel T. Landscape Gardening as Applied to Home
Decoration. 1st ed. Ist thousand. Illus. 1899. [c. 1899.]
New York: John Wil^ A Sons. London: Chapman A Hall,
xvi +338 pp. 7Hx5H.
-. The Practical Fruit Gardener. Illus. Springfield. Mass.
1894. [c 1885.] The Phelps Publishing Company. i24 pp.
7>ix5.
-. The Practical Fruit Grower. Illus. Springfield, Mass.
1886. The Phelps Publishing Company. 106 pp. 7>i in.
(American Agriculture. No. 1.)
-. The same. Profusely illustrated. 1898. (o. 1885.] 128 pp.
7Hx5.
. The same. New York. 1909. [c. 1885.] Orange Judd Com-
pany.
. The Small Country Place. Illus. Philadelphia. 1908.
J. B. Lippincott Company. 320 pp. 8 H in.
-. Successful Fruit Culture. A practical guide to the culti-
vation and propagation of fruits. Illus. New York. 1905.
[o. 1905.] Oiimge Judd Company, xi -|- 274 pp. 7 H x 5.
Mead, Peteb BN An Elementary Treatise on American Grape
Culture and Wme Maldng. lUua. New York. 1867. (c 1867.)
Harper & Brothers. 483 pp. 9H in*
Mebch, W. W. Quince Culture. An illustrated hand-book for the
propagation and cultivation of the quince; with descriptions of
Its varieties, insect enemies, diseases and their remedies. Illus.
New York. 1888. (c. 1888.) The American Garden. 143 pp.
7Hx4Ji.
, The same. 1888. Orange Judd Company.
. The same. Revised and enlarged edition. 1896. (c 1896.)
Orange Judd Company, viii + 180 pp. 7 H x 5.
Mbehan, Thomab. The American Handbook of Ornamental Trees.
Philadelphia. 1853. [c. 1853.] Lippincott, Grambo A Co.
XV +257 pp. 6>ix4.
Mbieb, W. H. D. School and Home Grounds. Dlus. Boston,
New York, [c 1913.] Ginn. A Co. 319 pp. 8 in.
Mbll, p. H. See White, W. N. Gardening for the South.
Mbnand, L. Autobiography, and recollections of incidents con-
nected with horticultural affairs, etc., from 1807 up to this day,
1892; with portrait and allegorical figures; with an appendix
of retrospective incidents omitted or forgotten in the above,
miscellaneous, etc. Albanv, N. Y. 1892. [c. 1892.] Weed,
Parsons A Company, xii -f- 200 pp. l^^xAyi,
. The same. 2ded. Cohoes, N. Y. 1898. jc. 1898.] L'lnd^
pendant Printing Office, xviii •\- 350 pp. 7 Vs x 5.
. The same. From 1807 up to this day 1898.
-. Miscellaneous documents on divers subjects as a sequd
to my Biography, etc From 1807 to 1896. 146 pp.
Mbbcbant, L. J. Fruit Garden of Uie West. Catalopie of fruit
ffrowers and shippers in the great fruit region of Michigan. St.
Joseph. Mich. 1873. L. J. Merchant. 60 pp. 7^ in. (Adver-
tising matter interq>ened )
1542
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Mebbick, J. M. The Strawberry and Its Culture; with a descrip-
tive catalofue of all known varietiea. Illus. Boston. 1870.
(c 1870.1 j; E, TUton & Ck). 128 pp. jyixAH- \
Mbtcb. Annie Nathan. My Park Book. New York. 1896.
(o. 1898.] E. W. I>a3rton. Ill pp. 6 in.
Mbtkb, G. N. H., Editor. A New Instructor for Garden* Orchard
and Field Culture. lUus. Kansas City. Mo. 1887. 132 pp.
SHin.
MiLLABD, Miss Hannah. Grapes and Grape Vines of California.
Published under the au^ices of the California State Vini-
ouitural Association. Oleographed by Wm. Barring. From
original water color drawings by Miss Hannah Millard. San
Francisco. 1877. (c. 1877.) Edward Bosqui A Co. (Quarto,
19 H X 14 ^. with 10 superb colored plates. Pages unnumber^.
The text is unsigned. It is apparently by some member of the
Vinicultural Association.)
MiLLKR. Claitdb H. Making a Garden with Hotbed and C<M-
frame. Illus. New York. 1912. McBride. Nast A Co. 62 pp.
dH u^ (House and Garden Making Books.)
. Making Paths and Driveways. lUus. New York. 1912.
(o. 1912.] McBride. Nast A Co. 52 pp. 5H z 4^.
MiLLKB. Louise Klein. Children's Gardens for School and Home;
a Manual of Codperative Gardening. Illus. New York. 1904.
(o. 1904.] D. Appleton A Co. ziv + 235 pp. 7^ in.
MIU.EB, T. B. Farm and Garden Compendium. Agriculture.
Horticulture. Floriculture. Soil and \t» analy;8i4: grafting,
budding fruit and garden culture; live stock; dairying: sheep,
hogs, poultry, etc. A compendium of much useful and valuable
information. With a preface by Mr. James H. Nichols, gardener
and florist. Philadelphia. August 1. 1893. fc. 1893.] 87 pp.
8Hx5H.
Miller, Wilhelm. What Enidand can Teach us About Gardening.
Illus. Garden City, N. Y. 1911. [c 1911.] Doubleday, Page ^
Co. zviu + 359 pp. lOH in.
MiLUKEN. Harbt Edgenb. The Secrets of Profitable Mushroom
Culture; a practical treatise on the successful and profitable
culture of the market mushroom. Illus. Brighton, Mass. 1904.-
The Eastern Importing Company. 38 pp. 6>^ in.
Miner, Harriet Stewart. Orchids, the Royal Family of Plants.
Illus. Boston. 1885. Lee A Shepard. 90 pp. 14 in.
Minnesota State Horticultural Society. History of the Minne-
sota State Horticultural Society, from the first meeting held at
Rochester in 1806, to the last at St. Paul in 1873. Comprising
debates, addresses, essays, and reports. St. Paul. 1873. St.
Paul Press Co. iv + 206 pp. 9 in.
Mitchell, Edward. Five Thousand a Year; and How I Made it
in five years* time, starting without capitaL Boston, [c. 1870.]
Loring. 125 pp. JHin.
Mitchell, S. H. Tomato-Growing (or Profit; being a practical
treatise showing in detail how to grow tomatoes by new methods,
from the sowing of the seed to the marketing of the crop, so as
to leave, when sold, the largest amount of profit to the producer;
the whole being the result of over thirty years' extensive practi-
cal experience by the author. Toronto. 1895. (n. c] Dudley
A Bums. 24 pp. 9Hx6>^.
MmKT A Co., C. Our Native Grape. Grapes and their culture;
also, descriptive Ibt of old and new varieties. Illus. Rochester.
1893. (c. 1893.] W. W. Morrison. 218 pp. 9^ in.
MoHR, Frederick. The Grape Vine. A practically scientific
treatise on it» management. Explained from his own experi-
ence and researches, in a thorough and intelligible manner,
for vinesrardists ana amateurs in garden and vine culture.
Translated from the German, and accompanied with hints on
the propagation and general treatment of American varieties.
By Horticola (Charles Siedhof). Illus. New York. 1868.
[c. 1867.] Orange Judd Company. 129 pp.
Moll, L. M. See Darlington, E. D. How and What to Grow in a
Kitchen Garden of One Acre.
Moore, Shepard Wells. Practical Orcharding on Rough Lands.
Illus. Akron, Ohio. 1911. The New Werner Company. 289
pp. 7 »i in.
. The same. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1911. [c 1911.] Stewart &
KiddCo. 7Hx5H.
Moore, Rev. T. W. Treatise and Handbook of Orange Culture
in Florida. Ist ed. Jacksonville. Fla. 1877. (c. 1877.] Printed
at the Sun and Press Job Rooms. 73 pp. 9 x 5 ^4.
. The same. 2d ed., revised and enlarged, n. d. (c. 1881.1
New York: E. R. Pelton A Co., Jacksonville, Fla.: Ashmead
Bros, ix 4- 184 pp. 7x6.
. The same. 3d ed. 1883. [c. 1881.J ix + 184 pp. 7 x 5.
-. The same. 4th ed., revised and enlarged. 1886. [c. 1881.]
New York: E. R. Pelton & Co., Jacksonville: Horace Drew.
184 pp.
-. The same. Treatise and Handbook of Orange Culture in
Morse, J. E. The New Rhubarb Culture. A complete guide to
dark forcing and field culture. How to prepare and use rhubarb.
Fully illustrated with original photographs taken expresshr
for this work. Part II. Additional chapters on other methods
by G. Bumap Fiske. New York. 1901. [0. 1901.] Orange
Judd Company, x + 130 pp. 7^x5.
. The Vegetable Garden. A Valuable and heloful book for
every one who has a garden. Rochester. 1903. Vick Publisb-
ing Company. 30 pp. 9 in.
Morton, James. Chrysanthemum Culture for America. A book
about chrysanthemums, their history, classification and caxe.
New York. 1891. Jo. 1891.] The Rural Publishing Company.
126 pp. 7^x5. (The Rural Library Series.)
. Southern Floriculture. A guide to the sucoeasful cultiva-
tion of flowering and ornamental plants in the climate of the
southern states. Illus. Clarksville, Tenn. 1890. (o. 1890.)
W. P. Titus. 312 pp. 6 M X 4 H-
Mouum>n, Samuel. Brief Instructions for Orchard-Planting and
Culture of Fruits^ with Hints for Selecting Trees. To which is
added a descriptive list of some select varieties of the most
useful fruits; with a sjmopais of M. d'AIbret's mode of forming
pyramidal trees (translated from the French); also, some re-
marks on transplanting evergreens, and deciduous ornamental
trees, with a description of some of the most desirable sorts; etc
Rochester. N. Y. 1853. Heughes' Book Press. 38 pp. 9 in.
MuENCH, Fribdrich. Amerilcanlsche Weinbauschule. Kurse,
doch hinrcichend ausfOhrliche Anleitung lur Anlegung dee
Weinberges, sur Behandlung der Reben und sur Gewinnung
des Weines in Nordamerika. Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte
auflage. St. Louis, Mo. 1867. C. Witter. 140 pp. 6^ in.
. The same. Dritte, vollig umgearbeitete Auflage. 1877.
142 pp.
. School for American Grape Culture. Brief but thorou^
and practical guide to the laying out of vineyards, the treat-
ment of vines, and the production of wine in North America.
Translated from the German by Elisabeth H. Cutter. St. Louis.
1865. (c. 1865.] Conrad Witter. 139 pp.
MuLERTT, Huoo. House Plants and Their Care; also, hints for the
care of goldfish and canary birds. Illus. Cincinnati, Ohio.
1887. 80 pp. 6^' in. (Advertising matter included in paging.)
MuNRO, NoRMAN L., Publisher. See How to Grow Fniit, Flowers
and Vegetables.
MiniBON, T. V. Foundations of American Gr^ie Culture. Illus.
Denison, Texas n. d. [c. 1909.] T. V. Munson A Son. 252 pp.
10Hx7H.
, The same. New York. Orange Judd Company.
MiTRMANN, EuoENB O. California Gardens; how to plan and
beautify the city lot, suburban grounds and country estate,
including 50 garden plans and 103 illustrations of aetoai gar-
dens from photographs by the author. Lps Angeles, Calif,
(c. 1914.] Published by the author. 116 pp. 10 H m*
Mushrooms vor All: How to grow and how to cook them. Illus.
Philadelphia. 1896. [c 1894.] W. Atlee Burpee A Co. 22 pp.
6x4^.
Mt Vineyard at Lakevibw. By a western grape grower (A. N.
Prentiss). Illus. New York. (c. 1866.] Orange Judd Company.
143 pp. 7fiin.
Narrioan, Daniel. Pomology: a Treatise on the Culture of Fruit
and Fruit Trees. Giving explanations how to apply certain
chemicals and minerals to fruit trees to insure their health and
perfect bearing qualities. Founded on fifteen jrears of observa-
tion and experiments. Columbus. 1865. Ohio State Journal
Book and Job Office. 7 pp. 8^ in.
National Apple Shippers Association Ybarbook. 1900. 78 pp.
9Kx6.
Neill, Patrick. The Fruit, Flower, and Kitchen Garden. Adapted
to the United States, from the 4th edition, revised and im-
proved by the author. Illus. Philadelphia. 1851. (0. 1851.]
Henry Carey Baird. ix -f 427 pp. IHxA %.
. The Practical Fruit, Flower and Vegetable Gardener's
CompanioD. with a calendar; adapted to the United States,
from the 4th edition, revised and improved by the author.
Edited by G. Emerson. With notes and additions by R. G.
Pardee. Elegant illustrations. New York. 1858. (c 1855.]
A. O. Moore, xiv + 408 pp. 7^x5 H,
. The same. New York. 1835. C. M. Saxton k, Co.
Florida, Louisiana and California. 4th ed., revised and en-
larged. New York. 1892. (c 1881.] E. R, Pelton & Co. 189
pp. 7x5.
Morris. Ben A. A Guide to Successful Fruit Culture. Embodying
such information as the farmer and gardener requires in the
management of fruit trees and plants, with special instructions
for the varieties usually grown in our country. Canton^ Ind.
1877. Salem, Ind.. Democrat Steam Print. 28 pp. 9K ui.
Nbssler, Dr. Fr. Der Wein, seine Bestandtheile und seine
Behimdlung. Zweite Auflage. St. Louis. C. Witter.
New Illustrated Rural Manuals. Comprising: The House,
The Garden, The Farm. Domentic Animals. Complete in one
volume. By D. H. Jaques. New York. 1859. Fowler A, Wells,
176 -h 166 + 156 + 108 pp. 8 x 5>i
New Treatise on the culture, management, and insects, relating
to the pear tree: with two remedies for the curculio, or plum-
weevil; being mostly a collection of articles recently published
in The Country Gentleman, signed by the initials T. S. C. New
York. 1858. Baptest k, Tasrlor, Steam Book and Job Printers,
Sun Bldg. vU + 67 pp. 8 x 4 H-
Newman. John B.. M.D. Boudoir Botany; or, the parior book of
flowers; comprising the history, description, and colored
engravings, of twenty-four exotic flowers, twenty-four wild
flowers of America, and twelve trees wi^h fruits; with an intro-
duction to the science of botany. Illustrated with 250 engrav-
ings. New York. 1847. Ic. 1846] Harper A Bros, ix -|- 296
pp. 10>i X 7. (Bound as Parlor Book of Flowers.)
HO^'flCULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1543
Nbwman, J. 8. Southern OsrdeDer's Praoti^ Manual. PubUshed
by the author. Harrisburg. Pa. 1906. Mount Pleasant Preee,
J. Horace MoFarland Company, xit H* 220 pp. 7 in.
NivEN, Robert, and others. The New Celery Culture. No banldnc
up required. The practice of practical men. lUua. New York.
1892. (c. 1892.) The Rural Publishing Company. 29 pp
73^ X 5. (The Rural Library, Vol. I. No. 7. May.)
NoLEN, John. See Repton« Humphry. The art of Landscape
Gardeniiig.
NoRDiN. J. Grekn. The Sweet Potato, how to grow and keep it.
lUus. Rusaellville, Ark. 1912. Courier-Democrat Print. 50
pp. 9 in.
Northrop. S. J. The Science and Art of Grafting and Budding
Fruit Trees: also directions for spraying and formulas for mak-
ing spraying mixtures, with instructions for o>'ercoming insect
enemies; aitd facts for the successful fruit grower. Illus. Mont-
roee. Pa. (c. 1903.] S. J. Northrop. 40 pp. 6H in^
Nursertman's Directort, The. A reference book of the nursery-
men, florists, seedsmen, tree dealers, etc., for the United States.
1877. Alphabetically arranged by states and post offices.
Galena, 111. [c 1877.] D. W. Scott & Co. 310 pp. 9 x 6.
. The same. 1883. [c 1883.] 328 pp.
Oakxt. ALEXANbER F. Homc Grounds. Illus. New York. 1881.
|c. 1881.] D. Appleton A Co. 119 pp. 7^x5. (In Appleton's
Home Book Series.)
Oeuler. a. Truck-Farming at the South. A guide to the itusing
of vcKPtables for northern market :<. Illus. New York. 1S83,
Ic. 1883.J Orange Judd Company. 270 pp. 7^xb\i.
. The same. New and revised edition. 1888. 265 pp.
. The same. 1900. 274 pp.
Olcott, Henry S.. Editor. See Roessle, Theophilus. How to
Cultivate and Preserve Celery.
Oliver, George W. Plant Culture. A working handbook of every-
day practice for all who grow flowering and ornamental plants
in the garden and greennouse. New York. 1900., (o. 1900.)
A. T. De La Mare Printing and Publiahinc Company, Ltd.
193pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. 2d ed. 1909. 308 pp. 8 in.
. The same. 3d ed. 1912. 312 pp. 7^ in.
Onion Book, The. A practical gtiide to the profitable culture of
the crop. By some twenty experienced growers. Illus. New and
greatly enlarged edition. New York. n. d. (e. 1887.] Orange
Judd Ompany. 36 pp. 10 x 6^.
Onions: How to Raise Them Profitably. Details of experience,
from the selection of seed and preparation of the ground to
harvesting and marketing the crop. Statements of seventeen
practical onion growers residing in different sections of the
country^, most oi whom have been engaged from ten to thirty
years m raising onions largely for market, etc.; to which is
added an illustrated description of the onion fly. New Yoiic
1859. [0.1859.) Orange Judd Company. 31pp. 9>^x6.
, The same. Abridged title.
OsBORN, John. Vineyards in America: with remarks upon temper-
ance (its foundations) ; intemperance (its causes and remedies),
the culture of the grape vine in the United States, and other
inatt4>rs of importance to rich and poor. New York. 1855.
Published by the author. 24 pp. 9 in.
OxTR Neiohborhood; or letters on horticulture and natural phenom-
ena; interspersed with opinions on domestic and moral economy.
New York. 183L (c. 1831.] E. Bliss. 332 pp. 7x4H-
Pabor, Wiluam E., Compiler. Fruit Culture in Colorado. A
manual of information. lUus. Denver. 1883. W. E. Pabor,
Publisher. 82 pp. 9 x 5M.
Padoock, Wenobll, and Whipple, Orviluc B. Fruit-Growing in
Arid Regions. An account of approved fruit-growing practices
in the inter-mountain cbuntry of the western United States,
comprising the States of Colorado, Montana, Idaho, Utah,
Nevada, and in northern Arizona and New Mexico, with appli-
cations to adjacent regions. Illus. New York. 1910. [c. IdlO.]
The MarmiOan Companv. xx +395 pp. 8x5H- (Rural
Science Scries, edited by L. H. Bailey.)
. See Shields, O. D., Compiler. A Western Book for Western
Planters.
Page, Chas. N. Page's Home Floriculture; a complete guide for
the growing of flowers in the house and garden. Cut-flower
work^ancOicape mrdening, etc. Illus. Des Moines. Iowa,
[c. 1911.) Published by the author. 173 pp. 7 in.
Paine, Albert Bioblow. A Little Garden Calendar for Boys and
Giris. nius. Philadelphia. 1905. H. Altemus Company. 329
pp. 7Hin.
Palmer. Juuus A., Jr. About Mushrooms. Illus. Boston. 1894.
Lee k, Shepard. xiv + 100 pp. 9f^ in.
. Mushrooms of America, Edible and Poisonous. 12 plates.
Boston, (c. 1885.1 L. Prang 4 Co. 4 pp. 10 ?i xl^.
Pardee, R. G. A complete Manual for the Cultivation of the Straw-
berry; with a dascription of the best varieties; also, notices of
the raspberry, blackberry, cranberry, currant, gooeebeny, and
grape; with directions for their cultivation, and the selection of
the best varieties; with a valuable appendix, containing the
observations and experience of some of the most successful
cultivators of these fruits in our country. New York. 1854.
[c. 1854.) CM. Saxton. viii + 144 pp. 7 H x 6.
. The same. 3d revised ed. Illus. New York. 1856.
(c. 1856.] C. M. Saxton 4 Co. vi -f- 157 pp. 7^x6.
. The same. 6th ed. New York. 1858. (c. 1856.) A. O.
Moore, xii + 157 pp. 7 H x 5. Second copy. 1860.
The same. New and revised ed. New York. n. d.
(c. 1856.1 Orange Judd Company, xii -|- 157 pp. 7Hx6. (Con-
tains a ''preface to the tenth edition," dated January, 1866.)
See Neill, Patrick. The Practical Fruit, Flower and
Vegetable Gardener's Companion.
Parker, E. and C. See Warder, John A.
Parker, S. C. Editor. Profiu and Costs of Fruit-Growing in
Nova Scotia. 1893. 16 pp. 8^x6.
Parkman, Francis. The Book of Roses. Boston. 1866. (c. 1866.]
J. E. Tilton A Co. 225 pp. 8x5H
Parribr. Maxtiblo. See Wharton, Edith. Italian villas and
their gardens.
Parrt John R. NuU for Profit. A treatise on the propagation
and cultivation of nut-bearing trees adapted to successful cul-
ture in the United States, with extracts from leading authors.
Illus. Parry, N. J. 1897. (c. 1897.) Pub. by author. 157 pp.
7Hx5H.
Parrt, Wiluam. Fifty Years Among Small Fruits; telling what
and how to plant. Illus. Parry, N. J. n. d. (o. 1885.] PubUshed
by the author. 64 pp. 9x6.
. Forty Years* Experience in Pear Growing; telling how to
avoid the blight and insure good crops. Portrait. Cinnaminson,
N.J. 1880. In. c] William Parry. 20 pp. 9^x5^.
Parsons, Henrt Grisoom. Children's Gardens for Pleasure,
Health and Recreation. Illus. New York. 1910. Bturgis h
Walton Co. 226 pp. 7^^ in.
Parsons, S.. Jr. How to Plan the Home Groimds. With illus-
trations drawn by W. S. Spader under the direction of the
author and of G. F. Pentecost, Jr. New York 1899. [o. 1899.]
Doubleday k, McClure Co. xv + 249 pp. 7 H x 5.
, Landscape Gardening. Notes and suggestions on lawns
and lawn planting; laving out and arrangement of country
places, large and smaU parks, cemetery plots, and railway-
station lawns; deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs; the
hardy border; bedding plants; rockwork, etc. Illus. New York,
and London. 1891. (c. 1891. J G. P. Putnam's Sons. (The
Knickerbocker Press.) xxu + 329 pp. 10 x 7Vi
-. Landscape Gardening Studies. Illua. New York. 1910.
John Lane Company. 107 pp. 8 V4 in.
Parsons, 8. B. The Rose: Its history, poetry, culture, and classi-
fication. Colored plate. New York. 1847. [o. 1847.) Wiley A
Putnam, vi + 280 pp. 10Hx7.
. The same. 1 plate. 1860. (c 1847.) John Wiley, iv +
280 +36 pp. Syix5H-
. The same. New and revised edition, [c. 1869.) 215 pp.
. The same. New revised, and enlarged edition. 1883. 236
pp.
ture
. Parsons on the Rose. A treatise on the procw^tion. cul-
9, and history of the rose. New and revised edition (of The
Rose). Illus. New York. 1896. Ic. 1888.) Orange Judd Com-
pany. vi+211pp. 7Hx5.
-. The same. New and revised edition. 1910. [o. 1888.)
211 pp.
Peacock, Lawrence K. The Dahlia. A practical treatise on its
habits, characteristics, cultivation and history. Beautifully
illustrated. Atco, N. J. n. d. (c. 1896.) W. P. Peacock. 66 pp.
9x7.
Peck. Charles H. Mushrooms and Their Use. Reprinted by
permission from the Cultivator and Country Gentleman, of
Albanv, N. Y., May 31 to Sept. 20, 1894. Illustrated by 32 cuts
loaned by the publishers of that journal. Cambrid^, Mass.
1897. Cambridge Botanical Supply Company. 80 pp. 9 x 5fi.
Pbobrsbn, J. (Bjerqaard) and Howard, G. H. How to Grow
Cabbages and Cauliflowers Most Profitably. Illus. Ekiited by
W. Atlee Burpee. Philadelphia. 1888. [o. 1888.) W. Atlee
Burpee & Co. v -|- 85 pp. 7 H x 5.
Peek, S. W. The Nursery and Orchard. A practical treatise on
fruit culture. Illus. Atlanta, Ga. 1885. [c. 1885.) Jas. P.
Harrison 4 Co. 208 pp. 7^x5.
Peets, Elbert. Practical Tree Repair. The phvsical repair of
trees — bracing and the treatment of wounds and cavities. lUus.
New York. 1913. [c. 1913.) McBride. Nast A Co. 265 pp.
5Hx8.
Pbircb, Darius. New System of Agriculture and Horticulture.
A treatise on the failure of crops, the decline and decay of
orchards, the cause thereof and the remedies therefor, founded
upon fifty years* experience and experiments by the writer.
Detroit. 1869. Tribune Job OflSoe. 42 pp. 8^ in.
Perkins. Wm. T. Ginseng from Seed to Market. Little York, N.
Y. (c. 1902.) Royal Ginseng JGardens. Paper. 16pp. 6x3H.
Persos. New Process for the Culture of the Vine. Translated by
J. O'C. Barclay. Surgeon United States Navy. Illus. New York.
1857. [c. 1866.] C. M. Saxton A Co. Paper. 58 pp. (Also in
Saxton s (or Moore's) Rural Hand-Books. Fourth Series (with-
out the plates.)
Phblan. Charles. Dried Fruit; its care^^rotection from worms,
packing, storing, etc. Illus. Seattle, Wash. [c. 1902.) Phelan
A Co. 44 pp. 6H in.
Phblps, R. H. The Vine: Its culture in the United States; wine-
^Rlting from grapes and other fruit; useful recipes, etc. Illus.
Hartford. 1855. [o. 1856.) Case. Tiffany A Co. Paper. 83 pp.
1544
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Philups, Nobman. History of Fruit-Orowins in South Haven.
Mich. President Phillips second annual address. (Read before
the South Haven Pomological Society, December 30, 1872.)
Pbin, John. Open Air Grape Culture. A practical treatise on the
garden and vinejrard culture of the vine, and the manufacture
of domestic wine. Desifned for the use of amateurs and others
in the Northern and Middle States. Profusely illustrated with
new engravings from carefully executed designs, verified by
direct practice. To which is added a selection of examples of
American vineyard practice, and a carefully prepared descrii>-
tion of the celebrated Thomery system of grape culture. New
York. 1862 (also 1863). [c. 1862.] C. M. daxton. 375 pp.
(The back-stamp is Grape Culture and Wine Making.) 7^in.
. The same. New York. 1867. Sheldon A (Do. 7^i in.
. Open Air Grape Culture. A practical treatise on the
garden and vineyard culture of the vine. lUus. New York.
1876. [o. 1876.] Geo. E. Woodward & Co. and Orange Judd
Company. 266 pp.
Piatt, Crablsb A. Italian Gardens. lUus. New York. 1894.
Harper A Bros, ziii + 153 pp. 11x8.
PoHNDOBFF, F. A McmouT on Olive Growing. Read before the
State Horticultural Society, in Grangers Hall, San Francisco,
Februaiy 29, 1884. Illus. San Francisco. 1884. (n. c] Tha
Bosqui Engraving and Printing Company. 41 pp. 9}ix6.
Pools, Mrs. Hesteb M. Fruits, and How to Use Them. A practi-
cal manual for house-keepers; containing nearly seven hundred
recipes for wholesome preparations of foreign and domestic
fruits. New York. 1890. \c. 1889.] Fowler A Wells. 242 pp.
7Hz5.
PopENOE, Paul B. Date Growing in the Old Work! and the New;
with a chapter on the food value of the date, by Charles L.
Bennett. Illus. Altadena, Calif. 1913. West India Gardens,
xviu +316 pp. 8^ in.
Powell, E. C, Editor. Fruit Packages. The current styles of
baskets, boxes, crates and barrels used in marketing fruits in
all parts of the country. Fully illustrated. New York. 1893.
(c. 1893.] The Rural Publishing Ck>mpany. 62 pp. 7^x5.
(The Rural Library, Vol. I, No. 19, June.)
Powell, Edwin C. and McMillan, William. Street and Shade
Trees. Practical EJssays on the Subject of Trees for Street and
Lawn Planting with Directions for Transplanting, and a List
of DesirableTrees. Illus. New York. 1893. The Rural
Publishing Company. (Vol. I, No. 16, The Rural Library.)
Powell, E. P. The Coimtry Home. Illus. New York. 1904.
(c. 1904.] McQure, Phillips & Co. 383 pp. 8 x 6.
. Hedges, Windbreaks, Shelters, and Live Fencej. A treat-
ise on the planting, growth and management of hedge plants
for country and suburban homes. Illus. New York. 1900.
(o. 1900.] Orange Judd Company, xiii +141 pp. 7H z 6.
-. The Orchard and Fruit Garden. Illus. New York. 1910.
(c. 1905.] Doubleday, Page A O. 322 pp. 7H x 6>i
-. The same. New York. 1905. [c. 1905.] MoCIure, Phillips
AO. 8x6.
Powell, George T. The Apple: King of Fruits. Practical facta
and suggestions about its culture. Boston, n. d. Munson-
Whitaker (Ik>mpany. 21 pp. 9 in.
. Garden Clubs; the kitchen-garden, the flower-garden and
the lawn. New York City. [c. 1913.] Consumers Fertiliser
Company. 23 pp. 65^ in.
How to Establish and Maintain an Apple Orchard. Dlus.
New York. (c. 1913.] Consumers Fertiliser Company. 32 pp.
SHin,
Powell, I. L. Chrysanthemums and How to Grow Them; as
garden plants for outdoor bloom and for cut flowers under glass.
Illus. (jarden City, N. Y. 1911. [c. 1911.] Doubleday, Page
4 Co. 201pp. 7Hx6Vi
Practical American Gardener, The; exhibiting the time for
every kind of work in the kitchen-garden, fruit-garden, orchard
nursery, shrubbery, pleasure-ground, flower-garden, hopj-yard,
greenhouse, hothouse and grape vines for every month in the
year. By an old gardener. Baltimore. 1819. [c. 43d year of
the independence of the United States.] Fielding Lucas, Jr.
xii +424 pp. 5>^x3H.
Practical Florist The: or, A description of the plants usually
cultivated in the flower garden; together with their habits and
mode of cultivation. The whole being a compilation from the
best authors, and intended for common use. Newburyport.
1823. E. Stedman. 72 pp. 6K in. (Binder's title: The Young
Florist's Manual.)
Pranqe, N. M. G. Citrus culture for profit. Practical directions.
2d ed. Illus. Jacksonville, Fla. 1913. Wilson A Toomer.
80 pp. 7 in.
Pratt. Arthur L. HowtoGrowCeleiy. Kalamaaoo, Mich. 1886.
Kalamatoo Publishing Company. 23 pp. 7 in.
Pretbr, Hugo. Ten Years' Practical Experience in Grape and
Small Fruit Culture. Canton, Ohio. 1875. Bascom & Saxton,
Printers. 77pp. 8 Kin.
Price, E. M. The Walnut ... a comprehensive treatise on
how to grow it. Illus. Sacramento, Cahf. 1910. The Jos. M.
Anderson Company. 68 pp. 7 H in«
Price, R. H. Sweet PoUto Culture for Profit. A fuD aceount of
the origin, history and botanical characteristics of the sweet
potato. Full and complete instructions from how to grow the
plants to harvesting and storing the crop for both soutbon
and northern latitiuea. Complete discussion of the disiuuiew
and insects which injure the crop. A description of 47 vuie-
ties, with a new gyvtexn of olaasil^ying them. The Chizteae
yam and the vineleas variety are discussed. Latest improved
machinery discussed, etc. Illus. Dallas, Texas, n. d. (c 1896.1
Texas Farm and Ranch Publishing Company. 110 pp. SHxSH-
Prince, William. A Short Treatise on Horticulture: embracinc
descriptions of a great variety of fruit and ornamental trees and
shrubs, grape-vines, bulbous flowers, greenhouse trees and
plants, etc. Nearlv all of which are at present coii^>rised in the
collection of the Limusan Botanic GiJtien, at Flushing, near
New York. With directions for their culture, mumgement,
etc New York. 1828. [c. 1828.] T. and J. Swords, ix + 196
pp. 8x4>i
Princb, Wiluam Robert. Prince's Manual of Roses; oomprioing
the most complete history of the rose, including eveiv class, and
all the most admirable varieries that have appeared in Europe
and America; together with ample information on their culture
and propagation. New York. 1846. (c. 1846.) Published by
the author, and Clark A Austin, Saxton A Miles, Wiley A Put-
nam, and Stanford A Swords, viii + 213 + 50 pp. 7 H x 4 H-
, aided by William Prince. The Pomological Manual: or,
a treatise on fruits; containing descriptions of a great number of
the most valuable varieties for the orchard andf garden. Parta
I and II. 1831. Ic. 1831.] New York: T. A J. Swords. G. A
C. A H. Carvill, E. Bliss, C>>Uins A Co., G. Thorbum A Sons.
Philadelphia: Judah Dobson. Boston: J. B. Russell. Balti-
more: (jideon B. Smith. Richmond: James Winston. Charies-
ton. S. C: Joseph Simmons, vi + 200 and vi + 216 pp. 9 x 5H>
(Parts separately bound.)
The same. Parts I and II, 2d ed. 1832. (c. 1831.] vi + 200
and xvi + 216 pp. 9 x 5^. (Bound together.)
, aided by William Prince. A Treatise on the Vine; embra-
cing its history from the earliest ages to the present day; with
descriptions of above two hundred foreign ana eighty American
varieties; together with a complete dissertation on the estab-
lishment, culture, and management of vinesrards. Dlus. 1830.
Ic. 1830.L New York: T. A J. Swords, G. A. C. A H. Car-
vill, E. Bliss, Collins A Co., G. Thorbum A Sons. Philadel-
ghia: Judah Dobson. Boston: J. B. Russell. Baltimore:
rideon B. Smith. Richmond: James Winston. Charieston,
S. C: Joseph Simmons. 355 pp. 9 in.
Provancher, L'Abbe L. Le Verger. Le potager et le parterre
dans la Province de Quebec, ou culture raisonn6e des fruits,
legumes et fleurs qui peuvent r6ussir sous le climat de Quebec
Ouvrage om6 de nomoreudes gra>'ure8 sur bois. Quebec 1881.
(Preface dated 1874.] C. Darveau. 332 pp. 65^x4^.
PUROT, A. M. Purdy's Small-Fruit Instructor; containing plain
and practical directions for planting, growing and mariceting
small fruits; equally adapted to the family garden as well as
the field. Illus. Palmyra, N. Y. 1870. (c. 1870.) Published
by the author. 64 pp. 9 x 5 H*
. The same. 1887. 28 pp.
^. Small-fruit Instructor; containing plain and practi<»l
directions for planting, growing and marketing small fruits.
Equally adapted to the family garden as well as the field. lUua.
South Bend. Ind. 1869. Purdy A Hance. 32 pp. 9 in.
The same. New edition. Illus. Palmyra, N. Y. 1887.
[o. 1887.] Published by the author. 128 pp. 9x5^.
QuiNN, P. T. Money in the Garden. A vegetable manual, pre-
pared with a view to economy and profit. Illus. New York.
1871. (c. 1871.1 Tribune Association, x + 268 pp. 7^x6.
(Later publishea by Orange Judd Company, 1886.)
. Pear Culture for Profit. Illus. New York, 1869.
[c 1869.] The Tribune Association, xii + 136 pp. 7^x5.
-. The same. New edition, revised by the author. New Yoric
1883. (c. 1883.] Orange Judd Company, xix + 136 pp. 7^x5.
Rae, Samuel, A Co. Prima Arborum. Illus. New York(?).
(c 1887.] Francis H. Leggett A Co. 28 pp. 9^x7.
. The same. New York. 1887. The DeVinne Press. 28 pp.
10 in.
Rafinesqub, C. S. American Manual of the Grape Vine and the
Art of Making Wine; including an account of sixty-two species
of vines, with nearly three hundred varieties; an account of
the principal wines, American and foreign; properties and uses
of wines and grapes; cultivation of vines in America, and the
art of making good wines. Illus. Philadelphia. 1830. Paper.
64 pp. 7 5i in.
Rand. Amy Carol. The Commuter's Garden Record, compiled
and designed by Amy Carol Rand. Illus. New York and
Boston, (c. 1907.] H. M. Caldwell Company. 88 pp. 8x8.
Rand. Edward Spraque, Jr. Bulbs. A treatise on hardy and
tender bulbs and tubers. Illus. Boston. 1866. [c 1866.]
J. E. Tilton & Ck). 306 pp. 7yix5.
. The same. Boston. 1873. [c. 1866 and 1872.] Shepard
&Gill. 357 pp. 7Hx5.
. The same. Boston. 1873. (c 1866 and 1872.] Shepard A
QUI 361 pp. 10 X 7 H. (Special edition, with wide margins
and colored plates; only twenty copies printed, this being
No 13.)
HO^t'lCULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1645
. The same. 10th ed. Dlus. New Vork. 1876. (c 1865.
1872 And 1876.1 Hurd A Houghton. 370 pp. 7Hz5H.
-. The same. 10th ed. Boston. 1894. Houghton, Mifilin
A Co. 369 pp.
-. Bulbs. A treatise on hardy and tender bulbs and tubers.
lUufl. Boston. 1876. Heniy L. Sbepard A Co. 142 pp. 6HxAH-
("The present volume is by no means a new book, but a con-
densation, to meet a popular want of the larger work 1^ the
same author, upon the same subject." — Preface.)
-. Flowers for the Parlor and Garden. Illustrations by John
Andrew and A. C. Warren. Boston. 1863. (c. 1863.1 J* E-
TUtonACo. 411pp. 7Hx5.
-. The same. New York. 1876. [o. 1876.] Hurd A Hough-
ton. 444 pp. 7^x5.
-. Garden Flowers. How to cultivate them. Bost<m. n. d.
fc 1866.1 TUton A Co. yiii + 384 pp. 7^ z 5K. (An alpha-
betic arrangement of entries.)
The same. A treatise on the culture of hardy ornamental
trees, shrubs, annuals, herbaceous and bedding plants. Boston.
1866. (c. 1866.1 J. E. TUton A Co.
-. Orchids. A description of the q>eoiee and varieties grown
at Glen Ridge, near Boston, with lists and descriptions of other
desirable kinds. Prefaced b^ chapters on the culture, propa-
gation, collection, and hybridisation of orchids; the oonntruo-
tion and management of orchid houses; a glossary of botanical
terms and significance of their names; the whole forminga oom-
?Iete manuri of orchid culture. IIlus. New York. 1876. [c.
876.] Hurd A Houghton, zxii + 476 pp. 7H z 5.
-. The same Boston and New York. 1888. Houghton,
Mifflin A Co. 8 in.
. Popular Flowers; and how to cultivate them. Illua.
Boston. 1874. [c. 1870 and 1873.] Henry L. Shepard A Co.
208 pp. 7Hz5Vi
-. The same. New York. 1876. (c 1876.] Hurd A Hough-
ton. 230 pp. 8x6.
-. The Rhododendron and American Plants. A treatise on
the culture, propagation, and species of the rhododendron;
with cultural notes upon other plants which thrive under like
treatment, and descriptions of species and varieties; with a
chapter upon herbaceous plants requiring similar culture. Bos-
ton. 1871. (o. 1871.] Little, Brown A Co. x + 188 pp. 8 x 5.
-. The same. Colored frontisiuece and wine-colored plates.
lOHin.
-. Seventy-five Popular Flowers and How to Cultivate
Them. IIlus. Boston. 1870. [c. 1870.] J. E. TUton A Co. 200
pp. 8 X 5 H-
-. The Window Gardener. lUus. Boston. 1872. [o. 1863
and 1872.] Shepard A GUI. 132 pp. 7Hz4^
-. The same. New York. 1876. [c 1876.] Hurd A Hough-
ton, vi + 162 pp. 7H z 5.
Randolph, Cobxsua J. The Parior Gardener. A treatise on the
house culture of ornamental plants. Translated from the
French and, adwted to American use. lUus. Boston. 1884.
|c 1861.] Lee A Shepard, Publishers. 158 pp. 6 x 4 H-
. The same. Boston, [c. 1861.] J. E. TUton A Co. 5H\n.
Ravas, L. See Viala, P. American Vines.
Rawson, Hkrbebt. Success in Market Gardening; a new vegetable
rwers' manual. Revised and enlarged edition. IIlus. 1910.
1910.] Doubleda3r, Page & Co. xiv + 271 pp. 7H in. (Pref-
ace states that this is a revision of the work of the same title
by the author's father, W. W. Rawson.)
Rawbon. W. W. Celery and Its Cultivation. Revised edition.
lUus. Boston. 1900. fc 1891 and 1900.) W. W. Rawson. 24
pp. 7Jix6.
. Success in Market-Gardening, and TMetable groweru*
manual. IIlus. Boston. 1887. [c 1887.) Published by the
author, iv + 208 pp. 7 H z 6.
-. The same. 7th ed., revised and enlarged; with new matter
and Ulustrations. Boston. 1892. (c 1892.] Publiflhed by the
author, vi -f 240 pp. 7 M z 5.
-. See Rawson, Herbert.
Reemclin, Chablbs. The Vine Dresser's Manual. An Ulustrated
treatise on vineyards and wine making, lUus. New York. 1855.
fc. 1855.] C. M. Saxton A Co. 103 pp. (Also, in Saxton's
Rural Hand-Books. Third Series. New York. 1856.) 7H iQ-
, The same. New York. 1859. A. O. Moore. 7H in.
. The Wine-Maker's Manual. lUua. CindnnatL 1868.
(c. 1868.] Robert Clarke A Co. 123 pp. *
RxiNEBT, WiLUAM S. Relnert's Instantaneous Peach Culture
Guide. Reinerts, Pa. [c 1891.] WilUam B. Reinert. 30 pp.
5^ in.
Rbpton, HuifPHBT. The Art of Landscape Gardening, by
Humphry Repton, Esq., including his Sketches and Hints on
Landscape Gardening and Theory and Practice of Landscape
Gardening; edited by John Nolen. IIlus. Boston and New York.
1907. Houghton, Mifflin A Co. xxui + 252 pp. 9^ in-
RmxroRD, Eben £. The A B C of Successful Floriculture. Illus.
Springfield. Ohio. 1898. Miss Ella V. Bainea. 16 pp. 8Mz5^
(The Home Florist. Vol. I, No. 2.)
. Amateur Gardencraft, a book for the home-maker and
nrden lover. IIlus. PhUadelphia. 1912. J. B. LiiK)inoott
Company. 300 pp. 8 H ii^
. The Amateur's Greenhouse. Illus. Springfield, Ohio.
1900. The Floral PubUshing Company. 16 pp. 8H m« (Tho
Home Florist. Vol. Ill, No. 2.)
-. Fall Work in the Flower Garden. lUus. Springfield,
Ohio. 1898. The Floral Publishing Company. 16 pp. 8Hx
5H' (The Home Florist, Vol. I, No. 3.)
-. Flower Bulbs, and How to Grow Them. Revised and pub*
lished by J. C. Vaughan. lUus. Chicago and New York. 1892.
[c. 1892.] Vaughan^s Seed Store. 71 pp. 8 in.
-. The Flower Gardm, the Lawn and House Plants. lUus.
Boston. [0.1896.] Bradley Fertiliser Company. 28 pp. 7^ in.
-. Flowers: How to grow them. PhUadelphia. 1898. le. 1898.)
The Penn Publishing Company, iv + 175 pp. 6 x 4 H*
-. Flowers in Winter. How to have beautiful flowers in the
house; one pot of geranium; flower stand; window garden;
femeiy, etc. Chicago. December 24. 1881. [o. 1881.] E. H.
Libby. 28 pp. 7 H z 4 H. (The Farm Library.)
-. Four Seasons in the Garden. With twenty-seven Ulustra-
tions and with decorations by E^lward Stratton Holloway.
PhUadelphia and London. 1907. (c. 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903,
1904, 19b5, and 1907.] J. B. Lippinoott Company. 307 pp.
8x5H>
-. Home FloriciUture. A famUiar guide to the treatment of
flowering and other ornamental plants in the house and garden.
Illustrated with numerous engravings. Rochester. 1890
(c. 1890.] James Vick, Seedsman, vi -|- 226 pp. 7Hz5.
(Bound as Vick's Home Floriculture.)
-. The same. Revised and republished in 1903 by Orange
Judd Company, New York, as Home Floriculture: A practical
^uide to the treatment of floweringand other ornamental plants
m the house and garden, xii -{- 300 pp. 7 H z 5.
-. The Home Garden. A book on vegetable and smaU-fruit
flTowing, for the use of the amateur gardener. With Ulustra-
tions. Philadelphia and London. 1909. [o. 1909.] J. B. Lip-
pincott Company. 198 pp. 8x5.
. Indoor Gardening. lUus. Philadelphia. 1910. J. B. lip-
pinoott Company. 317 pp. 8K in.
-. The Practical Guide to Floriculture. lUua. New York.
1894. F. M. Lupton. 60 pp. 8H in. (The People's Handbook
Seres, No. 29.)
RicHARns, A. H. The Cranberry and Its Culture. Hammonton,
N. J. 1870. [c. 1870.] George F. MUler. 24 pp. 7Hz4H-
RiBBL, EnwiN H. Growing Grapes. lUus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1906.
The Fruit-grower Company. 39 pp. 6 in. ('brother Jona-
than" Series, No. 7.)
RioN, Hanna. Let's Make a Flower Garden. Decorations by
Frank Verbeck. lUus. New York. 1912. [c. 1912.] McBride,
NastACo. 208 pp. 8x5>i
-. The Garden in the WUdemess by a hermit; illustrated by
author and Bentley. New York. 1909. The Baker A Taylor
Co. 209 pp. 8 in.
RiON, Mart C. Ladies' Southern Florist. 0>lumbia, S. C. 1860.
|c. 1860.] Peter B. Glass. 138 pp. 7x5.
RiBiBN, E. E. Pecan Culture for Western Tezas. Illus. San Saba,
Texas. 1904. Published by the author. 55 pp. 8 in.
RivBRs, Thomas. The Miniature Fruit Garden; or, the culture of
pvramidal and bush fruit trees. From the 13th Ehiglish ed.
lUus. New York. n. d. Orange Judd Ck>mpany. x + 133 pp.
7 H z 5. (Publisher's preface dated 1866.)
. The same. With instructions for root-pruning, etc. 15th
ed. Boston. 1870. J. E. TUton ft Co. x + 156 pp. 6M x 4 Vi
(Printed from the English plates.)
, The Orchard House; or. Culture of fruit-trees in pots under
glass. Containing plans and estimates for construction, details.
of management and culture, and a list of fruits best adapted to
the purpose. Also an appendix, containing additional direc-
tions for growing trees and vines in orchard houses. By William
Saunders. Illus. New York. 1860. C. M. Saxton, Barker
A Co. 58 pp. 9H in.
RixroRD, E. H. The Wine Press and the Cellar. A manual for the
wine-maker and the ceUar-man. Illus. 1883. [c. 1883.] San
Francisco: Pajrot Upham A Ck>. New York: D. Van Noe-
trand. xxii + 240 pp. 8 x 5 H-
Robinson, John. Ferns in Their Homes and Ours. Illus. Salem.
1878. S. E. (Dassino. zvi + 178 pp. (American Natural His-
tory Series.)
. The same. 5th ed. Boston. 1894. (o. 1878.] Bradlee
Whidden. 8x5>i
Rockwell, F. F. Gardening Indoors and Under Glass; a practical
guide to the planting, care and propagation of house plants,
and to the construction and management of hotbed, coldframe
and small greenhouse. Illus. New York. 1912. |c. 1911, 1912.]
McBride, Nast A Co. 210 pp. 7H z 5>i.
. The Gardener's Pocket Manual. Ulus. New York. 1914.
McBride, Nast & Co. 90 pp. 7 ^ in.
. Home Vegetable Gardening. A complete and practical
guide to the planting and care of all vegetables, fruits and
berries worth growing for home use. Illus. New York. 1911.
(o. 1911.] McBride, Winston A Ck>. 262 pp. 8 x 5H.
-. Making a Garden of SmaUFniita. lUus. New York. 1914.
McBride. Nast A Co. 56 pp. 6H in* (House and Garden Mak-
ing Books >
1546
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Roe, Edwaxd P. The Home Acre. New York. 1889. [c. 1886.
1887. and 1880.) Dodd. Mead A Co. 252 pp. 8 z 5.
. A Maoual on the Culture of Small Fruita. Newburgh,
N. Y. 1877. (0.1876.) Journal Printing Establiahment. 82 pp.
0x5H.
. Play and Profit in My Garden. New York. n. d. (o. 1873.]
Dodd A Mead. 349 pp. 7H-
New edition. New York. 1893. (e. 1886.] Orange Jodd
Company. 349 pp. 7 >i x 5.
The Bame. New York. n. d. (1873.) Orange Judd Com-
pany.
. Success with Small Fruitn. lUua. New York.
1880.
(c. IHSO.) Dodd, Mead A Co. 313 pp. 9Hx7>i. (The illustra^
ted quarto edition.)
The name. New edition; preface dated 1886. (Different
form.) n. d. (c. 1881.) 388 pp. 7^x6^.
RoBDiNO, Gbobge C. The Smyrna Fig at Home and Abroad; a
treatise on practical Smyrna fig culture, together with an
account of the introduction of the wild or Capri fig. and the
establiahment of the fig wasp (BUutophaaa grossttrum) in
America. IIIuh. Fresno, Calif. 1903. PuDlished by the author.
87 pp. 10>^ in,
RoBsaLG. Theophilus. How to Cultivate and Preserve Celery.
Edited, with a preface, by Henry S. Oloott. Colored plates.
Albany. 1860. [c. 1800.) Theophilus Roessle, Delavan House.
New York; C. M. Saxton. Barker 4: Co. xxvi + 102 pp.
9Hx6.
RooERS, E. A. Practical Potato Culture. lUua. Philadelphia.
1913. J. B. Hainee. 126 pp. 8 in.
RooERS, JuuA Ellen. The Book of Useful Plants. Illustrated by
thirty-one pages of half-tones from photographs. Garden
Citv, N. Y. 1913. Doubleday. Page & Co. xiv -h 374 pp.
75/ in. (The Garden Library.)
RooKRs, W. S. Garden Planning. Illustrated by the author.
Garden City, N. Y. 1911. Ic 1911.) Doubleday. Page A Co.
423 pp. 7>ix6H.
RoLTS, p. H. Vegetable-Growing in the South for Northern
Markets; being concuw directions for the preparation of the
soil, use and amounts of fertili^rs, and the planting of vege-
table crops to obtain the earlicflt vegetables; also the best
methods of packing for shipping, the rai.<ung of seed for market,
and preserving it for home uae. lUus. Richmond. 1896.
[c. 1890.1 The Southern Planter Publishing Company, xi -f
255 pp. 7|^'x5.
Root, A. I. See Day, J. W. Tonutto Culture.
Root, Ralph Rodney, and Kellet. Charles Fabienb. Design
in landscape Gardening. Illus. New York. 1914. The Cen-
tury Co. 278 pp. 9 in.
Roper. William N. The Peanut and Its Culture. Illus. Peters-
burg, Va. [c. 1905.) American Nut Journal. 62 pp. 9 in.
Rose, L. J. See Qarey, Thomas A. Orange Cxilture in California.
Rose, N. J6nsson. Lawns and Gardens. How to plant and
beautify the home lot, the pleasure ground and garden. With
numerous plans and illustrations by the author. New York and
London. 1897. (c. 1896.) G. P. Putnam's Sons, xi + 414 pp.
10x7H.
. Window and Parlor Gardening. A guide for the selection,
propagation and care of house plants, with illustrations by the
author. New York. 1895. [c. 1895.] Charles Scribner's Sons,
xi + 164 pp. 8x6K.
Roses and How to Grow Them. A manual for growing roses in
the garden and under glass. Illus. Now York. 1910. (c. 1901,
1902, 1903, 1904, and 1905.] Doubleday, Page A Co. x -|- 189
pp. 7Hx6H.
RowLES, W. p. Everv Man's Book of Garden Difficulties. New
York. n. d. Geo. H. Doran.
Rubens^ J. F. Die G&hrung des Weines und seine Behandlung;
die Kellerwirtachaft. FQr Wur«er Weinh&ndler, Weinwerthe,
Liqueurfahrikanter etc. Mit Benutximg dor neuesten una
besten Quollon bearbcitet. Mit 11 in der Text gedruckten
HoUschmitten. St. Louis. C. Witter.
Rural Annfal and Horticultural DiRECTOfei^ The; containing
direction.-* for the preparation of the ground for the orchard
and fruit-garden, planting, pnming, etc., with lists of fruits rec-
ommended by the American Pomological Society and the several
state societies; also, plain directions for making and planting the
lawn and flower garden, and a catalogue of nurserymen, in the
United States and Canada. Illustrated with 60 engravings,
representing various forms of trees, leaves, and fruits, pruning,
designs for plantations, etc. Rochester, N. Y. 1856. fc. 1855.)
James Vick, Jr. 1 14 pp. 7 x 4 H-
The same, continued, with titles somewhat modified, for
the years 18.'»7, 119 pp.; 1858, 119 pp.; 1859, 108 pp.; 1860, 100
pp.; 1861, 100 pp.; 1862, 100 pp.; 1863. 98 pp. All after the
first volume were published by Joseph Harris, Rochester,
oflice of the Genesee Farmer.
RuBTON, Edwin. A Comprehensive Guide to Floriculture and
Calendar of Monthly Operations. Illus. Syracuse, N. Y. 1892.
Press of D. Mason A Co. 58 pp. 10 in.
. Floral Talks. A manual of floriculture. New York, 1892.
W. N. Swett & Co. 96 pp. 7H in. (The Central Square Series,
No. 34.)
RuTTBR, John. The Culture and Diseases of the Peach. A com-
plete treatise for the use of peach growers and gardeners, of
Pennssrlvania. and all districts affected by the "yeUows."aiKl
other diseases of the tree. Harrisburg. Pa. 1880. [o. 1880.)
Every Saturday Night office. 95 pp. 7 H x 4 H-
Saltford, George. How to Make Money Growing Vt<^eta.
lUus. New York. 1902. (c. 1902.) The Violet Culture Company.
45 pp. 6Hz5.
Sampbon, F. a. History and Publications of the Missouri Stat«
Horticultural Society. From the thirty-third annual report of
the Society. Jefferson City, Mo. 1891. Tribune Printing Com-
pany. 15 pp. 9 in.
Sarobnt, Charles 8. See Des Cars, A. A Treatise on Pruning
Forest and Ornamental Trees.
Saunders, William. Both Sides of the Grape Question. Com-
prising: An Elssay on the Culture of the Native and Exotic
Grape, by William Saunders; Physiognmhy in its Application
to Grape Culture, by F. J. Cope: and A Contribution to the
Classification of the Species and Varieties of the Grape Vine,
with Hints on Culture, by J. M. McMinn. lUus. 1860.
Ic. 1860.1 Philadelphia: J. B. Lippinoott & Co. and A. M.
Spangler. New York: C. M. Saxton, Baricer A Co. P^>er.
96 pp.
. The same. 2d ed. 1860. Being apparently only a reprint.
Sawyer, Joseph Dillawat. How to Make a Country Place.
Illus. New York. 1914. Orange Judd Company. 430 pp.
6x8H.
Satebs, Edward. The American Flower Garden Companion;
adapted to the northern states. 1838. Ic. 1838.1 Boston:
Joseph Breck A Co. New York: G. C. Thorbum. zii + 179
pp. 7K«4H.
. The same. 2d ed., revised, with additions. Boston. 1839.
(c. 1838.) Weeks, Jordan A Co.
-. The same. 3d ed., reviicd and enlarged. 1846. [c. 1846.)
Cincinnati: J. A. James. Philadelphia: J. W. Moore. New
York: J. S. Redfield. xU + 207 pp. 7^x4^.
-. The American Fruit Garden Companion; being a practical
treatise on the propagation and culture of fruit; adapted to the
Northern and Middle States. Boston. 1839. [c. 1838.) Weeks,
Jordan A Co. xv + 174 pp. 7x4 }4.
-. A Manual on the Culture of the Grape; with a dissertation
on the growth and management of fruit trees; adapted to the
Northern States. Newark, N. J. 1837. [c. 1837.1 Published
by the author. 48 pp. 7 H * ^
-. A Treatise on the Culture of the Dahlia and Cactus.
Boston. 1839. [o. 1839.] Weeks, Jordan A Co. vi + 72 pp.
6x31^.
Satlor, Henrt H. Making a Rose Garden. Illus. New Yoric
1912. [o. 1912.) McBride, Nast A Co. 53 pp. 6H in.
. The Book of Annuals. A pictorial guide to the choice and
culture of fifty of the m<Mt dependable plants that flower the
first year from seed. Illus. New York. 1913. (o. 1913.) Mo-
Bride, Nast A Co. 127pp. 7\ixA%.
ScHENCK, Peter Adam. The Gardener's Text-Book; containing
practical directions upon the formation and management of
the kitchen-garden, and for the culture and domestic use of its
vegetables, fruits, and medicinal herbs. Illus. New York.
1860. [c. 1851.) C. M. Saxton, Barker A Co. 306 pp. 6 x 4.
. The same. New York. n. d. (c. 1851.) Orange Judd
Company.
. The same. 1854. [c. 1851.) Boston: John P. Jewett k, Co.
Cleveland, Ohio: Jewett, Proctor dc Worthington.
-. The same. New York. 1857. [c. 1851.) A. O. Moore.
ScHUUR, Petkr J. How to Grow Celery Anywhere. Giving tha
principles which govern the growth of celery. Illus. Kalamatoo,
Mich. 1896. Union Seed Company. 112 pp. 8 in.
ScHWAAB, Ernest F. The Secrets of Canning. A complete exposi*
tion of the theory and art of the canning industry. Baltimore.
1890. |c. 1890.1 John Mtuphy & Co. • 150 pp. 7^ x 6H.
. The same. Baltimore, Md., New York. 1899. John
Murphy Company. 142 pp.
Scott, D. W. & Co., Publishers. See Nurseryman's Directory.
Scott, Frank J. The Art of Beautifying Suburban Home Grounds
of Small Extent; the advantages of suburban homes over
city or country homes: the comfort and economy of neighboring
improvements; the choice and treatment of building sites; and
the beit modes of laying out, planting, and keeping decorated
grounds. Illustrated by upward of 200 plates and engravings
of plana for residences and their grounds, of trees and shrubs,
and garden embellishments; with descriptions of the beautiful
and hanly trees and shrubs grown in the United States. New
York. 1870. (c. 1870.) D. Appleton & Co. 618pp. 9^x7.
Scott, Temple, Compiler. In Praise of Gardens. Frontispiece.
New York. 1910. The Baker A Taylor Co. 240 pp.
Scott, William. The Florists' Manual. A Reference book for
commcrrial florists. Illus. Chicago. 1899. (c. 1899.1 Florists*
Publishing Company. 235 pp. 11 H x 8 H-
. The same. 2d ed. 1906. 255 pp. (Advertising matter
interspersed.)
Seabb, Fred C. Productive Orcharding. Modem methods of
growing and marketing fruit. Illus. Philadelphia, (c. 1914.)
J. R. Lippincott Company. 315 pp. %MxQ,
ttO^TlCULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Sboowxcx. Mabsl Cabot, aisisted by ^Vk^«^ Cuneron. The
Garden Month by Month; describing y*^ appearmnoe, color,
dates of bloom and cultivation of aU dc^uiible hardy plants for
the formal or wild garden, with additioDal lists of aquatics,
vines, etc. With over 200 half-tone engravings from photo-
graphs of growing plants, and a chart in colors. New York. n. d.
(n. oJi Frederick A. Stokes Company, zvii + 616 pp. 9 H > 0 H-
Sbldon, Chables a. Eversrman's Garden, every Week. New
York. 1914. Dodd. Mead A Co. xiv -f 838 pp. 7H in.
Sbvbt, Glskn C. Bean Culture. A practical treatise on the pro-
duction and marketing of beans, with a special chi4>ter on
commercial problems by Albert W. Fulton. A book for grower
and student alike. lUus. New York. 1907. (o. 1907.) Orange
Judd Company, xiv + 130 pp. 7 H x 5.
. Peas and Pea Culture; a practical and scientific discussion
of peas, relating to the history, varieties, cultural methods,
insect and fungous pests, with special chapters on the canned pea
industry, peas as forage and soiling crops, garden peas, sweet
peas, seed breeding, etc. lUus. New York. 1911. |c 1911.]
Orange Judd Company, zi + 92 pp. 6x7.
Sbwbll, Cobneuttb V. V. Common Sense Gardens: How to
plan and plant them. lUus. New York. 1906. (c. 1906.] The
Grafton Press, Publishers, xviii + 396 pp. 8x6.
SBTMonB, E. L. D. Garden Profits, Big Money in &naU Pk>ts.
nius. Garden City. N. Y. 1911. Doubleday. Page d; Co. 245
pp. 7Jiin.
Sbafbb. Saba Andbbw. A White-Paper Garden. Illus. Chicago.
1910. A. C. McClurg A Co. xxi + 292 pp. 9 in.
Shaw, Elubn Edot. Gardenins and Farming. Illus. Garden City,
N. Y. 1911. Doubleday. Page & Co. 376 pp. 8)i in- (The
Children's library of Work and Play.)
Shaw, Hbitbt. The Rose; historical and descriptive: gathered
from various sources. St. Louis. 1879. [n. c] K. P. Studley A
Co. 29 pp. 6fix4^
. The same. 1882. 64 pp.
Shatlob, Sionbt J. Joys of the Garden. With ten illustratioDs.
New York. 1911. Frederick A. Stokes Company. 162 pp. 7 in.
Shbbran. Jambs. Your Plants. Plain and practical directions for
the treatment of tender and hardy plants in the house and in
the garden. New York. 1893. (c. 1884.] Orange Judd Com-
pany. 79 pp. 7>ix6>
Sbelton. Louisb. The Seasons in a Flower Garden. A handbook
of information and instruction for the amateur. Illus. New
York. 1906. [c. 1906.] Chas. Scribner's Sons, z -h 117 pp.
7Hx5H.
. The same. 2d ed., revised and enlarged. 1907.
Shibldb, O. D., Compiler. A Western Book for Western Planters:
practical instructions for propagating, planting, growing ana
caring for fruit, shade ana ornamental trees. With contribu-
tions from Wendell Paddock. C. P. Gillette, S. Arthur Johnson.
1st ed. Illus. Ix>veland, Colo. (c. 1906.) O. D. Shields. 147
pp. 7H in.
Shinn, Chab. H. Pacific Rural Hand-Book ; containing a series of
brief and practical essayii and notes on the culture of trees,
vegetables and flowers, adapted to the Pacific coast. Also hints -
on home and farm improvements. San Francisco, n. d.
(c. 1879.1 I>ewey&Co. Pacific Rural Press. 122 pp. 7Hx4^.
SiEOHor. Chables. See Mohr. Frederick. The Grape-Vine.
SiiieoN. Altbbd. Garden Mosaics, philosophical, moral, and horti-
cultural. Illus. New York. 1903. D. Appleton & Co. ix + 219
pp. 7Hin.
Sinclair, Sib Johx. The Code of Agriculture; includini| observa-
tions on gardening, orchards, woods, and plantations. 1st
American edition with notes. Illus. Hartford. 1818. Printed
for Hudson A Co. 424 pp. SH in.
Skinnbb. Chables M. Little Gardens. How to beautify dty
yards and small country spaces. Illus. New York. 1904.
Ic. 1904.) D. Appleton & Co. 250 pp. 7Hx 6.
Skinner. Hubbbt M., and McCredib, A. L., Editors. Librar:^ of
Agriculture. Volume IV. Horticulture and Truck Farming.
Illus. Chicago, [c. 1912.] Cree Publishing Company. 639 pp.
9 in.
. The same. Volume VII. Forestry and Landscape Gar-
dening. Illus. Chicago, [c. 1912.] Cree Publishing Company.
343 pp. 9 in.
Sladb. Daniel Denison. The Evolution of Horticulture in New
England. New York and London. 1895. [c. 1895.] Putnam's
Sons. 180pp. 7x4H.
Smilbt. Sarah F. Garden Graith. or Talks among my Flowers.
New York, [c 1880.] A. D. F. Randolph A Co. 196 pp. 7H
in.
Smith, Charles H. J. Parks and Pleasure Grounds; or, practical
notes on country residences, villas, public parks, and gardens.
Philadelphia. 1852. [n. c] Henry Carey Baird. xi + 290 pp.
8x5.
1547
, The same. Revised edition. Many of the important chap-
ters have been revised and enlarged, giving more complete
detail with additional illustrations. The work is practical, not
only to florists who have every facility, but to the amateur. Fully
illustrated. Adrian, Mich. 1906. [c 1906.] Nathan Smith k
Son. vi-f96pp. 6Hb&
. The same. 3d ed. 1913. E. D. Smith A Company. 106
pp. 7 in.
Smttb. Emma a. See Stewart, J. T. Shade Trees, Indigenous
Shrubs and Vines, and Insects that Infest Them.
Smxtb. Emort Evans. The Golden Poppy. Illus. Palo Alto,
Calif. 1902. 230 pp. 8}^ in.
SMrrH. F. F. Tomatoes from the Seed to the Table. Aurora. III.
1876. Knickerbocker A Hodder. Printers. 31 pp. 6H in.
Smith. John. Fruits and Farinaoea the Proper Food of Man; being
an attempt to prove, from history, anatomy, physiology, and
chemistnr. that the ori^nal, natural, and best diet of man is
derived from the vegetable kingdom. With notes and illuHtra-
tions by R. T. Trail. From the second London edition. Illus.
New York. 1864. (c. 1864.] Fowler A Wells, xix -h 314 pp.
7Hx6.
Smith, M. O. Instructions for Digging Strawberry Plants,heeling
in. cultivating, picking, handling pickers, tfulying, packing
berries, crates. Where to obtain pickers, carriers, packing
shanties and how to market. Chicago. 1886. The Baker-Col-
lings Company. 19 pp. 8 in.
Snidbb. J. C. How to Raise a Large Crop of Strawberries.
Akron, Ohio. 1869. City Times Printing House. 24 pp. 9 Kin.
Solly, Geo. A., A Son. Wm. T. Gale, assistant. Designs for
Flower Beds. Springfield, Mass. n. d. (o. 1887.] Geo. A. Solly
A Son. 8 X 10.
SoLOTABorr, Wiluam. Shade Trees in Towns and Cities. Illus.
New York. 19n. John Wiley & Sons, xviii -h 287 pp. 9>^ in.
Spalding. Wm. A. The Orange: Its Culttire in California; with a
brief discussion of the lemon, lime, and other citrus fruits.
Illus. With an appendix on Insects Injurious to Citrus Trees,
and How to Combat Them, from the work of Hon. Matthew
Cooke. 1885. Rivendde Press and Horticulturist Steam
Print. 97pp. 9}ix6H-
Spanoleb, a. M., Publisher. See Year Book of the Farm and
Garden.
Spooner, Alobn. The Cultivation of American Grapes Vines, and
Making of Wine. Illus. Brookljm. 1846. (c. 1846.] A. Spooner
A Co. 96 pp.
. The same. 2d ed. Brooklyn. 1868. E. B. Spooner. New
York. A. O. Moore. 7 >i in.
Squibb, Robert. The Gardener's Kalender, for South Carolina,
and North Carolina, containing an accoimt of all work neces-
sary to be done in the kitchen and fruit gardens everv month in
the year, with instructions for performing the same; also particu-
lar directions relative to soil and situation, adapted to the differ-
ent kinds of plants and trees most proper for cultivation in these
states. Charleston, 1787. Printed for A. Timothy. 108 pp.
. Gardener's Calendar for North Carolina. South Carolina,
and Georgia. With amendments and additions. Charleston. 1809.
Printed and sold by W. P. Young. 162 pp. 7 in. Also 1813.
The Gardener's Calendar for the states of North Carolina,
. The same. Landscape Gardening; or parks and pleasure
grounds, etc; with notes and additions. By Lewis F. Allen.
New York. 1853. [c. 1853.) C. M. Saxton. 3(57 pp. 8x6 H.
Smith. Elmbr D. Smith's Chrysanthemum Manual. lUus. Adrian,
Mich. 1904. Finch, the Printer. 78 pp. 7 in.
South Carolina, and Georgia. With an appendix containing a
variety of particular and general information on husbandry
and horticulture. Charieston, S. C. 1827. (n. c] Publiahed
by P. Hoff and E. Qibbe. 176 pp. 7 x 4H.
. Second ed., by a lady of Alabama. With alterations and
improvements. 1842. Mobile: S. W. Alien. 108 pp. (See H. A.
Morrison. Check-List of American Almanacs.)
Stark. Wiluam H. The Stark Orchard Planting Book. Illus. St.
Joseph, Mo. [c 1911.] The Fruit Grower. 29 pp. 9}^ x4.
Starr. W. H. The Cranberry Culturist; being a concise, practical
treatise on the cranberry; its history, culture, varieties, etc.;
also, with special reference to the bed variety and its culture on
upland soils. East New London nurseries. New London. Conn.
Illus. New London. 1860. Starr & Co. Paper. 32pp. SH^^U-
SrEBBrNS. C. A. The Principles of Agriculture through the School
and the Home Garden. Illus. New York. 1913. The Mao-
millan Company, xxviii + 380 pp. 8 in.
Stedman, J. M. A Treatise on Spraying, with description of insects
attacking apple, peach and strawberry, and treatment recom-
mended for holding them in check. Illus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1905.
The Fruit-G rower Company. 123 pp. 5H in- ("Brother
Jonathan" Series. No. 2.)
Stbuart. Sir Henrt. The Planter's Guide; or. a practical essay
on the best method of giving immediate effect to wood, by the
removal of large trees and underwood; being an attempt to
place the art. and that of general arboriculture, on fixed and
phsrtological principles; interspersed with observations on gen-
erd planting, and the improvement of real landscape. Originally
intended for the climate of Scotland. First American, from the
second London and Eklinburgh edition. Illus. New York. 1832.
[n. c.] G. Thorbum A Sons. 422 pp. 10 x 6.
Stbwabt, Hbnbt. Irrigation for the Farm, Garden and Orchard.
With numerous illustrations. New York. 1883. [c. 1877.]
Orange Judd Company. 264 pp. 7 H x 5.
. The same. Revised and enlarged. 1886. (o. 1886.) 276 pp.
1548
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
STBWAmr, HoMKR L. Celery Growing and Marketing a Suooeta.
With portrait of the author; also illustrated with 13 plates,
showing new tools and appliances in celery culture and the
care of the crop. This is the only book ever written which covers
the whole period of growing, marketing and oaring for the crop,
with explicit directions. Tecumseh, Aiich. 1891. [o. 1891.]
The Blade Printing and Paper Company. 151 pp. 7yix5}i.
. The Pecan, and How to Grow it. Where they grow wild,
where they are being cultivated, what lands are best and all
about it. Bv the Stuart Pecan Company. Ulua. Chicago. 1893.
Woman's Temperance Publishing Association, 90 pp. 7H in
Stkwakt. J. T. Shade Trees, Indigenous Shrubs and Vines, by J.
T. Stewart, M.D., and Insects that Infest Them, by Miss Emms
A. Smith. Ulus. Peoria. lU. 1877. TraiisoTq>t Company.
Printers and Binders. 55 pp. 8 H x 5 K.
-. The same. 2d ed.. revised and improved. Peoria, IlL 1883.
(n.0.1 Transcript Publishing Company. 37 pp. 8Hx5H.
Storks, E. G.. Editor. The Farm and Gardens: embraoinfe (In)
The Farm: Its management and products. (II) The Kitchen
Garden: What to grow, and how to grow it. (Ill) The Fruit-
Garden: How to cultivate choice fruits. (IV) The Flower-
Garden: How to cultivate all out-door flowers. From the latest
authorities. Auburn. N. Y. n. d. [c. 1859.] The Auburn
Publishing Company. 291 pp. 8 x 5 H.
. The same. 281 pp. (Issued in volume entitled: Domestio
and Rural Affairs). The family, farm and gardens, and the
domestic animals. I860.
Strawbkiibt Rbport. Read before The Cincinnati Horticultural
Society, August. 1847. and ordered to be published. lUus.
Cincinnati. 1848. Morgan & Gverend, Flinters. 16 PP; 9x5|i.
(Contains report of CTommittee to report on Sexual Characters
of the Strawberry.)
Stbinofsllow. H. M. Fruit and Vegetable Growing in Galvestcm
County. Texas. Being a series of Tetters. Galveston. [0.1890.]
17 pp. 6 in.
. How to Grow Fruits and Vegetables in the Coast Country,
and What Varieties to Grow. A practioftl treatise. Galveston.
1890. Clarke A C>>urts, Printers. 16 pp. 8 in.
. The New Horticulture. Illus. Portrait. Galveston,
Texas. 1896. [c. 1896.) Published by the author. 216 pp.
9 K X 6. (Translated into German Inr Friedrich Wannieck, as
Der Neue Gartenbau. Frankfurt a. 6, 1901.)
-. The same. New and revised edition. Dallas, Texas. 1906.
Farm and Ranch Publishing Company. 146 pp.
Stkong, W. C. Chilture of the Grape. Illus. Boston. 1866.
(c. 1866.) J. E. Tilton & <>>. 355 pp. 8 x 5.
. Fruit Culture, and the laying out and management of a
country home. Illus. Boston. 1885. [c. 1885.) Houghton,
Mifflin & Co. v + 202 pp. 7 x 4 H-
. The same. New York. 1892. (c. 1885.] The Rural Pub-
lishing Company, xiv + 231 pp. 7 j^ x 5.
Sturqis. R. Cupston. See Brown, Glenn. European and Japanese
Gardens.
SuFFA. Geobge A. Suffa's Practical Experience with the Cauli-
flower. Illus. Greenville. R. I. 1884. 6 pp. 6H in.
Sunset Seed and Plant CJompant. Sweet Pea Review. Illus.
San Francisco. 1896. [c. 1896.] Sunaet Seed and Plant Com-
pany. 31 pp. 8 X 3 H.
. The same. 1896. The Murdock Press.
. The same. 2ded. 1897. (c. 1896.) 33 +ivpp. 8x5Ji
. The same. 3d ed. 1898. (c. 1898.J 48 pp. l^AxbH-
Tabor, Grace. The Landscape Gardening Book, wherein are set
down the simple laws of b^uty and utility which should guide
the development of all grounds. Illus. New York. 1911.
jo. 1911.] McBride. Nast & Co. 180 pp. lOH x 7M.
. The same. 1912. 196 pp.
. Making a Bulb Garden. Illus. New York. 1912. (c. 1912.]
McBride. Nast & CTo. 64 pp. 6 V^ x 5 H* (House and Garden
Making Books.)
-. Making a Garden to Bloom This Year. Illus. New York.
1912. [071912.] McBride. Nast 4 O. 54 pp. 6^x5^.
(House and Garden Making Books.)
. Making the Grounds Attractive with Shrubbery. Illus.
New York. 1912. [c. 1912.] McBride, Nast A O. 63pp. 6^x5 H.
(House and Cvarden Making Books.)
Old-fashioned Gardening: a history and a reconstruction.
Illus. New York. 1913. McBride. Nast & Co. ix + 263 pp.
9Hin.
. Suburban Gardens. Illus. New York. 1913. Outing
Publishing 0>mpany. 207 pp. 7 in.
-, and Teall. Gardner. The Garden Primer; a practical
handbook on the elements of gardening for beginners. Illus. New
York. 1910. McBride Winston A Co. 118 pp. 8 in.
-. The same. Philadelphia. 1910. fc. 1910.] John C. Win-
ston & Co.
The same. New edition, revised and enlarged. 1911.
McBride. Nast h C^o. 164 pp.
Taft, L. R. Greenhouse O)nstruction. A complete manual on the
building, heating, ventilating and arrangement of greenhouses
and the construction of hotbeds, frames and plant pits. Illus.
New York. 1894. (c. 1893.] Orange Judd Company, viii + 208
pp. 7Hx5.
. Greenhouse Manafement. A manual for florists and
flower lovers on the forcing <A flowers, vegetables and fruits in
greenhouses, and the propagation azid oare of house plants.
lUus. New York. 18^ (o. 1898.] Orange Judd Company.
X +382 pp. 7Hx5.
» See Bailey. Garden-Making.
Tatix>r. Ho&acb. Tomato Rusing in Conunoa Gardens. From
fifteen years* person^ experienoe. Canandaigua, N. Y. 1870.
[o. 187().] 16 pp. 7>ix4>i.
Tatu>r. O. M. See Beach, S. A.. The Apples of New York, and
Hedriok. U. P.. The Grapes of New York.
Tbaouk. R. M. The CHtrus Fruits, historically — horticulturally^
oommerdally. Illus. San Dimas. 1907-08. 48 pp. llHin*
Teall, Gabdnbr. See Tabor, Graoe. The Gardra Primer.
Teat, John Thomar. The Farmer's Garden, and Its Management.
A practi<»l guide to successful gardening. Cardington, Ohio^
1896-98. [c 1898.] 107 pp.
Ten Acres Enough. A practical experienoe. showing how a verw
small farm may be made to keep a very large family. Wita
extensive and profitable experienoe in the cultivation <A the
smaller fruits. By Edmimd Morris. New York. 1864. J.
MUler. 255 pp. 7Hx5.
-. The same. 26th ed. New York. n. d. [o. 1864.] The
American News Company.
. The same. With introduction by Isaac Phillips Roberts.
New York. 1905. Consolidated Retail Booksellers. 273 pp.
, The same. 1905. [o. 1905.] Orange Judd Company.
Tenbrook. John W., Publisher. The Sweet Potato Culturist:
S'ving practical instructions for its cultivation and preservation
•r family use and for market, by the sweet potato men of the
Northwest, containing the best mode of sproutin^i, planting,
cultivating, digging and storing for winter, with directions for
selecting soil and varieties, to which is appended the agricul*
tunU and horticultural advertiser. Illus. Rockville. Ind. I860.
Magill k. Kline, Printers. 96 pp. 6H in. (Pp. 77>96, adver-
tising matter.)
Terrt. T. B. The A B C of Potato Culture. How to ^w them in
the largest quantity, and of the finest quality, with the least
expenditure of time and labor. Carefully considering all the
latent improvements in this branch of agriculture up to the
present oate. Illustrated by 20 engravings. Medina, Ohio.
1885. A. I. Root. 42 -f 8 pp. 10 x 6>i
-. The same. 2d ed.. revised, and largely rewritten. 1893.
212 pp. 6Hx5.
-. The same. Fully illustrated. 3d ed., revised, and largely
rewritten. 1901.
. The A B C of Strawberry Culture; for farmers, village
people, and small growers. A book for beginners. 2d ed.,
revised and enlaiged. Illus. Medina, Ohio. 1902. 235 pp.
6H X 5K- (A seoond edition of How to Grow Strawberries.)
', and Root. A. I. How to Grow Strawberries; for farmers*
village people, and small growers. A book for beginners. Illus.
Medina. Ohio. 1890. In. c] A. I. Root. 144 pp. 6^x5^. (Pp.
102-144 "by the publisher.")
Tbscremachbr. J. E. A CToncise Application of the Principles of
Structural Botany to Horticulture; chiefly extracted from the
works of Lindley. Knight. Herbert and others, with additions
and adaptations to this climate. Boston. 1840. Jc 1840.]
Charies C. Little and James Brown, v + 90 pp. 6Hx3fi.
Thachbr, Jambs. The American Orchardist; or, a practical treatise
on the culture and management of apple and other fruit trees:
with observations on the diseases to which they are liable, and
their remedies; to which is added the most approved method
of manufacturing and preserving cider, compiled from the
latest and most approved authorities, and adapted to the use
of American farmers. Boston. 1822. [c. 1822.J vi + 226 vp^
9x5.
■ The American Orchardist; or. a practical treatise on the
culture and management of apple ana other fruit trees, with
observations on the diseases to which they are liable, and their
remedies; to which is added the most approved method of manu-
facturing and preserving cider, and also wine from apple juice
and currants. Adapted to the use of American farmers, and all
lovers and cultivators of fine fniit. 2d ed., much improved.
Plymouth, Mass. 1825. [c. 1825.] Published by Esra (>>llier.
iv +234 pp. 7xA\i.
[James Thacher, 1754-1844, was eminent as physician and
author. He is the author of "Military Journal during the
American War, from 1776 to 1783." "American New Ehspen-
satory." "Observations on Hydrophobia," and other meoical
works. He is also author of a work on bees and one on
demonology.]
. The same, bound with American Orchardist and Cottage
Economy. By William Cobbett.
Thaxter, Celia. An Island Garden . . . with mctures and
illuminations by Childe Hassam. Boston and New York. 1894.
Houghton. Mifflin & Co. ix + 126 pp. 9K in.
Thomas. George C, Jr. The Practical Book of Outdoor Rose
Growing for the Home Garden. With 96 plates in color, charts,
and half-tones. Philadelphia. 1914. J. B. Lippincott Company.
156 pp. 9 in.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1549
Thomaa, Johk J. The American Fruit Culturist; containing direc-
tions for the propagation and culture of fruit trees in the nuraeiy,
orchard and garden. With descriptions of the principal Ameri-
can and foreign varieties cultivated in the United States. IIIus.
Auburn. 1849. Derby. Miller & Co. 410 pp. (Originally pub-
lished under title of Fruit Culturist.)
. The same. Illustrated with 300 accurate figures. 4th ed.
1850. (c 1849.1 ziv+420pp. 7^x5.
. The same. 1851. (c. 1849.] xiv + 410 pp. 75ix5.
-. The same. Auburn and Buffalo. 1854. (o. 1849.1 Miller,
Orton & Mulligan, xiv + 421 pp. 7H^ 5.
', The same. New York. 1857. (c. 1849.] Miller, ChKm A
Co. xiv + 424 pp. 8x5.
-. The same. New York. 1858. (c. 1849.] C. M. Saxton.
xiv + 424 pp. 7 ^ X 5. Same, also, by Miller, Orton & Mulligan.
. The same. New York. 1863. (c. 1849.] C. M. Saxton.
-. The same. Illustrated^ with 480 accurate fi^r&<4. New
York. 1867. (c. 1867.] William Wood 4 Co. vi +511 pp.
8x5K.
-. The same. New edition. New York. 1871. W. Wood A
Co. 511 pp. 8HiQ.
-. The American Fruit Culturist; containing practical direc-
tions for the propagation and culture of all fruits adapted to the
United States. A thoroughly rcvi:^ edition (Sth), illustrated
with 508 accurate figures. Colored frontispiece. New York.
1875. (c. 1875.J William Wood A Co. vi + 576 pp. 9x6K.
-. The same. A thoroughly revised edition, illustrated with
519 accurate figures. New York. 1885. (c. 1875 and 1885.]
WUliam Wood 4 Co. vi + 593 pp. 7H x 5.
-. The same. 20th ed., reviited and enlarged by William H.
S. Wood. Illustrated with nearly 800 accurate figures. 1897.
(c. 1875, 1885, and 1897.] xv + 758 pp. 8M x 5^
-. The same. 21st ed., revised and enlarged by William H. S.
Wood. New York. 1903. [c. 1875. 1885, 1897. 1903.] William
Wood & Co. xvii + 823 pp. 9x6.
-. The same. 21st ed.. entirely rewritten and greatly en-
larged by William H. S. Wood. Illustrated with over 800
accurate figures. 1903. (o. 1903.] Orange Judd Company.
-. The Fruit Culturist; adapted to the climate of the northern
states; containing directions for raising young trees in the
nursery, and for the management of the orehard and fruit
garden. Illua. New York. 1846. M. H. Newman. 220 pp.
6Hx4H.
-. The same. 4th ed. 1847. (c 1846.] Mark H. Newman
4 Co. 216 pp.
Thomas, Mrs. Thsodorc. Our Mountain Garden. lUua. New
York. 1904. The Macmillan Company. 212 pp. 8 in.
Thompson. Fred. S. Rhubarb or Pie-Plant Culture. The best varie-
ties. Eiwential points in growing good rhubarb. How rhubarb
pays, oomparea with certain crops. The first and only edition
on this subject. Illua. Milwaukee, Wis. 1894. (c 1894.] J. N.
Yewdale & Sons Co. 76 pp. 7 H x 5.
THOMPflOK, W. W. A Plain and Simple TreaUse on Growing.
Gathering and General Management of the Le Conte and
Kieffer Pears, and other fruits of the South. Illus. Clarksville,
Tenn. 1889. (c. 1889.] W.P.Titus. 66pp. 5^x314.
Thorburn, GRAJtr. Forty Years' Residence in America; ory The
doctrine of a particular providence exemplified in the life of
Grant Thorbum . . . Written by himself. Boston. 1834.
Russell, Odiome & Metcalf. 264 pp. 7H in.
. The Gentlenum and Gardener's Kalendar, for the Middle
States of North America. 2d ed., corrected and improved.
New York. 1817. Printed by E. B. Gould. 117 pp. 7 in.
. The same. The Gentleman and Gardener's Kalendar;
containing ample directions for the cultivation of the kitchen
and flower ganlen, greenhouse, nursery, orchard, etc., for the
United States of America. 3a ed., corrected and improved.
Price, 50 cents. New York. 1821. {c. in the 36th jrear of the
independence of U. S. A.] B. Young. 132 pp. 7 x 4 ^7.
-. Lawrib Tood. Life and Writings of Grant Thorbum.
Prepared by himself. Portrait. 276 pp. 7 H in*
-. Life and Writings of. Prepared hy himself. Portrait.
New York. 1852. (c. 1851.] Edward Walker. 308 pp. 7x5.
ThorntoNj a. W. The Suburbanite's Dwarf Fruit Trees Garden
(prelimmary bulletin). Illus. Femdale, Wash. n. d. 8 pp.
9>ix6.
— — . The Suburbanite's Handbook of Dwarf Tree Culture, their
training and management, with a discussion on their adap-
tability to the requirements of the commercial orehardist both
in connection and in competition with standard trees. Illus.
Bellingham, Wash. 1909. Press of S. B. Irish & Co. 115 pp.
9Kin.
TiLUNOHAST. Isaac F. A Manual of Vegetable Plants; contain-
ing the experiences of the author in starting all those kinds of
vegetables which are most difficult for a novice to produce
from seeds, with the best methods known for combatmg and
repelling noxious insects, and preventing the diseases to which
nirden vegetables are subject. Faotoryvule, Pa. 1878. (c. 1877.]
Tillinghast Bros. 102 pp. 6 ^ x 4 H-
. The same. La Plume, Pa. 1881. I. F. Tillinghast. 101pp.
Ttlumohabt's Plant MANtTAL. A gmde to the successful propaga-
tion of cabbage and celery plants. Illus. La Plume, Pa. Janu-
ary, 1888. Published by the author. 32 pp. 9 x 6.
Todd. Ssreno Edwards. The Apple Culturist. A complete trea-
tise for the practical poroologist. To aid in propagating the
apple, and cultivating and managing orehards. Illustrated
with engravings of fruit, young and cmi trees, and mechanical
devices employed in connection with orehards and the manage-
DMnt of apples. New York. 1871. (c. 1871.] Harper & Bros.
334 pp. 7Hx5.
-. See Bridgeman. American Gardener's Assistant.
Tombs. Robert. The Champagne Country. New York. 1867.
(c. 1867.] George Routledge A Sons. 231 pp. 7H x 5.
ToTTT. Charles H. Chrysanthemums for the Million. A Record
of Notes on the Culture of the Chrsrsanthemum, ky growers
situated in every section of the United States, with an intro*
duction by the author, (c. 1911.] Charles H. Totty. Madison.
N.J. Paper. 55pp. 6|4x4h-
Tract, Will W. Tomato Culture. A practical treatise on the
tomato, its history, characteristics, planting, fertilisation,
cultivation in field, garden, and greenhouse, harvesting, pack-
ing, storing, marketing, insect enemies and diseases; with
methods of control and remedies, etc. Illus. New York. 1907.
Ic. 1907.] Orange Judd Company, s 4- 150 pp. 7^x5.
Trall, R. T. See Smith. John. Fruits and Farinacea.
A Treatise on the Cultivation or the Grape, in Vinetaros.
By a member of the Cincinnati Horticultural Society (Robert
Buchanan). Cincinnati. 1850. Wright, Ferris & Co., 48 pp. 9 s 5 V^.
Triceer. Wiluam. Making a Water Garden. Illus. New York.
1913. McBride, Nast &Vo. 51 pp. 7 in. (House and Garden
Making Series.)
. The Water Garden; embracing the construction of ponds,
adapting natural streams, planting, hybridising, seed-saving,
preparation, building an aquatic house, wintering, correct
designing and planting of banks and margins: together with
cultural directions for all ornamental aquatics. Profusely
illustrated with 9 plates, 18 full-page descriptive views, and
numerous other sketches in the text. New York. 1897. (c.
1897.] A. T. De La Mare Company, vi -H 120 pp. 10)^x8.
Tritscbler, Charles H., and Buchanan. W. D. A Practical
Treatise on How to Grow Flowers. Fruits, Vegetables, Shrubbery,
Evergreens, Shade Trees, Ornamental Trees. Plant pests,
diseases and remedies. Two portraits. Nashville. Tenn. 1910.
[c. 1910.] McQuiddy Printing Company. 167 pp. 7 ^ in.
Troop. James. Melon Culture ; a practical treatise on the principles
involved in the production of melons, both for home use ana for
market: including a chapter on foreing and one on insects and
diseaae^i and means of controlling the name. Illus. New York.
1911. (c 1911.] Orange Judd Company, xii -}- 105 pp. 7H in.
Trowbridge, F. The Cranberry Culturist : being a concise, practi*-
cal treatise on the cranberry, its history, culture, varieties, etc.
Also, with special reference to the Bell variety, and its culture
on marsh and upland soils. New Haven. 1869. From Press of
Hoggson A Robinson. 18 pp. S% x 5H-
Trowbridge. J. M. The Cider Makers' Hand Book. A complete
guide for making and keeping pure cider. Illus. New 'V ork.
1890. [c. 1890.] Orange Judd Company. 119 pp. 7^x5.
Trton. J. H. A Practical Treatise on Grape Culture; with instruc-
tions how to prune and train the vine on the horisontal-arm
system. Illus. Willoughby. Ohio. 1887. Paper. 22 pp.
. The same. Illus. 2d ed. Willoughby. Ohio. 1893.
Paper. 27 pp.
TiTBEROUs Beoonlas. Culture and management of a most prom-
ising race of plants new to American gardens. By numerous
practical growers, reproduced from The American Garden,
with the addition of much new matter. Dlus. New York. 1891.
[0.1891.] The Rural Publishing Company. 20 pp. 7Hx5. (The
Kural Library. Vol. I, No. 1. February 19.)
Tttrner. Mrs. Cordeua Harris. Cyclopedia of Practical Flori-
culture. New York. 1884. T. MacCoun. xv+424pp. 11 in.
(Same as her Floral Kingdom, which first appeared in 1877.)
. The F oral Kingdom, its History. Sentiment, and Poetry.
A dictionary of more than three himdred plants, with the genera
and families to which they belong, and the language of each
illustrated with appropriate gems of poetry. With an autograph
letter and introductory poem by William Cullen Bryant. And
a practical treatise for amateurs on the cultivation and analysis
of plants. Chicago. 1877. M.Warren, xv + 424 pp. 11 in.
. The same. Chicago. 1891. Standard-Columbian Com-
pany. Boston. J. 9. Adams & Co. xv + 410, 463-476 pp.
(Diners from above in addition of plates.)
Tttrner, Wiluam. Fruits and Vegetables under Glass; apples,
apricots, cherries, figs, grapes, melons, peaches and nectarines,
pears, pineapples, plums, strawberries; asparagus, beans, beets,
carrots, chicory, cauliflowers, cucumbers, lettuce, mushrooms,
radishes. rhubari>. sea kale, tomatoes. Illus. New York. 1912.
A. T. De La Mare Company. Ltd. 255 pp. 10 M in.
TwiGHT. Edmttnd H. See Viala. P. American Vines.
Underwood. J. P. Onion Culture . . . treated in a scientific
manner by a practical onion expert of over twenty years' experi-
ence. Andover. Ohio. 1900. Citixen Press. 49 pp.
Underwood. L. Garden. Dairy and Country Home Guide. New
York. 1908. (c 1908.] Frederick A. Stokes A Co.
Underwood. Lorino. The Garden and Its Accessories. With
explanatory illustrations from photographs by the author and
others. Boston. 1907. Ic. 1906.] Little. Brown A Co. xiv +
215pp. 7Hx5H.
1550
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Urbaj«, Abkaji IdmrooD. The Voice of the Garden; with deoora-
tiona by Grace Ullian. Urban. Author's editioo. Philadelphia.
1912. T. Meehan & Bona. 93 pp. 9 in.
My Garden of Dreams; with decoraticma by Grace Lillian
Urban. Author's edition. Philadelphia. 1913. T. Meehan A
Sons. 148 pp. 9 in.
Utteb, Drlbcbt. Making Special Crops Pay. lUus. Springfield,
Mass. 1913. The Phelps Publishing Company. 00 pp. 7^ in.
(The Practical Farm Library.)
Van Bochovb G., and Bbo. Kalamaxoo Celery: its cultivation and
secret of sucoe»i. Kalamaxoo, Mich. 1886. Kalamaaoo Pub-
lishing Company, Printeni and Engravers. 30 pp. 7 in.
. The same. Kalamazoo. 1896. (c 1886.1 C. H. Barnes A
Co., Printers and Engravers. 32 pp. 6^x4%,
Van Buhen, J. The Scuppemong Grape, its history and mode of
cultivation, with a short treatise on the manufacture of wine
from it. Illus. Memphis, Tenn. 1868. Printed at the South-
western Publishing Hou>«. 62 pp. -6}^ in. (Pp. 54-62, adv.)
. See White, William N. Gardening for the South.
Van Camp, Will A. Tomato Cultivation; a practical treatise on
the growing and cultivation of the tomato. Illus. Indianapolia,
Ind. [c. 1913.] United Printing Service Co. 36 pp. 6Hin<
Van Ornam. F. B. Pototoes for Profit. 3d ed. With 27 illustra-
Uons. Philadelphia. 1896. (c. 1895.] W. Atlee Burpee & Co.
84 pp. 7Hx6.
Van Renbaelaek, Mm. Schutlbh. Art Out-of-doors. Hints on
good taste in gardening. New York. 1863. (c. 1893.] Charles
Scribner's Sons. 399 pp. 7x5.
Van Vklxer, A. C. Fig Culture; being a statentent of the history,
vaiieties and botany of the fig, in Asia, Africa and America,
and a special treatise on itspropagation, cultivation and curing
in North America. Illus. Houston, Texas. 1909. J. V. Dealy
Company. 218 pp. 7 in.
Vaughan's Celest Manual. Illus. Chicago. 1889. (c 1889.]
Vaughan's Seed Store. 39 pp. 7 H x 5 >i.
Vadx, Calvert, and Pabsonb, Samitbl, Jr. Concerning Lawn
Planting. New York. 1881. Orange Judd Company. 36 pp.
9 in.
Vbr Beck, Mra. Hanna Rion. See Rion, Hanna.
Vbrplanck, Virginia E. A Year in My Garden; a manual on the
culture of flowers, vegetables and fruits. lUus. New York. 1909.
Williams Printing Company. 80 pp. 8 >i in.
, The same. Fishkill. N. Y. 1909. (c 1909.] Mrs. Virginia
E. Verplanck.
-. Every Day in My Garden ; a practical guide for the culti-
vation of flowers, fruits and vegetables. Illus. New York.
|c. 1913.] William R. Jenkins Company, xxiv -|- 174 pp. 9^
in.
Verrill, a. Htatt. Harper's Book for Young Gardeners; how to
make the best use of a little land. With many illustrations.
New York and London. 1914. Harper & Brothers, xix -{- 389
pp. 8 in. (Harper's Practical Books.)
ViALA. P., and Ravax, L. American Vines (resistant stock); their
adaptation, culture, grafting and propafpition. Complete
translation of the 2d ed., by Raymond Dubois and £klmunid H.
Twight. Illus. San Francisco, Calif. 1903. Press of Freygang-
Leary Company. 299 pp. 9 in.
Vice, James. Vick's Flower and Vegetable Garden. Illus. Roch-
ester, N. Y. n. d. Published by James Vick. 106 pp. 9Hx6^
Wait, Frona Eunice. Wines and Vines of California. A treatise
on the ethics of wine drinking. Illus. San Franci»co. 1889.
[c. 1889.] The Bancroft Company. Paper. 215 pp. 9x6.
Waloin, Walter. Truck Farming in the Everglades. Illus.
Chicago, [c 1910.] 139pp. 8Min.
. The same, Miami, Fla. 1910. Ic 1910.] W. Waldin.
. The same. Chicago, (c 1912.] Printed by E. F. Harman
A Co. 141 pp.
Walker. Ernest. See Bailey. Garden-Making.
Wanniece, Friedrich. See H. M. Stringfellow. The New Hor-
ticulture.
Ward, Charles Wilus. The American Carnation: How to
grow it. Illus. New York. 1903. (< . 1902.) A. T. De La Mare
Printing and Publishing Company. 296 pp. 10 H x 8.
Warder, John A. American PomoloKy. Apples. Illus. New
York. (c. 1867.] Orange Judd Company, vii + 744 pp.
7Hx5H.
■ Hedges and Evergreens. A complete manual for the
cultivation, pruning and management of all plants suitable for
American hedging; especially the maclura or Osage orange.
Fully illustrated with engravings of plants, implements, and
processes. To which is added a treatise on everirreens; their
different varieties; their propagation, tran.splantinK. and cul-
ture in the United States. New York. 1858. (c. 185K.] A. O.
Moore, vii + 291 pp. 7 H x 5.
Vineyard Culture Improved and Cheapened. By A.
Du Breuil. Translated by E. and C. Parker, of Ix)ngworth'8
Wine House. With Notes and Adaptations to American Cul-
ture by John A. Warder. Illus. Cincinnati. 1867. jc. 1867.J
Robert Clarke A Co. 337 pp. 8x5.
Waring, Wu. G. The Fruit Growers' Handbook. Illus. Boals-
burg, Pa. 1851.
Warner, Anna. Gardening by Myself. New York. (o. 1872.]
Anaon D. F. Randolph A Co. Paper. 223 pp. 7x5.
. Miss Tiller's Vegetable Garden and the Money She Made
by It. New York. n. d. [c 1875.] Anson D. F. Randolph A
Co, 140 pp. 6^x4H.
Warner. C. D. My Sununer in a Garden. New York. n. d.
Houghton, Mifflin A Co.
Washburn A Co's Amateur Cultivator's Guide to the Flower and
Kitchen Garden; containing a descriptive list <^ two thousand
varieties of flower and vegetable seeds; idao^ list of French
hybrid gladiolus, raised and imported by Washburn A Co.
Boston. 1868. 148 pp. 9>ix6H*
Watbon, Alexander. The American Home Garden; being prin-
ciples and rules for the culture of vegetables, fruits, flowers, and
shrubbery; to which are added brief notes on farm crops, with
a table of their average product and chemioEd constituents.
lUus. New York. 1859. (c. 1859.] Harper A Bros, ix + 531
pp. 8x5H.
Watts. Ralph L. Market Garden Guide; containing reminders
and timely hints for every month. Practical suggestions for
growing and marketing the principal vegetable crops. With
i^mpses into some important trucking regions and successful
market gardens. Compiled from letters and notes. Illua.
Louisville, Ky. [c. 1912.] The Weekly Market Growera Journal
123 pp. 9 in.
, Vegetable Gardening. Illus. New York. 1912. Orange
Judd Company, xiii -h 511 pp. 8 in.
Wadoh, F. a. The American Apple Orchard. A sketch of the
practise of apple growing in North America at the beginning of
the twentieth century. Fully illustrated. New York. 1908.
[o. 1908.] Orange Judd Company, x + 215 pp. 7 H x 5.
, The American Peach Orchard. A sketch of the practice of
peach growing in North America at the beginning oi the twen-
tieth centurv. Fully illustrated. New York. 1913. [o. 1913.)
Orange Judd Company. 238 pp. 7 H x 5.
. Beginners* Guide to Fruit Growing; a simple statement
of the elementary practices of propagation, planting, culture,
fertilisation, pruning, spraying, etc. Illus. New York. 1912.
(c. 1912.] Orange Judd Company, xi + 120 pp. 7K in.
'. Dwarf Fruit Trees: Their propagation, pruning, and
feneral management; adapted to the United States and Omada.
Ilus. New York. 1906. (c. 1906.] Orange Judd Company,
xii +125 pp. 7Hx5.
'. Fruit-Harvesting; storing: marketing. A practical guide
to the picking, sorting, packing, storing, shipping, and market-
ing of fruitTlllus. New York. 1901^c. 1901.] viii 4- 224 pp.
7Hx6.
. House Plants; and how to now them. Rutland, Vt.
n. d. [c. 1896. ] A. W. Perkins & Co. 21pp. 5>ix3>i.
-. The Landscape Beautiful; a study of the utility of the
natural landscape, its relation to human life and happiness, with
the application of these principles in landscape gsxdening, and
in art in general. Illustrated by Members of the Postal Photo-
graphic Club. New York. 1910. |c. 1910.] Orange Judd Com-
pany. 336 pp. 8^x6.
-. Landscape Gardening. Treatise on the general principles
governing out-door art; with sundry suggestions for their appli-
cation in the common problems of gardening. Illus. New York.
1899. [c 1899.1 Orange Judd Ompany. viii + 152 pp. 7^x5.
. The same. 1912. |c. 1912.]
-. Packing and Marketing Fruits; how fruits should be
handled to carry to market in best condition and present most
attractive appearance. Illus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1905. The Fruit-
Grower Company. 62 pp. 5H in. ("Brother Jonathan" Series,
No. 5.)
-. Plums and Plum Culture. Monograph of the plums cul-
tivated and indigenous in North America; with a complete
account of their propagation, cultivation and utilisation. Illus.
New York. 1901. (c, 1901.) Orange Judd Company, xix + 371
pp. 7 ?^^ X 5.
-. Rural Improvement. The Principles of CMvic Art Applied
to Rural Conditions, Including Village Improvement and the
Betterment of the Open Country. Illus. New York. 1914.
Orange Judd Company. 320 pp. 5x7.
-. Success with Stone Fruits, including chapters on thfc plant-
ing and cultivation of cherries, peaches, plums, apricot?, etc.,
with description of some of the best-known varieties. Illus. St.
Joseph. Mo. 1905, Fruit-G rower C>>mpany. 68 pp. 5% in.
("Brother Jonathan" Series. No. 10.)
. Systematic Pomology. Treat ii^ of the description,
nomenclature, and classibcation of fruits. Illus. New York.
1903. Ic. 1903.1 Orange Judd Company, x + 288 pp. 7^x5.
-. See Bailey. Garden-Making. Also Kemp, Edward.
Landscape Gardening.
Webb, James. Cape Cod Oanberries. Illus. New York. 1886.
(c. 1880.] Orange Judd Company. Paper. 41pp. 71^x5.
WEEn, Clarence Moores. The Flower Beautiful. Illus. Boston
and New York. 1903. [c. 1903.] Houghton, Mifflin A Co.
X -I- 137 pp. 9 4x6.
. Spraying Crops; why, when, and how. lUus. New York.
1892. The Rural Publishing Company. 110 pp.
. The same. 2d (revised) ed. New York. 1894. [c 1891.]
Special edition of the Field Force Pump Company, Lockport.
130 pp. 6x4>^.
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1561
■ The same. 4tb ed., revised, rewritten, and greatly enlarged.
1903. Orange Judd Company.
, and Emerson, Pmup. The School Garden Book. Illiu.
New York. 1909. Charles Scribner't Sons, ix + 320 pp. 7H in.
Wbbd, Howabd Evabtb. Spraying for Profit; a practical hand-
book of the best methods for suppressing the more common
injurious insects and fimgous disPiftHes. lUus. Griffin, Ga.
1899. (c. 1899.1 The Horticultural Publishing Company. 72
pp. 6x4H-
. The same. "Sprayology" amplified. Revised and rewrit-
ten. Illus. Rogers Park. Cbjcago. 1906. le. 1899, 1906.] The
Horticultural Publishing Company. 61 pp.
WsiDBXMANN, J. Beaiitifving Country Homes. A handbook of
landscape gardening. Illustrated by plans of places already
improved. New York. 1870. Orange Judd A Co. 40 pp. 13 ^ in.
Wellcome, Mrs. M. D. An Essa^ on Roses; historically and de-
scriptively considered. Classification of roses; what roses to
plant; mode of culture; list of best hybrids; list of best evei^
blooming. Illus. Yarmouth, Maine, n. d. |c. 1881.] J. C.
WeUoome. 24 pp. 7x6.
. Talks about Flowers, lUus. Yarmouth, Maine. Prefaoe.
1881. [0.1881.] J. C. Wellcome. 161pp. 8x6^.
Welunoton, R. See Hedriok, U. P. The Grapes of New York.
Wharton. Edith. Italian Villas and Their Gardens. Illustrated
with pictures ter Maxfield Parrislh and by photographs. New
York. 1904. Century Company.
Whipple, Orville B. See Paddock, WenddL FnntpGrowing in
Arid Regions.
Whitb. Joseph J. Cranberry Culture. lUus. New York. n. d.
[c 1870.] Orange Judd Company. 126 pp. 7H x d> *
. The same. New and enlarged edition. New York. 1885.
(o. 1885.] Orange Judd Company. 131 pp. 7 H x fi*
WmTB, WiLUAM N. Gardening for the South; or, the kitchen and
fruit garden; with best methods for their cultivations, together
with mnts upon landscape and flower-gardening. Containing
modes of culture and descriptions of the specios and varieties
of the culinary vegetables, fruit trees and fruits, and a select
list of ornamental trees and plants found b^ trial adapted to
the states of the Union south of Peniuylvama; with gardening
calendars for the same. Illus. New York. 1856. [c. 1856J
C. M. Saxton & Co. Athens, Ga. Wm. N. White, vi + 402
pp. 7Hx6M.
■ The same. New York. 1869. A. O. Moore A Co.
. Gardening for the South; or, how to grow vecetables and
fruits. With additions by Mr. J. Van Buren ana Dr. James
Camak. Illus. New York. n. d. [c. 1868.] Orange Judd
Company. 444 pp. 7H x 5. (Second edition of above.)
. The same. 3d ed.. revised and enlarged. By P. H. Mell.
With many illustrations. Richmond, Va. 1901. [c. 1901.)
B. F. Johnson Publishing Company. 683 pp. SH^OH-
Wbitner, J. N. Gardening in Florida. A treatise on the vegetables
and tropical products of Florida. Illus. Jacksonville, Fla.
1885. [n. c] C. W. DaCosU. xv + 246 pp. 7H x 5)i.
, A Manual of Gardening in Florida. Femandina, Fla. 1881.
fc 1881.] Published by the Florida Mirror. 73 pp. 6H x4H'
WHiTTBN, J. C. Apple Culture, with a Chapter on Pears; sugges-
tions for the planting and care of apple and pear orchards.
Illus. St. Joseph. \lo. 1906. The Fruit-Grower Company.
88 pp. 6 in. ('brother Jonathan" Series, No. 9.)
. Hints on Pruning: some siig^tions which will be found
helpful in shaping and training fruit trees and plants and orna-
mental shrubs. Illus. St. Joseph, Mo. 1906. Fruit-Grower
Company. 73 pp. 5^iin. ("Brother Jonathan" Series, No 8.)
. How to Grow Strawberries; a booklet designed to help
. The same. 2d ed., revised and extended. 1910. 367 pp.
9Hin.
-. The same. 3d ed., revised and extended. 1913. 326 pp.
those interested in the culture of thin meet excellent fruit. Illus.
St. Joseph, Mo. 1905. The Fruit-Grower Company. 61 pp.
5|i in. ("Brother Jonathan" Series, No. 3.)
WicKBON, EowARn J. California Illustrated, No. 1. The Vaca-
ville early fruit dbtrict of California. 2d ed. Colored plates.
San BVanci-ico. 1888. |c. 1888.] California View Publisl]dng
Company, viii 4- 149 4- viii pp. 10>i x 7.
. The California Fruits, and How to Grow Them. A manual
of methods which have yielded ^eatest success; with lists of
varieties best adapted to the dmerent districts of the state.
1st ed. Illus. San Frandsoo. 1889. [c. 1889.] Dewey A Co.
vi -I- 575 pp. 9x6.
-. The same. 2d ed., revised and enlarged. 1891. (c. 1889.]
viii + 599 pp. 9x6.
-. The same. 3d ed.. largely rewritten. 1900. [c. 1899.]
Pacific Rural Press, viii + 477 pp. 9 x 6.
-. The same. 4th ed., revised and extended. 1909. [c. 1906.]
433 pp. 10^ in.
-. The same. 5th ed.. revised and extended. 1910. 604 pp.
9Min.
. The same. 6th ed., fully revised. 1912. [c. 1912.] 602 pp.
. The same. 7th ed., fully revised. 1914. [c 1914.] 513 pp.
-. The California Vegetables in Garden and Field. A manual
WiORT, J. B. Pecans: the what, when, how of growing them. lUua.
Cairo, Ga. 1906. 15 pp. 9 in.
Wilcox, John. Peach Culture. A complete treatise for the use of
peach growers; comprising the experiences of many of the
largest growers in the country, describing the best mode of
cultivation and how to ward off and cure the "yvllows" and
other diseases peculiar to the peach. Bridgeton, N. J. n. d.
[n. c] 86 pp. 7 X 5.
WiLn, Hbnrt. The Making of a Countrv Estate; practical sug-
gestions and professional advice for planning and planting of
the gardens and development of the landsci^M features for
country homes and estates. lUus. New York. [o. 1913.]
American Bank Note Company. 31 pp. liyiixL.
WiLnER, GcRKrr Parmile. Fruits of the Hawaiian Islands.
(Revised edition, including Vol, 1, 1906.) Illustrated by 121
half-tone plates with descriptions of same. Honolulu, T. H.
1911. [c 1906, 1911.] Published by the Hawaiian Gasette
Company, Ltd. 247 pp. 7 x lOH*
Wilder, Marshall Pincknbt. The Horticulture of Boston and
Vicinity. Substantially the same as the chapter prepared for
theBostonMemoria^Series, Vol. IV. Boston. 1881. Privately
printed. Tolman & White, Printers. 85 pp. 9x6.
Wilkinson, Albert E. Modem Strawbeny Growing. Ulus. Gar-
den CS^, N. Y. 1913. [c. 1913.] Doubleday, Page & Co. 210
pp. 7Mx5.
Willard, Eleanor Withet. The Children's Garden. With
illustraticms from phot<^«phs by Fedora E. D. Brown. Grand
Rapids, Mioh. 1904. llie Michigan Trust Company. 39 pp.
9^in.
Willi AMU. Dora. Gardens and Their Meaning. Illus. Boston,
New York, (c 1911.] Ginn A Co. ix -h 235 pp. 8>i in.
Williams, £. Address on Pruning and Training the Vine. An
illustrated paper read before the American Horticultural
Society, at New Orieans, January 16, 1885, and published in
full in the transactions of the Society for 1885. Indianapolis.
1885. Carlon A Hollenbeck, Printers. 13 pp. 9x6.
Williams. Henrt T. Window Gardening. Devoted specially to
the culture of flowers and ornamental plants, for mdoor use
and parior decoration. Illus. New York. 1872. [c 1871.]
Henry T. WiUiams. 302 pp. 8H x 6.
. The same. 4th ed. 1873. [c 1871.] 302 pp. SHx6.
.The same. 6th ed. 1873. jc. 1871.J 302 pp. 8Hx6.
.The same. 11th ed. 1875. (c. 1871.] 302 pp. SHxS,
.The same. 12th ed. 1876. [c. 1871. J 302 pp. 8^x6.
.The same. 13th ed. 1877. (c. 1871. J 302 pp. 8Hx6.
. The same. 14th ed. 1884. [c. 1871.] 302 pp. 8Hx6,
Wilson, William. Economy of the Kitchen Garden, etc. New
York. 1828.
Winkler, Herbert G. Vegetable Forcing; Parts I, II, and III.
Columbus, Ohio. 1896. [o. 1896.] The Winkler Book Concern.
157 pp. 75ix5H.
Winter. T. A Guide to Floriculture; containing instructions to
the young florist, for the management of the most popular
flowers oithe day. Illustrated with colored plates. CincinnatL
1847. (c. 1846. J Derby, Bradley* Co. iv -|-226pp. 6^x4H.
Winter GARnsNiNO in a Bat Window. By an amateur. East
Saginaw, Mich. 1879. L. S. Laing, Printer. 33 pp. 8Hin.
WriTER, GBOROBTrA. See Erwin, A. T. The Bush Fruits.
Wood, William H. S. See Thomas, John J. The American Fruit
Culturist. 1897.
Woods, David R. Successful Floriculture. lUus. New Brighton,
Pa. 1881. Published by the author. 108 pp. 9 in.
Woodward. Geo. E. and F. W. Woodward's Gru>eries and Horti-
cultural Buildings. Illus. New York. [c. 1865.] Geo. E. Wood-
ward & Co.; Orange Judd Company. 139 pp.
. The same. New York. 1865. G. E. & F. W. Woodward.
of practice, with and without irrigation, for semi-tropical
countries. Illus. San Francisco. 1897. [c. 1897.] Pacific
Rural Press, viii + 336 pp. 9 x 6.
7^ in.
Woodward, R. T. Woodward's Book on Horticulture. The rais-
ing of large and small fruits. The diseases of the same, and the
making and care of lawns. Boston, n. d. [c. 1897.) 74 pp.
7Hx5H.
Woodward's Record of HoRncuLTCRE. See Fuller, Andrew S.
Woolbon, G. a. Ferns and How to Grow Them. Illus. New
York. 1905. (c. 1905. J Doubleday. Page A Co. 156 pp. 7 Mx5 3^
Woolverton, Linus. The Canadian Apple Grower's Guide.
Part I. A complete guide to the planting, culture, harvesting
and marketing of apples. Part II. Apples of Canada carefully
described and illustrated from specimens of the varieties grown
in the Dominion. Part III. Varieties of apples recommended
for planting in the various apple districts of the Dominion.
Illus. Toronto. 1910. (c. 1910.] William Briggs. 264 pp.
9Hx7.
Worthinoton, jAMi» T. Manual of Fig Culture in the Northern
and Middle States. Chillicothe. Ohio. 1869. (c. 1869.] Scioto
Gaiette Office. 10 pp. THxbYi,
WoRTHiNGTON. WiLUAM. Se« Lowthcr. Granville.
1552
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
WnOBT. Mm. Mabbl Otoooo. The Gftrdeo of a Commuter's
Wife, reeorded by the cmrdener; with eight Illustrations in
pbotofravure. New York. 1001. The Macmillan Company,
b +354 pp. 8 in.
. The Garden, You, and I, by Barbara (pae%td,), Illua. New
York. 1006. The Macmiilan Company, xou + 397 pp. 8 in.
WaioNT, Waltkb p. The New Oardeninc; a guide to the most
reoent developments in the culture of flowers, fruits, and vege-
tables. lUus. New York. 1913. Doubleday, Page & Co. 400
pp. H in.
YATva. Lr(-r H. The Gardener and the Cook. Ilhia. New York.
1913. McBride. Nast 4c Co. 200 pp. 7Hx5>i
Ybas Book, Thb, of the Farm and Garden. A reliable fuide to
all important rural occupations, embracing concise directions
for the improvement of the soil by draining, subsoil plowinfL
and trenching: implements of culture — their history, cost, and
relative value; rural architecture, with directions for the embel-
lishment of the mansion by ornamental gardenin|(; laying out
and cropping the esculent garden, fruit culture, with directions
for plantmg; lints of fruits, se<>ds, plants; insects injurious to
farm and nrden; bee culture, and other valuable miscellaneous
matters. With new and beautiful illustrations. Philadelphia.
ISeO. (o. 1860.[ A. M. Bpangler. 108 pp. 7>^x4.
YouNO. Ermentine. Canning and Pieyiving Fruits and Vege-
tables, and preparing fruit pastes and syrups. New York.
1892. jc. 1892.1 The Rural Publishing Company. 31pp. 7Hx5.
(The Rural Library. Vo. I, No. 8, June.)
Yoimo Men's Christian Association. Portlano. Ork. Apple
Growing in the Pacific Northwest, a condensation of lectures,
experiments and discussions conducted by the educational
department of the Portland, Oregon. Young Men's Christian
Association. Illua. Portland. Ore. 1911. The Portland, Oregon,
Young Men's Christian Association. 216 pp. 9}^ in.
Ztolanek, Art. C. Culture and History of Winter Flowering
Sweet Peas. Illus. Bound Brook, N. J. n. d. Printed by
A. T. De La Mare Printing and Publishing Company. Paoer.
66pp. 7Hx5H
Sybject index to the foregoing Zi«te.
To aid the consultant to find the books on special
subjects in the preceding bibliography, the following
classified List is appended. It is impossible so to classify
the titles as to organize them into definite and distinct
groups, but the index may nevertheless afford the
reader some relief. Many of the books cover a great
variety of subjects; these are mostly placed under
* 'General gardening and horticulture." Many of the
titles are of such a nature that they cannot be entered
in the index, as here constituted. The index designates
only the books wholly or chiefly devoted to the given
subject, and does not refer to chapters or parts in the
miscellaneous or general books.
Erenreeos and hedges. — Butterfield; Harrison; Hoopes; Main;
Powell, E. P.; Warder.
Flowers and flower-gardening. — Adams; Allen. J. F.; Arnold;
Barnard: Bennett; Blanchim; Bourne; Breck; Bridgeman; Buist;
Casey; Clark; Cobbett; Complete Florist: Crawford; Darling-
ton; Darrow; Dearborn; Doyle; Eloy; Elliott. W. R.: Ely;
Flower Garden; Frothingham; Green, R.; Halliday; Halaham;
Harrison: Hassard; Hatfield; Henderson; Hibbert; Hooper, L.;
How to Grow Asters; How to Make a Flower Garden; Hunl;
Jenkins, E. N.; Johnson, L.; Johnson, 8. O.; Keeler; Kirby;
Ix>ng; Long Bros.; Loudon; McGregor; Maeterlinck; Mathews;
Morton* Newman, J. B.; Page: Peacock: Practical Florist;
Rand, E. S.; Rexford; Rion, H.; Rion. M. C; Ruston; Sayera;
Saylor; Scott, W.; Shelton; Smiley; Smith, E. E.; Solly; Tabor;
Tuberous E^gonias; Turner, C. H.; Vick; Washburn & Co.;
Weed, C. M.; Wellcome; Winter; Woods.
Bulbs, special books: Allen, C. L.; Dreer; Fuld; Henderson; Rand.
E. 8.; Rexford; Tabor.
Carnation, special books: Lambom; Ward.
Chrrsanthemum, special books: Barker; Herrington; Mathews;
Morton: Powell, I. L.; Smith, E, D.
Lily, special books: Adams; Boardman; Childa.
Orchids, special books: Boardman; Burbeny; Hansen; Miner;
Rand, E. S.
Rose, special books: American Rose Culturist; Buist; Drennan;
EUwanger, H. B.; Good; Hatton; Hole: Holmes, E.; Jenkins,
T. B.; Parkman; Parsons, 8. B.; Prince, W. R.; Roses and How
to Grow Them; Saylor; Shaw, H.; Thomas, G. C; Wellcome.
Sweet pea, special books: Dick; Hutchina; Kerr; Simset Seed and
Plant Company; Zvolanek.
Violet, special books: Galloway; Saltford.
Fruits and fruit-growing. — Alwood; Aspinwall. J.: Bailey; Baker, C.
R.J Barry; Bates; Bealby: Bell; Biggie; Brehaut; Bridgeman;
Bnnckle; Budd; Cellon; Chase; Cobbett; Cole; CoUin^wood;
Complete Kitchen and Fruit Gardener: Coxe; Creighton;
Culver* Downing, A. J.; Downing, C; Dwyer: I>ygert: Elliott,
F. R.; Elliott, W. R,; Favor; Fletcher, 8. W.; Formrth; Galusha;
Gilbert; Ooff; Goodrich; Gray; Green, C. A.; Green, S. B.;
Greening; Gregg; Ourney; Haines; Hanawi, S. C.:
Hedrick; HenSick; Herrick; Hooper. £. J.; Honr
Jaquea; Kenrick: Kiely; Kitchen and Fruit Gardeocr; JCdow-Hsa,
D. H.: Lacy; Laraen; Lawaon; Lelong; Leo|>oki; f iiwftj:
McNeil; Manning, R.; Maynard; Merchant: Moorv, S. w.;
Morris; Moulsoc: Narrinn; Pabor; Paddock; Parker^ Pbi^Hs;
Phillipa; Poole; Powell, E. C; Powell, E- P.; Prince, 1*^. R_;
Rivers; Rockwell: Sayers; Sears; Smith^J.; Stark: dtrcilnkaa:
8trinj|feUow; Strong; Teague: Thacher; Thomaa. J. J.; Tbora-
too; Turner. W.; Warder; Waring: Waugh; WiekK»; IWUder.
G. P.; Young.
Apples, special books: Bailey: Beach; BueU; Burritt; CKpe; FEta;
Green, C. A.: Lawrence; Powell, G. T.; Todd; Waoch; 'WTi:"
Woolvertoa; Young Men's Christian Association.
Dats, special book: Popenoe.
Ptg, special books: ESsen; Roeding; Van Velser; Wortldnc^aii.
Grape, special books: Adlum; Allen, J. F.; Andrae; Bailey;
Becker; Bemeaud; Bright; Buchanan; Busby; Buah; Cbap-
man; Chasotte; Chorltoa; De Caradeuc; De Courtenay; I>e»-
niston; Du Breuil; Dufour; Ealdn: Eliaen; EUneraoti. £. R.
Engelmann; Fisher; Flagg; Fuller; Grant; Green, C. A.; Hanun
Harassthy; Haskell: Hedriek; Hevne; Hoare; Hofer; Hoops;
Husmann; Hyatt; Kecht; Keech; Knowlton, J. M.; Loonrorth
Loubat: McCoUom; McMullen; McMurtne; Meadi Sfillmrd
Mitzky: Mohr; Muench; Munson; My Vineyard at
Nessler; Osbom; Persot; Phelps; Phin; Preyer; Prince, "W. R.
Rafinesque; Reemelin; Aiehl; Rixford; Rubens: Sairrwirrs
Sayers; Spooner; Strong; Tomes; Treatise on Cul^vatioa d
Grapes; Tryon; Van Buren; Mala; Wait; Warder; WiHimim. £.;
Woodward, G. E.
Rots, special books: Allen, W. F.; Dygert; Fuller; Hume;
iStrry, J. R.; Price, E. M.; Risien; Roper; Stewart, H. L*.;
OUts, special books: Bleasdale; Calkins; Chasotte; Cooper; Fl*-
mant; King; Lelong; Marvin; Pohndorff.
Ormaces, lemons, and other citrous fruits, special books: Canada;
Davis, G. W.; Fish; Fowler, J. H.; Gallesio; GaroekHL;
Garfv; Hume; Lelong; Manville; Moore, T. W.; Prance;
Spalding.
Peachy special books: Black; Fits; Fletcher, R. R.; Fulton; Harker;
Remert; Rutter; Waugh; Wilcox.
Psar. special books: Berckmans; Black; Field, T. W.; Green« C. A.;
Illustrated Pear Culturist; A New Treatise .... the
tree; Parry, W,; Quinn; Thompson, W. W,
Plom and pnuie» special bot^: Oarice; Cope; Hedrick; Tielfg;
Waugh.
Quince, q>ecial book: Meech.
Small-fraits, special boc^: Abbott; Aspinwall, B.: Barnard;
Bassett; Beede; Bi^e; Blacknall; Boulton; Card: Cary: Clem-
mens; Crawford; Durand; Eastwood; Erwin; Farmer; Fra-
garia; Fuller; GaJusha; Gillet; Green, C. A.; Grosvenor* Hall,
D. M.; Hills: How to Grow Strawberries and other Fruits;
Knapp; The Lawton or New Rochelle Blackberry; M*Kay;
Merrick; Pardee; Parry, W.: Preyer; Purdy; Richards; Roe;
Smith, M. O.; Snider; Starr; Strawberry Report: Teny; Trow-
bridge; Webb; White, J, J.; Whitten; Wilkinson.
Oeneral gardening and horticttlture. — ^Adams; Agricola; Albaugh;
Alboe; Angier; Bailey; Baker, T^ Barnard; Barnes; Bataon;
Beadle; Boecher; Biggie: Bray; Bridgeman; Brooks; Brown,
W. F.: Budd; Busch; Buschbauer; Church; Cleves; Clute
Cobl)ett : ColUngwood; Copeland; Crosier; Davis, L. D.; Duncan
EarIe:Edgeworth;Egan; Elder; Elliott, F. R.- Elliott, J. W.
Elwanger. G. H.; Ely: Fessenden; Field, F. Ej Piekl, H.; Fiske
Flint, E. D.; Flint, L. C; Fullerton; The Garden; Gardiner
Gipson; Goflf; Gnmdy; Hall, B.: Hall, G. P.: Hargrave; Harris
Harrison; Hawthorne; Hays; Hajrward; Heikes; Hemenway.
Henderson; Higgins; How to Grow Flowers, Fruit and Vegeta-
bles; Howard: Howe; Huber; Hunn; Jack; Jaooues; Johnson, C.
Jolmson, G. W.; Johnson, M. W.; Johnson & StcJbes; Kains
Kirkegaard; Landreth; Laroque; Lelievre; Lindlcy, J.; Living'
Oliver; Paine; Parsons, H. G.; Peek; Pierce: Powell, G. T.
Practical American Gardener; Prince, W.; Rand, A. C.; Rex-
ford; Rion, H.; Rockwell; Roe: Rogers, J. E.; Rowlra; Scbenck
Scott, T.; Sedgwick; Seldon; Sewell; Seymour; Shafer; Shaw
E. E.; Shay lor; Sheeban; Shields; Shmn; Simson; Sinclair
Skinner, C; Slonner, H^ Slade; Squibb; Stebbins: Stewart
Stewart, H.: Stewart, J. T.; Storke; Stringfellow; Tabor: Teat
Ten Acres Enough; Thaxter; Thomas, Mrs. T.; Thorbum
Tritschler; Underwood, L.; Urban; Utter; Verplanck; Warner
A.; Warner, C. D.; Watson; Weed, C. M.; White, W. N.;
Whitner; Wilder, M. P.; Willard; Williams, D.; Woodward.
R. T.; Woolson; Wright, M. O.; Wright, W. P.; Yates; Year
Book of Farm and Garden.
Greenhouses. — Bryant; Dean; Field, F. K: Fowler, A. B.; Hat*
field; Hercndeen; Leuchars; Rexford; Tart.
Landscape Gardening. — Agar; Allen, L. F.; Barron; Brown. G.
Cleavel and; Cleveland; Cunningham; Doogue; Downing, A. J.<
Elliott, F. R.; Ferree; FoUen; Greening; Hemenway; Hooper,
C. E.; Humphreys; Johnson, J. F.; Kellaway; Kemp) Kem,
G. M.: Kem, M. G.; Inland; Ix>Moyne; Long; Manning, W,
H.; Maynard; Meier; Meyer; Miller. C. H.; Murmann; Oakey
Parsons, 8.; Piatt; Powell. E. P.; Repton; Rogers, W. 8.
Root; Roee; Sawyer; Scott, F. J.* Slonner, H.; Smith. C.
Tabor; Underwood, Lorin^; Van Rensselaer; Vaux; Waugh
Weidenmann; Wharton; Wild.
H<^ "^ICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1553
'^ ?.v
1'." '-• .-.
r
fic.
CI
J'
MtMliroomi.--Falooner; QardineT; Hard; Jft^'^n; Jacob; Milliken;
Muahrooms for All; Palmer; Peek.
PUnt-breedinc.— Bailey; DeVries; Harwood-
Propacation. — Bailey; Puller; Howard; Jenkins, J.; Leiong.
Praninc, gnMngftad ■praying. — ^Bailey; Couta; Dea Cara; Del*
Una; LaraenjJLodeman; Northrop; nargent; Stedman; Weed, CS.
M.; Weed, H. E.; Wbitten.
Treea. — Davey; Dea Cars; DoUina; "Eg^mbon; Femow; Meehan;
Peets; Powell, E. C; Roe; Solotaroff.
Vegetables and ▼ecetsble-gardenlnc.—- Allen, C. L.: Bailey; Bate-
man: Bennett, Ida^ Bridgeman; Buiat: Burpee; Burr; Complete
Kitchen and Fruit Gardener; Cook; Ck>rbett; Darlington;
Da via, J. R.; Dreer; Every Man Hia Own Gardener; Feaaenden;
Fitch; French: Fullerton; Green. S. B.; Gregory; Grelner;
Halsted; Hogg; Holmes, F.; Kennerly; Kiely; Kitchen and Fruit
Gardener; Kruhm; Landreth; Lloyd; McNeil; Morse; Oemler;
Provancher; Quinn; Rawaon, N.j Rawaon, W. W.; Rockwell;
Rolfs.; 8evey; Skinner, H.; Stnngfellow; Thompson, F. S.;
Tillinghast; Turner, W.: Vick; Waldin; Warner. A.; Waah-
bum « Co.; Watts; Wickson; Wilson; Winkler; Young.
Asparagus, apeoial books: Herrmann; Hezamer.
Cabbage, special books: Allen, C. L.; Cook; Gregory; Landreth;
Lupton; Pedersen; Tillinghast 'a Plant Manual.
Cauliflower, special books: Allen, C. L.; Brill; Crozier; Gregory;
Lupton; Pedersen; Suffa.
Celeij, special books: Beattie; Crider; Greiner; HoUister; Landreth;
Livingston: Niven; Pratt; Rawaon, W. w.; Roessle: Schuur;
Stewart, H. L.; Tillinghaat'a Plant Manual; Van Bochove;
Vaughan's Celery Manual.
Cncnmber, special book: Collina.
Melons, special books: Blinn; Burpee; Troop.
Onion^ special books: Gregory; Greiner; Landreth; Onion Book;
Omons; Underwood, J. P.
Potato, special booka: Beat; Boaaon; Carman; Cultivation of the
Potato; Fiti: Fraaer; Grubb; McLaurin; Matchette; Price, EL
H.; Rogers, E. A.; Tenbrook; Teny; Van Omam.
Sqoaah, special book: Gregory.
Tomato, special books: Day; Livingston; Mitchell; Smith, F. F.;
Taylor, H.; Tracy; Van Camp.
Water-gardening. — Biasett; Conard; Tricker.
WindowHBardening. — ^Allen, Phoebe; Barnes; Casey; Domer; Hein-
rich; Hillhouse; Holmes, J. H.; Mulertt; Rand, E. S.; Randolph;
Rexford; Rockwell; Rose; Waugh; Williams, H. T.; Winter
Gardening in a Bay Window.
Reports of horticultural societies and organizations.
Although the present discussion aims only to supply
librarians and collectors with infonnation as to wnat
reports and series have been publishedj a brief sketch
of the beginnings of horticultural societies in North
America may supply a useful background or setting.
Although the year 1785 witnessed the establishment
of the Philadelphia Society for Promoting Agriculture
and the A^cultural Society of South Carolina, 1889 the
Nova Scotia Society, and 1792 the organization of the
Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture, it
was apparently not until 1818 that the first norticultural
organization came into existence; this was the New
York Horticultural Society, now extinct. The second,
organize in 1827, was the Pennsylvania Horticultural
Society, which is still in vigorous existence. The third,
according to Manning, was the Domestic Horticultural
Society, organized at Geneva, New York, in 1828, and
which was the forerunner of the Western New York Hor-
ticultural Society, the latter having continued for more
than fifty years. The next organization was apparently
the Albany Horticultural Society, established in 1829»
but which expired long ago. In 1829, also, the Massa-
chusetts Horticultural Society was organized, an associa-
tion which, in the character of the men who have been
members and in the large service it has rendered to the
advancement of rural taste, stands without a rival in
the country. The American Pomological Society was
organized in 1850 by a union of the North Ameri-
can Pomolo^cal Convention and the American Con-
press of Fruit-Growers, both of which were established
m 1848. The Congress of IVuit-Growers was a meeting
held in New York on the 10th of October, 1848, at the
call of the Massachusetts, Philadelphia, New Jersey
and New Haven Horticultural Societies and the Board
of Agriculture of the American Institute of the City of
New York. The Pomological Convention held its first
99
meeting on the 1st of September in Buffalo. The
American Pomological Society is undoubtedly the
strongest organization of nomologists in the world.
A. J. Downing wrote in 1852, that ^'within the last ten
years the taste for horticultural pursuits has astonish-
ingly increased in the United States. There are, at the
present moment, at least twelve societies in different
parts of the Union devoted to the improvement of gar-
dening, and to the dissemination of infonnation on the
subject." At the present time there are ovfer 500 such
societies, and the average attendance at the meetings
cannot be less, in the aggregate, than 20,000. From a
careful estimate made m 1891, it was concluded that
the aggregate attendance for that year at the national,
state, provincial and district societies ''probably
exceeded 5,000."
There are now more than a dozen national societies
devoted to horticulture or some branch of it. The most
g^tifying feature of this movement toward organiza-
tion, however, is the establishment of great numbers of
local societies, florists' clubs, and the like, which sus-
tain the interest in horticultural pursuits and foster
pride in the personal surroundings of the members. All
this great body of societies is proof enough that there is a
rapidly expanding and abidmg love of horticulture in
America, and that it must increase with the increasing
amelioration of the country.
There are few state or provincial departments of
horticulture, but most of the states and provinces have
bureaus of agriculture and these may publish horti-
cultural matter. In this discussion, however, only
those official establishments that are specially organized
for horticultural work are included.
REPORTS OF BOARDS AND SOCIETIES.
In the following paragraphs an effort is made to give
such information as a librarian needs in the collecting of
the published annual reports of existing national, state,
provincial and regional horticultural societies in the
Unit^ States and Canada, and of the reports of state and
provincial boards, commissions, or departments of horti-
culture. The publications of these various bodies follow
so many methods and there is often such lack of continuity
in them that it is difficult to follow them as a whole
and, particulariy, to know when sets and series are com-
plete. As an aid in determining some of these points,
corollaiy information of the societies and boards is given:
these pieces of information are intended only as secondary
aids to the librarian and not as descriptions or histories
of the organizations.
Amxricak Absooiation or Nubsbbtmiin. An annual report \m
published by the society. The first report was publianed in
1890 under the title. "Froceedin0i of the American Associa-
tion of Nxirserymen.'* The publication is oontinuotis under the
same title. Total number ot volumes, 24. There have been no
q)ecial reports. Orsaniied 1876. Address, 204 Granite Build-
ing. Rochester, N. Y.
AmmiCAN Association or Pabk StrpBRiNTCKDBNTB. This associa-
' tion has published ax reports for the years 1908^13 inclusive.
It has also issued eleven bulletins on special subjects relating
to roads, walks, planting of parks, and the like. Address,
United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Amxrican CARNATioir SociBTT. Annual reports are issued by the
society. The first report was published m 1891 under the title,
'^Annual Report of the American Carnation Society." The
publication still continues under this title. Total number of
volumes, 23. There have been no qieoial reports. Address*
Indiani4>oIis, Ind.
Amsbican Cbanbbbbt Obowbbs* Association. A semi-annual
report is issued by the societr. The first report was published
in 1879 under tne title, "New Jersey Cranberry Growers'
Association." The publication has been continuotis with one
exception. Report of January meeting is entitled. "Prooeedinn
of the Annual Meeting;" report of Augurt meeting, "Proceed-
ings of Atmual Convention." Total number of volumes, 70.
Address, Hammonton. N. J.
Ambrican Gbnbtic Association, formerly called the American
Breeders' Association. Annual reports were published for the
years 1905-12. under the title, ** Annual Report of the American
Breeders' Association." Total number of volumes 8. From
1910-13, the "American Breeders* Magasine" was published
auarterly. Beginning Januarsr. 1914, its name was changed to
tie "Journal of Heredity," which is published monthly, and the
reports of meetings are published herein. Address, Washington,
D. C.
1554
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Amekican Gladiolxtb Sociktt. This society issues a bulletin from
time to time. The first amiual report was published in Bulle-
tin No. 1. Ausust. 1910: the seoona in Bulleun No. 7. The pub-
lication is stm continued in the "Modem Gladiolus Grower."
Address 538 Cedar Su, Syracuse, N. Y.
American Fbokt Socibtt. This society issues no regiilar publi
tions. The Nomenclature Committee of the society, in codpera-
tion with a representative of the New Yoiic State College of
Agriculture, has prepared four bulletins which have been pub-
lished by Cornell University. The first appeared in 1907 under
the title "A Peony Checklist:" the second in 1908, as Bulletin
Na 259, "The Peony:" the third in 1910, as BuUetin No. 278.
"The Qaasification of the Peony;" the fourth in 1911. as Bulle-
tin No. 306, "The Classification of the Peony." The society
holds an annual meeting and exhibition in June. Address,
Clinton. N. Y.
Amkricait Pomolooical Socnrr. Biennial reports are published
by the society. The first report (for 1850) was published in 1851
imder the title. "Report of the American Pomological Congress."
and was published by the Ohio State Board of Agriculture.
The next report was issued in 1852 under the title. "Proceedings
of the Second Session of the American Pomological Congreen."
The publication has been continuous under the title "Proceed-
ings of the American Pomological Society," with the exception
of the years 1866 and 1893. when no reports were published.
Total number of volimies, 29. There has been one special report
entitled. "The Cherry, together with reports and papers on
pear, plum, peach, grape, and small fruit." A "Catalogue of
Fruits has also been published by this society. Organised in
1850 by the union of two other societies, both organised in
1848. Address. 2033 Park Road, Washington, D. C.
Amxiucan Rosb Socibtt. This society issues an annual bulletin
under the title, "Annual Proceedings and Bulletin," the first
bulletin being issued in 1905. From April, 1912, until Uie middle
of the srear 1913, it also issued a qniarterly journal entitled,
"The Roee Journal." Organised 1899. Addrees, Beacon, N. Y.
American Socibtt or Landscapb ARCBrrBcra. Has published one
report of the transactions for the years 1899-1908 inclusive.
The official organ oi the society is a quarterly journal entitled
"Landscape Architecture." Address, 15 East 40th St., New
York City.
American Sweet Pea Socibtt. This society was originally organ-
ised in New York, July 7 and 8, 1Q09. as the "National Sweet
Pea Society of America." Annual exhibitions and conventions
are held every summer. Extensive trials of sweet peas are
carried on under the aunpices of the horticultural department
of Cornell University. Itnaca, N. Y. Bulletins are issued by
Cornell University, which go to the members of this Sode^.
Address, New York City.
Can Am an Seed Growers' Aboociation. Annual reports are issued
by the Association. The first report was published in 1904,
under the titie "Report of First Annual Meeting of the Canadian
Seed Growers' Association." The publication still continues
under this titie. Special bulletins are issued from time to time,
the last one being "Plant Breeding in Scandinavia." Address,
Ottawa.
Cbrtbanthbmttm Socibtt or America. Annual meetinip and
exhibitions are held in November of each year of which an
annual rraort is published together with the work of the com-
mittees. The first annual report was published in 1902. Address,
Morgan Park, 111.
International Appls Shippbrb' Amociation. This society
issues an annual year-book, and a monthly bulletin. The first
report was published in 1896 under the title, "International
Apple Shippers' Association Year Book." Reports for 1900-1902
have the title, "Year Book of the National Apple Shippers*
Association;" those for 1903-1909, "Year Book of the Interw
national Apple Shippers' Association;" those for 1910-14,
"Official minutes of the International Apple Shippers' Assch
oiation." A monthly bulletin began February, 1911, imder the
title, "The Qjpiy.*' Both are continuous. There are special
monthly reports issued for members only. Address, 612 Mercan-
tile Bldg., Rochester, N. Y.
National Association or Garobnerb. Official or^an is the
"Gardeners' Chronicle of America," which oontams all the
association news. Address, Madison, N. J.
National CotmciL or Horticulture. Has issued no r^ular
report except in 1907 of the Jamestown Congress of Horti-
culture. Cogues of short articles on horticultural topics are sent
to several thousand new^Mipers each spTiag.
National Nut Growers' Association. This association issues
an annual volume of proceedings and also a journal, "The
Nut Grower," which is the officiaforgan of the society, and con-
sists of 24 pages monthly. It began publication in August, 1902.
The first report whs published in 1903 under the title. "Pro-
ceeding of the Second Annual Convention." There have been
seven issues under the title "Proceedings of the Annual Con-
ventions." There have been no special reports. Address, Cairo,
Ga. Northern Nut Growers' Association. See NtUa, Vol. IV.
Railwat Gardening Association. Reports of the annual meet-
ings are published. The seventh report was issued in 1913.
Address, Sewickley, Pa.
Societt or American Florists and Ornamental Horticul-
turists. An annual report is published by the society. The
first report was published in 1885 as "Proceedings of the Society
of American Florists." After 1901, the title was changed to
"Proceeding of Society of American Florists and Ornamental
Horticulturists." Have also published a list of plants registered
from July, 12, 1908 to August 1, 1914. National charter given
March 3, 1901. Address 53 West 28th St., New Yorit City.
Socibtt roR Horticultural Science. This society issues an
annual report entitled, "Proceedings of the Society for Horti-
cultural Science." The first report was published in 1905 under
the titie, "Proceedings of the Society (or Horticultural Science.
Preliminary meeting. September. 1903; first annual meeting,
December. 1903; second annual meeting, 1904." Proceedings
have been published annually since witn the exception of the
year 1908, which was published with 1909. Total number of
volumes, 9. Address, College Park, Md.
Vbobtablb Growers* Association or America. The first report
was published in 1909 under the title, "Year Book of the Green-
house Vegetable Growers* and Market Gardeners' Association
of America." Tibe next report contained the proceedings of the
conventions of 1909, 1910 and 1911 and appeared under the
titie, "Official Proceedings of the Vegetable Growers' Associa-
tion of America." The proceedings of the 1912 convention will
probablv be published with those of 1913 and 1914. Address*
Louisville, Ky.
ALABAMA
AiuBAMA Statb Board or Horticulturis. The first report was
pubUshed in 1903-4 under the title, "First Annual Report of
the Alabama State Board of Horticulture." Only the first two
reports have been published and these by the state. They have
beien published under one cover and also separately. Those from
1905-6 to 1911-12 are tjrpewritten reports submitted, to the
Governor. There have been no volumes or reports on special
subjects. This board is chiefly concerned with nursery inspec-
tion and the enforcement of the horticultural law approved
March 5, 1903. The board consists of the Commissioner of
ALgriculti/re. president of the State Horticultural Society,
director of the experiment station (ex-off.). The horticulturist
of the experiment station is secretary of the board and State
Horticulturist. Address, Auburn.
Alabama State Horticultural Socibtt. This society issues
annual reports which are pubUshed by both the state and
the society. The first report was published in 1904 under the
titie. "Proceedings of the Alabama State Horticultural Society,
First Annual Meeting." The publication is still continued under
the title. "Proceedings of tne Alabama State Horticultural
Society.' The first, second, third, and fourth annual reports
were published by the society; the fifth, sixth and seventh were
published in one volume by the Department of Agriculture,
Montgomery, as serial No. 36, taxd the «i|^th annual report as a
Department bulletin, serial No. 42. The ninth< tenth and
eleventh annual reports have recently been issued by the
society. Total number of volumes, 11. There have been no
separate reports on qpedal subjects. Orgsnised Januaiy 27,
1903. Addz«8B, Auburn.
ARIZONA
Arizona Commission or Agriculture and Hobticulfurb. This
commission issues annual reports and circulars, published ter
the state. The first report was published in August, 1909,
under the title, "First Annual Report of the Arisona Horti-
cultural Commission." Four reports have been published under
the titie, "Annual Report of the Arisona Horticultural Com-
mission." In 1912, the name of the organisation was changed as
above and two reports have been published under the title
"Annual Report Arisona Commission Agriculture and Horti-
culture." Tne annual reports of the State Entomologist are
included in the reports of the commission. Sixteen circulars
have been publianed on various entomological subjects.
Address, Phoenix.
ARKANSAS
Arkansas Statb HoRncuLruRAL Socibtt. Annual reports are
?ublished by the society. The first report was published in
900 imder the title. "Annual Report of the Arkansas State
Horticultural Society." The pubwsation has been continuous
under this title. Total number of volumes^ 13, but this does
not include two reports which were issued in 1894. (First and
Second Annual Reports, 1893-4). At that time, a new society
had been organisea imder the same name as the old horticultural
societv founded in 1879. The second society was finally mer^pd
into the first. Address. Horticultural Department, University
ol Arkansas, Fayetteville.
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Brttisr Columbia Fruit Growers* Association. An annual
report is published by the province. The first report was pub-
lished in 1890 under the title, "First Annual Report of the
British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association." The rnwrts
from 1892-1895 have the titie. "Annual report of the Horti-
cultural Society and Fruit Growers' Association of British
Columbia;" those from May, 1895, to August, 1897. "Report
of the British Columbia Fruit Growers' and Horticultural
Society;" those from 1908-9, "Annual and Quarterly Meetings
of the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association." The
twenty-fourth annual report was issued in 1913. There have
been no special reports, except a "Pest and Remedy" supple-
ment, 1895-6, issued separately* Address, Victoria.
HO^'l'ICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1565
CAUFORNIA
Caufobnia AaaociATioN or Nubsbbtmbn. J^^ organismtion has
published four reporta, the firat entailed, '^Tranaactions and Pro-
ceedincB of the First Annual Meeting of the California Associa-
tion of Nurserymen, held . . . 1911." Address. Loe Angelea.
Caufobnia Statb Boabo or Hobticultubb. The reports of this
board have been published in six series. The first series consisted
of one annual report published in 1883; the second of unnum-
bered biennial reports; the third of unnumbered annual reports;
the fourth of numbered biennial reports betpnning with No. 4;
the fifth of numbered biennial reports beginning with No. 1.
A series of bulletins have been published from 1883-1900 num-
bered from 1-71. It is doubtful, however, whether any were
issued between 8 and 50. Five non-serial reports were issued
between 1886 and 1901 consisting of reports of committees,
libranr catalogues and the like. Separate reports have also been
issued of the proceedings of the Fruit Growers' Convention.
The first report issued oy this board was published in 1883
under the title, "Third Annual Convention of the Fruit Growers
of the State of California." Reports of succeeding conventions
have been published, either in separate form or in the report of
the State Board Oater in the report of the State Commission),
with the exception of the twentieth to twenty-third conven-
tions which were never published. At least three state conven-
tions of olive-growers have been held under the auspices of the
State Board of Horticulture. 1891-3, for which separate reports
have been issued. These have appeared under the title "Olive
Industry. Prooeedinn of the State Convention of Olive
Growers, held under the auspices of the State Board of Horti-
culture." Organised March 4, 1881. as a subsidiary board to the
State Board of Viticultural Commissioners. On March 13, 1883,
became independent by Act of Legislature.
Caupobnia Statb Boabd or Hobticultubal CoiaassioNXBa.
This board published a report in 1882 entitled. "First Report
of the Board of State Horticultural Commissioners," covering
the work from 1880-2^ also proceedings of first and secona
Fruit Growers Conventum.
CAuroBNiA Statb Boabd or VmccLTUBAL CoiaassioifBBa.
Published seven annual reports for the years 1880-94. Of
the first report. 1880, two editions were issued. The third
report, 1882^ was published in. or rather was identical with,
the report of the chief viticultural officer for those srears. There
were also issued separately two annual reports of the chief
viticultural officer, the first for 1881, published 1882, the second
for 1882-3 to 1883-4 (being the one just mentioned). Later
reports of the viticultural officer are contained in the annual
reports of the board. Two publications, "Grafting to Muscats"
and "Wines, Their Care and Treatment." issued in 1888*and
1889, are called Appendix 4 and 5 respectively of the report
for 1888, but no report for 1888 seems to have appeared. How-
ever, there was issued a report of proceedings of sixth annual
viticultural convention ana the report of the president of this
board. These may have constituted the report for this year.
Caufobnia Statb CoioiuaiON or Hobticultubb. This
organisation has grown out of the original State Board of Horti-
culture. It publishes a biennial report. The first report, 1903-4,
was issued imder the title, "First Biennial Report of the Com-
missioner of Horticulture." Total number of volumes. 0.
Reports of the forty-third and forty-fourth State Fruit Growers'
Conventions were not published. Monthly bulletins have been
published since December 1911. Address, Capitol Building,
Sacramento.
COLORADO
CoLOBADO Statb Boabd or Hobticultubb. The first report was
issued in 1884. Reports have been published oontinuouiBly since
thenj with the exception of the year, 189&-6, which was never
published. There has been considerable variation in the title,
and the reports have been sometimes annual, sometimes bien-
nial, the first covering three years. Up to 1886, the name of
the body was Colorado State Horticultural Society; 1887-90,
Colorado State Horticultural and Forestry Association; 1891-2,
Colorado State Bureau of Horticulture: 1893 to 1913, Colorado
SUte Board of Horticulture. In 1913. the State Board of Horti-
culture was abolished, and the office of State Horticulturist
created. The report of the State Horticulturist will take the
place of Um Annual Report of the Board of Horticulture. Total
number of volumes, 24. Address, Fort Collins.
CONNECTICUT
Statb Pomolooical Socibtt. This society has published an
annual report for the past 15 yean. The first report was issued
under Uie title "A brief recora of the work of the Connectiout
Pomological Society," in 1900. Total number of volumes, 16
Organised in 1891. Address, Milford.
DELAWARE
Peninsula Hobticultubal Socnsrr. An annual report is pub-
lished by the society. The first report was published in 1888
under the title. "Transactions of the Peninsula Horticultural
Society." The publication is still continued under this title.
Total number of volumes. 27. Volume XIV was issued in two
parts. Part I, the Proceedings of the annual session of 1901
and Part II, a pamphlet of 80 pages on "The Principal Pests
and Diseases of the Apple Orchard." Address, Dover. (This
society includes also a part of Maryland and Virginia.)
FLORIDA
Flobida Statb Hobticultubal Socibtt. An aimual report is
?ublished by the society. The fijvt report was publisned in
892 under the title, 'Transactions of Florida state Horti-
cultural Society." This title was continued up to 1909 when it
changed to "Proceedings of the Florida State Horticultural
Society." The publication has been continuous. Total number
of volumes, 22. Special papers on flowers, fruits, vegetables and
the like appear in the reports but are not published separately.
Organised m 1887. Address, Jacksonville.
GEORGIA
Oboboia Statb Hobticultubal Socibtt. Annual reports are
issued, now published by the society. The first report was
Sublisbed in 1877 under the title, "Proceedings of Georgia
tate Horticultural Society." The publication is still continued.
The first to thirtieth reports were published by the society.
The next five were published by the State Board of Entomol-
ogy.— Bulletins Nos. 25, 27, 30, 33. 35. The report for 1912 was
published by the State College of Agriculture as a part of the
report of the Fourth Annual Farmerr Conference held in 1912.
The thirty-eifhth report, for 1914, was published as a bulletin
of the Sute College of Agriculture. VoL 2. No. 12. This report
was afterward published separately by the society. Total
number of volumes, 38. There have been no specisl reports.
Address, College of Agriculture, Athens.
Nobth Gboboia Fbuit Gbowebs* Association. The society has
issued two reports, the first entitled, "Proceedings of the Sixth
Annual Session of the North Georgia Fruit Growers' Associa-
tion . . . 1902." A report of the seventh session for 1904 ia
alao publiahed.
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
There is no separate horticultural organisation, only the Board
of CommianoDers of Agriculture and Forestry.
IDAHO
Idaho Statb Hobticultubal Association. An annual report is
?ublished by the society. The first report was published in
904 under the title, "Aimual Report of the Idaho Sute Horti-
cultural Association." The publication has been continuous
under this title. Total nuinber of volumes, 9. There have
been no special reports. Address, Boise.
ILLINOIS
Illinois Statb Hobticultubal Socibtt. Annual reports are
?ublished by the society. The first report was published in
856 under the title, "Transactions of the Illinois Horticultural
Society." The publication is still issued under this title. The
report of the fint aimual meeting was published in Volume II
c4 the Illinois Agricultural Society Transactions. There was
no report of the second aimual meeting. The third meeting
was published in Volume III, Illinois Agricultural Society
Transactions, the fourth in the Prairie Farmer, the fifth in
Volume IV. Agricultural Society Transactions, sixth, seventh
(these two bound in one volume), and eighth in pamphlet form,
ninth in Volume V. Agricultural Society Tiansactions, tenth in
pamphlet form and the eleventh in a bound volume. The pro-
ceedings of the twelfth annual meeting were issued as Volume I
New Series. There have been 47 issues in this series to date.
Total number of volumes is as follows: Four reports bound in
the Transactions of the Illinois Agricultural Society, 1 in the
Prairie Farmer, 4 pamphlets and 46 bound volumes. The only
special report everpublished was of the Society's E^ibit at the
World's Fair in 1893. Beginning with March, 1913. has issued
a quarterly journal entitled "lUinoia Horticulture. Address,
Normal.
Hobticultubal Socibtt or Cbntbal Illinois. This society
issues annual reportB that are published in the Transactions
of the State Horticultural Sode^.
Hobticultubal Socibtt or Nobthbbn Illinois. The annual re-
port of this society is published in the transactions of the Ptate
society. The transactions of the first and fourth meeting, 1867-8,
1871, were also published in separate form. The first has the title,
**Tranfactions of the Northern Illinois Horticultural Society
embracing the first organisation and meeting . . . December
18, 1867. With the proceedings and essays at the first annual
meeting . . . February 13. 1868."
Hobticultubal Socibtt or Southbbn Ilunois. The annual
report of this society is also published in the report of the
state sooie^.
INDIANA
Indiana Hobticultubal Socibtt. This society issues an aimual
report published by the state. The first report was published
in 1866 under the title, "Transactions of the Indiana Horti-
cultural Society." 'The publication has been continuous under
the one title, "rotal numoer of volumes, 53. Bulletins on special
subjects were published by the society from 1904-11. Or-
gamxed 1860. Address. W. Lafayette.
1556
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
.^
IOWA
Iowa Statb Hobticultdkal Socibtt. Annu*! repcMts, published
by the state, are issued by Uus societv. The first report was
ismied in 1868 under the title. "The Prooeedincs of the Iowa
State Horticultural Society, for 1866-7." From 1871-7. the
reports have the title Annual Report;" from 1878-90,
'^Transactions;" snd from 1891 to the present time. "Report."
Total number of volumes, 47. The reports from 1866-70
were bound with the scrioultural report and also in paper
separates; since that time, they have oeen bound as separate
volumes. The society has ivued seven bulletins: "Forestry
Manual." 1881; "Plants at Iowa," 1907: "Iowa Hortioultuie,^'
1908; "Proceedinss Iowa Park and Forestry AsK>ciation,'*
1904, 1905, 1906, 1907." Address, Des Moines.
KANSAS
Kamias Statb Hobticultural Socobtt. This society issues
biennial reports published by the state. The first report was
published in 1871 tmder the title, "Condensed Transactions of
the Kansas State Pomological and Horticultural Society from
its organisation to its last annual meeting, and in full for the
year 1871." From 1877-86. the reports were issued under the
title. "Kansas Horticultural Reix>rt;" from 1887-95. "Biennial
Report of the Kansas State Horticultural Society." The reports
up to 1887 and for 1896-1901 were published annually. Total
number of volumes, 32. Special reports have been published on
forestry, apple, peach, plum, grape, cherry and H>rioot. Address,
State House, Topeka.
KENTUCKY
KxNTUCKT State Hosticultural Socibtt. A few publications
have been issued by this society at long intervals, out no com-
plete records of the»e are available. In 1865. a report was pub-
lished under the title "Report of the Kentucky State Pomologi-
oal Society:" in 1881. "Proceedings of the Kentuckv Horti-
ctiltural Society at its annual meetins, Jan. 13, 14 and 15, 1880."
The Proceedings for 1907 were pubUshed in the Report of the
Bureau of Agriculture, Labor and Statistics for 1907. The
report for 1911 was issued as "The Report of the Kentucky
State Horticultural Society" and was also published in the
Report of the Bureau of Agriculture. Labor and Statistics for
1911. There was no report for 1912. The report for 1913 was
also published in the Report of the Bureau of Agriculture,
etc. The report for 1914 was ieeued as "The Report of the
Kentucky State Horticultural Society." Address, College of
Agriculture, Lexington.
LOUISIANA
LotnsiANA Statb HoBTicuxAiTRAL SociBTT. This societv issues no
reports at present and held no meetings from 1908-1912. Pre-
vious to this time, however, annual reports were issued by the
state. The first report was published about 1901 under the
title. "SUte Horticultural Society Proceedings." From 1904-8,
five volumes were issued as "Proceedings of the Annual Meet-
ing." The last meeting of the old horticultural society was held
. in 1908 snd in 1912 it was reorganised and holds annual meet-
ings at the State University. Farmer's Short-oourse in January
of each year. AddresB, Baton Rouge.
MAINE
Mains Statb Pomological Socibtt. Annual reports are pub-
lished by the society. The first report was published in 1873
under the title, "Annual Report of the Maine State Pomological
Society." Reports have been published continuously except
for the years 1879, 1880 and 1881. Abstracts from the Trans-
actions of these years were published as an appendix to the
Transactions for 1890. In 1882. the title was changed to
"Transactions of the Maine State Pomological Society." In
most cases, these reports have also been contained in the report
of the Commissioner of Agriculture. Organised In 1873. Ad-
drras, Bowdoinham.
MANITOBA
Manitoba Hobticultural and Forbstrt Association. Annual
reports are published by the association. The first report was
issued in 1898 under the title. "Report of Proceedings of the
Western Horticultural Society for the years 1896-«." The
publication is still continued but in 1911. the name of the
society was changed to "Manitoba Horticultural and Forestry
Association." They were published as biennial reports from
1896-8 and 1901-2, as a triennial report for 1902-5 and as
annual reports from 1898-1900 and 1906-9. No report for 1910.
Annual report for 1911 and biennial report for 1912-13 and 1914
have been pubUshed. Total number of volumes, 12. A few short
papers have also been pubUshed by the Association. In April
1914, a monthly publication known as the "Manitoba Horti-
culturist" was issued by the araociation. Future annual reports
will consist of boimd copies of the year's issue of this monthly,
together with a short account of the annual meeting. Address,
A^cultural CoUege, Winnipeg.
MARYLAND
Mabtland Statb Hobticultural Socibtt. An anntial report
is issued, published by the society. The firet report was Pub-
lished in 1898 under the title. "Report of the \laryland State
Horticultural Society." The publication is continuous under
this title. Total number of volumes. 16. There have been no
special reports. Address, College Park.
MASSACHUSETTS
Mamacbttsbtts Aspabaous Gbowbbs' Association. Fonned in
1906 to promote the restoration oi sq>aragus to its immunity
from rust, or the discovery of a ipedea that shaU be rust-resist-
ant, and the dissemination of information in relation to its
growing and marketing. Is in close touch with the oodperative
experiments carried out at Concord bjr the Unitea States
Department of Agriculture and the Agricultural Ezperinoent
Station at Amherst. The sssodation holds an annual fieldndsy
in September and publishes a report of the proceedings. Bulle-
tin No. 263, United States Department of Agriculture by J. B.
Norton is devoted to these experiments. Address, Concord.
Mabsachusbttb Hobticultubal Socibtt. This sode^ pubUshes
its own annual report. The first report was issued in 1829
under the title. "Massachusetts Horticultural Socie^." One
number. Mareh, 1859, waspubUshed under the title, **Tbe Jour-
nal of the Proceedings." The publications have been continuous
since 1839. It was formerly published in one volume once s year,
but since 1874 it has been published in two parts annually or
occasionally in three, as in the case of 1895-7. There are
numerous special articles in the Transactions on the culture of
flowers, fruits and vegetables. The society has also issued the
foUowing pubUcations: in 1862, "Properties of Plants and
Flowers?' m 1864, "Proceedings on the occasion of the liying of
the corner-stone of the new hall:" in 1873. a "Catalogue of the
library:" in 1880, "History of the Massachusetta Horticultural
Society. 182»-78:" in 1889, "Window Gardening, and a Ust of
some of the flowera found growing naturally in the vicinity of
Boston." Address, Horticultural HaU, Boston.
MICHIGAN
MiCRiQAN Statb Hobticultubal Socibtt. This society issues an
annual report published 1^ the state, and also a monthly
journal called Michigan Horticulture." The firat report was
published in 1870 under the title, "Annual Report of the Michi-
8^ State Pomological Society." The pubUcation has been con-
tinuous with the exception of the year 1904, when no report was
?ublished. The report for 1905 is in the back of the report for
906. The title was changed in 1881 to "Annual Report of the
State Horticultural Society." Total number of vMumes, 42.
Address, Fennville.
MINNESOTA
MiNKBSOTA Statb HOBncuLruBAL Socibtt. An annual report
and a monthly magasine entitled, "Minnesota Horticulturist,*'
are Dublished by the state. The first report was published in
187^ under the title, "History of the Minnesota Horticultural
Society from the first meeting in 1866, to the last in 1873. oom-
? rising debates, addresses, essays and reports." Reports for
874-82 have the title, "Transactions.^* The MinnesoU
Horticulturist began publication in February, 1894. with Vol.
22, the volume number of the annual report for that 3rear, and
continues this ssrstem of numbering. The pubUcation is still
continued, but in 1899 the title was changed to "Trees, Fruits
and Flowera of Minnesota." This comprises the 12 monthly
Journals and the annual report of the society, bound together.
Total number of volumes, 43. There have been no spedai
reports. Address, 207 Kasota Block, Minneapolis.
MISSISSIPPI
A State Horticultural Society existed about twenty-five years
ago and published one or two reports.
MISSOURI
MissotiBi Statb Boabo op Horticultttbe. The Board issues an
annual report published by the state. The firat report was
published in 1907 under the title, "Annual Report of the State
Botud of Horticulture." The publication has been continuous
under the same title. The publications of the State Horticul-
tural Society since 1907 have been included in the Reports
of the State Board. Total number of volumes, 7, the last bein^
chiefly taken up by orchard census of the state of Missouri
tsken in 1913. , There have been 67 bulletins published on vari-
ous phases of fruit-growing, vegetable-^wing and the like,
most of which are reprints of special articles from the reports.
Two circulara and ten pamphlets have also been issued Ad-
drees, Columbia.
MisaoiTBi Statb Hobticultural Socibtt. From 1857-1907,
annual reports were issued. These comprise 50 volumes,
published bv the state. They were published under the title,
^'Reports of the State Horticultural Society." The report is
now embodied in the Report of the State Board. In the past
ten years, this society has issued a number of qiecial bulletins.
Address, Mountain Grove.
MONTANA
Montana Statb Board or Hobticultubb. Biennial reports are
published bv the state. The first report was published in 1900
under the title, *'First Biennial Report of the State Board of
Horticulture." The publication is stUl continued under the
above title. Total number of volumes^. There have been no
special reports. Address, Missoula. The 1914 report wiU be
combined in the volume of the report of the Horticultural
Society.
aoRTlcULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Mmrran Sia™ HovnccLTDBAL flocisr*-,Vrhi» noeiety ii
1 . uii-v-j ■_ .1^ ,t«W. The flnt repor-
tls. "Proceedino at t£» ]
■ Horticultunl Bocicty."
■ (he 6nt npon o( tbis
I. Socnm. Thii
Then have I
ImsDUl Fan
L ISeS, 18H. 1896 uid ISOS.
isa H-pmuly five reporta o( the Eiper-
9 Kciely It Southsni Pinaa. Tbey have
^ . UoviDc HpeoJAl bulletdoe: "Tbe Cow Po*,"
"Fljuit Food," mnd "Tniok Fuming"
NORTH DAKOTA
pabluhed fay the eocietyr The fim report wu publislied
UDder the CitLe. "AudusJ Report ul the Sute Hi^'
Society." and vu prinfed in the nine vi"
Ite State Board &' ■ ' ' ""
._. ..ftte Board of Agriculture
liihed tuder this title. Thirty-twD bulletina on parlieuLar phi
«en published. Since February, IBU.
istr^b-
_.,. 19(1. the
ithly louraal, "Nebraaka Horti-
Thore an do borticiillural k
NOVA SCOTIA
'A SCDTU FaUTT GBOir>BB*^Aa«OC1AT
pufaliahed by tbe •odely. The first report <n
1875 under Um tiUe, "Heport of the Fnut Gtowi
n ■wTiwi T«port is
I, 46. Addna. Capitol
NEW BRUNSWICK
Nrw BaimaincE PaDrt- Gao* . .
imiea ann^iftl reports publiahed hy the province.
report was published in 1905 in the "Report on Anioulluiv
for 1904." isBued by the Department of Acrieulture. Thepul^
lication lb Htntinuous- Up to 19L1, the reporte were published
iti the snnoel report of Ibe Departioent of Acrieulture. The
Report of the Horticultural Division, Depvrtrnent of Acrieul'
tuie, was oombiDHl with the report of the asKwialiou for 1910
and published as a si^tate docuioent in that year. Total num-
ber of reports, 9. No qwcial reports. Address, Frederlcton.
HoancDLTORAL DrrtuoH. Naw Bamnwrca DaFABrmHT or
AoaiccLTnaE. The first aoDual report wag published in 1910 in
the (eneral report of tbe Department. In 161 1. a seun
was published srith the asaociBtioii report. The divk
iisbeg lesHela and bulletins on spMial subjecta. " -
leia Addna. Fredericton.
NEW HAMPSHIRE
New HAKFamu RoBncci.TCBAi, Socinr. Annual reporta an
published by the sDciety. The fint report was pumisbed in
1008 under the title "Annual Report of the New Hampshira
Horticultural Society." Tbe pubriealion baa been eontinuoua
under tbe aame title, eioept tor tbe yeai 1911. There have
been no wedal reporta. Orcauised in 1393. Addnog, Gofla-
tboseframisestothe
Orowen' AasodatiOD t
tinuous under the sanH t
Addnsa, Port Williams.
^ilfFto
No*a Scotia." The pul
Total niunber
OHIO
CoLumin HoOTictTLTtTBAL BoctnT. Annual ivporta publiabsd
1^ the aoeiely are i_ued. From l84S--188e. the proeeediOEB o(
ithhr meetincB wera published in Columbus newepapen.
oo«_ionn TT; 1 i,„ed monthly and from 1690-
1 quarterly. These publicatioiu
ilumbusUorti cultural Society."
. the society has Dublished ao
...,— . _ 'ProeeedinKB of the Columbus
Horticultural Society." Total number trfToIuma. 27. Addrea,
Columbua.
From 1886-1890. ajoumal w
ISefi, this loumal was ianied .
From 1890 to tbe present ti
ehanged to the "Ohio Stale Hotticultural Socielj
BtHiety issues an annual report. The first report waa published
in ISes under tbe title "Annual Report of the Ohio State Horti-
oullural Society (late Pomoloficiil Society)." Reporta for 1907-B
aiepubluhed .; . ..
the annual reports have been issued indep
Division o1 _
lure. Since 1908,
?pendenUy. Quarterly
auous under tbe ■
NEW YORK
lL Bocim. Thia orfaniui
w Vork State Fruit Onr
Voni axATi: Fruit GaowEiis' Abbdciati
It report was publisbed in 1903 under tbi
tbe Annual Meetlna." The publieatio
der this title. TotaT number of volumi
ro DO qweial teports. Address. Pena Yen.
Von State Veoetable Qbowers' Absocij
dl91l;h
WiaTEBM New Yo>e HaRnco
New Yorli Horticultural Society." ThepuhlicB
under the eaine title. Total number of volunk
L EAablished 185S. Ad
Buildini, Rochester.
NORTH CAROLINA
.cuLTtnin or the w»». i
tiLTDBj. Tbe repo
OKLAHOMA
te reports c^ proceedines and the like is publiahDd by
y- Also memoinidcvotHl to speeisl subjects are issued
Fpoit of Second Inlemations] Plaot Breeding Confei^
1902; Vol. II. "Report of Internstionsr Conlsi^
Lcclimatiution." 1900. Addrese. New York Botanical
. Annua] reporta
.he society. Tbe
tie. "Proceedings
a still continued
13. There have
FauTT Growebs' Assooatioh at 0»t*bio. This society issue*
an ■""■■■' report published by the provinoe. The first report
was published in 1803 under the title. "Report of the Fruit
Glowers' Association of Upper Canada." Tbe publication is
continuous, but "Ontario" has been substituted for "Upper
Canada." Total number of volumes, «0. Address, Parliament
Buildings, Toronto,
BOSTTCDI-TTTBAI BoCIBT
_ _ ..J reports of tbe Division of HortJ-
. . . .neluded in the Department reports. BieDnial
reports have been published since 1900, making seven to date.
Monthly bulletins have been issued sinee 187fllir the Dspaft-
3A VDluroee in this series. Special horticultural eireulnrs are
also issued from time to time. Address. Raleigh.
. The fir
Ohtauo Viobtable Geowee
organised in ISOa ud ha'
time. Proceedings of all th*
Parliament BuildincB. Toroi
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Tbepubllrati ,
iber of volom«. 12. The™ have b«
« found io the fint bieuiieJ report u
j( the Oregon 8tst« Horti.
la 1892. one rrport «u publiihed in oDnnectiD
of Ihe BlaW Baud of Horticultun. The p
tiauKl under the title "ProoeeditiEi mud Pip
Meetini of the OmiDn Slate Horliculturil
Dumber of volumeo. &. Then hive bean n
PENNSYLVANIA
lis SiSSly. ^1
Addns, Mnyitcuai.
In Decrmber. 1910, thli iourul «u Durnd
ProcraH" nhich hu nnoe ue«D itfued weeuy*
lu. Thii boud bniia b'wD-
. The firat report wm pub-
inniiL report of auu Boud
jpeoi&l i«por1^
&UTB HomcuLTTTiUL AaHwuTioH or PKHmTLTixu. Annual
reports are publiibed. uauilly by the lociety, but Irnm 1878-
I8M they *en publiabed in conitectioD with the report! of ths
Blal« " — "■ "' ' — ----i-- -- -' Pennaylviiui. The tvport lor
ISfiS [ Ihe State Board of Asruntlture:
tboie 1 were pubhihad in the annual
repor Aariculture. The first npert
■M I reen 1860 and 1807 under ths
title, ylvinia Fniil Growers' Society."
L*tai r title. "Report of PennniTania
Fruit er ISSl. it ippimfad under ifaa
been iniied in 1860. Addnaa. Flora
Dale.
PORTO RICO
PoBTO Ricx) HoBTicTjLTinAt. Socim, Only one report haa bean
published, that of 1911-12, under the title, -Tint Annuil
Regirt d( the Porto Rico Horticultund Socifly." Frooi July,
ODTH Dakota 8T»Te HoBTicnLfcmAL Bocien. This society
inuH ID iDDuiJ report published by the Mate. The first
report was published in 1904 under Ihe title, "Pim Anniul
Keporlof the Thirteenth Meetini." The publiea
j__..._.:.,_ ■'■— aiHeport." Totil
\ Breoldncs.
TENNESSEE
8tat« HoimcnLniRAL Socim. AnoQal proceodio^
d, becinnioc with 1B14.
Stati NmmiiTMnH'a AaaociATlDM. Proceedings are
nually, the fint appearing in 1914. Addrai*. KnoxviUe.
■reai. No special reports arc iaeued.
into the Hute UarlJcultursI Society, One buUetin on peeuie
wai published with the prooeedinge of the Texas Fanners'
Cowiress; "Peeine end Other Nuu in Teias," 1908. "The
„. .. — .. ,_ - -- 1," by E.J. Kyle wae published by
[riciature in bulletin form in 1911.
the Tens DepBrtmcn
lisbed in tbe (eneral DranedinES of the Teiaa Fi
creaa. published by the " ■ ' ' -- '-
form., Id 188S. tlisrs wi
report published 1^ ths society
ic n>|iui» tn lucetinia from 18S6-18S9 under the
Report of tbe Tens Stole Horticultural Soeiew."
nrla war* niihlialwd UDtil aboUt IBOS wbcD t£ey
Concnia Report. Tliere are no
Reparei froi
DTAH
:. The GiBl
This ortKUUtloo
ird of Hun
Iteports of
1909-1910, "BienniaT Report
ibered bulio-
1 1897-1908
cjthe Bute Uonicultui
vdumes, a. There hive lun onn i
reports. Address, 412 VermoBi BuildiOB. Salt Lake City.
Dtab State Hosticdltiisal Socinr. An annual report is issued
t»F|hei»cieiy. The first report was published in 1BI2 under tbe
title. "Proccedinca of the %ith Annual Convention of (be Utib'
Sute Horticultural Sodety." A report of Ibe eightb annual
sonTention, ISIS, haa been uaued. Orsanised 1906. Addns aa
)f P. E. 1." The publicicioD is still continued under this title,
le of the reports ire bound with the Report of the Depirt-
it of Agriculture and are not published separsbily. TolsJ
Qtran
lological lod Fruit Gi
of Quebec." tt
Total number o
leporls- Chateaiiguay.
D FmrTT OROwnu' Asao>
c. This society publirhed
the title, "First Report al
d Affticultural and Horti-
S77-1882. the reports have the title
euKural Society and Fruit Growsis'
of Quebec." I4ter reports have tha
I "Aimuil Report" subetituted lot
sports have been published.
-.WIND Socinr or tse Pbotihcb d*
pamphlets are iasued. published
by the GDvemment. 7he first
lunl Report
tural Society. Proeeed-
tEhi h
Report of the Virginia Slat* Ri. „
publication is still continued under this title. Thi
approprintion). The
.?r the title. "Annual
ilturat Society." The
WASHINGTON
SOUTH CAROLINA
HORTICDLTOKAL SOOIETT OF SoOTH CsROUHl
"Rrport of the Firet Meeting of the
Society."
SoDTB Carouha Fatirr GmwEaa' AaaociATi
No puUicitions have u yet been iasued.
WEST VIRGINIA
P VlBOlMIA State H.
oard of Acrici -
State Esperime
SocivTT. up to 1913
published by tbe Bute
its quarterliee. The first repott
Spepial Bulletin No.l.
sported b the'Tartn Roporter" [no
wiventh and nghth ir '■■- "" "^
under the title.
in tbe "Fan
H<^^TlCULTURE, LITERATURE OF
1559
eleventh and twelfth in "Fann Eevie^* and the thirteenth
to nineteenth have been issued by ibe State Board of Agri-
culture. The twentieth report is published bv the Commia-
aioner of Agriculture, as the Board of Agriculture has been
disbanded. There have been no special reports. Addrees, M or-
gantown.
WISCONSIN
WiscoNsiM State CiiANBBBaT Growbbs' Absociation. This
aasociation has issued twenty-seven annual re|K>rts and ten
semi-annual reports. The first report was issued in 1897.
Wisconsin Statb Hokticttlttthal Socirrr. An annual report
is published by the state. The first regular report was published
in 1871 under the title. "Transactions of the Wisconsin State
Horticultural Society." B|eg;inning with the report for 1880,
the publication bore the title. "Ainnual Report. Since 1910,
the report has been issued in two parts: Part I. containing
constitution, by-laws, busineas transactions and list of members
which are for distribution to members only. In 1868. a report
was published entitled, "Report for the years 1864-8, with a
short historical sketch since its organisation." This socieW
also issues a monthly magasine entiUed, "Wisconsin Horticul-
ture," the first issue of which appeared in September. 1910.
Between 1896 and 1003, a monthly periodical, entitled "The
Wisconsin Horticulturist." was issued. Nineteen numbered
bulletins have appeared between March, 19Q&, and April, 1910.
Address, Madison.
WYOMING
WTOioifa State Boabo op Hobticulturb. Biennial reports are
issued. The first report was published in January, 1907.
under the title, "Biennial Report of the Wsroming State Board
of Horticulture." The publication is continued under the same
title. Special bulletins, alternating with the reports, are pub-
lished—four have been issued thus far, — 1906, 1910, 1912, 1914.
Address, Laramie.
Wtouino State Hobticultitbal Soctbtt. Proceedings are issued
in publications of the abore board, thoee bearing tEe odd num-
bers in the biennial reports, and the others in the q>eoial bulle-
tins.
North American horticiiltoral periodicals.
The periodicals of any subject are supposed to chroni-
cle all the fleeting events of the days and years, and to
preserve them for future senerations, but it is tne most
difficult thine to remember and record the jouinals
themselves. Horticultural journals probably have lived
and died in this country without having attracted the
attention of a single library or collector of books. It is
probably no exaggeration to say that more than 500
horticultural journals have been started in North
America. There are more than sixty in continuance at
thepresent moment.
Tne /'Massachusetts Agricultural Repository" was
started in 1793, but it was as late as 1821 that a horti-
cultural department was added to it. This was an
organ of a society rather than a journal in the present
sense. American agricultural ioumalism is usually
dated from the establishing of the original * 'American
Farmer" in Baltimore in 1819. The first journal to
devote any important extent of its space to horticul-
tural matters was the original ''New England Farmer/'
which was est^lished in Boston in 1822, and which was
one of the chief instruments in the organization of the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. Its first editor
was Thomas G. Fessenden, author of the "New Ameri-
can Gardener." a book which appeared in 1828, and
passed through at least six editions.
A "Floral Magazine" was started in Philadelphia in
1832 and continued sometime afterward. It contained
colored plates of ornamental plants. The entire work,
except the illustration, was done by the two Davia
Lanoreths and it was published by them. Tradition
says that it was not a payingventure and after several
years it was discontinued. The volume of 1832 com-
prises eighty pages, with descriptions and colored illus-
trations of thirty-one stove and other ornamental
plants. The full title is "The Floral Magazine and
Botanical Repository. Published by D. & C. Landreth.
Nursery ancf seedsmen, Philadelphia." The bound
volume is 8 Ji X 11 inches. The "Horticultural Re^ster
and Gardener's Magazine," established in Boston in
1835, and edited by Fessenden and Joseph Breck, and
"Hoyey's Magazine," were among the first distinct
horticultural periodicals. The former, although a mag-
azine of more than ordinary merit, did not persist
long. The latter was founded by C. M. Hovey and
P. B. Hovey, Jr., and was called the "American Gar-
dener's Magazine and Renter of Useful Discoveries
and Improvements in Horticultural and Rural Affairs,"
a journal which, in the third volume, became the
"Magazine of Horticulture," and which enjoyed an
uninterrupted existence until 1868, thus covering a
third of a centiiry of one of the most critical and inter-
esting periods in American horticulture.
The next important journalistic venture was the
"Horticulturist, begun in July, 1846, and continued
under many changes and vicissitudes for some thirty
vears, and was finally represented, in line of descent,
by "American Gardening," which ceased to exist in
November, 1904. The "Horticulturist" had been pub-
lished in Albany, Rochester, Philadelphia and New
York. The first seven volumes were edited by A. J.
Downing; the eighth and ninth by Patrick Barry;
the tenth by Barry and J. J. Smitn; the eleventh to
fourteenth by J. J. Smith; fifteenth and sixteenth by
Peter B. Mead; seventeenth and eighteenth by Mead
and G. E. Woodward. Later it was continued by Henry
T. Williams, in New Yoric, until the close of 1875. when
the "Horticulturist" was united with the "Garaeners'
Monthly," of Philadelphia. This latter magazine
started January 1, 1859, as a quarto, but became an
octavo with its second volume. It continued until the
close of 1887, when, upon the death of its publisher,
Charles Marat, it passed into the hands of '^American
Garden," New York. It had a long and useful career
under the editorial management of one of the most
accomplished and conscientious of American horti-
culturists, Thomas Meehan, whom all the succeeding
generation had learned to love.
The "American Garden"as such, before it absorbed the
"Gardeners' Monthly," traced an independent descent
from two other journals. The senior oi these was "The
Ladies' Floral Cfabinet," the first number of which was
issued Januarv 1, 1872. by H. T. Williams, who was also
editor and publisher of the "Horticulturist." at 5 Beek-
man Street, New York. Mr. Williams' idea was that
the cultivation of flowers properly belonged to women,
that they were bv nature eminently fitted for it, and
that a journal adapted to their wants would greatly
aid them in their work, and prove a financial success to
the publisher. For some time "The Floral Cabinet"
was well sustained and well edited, but after about
three years Mr. Williams became wholly absorbed in
religious publications and his interest was gradually
withdrawn from floriculture. In Januanr, 1880. the
"Cabinet" and all the personal effects of Mr. Williams
paased into the hands of Adams & Bishop, who con-
tinued the publication with varied success, and who
intended to close up the business as soon as they could
do so to the best advantage. In June, 1882, the paper
and good will were sold to Ralph H. Wagxoner, who
gave it new life; he secured the services of C. L. Allen
as an advisory editor, the active work falling upon
Miss S. A. Fraser. The last number under Waggoner's
management was issued January 1, 1887. when it was
absorbed by the "American Garden.' The other
independent journal absorbed by "American Garden"
was known as the "Flower Garden," and the first num-
ber was published October 1, 1872; it was edited by
C. L. Allen, and published quarterly by C. L. Allen
& Co., 76 Fulton Street, Brooklyn, N, Y. It existed
one year and was then sold to Beach, Son & Co., seed
and bulb merchants, who removed its pubUcation office
to Barclay Street, New York, and changed its name to
"The American Garden," the late Mrs. C. V. Beach
becoming its editor. Beach & Son continued the publi-
cation as a quarterly till the year 1880, when d, K.
Bliss & Sons secured possession of both the paper and
the seed business. It was at this epoch that F. M.
Hexamer became editor. Two years later (1882) the
1560
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
Eublication asain became a monthly. In 1883, R H.
ibby secured possession of the property, but its publi-
cation was continued under the same editorial control
till the end of 1885; during some part oi this period the
publication office was at Greenfield, Mass. Things
stood as they were till 1890, when the magazine shape
was adopted. In that year, L. H. Bailey became editor
and continued in that capacity till 1893. In January.
1892, soon after the absorption of ^'Popular Gardening,''
of Buffab, N. Y., the title was alt^«d to ''Ammcan
Gardening/' so as to unite and typify both names.
Prior to Uiis amalgamation, after liaving had a career
of seven years under Elias A. Long, its founder, 'Topu-
lar Gardening" had absorbed many minor magazines.
For a time E. A. Long, in association with T. Greiner.
edited the combined ioumal. After 1893, Leonara
Barron assumed the editorship, the periodical having
been taken over by the A. T. De La Mare Publishing
Company, publishers of "The Florists' Exchange." In
October, 1898, James Withers took over the publica-
tion. Tlie American Gardening Publishing Company
succeeded to the ownership in IC^l. In 1903^ the Amen-
can Gardening Co., was organized, the busmess mana-
ger being Thomas B. Meehan; and with this organi-
zation the regular continuity of the periodical as a
general horticultural magazine came to a close. The
"Fruit Grower" of St. Joseph, Mo., took over the mailing
list.
The "Philadelphia Florist" completed its first volume
in 1852-3. The subsequent volumes (at least three)
were known as the "Florist and Horticultural Journal"
It was a very creditable monthly magazine, with col-
ored plates. An early ioumal in the new West was
Hooper and Elliott's "Western Farmer and Gardener,"
Cincinnati, September, 1839-45, with plates colored
by hand.
The first pomological journal was probablv Hoffy^s
"Orchardist^ Companion," a quarterly, established in
Philadelphia in 1841, and edited by Dr. Brinckl^. It
was a pretentious quarto, with colored plates, of which
only one volume was issued. This was followed in 1860
by the "North American Pomologist" by Dr. Brinckl^y
an abler publication than the other. Other early horti-
cultural j>eriodicalB were "Western Horticultural Re-
view," Cincinnati, 1851-3, edited by John A. War-
der; "American Journal of Horticulture," later known
as "Tilton's Journal of Horticulture," Boston, 1867-
71 (9 vols.), edited in its last three years by the
younger Robert Manning; "Western Pomologist, Des
Moines, Iowa, and Leavenworth, Kansas, 1870-72,
by. Mark Miller. J. Sta3rman, and others. The first
attempt to establish a weekly, after the pattern of the
great English journals, was "Garden and Forest," which
appeared in New York in 1888, under the management
of Professor Charles S. Sargent, of Harvard University.
This journal continued till the close of 1897, compris-
ing ten completed volumes of very high character and
entitled to rank as one of the noteworthy undertak-
ings in the entire field (see Styles^ p. 1597). Probably
the first journal devoted to a particular fruit or plant
was Husmann's "Grape Culturist," St. Louis, 1869-71.
The first florists' trade paper to persist is "The Ameri-
can Florist," issued August 15, 1885; this was followed
by "Florists' Exchange," in 1889; and "Florists'
Review," 1895. "Horticulture," established 1904, is
also practically a trade paper. All of these are continu-
ing.
On the Pacific coast, the earliest distinct horticultural
periodical was the "California Culturist," the first num-
ber of which appeared in January, 1859. This ran
through four volumes, and it records the marvels of the
first era of modem fruit-growing upon the Pacific slope.
Before this, however, "The California Farmer^" had
been established (January, 1854). It maintained a
spasmodic existence for a number of years, and printed
tne first pomological and horticultural reports of com-
mittees. "The Pacific Rural Press" was established
in 1871, in San Francisco, and still continu^ devoted
very largely to the horticultural interests. The "Cali-
fornia Horticulturist" was established in 1870, and
ran through ten yearly volumes, when, in 1880, it was
merged into "The Pacific Rural Press." "The Rural
Caluomian," of Los Angeles, still in existence, was
established in 1877. "The California Fruit-Grower,"
o(»nmenced m 1888, still survives (1912) as "The
California Fruit News." "The California Ftorist,"
first issued in Santa Barbara, then in San Francisco,
b^ m May, 1888, and stopped in 1889. "The CaU-
fomia Cultivator," of Los Angeles, established in 1884,
is still published. See pages 1507, 1508 for further
discussion of California journals.
EXTANT HORTICULTDRAL JOURNALS
(Wrre Datb op Ehtabuhhmewt)
IN CANADA
BRrnsH Columbia FRtrrr and Fabm Magaxikb. John Nelaoo, ed.
M. 1909. Vancouver, B. C.
Th» Camadiam FLORtar. H. B. Cowan, ed. Pub. by Horticul-
tural PubUahing Company. Every second Friday. $1. 1903.
_ Peterbofo, Ont. ^ ^ ^ ^ «. •. i
Thb Canadian Horticultubwt. H. B. Cowan, ed.^Fub. by
Horticultural Publishing Company. M. $1. 1878. Peterboro,
Ont.
Fbuit Growbrand FAiuneR. James A, Livingston. 8,-M. $1. 1907.
Grimsby, Ont. (Formerly "Fruit Grower, Market Gardener
and Poultryman." )
Lb Journal d'Agriculturb bt d'Horticulturb. Pub. by
Minister of Agriculture of Quebec H. Nagant, ed. M. $1.
1879. Quebec, Que. . ,^ „ • i
Manitoba HoRncuLTURiar. Published by Mamtoba Horticul-
tural and Forestnr Associations. M. $1. 1914. Winnipeg.
MAmmMB Afplb. 1912. Kentville, N. &
IN THE UNITED STATES
AcKBB UND Gartbnbauxbituno. The Hercrfd Company. W.
$1. 1869. Milwaukee, Wis. ^ _, .
Ambrican Florist. The American Florist Company, ed. and pub.
W. $1. (Canadian subscription, $2.) 1885. Chicago, lU.
Ambrican FRurr and Nut Journal. H. Harold Hume. S-Q.
$1. 1904. Petersburg. Va.
Ambrican Fruito. R. T. Oloott. M. $1.50. 1903. Rochester,
N. Y. „ ^
Ambrican Nut Journal. R.T. Oloott M. $1.25. 1914. Roches-
ter. N. Y. . . « .
Ambrican Pomoloqut. Pub. by American Pomological Society.
Q. 45 eta.
Applb World, Thb. U. G. Border. M. $1. 1914. Baltimore. Md.
Official organ of the Apple Advertisers of America.
Arkansas Fruttb and Farms. E. N. Hopkins. Fort Smith, Ark.
(First appeared imder title "Osark Froduoe Journal," then
"Osark Fruits and Farms.")
Bbttbb Fruit. E. H. Shepard. M. $1. 1906. Hood River, Oe.
California Cultivator. C. B. Messenger, ed. W. $1. 1884.
Los Angeles.
Caupornia Fruit Nbwb. H. C. Rowley, ed. and pub. W. $3.
1888. San Francisco. (Formerly "CaUfomia Frmt Grower.")
Caupornia Garden. Alfred D. Robinson, ed. M. $1. 1908.
San Diego, Calif.
Carouna Fruit and Trucbbr's Journal. Z. W. & W. S. White-
head. S-M. $1. 1897. Wilmington, N. C.
Eastbrn FRurr. S. M. Paschall. M. 50 cts. 1912. Philadelphia.
Farm and Orchard. R. W. Thrush, ed. M. $1 for 3 yrs. 1913.
Keyser, W. Va.
Florida Grower. Florida Grower Publishing Company. W.
$1.50. 1908. Tampa, Fla.
Florists' Exchange, The. A. T. De La Mare Printing and
Publishing Co. W. $1. 1888. New York.
Floriotb' Review. H. B. Howard, ed. W. $1. 1897. Chicago, III.
Fruit and Produce Distributor. Distributor Publishing Co.
W. $2. 1913. Portland, Ore.
Frutt Belt. Geo. W. Welsh. M. 50 eta. 1905. Grand Rapids.
Mich.
FnurrMAN and Gardener, L. McCutoheon, ed. and pub. M.
50 ct«. 1897. Mount Vernon, Iowa.
FnurrMAN's Guide. Fniitman's Guide, Inc. W. $1. 1896. New
York.
Fruit Grower and Farmer. W. G. Campbell, ed. M. $1. 1897.
St. Joseph, Mo. (Known as "Western Fruit Grower" until
October, 1912.) ^ ^ ^
Fruit Trade Journal and Produce Record. Fruit Trade
Journal Ck>mpany. W. $1. 1889. New York. ,
Gardeners' Chronicle or America, The. CJhromcle Press, Inc.
M. $1.50. 1905. Madison, N. J.
Gardening. The Gardening Company, ed. and pub. S-M. $2.
1892. Chicago. III. ^^
Garden Maoazinb. Doubleday, Page A Ca M. $1.50. 1905.
Garden City,N • Y.
hOUticulture, literature of
1561
Qbbkn's Fbuit Qbowkb. Cham, A. Green* ed. M. 50 otiu 1881.
RoobeAter, N. Y.
Gulf Coast Citrus Fruit Grower akd SouTHERif Nursrrt-
MAN. Albert 8. Leeoraft. M. $1. December, 1910. Houston,
Texas.
Horticulturb. W. J. Stewart. W. $1. 1904. Boston.
House akd Garden. MoBride, Nast d; Co. M. $3. 1901. New
York, N. Y.
Ilunois Horticulture. Pub. by Illinois State Horticultural
Society. Q. 1913. Normal.
Intbrmountain Fruit Journal and iNTENsnnB Agriculturist.
R. E. Turpin. ed. Alfred Patek, pub. $1. 1910. Grand
Junction and Denver, Colo. (Now consolidated with "Western
Farm life.")
Landscape Architecturb. Official oraan of the American
SodHr of Landscape Architects. Published by Lay, Hubbard
and Wheelright. Q. $2. 1910. New York.
Market Growers' Journau S. W. Severance. S.-M. $1. 1907*
Louisville, Ky.
Michigan Horticulture. Pub. by Michigan State Horticultural
Society. M.
Minnesota Horticulturist. Minnesota State Horticultural
Society. M. $1. 1894. Minneapolis, Minn.
Modern Gladiolus Grower, The. Madison Cooper, ed. and pub.
M. 50 cts. 1914. Calcium, N. Y.
National Nursertman. National Nurseiyman Publishing Co.,
Inc. M. $1. 1893. Rochester. N. Y.
Nebraska Horticulture. Published by Nebraska State Horti-
cultural Society. M. $1. 1911. Lincoln.
Northern Fruit Grower. M. 1911. Howard Lake. Minn.
Northwest Farm and Orchard. R. E. White. M. 50 ots.
Spokane, Wash.
Northwest Horticulturist and Dairtman. C. A. Tonneeon, ed.
and pub. M. 50 cts. 1888. Taooma, Wash.
Nut-Grower. J. F. Wilson. M. $1. 1902. Waycron, Ga.
Orchard and Farm Irrigation. A. Dixon. M. $1. 1880.
San Francisco, Calif. (Formerly "Orchard and Farm.")
Pacific Frutt World. M. V. Hartranft. W. S2. 1895. Los
Angeles, Calif.
Pacific Garden. P. D. Bamhart, ed. M. $1. 1907. Pasadena,
Calif.
Park and Cemetery and Landscape Gardening. Allied Arts
Publishing Co. M. $2. 1891. Chicago, IlL
Park's Floral Magaxinb. Geo. W. Park. M. 10 ots. 187L
La Park, Pa.
Peach Growers' Jqurnal and Apple Trade Review. W. John
Hinchey, ed. and pub. M. SI. 1899. Middleport, N. Y.
Southern Frxtft Grower, The. R. S. Walker, ed. M. 50 ots.
1890. Chattanooga, Tenn.
Southern Orchards and Farms. J. W. Canada. M. 50 cts. 1907.
Houston, Texas. (First appeared imder title "Texas Fruits."
From 1909-11 hsd the title "Southern Orchard and Homes.")
Now appears under title "Southland Farmer." La Porte, Texas.
Tree Gold. Benjamin W. Douglass, ed. M. 50 cts. 1914. India-
napolis, Ind.
Trucker and Farmer. H. J. Elill, ed. M. $1. 1906. New
Orieans, La. (Now "Modem Farming." A. B. Gilmore, ed.
Established 18700
Truck Farmer of Texas. J. C. Loving. M. $1. 1899. Dallas.
Veobtablb Grower. H. L. Freking, ed. M. 50 otsu 1911.
Spencer, Ind.
Wisconsin Horticulture. Pub. by the Wisconsin State Hortl*
cultural Society. M. 1910. Madison.
EXTINCT HORTICULTURAL JOURNAIfi
IN CANADA
Acadian Orchardist. H. G. Harris, ed. and pub. W. $L 1878.
Kentville, N. S.
Courier and Okanagan Orchardist. Gea C. Rose, ed. and
pub. W. $1.50. 1904. Kelowna. B. C.
Farm and Garden Culturist. Richard Burke, ed. 1888-9.
P. E. I.
Poultry, Garden and Home Advocate. H. B. Donovan. M.
50 cts. 1898. Toronto, Ont. (Now "Poultry Advocate.")
IN THE UNITED STATES
AiiERiCAN Farm and Horticulturist. L. J. Thompson. Q.
25 cts. 1889-94. Lakewood, Ohio. Pub. at Richmond, Va.,
from 1891-93.
American Farm and Orchard. W. D. Bassford, ed. M. 1901-6.
Mexico. Mo.
American Fruit and Farm. American Publishing Company. M.
$1. 1908. Paonia, Colo.
American Garden. F. M. Hexamer and others. M. 1874-91.
New York, N. Y.
American Gardening. Rural Publishing Company. $1. M.
1892-1904. New York. (Merged into "Weatem Fruit Grower"
now "Fruit Grower.")
American Horticultural Advertiser.
American Horticulturist. Leavenworth A Burr Co. M. SI.
1885-0. Detroit. Mich. (Establinhed as "Michigan Horti-
culturist." Combined with "Popular Gardening.")
American Horticulturist. M. 1891-8. Wichita, Kans. (Estab-
lished as "Smith's Small Fruit Farmer.")
American Horticulturist. W. Douglas, ed. W. $1.50. 1910-
11. Fowler, Ind.
American Journal or Horticulture and Florists* Com-
panion. 1807. (Later changed to "Tilton*s Journal of Horti-
culture.")
American Truck Farmer. W. T. Burkam, ed. M. October,
1903 to December, 1905. St. Louis, Mo. (Changed to "Farm
Money-Maker." )
Apple Specialist. James McKinnay. M. 50 cts. 1903-8. Quincy,
111. (Merged into "Green's Fruit Grower.")
Arkansas FRurrs. D. E. Debou, ed. 50 cts. 1912-14. Fayette-
ville. Ark. (Now merged with "Arkansas Fruits and Farms.")
B—TON Flower Market and New England Florist. (Changed
to "New England Florist ")
Bowditch's American Florist and Farmer. M. 1881-5. Boston.
(Merged into "Orchard and Garden.")
Cactus Journal. M. 1894-8. Baltimore, Md.
Caupornia Culturist. M. 1858-63. San Francisco.
Caupornia Florist and Gardener. E. E. Smith, ed. M.
1888-9. San Frandsoo. (Merged into "Pacific Rural Press.")
Caupornia Fruit Exporter. Scott A Wood. M. $1. 1891.
San Fiuncisco.
Caupornia Horticulturist. M. 1871-80. (Merged into "Pacific
R.ur&l Prfinn " )
Central States Frutt Grower. 1890-^. (Later "National Fruit
Grower.")
CiTROORAPH. Redlands, Calif.
Colorado Fruit GROwtiu Paonia and Grand Junction, Colo.
(Title changed to "Irrigation Fruit Grower.")
Craj«berrt Grower. W. H. Fitch, ed. M. $1. 1903-5. Cranmoor,
Wis.
Dahua News. New England Dahlia Society. M. $1. 1907-11.
Boston.
Eastern New York Horticulturist. Q. 1897-9. Chatham,
N. Y.
Eastern Shore Farmer and Fruit Culturist. M. 1893-1902.
SaUsbury. Md.. and Georgetown, Del. (Established in 1893 as
the "Strawberry Chilturist?' )
Fancy Fruit. Granville Lowther, ed. and pub. M. $1. 1907-9.
North Yakima, Wash. (Later changed to "Washington Fruit
Grower.")
Farmer and Frutf Grower. Florida Publishing Co. W. Jackson-
ville, Fla.
Farm, Garden and Poultry. Farm, Garden and Poultry Com-
pany. M. 50 cts. 1902. Hammonton, N. J.
Field, Lawn and Garden. W. B. Davis, ed. M. 1874-5.
Madison, Wis.
Floral Instructor. M. 1880-91. Ainsworth, Iowa.
Floral Lipe. Youmt A Bennett Co. M. 50 cts. 1903-8.
Springfield, Ohio. (Merged into "Household Journal and Floral
Floral Magaxinb. John Lewis Childs. Floral Park, N. Y.
Florist and Horticultural Journal. H. C. Hanson. M.
1852-5. Philadelphia. (Established as "Philadelphia Florist
and Horticultural Journal.")
Flower Garden, The. 1872-4. Brooklyn, N. Y.
Flowers, F. W. Stack, ed. Pub. by Suburban Press. M. $1.
1912. New York.
Frutt and Grape Grower. A. R. Blakey, ed. M. $1. 1886-9.
Cniariotteville, Va.
Fruit and Vegetable Grower. M. 1889-90. Cheswold, Del.
Frutt Grower. W. $2. 1892. Macon, Ga.
Fruit Grower and Horticulturist. E. R. McKenny, ed. M.
SI. 1890-1. Laoon, 111.
FRxnT Grower's Journau O. O. Buck, ed. and pub. W. from
1883-6.; S.-M. from 1887-1907; M. 1908. 50 cts. 1883.
Pub. at Cobden, 111., 1883-1907; at Treynor, Iowa. 1908.
(Merged into "Green's Fruit Grower.")
Fruit Recorder and Cottage Gardener. A M. Purdy. M. SI.
1869-86. Palmyra, N. Y. (EeUblished as "Small Fruit
Recorder and Cottage Gardener." Absorbed by "Popular
Gardening.")
Fruits and Flowers. D. H. Steams, pub. M. S2. 1891-2.
Portland, Ore.
Fruits and Flowers. A. W. Dsrer. M. 10 cts. 1906. Chautau-
qua, N. Y. (Absorbed by the "Vegetable Grower/')
Garden and Forest. C. S. Sargent. W. $4. 1888-97.
New York, N. Y.
Gardeners' Magazine. Joseph Breck. 1835. Boston.
Gardeners' Magajune. M. 1854-5. Boston.
Gardeners' Monthly. Thomas Meehan. M. January 8, 1859 to
January, 1888. Philadelphia. (Absorbed by "American Gar-
den.")
Grape Culturist. Geo. Husmann. M. 1869-71. St. Louis,
Mo.
Home and Flowers. M. 1896-1904. Springfield, Ohio. (Estab-
lished as "How to Grow Flowers." Continued under following
title.)
Home and Flowers, formerly "How to Grow Flowers," consoli-
dated with "Success with Flowers." M. 1890-1906. West
Grove, Pa. (Established as "Success with Flowers." Merged
into "Vick's Magaiine.")
Home Florist. Q. 1898-1901. Springfield, Ohio. (Merged into
"Home and Flowers.")
Horticultural Art Journau T. B. Jenkins, ed. S2. 1886-91.
Rochester, N. Y.
Horticultural Marketplace. John S. Galla^ier. W. Septem-
ber, 1910, to October 31, 1910. Rochester, N. Y.
Horticultural Register. Thomas G. Fessenden. M. 1835-9.
Boston.
Horticultural Review and Botanical Magahne. J. A.
Warder, ed. M. 1853-4. Cincinnati, Ohio. (EsUblished as
"Western Horticultural Reveiw.")
1562
HORTICULTURE, LITERATURE OF
HoBTicvLTURAL VisiTOB. (See "Our Horticultural Visitor.")
HoBncuLTumoT. A. J. Downing and ottiers. M. 1846-75)»
Albaiur, Rochester. Philadelphia and New York. (United with
**Oardeneri' Monthly.")
HousBHOLD JoiTRNAX. AND Floral Lifb. W. A. Martin, ed.
M. 25 cts. 1903. Central Publishing Company, Sprin^eld,
Ohio.
Hoyet's Maqazinb of HoRncvLTURB. C. M. Hovey. M. 183i!^-
^. Boston. Seems never to have had this title on title page.
Title: 1835-6, "American Gardeners' Magasine and Register
of Useful Arts;" 1837-68. "The Magasine of HorUcufture.
Botany and all Useful Discoveries and Improvements in Rural
Affairs." United with "American Journal of Horticulture" to
form "Tilton's Journal of Horticulture.").
How TO Grow Fu>WRRa. 1896-19(X). (Title changed to **Home
and Flowers.")
International HoBTxcxTtTURUT. 1889. Harrisburg, Pa.
Iowa Horticulture. Pub. by State Horticultural Socie^. M.
Des Moines. January to December, 1908.
Irrigation Fruit Grower. R, H. Perry, ed. M. $1. 190fr-ll.
Denver, (>>lo. (Established as "Western Slope Fruit Grower;"
then as "Colorado Fruit Grower." Absorbed by "Intermoun-
tain Fruit Journal.")
IiAniBS Floral Cabinet. M. 1872 to January 7, 1887. New York.
(United with "American Garden.")
liADiES Horticultural Magazine and Floral Rboutbb. M.
Baltimore, Md. (Prospectus issued in June, 1833.)
Lewiston Orchards Life. H. H. S. Rowell, ed. M. 50 cts.
1912-14. Lewiston, Idaho.
Maoazinb OF Garobnino AND Botany. M. 1834. Baltimore, Md.
Maqazinb of Horticulture, Botant and All Useful Dis-
coveries AND iMPROVEUENTa IN RuRAL AFFAIRS. (See "Hovcy's
Magazine of Horticulture.")
The Market Garden. Market Garden Publishing Companjr.
M. 50 cts. First number published in January, 1894, and m
July and in October the regular monthly journal began. Dis-
continued 1906. MinneapoUB, Minn.
Mayflower. J. L. Childs. M. 50 cts. 1885-1906. Pub. at Floral,
N. Y. 1885-6; Queens, N. Y. 1887-8; Floral Park, N. Y.
1889-1906. (Merged in "Floral Life.")
Mbehan*8 Garden BinjJBnN. S. M. Meehan. M. $1. 1909-13.
Germantown, Pa.
Meehan's Monthly. T. Meehan. M. S2. 1891-1902. German-
town, Pa.
MicHiOAN Fruit Grower. Pub. by Practical Farmer Company.
W. 1893-9. Grand Rapids, Mich. 1893-6 "PracUoal Farmer
and Fruit-Grower."
Michigan Horticulturist. Chas. W. Garfield, ed. W. H. Burt
Publishing Company, pub. M. 1885-6. Detroit, Mich. (Title
changed to "American Hortictilturist.")
Missouri and Arkansas Farmer and Fruitman. R. J. Profitt.
M. 50 cts. 1888. Kansas Qty. Mo. (From 1888-94 had
title "Kansas City Progress and Western Farm Journal.")
Montana Fruit Grower. 1896-1901. Missoula.
National Fruit Grower. Fruit Grower Publishing Company.
M. 50 cts. 1894-1910. St. Joseph, Mo. (From 1896-9 had
title "Ontral States Fruit Grower.")
National Fruit Grower. Chas. Greening. Monroe, Mich.
(1896-9 "Central States Fruit-Grower.")
National Horticulturist. Q. 1890-3. Cambridge, Md.
National Horticulturist. National Horticulturist Company.
M. $1. 1909 to March, 1912. Council Bluffs, Iowa.
Nebraska HoRncxTLTxmisT. J. G. Carpenter. Q. 25 cts. 1883-
93. Blower, Neb.
New England Florist. New Enc^and Florist Company. W.
1896-9. Boston. (Established as "Boston Flower Market and
New England Florist.")
New York Horticultural Review. 1855. New York.
North American Horticulturist. M. 50 cts. 1895-1907.
Monroe, Mich.
Orange Belt. L. M. Holt. M. $2. 1890-4. Pub. at Alessandro,
Calif. 1890-2: Rialto, 1893; Los Angeles, 1894. A weekly edition
began in 1893 as "The Orange Grower."
Orchard and Garden. J. T. Lovett Ck>mpany, pub. M. 60
eta. 1879-92. Little Silver. N. J.
Orchard FRurrs. Wm. Dyke. M. 50 cts. 1892-3. Effingham, IlL
Orcrardists' Companion. A. Hoffy. Q. 1841-2. Philadelphia.
Ornamental and Forest Tree Grower, J. J. Pinney. M.
60 cts. Evergreen, Wis.
Our Horticultural Visitor. C. G. Mendenhall, ed. M. 50 cts.
1895-1906. Kinmundy, 111. (First number had title, "Southern
Illinois Horticultural Visitor"; 1895-1901, "Horticultural
Visitor.")
Pacific Tree and Vine. 1882. Scm Jos4. Calif.
Peach Grower. Mr. Bryan, ed. and pub. Savannah, Ga.
Peach Grower, Fruit Culturist and Truckers' Magazine.
R. M. Martin, ed. and pub. M. 50 cts. 1903-:1909. Savannah,
Ga.
Philadelphia Florist and Horticulturist Journal. R. R.
Scott, ed. 1852-3. (Continued as "Florist and Horticultural
Journal.")
Pilot Point HoRTicuLTtnusT. M. Pilot Point, Texas.
Popular Gardening and Fruit Growing. Elias A. Long. M.
1885-91. Buffalo, N. Y. (Combined with "American Gar-
den.")
Practical Farmer and Fvuxt-Gbowxb. (See ** Michigan FruH
Grower.")
Practical Fruit Grower. G. A. Atwood. M. 1894-1907.
Springfield. Mo. (From 1894-1900 had title, "The SoutUVrest.**
Merged into "American Fruit and Nut JouniaL")
Practical Nurseryman and Horticultural Advbrtubr. M.
1893-1902. HuntsviUe, Ala.
pROOREsaivE Eastern Fruft Growbr. John 8. Gallagher. 1910-
11. Rochester, N. Y.
Purdy's Fruit Recorder and Evaporatob. A. W. Purdy. Q.
25 cts. 1889-94. Palmyra, N. Y.
Rogue Rtvbb Frutt Grower. Charles Meeerve. M. $1. 1909-
12. Medford. Ore.
Rose Journau Published by the American Rose Sodety. Q.
1912-13. FishkiU-on-Hudson, N. Y.
Science and Horticulturb. C. R. Oroutt. M. S2. Orcutt,
Calif. Also pub. at Los Angeles and San Di^^o.
Sbbd Time and Harvest. Isaac F. TilUnghast. M. (1880-2,
Q.) 25 cts. 1880-94. La Plume, Pa. (Merged in "American
Farmer and Farm News.")
Seed Time and HARTBar. W. 1897-8. Scranton. Pa.
Seed Time and Habvbbt. M. 1905-8. Scranton, Pa.
Small Fruit Recordbb and Cottage Gardener. 1869-7L
(Later "Fruit Recorder and Cottage Gardener.")
SMrrH's Small Frutt Farmer. B. F. Smith. Q. 50 cts. 1891-4.
Lawrence, Kana. (Later "American Horticulturist).
Southern Caufornia Horticultitrist. Southern California
Horticultural Society. M. 1877-9. Los Angeles. (Followed
by "Semi-Tropic CaUfomia;" then united with "Rural Cali-
fomian.")
Southern Floral Magazinb. Morton A Titus. M. 50 cts.
Clarksville. Tenn.
Southern Florist and Gardener. M. 1894-0. Louisville, Ky.
1894-7; Chattanooga, Tenn., 1898-9.
Southern Fruit Journal. James Harrison, ed. and pub. M.
50 cts.- 1904. Montesuma, Ga.
Southern HoRncui/ruRAL Journal. 8-M. 1888-91. Denison,
Texas.
Southern Horticulturist. H. A. 8wasm% ed. M. 1869-70.
Canton, Miss., January and February, 18o9; Yasoo City, Miss.,
March, 1869, to August, 1870; Tangipahoa, La., October to
Dec. 1870. (Continued as "Swasey's Southern Gardener.")
Southern Horticulturist. M. 1892. Humtxddt, Tenn.
Southern Horticulturist. M. Denison and Ft. Worth, Texas.
Southern Ilunois Horticultural Visitor. (See "Our Horti-
cultural Visitor.")
Strawberry. R, M. Kellogg Company. M. $1. 1906-7. Three
Rivers, Mich. (Merged mto "Fruitman and Gardener.")
Strawbebry CuLTXTRisT. (Changed to "Eastem Shore Fanner and
Fruit Culturist.")
Strawberry Specialxst. O. W. Blacknall. M. 60 cts. 1897-1903.
KittreU, N. C.
Success wtth Fix>wbii8. Dingee A Conard Co. M. 25 cts. 1890
to June, 1904. West Grove, Pa. (Combined with "Home and
Flowers.")
Swasey's Southern Gardenbb. H. A. Swasey, ed. M. 1871.
Tangipahoa, La. (Esti^lished as "Southern Horticulturist.")
Tbxab Fbuits. Nuts, Berries and Flowbbs. (Now "Southern
Orchards and Farms.")
Tilton's Journal of Horticulture and Florists' Com-
panion. 1867-71. Boston. (Formerly "American Journal of
Horticulture and Florists' Companion. )
Trade Journal and International Horticulturist. M. New
York. N. Y.
Tri-state Farmer AND Gardener. Tri-4tate Publishing Company.
M. 50 cts. 1895-1907. Chattanooga, Tenn.
Vice's Magazine. Vick's Magasine Companv. M. 50 cts. 1878~
1906. Rochester, N. Y. Has also been pub. at Dansville, N. Y.»
and Chicago.
ViNEYARDwr. J. H. Butier. S-M. $1. 1886-1903. Penn Yan,
N. Y.
Washington Fruit Grower. E. L. Rorrey, ed. 1907-10.
North Yakima, Wash. (Originally pub. under title. "Fancy
Fruit.")
Western Farmer and Gardener. Hooper A Elliott. 1839-45.
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Western Garden. C. N. Page. 1890-6. M. Des Moines. Iowa.
(Is now published as "Poidtry Success.")
Western Garden. 1893-4. Denver, Colo.
Western Horticultural Review. J. A- Warder, ed. M. 1860-&
Cincinnati, Ohio. (Continued as "Horticultural Review and
Botanical Magazine.")
Western New York Apple. L. P. McNeeley. M. $1.60. 1908.
Barker. N. Y.
Western Pomologist. Mark Mfller, Dr. Stayman and others.
1870-2. E>es Moines, Iowa, and Leavenworth, Kans. (Com-
bined with "The Horticulturist.")
Western Slope Frutt Grower. Paonia, Colo. (See "Irrigation
Fruit Grower.").
Wisconsin Horticuiatjrist. Pub. by Wisconsin State Horti«
cultural Sodetar. M. 1896-1903. From 1896-1902 pub. at
Baraboo and Madison; 1D03 at Sparta and Madison.
Woodsman. Geo. W. Caldwell. M. 50 cts. Evergreen, Wis.
H0RTICliLT\3<*-lSTS
HORTICULTURISTS, MORTH AMERICAN. At
this place are brought together brief bioRnphicai atate-
meatfl on persomi not now livinE who hare been emi-
nent in horticulture in an^ of ita branchea in the United
States and Canada. It is intended to include thoee who,
by their own efforts, have had marked influence of a
national scope, or at least an influence extending
beyond state or provincial boundaries, in developing
horticultural thought and practice as cultivators,
tradesmen, authors, teachers, experimenters. Aa there
is no standard liist of such persons, or no reco^-
niied basis of judgment, so the present account is
undoubtedly incomplete, and it may lack in uniformity.
No doubt many other names shoiUa have been included;
but the present list repreaenta a large correspondence
extending over nearly tnree years, and it ifi aa exteoaive
as circumstances will permit. It is particularly to be
understood that this set of biographies does not attempt
to constitute any standard by which the merits of individ-
ual horticulturists are to be judged. It does not repre-
sent an editorial judgment of persona who should
finally be included in such lists, but only a collection of
data of interest and value so for as it go«e. There ia
need of a standard biographical work on American men
and women who have been eminent and prominent in
the development of agriculture in its wiaeet sense: it
is hoped that these biographies, and those contained in
the fourth volume of the "Cyclopedia of American Agri-
culture," will be of service to editora who come finally
to prepare such a work.
Adltim, John (Pig. 1S6S), grape experimenter, and
author of "Memoir on the CulUvation or the Vine,'' 1823
and 1S28, the first separately published American grape
book, waa bom in York, Pa., April 29, 1759, and died at
Georgetown, D. C, March 1, 1836. He was a soklier
in the Revolution, major in the provieional arm^ in the
administration of the elder Adams, and later a bngadier*
general in the mili-
tia of Pennsylvania.
He was also a sur-
veyor and civil
ensineer. He also
held an associate
judgeship in Ly-
coming County,
Pennsylvania, hav-
ing been appointed
by Governor Mlf-
flm. Hewaaafriend
of Priestly, and en-
deavored to apply
the scientific knowl-
edge of his time to ',
agriculture. He
early became inters
ested in the ame-
lioration of the
native grapes, and
established an ex-
perimental vine- ita. JotanAdtam.
yard m the District
of Columbia. He endeavored, but without success, to
secure the use of certain public land in Washington for
the purpose of "cultivating an experimental farm." He
brought the Catawba grape to public notice. He was a
piontMT in the awakening industrial activity of the new
country. The botanist, Rafinesque, commemorated
his name in the pretty genus Adiumia; but otherwise
he has remained practically unknown imtil very
recently. For further information, see Bailey, "Evolu-
tion of our Native Fruits." l_ g. B.
Allen, Charles LinnctiB, seedsman, florist and author,
was bom in Union Springs, New York, in 1828 and died
at Fbral Park, Long IsWd, May 21, 1009. He early
evinced a love for flowers, especially the tree peony and
HORTICULTURISTS
New York, and was a communicant of Plymouth
Church. He was superintendent of the Sunday-school
for a number of years when Henry Ward Ucecher was
pastor of the church. Mr. 'Allen's plcaaiDg ways and
love for the children made hitn well fitted for the work.
He was genial by nature, a pleasing conversationalist
and a clever writer, an entertaining speaker, and devout
churcliman. In the early seventies he engaged in the
wholesale seed trade at Queens, Long Island, under the
firm name of C. L. Allen & Co., ana erected an exten-
sive plant for that day and time. The industry did
not flourish as he had expected, and the seed business
was sold to Hallock & Thorpe, a firm well known to
the trade for many years. Mr. Allen then removed to
Garden City, Long Island, and engaged to grow flower
and vegetable seed by contract for many of the aeeds-
and it is here that he gained an international
reputatio
cabbage
% scientific s
] the culture of
became worldwide. He wrote several books on horti-
cultural subjects that were pleasing and practical and
therefore popular. He spent his test years at Floral
Park, New York, and was in great demand as a public
speaker for horticultural organizations.
Mr. Allen possessed one of the finest private horti-
cultural libraries in this country, many of the vohmies
of European origin and of rare merit, some tracing
back to Holland and to 1497. Mr, Allen was a scholar
and a linguist, and enjoyed the wealth of horticultural
literature to the fullest extent. He was widely appre-
ciated for his wisdom, geniality and his comradesnip.
G. B. Bbackett.
Ames, Frederidc Lothrop, of the fourth pneration of
a family distinguished in the history of Massachusetts
ent^pnae, was bom in North Easton, in that state,
June 8, 1835, and died September 13, 1893. He was
graduated from Harvard College in the class of 1854,
and devoted his life to the management of great com-
mereial and industrial interests. Business did not
occupy all hia attention; he was a Fellow of Harvard
College, a trustee of the Massachusetts Society for
Promoting Agriculture, and of the Museum of Fine
Arts; and an active and faithful director of charitable
and benevolent institutions. A munificent patron of
arts and sciences, he was successful in stimulating the
increase of knowledge in many fields of human research.
Hievoted through his whole life to horiimilture, he
gained distinction for his wide and accurate knowledge
of tropical orchids and their cultivation, and his col-
lection of these plants at bis country place in bis native
town was the most complete in the New World. Hia
important services to botany and horticulture are com-
memorated in Lxlia Ameaiana, Lxlia ancept vor.
Amtfiana, PhalxnaptU F. L. Amea, Cj/pripedium
Ameaianum, Cj/pripedium inai^/nt var. Ameaianum,
Vanda Ameaiajui, Starthopea AmeaiaTia, Miiionia
vexitiaria var. AmeautrM, OdontogloBaum Roaaue var.
Amemxna, and Cattkya Hardyana var. Ameaiana.
C. S. Sakqbnt.
and Indiana between 1801 and 1S47, His real name
was Jonathan Chapman. He was bom in Boston in
1775, and died in 1847. For forty-si:t years he walked
barefoot through the wildcmcss, and waa never harmed
by snakes, wild animals, or Indiana. He was often clad
in a coffee-aack. in which he made holes for the arms and
legs. He would never kill any creature, and considered
Kilning and grafting wicked. Swedenborg and the
ew Testament he read aloud in many frontier log
cabins. He had many peculiarities, but was always
welcomed and respected everywhere. In the war of
HORTICULTURISTS
1SI2 he nved e
Hull's Buirender
lived to see trees bearing fruit over a territory of 100,000
sq. mi. The etory of this eclf-sacrificing and useful man
IB toU by W. D. Haley in Haiper'a. 43:830-836 (1871).
A movemait is on foot in Ohio to erect a monument
to Johiuiy Appleeeed. Bis history has been the subject
(rf « ronuuice, "The Queet of John Chapman," by
Newell Dwight Hillis, 190*. Wilhelm Miller.
and hyb
_ . , .1 1818. In 1S33 he
removed to Paris, Ontario, and in 185.1 establiahed the
Paris Nurseries. He was elected one of the first direc-
tors of the Fruit Growers' AseociatioD of Ontario and
continued in office during the remainder of his life. He
was an enthusiastic hybridist. Of hia productions of
grapes we note five varieties described in the Bushberg
Catalt^ue for 1883, vii,, Othello, Cornucopia, Autorhon,
Brant and Canada. In raspberries, he raised quite a
number of crosses of Antwerp with a whitecap of high
quality. Of his many apple seedlings, one especially
has proved of standara value, viz., the Ontario, a cross
of Spy with Wagener. In crossbred peas, he was very
successful, one deserving especial notice, viz., Bliss
American Wonder, a cross of Champion of England
with Tom Thumb. For this he received from Messrs.
Bhn & Son of New York, the handsome sum of S2,000.
His death occurred in 188-3. Lintjs Woolverton.
Avery, Robert, pioneer nurseryman, wae bom in
1796 and died December 30, 1879. He was the first
nurseryman and orchardist in the state of Iowa, and in
1837 founded the largest nursery in the state. He him-
self planted and encouraged others to plant large
numbers of fruit trees throughout the MiasisBippi
Valley states.
Bancroft, GMTfe, the famous American historian
(1800-1891), deserves remembrance among horticul-
turists for his notable collection of rosea at his sum-
mer home in Newport, Rhode Island, an account of
which may be found in the "American Garden," 1891.
For a portrait and sketch, see "Appleton'a Annual
Cyclopedia" for 1890. In Bancroft's garden, George
Field found a roae without a name, which is now
known to be the French variety Mme. Ferdinand
Jamin. It was introduced by Field & Brothers as the
American Beauty.
Bui7, Patrick (Fig. 1869), nurseryman, editor and
author, waa bom near Belfast, Ireland, in May, 1816,
and died in Rochester, New York, June 23 1890. He
came to America at the age of twentv, and after four
years of service with the Princes, at Flushing, on Long
Island, he funded in
1840, with George EU-
wanger, at Rochester,
New York, the Mount
Hope Nurseries. £11-
wanger and Barry in-
troduced fruit-growing
into western New York
at a time when there
were no collections of
fruits, no railroad or
telegraphic facilities,
nor .any fast ocean
Btcamera to bring over
their importationsfrom
Europe. From 1844
to 1852, Barry edited
"ThpGpneseeFarmer,"
an excellent and in-
fluential paper — after-
ward merged in "The
Cultivator and Cgun-
1969. Patrick Buir. try Gentleman." After
HORTICULTURISTS
the death of A. J. Downing he succeeded to the
editoiship of "The Horticulturist," which he removed
to Rochester, untd Jime, 1855, after which this famous
magazine had many vicissitudes until 1887, when it
went to swell the number of periodicals now repreaentod
commercially by "American Gardening." In 1851
appeared hia "Treatise on the Fruit-Guden," a new
aivl thoroughly leviaed edition of which was issued in
1872, under the title of "Barry's Fruit-Garden." It is
still one of our most popular booka on pomology, and
deservedly so. The catalogue of fruits which he com-
piled for the American Pomological Society is a monu-
mental work. Mr. Barry did much to make Rochester
a city of nurseries and western New York a famous f mit-
growing region. The Western New York Horticultural
Society, of which he was president for more than thirty
years, and until his death, has long exercised a more than
sectional influence. The work of Barry was truly
national, and essentially that of a pioneer. He must be
considered in the front rank of nomolc^cal authors, with
the Downings, Warder, and tTiomaa, whose combined
weight gave a great impulse toward establishing
orcharding on a large scale in America. For a fuller
account, see "Annals of Horticulture," 1890, 287-290.
"' MiLLEB.
le sreatest
uBLunu uuuujiiiii lu LUC nujiu, HOB uuiu tti. ivlarple, neai-
Darby, Pennsylvania, March 23, 1699, and died Sep-
tember 22, 1777. He was a Quaker farmer, who became
interested in botany after the age of twenty-four. In
1728, at Kingsessing, on the Schuykill River, he estab-
lished the first botanic garden in America (page 348,
Vol. I), which, together with his house, built in 1731 of
stone Hewn by his own hands, is preserved as part of the
park system of Philadelphia (Fig. 1851). He traveled
much m America, and was for many years the chief
medium of exchange between Europe and America of
plants of all kinds, especially new and importajit species,
as Rhododendron maximum and Cypripedium acavle.
His correspondence with Peter Colhnson lasted nearly
half a century. The letters, preserved to us in Dar-
lington's "Memorials of John Bartram and Humphrey
Maishall," are rich in botanical, historical and general
interest. "Observations on the Inhabitants . . .
made by John Bartram in his Travels from Pensil-
vania to Chiondago, Oswego, and the Lake Ontario
. . . London, 1751," is similarly readable, and a
document of great value in the study of aboriginat
At the age of seventy he undertook, with his son Wil-
Uam, an entedition to Florida, which is recorded in the
"Journal Kept upon a Journey from St. Augustine up
the River St. Johns." Bartram whs probably the first
American to perform successful eipcnments in hybridi-
zation. His sons, John and William, eontinued his
S;anlen. For many years it was the lar^st and beet col-
ection of trees and shrubs in America, and the servicea
of the garden to early American horticulture were very
great. He is commemorated in Bartramia. a genus of
mosses, and in "Bartram's Oak," tor the literature of
which see I. C. Martinale's "Notes on the Bartram
Oak, QiKTcat fteteropAvHa, Michx.," published at Cam-
den, New Jersey, 1880. Bartram's garden is a unique
spot in America. Manyof the trees have attained great
age, size and beauty. The garden also contains many
quaint and picturesque relics which have associations
of great interest. On the whole, John Bartram is one
of the most illustrious, and by far the most picturesque,
of the early botanists and horticulturists of Amenca,
and his Bimple, wholesome, powerful peraonality pre-
sents a picture that is altogether amiable. New editions
of the works of Bartram and Darlineton are much to be
desired, and offer a promising field to critical labors.
John Bariram's son William is well known to students
of American history for his "Observations on the Creek
sn^ n.ksivilrao Initiunii ITfiO" Tf is VI
and Cherokee Indians, 1
It is very much to be
HORTICULTURlStB
regretted that no authentic portrait oi' John Bartram is
known. For an excellent illuatrBted account of Bartram
&nd his garden, see article by Mias M. L. Dock in "Gar-
den and Forest," 9:121-124 (1895). See alao "Harper's
Magazine," 60;321-33O (1880). Wo^lm Milleb.
Beadle, Delos W., scholMv horticultuiist, writer,
was the eon of Dr. Beadle, St. Catharines, Ontario,
~ie of the pioneer nuraeryman of the province. Hewas
HORTICULTURISTS
graduated in Arts at Yale University in July, 1S44,
two years later waa granted B. A. {ad atndem) by the
University of Toronto. In 1S47, the d^^ree of LL.B.
was conferred upon Him by Harvard University, and
in 1S48 he was called to the bar in New York City,
where he practised law for about six years. Id 1854,
he was adinilted to an intereet in bis father's business,
and in this Une he became widetv known throughout
Canada. In addition to his other business, Mr. Beadle
accepted the position of horticultural editor of "The
Canada Farmer," and in 1861, two years after its first
organization in Hamilton, he waa made secretary and
treasurer of the Fruit Growers Aiaociation of Ontario,
and himself contributed largely to its wonderful groivth
and usefulueea, continuing to be ita most important
officer until his retirement in 1887. As a writer on
horticultural and pomologicol subjects, Mr. Beadle
occupies on important pla^, aa shown by his numer-
ous contributiona to the reports of the above-mentioned
society and to the "Canadian Horticulturist." Of
this latter journal, he was practically the originator in
1878, andcontinuedtoedit It until I8S7. iDNovcmber,
1862, he waa mode corrcspondinK member of Uie
Enlomoloracal Society of Philadelphia, and in 1865 a
"Fruit, Flower and Kitchen Gardener," and as late e.
the year 1903 contributed his final article to the "Cana-
dian Horticulturist" entitled, "The CamivorouB Plants
of Canada." He died in Toronto, Ontario, August
30, 1905. Lnroa Woolvebton.
Berckmuu, Prosper Julins (Fig. 1870), scholar,
horticulturist, nurseryman, and botanist, was bom in
Arschot, Belgium, October 13, 1830, and died at Fniit-
land Nuraeriee, near Augusta, Georgia, November 8,
1910. His boyhood was spent upon the estates of his
father, who was himself a horticulturist of some note.
He secured his elementary education at Liers and
Tourney ; in 1845 he went to France, attending school
at Saint Germain and graduating from Tours m 1847.
While at Saint Germain, he took lectures on botany
at the Jotdin dea Plantee in Paris, and whenever
possible attended the meetings of the Royal Horticul-
tural Societv of France. In 1847 he returned to
Belgium ana spent three years overlooking the pa-
rental estates and studying botany at the Botanical
Gardens of Brussels. It was during this period that
he became acquainted with Bivort and other prominent
European horticulturists.
Fsr political and religiouB reasons, young Berck-
mana left Belgium for the United States in 1850; in
1851 he was joined by his family who soon thereafter
purchased a farm near Plainfield, New Jersey. It was
during his six years residence here that he first met
Charles Downing and others prominent in American
horticulture. In the (all of 1857, Mr. Berckmans
moved to Augusta^ Georgia, and established the
Iiriiitland Nurseries by purchasing a one-half interest
in the nurseries of D. Redmond. The following year,
1853, he bought the other half interest and started in
business alone with about twenty-five acres of nursery
Dtock. From that time until his retirement in 1907.
Mr. Berckmans' sole object whs the advancement ana
upbuilding of southern nortirulture; and as a reward
for his work the University of Georgia conferred the
d^ree of Master of Science upon him in 1880.
Mr. Berckmans spent the major part of his life in an
cuttings and seed were imported from ail parts of the
world to be t«eted at Fruitlands, and the nurseries
became not only an experimental station but a botani-
cal garden as well,
from which dis-
seminated many of
the most valuable
plants of the south-
em horticulturist,
among which are
the Honey and
Peen-to peaches,
Kelsey plum,
Japanese persim-
mon, hardy lemon
or Cifrus Irifoluila
(Poncirus), Amoor
River privet. Biota
oureo nana (Thuja),
\ besides other fruits
' and ornamentals.
The society affili-
ations of Mr. Berck-
mans were numer-
isro. P. J. BiKkmaiu. o"f and in their
volumes of proceed-
ings are found most of his writings. In 1869 he nist took
an active part in the Americal Pomological Society and
served on various important committees until 1887 when
be was elected president, which office he held untU resign-
ing in 1897. He founded the Georgia State Horticul-
Horticulturol Society mode him a corresponding a.
ber; he was likewise honored by I^ Society D'Horti-
cutture et D'Histoire Naturelle de L'H^rault de Monl^
pellier, France; La Society Pomologique de France, La
Societi D' Horticulture de la Gironde de Bordeaux,
and La Society D' Horticulture du Department du
Gard, France. His position as president of the State
Horticultural Society of Geoivia made him a member of
the State Board of Entomology, on which board he
served from its foundation untilhis death. He was also
a member of the Board of Control of the Georgia
E^xperiment Station when it was organized, but served
only a few years. In 1883-4 he went to Europe for the
United States Government, to collect horticultural
exhibits for the New Orleans Einiosition. He waa
presiding officer over the Horticultural Congress in
Chicago m 1893; Chairman of the Jury of Award at the
Jamestown Exposition in 1907 ; and the only American
representative \o jud;^ the fruit at the centennial of La
Rorale Society d'Agriculture etde Botonique de Gand,
at Ghent, in 1908. t. H. McHatton.
Brackett, Oeorge C, nurseryman, was bom at
Unity,. Mame, October 26, 1830, and died at Fresno,
Califomia, April 18, 1903. In his early years, his family
moved to Cincinnati, Ohio, and later to Denmark,
Iowa, where his father commenced the nursery busi-
ness. It was here that George became interested in
horticulture. He was a graduate of Amherst College.
In 1856, he went to Leavenworth, Kansas, and joined
the army. He was in a law partnership from 1857 to
1859 and, after the dissolving of this partjiership, he
bought land near Leavenworth and opened up a nursery
and fruit form. This was the first nutset^ established
in Kansas. Mr. Brackett was the first to introduce the
cultivation of the«trawberry and the first to grow pears
in Douglas County. He was a charter member of the
Kansas State Horticultural Society and its secretary for
twenlv-elx years; also secretary of the American Pomo-
bgical Society 1891 to 1888. For portrait, see "Trans.
Kansas Horticultural Society," Vol. XXVlI, p. S.
1566 HORTICULTURISTS
Breck, Jose^, 1704-1373 (Fig. 1871), BoeUin seeda-
man, and author of "The Flower Gaiden, or Breck'a
Book of Flowers," first published in lS51,aad reissued
in 1866 as the "New Book of Flowers." This was pre-
ceded, in 1833, by "The Young Florist." In 1822, he
founded the seied business now condurted at 51 North
Market Street, under the name of .loseph Breck & Sons.
He was one of the originiil members of the Massachu-
Betta Horticultural Society, and its president from
1859 to 1862. He edited the old "^New England
Fanner" for many years, but discontinued it in 1846,
when he turned over his list of subscribers U> Luther
Tucker, of Albany, New York, at the time of the found-
ing of "The Horticulturist," which was edit«d by the
illustrious A. J. Downing. He also edited "The Horti-
cultural Register" from 1836 to 1838, in company with
Thomas Feesenden. The revision of his book in 1866
was undertaken when the author was seventy yeais old.
It was a popular book in ite day. Wu-helm Miller.
Brldgeman, Tliomas (Fig. 1872) gardener, florist,
seedsman ana author, was bom in BerkBhire, England,
and came to America in 1824, and established the
business which is now conducted under the name of hia
HORTICULTURISTS
nately, moat of his work with raspberries was done with
Rvbug Idseu», the Old World species, which is not han)^
in America, but his yellow-fruited variety of raspberry is
still r^arded by many as the acme of quabty. He was
for many years vice-president of the Pennsylvania
Horticultural Society, and was regarded as a, leader of
American pomoli^o'. In raising near seedlings, lie was
wont to graft and regraft annually, after the second or
third year from seed. He thus produced new fruits in
half the time required by Van Mons, many of whose
novelties did not fruit within twenty years from seed.
Dr. BrincU^ gave away thousands of grafts to amsteure
and tradesmen everywhere, and always prepaid tha
carriage. In 1860 he edited "Hoffy's North American
Pomologist," a high-class periodical with colored plates,
which, unfortunately, did not survive. Some spriditly
anecdotes of Dr. Bnnckl^ are reprinted from the 'har-
dener's Monthly" for 1863, in Bailey's "Evolution of
Our Native Fruits." Wilhslm Miller.
Brown, Jacob O., pomologist, was bom in Lewisburg,
Pennsylvania, April 26, 1825, and died near Wyoming,
Delaware, November 17, 1896. He came to Delaware
in Marob, 1868, and purchased a farm of about 200
1871. JoMib Brack. 1872. Thoma
eon, Alfred Bridgeman, at 37 East Minet«enth Street,
New York. An historical account of this business may
be found in the catalogue of the ^eeent firm. In 1829,
"Iliomas Bridgeman published "The Young Gardener's
Assistant," which was many times reprinted and
eventually enlarged to five times its origioaJ bulk. It
was copyri^ted in 1847, when it appeared as a large-
eised work m three parts, covering fruit, vegetable, and
ornamental gardemng. Two of tnese parts were pub-
lished separately in the some yw as "The Kitchen
Gardener's Instructor," and "The Florist's Guide."
The first-named work was revised by Sereno Edwards
Todd, and republished in 1866 by Alfred Bridgeman.
Thomas Bridgeman died in 1850. Wilhelm Miller.
BrincklC, 'miUam Draper (Fig. 1873), physician
and amateur pomologist, was bom in Delaware. He
began the practice of medicine at Wilmington in 1820,
moved to Philadelphia in 1825, where he passed most of
his life as a busy physician, and died at Grovevitle,
New Jersey, in 1863, at the age of sixty-four. In a
room of his Philadelphia home he hybridized straw-
berries, and bad fruit at every season of the year. He
&L«o had a little garden about the sise of a parlor. He
E reduced the Cusning atrswberry, the Wilder, President
ope, Gushing, and Orange raspberries, and the
Wilmington and Catherine Oardettc pears. Unfortu-
acres in central Kent County. He immediately planted
a peach orchard of 2,700 trees. In 1870 he set another
peach orchard and 200 apple trees. In 1872 he set
about 20 acres in apples, another 20 acres in peaches,
and commenced growing small-fruits, especially rea
raspberries, increasing until be had 50 acres of red
raspberries, and in 188.5 nearly the whole farm of
200 acres was set in fruit, 100 acres of it in apples. He
planted nearly every variety of apples that he could
find describca in the catalogues of nurserymen. Mr.
Brown made a close study otfruit'^irowing and carried
on the business with a great deal of energy. He became
a member of the Peninsula Horticultural Society soon
aft«r its oi^aniiation in 1888, and took great dehght in
talking about his fruit-growing. He was especially
enthusiastic about apple-culture. He was one of the
pioneers in apple-growing in Delaware and became
more sanguine of its ^^t success year by ye«r until hia
deatb in 1896. Mr. Brown took an active interest in
every movement that was planned to develop fruit-
growing, and was a public-spirited citisen.
Wbblet Webb.
Bmner, Thomss Elncald, was bom in Salisbury,
NorthCarolina,oDJnnuary 17, ISSS.anddiedinRalei^
in February, 1908. For many years his father was editor
and owner of the "Salisbury Watchman." Young
Bmner, who received his education at Finley'a Aca-
H0RTlC\]LT\3^^t^
HORTICULTURISTS
1567
demio School in Lenoir, North CaroUna, early entered
his father's office. His intelligence, industry, and initia-
tive united to induce him to study nature and nature's
works, along with his daily duties, and led him to be a
reader and a thinker. In 1886 he was selected as secre-
tary of the State Board of Agriculture, and thereafter
he lived in Raleigh. His services as secretary were
varied. He had devoted especial attention to the stud^
of geology, crystalography, and arboriculture. In his
new field he collected for the state and for various
expositions specimens of ores, crystals, woods and other
natural proaucts that attracted attention wherever
they were displayed. He was in charge of the state
exhibits at Atlanta, Georgia, at Boston, at Omaha, at
Chicago, at St. Louis, and in Paris. He was a member
of the International Jury of Awards at New Orleans as
representative for the Bulgarian government. He
edited and wrote many articles on the resources of his
native state. Mr. Bruner's interests were wide and his
mental activities covered many subjects. Few men
ever rendered more service to the agricultural and
industrial life of their states. j), h. Hill.
Bryant, Arthur, pioneer nurseryman of Illinois, was
bom near Princeton, Illinois, on October 15, 1834, and
died May 13, 1907. Early in life, he became interested
in the nursery business as an aid to his father and later
as owner of the business. Mr. Bryant was one of the
founders of the Northwestern Fruit Growers' Asso-
ciation and at one time its president. He was also
president of the Illinois State Horticultural Society
and of the Northern Illinois Horticultural Society for
a time.
Budd, Toseph Lancaster, horticulturist, investiga-
tor and eoucator. was bom near Peekskill, New York,
July 3, 1835 ana died at Phcenix, Arizona, Decembcnr
20. 1904. In 1859, he started in the nursery business at
Wneaton, Uhnois, and a few years later removed to
Shellsbuig, Iowa, where he established the Benton
County Nurseries. He was successful as a nurseryman
and fruit-grower, but in 1876, he accepted the profes-
sorship of horticulture and forestry at the Iowa Agri-
cultund College where he remained for nearly twenty-
two years. ^t>fes8or Budd was instrumental in the
importation of hardy trees, shrubs ajid fruits from
Europe, especially from Russia, which he visited in
1882, wiUi Charles Gibb, for this purpose. He also
improved many native fruits, foremost amongst which
was the plum. Professor Budd was the author of the
''American Horticultural Manual." For a fuller account
and portrait, see ''Cyclopedia of American Agriculture,"
Vol. IV, p. 558.
Buist, Robert, florist, seedsman, and author, was
bom at Cupar Fyfe, near Edinburdi, Scotland, Novem-
ber 14, 1805, and died in Phihidelphia, July 13, 1880.
He was trained at the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens,
came to America in August, 1828, and was employed
for a time bv Henry Pratt. In 1830 he became the
partner of Uibbert^ who had established the first
notable florist's busmess in Philadelphia. He became
noted for his successes with roses, which were at that
time second in popular favor to tne camellia with the
Philadelphians. The great improvement of the ver-
bena was largely due to him, and was immediately
followed by the mtroduction into America of a distinct
class of bedding plants. He introduced PoinsetUa
vuUherrima to the trade, and his sale of the double
form is said to have been the first transaction of the
kind accomplished by ocean telegraph. He was the
author of "The American Flower-Gaiden Directory,"
in 1832, "The Rose Manual," 1844, and "The Family
Kitchen-Gardener" (copyrighted, 1847), all of which
were frequently reissued, and enjoyed a considerable
sale for many years. An excellent account of his life
may be found m "The Gardener's Monthly," 22:372
(1888). The frontispiece of the bound volume for the
year is his portrait. Wilhblm Miller,
Bull, Ephraim W., the introducer of the Concord
srape, lived a long, quiet, and useful life in Concord,
Massachusetts, where he died September 27, 1895, in
his ninetieth year. In commercial importance, the
greatest event in the early history of American grapes
was the introduction, early in the fifties, of this variety
of the northern fox-grape. The first fruit of this grape
was obtained in 1849. Its exact origin is obscure. In
1840, Mr. Bull bought the house in which he hved until
his death. That year some boys brought from the river
some wild grapes, and scattered them about the place.
A seedling appeared from which Mr. Bull obtained a
bunch of fruits in 1843. He planted seeds of this bunch,
and a resulting plant fruitea in 1849. This variety was
named the Concord. It soon became the dominant
grape in all eastern America, as it was the first variety
of sufficient hardiness to carry the culture of the vine
into every garden in the land. It is a pregnant type,
and has ^ven rise to no less than fifty honorable seed-
lings, which range in color from greenish white to pur-
pl^lack. Hie quality of the fnut is excelled by many
varieties, but the latter usually demand more careful
cultivation. The Concord is the one most important
type of American grape, and the really successful com-
mercial viticulture of the country dates from its dis-
semination; and yet this grape is apparently only twice
removed from the wild vine. (See Fig. 1709.) For poi^
trait, see Baile3r. "Evolution Native FVuits."
Ephraim W. Bull was loved of his neighbors and hon-
ored by every countryman who ^rows or cats a grap|B.
He made very little money from his variety, and died in
extreme poverty. The original vine is still preserved,
as a sprout from the old root. £. h. B.
Burnet, Robert^ minister and horticulturist, was
bom at Lady Kirk. Berwickshire, Scotland, 1823;
died at Hanulton, Ontario, 1889. After his ordina-
tion, he volunte^^ as a missionary to Ontario,
then Upper Canada. Tot twenty-six years, he was min-
ister to St. Andrew's church, Hamilton, Ontario, dur-
ing which time he took a very active interest in horti-
cmture. His large garden was to him both a pleasure
and a study and contained a very large and choice col-
lection of varieties of dwarf pears and other fruits.
From these, he gained many valuable notes for use at
meetings ot the provincial fruit growers' association.
In the year 1869, Mr. Burnet was elected president of
this association, an office which he filled with great
credit for ten successive years. His annual addresses
formed an important feature in the annual reports made
to the Department of Agriculture for Ontario during
those years. The reports also contain several prise
essays by him, as for example in 1875 one on "The
Cultivation of the Pear," and one on "Where and How
to Market our Fruits;" also in 1876 an excellent paper
entitled "Criteria for Fruit Judging."
Linus Woolveston.
Burr, Fearing, seedsman and author, was bom in 1815
and died suddenly at his home in Boston, Massachu-
setts, October 4, 1897. He gained his horticultural
experience in early life on the broad acres of the paternal
homestead. This experience, added to his inherent
tastes and his copartnership in the firm M. A. F. Burr,
Seedsmen, Boston, gave nim creditable notice as a
prominent horticulturist throu^out New England
and ^e distant states and temtories. His firm was
among the early ones which exchanged international
courtesies with seedsmen. In 1865 he published "The
Field and Garden Vegetables of Amenca." This was
a very interesting and erudite contribution to horti-
culture at that day, and the book found ready sale.
He was an author of some note and contributed to the
horticultural columns of the press. He was elected a
1568
HORTICULTURISTS
if the Massachusetts Horticultural Society
in 1852 and did much excellent work for the society in
the matter of judging fruits and vegetables, and making
creditable exbibita. In 1S57 bis firm was awarded a
silver medal for its display of "Sixty Varieties of Beans,
all neatly and correctly labelled." He was diligent in
business, a fluent conversationalist, a ready wnler, an
earnest lecturer and a man whose judgment and advice
on horticultural topics was earnestly sought.
G. B. Bbackett.
Buah, Isodor, nurseryman and pioneer Erape-grower,
was bora in 1822 at Prague. Bohemia. He died in the
city of St. Louis, Missouri, August 5, 1898, having been
a resident there for more than fifty years. In 1865, he
established a grape nursery at the place he named
BuahbuTR, Missouri, and devoted himself to the culti-
vation of this specialty with marked enthusiasm and
success. He soon had a collection of aU known species'
and varieties of our native ^apes and with the assist-
ance of the eminent botanist, George Engelmaim, &
very complete classification of various species was made
and their characteristics were fully described in his
valuable publication, the "Bushbui^ Catalogue and
Grape Manual." It was through the enterprise of Mr.
Bush that our immune srape roots were sent to Europe
for the purpose of grafting the vinifera varieties upon
them, and thus the ravages of phylloxera were pre-
vented. The Americtan grape industry owes a debt of
lasting gratitude to the pioneer work of Mr. Bush.
G. B. Brackctt.
Bnti, George C, horticulturist and educator, was
boro at New Castle, Pennsylvania, on February 1,
1863, of Swiss parentage, and died December 14, 1907.
He was prepared for college at the New Castle High
School and graduated from Pennsylvania State College
in 1883. The following year he became an instructor
in the preparatory department of the collie; in 1887
he was elected to the position of assistant professor of
horticulture, and in 1903 he was made professor of
horticulture. During many years, he was also a lec-
turer at the farmers' institutes of the state, nursery
inspector and adviser for the State Department of
Agriculture, and horticulturist of the State Experiment
Station. He is the author of a number of valuable bul-
letins and other pubUcations upon subjects relating to
bis life work. A natural love for plania from his boy-
hood made Professor Buti an apt pupil and determined
his life work. He was an authority on horticultural
subjects. His opinion on the culture of grapes, peaches,
ginseng and camations was much sought i^ter by state
authontiee, and his writings upon these subjects were
highly valued.
Intellectually Professor Butz was a man of culture
and broad honzon. His mental operations were pains-
taking, methodical, exact. Notwithstanding his life-
Ibng practical experience in horticulture, he was a care-
ful student of its rapidly developing lit«rature and
brought la his work the combined products of observa-
tion and wide reading. Always devoted to duty, cheer-
fully making the best of adverse conditions, spending
himself unstrntedly for the welfare of his coUege and of
bis state, his life of high ideals and unselfish service was
an inspiration to alt who knew him. r, l Watts.
Campbell, Geco^e Washington, horticulturist, was
born in Cortland County, New York, January 12. 1817,
and died at Delaware, Ohio, August. 1898. He is best
known as the introducer of the Delaware grape. He
originated and improved numerous other varieties of
Kapes, among which ore Campbell's Early and Lady.
>r a fuller account, see "Cyclopedia of American
Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 560.
Carman, Elbert S. (Fig. 1874), aoicultural editor and
experimenter, was bom on Long Island in 1836 and
died in 1901. He was educated at Brown University and
HORTICULTURISTS
after graduating was in business for a number of years.
Always interested in gardening and fruitgrowing, he
finally associated with the late Andrew S. Fuller in
conducting the "Rural New Yorker." A little later Mr.
Carman bought the paper and established in connection
with it the Rural Experiment Grounds in New Jersey.
Here he tested with great care the varieties of farm and
garden seeds offered by seedsmen. At that time, the
ordinary seed
catalogue waa
filled with gross
1B74. Blbcit S. C
text and illustra-
tion. Mr. Car-
man's accurate
large 1]^ instru-
mental in start-
ing a genuine
( logue-making.
I Lat«r he spent
much time at
bybridiring and
selecting new
varieties of pota-
toes, grains and
Sowers. His
most notable
achievement in
this line waa the
famous family of Carman potatoes, including the Rural
New Yorker No. 2. At one time, it is probable that
there were more of this variety grown than of any other
known sort. In the markets today, the larger number
of round, thick potatoes are known and sold as "Rurala."
As a farm journalist, Mr. Carman waa very succeseful,
B'ving power and individual character te his paper,
e wrote one book "The New Potato Culture'' in
which he recorded his exhaustive experiments with
fertilizers, preparation of seed and methods of culture.
H. W. COLLINOWOOD.
Carr, Robert, was bom in the parish of St. Andrews,
County of Downs, in the north of Ireland, in 1767. He
was but eight years old when he was brought to Phila-
delphia. In lat«r yean, William Bartram, proprietor
of the celebrated Bartram Gardens became his friend,
and later his father-in-law. At the death of Mr. Bar-
tram. Mr. Carr continued the business of the Gardens,
which were the cradle of botany and horticulture on
the American continent. The Gardens gave these
sciences a distinguished position in the literature of the
old world, and they were also the pride of every Phila-
delphian for a great many years. At the formation of
the first society of horticulture in 1827, Colonel Carr
was a charter member, and in 1834 he was made ita
vice-president, a position he held until the time of his
death, which occurred in 1866. Q. g, Brackett.
Cobbett, WiUiam (1762-1835), the once-famoua
English author, had two periods of enforced residence
in America, and wrote "The American Gardener,"
which is one of the spiciest books in the whole history of
American horticulture. He was of thorough Suon
ancestry, and while a gardener's lad and during eight
years of mlLtary service, made strenuous efforts at
self-education. In 1792 his personal liberty was endan-
gered by the publication of "The Soldier's FViend" (an
appeal for an increase of pay), and he come to Phila-
delphia in the autumn of that year. His first success
was a pamphlet entitled^ "Observations on Dr.
Prieetly's Emigration," a bitter attack on the French
Revolution. He took the loyalist side in American
politics, and is regarded as the founder of the American
part]^ press. His attack on Benjamin Rush, the leading
physician of Philadelphia, for his advocacy of unlimited
H0RTICULT\3KI^T*S
HORTICULTURISTS
1569
bleeding for yellow-fever, resulted in a libel suit, and
damages of $5,000, which nearly ruined Ck>bbett, and
sent Mm to England in June, 1»00. In 1802 he began
"Cobbett's Weekly Political Rerister," which he edited
for thirty-three years, and until his death, except dur-
ing an interval of imprisonment and a secona with-
drawal to America. His real work was domestic reform,
and the circulation and influence of his journal were
immense. He wrote extensively and entertainingly on a
wide variety of subjects. As historical documents, his
works are indispensable.
Cobbett's horticultural writings of chief interest to us
are * 'Cottage Economy," "A Year's Residence in the
United States of America," and^ most of all ''The
American Gfurdener" (1821), which was reproduced
with considerable modifications as "The English Gar-
dener," in London, 1827. The American edition of
Wm. Forsyth's excellent "Treatise on the Culture and
Management of Fruit Trees," was published at New
York and Philadelphia in 1802, and m Albany in 1803,
and was one of the most influential books on fruit-
growing in the period before orcharding over large areas
gave rise to essentially American horticultural writings.
WiLHELM Miller.
Cole, Samuel W., nurseryman, author and editor,
was bom in the town of Cornish. Maine, in 1796, and
died at Chelsea, Massachusetts, December 3, 1851. At
about the age of twenty he left his native state and
passed two or three years in New Jersey and Pennsyl-
vania in teaching. Hoon after his return he published
the "Columbian SpeUing Book," a collection of poems
called "The Muse,'^ and m 1835, the "Yankee Farmer;"
the latter he removed to Portland, Maine, and con-
tinued there about three years, in connection with a
seedstore and agricultural warehouse. In 1839 he came
to Boston and continued connected with the agricul-
tural press to the time of his death and was editor of the
"New England Farmer" during the vears 1849, 1850
and 1851. Mr. Cole published the "American Fruit
Book" in 1849, and a book on "Diseases of Domestic
Animals," which have passed through several editions.
He aJso established and carried on the Winnisimmet
Nurseries in Chelsea, Massachusetts, during the years
from 1840 to 1850. w^. P. Rich.
Coleman, Norman J., lawyer, agricultural journalist,
first Secretary of Agriculture, and horticulturist, was
bom near Richfield Springs, New York, May 16, 1827,
and died in St. Louis, Missouri. November 3, 1911.
He was minted the degree ot Bachelor of Law
from the University of Louisville (Kentucky), and for
some years was a practising attorney at New Albany,
^diana, and later in St. L^uis. With an intense love
of rural pursuits, he gave up his lucrative law practice,
purchased a country home near St. Louis, and began
file publication of "The Missouri Valley Farmer,"
now known as "Coleman's Rural World," one of the
Sioneer aoicultural papers of the Mississippi Valley,
[e was Lieutenant-Crovemor of Missoun, 1874 to
1878: served as a member of the Board of Curators of
the Missouri State University for sixteen years and
was, for a number of years, a member of the Missouri
State Board of Agriculture. He was Secretary of Agri-
culture during the administration of President Cleve-
limd, being the first to hold this position after its crea-
tion as a cabinet office. Through the "Rural World" he
issued a call for "a meeting for the purpose of advan-
cing and directing the fruit-growing interests of Mis-
souri and the W^." As a result, on January 5, 1859,
"The Missouri Fruit Growers' Association," since 1868
known as the "Missouri State Horticultural Society,"
was organised. Mr. Coleman was the first president
of this organization and served in tins capacity for
periods aggregating nearly a decade. This is the oldest,
permanent fruit-^wers' organization west of the
Mississippi and its annual reports, covering a period
100
of more than half a century, are an important adjunct
to the literature of the horticultural development of
the section. In Ins official positions, Mr. Coleman's
energies were largely devoted to the organization of
horticultural interests. His horticultural writings occur
mainly in the Reports of the Missouri State Horti-
cultural Society and in the columns of "The Rural
World." J. c. Whitten.
Conard, Alfred Fellenberg, nurseryman and original
president of The Conard & Jones Co., of West Grove.
Pennsylvania, was bom in Philadelphia, in 1835, ana
died December 15, 1906. He was descended from
Crerman Quakers, who joined WiUiam Penn's Colony
in 1683. His early hfe was spent on his father's farm
near West Grove, where later he learned the nursery
business under the personal supervision of Thomas
M. Harvey. Soon after 1862, with Charles Dingee,
he estabhsned a nursery business under the firm name
of Dingee & Conard. This prospered, and about 1869,
the firm turned its attention to the propa^tion of
roses by a new process introduced by Antoine Wint-
zer, an expert Alsatian propagator. This was a suc-
cess so far as the production of roses was concerned,
but the wholesale demand at that time was small ana
the problem soon presented itself of how to market
their rapidly increasing stock. With rare foresight
Mr. Conard conceived the idea of disposing of it at
retail through the mails.
The company issued at first a very modest cata-
logue. It was skilfully prepared, and offered bedding
plants^ shrubbery, bulbs, seeds, and the like, in addition
to their attractive Ust of roses. This, accompanied by
wise advertising, brought in orders quite satisfactorily,
and strictly fair and honorable treatment of customers,
good healthy stock and careful packing soon established
for the company an enviable repuUition, and their
trade extended to all parts of the wofld.
About the year 1892, Mr. Conard and Mr. Wintzer
having previously become separated from the Dingee
& Conard Co., associated themselves with S. Morris
Jones, and organized the Conard & Jones Co., for the
purpose of continuing the growing and distribution of
roses, flowering plants, and tne like. As a specialty, they
took up the improvement of the canna.
Mr. Conard was a man of very retiring nature, and
for this reason was not so prominent in the trade gen-
erally as his lon^ experience and extensive knowledge
of the floral business would have warranted. He was
scholarly in his tastes, methodical and precise in his
habits, well read and well informed. He was particu-
larly proficient as a mail-order salesman, and was the
first audvertiser in any line of business to contract with
advertising concerns to place the business on a per-
centage basis, a plan that has now been almost univer-
sally adopted. Thomas P. Conabd.
Coxe, William, pioneer pomologist, was bom in
Philadelphia^ May 3, 1762, and died on his farm on the
Delaware River near Burlington, February 25, 1831.
He deserves special remembrance for his excellent and
now scarce book, "A View of the Cultivation of Fruit
T^ees, and the Mana^ment of Orchards and Cider,"
with accurate descriptions of the most estimable varie-
ties of native and forei^ apples, pears, peaches, plums
and cherries cultivated m the Middle States of America.
This was printed at Burlington, and published at
Philadelphia in 1817. Grapes and small-fruits were not
included in the scope of his book, but an article of his
in the "American Farmer" for July, 1828, shows that he
was acquainted with many varieties of grapes, and had
done much grafting. His book was a standard until the
time of the Downmgs, and was freely used by other
authors. The illustrations were excellent for their time,
but show only the size and outline of a fruit, and
whether it was dotted, splashed or streaked. (Fig.
1858.)
HORTICULTURISTS
ting fruit trees on a scale more extensive th&n has been
attempted by any other individual of this country."
He also had a national reputation for his cider at an
age when it was a famous and characteristic beverage.
William Coxe belonged to one of the most refined fam-
ilies of Philadelphia. His earW education was some-
what meager by reason of the Revolutionary War, but
he became a cultured gentleman. John Jay Smith givee
this pleasant picture of him: "Well do we remember his
extensive library in hia fine mansion on the 'Bank' at
Burlington, when as a Uttie boy we were assigned the
duty ol bringing away, or taking home, some book or
pamphlet from his ever open stores of information.
rapidly casting off. An errand to Mr. Coxe's
cherished privilege ; never was the opportunity neglected
by him to place in the hand of his visitor some fruit
that he so well knew would be appreciated by a youth-
ful appetite. The finest Seekel pears we have ever seen
were not unfrequent deposits. He had an especial fond-
ness Cor the Seckel pear, which is certainly among the
balf-doEen most famous peaiB of American origin, and
which was pronounced by Downing to be the finest
flavored of all pears." Coxe was made an honorary
member of the Horticultural Society of London for -
making known the merits of this pear through Dr.
Hosack. Either the first willow or the first poplar
Ranted in Burlington is said to have been brought from
Halifax in the hand of William Coxe. He planted
many trees to beautify the town and, in particular,
extended the front of the "Green Bank," Biographical
details are unfortunately only too meager. A few
other details may be gleaned from the "Horticulturist,"
11:304-307 (1856). Wilhelm Milleb.
Cimlg, John (Fig. 1875), horticulturist and educator,
was bom at Icefield, Argenteiiil County, Quebec, in
1864. and died at Siasconsett, August 10, 1912. He ob-
tained his early educa-
tion at Montreal High
School and McGill Col-
lege. Early in life he
exhibited a taste for
horticulture and later
studied under one of
the greatest pioneer
horticultural tochers,
J. L. Budd, of the Iowa
Agricultural College.
Shortly after gradua-
tion from this institu-
tion in 1887, Professor
Craig was appointed
horticulturist at the
I' Central Experimental
\ Farm at Ottawa. He
: was called to Iowa as
\ professor of horticul-
ture in 1899, and in 1900
I»75.Joh»C™i,. ^^f' professor of
extension teaching at
Cornell University. In 1903, he was appointed professor
of horticulture at this institution, which position he
held until his death. During the latter years of his life.
Professor Craig took great interest in the development
of nut-culture, both for the North and South, and was
the recognized authority on many kinds of nuts. He
contributed largely to horticultural and agricultural
magazines and was the editor of "The National Nur-
seryman" for seversJ years. Professor Craig was a
""HOf the advisory board of the American Civic
HORTICULTURISTS
League, and chairman of the nomenclature committees
of the American Sweet Pea and the American Peony
Societies. He was also elected a fellow of the Hoyal
Horticultural Society of Great Britain. He was well
known for his interest and work as a pomologist, hav-
ing been early associated with Charles Gibb (p. 1576),
and having followed the subject closely throughout
life. In 1903, he was elected secretary of the American
Pomological Society, which important position he held
until his death. a. c. Beai.
Curtis, Joseph, pioneer fruit-grower of Illinois, waa
bom in New Jersey, May 29, 1786, and removed with
his parents when a boy, to Manchester, Ohio. He
had never seen a nuraery and had no horticultural
experience, but be invented the arts of root-grafting
and collar^grafting fruit trees through stem necessity
for grafting stock. At the age of sixteen he had secured
a piece of land on which to plant an orchard. He had
grown some seedling trees but had an insufficient num-
ber for the piround he had. As the pieces of roots were
plowed up, it occurred to him that he might make more
trees by grafting these roots. He succeeded and immedi-
ately thereafter invented collar-grafting. He was from
1798 to 1817 collecting and Usting twenty-seven varie-
ties of apples in his Onio orchard. In March, 1818, he
built a log-cabin, selected a fine tract of land in what
is known as the north arm of Grand Prairie. Edgar
County, Illinois, and in 1818 established ttie first
nursery in the state of Illinois and the first orchard of
grafted fruit trees planted in Edgar County. He srew
such varieties as Yellow Newtown, Smith (Cider),
Newtown Spitzenber^, Milam, Priestley, Gilliflower,
Rhode Island Greening, Rambo and Winesap. He
originated a number of choice varieties of fruits, esm-
ciaSy some of our leading varieties of apples. He did
more than an^ other one man of fais day to introduce
choice fruits mto southern Illinois and the adjacent
territories. Among his most zealous contemporaries were
Edson Harknees of Tivoli, Peoria County, Cyrus Over-
man, Canton, and Arthur Bryant, Princeton. To such
men are due the credit of the oi^anization of the Nortli-
westem Fruit Growers Association in 1851. the first so-
ciety of its kind west of the Allcghaniee, emoracing great
extent of territory and demanding any great degree of
public opinion, ^d through the unit^ efforts of these
men, with others, the Illinois Horticultural Society was
organized at Decatur in 1856. q. B. BRACMrr.
Dariineton, E. Dillwyn, was bom on November 20,
1858, in Doylestown, Pennsylvania, and died March 26,
1908. As a boy he entered a small private school, later
the Doylestown Seminary, and finally Swarthmore
College at the age of sixteen. Intensive study up to
this time had undermined his health to such an extent
that after a few months be was obliged to leave school.
An inborn desire for activity prompted him to seek and
find a position in the office of the Doylestown "Intel-
ligencer." But even this proved too confining so that,
aRer a few weeks, he had to give up and seek occupa-
tion outdoors. A natural tendency started him grow-
ing plants for local markets. Soon he found out how
mucn had to be learned in this line and he secured ap^'
tion with the prominent firm of Hoopes, Bro. & Tho-
mas,NurBerymen,ofWe«tChester,Pennsylvania. After
serving an apprenticeship of one vear, he returned to
Doylestown to start seriously in trie business of grow-
ing'plants for sale. This was in 1875, Steadily he grew
and developed until in 1883 he became connected with
what turned out to be his life's work^the trial-grounds
of W. Atlee Burpee & Co., Seedsmen, PhiladelpUa.
Mr, Darlington first conducted these trials on a vacant
lot adjoining his property. As the Biupee business grew,
the trial-grounds grew, and when, in 1888, a farm waa
acquired for the purpose of doing this important
work, Mr. DarUngtou logically became superintendent
of the new venture.
HORTICXJLTOTt^STS
HORTICULTURISTS
1571
From that time until his death be 8erved the Ameri-
can public with a keen, observing and anal3rtical mind
possessed by few men. For twenty-five years he
studied the merits and faults of all sorts of vegetables
and flowers. Tens of thousands of trials came under
his observation everv year. The best of European and
American seed-breeders' efforts had to pass his critical
decisions, and out of this tremendous '^sifting'' process
rose scores of meritorious varieties of vegetables and
flowers, the names of which have since become house-
hold words with planters throughout the country.
Adolph Kruhm.
Dartt, Edward Harvev Schuler, nurseryman, was
bom at Weathersfield, Vermont, November 24, 1824,
and died at Owatonna, Minnesota, January 31, 1903.
At the a^ of twenty, he moved from Vermont to Kipon,
Wisconsin, where he attended college and taught school.
About 1860 he moved to Kingston, Wisconsin, and
engaged in general merchandising, holding at the same
time the offices of postmaster ana justice of the peace.
In 1869 he removed to Owatonna, Minnesota, where
he remained until his death. He engaged at once in
the nursenr business and continued in it more or less
the rest of his life. He was one of the early members
of the State Horticultural Society, and in 1889 was
made an honorary life member for conspicuous efforts
along horticultural lines.
In 1891 the Owatonna Tree Station was established
by act of the legislature and Mr. Dartt was made its
superintendent and continued in this capacity until
his death. He conducted many experiments here and
raised thousands of seedlings, contributing much to
the horticultural knowledge of the state by his efforts.
He was alwajrs active in the meetings of the society and
much of the early advancement in horticulture in
Minnesota is due to Mr. Dartt. He laid out and main-
tained a public park at his own expense for many years
and was always interested in civic improvements in
the town. He delighted to write short articles on civic
and horticultural affairs for the press and in this way
helped to mold public opinion. j^ Rqt Cady.
Deane, Rev. Samuel, poet and agricultural writer,
was bom at Dedham, Massachusetts, July 30, 1733,
and died at Falmouth (now Portland), Maine, Novem-
ber 12, 1814, where he had been pastor since October
17, 1764. While vice-president of Bowdoin College,
he published^ in 1790, his ''New England Farmer, or
Georgical Dictionary," the first American encyclo-
pedic work on asriculture. This had a much wider
circulation, probably, than Jared Eliot's ''Essays upon
Field-Husbandry." 1747. Its influence may be traced
to the middle of tne present century. Deane's work was
freely quoted by F. G. Fessenden until his death, in
1837. The second edition, 1797, was entitled "The
Georgical Dictionary." A third edition was published
in 1822.
Deane and Eliot were the chief writers in that early
stage of American horticulture when it was hardly
important enough to be considered distinct from general
amculture. For biographical details, see Drake's
"Dictionary of American Biography."
Dearborn, Henry Alexander Scammell, soldier,
statesman and author (1783-1851), was also an ardent
horticulturist. He was a moving spirit in the organiza-
tion of the Massachusetts Horticultund Society, and
was elected its first president March 17, 1829. He was
partly instrumental m the establishment of an "ejmeri-
mental garden and cemetery at Moimt Auburn, the
parent of rural cemeteries. The plan of the ceme-
tery was largely his. He "devoted himself to this
work most assiduously," writes the chronicler of
the society, "spending the greater part of the autumn
[1831] at Mount Auburn, m laboring with hands as
well as mind, without money and without price." The
Ahh6 Berlese's "Monography of the Camellia" was
translated by him, and published in Boston in 1838. He
also translated from the French, in 1830, an account of
the since famous Moras mtdticaulis. He left MS.
writings on horticulture. For notes on his horticultural
labors, see "History of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society," 1880, which contains a portrait; also John B.
Russel m TUton's "Journal of Horticulture," 7:88, 157,
276. Gen. H. A. S. Dearborn was son of Gen. Henry
Dearborn, of Revolutionary and later fame. Xj. H. B.
Dempsey, Peter C, pomologist and hybridist, was
of United Empire Loyalist stock and was heir to the
orchard and nursery left b)r his father at Albury,
Prince Edward County, Ontario. About the year 1867,
Mr. Dempsey decided Uiat he would devote his life
to horticulture, and especially to the cultivation of the
apple. In 1859, he united with the Fruit Growers'
Afleociation of (mtario and being a pleasing and fluent
speaker, full of information drawn from practical
experience, he soon became a highly valued member and
was elected vice-president in 1873 and again in 1875;
and president in 1880 and a^iin in 1881. In 1775, he
was selected by the Ontario Department of Agriculture
to superintend the Ontario fruit-exhibit at the Centen-
nial exhibition in Philadelphia, and secured several
medals for its excellence. But it is as a hybridist that
Mr. Dempsey is most widely known among horticul-
turists, having orimnated among other novelties the
Burnet grape, the Dempsey potato and the Trenton
apple. His death occurred in August, 1892, at Albuiy.
LmXJS WOOLVERTON.
Dixon, John N., pomologist, was bom in Fayette
County, Pennsylvania, on February 20, 1821, and died
in 1883. When quite young, his parents moved to
Ohio, and here at the age of twenty-two, he set out an
orchard of 1,100 trees, a large orchard for those da^.
In 1855 he went to Iowa, expecting to make fruit-
growing his specialty, but on account of the cold
winters and tender varieties, lost most of his trees. He
persisted, however, and in 1868 stalled the present
orchard of 12,000 acres, of which he made a great suc-
cess. He is said to have been the first man to use
insecticides in the form of spray in a commercial way
in fruit plantations.
Domer, Frederick, florist, was bom at Schilltach,
Baden, Germany, on November 29, 1837. At the age
of seventeen he emigrated to this countnr and ioined
his brother at Lafayette, Indiana, where he livea until
his death, December 29, 1910. In 1870, after beins
employed at various occupations, he rented a small
farm and became a market-gardener. In the small
greenhouse on the place, he began raising plotted plants
for the retail market. In 1888 he became interested in
some exi)eriments in the breeding of carnations, which
were being conducted at Purdue University. He
Suickly saw the possibilities of the work and became so
eeply interested that he took up this line of work
himBelf. From the first lot of seedlings, raised in 1889
and numbering about 500, came the varieties Christina
Domer, Tecumseh, Hoosier, Mrs. Harrison, Indiana,
and Ben Hur. His work continued uninterruptedly
for twenty-one years and during this time he grew over
150^000 seedlings. Of this num^ not more than seven-
ty-nve ever reached the market. Amon^ the best of
his productions were Mad. Diaz Albertim, Wm. Scott,
Mrs. G. M. Bradt, White Cloud, Lady Bountiful, White
Perfection, Pink Delight, and White Wonder. Fred
Domer was the first florist in the Middle West to dis-
bud carnations. The method of supporting carnations
by means of wires and cross strings idso originated
with him. His work, however, was not limited to carna-
tions. He was also the orinnator of a number of good
chrysanthemums of which Major Bonnaffon, dissemin-
ated in 1894, was the best. h. B. Dorner.
1572 HORTICULTURISTS
DougUs, Rob«n <Fig. 1876), pioneer nurBeryman in
lUijiois, was born at Gatnafaead, England, in 1813, He
Cftme to America in 1836, GnaUy Bettlin;; atWaukegan,
IlliDOLS, in 1844. Here
he foundeii a small nur-
sery where he raised
conifer and othnr tree
seedlings. Thiawasthe
first attempt ever made
in America to raise
crergreen trees com-
mercially. Through
his efTorts, many suc-
cessful plantations of
foreat trees were estab-
lished on the western
prairies. He has been
called "the apostle of
tree - planting in the
Weet.*' Mr. Douglas
was also a good bota-
nist and an authority
on everj^ieeDS. He was
an active member of
the Illinois State Horti-
cultural Society. He
died in 1897.
isn. Robert Dontlu.
Douglaa, Humus Henry, nurseryman and forester,
was bora at Waukegan, Illinois, July 31, 1S52, and died
March 26, 1907. After completing his education at
Racine College, he engaged in the nursery business with
his father, the late Robert Douglas, whose early
experiments and later his success in growing conifers
from seed gave him a national reputation. InheritinK
the naturalquaUties of a fonster from his father and
b«ing a close student of nature, he soon acquired a
wide knowledge of forestry which was recognized in
1886 when he was called to the State Board of Forestry
of Caliromia as Head Forester and soon afl«r was
called to a similar position at Leland Stanford, Jr.,
University. While there be collected many plants
then new to California, testod them out and intro-
duced them. In IS92 he visited the home of the weep-
ing spruce IPicfa Breioerinno) on the summit of the
Siskiyou Mountains and succeeded in gathering the
first seed and raising the first seedlings of this species.
He cored little for publicity but was freely consulted
OD all matters pertaiaing to foreetry, and his articles
on this subject are considered an authority. Many
of his introductions, notably the Smithiana Douglas,
Douglas Pyramid and Douglas Golden arbor-vita«
are well known and widely plaiited today.
R. Douqlab' Sons.
Downer, John S., pomologist and nurseryman, was
bom June 19, 1809, in Culpcpcr County, Virginia, and
died in Kentucky in 187.1. Like the man "bom to
fame" he seemed to evince a taflte for horticulture from
his earliest days. While yet a youth, without friends
or fortune, he established and gradually built up the
Forest Nurseiy, which gained an enviable reputation
not only in Kentucky but In neighboring states. He
was patient and painstaking and t^^ed manv varieties
of fruits under nis own ins|>ection. He did much to
improve pomok))^ in the Centra! States. He paid
special attention to the strawberry, and produced the
well-known Downer (Prolific), (Chas.) Downing and
Kentucky. These should perpetuate his fame, for it
was at a time when the strawberry industry of the
country was in its infancy. He introduced the Wild
Goose plum and he conferred the blessings of pomology
on the whole country by disseminating many choice
varieties of fruit. He was rjuict and unobtmsive, but
was a man of worth and honesty. His nursery at Elk-
ton, Kentucky, was (or many years a fruit experi-
ment station. He was vice-president for Kentucky of
HORTICULTURISTS
Downing, Andrew Jackson (Fig. 1877), the first great
landscape gardener of America, was bom at NewBurg,
New York, October 30, 1815, and perished by drowning
July 28, 1852, at the early age of tfairtv-seven. As a
boy, be was quiet, sensitive, and much alone with bim-
self and nature. The Catskills, the Hudson, and his
father's nursery had much to do with his development.
His "Treatise on the Theory and Practice of Landscape
Gardening," published 1841, when he was but twenty-
six years old, is, in many respects, a unique production.
It WHS the first, and is today one of the beet American
books on the subject, and has exerted a greater influence
upon American horticulture, it ia said, than any other
volume. "Cottage Residences," 1841, also hod great
popularity. In 1845 appeared simultaneously in Lon-
don and New York the first edition of "Fruits and Fruit
Trees of America:" in 1846 he became connected with
"The Horticulturist," which he edited from his home at
Newburg until his untimely death. His editorials in
this eivellent periodical (later represented in succession
by "American Gardening") were republished aftet his
death, with a letter to his friends by Frederika Bremer,
and a memoir by Georee William Curtis, under the
title of "Rural Essays.''^ It was not until 1850 that
he bad an opportunity to visit the great estates of Eng-
land, to see with his own eyes the landscape garden-
ing of Europe. On his return in 1851, he was engaged to
lay out the grounds near the Capilol, White House, and
Smithsonian Institution at Washington. On July 28,
1852, he left Newburg on the steamer Henry Clay for
New York. The Clay took fire near Yonkers, while it
was racing, and Downing's life was lost in an attempt to
save others. It would be difficult to overestimate the
influence of Downing, He created American landscape
Eardening. His only predecessor, Andi£ Parmentier, is
ttle known, and his influence was not of a national
character. Downing's quickening influence affected
country life in ifji every aspect. He stood for the simple,
natural, and permanent as opposed to the intricate,
artificial, and ephemn^. He was the first great Ameri-
can practitioner of what is known in polite and technical
literature as the Eng-
hsh or natural school
of landscape gardenins
in distinction from all
artificial schools, as the
Italian and Dutch.
Downing's pupils are
many, and his spirit
still lives. He gave in-
spiration to Frederick
Law Olmsted, our next
great genius in land-
scape gardening, who,
by his early work in
Central Park, New
York, aroused that
popular enthusiasm
which has culminated
in the American idea{
of great municipal park
systems, as opposed to
the earlier Old World
idea of exclusive pleas-
ure-grounds and pri-
vate parks. Downing's books have had laraie soles, and
have gone through many editions. Win intellectual suc-
cessor in bis purely pomologicdl work was his brother
Charles, whose madest labors in the revision of the
"Fruits and Fruit Trees of America" have brought him
little popular fame, hut much sincere admiration from
students. Most horticultural writings are, in reality,
only records of progress; they do not create progress.
IBT7. A. J. Donidf.
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
1573
Few of our horticultural books are epoch-making.
Downing's writings, however, started a sreat popular
movement in America toward beautiful homes and
home grounds. By many persons, Andrew Jackson
Downing is considered the greatest single figure in the
history of American horticulture, and one of the few
persons who can be said to have had real genius. An
appreciation of Downine's personality will be found
in Frederika Bremer's "Homes of the New World."
(See Downingiay for the genus of plants named after
*"^)' Wii^ELM Miller.
Downing, Charles, (Fig. 1878), distinguished pomol-
ogist and elder brother of Andrew Jackson Downing, the
midscape gardener, was bom at Newburg, New York,
Julv 9, 1802. He was educated at the local academy,
and from the age of thirteen to eighteen worked part
of the time in his
father's nursery. At
the age of twenty he
started in the nursery
business on his own
account. From 1834
to 1839 his brother
Andrew was a partner
in this business. About
1850, he sold out his
nursery business and
devoted himself to the
study of varieties of
fruits, on which sub-
ject he was the leading
authority until his
death, the "Fruits
and Fruit Trees of
America" is the monu-
mental American work
on varieties of fruits.
The book was pro-
jected by Andrew, but
the ^proat bulk of the work was done by Charles in
contmuing and revising it. His test orchard contained
trees and grafts of 1,800 varieties of apples, 1,000
pears, and other fruits in proportion. In 1896 a city
street was put through it. Cl^arles Downing was very
modest and retiring. He would never maKe a pul>
lic speech, but he wrote many pdmolo^cal articles
over the signature "C. D." All his work is marked by
'conscientious accuracy. He died January 18, 1885.
WiLHELM Miller.
Dreer, Henry A., seedsman and florist, founder of
one of the olaest American horticultural establish-
ments, was bom in Philadelphia, August 24, 1818, and
died December 22, 1873, at the age of fifty-five. His
parents were Frederick Dreer, of Hanover, and Fred-
ericka Augusta Nolthenius, of Grossakenheim. Ger-
many. They were married in America. The Noltnenius
family emigrated to the United States in the last decade
of the eighteenth century. Henry A. Dreer^s education
was largely in German, and obtained in Philadelphia.
He was fond of gathering seeds and plants in the
country, and would brins them home to cultivate. He
was trained in his fathers business, that of a cabinet-
m'aker. In 1838, at the solicitation of a friend, he
began as a seedsman and florist in a small way, at 59
Chestnut Street. In 1863 he moved his store to
714 Chestnut St., where the business has been con-
ducted ever since with the addition of No. 716. His
only son, William F. Dreer, succeeded his father and
conducts the extensive business in Philadelphia and at
Riverton, N. J.
Henry A. Dreer was of modest temperament and
frail constitution, and confined himself to business rather
closely. He was liberal in public matters, but always
kept out of political life. He compiled several spaall
works in connection with the business, and wrote fre-
1878. Cluiries Downing.
quently for the "Saturday Evening Post," of Philadel-
phia, and for Godey's "Ladies' Magazine."
WiLHELM Miller.
Dufour, John James, a Swiss vigneron, was at the
head of a colony to grow the wine grape in Kentucky,
and the author of "Vine Dresser's Guide," publishea
in Cincinnati in 1826. The Kentucky experiment
failed, and the colony then settled in southern Indi-
ana, on the banks of the Ohio River; and this settle-
ment is now the city of Vevav. Here Dufour died in
1827. This Indiana experiment Ibrought out the merits of
the Alexander grape, a native, and thereby did much to
establish an Amencan viticulture. For detailed account
of the Dufours and their associates, and the results of
their work, see Bailey, "Evolution of Our Native Fruits."
Eliot, Charles, landscape architect and author,
passed away at brookline, Massachusetts, early in the
year of 1897. It is is said that no one of the present
generation has shown greater ability in the art of land-
scape gardening on an extensive scale. From the time
of nis graduation until the time of lus death, all his
strength and energy had been given to the improve-
ment of private grounds and public parks. A Harvard
graduate, he took a post-graduate course at Bussey
Institution, spending much of the time in studvin^^ the
trees and shrubs in Arnold Arboretum. After familiar-
izing himself for a time with foreign parks and gardens,
he entered the office of the late F. L. Olmsted, as a
student. On completing his studies with Mr. Olmsted,
he established lus office in Boston and soon had a large
clientele. He later became a member of the firm of
Olmsted, Olmsted & Eliot and soon became identified
with national undertakings with which he will long be
remembered. While a member of the Appalachian
Mountain Club, he was secretary and president of Uie
corporation known as Trustees of Pubhc Reservations,
and from this organization sprang the admirable Metro-
politan Park S^tem. Mr. Eliot was the first landscape
architect appomted by this Commission, and continued
so until his death. To him, more than almost any other
man, Massachusetts at least, is indebted for the
improvement of her large tracts of land.
He was one of the best professional writers of his
day on landscape gardening. His style was clear,
earnest and convmcing, and he allowed no minor matter
to stand in the way of what he deemed the broadest
and finest treatment, looked at from the future, and
no other man during the past few years of Charles
Eliot's life did so much toward cr^'stallizin^ the better
interests of the parking systems. To his work he
brought vim, a trained intellect^ a personal charm and
a mature judgment. The pubhc loss was great when
Charles Ehotleft his work. g. B. Brackett.
Eliot, Jared, author of an early American book on
agriculture, was bom November 7, 1685, and died
April 22, 1763. He was the grandson of John Ehot, the
"apostle of the Indians," and was pastor at Killing-
worth, Connecticut, from October 26, 1709, until his
death. He was a botanist, and the leading consulting
physician in New England. He introduced the mul-
berry tree into Connecticut, wrote an essay upon the
silkworm, and discovered a process of extracting iron
from ferrugineous sands. His "Essays upon Field-
Husbandry," begun in 1748, are generally regarded as
the first important American book devoted exclusively
to agriculture, although not actually the first work
on tne subject in the New World. It is now
extremely rare. He was a high-minded, progressiva
and useful citizen. Many of his sermons were separately
reprinted. Jared Eliot and Samuel Deane were among
the few agricultural writers of note in the period before
American horticulture was considered distinct from
agriculture. See p. 1509; for portrait, "Cyclopedia
American Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 568.
WiLHELM Miller.
1574
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
Elliot, Wyman, pioneer horticulturist, was bom in
Corinna, Maine, May 19, 1834, and died in Minneapolis,
Minnesota, June 16, 1913. As a boy he helped his
father about a grist-mill and on the farm and at odd
times helped his mother in the fruit- and flower-garden,
where he laid the foundation of his horticultural
career. At the age of twenty the family went to Minne-
apolis, then a town of fifteen or twenty families. They
purchased land and Mr. Elliot began raising vegetables
and farm products. He was the first market-gardener
in Minneapolis. In 1855 he took up a claim near Monti-
cello in Wright County among the Indians^ being one of
the first farmers to till soil west of the Mississippi. In
1856 he returned to Minneapolis and took charge of
the home place. He continued in the market-gardening
business here for twenty-five years. He added fruits
and ornamental stock to his crops and the place was
known as the Minneapolis Garden Nursery for many
years. By 1862 Mr. EUiot had built up a good market-
gardening business. In 1864 he added a greenhouse and
grew flowers and plants for sale. In 1866 a tree nurseiy
was started and for many years supphed Minneapolis
with trees, fruits and flowers. Many of the trees he
planted will adorn the Minneapolis streets for many
years and be a lastins monument to him.
In 1864 he helped organize the Hennepin County
Horticultural Society and in 1866 helped organize and
was a charter member of the State Horticultural
Society. .He was several times vice-president of the
State Agricultural Society and held some office in the
State Horticultural Society from its organization in
1866 until his death, serving as member of the executive
committee, president six years, and from 1892 imtil
his death he was chairman of the executive committee.
Always of a quiet, unassuming character, he did work
of untold value to the horticultural interests of the
state. I^ Roy Cady.
Elliott, Franklin Reuben, died at Cleveland, Ohio,
February, 1878. To him is due the honor of first sug-
gesting and earnestly advocating the formation of
state horticultural societies. He was secretary and a
charter member of the Missouri Fruit Growers' Asso-
ciation, 1859; secretary of American Pomological
Society, 1867, and a valued officer of the Ohio State
Horticultural Society. He was a man of great ability
in horticultural matters, and was the author of the
"Fruit Book" and a well-known treatise on "Landscape
Gardening." He was a valued contributor to the
horticultural press at a day when American horti-
culture most needed advice. g. B. Brackett.
Ellwanger, George, nurseiyman, was bom in Ger-
many on December 2, 1816. His youth was spent in his
father's vineyards where he acquired a love of horti-
culture and determined to devote his life to it. To this
end, he studied horticulture in one of the leading insti-
tutions of Stuttgart. He came to the United States
in 1835, and in 1839 settled at Rochester, New York.
The next year he and Patrick Barry entered into part-
nership forming the nursery and seed firm, Ellwanger
& Barry. Mr. Ellwanger was a member of the Ameri-
can Pomological Society, the Western New York
Horticultural Society, ana a corresponding member of
the Massachusetts Horticultural Society. He died on
November 26, 1906.
Emory, Robert Samuel, pomologist, was bom April
2, 1832, near CenterviUe, on the Chester River, Mary-
land, and died June 2, 1906. His father was a hfelong
agriculturist, carrying on that occupation most suc-
c^sfully imtil his death. Robert when a boy attended
the public school, and later spent four years as a student
in Dickinson College, Carlisle, Pennsylvam'a. After-
ward he was employed as clerk in a wholesale drug-
store in Pittsburgh, studying pharmacy, receiving a
diploma, and remaining with the firm until he was
twenty-one. He then returned home and engaged in
agricultural work. In 1860, he settled near Che8t>er-
town, where he began the culture of fruit for market,
on a considerable scale. He soon came to be regardea
as an authority on all subjects connected with the pro-
duction of fruit. His orchards comprised extensive
plantings of pears and peaches, with a specialty of
pears, and probably he ndsed more of this variety of
fruit than any one east of California. In his orchard
there were about 20,000 trees in bearing condition. His
reputation as a skilful fruit-grower gained for him
prominence, and his place on the Chester was the
frequent resort of those concerned in fruit-culture from
all sections desirous to see for themselves his well-
managed orchards, to learn his methods, and to profit
by his experience, the results of his own endeavors at
individual research. In 1877, he was awarded the first
prize for the best twenty-one varieties of pears by the
American Pomological Society.
When the San Jos^ scale appeared in the East, he
was among the first to recognize it as a deadly enemy,
but by applying whale-oil soap saved his orchards until
other remedies were discovered. All scientists were
cordially welcomed to his home and orchards, enjoying
the advantage which his experiences could give them.
Captain Emory became a member of the Peninsula
Horticultural Society a few years after it was organized
and served as president during one year.
E. W. Emory.
Ernst, Andrew H., nurseryman and pomologist,
was bom in Germany in the year 1796. He was proprie-
tor of one of the earliest established and best nurseries
in Ohio. He was a pioneer and champion of pomology
in Ohio and the Northwest. Mr. Ernst established
Spring Grove Cemetery in Cincinnati, one of the most
beautiful cemeteries in the United States. He was vice-
president of the American Pomological Society and
president of the Ohio Pomological Society from 1847
until his death, which occurred on February 13, 1860.
Evans, James Calvin, one of the pioneer fruit-growera
of the Mississippi Valley and for years one of the lead-
ing horticulturists of that section, was bom in Jackson
County, Missouri, April 25, 1833 and died in 1909.
He was of a strictly pioneer family in western Missouri,
being the son of Wm. B. Evans, who died in 1855, and
nephew of the late Col. Milton McGee, so well and
honorably known in the annals of Kansas City. In
'1861 he acquired an extensive home plantation, in
what is now North Kansas City. Being passionately
fond' of horticulture, he began its adornment and the
development of extensive fruit-plantations. At the age
of twenty-six he became a charter member of the Mis-
souri Fruit Growers Association, organized in Jefferson
City in 1859, its name beinp changed to the Missouri
State Horticultural Society in 1862. This is the oldest
permanent horticultural organization west of the Missis-
sippi. He was elected president of this society in 1876
and served efficiently m this capacity for more than
twenty years. He was also a charter member of the
Missoun Valley Horticultural Society organized in
1868,' and served as its president for twenty-three years.
He was also a life member of the American Pomological
Society and other horticultural bodies, which he has
served from time to time as an officer or on important
committees. In 1883 he organized the Olden Fruit
Company and began planting the famous 1,400-acre
orchard at Olden, which was the first extensive com-
mercial orchard in the Ozark region. Due to the suc-
cess of this enterprise and largely through his advice
as to varieties and methods of orchard management
foimd to be best adapted to that section, scores of
extensive orchards be^an to be planted in the Ozarks.
On his home plantation at Kansas City as well as at
Olden, he maintained large areas for testing the
adaptability of varieties of fruits to the western sec-
HORTICULTURISTS
specimens of wild fruits of the state, eepeciaJly Krapea,
nwpbcrries, wild crabe and pcrxiinmona. The orcbards
which he planted etill contain (1914) a large collec-
tion of these wild fruits, which were in process of
amelioratioQ at the time of his death. Among hia
rial contributioDS to the list of varieties originated in
state may be mentioned the Miller perHimmon,
Evans peach, Evans raspberry and Evans crab, the
tatter being a Urge-fruited form of the native crab
Pyrug ioeiuia. It was largely through his assistance
aod advice that an extensive experiment in breeding
apples was inaugurated at the South Missouri Fruit
Experiment Station in the nineties. As a result of this
work hundreds of varieties^ crosses between leading
commercial sorts, were origmated with the hope that
duct«d by Colonel Evans' oldest son. who is diaaemina-
ting these new sorts, many of which have much promise
in the slate. The writings of Colonel Evans consist
largely of horticultural papers which have appeared
during the past fifty years in the Reports of the Mis-
souri state Rorticultiu^ Society. j Q_ Wbiitek.
Fessenden, Thomas Green, editor and author,
1771-1837, founded "The New Endiand Farmer" at
Boston in 1S22^ and edited it until his death. The
present "New England Farmer" is not the lineal suc-
cessor of Fessepden's paper. Fessenden is chiefly not«d
as a satirical poet, and ne was more of a lit«rao' man
than a gardener. He was bom at Walpole, New Hamp-
shire, was graduated at Dartmouth College in 1786,
and studied law. He went to England in 1803, and
there published hia humorous poem, the "Terrible
Tractoration." He settled in Boston about 1804. In
addition to "The New England Farmer," he edited the
short-lived "Horticultural Register," and "The Silk
Manual" He wrote "The Complete Farmer and Rural
Economist," "The New American Gardener." and
"The American Kitchen Gardener," three books of a
cyclopedic nature designed to cover the fields of agri-
culture, horticulture and vegetable-gardening respec-
tively. They adhered very closely to the conteinpora-
neous English type of horticultural writing. These
books appear to have passed through many editions,
but they were little altered from issue to issue. They
often seem to lack the enthusiasm of direct contact
ivith growing plants. Fesscnden's time was one of gen-
HORTICULTURISTS
1575
the days of speciahied fanning on a large scale, and
of commercial horticulture and floriculture. During the
neater part of his editorship of "The New En^and
Fanner there was but one other important American
agricultural paper, "The American Farmer," which was
published at Baltimore, beginning 1819. The most
important contemporaneous American writinp on
horticulture of a cyclopedic nature were "The American
Gardener's Calendar/' by Bernard M'Mahon, Phila-
delphia, 1806 and "'The American Gardener" of John
Gardiner and David Hepburn, Georgetown, District
of Columbia, 1804. For a copy of "The Country
Lo vera," Fessenden 's once famous song to the tune of
e Duyckinck, "Cyclopedia of American Literature,
sd5~599. WiLHEiJi Milu:r.
Fuller, Andrew S, (Fig. 1879), horticultural writer,
was bom in Utiea, New York, on August 3. 1828, and died
May 4, 1896, at his home at Ridge wood. New Jersey, At
the age of eighteen he went to Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
where he worked at the carpenter's trade, and became
particularly skilful in the construction of peenhouses,
and built a small one for himself on a city lot. Here he
brought together a varied collection of plants, the care
of which founded the nucleus of his later attainments
and renown as a horticulturist. In 1855, he moved to
Flushing, Long Island, when William R. Prince offered
Mr. f\iTler the management of his greenhouses. But
his ambition did not allow him to remain long in the
employ of others, and in 1857 he removed to Brooklyn,
ana engaged in grape and small-fruit culture, which
were then in their infancy. Here he gave pulicular
attention to the improvement of the strawberry by
cross-fertilisation and selection of the best of the many
thousands of seedltnj^ raised by him. The most
famous of these were Brooklyn Scarlet, Monitor and
Colonel Ellaworth, the firat of which was f^nerally
recognized as the highest-flavored strawberry in exist-
ence at the time, although too soft for market. The
entire stock of 300,000 plants was piuchased by the
"New York Tribune," which sent them out Be pr^
miums to its subscrib-
ers, in consequence of
which they have been
widely known as the
"Tribune strawber-
ries." It was during
this period that Fuller
wrote bis first book,
the "Strawberry Cul-
turist." Reahzing the
necessity of having
more ground forexpenr-
mentation, and in order
turmoil of the city, he
' unht a large piece
land near Ridge-
I>T9. Aodnw S. FoIIb'.
wood. New Je;
This, when he moved
on it, early in the six-
ties, was Uttle more
than a barren WBal«,
but it developed into one of the most charming homes
and interesting and instructive garden spots in the
countiy. Almost every species and variety of omi^
mental trees and shrubs hardy in the locality were
represented, and his collection of smatl-fmits was the
moat complete in the country. Immediately after the
pubUcation of the "Strawb^ry Culturist, he began
working on the "Grape Culturist," This was followed
by the "Small Fruit Culturist," "Practical Forestry,"
"Propagation of Plants," and the "Nut Culturist."
The last of them he was fond of calling his "monument,"
as he did not intend to write another book, and so fate
decided that it should be. He died a few days after
he had finished his manuscript, and never saw the
completed book, of which he was perhaps more proud
than of any other of his works, yet in the history of
horticultural literature his "Small Fruit Culturist"
will, no doubt, occupy the foremost rank. It was more
instrumental in the development and building up of
the great industry to which it is devoted than any book
written before or after, and in any land. It was trans-
lated into German and publishec in Weimar in 1S6S.
His books contain but a small part of his writings. His
editorial and other contributions to the "American
Agriculturist," to "The Rural New-Yorker," of which
be was part owner for a time, the "New'York Sun,"
of which he was agricultural editor for twenty-six
years, "American Gardening" and other perioaieab
would fill hundreds of volumes. He was also editor of
the "Record of Horticulture," 1866 and 1867. While
Mr, Fuller was principally known as a horticulturist,
there wa4> hardly a branch of natural science to which he
had not devoted more or less attention. His entomo-
logical collection, especially that of coleoptera, was oi
1576
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
in the United States. In later years, although in good
health, Mr. Fuller left his place but seldom, but in
his earher years he traveled considerably, and took an
active and leading part in the meetings of the American
Pomological SocieJ^, the American Institute Farmers'
Club, the Fruit-Urowers' Club, and many kindred
societies, of which he was an active or honorary mem-
ber- F. M. Hexambb.
Fulton, J. Alexander, lawyer and horticulturist, was
bom at his father's farm in Armstrong County, Penn-
sylvania, November 11, 1822, and died in 1895. He
removed from Pennsylvania to Dover, Delaware, in
1865. Although a lawyer by profession, he was much
interested in fruit-culture ana was known as a horti-
culturist far beyond the limits of his state. His book
on "Peach Culture" was long a standard work. He
was one of the early members of the Peninsula Horti-
cultural Society and participated in its meetings imtil
the end of his life. q. B. Brackbtt.
Gale, Elbridge, pastor and horticultunst, was bom
on Christmas Day, 1824, in Bennington, Vermont,
and died at Mon^onia, Florida, in 1907. He at-
tended Brown University and was later graduated
from the Baptist Theological Seminary at New Hamp-
ton, New Hampshire. His first pastorate was at John-
son, Vermont: from thence he accepted a call to the
Baptist church of Pavilion, Illinois, and on going to
Kansas in 1864, became the pastor of the Baptist
church at Manhattan. He remained in this pastorate
until he accepted the chair of horticulture at the
Kansas State Agricultural CoU^e. He was greatly
interested in the free schools of Kansas and was County
School Superintendent of Riley County for several
terms. He was one of the founders of the Manhattan
Horticultural Society. He removed to Lake Worth,
Florida, November, 1884, on accoimt of his failing
health. His interest in horticulture grew apace in the
Lake Worth section. He was first president and an
active member of the Lake Worth Horticultural
Society as long as it was in existence, and it was largely
through his efforts that the United States Government
frocured from India some Mulgoba mangoes and from
taly some mangosteens, durians and figs for distribu-
tion to the planters connected with the Society. Of
all the Mulgoba mangoes planted, Mr. Gale was the
only one who succeeded in keeping the trees alive, and
the Mulgoba mango still remains a living monument to
his success as a Florida horticulturist. His skill and
energy has given to the western world another fruit
that adds much to tropical luxuriance and American
finance.
His was a busy life. At the college at Manhattan
he planted the college arboretum east of Horticultural
Hall and the forest plats on the old college farm. In
1879 he was candidate for Congress from the First
Kansas District, greenback platform.
To his activity, usefulness and teachings, thousands
of pioneer Kansans and students of the College are
indebted to this grand old man who sleeps beneath the
live oaks and the palms of his new home State in the
Southland. q. B. Brackett.
Gano, William Groves, pioneer horticulturist of the
Missouri Valley and introducer of new varieties of
fruits, was bom in Winchester, Virginia, in 1839 and
died at Parkville, Missouri, in 1910. In 1867 he moved
to Parkville, Missouri, where he planted one of the
notable early orchards of that section and spent most
of the active working part of his horticultural career.
He was associated with J. C. Evans and others in
establishing and planting the Olden Fruit Farm, the
pioneer large commercial orchard of the Ozark region.
Throughout his residence in Missouri, he was a member
of the Missouri State Horticultural Society and served
frequently as an officer of this body. He was also a
charter member of the Missouri Valley Horticultural
Society and held membership in other state and national
organiiations. He was actively identified with collect-
ing state fruit esdiibits at all of the leading national
and interstate expositions which have been held during
the past fifty years. He was awake to the desirability
of introducing and testing lar^ numbers of varieties oif
fruits on his farm at ParicviUe. His orchard served
largely as a model for the guidance of other orchardists
in his own section and his advice and judgment as to
what varieties to plant and how to adapt orchard
management to this pioneer section of tlie Missouri
Valley was sou^t throughout several states. In addi-
tion to giving his time and his resources freely .to this
type of work, he was zealously interested in the produc-
tion of new seedling varieties of fruits. Several of these
have gained local prominence because of their adapta-
tion to local conditions. His most celebrated contnbu-
tion to our list of varieties was the Gano apple, named
in honor of the originator by Charles Downing. The
Gano apple is similar to that most cosmopoUtan Ben
Davis, equal to it in every respect, but due to its supe-
riority over Ben Davis in color and beauty of appc»ar-
anoe, it is now displacing the latter in commercial
orchards of the West. The annual reports of the Mis-
souri State Horticultural Society contain many of his
papers dealing with the problems and practices of
miit-^wing which he helped to shape in the region
in which he did his work. j, q^ Whttten.
Garey, Thomas Andrew, nurseryman, was bom in
Cincinnati, Ohio, July 7, 1830, and died at Los Angeles,
California, August 21, 1909. He was of German stock
and spent lus boyhood partly in Ha^erstown, Manr-
land, and partly m Iowa. In the spnng of 1850, Mr.
Garey moved to New Mexico, traveling by ox-team
over the Santa Fe traiL In 1850, after having married
in New Mexico, the Gareys crossed the mountains
and settled at El Monte in Los Angeles County, Cali-
fornia, where he engaged in farming. In 18^65 Mr.
Garey purchased 72 acres of land on what is now South.
San Pedro Street, Los Angeles, and entered the nursery
business. He soon built up a large and thriving business
and was very active in introducing many kinds of
tropical and semi-tropical fruits from various parts
of the world. It was Mr. Garey who first demon-
strated to the citrous growers that budded trees of
improved varieties were better than the seedlings which
were commonly grown. Hearing of the Bahia Navel
orange, Mr. Uarey attempted to introduce it from
Australia, but was unfortunate in securing an unde-
sirable t3rpe (Australian Navel) which was subsequently
displaced by the true Bahia or Washington NaveL
Recognizing the value of a seedling lemon grown by
C. R. Workman, Mr. Garey bought the original tree
and introduced the variety in 1877 imder the name
Eureka. This variety is now the leading commercial
lemon in California. Mr. Garey did a large business in
importing all kinds of plants and seeds and had won-
derful success with many of the novelties he brought in.
He served for a time as president of the Los Angeles
Pomological Society and was one of the founders of the
city of Pomona. In 1882 he published "Orange Cul-
ture in California,*' which for years was considered a
standard reference book. j^ Euot Coit.
Gibb, Charles, Canadian horticulturist, and author
of important works on Russian fruits and other hardy
trees, was bom at Montreal June 29, 1842 (Woolverton
says 1846) and died at Cairo, Egyptj March 8, 1890.
while returning from a collecting tnp in China and
Japan. In 1872 he brought to Montreal the first canned
fruit exhibited in Canaida. His farm at Abbotsford.
Province of Quebec, contained the best collection of
hardy fruits, trees and ornamental shrubs in Canada.
His trip to Russia in 1882 with Professor Budd, the
subsequent importations, his second trip to Russia^
horticultukKts
and his various publicationB od hexdy trees nuke part
or a chapter of ^reat interest and BiEaificaQce in the
history of Amencan horticulture. His travels were
extensive, His chief works are "Ornamental and Tim-
ber Trees not Natives of the Province of Quebec" (a
comprehensive list of species of passible value for
Canada). "Report on Russian Fruits," "Hasty Notes
on the Trees and Shrubs of Northern Europe, "Rus-
sian Apples Imported by the Department of Agricul-
ture, Washington, in 1870" (an elaborate compari-
son of RuBsiAn opinions and American experience),
"Nomenclature of the Russian Apples," "Of Translating
and Rendering into Euphonious English Unpronounce-
able Russian Niunrs, also Throwing Out Synonyms,"
and "Fniila for the Cold North," For a fuller account,
with portrait, see "Annals of Horticulture," !8fl0,
287-290. Wn-HMJi Millm.
Gideon, Peter H., pioneer pomologist of the north-
ern MiBsisaippi sUtcs, 181S-1899, nsided since 1853
on Lake Minnetonka, Minnesota, and devoted his
efforts to the production of apples of sufficient hardi-
ness to withstand the climate. He was bom in Ohio.
He afterward hved in Illinois. From boyhood he seems
to have been possessed of the idea to raise seedling
fruits. He was one of those rare individuals who se^
B distinct ideal and strives for it throughout a lifetime
in spite of every adversity. These arc persons of strong
ana uncompromising will. They of ten antagonize their
[cUowh; but their works are usually beneficent. Gideon
conceived that the amalgamation of the Siberian crab
and the common apple would give the perfect apple for
the Northwest. Hts see<ilings were numerous. Several
of them have been named and disseminated, and are of
value. But his greatest achievement, the Wealthy-
apple, was of pure Pyrua Malua stock. This variety is
now one of the standard apples of bis geograpical
region, and it is also in favor elsewhere. It is a boon to
the Northwest. Even when in poverty, it is saul that
Mr. Gideon spent his last dollar to buy the seeds from
which this apple came. He was instrmuental in dis-
tributing 10,000 apple seedlings in Minnesota, and
some of these are now attracting attention. His woi^
was wholly empirical, yet he <ud so much and con-
tinued his work for bo long a time that the results have
contributed to the knowledge of plant^reedina. Proba-
bly no other American has labored eo long and devotedly
for the attainment of a specific ideal in the apple.
Portrait and eult^es will be found in "The Minnesota
Horticulturist," January, 1900. L. H, 3,
Goff, Emmett Stnll, horticulturist, was bom on a
farm near Elmura, New York, in 1852. In 1882, he was
appointed horticulturist at the Agricultural Experi-
ment Station at Geneva. In 1889, he was called to the
University of Wisconsin as professor of horticulture
and horticulturist of the eicperimcnt station. He did
valuable work in producing new and hardy varieties
of plums for the colder portions of the Northwest.
IS a pioneer in spraying and invented the I
.1 wrote the first classifications of vegetables
Ejblished in America. He also published mnny bul-
tinsand papers in horticultural publications. He was
a good systematic botanist as well as a horticulturist.
He died at Madison, Wisconsin, on June 6, 1902. For
portrait and fuller account, see "Cyclopedia of Ameri-
caa Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 576.
Goodrich, Cluuncer, bookseller and horticulturist,
was bom September 10, 1798, and died September 11,
1858, at Hinsdale, Masachusetts. At nineteen years
of age he entered a publishing house, but a few years
later took up bookselling and publishing on his own
HORTICULTURISTS
1577
account, Gnallv settling at Burlington, Vermont. He
was very much interested in gardening, testing fruits
for hardiness in the Champlain Valley and maintaining
a nursery on his farm. He did much to improve
and extend the culture of fruits in northern New York
and Vermont. He was a contributor to horticultural
magazines and author of "The Northern Fruit Cul-
tunst, or Farmer's Guide to the Orchard and Fruit
Garden." For a fuller account, see "Cyclopedia of
American Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 579.
ber IS, 1859, and died in Itasca Park, Minnesota, July
11,1910. His father was one of the early mayors of
Chelsea and held many offices of trust. As a boy,
Professor Green spent his summeia on a New Hamp-
shire farm and early developed a liking for farm
life, culminating in bis taking the agricultural course
at Amherst, in spite of strong oppc«ition from his
family and friends, who wanted him to take up
other work. He worked a large part of his way
through college, graduating in 1870. Immediately
after ne graduated, he became superintendent of
the Vine Hill Dairy Farm, of West Hartford,
Connecticut. After a year's experience, be decided
there was not a great future for agriculture in the East
and took up gai^ening and nursery work. He worked
for a market-gardener near Boston one season, then
took a six-months' poet-graduate course at Aniherst.
The next season he worked for James J, H. Gregory,
and in the winter, for William C, Strong, a roee-grawer
and nurseryman of Brighton, MasBachusette. About
1884 he took charge of the Horticultural Department
of Houghton Farm Experiment Station, at Cornwall,
New York. He made many interesting experiments
here and also had the opportunity to get some land-
scape gardening training under Samuel Parsons, Jr.,
who was employed to develop the Houghton Farms of
over 1,000 acres. Thinking that he was not getting
enough experience here, he returned to Mr. Strong's
nursery especially to team summer propagation of
plante, later becom-
ing foreman of New-
ton Cemetery nur-
series. From here
he returned to Mas-
sachusetts Agricul-
tural College as
foreman of the hor-
ticultural depart-
ment. Be remained
here until 1888
when he accepted
the position of pro-
fessor of horticul-
ture and applied
f botany in the Uni-
; verdty of Minne-
i Bota and horticul-
turist of the experi-
ment station. Later
his title was
changed to pro-
fessor of horticul-
1880. SubimI B. Qnoo. ture and forestry,
and in 1910 he was
made dean of the College of Forestry. He was a mem-
ber of the Executive Board of the Horticultural Society,
Forestry Board, American Pomological Society, Society
of American Foresters and American Forestry Associa-
tion. At the time of his death, he was president of
the State Horticultural Society and of the State Board
of Arbitration.
Professor Green wrote many books and bulletins
and contributed to the agricultiu^ literature generally.
1578
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
His best known publications are: "Amateur Fruit
Growing," 1894; "Vegetable Gardenir^/' 1896; "For-
estry in Minnesota,'' 1898; "Principles of American
Forestry," 1903; "Farm Hedges and Windbreaks,"
1906; "Popular FrOit Growing,'^ 1909.
He was one of the pioneers who helped to put agri-
culture in its proper place in the state of Mmnesota.
He was instrumental in establishing the Collide of
Forestry and started the summer work in Itasca Park,
thus giving the forestry students six months of practi-
cal work under good supervision. XiE Roy Cadt,
Gregoiy, James J. H.. farmer, seedsman, and author,
was bom at Marbleheaa, Massachusetts, November 7,
1827, and died February 20, 1910. He was educated in
the pubhc schools at Marblehead, two years at Middle-
bury College, and graduated from Amherst College in
1850. He taught in Marblehead, Hingham and Lunen-
ber^. The starting of the seed business was almost an
accident. He was reading the "New England Farmer"
and saw the request for a good winter squash, and as
his father had recently rai^ some splendid squashes
from seed that "Old Mann Hubbard had given him,
he sent the inquirer some of this seed. The man was
80 weU pleased that he wrote articles for several papers
extolling these squashes, and soon the Gregory Seed
Business was thriving^ sending Hubbard squash seed
to all parts of the United States. Naturally the busi-
ness started in the home, the attic being used for the
purpose; in a very short time it was necessary to move
to larger quarters. He branched out with other seed,
both vegetable and flower, and at the time of his death
was carrying on one of the largest seed establishments
in the country. During his career he introduced many
new varieties of vegetables, several of which are the
standards in the market today. His seed-farms oom-
ETvsed over 400 acres where he grew pedigreed stock;
e always felt that by growing his own seeds he was
less liable to mistakes and could, himself, select the
most perfect types. His reputation for choice varie-
ties was so renowned that tne firm became the head-
quarters for stock seeds for other well-known concerns.
He wrote and distributed many thousands of copies
of treatises on various agricultural subjects, such as:
"Onion Raising," 1865; "Squashes: How to Grow
Them," 1867; "Cabbages and Cauhflower," 1870;
"Carrots, Mangold Wurtzels and Sugar Beets," 1877;
"Fertilizers," 1885. In his early life he lectured exten-
sively on agricultural and horticultural subjects.
Mr. Gregory was a philanthropist of renown. He
gave large sums of money for the establishment of
southern schools and colle^, the Gregory Institute of
Wilmington, North Carolma, being foimded by him.
He served his native town in many responsible capaci-
ties and filled many public offices. Edgar Gregory.
Hall, Dr. George R., plant collector, was bom in
Bristol, Rhode Island, in 1820, and died in Milton,
Massachusetts. December 24, 1899. He was a graduate
of Trinity College, Hartford, Connecticut, in the class
of 1842. He studied medicine at the Harvard Medical
School, class of 1846, and on receiving his degree went
to China, where he practised medicine in the foreign
settlement in Shanghai. He abandoned the practice
of medicine in 1854 and went to Japan, where he
traveled extensively and collected the plants which
bear his name, among which may be mentioned Lonv-
cera japonica var. Halliana, Pyrus HaUiana, Magnolia
slellata (M. Halliana) ^ Zelkava Keaki, Retinoaporay
ThujopsiSy and hilium auratum which flowered in this
country one month earlier than in Engkmd. In 1864
he planted at Bristol many Japanese evergreens at
that time very rare in this country. In 1876 he made a
second visit to Japan.
Harris, John S., horticulturist and pomologist, was
born in Seville, Ohio, August 17, 1826, and died at La
Crescent, Minnesota, March 24, 1901. His anoestors
were hardy pioneers of Massacbusetts and Connecticut,
and his own parents were pioneers in Ohio. Mr. Harris
early became a skilful propagator of plants under the
direction of his father and at the age of eleven had a
small nursery and garden of his own. After his father's
death in 1844, he was apprenticed to a <^inet-maker
to learn the business. In 1847 he enlisted for the Mexi-
can war and served imder General Scott in the campaign
resultinj^ in the capture of Mexico City. After his
return mm the war, he stayed in Ohio a year or so
and then went west to Wisconsin, travehng over Wis-
consin, Iowa and Illinois. In 1851 he settled at La
Crosse and engaged in market-giurdening. The soil
proving too poor and sandy, in 1856 he removed to
La Crescent and started in the fruit, garden and florist
business.
He planted his first orchard in 1857 and continued
planting trees, plants and shrubs until the last few
years of his me. It was his pride that he had tried
nearly every variety of apple that offered any likeli-
hood of bemg valuable to Minnesota planters. The
winters of 1872 and 1884 destroyed nearly all of his
trees but he continued planting. He began to attend
fairs and exhibit fruits of his own growing in 1864. In
1866 he helped organize ihe State Horticultural Society
and his is the first name on the roll of the Society. In
1868 he was elected vice-president and in 1869, presi-
dent. He held the office of president until 1871, and
again from 1881 to 1884. He was a member of the
executive conmiittee from 1884 until his death. He
was elected to tj^e Board of Managers of the State
Agricultural Society in 1875 and held the office for
twelve years. Mr. Harris exhibited at the state fair
every year and his exhibits were always interesting
and v^uable as showing the pomok)gy of the state.
He was one of the first men to be made an honorary
life member of the Horticultural Society. He enjoyed
writing for the agricultural papers and conducted a
column in the "Farm, Stock and Home" for many
years. Mr. Harris probably had a closer knowled^
of pomology in the Northwest than any other man m
the United States and did his full share in the develop-
ment of horticulture throughout Minnesota.
Le Rot Cadt.
Heikes, '^Hlliam Fletcher, nurseryman, was bom at
Dayton, Ohio, on April 2, 1837. He succeeded his
father in the nursery business near Dayton, in 1839.
In 1872 he established near HuntsviUe, Al^ama, what
eventually became the largest nursery of its kind in
the Unit^ States. He was mstrumental in introducing
systematic grading and was the first nurseryman to
use a caliper to determine tree grades. He was also
the first nurseryman to cellar nursery stock and keep
it in cold storage during the shipping-season. Mr.
Heikes originated the double root-graftmg method of
propagation of nursery stock. He was state vice-
president for Alabama of the American Pomological
Society for many years. He was president of the
Alabama Horticultural Society from its origin in 1903
to the time of his death in Cleveland, Ohio, on Friday,
August 25, 1911. p. F. WiLUAMS.
Henderson, Peter (Fig. 1881), leading market-gar-
dener, florist, seedsman and author, was bom at
Pathhead, near Edinburgh, Scotland^ 1822, and died
in Jersey City, January, 17, 1890. He was trained in
Old World methods of gardening, came to America in
1843, worked under Thorbum and Robert Buist,
and then in 1847 began business in Jersey City as a
market-gardener, with a capital of $500, saved by
three years' hanl work. He continued to Uve there
until his death. The publication of ''Gardening for
Profit" in 1865 marks an era in American horticulturo.
It was the first American book devoted entirely to
market-gardening, and it helped to induce many per-
HORTICULTU'J^lSTS
•ona to enter the bumneHs. By the time of hia death
about 150,000 copies of the book ore said to have been
distributed. It was written in an sj^gregate of 100
houra, when the author was working 16 hours a day,
largely at maaual labor. At the noon iiit«rvals and
Iftte at night be wrote this work lyine on bis back, with
a pillow under his bead.
Thesecret of iU success
and of the author's,
was the invention of
new methods adapted
to operations on a larae
scale. The second edi-
tion in 1874, and the
thiid in 1887^ are both
thorough revisions.
"Henderson's Practi-
cal Floriculture," 1868,
^ was an cpoch-roakinE
'■ book in commercial
floriculture. Up to this
time most works on
flower ' gardening b ad
been writt*n for the
amateur. This point of
view is necessarily the
i contribu-
tion to it was "Garden-
ing tor Pleosure," 1875.
In the compilation of "The Handbook of Plants," in
1881, he was largely aided by C. L. Allen, and in the
second edition, 1890, by W. J. Davidson. "Garden and
Farm Topics" was iwued in 1884, and in the same
year appeared "How the Farm Pays/' a stenographic
report of conversations between Wm. Crozier and Peter
Henderson. It is said that nearly a quarter of a million
copies of his various works have been sold. His seed
business was founded at New York in 186.5.
Few men, if any, have done so much to simplify and
improve methods of handling plants for commercial
purpoeeo. His greenhouses were an object lesson to
many visitors, his methods were widely copied, and his
business successes were the goal of ambitious market-
gardeners and florists, among whom he was tor many
years the most commanding figure. He was a frequent
contributor to the horticultural and agricultural mags-
lines, and during his forty-two years of business life is
supposed to have written or dictat«d at lea»t 175,000
letters. Two-thirds of these letters were written with
his own hands, and he always replied promptly to
inauiries about methods of cultivation. An account
of his hfe is published in a memoir of forty-eight pages
by his son, Alfred Henderson. Wilhelm Miller.
This was pi ., ,
name of Gardiner appears first on the title page, but it
Tr\ay be inferred that the practical eicperience in the
book is almost wholly HepDum's. He had had forty
years of experience in gaidening, half of the time in
England and half in America. He was employed by
General J. Mason for sit years on Mason's Island,
Georgetown. He had also been employrd by Governor
Mercer. The book was well made for the time. It is
a 16mo, and contains 204 pages of practical directions.
The calendar style is used. The first part (100 pages)
is devoted to the kitchen garden. The second part
consists chiefly of fruits, flower?, and shrubs (82
pages). This is followed bv a tew pages on hops, hot-
nouses and greenhousefl. The second edition (Georee-
town. 1818) contains 348 pages. It includes "A Treatise
on Gardening, by a citisen of Virginia." This occupies
90 paa<«. The copy owned by the Massachusetts
Horticultural Society possesses this manuscript note:
HORTICULTURISTS
1579
"This treatise is by John Randolph, of Williamsbui^
father of Edmund Randolph, Secretary of State during
the administration of General Washmgton." Robert
Manning said that this note may have been made by
General Dearborn. A third edition was published at
Washington in 1828, and contained 308 pages. For a
further account of the book by Gardiner and Hepburn,
see page 1621. Wilhelm Mhxeb.
Hezuuer, Frederick M, (Fig. 1882), physician, nui^
seryman and editor, was bom at Ueidelbenc, Germany,
on June 21, 1833. He died at Stamford, Connecticut.
May29, 1909. Whenonlysixteenyearsof age, ho joined
Siegel's army which wns disbanded in 1848, and he, the
youngest in the ranks, being exiled, went to SwitierUnd,
where he became acquainted with the elder Froebel with
whom he studied medicine and botany in the Zurich
botanical gardens. Having secured his M.D. degree, be
explored the Swiss Alps and the l^rol and made a
very large collection of Alpine plants. The remains of
this collection are now in the herbarium of the botani-
cal gardens at Bronx Paj-k, New York Cit^. About the
middle of the last century, he came to New York and
began the practice of medicine, which, however, he
soon dropped to enter the nursery business at Cnap-
paqua. New York, in partnership with his father-in-
law, a leading physician of New York City, under the
name of Reisig & Hexamer. The firm's principal busi-
ness was the growing of new varieties of plants to be dis-
tributed as premiums with the "New York Tribune,"
to which paper Dr. Bexamer became a contributor
through his friendship with Horace Greeley. His wri-
tings were upon horticultural and agricultural topics.
"rhanks to his friendship with B. K. Bliss, he hecAme
editor of the "American Garden" in 1880. In 1885 he
succeeded Dr. George Thurber as editor of "American
Agriculturist," to which paper he had contributed
freauently during many years. He continued aa editor
of the "Agriculturist" until the early years of this cen-
tury, when he was made editor emeritus. His activity
during bis connection with the "Agriculturi.>)t" had also
to do with the editing of a laree number of books on
rural affairs published by the Orange Judd Company.
His only book, "Asparagus," the sole work on thia
subject published in America, was printed in 1901.
In addition to the influence which be exercised on
American farm affairs
as editor. Dr. Hexamer
was a leading spirit
in horticultural and
a^cultural associa-
tions. He was for years
on the New Fruits
Committee of the
American Pomologicol
Society and was presi-
dent of the Farmers'
Club of the American
Institute of New York
City, his immediate ,
predecessor being
Horace Greeley. In
this institution, he
mapped the policy of
the club which practi-
callv took its life and
usefulness from him.
However, owing to his . . ,
excessive modesty, his 1SS2. F. H. Hanma-.
hand was not often
seen and only too frequently others seised the credit
which was really due to him.
Some of his achievements in the commercial tine
had to do with the growing of strawberries and potatoes.
He was the first man to grow the former on a business
basis for the New York market. He also grew the
1580
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
epoch-making Early Rose potato for the introducers
and was aw^ed a medal at the Ce^itennial Exposi-
tion at Philadelphia in 1876 for a collection of 550
named varieties of potatoes. |^, Q, Kains.
Hiester, Gabriel, horticulturist, was bom at '^Esther-
ton/' near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, April 28, 1850,
and died in his lifelong home, January 18^ 1912. His
father, Augustus Otto Hiester, was a promment citizen
and an influential trustee of the Pennsylvania State
Colle|^. Gabriel Hiester graduated from this institu-
tion m 1868 and served as a trustee from 1878 until
his death. No member of the board did more for the
promotion of agriculture, and especially horticultiu^,
m the college and in the agricultural experiment sta-
tion. He was elected President of the State Horticul-
tural Association in 1905 and was serving his eighth
term on the evening before his death. Mr. Hiester
was widely known as an unusually successful horti-
culturist. He produced fruits and vegetables on a large
scale for the markets of central Pennsylvania and fre-
quently attended Farmers' Institutes and horticultural
meetings in this and other states where he gave his
hearers the benefit of his many years of experience as a
grower of choice products. Gabriel Hiester was a man
of sterling quahties, being broad-minded^ unselfish,
and thoroughly devoted to all interests which concern
the welfare of mankind. ^^ l^ Watts.
Hogg, Thomas, Senior and Junior, plantsmen. The
secona Thomas Hogg, bom m London, February 6,
1820, died in ^w York, December 30, 1892, was
known for his introductions of Japanese plants. His
father removed to this coimtry in 1820, when the child
was nine months old, and early in 1822 took up a
piece of land outside the city of New York, at what is
now Broadway and Twenty-third Street, and here
established himself as nurseryman and florist. In
1840, the nurseries were removed to Seventy-ninth
Street and East River, where youn^ Thomas and his
brother James assisted in the busmess. The father
died in 1855, and the sons took charge of the business.
Thomas Hogg was appointed by Prudent Lincoln, in
1862, UnitecTStates Marshal, and in this capacity he
resided eight years in Japan. He returned to Japan in
1873, and remained two years in the Japanese customs
service. "His close relations with the authorities gave
him opportunities for exploring the islands which other
foreigners did not possess, and he collected many plants
and seeds of horticultural value and sent them nome.
The garden of his brother at the foot of Eighty-fourth
Street, where most of these treasures were cultivated
for the first time in America, was, for many years, the
most interesting spot in the United States to the lovers
of Japanese plants. Many of the very b^t trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants which have come to us
from Japanese gardens were thus brought to America
before they were sent to Europe, and not a few of them
are now among the most familiar inhabitants of our
gardens." Ho^g left Japan in 1875, and subsequently
traveled in Chma, Ceylon. South and Central America,
as well as in Europe ana California. In later life he
devoted himself to his favorite studies. He never
married. — Extract from "Garden and Forest," Vol.
VI, p. 24.
Hoopes, Tosiah, nurserjrman, was bom in West Ches-
ter, Pennsylvania, November 9, 1832, and died January
16, 1904. He was reared principally in Philadelphia and
received a superior English and classical education in
the high schools of that city. His chief delight was in
botany, and from early childhood he pursued that line
of study with interest. It was in pursuance of his
inclinations along this line that he built in 1853 a
small greenhouse on his father's property and proceeded,
at great labor and considerable expense, to fill it with
specimens of the flora of this continent and of the world.
To this collection he added as. opportunity permitted
and naturally began propagating them and found his
products in demand. From that small beginning, the
great and prosperous nursery business of today was
developed. Josiah Hoopes wrote much on horticul*
ture, botany and kindrecl subjects, for many vears bein^;
a regular contributor to the horticultural department
of the ''New York Tribune" and other publications. He
was the author of the ''Book on Evergreens."
Hoskins, Thomas H.. physician, horticulturist and
writer, was bom at Gardiner, Maine, in 1828 and died
at Newport, Vermont, in 1895. He was well known in
horticulture as the introducer of Russian fruits. He
was also a contributor to all the the leading horticul-
tural papers. For a fuUer account, see "Cyclopedia of
American Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 585.
Hovey, Charles Mason (Fig. 1883), horticultiural
loumalist and nurseryman, was bom in Cambridge*
Massachusetts, Octob^ 26, 1810, and died there Sep-
tember 1 or 2. 1887. He is best known as editor of the
"Magazine ot Horticulturo," which had an uninter-
mpt^ existence from 1835 to 1868. It was founded
as the "American Gardener's Magazine," by C. M.
Hovey and his brother, Phineas Brown Hovey. In its
third volume (1837) it changed its name, and continu-
ously thereafter was known as the "Magazine of Horti-
culture," and was edited by Charles M, Hovey alone.
It enjoyed the longest period of prosperity of any
American horticultural journal. It is a record of the
budding stage of New World horticulture. It was
modeled after Loudon's "Gardener's Magazine,"
although its spirit was essentially American. Essays,
records of current events, reviews of books, descnp*-
tions of varieties, were prominent features. It had very
few illustrations. Mr. Hovey was author of the "Fruits
of America," issued in parts from 1852 to 1856, com-
pleting two volumes and making more than a beginning
on a third. Its purpose was to give "richly colored
figures and full descriptions of all the choicest varie-
ties cultivated in the United States." The volumes con-
tain more than 100 colored plates. Handsomely printed
and bound, these volumes are a fine type of the ama-
teur's art-book of varieties.
Mr. Hovev was also nurseryman and seed merchant.
Until 1840, his grounds at Cambridge are said to have
comprised only an acre, but at that time his premises
were greatly enlarged. His epoch was a time of knowl-
edge of varieties. Straightwa>r he b^^an assiduously
to collect varieties, until he exhibited pears, apples and
camellias by the hundreds, and plums, grapes, chrysan-
. themums and many
other things by the
score. These things
were shown before the
Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society which
was the center of horti-
cultural influence of
the country. He raised
many seedlings. Thuya
Hoveyi is still prized as
a garden conifer. His
greatest contribution to
horticultural varieties
was the Hovey straw-
berry, which first
fruited in 1836, and
which is generally re-
garded as the starting-
point of American commercial strawberry-growing. For
many years this berry was the standard of market excel-
lence (Fig. 1861). He continued to grow it and cherish it
until the end. Mr. Hovej' was long an active member,
and for a time president, of the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society. He was one of the active projectors
1883. Charlet M. Hovey.
HORTlCTLTC**'feTS
of the building which gave the Society & new and more
commodious home.
A portrait of Mr. Hovey wiU be found in the firat vol-
ume of the "Fruits of America." Another oCdlrB in
of this appeara in Fig. 1883. L_ h. B.
Hunnewell, HontSo Hollis (Fig. 1884), philanthropist
and horticulturist, was bom in Wat«rtown, MaasacnU'
settfl, July 27, 1810. and died in 1002 at Wellesley,
Massachusetts. Uc was the eighth in line of deseent
from Roger Hunnewell, who came to this country from
England in 1640.
Holtia Hunnewell was
educated at Harvard
HORTICULTURISTS
1581
Uni
Paris. At twenty-five
years of age, he became
a partner in the bank-
ing'house of Wells &
Co., a Parisian bank
for the accommoda-
n of American tour-
l la
.' identified with
, banking and railroad
interests of the United
>, Statci
any
, philanthropic
mentA, but tlie singular
fact remains that be
did not manifest a
ta9t« for arboriculture
and horticulture, his
favorite pantime, imtil
he was over forty yeare
of age. He was Srst to introduce the use of Calalpa
apeciosa for railroad ties, and hundreds of acres of
catalpas were planted on the treeless plains along the
lines of western railroads. Through his efforts, the firat
open-air exhibition of rhododentuxins and azaleas was
given in Boston in 1873. No previous attempt had
been made in this country to bring together a Ituge
collection of these plants for landscape effect. The
increased excellence and extent of arrangement of group-
ii^ of plants hitherto unused made him a landscape
artist of first degre<!, and he gave a new impetus to
American botany and horticulture. He was president
of the Muasnchusetts Horticultural Society for 1875 and
throuiUi hia numberless benefactions helped to make
horticulture a household word, not only in his beloved
stat«, but throughout the country, g. B. BnACKfnT.
HuBDUum, George, grape-grower and author, was
bom at Meyenburj, near Bremen, Germany, Novem-
ber 4, 1827, and died at Napa, California, Novcmtier
6, 1902. He came to the United States at an early age
and was practically self-educated. His horticultural
cireer began at Herman, Missouri, where he established
the largest and oldest American vineyard that turned
grapes mto wine, with the exception of the Lonfcworth
vineyard in Ohio. He served with distinction in the
Civil War, was a presidential elector in 1866, and was a
member of the convention for revising the constitution
of the Btat« of Missouri. He estsAlished extensive
nurseries and a model fruit farm that was the pride of
the state, and the fruits and wines received first awards
at all the fairs and expositions held at that time. In
1866, he published his first book, "Grapes and Wine."
About 1869 he began the publication of the "Grape
Culturist." In 1880 his second book, "Grape-growing
and Wine-making," was published, and in 1888 "Grape-
culture and Wine-making" was issued, and it became
so popular that it was revised and pubUshed through
four editions. He was president of the Bluffton Wine
Company, Bluffton, Missouri, a member of the Board
of Curatora of the Missouri State University, a charter
member of the Missouri State Horticultural Society
and the Missouri State Board of Agriculture; professor
of pomology and. forestry, Missouri State University; a
member of the Viticultiiil C-ongrtsis that convened at
Washington, D. C, and State Statistical Agent for the
state of California. He waa one of the first men to stup
American phyQoxcra^resistant grape-vines to France
to re-^stabli^ her vineyards. In cooperation with
Parker Earle, be originated and helped to organiie the
Mississippi Valley Horticultural Society.
G. B. Brackett.
Jack, Mrs. Annie L. (Fig. 1885), was bom in Nor-
thamptonshire, England, January 1, 1839, and died in
February, 1912. Her
maiden name was
Annie L.Hayr. In 1852
she came to America
and pursued her studies
at a ladies' seminary
in Troy, New Yort.
She taught school at
Ohsteauquay Basin,
Quebec, about a dozen
miles from Montreal,
and later was married
to Robert Jack of that
place. Acting under her
mfluence, their farm,
known as "Hillside,"
waa largely planted to
small-fruits and vege-
tables, to which was
in time added a green-
house for floriciHture.
Thus were demon- iSM. Mn. Annie t. J»ek.
strated the capabilities
of that section for market^ardening, and others were
led ta follow the example so successful at the "Hill-
aide" farm. But it was as a writer on horticultural sub-
jects that Mrs. Jack is most widely known. Her "Gar^
den Talks" and other contributions to the press hare
much value, being the product of her own practical
experience. Her handbook entitled "The Canadian
Garden" is of especial value to Canadian gardeners.
LiNCS WOOLVRIITON.
Jaeger, Hemuo, pioneer grape-grower of the Ozarks
grape-breeder, was bom in Brugg, Switzerlsjid, in
1844, and died m 1896. He went toMissouri in 1867
and settled at Neosho, where, until 1896, he lived and
engaged in viticulture. In Europe be was trained as a
viticulturist. At Neosho, in 1869, he planted a large
eyard. It was composed largely of Concord and
1874 he began sprayii^ to control this blight or mildew,
using sulfur, iron sulfate and copper sulfate. He was
undoubtedly the fiist to begin spraying for fungous
diseases in this western section. This pioneer work in
which he contemplated the use of fungicides, which
became general with the introduction of bordeaux mix-
ture a few yean later, is an indication of his resource-
fulness and his vision. The failure of eastern grapes to
resist mildew turned his attention also to the native
wild grapes of the Ozarks, which he observed to be
resist^t of disease. As a result, for a third of a cen-
tury, be searched the Ozarks for promising wild forms.
From these he originated many promising native seed-
lings and also crowed many of the latter with Concord
and other eastern sorts. He advocated the use of the
native post oak and summer prapes Vitie lAnt^eumii
and V. xstwaiit as the foundation stock upon which to
build the future viticulture of the Ozarks. He origina-
ted upward of one hundred varieties worthy of trial
in the neighborhood and many of his pioneer varieties
have become the foundation stock upon which other
1582
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
grape-breeders base their work. He also observed that
the native Osark grapes were free from the phylloxera
which threatened the grapes of his native Europe. He
was one of the first to make use of this observation by
propagating millions of cuttings and sending them to
Europe where they were used as resistant stocks upon
which to graft European varieties.
He wrote but little and shrank from ipving the results
of his work b^ore horticultural gathenngs. He taus^t
by personal contact and by results attained. Bis
acquaintances, during his life reguxled him as the
leading grape-breeder and viticulturist of the Osarks.
J. C. Whttten.
Kennicotty John A., doctor and pioneer horticultu-
rist, was bom in 1800 and died in 1863. When the
greater part of Illinois was a wilderness of grass prairie
and when Chicago was a straggling village, Dr. Kenni-
cott was planting shade and ornamental trees at his
home. He was a leading spirit in the organization of
the Cook County Agricultural and Horticultural
Society in 1856, and held the first successful fair in 1857
on forty acres that later held solid blocks of sky-
scrapers. This horticultural society was short-lived,
but Dr. Kennioott did much to stir up the farmer ana
the fruit-grower to the possibilities wrappd up in horti-
culture in Illinois. He was a ready wnter and a good
talker; he was first president of the Northwestern
Fruit-Growers' Association and president of the Illi-
nois State Horticultural Society in 1861. Dr. Kennicott
was well educated, painstaking and self-denying. He
did much for Illinois horticulture and the present gen-
eration owes him a lasting debt of gratitude for his
noble, far-reaching pioneer work in horticulture.
G. B. Brackett.
«.«u..w», William, nurservman and author, was
bom in 1795, and was the oldest son of John Kenrick,
one of the pioneer American nurserymen. His father
commenced his nursery in the year 1790 on Nonantum
Hill, near the line of the towns of Newton and Brighton,
Massachusetts, and on the very ground where the
apostle EUot began his labors for the Indians, imder
Waban, their chief. The raising of peach seedlings
was the commencement of Mr. Kennok's work. He
soon acquired the art of budding, and thus offered
named varieties for sale. In the year 1823 his son Wil-
liam became a partner in the nursery, and we find the
first advertisement of the stock in the October number
of the **New England Farmer" of that year. It named
thirty varieties of finest budded peaches 5 to 8 feet
high at 33 H cents each; ten varieties of 'European
grapes; four American: Isabella, Catawba, Bland and
Scuppemong; currants, horse-chestnut, catalpa, moun-
tain-ash, hlacs, roses and a few other ornamental trees.
It was stated that the trees would be packed with clay
and mats. The son, William, appears to have assumed
early control, having plantea in 1823 two acres in cur-
rants alone. In 1824 they made 1,700 gallons of cur-
rant i/^ine, increasing the amount to 3,000 gallons in
1825 and to 3,600 in 1826. Mr. Kenrick was an enthu-
siast in whatever he did, his extensive cultivation and
introduction of the Lombardy poplar being an illus-
tration of his sanguine temperament. A still more
marked instance was his culture of the Moras muUi"
caulis about the year 1835, and his advocacy of silk
culture. For a time he found this to be a more profit-
able venture to himself than to his patrons. But it
should be said that, however sanguine and confident
were his opinions, they were honestly held and with no
intent to mislead. In the year 1835, Mr. Kenrick pub-
lished **The American Siflc-Growers' Guide," a small
treatise on mulberry-culture. In 1833 appeared the
*• New American Orchardist." This is a larger work, and
is a full description of the fruits of that date. The
author acknowledges his large indebtedness to other
cultivators, especially to Mr. Robert Manning, of
Salem, who published his ''Book of Fruits'' in 1838.
Mr. Kenrick died in February, 1872.
Wm. C. Strong.
Kerr, Jonathan Williams, fruit-grower and nursery-
man, was bom in York County, Pennsylvania, in 18^.
In 1867. after the Civil War, m which he was a Union
soldier, ne went to Maryland, where he made his honoe.
Prior to his soldier's life, he had taught school. After
more than fifty years devoted to hortioilture, he died on
July 31, 1913, of heart disease. Not only did he devote
time to the growing of nursery stock for sale and of
fruit for market, but spent much of his energies in the
testing of new fruits and nuts to determine their
value, especially in the Chesapeake Peninsula. He was
one of the most dihffent of watchers and students of
nature as affected by art, his constant effort bein^
to improve by cross-fertilisation and selection those
fruits, nuts and other plants that gave promise of being
satisfactory either from the oonmiercial or the amateur's
standpoint.
This work involved an enormous amoimt of labor in
collecting and trying out thousands of plum, apple,
peach, and other frmt varieties, the plum receiving the
lion's share of his study and effort. In this work, Mr.
Kerr was perhaps the leading specialist in the develop-
ment and unprovement of our native plums. Whenever
and wherever a variety of reputed superiority came to
his attention he spared no pains or money to procure
it and no efforts to give it a fair test. He passed care-
ful judgment on more than 400 named varieties, the
labor involved being as nothing compared to the pleas-
ing and fascinating task he imposed upon himself. His
farm at Denton, Maryland, was ''a veritable little
plum heaven" visited oy other enthusiasts from all
over the world.
Mr. Kerr also tested more than 400 varieties <^
apples collected with the object of ascertaining their
adaptabihty to the peculiar conditions of the Chesa-
peake peninsula. The larger part of these were varie-
ties of reputation established elsewhere, though many
were comparatively new. He was also especially
interested m nuts which could be grown in the penin-
sula— Persian and Japanese wcdnuts, chestnuts, chin-
3uapins, filberts, pecans, and so on. At the time of his
eath. scores of experiments were still in process of
completion.
At fruit-growers' meetings, more especially those of
the Maryland State and tne Peninsula Horticultural
Societies, Mr. Kerr was one of the leading spirits. His
intimacy with all branches of horticultiu^ and his
fluent speech combined with his dry humor and aptness
of tongue made his remarks particularly pleasing,
interesting and instructive. His writings are charac-
terized by extreme conservatism and care.
M. G. Kains.
Kirtland, Jared P., doctor, pomologist and natural-
ist, was bom in Wallinrford. Connecticut, November
10, 1793 and died near Cleveland, Ohio, December 11,
1877. His love for nature and all living things mani-
fested itself in his early boyhood, and he was familiar
with the flowers, the trees and the birds around his
home. His grandfather bequeathed him his medical
library and the funds for a medical education. He was
the first student to matriculate at Yale College for a
course in the Medical Department. No branch of
scientific study came amiss to him. Prominent in
medicine, he was in every chosen department of
science a teacher and a leader. In the geologic survey
of Ohio he brought to bear his extensive and familiar
knowledge of the flora and fauna, the pomology,
ornithology and entomolo^ of the state. Every
department of life received his particular care. He filled
the chair of Theory and Practice in the Ohio Medical
College for some years with great ability. As far back
as 1810 he was studying the seedling pear trees in the
nurseries in northern Omo, and was trying to solve the
«
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
1583
perplexing problem of pear blight. He |prew many
vaneties of pears and by a series of hybndizing pro-
duced many new varieties of pears and more tnan
thirty new varieties of cherries; among the latter are
the noted Governor Wood, Rutland's Mary, Black
Hawk, Pontiac, Powhatan, Teciunseh, Osceola and
Red Jacket. TTie varieties were introduced by Ellwan-
TOr & Barry, of Rochester, New York. The Governor
Wood and the Rockport are the two varieties of all
the long list that are today most widely cultivated. In
1874 the Ohio Horticultiu*al Society, m its session at
Akron, sent a vote of thanks to Dr. Kirtland at Cleve-
land for his success and skill as a cultivator of new
fruits. He was one of the most distinguished men ever
connected with the Society. He replied that his hiehest
aspiration in this matter was to awaken and develop a
love for horticulture in the vouth of the state. He had
been actively engaged in the great work since July 4.
1812, and at the time of this meeting had not wearied
of the well-doing for a period of sixty-two years! The
hybrids of fruit save him many new varieties of rare
excellence. His flower-garden— -always an object of
interests-contained many specimens rare and b^utif ul,
native and exotic. He succeeded in grafting the sweet
bay on the magnolia and the rare flowers ana fine fruits
were his special care. He -was a careful weather obser-
ver, and took accurate observations many vears
before the United States Weather Bureau charted the
country. G. B. Brackett.
Landreth, David, foimder of the oldest seedhouse in
America, was bom in 1752 at Haggerston, North-
umberland County, England. He came to America late
in the eighteenth century, making Philadelphia his
home, and establishing there, in 1784. a nursery and
seed business. Its location, on what was then known as
High Street, is now covered by the building 1210 and
1212 Market Street. The raismg of trees and produc-
tion of seeds were conducted on land nearby, particu-
larly on a tract at Twelfth and Filbert streets. This
locality proving too contracted for the purpose, the
nursery and seed grounds were removed in 1789 to
the ''Neck,'' then considered far out of town, the place
chosen being not far distant from the site of the present
arsenal.
The younger David Landreth was bom in Philadel-
phia in 1802. When of suitable a^ he entered actively
mto his father's business, which had considerably
extended in Philadelphia, while a branch house had
been opened in Charleston, South Carolina. The young
man's early dutv was that of manager of this Charles-
ton branch. Of the Charleston business, it will suffice
here to say that it continued till the era of the Civil
War. when it came to a sudden end bv the act of the
Confederate States District Court, which confiscated
tiie real estate and merchandise alike, on April 22,
1862. Burnet Landreth.
Landreth, David, the younger, m 1828 succeeded his
father as proprietor of the well-established and thriv-
ing business m Philadelphia, a business which was to
remain highly prosperous for half a century afterward
under his fostering care. His time, however, was
not wholly occupied with the details of business, but
was turned at an early age toward the literatiune of
husbandry and to enterprises of public interest. Among
the latter may be mentioned the Philadelphia Horticul-
tural Society, of which, in 1827, he was one of the
founders ana a vice-president, and in 1828 was elected
corresponding secretary, which office he held for seven
years. At a subsequent dkte he was made president of
the Philadelphia Society for the Promotion of Agricul-
ture, and vice-president of the United States Agricul-
tural Society, and became an active member of many
other organizations.
His literary labors included the publication of the
''Floral Magazine," started in 1832, and an advanced
work for that period (see page 1559). At a later date
he wrote much upon husbandry, his graceful style as a
writer and his t^shnical knowledge of the subject mak-
ing his views of much value in the progress of the indus-
try. He edited an American edition of George W.
Johnson's "A Dictionary of Modem Gardening," a vol«
ume of 635 pages, published at Philadelphia in 1847.
In 1847 the LiEindreth nursery was removed to
Bloomsdale, Bristol, Pennsylvania, where Mr. Lan-
dreth established what is believed to be the most
complete seed-farm in the United States, and where
he planted an arboretum which for years stood
unequaled in this country in the development of
its trees. He was an early breeder of the Channel
Island cattle, then styled Aldemeys, and was among
the earliest manufacturers of mowing and reaping
machinery. In 1872-3 he experimented in steam-
plowing with a Scotch engine, and in the follow-
ing year with an American engine. Subsequently.
st^Mn-dimng and steam-chopping were experimented
with at Bloomsdale, and many improvements pro-
duced in the machine-shop of that model farm. In
early life he had lived amid the plantations of the Land-
reth nursery, one of the show places of Philadelphia —
the site now marked by the Landreth School— and his
virtues and character were those of one brought up in
intimate contact with nature. Burnet Landreth.
Legaux, Pierre (or Peter)^ an early vigneron, who
made one of the first attempts to establish the wine-
grape and to make wine in this country. From his
plantation at Spring Mill, near Philadelphia, Dufour
secured vines for tne great experiment m Kentucky
(see Bailev, "Evolution Native Fruits").
The following information about Legaux is taken
from Samuel Gordon Smyth, in the ^Thiladelphia
Ptess," September 10, 1899:
"At the close of the Revolution there appeared
amon^ the French colonists in Philadelphia a man of
superior talents and reputation, a political refugee who
sought the hospitable shores ot America to escape the
impending doom which afterward swept over France.
Pierre L^aux belonged to an aristocratic family of
ancient lineage in Lorraine. By the scanty light thrown
upon his early personal history we have been able to
leam that he was bom and educated in Metz; had been
a counsellor in the Parliament there; a patron of the
arts and sciences, member of several foreign academies,
besides enjoying the personal friendship, favor and con-
fidence of his sovereign Louis XIV. Under the r6gkie,
Legaux had filled positions in the Government with
honor and distinction. Prior to the time of his escape
to America, he had been in the diplomatic service of
the king at one of the French West indiui Islcmds. and
it was while there, through the intrigue and malevolence
of his official superior, that he was forced to fly Guada-
loupe to save his life. We begin to hear of his presence
among his compatriots of Philadelphia, about 1786. He
was spoken of as distinguished for his culture, scien-
tific accomplishments and gentility. Mingling with the
best society and finding friends among the men who
were shaping the destimes of the nation, Legaux allied
himself with the foremost, partaking actively in public
affairs and appearing with the digmtaries in the social
functions which enhvened the metropolis of America.
Citizen Legaux became a member of the American
Philosophic^ Society in 1787, at a time when his doing
so would indicate the close touch he had with the ablest
men of the day. It was in February, 1786, when Pierre
Legaux bought from Augustine Piievost^ a fine planta-
tion on the Schuvkill Kiver near Spring Mill. The
property called *Mt. Joy,' contained 206 acres.
"Notmg the remarkable growth^ productiveness and
sweetness of the native grapes whicn thrived so luxuri-
antly on the warm banks of our forest^bordered rivers,
and confident of a great destiny for this country in the
1584
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
cultivation of the grape, he argued that these latitudes
compared favorably with those of sunny France and
Ital^ in climatic and phjrsical conditions favorable to
its introduction and development. With this aim
before him, he proceeded to demonstrate his theories.
Importing a lot of the best varieties of stocks from
Europe, even from distant Africa, he began the growing
of vines on his plantation in 1787. He set out several
acres on the warm southern slop>e8 of the farm and gave
most careful attention to their propagation. He tsJked
learnedly about them to those whom he n^t and
impressed his views upon the large circle of friends who
gathered about and watched the progress of his new
venture. As we glance over the pages of the newspapers of
a centurv ago and read columns of matter concemmg the
vineyard, one naturally wonders at its vast import^ce.
In fact, the 'Letters of a Farmer,' the news of the Old
World Dv the latest packet and events transpiring within
the borders of the mfant RepubUc seemed subordinate
to the paramoimt interests of the viniculturists."
The Pennsylvania Wine Company was organized to
take over the enterprise, the stockholders comprising
prominent men of tne tmae. But the venture fell on
bad ways. Dissensions arose, and litigation followed.
''The devoted but aged Legaux, humbled and chagrined,
became like a hewer of wood and a drawer of water
where once he had been a gentle and influential host.
In these latter days, the SherifiF came and went, — ^for
the property was saved to the family by John Righter,
Legaux s son-in-law, who by dint of picking up the
shares here and there and bu3ring off the claimants and
00 on, kept the estate intact. But before this had been
accomplished Pierre Legaux, harassed, disappointed,
and even robbed by his malicious servants, annoyed
by the petty persecutions of neighbors, misunderstood
and maugned, finally succumbed to the combination, and
the spirit of the once cultured and ambitious French-
men passed into eternity, September 25, 1827. '' He
was buried at Barren Hill, Montgomery, Co., Pa.
LewellinK, Henderson, pioneer nurseryman, was bom
in Salem, North Carohna, April 25, 1809, of Welch
ancestry. At an early date he removed to Ohio and
there loimded the town of Salem: he removed to
Indiana in 1831, founded another Salem, and to Iowa,
1839, there founding the town of Salem, and being of a
roving spirit and a horticultural turn of mind, he left
Salem, Henry County, Iowa, April 1, 1847. Rejoined
one of the firot colonies of emigrants to cross the Hocky
Mountains to Oregon, where he left to posterity the
name of "Salem," now the capital of that great state.
True to his native inclinations, he took with him on his
long journey westward from Salem, lowa^ by wagon-
box and ox-team, in carefully prepared soil, 700 trees,
vines and shrubs, representing a large number of lead-
ing varieties of apples and pears, a few varieties of
plums and cherries and one Isabella grape-vine and one
gooseberry plant. His scheme to estaolish a nursery
m the densely wooded Northwest was so bold as to t>e
audacious and the trip by ox-team across the plains, on
a hitherto untravelecf route, was long and arduous. He
was advised repeatedly that his undertaking was hope-
less. The trip through dry, thirsty land and over lofty
mountain ranges was accomplished about the first of
October, and Mr. Lewelling arrived at the Dalles with
most of the trees alive. From that point he proceeded
by water route to the town of Milwaukee, where he
established the first nursery in the Pacific Northwest.
George Himes, historian of Oregon pioneer days says
it is an unquestioned fact that no other importation
made by the early settlers did so much to add to the
wealth and income of the people of Oregon as did Hen-
derson Lewelling's traveling nursery. Riedph Geer, also
a pioneer of 1847, in later years said: "That load of
trees contained health, wealth and comfort for the old
pioneers of Oregon. It was the mother of all the
orchards west of the Rocky Moimtains, and gave Oregon
a name and fame that she never would have had with-
out it. That load of living trees brought more wealth to
Oregon than any ship that ever entered the Columbia
River.'' Henderson Lewelling removed to California
in 1854 and lived quietly imtD the termination of his
life, December 28, 1878. g. B. BRACKjrrr.
Lewelling. Se^ was bom in South Carolina, March
6, 1819^ana died at Milwaukee, Oregon, Februarv 21,
1897. He was joint owner of an orchard on (Jedar
Creek, near Salem, Iowa, with his brother Henderson,
and remained in char^ of this orchard until 1850
when he crossed the plams to Oregon and became part-
ner in the business of Lewelling & Meek, Milwaukee,
Oregon. The nursery was not at first a success owing
to the lack of stock on which to graft; but in 1850 seeds
were brought to the territory by Mr. Pugh, and these
were purchased by Lewelling & Meek and in 1851 they
fl^afted 18,000 trees, and these apple trees sold readily
for $1 apiece, and plum, cherry, pear and peach trees
$1.50 each.
Seth Lewelling be^an his horticultural career with the
beginning of the fnnt industry in Oregon. He lived to
see the pioneer cabins replaced by stately mansions;
he lived to see the squatter claims become flourishing
orchards and fruit-farms; he lived to see the populous
East buy fruit from Oregon by trainloads and amount-
ing to many millions of dollara; all this in fifty years.
He was a horticulturist of the ola school but he was not
averse to teaching thevounger men the road to success.
He sold fruit in San Francisco in 1851 at $1 a pound,
and it was then that the sister state of California real-
ized that the gold in the mines was as nothing com-
pared to the revenue she could reap from fruit orchards.
She has steadily planted and is now the leading fruit-
growing state in the Union. Mr. Lewelling was the
originator of a number of fruits that have added
materially to the wealth of Pacific coast horticulture:
among these are the well-known Black Republican ana
Bing cherries and the Golden prune. He records the
fact that he saw no fruit pests in Oregon until 1880;
this is true of all new countries; insect pests and fruit
diseases seem to follow colonization. Mr. Lewelling was
a prominent figure in the fruit industrv on the Ooast,
and he was one of the last survivors of the four pioneers
who started the first orchards in Oregon.
G. B. Brackett.
Lodemani Ernest Gustavus (Fig. 1886), horticul-
tural investigator and writer, was bom in Neufch&tel,
Switzerland, May
3, 1867, and died
December 2, 1896.
when connected
with Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca,
New York. His
parents came to
America when he
was two years old,
his father becom-
ing, m 1870, pro-
fessor of moaem
languages in the
State Normal
School of Michi-
gan. The son
entered the Agri-
cultural College of
Michigan, where
he graduated in
1889. Modest and
lacking in self-as- ^
sertion, he needed
encouragement
and stimulus to 1886. Bmest O. Lodeman.
HORTICULTURl^"^
•HORTICULTURISTS
1585
make a strong investieator and teacher. In a real
estate venture in Florida, before his entoring the Agri-
cultural College, he became interested in agricultural
problems and resolved to devote his life to them. In
1890 he undertook work as private assistant to the
writer; and from this he became assistant and instructor
in Cornell University. In the extension work amongst
New York farmers he had charge of the investigations on
grapes and strawberries. He was an originator of the
spray-calendar idea. In 1896 he published ''The Spray-
ing of Plants/' which is yet the fuUest presentation of
the subject. This was prepared after a most thorou^
traversing of the subject, both as author and experi-
menter, including a visit to Europe for the purpose of
tracing the French history of the subject. He was an
accomplished scholar, speaking German and French
with fluency and possessing a working knowledge of
other languages. His early death deprived American
horticulture of a promising leader. Ji. H. B.
Longworth, Nicholas (Fig. 1887), (1783-1863) has
been called the ''father of American grape-culture. He
was Dom in Newaric,
New Jersey. He early
went to Cincinnati,
then in liie young
and growing West,
and engaged m bank-
ing and other busi-
ness. He early be-
came interested in
agricultural affairs,
and particularly in
the grape. From John
Adlum he received
the Catawba, and
became the means of
making grape-grow-
ing a commercial suc-
cess in the Ohio val-
ley. He was a leader
in the company of
horticultural expels
and writers which
made Cincinnati
famous in the mid-
dle of the century.
Longworth was one of the first to perceive that many
strawberries are infertile with themselves, and to
suggest the planting of poUinizers, although the im-
pmect nature of the strawberry blossom had been
known long before his time. He also introduced the
Ohio Everbearing raspberry, the first improved variety
of Rvbus occiderUalis. Longworth was a pioneer of
horticulture in the expanding West, and more than that
he was a guiding spirit in horticultural affairs of
national importance. In 1846 he published a pamphlet
on "The Cultivation of the Grape, and Manufacture of
Wine. Also, Character and Habits of the Strawb^ry
Plant." He also contributed a chapter on the straw-
bernr to Buchanan's "Culture of the Grape.*' For
further notices, see Hovey's "Magazine of Horticul-
ture" 29:160, and Bailey's "Evolution of Our Native
Fruits." The portrait in Fig. 1887 shows Mr. Long-
worth at seventy-four years oT age. L. H. B.
Lord, Orville Morell, horticulturist and plum special-
ist, was bom in the town of China. Wyoming County,
New York, April 20, 1826, and died at Minnesota City,
Minnesota, July 21^ 1906. The Lord family moved to
Li^peer County^ Michigan, in 1842. After two years'
training at a pnvate school in Pontiac, Mr. Lord tauf^t
public school for four years in the country near his home.
In 1852 he moved west with his family to Minnesota
and was one of the first settlers in the RoUingstone Val-
ley near Winona where he lived till his death with the
101
1887. Nicholas Loncworth.
exception of the years from 1861 to 1864 when he
returned to a farm near Kalamazoo. Michigan. He was
a member of the Territorial Legislature of Minnesota
in 1853-4 and served in the State Legislature in 1873-4.
He was active in many lines of public service through-
out his life. In 1884 he became a member of the State
Horticultural Society of Minnesota and was elected
an honorary life member in 1899. He conducted a sub-
experiment station for the society at his home for many
years. He was considered one of the leading authorities
m the Northwest on all lines of horticulture and
enjoyed a national reputation as a plum specialist.
He cultivated the well-Imown "RoUingstone" plum from
a wild variety growing in the RoUingstone VaUey. He
also established several varieties of very good hardy
apples. Mr. Lord was a lecturer on horticulture in the
Minnesota Farmers' Institute for a number of years
and also horticultural editor of "Farm, Stock and
Home." He always carried on an extensive corres-
pondence wiUi other horticulturists aU over the
oountay. e. G. Chbtnet.
Lyman. Heniy Bfartyn. pioneer horticulturist, was
bom at £asthampton, Massachusetts, September 13,
1828, and died at Excelsior, Minnesota, January 4,
1902. He was a descendant of Richard Lyman, who
came to America in 1630 from England. Mr. Lyman
received his education in the piibUc schools and at
Williston Seminary in Easthampton. His father died
when he was fourteen years old and with the assist-
ance of his mother and older brother he carried on the
New England farm. Mr. Lyman came to Taylors
Falls, Minnesota, in 1850. After remaining a year and
a half, he returned to Massachusetts. In 1853 he came
west again and landed at St. Anthony. He purchased
an oxrteam, a wagon and a little lumber and drove west
to the site of the Lyman Homestead at Chanhassen,
Carver County. He made this his home unUl his
death in 1902.
Mr. Lyman was for years postmaster of one of the
first post-offices in the ooimty. He was interested in
fruit-growing and phnted the first apple trees in Carver
County in 1853. These trees were not adapted to
Minnesota and were winterkiUed in 1856. In 1867 he
planted more apple seed and from this lot came the
^'L3rman's Prolific" crab. From apple seed planted in
1876 and later came the Evelyn and other seedlings
that are promising weU for Minnesota conditions and
are good keepers. Mr. Lyman was much interested
in evergreens and early planted manv varieties. He was
one of the first settlers to realize their value as wind-
breaks and some excellent specimens are stiU to be
found on the homestead.
In 1891 a trial station was located on his farm and is
stiU in operation. He was treasurer of the State Horti-
cultural Society in 1900. As a pioneer horticulturist,
Mr. Lyman did very much to establish horticulture
on a sound basis in Minnesota. JjE Rot Cadt.
Lyon, Theodatus Timothy (Fig. 1888), pomologist^
was bom in Lima, New York, January 13, 1813, ana
died in South Haven, Midu^m, February 6, 1900. He
was the son of a farmer. His school-going was very
limited. In 1828, his parents went to tne territory of
Michigan, where he was employed in many pioneer
pursuits, as farming, lumber-making, post-boy, tanner,
merchant. He be^me more and more interested in
farming, and in 1844 started a nursery on the farm
at Plymouth, Michigan. He coUected varieties from
the local orchards, and found their names much con-
fused. His interest was chaUenged, and gradually he
became absorbed in a study of pomology, which in that
day meant mostly knowledge of varieties. Articles on
the varieties of Michigan apples in the "Michigan
Farmer" attracted the attention of Charles DowmnsL
and a correspondence and exchange of varieties resulted.
1586 HORTICULTURISTS
HJ8 name ajipeare in the list of correspondenta in the
revised editions of Downing's "Fruits and Fruit Trees."
For some yeftts, Mr. Lyon was president of a railway
company. In 1874, he moved to the "fruit-belt" of
southwestern Michi-
gan, where he became
presideDt of the Michi-
gan I«ke Shore Nui^
sery Association, and
where he Uved until
his death. The nur-
sery association was
not successful financi-
ally. In 1888, Mr. Lyon
wrote a full (412 pages)
and careful "HiHloiy
of Michigan Harticut
ture," wuch was pub-
lished
' ciety.aeocietyofwhich
be was president from
1876 to 1891, and hon-
orary president until
his death. In 1889, he
took charge of the
South Haven sub-eta-
tion of the Michigan Ebiperiment Station; nnd here,
with his fniibs and trees, ne lived quietly and h&ppily
to the last.
Mr. Lvon was one of the last of the older fieneration
of pomoIogiBts. Like his colleagues, he was an expert
OD varieties. He was one of that sacred company wnich
placed accuracy and cautiousness before every oon-
sideratioD of ambition or personal gain. His friends
knew that he had not the temper of a commercial man.
At oue time it was said of him that he was the most
critical and accurals of American pomologists. The
fruit-lists of the Michigan Horticultural Society, his
labors in revision of nomenclature ftir the American
Fomological Society, and his various bulletins of the
Michigan Experiment Station, show his keen judgment
of varieties. L. H. B.
laas. T. T. LfOD.
Mcintosh, John, originator of the Mcintosh apple,
was a farmer, bom in 1777, near what is now known
as the village of Dundela, in Matilda Township, Dun-
das County, Chitario, near the river St. Lawrence, and
died in 1843. As a horticulturist he is noted only as the
originator of the Mcintosh apple. Little is known of
his life, but the facts in connection with the Mcintosh
apple arc as follows:
In 1796 he found growing in the clearing, a number
of seedling apple trees. He took them home and planted
fifteen or twenty of them in an orchard near his log
house. One of these was named the Mcintosh R«d7
Theoriginal treeliveduntil 1908. It was bearing apples
until 1907, but its death was hastened by a hailstorm
during that year. Ten years before it died it had been
badly injured by a fire burning an adjacent building.
The introduction of the Mcintosh apple is mainly due
to Allan Mcintosh, the son of John, who was bom in
1815 and died in 1899. He, during his long life, propaga-
ted and disseminated many trees.^eginning the propaga-
tion in 1835. In 1912 a monument was erectwl on the
old Mcintosh homestead to commemorate the tree
and its originator (see Vol. I, p. 317).
W. T. Macocn.
H'Hahoa, Benurd (about 1775 to September 16,
1816), horticulturi.Ht, was bom in Ireland and came to
America, for political reasons, in 1796. He settled in
.Philadelphia, where he engaged in the seed and nursery
business. He early began the collection and exportation
of seeds of American plants. In 1801 he published a
catalogue of such seeds, compiising about 1,0(X) species.
HORTICULTURISTS
He was the means of making many of our native plants
known in Europe. He enjo3red the friendship of Jeffer-
son and other distinguished men, and his seed store
became a meeting-place of botanists and horticulturists
He was interested in all branches of horticulture. It is
thought that the Lewis & Clark ejfpedition was plannral
at his house. At all events, M'Mahon and Londreth
were instrumental in distributing the seeds which those
explorers collected. In 1806. he gave to America its
first great horticultural book, "American Gardener's
Calendar" which was long a standard cyclopedic work.
The editor of the eleventh edition of this book (1S57)
makes the following reminiscence of M'Mahon:
"Bernard M'Mahon wasnocommonman. Hesought
the American shores from political motives, aa is
understood, but what (hese were has not been deter-
mined; moat probably it was necessary to fly from the
persecution of povemment. He found American gar-
dening in its mfancy, and immediately set himself
vigorously to work to introduce a love of flowers and
fruit. The writer well remembers his store, his garden
and greenhouses. The latter were situated near the
German town turnpike, between Philadelphia and
Nicetown, whence emanated the raifx flowers and
novelties, such as could be collected in the early part of
the present centurv, and where were performed, to the
astonishment of the amateurs of that day, successful
feats of horticulture that were but too rarely Itnilated.
His store was on Second Street, below Market, on
the east side. Many must still be alive who recollect
its bulk window, ornamented with tulip-glasaes, a
large pumpkin, and a basket or two of bulbous roots;
behind the coimter officiated Mrs. M'Mahon, with
some considerable Irish accent, but a most amiable and
excellent disposition, and withal, an able saleswoman.
Mr. M'Mahon was also much in the store, putting up
seeds for transmission to all parts of this country and
Europe, writing his book, or attending to his corres-
pondence, and in one comer was a shelf containing a
lew botanical or gardening books, for which there was
then a very small demand; another contained the few
garden implements, such as knives and trimming scis-
sors; a barrel of peas and a bag of seedling potatoes, an
onion receptacle, a few chairs, and the room partly
lined with drawers containing seeds, constituted the
apparent stock in trade of what was one of the greatest
seed-stores then known in the Union, and where was
transacted a considerable business for that day. Such a
store would naturally attract the botanist as well aa
the gardener, and it was the frequent lounge of both
classes, who ever found in the proprietors ready
Usteners, as well as conversers; in the latter parti-
cular they were rather remarkable, and here you
would see Nuttall, Baldwin, Darlington, and other
scientific men, who sought information or were ready
to impart it."
M'Mahon's name was given to westH»ast evergreen
barberries by Nuttall in 1818, and these shrubs are
still known as Mahonias. See pp. 1511, 1518, 1521.
t. H. B.
Hanning, Jacob Warren, nurseryman, was bom at
Bedford, New Hampshire, February 20. 1826 and died
at Readmg, Massachusetts, September 16, 1904. Until
the age of twenty-one, he remained on his father's
farm. At that time he went to Chelmsford, where he
was engaged in farm, fruit and nursery work. In 1849,
be becajne superintendent of the Wiimesemitt Nursery
at Chelsea, of which the proprietor was 8. W. Cole. He
remained here less than a year and until June, 1854, he
was employed as a gardener in Dorchester, Massacnu-
setts, BurUngton, and Brattleboro, Vermont. At that
time, he moved to Reading, where he established a
nursery in his own name. He introduced many large
and small fruits and ornamental trees and shrubs,
promineDt among which are the Rocky Mountain blue
spruce {Pi<xa jnmgena), the Cutter seedlii^ strawbeiry.
HORTICULTURISTS
the Dracut amber grape, the John Sweet and the Gnu-
it« Beauty apple, Mr. Maiming made a specialty of
evergreeDS and also established a large department of
hardy herbaceous plants. He wae a member of the
Maaaachusetts Horticultural Society and the AmericfU)
Pomological Society for over forty yeare. He was also
a member of the American Nurserymen's Association,
the MaBsachusetts FruiUGrowera' Association and
others. He served on many fruit committees, making
exhibits in various parts of the country.
Humlne, Robert (July 18. 17S4, toOctober 10, 1842),
was one of the most thorough and accurate of American
desniptive pomologists. In 1323 he established his
"Pomological Garden" at Salem, Massachusetts, for
the purpose of collecting and proving varieties of fruits.
At the time of his death this garden contained mure
varieties of fruits than had ever been collected in
America. Pears were his specialty, but he had sU the
fruits which would thrive m his clunate. These fruits
numbered °eariy 2,000 varieties, of which about one-half
were pears. These varieties were ^thered from all
parts of this country, and also from Europe. The new
pears of Van Mons, the Flemish scientist and pro-
pounder of a theory of plant variation (sec "Survival
of the Unlike," Essa^ V), were introduced largely by
him. He also received valuable acquisitions from
Robert Thompson, of the fruit department of the Lon-
don Horiicultural Society. In 1S3S, Manning pub-
lished at Salem his "Book of Fruits, being a descriptive
catalogue of the most valuable varieties of the pear,
apple, peach, plum and cherry for New England cul-
ture. It also contained bush-fruits, grapes and hardy
trees and shrubs. It was published as "First Series for
1S38," which indicates that ile author intruded to
issue other parts, AH the descriptions were drawn from
the fruits themselves. The book was illustrated. In this
work he was aaaisted by John M. Ives; and Ives made
a second edition of the work in 1844 under the title
"The New England Fruit Book " and a third in 1847 as
"New England Book of Fruits. ' At this day it is diffi-
cult to appreciate the work of a man like Manning. In
those days, varieties were all-important. The scientific
management of orchards had not yet arisen. Varie-
ties were confused. Manning and bis compeers opened
the way for correct nomenclature and systematic
pomolo^, and established the idea of testing varieties.
His decisions on nomenclature were accept^ as final.
He was one of the founders of the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society. For a reference to the position of
Manning's work in our history, see page 1522; also
Tilton's "Journal of Horticulture," 7, pp. 157, 158.
L. H. B.
Htnoing, Robert, Jr., was bom at Salem, Massa-
chusetts on July 6, 1827, and died on February 17, 1902.
He and his brother, Richard, succeeded their father in
the work of the "Pomoli^cal Garden." In 1889, he
was appointed editor of Tilton's "Journal of Horticul-
lure," which position he held until this magaiine was
discontinued in 1871. He was Secretary of the Massa-
chusetts Horticultural Society for twenty-six years.
I'nder his editorship, the "History of the Massachusetts
Horticultural Society" was completed in 1880. For a
fuller account, see the "Cyclopedia of American Agri-
culture," Vol. IV, p. 594.
Mflehu, Thomas (Fig. 1889), writer, editor, state
botanist, vegetable biologist., legislator and nursery-
man, was bom in London. England, March 21, 1826.
He died at Germantown, Philulelphia, November 19,
1901. His father, Edward Mechan, was head gardener
for Col. Francis \'pmon Harcourt, at St. Clare, near
Ryde, Isle of Wight, and there Thomas spent his
boyhood. He was self-educated, acquiring Latin,
Greek, French and the elements of botany by study-
bg at night.
HORTICULTURISTS 1587
Mr. Meehan's first published papor was at the
age of twelve on the production of double-flowered
stocks from single. His first scientific discovery pub-
lished was on "The Sensitive Nature of the Stamens of
the Portulaca," at fifteen years of age. At the same age,
be produced St. Clare, the first hybrid fuchsia known to
the horticultural world. Numerous scientific papers
followed, resulting in his being elected member of ^e
Royal Wemerion bociety of Edinboro, without making
application or the Society being aware that he was a
boy. Thomas Mechan became a student at Kew Gar-
dens, and after graduation came to America, landing
on his twenty-«econd birthdav. Here he was employed
by Robert Buist, Sr., in Philadelphia; was superin-
tendent of Bartram's Gardens, and later gardener to
Caleb Cope, Holmesburg, and while there flowered the
Vicloria Resia, the second time blossomed in America.
In 1853, he estabkshed Meehan's Nurseries, afterword
famous for their fine collection of American trees. He
was sole editor of the "Gardener's Monthly" for the
thirty years of its hfe, beginning in 1859 (p. 1559).
He founded "Meehan's Monthly''^ in 1891, which sur-
vived him. For sixteen years he was agricultural editor
of "Forney's Weekly Press," and at one time was agri-
cultural or horticultural editor or r^ular contributor
to more than half a doxen weekly ana monthly papers
and magazines. For thirty years he was the regular
scientific editorial contributor to the "New York
Independent." He was appointed State Botanist by
Governor Hoyt and held that position until his death.
For many yean he was a member of the Board of Visi-
tors of Harvard University. He was a prolific contribu-
tor ia the pubhcations of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, of which institution he was
senior vice-president for twenty-three years; to the
proceedings of the American Association for the
advancement of Science, of which he was one of the
early Fellows, and to the American Philosophical
Society, the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society, tiie
Pennsylvania Agricultural Society, in all of which he
was an active member. He was recogniied as the lead-
ing vegetable bi-
ologist of his day.
He was the origi-
nator of the doc-
trine of evolution
that self-sacrifice
plays OB impor-
tant a part in na-
ture and evolution
as the struggle for
existence and the
survival of the fit-
test. Forhisscien-
tific attainments
in horticulture he
was awarded the
Veitch medal by
' the Veitch Mem-
orial Fund of Eng-
land, the third
American so hon-
ired. He
the
of
"Native Flowers
IB». -n»<nu HMbuL ?«<! I'>ra8 of the
Umted States."
He was elected a member of the Common Council of
Philadelphia in 1882, and was reelected biennially
thereafter as long as he lived. As councilman, he
inaugurated a movement for numerous small parks
in Philadelphia. He was a member of the German-
town school board for eighteen years, and during
that period secured the establishment of seven new
schools, two exclusively for colored teachers. Other of
bis activities that may be mentioned are as follows: He
1688
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
discovered the Englemann Caiion in the Wasatch
Mountains; in Alaska, he discovered the movements of
plants in connection with the movements of glaciers;
at the close of the war, he went South as a member of a
committee to restore confidence and business relations
between the two sections; he made what is supposed to
be the first complete list of plants in Kew Gardens, over
1,600 plants being recorded ; he was largely instrumental
in the establishment of the Department of Forestry
in Pennsylvania. w. E. Meehan.
in Cyclo. Amer. Agric.
Miller, SamueL pioneer plant-breeder, horticultural
writer and plant-disseminator, was bom at Lancaster,
Pennsylvania, in 1820. and died at Bluffton, Missouri,
in 1901. At Calmdale, Pennsylvania, he began the
breeding of grapes, about the tune of the intnxiuction
of the Concord. In 1867 he removed to Bluffton,
Missouri. Here he brought tog^ether a notable collec-
tion of the various types and varieties of fruits and orna-
mentals. He did notable work in testing the adapta-
bility of varieties to the central West, and his advice
as to what sorts to plant in this section was sought by
horticulturists, not only in Missouri but in surrounding
states. Scores of plant-breeders sent him their new
varieties to be tested, knowing that he would not only
express a frank and honest opinion but that his judg-
ment was sound, due to his extensive acquaintance
with existing varieties. In addition to his work in
introducing and testing varieties oripnated by others,
he gave an important share of his tune and energy to
plant-breeding, most notably with grap>e8. No less than
naif a dozen varieties of his grapes have found a place
in our pomological list, among them Martha, Black
Hawk, Eva and Louise. He was an advocate of close
breeding, for the reason, expressed by him, that his
hybrids ''broke up into many forms, giving uncertain
rwults," while his close-bred seedlings, particularly of
Concord and its descendants, ''gave a large percentage
of promising sorts.*' He originated the Captain Jack
strawberry, which for two decades was largely used as
a pollinator of Crescent in the berry fields of the West.
During the later years of his life he was engaged in the
amelioration of the native persimmon, of which he
Sropagated a score of promising sorts, among them the
osephine.
For a third of a century Judge Miller was an officer
of the Missouri State Horticultural Society, modestly
declining to accept its presidency, often t^dered him
by its members. The annual reports of this organiza-
tion contain many papers by Judge Miller. For a
third of a century he also contributed regularly to the
horticultural columns of "Coleman's Kui^ World."
His writings are clear and sound. They were a distinct
contribution to the horticulture of the author's gen-
eTAiion, j q Whttfen.
Moon, James, and his descendants, have been of
importance in the development of ornamental horti-
culture in America. Descended from English parentage.
James Moon came to America in 1681 and purcha^
a tract of land near Morrisville. His grandson, also
James Moon, took up a large tract in Bucks County,
Pennsylvania, in 1749, and devoted a part of his
time to the raising of fruit trees. Records of his trans-
actions as early as 1769 are still in possession of the
family, although no extended commercializing was
attempted by any of the decendants until 1849, when
Mahlon Moon purchased a tract near the Delaware
River at Momsville, Pennsylvania, and enga^^ in
the nursery business, issuing his first catalogue in that
year. With no desire for an extensive business, he
laid substantial foundations for promoting a more
general planting of ornamental trees and from the
start largely specialized in these. He was the origi-
nator of the Numbo chestnut and introducer of Exochorda
grandiflora and Azcdea atrwenaf all of which he propa-
gated very extensively. Mahlon Moon was bom 1814
and died 1887.
Wm. H. Moon, oldest son of Mahlon Moon, was bom
in the nursery nomestead of his father, Morrisville,
Pennsylvania, 1849, and after completing his education
continued for a time in the business of his father, but
in 1872 established nurseries of his own in the same
community, putting a strong spirit of commercialism
into his business and from the first specializing in orna-
mental trees, especially in evergreens. He was probably
one of the first persons to make a strong plea for more
extensive use of this valuable class of trees and did
more than any one man to promote new methods of
culture and development into plants of individual
merit and perfect outline. The business which he had
thus started in a small way grew steadily through his
persistent efforts until the time of his death in 1911.
With his business activities Wm. H. Moon always found
time to take a keen interest in affairs aside from his
business. He was much interested in educational
matters, giving his time and interest for their benefit.
He was an active member of the Pennsylvania Horti-
cultural Society and for seven years its president. In
1905 he was very active in founding the Pennsylvania
Nurserymen's AjBsociation and was its first president.
He was also a member of the National Nurserymen *s
Association and was one of the organizers of the Orna-
mental Growers' Association. His strong desire from
the time of engaging in business was to put the utmost
commercialism into horticulture and he was rewarded
by the very extensive growth of his business.
Samuel C. Moon (1854-1911), the second son of
Mahlon Moon, continued the nursery business estab-
lished by his father. He was a thoroi^ lover of horti-
culture and his trees were his friends, his home being
surrounded with many rare specimens planted by his
father or collected and established by his own hands.
His main development was in the Une of ornamental
horticulture, of which he was a rare student, contribu-
ting frequently to hterature on the subject and occa-
sionally addressing audiences on plant life. He was an
authority on evergreens. Samuel Moon devoted many
years to the best welfare of his community. He was
active in educational and religious work. At the time
of his death Samuel Moon was president of the Penn-
sylvania Nurserymen's Association.
Hbnrt T. Moon.
Moore. Jacob, pomologist, was bom at Brighton,
New York, in 1836. His lue-work was the development
of new fruits, which he produced in lar^e numbers by
scientific plant-breeding. He was the onginator of the
Diploma currant, Red Cross currant, Hooker straw-
berry, Brighton, Diana-Hamburg and Moore's Dia-
mond grapes, Barr Seckel pear and thousands of other
fruits which have enriched the fruit-growers of America
many thousands of dollars, but which brought him
hardly a sufficient pittance to keep body and soul
together. He also expended a competent private for-
tune in the work. He passed much of the late years of
his life in trying to secure congressional le^lation
that would protect originators of fruit varieties, but
his efforts were, unfortunately, without avaiL Mr.
Moore was a member of the Western New York Horti-
cultural Society for nearly fifty years and was widely
known among horticulturists. He died at Canan-
daigua, New York, in the winter of 1908.
G. B. Brackett.
Munson, Thomas Volney (Fig. 1890), nursersrman,
grape-grower and author, was bom September 26, 1843,
near Astoria, Illinois, and died January 21, 1913. He
received his education from the public schools of Illi-
nois, the academy at Lewiston, Bryant-Stratton Busi-
ness College and the University of Kentucky. In 1906
the University of Kentucky conferred upon him the
degree of D.Sc. Dr. Munson located at Denison,
Texas, where all his industriid, scientific and literary
HORTICULTURISTS
work was done. He eatoblished one of the moat
famous vineyarda in the South, beaidee buildioft up
A reliable and well-lmowD nursery busineBs. He wan
tlie acknowledged authority od the native wild ^apee
of North America, and Bulletin No. 3, Division of
Fomolooy, United Stales Department of Agriculture.
"CUssiGcation and Generic Synopsis of the Wild
Grapes of North America," which he wrote and which
waa publiahed in 1890. ia one of the most painstaking
pieces of botanical work ever done in this countrv. It
made the way tor his later and greeXeT work on
"Grape^ulture." His horticultural and scientific work
in hyDridiitn^ and perfecting the American Vitis won
for him a diploma from the Prench Govrmment in
1888, and the decoration of the Leeion of Honor
with the title of Chevalier du Merit .4gricole for the
aid he bad rendered France in viticultural matters.
He was also a member of the American Academy
of Science, the National An'icultural Association of
France, vice-president of Uie American Pomological
Society, member of the Amerir-an Breeders' Association,
the Aasociation for the Advancement of Science, and
vice-president of the Texas Horticultural Association.
In 1903-4 he was a member of the Texas World's
Fair Association and the chairman of the committee
of Texas Industrial Institutes. He was also a mem-
ber of the jury of awards at the St. Louis Exposition
in 1904 and an honorary member of the American
Wine-Growers' Association and also a vice-president
of the Society for Horticultural Science.
The most complete botanical display of the whole
grape genus ever made was prepared by Dr. Muoson
and emibited at the
World's Columbian
Exposition, Chicago, in
1893. This collection,
now in the United
States Department of
Agriculture, will ever
be a striking record of
his wonderful patience,
painstaking care ana
skill. His splendid
book "Foundations of
American Grape-Cul-
ture" is regarded as the
most practical, com-
plete and sati^actory
account of the Ameri-
can grape yet issued,
and is a lasting monu-
ment of his zeal, energy
and scien t ific investiga-
tion. He knew the
philosopher's stone
HORTICULTURISTS
1589
and left a last n
strive to be as useful and a
Nelson. A., pomologist, was bom in Oneida County,
New VorK, September 8, 1830, and died at Lebanon,
Missouri, November 10, 1901. His early yearn were
spent on a farm, where he always took great interest
in horticulture. In 1858^ he moved to Buffalo, where
he engwd in the ^ain and coal business. After
twenty-five years residence in that 'city, he went to
Lebanon, Missouri, as an agent of the Oiark Plateau
Land Company. Mr. Nelson was a very enthusiastic
horticulturist, and was particularly interested in apples,
being an authority on the varieties. He contributed to
all the great fruit exhibits of the state, and for many
years was treasurer of the Missouri State Horticultural
Society. For portrait, and a fuller account, see forty-
fourth report of Missouri Horticultural Society, of
1901.
Newnuui, James Stanley (Fig. 1891), was bom De-
cember 1 1, 1^5, in Orange Count.v, Vii^nia. He passed
bis early life on the farm, working under the direction of
his father, a highly educated and skilful agriculturist.
In a private home school he was prepared for the Univer-
sity of Virginia where
he studied four years,
1856-9. He served as
a Confederate soldier
in the Thirteenth Vir-
ginia Regiment. From
1866 to 1875, he farmed
and taught; from 1875
- 1883 he I
cted
ith
Georgia State Depart-
ment of Agriculture,
preparing publications,
collecting agricultural
statistics, and directs
ing experiments. For
nine years, he was pro-
fessor of agriculture
and director of the ex-
periment station of the
Alabama Polytechnic
Institute, and for three
years president of the
Alabama State Agn-
cultural Society. Foro\ ^ ^ ... .
life member of the American Pomological Society.
When Clemson College, at the old farm home of
Jno. C. Calhoun, was organised in the early nineties.
Colonel Newman was elected professor of agriculture
and director of the agricultural department of that
institution. He resigned in 1894, and ran a truck farm
near Atlanta until July, 1897, when he was called back
to Clemson College, where he served as professor of
agriculture and director of the agricultural department
and vice-director of the South Carolina Experiment
Station, and (for three years) director of farmers'
institutes, untd his resignation in July, 1905.
Colonel Newman was the author of "The Southern
Gardener's Practical Manual" and of several other
useful works on agriculture and hve-etock.
The last five years of his Ufc were passed, as he had
often expressed a wish they might be, in his own home,
amid the fruits and flowers he loved so well. He was
widely known in the South Atlantic States ss a pioneer
in the cause of the new agricultural education and uplift.
He died at Walhalla, South Carolina, Mav 11, 1910.
Wll. S. MORRIBON.
Olmsted, Frederick Law, landscape architect, was
bom April 26, 1822, at Hartford, Connecticut, and died
August 28, 1903. He was educated in private schools,
with private instructors in surveying and civil engineer-
ing. He was a special student at Yale College, a work-
ing student on crock farms, with seven years farming
on his own farms. He took several trips abroad for
study of many parks and fine private places. He was
superintendent and landscape architect of Centra]
Park practically in partneiship with Calvert Vaux, a
young English architect who had been associated with
Andrew Jackson Downing (in his time the leading
landscape gardener of the United States) most of the
time from 1857 to 1878. From 1866 to 1872, be was
in partnership with Mr. Vaux and F. C. Withers, then
alone, and later with various other partners. Some of
his principal works were the parks of New York,
Brooklyn, Buffalo, Chicago (South Parks), Milwaukee,
Rochester, Louisville, Boston, Detroit, and many other
cities and ton^is, the United States capitol grounds at
Washington, World's Fair at Chicago, the great estate
of George W. Vanderbilt at Biltmore. North Carolina,
and the grounds of many public and semi-public insti-
tutions and of private individuals. He wrote a number
1590
HORTICtXTURISTS
of ataadard books of tnvd and he did a large amouat of
technical writing, roost of whid) is ficattered in the Bins
of park cottuniniana and other public and eemi-public
boards, and in pcnodicaJa, encyclopedias, a&d reports
to owD0a of f»ivmte estates. While be was familiar
with tbe architectural and cnKineering, arboticuitural
and horticultural branchoi of hia profcasion, aod often
dengned the minutest details, yet in general, it was hia
practice himself to evolve tbe general designs for works
of landscape architecture and to direct partneiH,
MMstaots, euperintendetitfl. engineer and
HORTICULTURISTS
s with grapes and otlker fraita and in 18M
of these imitators oft«D applied this utyle where it van
distinctly inappropriate and where tbe formal or
architectural style should have prevailed, as in the
grounda of several universities and other scmi-pubhc
institutions bsiving usually laige buildings. For por-
trait and further details, see "Cyclopedia of American
Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 601. Jqh.v C. Olmsted.
Parsons, Samuel B., nurseryman, landscape gardener
and author, was bom in New York City, February 14,
1819, and died at Flushing, New York, on January
4, 1906. In 1899, he ^ablishcd a nursrry with hia
and shrubs. They were the first nursery firm to intro-
duce the Japanese maples and also to propagate rhodo-
dendrons in tbe United 8tat«e. Mr. Pareons was an
expert landscape nardener ajid the author of niimeroua
essays on this and related subjects. He waa abto the
author of a book on "The Rose, its History, Poetry,
Culture and Classification." He waa a charter member
of the American Pomoltwical Society and an honorar)'
member of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society
from I8.t6. For a fuller account and portrait, see
"Cyclopedia of American Agriculture," Vol. IV, p, 602.
Pettit, MurriT, fruit-grower, waa bom on March 13,
1843, at Saltfleet, Ontario, Canada, and died at
Winona on March 3, 1910. On reaching manhood, he
and later branched into tbe culture ol apples, pears,
plums and grapes. He was particuhu-ly distinguiahed
as a grape specialist, and was one of the first to plant
Niagara grapes in Ontario. He carried on a number of
woricinc intimately and sympatheticallv wjtn him. in
(be elaboration of general plans, working drawinn,
•peciScationa and in wjieriDtendence. In this way be
was asMiciated in design with scores of architects^
engineers^ landscape gardenera and other technical
men so mtimatety that in many cases it would be
impossible to distinguish where the work of bis aasist'
ants began and hia Mided. In the execution of his ideas
parks: on the Brooklyn parks by O. C. BuUard ; on the
Buffalo puka by William McMillan; on the L'niled
Stales Capitol grounds by William Cogan, and on many
other parks, grounds of institutions and of private
individuals by Warren H. Manning, and so on, Mr.
Olmsted took the greatest interest m and secured tbe
adoption of what may be called the naturalistic style of
planting, confining the use of the architectural style of
planting almost invariably to gardens in close connection
with important public or eemi-public buildings or pri-
vate residences. He may fairly be said to have been
the originator in this country of the extensive use of
shrubbery borders and masses as a main feature of land-
scape pluiting instead of planting individual shrubs as
mere decoration. His influence throughout tbe whole
country has been very great, as shown d>; the adoption
by a host of imitators of the irregular, informal, pic-
was appointed directn- ol the Expaimaital Stalioa at
Winona, which office be bdd nntfl his death. Bdr.
Pettit was always among the fint lo take up new ideas,
and was tbe third man in Ontario to use the ^ny-
pump. He waa v^ry active in all the local fruitjcrowen'
societies and a member of tbe Ontario FTuit-&owen'
Anociation, having at one time served that body as
pRsident Sot a period of two yean.
Preaeott, ChariM lUmmage (Flo. ISBZt, potaaHo^st,
was bom of Loyalist ptvents in Lunenburg County,
Nova .Scotia, tbe latter part of the ei^teentn centmr.
He was a Buc«:eaful merchant for many years in HaU-
fax, but in 1812 ckMed his bunness aod moved to tbe
Annapolis VoUey near WolfviUe, Khi^ County, wbere
he boufdit a farm and dev^ped a fine estate. Tlie old
good regnir, Utou^ tbe garden^
mvhards and vine-
yards, once th«
pride of tbe ptov-
moe, have lanely
diSHipeand. The
won for wfaidi he
bouse still stands ii
. aUyrei
bered ia the intro-
duction and dissem-
ination of i^ioe
varieties of fruits.
He ia credited,
among apples, with
tbe introduction of
Ribston, Blenheim,
, Gravenstein, Bald-
win, Rhode Island
Greening and
Northern Spy, six
out ot tbe t^ lead-
ing commercial va-
rieties of the prov^
1»M. Chu. K. Prncott. ,'°'* ^^7- Th*
list of hia mtro-
ductiona among other fruits is almost equally impor-
tant. He waa very generous with cions from bis trees,
and many of the earlier orchards of the province can
be trac)^ directly to his influence. He died in the
autumn of 1859. f_ q_ Skabs.
Prince, William, the second proprietor of the Prince
Nursery at Flushing, Long Island, was bora about
172.5 and died in ISCC. The nuraery, which was per-
haps the first large commercial one in America, waa
established about 1730 bv his father, Robert Pnaoe.*
The Huguenots who settled at New Rochelle and on
the north shore of Long Island brought widi them a
variety of French fruits, and the intercet thus created
in horticulture resulted in the establishment of his first
nuT»cry. For a number of years attention was confined
chiefly to the fruit trees with which to eioek the new
countr}-, and it was only when more settled conditions
came that the culture of ornamental trees and ahrube
waa introduced. Under William Prince, the nursery
grew rapidly in importance until the Revolution. A
return of peace brought with it increased trade, to make
good the depredations of the soldiery as well as to re-
stock the orchards of those who ior seven years had
paid more attention to the science of war tHan to the
pursuitsofhorticulture; and a catalogue ori794 contains
as many varictirw of fruit as those of some nurseries of
the present, apricots and nectarines, for example, each
being represented by ten varieties.
Not only was everything of merit imported, but the
origination of new varieties by a careful selection of
seedhngs was enthusiastically conducted. Two plums,
still weU known, date from tnia period, ftince's Yellow
*ThF (ounding ol tbe aUbliahiDsiit u utaihy KltcibuMd to
Willi.in Prince, raiber thu lo hia lather Robert. Pip> IS17.
HORTICULTURISTS
Gage beins onDnsted in 1783 and the ImperiiJ Gage
in 1794. ^le "Treatise on Horticulture" mentions that
in 1790 no less than twenty-five quarts of Green Gage
pits were planted, from which seeidltngs were obtained
of every color and shape, it being probable that the
Washington plum was originated in that year. Before
the death of this William Prince, the nuiHery buaineBs
had been taken up hy Itis sons, William and Benjamin;
the former on new ground, called the Linnean Botanic
Garden and Nursery, the latter at the original place,
called The Old American Nutaery. l_ b. Prince.
Prince, William, third proprietor of the Prinoe
Nurseries at Flualung, was bom November 10, 1766,
and died April 9, 1842. During hia lifetime, the Prinoe
Nursery was one of the centers of horticultural and
botanic interest In America, and reached the hei^t of
its fame. He continued the work of hia father m the
introduction of all foreign trees and plants of value,
the discovery of unknown American species and the
creation of new varieties from seed. One of the trees
introduced to great popularity by William Prince was
the Lombardy popl^. In 1793, he bought additional
property of 80 acres at Flushing. For fuUy fifty years,
the nursciT waa conducted much leas for profit than from
a love of horticulture and botany. It was d< '
contain every known kind of tree, shrub,
plant known to England and America that \
any horticultural merit. The catalogues from 1815 t_
1850 ranked among the standard horticultural publica-
tioDB of the country. The number of varieties of fruits
cultivated seems scarcely credible in these days, when
many nurseries are oonduct«d solely for profit, and
only the trees or plants which find a ready sale ate
propagated. In 1S28, Mr. Prince WTot« and published
the "Treatise on Horticulture," which was the firat
work of the kind produced in America. L. B. Prince.
Prince, William Robert (Fig. 1893), fourth proprietor
of the Pnnce Nursery at Flushing, was bom November
e, 1795, and died March 28, 1869. He inherited his
father's love of botany and his ^reat enerxy. He was
ccoinected with the American Institute, National Pomo-
logical Society,
Society, And
many other im-
portant organi-
sations, in whose
transactions he
took a promi-
nent part. In
1830 be wrote,
with the assist-
HORTICULTURISTS
1591
fathej
of his
18U. Vm. Robait
"TreatiBe on the
of high import
tance. In 1831
he issued the
"Pomological
Manual" in two
volumes, an im-
portant treatise
on all fruits ex-
cept applffl. In
1846 he pub-
hahed the "Man-
ual of Rosea."
In hia early
manhood, Mr.
Prince bolaniied
through the en-
tire line of At-
lantic States in
company with Professor Torrey, of Columbia, and Pro-
fessor Nuttall, of Harvard. Theoldest cedarofLebanon
in the United States, as well as the oldest Chinese
magnolias, salisburias, Mt. Atlas cedars, paulownias and
purple beeches are to be found today in the grounds of
the Prince homestead, together with many other unique
specimens. When .the disease of the Irish potato
caused a fear that it would have to be replaced by some
other vegetable, he imported the Chinese yam or potato
<J}io»cOTta Batatas), paying S600 for the tubers.
About the same time he introduced sorghum, or
Chinese augar-cane. He was unwearied in his endeavors
to promote silk-culture in the United States. He
imported not only the silk-worms but the mulberry
trees to feed them, and built a large cocoonery for their
accommodation. l. b. Prince.
and botoniat, waa born in Charlotte, Vermont, May 6
1838; died in BurUng-
ton, Vermont, May 25,
1911. He early devoted
himself to horticultural
and botanical lines of
study and work. In
the late aixtiea, he con-
verted the home farm
into a nursery, special-
iiing on hotdy Dulbs,
and had growing at
one time over one
hundred species and
varieties of Iria and
nearly all known spe-
cies of Litium. From
the more usual types
of plant - culture, he
turned to the then reW
tively new field of
plant-breedinf;. He
first worked with the
potato, lat«r with the
cereals, garden vege- ISM. Crnu OaaraMr Prlosh.
tables and fruits. Dur-
ing the decade 1869-79, he devoted practically all his
attention to this work with rare skill, insight, and success.
Among hia many prod uctiooa the following are notable
(see article by Wm. Stuart in "The Country Gentle-
man," June, 1905): Potatoea — Snowflake (Early Rose
X Excelsior, introduced 1873), Alpha (Early Rose x
8d)ec, introduced 1874), Ruby (Early Rose x White
(Gold Drop X White Hamburg, introduced 1877),
Grandee (Little Club x Lost Nation), Champlani
(Black Sea X Gold Drop, introduced 1879), Green
Mountain, Priiyde 'a Noa, 5 and 6: Oats — Fringle's
Prop^sa, Pringle's HuUese, American Wonder.
He was at the aame time trainins and inspiring others
in this work and generously distributing hia hybridized
potato seed. This early work entitles him to a leading
place among the pioneer plant-breeders in America,
and be would no doubt have continued in this field
and become one of its greatest leaders had not family
griefs driven him from home. He then, following the
advice iS Aaa Gray, turned to botanical explorations.
He secured many of the apecimens for the Jeeup col-
lection of North American woods in the American
Museum of Natural History, New York City, the finest
collection of its kind in exiatence, together with much
of the field data on the distribution of the forest trees
for the "United Slates Census Report" of 1880, He
had previously begun collecting Vermont plants for
Dr. Gray and soon achieved a world-wide reputation
1592
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
across the Continent to the Pacific mountain re^pons
and southward into Mexico. For twenty-six years, his
work was chiefly in the latter country, continued under
the patronage of the Mexican Government, the United
States National Museum and other scientific institu-
tions, and especially supported by Harvard University,
on the botamcal staff of which he was in 1893 appointed
official collector by act of the Corporation. As a result
of it, he not only enriched the leading herbaria of the
world with extensive sets of choice specimens, espec-
ially of Mexican plants but he amassed one of the
largest and unquestionaoly the best private collections
ever made. The Pringle Herbarium, of over 150,000
choice specimens, will remain his most fitting monu-
ment. During tne last ten years of his life, he was
Keeper of the Herbarium of the University of Vermont,
and the Pringle Herbarium remains the property of that
institution. L. R. Jones.
Pordy, A. M., horticulturist and author, was bom
in Macedon, Wayne County, New York, May 31, 1836,
and died January 4, 1908. His father was a merchant
in Macedon. but the son preferred outdoor life and in
his boyhooa was intensely interested in the raising of
fruits and flowers. He was educated in the common
school of Macedon Village, the Macedon-Center
Academy, and at the Nine Partners Bouxling School
near Poudikeepsie, New York. In earlv mamiood he
went to South Bend, Indiana, where he en^^^^ in
growing fruits for about twelve years. Near the year
1865 he returned to New York state and purchased
a farm on the Canandaigua road three miles south of
Palm3rra, and again engaged in growing fruits and
nursery stock. On that farm over forty years of his
life were spent, with the exception of three years' resi-
dence in Rochester. Soon after moving to New York
State he began the publication of ''The Fruit Record
and Cottage-Gardener*' and continued to issue the
paper for over twenty-five years. He also published a
small book entitled, *'The Fruit Instructor." They
were well received and many thousands sold. He tdso
Sublished as premiums three or four excellent fruit and
ower chromos.
Mr. Purdy was a great worker, energetic, working
early and late, and was a frequent contnoutor to agri-
cultural and reli^ous journals. He always took a great
interest in politics and public affairs, and gave of his
time and money for the advancement of the principles
he thought to be right. He was a member of tlie
Society of Friends (Quakers), and was recorded as one
of theu- ministers. Wm. W. Miner.
Raf an, Reuben, pioneer nurseryman and pomologist,
was bom in Louisa County, Virginia, on October 6,
1793, and died August 19, 1869. Left an orphan at an
early age. he was indentured by the Orphan's Court to
Elisha Thomas, a Shaker, but the indenture was
soon revoked. He was then apprenticed to a tanner.
Through his early association with Edward Damaby,
a nurseryman, Reuben became interested in horticul-
ture and determined to devote his life to this pursuit.
He established a nursery in Indiana in 1820, from which
he disseminated many hardy varieties of fruit aroimd
the state. Mr. Ragan was a charter member of the
Indiana Horticultural Society and a leader in the
pomological work of the state. For portrait and fuller
accounts, see "Report of Indiana State Horticultural
Society,'^ 1870.
Ragan, William Henry (Fig. 1895), nurseryman, hor-
ticulturist and pomologist, was bom on March 29, 1836.
in Putnam County, Indiana. His father obtainea lana
from the government by entry in 1822, and was widely
known as a pioneer nurseryman, fruit-grower and horti-
cultural enthusiast. William Henry Ragan grew to
young manhood amid the primitive conditions of pioneer
days, helping his father in the nursery work and enga^
1895. W. H. ttMgUL
ging in the usual pursuits of the farm boy. His formal
education was all received at the kx^ log school-
house of the district. About the year 1860, he engaged
in the nursery and fruit business on land he purchased
near Fillmore. From 1869 to 1871 he was in the fruit
business in Indianapolis, having formed a partnership
with John Wineberger of that city. In 1871 he moved
to Clayton, Indiana,
and continued in the
nursery business with
his cousin, W. A.
Ragan. as partner. In
1881 ne became a
trustee of Purdue Uni-
versity. In 1883 he
was appointed super-
intendent of the ex-
perimental station at
the University and for
a few months later in
the same year acted as
superintendent of the
campus and weather
station. He left Pur-
due University in 1884
to accept the chair of
practical horticulture
and the position of su-
perintendent of parks
at DePauw University,
Greencastle, Indiana,
which was in that
year reorganized from the Indiana Asbury Academy.
He had disposed of his nursery business on leaving
Clayton and purchased property at Greencastle where
he uved until 1899, leaving to accept a position in the
Department of Agriculture at Washington. He became
assistant pomologist and eimert in pomological nomen-
clature in the Bureau of riant Industry and won a
world-wide reputation, not only for his wonderful work
in nomenclature, but for his numerous other written
contributions and for his personal services in the
advancement of horticulture. He continued his work
with the Bureau of Plant Industry until his death,
which occurred in Washington, D. C, August 6, 1909.
During his later vears, William Henry Ragan was one
of the foremost and best-loved figures among the horti-
culturists of the country. He was one of the founders
of the Indiana Horticultural Society and continued his
active membership until his death. He was secretary
of this organization from 1869 to 1882 with the excep-
tion of 1873, and again from 1891 to 1895 inclusive.
He became a trustee of Purdue University for the
second time in 1888 and served until 1892. He was
superintendent of the Division of Pomology at the Cot-
ton Centennial at New Orleans in 1884-5 and served as
secretanr of the Committee on Awards in the Depart-
ment of Horticulture at the Columbian Exposition at
Chicago in 1893. He was secretary of the Mississippi
Valley Horticultural Society in 1883-4 and, when the
name of the organization was changed, continued the
same work for the American Horticultural Society
until 1888. From 1897 until his death he was chairman
of the Committee on Revision of Catalogue of Fruits
for the American Pomological Society. As a member of
the Indiana State Boara of Agriculture from 1873
until 1882, and as president in 1880, he did much to
foster the cause of fruit-growing in his native state.
C. G. Woodbury.
Rand, Edward Spra^e, lawyer and horticulturist,
lost his life in the accident that befell the steamship
"City of Columbus" in the early winter of 1884. Mr.
Rand was for many years vice-president of the Massa-
chusetts Horticultural Society. His exhibits of new and
rare species of plants were of the best, and secured at
considerable expense of time and money, an outlay he
horticultuI^Ists
made oheerfully for the good of horticulture. His col-
lection of orcbidH was one of the largest and rarest of
that time, and waa donated to the Boston Botanic
Garden. He was the legal counsel of the Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society, and an extremely prudent
Dounaellor. To Mr. Rand's knowledge of books is due
much of the succees of the Society's excellent and
voluminoua library. g. B. BaAcnrrr.
Rawion, Warreo W., market-gardener, was bom
in ^lington, Massachusetts, January 23, 1847, and
died August 9, 1908. He was educated in the schools
of ArUngton, Cotting Academy and Commercial Col-
lege. He entered into partnership with his father in
the markctr^ardenin^ business in 1867, and in 1872
bought out the busmess, whicb he continued with
tnicceaa imtil his death. His plant is now the largest in
New England devoted to market-gardening.
H. W. Rawbon.
Reuoner, Plinj Ford, florist, horticulturist and nur-
seryman, was bom at E^inceton, Illinois, May 6, 1863,
and attended the common and high schools of his
native town. He was very fond of plants when quite
near Manatee, devoting hie life to collecting and cul-
tivating tropical and semi-tropical plants. Not long
after reaching Florida, he was joined by his younger
brother E^{bert N. Reasoncr, and together they estab-
lished the R^al Palm Nurseries under the fimi name
of Reaaoner Bros. He began an extensive correspond-
eaoe in many languages with directoia of botanic gar-
dens and plantr-lovers and -growers in various parts of
the world, and he introduced many hundreds of tropical
and semi-tropical exotics. These were tested in the nur-
sery and sent out to [>lantr^wer8 in general. He was
horticultural commi^oner m permanent charge of the
sub-tropical exposition at Jacksonville, Florida, 1887-8,
and one of the three Florida commissioners at the
Cotton States Centennial Exposition at Atlanta in
1S&3. He died at Manatee of yelbw fever September
17, 1888, at the age of 25, At the time of hia death, he
was gathering together materials and notes with the
intention of writing a great encyclopedia of tropical
horticulture and floriculture. He had a genial, kindly
disposition and hia intense cnthuBiasra for the cultiva-
tion of plants was contagious. His plant importa-
tions may be found scatteted all over tne lower South
in all the extensive collections of that region.
CsAS. T, Simpson,
Rock, JcAn (Fig. 1896), nurseryman, was bom in
Germany in 1836 and died August 8, 1004. His name
was Jobann Fels,
which he translated
into English on
coming to America
at the age of 15.
He began in New
York at once, at the
bottom of the florist
and seedsman busi-
ness and rose slowly
until 1861 when
he volunteered (5th
New York Zouavee)
and fought till the
cloee of the Civil
War. Returning to
horticulture, be set-
tled in California in
1866 and built up
one of the best and
HORTICULTURISTS
bo, tui uvcT biic nuriu, lUK
experiment ground^ tested thousands of new thinxs,
originated or brought into notice inniunerable van»>
ties of worth and at the time of his death, had 500
acres in nurseiT^ at Niles, California. John Rock's
scientific spirit, bis wide and ever-increasing knowledge,
his very hi^ standards of business and hia unselfidi-
ness made him during his long life the leader of Pacific
coast nurserymen. He introduced more valuable
plants and varieties to American horticulture than any
other man of his period. His connection with Japan,
India, Australia and with the great establishments
abroad was close and constant. He did much to
encourage men like Luther Burbank, and his collec-
tions were always at the service of students and the
Puhhc. c. H. Shinn.
Roeding, Fradarick Christiaii; nurseryman, was bom
in Hamburg, Germany, on December 31, 1824, and
died July 18, 1910. £us boyhood and early training
were passed in Germany which fitted him for the
successful ^ommerdal career which he subsequently
achieved. He went to Chile and Peru in 1846.
Three years lat^Y he left for California where he first
wont in for mining, but he soon abandoned this
and became a member of the firm of Larco A Co.,
which afterward became known as the firm of R.
Feunrtein & Co., of which he was the senior mem-
ber. He . re-organiied, and was one of the prime
movers of the Gwrnan Savings and Loan Society of San
Francisco, and was vice-president and cashier for a
period of twenty-five years. As early as 1869, hia far-
seeing judgment in the future of California's basic
industry led him, with a number of other German
associates, to buy 80,000 acres of land in Fresno County
in the San Joa^^uin Valley. Shortly after this body of
land was acqiured, two sections, i;280 acres, was
deeded to the Southern Pacific Railroad Company for a
town-site, by him and his associates, and it was on part
tt this land which comprises the best busineffi and resi-
dential section of PVesno City today.
It was not until 1883 that he became actively engaged
in horticultural work. It was in that year that the
Fancher Creek Nursery was established, Poesibly the
chief event associated with his name is in connection
with his work in the introduction of the Smyrna fig
in California in 1886, and his untiring efforts m prov-
ing the necessity for caprification of this fig in order
to produce it successfully. The first Smyrna figs, now
known as Calimyma, were produced through artificial
poUenization in 1S90, but it was not until 1901 that the
first commercial product consisting of thirteen tons
was placed on the market as a result of the polleniia-
tion of the little fig wasp, Bla^'phaga aroasontm, which
was imported the year previous with the assistance
of the United Statea Department of Agriculture and
established in some Capri fig trees on the Roeding
His name will always be associated with the City of
FiMno, through his donation in 1903 of a piece of land
for pane purposes known as Roeding Park, consisting
of 117 acres of ground m the immediate vicinity of the
town. Gbobok C. Robdino.
Roger*, Edward Stanifwd, grape- hybridiser, was
bom m Salem, Massachusetts, June 26, 1826, and died
in Peabody, Massachusetts, March 29, 1890. He was
the originator of forty-five seedling grapee known ae the
Rogers hybrids. He was the first man to recognise the
possibility of the probable value of V. Labruaoa x V.
vinifera hybrid varieties. For the female plant he used
Carter or Mammoth Globe and fertilized with Black
Hamburg and White Chaseelas from an adjacent cold
graperyi this work was accomplished in the summer of
1851, and the dusters were caj^fully inclosed in sacks.
As a result of these pollinations, he secured about
1594
HORTICULTURISTS
150 aeeda, which he planted in an old garden at Saleni.
He succeeded in fruiting forty-five seedlingB, of which
one to five were of Carter Black Hamburg; eix t«
fourteen were Carter x White Chaaselas; and the
numbers fifteen U> forty-five were of Hamburg paren-
taje. In 1868 Mr. Rogers sent these varieties, under
original numbera to vanoue sections of the countr}' for
testing. He lacked room for a fair teat in his small
garden; the disaeminatioa led to confusioD, and the
nurserymen to this day have never gotten the matter
straightened out, so far as mere numbers are concerned.
Mr. Rogers then gave the moat promising varieties
namee, and these names were selected for persons
noted for Ulerary or scientific attainments or else for
the towns and counties in his native state. Leading
horticulturists of the day thought all the varieties
should be named, as they poaaesacd equal merit to a
remarkable degree; but Mr,' Rogere' preferred list is
as follows; No, I, Goethe; No. 3, Massasoit; No. 4,
Wilder; No. 9, Lindley; No. 14, Gaertner; No. 15,
Agawam: No. 19, Merrimac; No. 28, Requa; No, 39,
Amini; No. 41, Essex; No. 43, Bany; No. 44, Herbert;
No. 53, or No. 22, Salem, but not the Salem of the
present day. There wafi a meritorious etandtud of
excellence about these hybrids that Mr. Rogers was
unable to obtain with subsequent crosses. These
hybrids brou^t about a new era in grape-culture, and
while not so mtrioaicolly valuable as some later varie-
ties, the work of Mr. Rogers, in one way and another,
has added millions of doll^ to the grape industry
of America. G. B. Bbackztt.
Sargent, Henry Winthrop (Fig, 1897), a son of
Henry Sargent, an artist of reputation in his time
and a grandson of Daniel Sargent, a Boston merchant
of a prominent Massachusetts family, was born in
Boston in 1810. Graduating from Harvard in 1830,
Mr. Sargent studied law, which he never practised, and
' 1 1841 purchaaed a small estate on the plateau aoov
Downing, the landscape gardener, then at the height of
his brilliant career, Mr, Sargent began to lay out a gar-
den. This soon became diatinmiished for its beautiful
distant views and vistas obtained by the removal of some
of the native trees which originafly covered it, for the
arrangement of the shrubberies which made a piece of
ground of only twenty-two acres in extent appear like a.
large pork, and for the collection of conifers in which Mr.
Sargent was particularly interested and which in its day
was the most complete in the United States. Mr. Sar-
gent traveled extensively in Europe for the purpose of
studying the arrangement of country places, and to
secure plants for his
collections. As one of
the resulte of these
journeys he published
"Skeleton Tours," a
guide to the most inter-
esting estates and gar-
dens in England, with
directions how to reach
them and what to see
in each. To the sixth
edition of A. J, Down-
ing's "Theory and
Practice of Ijandscape-
gardening," published
in 1859, Sargent added
an important supple-
ment m which he de-
srribed the making of
Wodenethe, the name
of his own place, and
the estate m Welle»-
1S07. B. V. Sui«aL ley, Massachusetts, of
HORTICULTURISTS
his relative, H. H. Hunnenrell, to which was added
an account of the many new trees and other plantA
which had first been tested in this country at Woden-
ethe; and for the seventh edition, publifdied in 1865,
he extended this supplement to include descriptions of
the most recently introduced trees. For many years and
during the life of its genial, accomplished and hospitable
owner, Wodenethe was one of the beat-known country
places in the United States, and its influence in teach-
ing correct principles of the art of garden-making and
in increasing, the love of country-life in the United
States and the knowledge of trees was great and of
lasting vahie. Mr, Sargent died at Wodenethe in 1SS2.
C. S. Sakobnt.
Saul, John, nurseryman, was born at Castle Martyr,
County Cork, Ireland, on Christmas Day, 1819, and
died in Washington, D. C. on May 11, 1897. /Vs he
grew up, be was trained in the science of landscape
gardening, and soon after becoming of age removed to
the Isie of Wight, and subsequently to Bnstol, England,
in which place he was manager of extensive nurseries.
Mr. Saul anivcd in Washington in May, 1851, and was
at once engaged by the C>ovemment to lay out the
Smithsonian Grounds, Lafayette Square and other
public squares, and also by W. W. Corcoran t« plan
the beautifying of Harewood Park. In 1852 he bought
the property m which he spent the remainder of tiia
life, 120 acres of which he set out in nutser}' stock, all
kinds of evcnreens, fruit, shade and ornamental trees
and shrubs. He imported all new varieties from Europe
as soon as they appeared. He equipped twenty green-
houses with large stock of new and rare plants, orchids
and the like. He imported new plants from Europe as
soon as they were offered for sale, and orchids from
Africa, Mexjoo, . Central and South America. He
shippM plants to all parts of the country and some
native plants to Europe.
He was appointed a member of the Parking Commis-
sion by Gov, Alexander R. Shepherd, and was reap-
pointed by the District Commissioners after the office
of governor was abolished, and was continued in office
by each succeeding Board until his death, serving aa
chairman of the commission until the last,
B. F. Saul.
in 1822, and died ii
Washington, D. C, September 11.
ated in Scotland and England and
spent some years in practical horticultural training at
Kew Oardens, He come to America about the same
time as Wm. R. Smith, former Superintendent of
United States Botanic Gardens, 1848. He wrote many
practical and timely articles on horticulture and kin-
dred topics for the "Gardener's Monthly," "Hovey's
Magazine," the "Horticulturist" and other periodicals.
In 1854 Mr. Saundcra entered into partnerahip in the
nuisery business, general horticulture and luidscape
gardening, with the late Thomas Meehan of Phib-
delphia. While there he originated and introduced
fixed roofs for greenhouses which marked a great
improvement over the movable sash formerly employed.
He was a landscape gardener of note, and finished the
planting of some of the national capital's park system
which hod been previously begun by Andrew Downing,
He planned many parka through the eastern portion
of the UnitM Stat«, among the most noted of which
were Clifton, the country- home of the late Johns
Hopkins at Baltimore; Rose Hill Cemetei^, Chicwo;
In 1862. Commissioner Newton appointed Mr.
Saunders the Botanist and Superintendent of Horti-
culture of the newly created Depart^nent of Agricul-
ture at Washington, D. C, The Department was at
first called a Bureau and did not become a cabinet office
HORTICULTURISTS
until 18S9. Mr. Saunders ^ded materially with advice
and good work in shaping and developing the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, and he was one of the ablest and
moat iuflueutial men the Department has ever had. He
was one of the aevcn founders of the order of Pstrunx of
HuHbandry in 1867, and wrote its preamble and con-
stitution. He was Master of the National Grange
during the first six^ears of its existence.
He introduced into this counti? many fruits of
economic importance. His knowledge of the flora of
the world was extraordinary. He was one of the first
to direct public attention to the proper environment
for fruits; southern fruits for southern states, northern
fruits for northern states. He introduced the hardy
Russian apples for the extreme North in 1870. Mr.
Saunders imported economic plants and trees of various
kinds from almost every part of the globe. The Fon-
eirut trifotiaia, widely grown as a hardy stock for
citrous fruits in the South and West, was obtained by
him in 1869. He was endeavoring to secure a hardy
type of Japanese orange, and the trees froze in transit
from 8(ui Francisco ta Washington, but the stocks
survived, and these proved to be the now well-known
P. trifoliala. He enUeted the aid of the late Prof. P. J,
Borckmans of Augusta, Georgia, in the work of saving
and perpetuating this stock. Mr. Saunders introduced
the kaki or Japanese persimmon into this country and
disseminated it widely in the South, His greatest suc-
cess, however, was the introduction of tne Bahia or
Washington Navel orange, the seedless orange from
Brazil that practically revomtioniied the orange indus-
try in California at that time, and brougnt in a
subsequent revenue of millions of dollars.
G. B. Brackett.
Saunders, William (Fig. 1898), economic entomolo-
gist, horticulturist and the founder, and for quarter of
a century Director, of the Experimental Farms of the
Dominion of Canada, was born in England in 1835, and
died in London, Ontario. September 13, 1914. Became
with his parents to Canada when a boy of twelve. He
started in business as a chemist and druggiBt and, as
years went by, prospered to such an extent that he was
able to devote nis spare time and means to his favorite
pursuit* of botany, entomology and horticulture. He
was one of the founders of the Entomological Society of
Ontario, editor of the "Canadian EntomologiBt" for
thirteen yearSj and author of the standard work,
"Insects Injurious to Fruit«," which is regajrded as a
classic by economic entomologists and fruit-growers.
Deeply interested in horticulture, he established a
fruit-farm near London, and began his experiments in
hW)riditing and originating new varieties. His earUest
efforts were devoted to the production of improved
kinds of small-fruits, and he succeeded in obtaining
satisfactory results with gooeeberries, currants, rasp-
berries and grapes, and also with roecs and other
ornamental shruDs. Many of his varieties are widely
known and extensively cultivated, and his Emerald
grape was considered the best of the Canadian sorts
at the Colonial Exhibition In 1886. During this period
he was an enthusiastic member of the Ontario Fruit-
Growers' Association, which he was laigely instrumen-
tal in maintaining durins its day of smaU things, and of
which he was president lor some years.
In 1886 he was appointed Director of the Experi-
mental Farms, and by bis untiring eneno', remarkable
administrative ability, wide knowledge, both scien-
tific and practical, long business experience and agree-
able personaUty, he succeeded in establishing the chain
of stations in all the provinces of Canada from the
Atlantic to the Pacific, and prescribing for each its
sphere of work in adaptation to it* climate and local
conditions. The immense value of the results obtained
cannot be over-estimated; they will long continue to
sustain the reputation of this man of genius to wboee
energy and ability they were due.
HORTICULTURISTS
1695
Among the many aspects of work which claimed his
attention, horticulture continued to have a foremoet
place. For a long series of yean Dr. Saunders carried
on hybridizii^ experiments in order to produce apples
hardy enough to withstand the rigors of the north-
western provinces,
and of f;ood size
and quality. Tak-
ing the wild Sibe-
rian crab, which
grows freely in Sas-
katchewan, as the
female parent and
crossing it with the
hardiest Canadian
and Russian apples,
he gradually suc-
ceeded in obtain-
ing hardy varieties
nearly 2 inches in
^ diameter which
dirive in the far
North and with-
stand a tempera-
ture of even 60°
below zero. Hid
efforts with cereals
were equallv suc-
iMS. wnuiffl SssDdsn. cesaf ul ; nis Marquis
wheat has proved
to be tbe best variety in all respects of those grown in
the western provinces, and has added millions of dollars
to the value of their farm products, C.J.S. Bethone.
Sharp, Frucis Peabody, the leading pioneer pomol-
ogist of New Brunswick, and perhaps of Canada, was
bom at Northampton, New Brunswick, in 1825, and
removed to Upper Woodstock in 1844, at which place
he resided until his death in 1903. Practically all of
this time he was engaged in commercial orcharding,
the growing of nursery stock, the testing of varieties
and the creation of new fruits. He was the first man
to introduce most of the standard varieties in the prov-
ince— this being prior to 1858; obtaining cions from
Canada, the United States and England. He devoted
many years towsrd the production of varieties specially
adaptM to the New Brunswick climate and soil, the
necessity of which he always emphasized. He early
recognized the possibiUty of ootaining new and
improved varieties from seed, and he imported seed
from many sources for testing. In this manner he
originated Sharp's New Brunswick apple, which many
have rwarded as being the Duchess of Oldenbut^.
Later, Sharp started to produce better varieties by
hybridizing. Using the New Brunswick as one parent
in most cases, he mode upward of 2,(K)0 crosses, origina-
ting a number of varieties of proved local worth, of
which the best known is the Crimson Beauty. The date
of the starting of this work does not seem to be definitely
known but appears to have been about 1866. In an
address given before the Farmers' and Dairymen's
Association at Fredericton in 1896, Sharp stated
that he and Peter M. Gideon »-ere the first two men
in America scientifically to hybridize the apple and
pear. It would appear from this that Sharp was by
many years the Gist man to begin this Important work
in Canada. Photographs and particulars are given
in the report of the New Brunswick Fruit-C rowers'
Association for 1911. A. G. TimuEY.
G^^en,
dens." was bom at Sheffield, England, July 24, 1800,
and died at St. Louis, Missouri, August 25. 1889.
He came to the United States in 1819 and engaged in
the hardware busineee until 1840 in St. Louis, where he
continued to reside until his death. After retirement
1596
HORTICULTURISTS
from active buaineffi he traveled for a number of yeare,
and in 1849 laid out a modest Karden about his country
house in the suburbs of St. Louis, which, nine years
later, he extended so as to include some forty-five acres,
about half of this area constituting an arboretum.
By special act of the General Assembly of the state
of Mieeouri, approved in March, 1S59, Mr. Shaw was
empowered to provide for the conveyanoe of hiw
property, either during hia life or after nia demise, to
trustees, for the perpetual maintenance of his garden
as a scientific establiahmeDt, In 1885 he endowed a
department in Washington University, known as the
Henry Shaw School of Botany, and on hia death left
nearly all o( his property, valued at some S5,000,000, to
a boMil of trustees for the maintenance, improvement,
and enlargement of the Missouri Botanical Garden.
Mr. Shaw, though not a botanist, was a lover of
plants for tnemselvea and a firm believer in their
mfluence in molding desirable traits in human character.
Hia garden was always open to visitors, amoiu whom
he particular^ wel-
comed the self-respects
gave to the citj[ of St.
Louis a park Bit« ad-
JBceot to bis garden,
whichj like the latter,
was unproved under
his personal super-
horticultui
HORTICULTURISTS
He was Fruit Commiseionra' for the province of Quebec
at the World's Fair in Chicago in 1893, and on three
occasions was one of those who represented the province
of Quebec at Dominion Fruit Conferences. Because of
his prominence as a fruit-grower and bis enthusiasm, he
many other occasions appointed on important
turaf committees. w. T. Macocn.
Shepherd, Hrm. TheodoiiB B., and her husband
were among the pioneers who left their homes in the
Middle West to settle in California in the year 1873.
Mr. Shepherd was an attorney and in this new coud-
try found little use for his services. His wife rose to
the emergency and being of an artistic temperament,
manufactured works of art out of the fauna and flora
which she had collected. Her descriptive writings of
flowers are among the finest this country has produced.
The encouragement of Peter Henderson was incident to
her entering this field. In 1881, ahe sent him a package
of curioeities among which were a few choice flower
seeds grown in the open. He wrote back saying that he
beheved California would be the great seed- and bulb-
producing country of the world and that the conditions
were ideal. Some of the products of her labor are a
class of shrubby begonias of unequal vigor; a tea rose
called "Oriole; the perfection of cosmos; nasturtiums,
California poppies and others were increased in siK
and beauty; tne evolution of the petunia from a small
flower of dull color to those of mammoth size and beau-
tiful color. Mrs. Shepherd died September 6, 1906.
„ . , Shinn, James, pioneer nurseryman, was bora at
Special proviBiona m SaiernTOh'o, September 29, 1807, and died October
'' **''°" ° "■" ■"''" 29, 1896. He hved in several western and southern
states and moved to California (from Texas) in 1855,
establishing an orchard and nursery at Niles. He haa
studied and practised horticulture, had kept up a cor-
with specialists and at once took rank
the
development of the
garden — ^in details of
which he allows his
trustees a very free
hand — are for
the growth of flowers,
fruits, and other products of the vegetable kingdom;
premiums for an annual flower show; and two annual
banquets, respectively for the trustees and gardeners
of the institution. These banquets are the occasion
for annual gatherings of men distinguished in botany
and horticunure. See VoI.I,p. 631. Wm. TsBiJjAaB.
inently associated with the development of horticul-
ture in the province of Quebec. Although he was for
many years connect«d with the Ottawa Kivcr Naviga-
tion Company, his great love tor horticulture was
always evident and early in his life he planted exten-
sive orchards at his home at Como on the Lake of the
of Quebec and was continuously testing
His favorit* variety was the Fameuseand ne developed
a high-class .trade with this variety in England, ship-
province of Quebec in preference U> any other variety
on account of its high quality. He originated the
Rochelle apple, a promising hudy variety. As early
as 1877 he was a director of the Montreal Horticultural
Society and when the Quebec Pomological Society was
formed in 1893 he was one of the most active m its
organization. He was president of this Society io 1895
and again in 1906 and a director for manv years, and
on many occasions prepared papers for tne meetings.
._._ ! Persian walnuts,
, na figs, Japanese plums and persimmons, the
carob, Uinshiu oranges and many ornamentals were
widely useful in the West and in the South as well as
in C^ifomia. His correspondence, and his newspaper
writings, were .extensive; he helped t« found, and W
in, the State Horticultural Society; his trials of new
fruits and plants were extensive and thorough, and
his codperation with the experiment stations and with
agricultural education was active. For more than
forty years his influence broadened over the entire
Pacific coast re^on. He was, with the exception per-
haps of John Rock, the best known of California
nurserymen. c. H. Shinn.
Smith, Andrew Humj, nurseryman, was born in
Brandon, Vermont, September 24, 1832. The family
removed to western New York in 1844, where Andrew
made the best of his rather brief opportunities at a dis-
trict school, and at Yabee Academy, Lockport. In
1852 Andrew engaged in work for Mr. £. Moody, near
Lockport. and thus became acquainted with the
nursery business, in which he afterward associated
himself with Cnarles E, Woolverton, of Grimsby,
Ontario, under the title of Woolverton A Smith. Finding
a few old peach trees still bearing fruit in the garden of
Dennis Woolverton about the year 1857, the firm
decided to plant an orchard of six hundred trees, in
addition to their nursery stock. The venture proved
BO successful that farmers about followed their example
to such an extent that this Niagara District is now
known as the "Peach Garden of Ontario." Mr. Smith
continued the nursery business at Grimsby, Nia^a
and St. Catharines until the year 1900, when he retired
at the age of seventy. He was one of the first members
of the Pruit-Growers' Association of Ontario which was
formed in 1869 and continued his active membership
until his decease at St. Catharines, Ontario, October
HORTICULTURISTS
HORTICULTURISTS
1597
19, 1910. For ten years, Mr. Smith was a director of
the Association, of which he was made president in 1889,
and a life member in 1900. No man in Canada has done
more initiatory work in the development of the fruit
industry of the province than A. M, Smith, insomuch
that he has been called ''the father of the conmiercial
peach industry of Ontario." Linub Woolvbkpon.
Smith, William Robertson, botanist, bibho^phtf .
horticulturist, philanthropist, was bom at the village oi
Athelstanefora, E^ast Lothian, Scotland, March 21,
1828, and died July 7. 1912. He was educated in the
schools of his native village. His earhest practical work
in horticulture was done on the grounds belonging to
the Earl of Wemyss, and later at Airthrie Castle and
still later at Kew Gardens. On coming to America he
located in Philadelphia^ but was soon called to take
charge of the work of tne United States Botanic Gar-
dens. These Gardens, nestling at the foot of the Capitol
of the United States, were conceived by George mish-
ington and are all that remains of his grand scheme of a
national college and a national church. In 1^22 a
Botanical Society was formed and some planting was
done on the drier portion of the marshy reservation.
This society publisned what is now a very rare book
entitled ^'Prodomus Columbiana,^' and it contained a
list of the plants then in the District of Columbia. To
this collection, John D. Breckenrid^e, prominent
botanist of his day, added large Quantities or plants of
interest. The plants secured by tne Wilkes' expedition
around the world, placed in the Patent Office conserva-
tory, were consigned to the United States Botanic
Gsuraens in 1850 and Mr. Breckenridge was employed
to give them expert attention, and with him was
associated Dr. Asa Gray, botanist. All expenditures for
the Gardens from 1851 to 1854 were paid from funds
accredited to the Wilkes' expedition. William R. Smith
became Superintendent of the Botanic Gardens in
1853. The times were troublous, and the first appro-
priation from Congress, including the pay of the super-
intendent and assistants was but $3,000. At this time
the gardens were marshy, and ague-breeding. His
first work was the filling in of 500,000 yards of soil. The
development of the Gardens was necessarily slow and
tedious, but in the period of Mr. Smith's tenure they
were developed from a tiny flower-garden and botanical
collection to the largest horticultimd collection, public
or private, in America. The work of Mr. Smith is
well known to students of horticulture everywhere,
and through this great work he came to be styled '^the
father of horticulture." q. B. Brackett.
Stark, Tames Hart, nur8er3rman and fruit-grower,
was bom July 30, 1792, in Hutchison, Bourbon County,
Kentucky. He was the son of Capt. James Stark, who
came to Hutchison, Kentucky, in 1785 from Virginia.
The Starks were originally from Glasgow, Scotland^one
brother settling in New fingland and the other in
Virginia. Both were enthusiastic horticulturists. On a
fly-leaf of one of the old law books of the Kentucky
lawyer, preserved by the family, is a planting record of
the family orchard which was probably the firot orchanl
of grafted apples planted west of the Allgg^hanies.
For his military service in the war of 1812, Judge
Stark was given script for land, in what is now Pike
County, Missouri, where he located in 1815. Here,
near tne present site of Louisiana, he cleared a laige
tract of land, and went back to Kentucky for cions
from the old family orchard in order to establish a
nursery and orchard in Missouri. From this stock was
started in 1816 the pioneer nursery west of the Missis-
sippi. From the trees produced, the first commercial
orchard in this section of the country, 45 to 50 acres in
extent, was established. Northern buyers came each
year and bought the crop of apples from this orchard,
amounting annually to several thousand barrels. The
nursery wnich he established in 1816 has been main-
tained and augmented by Mr. Stark and his descen-
dants until today it is said to be the largest nursery in
the world. Judg^ James Stark at first furnished trees
for planting by ms neighbors. In this way he began the
dissemination of tS^^ stock of the best-known varie-
ties of the time. The district in which he was located
was also somewhat fanoous for wild plums, berries,
^pes, and other fruit, and this stimulated in him an
mterest in the introduction and dissemination of new
and superior varieties. The business which he estab-
lished then has been responsible for the introduction
into the Mississippi Valley and the far West of a very
lar^ number of the leading varieties of commercial
fruits now bein^ grown in western orchards.
Judge Stark m his da>^ was regarded as the horti-
cultural leader in his section of the country. That he
knew thoroughly and loved his work, that he beheved
in it fully and got daily inspiration from it, is perhaps
best emphasized by the fact that instead of his work
d3ing with him, his inspiration, zeal and energy for it
has been hand^ down througn his descendants who
have ably followed in his footsteps, j, q^ Whttten.
Starr, Robert W., eminent fruit-grower of Nova
Scotia, was bom in 1830 at Starr's Point on the shore
of Minas Basin. He came of an old United Empire
Loyalist stock of Connecticut, a family which for four
generations furnished militia oflKcers. He was educated
at SackviUe Academy, New Brunswick. About the
year 1860 Major Stair settled down to a life of fruit-
and fruit-tree-growing, a line in which he became not
only successfuThimseu, but also of great service to his
province. In addition to his vocation, he continued to
serve in the militia as adiutant ana later as major.
In 1873 he was appointed Justice of the Peace for
King's County. Major Starr was one of the original
founders of the Nova Scotia Fruit-Growers* Associa-
tion, which was started in 1863. Several times he was
maae president, and in 1873 was made a life member.
In 1876 he was sent to the Centennial Exhibition,
Philadelphia^ with a large exhibit of Nova Scotia fruit,
and in 1893 ne was sent by his province to the World's
Fair, Chicago, with a similar charge. Major Starr has
been much m demand as a judge of apples, at exhibi-
tions in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward
Island, and Ontario, and is consid^^ the leading
authority on the apple in the province of Nova Scotia.
Linus Woolverton.,
Stayman, Joseph, physician and pomologist, was
bom in Cumberland County. Pennsylvania. October
17, 1817 and died October 4, 1903. He studiea medicine
and in 1846 began to de^ver lectures on scientific
subjects. He en^iged in the practice of medicine until
1858. In 1859, he established a nursery in Illinois but
later in the year moved to Leavenworth, Kansas. For
forty years, he engaged in experimental work on fruits,
producing hundreos of hybrids and testing many varie-
ties produced by others. The best known of his original
productions are the Clyde and Stayman strawberries,
the Stayman Winesap apple and the Ozark grape. Dr.
Stayman was a charter member of the Kansas State
Horticultural Society and was appointed as the Kansas
delegate to the Centennial KKposition at Phila-
delphia in 1876.
Stiles, ^^lliam Augustus, journalist, editor and park
commissioner, was bom March 9, 1837. at Deckertown.
Sussex County, in northern New Jersey, and diea
October 6, 1897, in Jersey City. His grandfather settled
on a farm near Deckertown m 1819. where his father,
Edward A. Stiles, in 1833, founded Mount Retirement
Seminary, a successful school of the highest rank
during the following thirty years. William A. Stiles
graduated at Yale in 1859 in a class which included
many men who have since attained high rank in pubUc
affairs. Prevented from taking up the profession of
159S
HORTICULTURISTS
law by constitutiongi weakncaa and defective eyeai^t,
he found expreaaion in diversified activities. He wae in
turn a teacher, assistant Huperintendent of public
spools, surveyor on the Pacific coaat, writer of political
articles, secretary of the Senate of New Jersey, actuary
of a life insurance company, and gauger in the New
Yotii custom house. During a long period of illness and
almoBt t«tal blindness he acauired systematic knowl-
edge of plant-life from reaoings by his ei8t«ra, and
this gave impulse toward subsequent study on
broader lines. He brought toRether many rare
and choice species of plantB, and mode interesting
experiments on the farm. His articles in the daily
preee of New York on the various intereets of countiy
life attracted wide attention, and led to his appointment
as an editorial writer of the New York "Tribune," a
relation which continued throughout his lifetime. In
1883 he became agricultural editor of the Philadelphia
"Press." Keenly interested in introducing scientific
discoveries and improved methods into general practice,
he established relations with the foremost aKrieulturists
abroad and at home, and made his department a use-
ful and valuable exponent of the best knowledge of the
time. His masterly conduct of the pa^ during the
next five years set a high standard for joumaliain in
this field, and established his reputation as a specialist
in ^^cultuie and cognate subjects. On the founding of
"Garden and Forest'' in 1888, William A. Stiles was
invited to be the managing editor. For nearly ten
years, to the close of his liie, he devoted himself to
this journal through viKOrous editorial writing and
management, and steadily maintained the high char-
acter of the most able and influential periodical in
American horticultural journalism. For many years be
rendered conspicuous service in workini for the estab-
lishment of small parks easily accessible to the poor,
and for the wise conduct of the larger parks and
their preservation from invasion and despoilment. His
special ability and influence received public recog-
nition in 1865, when he was appointed a park commis-
aioner of New York city, a position in which he rendered
signal and valuable service until the time of hia death.
M, B. CoTJLaTON,
Strancb, Adolph (Fig. 1900), landscape-gardener, was
bom in Prussia, August 30, 1822, and died at Cincinnati,
Ohio, April 2S, 1883, He began the study of landscape
spending several years at the latter place. In 1848 he
went t« London where he found employment in the
Royal Botanic Gar-
dens. In 18S1 be came
to the United States,
landing at Galveston,
Texas. From there he
found his way to Cin-
cinnati, and made that
his home during the
rest of his Ufe, Mr.
Strauch designed por-
tions of the parks and
many of the private
grounds in Cincinnati.
'^CUfton" in that city,
owed its beauty to his
skill and good taste.
Mr. Strauch's chief
claim to distinction
however, was in orig-
inating the park-like
treatment of cemeter-
ies. He developed his
ideas in Spring Grove,
which became the moat
HORTICULTURISTS
beautiful cemetery in the world. His skill as a land-
scape gardener was called into requisition in manv
places, among which are included Buffalo, Cleveland,
Toledo. Detroit. Chicago, Indianapolis, Nashville ana
Hartford. Freaerick Law Olmsted used to say that
when he needed in^iration he visited Spring Grove.
Perhaps no man in the United States since A. J. Down-
ing's time has done more for the correction and cul-
tivation of pubUc taste in landscape ^>dening than
Adolph Strtwich. He loved nature and tried to pre-
serve her natural beauty. He was especially success-
ful in grading land surfaces and securing beautiful
rolling lawns, the shaping of which was done almost
entirely by eye. He would say "When it pleases the
eye, it is right," He also said that the lawn at the
margin of a road should be tangent to the road's sui^
face. He believed in the picturesque arrangement of
trees and shrubs, and was very careftil to use species
that hannoniie with each other. O. C. Sihonds.
Stiingfellow, HeniT Hartyn (Fig. 1901), was bom at
Winchester, Vu^inia, January 31, 1839. and died on
June 17, 1912, at F^
etteville, Arkansas. He
was graduated from
William and Mary
College in 1858. Later
he attended the Vir-
ginia Theological Semi-
nary at Alexandria,
1858-61. Enlisting in
the Confederate Army
in 1861, he soon rose
from the rank of pri-
vate to the rank of
captain in the Ordin-
where ne was a pioneer
in discovering and de-
monstrating the rich
horticultural possibili-
ties of the Gulf coast, ,«,i. ^ j,. stm>cf<aio«.
He planted the first
pear orchard on the coast in 1882. In 1884, he planted
the first Satsuma orange trees in Texas — trees which
he obtained from Japan. These plantings were at
Hitchcock. In this single instance, he rendered Am^-
ican horticulture a service of vast importance, since
during the post few years millions of Satsuma orange
plantings have been made all along the GuU coast and
avast industry has been created. By demonstratinsthe
value of drainage and by other methods, he opened up
the horticultural possibilities of the country lyiiiE b^
tween Houston and Galveston, previously regarded as
wasteland. This is now the pear and strawberry countiy
of Texas. He was a frequent contributor to horticul-
tural pubhcations and the press. Some of his articles
appeared in the press of some foreign countries. His
book "The New Horticulture" was written and pub-
Ushed at Galveston in 1896. Most notable of the new
practices which he advocated in this book was a severe
method of pruning young fruit trees, both tops and
roots, preparatory to transplanting. This practice,
which he called "close root-pruning," sometimes
caUed the "StringfeUow method," again "stub-pruning,"
proved successful in sandy types of soil southward, and
was adopted by many planters, especially of large peach
orchards in the South. Eknest Walker
Strong, William Chamberlain, lawyer and poaol-
ogist, was bom at Hardwick, Vermont, August 18, 1823,
and died in New York City May 11, 1913. He was a
graduate of Dartmouth College and then entered the
Harvard Law School, for several years practising law.
HORTICULTUBlSTS
Hie interest in horticulture, however, caused him to
mve up law as a profeaaioii, and b'ly an estate at
Waban, MaHSachusettB. He did mucn for American
[niit-cultui«, especially the grape and pear induatriee,
and he was regarded as a leader among old-line
pomokwiats. He was alao a benefactor in the introduc-
tions of new planU and trees from foreign countries.
He was among the first to discover the immense floral
value of rhododendrons and azaleas for the vicinity
of Boston. He also did much to aid in the establish-
ment of the Arnold Arboretum in 1872. Mr, Strong was
the author of several valuable books on horticulture,
some of which are "Fruit-Culture," "Grape-Culture,
and the "Gardener's Manual." He was a member of
the Massachusetts Horticulturai Society, and in 1872
was sent to Paris as a delegate to the Pomolo^csl
Congress. He was also a member of the American
Pomok^ical Society. q. B. Bbackbtt.
uary 23, 1842, and died at South Framingtuun, ».«»-
chusetts, July 30, 1898. Though holding the degree of
M. D. from the Harvard Medical School, Dr. Sturte-
vant never practised the profession of medicine, but
devoted hia life to agricultural work, first speciaUung on
Ayrshire cattle, then on pedif;ree corn (Waushakum)
and muskmelons (New Christians), and afterward
devoting particular attention to the modifications which
cultivated plants have undergone as shown by such
records as occur in the older books. In connection with
these studies. Dr. Sturtevant brought together a rare
collection of booka dealing with plants published before
the time of Linnsus (say 1753), which, with his index
cards and herbarium, is now preserved at the Missouri
Botanical Garden in St. Louis.
As first director of the New York Experiment Station
at Geneva, Dr. Sturtevant drew the broad plans on
which the auccenful work of that eetablishment has
been conducted and which have served largely as
models for subsequently organized agricultural stations
over the country. He was a man of active mind, and
his career is suggestive of worthy work to an unusual
decree. A bit^raphic sketch and a list of his principal
writings are printed in the "Tenth Report of the
Teas, John C, nuraeryman, was bora . ,
of Quaker parentage, in 1S27 and died in Carthage,
Missouri July 29, 19f)7. At the early age of ten, he
evinced his love of horticulture by planting and tend-
ing a garden of his own. He hved in Indiana until
1869, when he moved to Missouri, where he engaged
in the nursery business. He originated and intro-
duced many new and valuable novelties m all branches
nue the good qualities of Catalpa apecioBa and at 2l
times advocated the careful conservation of our natural
forests, and the planting and care of new forests. Mr.
Teas was an active member of the American Pomo-
kigical Society and one of the organizers of the Indi-
ana Horticultural Society. He was also a frequent
contribut«r to the current Uterature of horticmture
and pomology.
Terry, H. A., one of the pioneer horticulturists of
the prairie region west of the Mississippi, was bom in
Cortland, New York, in 1826. At the age of ten he
moved with his parents to Michigan, where he hved
on a farm until he was nineteen. He then went west
stopping a year in lUinois, reaching western Iowa in
1846. After that the most of his hfe was spent in the
vicinity of Council BlulTs, not far from which city be
established a nursery in 1857, where he carried on the
work in breeding fruits and flowers which has given
HORTICULTURISTS 1599
him special claim to recc^^tion as one of the notable
horticulturist« of his r^on. In addition to carrying on
his regular business as a niuseryman, he endeavored to
add to the list desirable varieties which should be particu-
larly adapted to his region at a time when such work
was greatly needed. He named and distributed more
than 11X1 of his seedUng peonies, but doubtless his most
important work was the origination of improved varie-
ties of the native plum. Among the more important
of his plum seedhnra chissed under the americona
species, arc Admiral Schley, Bombencr, Bryan, Cham-
pion, (ioklen Queen, Hawkeye, Nellie Blanch, Terry
three from seed of the Wild Goose. Mr. Terry was long
an active member of the State Horticultural Society
and for several years was in charge of one of its trial
stations. He died February 14, 1909. g, a.. Beach.
Thomas, John Jacobs (Fig. 19(32), one of the three
pomolo^ists who may be said to have created the
science m this country {the others being Patrick Barnr
and the elder Downing), was bom January 8, 181(5,
near the take in central New York — CavuEa — on the
shores of which he passed his hfe; and aied at Union
Springs, Fdjruary 22, 1895. He was much more than a
pomo^iBt, his studies covering nearly every branch of
rural inoustry except the breeding of uve-stock, and his
labors in the direction of adorning the surroundings of
country life entitling him to rank in that department
with the younger Downing. Two of his works, "Farai
Implements and Mor
cbinery," and the series
<^ nine volumee called
"Rural Affairs," deal
with the practical
every-day matljirs of
life on the farm in a
in^ and original, there
being nothing that
could quite filT their
place in the whole range
of our agricultural Ut-
sant stream of inspir-
ing editorials in "The
Cultivator" and "The
Country Gentleman"
for nearly aiirty years
covered a wide and di-
versified range of rural
topics. But pomol<^y
was his chirf delight, i^^ j,^ j„b, Ti»m«i.
and his fame rests
mainly on his treatise on that subject, "The American
Fmit CuiCurist." This immensely useful book first ap<
peared, in 1846, as a paper-covered 16mo of 220 pages,
with 36 wood-cute, which must have been well received,
inasmuch as a fourth edition (dignified with muslin bind-
ing) was published in the following year, and in 1849
another, enlarged to 424 duodecimo pages, and "illus-
trated with 300 accurate figures," This edition appears
to have been reissued a few years later, with slight
modifications and on laiger paper, and was then called
the seventh. Up to this time, changes in the work had
been chieflv in the direction of natural growth. But hor-
ticultural knowledge was undergoing great modifica-
tion; and in 1867. the public still calling for the book, it
reappeared in different style, newly arranged slid
mostly rewritten, filling now considerably more than
500 pages, and accompanied by almost that number of
illustrations. Rather unfortunately, this was called
the "second edition,'' all its predecessors being probably
regarded as different forms of the same book, while this
was substantially new.
HORTICULTURISTS
over 500 engravings, — not to mention a colored Trontis-
E'ece and highly pictorial bindii^; and thia wbb foU
wed, ten yeaje later, by a revised reprint in plainer
and more tasteful style, illustrated with the largpst
number of enKravinge yet reached, 51&. This edition,
the last issuea during the life of the author, sold well,
like all the others, and whs long out of print and much
sought for, A so-called "tweDtieth" edition, revised
an»r enlarged by Mr, WiUiam H. S. Wood, with the
assistance of a number of high authorities, appeared in
1897, and contains over 700 pages and nearly 800 illus-
trations. A "twenty-Grst" edition has also appeared.
GiLBBKT M. TTTCKEB.
Thorbum, Gnuit (Fig. 1003), founder of the seed
house of J. M. Thorbum & Co., New York, and hoi^
ticultural author, was bom in 1773 in Dalkeith, Soot-
land, and early came to New York to seek his fortune.
His father was a wTought-nail maker, and the son
engaged in the same trade in this country. He soon
married, and his wife attended a store which he estab-
lished in Nassau Street, near Liberty, for the selling of
"tape, ribbons, thimbles, thread, scissois, and Oxbeiy's
needles." The living-
tion. "A. glass door
opened opposite the
ueplace, where she
rolled the dumpling or
broiled the Bteak with
one eye, and kept a
squint on the sUire
with the other." The
introduction of cut-nail
machines deprived
young Thorbum of his
trade, and the estab-
lishment of a preten-
tious grocery business
on the comer of Nassau
and Liberty streets
took away his custom-
ers. He therefore gave
attention to other
means of livelihood.
The women of the city
had begun to show a
taste for flowers. These were grown in pots, and the
Ets were sold by grocers. Id the fall of 1802, there
ing various pots m his stock, Thorbum thought to
attract the att«ntion of purchasers by painting the
pots green. Four pots were first paint«a. They sold
ouickly. Then he painted twelve. They sold; and thus
tne pot business grew. Thorbum had been in the habit
of buying his meat at the Fly Market, at the foot of
Maiden Lane. In April, 1803, he bought a rose geran-
ium there, thinking to be able by its means still further
to advertise his pots. But the next day a customer
bought both pot and plant; and Thorbum quickly
returned to the market and bought two more plants.
These sold; and thus the plant business grew.
The man, George Inglia, of whom Thorbum bought
the plants, was also a Scotchman, and it was soon
agreed that one should grow the plants and the other
sell them. But the customers also wanted to grow
plants, and they asked for seed; and, as there was no
secdatore in New York, it was arranged that Inglis
should grow seeds also. This was in 1B05; and in that
year Inglia, aa an experiment, bad grown a lot of seeds.
Thorbum bought these seeds for 115; and thus arose
the first regular seedstore in New York, and one of the
first in the United States.
The seeds and plants continued to sell, and Thorbum
was obliged to import needs. In 1805 or 1806 he ob-
tained a catalogue of William Malcolm & Co., London,
HORTICULTURISTS
the fint plant cBtakigue he bad ever seen, and be then
published one of his own. This led to more pretentious
writing, and "The Gentleman and Gardener's Kalen-
dar" was the first outcome. The third edition of this,
in 1821, by "Grant Thorfcura, Seedsman and Florist,''
contains the advertisment of "G. Thorbum & Son,"
dealers in seeds, implements and rural books.
Grant Thorbum was a prolific writer for the current
press on a variety of topics, under the nom de plume of
Laurie Todd. He was a unique character, ana his his-
tory,— "mixed with much fiction, "as he hiinaelf says, —
was the basis of John Gait's tale in three volumes
(London, 1830} of "Lawrie Todd, or Settlers in the
Woods." Thorbum left a moot interesting autobiog-
raphy, which was published in New York in 1852. He
died in New Haven, Connecticut, January 21, 1863, at
.1.. ( no Tk- ___._;. :_ f:^- inm \ reproduceH
L. H. B.
Thurber, George, botanist, naturalist and editor, was
bom in Providence, Rhode Island, September 2, 1821.
and died at his home near Passaic, New Jersey, April
2, 1890. In hia early years he devoted himself eagerly
to the study of chemistry and natural sciences in gen-
eral, but especially to botany, so that at an early age
he was already weU known as one of the most prominent
botanists of the country. This brought him in close
intimacy with John Torrey, Asa Gray^ George Engel-
mann, Louis Agassii and other eminent scientists,
whose warm friendship he enjoyed until his death. In
1850 be obtained the appointment as botanist, quart-
ermaster and commiasarv of the United States Boun-
dary Commission for the survey of the boundary
between the United States and Mexico. During the
following four years hia botanical work consisted mainly
in the exploration of the native flora of these hitherto
unknown border r^ons. His herbarium collected there
comprised a large number of species new to scientists,
some of whi<^ h^ve been named after their discoverer,
Cereiu Thwberi being one of the most important; it is
now cultivated for its fruit in the desert r^ons of
North Africa. This historical herbarium formed the
subject of Dr. Asa Gray's important work "Plants
Nov» Tburberinana," published by the Smithsonian
Institute. After his return to New York in 1853. Dr.
Thurber received an appointment to the United States
Assay Office, of which l5r. John Torrey was the assayer.
In this position he r«nained until 1856, when owing to
bis strong sympathies with Gen. John C. Fremont, who
was the firat presidential candidate of the Republican
puty, he preferred to reelgn rather than sacrifice his
principles. During the following three years he was
connected with the Cooper Union and the College of
Pharmacy of New York City as lecturer on botany
and materia medica. In 1859 he was appointed
professor of botany and horticultiu^ at the Michigan
Agricultural College, which position he held for four
years. This position he re«gned in 1S63 to accept
— on the urgent invitation of Orange Judd, the
publiahei^-the editorship of the "American Agri-
culturist," which he held to within a few yean
of his aeath, when failing health prevented him
from continuing hia ardent labors. In this position
he found his most congenial work and the real mission
of hia life, for which hia orevious training had fitted
him BO admirably. Few men have exerted so powerful
and effective an influence on progressive horticulture
and agriculture. The amount of his writings in the
"American Apiculturist" during the twenty-two yeais
of hia connection with it was enormous, but as his name
but rarely appeared with his articles it would be impos-
sible to estimate the aggr^oite, yet whatever he wrote
bore the stamp of accuracy of detail and naturalnesa
of style. While in Michigan he revised and partly
rewrote Darlington's "Agricultural Botany," which was
published under the title of "American Weeds and Use-
HORTICULTURISTS
ful Plants." He wrote also the entire botany of Apple-
ton's "New American Encvclopcdia." An important
part of hii contributions to nortimiltuTaJ literature con-
eifrted in editing, reviainK And bringing out the horti-
cultural and agricultural books of the Orange Judd
Company. After the death of Dr. Torrey, be was
elected president of the Torrey Botanical Club. He
was also president of the New Jersey Horticultural
Society; vice-preeident of the American Pomological
Society for New Jersey; and honorary member of many
scientific societiee throughout the world.
F. M. Hexamer.
Tucker, Luther, (Fig, 1904), editor was bom at Bran-
don, Vermont, May 7, 1S02^ and died January 26, 1873.
He was the founder of "The Horticulturiat" and the
proprietor of that valu-
able and unioue mo^a-
sine during the period
of its greatest glory —
from July, 1846, until
the autumn of 1852.
To A. J. Dawning, how-
ever, belong the credit
for the distinguished
interest and value of
the magaiine, as he
oonduct«d it accordiDK
to his own ideas, with
which the proprietor
never interfered, the
latter having indeed
enough to do m putting
it be^re the public with
entorpriae and vigor. It
was issued simultane-
ously in Albany, Bos-
ton, New York and
1901. Latiuf Tdckw. Philadelphia, with
twenty- two special
agencies at other pointy including what waa then the dis-
tant western town of Cleveland, Ohio, as well as Hamil-
ton and Cobourg in "Canada n'est. Luther Tucker
also founded, at Rocheater, New York, October 27,
1826, the first daily paper published west of New York,
"The Advertiser, which is still, under a slightly
extended name, an influential journal; also at Roches-
ter, January 1, 1831, "The Genesee Farmer," a weekly,
the first agricultural periodical in the world writton
directly from the standpoint of practical experience.
It has undergone some changes in name, as its scope
extended far beyond the Genmee Valley, being now
called "The Country Gentleman." It waa publifhed
in Albany by the founder and his sons, from January,
1840, until July, 1911, when it was sold to the Curtis
Publishing Company of Philadelphia. This is one of
the ten American a^cultural periodicals that were
»^larted before 1850 and outlived the nineteenth century,
the others being these: "Maine {Kennebec) Farmer,
1839: "American (Boeton) Cultivator," 1839; "South-
ern Planter," 1840; "Massachusetts Plowman," 1841:
"Prairie Farmer," 1841 ; "American Agriculturist,
1842; "Southern Cultivator." 1843; "Indiana Farmer,"
1845; "Rural World," 1848; "Ohio Farmer," 1848,
It was natural that Luther Tucker should be interested
in the New York State Agricultural Society, which he
found at a low ebb on his coming to Albany, and of
which, only a year later, he was tne chief reorganizcr,
getting on foot the long series of annual fairs begin-
ning in 1841 and still continued. He served the Society
without any compensattan or even reimbursement
for his own expenses, for eleven years.
Gilbert M. TrcKER.
Vanx, Calvert (1824-1895), an American landscape
rdener, was bom in London. Together with Frederick
iw Olmsted he planned Central Park, New York, the
HORTICULTURISTS
I60I
E^'
^totype of large, accessible, nature-like city paries.
The following account of his life-work is taken with
slight changes from an obituary notice by Wm. A.
Stilea in "Garden and Forest" 8:480. He had achieved
success b architecture before the a^ of twenty-four,
when he came to America as busmees associate of
Andrew Jackson Downing. At the time of Don'ning'a
untimely death in 1854 the two men were designing and
constructing the grounds about the Capitol and Smith*
sonian Institution, the most important work of the
kind that had yet been attempted in America. Mean-
while, the gathering sentiment in favor of spacious
and acceesiDle city parks which had found expression in
eloquent letters of Downing, at last secured, through
legislative action, the purchase for a public pleasure-
selected, out of thirty-three designs offered in
tion for the new park, the one si^ed "Greensward,"
which was the joint work of Frederick Law Olmsted and
Calvert Vaux, and Central Park as we know it today is
the r^hzation of this design in its essential featured.
It may be added that this "Greensward" plan, together
with other reports on Central Park, on Momingside
and Riverside Parks, in New York, on parka in Brook-
lyn, Albany, Chicago, San Francisco and other cities,
both in this country and the Dominion of Canada, by
the same authors, contain a consiatont body of doctrine
relating to public pleasure-grounds which is unique and
invaluable. Calvert V&ux waa a member of many
important commiaaions, and he acted as landscape gar-
dener for the Niagara Falls Reservation, but for more
than thirty years his beet work and thought were stead-
ily given to the parks of New York City. He had the
genuine creative faculty which gave the stamp of origi-
naUty to ail his work, and a severity of taste which pre-
served it from anything like eccentricity or extrava-
gance. As a city official he was a model of intelligent
Real and sturdy integrity. Several times be resigned
his lucrative position ratner than see his art degraded,
but he was always quickly reinstated by a demand of
the people. See Olmsttd, p. 1589; also Lajtdacape Gar-
dening, Vol. rV. WiLBEUi Miller.
Vick, Junsi (Fig, 1905), seedsman and editor, was
bom at Portsmouth, England, November 23. 1818,
and died at Roche8t«r, New York, May 16, 1882. He
came to America at the age of twelve, learned the print-
er's trade, and in 1850
became editor of the
"Genesee Farmer,"
then published at
Rochester by Luther
Tucker and subse-
quently absorbed by
''The Cultivator." In
1853 he purchased
Downing' B magaiine,
"The Horticulturist,''
and published it for a
time, the editor being
Patrick Barry, In 1860
Vick entered the seed
busineaa and his trade
soon grew to large pro-
port iona. For about
twenty years his name
was a household vvord,
being associated especi-
ally with flowers. In
1878 he founded 190S. June* V1«k.
Vick s Magazine,
Vick's personality was thoroughly amiable, and his
letters in "Vick's Magaiine" to children and to garden-
lovers everywhere show the great hold he had on the
hearts of the people. Wilbklm Milij:b.
HORTICULTURISTS
iabed throng life. Bartnun aad Darlington were among
hia Deighbors tutd he met in hia father's house men tike
Audubon, Midiaux and Nuttall. In IS30 his parents
moved to Springfield, Ohio, nhorc he helped clear up a
fann and firat became interested in agricultural adencefl
and comparative anatomy. He was graduated at Jeffer-
son Medical College, PhiWelpbla, in 183C. He settled
in Cincinnati in 1837 and began the active practioe of
medicine. He was early elected a member of the school
board and did faithful service for many years, making
it his buainees to travel through the eastern statee and
citiea to study i^etems of teaching in order to introduce
improved plane into the Cincinnati schools. He was
actively interested in and a prominent member of the
Cincinnati Afltronomical Society, the Western Acad-
emy of Xatural Sciences, the Cincinnati Society of
Natural History. He was one of the foimders of the
Cincinnati Horticultural Society and the Winegrow-
ers' Association. He was also prominent in the old
Cincinnati CoUf^c and afterward in both the Ohio
and Miami Medical Colleges. He was for many years
president of the Ohio Horticultural Society and vice-
president of the American Poniolopcal Society. He
was among the first to draw public attention to the
improvement of public ^unds, private parks and
cemeteries. The present mterest in landscape-garden-
ing in this country is largely due to his efforts and writ^
ingg. He was interested in ostablinhing the famous
Spring Grave Cemeteiy, one of the earliest and best of
landscape or lawn cemeteries, and was one of the first
residents of Clifton, whence ne moved to a farm near
North Bend, Ohio, formerly owned by President Har-
rison. There he Eroent most of his time in testing varie-
ties of fruit and methods of culture, and prepared
numerous practical papers for horticultural societies
and otiier readers, ana in fact established 8 private
experiment station.
Id 1850 he began the publication of the "Western
Horticultural Review," which continued four years.
In one number is con-
tained the first descrip-
tion of the Caialpa
specioKt, DOW recog-
niicd OS one of the
valuable forest trees.
His report of the Flax
and Memp Commis-
sion, published by the
Government in 1866,
was the result of much
patient study and in-
vestigation. "Hedges
and Evergreens" ap-
peared in 1858, "Amer-
Ecan Pomologv-
Apples, published in
1867, was the result
\ of more than sixteen
> years of careful study,
aided by hundreds of
correspondents in vari-
1900. Join Astgn Vitei. ous parts of the central
states, tt is still con-
sidered a standard authority on description and varie-
ties of apples, containing a table of varieties and syno-
nyms of over 1,5(K) names.
A report upon forests and forestry was the result of
his visit to the World's Fair at Vieima in 1873, as United
States Commissioner. In 1875 he issued a call for a
convention at Chicago to form an American Forestry
Society, which oreanization was completed at Phila'
delphia in September, 1876. The public was not yet
HORTICULTURISTS
impressed with the importance of the subject, but this
pioneer association gave impetus to the pl^s for united
effort. In 1879-80, with the approval of various socie-
ties, Dr. Warder memorialiied Congress, asking for a
commission for the study of forestry in Europe, but
general interest was not thoroughly arousecf until,
largely through his efforts, the American Forestry Con-
gress held iU meeting in Cincinnati in April, 1882. He
was honorary president of the Ohio State Forestry
Society, prepared strong memoriolB to Congress on
behalf of the forests and was shortly afterward ap-
pointed agent of the Department of Agriculture to
report upon foreeti^ of the northwestern states. He
was devoted in bis mt«rest in aL which concerns rural
life and industry; his efforts had a great and marked
effect on the horticulture and outdoor art of the great
central states. Death ended an active and useful life
July 14, 1883. r. h. Wakder.
WellhouM, Fredeijck, jud^ and pomologist, was
bom m Wayne County, Ohio, November 16, 1828,
and died at Topeka, Kansas,' January 10, 1911, He
was the son of a pioneer and received his early educa-
tion in the typical tog schoolhouse of the early days. He
got his knowledge of farming at first hand on his
father's 30O-acre farm. In 1858 he published the
"Indiana Farmer," a monthly aoicultural paper,
which he sold to liis partner, J. N, Ray, in 1859, and
afterward moved to Leavenworth, Kansas, and
engaged in horticulture. During the Civil Wu, he
was captain of the 19th R^jment, Kansas State
Militia. He was elected county commissioner of
Leavenworth County in 1861 by an almost unanimous
vote. He was the Republican nominee for senator in
1864, but was defeated. He served two terms in the
Kansas tegistature, 1S84-8, He was an active memt>er of
the State Horticultural Society, almost from ils organi-
zation^ and was for fifteen years its treasurer and four
years its president. He represented the state of Kansas
m the fruit display for the World's Columbian Exposi-
tion, Chicago, 1903, and did much pioneer worK in
Kansas horticulture in early days when that work
demanded a leader. He represented the state's fruit
industry' at the various state fairs and the national
expositions. He planted the largest commercial orchard
in Kansas, and it was for many yeara the largest apple
orchard in the world, an orchani of over 1,600 acres,
that justly entitled him to the name of the "Apple
King.^' This initial orchard was planted in 1876, and
he wided to the plantings for a numl>er of years. In
1880 the yield from his orchard was 80,000 bushels
besides the culls and it required 200 cars to ship them
east. The yield tor eleven years, from bis first plant-
ings, was 239,135 bushels which sold for S125,I18,25,
In the twenty-five yeara' trial of his commercial orchard
he found Jonathan the most ^ofitable variety; Missouri
(Pippin) second best; Ben Davis third and Winesap
fourth. G. B. Brackbtp.
Wharton, SlUs, pioneer nurseryman and pomologist,
was bom in 1775 in Bucks County, Pennsylvania. He
removed to Waynesville, Oliio, ulx>ut 1820 and was a
oelebratod pioneer nursetyman of that state. He erew
Morello, May Duke and Carnation cherries, Red June,
Summer Pearmain, Trenton Early, Summer Rose, Eng-
lish Hagloe, Ribston, Golden Pippin, Pennock and many
other well-known apples. The Miami Valley and the
neighborhood about Dayton, Oliio, are more indebted to
Silas Wharton for intelligent fruit'-growing at an early
day, than perhaps to any other man. He was a worm
friend of Coxe, the pioneer pomologist and author, and
doubtless Coxe seeing much valuable data fram him
for his book, "A View of American Fruits." Silas
Wharton died in 1868. G. B. Brackbtt.
HORTICULTURISTS
ber 28, 1819, and died in Athens, Georgia, July 14, 1867.
He was a graduate of H&milton CoUesc, New York, a
teacher in Atlanta, GeorKiB, and upon removing to
Athene, be became one of the tnoet prominent horti-
culturiets of the South. He was a contributor to many
agricultural and horticultural periodicals, both North
and South, and before and during the time of the Civil
War, he waa owner and editor of the "Southern Culti'
vator." He was also author of "Gardeiung for the
South," which book waa published in 1B60; after his
death two more editione were published, one in 1867,
and the last in 1901. His useful life was spent in the
upbuilding of southern horticulture and agriculture.
For a more detailed account see "Cyclopedia of
American Agriculture," Vol. IV, p. 626.
T. H. McHatton.
Wilder, Marshall Piackney (Fig. 1907), distinguished
amateur pomologist and patron of horticulture, was
bom at Rindse, New Hampshire, September 22, 1798,
and died at his home near Boston, December 16, ISSfl.
His inherited love of country life soon showed itself,
and at the age of sixteen he diose form work in prefer-
ence to a coU^e course. At twenty-seven he moved W
Boston, where he was long known as a prosperous
merchant and president of many societies and institu-
tions. His active interest in horticulture may be dated
from 1S32, when he
purchased a subur-
ban home at Dor-
chester, where he
lived for more than
half a century. HIa
I>ear orchard at one
time contained
I trees, repre-
HOSACKIA
1603
sntina 800
[ring his life
he tested 1,200
kinds of pears and
n 1873 he exhibited
404
He'
produced
new pears. In 1844
he introduced the
Anjou. He im-
ported many fruits
and flowers new to
America, and from
1833 to the end of imt. HaralMll P. WiMn.
his life he was con-
stantly contributing to the society exhibitions the prod-
ucts of his garden. He carried a camel's-hair brush in
bis pocket and was always hybridiiin^ plants.
He delighted in floriculture, and his camellia collec-
tion, comprising at one time 300 varieties, was the best
in America. He raised many new kinds of camellias,
though be lost 500 se«dUngs by Are. His Camellia
WUderi he soW to floristo for »1,000. He also had a
notable collection of ataleas. As early as 1834 he pro-
or exhibit in America were DierviUa roaea (1851),
hardy kinds of Aiaiea mollU (1874), Citsus diaaAor
(1854), "the harbinger of the infinite variety of orna-
mental-leaved plants now so generally cultivated and
admired," CJernoJu cmilta var. grandijtera (1841),
LUiam lancifolium var. <dbum, the firat of Japanese
lilies, Gladiolus JUiribundia (183G), and Oncidium
fiemosum (1837), a plant of which bore ninety-seven
fully expanded flowers and was the first orehid reported
at any American exhibition. The Marshall P. Wilder
rose makes his name familiar to a later generation.
Wikler's greatest services to horticulture were con-
nected with the Massachusetts Horticultural Society
and the American Pomological Society. Of the former
be was a member for fifty-six years, and preddent from
1841 to 1848. He was one of the founders of the Ameri-
can Pomological Society, and with the exception of a
single term was its president from its organination in
1850 until his death m 1886. He is counted one of the
founders of the Massachusetts Board of Agriculture
and of the Massachusette Agricultural College, and
of the United States Agricultural Society (1852). He
was president of the last from its foimdation until
1857, and from 1868 until his death he was president
of the New England Historic Genealogical Society. At
twenty-six he was a colonel, and in 1868, after aeclin-
ing the nomination four times, he was elected com-
mander of the Ancient and Honor^le Artillery Com-
pany. He was a trustee of the Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technoli^y.
In 1883 Marshall P. Wikler ui^ upon the American
Pomologicat Society the necessity of a reform in the
nomenclature of fruits. He took an active part in the
great work that followed.
In the early days when the conflicting interests of
the Massachusetts Horticultural Society and the Mount
Auburn Cemetery required separation, he was an
important factor in solving the complicated and deli-
cate problem. The settlement of this difliculty laid the
foundations of the wealth of the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society.
.Athisdeathoeleft the American Pomological Society
$1,000 for Wilder Medals for objects of special ment
and $4,000 for general purposes. He left the Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society $1,000, to encourage the
production of new American varieties of pears and
grapes. Wilbblm Miller.
Woolverton,' Charles Edward, pomologist, and
nurseryman, was bom in Grimsby, Ontario, August
22, 1820. He was the youngest son of Dennis Wool-
verton, of New Jersey, who settled on a farm of 400
acres on the south side of Lake Ontario, in the Niagara
district in 1768. Here Charles became accustomed to
every department of work both in farm and orchard.
He was educated at Madison (now Colgate) University,
and in 1846 settled upon a portion of the old home-
stead. In 1856, in company with A. M. Smith, he
devoted a considerable portion of his form to nursen-
and orchard, in which business he was quite successful,
distributing fruits and fruit trees throuj;hout a consid-
erable portion of Ontario, Quebec and Nova Scotia. At
Grimsby, he planted the first large commercial orchard
of peach trees and proved the adaptability of the soil
and climate of the Niagara district for the production
of peaches and sweet cherries. In company with
Messrs. Beadle, Smith, Arnold, Judge Logic and
several others, Air. Woolverton was instrumental in
the formation of the Frui^Growera' Association of
Ontario, which afterward reached a membership of
over 5,000, and was the chief agent in the encourage-
ment and development of horticulture in southern
Ontario. He died m August, 1900.
LiNTJs Woolverton.
HOSACKIA (David Hosack, professor of botany and
medicine in New York; author of "Hortus Elginensi,"
1811; died 1835). Leffumiribsx. Herbaceous plants,
three of which have been advertised by collectors of
northwest American plants.
The genus contains about 40-50 ^>ecies, oil American
and mostly confined to the Pacific slope: herbs or rarely
subshrubs: Ivs. pinnate, with 2 to many Ifts.: stipules
minute and ^^d-Iike, rarely scarious or leafy: fls.
yellow or reddirii, in axillary umbels which are pedun-
cled or not.^The genus is cloeely related to Lotus, with
which some authors unite it, but the calyx-teeth are
shorter than the tube: keel obtuse: Ivs. usually with
numerous Ifts., none of which is like stipules, while
Lotus has calyx-lobes usuaUy lon(^ than the tube, a,
rostrate keel and 5 or 4 Ifts., of which 2 or 1 are stipule-
like. The two species first mentioned belong to a sec-
1604
HOSACKIA
tioD in which the pods are afaortly acute, linear, m&uy-
Beeded, straight, glabrous: fla. and fr. not reflexed:
peduncles long. Toe third species belongs to a section
in which the pods are long-atteauatfl upward, incurved,
pubescent: peduncles short <m' none: fls. and fr. reflexed.
BeeLolut.
cnssifflUB,Benth.
(Ldtia craadf Miia, j
Greene). Stout, 2-3 4 3,
ft. high, nearly "S- i*
dabrous:lft8.9-l^ 2^
uiickish: etipulefl ^|^
bract below the ^^
umbel; calyX'teeth '*^'
short: pod thick:
fls. greenish yellow
or purplish. Dry
places in mountainous country, Calif.
B.R. 1977 (08 H. stoionifera).
bfcolor, Douglas (L6tu* pinnilua,
Hook,). Glabrous: Ifts. 5-9: stipules
scarious, small: bract usually none or
small: calyx-teeth half as long as the
tube: pod slender: fls. yellow, tnewinn
often white. Cent. Cahf. to Waab.
B.R. 1257. B.M. 2913.
decfimbens, Benth. (Litiu Dodglasii,
Greene). Silky or woolly, with ap-
presaed hairs: ats. ascending, 1 ft. or
more long, hprbaceous: Ifla. 5-7: um-
bels less dense: stipules glandlike: pods
pubescent. N. Calif, to Wash.
WiLHBUt Miller.
HdSTA (personal name). Filnkiaot
Spieiucel, sometimes spelled Fuockia.
The Funckia of Willdenow is AsUlia.
LUUKex. Dat Lilt. Pluntain Lilt.
Hardy perennials of Ch'
much planted for their
leaves and for their white and bluish
flowers; the funkias of garden litera-
ture. Sometimes spelled Hoatia. .—.
Herbs, forming stools or clumps: Ivs. Boita plutm-
petiolate, ovate or lance-ovate, promi- (in»«. IxSi)
neatly several -ribbed, those on the
flowerioK sts. smaller and becoming bract-like: fla. in
terminaT racemes or spikes, white or bluej perianth
funnelform, 6-parted and more or less insular, the
lobes not widely spreading; stamens 6, the filaments
filiform, the anthera long-oblong and versatile: pod
oblong and angled, many-seeded, splitting into 3
valves; seeds flat and black, winged at llie apex. —
Species about 10. In cult., the synonymy seems to be
much confused.
The hostaa are hardy and of the easiest culture. Their
dense stools or clumps of foUage are in place along
walks or drives and in the angles against buildings. A
continuous row along a walk gives a strong and pleasing
character. Make the soil rich and deep. The clumps
improve with age. The large-leaved kinds grow vigor-
ously in moist, shady fjlaccs. Of some varieties the
leaves are strikingly variegated. They bloom in sum-
pUntagtoM, Aschers. [HemerocdilUj^ania^nta, Lam.
H. Alba, Andr. PiinMa »vbcoTddta, Spreng. F. tUba,
Sweet. F. Witffdra, Horl. F. japdnica, Hort., at least
of some. F. cordAla, Hort., not Sieb.). Fig. 1908.
Lvs. large, broadly cordat«-ovate, with a short, sharp
point, green, many-ribbed: fls. large, 4-6 in, long,
with an open bell-shaped perianth, waxy whit«, the base
fA the tube surrounded by a broad bract; spike short,
the bracts very prominent:- — The commonest species in
high. B.M. 1433 (as Hemerocailix japoniat). Gng.
9:97.
Var. grandifldr*, Hort. (F. gratidifiirra, 8ieb. &
Zucc.), has very ktng and Wge fls. G.C. 111.4:153.
0.5:503; 23:591. H. nuurdnlha, Hort., probably
belongs here.
AA. FU. blue or lilae, more or lett inclined or
nodding; brad I.
B. Lvs. glavana,
SieboldUiU, EWler (Fiinkia SieboldiAna, Hook. F.
Siiboldii, Lindl. F.gUiiiea, Hort. F. tin6nti9, Sieb. F.
cucuMla, Hort. F. gUiucigcens. Hort. F. eorddia,
"■-'- ^ Differs from the last in the metallic blue color
less cordate lvs., in the inclined bluish or pale-
more slender-tubed and smaller fls. (whicn do
! above the fohage), and in having only 1 small
bract at the base of the fl. B.M. 3663. B.R.
25:50. L.B.C. 19:1869 (as Hemfrocaiiis
SiebohUiana). G. 10:387;13:3. G.C. IIL
38 : 94. There is a form with the body of the If .
k, yellowish white and the edge green. Lowe,34.
B — Lf.-blade and petiole each 1 ft. loi^, the
■ foliage therefore overtopping the fls. F. iSie-
J boldi'i daiior and F. tinenais mar-
tnorala, are offered abroad. The
plant usually cult, as Funkia iSte-
txddiana is probably the following
mei {Finkia Fdrtunei, Baker. Hdtla
Ana, var. Fdrtunei, Voss). Plant '
rom H. SidxMiana in having smaller
I the racemes much overtopping
age, as in other hostas: petiole
long; blade cordate-ovate, 4-5
;: raceme y^lt. long on a st. or
ft. longi fls. pale lilac, funnel-
snape, V/^ in. long, the sepns. lanceo-
late and ascending and half as long as
the tube. — Excellent. Generally cult,
as Funkia Sieboldiana, and many of
the pictures of that name,
t^obably belong here, as, .
apparently, Gh. 38, p. 79;
A.G. 11:157; A.F. 6:322.
It is probable that the gar-
den Bj'Donyms cited under
H. Siebddiana are usually
applied to plants of H.
' A var. glgantia is
offered, with lvs. and fls.
much larger than in the
type. VoiB. robtista, and
argEnteo-variegilta, are also
listed abroad.
BB. Lvs, green.
oerftlM, Tratt. (Finkia
caruka, Sweet, F. ovAta,
Spreng. F. lancrolAta, Sieb.).
Figa, 1909, 1910. LvH. brood-
ovate, 5-10 in. long and
half as wide, usually taper-
ing lo the petiole, but some-
times subcordate: raceme
long and lax; fl. with a
short, slender tube and Bud-
ding, deep blue. B.M. 894
HOTBEDS
1605
est mue-fld. spccieH. Fiinkia margxndta, Sieb., IB a
form with whit^^rdered Iva. There is alao a yellow-
variegated fonn.
UndfAUa. Tratt. (filruHa lancifilui, Spreng. F.
japdnica, Hort., of aome). Lvb. lanceolate to narrowly
ovate-lanceoUte, the blade 6 in. or less lung and 2 in.
or leas wide: raceme lax, 6-10-fld., on a tall, alender st.;
ir leaa long, the tube Blender and gradually
" bo-nuiginita,
B.M. 3857),
haa the Ivs. vA&A white. Var. tardiflOra {PiinUa
(ordi/tAra, Hort.), Dlooma in late autumn: Iva. firmer and
shorter petioled. Gn. 64, p. 297. Var. undnliU
(fUrutta widiMta, Otto A Dietr. P. laneifAlia var.
■undidAla, Bailey) is a form with undulate white-mar-
gined Ivs. There is a form with 1-striped Ive., var.
unlvittita, Hort. Graceful. Fls. smaller than thoee of
H. amdea. H. lOndpeB (Fiimfcia l&ngipet. Franch. *
Sav.) is closely allied, but has broader U.-blades decur-
rent on the petiole.
H. Aiki. with "liric KUucnus-cnnn Its." Is kdvcrtiied. It bu
be«n oAercd ui thu countiy fiooi Europeui nurcfv, vid u wd to
be ippwDt^ ideuticai with UdHtA Siebold-Atift. ei«pt in time of
U. lUla, Bart-, "beu* lall aupe* of pftle blue Ot."^H. giaantta,
Hon., hu "LoD^ spikev of blue Ah." — /T. nruadAt. Hort.^vuiea>-
ted fomu of tbtkhu ipecKe. luually of H. oerulea or H- IvidfoJlL—
H. tfndtt-nuTiriwUa, Hon.. !• probably * form of H. oRuiek.
L. H. B.
thus giving a slope to the south, which will permit the
wat«r to run off and favor the passage of the bud'h rays
through the glass, TheendpieceBare6feet in length, and
in width taper from 15 inches at one end to 0 or ID at the
other, so as to fit the side boards. The plank for poi^
table hotbed frames may be held in place by meana of
stakes, or iron rode or bolts may be fastened to the
ends of the side pieces so that th«>y can pass through the
holes in the ends of the frame, which can then be
secured by keys or nuts. Ab supports for the sash and to
hold the sides of the frame in place, crosa-stHps of
board 3 inches wide are sunk bto the upper edge every
3 feet, and another strip with a width equal to the thick-
ness of the saah is fastened on edge to the center of
its side. Frames of this size require a slightly deeper
mass of heating material than would be necessary for
l^T^r frames, and when they are to be used during the
winter, it is well to excavate to the depth of 2}^ feet
and for a space 2 feet longer and wider than the frame,
and after the hole has been filled with heatingmaterial,
the material should be well tramped down. The frame
is then put in place and manure is banked about it.
For permanent frames, rough t-inch boards may be
Used, although 2-inch plank will be found far more
durable. Stout stakes should be driven into the ground
about 4 feet apart, where the north line of the bed ia to
be located. These should project above the surface
from 12 to 15 inches, and should be boarded up from a
point just below the level of the ejouud, so that the
BtiUces will be on the north side of the frame. A second
row of Bt^es should then be driven at a distance from
the first row equal to the length of the sa^, which is
usually 6 feet, although other lengths are somctimca
used. The south wall of the frame should then be
boarded up so that it will be 5 or 6 inches lower than
the north wall, after which the end should be closed
and cross-piecee should be fitted, the same as for the
Krtable sash. To prevent froat from working into tiio
jne, soil should be taken from the inside and banked
against the boards outside, so that it will reach two-
thirds of the way to the top of the frame, and when the
bed is ready for use, 3 or 4 incbea of horae-manunt
should be spread over this. The frame should be
placed about 3 feet from the fence, and if other rows
are needed, there should be alleys about 7 feet wide
between them.
Instead of boards or planks, concrete may be used
for the walls of permanent frames. Forms should be
set BO that the lower part of the wall will be 4 inches
thick but it may be only 2^ or 3 inches on the top.
The excavation for the wall should extend about I foot
below the surface and to prevent the settling of the
concrete walls, when the excavation for the bed itself
. Low glass structures in which plants
are started or grown, usually heated by fermenting
v^etable substances, such as stable-manure, although
fire heat is occasionally applied, steam, hot water and
flues being used. Their usual place is Bome spot sloping
to the south, where they are protected by buildmgs.
evergreen screens or board fences, from the north and
west winds (Fig. 1911). The frames are made either of
plank or boards and may be portable, or built in place,
the former being taken down and packed away except
when needed. A tight board fence 6 feet high, ae a
windbreak, is deeirable, as it will also serve as a sup-
port for the Bhutt«rs. mats and Bash when they are
removed from the bed, and it will answer best for this
pumose if it inclines a foot or so to the north.
When movable frames (Fig. 1912) are used, they are
generally constructed of Z-inch pluik, the side pieces
bein^ from 9 to 12 feet and the ends 6 feet in length, to
receive cither three or four ordinary sash, which are
3 by 6 feet. The north side of the frame is made 15
inches wide, while the south side ia but 9 or 10 inches.
1912. Holbal wilb nonliU ft
eitt^nd nearly 2 feet below the wall. The waila of the
FxcavatioD will serve as a form for the piers and if care
ia taken in making the excavation for the wail itself,
there will be no ne^ of nHtking a form for the outside of
the walla bebw
the surface, but
«~-r^''^^i:^^^^^^^f^S!SS»~ P^^''^ should be
= w^— ^^fc=- - .^^-^ Hde of the walla,
and for both sides
of the wall above
the surface. For
making the grout,
uac four ports of gravel, two parts ofsharp sand and one
part of cement. Mix the sand and eravel and then
after adding and thoroughly miiing the cement, pour
on water enough to make a "wet mix." Pour the grout
into the form, thorou^ly packing it, and then allow tbe
form to Temain until it has set.
The size that has been found most satisfactory for
botbed sash is 3 by 6 feet, as when larger than this they
are not readily handled bv one man. While pine and
other native lumber may be used, cypress ia generBlly
perferred, as it is much more durable and costs but little
if any more than clear pine. The sides and upper ends
of the sash arc made from 3 by 1 J^inch strips, grooved
to receive the glass, while the lower end is about 1 by
5 inches. The center stripa ore 1 by 1(^ inches. For
glazing botbed sash, single-strength 10 by \'l glass is
commonly used, as three rows of this size will fill a sash
3 feet wide. While double-strength glass will be less
easily broken, the increased weight is an objection to
its uac. The use of double-glazetl saeh is often advised,
but aside from the extra coat, it will be found that the
aash will be heavy to handle and, if used near where
soft cool ia burned, the bottom rows of glass will aoon
bwome nearly opaque and it will be necessary to re-
glaze the sash in order to wash the gloss. Where there
<dll be no trouble from soot and the sash is to be used
for iJie covering of half-hardy plants in the winter,
double-alawd saah may .be used witli satisfaction.
The so^ should receive two coats of paint, and after
the glass, which may be cither lapped or butted, has
been set, it should be given a third coat.
J/ols and «A utters.
For covering the frames on cold nights during the
winter and early spring months, straw mats ore often
used, although those made of burlap arc generally pre-
ferred. The burlap may be either single or doubled,
or it may be stutted with straw, excelsior or other
materials. Quilted mats filled with combination wool
are very warm and quite durable. During the winter,
wooden shutters are also desirable to jilace over the
mats, as they assist in holding the heat, and by keeping
the mats dry, aid in preserving them.
Healing material for hotbeds.
To provide heat for the beds decomposing horse-
manure is generally used. While a large amount of
straw is not desirable, the prpscnce of urine-eooked
bedding with the manure to the extent of one-third
its bulk is not objcetionatle, as it will lengthen the
heating period of the manure. Unless straw ia mixed
with the manure, it will be well to odd forest leaves to
the amount of one-third to one-half the amount of the
manure. The heating material should be forked over
and placed in a pile 5 to 6 feet wide, 3 to 4 feet high and
of any deaired length. If the manure and straw are diy,
it will be well to moisten them with a fine spray. In
case there is but a amall amount of manure, it will be
best to use warm water, though in all cases the Boak-
HOTBEDS
ing of the manure should be avoided. Within four or
five days the giving off of steam will indicate that heat-
ing has commenced. The pile should then be ftnlced
over, working the outer portions into the center.
The amount of heating material that will be re<{uii«d
for a hotbed will vary with the crop, aa well as with tbe
location and season. For zero weather, there should be
at least 18 inches of heating material after it has been
well packed down, and 24 inches will be desirable in
midwinter in the northern states, while 6 to 8 incbea
may answer where only a few degrees of frost are
expected. For 18 inches of manure, the excavatioii
should be made to a depth of 28 inches below the level
of the south side of the frame, and 31 inches below that
of the north side. After the manure has warmed
through for the second time it should be placed in the
excavation, spreading it evenly and packing it down
with the fork, but leaving it tor a few days before
tramping it. Car; should be taken to have the comers
well filled, that an even settling may be secured. After
the manure has again warmed up, it should be thor>
oughly tramped.
The bed is then ready for the soil, which should be
quite rich and contain a large amount of sand and
humus, a compost of decompowd pasture sods with one-
third tieir buUc of rotten manure being excellent for the
purpose. Tlie thickness of the soil sboukl vary from S
of plants are to be placed in the beds, the depth of soil
need not be more than 3 inches. For a few days the bed
will be quite worm, but when the temperature of the
soil has dropped below 90° the seeds may be sown or
the plants set out.
In severe weather the mats and shutters should be
placed on the bed at night and should be removed in the
morning. When the sun is ahining, or if the bed ia verj'
hot, it should be ventilated by raising (Fig. 1914)
or shpping down (Fig, 1912) the saah, the amount
depending upon the season and the condition of the
bed. By the middle of the afternoon the sash should be
closed and the covering should be replaced before night.
When used in the winter time, the hotbed should be
either sunk in the ground or well banked up with soil
or manure, so as to keep out the frost.
Fire-healed hotbedt.
Especially if the beds are to be used during the win-
ter months, and where there is an abundance of wood
for (uet, it is advisable
to use utificial beat for
hotbeds. The simplest
and cheapest method of
heating is by means of
! bot-fur Sues, These do
; not differ materially
^ from greenhouse flues
except that they run
underground and 6-inch
sewer-pipe is used for
them. The best results
are obtained when the
beds are built on the
■\-~~«i,"T'^ — .o- " slope of a hillside, as this
1914. VcntUttiac tbe hotbed. improves the draft. A
HOTBEDS
HOTTONIA
1607
small furnace or firebox is constructed of brick or
concrete at the lower end of the frames from which one
or more lines of hotbeds may be heated. As a rule, it is
not best to heat more than two rows of frames from a
furnace.
The flues are placed so that they will be 10 or 12
inches below the surface of the soil in the frames and
they should rise gradually toward the farther end,
where they shoula be connected with a pipe which
will serve as a chinmey. The height should vanr from
6 to 10 feet, according to the length of the munes.
For use in the winter, there should be two flues in a
frame 12 feet wide.
When the hotbeds are located near a greenliouse
heated by steam or hot water, it will be found satis-
factory, particularly if the beds are hij^er than the
heating plant, to put in either hot-water or steam pipes
for heatmg them. While beds 6 feet in width may be
heated in this way^ it is better to make them about 12
feet wide, with a ndge in the center and a row of hot-
bed sash on each side. To heat such a frame with hot
water, a 2^inch flow-pipe should be run just under
the ridge and there should be one or two 2-inch returns
on each of the side walls. For use in the spring, one
return on a side would answer, but in the winter months
two will be necessary in sections where the mercury
reaches zero, unless the beds are covered to prevent
the escape of the heat. When steam is used^ the feed-
pipe should be IH- or 2-inch and 1^-inch pipe should
be used for the returns.
In the northern states, it is seldom desirable to use
hotbeds of any kind for the growing of winter crops,
as not only can better results b^ secured in greenhouses,
for which the cost will be but little more, but the work
of handling the hotbeds in cold, stormy weather will
be very disagreeable and imsatisfactory. In the South,
however, hotbeds answer very well for winter use, both
for jgrowing plants for the truck-garden and for the
forcm^ of various vegetable crops, although even there
the simply constructed greenhouses wo^ild be more
satisfactory.
Coldjrames,
As an adjunct to the jopieenhouse when one is ipow-
ing truck-crops, or beddmg-plants, a coldframe will be
found very helpful. These differ from hotbeds only
in reljrinff upon the sun for their heat. The surface of
the soil should be from 6 to 12 inches below the glass.
If plants are to be
grown in the soil of
a frame, care should
be taken that it is
adapted to the crop
and that it is weU
stored with avail-
able plant-food. In
many cases the
frames are merely
used for the harden-
ing of plants which have been grown in the greenhouse,
or for the carrying of half-hsGrd^ plants through the
winter. For these purposes the soil m the frames should
be of a sandy or porous nature.
Glass sash should be used for covering the frames in
the winter but, in the spring, canvas and other substi-
tutes answer very well, particularly when the frames are
to be used for the growing of seedlings. A long strip
of canvas may be stretohed lengthwise of the bed as a
covering at night and upon cold days^ and removed in
whole or in part in pleasant weather. Oiled paper and
water-proofed musbn are also used as substitutes for
glass in hotbed sash.
Management of hoibeds.
If the weather is. mild during the latter part of
February, the manure can be procured and prepared
1915. Fire hotbed.
for use so that the hotbed may be started about the
first of March. If properly constructed they will pro-
vide heat for two months, and can then be used during
May as ooldframes, thus making it possible to take off
two crops in the spring. Although it is not often prac-
tised, they may be used in the mil for growing a crop
of lettuce or other vegetables, which can be matured
b^ore the first of December.
* N
1916. Hotbed or forcing-liottse heated by hot water.
If a greenhouse is not available for starting the plants,
seeds of lettuce, radishes, cabbages and other of the
hardier plants may be sown in the hotbed in the spring
as soon as it is ready^ in rows 4 or 5 inches apart.
When the first true leaf appears, the radishes should be
thinned and the other plants transplanted to about 2
inches. Later on, the lettuce plants should be placed
about 8 inches apart each way. If the weather is so
cold that the bed should not be kept open, the seeds
may be sown and the first transplanting may be in
flats or boxes, which can then be placed in the beds.
Aside from proper ventilation, covering and watering,
the beds should occasionallv be weeded and the soil
stirred. About the first of ApriL tomatoes, cucumbers
and similar plants may be started. As soon as one crop
is taken off another should be placed in the beds, and
by deepening the soil they may oe used during the early
summer for growing cauliflower, tomatoes and cucum-
*>e«. L. R. Tapt.
HOTfilA: AaUUfe.
HOTXdNIA (Peter Hotton, 164^1709, professor at
Leyden). Primuldcex. Featherfoil. Two species of
water plants, perennial, not very ornamental, but suit-
able for small aquaria.
Plants rooting or floating, the sts. spongy and air-
bearing, the peduncles hollow and erect: Ivs. submersed
and dissected, passing into entire narrow whorled
bracts: fls. white or purplish, whorled and racemose,
emeraed; corolla salverform, with 5-parted limb; ovary
free: fr. a globular more or less 5-valved many-seeded
caps. — ^The European species is procurable from
d^ers in aquatics; the American can be gathered in
shallow, stagnant ponds from Mass. to W. N. Y. and
south to Fla. and La.
paliistris, Linn., the European plant, is an herb with
creeping rootstock, whorled leaty branches entirely
submerged and alternate^ pinnately dissected Ivs., the
divisions numerous and bnear. From the center of the
whorl of branches a single leafless fl.-st. rises out of the
water in summer, beuing a raceme with several whorls
of 3-5 or 6 handsome pale purple fls., apparently with
160S
HOTTONIA
fi petals, but actually with a short oorolla-tube b«low
the lobes; stamens 5, inserted on the tube oT the corolla:
caps, subgtoboee, with 5 lateral valves; seeds niunei^
ous.— The plants root in the mud or float, and the fls.
>Te about ^in. diam.
inflated, jointed, the lowest joint 2-4 in, long and Bome-
timee 1 in. thick, the others 1-3 in number and suo-
ceaeively shorter: fls. white in whorls of 2-10 at the
jobtB. B.B. 2:586— Neither species is advertised.
Like all aquarium plants, they are interesting, but they
have no horticultural value otherwise. Both plants are
called featherfoil and water -violet; the American
also water-feather and water-yarrow. The European
Species has dimorphic fls,, after the manner of Primula.
The earlier fls. in the American species are cleisloga-
™<«M- L. H. B.
BOtlLLfeXIA (after HouUet, French gardener).
OrdndiUxx, Epiphytic, paeudobulbous orchids, allied
to Stanhopea, and blooming in summer.
Pseudobulbs conical, 1-lvd.: Ivb. lanceolate, plicate;
sepab and petals usually nearly equal; labelium con-
tinuous with the clarate, arcuate column; pollinia 2,
on a long camlicle, — About 8 species from S^ Amer,
odoratfgsinut, Lind. Sepals and petals reddish
brown; labelium whit«, with 2 crimson appendages
midway of its length, Colombia. G.C. II. 24:777.
CO. 1. Var. antioqu^nsiB, Andrfi (H. anlioqutnni.
Hart.), has labelium white, tinged yellow. l.H. 17:12.
Brocklehnrstiina, Lindl. Fls. 5-8, about 3 in, across,
brownish red, dotted with brown-purple; sepals oblong,
obtuse, the lateral onee sUghtIv united at base; petids
narrower, obovate; labelium yellow, thickly dotted with
brown-purple; from its lower half 2 linear appendages
have their origin. Brazil. B.M. 4072. P.M. 9:49.
R.H. 1885:492.
WiUiitl, Lind. & Reichb. f, {H. ehrytdnlha, Lind.
& Andr^). Fls. about 2 in. across; sepals and petab
yellow, blotched inside with brown-purple; labelium
yeUow, dotted with crimson. Colombia. G.C. U.
18:437; 111.50:177. G.M. 54:661. J.H. HI. 63:315.
l.H, 18:71.
H. Sdndtri, Rolfc. Rucme 2-3-3(1.: Sa. large, pale yullow;
trfoit •boul 1 a in. JDRs, Ibc domi elliptic, the Istenl broadly
ovate; jwtaU broad«r, nearly orbicular, about aa Ions aa ■epala.
Peru. fi:M.834fl. Oakes Ames.
George V. NASH.f
HOUSE PLAHTS (Figs. 1917-1919) arc those plants
that can be grown in the ordinary rooms of dwelli:^;-
houses. They may be hardy or tender; only such as are
suitable for this purpose will be comudered here.
In the living-rooms of the modem well-built house,
plants must contend against difficulties which did not
exist in the leaa carefully equipped dwellings of fifty
years ago or earlier. The present methods of heating
and lighting, by gas or kerosene lamps, not electricity,
produce a dry atmosphere which IH inimical to vegetable
growth. In bouses lighted by electricity, and heated by
any system which introduces fresh air in lUiundance,
the hindrance is not so troublesome. Too much heat
and dry air are harder for plants to endure than insuf-
ficient light, but it is also lack of lidit which makes it
difficult to grow flowering plants in nouses. Dust and
insects do harm, but can oe checked.
For the above reeaons it is important to choose
house plants which are adapted to resist a dir atmoo-
phere, a high temperature and inadequate light. Such
HOUSE PLANTS
be found among certain troincal plants
with coriaceous leaves and small stomata, what the
florists call foliaee plants, e. g., rubber trees, palms,
and the like. These make the best foundation upon
which any successful system of growing plants in houses
can be built. Flowering niante can also be used, but
they should be introduced from time to time, each in
i(a proper eeason, when about to bloom or in bloom.
1917. Pot-cilaata la tlM wiailow.
function is not unlike the use of cut-flowers, but they
last longer and are not more expensive, while they
largely increase the attraction of the window-garden.
The best rooms for plants are those which get the
most sun, and the best positions are those nearest the
windows, where there is not only more Ught but more
fresh air. A large palm, tern or rubber will grow in an
entry or poorly lighted comer, but the best place is that
which is best lighted. Plants do well in a kitchen, the
A conservatory ie desirable but not always obtain-
able on account of the expense; it should agree with the
architecture of the house and have the proper aspect.
The construction should be durable, the walls and roof
low and, a point often neglect^, great attention ^ould
be paid to ventilation. This should be civen not only
in the roof, the very apex when possible, but also on
the sides at the bottom. The trouble comes in early
autumn when the plants are first potted up and again
when the sun begins to be hotter in February^ March
and April. Fresh air should be given all winter on
bright days, but it is particularly needed at the times
named above. Shade is also advisable on warm sunny
days and a system of screens either inside or out can be
devised. The llorisU' method of painting the glass is
good but unsightly. When a regular conservator' is
unobtainable, a plsntroom can sometimes be made which
is most satisfactory and at comparatively small coet.
It is often possible to utilize a part of the basement
(or such purpose. A southeast or south exposure is
best, but if it faces southwest or even west no trouble
follows. Such a room should be well furnished with
windows which open both at top and bottom. The
floor should be of concrete or porous tile and the walls
covered with mat«rial which is unharmed by water;
HOUSE PtAMTS
good drainHge ahould be provi'led. Such a room is not
only capable of keeping plants in good condition but
can alao be used for atarting seedUngs and cuttinga.
The temperature can be kept well above freeiing and
under 50° F. sometimes without extra fire heat when
Buch a room opens into a healed cellar. It can be uaed
not only Tor growing planta but alao oa a storeroom from
which plants can be taken for decoratine the living-
rooms; there is no better place for all bulbouH plants
from the time they are taken out of the frame until
they show flower-buda well developed.
In rooms in which plan(« are kept, any device by
which the atmoepheric moisture can be mcreased is
desirable: oilcloth on the floor, or a floor of porous tiles:
a line tray, in which the pots can be set and surrounded
with moaa; saucers under the pots, the pots being raised
slightly to prevent the roots of the plants standing in
the water which runs through. By tlieae aids not only
can plenty of water be ^ven to the roots, but there wiU
also be some opportunity to sprinkle the leaves, while
the evaporation of surplus water will dampen the lur.
The Japanese porcelain pots are not only ornamental
but useful; the glaie prevents undue evaporation from
the sides, and the legs bold the pot well above the wat«r
which may collect in the saucer: they are in every way
excellent. Wooden tubs are serviceable for large plants
or for any which are likely to be exposed to fntet, either
before or after bringing mto the house. Plants should
never be ovcrpotted, but the larger the bulk of earth the
easier it can be kept uniformly moist; from the wider
surface, too, there is more evaporation. For these rea-
sons it is sometimes a good plan to have window-boxes
in which several plants can be grown; or the boxes can
be filled with moss in which the pots can be plunged.
All pots, tubs or boxes for growing plants should have
holes in the bottom through which water can pass, freely.
Much trouble is likely to come from the use of unsuit-
able potting soil. Procure it from an experienced florist,
or make it yourself of equal parts rotted sods, old leaf-
mold, well-decayed cow-manure and clean, sharp sand:
discard tea leaves, chip dirt, and the decomposed
remains of dead ^tumps. The soil should always be
moist when used, not too wet and never d^ : it should be
made firm, not hard, and a good space left between the
surface and rim. L^^^ pots should be drained with
potsherds and moss. The best time for potting is just
Defore the plant begins to f/tow; the next best is just
before erowth ceases, thus giving the plant opportunity
to est^lish itself in its new quarters before it stops
growing. It is not always easy to do this properly at
home, and large and valuable plants should be sent to a
florist. Plants growing in the open air should be Lifted
and potted two weeks or more before bringing into the
house, not only before frost but before the nights are
cool. Keep them at first in a shady place, gradually
accustom them to the sunlight, and carefully avoid
all drafts. Do not give too much water at the root:
some wilting is unavoidable, and cannot be prevented
by heavy watering. Give one good appUcation when
they ore first potted^ and sprinkle the foliage and sui^
roundings in the middle of the day. After they are
established, keep them ouW)f-doors, on the piasia or
porch, until there is danger of frost, but try to bring
them into the house before the fumaoe fires are lighted.
A period of rest is natural to all plants. Amateuis
often make mistakes in trying to force plants to grow
"■'■'■ e after a vigorous growth ii "
HOUSE PLANTS
1609
dry rooms more water is needed than in cool rooms and
on damp, cloudy days. It should always be given in
sufficient quantity to pass throu^ the hole in the
bottom of the pot: here it can remain an hour or more,
and part of it will soak up, back into the pot, but the
surplus should be tokeu away with a sponge, unless the
pot has legs or it is a plant like calla, English ivy, or
some ferns, which are uninjured by an over-supply.
Water given to the foliage of house plants in the form
of spray is always helpful.
Insects, dust and sometimes fungous pests are
troublesome to bouse plants, due l^;K^y to insufficient
wat«ing and lack of ventilation. The beet remedy is
frequent washings with warm water and a sponge for
pl^ts with large leaves. All plants can be easily
cleaned at the kitchen sink or in the bathtub, or advan-
tage can be taken of a mild day, and the work done in
the yard with the hose. The forcible apphcation of
water will remove most insects, but if scale appears it
must be taken of! with a stiff brush. Whale-oil and
tobacco soap are too rank for hguae use ; fir-tree oil and
GishuTBt's compound are less obnoxious. They can be
used when the plants are washed with sponge or brush.
be tolerated in livin^ro
. Tobacco stems may be
burned, however, in the plantroom described above ..
well-fitted door is provlaed wd precautions a.'e taken
to make the ceiling air-tight. It is altogether too
dangerous to use cyanide of potassium in any form of
plant-growing in Uie house. The red-spider can be
driven cjt by spraying with an atomizer, if discovered
in time. Some plants are not attacked by insects, but
are injured by dust, e.g., the rubber-tree. Dusting
when dry is better than nothing, but washing is best.
If fungous diseases appear, the plants should be isolated,
giving a chance to recover, or be thrown away.
Ventilation is an important factor in keeping bouse
plants in good condition. Open the windows on bright
days: the fresh air is moist and therefore grateful, and
will do no harm, even if the plants are near the glass,
m long as the sun shines and discretion is exercised.
... _o shrivel the wood. No rules can be given
for watering, the most important detail of plant-grow-
ing. Water must be given as it is required, a knowledge
to be gained from experience only. This may be once
a day or once a week, twice a day or once in two days.
The smaller the pot and the more vigorous the growth,
the oftener it will be required. In hot weather and in
1018. A wlodow-sardsD.
1610
HOUSE PLANTS
The Di^t tempentuT« need never exceed 50* F., and
& drop of 5* or even 10° is not likelv to do uiy hsim.
Precautions must be taken to exclude frost; the blinds
must be Hfaut Knd the curtaiiu pulied down on cold
nights. A layer of newepapera between the plants and
the windows is a protection in extremely bad weather,
or a large kerosene lamp can be allowed to bum all
night near the plants,
A list of suitable foliage plants for the bouse: Fieua
eloatioa, the rubber plant; F. rdiipoaa (peepid tree)
and most of the other strong-growing evergreen epecira.
Livutona rincnsu, Corypha austraii*, Chamzroas
Foiitatei and RhapU japimica, all good fan-palms (tite
first is the best); Phaniz reciinala, P. rupicMa and P.
earutrientU are the best date-palms. Seafarihia degant,
Howea Bdmoreana, Kenlia PortUriana, Areca Bauerx,
A. rubra and Cocas Wtddfliana are all good palms, but
reauire more core and heat than the fan- and date-
palms. Cyau remlula (aaap-palm ). Cureuiijjo recur-
vaia, Arpidittra lurida, Pandanug utiiu (screw pine}, P.
Veiichii. Phormium (eJnir (New Zealand flax), C^wtu
aUernifotiu*, Papyrus anlvpionim, Cordyline, Drocsena,
Agave americana (century plant), Pittosporum, Grr-
viiiea robutia, English ivy. wandering jew and some
epeciea of cactus all do well in ordinary rooms. Dajthjie
odora, laureetinus, Olta fragraru and orange trees are
both flowering and foliage plants, but require a cooler
room than any of the preceding varieties.
Good flowering plants are Azalea indica and Camdiia
japonica, both o? which should be kept in a cool room
when not in bloom. CoUa and begonia both do well.
Chrysanthemums, cinerarias, gloxinias, eladioU, cycla-
mens, Chinese anJd English primroses, irocma, oxalis,
HOUSTONIA
fuchsia, mahemiBj euphorbia, heliotrope, pdsrgonium
and lil^-of-the-valley can be brought into the rooms
when m flower, and last a reasonable time in good
condition. Hyacinths, tuhps, narcissi and crocus, if
potted in October, kept covered up out-crf-doors until
cokj weather, stored in a cool cellar untU the middle
of January and then brought into warm rooms, will
give flowers: a succession can be maintained by bring-
mgtbem into warmth at intervals. (See Bulb.)
The following varieties of hyacinths and tulips are
particularly recommended for growing in living-
rooms under ordinary circumstances:
HyaanOit.—Tbe single sort« are much betl«r than
the double and more easily handled. Sinole reds aod
n' iks: Gen. Peliasier, Giganteo, King of Uie Belgians,
Victoirc, Norma. Sm^ whitoi La Grandease,
L'Innocence, Madame Van der Hoop, Mr. PlimsoIL
Single blue: Ciar Peter, Enchantress, Grand Lilas,
King of the Blues, Lord Derby, Oueen of the Blues,
Double red: Grootvoist, Lwd Wellington, Noble
KMerito. Double white: Isabella, La Grandeme.
uble blue: Blokaberg, Garrick, Van Speyk. Double
yellow; Goethe. ^^
Tulipn, early «no(<.— Albitm (White Hawk), white.
Belle AUianoe (Waterloo), red. Couleur Cardinal,
bronze-red. Cramoisi Brillant, bright scarlet. Gold-
finch, yellow. Keiierkroon, red and yellow. La Reine,
white turning pink. MonTresor. yellow. Pottebakker,
scarlet. Pnmmee Queen, suliur-yellow. Prince of
Austria, orange^ed. Proserpine, carmine. Rose Griado
Lin, pink. Rose Luisante, deep pink. Thomas Moore,
orange. Vermilion Brilliant, scarlet. Yellow Prince,
Tidipt, doubk. — Courc»me d'Or, yellow
flushedred. Imperatorrubrorum, red. MuriUo,
best lif^t pink. ^vaUu' Rosa, deep pink,
Toumesol .yellow.
All the I>uc Van Thol tulips are excellent for
early forcing, particularly thescarlet. The Dar-
win tulips are now sometimes forced, but they
are not suitable for growing in houses. The
Parrot Cottage tulips and the like are not grown
in this way.
Roman hyacinths are easily forced and with
the Paper White narcissus can be flowered
between Thanksgiving and Christmas. Narcis-
sus Corapemelle var. ruguiosus, the Chinese
sacred narcissus, the douole Roman, and most
varieties of PolyantLus narcissus flower earUer
than the other sorts. b. M. Watson.
HOnSTftNIA (Dr. Wm. Houston, who col-
lected in the We«t Indies and Mexico, died 1733
in Jamaica). RybiAixx. About twenty-^ve
North American small herbs or rarely sub-
shnilw, with pretty white, blue or purple flow-
ers, some of the species cultivated in wild gar-
dens and rockeries-
Plants usually tufted or growing in ooloniee:
Ivs. small, opposite, on the slender ets: parts
of the fls. in 4's, the corolla gamopetalous and
funnelforni or salvcrfonn; stamens and styles
polymorphous; stigmas 2: caps, opening near
the top, partly superior. — The species ore na-
tive on the Atlantic side of the continent and in
Mex. Some of the small herbaceous species are
sometimes transferred to cult, grounds, although
the kinds are little known as horticultural sub-
jects. A moist, partly shaded place is to be
recommended for most houstontas, because
their flowering season is thereby prolonged and
the plants retain their foliage much longer than
in a drier and sunny position. Collected plants
are not diflicull to eetabliah. Prop, by divi-
sion. The foUowing perennialspccies have been
offered by American dealers:
HOUSTONIA.
A. PUml taU U-J8 in.): pfdundes mantt-fld.
puTpftrea, Linn. Tufted, 3-18 in. high, bearing off-
sets, glabrouB or pubescent: radical Ivs. round-ovate or
oblong te lanceolate, ahort-Btalked : fla. in late spring
or summer, the corolla fuDnelform, purple; calyx-lob«s
exceeding the half-free caps. Md. and Iowa to Texas,
AA. PUinl lower (1-6 in.): pedundes 1-fld.
carftlea, Linn. Bi,cbts. Innocence. Quaker Ladt.
Fig. 1920. Little tufted perennials, 3-0 in. high, the sis.
glabroua: radical ivs. spatulatc to obovate, haiiy, shorl-
petioled, the at. -Ivs. Bmall: corolla aalverfonn, the
tube much exceeding the calyx-lobee, varying from blue
to white, with a yeUow eye. B.M. 370. Gn.W. 20:868.
— Charming little plant m grassy places in the north-
eaatem states and southward in the Alleghany cegion;
early spring. Excellent for rockwork and graasy bor-
der)!. In g^ens, may be treated as annual or biennial.
StxfijfMbUa, Michi. Prcatrate and extensively
creepmg: radical Ivb. orbicular to ovate-spatulate and
abruptly petioled: corolla rather larKer than that of H.
arruiea, deep violetr-blue (often white). Pa., south-
ward. G.W. 12, p. 151. — Early spring. L. H. B.f
HOtrrrU: VaiAaaHta.
HOUTTlrtNIA (M. Houttuyn, of Amsterdam,
writer on natural history in 1774-1783). Saururicex.
One oriental spcciea, the Califomian species being now
referred to Anemopsis (p. 287, Vol. I). H. corddia,
Thunb., is a perenmal herb, growing J^-3 ft. hifjh, from
a creeping root«tock. from Himalaya to China and
Japan: at. leafy, nearly simple, angular: Ivs. alternate,
simple, broadly ovate-cordate, 5-nerved: fls. very
small, naked, in a short spike; stamens 3; short spike
subtended by a coroUar-like spathe in 4 ovate spreading
white parts. B.M. 2731. G.W. 11, p. 385.— Grows in
ditches along waysides, up to 5,000 ft. in India. Per-
haps to be recommended for inoist places in mild
climates. L. H. B.
h6vEA (probably A, P. Hove, Pohsh botanist).
8yn. PoiTiHa. Legumindsx. Ornamental, unarmed or
seldom thorny, greenhouse shrubs: Ivs. alternate, sim-
ple, entire or prickly-toothed, glabrous above, often
tomentose beneath; stipules setaceous, minute or none:
fls. blue or purple, in axillary clusters or very short
racemes or rarely solitary; upper lobes of calyx united
into a broad, truncate upper hp, the 3 lower ones much
smaller, lanceolate; petals clawed; standard nearly
orbicular, emarginate: pod sessile or stipitate, the
valves at lenicth entirely spreading. — Eleven species,
confined to Austral. Best prop, by seeds sown in sprinjE
in well-drained pots of sandy peat and placed over a
gentle bottom heat. When 2-3 in. h^h, the points
should be pinched out to induce a bushy habit. After
they are rstablished, grow in a cooi greenhouse with
plenty of air. H. C61bu, Bonpl. (H. dllplica, DC.). A
tall shrub, sometimes 8-10 ft, high: Ivs. ovate-elliptical
to narrow-lanceolate: fls. blue, in clusters or short
racemes, the pedicels often as long as or longer than the
calyx. B,R.280. B.M. 2005. iTB.C. 15:1488. Gn.59,
p. 178, desc.; 7B, p. 225. l. H. B.
HOVfiinA (after David Hoven, Senator of Amster-
dun). Rhamiuiixie, Ornamental shrub or small tree,
grown chiefly for its handsome foliage.
Leaves deciduous, alternate, without stipules, long-
E-tioled: fls. in axillary and terminal racemea; calyx-
bra, petals and stamens 5, style 3-parted : fr. S-ceHed
and 3-8eeded, indehiscent. — One species in Japan, China
and Himalayas.
Hovenia has greenish inconspicuous Qowers in
axillary peduncled cymes, and small globular fruits on
roddisfa, fleshv and edible peduncles. It grows into a
small round-headed tree, with handsome somewhat
shining foliage. It thrives beet in sandy loam and has
proved fairly hardy in favorable positions at the
Arnold Arboretum. Propagation is by seeds, also by
root-cuttings and cuttinp of ripened wood under glass.
H(iWBA (named for Lord Howe's Island, where these
2 species grow). Also written Howeia. PalmAeese,
tribe XrAcse. Erect spineless paints known to the
trade ai kentias, and certainly ranking among the six
most popular pajms for house culture.
Caudex stout, ringed: Ivs. terminal, numerous,
dense, equally pinnatisect; segms. narrow, acuminate:
spadicee 2-3 ft. long, sohtary or 3-5 from 1 apathe,
thick, cylindrical, nodding or pendulous; peduncle
long, compressed at the base; spathe solitary, as long
as the spadix, cyhndrical, 2-kceled toward the apex,
longitudmally split: bracts bordering the channels;
bractlets scEuy: fls. sunk in the deep furrows of the
spadix, the staminate nearly an inch long: fr. IJ^ in.
long, ohve-shaped.
They have the habit of Kentia, but their flowers
differ widely. Howea bebngs to a subtribe in which
the flowers in each spadix are attached to the stem
between the bases ol opposite leaves, while Kentia
belongs to another subtribe in which the flowers are
attached at a lower point. Also Howea has symmetrical
staminate flowers with rotund sepals, while in Kentia
the staminate flowers aro not symmetrical, the sepals
bein^ smaU and acute. Honea's nearest cultivated
ally IS Linospadix, from which it is distinguished by
the following characters: staminate flowers with very
numerous ntamens, the anthers erect and fastened at
the base; pistillate flowers with no staminodes; ovule
erect. H. Belmoreana is the more popular and; as a
house plant may be roadily told from H. Forsteriana
by the more ascending position of its leaf-segments, as
in Fig. 1921 ; the leaves of H. Fareteriana are more flat
or the sides pendent.
The two species of this genus are beyond a doubt the
most popular and also the most satisfactory palms in
the trade for decorative work in general, and m conse-
quence of the great and growing demand aregrown by
tens of thousands in the large nurseries. There does
not seem to be any record of either of these species
having borne fruit in cultivation in this country, and the
trade, therefore, depends on imported seeds, which are
gathered in immense quantities on Lord Howe's Island,
usually shipped from thence to Sydney, New South
1612
HOWEA
Wales, and from the latter port to either London or
New York. ThiB long voyage is a. severe teat of the
vitality of such eeedB, and fiequently resulta io faulty
germination, the average of germination seldom exceed-
m^ 60 per cent, and is often much leas. Two heavy
shipments of Howea seeds are made each year, the
first installment arriving in February or March, and
the second in September or October. Many growers
favor the autumn shipment of Uiese seeds aa giving
the best results. The seeds should be sown at once
on their arrival, the practice followed by large growers
being that of broadcasting the seeds on a side-bench in
a wann greenhouse on 2 to 3 inches ot light soil, then
covering them with 1 inch of the same compost, water-
ing liberally and keeping up a bottom heat of about 80°.
Under such treatment some of the seeds may germinate
in two months, but others in the same bt may not
Start for eight or nine months, from which it will be
Been that the operation extends over a considerable
period of time. The seedlings should be potted into
Email pots when the first leaf is expanded, kept moist
and ^ven a night temperature of 65°, the greenhouse
in which they ore placed being moderately shaded. In
three to four months the young plants should be ready
for shifting into 3-inch pots if properly cared for; from
this time forward they do not require a higher night
temperature than 60°. The howeaa are not very particu-
lar m regard to soil, a rich, light loam answering very
well for them, but a very stiff soil may be improved by
the addition of one-fourth part ot peat, and in aO
cases a reasonable proportion of fertilisers may be
used to advantage. Scale insects are the most trouble-
some the grower has to contend with, and should be
removed as rapidly as possible, else the foliage will be
permanently disfigured. Of the two species referred to,
H. Betmoreana is perhaps tie greater favorite, being
more compact in growth and extremely graceful in
fohoge, a plant of this species of a given age usually
carrying a greater number of leaves than one of H.
FoTslehana of the same age, and the leaves having
more leaflets than those of the latter species. The
seeds of the two species are very similar in appearance,
though those of H. Belmoreana frequently average a
HOYA
larger size, and while those of the last-named speciea
require about three yean to mature on the tree, the
seeds of H. Forateriana ripen in alaoat twelve months.
For house culture by amateurs, aee Palm*. (W. H.
Taplin.)
B«lmorekna, Becc. {KiTdia BdmortAna, F. MuelL
CriseddeAia BdmonAna, H. Wendl. 4 Drude). Cdrlt
Palu. Fig. 1921. Described and distinguished above.
B.M. 7018. R.H. 1897:256 and p. 257. G.C. III.
8:75. I.H.21:lfll. A.G. 13rl41; 18:345. Mn. 9:25.
Gn.M. 6:288. Var. wiagftta, Hort. Advertised 1895.
Porsteriiiu. Becc. {Kintia ForitenAna, F. Muell.
Gritdidchia ForsleriAna, H. WendL 4 Drude). Flat
or Thatch-lkaf Palm. G.C. Ill, 8:75, 533. 8.H. 2:S3.
A.G. 16:346. A.F.4:566; 14:701. 0.8:581. Gn-73,p.
111. Ge.M.6:289. N. TATwii.t
HOTA (Thomas Hoy was once gardener to the Duke
of Northumberland). Aadepiadieae. Tropicel climb-
ing or trailing evergreen shrubs, bearing thick, opposite
leaves and odd, oftt'n showy flowers in umbel-like clus-
ters, grown imder glass ana one of them sometimes in
window-gardens.
Corolla rotate, 5-lobed, thick and more or less waxy
in appearance: crown rotat«, of 5 thick and compressed
fleshy appendages: poUcn-maases short, fixed by their
base in pairs to the 5 glands of the stigma: rollicles
acuminate, smooth: sts. twining, or climbmg by means
of roots. — Species perhaps 100, E. Asia to AustroL;
difficult to determine in herbarium specimens.
Hoyas are summer-blooming plants, of compara-
tively easy culture. They need on intennediate or
warm temperature. Let them rest or remain very slow
in winter (50° in a drj-ish place), but start them into
pt>wth toward spring. In the summer they are some-
tunes plunged in the oorder, but better resulta are to
be expected, as a rule, by keeping them in pots in the
conservatory. In their growing and hloommg season,
give plenty of sun and air. They propagate by cuttings
of the lop^fTowth in spring, and also by layering. The
latter method is particularly adaptable to H. camoea
and other species that climb by means of roots. The
only species commonly known is H. camosa.
A. Plant (Ustinedy dinMng.
cunAsa, R. Br. (H. Mot6skei, Teijsm.). Wax-Plant.
Twiner, and attaching itself to support by means of
roots; ordinarily ^rown as a pot- or tub-phmt, and
reaching 5-8 ft, high, but growmg twice and more this
height when it has the opportunity: glabrous: Ivs.
succulent and shining^ ovate-oblong, acute, short-
stalked, entire: fls, white with pink center, fragrant,
in axillary or inter-petiolor umbels, the crown-aegms.
veiy convex, and spreading into a horizontal star, 8,
Chma and Austral. B,M.788 (as Atdepias camosa).
Gn.69, p. 119. G. 25:123, A.G, 18:34. — The com-
mon species, and often seen in window-gardens. After
the bloom is over (in summer) keep the plant in a cool
place, that it may remain half-dormant. In late winter
or spring, start it into growth. Do not cut off the spur
which remains after the fls. pass, for this spur bears
fls. again. The wax-plant is easy to manage, and it
improves with age. Often trained as a permanent
cover for a glasshouse wall. The chief drawback is
the attacks of mealy-bug, but they may be kept off
with a fine stream of water from the hose, and by
handwork. In the South, it is nearly everblooming.
There is a form (var. vanegAta) with handsome varie-
gated Ivs, Lowe 44,
glohulOsa, Hook. f. Hairy: Ivs. elliptiiM>blong .or
long-oblsng, acuminate, rounded at the base, the mid-
rib very stout, the petiole an inch or less long: fls. p>ale
straw- or cream-color, the star-like crown-seems, white.
HOYA
G.C. II. 17:741. — A handsome epecies, requirinf; the
general treatment given to H. camoaa.
■nstrilis, R. Br. Twiner, glabrous and Hucculent,
apparently Bometimea epiphytic : Ivs. ovate, obovat* to
Dearly orbicular, obtuae or Bhort-acuminate, thick and
fleshy: fls. white tingiid pink, in eim pie umbels on ped-
uncles that seldom aurpaae the petiolcB' corolla spread-
in|!i !^in. or lete in diam,, broadly Mobed; crown cu|i-
Bhaped and expanding into horizontal concave promi-
nently 2-keeled parts. Austral.
multiBOra, Blume {H. coriAixa, Lindl., not Blume.
UyAnum, Decne,). Stout and glabrous, climbing: Ivs.
linear-oblong, acute at both ends, the petiole short: fls.
straw-yeUow (corolla white tipped with buff), in many-
fld. terminal and a.\illuy umbels on peduncles 1-2 in.
-long; coroUa-lobee Jiin. or less long; corolla-tube
bearded at base; seems, of crown entire on inner angles.
Malacca, etc. B.R.25:I8. D.M.6173.
imperiilis, Lindl. Lofty climber, with puberulent
Bts. and fobage: Ivs. elliptic or linear-oblong, obtuse
but with a short point: fls. immense (2-3 in. across),
leathery, dull purple, somewhat pubescent near the
white crown, the segms. triangular-acute : umbels droop-
ing on long peduncles: loUiclcs 9 in. long. E. Indies.
B.M. 4397. F.8. 4:393, 394. R.H. 1900:576. J.H.
111. 55.-443. G. 7:607.— A noble hoya, requiring very
rich soil and a rather high temperature. Altnougn
naturally a very tall climb^, it can be made to flower
in pota whan 3 or 4 ft. high.
AA. Plant iTailiTig or Tiearly erect.
b£UB, Hook. (H. Pdxtoni, Hort.). Slender, budiy,
1-2 ft. nigh, pubescent: Iva. an inch long, ovate-acute,
very short-stalked, somewhat recurved: fls. ^in.
, across, pure white, with very short and half-acute lobes,
the crown-segms. boat^hapod and violet: umbels tew-
fld. and short-stalked. India. B.M. 4402. F.S. 4:390.
J.H. 111.35:5. Gn.W. 4:793; 22. suppl. July 1.—
Handsome little species; scarcely climbing.
H. campaniddia, BLume— PbyHHlclma. — H. fralfnia, Bliune.
Climbing. raitiii( neu ioKitioa o[ petiolog: Ivg. 6-12 in, looa. vsiy
thirk, 'lUpfic. aloty nbovo and p«1b beneath: 0*. brownuh red,
e. palet
1^,7-9
■: Ivn. fleshy , variable.
Dchre-yelldv to yeUowioh
2 in, or leH time. Com
Am. sender. (Ubroiu: 1
elUptie lo ovale or laaee
In UTfe umbein- India.
•ifioi.Vall. {H. pallida. ]
ovalc-ellipdc to Unceoli
near^ plaUB above. B.M. 4520. J. F. 1:30. L H B
HOCKLBBXRRT: VoEciniiin ud Bbitbani: tSaa Oa^iumtcia.
HUDSdniA (for William Hudson, 1730-1793, an
Enalifih botanist). CUlAtex, Beach Hbather. TTut^e
little heath-Uke shrubs of esstern North America, suita-
ble for colonizing in dry places and along the seashore:
low and diffusely branched, with narrow or scale-like
or awl-like often closely pressed Ivs.: fls. many and
small, yellow, crowded on the upper parts of the
branches; petals 5, obovate-oblong, exceeding the
caly:t ; stamens many : fr. a 3-valved cape, included in
the calyx. Allied to Helianthemum, but differing
chiefly m the 2-oyUled cells of the ovary and in the
scale-like or submlate imbricate Iva. H. Utmenlbia,
Nutt., on shores ^d dunee, and in pine-lands, New
Bruns. to N. C. and far westward: Iva. oval to narrow-
oblong, closely imbricated: fls, nearly or quite sessile:
downy: Ivs. subulate and spreading; fls. on slendv
pedicela; at least 1 sepal with tooth near apex: 4 to 8
in, L.B.C. 2:192, H. monlina, Nutt., in mountains
of N. C: bushy and somewhat villous: Ivs, narrow-
subulate, somewhat spreading with age : fls. on slender
pedicels; at least 1 sepal with linear-subulate lobe:
tufted, the branches 4-6 in. long. They are hardy N.
and handsome when covered with their bright yellow
numerous fls,, but very rarely cult., as they are difficult
to grow and short-lived. The first apecies is a seashore
plant and demands very sandy moderately moist soil:
the second grows in dry sandy soil. Prop, by seeds ana
probably by cuttings. Alfrbd Rshder.
L. H. B,
HU^RHU (Justus HuemiuB, or Heumius, collector
differing in having the angles between the corolla-lobes
produced into teeth, the corolla campanulate, the
corona toothed or lobied and adnate to base of corolla.
They are greenhouse subjects, mostly from the Cape,
blood- red ^lot at bua.
H, /livo-narrindU, M. E. Br.
, in many-Sd. umbeia on peduncle*
IDknown.— H. oiali/dlia. %i«bt ft
>re or lem cluaUred, vaiuble, beini
fls. briiht yellow wilJi re ' -
but some from Trop. Afr. and one from Arabia. They
appear not to be in the trade, but some of the 30 or
more species may be found in collections of succulents.
HUERindPSIS {Hiumia-tike). Also speUed Hcur-
niopnii. A»depiadictm. One species, H. decipient, N. E.
Br., in 8. W, Trop. Afr., differing from Huemia in
having no outer corona and in other characters. It is
a smiJl succulent with decumbent more or less clavate
obtusely 4-angled toothed sts. t-3 in. long: fls. 2-3
together at the mid<lle or toward the top of the St.,
.r annual herbs native of Calif omia, Nevada wd north.
Glandular pubescent or woolly herbs: Ivs. pinnately
lobed or toothed: fls, lar^, solitary, yellow or purple;
involucral bracts free, narrow; style-branches obtuse;
pappus of 4 hyaline, lacerated, chaffy scales. — Eleven
species. This includes one of many woolly herbs offered
by Califomian collectors. It grows a few inches high
and bears fls. with yellow rays. Treated best as a
partial alpine.
1614
HULSEA
HUNNEMANNIA
nAna, Gray. Fig. 1922 (adapted from Pacific R. R.
Report). Sts. depressed, leafy at summit, sticky-
hairy: Ivs. pimiatind or incised; petiole lon^-margined:
peduncle 1-2 in. long; involucral scales m 2 series;
rays 20-30. Calif., north. j»j, Taylor. t
HUMATA (Latin, of the earth; referring to the creep-
ing habit of the rhizomes). Polypodidcex. Ferns of
small stature related to Davalua and sometimes
included with that genus, with smaU, thick, deltoid
Ivs., with the indusium tough, suborbicular or reni-
form, attached by a broad base and free at the apex
and sides. — Some 20 species are known, mostly from
the E. Indies. For cult., see DavaUia,
TtemuumiLMoore (DavdUia Tpermannii, Baker).
Bear's-foot Fern. Rootstock wide-creeping, denselv
covered with linear white scales: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, del-
toid, 3-4-pinnatifid: lower pinns largest, the fowost
pinnules cuneate-oblong or aeltoid; sori at the base of
the ultimate lobes less uian a line broad. C^it. China.
G.C. 1871:871.
H. heterophiUa, Smith. (Davallia ancustata. Wallioh.). A
small creeping plant with long slender rhixomes and simple entire
or slightly lobed Ivs. 3-6 in. long, 1 in. broad; fertile If. narrower,
with deep sinuate clefts along the sides. Malaya and Polynesia.
— H. rifjtn; Diels (Davallia alpina, Blume). Small plant: Iva.
dimorphic, the sterile 1-pinnatc, the piuue divided into many
small seg[ms.; fer^e Ivs. reduced nearly to the rachis and midveins
of the pmns; sori borne on spine-like branches of the latter. E.
^"** L. M. Underwood.
HtlMEA (after Lady Hume). Compdsitx, Herbs or
shrubs, one of the most popular of which is a half-
hardy biennial Australian plant, growing 5 or 6 feet
high, cultivated for the grass-like beauty of its large,
loose, much-branched, drooping panicles.
Flowers exclusively tubular and hermaphrodite, 1-4
in a small head; involucre narrow, with scarious or
petaloid, non-racuating bracts. Three^ at any rate, of
the 4 other species are shrubs, with fls. m dense coi^rmbs
and involucral bracts rigid or petal-like, while m H,
elegans the bracts are thin and scarious. The genus
has no near allies of garden value. It belongs to a
Soup of 6 Australian genera which have no pappus,
umea has nothing of the typical beauty of the com-
mon garden composites, since it has no rays, but the
common species is a striking plant.
Sow seed from July 1 to September 1. Keep young
plants during winter in very cool* house in preference
to frames, in northern latitudes, on account of losing
so much fohage throu£^ damping. In spring, or when
signs of growth are taking place, repot into larger pots,
using a good, rich loam, which has had plenty of ma-
nure. Tney are gross feeders and growers, requiring
plenty of water and good feeding. Good plants in
lO^inch pots are very ornamental for conservatory or
piazza work. The young plants need plenty of light
and air, and should be kept nearly arv during the
winter. In spring they should be started into growth
gradually, and successively repotted until an 8-inch
pot is needed. They should not be syringed except
when growing rapidly in warm weather. In June the
plants can be placed in a subtropical bed that is shielded
from high winds, and staked. The foliage has a peculiar
and agreeable scent. (A. P. Meredith.)
Elegans, Smith. Lower Ivs. ovate-lanoeolate or
oblong, acimiinate: st. clasping or decurrent, 6-10 in.
long, wrinkled: fls. variously described as brownish red,
pink, ruby-red and rose, very numerous, in long loose,
gracefully pendulous panicles, much overtopping the
rest of the plant. R.H. 1862, pp. 9, 10; 1895, p. 459.
S.H. 1, p. 154. H. dlhidaf Hort., is presumably a whi-
tish-fld. form of this species, and should therefore be
called var. filbida. Var. gijgantda, Hort. Much taller
than type, reaching 20 ft. in height, having larger Ivs.
and panicles. The species itself is said by Bentnam to
attain 5 or 6 ft. or more in Austral. n. Taylor.!
HtrMULUS (Latin name, of doubtful origin). Mord'
ceas. Hop. Two twining vines, with rough, opposite,
palmately lobed or divided leaves, grown tor ornament
and one also for ^'hops.^'
Dioecious, the fls. in axillary clusters; staminate fls.
with 5 erect stamens and 5-parted calyx, in little droop-
ing tassel-like racemes; pistillate fls. with an entire
calyx or perianth closely investing the ovary, which
beare 2 bng stigmas, the fls. in pairs under large over-
lapping bracts, the whole making a cone-like catkin
wnich, when becoming very large, is a **hop.*' — One
species in N. Amer. and Ehirasia, and one in Japan and
Manchuria.
A. Plant hearing hope^ — (he pistiUaU catkin greatly
enlarging in fr,
Lftpulus, Linn. Common Hop. Perennial herb rshoota
o^V^n grow 25-30 ft. long in the season: rough-hairy:
A«H. ovate or orbicular-ovate in general outline, deeply*
3-lobed (sometimes 5-7-lobed), or the upper ones not
lobed, mari^Lns strongly and uniformly dentate, petioles
long: staimnate fls. m panicles 2--6 in. long: hops
(mature pistillate catkins) oblong or ovoid, loose and
papery, straw-yeUow, often 2 in. or more long, glandu-
lar and odoriferous. — Native along rivers and in thick-
ets in the northern states and Canada, and southward
in the AUeghanies and Rockies; occurs as far south as
Fla. and Anz. Much cult, for "hops," used in brew-
ing, and extensively run wild from cult, plants. The
hop makes an excellent arbor or screen plant. Var.
aftreus has yellow foliage. G.W. 10, p. 501. The hop
grows readily from cuttings of the shoots, which spring
m>m the crown; also by seeds, but the latter do not
reproduce the particular varieties or strains. As a
field crop, the hop is not a horticultural subject, and
is not discussed here. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric, VoL
II, p. 380. The Rocky Mt. form, common in Colo,
and New Mex., has been separated as var. ndo-mezi-
clUius, Nels. & Ckll., and it is in the trade: it has
more deeply divided Ivs. and more sharply acuminate
bracts than the ordinary hop; If.-segms. from broad-
lan(^late to nearly linear, acuminate, with resin par-
ticles on the lower surface.
AA. Plant not bearing hom^ — (he pistHlate catkin not
greatly enlarging in fr.
jap6nicus, Sieb. & Zucc. Annual (or at least treated
as such): foliage very like the last, but usuaU^ more
deeply cut and not less than 5-lobed: catkms not
glandular. Japan, China (perhaps intro.) Manchuria;
somewhat run wild from cult, in this country. G.C.
II. 24 : 716. — Intro, to general cult, in 1886, and now one
of the most popular climbing herbs. It is a very quick
grower, plants 10-20 ft. long coming from seed sown in
early May. It is very easy of cult, and usually seeds
itseu. var. varieg&tus. Hort., is the most popular
form. Gng. 1:241. A.F. 8:489. The fohage is vari-
ously strewed and splashed with white. Seeds of this
variety will give a lai^e percentage of varie^ted forms,
and the plants usually show interesting variations. H.
japonicua is more popular as an ornamental vine than
H. LupiduSf because it grows so quickly from seeds, and
also because it has sucn interesting variegated forms;
but H. Luptdus has a distinct charm in its great hanging
hops, and the heavy odor is enjoyed by some persons.
L. H. B.
HUNNEMANNU (John Hunneman, English friend
of botany, died 1839). Papaverdcex. Mexican Tulip
Poppy. Cme yellow-flowered herb closely allied to the
California poppy (Eschscholtzia) and of similar garden
value, where nardy.
The genus agrees with Eschscholtzia in having much-
cut foliage and spreading lobes of the stigma, but differs
in having separate sepa& instead of the peculiar hood-
like calyx of Eschscholtzia which covers the -young fl.
like a candle extinguisher: torus scarcely dilated; sepals
LVI, Roman liyaclotb.— Hyadnthu* oiieaUUa Tuiety.
1614 HULSEA
Repc
bail"
ped'
ray
w
J
f
*
-•• - -
* • • »•
» •
HUNNEMAtlNlA
2, caducous; petals 4, apreadiiig, yellow; stamens
many, orange-colored; ovary oblong, att^uated into a
short style; cape. 1-celled Eind 2-valved, prominently
10-nerved; seeds many. — Mex, in the xerophytic
r^ions,
fumirlicfMia, Sweet. Perennial, persisting for several
years when planted in Calif., but mostly treated as an
annual: Ivs. tritemately divided: peduncles soUtary,
terminal; fis. 2-3 in. across; sepals ovate, concave,
elobroue, longitudinally striate; petals concave, wavy,
broadly obovate or nearly orbicular. B.M.3061.
R.H. 1902:112. Gn. 77, p. 288. Gn.W. 16tM3. A.F.
27:679. — Sold as giant yellow tulip poppy. Seed sown
early in May in the East give bloom in July, and
HYACINTHUS
1615
Filants are covered with large yellow fls. until bard
roat. The plants have bu^y habit and beautiful,
feathery, slaucous foliage; 2 ft. The fls. at times stand
up like tulips; excellent for cutting. l. H. B.t
HONTLEYA (personal name). Ordtiddeex. Epiphy-
tal orchids without peeudobulbs, like Zygopetalum.
Leaves several: fls. solitary on long pMunclcs in the
If. -axils; sepals and petals simitar, apreadine, the lateral
sepals forming a alight chin; lip articulated to the foot
of the column, the upper part ovate, concave, narrowed
into a broad claw below with a fringed callus; column
broadly winded at apex; poUinia 1, upon an ovate
etalk.-— Species 2, in Trop. Amer.
meletcris, lindl. (Batemdnnia meieAi/rii, Reichb.
Zyffopilatum meUAgria, Benth.). Lvb. up to 1 ft. long,
exceeding the peduncles: fls. about 3 in. across; sepals
and petals ovate-lanceolate,
B.R. 25:14. H.U.I, p. 6.
Bliitil, Pfitz. IBalemdnnut Btlrfii, Reichb. Zj/yo-
pitaium Bilrtii, Benth.). Lva. up to 15 in. long, much
exceeding the peduncles: fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and
petals ovate, acute, the base white, followed by a yellow
sone, the apex red'brown, yellow-spotted; Up white
below, red-brown at apex, the teeth on the disk purple.
Costa Rica. D.M. 6003. F.M. 1874:101.
Georoe V. Nash.
HORA (South American name). Buphorbiieex,
Trees, cultivated in the tropics and sometimes in
greennousee aa curious or ornamental plants.
Leaves simple, alternate, broad, petloled, hairy: fls.
mon<Eciou8, apetalous; staminate calyx cupulate,
truncate or denticulate; stamens generally numerous,
in 2-3 whorls; style long, with &t, radiate sti^ia;
ovules 1 lo each of the 5-20 cells: fr. large, flat.— OVo
species of Trop. Amer.
The sandbox tree. H. erepilans, is noted for its
explosive capsules which, when ripe, throw the seed
many feet with a loud noise. The large poplar-Uke
leaves on long petioles give it quite an ornamental
aspect, and it is often planted in the tropica of both
hemispheres. It may be grown in Florida and Califor-
nia. The abundant milky juice is poisonous. The tree
is suited to light loam soil and is propagated by cut-
tings in sand with heat, under glass.
o<pituis, Linn. Sandbox Tree. Monkey Dinner*
BELL. Fig. 1923. A tree up to 100 ft. high: Ivs. broad-
ovate, cordate, acuminate, distantly r«pand-dentate'
fls. small, reddish: caps. 3 in. wide, iJsin. thick, deeply
many-nbbed. Trop. Amer. Lyon Horticole, 1907:125.
misi: TOMATO, P*,^ •'■ ^- ^- ^°'^''-
HUTCHbTSIA (named for Miss Hutchins, of Ire-
land, who was skilled in cryptogamic botany}. 8yn.
Hymendlobua. Crud/erx. Low, annual or perennial
herbs with entire or pinnate Ivs. : fls. white, small, Bub-
corymbose; pedicels elongated: fr. long-oval or lance-
shaped; seeds many or only 2.^Eight species in the
Medit. region and the colder parts of the Old Worki,
one species being very widely sjiread. According to
some authorities, Hutchinsia is limited to one species.
H. alptna, Ait., is a good subject for the alpine garden
and is also occasionally used as a border plant. It
grows from 1-4 in. high: Ivs. pinnate, shming: fls.
snow-white, in clusters, bktoniing from May to June
and often through the summer. Cult, in moist half-
shady places and wop. by seeds or cutUnga. Gn. 72,
pp. 31, 278. ^^
HTACIHTH: SuochMu. Hjadslh Bmb; IMidut. HndaUb
Onpa: Uutcari. Hjadotk, Vitw: BiMunia.
HYACIhTHUS (name from Grwek mythokwy). LiU-
ieex. Htacinth. Popular hardy spring^owering
bulbs, producing fiowors in shades of blue and i«d, also
white; also grown under glass for winter bkiom.
Bulbs tunicated: atemlesa, the Ivs. alt radical, linear
or strap-shaped, the scape simple: fls. jn a simple
terminal raceme or spike, erect or spreading or penou-
lous; perianth funnel-shaped to campanulate, nearly or
quite equally 6-lobed; stamens 6, attached at the throat
or in the tube: cape, nearly globular. 3-grooved or 3-
lobed, dehiscent loculicidally; seeds rather few. — Of hya-
cinths there are something over 30 species, the greater
part S. African. Others inhabit the Medit. redon, and
from this source come the common garden kinds. From
related generfL Hyacinthus is distinguished by the fun-
nel-shaped or bell-shaped fl., the throat not oonstricted,
the lobes shorter than or at most not much exceeding the
tube the 6 stamens attached to the tube or tliroat and
the filaments thread-like or dilated at the base. For
the general cultural requirements, see Bulbt.
wientilia, Linn. Comuon Htacinth. Fig. 1926.
Lvs. 8-12 in. long, H-IJ^ in- wide, thick and green:
scape 8-18 in. tall, stout, bluing an elongated and dense
raceme: perianth about I in. long, the tube usually
ventrioose or swollen, the lobes obtong-spatulate, as
19M. Cut h^dmb tnlb.
long as the tube, in many colors, often double in cult.
B.M.937. B.R.995. F.8. 23: 2399-2400.— The hyacinth
has been cult, for some centuries, and it shared some of
the early popularity of the tuUp in the Netherlands.
It is wild m Syria, Asia Minor, Greece and Dalmatia.
It is extensively p^wn in Holland for export to this
and other countries, and consequently is commonly
known aa the Duteh hyacinth. The Roman hyacinth
HYACINTHUS
ttj viu. (uuuiuB, Diuuir v"- aunuvt.joia.i ana var.
pHbcox, VoBB (H. jtrkcoz, Jord.). Theee are slender
pbmU with narrow erect Ivs., fls. fewer and earlier,
white to blush to blue, the tube more slender. Var.
fTKCox differs from var. oBndiu in \te yellow ontheis.
rfit>n!r more ventncoee tube ana
leOifstlniu, limi. Slender
graceful, with light blue fle.
lort racemes, standing nearly
liteft in. high: fls. Hmoll, nod-
. bell-«haped, with short teeth-
segms. There is a white-fld.
. Spain, B.M. 2425. B.R.
Gn. 47, p. 147.— Good tar
jriefl. Hsidy in the middle
\xwu. Baker {MutcAri atitr-
Fenil). Looks like a grape
inth (or MuxaH) : 4-8 in. tall,
with strongly canaliculate,
glaucous IvB. : fls. blue, fra-
grant, in a dense spike 1 in.
tong, tubular, with small
teeth: distinguished from
the genus Muscari by the
perianth-segms. being flar-
ing instead of incurved.
Medit, region. B.M. 6822.
G.C. in. 24:191 (var. gi-
Sjilma). Gn. 75, p. 176.—
ardy in middle states.
This epeciee is probably to
be called H. cUiAtut, Cyrill.,
or a form of it.
hT«lntli. ^ "■■ .ni8n:.ly8. 2 or ?
D-12 in a raceme 1 in. long, blue, campanulate, ascend-
ing. Asia Minor. Gt. 1887, p. 446. G.C, 111. 29:103;
39:210. Gn.76,p. 169. J.H. 111.66:203 (asW.a^ureua
var. lineofui).
futigiatus, Bertol. (ff. Povaihii, Gay). A delicate
riee, with vei? narrow Ivs., scape 3-5 in. high and
t«r than thelv8.:fls. few, in a kioee cluster, )^-^in.
long and light blue (a white form), with rfjlong-lanceo-
late segms. longer than the tube. Corsica. B.M. 6663.
—Hardy in S. New Enghmd. Has the look of SciOa
H. edndl'aiTU, Baker— akltoaia. Gn. V5. p. SO. G. 2^MS.—
(wUchbth'e Romu byBcinth.m lorm'of H. orieDlaJie). LinDcu>'
HKcin ii > bllw-whlK, sdUs-like plul (see B.M. 039. u Scill*
"'™^'- L. H. B.
Culture of the hykciath. — TTie perfection of the
hyacinth flower depends largely on tne strength of the
roots, and as the plants make all their root-growth in
autumn, the bulbs should be planted early, — say from
the begmniug ta the middle of October. Any good
garden soil suits, provided it is well drained. The
ground should be carefully prepared by spading to a
depth of 20 inches, so that the roots may pass straight
through it to their full development of 12 or 16 inches.
It the soil is naturally stiff, it may be lightened by the
addition of sand, and if the beds have been occupied by
other plants during, the summer, some clean old cow-
manure, well worKcd in, is recommended. Horse-
manure should not be used.
The bulbs should be planted 6 inches deep (to the
bottom of the bulbs) and very uaifoimly, to insure
simultaneous flowering. The ground having been pre-
pared as above, perhaps the best way is to remove 3
or 4 inches of the earth, level the bed carefully with the
HYACINTHUS
rake and set the bulbs in it 5 or 6 inches apart each
way, pressing them in firmly, and then covering them
evenly with the earth that has been taken out. When
winter sets in, the beds should be covered with 2 inches
of dry litter or coarse manure. As soon as the shoots
appear above ground in the spring, 1 inch of this cover-
ing should be removed and the remainder when danger
from late frosts is past.
For large beds and borders, second-siie named hya-
cinths are used to a great advantage. The flower-
spikes are not so large as from the first-siie bulbs, but
the latter when in bloom in the open usually become
top-heavy and are often blown down by wind, while
the flowers of the second-siie bulbs stand more erect
and last longer.
Forcing in pol«.
For growing indoors ii| pots, large, solid bulbs should
be chosen, and potted singly in &-inch pots in a rich
compost of loom, leaf-mold and sharp sand. A fetr
pieces of broken pot being placed in the bottom for
drainage, the pots should be filled hghtty, and the buUn
pressed mto the kiose soil till only the apex remains
above the surface. The pots are then buried to a depth
of 8 or 10 inches In the open ground or in a frame for
seven or eight weeks, till the roots are developed fully
and the sprout is aoout 1)^ inches above tne bulb.
When taken inside, they ^ould be kept in subdued
light, at a temperature of about 50°, until the sprout haa
assumed a vigorous green color. Florists who force lane
numbers for winter decorations set them undo- the
greenhouse benches for about two weeks, and then force
them in a temperature of 70°. A greater heat than this
attenuates the growth and weakens the color. Syrin-
ging with water twice a day is recommended, and as
tile flower.spike develops, weak manure-water is help-
ful. The slower hyacinths are forced, the finer and more
lasting will be the bloom. Bulbs wanted in flower for
Chiistmas should be potted in September, and for a
succession later, at intervals as desired. Single hya-
cinths are handsomer and force better than the double,
althou(^ a few of the latter may be recommended. The
following are among the beat aitpted for forcing and are
largely grown by American florista:
Single 6iue.— Grand
Maitrc, deep lavender-blue.
Czar Peter, light blue. King
of the Blues, dark blue.
Leonidas, clear blue. Queen
of the Blues, Ugbt l)lue.
Regulus, porcelain -blue.
Sehotel, pale blue.
Double blae. — Bbksbetv,
Eircelain-blue. Van Speyk, i
nc-blue.
Sinj/le white. — Aneenis
Chistina, pure white. Bar- \
oneaa van Thuyll, pure
white. Grandeur a Mer-
veille, blush-white. La
Grandesse, pure white.
L'lnnow^nce, pure white.
MadameVander Hoop, pure i
white. Mimi, blush- white.
PaixdSl'Europe, pure white.
Double while. — La Tour
d'Auvergne, pure white.
Isabella, blush-white.
SiTipiered.-De Wet, light
rose. Gertrude, bright pink.
Gigantea, bright rose. Lady
Derby, lovely pink. La
Victoire, brilUant scarlet-
red. Moreno, waxy pink.
Norma, deUcate waxy pink.
Robert Steiger, crimson. itrr. Rdbu hradnUi.
HYACINTHUS
DmtbU nd. — Bouquet Tendre, crimaon. Noble par
Merito, deep rose.
Single iilac. — Sir WilliAm Manafield, lilac-mauve.
Single yeUow. — King of the YellowB, deep yi^w.
Yellow Hammer.
DmiMe ytliou). — Goetfae. Bright yellow.
Miniature hyacinths, or "Dutch Romans," are small-
aited buibe of the ardiDaiy Dutch hyaclDths. They
are excellent for growing m groups in bowls, pana or
flata, planted clooe together and treated the same as
the large hyacinths when grown in pots.
Cidture tn glauet.
Some of the single hyacinths may be grown very
satisfactorily in water. Special glasses for the purriose
can be bought from the seedsmen. They should be
filled with pure wat«r and the bulb so placed that its
base barely touches the water. The elaases must then
be placed m a dark closet or cellar tiD sufficiently long
roots have developed and the main flower shoot is
about 3 inches tall. This usually requires eight to
HYACINTHUS
The propagation of hyacinlhi.
With the exception of the Roman hyacinths (which
come from the south of France), the world's supply of
hyacinth bulbs is produced in Holland. The soil and
cumate of that country seem to be peculiarly suitable
for bulb-growing, which has been one of tbe leading
industries there Tor 200 years. The bulbs intended for
next year's market are planted in October in care-
fully prepared, richly manured land, and protected over
winter by a thick covering of reed or litter. The flowera
are cut when in full bloom in the spring. By July the
bulbs are fully ripened, and are taken out of uie ground
ready for shipping. Overgrown or unshapely bidba are
reserved for propagating. As soon as these are taken
out of the ground, three deep cross cuts are made with
a sharp knife in tbe bottom of each bulb. 'They are
ten weeks. Thereafter they may gradually be brought
into the light. An airy, sunny situation and a tempera-
ture of about 60° regularly maintained will insure the
best results. The glasses should be kept fllled by adding
water occasionally as required. A small piece of wood
charcoal placed m the glasa tends to keep the water
pure and sweet.
The following varieties are especially suited for
alasses: Lady Derby, pink. Lord Macaula^, deep rose.
Mina, pure white. L Iraioccnce, pure while. I^ Vic-
toire, brilliant red. Grand Maitre, blue. Grand Lilas,
light blue. Kin^ of the Blues, dark blue. Scholel, finest
li^tblue. Mimi, blush- white. MacMahon, pureyellow.
Moreno, deep rose. Lord Balfour, lilac tinged violet.
Roman hyacinihs.
Instead of one large truss from each bulb, the Roman
hyacinth produces three or four smaller but more
praceful flower-spikes. The bulbs arrive in America
m August, and by successive pottinga they may be had
in flower from November till May. They require the
aame forcing treatment as the larger hyacinths, but
three or four bulbe may be planted in a pot. The
florists use wooden flats inatead of pota, aetting the
bulbe close together, forty or fifty in a flat. By reason
of ita beauty and exquiaite fragrance, its earlinesa and
easy culture, the whito Roman hyacinth is the moat
papular of wintor-blooming plants. Several millions
of these bulbe are grown annually by the florists of
the la^e cities for winter cut-fiowere.
Within the last few years, larns quantities of Dutch
hyacinths have been planted an3 grown for one year
then set out, bottom upward, and covered with loose
soil for two or three weeks, during which time the cuts
open out and tbe wounds are h^ed. They are then
taken up and kept apread out on tables in storehouses
till October, when tncy are planted out. When liftod
next June, nothing of the parent bulb remains but dry
skins, on the edges of which twenty to thirty offsets
are fastened. These bulbleta are picked off by hand
and planted out in autumn, just like large bulbs.
This process of planting in autumn and takmg up ia
Bummer for a two months' rest ia repealed for four or
five years, till the bulbe have attained to marketable
aiae. Another method of propagating is to hollow out
the bottom of the bulb amoothly to a point in the cen-
ter. More offseta are secured in this way, but they are
amaller and take a year or two longer to reach matu-
rity. These methods are illustrated m Figs, 11)24, 1925.
New varieties are obtained from aeed, but as the
present leading varieties have attained a very high
degree of perfection in form and in color, few seedlings
show marlfcd improvements on existing sorts. New
varieties are also produced by "sporting," that is, one
plant spontaneoualy aasumea a new and different
character from the remainder of the atock and from this
one plant new stocks are grown. In this way the beau-
tiful light roee variety DeWet sported from single blue
Grand Maitre, while single purple Lord Balfour first
appeared in a stock of the deep rose Moreno, and so on.
The tendency to produce new varieties should be
restricted to distinctive forms and colors. Many of
so-called new varieties recently introduced are merely
slight alterations in form or color of the parent bulb,
not sufficient in appearance to justify calling them new
sorts, merely increasing the list of named sorts for ad-
vertising or seUing purposes, J.M,Thorborn40o.
1618
HYiENANCHE
HYBRIDS
HYiBNANCHE (Greek, referring to its native African
use as a hyena poison). Euphorbidceae. Small tree,
sometimes grown in greenhouses. Lvs. whorled or
•sometimes opposite, simple, entire: fls. dicecious,
apetalous, in axillary clusters; sepals in staminate
fls. 5-12, stamens numerous: ovules 2 in each of the
3^ cells. The single species is H. cap^nsis, Pers.
(Toxicodendron cap&nset Thunb. H, globbsa^ Lamb.).
Hyena Poison. A much-branched tree, 5-6 ft. high:
lvs. linear to oblong, base cuneate, apex rounded,
glabrous: cape, sub^lobose. S. Air. It is adapted to
well-drained light soil, and is prop, by cuttings m sand
under glass. During its rest-period water should be
given sparingly. j. b. S. Norton.
HYBANTHUS (from Greek meaning hump-backed
flower), Violdceae, Species about 50, in Old and New
World, mostly in tropical and subtropical parts. One
species native to the £. U. S., is sometimes listed: it is
an herbaceous perennial 1-2 ft. high, with mostlv
oblong, narrowly acuminate lvs. 3-5 in. long, and small
nodding greenish fls. solitary or in pairs in many of the
If .-axils: sepals linear and equal: petals mostly nearly
equal in length, connivent nearly their entire length,
the lower one much larger, saccate at the base, emargi-
nate at the broad apex; stamens with broad connec-
tives wholly connate into an ovoid sac open only
between the free tips, a rounded or 2-lobed scale-like
gland adnate to the base anteriorly.
c6ncolor, Spreng. {lorddium cdncoloTf Benth. &
Hook. Sdlea cdncmor, Ging. Cubhlium cdncolor. Raf.).
May, June. Moist woods and ravines, Ont. to Ga. and
West. F. W. Barclay.
HYBRIDS are the products of crossing between spe-
cies. Of late, the word hybrid has been used by most
writers to comprise all crosses, whether between species
or varieties. The justification of this usage is the fact
that there are no hard and fast lines between varieties
and species, and therefore that h^^bridism in the old
sense is incapable of exact delimitation. The opponents
to this usage, however, contend that so long as it is cus-
tomary to speak of species and varieties as different
classincatory categories, it is equally allowable aiid use-
ful to speak of hybrids as between species and of cross-
breeds as -between varieties; moreover, historical cu^
tom favors this usage. Common-language terms rarely
if ever express absolute or ideal truth: they grow up by
custom. Whenever new ideas and discoveries render them
inexact, it may be quite as weU to invent new terms
as to give new and technical meanings to old terms
which are thoroughly established in literature. The
word hybrid has always been a specific term, and it
were a pity now to make it a generic one, particularly
since there is a well established generic term. The
generic word, both substantive and verb, is cross. Specific
kinds of crosses are hybrids, between species; cross-
breeds, between plants of the same species; half-
hybrid, between a species and a variety of another
species; bigener, between plants of different genera.
There are technical terms to designate the various
kinds and degrees of crossing. The _ word hybrid has
now become so flexible, however, and other standards
of measurement are so much in vogue, that these special
terms are little used.
It was fonnerlv held that inability to make fertile
hybrids is proof tnat the forms are distinct species; and
oontrar3rwise, that plants which make fertile crosses are
of one species. Hybridization has also been made a
test of genera. These notions are now given up, for
crossing and classification belong to two unlike cate-
gories of facts. Species and genera are not entities in
themselves, but are mere artificial groups made by men
for their convenience when writing and speaking of
living things. Crossing is a biological phenomenon.
Hybrids are imusual facts in nature; that is, they
are rare compared with the whole number of plants.
On the other nand, cross-breeds are usual. Most flow-
ers are so constructed as to favor crosa-poUination.
Cross-breeding is one of the prime means of inducing
shght variations and of invigorating a type. Upon the
variations which arise from crossing and other means,
natural selection operates in the production of new
forms. But it is significant that these new forms usu-
ally come about slowly and gradually. It is the desire
of the cultivator to produce new forms quickly and of
pronounced distinctness. He therefore employs cross-
ing between unlike types, or species, hoping Uiereby to
secure wider departures. In nature, the cros^-breed is
the beginning of a process of breeding: it starts off the
variation. Man is often tempted to look upon the hybrid
as the end. If the products of a given cross are not to
his liking, he throws them away and tries again. Hie
most expert plant-breeders, however, now hybridise
to get a 'Tbreak," and thenceforth depend chiefly on
selection to realize their clear-cut ideals, particularly
in seed-propaeated plants.
To man n3nbrids are of no value unless they can be
propagated. By seeds they usually vary immensely: it
is difl^cult to "fix" them so that they will come true.
By cuttings or layers or division, however, the character
of the parent may be propagated with practical cer-
tainty: the original plant is divided, and the parts are
put on the market. Nearly all commercial hyorids are
of plants which are thus propagated by asexual parts:
Kieffer pear, hybrid grapes, Wilson blackberry, Wild
Goose plum, cannas, roses, begonias, anthuriums,
fuchsias, pelargoniums, rhododendrons. Since the
hybrid is variable when propagated by seeds, continued
selection, or plant-breeding, must be employed to fix
and ^taolish a desirable type.
It is thus seen that hybridization rarely gives rise to
dominant horticultural seed-races, but rather to an
individual plant which may be disseminated by some
divisional means of propagation. The seeds of hybrids
— as of the modem cannas— may give rise to good
varieties, and they may not; but these new varieties are.
in their turn, usually propagated by means of asexual
parts if they are to be kept true.
Practically there is no certainty in hybridization.
Rarely can a man picture to himself an ideal variety,
and then by means of hybridization produce it. He
hybridizes plants which possess some of the character-
istics of the desired or ideal variety, and ihea takes his
chances. True plant-breeding sets an ideal, and then
reaches it by working alon^ certain definite lines. It
seeks first to secure a variation in the desired direction:
this may be secured by means of crossing, change of
soil, modification of food-supply, and other changed
conditions. It seeks, then, to preserve or augment the
form by means of definite selection.
We are not yet able to formulate positive laws of
hybridization. Every hybrid is a law unto itself. By
the study of many examples of hybridization, one is able
to construct an average of probabilities as to what will
or what will not occur in a given case: but the given
case may contradict all. the probabihties without appar-
ent cause. Hybridization is an empirical subject.
One cannot tell what species will or will not hybridize
except by tr5dng. Hundreds of species have been tried,
and for them the knowledge is more or less exact.
Plants hybridize most freely which are the subjects of
much care and coddling: the orchids are the best
examples. In these groups, hybrids are chiefly fanciers'
plants, valuable often only because they are hybrids or
are rare and curious. One cannot tell beforehand
whether the products of any hybridization will be exact
intermediates, or in what way or degree they will carry
over or blend the parental characters. As a rule, the
more closely akin the species, the more perfect will be
the blending or amalgamation of the two. See Breed-'
ing of Plants, Vol. I.
HYBRIDS
HYDRANGEA
1619
The literature of hybridization is extensive but scat-
tered. The possibilities of hybridization as a factor in
plant-breeding are presented in many aspects in the
^'Hybrid Conference Report" of the Royal Horticul-
tural Society, London, 1900. There are special books
devoted to orchid hybrids (see Orchids), See an excel-
lent paper by Swingle and Webber. ''Yearbook of the
United States Department of Agriculture/' 1897;
papers in "American Gardening/' 1899, pp. 397, 413,
431; BaUey & Gilbert's "Plant-Breeding;'^ De Uries'
"Plant-Breeding." L. H. B.
HTDRANGEA (Greek, hydoTj water, and aggeion,
vessel; alluding to the cup-ishaped fruit). Saxifragd-
cex. Ornamental woody plants, grown chiefly for their
showy white, pink or blue flowers.
Deciduous shrubs: Ivs. opposite, without stipules,
petioled, serrate, sometimes entire, rarely lobea: fls.
perfect, in terminal panicles or corymbs, often with
sterile marginal fls.; calyx-lobes and petals 4-5; sta-
mens usually 10; ovary mferior or hall-inferior' styles
2-5, short: caps. 2-5-celled, dehiscent at the base of
the styles, with many minute seeds. — About 35 spe-
cies in N. and S. Amer., Himalayas and Cent, and E.
Asia^^ of which more than 20 occur in China; for a key
to the Chinese species, see Rehder, Synopsis of thle
Chinese Hydrangeas (in Sargent, Plantar Wilsonians
1:34-41).
The hydrangeas are highly ornamental mostly low
shrubs, rarely vines climbing by rootlets, with medium-
sized or rather large leaves and smaU white, bluish or
pinkish flowers in corymbs or panicles, bearing usually
marginal sterile flowers, with enlarged showy sepals,
or in some varieties all the flowers are sterile and
enlarged. H, panictUata is the hardiest of all, but H.
arborescens, H. TadiaUiy H, xanthoneura and //. Bret-
schneideri are also almost hardy North, while H,
mterdfolia and H. vetiolans are hardy as far north as
Massachusetts, ana /f. involticrataj H, opuloideSf H.
Sargentianaf H. heteromalla and H. Damdii, are still
more tender, and cannot be grown outdoors North.
They grow best in a rich, porous and somewhat
moist soU and thrive well in partly shaded positions,
but flower more freely in full sun if they only have
sufficient moisture. All hydrangeas are well adapted
for borders of shrubberies, and H, 'paniculala ana H,
opidoideSf especially the varieties with sterile flowers,
are very showy as single specimens on the lawn. In
warmer climates the latter is sometimes used for orna-
mental hedges (see G.C. III. 24:337, 456); but it is not
hardy in the North. These and also most of the other
species should be pruned in fall or early spring, and
the branches of the previous year cut back to one to
three pairs of buds, according to the growth of the
branches and the desired size of the panicles; if only
sUghtly pruned, the panicles will be many but small.
Sometimes they are cut back every year almost to the
ground and produce then enormous panicles, which,
however, usually need artificial support and lack the
gracefulness of less severely pnmed plants. H. panicvr
lata var. grandiflora can be grown into a small standard
tree; for this purpose vigorous young plants should be
selected and planted in rich soil, and cut down to the
base. The strongest shoot of each plant will attain by
fall the height of 4 to 6 feet, if freely manured and
watered during the summer; in autumn, all the weaker
branches are cut off, and in colder climates the plants
should be lifted and stored in a frost-proof pit or cellar,
since the wood is usually not sufficiently ripened to
withstand severe frost. In the following year the top of
the stem is allowed to branch. The weaker basal shoots
may be pegged down to make new plants. Strong-
growing vaneties of H. opiUoides may be treated m
the same way if standard plants are desired.
The method of winter protection of hardy hydrangeas
adopted around Newport, Rhode Island (and possibly
other places) may be worthy of mention. In the case
of individual specimens, after the leaves have dropped
in the fall, the branches are tied together and the
plant covered with a box having open ends. The box
IS then filled with earth. When the plants are growing
together in a bed or border, they may be treated in a
similar way by placine boards alon^ the side of the bed,
to assist in retaining the earth that is used as a covering
material. If, after the branches are tied, they are bent
over somewhat, a saving of labor is effected by reason
of a smaller quantity of earth being sufficient to cover
them. (Montague Free.)
H, optdoideSf which cannot withstand much more
than 10^ of frost, is in the North much grown as a pot-
Elant, especially the more showy varieties with large
eads of sterile flowers, and is extensively used for out-
door decoration during the summer. Late in fall, ^hen
the leaves have fallen after frost, the plants are moved
to a frost-proof cellar and kept rather dry until spring,
when th^ are repotted in new soil and the growth oi
last year cut back to one or
two pairs of buds. As a suit-
able soil may be recom-
mended a mixture of loam,
leaf-mold and sand, with
ground bone, dried cow-ma-
nure or some other kind of
manure added. During the
summer a liberal supply of
water should be ^ven, also
occasionally apphcations of
liquid manure, until. the flow-
ers have developed. They
may also be planted in the
open ground during the sum-
mer, lifted late in fall with a
large ball of earth, stored
oyer winter in a coldframe or
pit and planted out a^ain in
spring; this will not injure in
any way the profusion of
* flowers. In certain kinds of
soil the pink hortensias show
a tendency to turn blue, and
perhaps this can be caused
by adding iron* filings or
alum to the soil. H. apu-
Joides is also a valuable plant
for forcing, and is much grown
for Easter, especially the
var. oiaksa^ on account of its dwarter habit. Hand-
some pot-plants can be grown in one year from
cuttings. In February or March cuttings are in-
s^ted in the propagating-house with sli^^t bottom
heat, and planted in smail pots as soon as they are
rooted. During the summer they may be easily grown
in pots and plunged outdoors in coal-ashes or in any
kind of porous soil, transplanted several times, and
freely watered and occasionally manured; or they may
be planted out in rich soil, exposed to the full sun,
where water should be hberally given and now and then
an application of Uquid manure. Last of September
they should be repotted in 8-inch pots, kept shady
some days until established, and afteryrard exposed
to the sun. After the first frosts they may be brought
into a cool greenhouse. If intended to have them in
flower for Easter, they should be transferred not later
than the fore part of January into a warmer house,
with a temperature gradually rising from 50° to 60°;
the plants should be freely watered, and about once a
week an appUcation of liquid manure given imtil the
flower-buds are developed. The flowers should be
almost fully developecl some time before they are
desired, that they may be hardened off in a cooler
house, since overforced plants are hkely to collapse if
exposed to sudden changes of temperature. After
1929. Summer cottiiic of
Hydnnf M puiicaUta.
1620 HYDRANGEA
flowering, tike plants are pruned and repotted or planted
out and treated as above described for cuttings, or they
may be thrown away and another set of pluil« raised
from cuttings.
H. peHalarui is a handsome climbing plant for cover-
ing walls and trunks of trees, and rtowb well in tlie
shade, but flowers freely only m the lull sun.
The hydrangeas are readily propagated by cuttings
-1 1.-1I J 1 — ■ d under ^lase ir
ood cuttings, I
its. H. quere^'
beat propagated by suckers or by layers of growing
wood put down in summer. Rarely increased by seeds,
which are very small, and should he sown in fall in pans
or boxes and only slightly covered with soil.
lipoiiieB. 7 (1).
UtHtlEyson. 7 (1).
raacrophylLA, 13.
Davidii, a.
p.Uol.ri.1,16.
piMB. 7 (a).
tricolor. 7.'
v^^. T d:
proliffn.V (31.
BSS'i."-
CSSl'i.
:^^.k
»di«U. 10.
WilMDii, 6.
nimuJu, 7 (3).
u>«.iu=«i.; 14. "
A. ShnAt erect or spreading: ttamem 10: pelala
expanding.
B. Infl. pyramidal.
1. querdfiUia, Bartram. Shrub, with spreading
brancnes, to 6 ft. ; young branches densely ferrugineously
tomentose: Ivs. long-petioled, roundish or broadlv ovate,
e'anately lobed with serrate lobea, glabrous above at
i^h, whitish tomentose beneath, 4-8 in. long:
panicle 4-7 in. long; fls. pinkish white, the sterile ones
turning purple; styles 2: caps, with the calyx-teeth
at the apex. June. Ky. to Ala. and Fla. B.M. 975.
Gng. 2:305, Gn.M.2:66, G.C. II. 22;369. On. 27,
p. 199. 0.27:389. G.W.S.p. 109. M.D.G. 1913:517.
2. panicuUta, 8ieb. Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft.,
with dense globose head: [vs. elliptic or ovat«, acumi-
nate, serrate, sparii^ly pubescent above, more densely
on the veins beneath, 2-5 in. : panicle 0-12 in. long' fls.
whitish, the sterile ones changing later to purplish;
HYDRANGEA
atylea 3: caps, with the mar^ of the calyx about at
the middle. Aug., Sept. Japan, China. S.Z.61. F.E.
15:501; 34:387. F.R.2I:9. G.W. 2, p. 114; 12, p.
366. G.C. III. 9:553. Gn. 59, p. 181; 75, p. 548;
76, p. 5. Mn. 9:75. The foUowing varietiea are cult.:
Var. floribfinda, Kegel. Panicles Ivge, with more and
larger sterile fls. Gt. 16:530. Var. grandiflOra, Sieb.
(var. hortiTtais, Maxim.). Fig. 1930. Almost all fls.
sterile; panicles very large and showy. F.8. 16:1665,
1666. Gn. 10:37; 38, p. 669; 54, p. 376; 64, p. 407; 72,
p. 560. R.H. 1873:50; 1899, pp. 130, 131. Mn. 8:119.
A.G. 18:313. Gng. 3:357; 5:3. F.E. 8:214. 8.H.
1:174. G.M.39Tf28; 46:794. Gn.M.2:67. A.F.
17:194,517. C.L.A.7:43. G.W. 8, p. 210; 15, p. 454.
G.Z. 10:80. Var. prAcox, Rehd. Fig. 1931. Almost like
the tyi)e, but flowering about 6 weeks earlier, in the
KLiddle of July; sepals usually eUiptic. G.F. 10:363
(ad^ited in Fig. 1931). The late-flowerinK typical
form is sometimes called var. tardive Sort. — H.
EmvMiata var. gnmdiflora is the common hydrangea of
wns. It is seen to best effect when planted close in
front of heavy shrubbery. Out back rather heavily
in eaily spring.
BB. Infi. corymhoge, fllU or globvleu^,
C Ovary partly guperior, hence cap*, ovoid, with the
margin of the calyx about the middle; atylet tisually
S: tlerile fla. present.
D. FertiUfle. white.
E. Lvg. while-UrmeTtloge below.
3. het«nnnilla, Don (H. veeOla, Wail. H. pubia-
een«, Decne.). Shrub, to tO ft.: petiole deeply grooved
and mai^ned, red; Ivs. ovate, acuminate, densely
setosely dentate, almost glabrous above, densely
whitish- tomentose beneath, i^ in. long: cyme 5-8 in.
broad, with bracts; sepals of sterile fls. elliptic or
obovate, acute or mucronulate: caps, with the calyx
above the middle. June, July. Himalayas. F.S.
4:378—79. G.C. II. 22:617. G.M. 60:859.
EE. Lv8. villous or nxarlj/ glabrous below.
4. BrStschneideri, Dipp. (H. veetita var. piibiscene,
Maxim. H. pekininei*, Hort.). Fig. 1932. Shrub, to
8 ft.: last year's branchlets with chestnut-brown bark
peeling off in thin flakes: petioles not mai^ned; Ivs.
ovate or elliptic-ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or acumi-
nate, serrate with short callous teeth, more or less
pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long: cymes similar to the
former but smaller and denser; sepals roundish, obtuse:
caps, with the calyx near the middle. July. N. China.
G.F.3:17 (adapted in Fig. 1932); 6:396. G. 27:387.
Gng. 16:305. G.W. 9, p. 541. Var. glnbr^scens, Rehd.
(//. serrita, Koehne, not DC.). Lvs. smaller, elliptic,
more coarsely serrate and only sparingly pubescent.
conspicuous lenticels: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-
oblong, abruptly Mituninate, serrate, glabrous
and bright green above, marked with more or
less conspicuous yellow veins, hght green below
and glabrous or sliKhtly pubescent on the veins,
4-7 in. long; petioles J^IK in. loi^: corymbs
rather loose, convex, 6-10 in. across; sterile fis.
1 K-2 in. across, with ova! obtuse sepals. July..
... r., ■ Y^^ Wdnnnii. Rohil T.oat veSpS
what
1930. HTdnafea pudcolaU nu. (nndUUm.
Var. setchuen&D^s, Rehd. (H. BTiUchneideri
var. setehuenintis, Rehd.). I^t year's branch-
lets tight brown: Ivs. to 8 in. long and to 4 in.
broad, villous below, W. China. — This species
and its varieties have proved hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum. Itisvery similar to the precedingape-
ciee, but easily distinguished by the close bark.
HYDRANGEA
DD. PertHe fit. Uuuft or pink: Ivs. giabroas or pubaeenl
only on the veint bdow.
6. Dtvidii, Frsnch. Shrub, to 8 ft.: young branch-
leU finely appremed pub«fic«nt, older light brown: Ivs.
eUiptic-lanceolate cir ovate-lanceol&te, lonff-acumiiiate,
cuneate at the base, Hinuately Beirate, yellowish green
and nearly glabrous above, pubcsmnt c
below, 3^476 in. long: corymbs loose, 1
the 1.
HYDRANGEA
1621
which fint came into cult, outside of Japan and China,
and is said to have been intro. from China to England
in 1790, by Joseph Banks. B.M. 438. G.C:iII.
24:45; 52:251. Gn. 45, p. 12; 50, pp. 123, 256, 367;
52, p. 281. F.E. 18:277. A.G. 1000:696. Gn.M.2:6e.
_ .T 4 sepals: caps, with the marein of the calyx ab<
or altghtly below the middle. W. China. — Handso
species with its large loose corymbs of blue fls.; t«nd
7. opulddea, Koch {H. hortirait, Smith. H. H
(^Mia, DC. H.jap&niea, Sieb.). Shrub, to 8 ft., aim
glabrous; Ivs. ovat« or ovat&«lliptic, acuminat«
acut«, ooaracly eorate, 5-8 in. long: fls. in large cyi
h or pink, few or all
e hydrangea. June, Ju
but blooming in winter under glass. A large aumbei
varieties have been intro. from Japan and Chi
(/) Japonica group: cymes flat, with sterile and
fertiU fit.
Var. ■cominftta, Dim). (H.aeuminita.Si^.&Zutx.
H. Bufrgeri, Sieb. &. Zucc.). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, sparingly appressed-pubescent : sterile fls.
with elliptic entire eepals, usually blue. S.Z. 56, 57.
Var. Azisai, Dipp. (H. Adiai, Sieb.). Lvs. cUipt
ovate, glabrous: sterile fls. with obovate sepals, u>i
pedicelled, overtopping the fertile ones. S.Z. 51. V
BelzOnii, Schneid. {H. Biizbnii, Sieb. &. Zucc.
jap6niea var. czrilea, Hook. H, JapdnUa var. exndit-
tent, Kegel). Of dwarfer and stouter habit: lvs. ovate
or obovate, short-acuminate, glabrous, somewhat thick:
sterile fls. whitish, pinkish, or bluish, with rhombic,
usually entire sepals. S.Z. 55. B.M. 4263. Here
belongs also var. Imperairice Eugenia with pink fls.
R.H. 1868:471. Var. japfaica, Schneid. (ff. japdnioa,
Si^.). Lvs. ovat« to eUiptic, acuminate, glabrous:
sepals broadly ovate, toothed, pink. S.Z. 53. B.R.
-0:61. R.H. 1874:90 (as H. acuminata). Var. macro-
very ii „
JO. G.C. III. 23, suppl. May 28. G. 26:409. G.\_
41:347; 46:577, 578. G.W. 6, p. 557; 9, pp. 413, 414.
Var. Vettchil, Hort. Similar to the precedmg variety,
but sterile fls. pure white, 3-3M in. across. G. 26:175.
Var. Lindleylna, Rehd. (H. rowifto, Van Houtt*. H.
hortiiiiiti var. LijidUyina, Nichols.). Lva. ovat^or ellip-
tic-ovate, acuminate, sparingly hairy: sepsis dentat«,
ovate or broadly ovate, ^ite and pink, or white
changing to pink. F.S. 16:1649. 1660. R.H. 1866:430.
Gn. 46:466. Var. serrita, R^hd. {H. serriUa DC. H.
Thunbergii, Sieb. A Zucc. H. eyAnea, Hort.). Lvs, ellip-
tic or ovate, narrowed at both ends, serrate, sparin^y
appressed-hairy^ 1^-3 in. long: cymes small, 3-4 m.
broad; fls. pinkish or bluish; sepals roundish, obtuse or
emarginate. S.Z. 58. G.C.1870:1699.
(f ) Horlentia group: cymet (fiabase, with ahruM ail
fie. ittnk.
Var. cjui6clada, Dipp. (H. mandshiirica, Koehne.
H. HortHigia var. nl^fra, Arb. Kew. U. nigra, Carr.
H. Tdmulia coedneis and H. rdmuiU pietU, Hort.).
Branches dark purple or violet, often almost black: Ivs.
ovat*-elliptic, acut«: cjines large, with purple pedun-
cles; sepals pink or bluish, obovate. A.F. 5:361. Var.
Dipp. (H. oUUua, Sieb. A Zucc.), Fig. 1933. Dwarfer,
but of vigorous growth: Ivs. obovate, shortr^^umi-
nate, rather thick, glabrous: sepals obovate, entire,
pink or blue. S.Z. 52. F.S. 17:1732, 1733. Gn. 50:
122. R.H. 1868:460. Mn. 6, p. 105. AG. 11:415; 19:
suppl. Feb. 12; 44:416. A.F. 10:1015. F.E. 9:62,
401. Gng. 5:161; 6:7. Here belong also the following
4 forms: Var. oldkaa moiutrdta, Lambert, with very
large beads. S.H. 2:517. G.W. 13, p. 43. Var. oMjl:«a
manstrdea 7i4na, Brunnemann. A very dwarf form Of
the preceding. M.D.G. 1909:236. Var. rbsea, Veitch.
Lvs, smaller, more flnely serrate: fls. deep rose-color
or bright blue. Gt. 63: 1633 (rose). R.H, 1904:544
(blue). Gn. 50:122. G.W. 7:582. Gn.W. 22:493.
Var. Thomai Hogg, Hort, Lvs. elliptic, or ovate: heads
pure white, large. One of the best as a pot-plant. It is
also to be recommended for outdoor nut., as it is one
of the hardieat, — Some beautiful forms mostly of
hybrid origin of the Hortensia group have recently
appeared in the trade, of these may be mentioned here:
Madame E. Mouilltre, white fls, with crenate cloee
sep^, R,H. 1912, p. 82. M,D.G. 1911:41. G.C. III.
49:204. Gn. 75, p, 180. Beauts Vendomoiu, fls. very
large, with clawed and crenate sepals, fls, therefore
open in the center. R.H. 1912, p. 63. Profeuor D.
Bois, fls. deep rose, large, sometimes 6 in, across. R.H.
1912, p, 326. Bdoireur, fls. large, rose-carmine said to
be the most deeply colored form. Mademoiselie Renit
GaiUard, fls. white with dentate sepals, M.D.G, 1911 r
38, 39. Avaianche, fls, pure white. GeniraU Vicomtease
de Vibraye, with very large pink fls,, with entire sepals.
R.B. 37:377. PriKidenl Viger, very floriferous, clustera
large, fls. very large, with dentate sepals, bright pink.
Saarbmeken, dwan, with very large heads of pink fls.;
sepals denticuhite. M.D.G, 1910:601. G.W. 15, p. 76.
For other varieties see: M.D.G. 1911:38-41, 265-273;
1912:210, 211.
1622
HYDRANGEA
(S) SUliata group: fit. vnth many narrow tepait.
Var. stelUta, Dipp. (H. alellAla, Sieb, & Zucc).
Lvs. ovate or ovatc-obloag, sparinRly pubescent:
cymes with larger aUrile and ernaller fertile lis., both
with many narrow-elliptic sepals. S.Z. 59. Var.
flmbiiita, Dipp. Cymes rather dense, with almost uU
the Ha. sterile; sepals fimbriate, wbil«, pink toward the
base. G.C. 111. 23, suppl. May 28. Var.' proUfera,
Hort. (ff. ilellila var. prollfera, Regel). The fertile fls.
bearing 1 or few smaller ones in the center. Var.
ritbro-pliiu, Dipp. Cymes rather dense, with almost
all fls. sterile, chaogiiig from pink or pale lilac to dark
red.
There are also some varieties with variegated lvs., as
var. vuiegftta, Hort, (H, javdnica variegdUz, Hort.),
a form of var. japonica with the lvs. edged white (H.F.
1861:108); var. ilbo-varie^ta, Hort. (H. japinica
fol. tSlbo-variegAHt, Hort,), a form of var. Beltonii,
with the lvs. edged white (F.S, 7:696. G. 27:517);
var. tifcoloT, Hort., with the lvs. variegated with white
and edged yellow; var. rAseo-nuupnAta, Hort,, with
the lvs. spotted white and edged pink; var. nivUis,
Hort. (H. Hortinna niviilu. Bull & Sons). Lvs. with a
deep green margin and an irr^wlar patch of creamy
white in the center. G.C. 111. 32:455. G.M. 47:039.
cc. Oeary irkferior, ketux caps, truncate, tm(A (Ae calyz-
Uelh at lite apei; atyUs usuaUg 2.
D. Cymee vrUhoul inwJwre al the bate.
E. BranehUts and Iva. jTlobroui or lvs. viltoua or Urnienlose
beUrw: Keds not winged.
V. Lva. glabroua below.
8. arboriscens, Linn. {H. urtidfolia, Hort.). Erect
shrub, 4^10 ft.: lvs. long-petioled, ovate, acute or acu-
minate, rounded or cordate at the base, serrate, green
and glabrous on both sides or somewhat pubescent or
glaucous beneath, 3-6 in. long: cymes 2-5 in. broad,
with none or few sterile fls. June, July. N. J. to Iowa,
Bouth to Fla. and Mo. B.M.437. G.W. 15, p. 612.
HYDEIANGEA
Var. conUta, Torr. & Gray, has the lvs. broadly ovate
and cordate. Var. stCiilis, Torr. & Gray. A form with
ail the lis. sterile; sepals broadly oval, rounded or
iDucronate at the apex: lva. oval t« oblong-ovate,
rounded or abruptly contracted at the base. It is
doubtful whether tlus form is still in cult. Var. gnindi-
flira, Rehd. A form of var. cordata with all the fls.
sterile: heads 5-7 in. across; fls. ^-I in. across witb
ovate acute sepals: lvs. ovate to ovate-elliptic, cordate
or rounded at the base. M.D.G. 1907:380; 1909:4;
1912:472. On. 75, p. 435. G.W. 13, p. 617. R.B.
33:375; 34:259. G.31:671. F.E.22:70; 28:359;
31:606. G.M. 60:357.— A striking plant with its
showy large heads of white fls.; quite hardy.
rr. Lva. lomeTiloae or deTuely jp'ayisk pubescent below.
9. dnirea, Small. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. membranous,
oval or broadly ovate to ovate-oblong, rounded or
cordate at the base, serrate, densely p^yish pub<!scent
below, 2yi-6 in. long: corymbs 2-5 m. across, usually
with sterile fls. June, July. B.B. 2:185 (as //. nujiofa);
(ed. 2) 2:231. N. C. to Tenn. and Ala, Var. sterilia,
Rehd. All fls. sterile, in dense heads 5-7 in. across;
fls. about H'n. across with oval obtuse sepals. F.E.
28:359; 30:911.
10. radilta, Walt. (H. tiIkihi, Michx.).' Similar to the
former, but lvs. leathery, densely whitish lomentose
and reticulate beneath and cymes always with sterile
fla. June, July. N. C. and S. C. F.E, 32:11.
KE. Branehlela Urigou or bristly ar\d hrs. slrigose or
densely ctoUted with rough hairs: seed winged.
r. Base of lvs. rounded or s^Acordale.
11. Sargentilna, Rehd. Shrub, to 6 ft. with stout
upright branches clothed with harsh hairs and stiff
briatlea: young growth more or less purple: lva. ovate
to ovate^iblong, shortly acuminate, crenate^errate,
dull green and hairy above, densely rough-vilkiuB
below, 6-12 in. long; petioles 1H-3H i'^' long; cymes
nearly flat, dense, 5-fi!^ in. acroaa; fertile fis. pale
violet, the sterile fla. white; style 2-3. JuW, Aug.
Cent. China, B.M. 8447. Gn. 77, p. 264. G.M. 55:
Buppl. p. 5, June 1. — A strikingly handsome plant with
its large lvs., the dense pub^ccQce purplish on the
young growth and with its large cymes bluish violet
m the center and surrounded by conspicuous white
sterile fls. It is rather tender and can be grown out-
doors in the S, only and demands a shady position.
12. R6sthomii, Diels. Shrub, to 12 ft.: branchleta
etrigose: lvs. roundish-ovate or ovate, occasionally
ovate-oblong, acuminate, cordate at the base, unequally
or doubly fimbriate-dcnlate, sparingly strigose slxtye,
densely grayish atrigose and reticulate below, 4r-9 in.
kmg and 3-7 in. broad; petiole 1}'^ in. long: cymes
4-7 in. across; sterile fls. 1-1 H in. across, white or
purplish; sepals suborbicular or oval, entire or Borate;
Styles 2. Jidy. W. China.
FF. Base of ha. e\meate.
13. strigdsa, Rehd. (H. iapera, Hemsl,, not Don).
Shrub, to 8 ft.: braaehlets strigose: lvs. oblong-ovate
to elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate
or serrate, sparingly strigose or nearly glabrous above,
densely atrigose below, 3-7 in. long; petiole about 1
in. long; cymes 4-6 in. across; sterile fls. white or some-
times purple, 1-IM in- acroaa, with broadly oval,
entire or aerrale sepala; styles 2. Aug. Cent. China.
Var. macroph$Ila, Rehd. (h. dspera var. macropkytia,
Hemsl.). Lvs. 8-12 in. long: cymes to 8 in. across with
the sterile fls, about 2 in. broad.
DD. Cyme indoaed before expanding by 6-8 large,
deciduous brads.
14. involncrlta, Sieb. Low shrub, to 5 ft.: lvs.
oblonjE, acuminate, densely and ^arply serrate,
appn^sed-pubcacent on both sides, rough to the touch.
. lonfc: brocta i
. . Br; Bmaller brae ^
ish. sterile ones whitish: cape, with the calyx at the apex;
stylea uauaUy 2. Aug. Japan. S.Z. 63. J.H. III.
32 ; 103. H. Sapohire, intro. 1890, aeema to belong here.
Var. hortinsis, Maxim. FIs. double, usually pmk and
often proUferous. S.Z. 64. F.S. 3:187.
AA. Sbrube dimbinff by aeriai rooUeU: petaU cap-ttie,
coherirm, Jailing off )u a ibKoU.
15. petioUris, Sieb. & Zucc. {H. teAnden*. Maxim.,
Dot DC. H, mHibOU, Hort.). Climbing to 80 ft. in
Japan: Ivs. long-petioled, broadly ovate-cordate to
elliptic, acute or acuminate, serrate, almost glabrous,
2—1 in. long: cymes rather loose, S-10 in. acroaa, with
rather few sterile fls.; stamehs 15; styles usually 2:
caps, with the calyx at the apex. July. Japan, Saghalin.
B.Sl.6788. 8.Z. M, 59, 2, 92. M.D.G. 1897:236, 237.
S.H. 2:191, 193. Gn. 62, p. 248: 64, p. 218. G. 35:461.
— A very variable species, figured and described by Sieb.
&, Zucc. under 3 different names. Id gardens it is often
met with under the name of Schizophragma hydran-
geoides, another Japanese climber of similar habit,
which, however, is easily distinguished by its Binuat«ly
dentate Ivs. and its sterile fls. having only 1 large
cordate sepal.
16. aDAmala,I>on {H.aititsima.WM.). High climb-
ins, glabrous: Iva. ovate to elliptic-ovate or ovat«-
oblong, broadly cuneate at the base, denticulate-
serrate, 2-4 in. long; petioles ^-2 in. long: cymes
loose, pubcrulous, 4-^ m. across; stamens 10; sterile
fls. few or sometimes wanting, about I in. across, with
Buborbicular sepals. July. W. China, Himalayas.
Wallich, Tent. Hor. Nepal. 50.
H.'dtprra. Doc. Shrub, to 20 [t„ nmilu la H. nnniiiii: lv>.
oblons-lsnnnlsle. GmbtUu-deDliculate, dFiiKlf vitlouii beneaUi;
canftctf!,. Koch IH. uliorescani X B. ndiaUirVery gimilar to U.
•cope, in H. cinerea tubrrcuUlB. GKrden oriain.— //. klrla. Seb. &
oymes without .lerUe fliL J.J»n. S. Z. 62. Not vfijr d«oi«i".—
more coKrncW Kir«t«, Ipalingly Btri«ci« or glBbrwcenl belowl
;. Cent. mSW. ChuuL— H. rabiUla. Hook. I. A
[U. Nult.). CJoflcly nlalAl to H. Roatbomii.
ith tootbed scpab. HimAliyaa. B. M. 503S.
D, but leoilcr.— //. r*MD-ponicuMto. FoumM.
ybrid of H. naoiculsts ud H. opuJoidM. Fl>.
' I9U. p. 324.—//. tUIAh, Rehd. AlUnl to H.
A. petiofea jukJ cymes clotbed with npnudia^
T^omi
oUytc
^s:^^«.1
Bs. wilb 3 or 4 Ur(e. imeqiul lopiilg. wbite. Jspu. B.Z.W. A
d«3inb1e *hrub. with gruclul ud delicate Ss. and with the Ivb.
often buid»iiKlr viriegited alone the •cLug, but tender.
Altred Herdek.
HYDRASTIS (name of doubtful meaning). Aanuncu-
Idtetf. Hardy herbaceous perenniaJB, grown in a few
gardens for their showy leaves and beautiful red fruit.
The roots are ground when dry and used for medicine.
Stem erect, pubescent: Ivs. palmaf«ly 5-7-lobed,
serrate: fls. greenish white, small, sohtary; sepals 3,
petal'like, falling earlv; petals none; stamens many:
caipels 2-ovuled, in fr. becoming aggregated berries.
— Two species, 1 from Japan and 1 from N. Amer.,
the former {H . jfioenais, Sieb.) apparently not in cult.
Moist situations in good, rich loam with plenty of
grown in one place for a number of years are easily
propagated by division of the roots in late fall or early
spnng. The commercial cultivation of goldenseal for
medicinal purposes is explained in Farmers' Bulletin
No. 613 (united States Department of Agriculture) by
Walter Van Fleet.
HYDRIASTELE
Bessilc and near the small fl.: fr. in ovoid raspberry-h
head, the 8-12 fleshy carpels tipped with a short, curved
beak. April. E. U. S., as far south ss Mo. and Ga., in
rich woods. B.M. 3019 (in flower); 3232 (in fruit).
K. C. Davis.
HTDRIAST^LE (Greek, vxUer and tidumn; the tall
trunks growing near aprings). Poimdce*, tribe Arietx.
A monotypic genus containing a tropical Australian
palm advertised sometimes as KerUia Wendiandimux.
This may belong to Exorrhiza, which see. If it is a
true Hyoriastele, however, it is told from the kentias
in foliage by the leaf-segments split at the apex instoul
of acuminate and not split.
low. HTdnncM bortan^ rai. otakia.
More fundamentally, Hydriostete differs in having
the ovule on the side of the cell instead of at the bot-
torn, as in Kentia. In this respect it agrees with the
Soup of genera mentioned under Hedyscepe, but it
fTers from that group in having the fls. borne in 4
ranks instead of spirsJly. Hydnastele is a spineless
palm with erect winged caudex: Ivs. terminal, pinnati-
sect; s^ms. alternate, linear, split at the apex; mid-
veins covered below with caducous scales; margins thin:
rachis laterally compressed, dorsally convex; face of
the petiole concave; sheath rather short; spadices with
short, wide peduncles, branched from the base, the
branches obtusely quadrate, long, slender, pendulous:
spathes 2, complete, compressed, deciduous, the lowo'
one ancipital: bracts and bracttets connate: fr. small,
ellipsoidal, smooth or ribbed.
This distinct and excellent palm has hitherto been
rare, but now that the seeds are being produced in tropi-
cal nurseries it is fast becoming popular. The seeds are
round, fairly hard, and resemble those of Archonto-
phtmix Atfxandrx. The characteristic leaves are
pinnatifid, the segments being irregular and somewhat
jagged at the apex, after the fashion of a fish-tail palm
or caryota. It stands the temperature of an ordinary
living-room better than many other palms. For rapid
rwth it needs more heat than Howea Belmoreana and
Foriteriana. In the ^eenhouse a temperatin^ of
60° to 70° is most congeniai. A lower temperature will
not hurt it, but gives a slower and more compact growth.
It loves plenty of moisture, and frequent syringing is
1624
HYDRIASTELE
HYDROCOTYLE
beneficial. For potting soil, it likes rich loam, with
plenty of sharp aand and good drainage. The seede and
eeedlrn^ should be treated more like the commercial
areca, i.e., Chrygalidocarpua luUscena. It forma a ain-
gle stem when only 3 feet hi^, and growa to a height
of 20 feet or more m cultivation. It lb at its best when
10 to 15 feet high.
When well estab-
lished and pot-
bound it loves
high feeding, as
does Ckrysalido-
1034. ^diocMi armphoidM. (
(H. A. Siebrecht.)
WendlandiftiUf
H. Wendl. &
Drude (Kin (to
Weruiland^mi, P.
MueU.). A taU
palm in nature
many feet long;
segms. numerous,
unequal, the long-
est 1J4 ft, the
upper ones con-
fluent at the base,
all denticulate at
the apex. Queens-
N. TATioE-t
HTDRlLLA
(uwier plant with
v>horledW&.). Uy-
droehariliceai. One
aquatic plant of
Cent. Ell., Asia
and Austral.,
offered abroad as a water or aquarium subject. H.
vertidlUlta, Casp. Forming large maBses, leafy, sub-
merged, ditEcious: Iva. linear or oblong, aemilate or
entire, 4-8 in a whorl, very short (J^-J^in. long) : aterile
or male fis. solitary and ahort-pcdiceiled in a acssUe
spathe; aepala, petals and stamens 3: fertile or female
na. 1-2 and sessile in the spathe; sepals and petals 3;
ovary extending beyond the spathe into a beak; stigmas
3: fls. very smml; the male fls. detach and float.
L. H. B.
BTDRdCHARIS (Greek, grarxfid water plarit).
Hydroekariticete. Froobit. A monotypic genus, an
aciuatic plant, grown in a few aquaria. It is found in
ditches and ponds in Eu. and Temp. Asia. H. Ufirsus-
iftiue, Linn., has floating sta. resembling runners,
and tufis of radical Ivs. and submerged roots: Ivs.
st^ed, roundish, with a heart-shapcc base, rather
thick, about 2 in. acroee: peduncles of the staminate
plant bearing 2-3 fls. on long pedicels, which spring
from a spathe of 2 thin bracts: petals 3, white, sta^
mens 3^12; spathe of the piatillate fla. sessile among
the Ivs.; styles 6, with 2-cleft sti^as. For American
frogbit, see Z/tmno&ium. Hydrocharis dies in the fall,
but winter-buda (see similar buds of Elodea, Fig. 1301}
break off and sink when the old planla die. In spring
or in the greenhouse or aquarium under genial condi-
tions, they start early into growth, the scales bursting
and a young If. developing and then the whole rises to
the surface. It is a very intereHtinR plant. Its flne,
silky roots are beautiful and attractive in the aqua-
rium, as well as the soft, tender Ivs. and delicate fls,
Wm. Thicker.
HYDRdCLEIS (vxtier key). BvlomAccx. Sometimes
spelled Hydrodeyg. Water plants, one of which is
very useful for summer ponds and for aquaria.
Floating: Ivs, broad, ovat« to strap-efaaped: fls. per*
feet, mostly largi .
petals 3, Uiin and fugacious; stamens many
the external sterile: carpels 3, rarely 4
sepals 3, coriaceoua and persistent;
' fugacious; atan ~
. sterile: carpels
8, lance-linear, connate at base, gradually atten-
uate into the style, — The latest monc^p^ph (Buchenau,
Engler's Pflanzenreich hft. 16, 1903] reoognises 3
species, from Brazil. The genus is sometimes united
with Limnocbaris, from which it differs in having
definite rather than many carpels, and the papillose
introrse Btigmas.
nymphotdes, Buchen. {H. C&mmeraomi, Rich. E.
Hilmboldlii, Endl. Limndcftaria Hiintbotdtiij Rich. L.
C&mmergonii, Spreng. L. nympluAdes, Mich. iSfra-
HdU» nymplMdes.Wuld. Vetpuecia HTintboldtii, Pari.).
Watbr-Poppv. Fig. 1934. Perennial: st. prostrate and
rooting: Ivs. broad-cordate^val, thick, mostly floating:
fls. and Ivs. arisiiifi from bracted nodes, both long-
stalked: fls. 2-2 J^ m, across, with 3 obovate-rounded
light yellow petals: carpels 5-7, not united. Brazil, to
Buenos Ayres. B-M. 3248. B.R. 1640.— A handsome
plant with the yellow fls. (lasting 1 day) standing well
above the wat^. In habit, remarkably like Litnnan-
Ihemum nymphotdei. Grows well in an aquarium or in
shallow water. Continuous bloomer; not hardy to
frost. The cult, of Hpdrodeit nymphoides is of the
simplest. When grown m tuba, fill them ir *"
n two-tbirda
full of moderately rich soil, covering with sand and fill
up with water. Two or 3 jjlants planted in the center
in a short time will furnish the tub with its bright
eloBBy green Iva. and numbers of its bright cheery yel-
low fls., which continue late in the season. In natural
ponda, planted on the edge, the plants grow very rapidly,
and spread over a large surface of water. In artificial
ponda, plant in tubs or boxes and place in shallow
water or stand the tub or box on some stand, allowing
6-9 in. depth of water. William Tucker.
L. H. B.
HYDROCOTYLB (Greek, water and cup; the plants
thrive in moist places, and the roundish leaves have
a cup-like depresMon in the middle). Untbdliferx. ■
Water Pennywort, Slender creeping perennials of
wet places, one of which is somewhat used in carpet-
bedding.
Uerba, with round or reniform often peltate Ivs,,
and scale-like stipules at the base of Uie petioles: fls.
IMS. HrdroMtrli
very small, white, in umbels or umbel-like clusters
opposite the Ivs,, sometimes 1 umbel appearing iU»ve
another; calyx-teeth minute; petals entire, concave:
fr, strongly compressed,— Species about 75, widely
distribute around the world, several being native in
the U. S. and Canada.
» « ? « •
I
HYDROCOTYLE
HYLOCEREUS
1625
shining, ^i-l in. across, orbicular, cordate, subentire or
7-9-lobed to the middle or lower^ doubly crenate: umbel
6-8-fld. : fr. 2-ribbed. Trop. Asia and Afr. — Numerous
^monyms are accounted for by the variable length of
the petiole. Prostrate, rooting at the nodes.
Yulgiris, Linn., offered abroad : creeping or floating,
rootii^ at the nodes: Ivs. orbicular, 1 in. or less across,
crenate or slightly lobed, centrally attached, the ^ti-
oles surpassin^^ the peduncles: fls. minute, white, in 2
or 3 whorls or m a single umbel: marshes and bogs, and
edges of ponds. Eu. L. H. B.f
HTDRdLEA (probably from wetter^ because of the
habitat). HydrophyUdcex. Annual or perennial herbs
or subdirubs, scarcely cult., of warm countries and a
few in the U. S.; species perhaps a dozen: now often
included with Nama (which see) : branching plants,
sometimes spiny: Ivs. ovate or lanceolate, entire^ pin-
nate-veined: fls. blue or white, in clusters or sohtanr;
corolla broadly campanulate or nearly rotate, 5-cleft;
stamens 5, about the length of the corolla, with fila-
ments dilated below: fr. a globular caps, with minute
seeds. Four species occur in the U. S.: H, carymbdaaf
£11. (Ndma corvmbdsumf Kuntze). with clustered blue
yellow-nerved ns. ^in. across, ana oblone to oblanceo-
late Ivs.: S. C. to Fla. H. quadrivdlvia, Walt. {H,
carolinidnat Michx. Nama quadrivdlviSf Kuntze), with
solitary or few-clustered blue or lilac fls., and linear-
elliptic Ivs. : Va., south. H. ovdto, Nutt. (Nama ovdiuntf
Brit.), with purplish or white fls. in leafy-bracted pani-
cles, and ovate or eUiptic Ivs. Swaznps, Mo. to La. and
Texas. H. affinis. Gray (Nama affine, Kuntze), with
violet fls. in few-fld. leafy clusters, and linear-elliptic Ivs.
Ind. and UL to Miss, and Texas. l. h. B.
HTDROPHfLLUM (GTeekfWater4eaf; application
obscure). Hydrovhylldcex. Water-Leap. A half-
dozen or more American hardy herbaceous plants,
mostty perennial, suitable for wild gardens and for
colomzing in shady rich places.
Plants with pinnate or palmately cut foliage and
cymoee clusters of numerous small white, lilac, light
blue, purplish or violet fls. in early summer: floral
parts m 5's; calyx appendaged or not; corolla bell-
shaped, the tube within bearing a linear longitudinal
appendage opposite each lobe, with infolded edges,
forming a nectar-bearing groove; stamens and 2 styles
usually exserted: caps. 2-valved, with 1-4 nearly globu-
lar seeds. — Mostly m moist woods and copses. The per-
ennial species are useful for planting about remote bor-
ders of shrubbery, where they take care of themselves.
A. Calyx appendaged with a reflexed Iche at each
sinus: biennial,
appendicuUitum, Michx. Loosely branching, 1-2 ft.,
hirsute with long spreading hairs: root-lvs. pinnatelv
5-7-parted; st.-lvs. palmately 5-7-angulated-lobea:
fls. violet or purple, tne stamens little exserted. Vt.,
south and west.
. Calyx not prominently appendaged (often mintUdy
appendaged in H. canadense): perennial,
B. Lus. pinnately cut,
capitHttim, Douglas. Tufted, about 9 in. high, with
fascicled fleshy roots: Ivs. softly hirsute or puDescent.
ovate or roundish, 5-7-parted, the divisions lobed and
cleft: fls. in close clusters, on peduncle shorter than
petiole, blue. Colo., west.
occidentlQe, Gray. Pubescent^ hirsute or sparingly
hispid, 1-2 ft.: divisions of the If. 7-15: fls. violet-pur-
ple, varying to white; peduncle longer than the p)etioles.
Ualif., Ore.
vjiyni^fiMtn, Limi. Glabrous or nearly so, 1-2^ ft.:
Ivs. pmnately divided, the 5-7 divisions ovate-lanceo-
late or oblong: fls. white or violet-purple, the peduncles
longer than the petioles. Quebec, west and south.
BB. Ltfs, palmately cut.
canadense, Linn. Nearly smooth, 1-2}^ ft.: Ivs.
5-7-lobed, rounded: fls. mostly greenish white, some-
times purplish the peduncles usually shorter than
petioles. B.R. 242. l. H. B.
HTDR6SBfE (name probably refers to the wet or
aquatic habitat). Ardces. By some held to be the
proper genus for Amarphophauus Rivieri (H. Rivieri,
Engl.); out in the latest monograph (Engler, Pflan-
zenreich, hft. 48, 1911) it is included in Amorphophal-
lus, as is also Corynophallus, constituting a section of
the genus. When kept distinct from Amorphophallus,
the separation is largely on technical characters of the
The section Corynophallus of the genus Amorpho-
phallus. as accepted by Engler, comprises only Amor-
pkophauus leanensis, Lem. (Corynophallus Afzdii^
Hort. C. leonensiSj Engl. Hydrosme leonensiSf Engl.),
which is sometimes cult, in two or three forms (Vol. 1,
p. 276): peduncle very stout, 3-8 in. high, from an
oblate tuber, bearing a pyriform erect spathe 6 in. high;
tube of spathe IJi m. diam, white: limb concave, 3H
in. broad at about the middle, rounded at top; mouth ox
spathe dark purple streaked with dirty white and bear-
ing a few roundish spots; lips of spathe black-purple,
incurved: spadix expanding toward the top so that it
nearly fills the spathe, brown and mottled: If. 1, appear-
ing after the fls.^ on an erect petiole 2-3 ft. hign, the
blade about 12 m. across and trisect; primary segms.
1- or 2-pinnatifid, the ultimate segms. narrow-linear.
Sierra Leone, and adjacent regions. B.M. 7768. F.S.
2:161. G.C. 1872:1619. Var. speddbilis, N.E. Br.
(Corynophdllus AfzUii var. spectdhiliSy Mast.), petiole
bearing obscure linear-oblonig spots. Var. ilegans,
N. E. Br. (C, AJzHii var. Hegansj Mast.), petiole green,
s^ms. 2-pinnatiBect, the ultimate senns. very narrow.
Var. latifdlia, N. E. Br. (C. A/zhUi var, latifMia,
Mast.), petiole green, segms. pinnatisect, the ulti-
mate s^ms. broader and confluent. — ^This variable
species may be found only rarely in choice collections.
L. H. B.
BYDRCytJkmk (Greek, water jsjkd hand; referring
to a triangular glandular bar which secretes nectar).
IridAcex, Four species of tender bulbs from Mexico
and Peru, more curious than beautiful, allied to
Timdia.
From Tigridia (with which the genus is sometimes
united), it is distinguished by the perianth-segms.
lacking a spreading bUde, the perianth being campanu-
late; tube none; filaments united in a cylindrical
column as long as the anthers; ovary clavate, 3-celled:
sts. 1-3 ft., simple, or slightly branched above, bearing
1 or more Ivs. : cormous.
Van Hoilttei. Baker. St. 2-3 ft. long, bearing 2-3
fls.: Ivs. lanceolate, plaited, the lower 1 ft. long: spathes
inflated, 2 in. long: outer segms. oblong, over 1 in. long,
greenish outside, inside dark brown, much veined,
yellowish at tip, very obtuse: inner se^ms. suborbicular,
htdf as long,^ale lilac, somewhat vemed. Mex. F.S.
21:2174 (as Tiipridia Van Houttei),—CoTm said to be
eaten in its native region. l. H. B.
HYLOCEREUS (wood and Cereus). Cactdcex. A
hi^- climbing cactus, with stems three -angled or
-winged, adhering to walls and trees by numerous atrial
roots.
Spines small, usually inconspicuous: fls. nocturnal,
usually very large, with red or greenish sepals, white or
pinkish petisils: fr. large, spineless, covered with numer-
ous If .-like bracts. — ^me 16 species of this genus are
known, but only 1, and that under a wrong name, is
grown to any extent in this country. The species are
easily grown in hothouses, especially if nven a wall to
climb upon. A very curious small-fla. species, H»
1626
HYLOCEREUS
minuHflonu, baa recently been described by Britton
A. Roee. It flowera freely m Washington and New York,
but as yet has not been very widely distributed.
triGostitns, Brit. & Hose {Cerent IrKostdliu, Gosaelin.
C. triangi^Tis of most writera, not of Haw.). Plate
LVIl. Vines often 2(M0 ft. long, preen: riba 3, thin,
crenate, with a comeous marein: spmofi 2^ from each
areole, short: fla. about 1 ft, long, white: fr. large, red
without, white within, edible. Mex. B.M. 1SS4.
H. eiitniut. Brit, A Hme (Coreug uMnnis, Salm-Dyck). Sts.
creepinc. perbHpg *]» snmntimei climbiiiK, bearmi atrial rooM,
handjODw; wpalslipp«l uid nuirgineil xitli red: petali row-colored;
■lyle thick, longer thaa the itamena. Thii spcciiti wu dncribed
br De CuidoUe in 1S28, but it is uaknown in ouil, >nd in ■ wild
Mate. A sp«i« under Ihia name wu fiiured in B, M, [or lSt4,
but this mny or may not be Oieplinl described biy De CindoUc—
H. mpnlttnu. Brit. A Row (Cereu* napoleoiiMi. Graham). Si*.
^L _i._j — ^L o ^. ■_.. . , .^^ risid, 4-5 linrq
]oag: fla. 8 in. long: aepalB yellow; peta
ii not in cult, and u not knowQ in the 1
and fiiured fram a plant which flowered in Edinburgh about 1836.
[t ifl occasionally reported in cult.; ' - ■
ba Hronaly identified.
Si
J. N. Rosz.
HTMEN.&A (Greek, nuptial; in alluaioD to the paired
Ifte.). Leguminbss. Ten species of evergreen unarmed
trees in Trop. Amer. : Ivs. alternate, with 1 pair of
coriaceous Ifta.: fls. in short corymbose panicles; sepals
4; petals 5, generally oblong, scarcely longer than
sepals; stamcna 10, distinct; ovary shortr^talked with
few seeds: pod oblong to obovate, thick, often nearly
cylindric, woody, indehiscent. The following species is
the most important of the genus and occasion^y cult,
in tropical collections and in greenhouses of botanic
gardens for its economic interest. Prop, is by cuttings
in summer under glass with bottom heal or by see(&.
It yields a fra^ant amber-like resin known as cour-
baril, or American or West Indian copal; the heavy,
close-grained and hard wood is used for wheelwork,
tree-nails, beams and in various machine]^; the sweeti^
acid pulp of the pods is eaten by the Indians.
Courboitl, Linn. Tree, to 60 (t.: Ifts. 2, nearly sessile,
oblong, very oblique at the base, acuminate, glabrous,
about 3 in. long; petiole J^in. long: fls. short-pedicellate:
Al-PRED R&BDER.
HYUENANTHERA (from the Greek for menArane
and aii/Acr, in allusion to the anthers being terminated by
a membrane). Syn. Solendniha. ViolAceie. Stiff shrutw
or small trees: ivs. alternate or sometimes fascicled,
entire or toothed, with small fugacioua atipules: fls.
small, axillary or on the naked branches below the Ivs.,
regular, hermaphrodite or unisexual: fr, a small sub-
globose berry; aeeda 2, rarely 3-4. — About half a dozen
species from New Zeal., Austral., Tasmania and
Norfolk Isls. H , erassifdlia, Hook, f., is olTercd abroad.
A low, rigid, much-branched shrub 2—1 ft, high: bark
white, furrowed: Ivs, very thick and coriaceous, linear-
Gpathulate, entire, sinuate or toothed: fls. small, soli-
tary or few together, axillary: berry white or purplish,
H-H'm. diam. New Zeal. Gn. 75, p. 568.— A variable
species. Should be grown in a warm, sunny place as a
rock-garden plant. Prop, by seeds, cuttings or layers
in summer. Good for amateurs on account of the early
fls., March to April, and particularly the ornamental
berries, which retain their characters a long time. In
cold chmatea needs winter protecton; hardy in south of
England. L, H. B.
HYHEROCAlLIS (beaatiM mernbrane, alluding to
the webbed filaments). Including /amine. Amari/lli-
dUceie. Spiqer-Lilt. Sea-Datfodii,. Bulbous plants
of the warm parts of the New World (one in Africa),
cultivated for the fragrant white (in one species yellow)
umbellate flowers.
Perianth salverform, with a cylindrical tube, equal
linear or lanceolate segms.; stamens 6, the fllsments
HYMENOCALLIS
free above but webbed and united into a cup below,
the SJithers narrow and versatile; ovary 3-loculed, with
2 collateral ovules in each, bearing a long slender style
and very small capitate stigma: scape solid and com-
pressed, arising from a tumcaled bulb: Ivs. oblong or
strap-shape. — Species about 40, from N. C. and Mo. to
S. Amer., 1 from W. Afr. The genus is represented in
the Old World by Pancratium, which differs chiefly
in having many superposed ovules in each locule.
Some of the species of Hymenocallis are winter
bloomers: these should be treated essentially lilce
crin'ums, being rested or kept slow in the summer.
They require a warm temperature. Of such are H.
tlephami, H. speciosa, H. earibtea. Other species
e an intermediate or conservatory temperature,
bloom in spring or summer, resting in winter.
Of such are H. cal^ina, H. Harrimana, H. Made-
ana, H. rotata, H. Uttoralis. Some of these latt«r or
inteimediate-housc species are haidy in the southern
states, there blooming inuring, as H. laeera, H. gal-
vetUmengit, and others. Tlie species of hymenocallis
require no special treatment (see Bulb), eicept that
the same butbs may be flowered year after year if they
receive good care. Use turfy or peaty soil that will not
become "sour" or soggy. Propagation is by offsets
from the bulbs. See AmoryUia, for the general baadliag
of this class of bulbs.
■neufltifnlii
A. Fiiamenis long and lender beyond the tmall cup.
B. Lvs. distincdy peUoled.
1. tubiflAra, Salisb. Bulb ovoid, about 4 in. diam.,
shortrnecked : If .-blade about a. foot long and one-third
to one-half as broad at the middle, the petiole 6-12 in.
long: scape 1 ft. tall; fls. many in the umbel and sessile,
the valves or bracts broad and cuspidate; tube of
perianth greenish, 6-S in. long, the linear white reflex-
ing segms. 4 in. long; cup 1 in. long, not toothed, less
than half or a thirtTthe length of the free part of the
fllament. N; E. S. Amer. B.R. 285 (as Pancratium
ffuianenae, Ker).
2. undullta. Herb, Fig. 1936. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in.
diam,: Ivs. with an oblong blade 1 ft. long and half as
wide, cross-veined: scape 2 ft. long, compressed; fla.
about 10, sessile, the tube 6-7 in. long, and the s^ma.
3-4 m. Jong and linear, white, with tmged red cup an
inch long. Venesu^la.
1930. Bultu of hfineaocallia uul p
lr«d«.— Left, Panuationi ml ■■'
thiu; rigkU H. onduUU.
HYMENOCALLIS
valves 3-4 in. long; tube of perianth _
long, the HegmH, oft«n twice longer (entire fl. often
9 in. long); cup about 1^4 in, long, toothed, the free
Easts gf the filamenta little longer than the cup. W.
idiea. B.M. 1453. Gn. 47, p. 294. F. 1883, p. 71.—
One of the best. The bulb improves with age il care is
taken in growing and repotting. The Ivh. axe evergreen
and haudBOme. Fla. very fragrant, and retaining their
Bcent even when dried. Blooms in winter. This and H,
macrottephana are the most showy species. Var.
sagUBtif&lia, Wonlcy, is a very stiff nairow-Jvd. f<nn
of recent date.
BB, Lva. not petioUd, atrap-thaped.
C. Perianlh-iube mostly <Am>e 3 in. UmQ.
4. llttorUis, SaliBb. Bulb 3-4 in. diam.: Ivs. about
12, 2-3 ft. long, VA in. broad, acute: scape 2-edged, 2
ft. or lees tall; flk. 4-8 in a sessile umbel, the tube 6-7 m.
long and green-tinged, the segnts. linear and recurved,
4 in. long, joined to the base ol the cup; the cup funnel-
shape, broader and longer, toothed, the free part of the
fiWnenla about 2-3 in. long: style about equaling the
stamens. Trop. Amer., widely aistributed. Gn. 53, p.
67. — Long known in cult., but less ahowy than other
species.
5. BenegimUca, Kunth A Bouch6. Lvs. somewhat
curved, acute, 2 ft. long, 2 in. broad at the widest place:
scape about aa long as the Iva.; fls. 6-^ in a sessile
umbel, tbe tube 5-6 in. long, segms, very narrow and
4 in. long; cup funnel-shaped, 1 in, long and somewhat
broader, the free parts of the filaments 2 in. long.
W. Afr.
6. HarrisiAna, Herb. Bulb globular, small (leas than
2 in. diam.): Ivs. only 3-6, a foot long and 2 in. broad,
much narrowed below: scape lees than 1 ft. tall, slen-
der, glaucous; fls, 2-3 in a sessile umbel, the tube slen-
der and 3-4 in, long, the segms, linear and 3 in, or less
long; cup funnel-shaped, ^in. long, plicate, small-
toothed, the free filaments 1 !^ in. long and often exceed-
ing the style. Mex. B.M. 6562,— Flowers in early
summer. Hardy S.
cc. Periantli-tube moally under S in, long.
7. carlbAa, Herb. (Porurdfium carib^um, Linn, P,
dfdindlum, Jacq,). Bulb globular, 3-4 in, diam.: Iva.
thin. 12 or more, not 2-ranked, shining, 2-3 ft. long, 2-3
in. Droad at the widest place: scape sharp-angled,
nearly or quite as long as the Iva. ; umbel sessile, 6-12-
fld.; tube 2-3 in, lon^, the segms. linear and somewhat
exceeding it; cup 1 m. long, toothed, the free part of
the filaments 1 1^2 in. long. W.Indies. B.M. 826. L.
B.C. 6:568.
funnel-ehape, the edge erect, the free part of the fila-
ments little more than Hin. long, Texas, — Intro, to
cult, with the statement that it "may bo planted out in
gardens all over the N. like a peony and prove bWy."
Spring or early summer.
9. rotJlta, Herb. (H. l&xra, Salisb, Pancriaium rotd-
(um, Kcr). Bulb ovoid, 2 in. or less diam., with a long
neck and producing stolons or runners: Iva, 6-8,
linear, 1!^ ft. or leea long, flat above but concave
toward the base: scape 2-edged, glaucous, about as
long as the lvs. ; umbel sessile, with 2-6 fls, ; tube green,
3-4 in, long, exceeded by the hnear, often recurved
lobes; cup aaucer-shapcd or rotate, irregularly toothed,
the free part of the filaments 1 >^ ">- Ions. N. C. to Fla.
HYMENODIUM 1627
10. macrostfipluoa, Baker. Fig. 1937. Closely allied
to H. apeciosa and conjectured bv Baker to be a
hybrid of that apecies and H. calalaina. Bulb with a
long neck: lvs. 8-9, oblanceolat« and bright green, 2-3
ft.Bng: fla. 6-10, large and striking because of the great
cup (whence the specific name), which is 2 in. across
and as much long, wavy-toothed; tube greenish, 3 in.
long; ecgms. 1inear-lanceolat«, a little longer than the
tube. B.M. 6436.— Blooms in Feb. and March. One
Bulb ovoid, 2 in. diam: Ivs. a foot e
nearly 2 in. broad, narrowing toward the base: scape 2-
edgeo, about the length of the lvs.; fls, 2-8, with a
straight tube 2 in. or less long, and linear, erect or some-
what spreading segms. as long as the tube; cup corolla-
like, lyi in. long and green-striped, fringed, the free
filamenta ^ia. long, atroogly inflexed and angled or
kneed at the cup. Peru, B.M. 3675,— Oneoftheplanla
known to the Peruvians as Amanoes, the subject of
festivals. This and the next are intermediate house
species, flowering in spring and summer.
12. calathliu, Nichols. (Itmhte calathina. Herb.
Panerdtium caUitklnum, Ker), Fig. 1930. Basket-
flower, Bulb long-necked: lvs. 6-S, somewhat 2-
ranked, atar-ahaped, 2 ft. or Icaa long: scape 2-edged,
IM to 2 ft. tall, bearing 2-5 fls. in a sessile umbel;
tube green, 3-4 in. long, much enlarging above; segms.
as long as the tube, 'Am. wide, lanceolate; cup corolla-
like and green-etriped, usually larger than in the last,
with rounded fringed lobes; filaments, free for H>n.,
incurved but not angled. Peru, Bolivia. B.M, 2685,—
One of the paler kinds.
tndc: H. attndla,
ime of the ImwDfl
[. iza. B.R. eoo.
lU a>e\ow).—H.
O.aHl. 27: S».—H.' iKn£^U.'K\iD
gnea. ttiiek. >tnip-ali^>«l; Ab. while,
cup much urromd beloir. 8. C. to
Roem, L™. bnMid «Bd pelioled: fl*. fl-lD. the
loDH. tbo Uneu- •Hnu, titOr longf r: sup 1 in. lane
43. B.M. H«7.—H. KtUHtf^nd, Worelcy,
wtiila. I2~20 in u erect, orovdsd umbel, the GL
■nd winced at bus. Probably Bniil.
BnondDnm: tlaplutUiHum.
siilbi Ivn; lyi. ever-
HYMENOPHYLLUM
HYOSCYAMUS
HTHENOPHfLLUH (Greek, m«m6nin»J«^. Hy- end of the branches: infl.
tnenop/tytidcer. Like aJ] members of the family, the
" ecies are small and with IvB. of very delicate texture;
e eporangiti are home in marginal aori protected by
>f TrichomaneB, the other lai^ genus of the
family.— A genus of about 240 species, nearly all of
which are tropical. Culture p. 1214,
A. Lvi. i^abrmu; rachU tUnhiiy wingtd ohooe,
polyiuQios, Swartx. Lvs. 2-8 in. long, 1-3 in. wide,
tiipumatifid ; sori 2-12 to a pinna: involucre anmll
Tnipics of both hemispheres.
demfasnm, Swartz. Lvs. 4-12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide,
3~4-pinnatifidi aori very numerous, 20-30 to a pinna:
involucre with ovate entire valves. E. IndieB to New
Zeal.
AA. Iaii. pubeteent or eiliaU.
cautnm, Swarti. Fig. 1938. Lf.-stalks c3iat«d and
winded above; If.-bladee 2-6 in. long, 1-2 in, wide,
tripmnatifid, the segms. ciliated: involucre roundish,
the valves divided half way down and ciliated. Tropita
of both hemispheree.
teniKin6Bain, Carm. Fi^. 1939. Lf . -stalks toment«He;
If.-blades 2-3 in. long, 1 m. or less wide, tripinnatifid,
the pinnte often imbricate, the
surface and raargins dcnsciv
pubescent: involucres small with
valves divided nearly to th«
base, densely ciliate. IVIstan
d'Acunha.
Bintloonuii. (NHt.BK)
b truDguIar
npccifis with obloDg Ive., 0-10 id- lunfi, li-r-S m- browl. tripmns-
urid. the rschifl and mid-vtrins of Ibe pimiB wiiu<ed. tbe ultimate
wem8.iin«r,,pmul«e, GB.74.p.ZM^ L.M, Underwood.
R. C. BENBDlCT.t
HYMEIf6SP0RUH (Greek, membrane and teed;
referring to the winged Bpe<iB). PittiispordceiF. An
ornamental everjfrti'n Hhrub or tree from Austrajitu
cultivated in Califomia for its handsome foliage and
profusely produced fragrant yellow flowors. On account
of its symmetrica! pyramidal habit and its fast growth,
it is well adapted for street planting.
Leaves large, alternate, entire, crowded toward the
straight claws approximated into a tubej i
ovary incompletely 2-celled, cyhndric, silky, with a
short style: fr. a stipitate, comprefised caps, with many
compre««ed winged seeds. This monotypic genua is
cloflclj^ related to Pittosporum which difierfl chiefly in
its thick, not win^jed seeds surrounded by a sticky
substance wanting m Uymenosporum. Propagation is
like that of Pittosporum by seeds or cuttings of half-
ripened wood.
fliTum, F. Muell. (PiU6tj>orum fidman. Hook. f.).
Shrub or tree, to 60 ft.: lvs. obovate, entire, to 9 in.
long: fls. yellow, marked with red at the throat, fra-
grant, over 1 in. acroaa: caps, compressed, 1 in. long
I m. acroaa: caps, compressed, 1 m. long
a broad. B.M. 4799. R.H. 1913, p. 327.
HTOPH<5rBE (Greek, food for mmne referring to
the fruits). Palmicex, tribe Chamxdbrex. Showy
ornamental palms from Mauritius, often in trade cot-
lections, and well worthy wider cultivation.
Trunks unarmed, stout, either cylindric or in some
species with a swelling beneath the If. -cluster: lvs.
terminal, equal, plnnatisect, the Ifts. almost always
opposite, and usually linear-lanceolate; margins
recurved toward the base of the 1ft. and thickened
throughout; petiole somewhat S-angled and channelled;
spadix short-stalkedf many-branched, the branchlete
spreading: fls. dicocious or in the different spadices
sometimes monieclous, spirally arranged, pale yellow
or greenish; sepals and petals 3, the latt«r small and
broadly ovate; stamens 6: fr. somewhat inverted pear>
shapwl or olive-flhaped.^There are only 3 or 4 species,
and the genus is most closely related to Chamcdorea, of
horticultural palms, from which it differs in its usually
ditrciouB fls. and in having the spadix below the If.-
cluwter. LH. 13:462, 463.
The two species in cultivation are ornamental palms.
rather slow-zrowing and requiring much heat ana
moisture, anaa night temperature c? 65°. H-Verachaf-
feltii is much the better of the two species described
below from a horticultural standpoint. Propagation is
by seeds, which should be sown m a light compost or
in pure peat with a bottom heat of 80°. The young
seedlings are delicate and need protecUon from cbilb
and ovei^watering.
shaped swelling near the base, usually abruptly i
rowed near the If.-cluster: petiole about a foot long,
grooved and angled; Ifts. 40-60 pairs, about 12-16 in.
long and 2 in. broad: spadix about 12 in. long: seed
elliptic, about H'u. long. Mauritius.
Verschidlfltil, Wcndl. (Arica VenehaffiUii. Hort.).
Trunk 25-30 ft., about 6 in. diam., bulging about half
way up: petiole about 3 in. long, slightly grooved on the
upper surface and with a yellow band extending from
the upper ^art of the If .-sheath to the extremity of tbe
blade, which is one of the chief horticultural attrac-
tions of the species; Ifts. 30-50 pairs, about 2 ft. long
and an inch wide: spadix as in tbe preceding, but the
fls. orange: seed nearly cylindric, about ^in. long.
Mauritius. G.W. 12, p. 207.
U. C<immtrtopiAna, Mart andff. Iiutisa, Gaertn. an boUi ChlTs-
.lid<K«p"» l«t«»o.. j,_ TATLOB.t
HYOSCtAlCOS (Greek, hog bean). Sotandce*.
Henbane, A coarse, clammy, ill-smelling, wayside
weed cultivated for medicinal purposes. An extract ia
commonly sold in drugstores.
Annual, biennial or perennial, mostly clammy pube»-
cent: lvs. alternate, coarsely toothed, or piimatifid,
rarely entire: corolla pallid or lurid and netted-veined,
funnel-shaped, with 5 unequal lobes; stamens mostly
HYOSCYAMUS
HYPERICUM
1629
ezserted, declined: caps. 2-celled. circumscissile above
the middle. Henbane grows wild in Eu., W. Asia and
Himalayas and is naturalised in Amer. It is found in
sandy and waste places. The genus contains about 15
species, of the Old World.
nl^er, Linn. Annual or biennial, 1-23^ ft. high: Ivs.
d-7 m. long, the upper ones st.-clasping, irregularly
lobed or pinnatifid: ns. greenish yellow, with purple
veins, short-pedicelled or sessile, in leafy l-sioed
spikes: caps, mclosed in the enlarging calyx. — The plant
is said to be poisonous to domestic fowls but not to
swine, although it is supposed the generic name has
reference to harmful qualities to the latter animals.
The Ivs. and flowering tops are medicinal The plant
has no horticultural value. June-Sept. L. H. B.
HY0S£RIS {smne salad; i.e.^ disagreeable or offen-
sive). CompdsiUs, Four species of nearly stemless
herbs of S. Eu. and the Medit. re|i^on, one of which is
sometimes grown as an alpine: alhed to Krida. Plant
glabrous or glandular-pubescent: Ivs. ramcal, pin-
natifid: scape 1-headed, leafless, the heads yellow and
homogamous; involucre cylindncal-campanulate, the
inner oracts 1-rowed and eqrual, the outer ones few
and short; receptacle plane and naiced; coroUas hgulate:
achene glabrous. H. fdfctida, Linn. (Aposbris fdUida,
Less.), the species to be expected in the lists is by
some authors retained in the genus Aposeris, distin-
guished by characters of the achene: perennial, much
like Taraxacum, glabrous or somewhat pilose on veins
on under side of foliage: Ivs. runcinate-pinnatifid, the
lobes about 10-12 pairs and somewhat triangular
and sinuate-dentate: small plants in mountains of £u.
L. H. B.
HY6SPATHE (?iog spcUhe: i.e., hog palm, a vernacu-
lar name). Palmdcex. Three S. Amencan palms, little
grown, with pinnatisect Ivs. and unarmed reed-like
sts.: fls. green, minute, the pistillate smaller than the
staminate; stamens 6. and staminodia 6 in pistillate
fls. : fr. small, ellipsoia or obovoid, purple. H, ikgans,
Mart., of the Amazon, one of the thatch palms, has
sts. 1 in. diam. and 6 ft. high: Ivs. ^-4 ft. long, at first
nearly entire but becoming irregularly pinnate: fls. of
both sexes borne in spikes beneath the terminal Ivs.
Other species sometimes referred to this genus belong
to Prestoea and Pigafetta. l. H. B.
HTPfCOUM (an old Greek name). Papaverdcex,
Annual herbs, sometimes grown in the flower-garden.
Scapes erect, ascending or prostrate: Ivs. radiosd and
more or less rosulate, pinnately parted, the se^gms.
Sinnatifid or pinnately lobed, the floral Ivs. less divided :
B. rather small, yellow or white; sepals 2, small, decidu-
ous; petals 4, in 2 series, the outer ones often lobed,
the 2 inner ones deeply 3-parted; stamens 4, opposite
the petals: caps, narrow and silique-like, constricted
between the seeds. — Species 15, according to the latest
monograph (Fedde, in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 40,
1909). in the Medit. region and east to China. Thev
are ot simple cult, under usual garden conditions. H,
prociimben8f Linn. One foot: sts. or scapes ascending
or becoming decumbent in fr. : Ivs. glaucous-green, the
basal ones 2-pinnatifid and the lob^ very narrow and
entire: fls. bright yellow, about Hin. across; outer
petals somewhat 3-lobed but the side lobes very ^ort.
Medit. r^on to India. Variable. H. grandifibrumf
Benth. Six to 12 in., forking: Ivs. with*narrow linear
se^ms. which are often lobed at top: fls. oran^, about
)^m. across, the outer petals with prominent side lobes.
Medit. region to Asia Minor. l, jj. B.
HTPfRICUM (Hypereikofif ancient Greek name of a
plant, of obscure meaning, possibly derived from
ereikCf heather, with the prefix hypo, beneath). Hy-
pericdcex, often united with GtUHferae. St. John's-
WoRT. Ornamental shrubby or herbaceous plants
chiefly grown for their bright yellow flowers; planted in
the open; often with interesting fohage and habits.
Deciduous, or sometimes evergreen, usually low
shrubs, or herbaceous perennials, rarely annual: Ivs.
opposite, short-petioled or sessile, entire, dotted with
pellucid or opaque glands, without stipules: fls. usuaUv
m terminal cymes, less oiten solitary, sometimes axil-
lary, vellow, rarely pink or purplish; sepals 5, imbricate
or vafvate, often unequal; petals 5^ oblique, convolute in
bud; stamens usually numerous, free, or connate at the
base into 5 or 3 bundles, rarely as few as 3; ovary supe-
rior, with 3-5 parietal placent^B, 1-5-celled; styles 3-5,
distinct or united: fr. a septicidal caps., rarely a berry;
seeds usually cylindric, many, rarely few. — About 200
species in the temperate and subtropical regions of the
northern hemisphere, few in the southern hemisphere.
The St. John's worts are exceedingly variable in
habit : most species in cultivation are low shrubs, either
uprignt with ascending or spreading branches, or tufted
or procumbent; the herbaceous species have often
stifl^ upright wand-like stems or are diffuse or pro-
cumbent: the leaves are usually narrow and rather
small; the yellow, rarely pink or purplish flowers
appear usually in profusion during the summer in
terminal clusters, less often solitary, sometimes axillary
and forming leafy racemes or panicles; they vary from
}i inch to 3 inches in diameter: the capsular fruits are
mconspicuous or even unsightly when ripe, only the
fruits of the one b^ry-bearing species are ornamental.
Most of the species are tender in the North. H.
aureunif H. jfrolificumf H. lobocarpuntf and other
American species, also H. calycinum and H, palulum var.
Henryif with some protection, have proved hardy as
far north as Massachusetts, and H, Kalmianum and
H. Ascyran are still hardy in Cuiada. Others like H,
paivlum^ H. Hookerianum^ H. Moserianum^ H. chinense
can be relied upon only south of New York. H. florv'
hundum is doing well in California and so will probably
the other Mediterranean species.
They thrive in any gOKxl loamy soil, and also in
sandy soil, if sufficiently moist; most of them prefer
partly shaded situations and bloom longer if not
exposed to the full sun. They are, as a rule, short-
lived plants and ought to be renewed when they show
signs of exhaustion. The larger kinds are well adapted
for borders of shrubberies and form round rather dense
bushes when standing alone, while those like H. caly-
cinumt H. Buckleii and H. adpresaum are suited for
low borders or as a ground-cover, particularly H,
calycinum which spreads rapidly by suckers. Many of
the low tufted or prostrate species enumerated in the
supplementary list are handsome plants for rockeries
where the more tender species can be so planted as to be
easily protected during the winter. Propagation is by
seeds, which germinate readily, the shrubby species also
by green wo(S cuttings under glass in summer; the
creeping kinds as H. calycinum and some herbaceous
species al«K> by division and suckers.
adpreonim, 17.
AndnMsemum, 23.
AMyron, 1.
aureum, 14.
axillare, 12.
Bucldeu. 16.
calycinum, 2.
oemuum, 3.
chineiuie, 4.
dstifolium, 18.
denaiflonim, 11.
elatum. 22.
fastigiaium, 17.
floribundum, 20.
/oliotum, 13.
INDEX.
galioidefl, 12.
glomeratum, 10.
fiandifolium, 22.
enryi, 6.
hircinum, 21.
Uookerianum, 5.
Kalmianum^ 9.
Leechenauliii, 5.
lobocarpum, 8.
minor, 21.
monoQjfnum, 4.
Mosenanum, 7.
muUiAorum, 22,
nejxuenMe, 6.
nudiflorum, 15.
oblongifolium, 3, 5, 6.
patulum. 6.
perforatum, 19.
proUficum. 11, 13, 14.
pumilum, 21.
pyramidatumt 1>
aphxrocarpum, 18.
tricolor, 7.
trifiorum, 5.
uralum, 6.
VUmonnii, 1.
virgimcum, 24.
Webbianum, 22.
KET TO THE SPECIES.
A. FU. yeUow.
B. Number of itylea 6.
c. Plants herbacemis, 2-6 ft 1. Ascyron
cc. Plants shrubby.
0 HYPEHICUM
D. Lt». matt to ooaie-lanceolaU:
■ jit. IS in. iKTi>*»: tiamrta
in B ftucirla.
B. Height I ft. or ttu. tuffmti-
eosr. Btoloni/frou4: JU,
tolilary 2. ulycinnm
MM. Hiight t-e ft., thrubby.
r. SlyUt tinct at Umo at
otarn: (mtncAftft tertU,
a. Sepalt unequal; ityia
oa. Srpalt nearly etpuil;
*tt/U» connate nearly
to the apex 4. cbineUM
FT. Style* a> long or thorter
liian ocary.
a. Branehet terete 5. HookBriannm
GO. Branrhet g-edged.
H. Calyx unth wuhor'
bKular nearly e^ual
tepait 6. patttlum
BH. Calyx icWt otal la
oblonQ, unequal
tepaU 7. Hoieiiuiuin
DD. Ln. linear-oblonn to lanceolate:
Jit. H-l in. aerot,; tUmen,
all dittiact.
M. Cymet many-fid.; fit, H-J^
in. acrott 8. lobocarpnoi
■B. Cymet few-fid.; fit. y^-l %\
9. Xumber of ttylet 3.
D. Slament and ttylet thorter than
petal*: tlyUt more or lot
united; tiament oiJ dittirul.
M. Growth thruhhy.
r. L/.-blade» narroiBly ab-
a. Cymet forming a ter-
minal corymb.
H- Lvt. teasiU: cape, in-
eompUtcly S-celled..lO. (lomBTBtiiill
HS. Lvt. ihort-petioled:
cape, completely S-
celled 11. dentiflonun
OQ. Cymet axillary, form-
ing a narrow elonga-
B. Fit. hiin. acrott: lvt.
narroirly linear. ... 12. |iUoidai
BB. Fit. H-I in, acrott:
Iva. TUirroaly ob-
long. 13. prollOcum
wr. lif.-btadet otate to oblong.
O. Capt. incompleUly S-
atUtd: Keight l~i ft.
H. Size of fit. 1-2 in..-
In. ihort-pelioled.. . 14. •nranm
HH. Size of fit. ii-iiin
In. tettilt
aa. Capt. completely i
celled: heighl 1 ft. or
leit le. BncklBil
EC. Growth herbaceout or tuffru-
F. Stt. Z-edged: capt. ovoid,
incompletely 3-celUd. ... J
TT. Sit. i-anified: capt. tubgUi-
boie. l-celUd 18. ciitUoUnm
CO. Stament ahoiU at long ne petaU;
S^ fasciclen,
E. Plant herbaceout: fit. H-1
in. aeroti 19. peifoiatum
EE. Pbint thnibby: fit. 1-8 in,
r. Branchet terete 20. floribnndum
yr. Branchet S-edQcd.
O. Fit. tnlilary or 3: odor
of plant goal-like 2
(JO, Fit. ill 3-7-fid. cymet.... 2
cc. Ft. a black berry: atylca di.itina.
ihorl 3
•U. pink or purplUh; tiamena mostly S.
in 3 fatcurles 24. Tirginicom
HYPERICUM
Section ROBCTNA.
1. iaejian, linn. (H. pyramiddium, Dry-)- Hpri^t
perqimiaf, 2-6 ft. high, with tetragonal sts. : Iva. claAping,
□Tat«-abk>n^ or oTate-lanoeolate, acutish, 2-5 in. long;
cymes tenninal, 3-12-fld., appearing in July; fls. 1~2H
in. diam.; sepaJs ovate to ovate-oblong, unequal;
petals thin, narrowly obovate or oblanceolat«. curiously
shaped and twieted, persistent until witherea; atamens
in S cluaters; styles somewhat spreading ; stigmas
capitate: cape, ovoid, }^in. long. N. E. N. Anier.,
Cent, and E. Asia. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:529.— A somewhat
coarse plant and toward fall apt to be unsightly through
the lower Ivb. dying and remaining. Var. .VOmorinil,
Rehd. FIs. 3-4 in. across. Recently raised by M. L. de
Viimorin from seeds obtained from Korea. B.M. 8557.
Section Exeuanthe.
2. calydnum, Linn. Rose of Sharon. Aakon's
Beard. Fig. 1940. A subetmib, 1 ft. or less high, nith
many procum-
bent or ascend-
ing 4-an^led sts.
. thick tufts: Ivs.
^ ovBte-oblong or
oblong, obtuse,
evergreen, HUb-
coriaceous, dark
Ewn, glaucous
low, 2-i in.
long: fls, la^e,
soUtory, or 2-3
together, 3 in.
diam.; sepals
large, obovate.
stamens lone ana
clusters, with red
yles shorter than
a, diveivent: caps,
long. July-Sept.
G. 25:333. G.W.
A rapidly spread-
ireepmg by woody
IMO. H^Biom clTdmm.. r^^stalkH completely Cover-
(X HI "'B the soil. Used as &
ground -cover abroad. Not
very honly in New Ei^land, the annual killing bock
preventing its covering wide stretches, but not destroy*
mg its bloom each year, nor its usefulness in the her-
baceous border, or in the margin of a shrubbery. Mav
be protected, and itfl dark, persistent foliage preserved.
Thrives in sun and moderate shade.
3. c^rauum, Roxbg. (H. oblonffifAli'um, Choisy).
Shrub, to 5 ft., with terete branches: Ivs. sessile, nar-
rowly elliptic to ovate-lanceoiate, acutish, narrowed
at the baae, glaucous beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. pale
yellow, nearly white when opening, 2 in. across, lons-
yellow, nearly
stalked, noddi
X^
)!itary or in cymes of 3-5; sepalB
~ ' ; stamens Lttle shorter tlua
petals, Himalayas. — Cult, in Calif.
Section Nobtsca.
4. chin£nse, Linn. {H. mondgffnam, Willd.). Half-
evergrccn shrub to 2 ft., with t<>rete branchlets: Ivs.
sesxile, oblong, obtuse, li^-3 in. long: fls. about 2 in.
across; aepala ovaf«-oblona, obtuse; petals broadly
obovato; stamens little shorter than petals; style
slpndcr, about J^in. long, 5-partcd at the apex. China.
B.M. ;t:t4. G,C. Ill, 1:705.— Tender.
5. Hookerianum, Wight A Am, (H. oblwi^fdlium.
Hook., not Choisy). A rather compact shrub, to 6 ft.,
with terete bright reddish brown branches: Ivs, among
the largest of the genus, 1-4 in. long, cfrergreen, ovate
or oblong, sessile, dark blue-green above, pale and glau-
cous below: corymbs several-fid., of large golden yellow
HYPERICUM
fle. in profuBion, 2-23>^ in. diam.: sepals Urge, obovate;
petals very large, firm, broaoly obovate; stamens
scarcely h^ as long as petals; styles recurved, longer
than the stamena: caps, broad-ovate, loagitudinally
furrowed, H^' loQK' Aug. Himalayas. B.M. 4949.
Go. 54. p. 490. G. 3:463, This is one of the most
diowy species. Var. Lescliena<ti, Dyer (//. Irijtiirum,
Blume). Of slenderer and more graceful habit: Ss. 2}^
in. acrMs; sepals acute. Himalayas, Java. Gn.23:158.
6. pitulum, Tliunb. An evergreen spreading shrub,
lK-3 ft. high, with many amootl], purplish, arching
2-edged branches: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or ovate-
oblong, acutish. 1 3^2 in. long: fls. manv, aohtary or in
cymes, large. li^2 in. diam., of good substance; sepals
auborbicuUr, longer than half the ^tals; styles upright:
caps, ovate, more or less longitudinftlly turrowea, >^in,
bng. July-Sept. Japan. B.M. 5693. J.H. HI. 43:405.
Gn^W. 21:95. R.H. 1875:170. Gt. 15:513. Var. oblon-
pifaiium, Koehne (ff.oWon^Wium, Wall.). Lvs.2-4in.
long, bluish gray beneath, acutish: fis. l^in. across;
sepals shorter than half the petals. Himalayas. Var.
uril)uii,Koehne(//.urdJu)n, Don. H.vemUinte.'Bort.).
Lvs. about 1 in. long, acute or acutish: fis. %~1 in.
across; sepals shorter than half the petals. Himalayas.
B.M. 2375. Gn. 17, p. 53. The name has no connection
with the Ural Mts., but is an adaptation of tiie native
name "urala swa." Var. H£nryj, Veitch. Lvs. ovate
or ovate-oblong, obtuse, 2-3 m. long: fls. 2-2J^ in.
across; sepals ovate, acute. China. This variety is
hardier than the other forms of this species and of more
vigorous growth.
7. Moseriinuin, Andr£. Gold Flowxr. Hybrid
raised by Moser, of France, from H. pattdum and H.
ealycintim, generally resembling the latter but lacking
its coarseness, and surpasaine both parents in good
aualitics. A glabrous subshnib 2 ft. high, erect, with
]e tips of the branches pendulous; lvs. sunilar to those
of H. eaij/einum, ovate, obtuse and mucronulate,
opaque, 2 m. long, dark green above, palf> below: infl.
with 1-3 fia. to the sUlk, which are golden yellow, 2-2}^
in. diam., blooming for some time; sepals foliaceous,
uneaual, oval to oblong; corolla of broad rounded
petals, their color heightened bv the many tufted yel-
low stamens with reddish anthers: caps, top-shaped.
July, Aug. R.H. 1888, p. 464. Gn. 54:490. R.B.
16:97. G.C. HI. 10:333.— Not haidy in New England,
but successful farther south. Not good individually,
but good in masses, better adapted to the herbaceous
border than the shrubbery. May be used as a pot-
plant. Var. tricolor. Vari^ted form of white and
Section Mtriandra.
HYPERICUM
1631
10. glomeritum, Small. Shrub. tA 3 ft.: lvs. sessile,
narrowly oblong to narrowly Unear, apiculat«, paler
beneath, H-iii in- long: fls. brieht yellow, K-l in.
across, in dense cymes at the end of the branchlets;
sepals rather foUaceous, narrowly oblong, acutish;
petals cuneato-spatulate : caps, shgbtly lobed. Aug.
N. C.
U. detuifl^rum, Pursh (H. proUfieum var. denn-
Srurrt, Gray). Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. short-petioled,
ear-oblong to linear, revolute, acut«, ^2 m. long:
"- bright yellow, about ^in. across, m broad and
lals unefluol, oblong to
July-
B.B. (ed. 2)
899, pp. 517,
12. galioldes, Lam. (H. aziU&re, Lam., not Michx.).
Shrub with slendrar sts. ia 3 ft.: lvs. sessile. }^-^ii
long, linear, acute, dark gre«n, crowded: fls. yelloi
W-)i^in. across, axillary, solitary or in small cyme ,
/orming narrow leafy panicles; sepals hnear or Imear-
spatulate; petals cuneate at the base: caps, conic,
acute, furrowed, incompletely 3-ceiled. July-Sept.
Del. to Fla., Mo. and Texas. G.P. 10:433. G.C. III.
24:301. — Forms usually a low round bush with hand-
some dark green foliage.
13. prolfflcum, Linn. (H./olidsum, Jacq. Mmidndra
prolifica, Bpach). A stout, dense shrub, to 5 ft. high,
with exfoliating light brown bark, the twigs 2-anKled:
Its. narrowly, oblong or oblanceolate, obtuse, 1^ in.
, _, __.|naked cymes, formingacorymbose
r elongated panicle; sepals oblong, obtusisb; stamens
numerous; styles connivent: cape, oblong, 5-angled,
furrowed, Ji'n- long. Aug. Tenn., where it frequenta
marshes. G.F. 10:453.
9. Kalmitumn, Linn,
rather contorted sts.: Iva. uuivui^-uucai, i,
late, I-2H in. long, bluinh, more or less glaucous below,
crowded: fls, small, Vr-I in, diam., in £ to several-fld,
cymes; sepals foliaceous, oblong, acute; styles united
below to form a beak: caps, ovoid, longitudinally fur-
rowed. Aug, Ont. and W. N. y. to 111. and Wis. B.M.
8491. G.F,3:113. Mn. 6:141.— Easily adapted to the
garden, succeeding in the shade and enduring consider-
able dryness. Not so showy in fl, as some other species,
but good because of iubright, narrow Ivs, and bardineas.
lon^, glossy, dark green, pellucid-punctate: fls. in pro-
fusion, 34-1 in. wide, in several- to many-fld. SJiilWy
cjrmes; sepals obovate; stamens numerous, distinct;
styles united at the base: caps, large, oblong, i^in.
lone, not furrowed. July-Sept. Found in sandy or
rocky soil, N. J, to Iowa and Ga.;oneof the most com-
monly cidt. G.F. 3:526. W.D. B. 2:88.— A stroM,
hardy shrub. Grows rapidly in ordinary garden sou,
flowering regularly and profusely. Varies greatly in siee.
14. aflreum, Bartram {H. prollfiatm var. aiireum,
Koehne). Fig. 1941. Showy shrub 3 ft. high, more
1632
HYPERICUM
i>.
Pt*^^"^* 'ww»tu« tree, with thin, exfohlS* i3
baric, the branchlet. Z-edged: IvTo vmitHobS to
oblont mucrowite bluish, jmk betow. ^«tW^^S ^
long: &. senile, »|it«ry in thTnaUve ^tM*!m^T^^
^the golden fikments at the V«,^: aei-aktf^
petob, which peraiot until withered: suui^i; di.-.W?
red, not furrowed, nearly I, m. bog. Julv-Au* K"^
rocky iituation. when wild, B^erallv «h^v VC^
Bourtme i, lo.w«t retJf,SSTc. ^^^'^
i'5 K?r 1^' ^^'.jf. ??*■ '*"" p^ '^•'> ^= I'' i.
1 ^^4 in. long: fls. light wlk>w. i^K.a a.-^— m
nakea. pedunTled. loose w^Tnt* b-o' m t,«^^
elbptKM>blong to ellipfi<M^LuK^4,;,"^, ^ ..rr^
car-^como^vate, l,in. W«g. J<r-.r«g,*':N''c.rt^-
■hrub, with Blonder. 4-«i*Wm st*. i^^ ~, r>a'%-. -^
tuft» not nioi«> than 1 ii J. Jt iCTv P'-^v "^'-"^
narrowed at the bc«>. p^ b.i... b^ t^.^^:;:^^,!
in autumn: fls. gohiar^ i, „. ^^^ ,71^"^ * - .
long. June, July. Khit*? .^v - -i, V
tarn, of the C»rv.bn»s 3u>i Gx" Ci i CC -v^--«^
to rookenro and mantu;* u sc^ .' * ^ • ^-^ -^
17 adirisna. Ban H •;...- -- ,
tically aherb«.,^Ht> rv,>^_J ^•. ■._-^ . ^.^,^
dwuinbent lw^>. py>;.^ -^^:." "^ * ^^ '^-'
ir.i !.-:rir>-
IvH. oblonit w Un^>vU:^ i- » ^
jUJ. ^'rv«44 2i
• c
fc"^**-
• » « .2
^r*
Ma.-^. to c... an.i u ^^.^r - -"T .-^^; •—-
w hilea^i"^*^;^"'"^: "-f=--: ■;-^--'^ -c-c*
y^^lK^w. i.>*i i,^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ :^ •- Jf^ ^
~ — — • •— ^J. >?»!••' n- rr • r'-
^^ tf r
N.«
■^J'C. rr-* . j^jij-^
::i^
with caprtalc
rmpidly to die
thus mAkniK it
encnpATt kabtt, 2-3 ft.
thr tipe: In.
1-2 ,m.\omm.6trp
or 3-cij!4<Tva;
to coh4iMjrth xkt
whjrh are at ft
kc4evr than tkt
t^"^. .<i- M««iit
tiax
hu: 9000 A^-
-«TTrt,
:_1* r I rx ~.
'»'-. , y . ^ ^ ^^ _ - i^ J — -^ . , — —
^*-^j a
^i3aL
X.
2".
■fkii-Tliunrrnir, " i—
r
. .*r.
**^ **^- -"^ ^^ . -
-^ T»,..
*•:— u
-^^1
T"
»'•*♦-
^
i?«*
r.r" - r«i— 1 ^- '—•*—_"
' r
" ■Lnii'-i
\Z
'.*.*'.
T>
~*^
:i ' «_
—
h- 1
'Ij£
iir.
^
..t.~-
\
r? r-ri-T-
ft
■^— ■•
^
&
"Ui*
2ru*Jl*-iljt 3iUllf-»-,;,
C ^ .;*«-'i'
11-:/
c.-ch: «iiaww» «i ««« *iBf "^ '
V.-J^ -''^ "" ^*a- N-t. nd U. ^ ^*
1^
-^-, . ^,._ :. -, ,j. ,^^ i.v«« ^^j^
.* -s. rwr • -.a ft
■ ^>.-r4- u I-
HYPOLYTRUM
1633
▼ex or a trifle flatter above; tnarginB minutely af>iny;
tigule ebort, rotund; sbeatb abort, open: fls. dioeckius,
in relatively deep pita, on the infl., which is partly
hidden by the Ivh. — About 10 epecies from Trap. Afr.
The Boraaaus tribe of palms conaisU of BoraaaUB,
Lodoicea, Latania and Hyphsne. In tjie first tno the
stamioate fls. in the pits of the spadix are numerous:
in the last tno they are solitary. In the firat ana
fourth there are few stamens; in the second and third
the stamens a
- en»l.— ff.
, with eliKhtly aiupil>r arcb-
*lon*. icul*. 1-lft in. Lone:
. Eu.— It. MfwuiMM. Choay (H.
•sz.
nmaeiioidti, WkU. Blendsr
E braccblcts: 1v>. ovale to d
.. lin. uroHinLooHlcarvo
Himaiiym. V,F. 25.— II.
dUDCd to a hi»Ji- Ceot. and
,palErud>, Hort). TnulinB mi
' ilishUy lurrored. Orijfuut«4i tX th« Arnold Arooretum, — -U.
- nuifimuidrium. lioD. DifTuH BAoendini Hubshrub: Ivs. rouEidiab.
' K~H^- iona: fa. MXti. ocroflH. \n t«rmiriiU CTmes; «p&1b ^udular-
"Biliit*. Pyreneai. R.F.G, B:Mfl {51S4I.— //. DtDmpiciin, Lion.
~ Uprioht or Asceadina ■ubahrub. 1 ft,:lva. obloae-lADceotatetgrayiab
- green. 4-1 h in- long: &^ Bolder. jwUow, I W^a>4 in. URH.in ter-
"^ miaal Ft ir -fid. coiymbfl; sepala lorn, pointed; petals obkHU-obovsts.
B. E. Eu., Abb Minor. B.M. Ise7. Go. 31 : 352.— 0. apdmin. Torr.
A Gray. Allied to B. iplwracarpuni. Subshnib, 1-3 ft.: Iva.
obloni^aDoeolats. M-\ in. lone: fl*. Jjin. acroH, in open eorymba;
mwh DbuiH: cap*, ovoid. ^7C. lo EIl and M». G.P. 5:305.—
H. orientAU. Lino. Upright pereaolal, 1^1 ft.: Ivs. obovat«-oUoDe
aer»>?^^<u^' terndDaJ Fymn. Asia N^inor.T^. "^'in^tUiM,
---- — linal rpnw* CSli-
y-!^Ln. long: Ha. IH-Jin.
enniai. vith proatrml
lou: Si. Eofdea yello
8. E. Eu., Aai. Mine
Allied to H. perforai
F.G. e:W7 (8186).-
. ripent, lion. Pei^
: [vs. oDion(5 or unear-obiong, Ji-Win.
s!f.g"s!?76.— h! rljua-u. Hool?T^
Hinulayaa. Ga. 24. p. 267; 30, p. 221.
_ Zuoc. Allied to H. chinenw. but distin-
d by the narrower vrule Ivh.. many.Bd. coiymba and afute
Japan.—//. ipltTxclmt. SmaL AUied to B. aureum. Shrub.
.:lva.oblooa, ^-1 in. long: fla. pedi«lled. I M in. acroee. in
J' to moiw-fld. oymn; itacienB orange-colored: cap*, vith 3
M^nn-T""*
.. H-f-iin. J
RF.O
aliiithai
1:34S (5I83J.— H. Iiiroidum. amall.
1 in, acroflfl in several-fld. cymca; sepala
■ubglobdH. famadeat at tbeuip. Ala.
Alfred R£HDBR.t
HTPH^HE (Greek, (o erUurine: referring to the
fibers of the fruit). PalmAcex, tribe Bordaex, Fan-
leaved unarmed palma of moderate or tall stature
from tropical Africa and Madagascar.
Caudex robust, cylindrical, ventricose or peai^
shaped, simple or forkinEly branched: Ivs. terminal,
orbicular, palmate-flabellifonn, plicate-roultifid ; segma.
ensiform, acute or 2-fid, margins induplicale with
fibers interposed; rachis abort; petiole strongly bicon-
104
ironoB 1 H> i>5 It. long, lanceoiaie, o. __ ..__
apex, bright green, clotned on both sides with a white
bloom which soon vanishes, plicate, scabrous on the
margins and nervee above; petiole sheathed ior 1 or 2
in., deeply channelled above, rough on the margins:
frs. obovate, 2}^ in. long, smooth. 8. Afr. — Cult, oat-
doors in S. Fla. Does not look at all like Latania. It
has long, thick seed-lvs., and, it is said, hss withstood
the cold in Ha. better than any other p^m. It is
extremely alow of growth, and cannot be oeairable as a
house plant. It is probably cult, more in northern con-
servatories than in the S.
n. Tktbdim, Mart. A gbory palm willi atrjldng VBllow-orann
fn. ia probablT a Conrplu. It ii Gctle culC in N. Amer. F.S. 21 : 21Si-
3. — If.tgntticiKi,KiA,a a ■howybltie.^THnpaltnwithan immeDM
-I — 1„ _£ ]^^ ^g^ ^ bulgios trunk. C«iso. Not in cult, in Aniar.
O. C. IL21:5tfi.
N. TAYLOR-t
CompdsUie. Sometimes written with the digrap£ x.
Perhapa 50 herba, of the Medit. re|pon, N. Asia and
the Bouthem part of S. Amer., aUied to Leontodon,
scarcely cult. They are annual or perennial, more or
less branched, yellow-fld.: Iva mostly radical: involucre
campanula^, the scales marginlesa; receptacle with
narrow bracts: achenes lO-ribh^ some or all tapering
into a beak; pappus of many fine plumose bristles;
heads homogamouB, the florets ligulate. H. unifltra.
and useful in alpine- and rock-gardening. l_ g, g,
HTPOCtRTA (name refers to the gibbous or curved
perhaps ten species. They arc little known in cultiva-
tion; require the handling of Geaneria and similar
plants. H . grddlit, M.aat.—Cod<matUhe graciiii.
BYp6lEP1S (Greek, a scale utukrmalh). Potj/po-
didcex. Tropical glasshouse ferns of both hemispheres
rarely cult. Allied to Cheilantbes: rhizomes long
and creeping, the fronds herbaceous: distinguished
I>articularly by the mar^nsl sori, placed m the
sinuses of the If., and covered with the membranous
If.-mai^. — Ten or more species are known. (See p.
1215.)
ripens. Preal. U.-stolks straw-colored, more or less
prickly; If.'blades 3-4 ft. long, quadripinnatifid; lower
pinnae 1-2 ft. long, 6-12 in. wide, ovato-acuminate;
sori 2-6 to a segm. W. Indies to Brazil. — A rather
coarse fern, of easy cult., with the general appearance
of s cyatht^Si. Like all stronE-growing ferns, it requires
a larve percentage of loam. It likes t£ade and moksture
at all times, and ia readily prop, by spores, which it
produces in great quantity, being often self-sown. It
requires a stove or interme(iiate temperature.
H. ailiSdnia, Hook. See Chcilanthn californica.- H. m«/Uia.
Baker. SeeChBilantheamrifoha. j^ ^ UnDERWOOD.
HTPOL*TRUM (from the Greek for beneath and a
sheath; in reference to the 2 or 3 scales found under the
true scale). Cs/perdcex. Perennial herbs with leafy ata.,
1634
HYPOLYTRUM
often very strong and coarae: spikelets numerous and
srn&U in compound paiiicles that have long leafy involu-
cral bracts; glumes imbricate around the rachis; sta-
mens 3 or leas : fr. a hard 3-angled nutlet. — Species 25 or
30, in tropical and subtropical regions of both hemi-
spheres. Only one
Bpeciee seema to be
in the trade, H.
SchTadeTiinam,
Neee ie list^
abroad, apparently
as a greenhouse
pla,
the Iva.,
crowded in bold
triangular tufts,
green with purplish
red margins, trav-
ersed on the upper
surface by -2 nbe
running equidistant
from base to apex,"
giving it a Btnking
and ornamental ef-
fect: panicle much
decompound ; spike-
lets olHivate- ellip-
tic: IvB. linear-lan-
ceolate, 3 - nerved,
midnerve more or
less semi late -sca-
brous toward the
apex, 2 ft, long and
IJ^in-orlesBwide:
cuhna 5-6 ft. la
woods and swamps.
Brawl. L. H. B.
HYP6ZIS (old
Greek name, of
DO application to
these plants). Amarj/Uidicest. Star-Grahs. About 50
species of little herba of temperate and tropical repons,
with Unear Ivs., hard rootstoclts or conna, perianth
aduate to the ovary, and anthers not versatile: stem-
less: fls. few on slender scapes. They are scarcely
known in cult., although the common species of the
northern states, H. hirsfita, Coville (ff. erida, Linn.),
Fig. 1942, is offered by dealers in native planl«. The Iva.
are radical, hairy, grass-like: fls. 1-6, small, star-like,
bright yellow, on scapes 4-10 in, tali. Give a half-
shiuly place in the rockery or border. Prop, by divi-
sion. Blooms in spring. Not showy, but mtereating,
H, stelUta, Linn, f,, from S, Afr., is a pretty greenhouse
bulb, blooming in Dec; lys, 4-12 glabrous, a foot or
less long: peduncles sometimes forked, 1—4, bearing fis.
white inside, and the outer scgms. green-striped on the
back: corm globose: plant variable, ~ ~
Hf SSOPUS (ancient name; but pr
was the sacred Hyssop uf the Jo
LaifUUx. Hyssop, A familiar plai ,
medicine and also for ornament in hardy borders,
*i8 considered a genus of only 1 specii
1942. Hmni*
oblong,
lower ones obtuse
Temp, Asia; also run wild in this country.
learly so, acute at both endB_o
mp, Asia; also run wild
H.orierdaiie). Var.Uba, with white fls', is cult. Var.
i diffuse habit and a lax arrangement of the vrtiorL
taste. The green parts are used in connection with
wormwood and other plants in the manufacture of
absinthe, occasionally as a pot-herb, and as a flavoring
for cold-salad plants. The powdered, dried flowers are
similarly employed in soupe. The flower-^ikes are cut
just as the blossoms begin to open, and are dried for use
m domestic medicine as a stimuloiit and expectorant in
the treatment of asthma, coughs and other pulmonary
troubles. Hyssop is not now Bo highly esteemed as
formerly by the medical profession.
This plant is readUy propagated by seeds, cuttinf^
and pluit-divisun. The seed, generally employfd m
cold climates, is sown in early spring, either in drills
15 to 18 inches apart where the plants are to remain, or
broadcast in nursery beds for transplanting, 12 inches
apart in June or July. Propagation by cuttings and
by divisions may be
done in the autumn,
but better in the spring,
when the plants first
start to ^w. Green-
wood cuttings may be
started in the shade in
the early summer. Thev
need lo be well watered.
The soil should bo a
light, mellow, calcareous
or sandy loam, with a
warm aspect. Culture
and harvesting are ili''
same as for sage, mini
and other herbs. The
beds should be renewed
every three or four
years, m. G. K*ins.
HtSTRIX (Greek,
from huatrii, a porcu-
pine), Craminfa'. Peren-
nials with simple culms,
flat blades and loosely
fld. spikes: spikelcts 2-
4-fld.. nearly sessile, 1-3
together at each joint of
a rigzag rachis as in
Elymus, widely diver-
gent at maturity ; glumes
1 or 2 short awns; lem-
mas rigid, tapering into
L, H. B.
'ly what plant
cultivated for N. Arner. and 1
to the genus Lophanthus, 2 species of which are cult.
HysaopUB has entire Ivs,: Lophanthus has serrate Ivs.
Important generic characters of HysMopua are the 15-
Derved tubular calvx, dlvereent stamens, upper lip
of corolla 2-lobed, lower 3-lobcd, stamens 4, didyna^
moue, nutlets ovoid and smooth and somewhat 3-sided.
_ Jystrix. Willd).
BOTTLG-BKUSR ORARS JS
found in E. U. S. and is
sometimes used for lawn
decoration and for bor-
ders. Dept, Agric., Div.
Agrost. 20J16S. u^j htmop.— Hr«»oBoi
A, S, Hitchcock.
XH)
Offinu. 3
IBfiRIS (from Iberia, the ancient name of Spain,
where many apecies occur). Cruciferx. Cunynvn.
Small Sower-Garden and border plants.
Annual, biennial or perennial, sometimes half-
shiubby, usually glabrous but aometimee ciliat« or
even hkiiy: Ivb, alternate, eotire or pinnatifid, Bome-
timea Beany; fls. racemoee or corymbose, whit« or pur-
plish, the out«r ones in the dense clusUtr more or lees
radiate: sepala 4, deciduous; petals 4, the 2 outer much
larger than the others; stamens 4, free, not appendaged:
fr. a scale-shaped roundish or ovate pod which is mar-
gined or winged and often notched at the t«p, piano-
compressed; seeds single in each locul^^ ovate, not
margined. — Speciea 30--40, native to S. Eu., W. Asia
and N. Afr,. all low-growing plants. Comparatively
few species are cult. The annuaJs are the common
candytuft of gardens. The biennials are not cult, ^^^cwi
The BubshrubB are flat, dwarf, compact, commonly
evergreen plants, with dark green Iva.,
completely covered with broad, flat or
elongated clusters of irregular cruciferoua
fls. m spring. The common white-fld.
annual candytuft is /. amara. The com-
mon annual kinds with colored fls. are
/. umbeUala. The common perennial
kind is I. sempervirens. The clusters of
some kinds remain rather Sat-topped
when they run to seed, while the clusters
of other kinds lengthen after flowering;
these difTerencea ore made division
Sints in the arrangement of species,
lowing.
The annuals are showy branching
plants, 6 to 18 inches high, much grown
m masses in beds or for caging. FWists
grow them also, especially the white
varieties, for cut-flowers. They are of
easy cultivation, and succeed in any rich
garden soil, in a place exposed to light
and air. They are propagated by seeds,
which may be sown at any season^ in the
house or open ground, but particularly
in the fall when the climate permits, or
as early as possible in spring, in rows 6
to 8 inches apart where the plants are to
)crow, the plants being thinned later to 4 I9t4. Ibectt ilbnltutca.
inches ap^ in the row. The finest dis-
Slay is attained from autiunn-«own plants, which flower
■om May to July. If seed is sown in autumn, the
plantf should be shghtly protected from the sun during
winter. Seeds sown early in the spring bloom from July
to September. Continuous bloom may be obtained by
sowing every two weeks. Good results are attained
by sowing under glass and transplanting into open
pound when the soil is warm. To secure the best
bloom, the plants should be given much room, and
never crowded. The name candytuft was given be-
cause the flowers appear in titfts and because the first
introduced species, /. umbeliala, was brought from
Candift. — The subshnibby species are adapted to the
front of shrubberies, where they connect teller plants
with the surrounding lawn. They may appear in sepa-
rate clumps, in broad masses, or may mingle with
other genera in the herbaceous border. They are suited
to rockeries, and hang well over walls and ledges.
They are to be treated much like herbaceous peren-
nials. They are plants of refinement, and are pleas-
ing when close to the observer. They are useful and
popular for cut-flowers, are easily forced into bloom in
winter, and are adapted to pot and pan culture. They
are easily propagated. The perennial iberis succeed
best when let alone. Once planted and not disturbed,
they soon form a dense folia«e. They are the best
spreading, dwarf plants with whit« flowers. (A. Phelps
Wyman.)
bybridft.
foliuruiotkd^ S, 12.
pleu, fi. 13.
Fniltii, II.
xMj
A. Infi. Tocanote in Jr.
B. AnnaoU or hienniaU: tU. not %ooody
ai thebate.
C. Lobet of the pod erect.
1. unira, Linn, Comuon Annual
Candytott. Plant erect, stiffish, 6-12
in., very bitter: Ivs. lanceolate, toothed
toward apex: fls. white, the clustcn at
first short but afterward elongating : pod
nearly orbicular. Common weed of cult.
r)und in Great Britain and Cent, and
Eu. The beat form is var. coroniria,
Voes (/. eoronAria, Hort^ not D. Don).
RocKBT CANDYxirvT. This haa Iwger
and fuller clusters and larger fls. "nie
toller varieties, Empress, Spiral White,
and Giant Snowllake, grow IS in. high,
with solid pyramidal trusses 6-8 in. long.
Dwarf forms are Tom Thumb and Little
Prince. All arc good bedders, and Em-
Eess is excellent for cutting. Seed may
sown at any time, but the best results
with Empress are secured by sowing
under glass and transplanting to the
open, imere plants will bloom in May
and June.
2. pectinita, Boiss. (/. aMnU, Hort.,
_, .__ji i_._ — ..- — ; (i.e., divisions
not Jord.). Lv8. pectinate (\
~ A farther i " "
a A. affini
Advertised only
with /. odorala, but the petals ore 4 times as long aa
the calyx and the pods have short hairs, while in f.
odorala the petals are IM times as long as the calyx
and the pods glabrous.
cc. Labea of the pod tpreading.
3. odorftta, Liim. Sweet-scented or Fraqrant
CANOTTurr. Annual, 6-12 in. : Ivs. linear, wider
toward the lop, toothed, ciliat« toward base: fls. white,
fragrant. Greece, Syria. — Frequently confused with /.
pinnala. Said to be better and more fragrant in poor
4. pinnita, Linn. Annual or biennial, with oblong-
linear pinnalifid or pinnatisect Ivs., the scgms. b< ing
very narrow: 12 in. or leas: fls. white, fragrant; inlT
only sli^tly elongated in fr. and therefore sometimi's
describe as corymbose. Spain, 8. France, Italy. —
" ' odorala.
Said to be often soM a
(1635)
1636 IBERIS
BB. PerenniaU: bU. woodg at the bate,
c. While infiower, raeemou.
6. sempCfTirena, Linn. PeTenniol, to 1 ft., branch-
mg, somewhat shrubby: Ivb. oblong, obtuse, n&T'
rowed at base, Rkbrous: Be. white, in elongating
racemes. S. Eu. Gag. 2:145 (fine habit sketchy F.R.
1:75 (poor). G.W. 8, p. 373. Var. plina, a double
fonn, is cult., but is less desirable. Var. rAaem and var.
(ftliis variegitis, are sold abroad. Var. gupCiba, or
Perfection, is said to be one of the beet forma. — This ia
the commonest, hardiest and most permanent of the
perennial kinds. When the rarer and tenderer kinds are
winter-killed, /, tempervirens is likely to spread out and
surround the labels of other kinds. This probably
explains why some of the most reliable dealerB have
gold this plant under other Dames, particularly /.
gibraUarica.
cc. While in jUneer, eorymbote.
D. Margin of Uit. entire.
6. MritillB, Linn. Perennial, dwarf, evergreen, 6 in.
or less, with ascending sts. : Ivs. linear, entire and some-
what fleshy, mostly ciliate: fls. white, corymbose. S.
Eu. Vol. GoriniU, Sims (/. ootifdlia, Sweet). Lvb. gl&-
vars. cumfnea, cimsa, liUciiui and DOanettO (/. Z>iin-
neltii, Hort.), the last being dark purple. Van. rAs««,
' — and IXbm are advertised abroad, also vara.
procurable.
SB. PerenniaU: tU. woodji at the bate.
c. Lm. eiliale, erenate.
10. Tanor«ina, DC. Feiennial, somewhat sbrubby
at base, ascending, about 6 in. high : lower Ivs. obovate,
narrowed at base; upper Ivs. oblong-linear: fls. pur-
plish or whitish, the clusters flattieh and notebngatine:
pods notched at apex. Napl^. B.M. 2783. L.B.C.
18:1721. G. 34:119.— AccordinK to Baker (G.C. 1868 :
711), this is the only perennial Icind that is decidedly
hairy. DeGandolle says the Ivs. are puberukius. Var,
petrfta, Nichols. (/. fitrita, Joid.). Fig. 1945. A good
rock-garden form, with fls. white tinged r«d in center.
cc. Lvt. not eiiiaie, entire or tiAdenlate.
11. PiUtii, Tineo. Perennial, 6 in., woody at base:
Ivs. glaBrouB, obovat&«patulate, entire or subdentate:
fis. white, in compact clusters: pods merely notched at
apex; seeid not margined, the radicle descending; sep-
tum of pod simple. Sicily.
12. lemperflArens, Linn. Perennial, eve^re^ 1-2
ft.: IvB. wedge-shaped or spatulate, obtuse, entire, gla-
brous, somewhat ncsby: fls. large, pure whdte, frag^^nt:
pods scarcely notched at apex; seed somewhat margined,
the radicle horicontal; septum of pod nearly double.
Sicily and perhaps Persia. Var. pliiia, a double variety.
Var. fAliis vujegitis said to be cult, abroad.
r. conU/ilia ii u srrtn lor I
a comfnoD trmd« nune BbroMl,
folia is AnKriun caUlocut '
bt ut AuAtniiui ptant of tb
iM, ^thero ia "no eenui Corn
, „.. _j'riIo?t"Motl*
however, woutd plue chii plsot dimrtly nflcr I. Gm
kvy, bein^ {JiAibpiiAhed from I. GHrrenuiB by th
IMS. Ibeiii Tcaortaua w. petraa.
brouB:&s. white. B.M. 1642, although this picture was
doubtfully refeired by Baker to /. Garrexiana. G.M.
46:289.
7. Garresiliui, AU., not Scop. Lve. oblong, narrow
at the base, slMtrous: fls. rather small, white, the
racemes much elongating. Piedmont, Pyrenees.
Referred by some to /. tempervirera. Intermediate
between /. tempenrirens and /. MxalUii, having the
habit of the latter. It is sometimes described as /.
sempemrens var. Garrexiana. Gn. 62, p. 393. G.M.
48:211.
DD. Margin of hs. toothed toward apex.
8. gifaraltirlca, Linn. Fig. 1944. Perennial, ever-
green, diffuse, 12-20 in.: Ivs. wedge-shaped, obtuse,
Bubciliate: outer fls. pink, inner ones white. Spain,
Morocco. B.M. 124. G.C. 111. 46:158. Gn. 10:288;
76, p. 69. G. 27:446. R.H. 1870:330. Gn. 24, p. 649,
same as R. H. 1885, p. 446.— This is considered by
some as the most strikins and showy of the perennial
kinds. It grows higher and more erect, with lai^r clus-
ters and larger fls., but is Irss hardy than the others.
This is much sought after, and the stock in the nur-
series is often not true to name. Var. hybrids, is adver~
tised, the fls. white shading to lilac.
AA. Infi. corymbose in fr.
B. Annuals: sl». not woody at lAe base.
9. imibelUta, Linn. Common Annual Candttctft.
Upright, 6-15 in. : Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, lower one*
serrate, upper ones entire: fls. in the wild typically |mr-
pliah, rarely white, in umbels terminating all the main
sts.r pods acutely 2-lobMl. Italy, Crete. Spain. B.M.
106. — This is the common hardy annual candyluft
with colored fla., the colors being more numi
belter fixed than in any other species. Trade i
L beoomiu
■ys that I.
DDual cudytuft wiUi DUlk-«faite fl«.
vid to be m Brtt-qunli^ cut-fl. for
Schott A Koueby^fthioDFtna
iTohfd. Bpun.-
corymbft: podj
. . ., _ _. ndna ^brida. Hort., ia nol I.
■una. AU.. a distinct botanicai Bpedfia. but a trade name of mixed
dnrf ruietUH of aonta oommou aooual kind, pnsumably L
'™'»^'' WiLHBui Mujj:a.
L. H. B.t
IBIDIDH (named from the fancied reeemblance of
the anther to the beak of an ibis). Orehiddtxx. By
some authors used to supplant the generic name
Spiranthes (which see), but the latter name ia retained
by the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code.
Under Ibidium, the nomenclature becomes:
/. coloraium. House (^S-piranikes coloralaj N.E. Br.);
/. cernuum, House [Sjriranthei cerntia, Rich.):
/. Romanzo^anutn, House {Spiranthes ttoman-
zaffiana, Cham.);
/. pJaniOifirieum, House {Neoltia planiaginea. Rat.
NeoUia ludda, H. H. Eaton. Spiranthes lai^olia,
Torr. S. ludda, Ames);
/. precox. House [Spiranthes precox, Wats.);
/. Beckii, House [Spiranthes Beckii, Lindl. S.
simplex, Gray. S. Grayi, Ames);
/. gradle, House {NcoUia gracilis, Bigel. Spiranthes
gracilis, Beck); /
/. vemaU, House (.Spiranthes vemaiis, Engelm. 4
Gray). Lva. oblong-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
tapering to both ends, Hm- wide or leas mostly basal,
the lower ones usually n-ithering before flowering time:
Bcape tienseli/ pubescent above; floral-bracts longer
than the ovaries, with hyaline margins; raceme slender,
l-ranked, 1-3 in. long; fls. !^in. long, yellowish, lip
oval« to ovnt4>-oblong. pubescent beneath. Mass. to
Fla., IL. and Kans. h. D. HotiSE.
ICACOREA
tCACdBZA: Arditia.
mfeSIA (Yobrants Idea, Dutch traveler in China).
FlacowMcex. OroamentaJ tree growo for its hand-
Bome large foliage and also for the attractive orange-
red berriee.
Deciduous: Ive. alternate, loog-petioled. 3-5-nerved
at the base, crenate-eerrate; stipulee Hmall, caducous;
fls. diiEcious, in large terminal panicles; sepals 5 (3-6);
petals wanting; Btamens, numeroua, with villous filo'
ments; ovar^ 1-celled, with 3-6 spreading styles: fr.
a many-eeeded berry. — One species in S, Japan and
Cent, and W. China.
This is a handsome tree with close grayish white
bark and spreadiog brancbee forming a low broad head;
the rather larse lustrous leaves are Some on long red-
dish stalks; the flowers are not showy, but the orange-
red berries, borne in pendulous racemes sometimes 10
inches long, are very conspicuous, particularly after
the leaves have fallen. The plants raised from seeds
recently introduced from Central China have proved
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, at least in favor^le
positions, while the Japanese plant introduced about
fifty -
Propagation is by seeds, which germinate readily, and
by greenwood and root-cuttings.
polycirpa, Maxim. (Polj/oirpa Maximouileni, Hort.).
Tree, to 50 ft. : Ivs. usually cordate-ovate, rarely oblong-
ovate, acuminate, remotely crenate-serrate, deep green
above, slaucoUB below, glabrous, 5-10 in, long; petiole
4-6 in. long: fls. greenish yellow, fragrant, in pendulous
panicles 4-10 in. long; staminate fls, over J^in. across,
Eistillate ^in- June; fr. in Scpt.-Nov. B.M. 6794.
m. 12, p. 532; 13, p. 99. R.H. 1872, pp. 174, 175: 1888,
pp. 463-5. F. 1874, pp. 64, 65. F.S.R. 2, p. 189.
J.H.S. 27:410. L.1. 11. S.I.F. 1:76. Gt. 39, p. 40
(habit). F.E.24:S53. G.C. 111.39:13. Var. vesSta,
Dicls. LvB. densely pubescent or tomentose below.
W. China. Tender. Var. crlspa, Carr. Lvs. irregularly
incised and curled. R.H. 1878, p. 254; 1888, p. 463.
On. 15, p. 471. Var. fOlili variegttis, Hort. Lvb.
variegated with sulfur-yellow and gray.
AiJHED Rehdek.
Ilex (the ancient Latin name of Quercut Ilex). In-
cluding Prinoi and Othira. Aquifolidcex (or Ilicines).
HoLLT. Ornamental woody plants, grown for their
handsome foUage and the attractive mostly red berries.
Evergreen or deciduous trees or shrubs: lvs. alter-
nate, petioled, with small, caducous stipules, some-
times spiny: fls. dicecious, usually in rather few-Sd.
axillary cymes; calyx-lobes, petals and stamens usually
4, sometimes more; ovary superior; style very short: fr.
a berry-like drupe, with 2-8 bony l-«cedea stones. —
About 275 species in N. and S. Amer., Trop. and Temp.
Asia, and few in Afr., Austral, and Eu. Monograph by
Loescner in Nov. Act. Leop.-Carol. Acad, 71, pt. 1
(1901). For a horticultural monograph, see Dalli-
more, HoUy, Yew and Box, pp. 1-14B (1909), with
roajw illustrations.
The hollies have medium-siied, simple Icavo^, small,
inconspicuous, whitish flowers in axillary clusUnv or
solitary, and black, red or sometimes yellow berries,
remaining on the branchps often until the foUowii^
spring. Of the evergreen species, only /. glabra and I.
opaca are hardy North, and also /. crenala in somewhat
sheltered positions. /, Amtifoliurrt, I. Pemyi, and /.
comuta are more tender, out stand many degrees of
frost if sheltered, while most of the others can be
crown only in the South. Of the deciduous species, /.
aeddva, I. numlicola, I, bevigabi and /. tfrliciiiata are
hardy North; also /. serrala and some other Japanese
ILEX
1637
and the berried branches of /. opaea and /. A^i-
folium are in great demand for Christmas decoration.
Also /. Uevif/ala and /. oarticSlala, the prettiest in fruit
of the deciduous kinds, are sometimes sold for this
purpose. The deciduous species are mostly shrubs,
while many of the evergreen species grow into small or
medium-siced trees, and /. o^xiea is the tallrat of the
broad-leaved over^«ens which arc hardy North and
thrives even on extremely poor soil, and has good color
also; the evergreens /. crenala, and /. glabra always
remain shrubby. /. Aquifolium is a favorite evergreen
En^ish gardens, and numerous varieties are there
cultivationj it also grows well on the Pacific coast
' ' to CaLfomia. It stands a
from Briti^ Colur
pruning well, and can be chpped and trained into
almost every shape^ it also makes fine hedges, but its
slow growth is a disadvantage. As the chief value of
the deciduous species is in the ornamental fruits, and
the hoUies arc ditscious, care should be taken to choose
in planting mostly pistillate plants and a few stami-
nate ones and to give the former the most prominent
place. The light, close-grained and tough wood of
some of the arborescent species is much valued for
turoery-work, en^^ving and cabinent-making. The
leaves of some tropical species, as /. paragvaTienna and /.
cotwearpa, yield a kind of tea known as Verba de Mat^,
or Paraguay tea, which is much used in South America.
The hoUies grow best in rich, well-drained soil, and
the evergreen ones in partly shaded situations, but /.
bevigala, I. verticillala and also /. *errala prefer moist
plains, and grow even in swamps. Most of the species
grow slowly, and are not easily transplanted when
older. The best time for moving the evergreen species
is the early fall, when the young wood has almost
ripened, or in the spring just before the plants start
into new growth. The leaves should be stripped on
/. opaca and /, AguifoUum when transplanted, particu-
larly if at all exposed — or at least nearly all. lliis is
absolutely necessai^ to insure success. Wild hollies
may be handled this way with success, particularly if
cut back as well. Propagation is by seeds, which do
not germinate until the second year, and are Uierefore
stratified and treated like those of the slow-growing
hawthorns. The young seedlings should be transplanted.
after the second year. The everareen species may be
increased by cuttings of ripened wood under glass,
specially the shrubby ones; they are also b>
■Ibo-nuircnmC 31.
albo-Dicu.,22.
22.
«.niam]ala, 23. hptruphylli. 15.
Ua, U. bpu-ropl^ BV
24. p>i!U.38.
*■'-'- Hodgii---" "
inii, 3.
Ivyiiala. 51.
lali/olui margiivUa. 24.
Isuritoli>, IB.
lauri/olia UnXQifotia,
■emu. 53.
Shiphmin, T.
DCBln, 11. aitluMti.^.
mgiroiiH, 40. unuiloUa. S2.
i[™-minei.U, 46. (*nuD«, Ifl.
ipods, 49. varifgau. 35.
TTin.. 35. VriuUi. 37.
;Am. 20. vonitHtau. 62.
^"^?\
ipbvlU. 42. W«leri«n«
ifayiri, 11.16. Wilgonii. 7
A, Foliage evergreen (Nm. /-47).
B. Im. with coarse, spiny leeOt, rarely enUre-
C. Fls. in axiilary dusters on branches of the previous
D, Fr». and fie. stalked.
E. Shape of Iva. oval or ovale to laneeolatc.
1. Aqulf&lium, Linn. Enoush Uolli. Fig. 1946.
Tree, to 40 ft., with short, spreadinu branch™, forming
an oblong or pyramidal head, in cult, often ahnibby,
glabrous: Ivb. snort-petioled, usually ovate or oblong-
ovat«, waved and with atrone, apiny t«>th,' shining,
lH-3 in. long: fr. scarlet, globular, shining. May,
June. 8. andCcnt, Eu.,W. Asia.
China. Gng. 4:83. H.W. 3, p.
51. — A very variable sprciee. A
full account of the_
varieties cult.
12, 519, 687, 750, 812;
4, pp. 687, 741; 5, pp. 43, 36S,
437, 624; 6, pp. 232, 389, 816,
where 153 varieties are described
and many of tbem figured. Some
of the most important and most
distinct are described below. OsmariMiu Aquifolium,
Sieb. & Zucc., an oleaceous shrub, which may readily
be known by its opposite Ivb., is occasionally sup-
plied by dealers as a variety of Ilex Aquifolium.
(a) Varielies with foliage green.
(b) Lxs. spiny-toothed.
(c) Sixe of b-8. large, ahoat S-4 in. long.
2. Var. alteclarinais, Loud. Lvs. oval, laree thin and
rather plain, with numerous teeth. G.C. 111. 34:322.
G.M. 54:321. 3. Var. HAdginsonU, Waterer. Lva.
roundish ovate, dark green, 2%-ZH in. long, with
distant and nearly equM apinefl, G.C. 111. 34:322. 4.
Var. Utifdlia, Loud. Lvs. oval, to 3J^ in. long, with
rather few, divaricate teeth. G.C. II. 2:433. 5. Var.
pUtyphfllos, Goepp. Lvb. broadly ovate, to 3H in.
long, with divaricate apinea, thick, deep green. 6.
""- -- ' 1, Moore. Lvs. broadly ovate, to 4^4 ii
Wilsonii, Hort. Lvs. oval, with numerous well-devel-
oped spines in the same plane, dark jErcen, with dis-
tmct veins, up to 5 in. long: fr. laree. G.C- III. 30: 117.
Gn. 69:205. In this group belong also, var. con-
spicua, Moore (G.C. II. 13:45); var. Miindyi, Hort.
(Gn. 65, p. 394); var. nAbUis, Uwson (G.C, II. 2:432.
Gn.63, p. 423); var. Shipherdii, Waterer (Gn. 65, p.
394). — The varieties of this group are probably mostly
hybrids between /. Aquifolium and /. perado. A geo-
graphical variety is 8, var. chin^naU, Loes. Lvs. ovate-
oblong (o oblong-lanceolate, spiny HJental«: fls. smaller.
Cent. Chirfa.
(cc) Size of lva. small, 1-2 in. Umg.
9. Var. handsworthfinsis, Fisher, Lvs. ovate-lanceo-
late, with numerous, moderately divaricate; spines, pro-
t'ecled toward the apex, glossy green. G.C. II. 2:519;
11.30:118,131. 10. Var. hBBtita, Smith, Lva. ovate-
lanceolate, halbert^hapcd; apines large, usually only
2-4 on each side at the base, the upper half uaually
entire. G.C, II. 2:687. U. Var. microphjlla, Fisher.
Lvs. ovale-lanccolate, about 1 in. Iode, shining gre«n,
with small, equal plane spines. G.C. II, 2:751. Avery
amall-Ivd. form, but var, llneita, Waterer, is stiU
smaller, and has the smallest lvs. of all, 12. Var.
myrtifSlia, Waterer. Lvs. ovate-lanceolat^ 1-lH in.
long, moderately spiny, rarely entire, G.C. II. 2:687.
G.M. 31 :652. 13, Var. serratifdUa, Loud. Lvs. ovate-
lanceolate, stiff, with numerous smaU spiny teeth.
G.C. II, 2:687. 14. Var. firox, Ail, (/. echirUUa, Mill,).
Lvs. of medium eixe, with strong teeth and
(bb) Lvs. all or most of them M/Ohoui epities.
15. Var. heterophflla, Ait, Lvs, oval or elliptio-
ovate, about 2}^ in. long, sometimes twisted near the
apex, entire or with few spiny teeth. G.C. II, 2:519.
16. Var, laurifAlla, Loud. Lvs. ovate to elliptic-lanceo-
late, 2-3 in. long, usually quite entire. G.C. Ill, 34:314.
Gn, 63, pp, 378, 423, 424. 17. Var. marginita, Loud.
Lv8, broadly ovate, aometimefl twiatcd near the apex,
with thickened entire margin. G.C, II, 2:813. 18-
Vor. K6tica, Hort. Lvs, ovai-obovatc, blunt and
rounded at the apex, rarely pointed, 1V^2 in, long,
with thickened, wavy entire margin, G.C, II. 2:813.
19. Var. rectirva, Loud, (var, erispa, Lawson; var. tor-
ludsa, Waterer). Lvs. oval and spirally twisted, with
rcvolute margin, entire or with few spines, about 2 in.
long: of dense habit, CM. 31:654; 36:764, G.C. II.
2:813, 20, Var. camellifefOlia, Fisher (var. mapnifica,
Hort.; var. laurifdlia longifUia, Hort.), Lva. elhpticor
oblong, acuminate, dark olive-green, very glossy, entire
or w-ith a few spines near the apex, G.C. 11.2:813.
Gn.65,p,220. G,M. 31:783. Gt. 66:1551, 4.
(aa) Varieties unlA foUane variegated.
(b) Liis. spiny-loolhed.
21, Var. Ubo-margiuita, Loud. (var. arginteo'imtrgi'
ndia, Hort.; var. argintea, Hort.). Lvs. broadly ovate,
to 2 J^ in. long, with numerous insular spines, dark
green, the disk mottled with grayish green, with rather
narrow silvery margin. Gn. 64, p. 301. G.M. 48:84.
22. Var. Ubo-pfcta, Loud, (var, argint^o-midio-pfcla,
Hort.). Lvs. ovate, with divaricate spines, dark ereen,
with a whitish center and a narrow, irregular, silvery
margin. G.C. II. 4:687. 23. Var. abroo-manOlta.
Hort. Lvb. oblong-oval, 2yi in. long, with distant
margin dark green, inner part mottled pale gray. G.M.
31:654. 24. Var. abreo-reglni, Hort. (var. ailtr«&<
margittAta and var. lalifdlia margindia, Hort.), Lvs.
broadly ovate, to 3 in. long, with strongly divaricate
spines, mottled with gray and green, with a broad,
continuous golden yellow margin, G.C. II, 5:44.
G.M. 54:322. 25. Var. afireo-i^rta UtifOlia, Hort.
Lvs. ovate or broadly ovate, 2 in. or more long, with &
large, branching, deep yellow blotch in the middle, and
witn an irregular, deep glossy green margin. G.C. II.
5:624. 26, Var. firox arglntea. Loud, Like var.
ferox, but the margin and the surface spines creamy
white. G.C. II, 5:44. 27, Var. fSrox ^ea. Loud.,
is like the former, but with yellow spines and margin.
G.C.n. 6:616.
(bb) Lvs. spineleis or mostly so,
28. Var. heterophftla aftreo-pfcta, Hort, Lvs. ovate,
flat, sometimes with few spines, about 2^ in. long,
marked in the middle with a broad feathery blotch of
bright yellow. G.C. II. 6:389. 29.
Var. sc6tica aftrea, Hort. Lvs.
obovate, blunt, slightly wavy,
about 1 Hin, long, dark, mottl^
green, with a broad golden margin :
of dwarf habit. 30. Var. Water-
iftna, Hort, Lvs. oblong or ovate,
with a few spines, or entire and
[ilain and obtuse, about 2 in.
nnjf, mottled with gray and yel-
lowish green and edged with a
broad, irregulargoldenliand. G.C.
11.6:233,
There are also some other varieties in cultivation,
as 31, var, frtlctu lllteo, Lawaon, with yellow, and 32,
var, irilGtu auranUaco, Paul, with orange berriea; 33,
var. p^ndula, Waterer, with pendulous branches (Gn.
r. tlgi opaca.
IT- pyrunicUliSt
ILEX
62, p. 129. G,M. 48:81); and 34, '
Uort., with ascending branchee, roi „
oblong head.
35. perftdo, Ait. (/. madrrinriM, Lara.). Shrub or
tree, to 20 ft.: Ivb. ovate, obovate or oval to oblona-
lanceolate, Bpiny-dentate, or deDtat»«erratc wiUi
short epincs, eometimea entire, spiny-pointed, or
aomctimca obtuse or even emarginate, gloesy above,
reticulate below, 2-4 or sometimes to 6 in. long, the
blade decvirrent into the margined petiole deeply chan-
nelled above: fr. dark red or nearly black, V^ln. across.
Madera, Canary Isls., and Azores. L.B.C. 6:549.
B.M. 4079. G.C. III. 34:317. Gn. 69:205, G. M.
48:150. Var. platyph^Ua, Loes. (/. platyphytta, Webb.
& Berth.). Lvs. ovat«, rarely oblong, 4-8 in. long,
in the staminate plant smaller, entire or spiny dentate-
ILEX
1639
but shorter than the terminal spiny point, dark green
and lustrous above, H-i in. loDg: fls. in dense eeesilo
clusters; fr. bright red, about ^in. across. May; fr.
in Aug. Cent. China. H.l. 16:153S. G.C. III. 45:75.
J.H.S.34:220 (fig. 110). G.M.51:714. R.B.35:24.
M.D.G. 1009:145. — A handsome evergreen of very
compact habit. Var. Vdtchii. Rehd. (/. VAtchit,
Veitch). Lvs. truncate at the base, larger, 1^2 in.
long, with 4-5 rigid spines on each mde.
38. dipyrina, Wall. Tree, to 40 ft.: branchleta
glabrous: lvs. short-petioled, ctliptic-ovate to ovata-
oblong, broadly cuneate or nearly rounded at the base,
short and spiny-acuminale, remotely spiny-serrate
with flat, not wavy margin, rarely entire, dark green
and lustrous above, pale below, 2-4 in, long; petiole
about Hin. lone: fls. in axillary dense clusters, nearly
sessile: fr. ovoid, red, lustroua, nearly Hin. long, with
usually 2 stones. Himalayas. G.M. 54:339. Var.
paucisplnAsa, Loes. Lvs. oval to ovate-oblong, with
3-5 spreading strong spinee on each side. Cent. China,
cc. Fl». in I- (o feio-fld, ariUary, solitary cyntM, on this
year't growth.
39. oplca. Ait. (/, querdfdiia, Meerb.). Auehican
HoLLT, Fig. 1947, Tree, with spreading short branches,
sometimes to 50 ft., fonning a narrow, pyramidal head,
glabrous: Iva. oval or elliptic-lanceolate, with large
remote spiny teeth, rarely entire, dull ^een above, yel-
lowish green beneath, 2-4 in. long : fr. dull scarlet, usu-
ally solitary, globose. June. Mass. to Fla., west to
Mo. and Texas. Em. 385. S.S. 1:45. Gng. 4:276, 277.
BB. Lai. terrale, erenate or entire.
c. Ft. red or yeliou); nuiW ribbed on U\c back. Teiuier.
D. Margin of Ivt. entire.
40. Integra, Thunb. (Othh-a jap6nica, Thunb. Ilex
Olhira, Spreng.). Evergreen B&ub or tree, to 40 ft.,
glabrous: lvs. slender-petioled, oval to elliptic-oblong
or oblong-obovate, rarely oblanceolate, narrowed at
the base, at the apex contracted into a ^ort obtuse
point, entire, very rarely with a few teeth, indistinctly
veined, 2-3J^ in. long; petiole H-J^in. long: fis. on
stalks ii-l^in. long, in axillary tascielea on branches
of the previous year: fr. red, globose or ovoid, !^->6ia.
long. Fcb.-AprU;fr. in Aug.-Oct. Japan. S.l.F. 1:B0.
' E and shape of the lvs. and in the
—Variable it
lengUi of the pedicels; <
aa Olhera japonica.
serrate with u-regular short teeth. Var. variegi^ Hort.
(/. maderinMe vari^gila, Hort.). Lvs. 2J^^ in. long,
with rather evenly arranged spiny teeth, with a golden
blotch mixed with pale green in the center.
£B. Shape of Ivt. quadra7\gulaT-oblong, 3--poi7ited al
the apex.
36. comlltA, Lindl. Shrubby, with abort spreading
branches, glabrous: lvs. quadrangular-oblong, with 3
strong apinoB of nearly equal size at the dilated apex,
and with 1-2 strong spines on each Hide of the truncate
base, but rounded and spineless at the base on older
plants, dark glossy green above, 1J^3 in. long: fr.'
scarlet, clustered, sbort-pedi celled. June, July. N,
China. G.C. 1850:311. F,8, 7, p. 216; 9:895. B.M.
6059. I.H. 1:10.
DD. Pra. and jit. eestHe or nearly so.
37. P^myl, Franch. Shrub, to 10 ft,; branchlets
densely and minutely pubescent; lvs. crowdwi, short-
petioled, rhombic- or quadrangular-ovate, with 1-3
rigid apmes on each side, the upper pair the largest.
e of the forms is cult, in the S.
I. erenate or aerraie.
DD. Margin of let. t
B. LuR. longer than S in.
V. Apex of Im. acuminate or acute.
41. UtifUia, Thunb, Tree, sometimes to 60 ft,, gla-
brous: lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate or* obovate-
oblong, acuminate, serrate, glossy green above, 3~7
in. long; petiole about Min. long: fr. red, !^ia, across,
short-stalked, in dense clusters. June. Japan. B.M.
6597. S.l.F. 1:62.— One of the most beautiful hollies.
42. Firgesil, Franch. Shrub, to 15 ft., glabrous: lvs.
oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate, narrowly cuneate at
the baae, long-acuminate, denticulate-serrate usually
only above the middle, dull green above, 3-5 in. long;
petiole slender, about Min. long: fla. short-stalked m
dense axillary clusters on branchlets of the previous
year: berries red, ^-Hin. across, on stalks about
>^in. long. May, June: fr. in Sept. Cent. China. Var.
megaloph^, Loes. Lvs. to 6 in. long and 1^ in.
1^. Apex of Ivt. obfute.
43. paraguarifinsis, St. Hil. (/. paraauhisit,
Don). Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: branchlets gla-
brous or puberulous: lvs. obovate to obovate-oblong
or elliptic-oblong, n&nowed at the bttse, obtuse or
ebort and obtusely acuminate, crenate-serrate, gla-
brous or pubescent below, 3-5. rarely to 10 in. long:
fls. axUlaiv. fascicled or in stalked cymee: fr. doboae
or ovoid, Js-i^in, acroes, red or reddish brown. BraaiL
B.M.3992. J.F.3,p.69.
EE. liDi. tkorter Ihan S in,
44. Casdne, Linn. (/. Dahobn, Walt.)- Dahoom.
Sbnib or BmaU tree, to 30 ft. : Ivb. obovate to oblong-
linear, acute or obtuse and mucroaulat«, entire or
sharply serrate above ib.e middle, usually pubescent
>. D» iBTiciH i
:MJ. No. 61.
beneath when young, 2-3 in. long: fr. globose, amaD,
dull red, rarely yellow, on this year's growth. April,
May. N. C. to Fla., west to La. S,S. 1:46. Var.
angustilQIia, Ait. Lvs. lineor-oblone to linear, 2-3 in.
long. Var. myitifOUs^ Chapm. Lva. linear-oblong,
1-2 in. long; tr. usuallj' solitary. S.S. 1:45. — Cassine
or casaena is the name in the language of the Timucua
Indians for an exhilarating beverage prepared from the
lvs. of the following plant which had Dcen confused
with this species; the name seems to have been borrowed
from the Muscogee word dsai, leaves, modified by a prefix.
45. vomitAria, Ait. (/. Catsine, Walt., not Linn. /.
caroliniina, Loes.). Cabsbna. Yadpon, Shrub, rarely
tree, to 25 ft., with spreading branches: lvs. oval or
obtong, obtuse, crenate, glabrous, 1^1, rarely to 2 in.
long: fls. clustered on branches of the previous year:
fr. scarletLglobosc, small. April. Va. to Fla., west to
Ark. and Texas. S.S. 1:48. C.L.A. 13:498.
cc. Ft. btack; nuUets emootk: pistillale JU, tauaily soli-
tary, on this year' a groivlh.
46. crenlla, Thunb. {/. Fiirtunei, Hort.). Much-
branched shrub, rarely small tree to 20 ft.: lvs. oval,
obovate or oblonK-lanceolate, crenatcly serrate, gla-
brous, Yi-VA in. long: fls. 4-merous: fr. Win. across,
Bolitai7, ahort^ta1ke<r May, June; fr. in Oct. Japan.
Cng.6:165. F.E.30:1161. G,M. 46:208. Gn. 64,
E413. Gn.M. 4:237. Var. microph^lla, Maxim.
vs. M~]i^ia. long, elliptic or elliptic-oblong. This
variety is somewhat hardier than the type. Var.
longUftlia, Hort. Lvs. elliptic-oblong to lanceolate.
Var. ldteo-vari«|;ita,Regel (var. aureo-oari^gdfii, Hort.).
Lvs. spotted yellow, obovate. M.D.G. 1913:53.
ILEX
47. gllbra, Gray (Prinos oUber, linn.). Inkberht.
W:NTERB£RBr. Much-bnuched Upright shrub, to 8 ft. :
lvs. obovat« to oblanceolat«, obtuse, witb few obtuse
teeth toward the apex, glabroiui, 1-2 in. Ions: fls.
6-8-merous. June, Mass. to Fla., west to Mian.
L.B.C. 5:450.
AA. FoUafe deciduou*: Jr. red. (Prtnot.)
B. Fr». taogUy and ht. var&y fatdded on ahart spurs.'
nutleie ribbed on the back.
48. deddna, Walt. {PAnos detiduug, DC.). Shrub or
small tree, to 30 ft., with lightgray, spreading branches:
lvs. cuneate-oblong or oboval«, usually obtuse, cren-
at«ly serrate, dark green, and with impressed veins
above, pale and pubescent beneath, IJ^3 in. long: fr.
skiboBe, orange or orange-scarlet, Min. across. May.
Vft. to Fla., west to Texas. S.S. 1:49. G.C.n. 14:689.
49. montfcola, Gray {I.dubia, Brit. Stem. & Pogg.).
Tree, to 40 ft., with slender branches, forming a narrow
pyramidal head or spreading shrub: lvs. ovaJ or oval-
Iwceolate, acute or acuminat«, sharply serrate, pubes-
cent only along the veiiw beneath, 2-6 in. long: fr.
red, globular-ovoid, over }4 in. across. May. N. Y. to
S. a, west to Ala. S.S. 1:50. Var. mlJllte, Brit. (/.
mdliit, Gray) . Lvs. broadly ovate, sof (^pubescent when
young, glaMouB above at length. Var, nutcrfipoda,
Rebd. (/. diAia var. macr&poda, Loee. /. macr&poda,
Miq.). LvB. ovate or oval, pub^cent below. Japan,
Cent. China. S.I.F. 1:59.
BB. Pn. and lva. Ttot faieiekd: frs. axUlary.
C. SUdka o/fr. }4in. tonj, nulleta ribbed on bad.
50. Amelinchier, Curtis. Fig. 1948. Deciduous shrub
to 6 ft.: lvs. oblong, subacute, serrate, pubescent, IJ^
3 in. lone: staminate fls. several on a common
peduncle: Tr. dull red, lar^e; nutlets strongly 3-ribbed
on back. Va. to La. G.F. 2:41 (adapted in Fig.
1948).— Haidy.
cc. Stalk» effr. }iin. or thorter; nuiUit tmooth.
D. FU. 8-&-7neroue.
51. l«vigita, Gray (Priruu Ixtwdlus Pursh). Wm-
TERBERRT. Fig. 1949. Low shruD, of upright habit:
lvs. lanceolate, acute, finely or crenatcly serrate, rather
thick, glabrous or nearly so, 1V^2)^ m. long, turning
clear yellow in fall : staminatc Ss. on long and slender
stalks: fr. depressed^lobose^ bright orai^e-red, over
Win, across. May, June: fr. m Sept, Maine to Pa. and
Va. G.F. 4:221 (adaptwl in Fig. 1949). Gt. 55:1651,3.
Var. HSrveyi, Rob. Frs. bright yellow,
52. verticiUata, Gray {Prinos vtrticiUdtux, linn.).
Black Aloeh. WiNTERHEHaT, Fig. 1950, Shrub, with
spreading branches: lvs. obovate to oblanceolate or
lanceolate, acuminate or acute, serrate or doubly ser-
rate, usually pubescent beneath, I}^-3 in. long, turn-
ing black ^ter frost: all fis, short-stalked: fr, bright
red, about J^in, across, June, July: fr. in Oct. Can-
ada to Fla., west to Wis. and Mo. Em. 388. F.E. 24:
779. Var. tenuiffilla, Torr. (/. hrominns, Brit.).
Lvs. obovate, glabrous or pubescent, thin: fls. and frs.
larger. B.B, (ed.2)3:489. Var. chrysocirpa, Rob, Frs.
bright yellow. Also /. faaligidia, Bicknelf, from Nan-
tucket, differing in its fastigiate habit and in the
narrower lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate lvs,, is
probably only a variety of this species.— Very variable
m shape and texture of lvs. One of the best hardy
shrubs with ornamental frs. remaining on the branches
until midwinter, and are rarely eaten by birds.
DD. Fls. i-S-merout.
53. senita, Thunb. (/. Si^Hdii, Miq). Slender
shrub, to 15 ft., similar to the former but smaller in
every part: lvs. elliptic or ovate, acute or acuminate,
finely serrate, pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls.
....... June;
4-5-merou8: fr. bright red, small )^->^in. across.
ILEX
tr. in Oct. Japan. S.T.S. 1:15. S.I.F. 1:61. Vw.
aigfttid«na, Rehd. {/. or^tderu, Miq.). Lvh. glabrous
beneath, Hhort-petioled, te«tb more remote &nd less
fine: fis. usually 4-mennia. Var. zuthocixiMi, Hort.
Fra. yellow.
/. amUowi, Chipm. Dedduoiu luce sbnib, mUind lo I. mon-
tifolA. Lth. UBiully ftLmoat f iHbroua, reiDOUly semte. t-2 ^
N. C. to Flu., won lo Ark. Bod Tei«. — /. Urandturrina, una.
EvM|Tc«E] lr«« to 40 ft.; bruichletapubeHCDt: Itb, ^lUplic-uuiooo-
IMPATIENS
OLft-nuroiu. Low. C^if. G.F.I
niotl.l^ — /. talifAntica, BnQdec«e. Evercreea Imjie Bhnifa,
^broui: Ivl lUiptis to oblonc-clliptic, obtiue, remot«ly
niloly •emjlMo, a-5 in. lon#:7r, bUrk, mmmil. Low. C»l
Lo«.
alitor
Unc«olAte,
BUbmua: fr. >]•
. F. 3:345.— /. ^-,
* iU, olKbroua: tva. elljptio or oUiphc-ovala to oblon
Gnel)'Kmlc.3-4KtD.k»w:fn.l>lMk.BUtU7, 4-lii
■eduoclM H-I H in. loDC CcDt. Cbioit^ H. 1.18: 1787.-
ellipL,. ,-
cJuatfn. Japan. (>. i... i!uu:Jii. r.D. i'
rugiaa. F. Schmiiit. EvsTETHti low ip
•carlet. Japan, Saihalin. — /. iittAiK
•hnib, to 12 ft., glabrou.: lv». EborUp
^■nl'fenf. Cent-'China.— /. trijlini. Bri
—I. vuniuinMiii, Franch. Evenircea il
viUoiu: lv9, ■hon-sUlk«l, Dvate to ovale
uU, [
fr. red. Miliary, .talkfd. W. China. ALFRED REHnEK.
ILLICIUM (Latin for aUurement; probably m refer-
ence to the agreeable (xlor). MagnoliAeese. Small
trees or shnibe, one of which is sometimes planted far
South.
Aromatic glabrous plants, with thick short-petioled
entire everip^en Ivb.: fls. perfect, small, solit^ or in
3'b in the axils of Ivs. or bud-soales, nodding or inclined.
yellow or purplish; sepals 3-6; petals many, imbricated
m 3 or more rows or series; stamens 10 to many, with
thick filaments: carpels usually many, forming a ring
of almost woody pods. — Species about a score, mostly
oriental (India, China, Philippines), and 2 in the S. U. S.
One of the iUiciums furnishes the star or Chinese
anise, which is the small star-shaped cluster of fruits.
The odor and flavor strongly resemble anise. It is
much used in oriental countries in cookery^ and is
exported to some extent and iusaid to be used in flavor-
ing certain French wines. This product comes from
China. It has been supposed to M the product of /.
anUtUwn of Linnaeus, but that plajit is a Japanese tree
and it contains a poison. In the American trade are
the names /. anisatum and /. religiotwn. It now trans-
pires that these names belong to the same plant, and
1641
ee.This
that the star anise is produced by another si .
other species, or the true star anise, was first a
rately described and figured (as /. verum. Hook, f.) in
B.M. 7005 (1888), where the confusion of twoorthiee
ceoturiee is elucidated. There is probably only one
east A^an iUicium in the trade in North America, as
follows:
Ulialtnin. Linn. (/. religyitum, Sieb. & Zucc.). Small
tree: Ivs. altfmate, elliptic, short-petioled, somewhat
acuminate: fis. mostly solitary, sessile or nearly so,
yellowish, not fragrant, with many very narrow petals,
and 20-30 stamens. Japan. B.M. 3965.— Grown far
S. About as hardy as camellia. There is a form with
variegated Its.
.i.'C. lo Fla., w«t to La.—/. fyofuAeftdno.
Loo. Ev^rsrwD ihrub. to 12 tt,. glabnnu: Its. stliptic-oboTale
to lanoeolatfi-obloDC or oblaDccolaw, acumjnat«, denUcuLatfi.S^
4 ia. Idhs: fr. briffat red on ihort Btalka, in denaft cZuBt«rs. W.
China.—/, otnirvlita, Maxim. Deeiduoiu ahnib. Elabmui: Ivt.
ovala to elliptic-ovaU, acuminate, ihaiplr Mrrale. fM-I in. lone:
fr. acarlet. solilaiy, drootanc on filiform pcduoclca M-lHio-lona.
Japan. V«r7 graceful ahnib; hu pn>v«d hardy at the Arnold Arbor-
etum.— /■ ooim6nha, Mart-^ViUareflia mucronata. — /. uu&pwii.
Hook. [. Evergreen imall tree: Itb. rtliptic-lanceolals. 6-9 in. kmi.
epiDv-ioolhed, oft«n almoit entire on older planu; ft. lart*. doboae.
Himalayu. 0,0.11.14:207. O. M.3I:475,— /. J^nfipu, Chapm.
r,__=.i i_.u -ii:.j ._ 1 J—jdu,: Ivb. elliptic>laneHJate, cre-
' ider^edioelled. N.C.
Olivtr. Deeiduoua
obloDc
/. rnirrocdrM. tindl.—I. rotunda, Thunb.— /. dUAoimi. Miq.— I,
purpuna, Thunb. — /. pojuuti'daa, Miq. Evenrmn imall tm.
(labroua: Iva. alendar-petiolBd, elliptio.ovate to ovale-oblong, ab-
ruptly ehort-acuminale, entire or BparinglyeBrrulale, lM-3in.loiig:
fr. red. usuiUt aolitaiy on alender pedicels 1 H-2 in, long, Japan,
8.I.F.1:61. Var. amlintnKUi., Ldm. Lvb. Benerallyi.iaet, thicSier;
•epala ciliato. Cent. China. — /. purpAnu, Thunb. (I. Oldhamu.
Miq.). Evergreen tree, glabroua: Ivi. elliplic-ovalc to abloui-
idicellttl! uiually 2-5 on a 'oommoa peduncle ab^il Mn. long!
.jpan. Cent, China. S, I. F. 1:82.—/. roiando, Thunb, (I, micro-
log: fr. uauaiiy ntitary,
tntii. Lock, Evergreen
ffM.
!Ula 20-3a ver
in the S. are: /. jlonditiium,
lanceotaCe, 4-in. or more long;
rimMin or purple. Fla. to Li
I, 30:365; 52:ISS. H.U.S.p
tural I
Mieha. Lvi. pllipcie or lanmlatf, moat^
.. . long: petalfl very omall [Kin. long), 6-12, yellowish:
tall. Ga. and Via.— ^A speciea appearing in European honicul-
Ol
p? 1™J. Wum.'nwk,
.o crijlaoceolaie: flg. red. globose, the
petals about 10. ChioiL L, H. B.
IMAirrOPHtLLini: ai'.ia.
QIBRICilBIA: A/iiniu>>|».
QIMORTELLBSi Bvrrlalina:
IHPAtIEHS (from the Idtin; having reference to
the pods, which, when ripe, on slight pressure buret
open, scattering the seed), " ' ' ' *"
UE-NOT. Flower-garden ai
grown for the odd and Oman
Tender, succulent annual
with very fleshy sts. and sin
(sometimes opposite) and 1
whorls: peduncles axillary, with 1-6 or more very
irregular fls. of various colors; sepals 3 (seldom 5),
jBafaa miruicae. ToucH'
r" W^^flhouse subjects,
ntsJ blossoms,
ir perennial herbs, often
lie Ivs. usually alternate
upper ones often i""
s
1642
IMPATIENS
IMPATIENS
the posterior one taking on a spur-like shape, the 2
lateral ones short, green: petals 2 or 3, the one at the
back commonly very broad and erect, sometimes
keeled or winged, the lateral ones more or less 2-lobcd
or auricled; stamens 5, the filaments appendaged and
the scales connivent over the stigma: fr. a 5-valvcd pod,
which, when ripe, bursts when pinched, scattering the
seeds. — Species probably 500, widely distributed £UK>ut
the world, largely in mountainous regions in warm-
temperate and tropical countries. The genus has been
greatly enlarged in recent years, with explorations in
Afr. and other regions. It abounds in species that will
probably have horticultural value, although relatively
few are now in cult, outside botanical collections. The
garden balsam (/. BaUamina) is a general favorite in the
annual flower-garden. /. SuUani is common in green-
houses, and latterly 7. Holstii^ I. Oliverif and a few
others are sometimes seen. This beautiful genus has not
been much developed horticulturaUy. Great numbers of
species, hybrids and interesting forms may be expected
to appear in cult, in the future. The genus has immense
possibilities for productive horticultural work. The
common touch-me-not of Great Britain and other
parts of Eu. is /. Noli-tangere (sometimes written /.
Noli^me-langere)f an erect smooth branching annual.
2 ft. or less high, with large showy yellow fls. spottea
with orange, on slender axillary peduncles. It has been
reported as an escape in N. Amer. The N. American
/. ^iflora is naturalized in England.
The cultivation of impatiens is mostly simple and
easv. The seeds are large and germinate readily (see
Balsam), The indoor species grow well and readily
from either cuttings or seeds. Some of them also do
1951. Impatiens pallida. — One of the natire
jewel-weeds. (X>i)
well when grown as tender annuals in the open ground,
although hkely to suffer in dry weather and to bleach
in bri^t sun. The remarks under /. Oliveriy I. Sid"
tanif 7. HoUiiiy 7. Hawkeri, 7. pUUypetalaf I. flacciday
and 7. Hookeriana indicate the treatment for the
greenhouse kinds.
alba, 12, 13.
arcuata, 3.
aurea, 2.
Balfourii, 15.
Balwamina. 3.
biflora, 1.
btglandulomif 13.
Candida, 14.
coceinea, 3.
Episoopi, 7.
flacdda, 12.
fulw, 1.
INDEX.
otanduligera, 14.
Kndiflora, 5.
wkeri, 10.
Holstii, 8.
Hookeriana, 13.
horUnait, 3.
lati/olia, 12.
LiegniUia, 8.
macran ha, 3.
maerochila, 14.
mierarUha, 3.
moBchata, 14.
Nortonii, 1.
OUveri, 6.
oppoaitifolia, 4.
^Ilida, 2.
Fetersiana, 9.
platypetala, 11.
pulcherrima, 11.
rosea, 3.
Roylei, 14.
Sultani, 7.
niloaru, 3.
A. Species of the U. S. and Canaday sddom grown in
wild gardensy and freqtienily found abotU the
borders of damp ctdt. grounds.
1. bifldra, Walt. (7. /liZm, Nutt.). Spotted Touch-
me-not. Jewel-weed. Annual, with orange-colored
fls. much spotted with reddish brown: spur strongly
inflexed, about half as long as posterior sepal: Ivs.
ovate or oval, petioled and coarsely toothed: usually
2-3 ft. Moist, shady places. July-Oct. Nova Scotia to
Alaska, Ore., Mo. and Fla. — Has been offered by
dealers in native plants. I. N6rtonii, Rydb., of W. Mo.
and Kans., differs from 7. biflora in having larger and
relatively longer and narrower saccate sepal which
tapers graduaUy into a shorter spur.
2. p&Uida, Nutt. (7. adreay S. Wats.). Pale Touch-
me-not. Jewel-weed. Fig. 1951. With 7. biflora the
representatives of the family in the indigenous flora of
the U. S. Larger than 7. bifUrra; otherwise similar to
it, with pale yeUow fls. sparinglv dotted with brownish
red; spur short, notched, and less than one-third the
length of the posterior sepal. Moist, shady places.
July-Sept. Que. to Ore., Kans. and Ga. — ^Annual.
Perhaps procurable from dealers in native plants.
AA. Species of familiar flower-gardens: annuals.
3. Balsfimina, Linn. Garden Balsam. Figs. 450-
453, Vol. I. Annual, erect and branching, pubescent or
nearly glabrous: Ivs. either narrowly or broadly lanceo-
late and acuminate, deeply serrate, the petiole glandu-
lar: fls. large, rose-colored; standard orbicular and
retuse; wings or side petals very broad, with the lateral
lobe rounded and the terminal sessile and large; lip
small and cone-like; spur variable, incurved: caps,
lar^, tomentose. Trop. and Subtrop. India. Malaya,
China. — Very variable m its wide range. Hooker recog-
nizes 6 wild botanical varieties: Var. vulgdriSy Hook. f.
(Balsdmina hort^nsisy DC.). Tall: Ivs. broadly lanceo-
late: fls. large, with ahort spur. Var. cocdneay Hook. f.
(Balsdmina wcdnea, DC.). Lvs. narrow-lanceolate: fls.
of medium size, the spur long and slender. B.M. 1256.
Var. arcudta, Hook. f. Diffusely branched: lvs. small
and narrow: fls. small, the spur long, slender and
arcuate. Var. macrdnthay Hook. f. Four inches high:
lvs. ovate-lanceolate: fls. large, with short spur. Var.
micrdnlhay Hook. f. Small, simple: lvs. small, ovate-
lanceolate : fls. smaU, with long and slender spur. Var.
rdseay Hook. f. (7. rdseay Lmdl.). Tall: lvs. linear*
lanceolate: fls. rather small, with lip saccate and spur
short and incurved. B.R. 27:27. — 7. Balsamina now
runs into many forms, through long cult, and breeding.
See Balsam.
AAA. Species of many countries y mostly of indoor cult.,
but sometimes grown in the open.
B. Lvs. linear: annual.
4. oppositifdlia. Linn. Annual of free -branching
habit, very floriferous, erect: lvs. long-narrow-Unear,
mostly nearly sessile, remotely serrate: fls. about 1 in.
diam., rosy red, purplish or pmk, on glabrous pedicels;
sepals linear, acuminate: wings witn broad-obovate
terminal lobe and small lateral lobe; hp conical, pro-
duced into a short and stout incurved spur. India.
G.C.m. 42:102. G.M. 51:321.
IMPATIENS
BB. LvK. ooatt to lanadale: probMy aU perenrtial.
c. Pedundet axiUary, 1-fld. or gometimet S-fid.
D. Spur of fi. much enlarged or suioUen at bam.
5. srandlflara, Hemsl. Slout, branching, glabrous:
IvH. fJternate, stalked, 3-6 in. loDg, ova.W-liu)ceolate
and ainuate-crenste, puckered or blistered above
between the nerves, glandular on lower part of blade
IMPATIENS
1643
ftndo]
solitary, to 3 ii
), bright rose-
green, orbicular-orate; standard orbicular, erect, short-
spurred below the tip; lip J% in. long, swollen, white
netted with purple, abruptly narrowed int« an incurved
spur I in. or more long; winKS very large, the terminal
lobe obovate and the bas^ orbicular. Madagascar.
B.M. 7826. G.C. HI. 29:111.
■ 6. dliveri, Wright. Glabrous, reaching 4-8 ft.,
erect, the atii. psJe ^recn: Ivs. 4-8 at a node, oblanceo-
late, acute or acuminate, to 8 in. long, dentate-ciliate:
fls. 23^ in. acroBB, pale lilac or rose-colored, almost
white beneath, on 1-fld. peduncles about 2M in. long;
lateral sepals ovate and acuminate, much shorter than
the petals; lip ovate, funnel-shaped, with abrupt
reflexed mucro; spur JH in. long, curved, slendCT;
standard nearly orbicular, recurved and apiculate at
apex; winp deeply 2-!obed, the terminal lobe obovate
and the lateral obcordate: fr. oblong, Trop. E. Afr.,
6,000-8,000 ft. altitude. B.M. 7960. 0.0.111.40:292.
Gn. 66, p. 266. 0.27:288,405. G.W. 11, p. 1. R.H.
1908:180. A.F. 29:155. Gng. 16:3.— An excellent
Kreenhouse subject and also useful in the open border.
It makes a vei^ showy plant when given cool green-
house treatment, proaucing a bush 10 ft. through.
Prop, readily either by aeeda or cuttings, the former
being produced freely.
DD. iS^mr I'ery dender throughout.
7. SultAnl, Hook. f. Fig. 1952. From 12-24 in. high,
with stout St. and branches, rather succulent and green,
glabrous: Iva. elliptical or lanceolate and narrowed into
a petiole about 1 in. long; lower Ivs. alternate, upper
ones almost whorled: peduncles axillary; fls. rich scarlet
in the original form: petals fiat; standard obovate-
orbicular and retuse; lip less than half length of petals,
suddenly narrowed into a slender upwardly curved
lona spur. Hybrids and sports have given shades from
pinK to almost purple, and a white variety also exists.
Spur is very long and thin. Zaniibar. B.M. 6643.
Gn.23,p.331. G, 14:283. V,7:325,326. S.H.2:280.
t.H. 30:488: 42, p. 140. R.H. 1884: 12.— Increased by
seeds; also by cuttinpt, which root readily. A Kreen-
bousc plant; it also does well as a house plant, bloom-
ing almost continuously. Var. Eplscopi. Hort. A per
petual flowering variety with purple-carmine fls.
marked briUiant rose. — /, Suilani was named by Hookei
"'" ^"lor of that distinguished potentate, the Sultan
Eibar, to whoae enlightened and philanthropic
Item Africa owes so much." See No. 13.
elabrous, 2-3 ft.: the branches striped red:
Ivs. alternate, long-petioled, oval or ovate to
lanceolate, acute, crcnate and with a bristle
between the teeth : fis. 1 or sometimes 2 on the
peduncle, pure scarlet, IH in. across, flat;
Bcpnls 3, the lateral small and scale-like; spur
slender, 1^ in. long; standard broadly ob-
I petals deeply divided mto 2
oboval^.Hpatulate lobes. E. Iron. Afr., 2,500-
cordate; lateral petals deeply dii
oboval^-spatulate lobes. E. Trop. f.
5,000 ft. B.M. 8029. G.C. IIL 38:14. Gn.
72, p. 337; 74, p. 17. G.M. 48:413: 56:48.
J.Il. III. 51:65. R.H. 1906:136. G.W. 15,
p. 356 (as var. nana amabtlu).— Of better
ition under cult, than /. SidUrni, having quicker
ire vigorous growth, and larger and brighter fls.
aeful either as a pot-plant mdoore or for grow-
he open; for the latt«r purpose, seeds may be
early in spring and plante wUl bloom from early
r till frost. Var, Liegnltiia, Grign., is a compact
wd form, with color more clear and brilliant
w type, blooming freely throughout the year;
It tor pot cult. R.H. 1900, p. 279.
rtWBUina, Rehd. Very hke /. HoUtii, but aU the
partsred or bronzy rather than green, sts.pubescent, peti-
oles longer: Ivs. longer and elliptic rather than oval,
peduncles and pedicels longer, ns. carmine-red rather
1644
IMPATIENS
10. Hiwkeri, Bull. A buehy, soft-wooded plant, 2
ft. or lees high, with well-braucbed bU. of a dull red
color; IvB. oppomt« or in whorls of 3, ovate, acuminate,
serrate, dark fp'een, pale beneath: pedunclea ajdJlaiy,
long and slender; fls. rounded in outline, about 3 in.
diam^ deep carmine, with a white e^e; standard
round-obovate, retusc; spur to nearly 3 in. long, slen-
der and slightly curved. South Sea IbIs. Intro, about
1886. B.Mr8247. G.C. II. 25:761. I.H.34:2. Gn.W.
5:213. G.W. 14, p. 126. G.Z. 31, p. 122.— A green-
houae plant, needing an intermediate temperature.
Plants from early spring cuttings bloom all summer
and into autunm.
11. pUtjrpitala, Lindl. (/. mkhirrima, DalzeU).
StB. Strong, succulent, branchea and usually reddish
Eurple: Ivs. whorled, lanceolate or oval, serrate,
airy beneath: peduncles axillary, shorter tl
Ivs.; fls. large, rose-colored; spur sicklen
rather thin and petals transvereely obcordate
mer. Java. R.H. 1847:221. B.R. 32:68.— I
moderate to warm temperature and may
be used as a house-plant or in ^tected
and warm situations outdoors. Prop, by
cuttings, and during growth ahould be
treated like gloxinias. Var. Lucie or Lucy
belongs here.
12. flAccida, Am. (/. laiifMia, Hook., not Linn.).
Fig. 1953. Slender but erect, somewhat branched, gla-
brous, 6-18 in.: Ivs. stalked, ovate or lanceolate, cre-
nate, 2-5 in. Ions, the petiole with or without glands:
fls. rose-purple, l}^ in. or leaa in diam.. mostly solitajy;
sepals ovate; standard broad. 2-lobed, spurred; wings
bioad, 2-lDbed, variable; lip boat'.shaped, with a long
slender curved spur about 1)^ in. long and sometimes
parted to the middle: cape, glabrous, ^'m. king. India.
B.M. 5276, 5625.— Thrives under the treatment given
/. SiiUani. There is a white-fld. form (var. itfdo).
cc. Pedundes mlk 3-6 or more fis., often more or Ittt
dwsUred or terminal.
13. Hookeriina, Am. (/. bi^landvldsa. Moon. f.
Sultdni dido, Hort.). A very succulent much-branched
plant, growmg to a height of 3 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled,
ovate-lanceolate, toothed; peduncles axillary in the
upper Ivs.; fls. large, white, spotted with purple on the
large lower petals; spur bent hom-ahoped, and longer
than the fla. Blooms in fall. Ceylon. B-M. 4704. J.F.
14:391. — It is a perennial, requires a moderate temper-
ature and does not bloom until well developed. Prop,
by cuttings. One of the best spec-iee in cult.
14. ROrlei, Walp. (/. gtandidU^era, Royk). Fig.
1654. A rather coarse garden annual, with strong St.,
succulent and much-branched; lower Ivs, opposite;
upper Ivs. usually in 3's and whorled, all ovate or ovat«-
lanceolate, naked, 4 in. long, sharply eerrati^; basal bct^
rations and the petiole gtandular: peduncles axillary,
with 3 or more fls. and very numerous toward top ol
plant; fla. large, dark purple; spur very short. Aug.,
Sept. India, in the Temp. W. Himalaya region, 6,000-
8.000 ft. altitude. B.M, 4020. B.R. 26:22. J.F.
4:427. — Grown from seed, needing but little care, and
useful in groups. In its native country it grows 4-10
ft. high. Variable. Var. rtwschila. Hook. (I. moschAia,
Edgew.), has Ivs. alternate and whorled, coarsely ser-
rate and less glandular. Var. cdndida, Hook. (/.
cdndida, Lindl.), bas uppermost Ivs. opposite or whorled,
and fls. white spotted crimson. J.F. 4:416. Var. mac-
ToctAla, Hook. (/. macrochlla, Lindl), has upper Ivs.
alternate; tertniaal lobes of the wings half-oval (as if
one side wanting) and falcate, B.R. 26:8.
15. BUfonrii, Hook. f. Glabrous, slenderly branch-
ing, 2-3 ft.: ivs, 3-5 in. long, short-stalk^, ovate-
lanceolate and very long-ncuminate, with many minute
recurved teeth, glandless: fis. loosely racemose at the
top of the St. on very slender pedicels, large, rose and
INCARVILLEA
yellow: sepals 2, nearly orbicular, small; standard
orbicular, reflexed, white suffused rose; the keel red:
winsB liii in. long, pale yellow on basal lobe and
bright rose on the hatch et-uiaped terniinal lobe; lip to .
\]-im. long, gradually narrowed into a hom-like some-
what incurved obtuse spur: caps, erect, narrow, to 1 j^
in. long, red on the angles. W. Himalayas. B.M.
7878.
/. aiirfanu, BsUl. Pennnul. 0-24 io.^ In. altcnute. luuiRilKte,
Huminstc. cieulc ud wiUi brisUea: fla, golden ycUow nredud
red witbin; literal peUla connale: apur short, curved, 2-puled:
■U. ud midrib ndduh. Cotooro IgU, Moumhiqiw. B.M. ^1.—
J. thr^tAntha, Hook. f. AnnuftJ, ciAbroua: Ivk. dtfitnate. luoe-
ovite. Krnite: Bs, Rvenl on k psduucle, ■Dldea-rellowi inur abort
■nd iDcurvKl. India. B.M. T7K.—I. amoriruU, Blkar. Ln.
«llipti^laiiDeolB(«» Bcutfi and creiut«: fla. luve. bri^t oarmine with
2-|Mt4edwliitcipur. Comorolili.— /.EOBwriwiH.Bort. (I. dodkr^
•.i?rf.-
ubby. tl^
I, 7S4«.— /. fiUci/iT, Hook. S.
a. altenuta. aesaile or gUlked,
, \. BGlitary and abort-pedicelled,
pott#d blood-red: a — -i------ .- ■ i.. :-
IT alender,
TiBABDt, (FoldpD yeilow apott#d blood-red;
long. India. B.M. 702^.— 7. Hfriagit,
intbtrh the hrannh™ 4-ui^«d: Ivi oppomw ana wnonoa, ovam
to ovale-laneeolalc : Si. «1 taty or cluncnd. abuut 2 in. acroa.
dnnabar; wur to nearly 3 in. !™«, very nlpoder, incurvod. New
Guinea, B.M. g39e. R.H. 1913:12.— I. UiUtani. Bart. (I. Htd-
atiixl. Sullanij.— J. kticfatia. Hon. II, platypeCala x 1. Haraocil).
—T. Mirtdu, Reichb. Annual: Ivs. runeate-oblona and acute,
aeriate with lighter areas between veins: fla. lifliit purple, cymoae,'
standard with a projection below the tip: lip with slender booked
spur. India. G.W. 14, p. 12T.— J. pniiodna. Hook. f. ADDual.
rsle: fla. sol
Si'Si'.,;
;S4iiSi-
'u^^l'^
uidsTd pale
ipur abort and 1
B.M
.—I. Thim-
•gnu'. Hook.
f. Annual, en
.10: fls. several
ia. B.Sl!^T7B^
!^Win.
lonii
; pite roM;
^alen'd^7
ineurved. Ind
L.
H. B.f
IHPBRATA SACCHARIFlARA: MUa
inlAus.
IHPBRATdRIA; PtKidanum.
INCARVILLEA (aft*r Incarville, the French Jesuit
missionary to China, correspondent of Jussieu in 1743).
BijnonidcM?. Showy herbs, annua!, biennial, or per-
ennial, planted in the open.
Closely allied to Amphicome, and the fla. of both
have the same general appearance, but in Incarvillea
the calyx-lobes arc awl-shaped, while in Amphicome
the calyx is truncate or shortly dentate; also the seeds
of Incarvillea have an entire hyaline wing, while in
Amphicome the seeds have a wing that is cut into long
thin atripa or hairs. The two genera form a small but
remarkable group, characterized by their caps, open-
ing by the ventral suture only. Calyx campanulat*,
S-Iobed; corolla-tube clongateef, enlarging: limb some-
what 2-lipped, the lobes 5, spreading and broad; sta-
mens 4, included, didvnamous; disk annular or ring-
like; ovary 2-loeuled: fr. a narrow more or less curved
caps, with many seeds: plant erect, branching or sim-
ple: Ivs. alternate, 2-3-pinnate or simple, with narrow
segms.; fls. large, in terminal clusters, red to yellow. —
Species about a dozen, Turkestan, Thibet, China. The
general experience seems to be that these plants need
rather more winter protection than roost hardy her-
INCARVILLEA
baceouB perennials. A light, sandy loom, well enriched
and deeply worked, suite tbem well, and they like a
sheltered position in a ntber worm, sunny place.
Prop, by division or seed.
A. Iif.-ttgma. toothed or erenale.
DelaviyI, Bur. & Franch. Fig. 1955. Lvs. few, radi-
cal; Ifts. 4-5 in. long, not quite opposite: Btameaa in-
cluded. B.M. 7462. Gn. 54:430; 60, p. 229; 72, p. 421.
G. 23:157. Gn.W. 15:713. G.W. 15, p. 409. R.H.
1893:544. J.H. Ill, 30:449. Gt.43:1398. Mn. 3, p.
26. GO. 111. 26:123. GM. 33:3(fi.—I. Ddavayiis
a hardy plant with handsome pinnate foliage, each If.
being 1 ft. long, with as many as 15-20 dentate segms.:
scape 1-2 ft. nigh, bearing 2-12 large trumpet-ahaped
rosy purple fls., each 2-3 in. long and as much wide.
These fls. are probably equal in decorative value to
many of the bignonias cherished in greenhouses. In
size and beauty they rank with thoae of catalpa, big-
nonia and tecoma, of the same family. The tube la
yellow inside and out, and the 2 upper lobes are smaller
than the 3 lower ones.
Ifltu, Bur. A Franch. Two to 4 ft.: Ivs. mostly
radical, 8-15 in, long, pinnate, long-petioled; Uts.
broad-lanceolate, crenate: scapee stout and stiff, bear-
ing a few bracto and &-20 yellow, somewhat pendulous
fls., with hmb 2 in. across and paler yellow than the
tube. S. W. China, 10,000-12,000 ft. altitude. G.C.
111. 50, Buppl. Aug. 19 (1911).
AA. L}.-ugm8. parted or diaueUd.
varUbilis, Batalin. Subehrub: Ivs. 2- or 3-pinnate;
aegms. parted or dissected, their lobes entire or slidttly
lobed: fls. as many as 10, pale rose. Gt. 47, p. 222. —
A strong-growing, bushy plant covered with fls. each 1
in, or more across, from May to Oct.; seedlings bloom
the first year.
AAA. Lf.-»egma. often erdire or nearly so.
dte»| Kegel (/. Koirpmannii, W. Lauche). Subshrub,
2-3 ft. high: Ivs. 2-4 m. long' aegms. linear-oblong or
lanceolate, narrower than in /. Delavaffi, especially at
the base, entire or with a few distant teeth toward the
tip: fls. pale pink, veiny; tube 1J4 in. long; hmb about
I m. across, tne 5 k>bes nearly equal. B.M. 6593 (throat
not yellow). G.C. II, 19:89. Gn.28, p. 653.— The
hardiest species.
^randifUlra, Bur. & Franch. Differs from /. Ddavayi
in its shorter Ivs., more rounded Ifts., s^nis. ovate or
INDIGOFERA
1645
broade^ short scapes bearing only 1 or 2 fls. as large as
those of /. Delaiiayi, but with narrower calyx-lobM and
longer corolla-lobee, the color deep rose-red. Dried
BpecimensshowaboutadoienscapesoDaplant, China.
Gn. 66:22. J.H. III. 46:357. G. 27:349; 36:145.
brilliant crimsan fls,, habit of /. Ddanayi:" pedicels
much shorter than the peduncle. Yunnan, China,
compicta, Maidm. Handsome hardy perennial,
flabrous or somewhat pubescent: st, short, becoming 1
t, or more high: Ivs. fleshy or thick, mostly radical,
Sinnatisect; segms. subcordate-ovate, all more or le^
ecurreut, entire ornearly so: fls, at first congested near
the crown, but becoming elevated, purple, the corolla
2-2j^ in, long and the limb IH in. across; corolla-tube
dilated, the limb broad and with roundish lobes; calyx-
teeth deltoid, acuminate. N.W.China. Gt, 49:1479.
L. H. B.t
DIDIAK BBAH: Calaim, I. Chern: RAamniu ooroJiniona.
iia-.Zta Majjt. \.Cnm:TTap^mn.l.C
Com:Zta Mim. I.C
' ' . I. ComM: aonvhoricaraii mJearii. I. Fit; Opunfta
- ._. innniiiiniiM. I. MbIIow: ASuliW I.
Phnic. GiOenia. I. Pip*: Manatrgni, I. tUca: Ziiania aqualia.
L Shot: Caniu, I. Tobacco: LaMia iTtfbOa. L Tninipi Arinm.
MpAiiUo. I. Wheat; fooopkrun lalaricum.
JWDIGO: Indyioftra. Fatw todlio; Baplinauid AmorpAo.
IHDIG6FERA (indt^o-bforin;). Legumindsx. In-
digo. Shrubs and perennial herbs sometimes f^wn for
ornament, and some species cultivated in vonous parts
of the world for indigo.
Plants of differing habit, more or less silky-hairy:
IvH. odd-pinnate (rarely digitate), or sometimes simple
(1-foUolate): fls. usually small, in axillary racemes or
spikes, in color ranging from purple to rose and white,
papiUonaccous; standard mostly roundish, often per-
sisting tor some time; keel with a spur or swelling on
either side; stamens 10, monadelphous, or 0 and 1: pod
various, usually with thin partitions between the
seeds. — The species are probably 300, in tropical
r^ons of the world, and extending to the Cape n^on
of S, Afr. Several species are native to the 0. S.
Indigo is mostly the product of /. tinctoria, of Asia,
1646
DJDIGOFERA
but it i« also made from the West Indian apedea, I.
Anil. Theae apeciee were early introduced into the
southern Btat«e for iDdigo-maJung. and the product was
once manufactured to a considerable ext«nt. The plant
was introduced into South Carolina in 1742 from the
West Indies, When it was found that commercial indigo
could be produced, the Britieh Govenuuent oflered a
bounty. In 1775, the production waa more than one
million pounda of indigo. The war for independence
I«5T. iDdlfsIm niiknriL (XK)
cheeked the industry, and thereafter the rising impor-
tance of the cotton crop, amongat other things, drove
it to the wall. But as late as the middle of the laat
centuiy, indigo continued to be made in remote places.
FlanU still pereiat in some placea as escapes from cul-
tivation, /. linctoria is perennial, but ia grown from
eecds, which give from two lo four cuttings of herbage
the first vear. The indigo is not contained in the plant,
but the dye is a product of manufacture from a gluco-
side indican which is contained in the herbage, and
which is obtained as on extract. Indigo seed is offered
by seedsmen. Other apecies, even of other genera, also
yield indigo. Very much of the indigo of commerce is
now manufactured synthetically from coal-tar.
In North America, several sp<H:ic8 of Indigofera are
occasionally grown aa ornamental subjects. In the
North, they are mostly greenhouse subjects. Propa-
gated by seeds or cuttings, chiefly the Utter. Recent
mtroductions are /, ambtyantha and /. Kiriloteii, excel-
lent species and hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
A. Sareme longer than the If.
dec4ra, Lindl. Weak-growing or even half-climb-
ing shrub, the branches slender and red-tinged; Ifta.
in 6-8 paim, broad-tan ceo late, usually drooping, sharp-
pointed: racemes long, with showy rose-pink fls, about
1 in, long; standard oblong, nearly or quite obtuse,
with a heart-like mark near the base; wings hnear-
INDIGOFERA
lanceolate or apatulate, eiliate, China. B,R. 32:22,
B.M. 6063. G,M. 3r.591. P.M. 16:200.— R^rded
aa a greenhouse plant and cult, in the open far S. Var.
itba (Fig. 1956), with white fls., is a hajdy herbaceous
or balf^shrubby plant at tbe Arnold Arboretum, Bos-
ton. G.F. 7, pp. 266, 376; fig, 61, p. 375 (adapted in
Fig. 1056).
nucrtstachrB, Vent. Shrubby, the sts. terete and
wpreesed-pubescent: Ifts. ft-IO pairs, oval-oblong,
obtuse but mucronate, pubescent; racemea longer than
tbe IvB., many-fld.;QB. rose. China. V.F. 53,
car^biilna, Walt, Tail and branching, 6-7 ft.: Ifta.
4-8 pairs, oblong, oval or oblanceolate, mucronate, with
slender petioluiee: fls. small, many, yellowish brown
and with short-acute calyx-teeth: legume oblong, 2-
seeded, lew than J^in. long,— Pereimial, in tbe pine-
burens from N. C south.
KirilAwii, Maxim. Fig. 1957. A beautiful species of
recent intro., wiiti fla. as large aa those of Robinia
Pteudacacia, bright roee-color: Ivs. petioled: subshrub.
3-4 ft., soon glabrous, the branches sligbtly angular and
bark soon striate: If.-blade to 5 in. lon^, the stalk to
1}^ in.j Ifts. about 7-9, uaually opposite, elliptic or
rounded-elliptic, obtuse and mucronate, to 1^ in.
long and 1 m. wide, both surfaces bearing white hoin
attached by their centers: racemea axillary, longer than
tbe Iva., the peduncle about twice as long aa the
Eetiole; corolla glabrous nearly throughout when in
ud; standard oblong-elliptic, ^in. long and half as
wide, eiliate; keel acuminate, eiliate, as um^ as stand-
ard; anthers prominently apicutate. N. Cluna, Korea.
B.M,8580. M.D.G. 1912:271,— Prop, by division,
suckers and cuttings; appears not lo seed in cult.
AA. Raceme moilly shorter than, or Tiol exceeding, &e If.
omblyintha, Craib. Upr
branchlets an^ed. whitian
petioled, 4-6 m. long; Ifts. usually opposite, oval to
elliptic-oblong, broadly cuneate at tbe base, rounded
ano mucronate at the apex, bright green above, daucee-
cent beneath, apprefised-pubcscent on both aides, J4-
l}4 in. long: fls. in axillary slender racemes with the
peduncle 23^-4 in. bng, very numerous, pink, small,
!-jin, long; petals narrow, of nearly equal length;
standaid spatulate-obovate, upright, mcurved at the
apex; calyx appreased-pubescent; ovary densely whitish
pubescent: pod linear, with both sutures thickened,
pubeacent, H^2 in. long. July-Oct. Cent. China, —
A handsome shrub with its numerous dense racemea of
small pink flowers blooming all summer and autumn.
H^y at Arnold Arboretum. Prop, by cuttings, and
by seeds which are freely produced.
avstrUis, Willd. (/. an^uUtla, Lindl. I. sybidtiea,
Sieb.), A very variable specipa, known by its ^abrous
aspect, short or nearly obsolete teeth of the calyx and
the pod ElahrouB when young. Erect shrub; Ifts, 9-17,
varying from oblong to almost orbicular, ^in. or less
long, obtuse or retuse: Ss, red and mostly showy, the
racemes sometimes fully as long as the Ivs.; standard
truncate at the base with a very short claw: pod nearly
or quite straight, terete. Austral, B,M. 3000. B.R.
386; 991. L.B.C. 2:149.
tinctAria, Linn. Indigo. Fig. 1958. Shrub, 4-6 ft.,
with silverv branches; Ifts. 7-15. thin, rather lar^,
obovate-oblong, pubescent beneath: fls, small, reddi^
yellow, in short racemes, the pedicels finally recurved;
calyx pubescent, the lobes subulate: pod nearly straight,
somewhat knotty, 8-12-aee<icd, about ^ or 1 in. long,
S. Asia.^Long cult, and widely distributed. Runs
wild S. Indigo was known to the Egyptians.
Anil, Linn. West Indiak Ikdioo, Fig. 1958. Much
like the laat, but fls. smaller, and pods curved and not
knotty, and about Hin. long. W. Indies, but now runs
wild in the southern states. B.M.6506.
INDIGOFERA
G«fafdUiut, Wall. (/. Do»im, Hort., not Hamilt.).
Low much-branched shrub with silvery caneacent
branchleto: Ivs. 1-2 in. lon^, with titickiah opposite
pale white bristly Ifts. to }^ m. long and oblanceolate-
oblonK and 9-17 in number: fla. pale red, canescent
' ouUide, the peduncled racemes 12-20-fld.: pod to 2 in.
long, nearly cylindrical. India. B.R, 28:57.
/. cauMia, Dunn. Shtubby, 3-.g ft., with ■ ooppeir pubmwnn
« rounc gKiwtbMi fli- wbi(«, kbout HLa. Lone, in wry Utag MiJ-
like nueows that droop at chs end. CfuaM.—T. lubtpilala, Banth.
Brukohinc ahrub. liftbtly pub««oent wheo youu: Itl 4-7 m. bog;
Ifts. 4-S piuTi, obloni, about 2 in. Iniii; fla. amiill, reddiih, in ahort
axillary rawmw. mmalayu. B.M. 8208.—/. rHicalila, Pranch.
fllsar vhile. China, Korea. The plaiit ia suit, may Be I. reticu-
lata, Koehne. L H B
fNGA (a West Indian name). Legumindax. Tropical
trees and shrubs, with acacia-like foliage and clusteis
INSPECTION
1647
AA. Lfta. not hairy.
FeuQlei, DC. Foliage handsome; Ivs. simply pin-
nat«; Ifts. in 3-4 pairs, oval-oblong, acute at botn ends,
glabrous: pods 1-2 ft. long, linear, flat, glabrous, white
mside. Peru. — The sweet, edible pulp of the pods is
much prized by the Peruvians, who call it pacay. It
has ripiened its pods in Calif.
' animala. Hort.— Diehroetaehys nutans. — 7. dittcit, Willd.—
-'-'' - ' ;iiadiiJiip«nnt,DHV.— Fitbecolobium.
WiLBELM MtLLBB.
L. H. B.t
Spineless; Ivs. abruptly pinnate, usually with slaads
between the large Ifts. : fis. not papilionaceous, in beads,
spikes, racemes or umbels, mostly 5-merouB' stamens
», monadelphouH, exeertec beyond the small tubular
or campanulate corolla: pod narrow, often thickened at
the sutures, completely or partially indehiscent. —
Species upward of 150, in W. Indies and S. Amer.
A. Lftt. hairy beneath.
■fBnia, DC. Lva. simply pinnate; VXs. in 4 pairs,
ovate, acuminate, pubescent above, somewhat shining
and villous below, one side smaller than the other, 3 in.
long, IH in. wide; petioles, branches, peduncles and
" ' ■ ■ ^ gland between each pair of Ivs. ;
I pairs; corollas villous. Trop.
INGBNBOilZIA (Dr. John Ingenhousi, 1730-1799,
famous vegetable pbysiologiBt). Maleiuxx. A sub-
shrub^ plant of S. Ariz, and Mex., intra, recently
in S. Calii. for ornament. Allied to Gossvpium: invol-
ucel of 3 triangulai^lanceolate entire bracts; calyx
saucer-ahaped; stigma obscurely 3-lobed: fr. a globular
leathery 3-ceUed and 3-valved aape.; seeds 5-8 in each
cell or locule, puberulent. I. trfioba, DC. Perennial,
4-10 ft., glabrous: Ivs. S-parted or 5-parted, or the
uppermost entire and lanceolate, the Ivs. and branches
block-dotted; fls. on axillary peduncles, or somewhat
corymbose above; petals 1 in. long, pure white turning
to rose, dark-dott«d. Generic name variously spelled.
raOBlh^ON (in reference to fibrilloee bulbs).
OrehidAeex. Pseudobulbs short, few-jointed, annulate,
fibrilloae, few-lvd,: Ba. in racemes or panicles; sepals
and petals equal, the lateral sepals not forming a
mentum; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes smalt, the middle
lobe large, with a thick fleshy callus 3-parted disk;
column short, tootleaa.— Species 2, New Caledonia.
Kr&nzl. {Dendrdbium muriedlum vor.
. inetj. Pseudobulbs about 3 in. long, 1^
lick, 2-lvd.; IvB. up to 8 in. long: panicle of few
braacbis, somewhat nodding; sepals and petals green-
ish, brown-spotted; lip marked with Kddisb purple
and yellow. B.M. 8371. George V. Naah.
I116DBS: SatoL
UtOPHfLLDU: TiMiian duttnvt.
inSECTTCIDBS, mSBCTS: DitMttu and TntKti. p. 1043.
raSPECTION OF HORTICULTURAL MER-
CHANDISE. — To guard against the introduction of
insect pests and plant diseases, governments have insti-
tuted inspection service at ports of entry and for inter-
state commerce. The regulations may be federal, or
state or provincial.
The planl-^uarafUine ad.
A federal plant-quarantine act was enacted by Con-
gress August 20, 1912. This act authorises the Secre-
tary of Agriculture to regulate the importation of
nursery stock and other planU and plant-^mxlucts, and
to establish and maintain quarantine districts for plant-
diseases and insect pest^ within the United States, and
also to exclude 1^ quarantine diseased plants or plant-
products from foreign countries or to provide such
regulations governing the entry of such materials as will
The first general attempt to secure notional legisla-
tion of this nature resulted from the introduction of the
San Joa6 scole into the eastern United States and its
threatened general distribution on nurserv stock. To
meet this emergency, a convention was called in Wash-
ington in 1897, composed of the delegates from horti-
cultural societies, nurserymen's associations, state
agricultural boards, agricultural colleges and experi-
ment stations — a large and representative body of men.
After full discussion a bill was drafted, the primary
object of which was the control of domestic nursery
stock, but which provided also for the inspection of
foreign nuraery stock. While this measure received
the endorsement of the convention, and was submitted
to Congress, the different interests were not fully
agreed as to the desirabihty of all its features, and it
was not heartily pushed and was ultimotelv dropped
with the ideo of replacing it by a more suitable bill.
During succeeding years, a number of bills covering
the same general suBject were introduced at the differ-
ent sessions of Congress, and some of these were
reported favorably from the Committee on Agriculture.
but the opposition of importing nurserymen preventea
any of these measures ever reaching a very advanced
stEige. In the meantime^ various conferences were held
between the entomologists of the different states and
1648
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
horticultural inspectors and the principal nurserymen's
associations, without, however, oomins to any agree-
ment as to suitable legislation. Finally, in 1908, the
promoters of this legislation having become thoroughly
discouraged, the project was definitely abandoned^ —
the San Josd scale in the meantime having been earned
on nursery stock into practically every state in the
Union.
The effort which eventually resulted in the enact-
ment of the present law was due to the discovery, in
1909, of the introduction of enormous quantities of
brown-tail moth nests full of hibernating larvse on
seedling fruit stock, chiefly from northern France and
Belgium. With these were occasional^^g-masses of
the gipsy-moth. During the years 1909^ and 1910,
stock minted with thousands of larval nests was sent
to no less than twenty-two different states, covering
the country from the Atlantic seaboard to the Rocky
Mountains. So far as possible, this stock was followed
up by state and federal inspectors and the infesting
insects destroved.
This new dan^r led the writer in 1909 to draft a
national (|uarantme and inspection bill relating particu-
larly to imported nursery stock, and other plants and
plant-products offered for entry from foreign coimtries,
out providing also means for Quarantining new pests
locally established within the United States. This bill
promptly pa»ed the House, but was objected to by
nurserymen, and was withdrawn with the idea of
revising it so as to meet in a satisfactory way these
objections. There followed many attempts to draft a
measure which would give reasonable protection and
be at the same time satisfactory to the nursery interests,
and many different bills were introduced in Congress
from time to time^ all bas^ on the original bill just
referred to. Securing desirable legislation of this kind —
against a small but organized opposition — ^is a slow
process, and the effort instituted m January, 1909, did
not reach fruition until August. 1912. The passage of
the act was finally much aidfed by the hearty coopera-
tion of Califomian interests, due to the discovery that
the Mediterranean fruit-fly had become thoroughly
established in Hawaii and was likely at any time to be
carried by Hawaiian fruits to California, and thus
jeopardize the vast fruit development of that state.
The bill as passed is a compromise measure, and
divides responsibiUty between tne federal government
and the state authorities. It, furthermore, gives no
control over the interstate movement of domestic
nursery stock, except as to areas and plants specifically
quarantined.
The scope of this act has been given in an opening
paragraph. The system of control of imported nursery
stock and a description of the several foreign and
domestic plant quarantines and restrictive orders
follow.
C&ntrol of nursery stock importations.
For the purposes of this act, niUBcry stock offered
for entry into the United States falls into two classes,
namely:
1. That coming from countries having an official
inspection and certification system, and
2. From countries which have no system of inspec-
tion or certification.
Nursery stock from the first class of countries,
arrives with some assurance of freedom, or at least the
responsibility for its condition fixed on some known
foreign official.
Nursery stock from the second class of countries
arrives with no information as to its probable freedom
from infestation by insects or diseases.
Commercial importations are permitted only from
the countries belonging to the first category, and from
countries belonging to the second category importa-
tions are limited by regulation and permitted only for
experimental or scientific purposes. Mail importations
are not permitted except of field, vegetable, and
flower seeds.
The following countries have provided for inspec-
tion and certification of export plants and plant-prod-
ucts in conformity with the r^ulations under the
plant-quarantine act: Australia, Barbados, Belgium,
Bermuda, British Guiana, Canada, Cuba, Denmark,
England, France, Germany. Guatemala, Holland, Ire-
land, Japan, Leeward Islands, Antigua, St. Christopher-
Nevis, Dominica, Montserrat, Virgin Islands. Grand
Duchy of Luxemburg, New Zealand, Scotland. Union
of South Africa, Straits Settlements, Switzeriand, Trini-
dad, Wales, Windward Islands. Granada, St. Lucia,
and St. Vincent; and these incluae most of the countries
which have hitherto maintained any consider^le com-
merical trade in nursery stock with the United States.
Any other country may obtain the benefits of com-
n^ercial exportation by providing for the proper inspec-
tion and certification of exported stock, llie ItaUan
government has indicated that the Province of Padua
will certify export mu-sery stock, and a national law
has been passed with the object of ultimately meeting
for the coimtry as a whole the requirements of the plant-
quarantine act.
The federal act has very greatly stimulated those
foreign countries which have considerable commercial
trade in plants with the United States to do better
work of inspection and to provide suitable legislation
and officers to meet the requirements of the act.
The United States is no longer a dumping-ground
for any sort of infested and diseased stock. Brown-tail
moth fmd gipsy-moth infestation has practically ceased,
insect infestation by any important pest is rare, and
the general condition of the stock has been very much
improved.
In general explanation of the federal powers in rela-
tion to the importation of nursery stock, it may be
said that these powers relate (1) to the issuance of
permits for the unportation of nursery stock, (2) the
provision for forei^ inspection and certification as a
condition of entry, and (3) the distribution to the
several state inspectors of exact information in regard
to the origin, arrival, and destination of the imported
stock.
To the several states is left the entire responsibility
for the inspection at destination of commercial impor-
tations of nursery stock, and, if this inspection is not
done by state inspectors, there is nothing in the federal
law to make good this neglect. Most of the states have
made fairly adequate provision for such inspection,
and this inspection, as shown by the pests intercepted
and destroyed, has been of tremendous value.
Foreign planl quarantines.
Under the provisions of Section 7 of the plant-ouar-
antine act, the following foreign plant-quarantines nave
been established:
White pine btister-rust. — This is Quarantine No. 1.
promulgated September 16, 1912, and amended and
superseded by Quarantine No. 7, promulgated May
21, 1913. This quarantine was drawn to prevent the
introduction into the United States of the white pine
blister-rust, and forbids the importation into the
United States from each and every country of Europe
and Asia of all five-leafed pines.
Potato wart. — This is Quarantine No. 3, promulgated
September 20, 1912, to prevent the introduction into
the llnited States of the disease known as "potato
wart," "potato canker," "black scab," and the like,
and forbids the importation into the United States
from the countries of Ne^'foundland, the islands of
St. Pierre and Miquelon, Great Britain and Ireland,
Germany, and Austria-Hungary, of the conunon or
Irish potato {Solanum tuberosum),
Mexican fruit-fly. — This is Quarantine No. 5, and
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
1649
was promulgated January 15, 1913, to prevent the
introduction into the United States from Mexico of
the insect known as the Mexican fruit-fly (Tryj^eta
ludens)f and forbids the importation into the Umted
States from the Republic ot Mexico of the following
fruits: oranges, sweet limes, mangoes, Achrcis Sapola,
peaches, guavas, and plums. It was amended February
S, 1913, to include, in addition to the above fruits, the
grapefruit and its norticultural varieties.
Pink boU^worm of cotton. — This is Quarantine No. 8,
promulgated May 28, 1913, to prevent the introduction
mto the United Sates of the pmk boll-worm of cotton,
and forbids the importation into the United States
of cotton-seed of all species and varieties and cotton-
seed hulls from an^ foreien locality and country, excepts
ing only the locahty of the Imperial Valley in the state
of Lower California in Mexico. The importation from
the region specified in Mexico is governed by regula-
tions. By later amendments this quarantine was
lifted and cotton-seed and seed-cotton were permitted
to be entered, under regulations, from the Mexican
states of Neuvo Leon, Tamaulipas, Coahuila, Durango,
and Chihuahua.
Potato quarantine. — This is Quarantine No. 11, pro-
mulgjated December 22, 1913, to prevent the mtro-
duction into the United States of the disease known as
powdery scab (Spongosvora aubterranea), and forbids
the importation into the United States from the Domin-
ion of Canada, Newfoundland, the islands of St. Pierre
and Miquelon. Great Britain, Ireland and Continental
Europe, of tne common or Irish potato (Solanum
tuheroaum), until such time as it shall have bc^en ascer-
tained to the satisfaction of the Secretary of Agricul-
ture that the coimtry or locality from which potatoes
are offered for import is free from powdery scab and
other injurious potato diseases. Amendments 1 and 2,
February 20: 3, March 12; and 5, November 30, 1914.
eliminate Belgium, Denmark, and the Netherlands, and
the Dominion of Canada, from the provisions of this
quarantine and make it possible to import potatoes
under regulation from these countries. The importation
under regulation is also now permitted from Bermuda|
Santo Domingo, and the states of Chihuahua and
Sonora, Mexico. Amendment 4 to this quarantine,
promulgated June 25, 1914, eliminates the territory
of Porto Rico from its provisions.
Avocado seed miarantine. — This is Quarantine No. 12,
promulgated Feoruary 27, 1914, to prevent the intro-
duction into the United States of the avocado weevil
(Heilipus lauri), and forbids the importation into
the United States of the seeds of the avocado or alli-
Stor pear from Mexico and the countries of Central
nerica.
Sugar-cane quarantine. — ^This is Quarantine No. 15,
promulgated June 6, 1914, to prevent the introduction
mto the United States of mjurious insects and fungous
diseases of the sugar-cane, and forbids the importation
into the United States, from all foreign countries of
living canes of sugar-cane, or cuttings or parts thereof.
This quarantine does not apply to Hawaii and Porto
Rico.
These foreign quarantine orders are absolute pro-
hibitions of the entry of the goods covered, and are
enforced through the active cooperation of the customs
service of the Treasury Department.
Domestic ptant quarantines.
Under the provisions of section 8 of the plant-
quarantine act the following domestic plant-quarantines
have been established:
Mediterranean fruit-fly. — This b Quarantine No. 2.
gromulgated September 18, 1912, to protect the United
tates from the entiv of the Mediterranean fruit-fly,
now thoroughly established in the Hawaiian Islands.
This quarantine prohibits the shipment of any of the
fruits and vegetables specified in the notice of quar*
105
antine into or through any other state, territory, or
district of the United States.
Gipsy^moth and brown-tail moth, — ^This is Quarantine
No. 4, promulgated November 5, 1912, and revised
and amended as Quarantine No. 10, June 24, 1913,
and as Quarantine No. 17, July 3. 1914. This Quar-
antine describes and quarantines tne districts in New
England infested b3r the two moths named, and makes
regulations governing the movement in interstate
oonmierce of plants and plant-products which may be
infested from the areas quarantined.
Date-palm scale insects. — ^This is Quarantine No. 6,
promulgated March 1, 1913, to prevent the further dis-
tribution in the United States of two important date-
palm scale insects. It quarantines certam counties in
California, Arizona and Texas, and makes regula-
tions governing the interstate movement of date palms
orifidnating within the areas Quarantined.
Pink bwl^worm of cotton. — ^This is Quarantine No. 9,
promulgated Jime 24, 1913, and applies to the territory
of Hawaii. It has the same object as the foreign quar-
antine on the same subject, described above. It pre-
vents the movement from tne territory of Hawaii mto
or through any other state, territorv or district of the
United States of all cotton-seed and cotton-seed hulls.
Mediterranean fruitrily and melon-fly. — ^This is Quar-
antine No. 2, promulgated September 18, 1913, and
revised and amended as Quarantine No. 13, promul-
sated March 23. 1914, to protect the United States
uom the entry of the Mediterranean fruit-fly (Ceratitis
capitata) and the melon-fly {Dacus cucurintse), now
thoroughly established in the Hawaiian Islands. This
quarantine prohibits the shipment of an^ of the fruits,
nuts and vegetables specified in the notice of quaran-
tine into or through any other state, territory or dis-
trict of the United States, in accordance with the regu-
lations prescribed under this quarantine. This quar-
antine became effective May 1, 1914.
Powdery scab of potatoes. — ^This is Quarantine No. 14,
promulgated April 25, 1914, to prevent the further dis-
tribution in the United States of the dangerous potato
disease known as powdery scab (Spongospora sub-
terranea)f which exists m certain parts of the state of
Maine. This quarantine became effective August
1, 1914.
Sugar-cane quarantine. — ^This is Quarantine No. 16,
promulgated June 6, 1914, to prevent the further dis-
tribution in the United States of certain injurious
insects and fungous diseases of the sugar-cane existing
in the territories of Hawaii and Porto Kico, and forbidls
the movement from the territories named into or
through any other state, territory or district of the
United States of living canes of sugar-cane, or cuttings
or parts thereof.
Most of the domestic quarantines provide for the
movement of the quarantined articles under a system
of inspection and certification. The very considerable
work of inspection and certification necessitated,
particularly in the case of the moth quarantine in
New England and the Mediterranean fruit-fly quar-
antine in Hawaii, is done under federal authority, in
oodperation with state and insular officers, who are
made for that purpose collaborators of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
Regulatory orders.
Under the authority given by section 5 of the plant-
<iuarantine act, orders placing restrictions on the
importation of potatoes and avocados have been
promulgated.
The order restricting the admission of all foreign
potatoes not imder quarantine was issued December 22,
1913, and regulations governing the entry of potatoes
under this order into the United States were issued
December 30, 1913. This order specifies that potatoes
may be imported only from countries which are free
1650
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
from injurious potato diseases and insect pests and
under permit and prior foreign inspection ana certifica-
tion. All such imported potatoes are subject to a
second inspection by a fedend inspector on their arrival
in this country.
The order governing the admission of the avocado
or alligator pear under restriction was issued February
27, 1914. These two orders are supplemental to the
quarantine orders described above m relation to the
potato and to avocada seed.
The federal harHcuUwral board.
The act provides (section 12) that for the purpose of
carrying out its provisions there shall be appointed by
the secretary of Agricultiu^ from existing bureaus and
offices in the Department of Agriculture, including
the Bureau of Entomology, the Bureau of Plant Indus-
try, and the Forest Service, a Federal Horticultural
Board consisting of five members, of whom not more
than two shall be appointed from any one bureau or
office, and who shall serve without additional compen-
sation.
State leffialatian.
The state of California for the last twenty y;ean
has enforced a quarantine at the port of San Francisco,
and has had quarantine and other control legislation
which has furnished protection to the state of untold
value, and to a less degree to the remainder of the
United States. A few other states have had minor plant-
legislation, but the San Jos^ scale outbreak in the East
in the early nineties, already referred to, was the incit-
ing cause of plant^legislation in nearly every state of
the Union. This legislation, chiefly in relation to
domestic nursery stock, lacks imiformity, and thus
entails unnecessary difficulty to dealers in nursery and
other plant stock. An effort has be^n under way for
several years to devise, for general adoption, a uniform
nursery and plant act, and it seems now possible that
• uniform legislation may eventually be secured. A bill
has been drafted bv J. G. Sanders, State Entomologist
of Wisconsin, as Chairman of a Committee on Uniform
State Legislation of the American Association of Horti-
cultural Inspectors, and this bill has been approved by
this association, representing the different states and
by the National Nurserymen's Association. It will
probably be many years, however, before it is generally
substituted for present state legislation on this subject.
Space at disposal does not permit of a full analysis
of the plant legislation of the different states. This legis-
lation has been well summarized in Circular No. 103
of the Department of Agriculture of the state of New
York. Shippers of nursery stock should first inquire
as to legislation, which piay vary from year to year, of
any state to which goods are to be sent. Many of the
states also require the taking out of licenses, and in
some states imported nurseiy stock must be reexamined
by local state inspectors before it can be liberated.
Plant legislation in Canada,
The Canadian legislation to control the entry of
injurious insect pests and plant-diseases has much the
same history as the similar legislation in the United
States and the same inciting causes. The San Jos6
scale excitement in the United States led in 1898 to the
passage by Canada of the San Jos^ Scale Act which
prohiDited the importation of nursery stock from all
countries in which this scale insect occurred. Later
(1901) this prohibition was removed and nursery stock
from countries in which the scale occurred was allowed
to enter, subject to fumigation with hydrocyanic-acid
gas, — the ports of entry and the time of the year when
such entry could be made being limited. In 1909 brown-
tail motn nests were found on shipments of nursery
stock to Canada and this led to the enactment of the
^'Destructive Insect and Pest Act" of May, 1910. This
act provides either for the prohibition of entry, fumiga-
tion on entry, or inspection subsequent to entry, of
nursery stock, and ^ves other conditions governing
the introduction of living plants. The act has been
amended by additional reffulations from time to time,
particularly in relation to me chestnut-bark disease, the
Mediterranean fruitr-fly, potato diseases^ and forest
products from New England.
Canadian provincial legislation.
In addition to the legislation of the Dominion of
Canada against insect pests and plantrdiseases, several
of the provincial governments have enacted similar
laws. With the exception, however, of the provinces .of
British Columbia and Nova Scotia, the provincial
governments restrict their attention to the control of
pests within their territories. The provinces of Brit-
ish Columbia and Nova Scotia, however, inspect and
fumigate, if necessary, nursery stock and fruit imported
into these provinces. Nova Scotia fumigates and
inspects stock coming from other parts of Canada
only. As in the case of the United States, there is
cooperation between the inspection service of the
Dominion and provincial governments. The full text
of the Canadian Dominion and provincial laws in
relation to this subject may be obtained from the
Dominion Department of Agriculture, Ottawa.
C. L. Marlatt.
ine laws.
State quarantine laws are now in a transition stage.
For two or three years there has been active propaganda
for uniform state legislation looking to the control of
destructive insects and plant diseases. The statutory
requirements in the different states are so unlike as
to cause much annoyance, and state departments of
agriculture or other bodies issue circulars explaining
these different requirements for the guidance oT
nurserymen and others. The bill drafted by the San-
ders Committee, already mentioned, has been prac-
tically completed, and now awaits enactment. At the
request of the Federal Horticultural Board, the Solicitor
of the United States Department of Agriculture has
drawn a bill for enactment by the different states, to
constitute a general plant act rather than a nursery-
stock act. Several states are now proposing to enact
this draft.
Even in view of the tentative character of much of
the legislation, it seems to be well to reprint here a few
of the standard or most important statutes. The
Canadian law is the simplest and most direct. It
embodies in a few words the power to control the entry
of plants from foreigi coimtnes and also to control the
phmts within the Dominion. Under the federal and
state constitutions in the United States, such a brief
and simple law seems to be impossible. There are here
printed, the Canadian law; the United States law; and
the laws of New York and California.
The ideal law is probably one that confers broad
powers, and then leaves the details to regulation so
that necessary minor changes may be made as cir-
cumstances arise. There must naturally be consider-
able discretion conferred on competent officers or
authorities in dealing with such subjects as quaran-
tine of insects and plant diseases.
Under the federal quarantine act of the United
States, some twenty Quarantines have now been laid
and several of these nave required rather elaborate
regulations, and modifying oraers and amendments
have been issued; these matters cannot, of course, be
entered here.
Some of the leading sections in the Sanders' bill, now
proposed for legislation in the different states, are
reprinted on pages 1653 and 1654. Thiis bill is likely to
become of much importance in inspection legislation.
INSPECTION INSPECTION 1651
Tbb DBaiMPHV IUBBCr and Pivr Act of CakaSa oonditio™ and undw nob nculatiooi ai the Seselary of A«ri-
(Mar4. ISIO). " H^ j^^^J^f^beH„jutyD(tl.e8eor«Aryo(theTre«miy
1. Thia Aet may be dtad u Th4 Ddtmetifa Intel imd Art proniptly to notify the BeoeCary of Asriculture of thn amTal of
jict Any nuneiy atock at ixirt of entry; that the penon reeeivinf auoh
2. In thia Act, unlea the coDteit (Ftbenriae raqmraa, the Min- a^k at port of entry ehaU immediately upon mtry and before
later' mevuA 'the Miniater of A^iicuttuje.' auch atock u druivered for ahipment or removed from the port i4
3 The Governor in Council may make auoh re«ul»tion» «e a« entry, adviae the Betmtaiy of Agricultiue « "'■ '" -" ■'-
dee1i,ed ei^eM^o p;:^«r.CrnS«lS(^ iJVdS^oTinto ^"V 8"«vT«T.tortal, « D-tnet offi«.l
Canada, or the •nru^oa thercdo. of asv inaeM. neat or dianaa W «■ ™ S^K^f " 7r™- 'V.™
both, aa tha Becretary of Agneultun
Canada, or the ipreading theroD. of any inMVt. peit or diwAM
daUTictive to vegetation.
4. Such resulBtioni may provide. —
vecetable or other nutter likely to introduce any auob inaect.
Ir) for the treatment and nuuu
appointed for lueh purpoae;
tion or vecetable matter or contaioera thereof infeated or au^Kct«d
to be iofmed with any (uch inaect. peat or dieeaae;
a) for the craotinp of compenaation for any luch crop, tref^
or other vecelation or eontAinera thereof io deatroyed, auch
eompeoaatioa not to eiceed two-tbirda of the value of the matter
deatroyed and to be crantcd onlf by the Oovtfnor id CoudcU upon
(f) for the prohibition oF the lale of any Tt(Btabl« mattw
.,, — — ,_. ,. — e premiace on whit- _ ,_.___
any luoh inaect. peat or diaeaae anall forthwith notify the Minister
ADd ahnU aleo Mnd aperaiaBnt of aucb inaect. peat or dieeaae;
Ih) for tbe confiecation of any veoetable matter and the con-
tainer thereof, if any. in reapect of woioh a brearh of thia Act. or
' " m made tbereunder. ia committod. and aenejally for
ptdient for carryinc out
of the kind enumerated
5. The Miniater may impcdnt in^Hctcn and otha offioefv fcv
carryinA out thia Act and the reculationi made thereunder.
(21 Such appqintmenta, if not confirmed hy the Governor in
Council vithin thirty daya of the date tberoof. ifiall lapae and otaaa
6. Any innpBctor- or otha officer eo appointed may «nt«r any
plaoe or premuee in which he haa reaaon to believe there eiiata any
auch inaect, peat or diacaae. and may take epecimeni thereof ana
alao of any vesetable matter infeated 17 auapected of being inicated
therewith.
7. The Miniater, upon the report of any inapector aetting forth
a reasonable belief 01 the eiiiteDoe of any auch insect, peat or
diireer in any area defined in auch report, may prohibit the removal
from auch area or the movement thereio of any vccetadon. ve*^
table or other matter which, in hia opinion, ia likely to result in the
spread of auch insect, pmt or diaeaae.
8. Evoy panoa who eonttavens any provision of this Act, or
Any regulation made thereunder, shall be liable, upcm summaiy
onment for a term not excwLing six monthe. a to both fine and
impriaonment. Any vecetable or other matter imported or brousht
into Canada contrary to thia Act, or to any regulation made theiv-
under. shall be forfeited to the Crown.
9. Every order in council and rcculation made under thia Aot
shall be published in "The Canada Gaiette," and shall belaid, by tb*
Minister, before Parliament within fifteen daya after the oommous-
Thx United States Plant Qoahamtinii.
AN ACT To raculate the importation of uureery eiock and otlier
plants and plant products; Co enable the Secretary of A^-
culture to establieh and maintain quarantine districte for
movement oi fruits, ptaols. and vecetablea tho^rom, and
for other pujposea.
unlawful for any peraon to import or offer for ., _,
States any nursery stock onlesa and until a permit ahall have
been issued therefor by the BecretAry of Acriculture. under euch
conditions and reculations as the eaid Secretary of Acriculture
may prrecribe, and unices such nursery stock shall he accom-
panied by a certiScate of inspection, in manner and form as
required by the Secretarv of Acriculture. of the proper officaal
of tbe country from which the LmportAIion is made, to the effect
that tbe stock has been thoroughly inspected and is believed to
be free from injurious plant dinraaf snd insect pests: Providtdt
That the Secretary of AAricultuTe shall iasue the permit for any
particular ImpottAtion ofnunery stock when the eonditione and
reculations aa pnaeribed in thia act shall h«ve been complied with;
Pmidtd fiadttr, That nursery stock may be imported lor eiperi-
meotaJ or aeientifie purpoaea by the Department of Agriculture
upon sush eooditions and under such reculations as tbe aaid Seen-
tory of Acrioulture may prescribe: And pnmdtd furOur, That
nursery stock imported from cauntriis where no official system of
1652
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
UDder such rules and regulations as he shall fHVsoribe. at which
hearing any interested party may appear and be heard, either in
person or by attome]^: Providtd fwiher. That the 9uarantine
provisions of this section, as applying to the white-^ane blister
rust, potato wart, and the Mediterranean fruit fly, shall become
and be effective upon the passage of this act: ProvitUd furthtr.
That hereafter any class of nurserv stock or of anv other class ci
plants, fruits, vegetables, roots, bulbs, seeds, or other plant prod-
ucts oi which the importation may be forbidden from any country
or locaUty under the provisions of section seven of tne Plant
Quarantine Act approved August twentieth, nineteen hundred
and twelve (Thirty-seventh Statutes, pace UtfM hundred and
fifteen), may be imported for exp«imental or scientific purposes
by the Department of Aflxiculture upon such conditions and imder
such regulations as the said Secretary of Asiculture may prescribe.
Sbc. 8. That the Secretary of Agriciuture is authonsed and
directed to quarantine any State. Territorv, or District of the
United States, or any portion thereof, when he shall determine the
fact that a dangerous plant disease or insect infestation, new to
or not theretofore widely prevalent or distributed within and
throu^out the United States, exists in such State or Territory or
District: and the Secretary of Agriculture is directed to ipve notice
of the establishment of such quarantine to common carriers doing
business in or through such quarantined area, and shall publish
m such newspapers in the quarantined area as he shall select notice
of the eetabushment of quarantine. That no person shall ship or
offer for shipment to any common carrier, nor shall any common
carrier receive for tranqxntation or transport, nor shall any person
carry or transport from any Quarantined State or Territory or Dis-
trict of the United States, or from a^ quarantined porti(m thereof,
into or through any other State or Territory or District, any class
of nurserv stock or any other class of plants, fruits, vegetables,
roots, bulbs, seeds, or other plant products specified m the notice
of quarantine except as hereinafter provided. That it shall be
unlawful to move or allow t6 be moved anv class of nursery stock
or any other class of plants, fruits, vegetables, roots, bulbs, seeds,
or other plant products q>ecified in the notice of quarantine here-
inbefore provided, and regardless of the use for which the same is
intended, from any quarantined State or Territory or District of
the United States, or quarantined portion thereof, into or through
any other State of Territory or District, in manner or method or
under conditions other than those prescribed by the Secretary of
Agriculture. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of ^ri-
culture to make and promulgate rules and regulations which shall
permit and govern tne inspection, disinfection, certification, and
method and manner of dehvery and shipment of the class ot nur-
sery stock or of any other class of plants, fruits, vegetables, roots,
bulbs, seeds, or other plant products specified in the notice of quar-
antine hereinbefore provided, and regardless <^ the use for which
the same is intended, from a quarantined State ot Territory or
District of the United States, ac quarantined portion thereof, into
or through any other State ot Territory ot District; and the Secre-
tary of Agriculture shall ^ve notice of such rules and regulations
as nereinbefOTe provided m this section fOT the notice of the estab-
lishment of quarantine: Provided, That before the Secretary <^
Agriculture shall promulffkte his determination that it is necessary
to quarantine any State, Territory, or District of the United States,
OT pOTtion thereof, under the authority given in this section, he
shsll, after due notice to interested parties, give a public hearing
under such rules and regulations as he shall prescribe, at which
hearing any interested fwty may appear and be heard, either in
person ot byattomey.
Sec. 9. That the Secretary of Agriculture shall make and
promulgate such rules and regulations as may be necessary fOT
carrying out the purposes of this act.
Sec. 10. That any person who shall violate any of the provis-
ions of this act, or who shall forge, counterfeit, alter, deface, ot
destroy any certificate provided for in this act ot in the regula-
tions of the Secretary ol Agriculture^ shall be deemed ^Ity of a
misdemeanOT and shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a
fine not exceeding $500 or oy imprisonment not exceeding one year,
OT both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court:
Provided^ That no common carrier shall be deemed to have violated
the provisions of any of the foregoing sections of this act on proof
that such carrier did not knowingly receive for trai»portation or
transport nursery stock or other plants ot plant products as such
from one State. Territory, or District of the United States into or
through any other State, Territory, or District; and it shall be the
duty of the United States attorneys diligentljr to prosecute any
violations of this act which are brought to their attention by the
Secretary of Agriculture ot which come to their notice by other
means.,
Sec. 11. That the word "person" as used in this act shall be
construed to import both the plural and the singular, as the case
demands, and shall include corporations, companies, societies,
and associations. When construing and enfOToing the provisions
of this act, the act, omission, or failure of any ofiicer, agent, ot
other person acting for or employed by any coiporation, company,
society, or association, within the scope of his employment ot
office, shall in every case be also deemed to be the act, omission, ot
failure of such corporation, company, society, ot association as
well as that of the person.
Sec. 12. That for the purpose of carryiru^ out the provisions
of this act there shall be appointed by the Secretary of Agricul-
ture from existing bureaus and offices in the £>epartment ot Agri-
culture, including the Bureau of Entomology, the Bureau of
Plant Industry, and the Forest Service, a Federal Horticultural
Board consisting of five members, of whom not more than two
shall be appointed from any one bureau or office, and who shall
serve without additional compensation.
Sec. 13. That there is hereby appropriated, out of the moneys
in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to be expended as the
Secretary of Agriculture may direct, fOT the purposes and objects
of this act. the sum of $26,000.
Sac. 14. That this act shall beoome and be effective from mnd
after the first day of October, ninetiwn hundred and twelve,
exc^t as herein otherwise provided.
Thb Nkw York Law to Rboulatb the SAiiB or Fbutt-
Bbabimo Tbbbs (April 15, 1914).
SeotiOTi 1. The title of article deven of chi^^ter nine of the
laws of nineteen hundred and nine, entitled '*Aa act in relnttoci
to agriculture, constituting chapter one of the consolidated laws,^
is hereby amraded to read as follows:
Appiet; pears; peaches; quinces; fruM)eannQ trtes,
) 2. Such chapter is hereby amended by adding at the end of
article eleven thrae new sections to be sections two hundred and
sixty-three, two hundred and sixty-four and two hundred and
■ixty-five, to read, respectively, as follows:
I 263. SaU of /ruit-bearino trmt. Every person, firm or oor-
poratiOTi selling fruit-bearing trees shipped from any point in tbe
state of New YOTk must have attached to each oar. Box, bsJe or
package a copy of a certificate of inspection issued by the state
department ox agriculture and signed by the commissioner of acri*
culture, valid to the first day of Smtember next fc^owinc the
date of issuance thOTeof . There shall also be attached to each
bimdle ot package of such fruit-bearing trees a label specifying
the name of variety of trees contained therein. In case aueh
bimdle ot package shall contain trees of difftfent lands or vari-
eties there must be attached to each tree therein a like labeL
f 264. DamoQet accruing from mU of trm». Nothing con-
tained in section two hundred and sixty-three ot any other section
of this chapter shall be construed to deprive a purchaser of any
fruit-bearing tree of his remedy at law in a civil action to recover
damages sustained by reason ol such trees proving untrue to name
as spid&ed on the labeL Such damages may be recovered in a
dvil action by the purchaser of such fruit-bearing trees ot by hia
personal representative ot assignee at any time priOT to the third
bearing year, provided the purchaser notifies the seller as soon ma
he has reason to believe that such trees are not true to name. In
any action to recovo* damages suffered by the purchaser by reaaon
of any fruit tree or trees not being of the name ot variety under
which they were tagged and sold, the seller shall have Uie burden
of pro<rf in establishing that any contract not in writing ot any pro-
vision of any such contract exempting the seller from liabihty or
limiting his liability was fully understood and agreed to by the pur-
chaser. In every case of a sale of fruit-beanng trees m lots of
twenty-five ot more, when by written contract, tne seller must at
once furnish the purchaser a copy of such oOTitract upon the face of
which shall be plainly printed the following: "In any action to
recover damages suffered by the purchaser by reason of any fruit
tree ot trees not being of the name ot variety under which they
were tagged and sold, the seller shall have the burden of proof in
establishing that any contract not in writing or any provision
of any su<m contract exempting the seller from liability or limit-
ing his liability was fully understood and agreed to by the pur-
chaser." The seller must also accompany the shipment oi such
trees with an itemised list of the same, which lists shall also give
the name <^ the coimty and state where the trees covered by it
were grown, the age of the trees, and the name and address of
the person iot whom the trees were grown, if requested by letter
OT in writing on the contract by the purctutser at the time of pur-
chase. Within five days after the receipt by the purchaser of^the
trees and the list thereof the purchaser shiul compare and notify
the seller of any discrepancy between the list and the labels on
such trees.
f 265. Agent to carry certificate of authority. Any person,
firm OT corporation acting as sgient for another in the sale ot fruit-
bearing trees in this state shall carry with him, at all times when
engaged in selling trees, a certificate in writing signed by his prin-
cipal and properly acknowledged, showing his authority to act as
such agent and upon request shall exhibit the same to the pur-
chaser and shall leave with the purchaser a copy of the contract
bearing on its face the clause referred to in section two hundred and
six^-four.
I 3. This act shall take effect S^tembw fixtt, nineteen hun-
dred and fourteen.
Ths Hobticultubal QuABANTXNi] Law OP Caufobnia.
AN ACT to provide fOT the protection of horticulture and to pre-
vent the introduction into this state of insects ot diseases, or
animals, injurious to fruit ot fruit trees, vines, bushes or
vegetables, providing for a quarantine fOT the enforcement
of this act, making a violation of the terms of the act a mis-
demeanor, and providing the penalty therefor; providing
that said act shall be an urgency measure and j^ into effect
immediately, and repealing that certain act entitled "An act
fOT the protection of horticulture and to prevent the intro-
duction into this state ol insects, or diseases, ot animals,
injurious to fruit ot fruit trees, vines, bushes or vegetables, and
to provide for a quarantine fOT the enforcement of this act,'*
i^yproved March 11, 1899.
The people of the State of California do enact as follows:
Section 1. Any person, persons, firm ot corporation who shall
receive, bring or cause to be brought into the State of California,
any nursery stock, trees, shrubs, plants, vines, cuttings, grafts,
scions, buos or fruit pits, ot fruit ot vegetables, ot seed, shall
immediately after the arrival thereof notify the state commissioner
of horticulture, ot deputy quarantine officer, ot quarantine guardian
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
1653
of the distrct or county in which such nursery stock, or fruit or
vegetables or seed are received, of their arrival, and hold the same
without unnecessarily movina the same, or placing such articles
where they may be harmful, for the immediate inspection of such
state commissioner of horticulture, or deputy quarantine officer
or guardian. If there is no Quarantine guardian or state horti-
cultural quarantine officer in the ooimty where such nursery stock
or fruit or vegetable, or seed is received, it shall then be the duty
of such person, persons, firm or corporation to notify the state
commissioner of norticulture, who shall make immediate arrange-
ments for their inq>ection. Tlie state conmussioner of horticulture,
deputy quarantine officer, quarantine guardian or such person or
gersons as shall be commissioned by the state commissioner of
orticulture to make such inspection, or to represent said com-
missioner, is hereby authorised and empowered to enter at any time
into any car, warehouse, depot or upon any ship within the bound-
aries of the State of California whether m the stream or at the
dock, wharf, mole, or any other place where such nursery stock or
fruit or vegetables or seed or other described articles are received
or in which such nursery stock or fruit or vegetables or seed is
imported into the state, for the purpose of making the investiga-
tion or examination to ascertain whether such nursery stock, trees,
shrubs, plants, vines, cuttings, grafts, scions, buds, fruit pits, fruit,
vegetables or seed is infested with any species of injurious insects,
or their eggs, larvs or pupa or other animal or plant disease.
If after such examination or inspection, any oi the said described
articles are found to be so infested or infected as aforesaid, then it
shall be the duty of the owner, owners, or persons, firm or corpora-
tion having charge or possession thereof to so disinfect at his or
their expense sucn portion or portions of the ship, dock, wharf,
mole, car, warehouse or depot where said articles may have been
located in such a manner as to destroy all infection or infestation
present or that is liable to be present, and all articles or packages or
soUs apt to be so infested or infected shall be held until the said
articles or |>ackages or soils have been thoroughly disinfected and
all injurioxis insecta, or their eggs, larve or Dup» or other animal
or plant disease have been eradicated and oestroved: provided,
howeteTt that all articles of nursery stock, trees, shrubs, plants,
vines, cuttings, grafts, scions, buds, fniit pits, fruits, vegetables or
seed which are infested or infected with such species of injurious
insects or their eggs, larve or pupe or other animal or plant di»-
ease which may be or be liable to be injurious to the orchards, vine-
yards, gardens or farms within said state, shall be destroyed or
reshipped out of the state as hereinafter provided. The said officer
so making such inspection shall not permit any of the described
articles so coining in contact with saio infested or infected articles
or any articles which might convey infection or infestation to be
removed or taken from any such car, warehouse, depot, ship, dock,
wharf or any other place until after such infection or infestation
shall have been destroyed.
Sec. 2. Each carload, case, box, package, crate, bale or bundle
of trees, shrubs, plants, vines, cuttings, grafts, scions, buds, fruit
pits, or fruit or vegetables or seed, imported or brought into this
state, shall have plainly and legibly marked thereon in a conqMcu-
ous manner and place the name and address of the shipper, owner,
or owners or person forwarding or shipping the same, and also the
name of the person, firm or corporation to whom the same is
forwarded or snipped, or his or its reR>onaible agents, also the name
of the cotmtry, state or territory where the contents were grown
and a statement of the contents therein.
Ssc 3. When any shipment of nursery stock, tre^, vines,
plants, shrubs, cuttings, grafts, scions, buds, fruit pits or seed or
vegetables or fruit, imported or brought into this state, is found
infested or infected with any species <^ injurious insects, or their
eggs, larvs or pupe or other animal or plant disease or there is
reasonable cause to presume that they niay be so infested or
infected, which would cause damage, or be liable to cause damage,
to the orchards, vineyards, gardens or farms of the State of Cali-
fornia, or which would be or be liable to be detrimental thereto
or to any portion of said state, or to any of the orchards, vineyards,
Sirdens or farms within said state such shipment shall be imme-
ately destroyed by the state commissioner of horticulture, his
deputy quarantine officer, quarantine cuardians or other person
or persons, who shall be commissioned by the state commissioner
of horticulture to make such inspection; providtd, howeter, that if
the nature of the injurious insects, or their eggs, larvs, pupe or
animal or plant disease be such that no damage or detriment can
be caused to the said orchards, vineyards, gardens or farms of
California or any of the same by the shipment of the same out of
the tftate, then the said state commissioner of horticulture, his
deputy quarantine officer, quarantine guardians or other person
or persons who shall be commissioned by the state commissioner
of horticulture to make such inspection, and who shall make such
inspection, shall notify the owner or person, firm or corporation
having possession or control of said articles to ship the same out
of the state within forty-eight hours after such notification, and it
shall be the duty of such owner or owners, or person, firm or cor-
poration, to so ship said articles, but such shipment shall be under
the sole direction and control of the officer so making the infec-
tion and shall be at the expense of the owner or owners, his or their
agent or agents, and for a failure to comply with such notice such
owner or owners, his or their agent or agents shall be deemed
^Ity of a violation of the terms of this act and be punished accord-
mgly and immediately after the eviration of the time q>ecified in
said notice said articles shall be seised and destroyed by said officer
at the expense of the said owner or owners, his or their agent or
agents.
Sbc. 4. When any shipment of nursery stock, trees, vines,
pUmts, shrubs, cuttinn, grafts, scions, fruit, fruit pits, vegetables
or seed, or any other norticultural or agricultural product passing
through any portion of the State of California in transit, is mfested
or infected with any species of injurious insects, their eggs, larvsB or
pup» or animal or plant disease, which would cause damage, or be
uaSle to cause damage to the orchards, vineyards, gardens or farms
of the State of California, or which would be, or be liable to be,
detrimental thereto or to any portion of said state, or to any of
the orchards, vinejrards, gardens or farms within said state, and
there exists aanfier of dissemination of such insects or disease while
such shipment is in transit in the State of California, then such
shipment shall be placed within sealed containers, composed of
metallic or other material, so that the same can not be broken or
opened, or be liable to be broken or opened, so as to permit any
m the said shipment, insects, their eggs, larvc or pup« or animal
or plant disease to esci^M from such sealed containers and the said
oontainers shall not be opened while within the State of CaUfomia.
Skc. 5. No person, persons, firm or corporation shall bring or
cause to be brought into the State of California any fruit or vege-
table or host plant which is now known to be, or hereafter may
bec(»ne a host plant or host fruit of any species of the fruit fly
family Trtmetidx from any country, state or district where such
q>ecies of Trypetidst is known to exist and any such fruit, vegetable,
or host plant, tooether with the container and packing, shall be
refused entry and shall be immediately destroyed at the expense
of the owner, owners or agents.
8b& 6. No person, persons, firm or corporation shall bring or
cause to be brought into the State of California any peach, nec-
tarine, or i^mcot tree or cuttings, grafts, scions, buds or pits of
such trees, or any trees budded or grafted upon peach stock or
roots that have been in a district where the disease known as
**peach yellows" or the conta^ous disease known as "contagious
peach rosette" are known to exist, and any such attempting to land
or enter shall be refused entry and shall be destroyed or returned
to the point of shipment at the option of the owner, owners or agent,
and at his or their expense.
Sec. 7. No person, persons, firm or corporatitm shall bring or
cause to be brought into the State of California any injurious ani-
mals known as Rnfflmh or Australian wild rabbit, fl3ring fox,
mongoose or any other animal or animals detrimental to norti-
cultural or agricultural interests.
Sec. 8. Any person, persons, firm or corporation violating
any of the provisions of this act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor
and shall be punished by imprisonment m the county jail for a
pmod not exceeding six months, or by a fine not exceeding five
hundred dollars, or by both such fine and imprisonment.
Sbc 9. It is hereby determined and declared that this act and
each and all of the provisions thereof, constitute and is an urgency
measure necessary for the immediate preservation of the pubho
safety and health. The facta constituting such necessity are as
follows: There now exists in various islands and territory in close
proximity to the State of California dangerous and injurious fruit
and plant diseases and insects and animals, and heretofore fruits,
vegetables, plants, seeds and other articles of hcnticulture and agri-
culture from said islands and territory have been and now are
being shipped and brought into the State of California, which are
to aUrge extent infested and infected with dangerous and injurious
fruit and plant diseases and insects, their eggs, larvae and pupc,
and which if continued to be brought into the state will cause
great danger to the public health, and will greatly damage the
horticultural and agricultural interests of said state, and wul also
be detrimental to the public health, and this act is necessary to
provide ample power to prevent the introduction of such insects and
disouee and injurious animals into the state and to prevent the
spread <^ suchdisease, insects and animals.
Sec. 10. That certain act entitled "An act for the protection of
horticulture, and to prevent the introduction into this state of
insects, or diseases, or animals, injurious to fruit or fruit trees,
vines, bushes, or v^etables, and to provide for a quarantine for
the enforoement of this act," approved March 11, 1899, is hereby
repealed.
Sec. 11. This act, being an urgency measure as above set forth,
shall take effect and be in full force immediately from and after
ita
EXTBACTS FROM THB SaNDEBS BiIX (866 page 1650).
2. There is herd>y created a board which shall be known as
the "Horticultural Inspection Board" of (State), hereinafter called
the Board, consisting of t^^w (five) members, two (four) members
<^ which shall be ex-offioio members. The third (fifth) member
shall be appointed by the Governor for a term of four years.
Such third (fifth) member shall be a nursery man actively engsged
in the growing of nursery stock. The members of said board shall
serve without compensati<Mi, but shall receive their actual and
necessary traveling e3q;>enses mcurred in the dischar^ of their offi-
cial duties within the provisions of (this act) (sections to
, inclusive). This board is hereby vested with all powers
necessary to carry out the provisions of (this act) (sections
to , inclusive.)
Appointment.
3. The Board shall appoint some person qualified by sdenUfio
training and practical experience to be state nursery (and orchard)
inq>ector, hereinafter called the inspector, who shall strictly enforce
the provisions of (this act) (sections to , inclusive)
as a police regulation of the (state) (commonwealth) under the
direction and control of the Board.
Appointment of deputie$,
5. The Board is her^y authorised to appoint on the recom-
mendation of the inspector (deputies) (county horticultural
inspectors) (dis^ot horticultural inspectors) who shall strictly
enforce the provisions of (this act) (sections to •
1654
INSPECTION
INULA
inclusive) under the direction of the inspector, mnd they are ber^y
endowed with the same police power as the state inmector, and
shall be furnished with oflScial baidges or other insignia of authcnity,
which shall be carried whUe on duty.
6. The Board (State Horticultural Commission) shall have the
power to prescribe, modify and enforee such reasonable rules, regu-
lations and orders as may be needed to carry out the provisions of
this act, and may publish an annual report describing the various
phases of the inspection work, or masr publish such other informa-
tion as may seem desirable concerning the inq>ection and such
insects and diseases as are covered by (this act) (Sections
to — ^, inclusive). Such niles and regulations to be printed
from time to time and furnished free to interested parties.
Inapector*8 duHea and powers,
7. The inspector or his deputies shall at least once each year
inQ>ect all nurseries and other places in which nursery stoclc is
kept for sale in the state. For this purpose such state inspector
or his deputies shall have free access, within reasonable hours, to
any field, orchard, garden, packing ground, building, cellar, freight,
or erorees office, warehouse, car, vessel, or other place, which it
may be necessary or desirable for him to exxUst in carrying out the
provisions of this act. It shall be imlawful to deny such access to
the in^>eotor or his deputies or to hinder, th'wart or defeat sudi
in^>ection bv misrepresentation or concealment of facts or con-
ditions or otna^irise.
8. The inq;>ector or his deputies shall have the authcnity to
inspect any orchard, fruit or garden plantation, park, cemetery,
private premises, public place, and any place which might become
infested ox infected with dangerous or harmful insects or plant
diseases. He shall also have the authority to inspect or reinspeot
at any time or place any nursery stock shipped in or into the state
and to treat it as hereinafter provided.
Diseased plant material on premises.
9. The inspector with the approval of the Board (State Horti-
cultural Commission ) is hereby empowered to pr<^bit and prevent
the removal or shipment or tram^ortation of plant material and
any other material from any private or public property, or prcmerty
owned or controlled bv the state, or any area of the state (com-
monwealth) which in his judgment contains dangerously infested
or infected nursery stock or plant or other material of any land
for such poiods and under such conditions as in his judJBment
seems necessary in order to prevent the further m>read <^ the
infestation or infection, giving such notice thereof as may be
prescribed by the Board; and during the existence of such order
no person shall remove or ship from such area any such material
whatsoever, except by q>ecial permission or direction (cotificate)
<^ the inspector.
10. It shall be unlawful for any person in this state knowin^y
to permit any dangerous insect or plant disease to exist in cm* on
his premises. It shall also be unlawful to sell or offer for asle any
stock infested or infected with such insect or disease.
11. In case the inq;>ector or his deputy shall find present on any
nursery or dealer's premises or any packing ground or in any celbu'
or building used for storage or sale of nursery stock any injurious
insect or plant diacMse, he shall notify the owner or person having
charge of the premises in writing to that effect, and shall withhold
his certificate hereinafter provided for, until the premises are freed
from such injurious insect or plant disease, as hereinafter provided.
It shall be unlawful for any person after receiving such notice to
ship or deliver or cause to be shipped or delivered any nursery
stock from such aforesaid premises.
12. (1) If the inspector or his deputy shall find on examination
any nursery, orchard, small fruit plantation, park^ cemetery, or
any private or public premises infested with injunous insects or
plimt diseases, he shall notify the owner or person having charge of
such premises to that effect, and the owner or person having charge
of the premises shall within ten dasrs after such notice cause the
removal and destruction of such trees, plants, shrubs or other plant
material if incapable of successful treatment; otherwise, cause them
to be treated as the inspect<^ may direct. No damages shall be
awarded to the owner tor the loss of infested or infected trees,
plants shrubs or other plant material under this act.
(2) In case the owner or i>er8on in charge of such premises shall
refuse or neglect to carry out the orders of the inspector within
ten da3rs after receiving written notice, the inspector may proceed
to treat or destroy the infested or infected plants or plant materiaL
The e]q>ense thereof shall be assessed collected and enforced as
taxes are assessed collected and enforced against the premises
igai
upon which such expense was incurred. The amount of such
expense when collectf^l shall be paid to and become a part of the
fund used to enforce the provisions of (this act) (sections
to , inclusive).
Imported stock.
14. Every person receiving directiy or indirectly any nursery
stock from foreign countries shall notify the (state) (county)
(district) inspector of the arrival of such shipment, the contents
thereof and the name of the consignor; and Miall hold such ship'
ment unopened until duly inspected or released by the inspector.
In case any infested or infected stock is discovCTed in sucn ship-
ment, the shipment shall be subject to the provisions of (this act)
(sections to , inclusive).
Nursery certificate.
15. (1) The inspector shall cause to be issued to owners of any
nursery in the state after the stock has been c^dally inspected
as previously provided, and found to be apparenUy free from
injurious insects or plant diseases, a certificate setting forth the
fact of such inn>eotion and the number of acres or fraction thereor
inqiected. Said certificate shall be valid not to exceed <me year
frcun ( month . ) Ist.
(2) It shall be unlawful for any perscHi to sell, to offer for sale
or to remove or ship from a nursery or other premises, any nursenr
stock unless such stock has been c^cially inspected and a certifi-
cate or permit has been granted by the inspector.
Dealer* s certificate.
^ 16. All dealers within the meanims of this act, located either
within or without the state, engagea in selling nursery stock in
this state or soliciting orders for nursery stock within this state,
shall secure a dealer's cotificate by furnishing a sworn afiidavit
that he will buy and sell only stock which has been duly inspected
an J certified by an official state inspector; and that he will main-
tain with the inq;>eotor a list of all sources fnm which he secures
his stock.
Agent*s certificate.
18. All agents within the meaning of this act sdling nursery
stock or soliciting orders for nursery stock for any nurseryman or
dealer located within the state or outside the state, shall be required
to secure and carry an agent's certificate bearing a copy of the
certificate held by the prinoipaL Said agent's colificate shall be
issued only by the (State) inK>ector to agents authorised by their
principal or upon request of tneir principal. Names and addresses
of such agents shall not be divulged by the inspector or the board.
19. The inspector shall at any time have the power to rev<dce
any certificate for sufficient cause, including any violation <^
(tms act) (sections to , inclusive) or non-conformity
with any rule or regulation promulgated under (this act) (sectiooa
to , inclusive).
Inula (ancient name). Compdsitse. EEardy herba-
ceous plants of the easiest culture and of rather coarse
habit, with heads of yellow or orange, each 2 to 4
inches across, borne in summer.
Herbs, usually perennial, glandular, hairy: Ivs.
radical or alternate, entire or serrate: heads large,
medium or small, solitary, corymbose, panicled or
crowded at the crown; fls. tubumr and ray^ the rays
yellow, rarely white; disk-fls. perfect, then: tubular
corollas 5-toothed: achenes 4-&-ribbea. — A genus of
about 56 species^ foimd in £u., Asia and Afr. None
of its near allies is cult.
There is such a ^^eat abimdance of autumn-flowering
yellow composites in the hardy border that only those
mulas that bloom in early summer are particularly
desirable. Elecampane, /. HeUniumy is probably also
cultivated for medicine. A preparation of the muci-
laginous roots is common in drugstores. Inula flowers
have as many as forty linear rays. The plants like a
sunny position, grow vigorously in any garden soil,
and are propagated by division or seed.
A. SU. panicled or corymbose,
Heidnitmi, linn. Elecampane. Fig. 1959. Tall,
thick-stemmed: Ivs. unequally dentate-serrate; root-
Ivs. elliptic-oblong, narrowed into a petiole; st.-lvs.
half-clawing, cordate-oblong: outer involucral parts
leafy, ovate. Wet, sandy and mountainous regions.
Eu., N. Asia. Naturalized in Amer. — ^The rooto are
thick and carrot-like. For medicinal purposes, 2-year-
old roots should be dug in Aug. if older, they are
likely to be stringy and woody.
AA. Sta. I'fld'i <"* ^'^ ^ ^^^^ S or S heads,
B. OiUer irwolitcral parts linear and ntimerous.
c. Plants 2)^ ft. tall or more.
f^randifldnu Willd. Height 3-4 ft., the st. simple and
hairy: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, serrulate, all sessile; upper
ones subcordate; lower ones 2-4 in. long: glands nu-
merous: heads SH-4 in. across. Himalayas, Caucasus.
G.F. 6:406. — Earliest blooming inula in cult. Bears
orange-yellow fls. 5 in. across in June, and has bold but
not coarse habit.
danduldsa. WiUd. Height 2^^ ft.: k>wer Ivs.
obbng-spatulate^ long-attenuate at the base, the upper-
most oblong with a subcordate-decurrent base, all
entire or very obsoletely denticulate: glands remote;
INULA
scale of mvolucre lance-ahaped and bairy. Caueaaus.
B.R.334. B.M. 1907. Gn. 22, p. 234; A P- 101;
49;6 Mid p. 7. J.H. III. 35:153; 63:139. R.H.
1881, p. 419. G.M. 33:541; 38:477. G. 5:337;
7:649, 051. Wax. Udnlata, Hort., seems to be a trade
name for the fimbriate form figured in G.M. 46:025. —
Keller aays it has deep golden-yeljow, fringed, half-
droopins rays. Rays are commonly said to be entire,
but B.M. 1907 ahowB 2 minut« teeth, and in B.R. 334
the fringes are more than ^in. long. TIub is said to be
the only cult, species that does not seed freely. The
Garden pictures an orange variety.
cc. Plant* eft. or Uu tail.
HoAkeri, C. B. Clarke. Height 1-2 ft., usually very
shaggy above: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, seseile or narrowed
into very ahort petioles, oblong-lanoeolate, acute at
Uie base, minutely toothed, glanJdiilar: heads 1>^2J>^
Himalayas
1. 6411 (riffs pure yellow).— Fls.
19». InnU Hslnliiu
I, according to J.
said to flower in Aug. and Sept., and has brigbt yellow
fringed rays. Howew, in B.M. 6411 the rays have
only 3 minute teeth.
biittimlca, Linn. A hairy perennial usually not over
18 in. high, with a simple at. and lanceolate slightly
toothed 1^.: fls. lemon-yellow, the bracts linear and
vay numerous. June-Aug. Eu. and Asia. — Useful
(or ito early bloom and small stature.
BB. Outer involucral parts lantetAalt and Uafy.
hfrta, Linn. St. 12-16 in. hi^, simple: Ivs. netted-
▼eined, lanceolate or ovate-oblong, the lowest narrowed
ftt the base, the others rounded at the base and half-
olasping, all entire or finely ciliate, Eu., N. Asia. — Fls.
July-Aug.
Mumiiai Unn. (f . hubimi'am, Hort.). St. about 2 ft.,
simple: Ivs. with numerous somewhat parallel nerves.
narrowly linear-Ianoeolate: fls. large, yellow, the
involucral parts appressed, not spreading. Eu., N. Asia.
G.M. 41:559. — July, Aug. Rockery pl^t; blooms first
year from seed if sown early.
Royleina, DC. A atrikinE, lan^fld. elecampane with
orange-yellow petals; st.unbranched. bearing numerous
ovate, slightly toothed, hairy Ivs. which are narrowed
at the base into winged petioles: fls, very numerous in
G. 30:117.— Suitable for somewhat protected places.
AAA. St». racemotdy duttertd.
rscemasa. Hook. f. A toll stout perennial, 1-5 ft.,
with a grooved at. and leathery Iva, 8-18 in. long:
beads numerous, 1^2 in. across, showy, the outer
bracts with recurved tips. Himalayas. — Little known
in Amer. and perhaps not hardy.
I. Oeulut-CMili. Una. Two Ft.; u enct,»mcwl>Bt biucted.
wooLty pBrvmUl with oblona b^ry ]v».: Am. yflUow, the rmyi twica
toDcer Uum the iDvtducrft] brmcU. SoJd in fio^and, but HpparentJy
unkoan in An.er. jj TAYLOR.f
lOCBRdlU (Greek, vioUi-^xilored). Soianieex.
Flowering shrubs cultivated outdoors in Califomia
and under slaaa in Europe.
Id the wild, shrubs or small trees; spineless, glabrous
or mostly stellate-tomentoee: Ivs. entire, often large:
Sb. purple, blue, scarlet, yellow or white, in clusters or
an twin pedicels; corolla long-tubulsJ or narrow'
trumpet-shaped, with 5 short or very small lobes, the
tiiroat more or less closed by appeodagoe or folds;
stamens inserted in the tube, ineluded or exserted ;
disk present or absent; ovary 2-celled: fr. a pulpy
bory.— Species about 20, mostly in W. Trop. S. Amer.
A. FU. blve.
lancMUttun, Miers. Shrub, 4-8 ft. high, the young
branches downy with stellate noire: Ivs. alternate, oval
or eihptic-lanceolate, acute, entire, tapering oelow
into a long petiole : umbels supra-axillary and terminal ;
fls. rich deep purple-blue: coroUa-tube slightly curved,
somewhat puberuleut, the margin shortly unequallv
6-lobed or -toothed and pubescent. Ecuador. B.AI.
^38 and F.S. 4:309 (as Chanetlet lanoeolala). —Sixd'
lings are said to vary in shades of violet or purple.
tubulOstmi, Benth. Shrub, 4-6 ft., the sts. and Ivs.
pubescent or hairy: Ivs. stalked, ovate, attenuate at
ttsse and acul« or somewhat abruptly acuminate at
apex: fls. deep blue, as many as 20 sometimes hanging
in a graceful cluster; corolla about 1 ^ in. Ions, tubular,
the brief margin or limb S-toothed. Colombia. B.R.
31:20. F.8, 1:131.
grandlflOram, Benth, (/, Warteeielttii, R^el).
Handsome shrub, with terete pubescent branches: Ivs.
broadly ovate, rounded at base and acuminate at apex,
pubescent above and paler beneath: fls, in a simple
peduncled terminal several-fld, pendulous cyme, large
and rich purple; corolla funnelform, the tube long and
C' 9cent, the tliroat flaring or campanulate and the
limb with 5 triangular epreadins-recurved lobes;
filaments included, glabrous, Ecuador. B.M. 5301.
F.S. 11:1163. H.F.II. 5:102. Gt. 4;130.— The/.pur-
purcum of trade-lists may belong here.
AA. Fls. tearUt, oranse-tearUt or ydlmo {to white xn
cuU.).
fucbaioMss, Miers. Shrub, glabrous or nearly so:
Ivs. often clustered, obovate to oval or oblong, very
obtuse, tapering at the base into a short petiole: fls.
more or less clustered, orange-scarlet, drooping; corolla
thrice exceeding the 5-tootned and bursting caiyx, the
tube long-cylindrical and nearly straight, the hmb 5-
angled and with intermediate teeth; filaments included,
downy at the base. Peru. B.M. 4149 and F.S. 1:157
(both as Lyeium ftiehtioidei). — A white-fld. form is
also offered.
1656
lOCHROMA
fllTum, Aiulr€. Buahy shrub, 6 or 7 ft., the young
Cwth glabrous ; Ivs. altemaU and stalked, ovsi-
ceolate, Bhort-pubescent beneath, attenuate at both
ends: fls. pale vellow, in drooping axillary clusters,
tubular, 1>^ is. long, the border or limb short-toothed.
Colombia. R.H. 1808:360.
coccfneum, Scheidw. Shrubby, the branches pubes-
cent: Ivs. stalked, oblong, undulate and aomewbat
repand, long-acmninate, hairy on nerves and veins:
fls. in an umbel-like fascicle, drooping, scarlet; corolla
long-tubular, about 2 in, long, with a narrow border or
limb; calyx about ^in. long, broadly short-toothed.
Cent. Amer. F.S. 12:1261. L. H. B.
idlTE (one of the nereida). OrehidAeex. About a
half-dosen peeudobulbous orchids of E. India, by some
united with Bulbophyllum: lateral sepals usually
connate and under the lip, the latter rather large,
straight and rigid; pollinia 4, attached in pairs to 2
Elands. /. po^edcea, T.inrll {Buihophylium jtakAceum,
Benth.), has drooping fls. about 1 in. long, many in
erect spikes; sepals Ereenish with pink nerves; petals
spreadmg, broadly oblong and 1-3-Derved; Up ovate-
lanceolate: scape exceeding the If., about 9 in. India.
B.M. 6344. /. nam^ruu, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd.,
4-angled-ovoid: Ivs. narrow-oblong, about 3 in. long;
scapes nearly erect, slender, about 6 in. long, bearing a
raceme about 214 ">- long that has 9-tO fls., which are
about J^in. long, pale green with dull purple on lateral
sepals and lip and with purple dots near margin of outer
segms. Siam. Recent. /. grandifidra, Rolfe. Pseudo-
bulbs I-lvd., ovoid: Iva, oblong, 2 m. or leas long: scapes
erect, 1-fld.; fl. dull lurid purple) sepals and petals
oblong, acute; lip cordate-ovate, hirBUt« above, keeled
beneath. Burma. B«oent. I* H. B.
loirfDimi
lONOPSlDIUM (Greek, viotel4ike). CruOferx. One
pretty, tuft«d little plant, growing 2 or 3 in. hi^ and
to fall. It is a balf-hardy perennial from Portug
N. Afr., but is treated as an annual. It is desirable for
edgings in moist shady places, and for rockeriee; also
as a pot subject in window-gardening. In rich garden
soil tne plants make numerous runners. The fls. are
about J^m. across. 1 on each stalk. They open white
and turn lilac. Tne plant has been advertised as the
diamond flowor, Tbis plant ia reterrr-' *— *~
Cochlearia, a genus whose limits are
acaU«, Reichb. {CochleAria mstUu
ovate-rotund, heart-shaped at the bas
portionately very long: pods subrotund,
32:51. Gn. 71, p. 90; 72, p. 398.— Sun
WlLHl
10N{5PSIS (Greek, iToW-(tte). Orch\
^up of epiphyljc orchids, numbering
ciea, many of which can probably be n
varieties of a few species. Most of the b\
insiKnificant, only one or two being cull
Iropical herbs without pseudMiulbi
very short ats,, with tew, narrow, 6
conaceous Ivs,: sepals subequal, erect, s
the dorsal one free, the lateral ones un
a short spur behind; petals like the
dorsal sepals; labellum united to the
base of the column, middle lobe larae,
expanded, 2-3 times as long as the
sepals, 2-lobed; column short; pollinia
2; fla, small, in simple racemes or
much-branched panicles. The fine
specimen of /. panicu2afa figured in the
Botanical Magasine has a panicle 10
in, long, 8Hin. wide, with 5 branches,
and about 80 fls., each ^in. across and
chiefly white, with violet markings iiwa. tomii
IPOM(EA
near the oent«r and a dash of yellow. In its native
coun^ it is said to remain in attractive condition
from Sept. to May. The fls, are produced so freely and
over so long a penod that it is sometimes necessary to
destroy the fl.-spikes, which ore out of all proportJOD
to the number oi Ivs. The plants succeed in the warm-
house under the same treatment as rodrigueiiaa or the
more dehcate oncidiums.
The best means of culture for the successful growing
of these beautiful though delicate orchids is in shallow
pans with plenty of small broken coal cinders for
drainage, covered with the fine particles of fem toot
and chopped sphagnum gathered from the upland
meadows. Plenty of heat and moisture d'jri"g the
growing season are eaaentiaL Reel them in winter at
a temperature of 50° to 55° F. (Wm. Mathews.)
pintenUta, Lindl. Lvs. thick and channelled^ linear-
lanceolate, keeled, 2-3 in a cluster and about 6 m. long:
panicle much branched and spreading, loaded witb
innumerable fls. of a delicate texture; sepals and petals
very short, sharp-pointed, the petab wider; Isbellum
very large, pubescent at base, with a 2-lobed rounded
limb, which in some ia almost entirely white, while in
others it has a spot of purple or yellow on the disk.
Wmter. Braiil. B.M. 5541. F.S. 22:2333. A.F. 6:631.
CO. 1.— Very variable.
ntricularltddes, Lindl. Fig. 1960. Lva. and gener&I
habit as in the last: sepals and petals bluntish; spur
short; labellum almost twice as long as the petals;
lobes subquadi^te - rounded,
white, streaked with red veins.
Jamaica.
/, ItMiaJHa. lindL Lvs. tnltfd,
t«rela. Mumiiule: H*. whituh, unill,
Dumennu, Junaiia.
Heinrich H*rbki.bbin(i,
IPECAC. The root of CepA>
ailis Ipecacuanha (Vol. 1, p.
714), a Braiilian plant not cul-
tivated in North America. For
wild or American ipecac, see
GiUenia slipidaeta.
IPOHckA (according to lin-
noius from ips, bindweed, and
hotaoiog, like, because of it«
resemblance to Convolvulus;
but ips is a worm). Including
Baldtaa, OpercuRna, and Phdr-
bitia. ConvolpulActx. Morn-
INa-GtORT. MOONFLOWKB,
Annual or perennial herbs,
mostly twining, rarely trees
(G.F. 7:364) or shrubs, widely
distributed in tropical and
temperate r^ons. They are
remarkable for easy ciuture.
quick growth and beautiful
flowers; hence the genua in-
cludes several of our most
popular planta for covering ver-
andas and screening unsightly
objects.
The generic characters of
IpomiEaare not clearly defined.
It is distinguished from Con-
volvulua by naving but 1 capi-
tate or 2-3 globose stigmas,
while Convolvulus has 2 linear
or ovate stigmas. From CaU
onyction and Quamoclit it ia
distinguished by its funnelform
corolla-tube and the stamens
usually included. St. mostly
slender, twining tit climbing,
• ^ • « «
LVnL Om of th* muy baftutUnl gtrdsa IiUm.
IPOM(EA
IPOM(EA
1657
sometimes prostrate, diffuse or erect: Ivs. alternate,
entire, lobea or parted, often varying greatly on the
same plant: fls. usually showy, borne smgly or in cymeB
on axillary peduncles; corolla funnelfonn, salverform or
bell-shaped (in one species bag-shaped), the limb some-
times entire, but usually 5-angted or 5-loDed (a 5-petalled
form of /. purpurea occurs as a monstinosity), red.
purple, hhie, white or yellow, in various shades and
mixtures; cal3rx without the bracts at the base, which
appear in some species of Convolvulus, but the outer
sepals are commonly larger. The fls. of most species
open in early morning and last but a few hours under
bright sunli^t, hence the popular name. A few open
only at ni^tfall. — Over 400 species of which more than
200 occur in Trop. Amer., chiefly in Mex.
''The Japanese morning-dories,*' also called ''Impe-
rial" and 'vEmperor'* morning-glories, were introduced
to the American trade from Japan in 1895. Tliey axe
grobably selected strains of /. hederaceay fdthou^ some
otanists consider them to be of hybrid origm, pos-
sibly /. hederaceaXL Iricolcr, Maximowicz referred
them to /. hederacea, and this appears to be the more
reasonable disposition. The culture of the "asagoa'' in
Japan amounted to a popular craze abnDut 1830, the
e<iuivalent of $14 to $18 sometimes being paid for a
single seed of the rare sorts. With political disturbances
came a decline of interest, but more recently the popu-
lar fancy for morning-glories has again revived. The
Japanese gardeners grow their plants almost entirely in
pots, and oy constant attention have made them vary
mto many curious oddities in flower and foUage. Several
finely illustrated books on the moming-glorv alone are
published in Japan. See also "Century Magazine,"
55:281 (1897). The Japanese ipomeas are sold m
this country mostly in strains, each package of seed
giving flowers of many forms and colors. There axe
some inferior strains offered, and the flowers from these
are often disappointing; yet as a class the Japanese
morning-glories are the most gorgeous and versatile
of garden ipomeas. If the seeds are notched they will
generally give bloom in six weeks from sowing.
Mommg-glories are among the least exacting of gar-
den plants as regards soil and site. Most roedes love a
strong soil and sunny site, with plenty of water; but
they will make the best of much that is unoongeniaL
The seeds of the annual kinds may be sown directly out-
of-doors, but are preferably started indoors, at least in
the North. If the plants are allowed to become slightly
pot-bound before oeing transplanted, they will come
mto bloom earlier. Germination may be hastened and
also made more certain by filing a small notch in each
seed, or by soaking the seeds in warm water about two
hours. The "moonflower'' and the "Japanese morning-
glories'' particularly are likelv to germinate poor^
unless these precautions are taken.
The per^cmial ipomeas are grown from seeds m some
casesy but mostly from cuttings of well-ripened wood,
layers, or division of the rootstocks. Some of the green-
house species, notably /. HorrfaUise, rarely produce
seed and are rooted from stem-cuttings with great diffi-
culty. These are often propagated successfully by
grafting well-ripened shoots on pieces of their own
roots, or the roots of /. pandwrata, I. iemala roots
from cuttings more readily, and /. Learii and /. Jaiapa
are easily propagated from cuttings.
The rapid growth and dense foliage of most garden
ipomeas make them especially valuable for covering
arbors, verandas, walls, and for screening unsightly
objects. /. purpurea^ /. tricolor ^ I. h&aeracea are
the most popular annual species for this purpose; and
/. Leariit /. setosa and /. pandwrala are among the
best perennials. In the South, the perennials m^ be
carriM through the winter outside by cutting off the
steins and mulching the roots heavily in the fall; in
the North the tubers should be taken up and wintered
like dahhas, keeping them perfectly dry in a cool
greenhouse or frost-proof cellar. /. leptophylla is
valuable for very dry soils. /. Bonannox (see Calonyo-
Hon aculeatum) is worthy of a place in every garden.
The tender perennials are seen to advantage when
trained to pillars, trellises, or along the roof of a green-
house. Their roots should be given plenty of room to
forage and their tops to spread. /. aorsfaUix and its
closely related species^ /. iemata, are very satisfactory
for this purpose. After flowering, the strong shoots
should be cut back and the plant rested. Several
species, particularly /. Leaarii, I. tricolor and /.
hederacea, make excellent potr-plants if ihev are kept
somewhat potr-bound to inauce flowering. The roots of
nearly all the perennial species are more or less purga-
tive; particularly /. Pvrga, from which comes the juap
of commerce, /. Jcdapa and /. cathartica, /. BataUu
is the common sweet potato.
The trade names of ipomeas are endlessly mixed.
Thus, /. mexicana of the catalogues may be /. hede-
racea, /. digiUUa, I, Jalapa, /. BonornoXf I, Learii
or /. tricolor; but is rarely the true /. mexicana of
Gray. "Moonflower" is often applied indiscriminately
to several species of Ipomoea, but it should be restricted
to species of Calonyction. It is evident that most of
the plants now sold as /. grandiflora are forms of Cal"
onyction acideattim, I. hybrida is a trade name for
strains of /. purovrea and /. tricolor. The "tree
ipomcea" is /. fisttuoaa. The "Japanese" or "Imperial"
morning-glories may be referred to /. hederacea. Other
popular catalogue names are: Double morning-glory
IS mostly /. purpurea jf .-p/.; Brazilian morning-glory is
/. aetosa; hardy or perennial moonflower is /. paridvrata;
Ipomoea, Heavenly Blue, is /. tricolor.
INDEX.
aeetoaaefoHa, 8. fuohaiotdes, 15. pabnaiat 24.
alba, 10^18, 19. Gkxxiellii, 4. panduraU, 31.
anguatifolia, 17. srandiflora, 13, 30. panicidcUat 24.
ArUiUana, 2S, Eederaoea. 13. t^erringiaruit 25.
arborescens, 5. heterophyUa, 9. Pes-eapre, 7.
atro-cnnilea, 10. fairsutula, 11. Purga. 16.
atro-aangumea, 10. Hookeri, 18. purpurea, 10.
aurea, 21. Horefalme, 19, 20. roaea, 10.
axurea, 10. Huberi, 10. rtibro-caeruUa^ 18.
Batataa, 33. inaignis. 24. aagitUta, 26.
BonamoXt 30. integrifolium, 15. aoadro, 13.
bonarieziBis, 25. Jalapa, 16, 29, 32. Sellowii, 25.
BriggBii, 19. kermeeina, 10. setosa, 22.
CafHUmii, 1. latifolia, 30. mdasfolia, 28.
oanninata, 10. Learii, 12. 14. nnitata, 23.
oamoM, 8. lepto|diylla» 2. sinuata, 23.
diryaantha, 27. lioalmta, 13. «pecu»Mi, 26.
chiyseides, 27. lindheimeri, 9. stanB, 3.
oorvm6oaa, 28. lindleyana, 9. stolonifera, 8.
cymoM, 28. UUoroMt 8. temata, 20.
dealbata, 12. longifoUa, 1. <exana, 4.
Dickenaonii, 10. macroriuxa, 29. Thomaonianaf 20.
digitata, 24. marilima^ 7. tricolor, 18.
disMeda. 23. marmorata, 13. Tuba, 30.
Ferranoiana, 13. mexicanat 11. varia, 10.
ficifolia, 25. Mi^umxii, 29. verUrieom. 30.
filicauUs, 17. microdactjdum, 15. violaoea fl.-pL, 10*
fiatuloaa, 4. mutabilia, 12. violaoea-atnata, 10.
flore^leno, 10. NU, 13. Woloottiana, 6.
foliis marmoratia, 13.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A, Plants erectt ataut, perennial, shrubby
or tree4ike.
B. Sts, erect or ascending from a
txiberous root.
c. Corolla white or creanv-colored:
Ivs. lanceolate 1. longifolia
cc. Corolla purple,
D. Lvs. linear 2. leptophylla
DD. Lvs. hastate and toothed 3. stins
BB. Sts. subshrubby, 4-10 ft. high: cor-
olla pink-purple 4. fistulosa
BBB. Sts. woody, erect: arborescent: corolla
white,
c. Foliage more or less densely pubes-
cent; lvs. ovate, cordate 5. arborescens
GO. Foliage glabrous; lvs, ovate4anceO'
late, rounded or truncate at base.. 6. Wolcottiana
AA. Plants twining, climbiT^g or prostrate.
>8 IPOMtEA
B. Su. prottnOa or ertepitio, no< Iwi-
c IJ.-blada (uborMeuInr. oboordota
or noleA«d at apex: JU. blue or
purpU. 7. P*a-eapra
cc. Lf. -blade* vanoiaiy iobed or oblonQ-
laticeotaU: fie. cream-colortd . . . . S
IB. Sle. iwinine or cJimbtn^r-
c. Sepal* Kerbacetnte, often elont/aUd
and liairy: otarv and cape,
3-edled. e-eeeded (Phirbtfu).
D. L». dtejilv SS-lobed 6
DD. L». ttaire or S^tabvd.
B. Tht etpaU inertly acute.
T. Corolla 1 yi-t-in. Umg: he.
uenaily entire 10. poipnrM
wr. Corolla about I in, long: Ui,
uaually S4obed 11. hlmtttU
KB. The itpaU attenuate or caudate-
attenuate.
V. The Ivt, tUrery-canetcent or
littl/; corolla purple 12
Tf. The Im. hiapid to giiJiTate,
not caneacent.
a. Tipe o/aepait linear-attenu-
ate, hirpid belotii, the tipt
epreading 13. hadencu
oa. Tipe of eepaU lonp-aeumi-
nate. not apreadwto. ap-
preeied pubeeeent mlh ni-
tery hairi H. LeUli
cc. Sepaie thick, rarely lubherbaetmu
and then not elaniated.
D. Corolla laher/orm; ilament
elightly txeerted: tt. tnoody bthno
{Exogonium).
a. The corolla eoarlet, J H in.
long: he. Iobed or mttre 16. mkrodmc^-
XB. The corolla blue or purple, t}i [Itm
to Sin. long 16. Purf*
VV, Corolla not ealterform; tlamatt
rarely if etet exterted (Sototiu
and Opercutina).
B. The planti annual,' tt*. ^abrout.
r. Lva. linear or lanceolate, tiU>-
tuailt: tU. email, ichite 17. UCDttUoIU
rr. Lw. otate-cordate: fle. large,
red. blue, or purple 18. tricolor
KM. The plantt perennial, often urith
large JUahy or woody roole or
rooletocke,
r. Lta. dirided to the petiole into
3-S separate, etaiked or aea-
eiie Ifte.: peduncle* equaling
or akorter than the pOiolea.
Q. Fit- red: If.-aegm*. aeeeilc,
tapering to both end*,
margin uavy 19. Hon(»nUi
CO. Fl*. uAile.' If.-tegma. ttalked.
not tapering ta the endt,
margin not aavy 20. teniati
oaa. Fit. yellow: If.-aegma. isa-
tiie, long-pointed 21. ■«•■
rr. Lc*. deeply divided but npt
into aeparate tfit,
a. Pedicdt thickened and
ftethy: aepali accretcent in
Jr., aelaceout: corolla aub-
talcerform. purpliah red... 22. Mtou
GO. Pedicel* not thickened nor
ttpalt aecrescent.
B. Fl*. ahUc: tegmt. of
h*. much toothed or cut;
petiolet and >lt. hiapid.. .23. tiwiatB
HH. Fl*. ro*e-purpl»: let. pat-
mately S^7-lobed to be~
yond the middle 24. difiUU
TFT. Lv*. entire, angulate or Iobed,
o. St*,, lta. and pedundea
dentely hairy: corolla fun-
nelform, ita lobe* obtuee:
l/.-lobe* unegual, blunt ....21
aa. 3t». and foliage not hairy.
H. The lta. tagiOate, ehori-
petioUd: fU. tS in. long,
purple 26. MfltUta
BH. The he. cordate,
uCoroUa tmaU, H-Hin-
1, Color of coroUa yeOou. . 27. chijiaidea
M. Crior of corolla whiU:
fla. in dente cfpnoae
duttera 2B. tidfffoUa
n. Corolla large, t-i in. long.
1. Foliage tchitith tomen-
lulo*»: fla. cream-col-
ored with c
throat
J. Foliatje not whiiiih I
.29. UMTOridia
t. Color of coroBa while,
3-4 in. long: cap*.
large, 1 in. diam.,
operculate-dehia-
throat: foliage pu-
beeeent or glabrate,'
Iva. pale beneath 31. pandorBta
30. Color of corolla pink,
ytUoaiah purple or
purple.
k Lva. aoftlv pubee-
eent. ptieate'ieined:
plith 32. J«1«N
tarioutly Iobed. . , .33. B4tatas
, Benth. (/. CdrUUmii, Holiin.). Sts.
glabrous, erect or sBoendiDR from a larRe tuberous root:
iVB. linear-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, nearly sea-
Bile; Ob. large, 2-3 in. long, white. Prairies and plains,
Okla. to Tens and Mex. and Ariz. Contr. Nat. Herb.
1:17.
2. ItftofiipU, Torr. Bubh Moontlowiib, St. 2-5
ft. hjgh, wita many slender, recurving branches: Ivs.
2-4 in. kmg, entire: peduode stout, 1-4-fld., uaually
tool. Uomiac-fliUT, IpoBuaa poipnna CXK)
IPOM(EA
eborter than the Itb.; corolla about 3 in. across, funnel*
form, roee-mnk, deepenina to purple in the throat.
AuB.-Oct. Dry plainBj Neo. ana Wyo^ south to Texas
andN. Mex. Plant World 7:5, 6.— ThiB and the pre-
ceding specips are adapted for very dry places because
of tM enonnoufi tuberous rootstocicij, which often
weigji 100 pounds and extend into the subsoil for 4 ft.
They sometimeB thrive where no rain has fallen' for
1-3 years. The plant is beautiful when in Bower.
3. stins, Cav. A beautiful erect, branching shrub
with a thickened woody root: sts. and foliage finely
pubescent: Iva. nearly seesile, oblong, hastate ana
deep^ toothed at the base: as. solituy on axillary
peduncles, pink or purple, 2-2J^ in. long. Mei. — The
best of the several species of Mexican bush moon-
flowera, none of which is hardy.
4. flstnlAsa, Mart. (/. fcxdno, Coulter). St. 4-10
ft. high, Eubshrubb^, branching, smooth or minutely
pubcMent: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, thickish, entire or nearly
so: peduncles 1-2 in. long, mostly shorter than the peti-
oles, few- to many-fld.; corolla about 3 in. long, bell-
shaped, pink-purple. July-Sept. Brazil; now escaped
from gardens m Mex. and S. U. S. — It is known to the
trade chiefly as var. GoMellli (/. GobddiU, Hort.).
This variety has lavender-pink fls., with a darker throat,
and is apparently more noriferous and desirable than
the type. It products seed sparingly, but is easily
rooted from cuttings. In the 8. it is nardv if the at. is
cut down and the roots mulched: in the N., the roots
must be brought indoors. Advertised as the "tree
5. arbartscens, Don. An erect, woody, tree-like
plant, reaching 15-20 ft. h^ght: twigs and foliage
finely velvety-pubescent: Ivs. ovat«- cordate: b^hub
oval, obtuse, J^in. long, pubescent within and without:
fls. white, 2 in. long: seeds black with a bng coma of
white hairs on the dorsal angles. Mex. G.F. 7:
364.— Requires a dry cool air like most of the cacti
and makes an interesting companion plant to them in
a cactus-house.
6, Wolcottiioa, Rose. Tree, 25-30 ft. high, often 1ft
through, with slender, slightly drooping t^aoches: Ivs.
ovate to ovat»-lanceolate, 3-5 in, long, smooth: fls.
□ short racemes or corymbs; corolla about
._ d, white, broadly b*
S. — Seeds do not germinate
Peo-clpne, Roth (/. ma
cnniping. seldom twining, 20-60 i^.. luuui uiieu i^ ii,.
long ana 2 in. thick: Ivs. 1-4 in. long, fleshy, roundish,
often broader than lon^ with 2 glands at VDk base ana
prominently pinnate-veined: peduncles usually few-fld.,
equaling the petioles: cordia nearly 2 in. long, bell-
shaped, margin scarcely lobed. Aug.-Oct. Trop. coasts
of both hemispheres; drifting sands of coast, Ga. to
Texas. B.R. 319.
8. Btolonffera, Poir. (I. eambta, R, Br. I. aodoax-
fblia, R. & S. /. litU>TdlU, Boiss. not Blume). Sts. gbr-
brous, creeping and often rooting at the nodes: Ivs.
variously lobed or oblong-lanceolat«, not conlat«: fls.
cream-colored, IH in. long. Circumtropioal on sandy
shores, 8. C. to Fla. Cyrili; PI. Rar. fasc. 1. pi. 5.
fi. LIndheimeri, Gray (/. heteroph^, Torr., not
Ort.). Plant finely pubeecent, hoary when young: Ivs.
deeply 5-cicft or 5-part«d, aU of the lobes or the 3
interior ones ovate to ovate-lanceolate, with a much
contracted base: peduncle 1-2-fld,; corolla long-^unnel-
form, about 3]^ m. long, light blue. Rocky soils, W.
Texas to N. Mex. Var. Lindleylna, Hort. (/. Liiid-
ieydTUi, Hort.), has smaller Ivs,, l^hter colored fls., and
is a more profuse bloomer. An miprovement on the
type, but more tender.
10. purpAna, Roth (dmoMpuIu* n^hu, Hort. Con-
vdkuivt purpimut, linn.). Tall Mobmino-Globt.
longer than the petiolos| corolla 1-2 in. long, light blue,
purple, ^nk and diversely variegated. July-Sept. Trop.
Amer, Escaped from gardens to waste places, Canada
to Fla., west to Neb. and Texas, widely distributed in
most tropical regions. B.M. 113, 1005, 1682. Gn.21.p.
295; 27, p. 473.— One of the most popular of garaen
nnmmla Some of its Varieties resemble the entire-
leaved forms of /. htderaaa, but mav be fiistinguished
by their lonser and more slendo' peduncles, umbellate
pedicels, ana oblong-acute sepals without the long tip
iruATut). scarlet;
rbsea, blush-rose; vlria, a txade name for packages
contaming a mixture of many kinds; Tiollcea-strilta,
violet-purple. There are several double forms of /.
semi- or much-doubled, bluish white streaked with
light blue or pink. Intro. 1892. Said to be very
floriferous and a good pot-plant. G.F. 5:503 (adapted
in Fig. 1962), A.G. 14:246. Var. vioUcea fl.-pl.,
Hort^ is entirely distinct from the preceding. Gt. 47,
p. IK
... young Iva.
entire or sti^tly angulate, becoming deeply 3-lobed and
cordate, as in /. Acderocea, the middle lobe broadest:
peduncles as long or longer than petiolesj corolla 1 in.
wide, violeUpurple, sometimes with crunaon plait«;
sepals merely acute, not attenuate and recurved as in
/. Aafaroceo. B.R. 1988. B.M. 4289.— The plants in
the trade as /. mezicana are moeUy /. htdiracea, I.
diffilaia and Calongetion acukatum. I. mtxicana iwra,
Hort., /. mexieana grandifiora a&a, Hort., and /. mext-
eana grandiftora hybrula, Hort., are Caionyction acuiea-
tum or /. grandifiora.
12. mntibflis, Lindl. (/. deoiMta, Hemsl. /. LedrU,
Meissn. not Paxt.). Perennial from a woody root:
sts. densely and softly pubescent: Ivs. orbicular-ovate,
entire or 3-lobed, appressed ailky-pubescent above,
silvery caneecent beneath: fla. 2-3 in. long, blue or
purple with a white tube or throat. Mex. B.R. 39. —
One of the most showy and ornamental apeciea of the
Pharbitis group.
13. bederlcea, Jacq. (/. Nil, Roth. I. tedbra,
Forsk. and Hort.). St. twining or climbing, 2-8 ft; Its.
1660 IPOMffiA
2-5 in. long, or&te-cordate, the Iob«s ovate to ovate-
laoceolate, entire, or the lateral lobes repand or dentic-
ulate: the middle lobe narrowed at the base: peduncle
l^nd., mofltly shorter than the petiole; coroQa funnel-
form, the tube usually white, the liinb light blue,
purple or rose, and in various combinations of these
colors; sepals hairy, lanceolate, with long and oft«n
recurved tipe. July-Oct. Widely uaturaliied from
Trop. Amer. b Belds and waste places, Pa. to Fla.,
west to Neb. and Mex. Perhaps native in the South.
B.R. 85 and 276 (as 1. amdea). B.M. Igg (aa Con-
poiniiu* Nil). Gn. 27, p. 473. — This species shows great
variation in the form of its Ivs., both on the same
Cit and on different plants. Id some forms formerly
WD as /. Nil, the Ivs. are nearly entire; in others
they are very deeply lobed. Next to /. purpureo, this
is now the most popular morning-glory in cult,, and
the intro. of the improved Japanese strains will extend
it£ usefulness. Before the appearance of these oriental
varieties in occidental gardens, the species had already
varied into maiw distinct horticultural varieties; as
var. limbit«, (/. limb^, Hort.), with the corolla violet-
purple, edged with white. B.M. 5720 (as PharbUii
Nil). Gd. 29, p. 32. Var. maimorlta eoienina,
Urge fls., marbled and Btriped with light blue. Gt. 44,
g592. Var. marmorita r&sea, fls. marbled with rose,
t. 44, p. 76. Var. KUis nuumoritis, Ivs. marked
with yellow, limb of corolla rose-eolor. Var. gruidiflAra,
large olue fls. Var. FerrandUua, similar to var. pranJi-
fiora. Aside from these strains, the following named
varieties of Japanese ipomcras are offered: Antigone,
Ivs. variegated: fls. blue, with pink throat. Aglaia,
Ivs. variegated: fls. crimson, with white throat. Aacria.
fis. dull copper-rod. Ceres, like Aglaia, but fls. edgea
with while, Eiiphrosyne, Ivs. validated: fls. pure
white, with pink throat. Princess, fjs. spotted with
carmine. Gt, 47, p, 133. A form with foliage dotted
with white is shown in I.H, 43, p. 75. The varioua
IPOMffiA
The "Jalap" of commerce is an active purgative made
by grinding to a powder dried slices of tne tuberous
roots of this species. It was principoUy collected nesr
Xalapa, Mex., of which Jalap la a corruption,
17. uigustifAlia, Jacq. (/. filicaiUis, Blume), St.
rtrate, trailing or rarely clunbing, much-branched:
t-3 in. long, less than t in. wide, glabrous: peduiw
cles exceeding the petioles, bearing 1-2 small, bell-
shaped fls., which are yellowish whit« with a puri>le
eye. Aug., Sept. Widely distributed in Trop. Asia,
Afr. and Amer. B.M. 5428. B.R. 317 (as /. d«nticu-
Ia(a) .—Sometimes grown in the warmhouse, but there
is hardly enough foliage to set ofl the pretty dark-
18. tricolor, Cav.(/.nl6n)-c*riaM, Hook. /.floifcm,
Don and Hort.). St. tinged with purple, branched, 10-20
ft.highiivs membranaceous, mucb-veiiied,short-acumi-
oolOTing.
14. Leiril, Faxt. Blve Dawn-Plower. St. a very
rapid grower, often 30-40 ft. long, somewhat shrubby at
the base: Ivs. 3-6 in. long, cordat«, acute, mostly entire
Of slightly 3-k)bed, variable: fls. borne in cluBtera of 12-
30, openmg in succession; corolla 4-5 in. broad, bell-
shaped, deep lilac, sometimos dark purple witn five
lighter plaits. Very beautiful. Aug.-Oct, Tropics of
both hemispheres; widespread. B.M. 3928 (as Pharbi-
tisLeari). B,R, 27:66 (as PAorWig Leart),— A magnif-
icent species for the warmhouse, but not usually satis-
factory outside, at least in the N. One plant is on
record as producing 60,000 fls, at the rate of 300 a day.
When grown in the open the fls. are likely to be an
unattractive coppery purple. Thoroughly naturalized
in S. Calif., and a moat useful plant for covering waste
places, enbankments, and the like.
15. microdictylum, Griseb. A glabrous, woody,
perennial twining vine, several feet in height, the sts.
often covered with rough corky projections: root la^e
and woody: Ivs. 3-5-lobed or sub-entire, thick: m.
scarlet, su&«alverfonn, about \\4 in. long, the limb as
broad and slightly 5-lobed; stomcna aligntly exaert«d.
Fla. Keys and Cuba, — This is often mistaken for L
fudtsitides, Griseb., a rare and little-known Cuban
species, not found on the Fla. Keys and probably not in
cult. Var. integiifdlium, House. Lvs. entire, oblong-
ovate, subcordate or obtuse at the base. Commoner
than the species. Intermediate If .-forms are often found
on-the same plant.
16. POiga, Hayne (/. Jaldpa, Nutt. & Coxe, not
Pursh). Lvs. sagittate -cordate, smooth: peduncles
generally 1-fld., longer than the petioles; fls. rose-pur-
ple; corolla long-tubular, with a flat limb. Sc^t., Oct.
Trop. Amer. B.R. 33:49 (as Ezoganium Pwga).~
tMl. tpomoa dlsitMa. <XM)
nate: peduncle hollow and wand-like, longer than
petioles, 3-4-fld.; fls. 3-4 in. wide, the tube white and
limb red before expanding, at length purple or china-
blue. Aug.-Oct. Mex. R,H. 1855:441 (as PharbUU
nJ>ro-c^ndea). B.M. 3297. P.M. 3:99. Gn. 27:72.
G,C.II1.53: 104.— One of the most beautiful of annual
climbers. The fls. are often dashed, blotched and
shaded with rose, or are rJitirely rose. It is likely to
nm to vine when outHjf-doors unless the roots are
confined in a box or pot to induce early flowering. It
makes an excellent pot-plant for the greenhouse. Var,
Heavenly Blue, from Calif,, proves to be a blue form
of /. tricolor, which is especially valuable for cut-fls,
Var. ilba, Hort,, has pure white fls.
19. HOrsfallbe, Hook. Fls. many, in a 2-braiiched
cyme; corolla bell-shaped, the limb of 5 broad, rounded
lobes, very showy. Cosmopolitan tropics, B.M. 3315.
P.M. 3:50. F.S. 16:1647.— Perhaps the moat popular
ipomcta for winter-flowering in a warmhouae. If well
treated it will climb 20-30 it., and will bear hundreds
of fls. each day in early winter. May also be ia«wn
out>of-doorB, but it will not come into bloom till late
fall unless the roots are cramped. Var. ilba, Hort.,
IPOMCEA
IPOMCEA
1661
is /. temaia; I^ady Slade has pale rose fls. ; var. Bilggsii,
(/. Briggsiif Hort.)i or Lady Briggs, is generallv
considered better than the t3rpe for most purposes. It
is a freer grower and bloomer, the fls. are a nch magenta-
crimson, and it roots from cuttings much more readily
than /. HorafallUe, This variety makes a fine plant in
a 10-in. pot. G.M. 37:49. Var. Th&mpaonii, or /.
Thamaonidinat Hort., is /. iemala,
20. temUta, Jacq. (/. HdrrfaUix var. dflw, Hort. /.
Hdrsfallix var. Thomaonidnaf Hort. /. ThomaonidnOf
Mast.). St. somewhat woody at base: Ivs. usually
3-parted, the segms. elliptic or elliptio-oblong, fleshy,
smooth: fls. trumpet-shaped, about 2 in. across. Other-
wise hke /. HorsfaUix, of which it is often considered a
variety. Probably from W. Indies. G.C. II. 20:817.
F. 1884, p. 118.— Not considered quite so effective for
greenhouse cult, as /. Horafallix.
21. adrea, Kellogg {Operadinaapreaf House). A slen-
der twining vine, woody below, with very lar^, white,
tuberous roots: Ivs. di^tately 5-lobed: fls. 2-4 m. across,
funnelform, with a widely expanded limb, golden yel-
low: the rhombic, entire, sub-repand Ifts. often decidu-
ous, as are the branches. Lower Calif.
22. setdsayKer. Brazilian Mornino-Glort. Plant
very vigorous, branching, covered with stiff purplish
hairs: Ivs. 3-10 in. wide, cordate, angular or 3-lobea, the
middle lobe abruptly contracted below into a narrow
neck: pedimcles many-fld., longer than the petioles;
fls. 2-4 in. wide, salverform, rose-purple. Aug.-Oct.
Brazil. B.R. 335. — ^An excellent free-growing climber
for covering arbors, and especially valuable for making
a dense screen because of its very leafy habit. In the
latitude of New York seeds sown in the open will give
flowering plants in late August. It may also be treated
as a wannhouse deciduous twiner. Var. Northern
Light is said to be a cross with CaUmyctian acideatum.
Plant unusually vigorous, often growing 40-50 ft.: fls.
lavender-pink.
23. dniUta, Ort. (/. diaaSda, Pursh, not Willd. /.
ginUdta^ Hort.). St. somewhat woody at base, covered
with long yellowish hairs: Ivs. smooth or nearly so,
palmately 7-parted, the divisions lanceolate or narrowly
oblong, more or less sinuately cut and toothed: pedim-
cles 1-2-fld., longer than the petioles; fls. 1-2 in. wide,
bell-shaped, white with purple center; calyx as long as
the corolla-tube. June-Sept. Trop. Amer., and near
the coast from Ga. to Texas. — In Texas it expands
only 2-3 hours at midday, and is there called the
**noon-flower." It may be treated as a coolhouse ever-
green, and is worth growing for its delicate foliage alone.
hi the N. Uie tubers must be wintered in a cellar.
24. digitita, Linn. (/. panictMta, R. Br. /. mdmdta,
Hort., not Forsk.). Fig. 1963. St. trailing or climbing,
20-40 ft.: Ivs. 3-7 in. wide, 5-7-partecr, the segms.
elliptic, sometimes spatulate, entire: fls. numerous,
in a 2-branched cyme; corolla lJ^-3 in. wide, broadlv
bell-shaped, 5-lobed, pinkish purple or pink: seeds
with a dense tuft of oirty white wool springing from
the apex. July-Sept. Tropics of both hemispheres.
R.H. 1853:381. B.R. 62- 333 (as /. pUUenais). B.M.
3685 (as /. platensis), Gng. 2:311.— One of the best
tuberous-rooted ipomoeas for the garden or warm-
house. In the N. it may be used with fine effect if
grown in a tub and tramed to an adjacent pillar or
trellis, the vine being cut off before frost and the
tub stored. Farther south the tubers ma^r be planted
directly in the open, and will give a profusion ot bloom
nearly all summer. Var. inwgnis, Hort. (/. tn«{yni«,
Ker). Lvs. not palmately divided, nearly entire or
lobed, the under surface sometimes purplish. B.M.
1790. B.R. 75. — ^There are few plants of var. insignia
in cult.
25. bonarifosis. Hook. (/. ficifdHOf Lindl. /. Perrin-
gidna^ Damm. /. SHlawii^ Penny). St. branching.
tinged with purple and covered with short stellate hairs:
lvs. deeply cordate. 3-5-lobed, the middle lobe longest:
rduncles several-fld., longer than the petioles; fls. 1 ^
in. wide, violet to lilac, the limb spreading into 5
crenate lobes. Aug.-Oct. Trop. Amer. and Air. B.M.
3665. B.R. 27:13. P.M. 9:25. Gt. 47 : 1446.— Here
belongs /. SeUowii, Penny, and probably Hort., not
/. SeSoi, Mart., which is a distinct species.
26. sa^^ittltta, Lam. (/. apecidaa, Hallier, not Pers.).
Sts. twinmg from a perennial root, slender and glabrous :
lvs. stron^v sagittate, short-petioled: fls. slender,
about 3 in. long, purple. Marshes and fields, N. C. to
Mex. and W. Indies.
27. chrysdides, Ker. St. slightly woody, much twi-
ning, smooth or branches slightly hairy : lvs. 1-2 in. Ions,
ovate-cordate to sub-hastate, acute, entire or toothed,
3-angled, 3-lobed and repand: peduncles 1-7-fld., longer
than the petioles; corolla M~-^in. wide, funnel-shaped.
July-Oct. Trop. Asia and Afr. B.R. 270. — It can be
grown out-of-doors, but is tardy in blooming. Best
treated as a wannhouse evergreen climber. /. chruaeidea
is advertised abroad. /. chryadntha, Hort., described in
American catalogues as having ricn, glos^ foliage and
golden yellow fls., may belong here.
28. sidsfdUaf Choi^ (/. corymbdaa, Don. /. q/mdaa,
Lindl. /. arUiUdnaf Nlillsp. Tvrbina corymbdaa, Raf.).
A slender, climbing perennial vine, woody below: lvs.
ovate, cordate, small or medium-sized: fls. borne in
large c}rmose clusters on elongated branching peduncles;
corolla white, 1}^ in. long and broad; sepab somewhat
wing-like in fr.: caps, turbinate, usually l-seeded.
Fla., W. Indies, and Trop. Amer.
29. macrorhizA, Michx. (/. Michduxii, Sweet. /.
JaldpOt Pursh, in Bot. Mag. 1813, not Pursh's descrip-
tion, 1814) . Sts. perennial fiom a thickened woody root,
trailing or climbing 6-8 ft. high, springing from an
oblong root weighing 4-30 pounds: foliage whitish
with a soft tomentulose pubescence; lvs. entire, repand,
or lobed, 3-5 in. long, ovate-cordate, membranaceous,
veiny: peduncles l-&-fld.; sepals very unequal, the
inner ones yi^- lon^ and twice as long as tne outer
ones; fls. M>out 3 m. long, cream-colored, with a
magenta throat. S. C. to Fla. and Mex. B.R. 342.
— ^A very ornamental warmhouse climber and valu-
able for the ipurden if the tubers are started in
the greenhouse before being set out; otherwise the
plant seldom blooms much before frost. The '^Jalap"
of commerce does not come from this plant, but from
/. Ptarffa, The roots of /. macrorhiza are but slightly
purgative.
30. Tdba, Schlecht. (/. laHfMia, R. & S. /. ventricdaa,
Don. /. grandiflbrcLy Lam. CaUmyction grandifldrum^
Choisy). A stout, twining, perennial, woody vine:
foliage glabrous or nearly so; lvs. ovate, cordate, 5-10
in. broad, thickish in texture: fls. white, funnelform,
about 4 in. long: caps, large, 1 in. diam. with an oper-
culate dehiscence. Amer. Trop. — Some of the inferior
strains passing as /. Bonorfwx and its er^onyms belong
here. Not a proliferous flowerer, and in cult, rarely
successful.
31. pandurlLta, G. F. W. Mey. Man-of^the-Earth.
Wild Potato-vine. St. 2-12 ft. long: root very long
and Iw^ (10-20 pounds): lvs. 2-4 in. long, long-
petioled, usually cordate and entire, occasional^
angulate, fiddle-shape or hastately 3-lobed: peduncles
1-5-fld., commonlv a little longer than the petioles;
corolla 2-4 in. wide, broadly funnelform with pointed
lobes, white with a dark purple throat. May-Sept.
Dry soils, Canada to Fla., west to Ont. and Texas.
A.G. 12:637. R.H. 1893:574. B.M. 1603 (as Conr
volvulua candicana), 1939, and Gn. 27, p. 373 (both as
C. pandtaraiua), B.R. 588. — In some places this spe-
cies is a very troublesome weed, which is almost impos-
sible to exterminate because of its long tuberous roots.
1662
IPOMCEA
IRIARTEA
It can easily be kept within bounds in the garden with
a little care, and makes a very desirable plant for cov-
ering an old dead stump or back fence. The chief
merit of /. pandurata as a garden plant is its hardiness:
hence it is often sold as the "hardy" or "perennial
moonflower." If well mulched the roots will stand 26^
below zero. There is a double-fld. form. It is some-
times escaped in cult, grounds.
32. JaULpa, Lindl. (BatAtas Jdldva, Choissr). A
slender, glabrous, twining vine ^m a large woody root:
Ivs. triangular-ovate, entire or 3-lobed, plicate-veined:
peduncles usually very short, 1-fld. : sepals sub-equal,
broadly ovate^ obtuse, }^m. long; ns. slender funnel-
form, 2-2yi m. long, pmk or purple. A Mexican
species, the roots of which possess purgative powers
equal to those of /. Purga. L.B.C. 6:518. — ^The names
of this and /. macrorhiza have been oonfiised from
the fact that this plant, figured by Lindley in 1813
(B.M. 1572) as Canvolvulua Jcdapa (/. JalapOf Pursh.
as imionym) is not the Carolinian plant describea
by Pursh under that name in 1814. The plant
described by Pursh as /. Jalapa is the /. macrorhiza of
Michaux.
33. Batitas, Poir. {Baidiaa idtdis, Choisy). Sweet
Potato. Lvs. ovate-cordate, usuaUy angular or lobed,
variable, petioled: peduncles equaling or exceeding
the petioles, several-nd.; corolla 1-2 in. wide. Origin
probably from Lfaatigiata of Trop. Amer. (/. pkUani-
folia, R. & S.). — Largely cult, in many varieties for its
edible tubers. See Su?eet Potato,
Several species of slight ornamental value occur in the southern
BtateSj and are sometimes seen in cult. /. desertdrum^ House. Re>
sembling I. hederacea but rou^-pubescent and adapted to drier
situations. Aris. — I. lacundaa, Linn. Annual with small white fls.,
often with a pink limb. Pa. to 8. C, 111. and Texas. — I. polvdnthes.
R. A 8. (I. umbellata, Mey.). Small yellow fls. in umbels. Fla. and
Trop. Amer. — I. tricKocdrpa^ EIL S. C. to Fla., Kans. and Mex. — J,
triloba, Linn. Pink or purple corolla ^in. long.: lvs. 3-lobed. Fla.,
Aris. and Trop. Amer.
The two following roedes of recent intro. are as jret not common
in the trade: /. Macahuoi, MatteL Slightly pubescent, woody sts.:
lvs. ovate-orbicular, abruptly acute ana mucronate, deep^ cordate;
petioles long, somewhat villous: fls. axillary, in subsessue cymes;
corolla large, oampanulate. orange-colorea, margined with red.
Native of Italian Somalilana. — I. Mahdnii, C. H. Wright. An erect
shrub with oblong lvs. about 1 ^ in. long and 1 in. broad, obtuse at
both ends, entire: petioles liin. long: coroUa-tube deep reddish
purple, paler above, the limb white or slightly suffiised with pink,
over 3 in. broad. Native of Uganda.
See Quamodit for Ipomota Qtuxmoditt I. eoectnea, /. vUifolia, and
7. hedermfolia. See Calonyction for /. Bonamox and I. tattenst,
Ivonuea Uotoardii, P. D. Bamhart, Pacific Garden 4 ; No. 9, p. 5, Aug.
1911'»Quamoclit grandiflora.
IPOH6PSIS: OOm.
H. D. HousE.f
fPSEA (fancied resemblance to ipa, a C3aiip insect
or a worm). Orchiddcex, Two or 3 terrestrial £f. Indian
pseudobulbous orchids, allied to Pachystoma, with
which it has been united: lvs. long, narrow and pli-
cate: scape sheathed: fls. few, large, highly colored.
L specidsa, Lindl. (Pachystama specibsuniy Reichb.).
Deciduous, tuberous-rooted, with erect scapes to 18 in.
hi^: lvs. 5-8, long-petioled, 6-10 in. long: fls. several,
bnght yellow, fragrant, 2-3 in. diam.. the lip oblong,
with side lobes triangular and middle lobe obovate:
pseudobulbs tufted. Ceylon. B.M. 5701. G. 26:189.
— Blooms in winter. To be potted in fibrous loam, peat
and leaf-mold, and rested after growth. l, h, g.
IRESINE (Greek name for a harvest garland woimd
with wool: the flowers and seeds of these plants are
woolly). AmaranUiceae, Achtranthes. Ornamental-
leav^ bedding plants.
Low, spreading, climbing or erect herbs or subshrubs:
lvs. stalked, opposite, the margins not toothed in the
domestic species: fls. very small, bracteate, in axillary
or terminal panicles, perfect or imperfect (plants some-
times dioecious), the perianth of one series terete, 5-
parted, with ovate-oblong segms.; stamens 5; style
short or none, the stigmas 2 or 3: fr. a utricuhis. —
1964. Iresine LindenU. (XH)
Species 20-25 in Trop. and Subtrop. Amer. Two or 3
species are in common cult, as bedding-plants, because
of their highly colored lvs. and sis. The first of these
to be intro. was described before the fls. were known
and it was referred to Achyranthes (A. VerschaffeUii),
but in that genus
the anthers are 2-
loculed, whereas ia
Iresine they are 1-
loculed. To gai«-
deners they are still
known as Achy-
ranthes.
Because of ease
of propagation,
ability to withstand
sun and shearing,
and the bright
colors, the iresmes
are amongst the
most popular bed-
ding-plants. Few
plants are easier to
grow. Stock plants
are kept over win-
ter in a cool tem-
perature (as in a
carnation house),
and in February
and March they
are given more heat and moisture, and cut bad^
to get cutting wood. Cuttings root quickly in any
good cutting-bed. For mass bedding, plants are usu-
ally set 6 to 10 inches apart. They willnot withstand
frost.
H^bstii, Hook. f. (Ackyrdnthes Verschaff&Hiy Lem.).
Lvs. broadly ovate or orbicular, obtuse and notched at
the apex, purple-red, with prominent arched veins, or
in the commoner variety green or green-red with yellow
veins (var. aitrea^eticulata), S. Amer. B.M. 54d9.
H.F. II. 7:103. This was described and figured in Aug.,
1864, by Lemaire as AchyrardheB (?) VerachaffeUU
(I. H. 11:409), and later by Van Houtte as Iresine
VerschagelHi (F, 8. 15:1001), In July. 1864, however.
Hooker nad published it as Iresine HerbsHi, in honor of
Mr. Herbst, of the Kew Nursery, who intro. it from the
River Platte. There are horticultural varieties with
Latin names. /. WdUisii, Ort., is a small form, with
numerous small roundish lvs., which are bronce-red or
dark red above and dark blood-red beneath. /. bnlr-
lianUssima, has rich crimson color.
lindenii, Van Houtte (Achyrdnihes acuminata, and
/. acumindUit Hort.). Fig. 1964. Lvs. ovate-acuminate
or lance-ovate, with less arching or curving veins, in
the original form rich, deep blood-red, but in some jmiv
den forms with light-banded veins. Ecuador. F.S.
17 : 1737. G. Z. 13 : 32. — More pyramidal in habit
than the other species, and now more common. To
this species evidentlv belong the garden forms known as
/. Emeraonii, I, Couensii and /. Jormosa,
I. BiemuiUeri, Voos (Aohsrranthefl Biemuelleri, HaaM 4t
Schmidt) , is probably a ga^en form of one of the above. It is a
oomxMtct, dwarf grower, withrtanding severe cutting: Its. and
twigs roseHsarmixie. L H B
miARTEA (aft^ Bernard Iriarte). PatmAcex, Tall
spineless palms, with <nrlindrical or swollen stems sup-
ported on a pyramid of exposed roots.
Leaves few, unequally pinnate; Ifts. equilateral^
cxmeate, entire or erose, plicate; petiole channelled;
sheath cylindrical: fls. small: fr. 1-2 in. long: stimas
eccentric or lateral in fr. This paim is separated from
Ceroxylon by the cuneate Ifts. — Species 10. Trop. S.
Amer. /. Bungeroihii was advertised in 1895 as Triar-
tea, which was presumablv a typographical error for
Iriartea. This is a horticultural name for /. exorrAtsOy,
IRIARTEA
IRIS
1663
Mart.y but the plant is in cultivation under the fonner
name.
ezorrhlza, Mart. (/. Bungerdtkiif Hort.). Trunk
about 35 ft. taU, crowned by a congested cluster of
10-20 showy Ivs.^ each bearing 15-20 pairs of Ifts., the
latter about 20 m. long and 1}^ wide: spadices 1-4,
appearing between the Ivs.; fls. yellow: fr. olive-sreen,
reticulate. Trop. 8. Amer. — ^Iknibtfully in cmt. at
this time (1913) in Amer. j^. TATLOR.f
Iris (Greek, rainbow). IrUlitcem. Plates LVXII,
LIX. Showy and interesting flowers for outdoor
bloom, widely known and planted; perennials with rhi-
zomes or bulb-like root-stocks, mostly narrow long
leaves, and commonly erect habit; includes the blue flag
and fleur-de-lis.
Herbs with linear or ensiform equitant Ivs. : st. simple
or branched: fls. of 6 segms., the 3 outer reflexed, and
the 3 inner usually smaller and erect, always narrowed
to a distinct claw, 1 to many in terminal heads, from
Bpathes which are formed of the upper bractr-like Ivs.;
spathe stalked or sessile : style divided into 3 i)etal-like
branches, which are bind or crested at the tip; stig-
matic surface immediately below the crests^ ovary ses-
sile or pedicelled, within the spathe. — Distinguished
from the other members of the tribe except Hermo-
dactylus and Moraea by the 2-winged style-branches,
from Hermodactylus by the 3-celled caps., and from
Mortea by the more or less connate perianth-segms.
For monographs of the genus, see Baker's Iridese, 1888,
Lynch, The Book of the Iris. 1904, and the fine mono-
graph of Dykes, The Genus Iris, 1913. The number of
species of Iris recognized by different monographers
ranges between 140 and 170. The sjmonomy mciudes
something over 700 names. The extensive synonomy
is an indication of the great variability and wide dis-
tribution of the genus. In general the irises are natives
of the North Temperate Zone, but the different sub-
genera differ much in their dismbution. The distribu-
tion of some of ihe subgenera is coextensive with that
of the genus, while others are restricted to limited
regions. The subgenus Apogon is the largest and also
the most widely distributed section of the genus. Its
representatives are found throughout temperate N.
Amer., Eu., Asia and N. Afr. They extend from Alaska,
Labxador and Kamtchatka in the north to Fla., Algiers
and Honkon{( in the south. The members of the sub-
genus Pogoniris, which is the second largest and horti-
culturally the most important section, are found in
Cent, and S. Eu. and N. Afr. and thence eastward to
China and N. W. India. No members of this sub-
genus are indigenous to Amer. The small subgenus
Evansia comprises a few species of crested irises wnich,
with the exception of the two closely related American
forms, /. cridala and /. lacustriSf occur only in Japan
and E. China. The American species differ widely
from the far eastern ones in the absence of an evident
stem. The subgenus Oncocyclus is a small section
whose members are restricted to a limited region in
Asia Minor, Syria, and Persia. Farther to the east, in
Turkestan, the Oncocyclus irises are replaced by the
members of the closely related subgenus, Regelia. In
N. India in the region to the south of the Karakoram
and Himalayan Mts. are foimd a few species constitu-
ting the subgenus Pseudoregelia, so named on account
of the affinitv of its members to those of the subgenus
Regelia. The peculiar oriental subgenus Paraan-
thopsis contains only a single sp>ecies, /. dichotamOf
which is found in Manchuria and N. China. The
bulbous irises comprise three subgenera, Xiphium^
Juno, and Gynandrins. The subgenus Xiphium is some-
times divided into two sections, the Xiphiums proper,
which occur in Spain, Portugal, Sicily and N. Afr.;
and the reticulata irises, which are found in Asia
Minor^ Transcaucasia and Turkestan. The Juno irises
occur m Spain, N. Afr., Asia Minor, Persia, and east-
ward to India. The single species of the monotypic
sub^nus Gynandriris is distnbuted from Portugal to
N. W. India.
Something over 100 species of Iris, with innumerable
sarden varieties, are offered by dealers in America.
Many of these, including the native species, are culti-
vated only to a sheht extent, so that horticultural
interest centers chiefiy around the groups described
below.
1. German irises. — ^Und«r this head may be grouped
the tall European pogonirises and the numerous
varieties and nybricb derived from them. B^des
/. germanicaf which may be taken as the type of this
class, the prmcipal species of the group are /. aphylla,
/. varUgaUiy I, florerUina, I, jKdlida, I, CenguUti,
I, flaoefienSf I. jKicata^ /. Swertii, /. Kochii, I, hirida,
/. negleda, I. sambticinaf I, saualens and I, hybrida.
Many of these which are usually recognized as species
are undoubtedly of garden origin. /. germanica itself is
not certainly known to occur in a native state. /. floren^
Una or /. albicans is a common ornament in Moham-
medan cemeteries and was undoubtedly distributed
throughout the Mediterranean region by the Moham-
medans, who carried it everywhere with them as an
embellishment for graveyards. /. Kochii, I, lurida,
I. negleda, I. sambucina and /. squolens are probably
hybrids ol which there are innumerable forms in this
rmp. /. Swertii and /. jdictUa are pale forms of
CengiaUii and 7, pallidaf in which the color is absent
except along the margin of the segments. /. hybrida
probably represents a similar derivative of /. varieaata
m which the yellow color is absent. Owing to their
diversity of origin, the varieties of this group have a
great diversity of color, ranging from pure white through
all shades of mauve and blue to dark purple. From
/. varieacUa and /. flavescens the yellow-nowered varie-
ties and those whose flowers are variegated with yellow
were probably derived. The flowers of all the varie-
ties are large and handsome, often stately, exhibiting
beautiful variegation and shades of color. They are
borne on stout, erect, branched stalks much exceeding
the clumps of spreading leaves. All are hardy, and form
excellent border plants, flowering in May and Jime.
2. Japanese irises. — All the plants cultivated aa
Japanese irises are referable to a single species. Iris
Isevigataf more commonly known as /. Raempferi, The
type of the species has been so much broken that its
varieties constitute a distinct horticultural group, con-
taining perhi^ as many or more named varieties than
the ^rmanica group itself. So far as known, no
hybnds or other species enter into the make-up of
tnis class. The plants form strong clumps, attaining a
height of 2 to 3 feet, and bearing several flower-stems.
The leaves are slender, erect, growing almost parallel
to each other. In the wild type the inner segments are
erect and rather small. The cultivated forms fall into
two groups, — ^the three-petaled forms in which the
inner segments have been nearly suppressed while the
outer segments constitute the showy part of the flower,
and the six-petaled forms in which all the segments are
large and spreading giving the flower the flat expanded
form characteristic of the group. The flowers range in
color from white through various shades of blue to
deep purple, with the se^ents variegated with darker
veins and streaks, or plam. All the varieties are hardy,
and thrive best in cool, moist situations. They begm
flowering in the latt^ part of June and continue
throu^ July.
3. The toll apogon irises. — Besides the Japanese
irises, two other groups of apogon irises deserve men-
tion on accoimt of their ornamental value. These are
the sibirica group and the spuria group. The species
of the sibirica group which are of horticultural interest
are /. «t&trica, /. sangmnea, /. WHsanii^ and /.
Ddavayi. The plants of this group are characterized by
long grass-like leaves growing in close tufts from which
1664
IRIS
IRIS
arise clusters of tall branched flower-stems 2 to 3 feet
in height. /. sibirica has several varieties ranging in
color iTom deep blue to white. These, with the addi-
tion of /. WiUonii. make it possible to nave tall clumps
of blue, white, ana yellow irises of the sibirica type. /.
sanguineOf which has the flowers partly hidden among
the leaves is less ornamental than /. sibiricOf in which
the flowers are raised high above the leaves. /. Dela-
vayi is a blue-flowered species which flowers in Jul^
when most other irises have passed. The i)lanta of this
group all thrive best in rather moist situations. Of the
spuna group, only the tall ornamental forms closely
allied to /. spuria are considered here. The most com-
monly cultivated forms are /. B^puriOj /• halopkiUi,
better known as /. Guddenstsediiana, /. orienUuiat /.
Monnieri and /. avrea. These differ from each other
only in minor characteristics such as color and slight
modifications in the shape of the segments. They are
frequently all regarded as varieties of a single type, /•
sjnvria, but for horticultural purposes it is more ser-
viceable to treat them as separate species. Besides
those forms which may be said to approach specific
rank, innumerable minor varieties exist in the group.
The color of the flowers ranges from blue in /. spuria to
bright yellow in /. Monnieri and deep yeUow in 7. awrea.
In 7. ofienUdis the flowers are pale yellow bordered with
white. The proportion of white and yellow varies much
in different specimens. The plants of this group are
tall and stately with leaves 1 to 2 feet long, drooping
gracefully above. The flower-stems usually rise nigh
above the leaves, and bear two to three heads of flow-
ers. Those on the lateral branches ai'e held close to the
main stem so that the whole inflorescence has the
appearance of a spike. The stems are usually 2 to 3
feet high. Those of /. aurea are said to grow to a height
of 5 feet in California. Some of the species are natives
of swampy regions and consequently thrive well in
wet places. All grow well, however, in almost any
situation.
4. Dwarf irises. — Dwarf irises occur in several sub-
genera but the best-known and most commonly culti-
vated forms are the dwarf European pogonirises,
including /. pumila, I. pseudo-pumila^ 7. bijlaraf and 7.
Chamaeiris. These are remarkable for their numerous
color varieties, which range from pale yellow to lilac,
blue, purple, and very dark red. Most of the forms in
cultivation are varieties of 7. pumila and 7. chamx-
iris^ but many of the garden forms which pass as
varieties of 7. vumila are derived from 7. Chanueiris,
7. pumila and /. Ckamseiris are the most satisfactory of
the group, as the others are less hardy or less florif-
erous. 7. arenaria, the Hungarian form of 7. jUwissima,
thrives well in dry sandy situations. The most common
dwarf forms among the apogon irises are 7. humilis,
I. nUhenica and the American 7. vema. Of these, 7.
vema is the most strUcing because in all characteristics
of habit and growth it resembles a pogoniris but lacks
the beard characteristic of that group. 7. cristata
and its close relative, or perhaps subspecies, 7. lacus"
triSf are dwarf American forms belonging to the
subgenus Evansia, or crested irises. The dwarf irises
seldom grow over 9 inches high. They spread rapidly
by their creeping rhizomes and soon form large
patches. This habit makes them useful as border
plants.
5. Oncoq^dus irises, — ^The onoocyclus irises differ
from other irises in several striking characteristics.
The seeds have a creamy-white aril nearlv as large as
the seed itself. The stem is surmounted by a long,
unkeeled tubular spathe which reaches beyond the
top of the perianth-tube. The stem befuv a single
flower, which in some species is of enormous size, com-
pared with the size of the plant. The segments, of
which the inner are larger than the outer, present a
most singular combination of somber colors. The
peculiar colors are often due to the interlacing of num-
erous very thin veins, usually blue or brown, on a white
or straw-colored ground. The most common shades
thus produced are beautiful sky-blue, light gray, and
brown to almost black. In some, all the segments are
colored nearly alike, but in most species the inner and
outer segments are differently colored. The species
fall into two ^ups according to their eeograjphical
distribution. With their distribution other charac-
teristics are curiously correlated. > The species occurrine
in central and eastern Asia Minor, Transcaucasia, and
the mountains of northern and western Persia are dwarf
slender species differing from each other by well-
marked characteristics. Those found in Paleetine,
S3rria and Mesopotamia are tall, attaining a foot or
more in height, and resemble eacn other so closely that
they cannot oe distinguished by any characteristic
except the color of the flowers. These apparently are
all varieties of a single species. In Amenca the onco-
cyclus irises are not widely cultivated. The most
commonly grown form is 7. susiana. Many hybrids
have been raised in Europe. For a monograph^ see
Foster. Gn. 43, pp. 130-135.
6. bulbous inses, — J
-About 20 species of bulbous irises
are cultivated in America. They are rather dwarf,
hardy and half-hardy bulbous plants, known chiefly for
the brilliant colors and strong contrasts, and for their
numerous flowers. The species most commonly found
in gardens are 7. XtpAium, better known as 7. his^
panicGj and 7. xiphovdes or 7. anglica. The latter is
probably the oldest iris in cultivation. See Foster, G.
C. II. 23, pp. 567 and 726, and Foster, Bulbous Irises
(1892). Heinrich Hasselbrino.
The cultivation of irises.
As will be seen by their distribution, irises are espe-
cially adapted by their hardiness to growth in our gar-
dens, though some forms, as the African, the Indian,
and the Oncocyclus species, need special treatment or
protection. In the main, the irises, from a cultural point
of view, are like others of the various natural fami-
lies, mostly very good — not to say commonplace —
witn a few decidedly inferior members. As there are
nearly 170 species of irises, with countless varieties,
they are interesting to tne amateur collector and
grower both for their variety and their general beauty
of flower.
The life of iris flowers varies ^m three to six days.
They are fragile, but if cut before the petals unroll may
be forwarded to considerable distance without injury.
This is the onlywav, in fact, by which the florist can
market them. The botanists divide the irises into two
main groups, the bulbous kinds and those with rhiaomes,
these groups being each divided by the var>riiifp charac-
ters of the more or less raised line in the middle of the
fall of the flower. This, of course, gives no clue to cul-
tural necessities or to time of flowering, two important
details in a garden.
Considering the bulbous irises as a group, these are
aU hardy without protection in the latitude of New
York city except i. Histrio^ 7. alaia, 7. junceOy 7.
paUestinaf I. tingitana^ I. Varianii,
In the order of their flowering, the reticiilata group
is the earliest, I.Bakeriana and others starting into
flower as soon as released by frost, usually in February
or March. These are soon followed by the others of
this group, the largest-flowered member being 7. At»-
triai&s, A peaty, sandy soil seems to be most accept-
able to this group, and no oi]Kanic manure must oe
given them. A location, if possible, where they may be
kept on the side of dr3mess m summer is desirable. The
culture of these, like uiat of all exotic plants in our gar-
dens, is, of course, tentative. If, on trial, they seem to
be happy and increase from offsets or buds, they may
remain m the borders indefinitely, but if durins the
second season they show no gain, the bulbs should be
IRIS
IRIS
1665
lifted and a trial made in anoth^ location. This group
seeds freely, and the seed-pods will be found just under
the soil surface.
Closely following this group are the so-called Juno
irises, of which /. peraica is the most familiar, though
not the best example. These irises have somewhat
large bulbs, with curious persistent, fleshy roots, and
seem to thrive best in somewhat stiiOf soil, in sheltered
locations, where they will be well baked during the
siunmer. They flower in March and April, the best
forms being /. Rosenbachianaj I, orchiaideSf I, sindjar-'
ensiSf and /. asayriaca. They are desirable plants in
the most exclusive gardens. They seed freely, and also
increase by offsets.
About the same time as above will flower the Iris
tuberosa ("The Widow*'), which is neither bulbous nor
an iris strictly, but has a weird beauty of its own, with
its green and black flowers. This should have a summer
balung. See Hermodactylus,
Planted out in the early fall, the so-called Spanish
irises make an early start and produce leaves which are
persistent during the winter and seldom injiu^ here.
In May and June they broaden out, and are then sur-
mounted by very bright, distinct and charming flow-
ers. Very satisfactory flowers, these, and of the easiest
culture. They probably do best in spots inclining to
moisture. The bulbs make offsets rapidly, and should
often be divided and replanted. There are two forms
and numerous flowers oi this iris. The boldest form is
that known as the '^Thimderfoolt.'* Spanish irises, imder
mild forcing are now largely grown by florists for early
spring flowers.
The "English" irises, /. xij^hioidea, follow the
''Spanish** in June and July. Theur flowers are wider in
all their parts, and in a limited range of colors, white
and purple. * Mt. Blanc,*' pure white, is probaoly the
most satisfactory of the group. The foliage of the
English iris does not bear till early spring, and the
varieties flourish in a rather drier position than the
"Spanish." '
The African bulbous irises, /. junceay I. Vartanii,
I, alataj are subjects for a coolhouse, though the former
is rarely hardy here.
The rhizomatous irises may be divided into a number
of sections, but in a cultural way mav be broadly
considered in two sections: those with thick, surface-
creeping rhizomes, as the hybrid German, and those
with more or less tnin ones, as /. sibirica ana /. laevigata,
which are subterranean. While the former section
comprises plants which grow in various conditions,
some with the roots submerged, yet in a general way
they have mostly surface-creepins rhizomes. These
are best transplanted soon after flowering, at which
time they commence a new growth. It is customary for
the nurserymen to supply these in the fall, which
usually leads to the loss of a season, as they oft^ fail to
become est^hshed when planted late. The foliage of
the iris indicates^ sun-lovmg family, and irises should
be planted in full exposure in rich, but not manured soiL
weU drained. The rhizomes should be planted flat ana
covered to half their diameter. If the rhizomes are in
a growing condition, no further care will usually be
necessary with the larger number of the species, but if
the rhizomes are dormant and partly dried up. as they
are frequently on receipt, care should be taken that
they have not much moisture till they start into ^wth.
otherwise they are likely to rot. Not every iris will
grow in every garden, but the failure to establish these
plants is most often caused by too much exposure to
excitement of light, warmth and moisture when the
plant is not re^y to convert its reserve into food.
Valuable species should have the protection of a frame
in such circumstances till it seems safe to plant them
out. If carefully treated and not excited, apparently
hopeless dried-up rhizomes may often be saved. Most
of these irises in common cultivation increase rapidly,
106
and should be divided and replanted every two or three
years; otherwise the rhizomes become matted and the
abode of grass. Among them will be found some of
the showiest flowers of the family.
Usually in early Mav /. Chamxiria and its variety
/. oUnenna flower, followed quickly by the dwarfer
/. pumila and its white form /. aitica. Forms of /.
ItUeacens, Lam., quickly follow, after which /. germanioa,
/. florentina and the host of "hybrid German^' varieties
come rapidly forward and give a great wealth of color.
Everyone is familiar with the great bearded purple /.
g&rmanica, perhaps the most generally cultivated iris.
There are larger -flowered forms of this: /. amas
and /. macranlha, I, germanica alba seems to be a
variety of /. albicans. This and I.florenHna are the
usual white-flowered forms seen at this time. Of bold,
lighter purple kinds, /. pallida and its hybrids are then
preeminent.
The Gennan irises of the garden are not varieties of
/. germanica, but hybrids of various species, as /. pal"
lida. I. variegata, /. aambucina, I. squalena, I, luriaa x
wild forms and /. neglecta, I, amama, I, pticcUa and /.
Stveriii, which are known only in eardens. Naturally
these vary much in stature, time of flowering, size and
coloring of flowers. Thev may be had in almost endless
variety, but a typical coUection may be made with oom«
paratively few plants.
Among the best forms of the "hybrid German'* irises
are: /. aphylla — Bridesmaid. Madame Chereau, Swer-
tii; /. amama — Compte de St. Clair, Fairy Queen, re-
HcukUa alba, Victorine; /. neglecta — Cordelia, Wagn«r;
/. pallida — ^Khedive, Mad. Pacquitte, Queen of May,
Walmer: /. saualena — Amols, Jacquiniana, Harrison
Weir, Mons. Chereau: /. variegata — Beaoonsfield, Da-
rius, Hector, Honorable, Prince of Orange.
June is flowering time for many iris species, many of
which are uncommon, but of the more available forms
one could scarcely n^ect the native /. hexagona, the
dark La Mance form of which is very distinct and
amongst the handsomest of the family. A white form
of this is not hardy here. /. fulva. another native plant
with copper-colored flowers^ is also interesting. Irises
with distmct forms are /. Monnieri and /. ori^Ualia (or
/. ochroleuca), both of which have obUquely growing
rhizomes and enjoy moisture.
For margins of water /. Paex/dacorua, with yellow
flowers, is invaluable, and our natives, /. versicolor and
/. carokniana seem as happy in the moisture as in the
uplands. The iris rhizomes which require deep planting
are mostly smaller and thinner tlum those of surface
creepers. The species with these roots are mostly
strong-growing pLsmts, rapidly increasing and requiring
an abundance of moisture, though there are some nota-
ble exceptions to be mentioned later. Of the members
of this group, /. sibirica, in several purple and white
forms, is a common garaen plant. /. enaata is a com-
mon Asiatic iris with small flowers borne among the
narrow foliage, which is as ornamental as some of the
large grasses.
The Japanese irises, which usually end the general
display of irises, are a remarkable example of type-
breakmg, the occidental gardeners having worked up
from /. umgata a wondenul variety of colorings and
variation in number of petals, though the colors may
be included in about half a dozen general tjrpes. There
are few handsomer flowers than good forms of the
white Japanese iris. This iris may be grown on the
upland, but it does not do its best in such locations, for
it is particularly susceptible to good treatment, and to
produce large flowers both water and manure are essen-
tial. Peter Barr, the veteran fancier of good plants,
wrote from Japan, after consulting one of the oldest
cultivators, that "this iris is grown in the rice-fields in
winter ana watered each month while at rest with
human manure (cow manure would do); as soon as
young growth appears no more manure is given and
1666
IRIS
IRIS
the ground is flooded. When growth has ended the
water is withdrawn."
One of the most curious things in connection with the
Japanese iris is that though these plants have been in
cultivation here since soon after the treaty ports were
first opened, they seem to have excited little attention
from gardeners until within a few years. Yet the first
importations were as handsome as the later. In this
connection it may be said that Japan has also /. gracili'
peSf a dark purple hardy form, and /. japonica or /.
ckinensist one of the beauties oi the fainily but, like /.
tectorum (the roof iris), another crested land, needing
here greenhouse protection and well worth it. There is.
however, a perfectly hardy crested iris, the beautiful
dwarf /. cristata of the upper southern states — a charm-
ing plant for a front border or rockery. Equally dwarf
are our lake irises /. lacwUrU and /. vema.
The west coast of the United States is fortunate in
possessing some beautiful and distinct irises, mostly
of the wiry-rooted, thin-leaved type. They have not yet
been fully separated botanically, and they are most
difficult things to establish in eastern or other gardens,
so that there are really very few in cultivation.
/. macronphonf /. Hartwegiif I, DauglanancL /.
bracteala^ I, tenaXf I, longipeUua^ I, tenuis ana /.
Ptirdyi is a fist which will interest the searcher after
interestinjg plants. Max Leichtlin, who has a genius
for growing difficult things, has been succeselul in
establishing /. bracteataf I, macrosiphon and /. Purdyi,
He says^ "My experience is that they cannot be moved
unless m full vegetation. We must grow them from
seed, and not touch the seedling until they have
formed a solid rootstock. After this and movement to
grow has begun, they can be safely handled and trans-
planted like other inses.'*
Seed should be sown in the open in autumn, plants
appearing in the spring should be undisturbed, and
in the fall covered with a frost-proof frame. They
should flower the second (or third) season. After flow-
ering they may be shifted carefully, but must alwa3rs
have protection as they naturally commence to grow
very early and frosts are fatal to them. Only in this
way is there much chance of success with these rare
plajits. Some of the species have been flowered here
under harsh conditions but they were survivals of large
numbers of collected plants.
There remain to be considered two allied groups, the
oncocyclus and regelia. These are considered by ama-
teurs the most interesting groups of the iris family — in-
teresting in the amateur's vocabulary meaning some-
thing rare and difficult. At the best, these plants give
few flowers, but they compensate for this by their dis-
tinct and quaint beauty. The best-known member of the
family, /. susianay has been in cultivation several hun-
dred years, but is by no means yet a common plant. It
takes more kindly to cultivation than any other of the
groups, will usually flower in the border the first year
after planting if the spring is not too rigorous j and
gardens are not unknown where, from some conditions
of fortunate placing or soil, they continue to flourish. It
cannot be said that there is any hard and fast formula
for growing these irises. They vary among themselves
as to their requirements, and need special and different
treatment in different gardens and climates. These
irises are natives of Palestine, Asia Minor^ the Caucasus,
central Asia and Persia regions, all of which are hot ana
dry in summer, with a settled and sometimes severely
cold winter ana a genial spring. In some of the regions
they are protected oy a covering of snow in winter while
dormant, but Palestine and Persia have open winters,
and their irises make growth at this time. After culti-
vating most of the species for a number of seasons, the
writer's experience does not lead him to dogmatize
much on their cultivation or to approve of many special
devices which have been put forward from time to time
as the solution of the problem. The consensus of opin-
ion among the growers who have had the best success
with these plants is about as follows, premising that
one is dealing with plants which are perfecthr hardy:
The riiixomes are received with the Dutch bufl)s in the
fall, at which time they are dormant and leafless. It is
well to store them in a cool place and plant out in
Novembtf in a bed of fairly ligint and well-drained soil
in a border fully exposed. They require no protection,
but if the climate is one where frosts and thaw alternate,
it is well to give the ^und a covering while frozen to
keep it firm. The inses so planted will seldom spear
here till genial weather arrives, and with plentiful sup-
plies of moisture at the root will give flowers from
strong buds. After flowering, or. more accurately,
flowering time, one is forced to choose between two
methods of treatment. If the garden is high, dry and
hot, the best procedure is to cover the beds with a glass
frame sufficiently large to protect them ^m moisture
and allow the rhizomes to bake. This frame may be
removed in the late fall. If the leaves appear, as some of
them are likely to do, they may be left improtected
imtil very severe weather sets m, that is, usually in
December. Coal-ashes have also proved satisfactory,
though unsightly. Foliage does not seem to become as
soft imder them as under leaves or mats. If the spring
is genial, with weather steadily becoming warm, the
phmts, being uncovered as soon as the conditions will
seem to warrant, should be in the best possible shape to
reward one with their noble blooms. It is the lack of
this genial spriujp; in the latitude of New York which,
however, leaos otten to cultural troubles. The leaves,
having been protected, are none too hard, and, with the
constant alternate thawing and freezing, and the high
winds, hot and cold, the plants need constant watch-
ing and application of neeaed coverins till really genial
weather. Otherwise the foliage is blighted and no
flowers are produced. The most satisfactory way, if
one is more mterested in results than in ^irden prob-
lems, is to grow oncocyclus and regelia iris and the
numerous hybrids which are now available continuously
in a ooldframe. The frame should be located where
drainage is perfect with no bottom moisture, so that
the pl^ts may be keptperfectly dry and balong after
the olooming season, llie plants should be protected
from hard freezing after leaves are formed, but should
not be protected enough to make them soft. The
trouble of this procedure is well worth while if one
wishes a rare display.
In gardens which are low and never free from mois-
ture, the best procedure is that followed in Holland,
lifting the rhizomes in July and taking them under cover
in dry earth, planting out again in the fall. In this case
care should be used m lifting not to injure the numer-
ous fleshy roots. The Palestine and Persian forms of
these irises are considered the most difficult to cultivate,
from their habit of early growth.
Irises are not only increased by the division of the
rhizomes or by offsets, but may be rapidly grown from
seed, which they usually produce freely, though, in
most cases, they require artificial fertilization. A larae
number of the common irises of gardens are hybrids,
and of late years a number of beautiful hybrios have
been product between some of the rarer oncocyclus
species, and between these also and common forms, as
/. variegataf and so on. There are still opportunities to
produce many new and untried crosses, and experi-
ments in this line are recommended. The pollination of
the iris is simple. The anthers should be removed when
the flower first opens, and preserved in paper or vials,
properly marked. The pollen will retain its potency for
a week or perhaps longer, and may be appUed to the
stigma of the flower selected (the anther of which has
been removed promptly) witn a camel's-hair brush.
The stigma will be found near the apex of the petal-like
style, and is ready for pollination when the upper ed^e
drops down and exposes the upper surface. Many ins
IRIS
IRIS
1667
seeds germinate with considerable irregularity, and
failure to start promptly should not lead to discourage-
ment or discaroing of the pan in which the seeds are
sown. J. N. Gerard.
The iris in Calif omia.
Because such a large proportion of the iris come from
around the Mediterranean and so are accustomed
to a thorough baking and drying out in summer, their
culture is e^secially satisfactory in California and the
range of varieties available so large that some may be
found in flower in all but the late simmier months. The
first rains usually start a few of the dwarf and taU
bearded iris into a premature flowering, this being so
regular in the case of the Iris Kochii that it is now
bemg sold as a fall bloomer. /. atylosa (/. unguictdaris)
also flowers in the fall and early winter, accompanied
at the latter time by the smaller bulbous irises, such as
/. retictdoUa, From February on^ the dwarf bearded
irises (/. pumila and the many shghtly taller forms of
/. Chanunris) are covered with masses of flowers in
various shades of cream, yellow, blue, and purple. In
March and April one has a choice of the tall oewied or
so-called German iris, the oncocyclus group, /. spuria,
/. ochroleuca^ I, aurea, I. Monnieri^ andtheu* cross-bred
relativ^, as well as tne native Caiifomian species and
the moisture-loving Siberians. May sees the Spanish
irises at their best, followed toward the end of the
month by the English iris, and the season ends in June
or July with the big Japanese.
The cultural directions for California are simple,
varying somewhat with each main group. The tali
bearded varieties grow so easily and are so clean and
so nearly evergreen that the type (/. germanica and its
white form) is often used for planting between side-
walk and curb. Yet the many beautiful kinds to be
foi^d in the /. pallida, /. plicala, I, negUda. I, varie-
gata^ and /. sqvmens sections are not very often seen,
although their culture is quite as easy. All they require
is sunSght and a place which beoomes quite drv in
the summer, the easiest possible conditions to supply in
California. They dislike shade and standing moisture.
Soil is not important, as equally fine results have been
secured in the neavy adobe of the valleys and in gravelly
hillside loams. Divide to single rhizomes and replajit
when they show signs of being crowded. This is best
done just after bloomins or in late summer, but it is
possible at any time of the year.
Next to the above, the bulbous Spanish irises give
the best garden effect and lead in usefulness as cut-
flowers. The httle bulbs should be at least 3 inches
underground by October, if possible, as they dry up
if left too long before plantmg. Distance apart is a
matter of taste, but they may go as close as 3 inches if
space is valuable, and may even be used as a tqp crop
between tulip or daffodil bulbs to keep up the show in a
small garden. Plant in any cultivated soil, but see
that drainage is good, as the stems rot off if subjected
to stagnant water. After blooming^ do not cut the
stems to the ^imd if flowers are desired next year, for
the slight foliage is needed to ripen the bulbs. Many
of the best vaneties, however, are so cheap that where
^und is valuable they may be discard^ after bloom-
mg, thoudi if l^t to ripen properly they will increase so
rapidly that division will be necessary every other
year. Eng^h irises are not nearly so sati^actory,
though their flowers are larger. They need much more
moisture than the Spanish irises, and are more to be
recommended to those who can give plenty of water
and partial shade.
The oncocyclus and re^lia irises do better in Cali-
fornia than anywhere else in America, as they must be
dried off in summer and no artificial means are neces-
sary here. Contraiv to European practice, the best
success is achieved by planting as soon as received in
October and encouraging growth so that the plants
will be ready to bloom in March and April. No special
soil is recommended, but it is desirable to cater to their
lime-loving taste by incorporating old plaster and bone-
flour in ue earth. They are nowhere easy plants to
grow, so, if success be achieved the first year, leave the
roots alone. Under these conditions, /. stmona, /.
airofusca, I, iberica, /. Lortetiif J. Korolkowiif and
others bloom quite weU. The Juno irises do fairly well
under these same conditions, but are still rather an
experiment.
Most striking features of many gardens in April are
huge clumps of /. anentalis {I. oairoleuca). For cul-
ture these can be grouped with /. spuria^ I. aurea^ and
/. Monnierij as all fike lots of water during their
growing season, which is fortunately our rainy one,
but again somewhat contrary to experience else-
where they can get through the dry season without
irrifi^tion.
Tne Siberian and Japanese iris, however, need moist-
ure as much here as elsiewhere. and, though the amount
re^quired may be lessened by neavily mulching the bed
with rotten manure, they are certainly less adapted
to our natural conditions than the other sections of the
genus. In the wanner, sunnier parts of the state, the
flowers often bum badlv and have to be protected with
lath screens, an unsid^tiy arrangement. Their most
suitable place is in a Japanese g^en where they can
get the overflow of a pool, and if this is in the summer-
fog belt th^ are quite satisfactorv.
The Caiifomian iris are well worthy of garden
cultivation, /. Douglasiana, with its range of color
from purple through lilac to buff, being especially
attractive. Do not (Cg up the wild plajits when in bloom,
as they will not move well at that time. Either raise
from seed or lift them when growth starts in at the
beginning of the rainy season, this being the only safe
time to move any of the native species.
Twenty-five distinct tall bearded irises for Cali-
fomia, omitting only expensive novelties:
Asiatica (Kharput), amas, Kochii.
Pallids^ pallida dalmatica (Princess Beatrice),
Albert Victor, Queen of M^, Madame Paquette.
Madame Chereau, Mrs. Reuthe.
Mrs. Horace Darwin, Victorine (weak grower),
Isolene.
Perfection, Cottage Maid.
Darius, Gracchus, Hector, Mrs. Neubronner.
JacquesiansL Kin^ of Irises.
Cengialtii, florentina, flavescens, C3rpriana superba.
Sydney B. Mftchell.
Orris-root cultivation.
Orris-root (cormption of iris-root) is apparently the
product of /. germanica and related species; the
violet-scented roots are used for perfumery powders,
dentrifioes, and for bad breath: the ^'fin^rs" made from
tiie rhixomes are used for teetning babies.
As orris-root is no longer used for artificial violet,
the price has receded to normal, and probably if
^wn in this country would not pay. However, as it
IS likely to be of int^'est to the public and experimen-
ters, the foUowing notes are quoted from L. J. Keena,
Florence, Italy, in a commercial publication.
''The soil in which this root is grown has much to
do with the quality, as well as with the quantity and
fragrance of the root, and therefore with its oommer-
ciflJ success. This plant ^ws in different kinds of soil,
but that best adapted to its growth is the sitony moun-
tain soil. This, however, must be scientifically pre-
pared so that the under soil will not remain compact,
for that would be disastrous to the plant during the
summer months. In a loose soil containing sand the
roots grow well, but are less odorous and compact.
Rich yellow soil is still less adapted to its culture, as the
1668
IRIS
IRIS
plants die qiiickly. The rich land near manure-piles
produces a great quantity of plants, but the roots are
neither of good quality nor fragrant, and when dried
shrivel up and are consequently discarded by the buyers.
The situation or lay of this land matters uttle. though
the best ground is usually found on hillsides. The plant
also grows high up in the mountains, where snow and
ice make the cultivation of it difficult. In these high
places the root takes a few years more to reach its full
growth.
''The most suitable soil fpr orris-root is that which
has been prepared by spring seeding with some variety
of legummous plant, and which has been well pre-
pared and deeply plowed. The best months for
planting the ins are August and September,
althou^ it may be planted as late as the nrst part
of October. The first two months mentioned, how-
ever, are preferable for the planting, as the plant
begins to grow immediately upon being placed in the
ground.
"The best method for planting in soil that has
alreadv been prepared is to niake holes with a hoe about
16 inches apart, beginning at the bottom of the hill
One plant should be placea in each hole resting on the
waU of the hole ana having its root just reach the
bottom. This permits the perfect development of the
bulbous root. To insure good production, the soil
should be hoed in May and again in September.
Irrigation is not beneficial to the plants, as the roots
become less compact in irrigated land and there is a
dangerous tendency toward fermentation. Fertilizing
the soil with manure has the same effect, but if the
production of a large numb^ of plants is desired, a
system of fertilizing with rich soil can be adopted.
The best fertilizer is the seed "lupino" (Lupintia
albu8)f which, after being cooked in an oven, is placed
in pmsJl quantities near each plant at the September
hoeing of the first year, if it is to be a two years'
growth, and in September of the second year, if for a
three years' growth. If the field is to be replanted
with orris-root the soil should be weU fertilized, and
grain, grass or some other crop grown thereon for
three or four years.
"The gathering of this product begins during the
last fifteen days of Jime, and is carried on in the
following manner: Several men hoe out the plant as
a whole, distributing only so many of the plants as can
be handled by the rest of the force during the fol-
lowing day, because the plants dry quickly when
exposed to the sun and wind. The plants are then
carried to a shelter, where the bulbous part of the
root is cut off, care being taken to leave enough of
the root extensions to insure a good growth for the
following years. The bulbous root is then cleaned
and scraped free of all imperfections. After the scra-
ping, it is washed by hand in a succession of basins of
running water.
"The roots for market are then dried in the sun,
with provisions for covering and protecting from the
ruinous effects of rain. It is well to set the roots out-
side before sunrise in order that they may receive the
bleaching effect of the dew. After eight days' exposure
to a strong sun, the orris-roots can be taken in under
cover and packed in a dry place. Preferably the roots
should be pulpous and as white as possible. Artificial
drying in ovens or in any other manner depreciates the
value of the product by making it less than if sun-dried.
In the drying process the weight of the root becomes
two-thirds of what it was when cut from the plant."
attioa,8.
aurea, 81.
azureaf 6.
Bakenana, 108.
balkana, 10.
Bamunue, 42.
Battandieri, 99.
benoceaiM, 14.
bicolor, 6.
biflora, 8.
higlumis, 61.
Biliottii. 26.
Bismarckiana. 51.
Bloudowii, 11.
hohemioa 14.
Boiaaieri. 102.
Bommv^Uri, 86.
hoanuica, 10.
braehycuapiSf 77.
bracteata, 68.
cflerulea, 6, 94, 105.
Candida, 3.
caroliniana, 76.
oauoaaica, 92. 94, 98.
Cengialtij 13.
Chamgrina, 9.
chinenais, 3, 5.
ckryaarUha, 41.
caUsHs, 6.
concolor, 37.
erdenna, 67.
oriatata, 1, 3.
cuprea 72.
C3^ea, 105.
cjrpriana. 29.
dalmatica, 19.
Danfordin, 86.
darwaaica, 38.
Delavayi. 63.
deaertorum, 83.
dichotoma, 52.
Douglaaiana, 70.
Bggeri, 44.
enaata, 61.
tmUxca, 7.
Ewbanidana, 46.
faUata, 14.
Fieberi, 14.
filifolia, 103.
fimbriaiat 3, 5.
/lava, 73.
flaveecena, 22. 23.
flaviasima, 11.
flezuosa, 65.
florentina, 25.
foBtidiaaima, 82.
Foateriana, 93.
ffugraru, 8, 61.
fulva, 72.
fumosa, 97.
furcata, 14.
Gateaii, 47.
germanioa, 30.
gigarUea, 80.
gracilis, 6, 14, 66.
graminea, 59, 61. 69.
Grant-Duffii, 57.
Oueldenatmdtiana, 79.
hmnatophylla, 61, 64.
INDEX, CONnNUED.
halophila, 79. 83.
Hartwegii, 56.
Hautaknechtii, 87.
Haynei, 49.
Hetdreichii, 87.
Hekrut, 43.
hexagona, 75.
hxajtaniea, 99.
Hiatrio, 106.
hiatrioidea, 105.
bonorabilia, 15.
humilia, 53.
hungarica, 14.
hybrida. 31.
iberica, 40.
imbatrica, 22.
intermedia, 81.
italica, 9.
Jaoqueaiana, 34.
^aponica, 5.
Junoea, 101.
funonia, 28.
Kaempferi, 84.
Kochii, 17.
Kolpakowakiana,
109.
Korolkowi, 37.
Krelagei, 105.
lacuatria, 2.
laevicata, 84.
Leichtliniana. 37.
Leichtlinii, 36.
lineata, 38.
longipetala, 62.
longiapatha, 61.
Lortetii, 48.
lupina, 45.
lurida, 16, 45.
luaitanica, 99.
lutea, 6.
ItUeMcena, 9.
macrosiphon, 55.
Madonna, 25.
major, 50, 105.
mandacburica, 12.
Maris, 43.
mariaridet, 110.
MUeaii, 4.
minor, 11.
miaaourienaiB, 71.
Monnieri, 78.
naaarena, 51.
neglecta, 32.
nepedenaia. 30.
nertachinakia, 64.
nikitenaia, 59.
notha, 83.
ntidicaulia, 8, 14.
obtuaifolia, 22.
ochroUttca, 80.
oculata, 98.
oUnenaia, 9.
orchioidea, 94. 98.
orientalia, 64, 80.
oxupettda, 61.
pabularia, 61.
palcaiina. 90.
PaUaaii, 61.
palUda, 19, 73.
panormitana, 7.
paradoxa, 39.
peraica, 87.
plicata, 20.
priamatica, 66.
Paeudacorua, 73.
paeudo-pumila, 7.
pumila, 6.
purpurea, 87.
Keichenbachiarta, 10.
Reiohenbachii, 10.
reticulata, 30, 105.
106.
Roaenbaobiana. 88.
- rutbenica, 53, 54.
Saarii, 45.
aambuoina, 33.
aanguinea, 64.
San, 45, 51.
acorpioidea, 89.
setoaa, 77.
sibirica. 64, 65.
aieula, 19.
Siebeana, 87.
aikldmensia, 35.
aindjarenaia, 96.
Suiteniaii; 69.
Siasrrinobium, 110.
BOgdiana, 83.
apeciote, 19. 67.
neetalnlut, 99.
Sprengarit 46.
q>uria, 83.
aqualena, 34.
StatelUe.r.
8tenoi>hyUa, 87.
atolonifera, 36.
atyloaa, 67.
aiMnfiora, 8.
aulphuraa, 6.
0ui>erba, 30, 67.
auaiana, 50.
Suworovfi, 38.
Swertii, 21.
Tauri, 87.
taurica, 6.
tectorum, 3.
tenaz, 60.
tingitana, 104.
T<wnieana, 71.
tripelala, 77.
trojana, 27.
unguicularia, 67.
urmienaia. 41.
Urumopi, 69.
vaga, 36.
vanegata, 15, 65. 73.
Vartanii, 107.
vema, 85.
veraicolor, 74.
violacea, 6, 37.
vireacena, 9.
nrginica, 66, 74.
warleyenaia, 95.
Willmottiana. 91.
Wilaonii, 58.
ziphioidea, 100.
Xipbium,99, 104.
aooroidea 73.
acuta, 65.
alaU. 89.
alba, 3. 6. 25. 65, 67.
Albert!, 24.
albioana, 25.
INDEX.
aOwpurpurea, 84.
aimmo, 31.
anglica, 100.
aphyUa, 14. 20, 21.
arenaria, 11.
Aaeheraonii, 57.
ona^ieo, 19.
aaayriaca. 96.
atrofuaca. 49.
atropurpurea, 6, 30,
44.49.
atroviolacea, 6, 18.
, KEY. TO THE BUBGENEBA.
A. Rootatock a short, thick, or a slender creeping
rhizome.
B. Outer aegme. of the perianth diatincUy crested
on the claw and the tower part ofthehlade
EvANSiA. Species 1-5
BB. Outer segms. of the perianth bearded with mtUti-
cellular hairs,
c. Seeds tvithout a conspicuous arU
PoooNiRis. Species 6-24
CO. Seeds wUh a conspicuous creamy white
circular aril.
D. ArU much smaller than the seeds: Ivs. not
fully grown ai ftoweringAime
PsBXTDORSOELiA. Species 35
DD. ArU nearly as large as the seed itself: Ivs.
fuUy grown at fiowering-time.
E. St. l-headed, l-S-fld
Reoelia. Species 36-38
EB. St. 1-headed. 1-fld.: heard diffuse on
the daw ana the lower part of the
blade Oncoctglus. Species 39-51
IRIS
IBB. Outer segTiui. of the prriarUh tpUkout a btard or
a-at, >om(timt» pubeacait.
C. Infi. a Ttgular raceme: leeda eonapieuottaty
ttinoed Pardantbopsis. SpMiM 52
cc. Infi. not a rfgular raceme: aeedt not eontpieu-
ouelj/mngtd Afoqok. Specjea 53-85
I. Rootttock a buU>.
B. /nner tifpna. of the perianiA amaU. often mimttt.
sprtadine or deflextd JcNo. Species 86-98
BB. Inner tegme. of the pmantA laroc, ereet,
c. Siemens not adherinff to the stj/le-branchet,
XiPHiuu. Speciea 90-109
cc. Stamen* oMeriTtu la the ttuMiranchet
Gtnandbikib. Species 110
A. iSf . none or tern ihari, ecideniiy exceeded
by the hi.: planit dwarf.
B. PeriarUh-tube t«rv tlendtr, exceed
ing the bradi. 1. CilKtta
BB. Ferianth-lidie ezpanded abone, not
exceeding the bracti 2. Ucnltri*
AA. Si. etideni, eguaiinfi or exceeding the
1st.: ptantt large.
B. Pedicei much thort^r than the
ipaihe 3. tectonim
BB. Pedicel about ae long at the tpaihe
or onlt) tliohtlj/ thorter.
c. La. Ihin. dittinctlg ribbed, both
aurfacet tlightli/ giauctna 4. Hilaiil
cc. Ltt. thick, tmoolh, tpitk a glotty
upper- and a gtaueoua under-
ivrfaee S. japoolM
1. criBttta, SoUod. Plant dwarf: rhizome slender,
creeping: Ivb. ensiform, thin, 4—8 in. long, green: at.
1-3 ID. high, aatt«ned, 1-headed, beahiig2-3 Ivs.: tube
slender, 1J^2 in. long; limb blue; out«r segms. obo-
vate, 1-IH in- ^oug, crested; inner segnia. shorter,
naked. April, May. Mountaiiis of Ky., Va., and the
Carolinu. B.M. 412. Gn. 45, p. 127. L.B.C. 14:
1366.
2. lactistris, Nutt. Similar to /. criatata in size and
foliage except that the Iva. are rather narrower and
eometimes wavy margined
and the perianth-tube ia
only }^1 in, long, shorter
than the apathe-valves:
fls. blue; segms. expanded
above: caps, ovoid, borne
on a pedicel of about its own
length. Shores of Lakes
Huron, Michigan, and Su-
3. tectdnim, Maxim. (I.
ebinin»is, Bunge. /. crit-
tdla, Miq. /. fimbriAla,
Klatt). Fig. 1965. Lvb. 1ft.
long, ensiform, thin, strongly
ribbed:at. l^^ft.,aubl«rcte:
heads on long peduncles;
tube 1 in. long; limb bright
lilac; outer segms. 2 in.
long, c4>ovat«; claw half as
long as the blade, streaked ,
with violet, with a wavy '
edge and a large, laciniate,
white an<l Ulac crest running
up the claw and half up the
blade; inner segms. spread-
ing, nearly as large, plain 19«5. Iriitectonnn. (XK)
lilac, short-clawed. Sent to
Eu. in 1872 by Dr. Hance. Cult, in China and Japan.
B.M.6118. F.8.22:2282. Gt.716. Gn. 50:272. G.C.
111. 35:355; 44:142. J.H. III. 44:146. G.L. 17:348.
Var. «b«, Dyl'e«(/.tec/Animvai. cdnrfido, Hort.). Fla.
pure white, with few faint yellow veins at the base of
, Gn.
4. Hnesii, Foster. Lvb. 7-8 on the st. 2-3 ft. long
and 2-3 in. broad, thin, strongly ribbed: st. 2-3 ft.
high, branched, bearing 4^ heads: fls. bright lilac,
lasting only a day ; outer segms, oblong-cuneate, claret-
Eurple, whitish in the center, spotted and veined with
lac, furnished with a deeply laciniated yellow crest;
inner segms. oblong, spreading; style-crests deeply
toothed. Himalayas, B,M. 6889.— Near /. teeUmtm,
but inferior,
/. fimhri-
thick, smooth,
1-1!^ ft. long: Ht. slender, as long as the Ivs., with a
raceme of Ulac fls.: tube f^m. long; outer segms. 1-)^
in. long, with crimped marms, yellow on the claw,
crestcd;innerB^ma. smaller. Winter. Japan and China.
B.M. 373. Gt.511, Gn. 28:120; 77, p. 142. J.H.IIL
31:185. A.G. 12:704, F.R. 2:149.— An evergreen
greenhouse plant except in Calif, where it does very
well outdoors in a shady border.
A. Plante dwarf: Itt, generaltu lf*> than 9
B. Tube of Uu perianth 1 in. or mart
C, St. obioiete or tery ehort 6. {mnUla
CC. SI. preteni. I-W in. long.
D. Spidhe-wilve* not keeled or only
the outer one ttigkily keeUd.
z. The tt. aimott entirely hidden
by elatping Im.
r. The tpalher.valifet laneeo-
late.men^nanoui, green.. 7. pieudo-
rF. The tpathe^vahet ohUmg, [poinila
greenortearioue tAove.. 8. biflara
XI. The ttt. bare above, with 1-1
reduced Ivt. bdom the center. 9. Chamnirla
DO. Spaihe-v<^vei acuidy keeled. ... 10. Seichen-
{See aUo I. imbrieala No. XB) [bacbii
BB. Tube of the perianth afiort or none,
c, Spathe-valvet green or only partly
D, Rhimme ilender, tloloni/erout:
thealka aplitiing into ^ert 11, Bavjttima
DD. AAtzome more amipoH: ehaxtka
not tplitting into fibert 12. muidthiirica
cc. Spathe-valvet tcarioue, even in the
bud 13. Cencialti
AA, Plantt taU: la. generally more than I
B. St. scarcely otertopping the lt».
c. The tt. branched beUnn the mid-
dle. 14. aphjUa
cc. The st. branched aboiie the middle,
or unbranched.
D. Spathe-a^ia ichoUv green tchcn
lAefirttfit. open, often flushed
vilh purpU, inflated. 15. Ttrieiatl ,
DD. Spalhe-valtes partly tcarxout
when the flrtt fit. open.
B, Fit. dull puTpU 16. turida
EI. Fit. dark nioUt 17. .KocUl
DDD. Spathe-palvea entirrly tcarxout
at flouiering-time 18. atroviolacea
BB. St, mutA oteriopping Ihe la,
C. Spathe-vtUcei entirely tcarioue at
flowering-lime or even in Ihe
bud.
• D. Fit. pale purple or lHae 19, pallida
DD. Fit. tchite: eegme. veined and
fiuthtd icith purple or lilac on
the margirtt,
B.Sit. t-Sft. high 20. plicata
EE. Stt, 1-IH fl. high 21, SwertU
cc. Spathe-valcet grten or partly
1670
IRIS
D. Fli. ii^ioa.
B. The gpcOhe-Tahtt membm-
nous, much iiiflatBd, aiTntMt
uihoUu green 22. imbilcata
BE. The apalhe^Bolvee firm, tuA
inflated, <dmoBt wholiy aca-
nout 23. flaTUBcena
DD. FU. JtarpU, vialii, lilac, or while;
inner aagnu. tomeiimei t/d-
E. Spaihe-valtee much inflated. .34. Albertl
KB. SpaOte-wdeee tearcdv inflated.
F. Lateral headt lubieutle. . .2&. floranlilM
rr. Lateraiheadeetalked.
a. The tpaihe-advet nar-
nriD acuminate, aiiruM
irhoUy green, eeariaua
imlii at the tip and
tdga, 28. BilioWf
oa. The apathe-vahei narroie
acuminate, ecariotu in
the upper half and
much tinged teUh pur-
ple 27. trojana
ooo. The ipathe-talve* broad,
navicular, not tinged
with purple.
B. Lte. ffiaucou*. broad. .2S. Jononia
BB. Ltt. tiighiiy otauctna,
paraliveli/ n<UToic....29. CTpriaoa
QOOO. The ijnlhe-Balpei broad,
navicular, much tinged
with purpU 30. lenntalca
The foUowing four forms cannot be separated from
each other and from some of the foregoing forms hy
strictly botanical charact«rietiC8. They are probably
varieties of hybrid origin as indicat«d in the descrip-
Ouler eefnu. blue la ^ale violet or tchUe;
inner ttome, vshtte 31. hibrida
Oulrr wegme. blue to bright Uiae; inner
aegmt. lighter 32. neKlecta
Outer legmi. blue-purple with faint
darker teina; inrur aeffme. emoky
yellov and pale purple 33. umbiidna
Outrr aegmM. lilac-purple; inner aegme-
imoku v<llov> and pale itiac 34. ■qnalona
6. pfimila, Linn. (/. viMeea, Sweet. /. taitriea,
Lodd. /. exritlea, Spach). Fig. 1967. Lvs. linear, 2-4
in. long: at. none or very diort, l~headed: spathe-
valves MariouH at the tip : ns. fugitive, yellow, or bright
or dark Ulac; limb 2 in. long. Austna-Uungary, Asia
Minor.S-BuHBift. L.B.C. 16:1506, 1574. R.H.1903:132.
G.M. 49:225 (var. Wooior); Gn. M. 15:360. -A dwarf,
hardy plant, spreading rapidly in borders. Has many
color varieties ranging from dark reddish putple to
light purple and yellow. Var. ittica, Boies. & Heldr.
(/. dUteo, Boiss. & Heldr,). Lvb. narrow, falcate: fle.
pale straw-yellow tinged with green; segms. with
inconspicuous purplish veins, the outer with a purplish
or greenish brown patch. Gt. 11:377. Var. violicea,
Ker. Fls. bright blue. B.M. 1261. Var.iate«,Ker. Fls.
pale yellow. The common yellow form. B. M. 120B.
— The following trade names which are self-explana-
tory have been applied to some of the numerous color-
varieties of this species: /. tUba, I. atropurpurea, I.
airovioUuxa, I. ofurea, /. bieolor^ I. (xtU»ti», I. luUa. J.
mdphurea. I. jp-acilU, E. Berg, is probably a hybria of
thi^pecies.
7. pseudo-pftmila, Tineo (/. patwrmiiAna, Tod.).
Lvs. enaiform, glaucescent, 6-9 in. bng, narrowed eud-
denly to an obUque tip:st. l-headed,0-8 in. bng, clothed
with bracts, 1-fld.: tube 2-2}^ in. lon^; spathe-valvcs
green: fls. varying from yellow to bright lilac; out«r
~"gms. oblong unguiculate, 2-2>^ in. long; inner segms.
rather broader. Mountains of Sicily. /. StdleUx, Tod.,
is a hybrid or a sport of this species. The seeds pve
rise to typical /. paetido-pumita plants. B.M. 6894 is /.
erratica. Tod. Probably a similar hybrid.
8. bIflAra, Linn. (/. gvbbifiira, Brotero. /. frigrans,
Salisb. /. taidieaidii, Hook.). Lvs. 6-9 in. long: at.
2-10 in. long, compreeaed, usually bearing 2-3 small
1906. Iria{*paaica (XH). No. 5.
clasping lvs. which entirely hide it: fia. bright violeU
puiple; out«r segms. obovat»«uneate, 2-2p£ in. long,
witn dark veins and a beard of long, yellow haiiB; inner
segms. obovat«, unguiculate, li^W, with faint veins,
Portugal and N. ipforocoo. B.M7i130.
9. Chanudris, Bertol. (I. olbiinmx, Henon. I,
ItUitcenx, Lam. idem, Delarb. /. tiiritoetu, Delarb.).
Lvs. 3-6 in. long, Wm. broad: st. 1-10 in. long, bare
above with 1-2 reduced lvs. below the middle: fls.
bright yellow; outer segms. obovat«^uneftt«. tinged and
veiued with brown; inner aegms. oblong. May. Italy,
France. B.M. 2861, 6110. Gn. 63, p. 26.— Distin-
guished from /. pumtia by the evident St., the shorter
tube, and the more inflated and less membranoua
apathe-vaives. Var. lUlica, Pari. Fls. dark violet.
stout; tufts crowded: lvs. 3-6 in. long, J^-Jiin. wide,
increasing in size after flowering-time: st. 6-10 in. Ions,
1-headed, bearing 1-2 reduced lvs.: spathee l-2-fli£,
13^2 in. long; valves ventricoae, green, or slightly
acarious: fis. reddish brown-purple with bluish white
beard, or yellow with orange beard; outer segms. obo-
vate, cuneate, 2 in. lonff, 1 in. broad: inner sejgms.
oblong-eUipticol, einargmat«, suddenly constricted
to a canaliculate claw. Bosnia and Henegovina
to Bulgaria and Macedonia. — Resembles /. Chamrtrit,
but differs in the flattened, acutely keeled spatbea
and the thin texture of the fls. The yellow-fld. forma
are often shghtly veined with purple.
11. flavbidnu, PaU. (/. orenMa, Waldst.). Lvs.
thm, linear, 4-8 in. long: st. i-6 w. long, 2-3-fid.:
hmb bright yeUow; outer s^ms. I-IH in. long, H^-
— I repreeen
tive of I. floBtssima. It is smaUer thui /. fiamant ,
but otherwise sciircely distinct. Var. Blond&wii,
Ledeb. (/. Blovdimni, Ledeb.). More robust with
brofider Ivb., a longer st. and Iwger fis. Gt. 29:1020.
Turkestao, Siberia and China. Var. mlnw, Hort.
Smaller.
12. mandshfirlct, Mudm. Lvs. from a ^ort creep-
ing rhizome whose sheaths are not split into fibers,
enafonn, 6-S in. toog, >iin. broad: et. 1-headed: sjrathe
2-fid,; valves IH-2 in. tong, membranous, green with a
ecariouB edge: pedicel short: fls. yellow; tube 3^in.
long; outer segms. 1J4~2 in. long, J^. broad, obovate-
cuneat«, truncate, with a yellow beard; inner s^ms.
narrower and shorter; crests of style-branchee obtuse,
dentate. S. Manchuria. — Near /. fiaBimma, from
whiob it is diatinguiahed by the more compact rhiiome
and wider lvs.
13. Ctegialti, Ambrom. Lvs. ensiform, yellowish
greea, glaucous, 6 in. bng, >^in. broad: b1«. 0-12 in.
long, usually exceeding the lvs., 1-3-headed: epathee
outer Begms. obovato-cuneate, veined with brown-
purple on the pale claw, with a beard of white orange-
tipped hairs; inner segms. obovate, BhortH;lawed.
Lombardy, S. Tyrol. — A dwarf apecies closely allied to
/. poUidd.
14. B^flia, Linn. (/. loMmuxx, Schmidt. /.
Aujvdrtea, Waldst. & Kit. /. /uredto, Bieb. I. falcAla,
Tausch. /. Fikberi, Siedl. /. nvdicaiili*. Hook. /.
benaeintU, Kemer). Lvs. glauoeacent, fi-12 in. long:
at. equaling the lvs., sometimes forked low down, ku-
leaa: spathe-valves greenish, tinged with purple: fls.
dark Clac; outer segms. lAwvate-cuneate. 2-2J^ in.
long; beard white; inner sctfrns. broader, obovate. E.
Eu. B.M. 2361, 5806. B.lTsOl. L.B.C. 20; 1970.—
The plant commonly cult, as /. ffraeilui is probably
/. aphi/Ua.
15. variegitt, Linn. Lvs. 1-lJ^ ft. long: st. equal-
ing the lvs.: outer segms. oblong-cuneate, claret-brown
toward the tip, much veined with brown on a vellow
ground;beardbri^t yellow; inner segms. erect, oblong,
bright yellow, veined. Austria, Turkey and S. Russia.
Long in cult. B.M. 16. Go. 14:12; 52:364 (var.
ourea). G.M. 54:126. Var. bonorftbllia, Hort. YeUow,
shaded with brown.
16. lllrida, Solaod. Lvs. 1 ft. long, slightly glaucous:
St. not much overtoppmg the lvs., 3--4-headed: spathe-
valvea green flushed witn purpk, scarious above, very
ventricose, not keeled : outer segms. obovale-cuneate,
reflexed from half-way down, d^d purple at the top,
veined with dull purple on a yellowish ground below;
beard yellow; inner semns. broader, dull purple. S. E.
Eu. B,M. 986, also B.M. 669, which is probably a
different plant.
17. Kdchii, Kemer. Lvs. 12-15 in. long, glaucescent:
Bt. as long as the lvs., 3-4-headed: spathe-valves
lanceolate, the outer herbaceous; the inner partly
scarious, tinged with purple along the edge: out^
B^ms. obovate, with a broad cuneate claw, 3H~4 in.
long, 15i in. broad, dark violet; claw veined with brawn;
beard yellow; inner segms. broadly obovate, clawed,
dark violet, somewhat lighter than the outer. Istria,
near Trieste and Rovimo.— Probably a form of /.
germaniea or a hybrid ^tween that species and /.
apkylia.
18. atioviolicea, Lange. Lvs. very glaucous, 1 ft.
long: Bt. etjualing the lvs.: spathe entirely scarious:
&a. dark violet, very fracrant; outer segms. obovate-
cuneate, 3 in. long; beard white, tipped with yellow;
otropurpuTM or /. Kockii.
19. pUlida, Lam. (/. lUuUica, Stapf. /. sleula, Tod.).
Lvs. 1-2 ft, long: st. much exceedmg the lvs., 2-3 ft.
high: spathe-valves wholly scariouB before the fls.
expand: fls. fragrant, violet, rarely white; outer segms.
obovate-cuneate, 3H in. long; inner s^ms. orbicular.
Crete, Rbodee, Syria, Palestine. B.M. 685. Gn. 33:32:
50, p. 119. G.M.38:441. G.29:179. G.L. 23:147.
J.H. III. 51:437 (var. ddicala). R.B.30:145 (variety
with variegated Ivb.). — The spathe-valves entirely
scarious even in the bud, the more complicated inn.
and the fragrant fls. distinguish this species from
/. germanUia. Var. dalmitica, Hort. Lvb. 2 in. wide,
broader than thoae of the t^>o, very glaucous: st.
shorter and stouter than thatof the type: fls. lilac-pur-
ple. The flneat form of /. pallida. J.H. III. 66:546.
Var. spedbsa, Hort. TaU, with large, light blue fls.
20. plicJlta, Lam. (/. opA^Uo, Hort., not linn. /.
apAj/Uo var. pliedia, Ker). Rhiiome, st. and lvs. as
in 1. pailida: outer segms. obovate, pure white in the
center, conspicuously veined with lilac toward the
margin and on the claw; inner segms. venr plicate,
white tinged with lilac on the margin. B.M. 870. —
Known only in cult. Probably derivM from /. jxiliida.
21. Swfrlii, Lam. {7. apkylia var. Siofrfii, Ker.)
Much dwarfer than /. florerUiiM and /. pallida. St.
1-lH ft. long: spathe-valves flushed with violet: outer
sefpns. 2-2K in. long, obovate-cuneate, white, faintly
vemed and flushed with purple on the margin; inner
segms, as large, much cnaped, pure white, except the
purple keel and margin.— Fra^^nt. Known only in
cult.
22. imbricita, LindL (/. fiasitetna, Sweet. /.
o6lu*^dJM, Baker). Lvb. about 6 in a tuft, broadly ensi*
form, pale green, 6-8 in. long at flowering time: st.
12-20 m. long, bearing a terminal and several nearly
sessile lateral clusters each subtended by a ventricose
navicular bract: spathe-valves oblong navicular, 2-3
in. long, green, membranous, very ventricose: fls.
XM). No..
yellow; tube 1 in. long; outer segms. obovate-
cuneaie, 2 in. long and 1 in. broad, veined with brown
on the claw; inner s^ma. erect, rounded oblong, sub-
cordately unguiculate, mottled with brown on the claw.
Transcaucasia and N. Persia. B.R. 31:35. B.M, 7701.
—Confused with I.fiavetani, from which it differa by
the membranous inflated green spathe-valves.
23. flaviscenB, DC. Lvs. 12-16 in. tong: st. 2-^ ft.
high, bearing 3-4 heads: spathes 2-3-fld., not entirely
1672
IRIS
IRIS
BcariouB Bit flonering-tiine: fls. bright lemon-yellow; in the upper half: pedicel none: out«r eegms. oboTsto-
outer Be^s. obovate-cuneate, 2^^ in. king; be&rd deep cuneate, puiple-violet, whitish at the throat and oa the
yellow; inner segmB. obovate, p^e yellow. G.C. III. claw, vemed with yellowish brown; inner e^ms. ob-
48:95. — Known only in cult. ovate, abruptly unguiculate, pale violet, veined and
24 Albertl, R^el. Lva. ensiform, gl&ueoua 1>^2 epotted with red-brown on the paler claw. Cilician
ft. long: St. exceeding the lva., beanng 5-6 heads in Taurus.— DiEfere from /. pallida m the flpathe-valves,
a loose panicle rspathe-valves mostly green, very slightly which are only partly scanous at flowering-time,
scarioua at tips: outer segms. t^vate-cuneate, 2 in. 29. cnuUna, Poster & Baker. Plants tall, the
long, bright lilac, with a rudimentary crest and a dense branching et. being T " ' ' ' '
beard of white, yel-
low-tipped hairs, veinec
inner s^ms. as Ion
and broader than tb
outer, with convotut
claws, lilac. Discovere
in Turkestan by D:
Albert R^l. Gt. 99<
B.M.7020.
2S. flofentiui, Lint
Rhizome fragrant whe
dried (orri»-root) : Iw
I-l^ ft. long: Bt. e>
ceeding the lva.: fli
white; outer segms. 3}
in. long, tinged wit
lavender; claw yel-
lowish veined with
puiple; inner segms.
as lane, white. Cent,
and S. Eu. B.M.
en. On. 16:82; 51,
p.295, G.M. 54:127.
— Flowers early, with
/. gemutnita. Hardy.
Var. Albicans, Lange
1 ft. high, beanng many fla.
6-7 in. diam.: outer
segms. obovate-cuneate,
reddish lilac, with thin,
darker veins; claw whit-
ish, with greenish brown
/.itormflnaiar.djSa,
Hort.). Pure white.
Spain to Cyprus,
Haddnna, Hort, Fls. 1
spathe-valves flushed
purple.
26. BiliOttii, Foet.
darker green, more
tinctly striated, and i
rigid than in /. germa
about a) in. long, IH
in. broad: at. eev
headed, 2)^-3 ft. J
spathe-valves narr
acuminate, nearly 2
long, ventricose^ scai
only at the tips: i
segms. obovate- cun<
reddish purple, with □
dark veins; beard w
tipped with yellow; i
sepns. orbicular ungi
late, 2 in, broad, bi
blue - purple. Late J^^^.
Trebizond,— Very near /.
germanica.
27. trojina, Kemer. Lva, very acute, glauccscent:
St. over 3 ft. high, much branched and overtopping the
Ivs,: pedicel none: fls, bright violet-purple; out«r
Begms. obovate; blade longer than the claw; claw
white, bordered with yellow and veined with brown-
purple; inner segms, eUiptlc, suddenly narrowed to a
claw; style-cresta broad, denticulate. Troad, Asia
Minor. G.C. III. 53:170.
28. Jundnia, Schott & Klotachj;. Rhizome stout,
compact: lva, 12-14 in. long, 1% in, wide, glaucous:
st. 20-24 in, high, bearing a terminal head of 2 fls. and
4 lateral branches, the lowest about 3-4 in. long:
spathe 1|^ in. long, with pale green valves, ' -
long-unguiculate, lilac,
spotted with reddish
brown on the claw.
June, July. Cyprus. —
Very near /, paUuia,
from which it differs only
by the longer naviculsir
epatbe-valves, which are
not entirely scarious at
flowering-time, and the
more obovate segms.
30. gwmfaics, Linn.
Fig. 1968. Lva. l-lj^
ft. long: St, 2-^ ft. high,
usually with a 2-nd.
terminal head and one
short and one longer
lateral branch, each
spathe-valves tinged
with purple, scarious in
the upper half: outer
seems, obovate-cuneate,
2-3 in. long; beard yel-
low; inner aegma. as
large, obovate, con-
nivent. Cent, and S.Eu.
Early May, June, B.M.
670. B.R.818. I,H.40:
1S2 (var. Gypsea, pure
white). Gn. 48:242
(dark purple var.). Gn.
M, 15:362. Var.retictt-
lita aupfirba, Hort.
Outer aefma. purple,
veined; inner segms.
lavender. Var. nepaien-
sis, Dykes (/. n<paUn>
tit, Wallich. /. gentuin-
ita var, atropurpiirea,
Hort.). Purple Kino.
Fls, red - purple; outer
aegms. darker, almost
black-purple.
31. hjbrida, Reti.
(/. omAna DC,). Dlf-
ere from /, neglecta by
ita longer spathe-valves, and its pure white or faintly
lilac-tinted outer segms. and style-branches. June. —
Known only in cult.
32. negl£cta, Homm. Lva. slightly glaucous, 12-15
in. long, ensifonn, purple at the base: st, taller, 1^
2 ft., many-fld,: spathe-valves green below at flow-
ering-time, much tinged with purple: outer segms.
obovate-cuneate, very obtuse, 2 in, long, violet^blue on
the margin, whitish veined with blue in the center;
beard yellow; inner aegms, erect or connivent, oblong,
as large as the outer, pale hiac. June. B,M. 2435. —
Known only in cult. Probably a hybrid between I,
paUuia and I, ixtriegata.
19M. Ifii t*nnu>ka. Tjrplul of buid; iimcIm Id whkb tht
b«id it canflned to the midrib. (XHt
IRIS
IRIS
1673
33. sambftdna, Linn. Differs from /. saualena in its
lees robust habit, narrower segms. and elder-like odor.
The outer segms. are colored and veined with claret
not lilac-purple; inner segms. emarginate. Late May.
Cent. Eu. B.M. 187. (According to Dykes this figure
is probably /. squalena, while pUte 787, /. squalens,
probably represents /. aambucina. Both forms are very
likely hybrids between /. pallida and /. variegata,) —
Tall and handsome.
34. squiUens, Linn. Lvs. glaucous, 1-lJ^ ft. long:
St. 2-3 ft. high, much branched and many-fid.: spathe-
valves subscarious: outer s^^ms. obovate-cuneate,
upper part plain lilao-purple; claw yellow, veined with
lilac; beard yellow; inner segms. as large, obovate,
dull lilac and yellow, or brownish and yeuow. Cent.
Eu. to Caucasus. B.M. 787. (See note imder /.
sambucina,) J.H. III. 48:481. — Many of the German
irises of cultivators belong to this form. Var. Tac-
quesiAna^ Hort. Outer segms. dark red-violet, yellow
at base; inner segms. tawny yellow. Late. One of the
best.
SUBGBNUS PSSUDOREOEIJA.
35. sikkim^nsis, Dykes. Lvs. 4-8 in. long at flower-
ing-time, later 12-18 in. long, }^%m, wide, pale green,
ensiform: st. 4-6 in. long, beajring a single head of Z-Z
fls.: spathes 2-3 in. long, lanceolate; yalves scariouB
in the upper one-third and along the edges, keeled:
tube \yi-2 in. long; outer segms. obovate. contracted
to a cuneate claw, 2)^ in. long, 1 in. broaa, dark lilac,
mottled with a deeper shade; beard of white orange-
tipped hairs; inner segms. spreading, with an oblong,
deeply emarginate blade suddenly contracted into a
canahculate claw, pale lilac* faintly mottled with a
deeper shade at the base ; style-crests triangular, revo-
lute. Probably from Sikkim.
SXTBGKNUB BEGBUA.
A. Rhizomes icide^preading, alolonifertms . .36. ttolonifera
AA. Rhizomes compact.
B. Lv8. ensiform: outer segms. suddenly
contrcuUed into a claw 37. Korolkowi
BB. Lvs. linear: outer segms. gradually
narrowed to a daw 38. darwasica
36. stolonffera. Maxim. (/. LdchUiniif Regel. /.
vdgay Foster). Rnizome slender, wide-creeping: lvs. in
tufts, not contiguous, ensiform, 1-1)^ ft. long, scarcely
glaucous: st. 1-2 ft. long, almost wholly concealed by
clasping lvs., 1-headed, bearing 2-3 fis.: outer segms.
2-2 yi m. long, oblong-cuneate, bright lilac, suffused
with bronze toward the margin, with a yellow beard;
inner segms. oblong, as broad as the outer, claw also
bearded. Turkestan. Gn. 52:222. B.M. 7861. Gt.
36:1244 (rootstock only). G.C. III. 32:242. Gn.W.
24:382. Var. vUga, Foster, has larger fis.
37. Kor61kowi, Regel. Rhizome short-creeping: lvs.
glaucous, 1 ft. long: st. 1 ft. long, bearing 2-3r^uoed
lvs. and a single head of 2-3 fis. : spathe-valves 2-3 in.
long, keeled, acuminate, green fiushed with purple:
limb 2J^3 in. long, pale yellowish white, veined with
red-brown in the type; outer segms. oblong, 1 in. broad,
with a brown beard and a brown patch on the throat;
inner segms. as large, erect. May. Turkestan. B.M.
7025. Gn. 28:484. G.C. IIL 4:37. Gt. 22:766; 40:
1358. — Very hardy. One of the earliest. Variously
colored lilac, and so on in cult. Var. c6ncolor, Foster.
Purphsh lilac, veined darker. Var. Leichtlhiiilna,
Foster. Creamy white, with brownish veins. Var. vio-
Ucea, Foster. Violet, with dark veins.
38. darwAsica, Regel (/. Suw&rowi^ Regel. /. linr-
edtay Foster). Lvs. thin, linear, 1 ft. long, Hu^« wide,
very glaucous, bluish green: st. 1 ft. high, bc^uing 2-3
reduced lvs. and a single head of fis. : spathe-valves 3-
3H iii* long, green or slightly flushed with purple.
sharply keeled and very pointed, longer than the tube:
outer segms. oblong-cuneate, }^n. broad, 2 in. long,
closely veined with oblique unes of claret-purple on a
greenish vellow ground; beard blue; inner segms. ob-
K>ng, with a long claw, often faintly beurdedT veined
and tinted on the margins with claret-purple. Bokhara.
B.M. 7029. Gt. 36: 1244.
SXTBGENUB ONCOCTCLUS.
A. Outer segms. of the perianth ligutatCt
much reduced 39. paradoza
AA. Outer segms. of the perianth not much
smaller than the inner.
B. ZfM. linear, narrow, not over y4in.
wide, more or less falcate: plant
slender: st. usually not over 6-8 in.
high.
c. The outer segms. deflexed from the
base, very concave 40. iberica
cc. The outer segms. deflexed from
the middle, convex.
D. Fls. uniformly colored, not con-
spicuously veined,
E. Signal patch darker, but of the
same color as the outer
segms.
F. Color of fls. yellow 41. unnientis
FF. Color of fls. reddish purple. 42. Bania'm«
FFF. Color of fls. lilac 43. Mari«
BE. Signal patch not of the same
color as the outer segms.;
fls. purplish black 44. atropurpurea
DD. Fls. conspicuously veined on a
ground of different color.
B. Outer segms. obovate-cuneate . 45. Saarii
BE. Outer segms. lanceolate
pointed 46. Ewbankiina
BB. Lvs. ensiform or linear, over ]^in.
broad, scarcely falcate: plant larger,
stout: St. usually a foot or more
high.
c. Inner and outer segms. similarly
colored.
D. Fls. light-colored gray or lilac.
B. Outer segms. marked with
numerous fine purple veins
and s^nkled vnth minute
purvlish dots more crowded
on the throat; fls. very large.. 47. Gateaii
BE. Outer segms. dieted and veined
vnth crimson or reddish
broum, with a reddish
patch at the throat:; fls.
smaller 48. LortetU
DD. Fls. dark-colored, mostly brown-
ish or purple.
B. Segms. almost uniformly dark
purple 49. atrofuica
BE. Segms. heavily veined and
spotted with olcu:k-brown on
a lighter ground 50. suaiana
cc. Inner segms. blue to pale blue;
outer segms. densely spotted and
veined inth purple-brown 51. Bismarckiana
39. parad6za, Stev. Plants dwarf: lvs. linear, 3-6 in.
long: St. 2-6 in. high: fl. large; outer segms. reduced
to a mere claw, dark, covered with a dense pile; inner
segms. 2 in. long, orbicular, lilac to white. Mountains
of Ga. and N. Persia. B.M. 7081. Gn. 32:584; 46, p.
173; 59, p. 248 (var. choachab). Gt. 386. G.C. III.
29:104 (var. choschab). — ^A fi. with singular combina-
tions of color. Grows in dry situations, but requires
shelter in winter. Long cult., but not common.
40. ibMca, Hoffm. Dwarf, with a large fi.: lvs.
3-6 in. long, narrow, very falcate: st. 3-4 in. long:
outer segms. rounded-obovate, 2 in. broad, pale brown,
closely veined and blotched with purple-brown and
with a shining dark patch on the throat; inner segms.
1674
IRIS
coDnivent, pure white, faintly veined, with a few wine-
red Hpote at base. Caucasus and mountains of Armenia
and PeraU. B.M. 5847. Gt. 386 and 713. F,S. 19:
1963. K.H. 1873:370. Gn. 10:526; 43, p. 131; 72. p.
349. I.H.19:106. G.C. H. 11:693; 111.53:399. F.
1873:26. F,M. 1875; 168.— Hardy. The color of the
fla. varies considerably in this, species. In some the
inner segms. are nearly white, while in others they are
nearly as daric as the outer. The species is chiefly dis-
tinguished bv the curious spoon-ehaped concave outer
segms. and tne depressed Htyle^ranchea which give the
&s. an appearance different from the other members of
this group.
41. nnniinslB, Hoog (/. ehryaAjitha. Baker). Rhi-
aome short-creeping: Its. linear, 1 ft. long, thick and
firm, glaucescent with a
pale margin: st. sleo*
der, as lone as the Ivs. :
spathe-VBlvee lanceo-
\ late - acuminate, 4 in.
i' long, pale green, char^
J ( taceous: fls. pale yellow;
outer segms. oblong,
emarginate, 3 in. long,
reflexed from near the
base, with a bright
orange beard; inner
eegms. erect, obovate-
cuneate, as long as the
outer and broader ; style-
brancheB yellow, an inch
broad, with laige quad-
rate entire crests. Prob-
ably near Lake Urumiah
in N. W. Peraia. B.M.
7784. Gn. 58, p. 375.
G.C. 111.28:373.
42. BAmunue, Baker
& Foetef. LvB. about
5-6 in a tuft, slender,
Unear, about 6 in. long,
less than Kin. broad:
St. 2-4 in. tone, bear-
bg a euigle sheathing
If.: spathe-valves 2 in.
long, green with purple
tips and marginB: outer
Begms. obovate-cuneate,
reflexed, 2 in. long, 1 in.
broad, passing mto a
cuneate claw, dark red-
dish purple with darker
veins and a triangular
.. beard of yellow purple-
. tipped hairs ; inner
' segme. obovate - orbio-
vcTciH n™— ''™' connivent, 3 in.
I« ot diOBKlT '■'"?' 2M in. broad, sud-
^ denly contracted into a
short claw, reddish pur-
ple, lighter than the outer segms. and with more con-
spicuous veins and few scattered hairs on the claw.
Mountains of Armenia. B.M. 7050.
43. KtaUe, Barbey (/, Hilenx, Barbey). Lvs. very
falcate, 3-4 m. long: st. 3-6 in. long, with 2-4 abort
lvs.: limb pale lilac, with fine red-brown veins; outer
Begms. orbicular, 2yi in. long, with a dark purple patch
at the throat; inner segms. larger, more rounded.
E)esert between Ikypt and Pjestine. Discoveared
1880. Gt. 42, p. 488; suppL pL J.H. III. 28:302.
G.M. 37:215.
44. atropnrpIkrM, Baker (/. Eggeri, Hort.}. Lvs. 6
in, lone: st. 6-8 in.: outer s^ms. oblonic, 2 in. long,
purplish black, without veins, with a yellow patch on
the throat ana a beard of yellow, black-tipped hairs;
to. Tip* of oacoerda* htm —
baudcd flower. (X
IRIS
inner segms. larger, of the same color, with discemable
veins; style-creste small. Easily distinguished by ite
rather small, uniformly colored fis. Gt. W:1361; 42, p.
489; auppl. pi.
45. SUrii, Schott (/. Siri, Aut. /. luplna, Foster).
Rhiiome short, stout: lvs. about 6 in. long, finally 1
ft., linear-complicate: st. 3-6 in. long, with 2 reduced
lanceolate lvs.: pedicel very short: fls. bright lilac,
large as in /. sunana; tube 1 in. long; outer segms.
obovate-cuneate, 1}^2 in. broad, reftwed from half
way down: inner segms. oblong, with a abort claw.
Very near /. iberica, from which it differs chiefly by ite
bri^t Ulac fls. Asia Minor. B.M. 7904. G.C. III.
36:147. Var. IftrldiL Boiss. Segms. brownish white
with many brown-black spote near the center, and
numerous Brownish lines toward the margin, the outer
with a brown-black spot at the throat. Gn. 43:130;
«, p. 59.
46. EwbankUna, Foster (/. Sprinpai, Siebe). Rhi-
some slender, siniilar to that of /. iherica: ivs. 6-8 in.
long, glaucous, very narrow and somewhat falcat«:
St. 2-4 in. high, bearing 2-3 reduced lvs.: spathe 1-fld.,
2Xin. long; valves narrow, inflated, green : outer segms.
lanceolate, pointed, horizontally extended, not re-
curved, creamy or grayish white, marked with con-
spicuous, irregular, jagged, purple-brown veins, with a
purplish black pateh at the throat; beard of stout yel-
low baits tipped with brown; inner segms. ovate-
lanceolate colored like the outer and marked with
jagged brown-purple veins which become more broken
on the claw; style-branches almost imifonn chocolate-
brown. Mountains of Persia and Transcaucasia. R.H.
1901, p. 399. Gn. 70, p. 15. G.C. III. 29:407; 36:50.
— The venation, together with the ground-color, gives
the fls. at a distance a uniform gray tone. Not putio-
ularly beautiful.
47. Gfttesii, Foster. Habit and foliage of /. tunana:
outer se^ma. orbicular, 3-5 m. broad, cream-white,
sometimes sky-blue, covered with a network of fine
veins, giving them a light gray tint; inner s^ms.
larger, pale purple or yeUow. Dry resions, Armenia.
B.M.7867. Gn. 43:130 and p. 131; 52, pp. 88, 279;
72, p. 422. G.C. III. 8:17. A. G. 13:60. CT 20:299.—
The lar^t-fld. of ite sul^enus. Fls. about twice as
large as in /. tusiana. Quite hardy.
48. LortCtii, Barbey. Lvs. lees than 1 ft. king: at.
about 1 ft. high, bearing 2 reduced lvs.: spathe-rolvea
6 in. long, green or slightly scarious above: outer scorns,
obovate, much refiexed, 3 in. broad, whiti^, £iely
veined and spotted with red-brown, with a dark spot at
the throat; inner s^ms. orbicular, connivent, pale
gray, with red-brown veins. Lebanon. B.M. 7251.
Gn. 43:130; 48, p. 337. Gt. 42, p. 490. G.C. III. 12:
153. G.M. 38:386; 40:250. R.H! 1902, p. 404. R.B.
32: 173.— Quite hardy N.
49. Stroffisca, Baker (/. atropurpurea var. atrof-Haai,
Baker. /. tfdyfMt, Mallctt). Lvs. nak ^reen, 1 ft. long:
St. 1 ft. long, hidden by the sheathing mner lvs.: limb
dark purple-brown; outer segms. obovate, 3 in. lon^
with a dark spot on the throat; inner segms. larger and
r; style-branches very convex; crests large.
Palestine. B.M. 7379. Gn. 4S, p. 8: 50:332 and j
_ , p. 488 - ^ ' _.. -J
UI. 48:361. G.M. 47:258.
333. Gt. 42, p. 488; suppl. pL
&.V
24:399. J.S
__. , Linn. MomtMiNO Ibib. Fig. 1969.
Lvs, very glaucous, 6-9 in. long, nearly 1 in. broad:
outer segms. obovate, 3 in. long, brownish purple,
veined and spotted with black-brown, with a brown
beard; inner segms. brownish white, spotted with
violet-brown and black. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M.
fll. F.S. 11:1087, 1088. R.H. 1859, pp. 322, S23. Gn.
32, p. 193; 39:340; 66, p. 173{?). G. 1:136, 264;
33:203. G.C. III. 61:20. Gn.M. 10:120. Gn.W.
23:426, suppl. A.F. 16:1375.— The beet known cA
• 1
•
UX. JtputiH ItImi.— Ida lariiaU.
IRIS
IRIS
1675
this group. Said to have been intro. from Constanti-
nople in 1753. Name from a city in Persia. Not
entirely hardy N., but a good pot-plant. Var. mlijor,
Hort. Bluish, tinted brown.
- 51. Bismarckiftnay Damman (/. nazarhna^ Hort. /.
Sdri var. nazarhna, Foster). Habit of /. stmana, and
fls. as large: Ivs. 8 in. long: st. 12-18 in. high: outer
segms. orbicular, yellowish, densely spotted with pur-
ple-brown, with a dark purple-brown spot at the end
of the beard; inner segms. orbicular, short-clawed,
sky-blue from numerous blue veins on a creamy white
ground. N. Palestine. B.M. 6960 (as /. Sari var.
lurida): 7986. R.H. 1902, p. 405. J.H. III. 56, p. 497
(as /. Sari var. ncaareTisis), I.H. 42, p. 78(?). Gt. 42,
p. 487; suppL pi. G.M. 40:250.
BUBOENUS PARDANTB0PSI8.
52. dichdtoma, Pall. Rhizome slender: Ivs. 6-8 in a
fan-shaped cluster, 8-12 in. long, 1)/^ in. wide: st. 2 ft.
high, much branched, bearing 6-10 heads: spathes not
over J^in. long, scarious, 3-5-fld. : fls. fugitive, opening
only in the afternoon, twisting spirally when wither-
ing; outer sexms. with a subquadnite blade contracted
into a broadly cuneate claw, whitish, spotted with
Hlao-purple; inner segms. spreading, oblong-unguicu-
late, whitish and light purple. At^ust. Irkutsk and
Transbaikalia to Manchuria and China. B.M. 6428.
B.R. 246. — Althou^ the fls. last only a few hours,
they are produced in great profusion so that usually
4-6 are open at the same time.
SUBOBNUB APOOON.
A. Lv9. linear, generally Use than y^in,
broad.
B. Lf.-ehealhe epUtting into fibera,
c. Spathe-vcUvee green,
D. Tube of the perianth endemt,
ueuaily more than }^in. long.
B. St. with /-£ long Ive. imme-
diately below the apathe 53. humiUi
St. bearing a reduced If. and
epringing from a pair of
reduced Ive. at the base 54. mthenica
St. sheathed by 1-S narrow
reduced hs.. 55. macroti]»hon
DD. Tube of the perianth short or
obsolete, usually less than
y^in. long,
B. Fls. yellow.
F. St. vnry, with a single
sheathing If. low down 56. Hartwegii
FF. St. slender, bearing S
lanceolate sheathing Ivs... .57. Grant-Doffii
FFF. iS^ hollow, bearing a much^
reduced If. near the mid-
dU 58. WUsonii
EB. Fls. some shade of blue or
white.
F. St.-lvs. long, usually over
1 ft. and exceeding the st..5Q. graminea
FF. St.-lvs. reduced.
o. Rhizome slender: Ivs.
pink at base 60. tenaz
GO. Rhizome sUnit, compact.
H. Caps, long, narrow. . .61. entata
HH. Caps, fusiform taper-
ing at both ends 62. longipetala
cc. Spathe-vcdves scarious only in the
upper part or along the edges.
D. Inner segms. suberect, extended
obliquely 63. Delavayi
DD. Inner aegms. erect, connivent.. . .64. sangoinea
ccc. Spathe-vcUves entirely scarious.
D. St. hollow 65. dbirica
DD. St. solid 66. pritmatica
BB. Lf.'sheaihs not splitting into fibers.
c. St. nearly obsolete 67. anguiciilarU
cc. St. present; clothed vnth sheathing
bracts.
D. Perianth-tube short, funnel-
form 68. bracteata
DD. Perianth-iube slender, as long as
the ovary 69. Sintenisii
ccc. St. present, bearing l-£ Ivs.
D. The Ivs. purplish at Ixise: st.
scarcely overtopping (he Ivs. . . 70. Dottglasiana
DD. The Ivs. not purplish at b<ue: st.
much exceeding the Ivs 71. missotuientit
Lvs. ensiform, generally much over
}iin. broad.
B. Plants large.
c. St. bearing several long lvs.
D. Fls. reddish brown 72. fulva
DD. Fls. yellow 73. Psendacomt
DDD. Fls. blue, purple, or lilac to
white.
B. Inner segms. at least half as
long as the outer.
F. The lvs. somewhat glaucous 74. veticolor
FF. The lvs. green, not glaucous.
G. Outer aegms. 3-4 in.
long; fls. sessile 75. hezagona
OG. Outer segms. SHS in.
long; fU. pedicelled 76. caroliniana
BB. Inner aegms. minute, aetoae. . 77. setota
oc. St. bearing £-4 reduced Iva.
D. Fla. yellow.
B. Outer aegma. with an orbicular
blade.
F. Plants tall, $-3 ft. or more:
fls. without veins or spots.7S. Momderi
FF. Plants smaller, acarcely ex-
ceeding IH ft.: outer
aegma. faintly veined on
the claw 79. halophila
BB. Outer aegma. with an obovate
blade; fla. white and pale
yellow 80. orientalit
BBB. Outer aegma. with an oblong
blade; fla. golden yellow. . . .81. aurea.
DD. Fla. blue, purple, lUac or white.
B. Seeds orange-red or scarlet:
fls. inconspicuous 82. foBtidissima
BB. Seeds broum: fls. showj/.
F. Sts. bearing several lateral
spicate heads below the
terminal one 83. tporia
FF. Sts. bearing a terminal head
and often a stalked lateral
head 84. levigata
BB. Plants dwarf 85. vema
53. hiimllis, M. Bieb. (/. ruthhiicay Ker ex parte).
Rhizome wide-creeping: lvs. linear, up to 12 in a tuft,
daucous, 6-12 in. long: st. not more than 1-1^ in.
K)ng. beaming 2 long lvs. inmiediately below the spathes:
spatne 1-fld.; outer segms. with a suborbicular blade
and a lon^ ctmeate claw, deep blue-purple with deeper
veins, whitish on the throat, with deep purple veins;
inner segms. oblanoeolate, unguiculate, blue-purple.
Caucasus to Cieorgia and Hungary. On. 10, p. 379.
— Distinguished from /. mthenica by the 2 long lvs.
which arise below the spathe and are 2-3 times as long
as the latter.
54. mthenica. Ker. Lvs. linear, in crowded tufts,
6 in. long at nowering-time, becoming 12 in. long:
St. slender, 1-8 in. long, but often obsolete; 1-headed:
pedicel ^"2 in. long: tube twice as long as the ovary;
outer segms. with an oblong blade rather shorter than
the claw, lilac, veined and dotted with bluish purple on
a whitish ground near the center and lower part of the
blade; inner segms. lanceolate, with narrow claws,
deep purple-violet. April, May. China, Siberia ana
Cent. Asia. B.M. 1123. 1393. Gn. 60, p. 187. G.W.
15 : 132.— Violet-scented.
1676
IRIS
, 1. ToTT. PlantB rather dwarf, 6-12 in.
high: Its. grass-like, green, 12 in. long, exceeding the
fls.: St. 3-6 in. long; pedicels very short: tube I'/i-S in,
long; outer aegms. obovate-cuneate, undulate, pale yel-
low to cream, with a network of brownish cninsoD or
bright lilac veins; inner segms. rather small, colore
like the outer. Free-flowering. Calif, and Ore. Gn. 52,
R. 126. — Torrey says the fis. are bright lilac and the
'B. less than 4 lines wide. The color variee front
white to cream-yellow and purple.
56. Htrtwegii, Baker. Lvb. few (2), 6-12 in. long,
finely veined: st. 6 in. long, with a linear If. low down:
pedicel l-\}4 in. long: limb pale yellow; outer ag^ma.
with an (^long blade, shorter than the claw. ^lif.
— Rarely cult,
57. Gnut-Dliffli, Baker (/. Aachergonii, Foster).
Lvs. about 1 ft. king: st. 6 in. high, with about 2 Ivs.,
1-headed: outer aegms. with a yellow blade, much
shorter than the claw; claw veined with Ulac on
a ycUowi^ white ground. Patestine. B,M, 7604.
Gn. 61, p. 288. Gt. 42; suppl. pi.— Not valuable
commercially.
58. Waaonii, Wright. Planta tall, growing in clumpe
like I. tilnriai and throwing up cWters of fl.-ets.:
lvs. linear-ensiform, 2 ft. long and >^in. broad, slightly
glaucous, drooping above: st, altout as long as the lvs.,
2- or 1-fld., bearing a small If. at the middle: spathee
somewhat herbaceous, 2H-4 in, long: pedicels tri-
angular, 1-5 in. long: outer segms. 2 in. long, H'lD.
wide, oblong or obovate-elliptic, pale yellow, veined
and dotted with purple on the throat, and on the
broad claw; inner segms. oblong-lanceolate, narrowed
to a Blender claw, pale yellow, mottled with reddish
brown at the edges, W. China.— A tall yellow form
suitable for cult, with the blue and the white forms of
/. aibirica.
59. grambiea, Linn. {/. nikitSnna, Lange). Lvs.
linear, 15-36 in. long, strongly ribbed: st. compressed,
angled, slender, solid: pedicel I- IH in. long: hmb bright
lilac, copiously veined; outer segms. with eui orbic^ar
erect, nearly straight. May, Cent, and S. Eu. 0.M.
681. — Long cult.; mentioned by Lobel, Clusius and
Gerarde. Distinguished from /, tibiriea by its solid,
uigularst.
60. ttnu, Douglas. Sheaths short: lvs. 6-12 in. k)ng:
St. 6-12 in. long: pedicel >^2 in, long; outer segm.
broadly obovate, with an acute point; blade about as
lon^ as the claw, bright lilac, with piu-ple veins and a
variegated white and yellow spot on the throatj inner
Begme. shorter, waved. April, May, Dry soils, Bnt. Col.
and Ore, Intro, to England 1826. B.M. 3343, B.R.
1218. Gn. 53:518, G.M, 60:867.— Hardy.
61, ensita, Thunb. {/, araxAma, Thunb. /. bi(f-
liimU, Vahl. /. kxmaUmhyUa, Lmk. /. Pdllani,
Pisch. /. lonffupdMa, Fiscn. /. oxypitoia, C. A. Mey.
/./rdffraru, Lmdl,). Sheaths large: lvs. 1-3 ft. king:
St. 2-12 in, long, flattened, beanng a single terminal
head: pedicel 2-4 in., often longer than the apathe:
limb kmee, bright blue or lilac; outer B^ms. oblan-
ceolate, 2 m. long; blade shorter than the claw, veined
with dark blue, yellowish on the throat; inner segms.
atendcT, erect, bright blue, Russia, Japan, Caucasus.
B. M. 2331, 2528. B.R. 28:1. Gt. 1011.— Hardy.
Variable, Var, iMbuUria, Naudin (/, painiUria Hort.).
Said to be distinct, hargfr, with lvs. puiplish red
near the base. Used as a forage plant. Does well
in driest situations. Gt. 47:1452, Described by
Wittmack, Gt. 47, p. 369, The seeds should be bowh
in beds, and the young plants set out the following
sprin);, 10 in. apart each way, where they are to
02. longip«talB, Herb. Lvs, 1-1 H ft. king, narrow,
ensiform: at. stout, solid, comprised, 1}^ ft, high:
Bb. bright lilac; outer se^^ms, obovate, reflexing half
way down ; claw veined with violet on a white ground.
Calif. B.M. 5298,
63. Delavlyi, Mich. Lvs. 2-2U ft. long, often
nearly 1 in, broad: at, 3-5 ft. high, bifurcate: spatbe-
valvee green: outer segms. reflexed from the middle,
oblong, obtuse or emarginate, brilliant violet, spottca
with while on the lower half; claw jreUow, veined
with Ulac; inner segms. oblong - lanceolate, acute,
erect, violet, Thibet. B,M. 7661. R.H. 1895, p. 399.
— Liagfi plants, with the fl.-etalke erect, high above
the lvs.
64. Baagnfiiea, Donn (I. orientMis, Hunb. /,
tibiriea var, sanpufnea, Ker. /, tieTlteMnskia, Lodd.
/, hxmatophyUa, Fisch, /. nMrica var. oriertlMia, Baker).
Lvs. hnear, glaucous, often tinged with red-purple at
base, 18 in, long and H-J^in- broad: st. about as king
as the Iva,, beanng a terminal head of 2-3 fls, and rarelv
a lateral head: spathes slightly scarious at floweri
time, often reddish purple: outer segms. with a si
orbicular blade, narrowed abruptly to a short cU
bright lilac, yellowish white at the throaty veined w
purple; inner segms. broadly oval, conmvent, darl
blur, Manchuria. Korea, and Japan. B,M. l&
L.BC, 19: 1843,— Often regarded as a variety of t
Cent, European /, sibirica. which has short subglobt-
cape, and fls. raised hif^ above the lvs., while ■
gan^inca has longer trigonal caps, with fls, bor
among the Ivs,
65. aibirica, Linn. </. aeila, Willd.), Compact,
tufted: lvs. green, not r^d, 1-2 ft. long: st, slende."
terete, fistulose, much overtopping the lvs., simple c-
forked, bearing several clusters of fls.: spathe small
narrow, acute, entirely scarious at fkiwering-tiroi
limb bright hlac-blue: ou1«r srpns, 1>^2 in, loni .
with an orbicular blade gradually narrowed to a slei
der claw, veined with bri^t violet, whitish toward th -
claw' inner segms. shorter, erect. Cent, and S. Eu
and E. Siberia. Intro, in 1796. B.M. 50. R.H. 1898.
p. 23. G.W. 12:678. Gn.M. 15:362.— Common in
cult. The plante form large, oompoct dumpB, produc-
ing manv long flowering sU. from the cent«r. Each st.
u^iaJIy bas a terminal cluster of 2-5 Bs. and 1 lat«ral
bead. Vat. Tuiegltm.
Hort., has varieoatea
Iva. Var.acfttiuHort.
Narrow-lvd. Var.
fleziitea, Murray (/.
fteruisa, Murray. /.
giUrica var. dI6a,
Hort.). FIs. white
with crisped acsms.
. B.M. 1163.
66. prismitica,
Puish (/. grli^ist
Bigel. I. ftr^nieo,
Muhl.). Plant taU,
slender: Ivs. mostly
ahor1«r than the st.,
) KiaaB-like: at. 1-2 ft.,
' simple or forked,
flexuous:Hpathc8l-2-
Sd.: pedicel long, ex-
ceeding the spathe:
tjian ti^ claw, bright
lilac, yellow on the
throat, marked with
purple and darker
veins I inner a^ms.
erect, bright Glac.
May, June. Wet
grounds. New Bruns.
to Pa. and N. C. B.
M. 1504.
67. anguicnlirls,
Poir. (/. ali/ldaa, Deaf.
1. erelintit, Janka).
Fig. 1970. LvB. about
6 m a tuft, finaUy
lH-2ft. long, bright
green: st. nearly ob-
solete: spathes 2-3-
fld.; valves 4-6 in.
long, Bcarious at the
tip only, shorter than
the tube: tube 5-6 in.
long, filiform , exserted
from the epathe; Umb
white; outer segma. 2J^ ii
yellow keel, streaked with lilac on a white ground at
the throat; inner segms. t^loDg. Jan., Feb. AlKeria,
Greece ana Islands, Asia Minor and N. Smyrna. B.M.
6773; 6343. R.H. 1900:300. On. 24:68; 46:248;
49, p. 238; 50, p. 187. G.C. III. 25:85. F.8.R. 35,
p. 131. G. 9:590: 34:115. G.L. 19:48; 22:378. Gn.
W. 20:159. — Not hardy, but useful for cutting in early
winter. Fragrant. Var. Uba, Hort. White form;
3 ring. C.L.A. 5:134. Gn. 68, p. 381. Var. nip«rbi^
ort. Bluish purple. Oct. and later. Var. specidsa,
Hort. FIs. weU above the foliage, deep reddish purple.
68. bracteAta, Wata. Fig. 1971. Rudimentary Ivs.
brown, very rigid; produced Iva. 1 to few, muut ex-
ceeding the St., 1-2 ft. long, one side green, the other
glaucous, edge revolute: st. 1-headed, angled, 2-3 in.
to 1 ft. Ions, sheathed with bracts 2-4 in. long: tube
short, funnelform; outer segms. 2-3 in.; blade ovate, as
long OS the claw, pale yellow, veined with bluish pui^
~'"" '" " shorter, erect, yellow ; Btyle-branchea
Janka (/. graminea var. SiTtlenini,
Ricbter. /. C/nimoin, Velenovski). L vs. narrow, linear,
acuminate, 8-18 in. king, J^-J^in. broad: st. round, not
flattened as in /. graminea, slender and flexuous, 4-12
in. long, almost entirely clothed by 2-3 reduced Ivs.
and bearing a single head of 2 fls.: spathe-valves
narrow, linear, acuminate, keeled, the mner bnger
than the outer: ovary tapering to a long neck takmg
the place of the perianth-tube: fls, bright lilac, IH in-
long: outer segms. with an obovate blade and a slightly
pandurate claw, bluish purple, whitish toward the
throat, marked with pun>le veins and with reddish
puiple veins on the claw; inner segms. oblanceolate
with a cuneate claw deep blue-purple; etylc-cresta
lanceolate. S. Italy, Balkan Penmsula, Asia Minor
and Turkey.
strongly ribbed, 1-2 ft. Ions: st. 1-2 ft. high, usually
simple, with 1 long bract-lf.: tube H-Jiin. loi^: fls.
3-4 in. diam.; outer s^ms. obovate-spatulate, spread-
ing and recurved, pale hlac, with a white disk and purple
veins: inner segms. shorter, erect, lanceolate, acuminate,
pale lilac, veined. Cahf. B.M. 6083. Gn. 60: 272—
variety of cobr-forms, varying
p violet with considerable vario-
i.ih.s
. G.M.50:161.— IntM. 1888.
fexistj
from pale lilac to deep v
Uon in the veining.
71. mlssouritnsis, Nutt. (/. TtimUAna, Herb.). Lvs.
pale ereen, finely ribbed, 1-1>^ ft. long: st. 1-2 ft. long,
usually exceeding the Ivs., beuing a single large If. low
down: pedicel long: tube very short; limb bri^t lilac;
outer segms. obovate, 1 in. broad, yellow near the
claw; inner s^ms. oblong, emarginate, straight, erect.
Wet soil. S. D. and Mont, to Aril. B.M.657D. Gn.
50:186.— Not common in cult. Flowers early.
72. ffilva, Ker (/. cUprea, Pursh). Lvs. thin, bright
green, 1J^2 ft, long, not exceeding the St.: st. 2-3 ft.
nigh, forked low down: lower st.-lvs. 1 ft. long: pedicel
produced : tube greenish yellow, 1 in. long ; limb loosely
expanded, bright reddish brown or copper-colored,
variegated with blue and green; outer segms. obovate-
cuneate, emarginate; inner segms. smaller, spreading.
Late June. In swamps, III. to Ga., Ia, and Texas.
Intro, into England 1811 by Lyon. B.M. 1496. Gn.
63:518. Mn.
6:61.
73. Psendic-
oma, Linn. (/.
acora^det, Spach.
l.ftdva, Tomab.).
Lva.lJi-3ft.k>ng,
equaling the st.:
st. stout, terete,
2-3 ft., bearing
several long Ivs.
and several clus-
ters of fls.: limb
bright yellow;
broadly obovate,
2-2}^ in. long,
vellow, with a
bright spot and
rac&ating brown
veins on the claw;
inner segms.
scarcely bnger
than the claw of
the outer, oblong.
May, June. Bu.,
Syria and the
Barbary states;
oaturalued in N. •^•m.
Y., Mass. and N.
J. — The plants 1072. Iriimilcolar (X}i). No. 7i
white. Var. pUlida, Uort. Fls. pale sulfur-yellow.
74. nrtfcolor, Linn. (/. virglnica, Lion.). Fig.
1972. Lv8. slightly daucous, 1^-2 ft. long: Bt. forked
low down and often Drenched above, 2-^headed: tube
very short; limb Tiolet-blue; outer seKinfl. Bpatulate,
2-3 in. loiu;, variegated with yellow on the claw and
veined with purple; inner segniB. <^lanceolate, much
smaller. British N. Amer. and N. U. S. Intro, into
England 1732. B.M.21,703.
75. hoxasAna, Walt. Lvb. 2-3 ft. long: st. usually
aimpte, 3 ft. long, 2-3-headed, with several large Ive.,
IRIS
79. hMAphOa, PaU. (/. GueldeiuUedliirta, Lepech.).
Lvb, pale green, l-lVi ft. long: rt. stout, terete, lyi-
2 ft. long, often bearing 1-2 epicate clusters below the
end one : limb pale yellow ; outer secmH. with an orbicu'
lar blade \^%m. broad, shorter thaii the claw, which
has a bright yellow keel and faint lilac veina; inner
aegma. shorter, erect.
Asia. B.M. 1515 {/.
■puna var. ttenotgna.
the upper ones exceeding the fle.: spathe-valvea si
times u.-like: tube 1 in. long, green, dilated upwi
limb bright lilac; out«r segms. 3 in. long; blade o
vate, with a bright yellow keel on the claw; claw downy;
inner segms. shorter, erect : style-branches very concave,
green, with I . >> ....>■. , .^
B.M. 6787.
76. cuoUnilaa, Wats. Fig. 1973. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long,
bri^t green: st. stout, simple or branched: tube }^in.
long; hmb lilac, varie^ted with purple and brown;
outer segms. broadly spatulate, 2j^-3 in. long, with
narrow claws; inner segms. narrower, nearly erect.
Differs from /. iwrnco^ by its green lvs. Discovered by
W. A. Manda in N. C. b7m. 8465. G.F. 6:33£
(adapted in Fig. 1973).
77. aetdsa, Pall. (/. bracAyctitpM, Fisch. /.
tripilala. Hook.). Lvs. thin, green, 1-13^ ft. long:
St. deeply forked, much exceeding the lvs.: tube i^in.
lonz; hmb bright lilac;^ outer aegms. 2-2M in. long;
blade 1 in. broad.
intra! lilac band. Ky. to Texas, and Fla.
copiously vemed ; mner B^pns. very Hmall, }•,-_- ,
large-cuspidate; stvle-branchea large, crested.
Siberia, Japan, and N. W. Amer. to Labrador and
Maine. B.M. 2326; 2886. Gt. 322.
78. Honnl&l, DC. Lvs. slightly ^ucous, 2-3 ft.
long: st, stout, terete, 3-4 ft. long, with seveial see^
clusters of fla. : liroii 2>^ }4 in. long, lemon-jrellow with-
out veins; blade of
outer segms. orbio-
ular, 1-1 H in.
long, equaling the
claw; inner segms.
obktng-unEUic-
ulate, 1 in. broad.
Origin not oer-
' tainly known.
Found in the gar-
den of Lemonnier
at Versailles. G.
25:389. — Not
showy except in
tnaaaee. This and
/. orierUalit and I.
aurea are very
ck>Bely related and
tOMther with /.
hatophila are per-
haps all forms of
/.•puria. I.Mon-
nieri is uniformly
bright lemon-yel-
low, free from
fers from /. orien-
talit and by the or-
bicular bladeof the
outer segms. from
I. aurea, in which
the blades are
oblong. Often at-
tributed to Crete.
{/.
80. oriMitUU; Mill
L. /.
ginanUa, Can-.), Fig.
1974. Plants growing
in strong clumps: lvs.
2-3 ft. long, 1 in. or
more broad, slightly
glaucous: st. 3 ft.,
stout, terete, about as
long as the lvs., with
2-3 spicate clusters of
fls.: outer segms. ob-
ovate, 1 in. broad, as
long as the claw, vel-
low, paler or white
toward the margin;
inner segms. oblong, 1 1974. Bablt iksteh of Us oilsstalli.
in. broad, lemon-yel- (X^)
low to whitish. Asia
Minor and Syria. B.M. 61. Gn. 20:272; 38:462; 46,
p. 362; 50, p. 186; 69, p. 25;72,p.622. Gn.M. 15:360.
R.H. 1875, p. 357.— One of the larseet of the irises.
Grows in almoet any situation. White forms of this
plant are in cult, but no purple forms are known. See
note under /. Mormitri.
81. afirwL Lindl. Lvb. scarcely glaucous, 1!^2 ft.
long: St. 3-3J^ ft. long, stout, terete, with 1-2 sessile
lat^^ clusters below the end one: spathes 2-3-fld.:
pedicel long: limb bright yellow; outer segms. with an
oblong undulate blade 1 in. broad, as long as the claw-
inner s^ms. less than Hin. broad, with much-waved
edges. July. W. Himalayas. B.R. 33:59. On. 31:52.
G. 25:388. B.M. 1131 (as /. spuria var. hdophila).—
Intro, by Dr. Royle. The color is a rich golden yellow,
much deeper than that of /. Monnieri and the others .
of this group. See /. Monnieri. Said to grow up to 5
ft. high under favorable conditions. Var. intermMia, W.
I., in G.C. HI. 28:22. Intermediate between /. aurea
and /. orientoLii. Deep yellow, with crisped segms. like
/. aurea, but having the obovate outer se^iiH, and narrow
inner segms. of /. orieniolU. Fls. late, with /. aurea.
82. fcetidlsaiina, Linn. Gladwik. Lvs. 1-1M ft.
long:8t, campre8eed,2-3ft. long, 2-3-headed: tube >^in.
'-ng; limb bright lilac; outer segms. 1^-2 in. long,
ith a suborbicular blade equaling the claw; inner
the odor of the broken lvs. The caps.
: plants in winter, bursting open and
displaying rows of orange-red berries. The fls. are
rather inconspicuous. There is a whitish variety with
brown veins, and a variety with white-etriped lvs. A
pale vellow form veined with green also occurs occa-
sionally.
83. Bpltria, Linn. Lvs. firm, linear, glaucescent, 1 ft.
long, longer after flowering: st. overtopping the lvs.,
bearing 1-3 spicate heads: pedicel shorter than the
spathe: tube 'A-^^ra. Jong; limb bright lUac; outer
segms. with an orbicular, spreading blade J^. broad
and hair as long as the claw; claws broad, concave,
Ulac, with a yellow keel and purple veins; inner e^ms.
shorter, straight, oblanceolate; style-crests small, (^mt.
and S. Eu. B^M. 58. Var. nUha, Bieb. (/. haUpkOa,
Ker). More robust: lvs. 1 in. broad: apatbee larger;
IRIS
St. 2-3 ft. biKb. Caucasiu to Kashmir. B.M. 875.—
Haidy. Var. desartAniin, Ker. Fls. pale lilac; claws of
the aeons, yellow. B.M. 1514. Var. sogdiliia, Bunee
(/. togdiAna, Bunge). A variety with gray-lilac &s.
S4. IcTlKita, Fisch. (/. Kaimphri, Sieb. /. dibopw-
purea, Baker). Japanese Iris. Figs. 197S, 1976. Ltb.
thin, enaiform, 1-lJ^ ft. long: st. much overtopping ibe
IRIS
167ft
1975, JapuwM Iria.— L lavicatiu
IvB., obscurely angled. 1-3-headed: pedicel J^2 in.
long: tube short; limb blue, violet, etc, sometimes
white, spreading, 3-5 in. across; outer Begms. broadly
ovate-oblong, obtuse; with a yellow spot on the claw;
claw short, distinct; inner se^ns. obIanceoIat«, erect,
conniving or spreading; style-braDchee with bifid,
incurved lobes. E. Sibma and Japan. Intro, by Von
Siebold, and flowered at Ghent in 1S57. B.M. 6132:
7511. I.H. 5:157. F.8.20:2073, 2074; 23:2431-6.
Gt. 442; 29:1003. Gn. 9:476; 16:198; 21:424; 55,
p. 105; 00, p. 349; 74, pp. 336, 363, 366: 75:226.
R.H. 1890, p. 188. ac. U. 2:47; 111.13:165,
169; 14:501;| 44:141. A.G. 19:596. Gng. 1:256;
5:163; 6:339; 7:145, J.H. III. 28:205. F.E. 10:777.
F.M. 1874:137; 1880:403. G.W.2:66;12:
alba). Gn.M.5:343; 15:361. C.L.A.3:17<
195. R.B. 36:245 (as /. japontca). G.F.1:2
ted in Fig. 1975).— On account of the pr
a prominent ridge, formed by one or more vi
the middle of the Ivb. of /. Katmpferi, this
species ia Bometimee considered as distinct
{viTal.lxiHgata. If the species are distinct,
the numerouB cult, forms of Japanese iriaee
are probably all derived from /. Kaempferi mat
so far as available material from forms cu
V. S. shows, all have the prominent midrib a
8S. vSma, Linn. Dwarf, 6 in. high: rfaiso
creeping: sheaths not splitting into AJjeTs: h
elightlv glaucous, 3-8 m. long: st. scarcel)
h<^ea: tube slender, IH in- long; limb de
outer segma. 13^ in. long, obovat«, nairowe
slender yellow, slightlv pubescent claw; inn
erect, smaller, violet. Shade, Ohio, Ky., Va. a
L.B.C. 19:1855. B.M. 8159.~-An anomalou
with the habit of a pogoniria but lacking the
BDBaiNnB JUHO.
A. 8t, vert/ ahorl or none.
B. Lvt. Tmrv lAori at /Imcrritiff^ime.
c. Thtlvt. hollow. Utraoonout 86. Du
cc. Tht la. linaiT eomplimU 87. p«n
ccc. The If . lanteoiaU, Saiialt SB. Roi
BB. Ltm. S-9 in. kmg at flotcmng-tiin*,
lanceolate, faliite at bOMi.
c. Fls. bright iilae: hairt on the
outer ttomM. blunt S9. list
CC. FU. yellov; hairt an the outer
atffmt. icith globular tipt 90. pat*
AA. SI. S-IS in. long, to ' '
by (Ac troaded In,
B. Lm. with a dutitKt ahUt homy
margin.
c. PIOTilt dioarft it. hidden b]/ the
cnneded druping Ite.
D. Clatc d/ the outer tegme, toinged.
a. FU. lavender or purple 91. WiUmottlaaa
SB. Fit. ]idlou> 92. cancasica
DD. Claw, of the auier Mgnw. no*
uririged 93. Fosleriant
CO. PlanU tall. 1 Jl. or more; inter-
nodei emiUnl.
D. Outer H^rru. graduaily eon*
traeted vtto a dais 94. camlaa
DD. Outer ttfTni. auddeniy con-
tracted info a daw 95. wariejeosis
BB. Ltm. without a omepicuout white
homu edge.
c. Claw of the outer eegme. winged.
D. FU. ilaii/ Iilae 06. slodjarenala
DD. FU. tmok]/ uellow B7. fomosa
cc. Clou nf the cuter eefpm. not
ainged 98. orcbloldas
86. Dinfonto, Boisa. (/. BimmwUeri, Hausskn.).
Fl.-sts. 2-4 in. high: Ivs. very ^ort at flowering time
finally a foot long: fls. bright yellow, IM in. diam.;
outer segniB. with an orbicular blade spotted with
brown', claw cuneate; inner segms. reduced to minut«,
gireadmg, subulate teeth; style-crests large. Spring.
ihcian Taurus. B.M. 7140. Gt.39:1327. Gn.37:462:
67, p. 89. G.C.III. 27:170.— Fragrant.
87. piralat, Linn. Bulb ovoid: Iva. 4-5, 2-3 in. long,
becoming 6 in. long after Bowering time, with white
obscurely ciUat«d edges: st. short, 1-headed: lube 2-3
in. long; limb pale lOac; outer segms. with an orbicu-
lar blade with a dark purple blot^rh, an orange keel,
and purple lines and spots; claw auriculate; inner s^pns.
small. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M.I. Gn. 11, p.
207; 14:490: 33:558; 54, pp. 103, 470; 66:8. F.S.
10:1045. G.C.UI. 7:577. R.H. 1912, p. 454.— Should
piirea, Siehe). A bright purple vanety. Fine. . .
Sieheina, Dykes (/. Suhedna, Lynch, /. Hauatkntck-
Hi, Siche). Similar to var. purpurea, but with larger,
silvery gray fls. marked with reddish purple. B.M.
8059. G.G. HI. 35:251. Var. stenaphfUa, Dykes (/.
aUnoph^tla Hausskn. 4 Siehe. /. Heldreiehii, Hort.).
Flfl. pale blue; out«r Begins, blackish blue at the tip,
with spots of the same ^ade on the rest of the blade;
keel yellow; cresta of the Btyle-brancbee nearly as
large as the outer segms., auborbicular, crenate. Cili-
oianTaurua. B.M. 7734. G,C. Ill, 27:171. Gn. 59,
p. 225; 78, p. 132. F.S.B. 2:328. Var. T«6ri, I>y^keB
(/. TaiiH, Siehe). Fls. bright violet-purple veined
with nhit« on the lower part of the blade and on the
claw of the outer segms.; keel deep orange; inner
segms. depressed, 3-lobed. B.M. 7793. G.C. III. 29:
191, Gn.fil, p, 93.
88. Rosenbachifliu, Kegel. Lvs. 4-6, finally 6-8 in.
longand2in. broad: St. short, 1-3-headed; outer Beffma.
obovate-cuneat«; blade reflexed, white at the tip, deep
purple in the middle and creamy bekiw, with a yellow
17, Iiii orchioiiUa. — A (Ood ipsciH for pat> or the nf
CXK)
keel and dark lilac veins; inner s^ms. spreading or
reflexed, obovate, pale lilac. The color of the fls, is
very variable. Mountains of Turkeatan. B.M, 7135.
Gt,35:1227. Gn. 33:558 J.H. III. 28:189, G.G. III.
7:577. G.M.34:171.C,L.A, 5:134;9;410.
89. «14ta, Poir. (/. BcorpuAdet, Deef. XipMum
j^nifdlium, Mill.). Lvs. about 6, plane, 6-9 in, long:
et. very short, 1-3-fld,: tube 4-6 in. long; outer segms,
3-4 in. long, obovate-cuneate, bright luac, variegated
with white, and having a yellow keel down the claw;
inner segms. obovate-ungmculatc, apreading from the
base of tiie outer; style-crest larae, laciniately toothed.
Spain to Sicily and Algeria. B,M. 6352. B.R. 1876.
IRIS
Gt,40:13Sl (vars.). Gn, 10, p. 679; 54, p. 102. G.C.
111,45:52. G.M.35:6I4, G. 1:665: 11:689; 35:55.
Gn,W.20:186,— Wmter-flowering. Planls very dwarf.
90. ptlKSttna, Boiss. Lvs, 3~Q in. long: st. verjr
short, I-3-fld.: tube 2-3 in. long: fls. pale yellow, tinged
with lilac; outer segms, oblong, upper one-fourth
reflexed; claw auriculal*; inner s^pis, mmute, narrowly
lanceolate. Mountains of Palestine.- — Fls. in winter.
Very near /. eaMtasica. but distinguished by Um Longer
acuminate apathea and the color of the fls.
91. Willmottilna, Foster. Lvs, about 8, with a white
homy edge, broad, not acutely channelled, deep glis-
tening green: St. 6-8 in. high, 4r^fld.: fls. sessile,
lavender or pale iiurple; tube 2 in. long; outer segms.
obbng, with a white patch at the throat, marked with
veins and patches of deeper purple, claw with white
and purple markings; outer segms. small, depressed,
cuspidate; style-crests small, triangular. Mountains
of E. Turkestan. Gn. 59, p. 411: 75, p. 128; 66:8.
G.G. 47:364; 111.29:271,— Resembles /, eaucanai in
habit and stste but has narrower spathe-valves which
ore not inflated.
92. cauctsica, Hofim. Lvs. about 6: st. very short,
1-4-fld,: fls. pale or bright yellow: outer a^ms. with an
ovate blade and a very broad rhomboidal cUw, with
small auricles and a toothed or ciliated crest; inner
segms. oblanceolate. Caucasus to Asia Minor, etc.
Gt. 1874:800. G.L.A. 9:409.— Dwarfer habit than
I. orckioidet.
93. FoBteriAna, Aitch. A Baker. Lvb. S-10 in. long:
St. 6-8 in, long, 9^12 in, long after flowering, hidden by
the clasping lvs., 1-2-fld.: outer Begma. yellow, streaked
with black, obovate-cuneate; claw not auriculate;
inner segms. shorter, obovate, bright PUiTJe. March.
Afghan and Russian boundary. B.M. 7215. — Very
diserent from the allied species /. orcAioufei and /.
gindjarensii, and so on, on account of the difference in
color of the sepals and petals.
94. uerUea, Fedtsch. (/. eaucdnca var. ezrfdeo,
Regel, /. OTchi/Ades var, aeridea, Hort.). Lvs, about 6:
at. about 15 in, high, bearing 3-4 fls, in the axils of the
lvs.: fls. bright Ulac; outer segms. with a ligulate claw
expanded sCghtly at the base and an obovate-oblong
blade with a conspicuous whitish crest and a yellow
blotch on the throat; inner segms. pendent, with a
narrow pointed lanceolate blade. Turkestan.
95. warle^Cnsis, Foster. Lvb. 6-7, 6 in. king, 1-lH
in. bnud, with a conspicuous homy margin: st. 1 ft.,
3-5-fld.: fla. eesaile; outer s^ma. with a. strap-shaped
claw expanding into an orbicular blade, deep violet
with a whitish creat and an orange patch at the throat,
claw pale violet with deeper markings; inner seems.
narrow, pale blue, purple, or violet, cuapidate. Turk-
estan. B.M. 7956. Gn. 61, p. 241; 72, p. 635. G.G.
111.31:386. J.H. III. 44:339. F.S.R. 3:344. G.M.
46:322,
96. sindjarinsis, Boiss. Lvb. about 8, crowded,
distichous, glossy above, conspicuously striated below,
8-10 in. long, VA-2 in. broad: st. 6-9 in. long, 3-6-fld.:
fls. slaty lilac; outer segms. with an obovate, reflexed
blade narrowed to a claw, with darker lilac lines and
a small yellow crest; inner aegms. <^long, clawed. Feb.
Desert* of Mesopotamia. B.M. 7145, 0.0.111.7:365.
J.H. III. 28:227; 48:97. Gn. 69, p. 134. Gn.W.
21:260; auppl. pi,— Plants >^tt. high. Var. assyiUca,
Lynch (f. ataydaca, Hort. or Hausskn,), is a white
variety from Mesopotamia. Gn. 69, p, 195. G.L.A.
9:409,
97. finndsa, Boias. & Hausskn. Lvs. about 10: et.
6 in, long: outer segms. spatulate^lanceolate, re-
curved above the middle, claw with a yellow crest;
r segms. minute, spatulate, toothed. The fla. are
\
IRIS
98. orchioldes, Carr. (I.eaueiinea, Regel). Fig. 1977.
Lv8. alwut 6: at. 12-15 in. low, with distinct inter-
nodes: spatbes 1-fid., 2 in. long: Be. yellow; outer aegiuB.
with an obovat« blade, and a purple blotch on each aide
of the crest of the claw; inner segniH. oblanceolat«, leas
than an inch long, and generally sharply deflexed, with a
long aiifonnclaw. B.M. 7111. Gn. 53, p. 482. R.H.
1880, p. 337. Spring. Var. ocuUlta, Maxun. Blade of
the outer segmB. moie spotted.
A. Si. 1 ft. or more in Unglh.
B. Tube vOTi tKort or none.
c. Ciav! of At ouler nvu. pan-
durate 99. XlpUum
cc. Cletc of tht outer itonu. broad-
il/ eurteate 100. riphloldai
BB. 7ute luudUu mart than !^in. long.
c.OulrrbuB>-coattlhiel!andUatherv.lOl, jiiDcca
cc. Outer bi^t-coats thin membranous.
D. Outer aefrm*. unCA a rudimentart/
beard I
DD. Outer legma. not bearded.
■. Inner legTne. cboraie-Uineeo-
late, emarginale 1
■B. Inner letriru. lanceolate,
pointed 1
AA. iSf. very ehort or none.
D. Luf. acutelv quadranffular.
C. The tvt. MTV ehori at /loaerino
lime.. ..I
cc, 7*^ Ire. lone, much oterlopping
Ihe/U.
D. Inner eegme. Mancrotate. . . . 100. HlMtio
DD. Inner tegme. HneaT-iaiueolate....lVI . Vartanll
BB. Lm. e^indrioid, 3-ribbed 108. Baktriau
BBB. Lt$. linear, ihannelled tcilh thick-
ened edgee 109. Kolpakov-
IiUaiM
99. Xlphinni, Linn. (/. hiipdniea, Hort. /. gpectdb-
ilia, Spacb). Spanish Iwb. Fig. 1978. Lva. about 1 ft.
long: St. 1-2 ft. hi^: pedicel long, tube obsolete;
outer segme. 2-2!^ m. loiig. violetr-purple, yellow in
tbe center; inner segme. as long, but narrower. Late
June. Spain and N. Afr. B.M. 686. Gn. 20:442; 30,
p. 385; 54, p. 471, — Long cult, and well known. Hardy
in N. J. in protected situations. Var. lusltinica,
Poster (/. hiKit&nica, Ker). FIs. yellow. B.M.S79.
Var. Bfttandieri, Foster. FIs. pure white, except the
orange keels of the outer aegma. Lva. very glaucous.
Algeria.
100. lipUotdea, Ehrh. (/. dn^ica, Hort.;. Eno
LiaH Iris. Lva. about 1 ft.: at. 1-2 ft.: Sa. dark violet-
purple in tbe typical form; outer seems, orbicular,
yellow in the center; inner seems, worter, oblong.
French and Spanish IVrenees. B.M. 687. R.H. 1891:
36; 1907, p. 446. Gn. 30, p. 384; 31:212; 54, p. 471.
Gn.M, 15:362. G.W. 12:547 and p. 549 (vars.).
101. jflncB«, Poir. (Xiphium jtinceum, KUtt). St.
slender, erect, rigid, 9-18 in. high, bearing 1 (rarely 2)
golden yellow fls., 2-3 in. diam,: Ivs. rigid, slender,
rush-like, 18-24 in. long: outer segms. with an orbicular
blade shorter than the cunente claw, recurved and
veined with brown; inner segms. erect, oblanceolate.
May. June. Algeria, Tunis, etc. B,M. 5890. Gn.
64:470.
102 BoissiM, Heniiq, Lva. linear, very deeply
channelled, 1 ft. long: St. about a foot long, bearing few,
reduced lanceolate Ivs. and a aingle fl.; outer segma.
IVi in. long; blade obovate, refl^Ecd, as long as the
cuneate claw, bruht lilac, with a yellow keel running
down the claw, aUghtly bearded ; inner segina. as long
as the outer, erect, obovate, clawed, bright lilac. June.
8. Portugal. B.M. 7097.
107
IRIS 1681
103. fllifdlla, Boiaa., not Bunge (Xiphium ^iT^tuin,
Klatt. X. tinqilAnam, Hook,). Slender ana leafv,
about 2 ft, high, bearing 1-2 bright violet-purple da.
2-2}^ in. diam.: Ivs about 1 ft,, those of the non-
flowering bulbs twice as long, weak, Rexuous, convolute :
outer B^ms. with a narrow claw expondiiig suddenly
into a Tcflexed, auborbicular blade, bright yellow down
the center; inner segms. erect, obovate-lanceolate,
eruse, notched. S. Spain and N. W. Afr. B.M. 5928;
5981.— Intro. 1869. Hardy.
104. tingltina, Boiss. ft Reut. (J, Xiphium, Desf^).
St. stout, l~2-headed, about 2 ft. high, hidden by the
sheathing bsses of the stout, falcate Ivs,, of which there
are 6-7 on the at., the lower about I ft. long: fls. 2-3
in a cluster; outer sterns. 3 in. long, with an obovate,
reflexed blade, pale lilac, yellow in ue center, and with
a bright yellow keel down the claw- inner seRms.
shorter, oblanceolate, erect, incurved. Tangiers. B.M,
6775. Gn. 36:294; 63, p. 41; 71, p. 404; 74, p. 349;
75, p. 323. G.C.1IL37:339; 40:24; 48:16, 17. CM,
40:377. J.H, III. 50:429.
■vn. Iil> llphlim
— Tjpe of bulbou iij
(XM)
ft.: St. very short: tube 3-6 in, long; (la, bright pur-
ple, ve^ fraerant; outer segms. 2 In. long, yellow at
the claw, with a low yellow crest; inner segms. nar-
rower, Mid-April. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M. 5577.
F.S. 5, pp, 509. R.H. 1890, p. 133; 1912, p. 454.
Gt. 779; 13:452. Gn. 20:112; 64, p. 471; 59, p, 233.
G.C. II 11:501; 21:217; III. 52:339. F. 1860:161,
G, 19:466. G,M 51:695- F.W. 1871 :225. Var. hi»-
trioldes, Foster (/. hxttriiMee, Dykes). Outer aegms.
much mottled with white and Ulac on the claw and
broad, orbicular blade. Asia Minor, Persia, and the
Caucasus. Gn. 42:364; 62, p. 42 and 77, p. 42. G.M.
51, p. 87. J.H. 111. 34:111,— Early-floweruig, and fine
for pota. Var. Krilagd, Regel. FIs. red-purple, varying
1682
IRIS
IRRIGATION
greatly in shade; claw conspicuously veined. The
common wi)d form of the Caucasus. Nearly odorless.
L.B.C. 19:1829. Gt. 22:779. R.B. 18:60. G.C. U,
21:217. Var. csrUea, Hort. Azure-blue. Var. evftnea,
RegeL Blue. Gt. 23:797. Var. mlijor, Hort. Like the
t3rpe, but larger. Gn. 60, p. 198.
106. Hfstrio, Reichb. f. {Xinhium HistriOj Hook, f . /.
reticulata var. HistriOf Foster). Plants tulted, slender
and flaccid: Ivs. quadrate, with homy edges, deeply
grooved on each face, 1 ft. long: st. very short, very
slender, 1-fld.: fls. 3 in. diam.; tube 3-4 m. k>ng, blue
above; outer segms. obovate-spatulate, spreading,
deep blue, with a yellow line in the center oordered
with white and spotted and shaded with blue; inner
segms. erect, oblmiceolate^ blue. Feb. Mountains of
Palestine. B.M. 6033. Gn. 9, p. 29; 33:558. G.C. III.
12:729; 21:105; 45:55.— Related to /. reticulata,
differing only in its paler, odorless fls., which axe pro-
duced several weeks earher.
107. Vlbrtanii. Foster. Lvs. usually 2. 8-9 in. long,
slender, finally u>nger: st. very short, hidden: tube 2pi
in. long; outer segms. with a narrow claw, suddenly
enlarged into an ovate-lanceolate blade, pale, slaty
lilac, with darker veins and a crisp yellow crest down
the claw; inner segms. erect, almost linear-lanceolate,
pale lilac. Dec. Palestine, near Nazareth. B.M. 6942.
Gn. 77, p. 69. — Not scented.
108. Bakerillna, Foster. Lvs. 3-4. 6-9 in. k>nff,
finally a foot or more after flowering, hollow, cylindiiciu,
8-ribbed: fls. single, on a short peduncle, fragrant;
tube 3-6 in.; outer s^ms. with a long, obovate-
elliptical claw, and a small, ovate, reflexed bCuie, intense
violet, creamy in the center, with a yellow streak
down the claw; inner segms. shorter, erect, oblan-
ceolate. lilac; style-crests Targe, Feb., March. Arme-
nia. B.M. 7084. Gn. 37:462. G.C. III. 7:293; 21:
103; 45:53. J.H. III. 34:177; 42:142. G.M. 40:118.
109. Kolpakowsldlbia, Regel {Xipkium Kolpakowakir
hnuniy Baker). Lvs. 5-6, wrapped round by a sheath at
the base, very short at the flowering time, but growing
longer, linear, channelled, with thickened edges:
scape very short, 1-fld.; tube 2-3 in. long; outer segms.
with a long, erect claw and an ovate, acute blade, d^p
violet-purple with a yellow keel down the claw; inner
segms. oblanceolate, erect, pale lilac. Moimtains of
Turkestan. B.M. 6489. Gn. 17, p. 75; 33:558. Gt.
1878 : 939. — Very near /. reticvlalaf fls. at the same time,
and is sweet-scented.
BUBOENITB OTNAKDBIBIB.
110. Sicrninchium, Linn. (Morisa Sisyrinckiumj Ker.
Xiphium Sisyrinchiumj Baker. /. maricMeSf Regel).
St. 6-12 in. high, stout or flexuous, 1-3-headed: lvs. 2,
slender, as long as the st.: fls. fugitive, lilac-purple,
with a yellow, oblong spot on the outer semns. which
are oblong-spatulate; inner segms. narrow-umceolate,
erect, pale; style-crests large, lance-deltoid. Widely
spread through S. £u., Afr. and Asia. B.M. 1407 (not
good), and 6096. — Easily killed by frost. In /. mari'
coideSf Regel, the filaments are said to be distinct from
each other and from the style.
Of some of the names, foimd in catalogues, no complete descrip-
tion is available: /. dmas, Hort. Germanica group. — I. anfftts-
tina. Deep yellow, marked with maroon. Garden form of I. varie-
fl^ta. — I. anffuatianma, Hort. Flu. dark purple. — /. brachyaiphon.
Pale blue. Rhizomatoua. — I. britdnnica. Pale pink, with the outer
segms. veined with purple. Garden form of I. squalens. — /. Brook-
aidna, Hort. Mauve-purple. — I. oandidna. Outer segms. reddidi
rrple; inner segms. light lavender. Germanica. — I.coredna. Like
sibirioa, early and a free bloomer. — I. edina. Light purple and
violet. Var. of I. neglecta. — I. Fiaheri. Apo^n. — /. GladaUmidna.
Hybrid of L atropurpurea. Pale black, with yellow markings.
— /. grdcilia^ Lichten.^^MoraBa tenuis. See also index, p. 1668. —
/. OutUdti, Hort. — /. ignUUia, probably Ignacite. a form of L
neglecta. Lilac, with the outer segms. shaded purple. — /. liguidria.
Purple. Germanica. — /. macrdntha, Hort. Germanica. — /.
nt^fxina. Lva. short ensiform: fls. dull black to deep black.
Distinct from I. atropurpurea by its imiform dark color and dwarf
foliage. Oncocyclus. — I. pdncrea, probably pancraoe, var. of L
variegata. Buff and purple. — J. Rotnnaonidaw. F. MuelL— 'Monea
Robinaoniana. — ^7. Rudinii, Hort., Herb. Fls. black-brown and
claret. Said to be stronger and more free-flowering than the other
oncocyclus irises. — I. tid)«rdaa^ Linn.B»Hennodactylu8 tuberosua.
— I. Vogelidna. Similar to L penrica and I. Roaenbachiana, but
earlier-nowering. Fls. variable m color, diver-gray predonxinatzng;.
with violet, roee or lilac markings. Var. grandH/Ura. Large-flowerinc.
The following are garden hybrids, somettmea cult.: /. interrSana
^I. germanica X I. pumila. Several color vara, ixale yellow, atron,
lavender, and claret-red: fl.-sts. 18 in. hi^, holdins the fla. well
above the lvs. — I. mdnapur, Foster^"!. Monnieri X 1. spuria. Said
to be very omamentaL — /. ochro-oitrea or ocAa&rsa, Fo8ter»>I.
orientalis x I. aurea. Outer segms. rich jrellow with a oream-c<^ored
border; inner Begma. erect, yellowish, bilobed at the apex. S ft.
— J, pdravar or /. pdrvar, Fo8ter«>L para(k>zaxL variegata.
Sts. 2-fld.: fls. dark purine wHh the bases of the segms. pale brown
with darker markings. G.C. III. 29:308.—/. aindpera. Van Tober-
^n"I. sindjarensis X I. peraica. Intermediate between the parents
m foliage and general habit. Free-flowering: fls. bhie like tiMMe of
I. sindjarenns but lacking the ocmspiouous patch at the apex of the
outer segms.
The following species are sometimes cult: /. gracilipea. Gray.
Rootstock slender, wide-creeinng: lva finally 1 ft. long, Hin-
broad: st. S-10 in. high, forked once or twice: q>athes of a single,
membranous, scarious valve which reaches about the U^ of the
tube. 1-fld.: fls. purple or lilac; outer se^ns. obovate-cuneate,
deeply emarginate, about 1 in. long, white in the middle, veined
with purple and bearing a yellow creet; inner segms. oblanceolate
emarginate, smaller, uniformly colored. Ju)an. B.M. 7926. — ^A
small pret^ iris of the Evansia group. — I. Pilrdyi, £k»twood.
Rootstock thin and wiry: lva 1 ft. long and ^Hin. wide, thidc,
8ub-ereot: st 4-6 in. long, entirely covered Inr the idtort inflated
bracts: n>athe-valves 1H--2 in. long, inflated, the outer slightly
keeled: m. pale straw-yellow; tube 1)^-1 H in. long; outer segma.
broadly lanceolate, veined with brownish pur^; inner ae«na. lan-
ceolate, q>reading, faintly veined. Gt, 35: 1222 (as I. Douffasiana).
— ^An iris of the apogon group closely related to I. bracteata from
which it differs by the long unear perianth-tube. — I. tSnuia, Wata.
Rootstock slender, widis-creeping: lvs. thin, ensiform, 1 ft. long,
Hio. broad: st. equaling the lva, branched: q>athe-valvee scariooa,
1 in. long, 1-fld.: outer segms. oblong-q>atulate, white, y«llow at the
throat and marked with purple veins; inner segms. smaller, erect,
emarginate. Ore. G.F. 1:6. Apogon. — Rare, lound only in Ore.,
and not in cult, except possibly m colleetiona.
Two Chinese species recently c^ered in England are /. Bvl-
leydna. Dykes. Foliage grass-like: fls. described as of pretty form
though not striking, deep blue; standards blue-purple and faUa
mottled with same color on creamy ground. — J. Pdrreatii, Dykea.
Lvs. grasay, linear, 12 in., glaucous beneath: sts. numerous, aboat
12 in.: apathes green, with 1 or 2 fls.: falls with veins of dark red
or puiple-brown; blade drooping, pale lemon-yellow, sometimea
with purplish veins. G.C. III. 47:418.
HeINRICH HASSELBRINa.
IROIIWOOD: Usually Oatrya nrginiea; in & Calif., Lyofu>-
tkamnua ftoribundua; in Aria. Olneya Teaota; in Texas, Btiawlia
lycuridea. Many hardwooded plants bear this name.
IRRIGATION. Irrigation in its broadest sense
includes all problems oi oollectinff, storine, delivering,
and applying water to the land throuj^ vtie construc-
tion of dams, reservoirs, canals and laterals, and the
application of power when necessary to deliv^ the
water; while in a restricted horticultural sense it is a
method of cultivation, having for its object to increase
and regulate the water-supply in the soil.
In this latter sense, irrigation is a necessarv practice
in the arid regions, and is advisable in the humid
regions in proportion to the intensity of the cultivation
and the value of the crop grown. Thus in Florida, with
an average of 60 to 70 inches of annual rainfall — ^usually
well distributed — ^irrigation has been Isorgely introduced
in the past few years for horticultural crops and evai
for tobacco, as an insurance against loss or damage b^
the occasional drou^ts. The first cost of a small im-
gation plant in Florida, for 20 acres or over^ is said to
be approximately $100 to $150 an acre; the mterest on
which, and the necessary repairs, would amount to
$5 to $10 an acre each year. This is a small expendi-
ture, to insure a crop against loss or injury where the
value to the acre is so great as in many horticultural
lines. Irrigation is needed not only to prevent the
actual death of the plants, but to promote a uniform,
rapid, and continuous growth, which is necessary for
the development of the finest texture or flavor of the
commercial crop.
King has shown that the value of a crop saved in
Wisconsin, such as the strawberry, in a season when the
crops generally are injured by orought, may pay all
the expenses of the original cost of the imgation
plant.
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
1683
In the semi-Arid re^ons west of the 100th meridian,
with a rainfall of 20 mches or less, crops are liable to
be entire failures three or four vears out of five; while
with an irrigation plant there should not be a failure
one year in five. In the arid regions with less than 15
inches of rain, irrigation is a necessity on most soils.
Here the work has been highly organized and sys-
tematized, so that the cost of water delivered at me
field amounts to $2 to $5 an acre each year. Under
skilful management, the most abundant yields are
secured. The most careful management is re|quired in
the application of water to prevent serious injury to
the kmd and to avoid actual injurv to the crop in ren-
dering the plants tender and liable to disease, and in
maintaining the quahtv and flavor, both of wnich are
liable to depreciate unless good juagment is displayed
in supplying water.
Sources of watersupjAy,
The principal sources of water-supply are streams,
surface wells, artesian wells, and the storage of storm
waters. For small irrigated tracts near cities, the city
water-suppl]^ may often be used to advantage. In
other localiues the nature of the conditions will deter-
mine the most economical source from which to secure
the water. Perpetually flowing str^uns, if situated in
such a way that water can be carried to the land by
gpivity, have the advantage of cheapness of construc-
tion and maintenance. On the otner hand, if the
stream supplies others in the conmiunity, there is liable
to be trouble and expense in establishing and maintain-
ing water-right clauns and in securing water when
n(^ed for the crop. Questions arising out of the
water-ri^ts on streams and rivers in the western
states, with the various state laws, the multiplicity of
coiurt decisions on the most intricate legal questions —
both in different states and different countries along the
line of Uie stream — ^the absence in most states of ade-
quate jx>lice or judicial powers vested in the iirigation
commissioner, have led to the most perplexing and
bewildering state of affairs, and have involv^ the
states and individuab in enormous costs for lawsuits,
resulting in many cases in the apportionment of many
times the volume of the stream to the settlers along
its bank.
The large planter must seek some perennial and
abundant supply of water, as is furnished by streams,
but it is safe to say that all streams of any size in the
west^ part of the United States are already i4>propri-
ated to tneir fuUest extent, although the water so appro-
priated is not all in present use. Smaller planters are
much more independent with some of the other sources
of supply mentioned above. WeUs from 10 to 20 feet
deep, with pumps operated by windmills, or wells of a
maximum depth of 50 feet operated by manv forms of
gasolene, hot-air or portable engines, attached to direct-
acting pumps or centrifugal pumps, form in general a
verv satisfactory means of irrigating small areas.
Over limited areas artesian wells have been very suc-
cessfuUy used. If thev are flowing wells delivering a
considerable stream, the^ can be used over small areas
without storage reservoirs, or over much larger areas
with reservoirs. They should be capped in all cases,
where possible, so that the flow can be stopped when
not actually needed.
In many places it is possible, at a comparatively small
expense, to construct a dam to collect the storm waters.
The magnitude and expense of such work will depend
entirely on the configuration of the surface, the area
of the watershed, the volume of the water to be handled
as well as the nature of the soil, and the material out of
which the dam is to be constructed.
Methods of raising water.
Various methods are used for raising water from
streams, wells, or storage reservoirs which may lie
below the general level of the land to be irrigated.
Hydraulic rams are sometimes used for .small areas,
but these are not economical when a small volume of
water is at hand, as only about one-seventh of the water
can be collected. Open buckets carried on an endless
belt, operated by either windmills, or steam-power or
even horse-power, are used with success and offer the
advantage of cheap construction. The ordinary cylinder
or plunser pumps are usually employed when the water
has httle or no sediment, and are operated by wind-
mills or by steam or other form of engine. Wiien the
water carries considerable sediment such pumps are
liable to wear away rapidly, and the centrifugal pump
is the most economical form to use. The relative first
cost of equipment for pumping with windmills or witli
gasolene or hot-air engines of approximately equal
horse-power is about the same. The windmiU, however,
is dependent upon a mean velocity of wind of about 8
iniles an hour, while the eufone may be operated at any
time, and is thus more rdiable when either form of
motive power is taxed to nearly the extreme limit.
There are many kinds of windmills on the market,
and many forms of home-made construction are in use.
Storing and condttcHng water.
Storage reservoirs for streams and for storm waters
vary in size and in cost as well as in mode of construc-
tion according to the character of the land, size of
area, volume of water, nature of the material of con-
struction, and demand for the water. The construo-
tion of such reservoirs sometimes involves engineering
problems of the most difficult kind, demanding the
expenditure of immense sums of money.
In the use of windmills it is necessary to have small
distributing ponds or tanxs, as the direct flow from the
pump is usually so small and varies so much with the
velocity of the wind that it cannot be depended on to
water any considerable area. Where it is stored it can
be turned out on the land in large volumes, so tti&t it
spreads over the surface and waters the whole area uni-
formly. For an ordinary windmill the ponds are from
50 to 100 feet square. They can be stocked with fish and
thus be a source of some revenue and variety in the
family suppUes. Unless the pond is situated on a shght
elevation, the earth for the embankment must be taken
from the outside. The banks are usually made with a
slope of l}4 to 1 foot. For a bank 5 feet high and 2 feet
across the top, the side would be about T^^f^et and the
base about 13 feet wide. If the ground is at all pervious
to water, the bottom of the pond should be protected
from undue seepage and loss of water by puddling.
This should be done with clay, if this is obtainable.
This puddling is often done by driving horses or cattle
in the pond while the surface is wet. A pond of the
size incucated above, operated by a windmill where the
mean wind velocity is about 8 miles an hour, will
irrigate from 3 to 5 acres of land in the semi-arid regions.
Such a pond could be counted upon to irrigate from 5 to
10 acres where, as in the East, only one or two irri^
tions would be required during the season. The size
of the reservoirs and the area they will irrigate, when
supphed by steam or other kind of engine, will depend
upon the available water-supply and upon the size of
pump and power used.
Ditches and flumes.
The water is usually carried from the stream or
storage reservoir by gravity in open ditches. This
involves loss by evaporation from the surface and by
seepage throu^ the soil. When the water-supply is
limited and its value is consequently great, terra-cotta
pipes, iron pipes, cement or wooden pipes may be
used. When the surface of the coimtry is imeven and
ravines have to be crossed, flumes are used to carry
the water on an even grade across the depression.
These flumes may be iron pipes, open wooden troughs,
16S4
IRRIGATION
or wooden pipes held together with substantial hoops.
If the depreesioii is not too great the ditch may be built
up on an earth embankment. When the water has to
paaa through a gravelly soil, or when for other reasons
the soil is very pervious, special precautions should be
token to prevent seepage by using pipes, cementing the
sides of the open ditch, or puddling the ditch with clay
or similar material.
Applicatian of water.
The water is usuaUy applied to the ground by flooding
orer the whole surface. For this purpose the surfaoe
tnust be pofectly level and the ground carefully pre-
pared, so that the water will flow uniformly and quickly
over the entire area and be of uniform depth tluough-
out. When crops are cultivated in rows or on beds,
the water is allowed to flow down in the troughs between
the rows, and there must be a sufficient head of water
to reach the ends ol the rows in a reasonably short time,
so that the whole width of tbe field will be properly
watered.
Where the surface of the ground is so uoevea that
surface flooding cannot be used, basine arc formed by
throwing up slight ridges, with a plow or other im|^
ment, and the water turned into these basins in succes-
sion and allowed to accumulate to a sufficient extent.
This method is particularly apj)bcable to fruit trees,
although it is occasionslly used m other crops. In very
sandy soils the water is occasionally earned tbrougn
the field in wooden troughs, which admit of sufficient
seepage to water the land. This prevents the undue
seepage which might occur in such soils if the water was
flowed over the surface. Another method is to dis-
tribute the water through the field in iron pipes, with
openings at frequent in(«rvals, in which noniles can be
attached to deliver a fine spray over a small area. With
four or five such nozzles an attendant c»n water a con-
siderable area of ground in the course of a day. Such
an irrigating outfit in Florida was supplied with a
power equivalent to about one horse-power an acre.
The mains and laterals were of 1-inch or IJ^inob iron
pipes laid near the surface ot the ground, Uie laterals
about 100 feet apart, with hydrantseverySOfeet. Tanks
were originally used, but it was found desirable to
pump directly into the mains ta insure a sufficient
pressure.
Care should be exercised in applying water to the
land. Where water is plentiful there is a common prac-
ino. Sob^nlcstlos with two nm* «( tUe.
lice of using such an excess ss to injure the flavor of
fruit, increase the Lability of disease, and eventually
injure the land by the accumulation of seepage waters
and of alkali. As a rule, there has been very much more
damage from over-irr^tion than from the use of too
little water. The first two or three years a soil usually
requires a considerable amount of water, but after
becoming well moistened to a considerable depth it
IRRIGATION
should require comparatively little water thereafter
to maintain its fertihty. As it is not easy to apply just
the proper amount, the excess should be provided for.
If there is any reason to fear lack of drainage, the land
should be thoroughly underdrained before irrigation
is started, or at any subsequent time when the need
apparent.
of watering the soil in this way, it is poor economy to
allow the wat«r to escape by evaporation or otherwise;
therefore every precaution uioulo be used in thorough,
subsequent cultivation and in the exclusion of weeds,
to conserve the moisture so applied. The intelligeot
horticulturist will find that in tne use of this expennve
method of maintaining a proper water-supply in the
soil, it ia incumbent upon Dim, even more uioo if the
method were not used, to give careful attention to all
the ordinary methods of preparation and cultivation in
order to maintain tbe advantages he has established by
the irrigation plant. Milton Whttnkt
Sab-irrigatlon in the greenhouse.
The teim sub-irrigation is used to describe a method
of supplying water to the roots of plants by means of
some form of conduit placed below the surface of the
soil. In greenhouse operations, the essential features
of the plan are a level water-tight bench-bottom, and
tile, or pipes, to serve as conduits for the water. The
tile, or pipes, are laid directly on the bench-bottom, and
over these the soil is spread, usually to the depth ot
about 6 inches. When water is introduced in sufficient
cguantities through the tile or pipes, it passes out at the
joints, or perforations into the soil.
When applied to greenhouse operations, the term
sub-waterinjf has been proposed by E. S. GofI, for the
reason tliat irrigation is used to denote watering on a
large scale outKif-doors. It may be said, however, that
the words watering and irrigation do not indicate tbe
scale of operations with any degree of accuracy; there-
fore it seems as well to uae an old word as to coin
one, especiaJly when the familiar word expresses tba
meaning intended.
Experiments in watering plants by this method were
begun in the winter of 1890 and 1891, at the Ohio
Experiment Station. The suggestion came from tbe
result obtained in an effort to check the lettuce rot.
Water was introduced to the soil in boxes by means
of a pipe, in a manner similar to the method often
employed in watering hills of melons and cucumbers.
^\'hen the plants were watered in this manaer, the let-
tuce showed so much more vigor than that watered in
the ordinary way, that operations were begun at once
on a larger scale; first in a bed on the ground having a
clay bottom, then on a water-tight bench, made of
lumber, and finally, on tile benches, covered with cement.
In all of the earlier experiments the water was intro-
duced through pipes, or droin-tiie, laid about 2 feet
apart on the bottom of the benches. GoS has used
brick instead of tile, placing them near enough together
to touch. They were set on edge in a golvaniied iron
pan, made for the purpose. J. C. Arthur cUpped off the
comers of the bncks. so as to facilitate tne flow of
water. The Ohio Station has modified this plan by
using common drain-tile, laid so as to touch, thus cover-
ing the entile bench bottom, instead of lines of tila
every 2 fnot, as at first.
Benches made of lumber have proved unsatisfactory
because of the swelling and warping of the boards.
Solid beds on the ground have not been successful,
except where an impervious clay bottom existed. Gal-
vanized iron odds greatly to the cost of construction,
and lasts only a short time. The only suitable bench for
greenhouse sub-irrigation is one made of materiida
which are not acted upon by water.
IRRIGATION
A weU-mode tile-aod-cement beoch seems to be the
only form of conatructioii that will meet the require-
ments. Such a bench doee not cost so much as to pre-
clude ita use, and will last as loQft 88 any other part of
the greenhouse. In describing Buch a bench, it will not
be necessary to enter into details, except such as relate
to the method of watering under dkBcuxBion, The bench
must be water-ti^t, and this eesential condition is
secured by spreadmg a layer of cement, an inch or more
in thickness, over the tile bottom. It is not a matter of
any moment whether flat tile or common drain-tile are
used, except tn the quantity of cement required. Tlie
cement must be spread with core, so as to secure a per-
fectly flat level Iwttom, otherwise the wat«r will not
Bow uniformly in all directions. The sides of the benchea
are made of cement also, but need be only 2 or 3 inches
high, or of sufficient height merely to retain the water.
Boards or slate are placed outside the cement wall to
retain the soil. The tile-bottom may rest on iron at
wood cross-pieces. Wood has been in use for this pup-
)Ki0e at the Ohio Station for twenty yeara and shows no
signs of decay, because it is out of reach of the water.
Twentv years' experience shows that a perfectly con-
structed Ijench-bottoro, with the tile laid 2 feet apart,
will serve satisfactorily in distributing the water to all
parts of the bed, provided the tile ore straight, so as not
to impede the flow of water. The tile are laid in the
same manner as tile-drains, and lengthwise or cnm-
wise the bed, as preferred. Better results are usually
secured if they are laid crosswise than lengthwise, as it
b difficult to secure an even flow from long lines of tile.
A little cement or mortar is used at each joint simply to
hold the tile in place when the soil is put in the bench,
but not enough to impede the flow of water from the
joints. The first tile where the water is introduced is
laid at an angle^ one end resting on the edge of the
bench aide. Thjs leaves a wide opening at the first
joint, which is closed with cement. A better plan is to
use a curved sewciHpipe for the inlet, but this is not
always available. Tbc picture (Fig. 1979} shows how
the tile is laid on the bench bottom, being a view of a
side bench in a carnation-house.
Following Goffs suggestion in the use of brick, tiles
have been used over the entire bench-bottom with good
results, and it seems probable that this will be found
. to be the best form of construction, as it appears
more certainly to insure an even distribution of water.
The method of oonstruction is the same as above
described, for the two plans differ only in the number
of tiks employed to distribute the water. When the
IRRIGATION
1685
will reach the soil, when capilli , .. .
plete the distribution. Fig. 1980 shows a bench
tomato house constnicled after this plan. AA are me
inlets; B the irrigating tile, from which the soil baa been
removed; C is the tile oench-bottom. covered with
cement. The same size of tile, viz., 2Jr^ or 3-inch, is
used both above and below. D is the cement aide, which
has been broken away to show the method of construo-
tion. The outer board has been removed also.
The cost of construction need not be diacumed here,
except to state that the only items extru, more than are
required in any well-conBtructed greenhouse, are the
cement bottom and the tile in which the water is di»-
tributod.
A plan has been devised for applying water to small
plants in flats wbich may properly be mentioned under
this head. The flats are shallow boxes with slatted bot-
toms. When the plants require water, the flats are
placed in a shallow vat of water and allowed to remain
until the surface of the soil appears to be damp, or
A watering in this manner is far more efficient than
by the ordinary method. Taken in connection with
sub-irrigation in the benches, a crop of lettuce cui be
brought to marketable aiio nearly two weeks earlier
than when aurface-watering is practised. Anything like
a full discussion of results of experiments in watering
plants in the greenhouse by sub-irrigation would be too
voluminous for on article in this oonnection. A brief
review of the results obtained at some of the stations,
together with a short discusnon of some general prin-
ciples, will serve the purpose intended. The increase in
weight of lettuce from sub-irrigated plats over those
watered in the ordinary maimer has been reported by
Rane, as 26 per cent and by Goff and Cranefleld as M
per cent. At the Ohio Station the rouge has been from
2S to 100 per cent. In the tatter case the result was
obtained by commencing with the plants as soon as
taken from the seed-bed, and carrying the two lots
throu^ to the termination of the experiment, one by
watering altogether on the surface of the soil, the other
by Bubirrigation. Each of the experimenters speaks of
a gain in carlineas of several days, by sub- irrigation.
Rane secured similar results with long-rooted radishes
by this method of watering, but not with the turnip-
rooted sorts, while Munson doubled the crop by water-
ing below. Better results have usually been secured at
the Ohio Station with the turnip-rooted than with the
long varieties, but in all cases there has been a gain in
favor of sub-irrigation, varying from 50 to 100 per cent.
Rane found that rab-iirigalion increased the yield of
tomatoes, but the gain was not large. Essentially the
same results have been secured in Ohio. The tomato
crop has not been greatly influenced by the manner in
which the water was applied, and the same is true of
beets, while sub-irrigated cucumbers and parsley have
shown a decided gain over surface-watered. Carnations,
roses, chrysanthemums, aweet peas, violets and amilax
have been under experiment by the two methods of
watering, and while no such marked results have been
secured as with lettuce and radishes, the sub-irrigated
plats have shown superiority over those watered in the
ordinary manner, in nearly all cases. With carnations
the improvement has been mainly in length and stifi-
Aside from the increase of crop secured by sub-irri-
gation, there are other considerations which may be
urged in its favor, and these are embodied in the fol-
lowing general propositions:
I. Watering by fiA-irrimlum in Oie gntnhmae »ave»
labor. The amount of labor saved depends mostly
upon the completeness of the arrangements for waters
ing, but there is a saving in the number of applications
as well. It is possible to reduce the time employed in
watering a house, or series of houses, to one-fifth the
time usually required.
1686
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
2. Watering by aub-irrigatian cisaures an abundant
and tmifarm supply of water to all parts of the bed. Per-
fect construction of the benches is assumed in this case,
but with such construction watering becomes almost
automatic, the only care necessary being to look after
such portions of the beds as may, by position, be sub-
ject to imusual conditions of air or sunlight.
3. Where sub-irrigation is practised in the greenhouse^
the surface of the soil does not become compacted^ but
retains its original looser friable condition. It is true
that where frequent syringing is practised the sur-
face of the soil becomes more or less hardened, but not
to the extent that occurs in surface-watering, and the
condition is easily remedied, whereas in the other case
it is not. It follows that a heavier soil may be used for
sub-irrigation than with surface-watering.
Still other considerations might be urged in favor of
this method of watering, but manv of them would apply
to special cases only. Regarding the effect of the method
upon insects and diseases, but little can be said. Let-
tuce rot is less prevalent upon sub-irrigated plats than
upon those which are surface-watered, but in extreme
cases plants succumb to the disease, whichever method
of watering is practised. Munson found that radishes
suffered more from the attacks of millipedes upon sub-
irrigated plats than upon plats watered in tne usual
manner. Nematodes work upon the roots oi roses,
whichever way the plants are watered. The manner of
watering has no apparent effect upon the red-spider.
Even in houses watered wholly by sub-irrigation this
pest is no worse than in houses where the water is
applied to the surface of the soil. It may be said, how-
ever, that nearly all classes of plants are more easily
kept in a healthy growing condition, and are thus better
able to resist enemies of all sorts, when sub-irrigated
than when supplied with water in the ordinary way.
This method of applying water to plants m green-
house benches has now been sufficiently tested to
determine its value. All that now remains is to devise
ways and means to utilize what is known concerning it.
The adaptation to suit particular cases must be made by
individuals, but this wul be far easier in the future than
in the past, because better methods of construction
prevail than formerly. The success of sub-irrigation in
the greenhouse is now simply a question of mechanics.
W. J. Green.
Irrigation for vegetable-growers and other gardeners.
In this Cyclopedia, it is not the purpose to discuss
the general agricultural practice of irrigation but rather
those j^ases that apply particularly to gardening
operations. In arid countries, the garden irrigation
practice will naturally follow the general methods of
* the region. In humid countries or regions, the prac-
tices may be very special. In the growing of straw-
berries and garden vegetables in the eastern United
States, specif irrigation practices are developing, and
these may be briefly considered.
Success in crop-growing depends on many factors.
If one of these factors is deficient to such an extent as
to limit the crop in yield or quality, no. excess of the
other factors wul suffice to make up the lack. Thus,
if nitrogen is present in the soil in only very minute
quantities, no amount of phosphorus or potash will
enable the plant to offer the husbandman a worthy
harvest. In vegetable-giurdemng the amounts expended
in making the various conditions favorable are rela-
tively large. Accordingly, if one factor is deficient,
the loss is very heavy. Perhaps the moisture factor is
more often to be charged with the responsibility for
poor returns than any other single deficiency.
We are told that 10 inches of rainfall in a year is
sufficient for the production of successful crops under
the methods of dry-farming. We are told that 20
inches of precipitation is sufficient for the production
of successful crops under ordinary farm methods —
provided it is well distributed throughout the year.
Most places in the eastern states enjoy from 30 to 40
inches of rainfall a year. Nevertheless, there is hardly
a season in which crops, and especially vegetable
crops, do not suffer for lack of moisture during at least
a month. The solution of this seemins paradox lies
in the fact that our rainfall is poorly distributed through
the growing season. We may have as much as 9 inches
in a single month, and occasionally less than 1 inch.
The tot£d for three months in succession may be as low
as 4 inches. Even such a condition as this does not
frequentlv appear upon the weather records; for a
penod of drought may be followed by torrential rains
sufficient to make up the average rainfall after the
harm is done.
In view of these conditions, it is necessary that the
vegetable-grower take measures to prevent the loss,
through lack of sufficient moisture, of all the time ana
money that he has invested in land, tillage, fertilizer,
seed, planting, cultivation, and care, to say nothing
of the loss of me profit which he may reasonably expect.
He may accomplish much bv so managing his land as
to conserve to the utmost the rainfall that is his. He
may leave his land rough over winter to prevent run-
off, he may harrow frequently till plantmg time, he
may maintain an effective miuch throughout the sea-
son; even so through lack of rainfall — through absence
of moisture to be conserved — he naay lose his whole
crop or so much of it that he might better have left
the ground implanted.
Within the past ten years, the possibilities of irriga-
tion have become apparent to many vegetable-pro-
ducers. They have found that the elimination of the
moisture factor as one of the obstacles to successful
crop^production has made possible laiger yields, better
quality and early maturity, with all the advantages in
economy of management and in returns that accom-
pany these gains. Irrigation has proved of e^)ecial value
when sowings are made in midsummer for autumn
maturity, at transplanting time, and as crops approach
harvest.
Surface irri^tion is practised to a very limited extent
in the East. The method consists in conducting water
along the end of the plat to be irrigated and aUowing
it to flow into furrows between the rows of the crop.
It is best to permit the water to reach the far end of the
row as soon as possible and then allow it to be absorbed
evenly throughout the length. If this is not done, the
part of the field next the supply-ditch will receive
much more water than the remainder. This form of
irrigation is useful on level land where there is abun-
dance of water and where the soil is suitable. light
soils drink up the moisture so rapidly that an even
distribution of the water is difficult and uniform results
may not be secured.
Boston gardeners employ hose in watering their
plantations. A system of underground pipes is installed
m such a way that 50 feet of hose will reach all parts of
the block. The cost of installation for the first acre is
reported in a Massachusetts bulletin as being about
$65 and successive acres may be piped for approxi-
mately $50. An acre may be given 1 inch of water by
one man, using 1 ^-inch hose, in five or six hours. Hose
irrigation is objectionable on accoimt of the disturbance
of plants, the danger of injury to the physical condi-
tion of the soil, the amount of labor, and the frequent
replacement of hose.
Sub-irrigation is practised in certain districts of
Florida and on some muck land areas in the North.
In the Sanford, Florida, district, which is t3rpical, the
water-supply is from artesian wells. The land is under-
laid with tile which is accessible at both its highest
and its lowest points. Thus it serves for both watering
and drainage. The impervious bottom which under-
lies the soil is essential for the successful operation of
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
1687
the plan. On the muck lands of the North, the obiect
is accomplished by closing the drainage outlets and so
raising tne water-table that the surface soil is moist-
ened. It is not f^ood practice to keep the water-table
high, because it mhibits the proper root-development
of the plants.
Growers of vegetables in the eastern half of the
United States are using various types of overhead
irrigation far more than other methods. These sys-
tems usually involve the establishment of lines of pipe
mounted on posts and carrying either sprinklers or
small nozzles. These lines are so spaced that the
ground may be evenly covered by the spray. Some
types of sprinklers are so constructed as to revolve
and cover an area of perhaps 25 feet radius. These are
objectionable because they cannot cover the ground
as evenly as other types.
More commonlv employed are small nozzles which
consist merely of a tnreaded plug of brass through
which a straight hole is accurately drilled. These are
set in holes in the pipe-line. Recently various modifica-
tions and improvements in these nozzles have been
made. The nozzle line is screwed together and mounted
on the posts, and a special machine equipped with a
small level is iised for tapping and threading the holes.
The nozzle line is mounted with a union m which is
set a handle for turning to cast water far to each side or
to cover the near gound by throwing vertically. The
nozzles are usually spaced about 3 feet apart and throw
a fine solid stream which breaks at some distance from
the opening. When the water reaches the mund, it is
a fine mist similar to a lij^t rain. Twenty-nve to forty
pounds of pressure is sufficient to cover a belt ranging
from 20 to 30 feet on either side of the line.
A long line, of say 300 feet, would consist of 100 feet
of 1 J^-inch pipe, 100 feet of 1-inch pipe, and 100 feet
of Ji-inch pipe.
Nozzle Imes are supported in many different ways.
The consensus of opimon at present is that they should
be about 7 feet above the ground to avoid interference
with work that is being done. These posts must be set
15 feet apart to carry ^-inch pipe and a little farther
apart for larger sizes. Posts of pipe or wood are most
commonly used, but suspension from a cable supported
by posts 100 feet or so apart is gaining in favor with
ve^table-gardeners.
Occasionally, for temporary purposes, as for a single
watering of young strawberry plants, the pipes are
simply laid on the ground and turned by the handles
in the usual way. Other growers have small horses
which may be placed on the ground to carry the line
temporarily. Mechanism has been devised by which a
large nimiber of lines may be automatically controlled
from a single point, tummg the spray constantly from
one side to tne other.
The main at the end of a field may be buried and the
lines supplied through risers, or it may be carried on the
first post of each of the rows which support the nozzle
lines.
Comparatively few gardens are so located that a
suitable supply of water is not available at reasonable
cost. There are several possible sources. Some gar-
deners pimip directly from streams or ponds, ordinarily
using a gasolene engine and the triplex type of pump.
In other sections, where the water-table is relatively
near the surface, and where the ground-water is abun-
dant, wells are sunk. Some employ a number of driven
wells and gather water simultaneously from all of them.
At Rochester, New Yoik, many wells of large diameter
with concrete walls are to oe found. The method
of sinking them is ingenious. A circular ditoh of the
desired diameter, say 15 to 25 feet^ and about 2 feet
wide and 4 feet deep is dug. In this is built by means of
wooden forms a concrete ring. The lower edge of this
ring is beveled outward at an angle of perhaps 30^.
The ring is strongly reinforced and short bits of pipe
are inserted radially. After the concrete in this ring
has set and the forms have been removed, the work of
digging is begun within. The earth is removed, one
man seeing that it is taken evenly from the sides of the
well under the sharpened edge. As the work progresses
the ring sinks into the ground and radial concrete
blocks are built upon it to serve as a wall. The well
may be sunk to a depth of 20 or even 25 feet. The large
diameter offers great gathering surface, and an abun-
dance of water may be secur^ from a stratum that
would not 3rield a sufficient amount by means of small
wells.
Many ^irdeners in the neighborhood of cities are
able to utilize the municipal water-supply, taking advan-
tage of the low rates which are granted to huve users.
Some are able to procure water at a cost as k>w as 6
cents a thousand gallons. This is about as cheap as
pumping.
Man3rquestions arise as to the handling of irrigation-
water. Tne practices have not been wol*ked out nearly
so fuUy in tne East as in the West. Almost no well-
planned experimental work has been conducted, and
opinions among users vary greatly. Although a few
prefer to apply water in smalTamounts and frequently,
most seem to think that thorough irrigation is prefera-
ble. Most men water at night or when it is cloudy, but
some do not hesitate to apply even in midday, thinking
that the plants are benefitea by the cooling. It is well
so to plan the work that the ground will not be muddy
at harvesting-time. With tomatoes, precautions must be
taken against cracking. This is usually occasioned by
heavy watering after the plants have been kept quite
dry. Lettuce requires special care to avoid the develop-
ment of rots of various sorts.
The use of irrigation-water does not relieve the
grower of the necessity for good drainage or careful
conservation of moisture. The former guards agidnst
overwatering or heavy rains which may come just
after a thorough irrigation. The latter saves water,
which is costly and keeps the soil in better physical
condition.
Overhead irrigation systems are used to some extent
for spraying, for the apphcation of fertilizers^ and for
frost protection. In some cases the water is heated
before it passes to the nozzle lines.
It makes little difference how perfect a system of
irrigation equipment one may have installecL or how
smoothly the pump works, or what a beautiful spray
the nozzles throw on the crop if the returns are not
sufficient to justify the outlay. This suggestion raises
the questions of cost and of gain in market value of
the crop. The first cost for equipping an acre is stated
by manufacturers to be in tne neighborhhood of
$125 to $150, making use of new pipe. Some men have
economized in various ways and have achieved the
desired result at lower cost, although many figures
that are given are misleading because the very impor-
tant labor of the owner in installing the S3r8tem has
been neglected.
It reauires 27,152 gallons of water to cover an acre
1 inch aeep. This amount of water is applied through
^inch nozzles at the usual spacings in eight and one-
half hours. Water may be pumpea ordimirily at 2 to
6 cents a thousand g^ons.
Many growers can give very inspiring figures as' to
the results that they have secured by means of irriga-
tion equipment. One well-known New Jersey grower
is reported on first-rate authority to have secured
twenty-five tons of beets to the acre and 620 bushels
of potatoes from the same area. A crop of onions worth
$1,500 has been taken off a 5-acre piece early enough
to permit a later crop of Golden Self-blanching celery
to be matured. Another grower reports that an outlay
of $300 to $400 saved several thousand dollars worth
of celery, whereas an unwatered acre and a half was a
complete failure.
1688
IRRIGATION
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
The Ontario Agricultural College reports experiments
as follows: Non-
Irrigatod. irrigatecL
Maturity-
Leaf June 22 July 4
Head July 10 July 26
Weight of crop—
Lastf 20 lbs., 5 on. 11 lbs.. 3 oss.
Head 261ba.,15oM. 9 lbs., 1 oa.
Quality Fine Bitter
At the outset it was pointed out that the heavy cost
involved in making conditions favorable for crop-pro-
duction renders it almost essential that vigorous meas-
ures be taken to prevent loss by drou^t. Now that the
possibilities aiid advantages of irrigation have been
mdicated, it is well to emphasize the importance of
making every other condition favorable. If every
factor 18 favorable except the moisture factor and one
other, and money is invested in irrigation, and the other
factor prevents the maturing of a profitable crop, the
situation of the grower is worse than before by the
amount of his new investment.
An application of water equal to an inch of rain over
an acre requires 27,152 gallons, as has been said.
To deliver this water, No. 1 Skinner nozzles with
pressure of forty pounds should be placed 4 feet apart
in the line and the lines should be 56 feet apart; nine
hours and twenty-three minutes at forty pounds pres-
sure is the time required. The disharge for each nozzle
is 24.1 gallons a mmute.
Ninety-four and two-tenths feet of elevation gives
forty pounds pressure.
A four horse-power gasolene engine and duplex pump
will deliver approximately 100 gallons a minute at
thirty pounds pressure, at a cost of roughly 10 cents
an hour.
A 23^inch pipe will deliver 100 sallons a minute
at a distance of 100 feet, and a Zy^incn pipe is required
for distances between 500 and 700 feet.
With No. 1 outdoor nozzles, a nozzle line 150 feet
long may be composed entirely of J^-inch pipe.
A line 250 feet long needs 100 feet of ^-mch and 150
feet of 1-inch pipe.
A line 700 feet long needs 90 feet of Ji-inch, 160 feet
of 1-inch, 175 feet of IJi-inch, 175 feet of IJ^inch
and 100 feet of 2-inch pipe. Paul Work.
ISABfiLIA (Isabel, Comtesse d' Eu, patroness of
horticulture). Orchiddcex. One Brazilian creeping
epiphyte, 1-1 vd., with small reticulated pseudobulb,
said to require treatment of maxillaria. /. virgindliSf
Rodr. Fls. white, solitary; sepals nearly equ^ the
middle one free, ^e others connate and produced into
a spur; petcds sm^, narrow, the hp upright, entire.
0. 1911, p. 8. — ^Apparently little known in cult.
L. H. B.
ISATIS (ancient name, of obscure meaning). Crur
dferse. Herbs, for ornament and for dyeing.
Annual, biennial, perennial; erect, branching, gla-
brous or pubescent or rarely tomentose: Ivs. undivided,
the upper ones clasping and auricled: fls. small, yellow,
many m lax racemes, without bracts; sepals and ^tals
4: pod large and mostly flat, pendulous, linear to oolong
or obovate or even nearly circular, indehiscent, strong-
ribbed on either side, 1-seededj the stigma sessile;
radicle mostly incumbent. — Species about 50, Eu., N.
Afr.. Asia.
Tnis genus includes the dyer's woad, /. h'w/oria,
formerly cultivated for a blue dye but no longer adver-
tised. Csesar relates that the ancient Britons used the
woad for staining their bodies, and the word Britain
itself comes from an old Celtic word meaning painted.
Before indigo became common in Europe, the dyer's
woad produced the chief blue coloring matter for woolen
cloth. The introduction of indigo m the seventeenth
century destroyed this important industry, not without
opposition. Dioeoorides and Pliny mention both the
dyer's woad and indigo.
tinctdria, Ldnn. Rather tall; dabrous or neariy ao»
and glaucous: biennial, l}i-3 ft.: st.-lvs. lanceolate,
entire, sessile, somewhat arrow-shaped: fls. small, yel-
low, oome in early summer, on panided racemes:
instead of a pod, opening lengthwise oy valves, it has a
closed fr. like the samara of an ash, 1-oelled, l-eeeded«
indehiscent, winff-like. S. E. Eu. and probably east-
ward; now widely naturalized in Eu. — The cult, form
is sometimes distinguished as var saAvOy DC., with
broad glabrous Ivs.
glatoL Auch. Perennial, g^ucous, the st. thick, 2-4
ft., and bearing a large panicle: Ivs. glabrous, entire,
the radical oblong and the cauUne very small: fls.
yellow: pod about J^in. long, linearK>blong, obtuse or
truncate-retuse. Asia Minor, Persia. G.M.47:492. —
Offered abroad.
/. BowirriAna, Reichb. Annual, 12 in.: baaal Itb. cuneAie-
oblooc, toothed; upper Ivs. entire, oblonc: fls. yellow: pod pube*-
oent, Tsrious. Turkestan. j^^ g^ ^^
fSCHAKUlf: Biarum.
ISCHNOSIPHON (name refers to the narrow corolla-
tube). MaranUicex, Upward of a dozen calathea-like
perennial herbs or bamboo-Uke plants of S. Amer..
belonging to that ffroup of the family having l-ce11ea
rather than 3-celled ovary (and so differing from CaJa-
thea and Phrynium, and agreeing with Ctenanthe and
Maranta, but differing from the last two in having a
solitary staminodium). Lvs. large, coriaceous or soft:
fls. geminate, in an elongated cylindrical spike; sepals
3. tree, long-linear; corolla-tube narrow and much
elongated, the lobes lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate;
stamen-tube nearly obsolete; staminodium petal-like,
large, obovate: caps, elongated, very unecjuallv 3-
valved, 1 valve dehiscent. Tall often branching plants
with leafy sts., very little, apparently, in cult. They
are treated as calatheas or marantas. I. leucophibtiSy
Koem. (MardrUa mdtjor and CaUUhha mdjor, Hort.).
Two feet and more, nearly simple: basal lvs. ovate or
oblong, acuminate, more or less cordate at base, farinose
beneath: racemes simple, about 6, slender; corolla
white or rose-colored, the tube upwaixl of 1 in. long, the
\doeB oblong-kmceolate. Panama to BraziL L baimtra-
sHceus, Koem. {Calathka bambusdcea^ Poepp. 6l
Endl.). Bamboo-like, becoming 30 ft. or more tall,
much branched, with graceful shoots: lvs. small (3-5
in. long), somewhat ovate-lanceolate, attenuate-
acuminate, green above and glaucous beneath: raceme
^ort and s^sile, solitary or twin; ooroUa-lobes whitish
vellow, lanceolate, the tube exserted and about 1 in.
long. Peru. l. H. B.
ISLAin> DEPENDENCIES, Horticulture in. The
island dependencies of the United States coinprise
territories in both Atlantic and Pacific waters. They
are all tropical, however, and therefore may be con-
sidered together horticulturally. The islands that call
for special treatment in this work are Porto Rico,
Hawaii, Philippines, Guam, and the American part of
the Samoan group (Tutuila). The inclusion oi these
wide-scatterea territories in this Cyclopedia brings in
the flora of the tropica, although it is intended to dis-
cuss, in the regular entries in the different volumes, only
the most important or outstanding species; to endeavor
to comprise all cultivated plants that might find home
or lodgment in these islands would be to describe
practically all tropical subjects, and this would be far
too large an undertaking for a work of this character.
The geographical articles in this Cyclopedia ar«
fathered under three heads, — British North America,
sland Dependencies, North American States. In the
last symposium will also be found an account of
Panama m its horticultural relations. All these arti^
clee should give the reader a comprehensive view of the
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1689
horticultural possibilities of the North American con-
tinent north of Mexico, and of the tropical territories
that have become attacned to the United States. They
depict a surprising range of natural conditions and
resources, and indicate a very real horticultural con-
quest of a relatively new part of the earth's surface.
Porto Rico.
The island of Porto Rioo (Fig. 1981) is rectangular in
form, about 100 miles lone ana 35 miles wide. Its area
is about one-twelfth of that of Cuba and nearly the
same as that of Jamaica. It lies in 18° north latitude and
65° to 67° west longdtude, which places it 600 miles due
east of Jamaica, ^though Porto Rioo is mountainous,
the moimtains are low and rolling, but few of the short
ranges exceed 2,000 feet in elevation, making prac-
tically all of the area suitable to some branch of agri-
cultmre. The low plains extending a few miles inland
from the sea and reaching for the most part aroimd the
island, and the numerous plains and low rolling areas
betwe^ the ranges of mountains, afford a vanety of
rich soils, of temperatures and of elevations, which has
developed extensive horticultural interests and opera-
tions. The rainfall is generally considered heavy, although
the sea-breezes ana varying temperatures or different
elevations cause a great difference in rainfall between
different sections. In all
parts of the island, exceptr
mg the western and south-
em areas, the rainfall is
fairly weU distributed
through the year, although
the season for heaviest
rainfall is from May until ^ «^^..^.
December, which is the •'«/«^*'*',
only season when the
western and southern sec-
tions have an abundance
of rain. In sections in
which drought continues
through the winter months,
irrigation is often employed. The elevated sections
are well supplied with rains and are drained by numerous
ravines, creeks and small rivers, which afford an abun-
dance of power and opportunity for irrigation. In
inches, the annual rainfall varies from 37, in the south-
westera parts of the island, to 135 on the higher moun-
tains in the northeastern part, the average for the
island being 77.
The climate is healthful and delightful, the tempera-
ture being almost ideal. Because the island is small
and has a moderate elevation, and lies in the zone of
the trade-winds, the climate is imiformly warm and
comfortable. The coolest month is January, which has
an average temperature of 73°, while August, the warm-
est month, has an average of 79°. ^Hie mean daily
temperature is quite constant, the change from dav to
night temperature being 20° to 25°. The average daJly
maximum temp^tmre along the coast in summer is
87° and the aaily minimum temperature in inland
sections is 65°.
The population of the island, according to the census
of 1910, was 1,118,012, which allows 320 persons to the
square mile. All persons but a small percentage are
engaged in agricultural pursuits.
The soils of Porto Rico are of many types, and grade
from very heavy clays to light sandy loams. The hills
and mountains are, for the most part, red clays, while
the valleys between them and the coastal plain are
heavy dark loams, jading in some places into sandy
loams. While the soils are usually fertile, many crops
respond to a complete fertilizer. There are practically
no swamps in Porto Rico, although during the season
of excessive rains ditching is necessary to drain large
areas of the level coastal plains. Except in areas oear
the sea surface, drainage is good; however, poor drain-
age of the subsoil in some areas is a hindrance to horti-
cultural crops.
Horticulturally the island is divided into three
sections: The narrow sandy plains which skirt the coast
are well adapted to coconut culture. The slightly
elevated plains and low rolling lands between the flat
coastal plains and the more elevated portions of the
island on the north have been proved to be well suited
to pineapple and citrous fruit-growing, while the highest
mountain ranges that traverse the oentralpart of the
island are devoted almost entirely to coffee. Sugar-
cane growing is confined mostly to the heavy soils of
the coastal plains.
The leadmg horticultural crops are citrous fruits,
coffee, coconuts, pineapples, vegetables, bananas ana
other tropical fruits. Tne agricultural industries are
sugar-cane, tobacco-^wing and stock-raising.
The most attractive fieB for the horticulturist in
Porto Rico is citrus-culture. This industry has made
wonderful progress since the American occupation,
over 3,000 acres now being given up to it, while there
were no commercial groves at the time of the occupa-
tion. Grapefruit, oranges^ lemons, limes and other
less important citrous fruits are cultivated, although
attention is given mostly to grapefruit and oranges.
In the area adapted for citn^-culture, the tempera-
Me9c/k0
SA0 J9A0
¥hqif9 /.
1961. Porto Rico.
ture is ideal for tree-growth and fruit-production.
Care must be taken, however, in selecting the orchard
site to secure subsoil which will drain well and areas
protected from the winds. The trade-winds are in
some places constant enough to hinder a normal tree-
growth and to prevent the best development of certain
fungi which prey on injurious scale insects. Where
there is not natural wind-protection, a belt of tall-grow-
ing trees is planted on the windward side of the grove
for shelter. Several leguminous crops, such as jack
beans, velvet beans and cowpeas grow to perfection and
are used extensively as cover-crops and green-manure
crops.
Four ship lines furnish excellent transportation
between the island and New York, the ocean rates
being much less a box to New York than from Florida
or California.
Grapefruit seems to be especialljr well adapted to
Porto Rico conditions and is receiving first attention
among horticultural crops. The trees are very vigorous,
come into bearing early and are very prolific. The
quality of the fruit is excellent and Porto Rican ^ape-
fruit is throughout the year a favorite product m the
northern ma»et8. The fhiiting season for this crop
is very long. The main crop is harvested during the
winter and sprin^^ months but each week throu^out
the year Porto Rican grapefruit is offered on the mar-
ket. Varieties "Duncan and "Marsh Seedless'' are
the most popular.
Oranges have been more extensively planted than
grapefruit though they do not seem so well adapted
to the conditions, and the planting of them has prac-
tically ceased. Like grapefruit, the trees bear early
and are prolific, and the fruit is of a high quality. Di&-
1690 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
IMt. A utiTC hut ia Porto RicD.
eases and inaects cause but little dams^. Oranges are
found growing wild throughout Porto Rjco, thou^ most
numerous through the western mountains, which are
planted to coSoe. These wild orange trees, grown
under the protection of the coffee shade trees, produce
a beautiful clean fruit which matures during the driest
season and develops an excellent flavor and quality.
These wild oranges are given no culture and the fruit
is sold on the tree by tie coSee plantation owner to
packing; firms in the western seocoast towns, who box
and ship them to northern markets. Until within
late years, unexperienced packers have brought Forto
Rican wild oranges into disrepute by shipping great
quantities of poorly [tacked or immature iniit, which
reached the market in bad condition. The lack of
good roads into the interior of the island prevents the
marketing of thousands of boxes of fruit annually and
part by the natives of the island, the cultivated
oranges and grapefruit are practically all grown and
marketed by Americans.
Pineapplea have been one of the most profitable
crops in Porto Rico for several years, as the price of
the fruit has been hi^ and weather conditions favor-
able for production. Tbe old Spanish belief that pine-
apples were not profitable except in the locahty of
Lajas, a town in the western port of tbe island, was
soon disregarded by the American settlers and at pres-
ent this crop is found in many ports of the island. The
commercial plantings are confined to two varieties,
the Cabeiona, meaning m En^h "laive-headed,"
and Red Spanish. The former is grown for canning
and the latter for shipping fresh. Most of the Red
Spanish variety is grown in sections near Rio Piedras,
where the soil is a hght sandy loam, and from Baya-
mon to Arecibo, where the soil is an open, well-drained
ted sandy loam; however, they grow well in many
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
other locations. The chief demands of the pine-
apple are well-drained. wcU-a£rated soil, abundance
01 sunshine and a good supply of complete fertiliser
where the surface soil is not naturally rich. This
crop is practically free from insects and diseases.
The plants are very prohfic and can be brought
into bearing at any season of the year. As tbe north-
ern market shows a, preference for Porto-Rico-grown
pineapples, the industry bids fair to become still
more important. Though the practice varies with
conditions, the usual cultivation method is to plow
tbe soil and by plow and hand labor work it into
beds a few inches high, leaving ditches to afford
drainage. The beds are made wide enough to pro-
vide for two to six plants set from 12 to 18 inches
apart. Of the 10,000 plants to the acic, which is the
number usually set, 90 p^ cent are expected to bear
fruit the first crop. FMliliier is applied at the time
of planting and at intervals durmg the growth of
the plant. As the first crop of fruit matures, suckers
spring from the base of the plants and produce a
second crop. On the most suitaolc land thne or four
crops are allowed to develop from suckers, though
seldom more than two are considered profitable. The
Cabesona variety is grown for canning principally,
although profitable shipments of fresh fruit have been
made. In the western end of the island, and espeeisUy
in the area from Laias to MayagDez, the cooditioaa
are especially adapted for the growing of this variety.
In this area a great quantity of the fruit is grown and
sold to canners by the ton.
Fhutt Skipped fbou Fobto Rico to tbi Unitxd Statcs
AWD FOMION CotTNTHIBS DOSINO IBS TWK.Ta YkaBS
Emmo JuHK 30, 1912.
y«i
Dthwhi
PiUB-
■PP1»
Cumnl
Coco-
°sr
Otb«-
eoi....
002.,..
903,,,
901...
90?!!!
912:::,
ii
46e:3l2
830.720
401 .B 11
703:069
584.414
442.780
uus.OM
941.201
684.774
98.203
117,830
ioe.i»7
.1
174:957
2041498
21S.S7D
Sffi
78,310
ii
ti
1983. A (npelniil stOTa in Porto Rico.
At the present time, the coffee industry is flourishing,
as both weather conditions and prices are favorable.
Aside from the influence of changing tariffs, practically
the only drawback to this great industry is severe
storms which once in a series of years visit the island,
usually coming in the cofTee-ripening season. Porto
Rican coSee is not well known in the United States,
but throu^out the West Indies and in some Eurooean
countries it is a favorite among coffees and brings nigh
prices, selling for several cents a pound higher at
wholesale than Brazilian coffee. The mountainous
region of the central and western part of tbe island
is given up mostly to coffee and affords a splendid
field for its culture. The best coffee in Porto Rico
^rows on the well-drained upland areas and reaches
Its highest perfection at 1,500 and 2.000 feet.
Throughout this coffee-growing area, the air is
always cool and refreshing and conditions for health
are ahnost ideal. As the coffee is prepared for
market on the plantations and can be transported
to the sf acoast markets or to the main roods lead-
ing there by pack animals, the lack of good roads
does not hmder this industry ss it does others in
this section. Throughout the area devoted to coffee
the land ia cheap, in many localities not exceeding
S30 an acre. Coffee may be grown in Porto Rico
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
for 5 cenU a pound and oa a good plantation from 300
to 400 pounds an acre is an average crop. At the pres-
ent price of IS cents a pound, handsome returns are
tnanaRetnent. It ia a rare exception when any fertilizer
is applied to coffee. As the plantations are rolling and
the trees set but a few feet apart, no animal cultivation
is given and the only cultural work is confined to shal-
low hoeing and weeding.
There la no crop in Porta Rico which yields such
regular and satisfactory returns as the coconut palm.
Without cultivation or fertihzingj the trees bear good
crops of lai^ nuts which bring firstr^lass prices in the
United States markets. The narrow stnp of sandv
coastal plain, which rarely eiceeds J^ mile in widtn
and for the most part skjrts the islsnd, is ideal for
coconuts, as the aaody loam affords perfect drainage,
which is the principal requisite for this crop. Most
of the suitable land has bc<:n planted and is in bearing.
The trees are planted from 25 to 30 feet apart each
way and bear in five to eight years, depending on the
fertility of the land. The area devoted to coconuts
in Porto Rico is small, and practically all of the prod-
uct is exported to the United
States, tne only demands at
home being for drinking the
water from the haU-mature
nuts and for making coconut-
oil and its products.
The temperature in Porto
Rico is ideal for v^etable-grow-
ing, but injurious influences of
excessive rains and prolonged
droughts, together with the
rather heavy poorly aerated
soils, make commercial vego*
table-growing practically a fail-
ure Bo f ar as snipping to foreign
markets is concerned. When
irrigation is practised, excellent
crops of lettuce, radishes, tur-
nipe, carrots, tomatoes, peppeira,
cucumbers, and so on, are grown,
but usually at a coat so hi^
that export is not profitable.
Large quantities of vegetables
are grown and sold at a very
low price for home consumption. The most productive
crops and those that can always be depended upon
are the starchy root crops including Dame, yautias,
dasheens and yuca. These products are not exported,
although they are grown by every Porto Rican familv
on the island where the farm or dooryard is large enougb
tor them. One exception is yuca (Manihot) which is
grown by commercial firms and the starch extracted in
a modem factory near Bayamdn.
Bananas are found growing in all parts of the island
and form a part of the daily diet of both Porto Ricana
and foreigners. They are grown in dooryards, along
streams, in orchards, as windbreaks for young citrous
trees, aa shade for newly planted coffee trees and
throughout the hilly coffee plantations. A number of
the t^t varieties, including yellow- and red-fruited
J true with other West Indian Islands, the
mango is the moat popular fruit. It is truly the apple
of the tropica. Until late vears but little haa been done
to improve the quality of mangoes in Porto Rico, and
there are but few of the choice strains growing here.
The favorite kinds grow in the MayagQei district.
The fruiting season continues for several weeks during
which time this fruit is one of the chief articles of food
among some of the poorer classes. No effort is made to
export the mango. At home they are used only in the
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1691
fresh state except that fully grown green fruit is made
into sauce which resembles apple sauce very closely,
both in appearance and flavor. No orchards of native
mangoes are cultivated, as the trees grow wild and pro*
duce well with no care. The federal experiment sta-
tion and a few commercial fruit-growers are introducing
and distributing superior varieties from other countries,
notably East India and the Philippine Islands. These
imparted varieties are thrifty and the fruit of a very
superior qusJity.
The avocado tree requires a well-drained soil and
prefers one of a rich neutral loam. It does not grow
well on all ports of this land and reaches its heaviest
production on the west end of the island near Isabella
and AguadiUa. The fruits are so plentiful, however,
that those of highest quality may be purchased in
markets at 1 or 2 cents each during the few weeks
of harvest. Among other fruits that may be found in
quantity in the markets of the island ore mamey,
anona, caimito, nispero, papaya and guayaba.
Among the agricultural industries, cane- and tobacco-
growing and animal-production are important under-
takings. Most of the cane is grown on the low coastal
plain which reaches around a large part of the island
19a4. A ^nanU flald la Porto Klco.
and in some places is several miles in width. In these
areas the soil is well adapted to the industry and as
the temperature is even and never low a good yield
can be depended upon each year. In I90I. the exports
of sugar were less than 70,000 tons; in 1911 they were
nearly 323,000, and during 1912, 367,000,— five times
great«r than they were eleven years ago,— and they
are still increasing, having advanced 10 per cent during
the past year (1913). The external sales of this product
yielded t31,500,000agaiastleSBthanS5,000,0OO in 1901.
Tobacco is grown to some extent in all parts of the
island, though most of the Porto Rican output is grown
in the vicinity of Cayey, Caguas and Gurabo. In these
sections an excellent product is grown and it is the chief
industi^. Quoting from the report of Governor Colton
for 1912,— "The output of cigare was more than four-
teen times greater than in 1901, since which year it has
cootinuouslyincreased until the aalesof 1911-12 reached
281,000,000. on increase of 10,000,000 over the preced-
ing year. Of these 170,000,000 were consumed upon the
mainland and 111^000,000 in Porto Rico."
Great interest is shown by Che people of the island
in promoting scientific agriculture and agricultural
education. Institutions engaged in this work are
the Federal Experiment Station, an Agricultiual Col-
lege, a Sugar Producers' Experiment Station supported
by the sugar-growera, and a Board of Agriculture.
C. F. KiNUAN.
1692 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
Hawaikn lalands.
The group known as the Hawaiian Islands (Fig. 1985)
is located about 2, 100 miles from San Francisco in a south-
westerly direction. These were named the Sandwich
Islands by the discoverer, Captain Cook, but this desig-
nation was abandoned many years ago for the original
native name, taken from that of the largest memb^
of the group, Hawaii. Since annexation to the United
States, the Hawaiian Islands have been ofhciaUy known
as the Territorv of Hawaii. Disregarding small and unim-
portant islands, Hawaii lies between the parallels 18^
5(y and 23^ 5' north latitude and between the meridians
154° 40' and IW 50' west longitude. The five most
important islands have an area of about 6,200 square
miles, or rather less than that of Massachusetts, and
extend about 380 miles from northwest to southeast.
It is hardly correct to speak of the climate of Hawaii,
throughout the year, while others only 2 or 3 niiles
distant practise irrigation constantly. Some of tl^
great sugar-cane plantations depend wholly upon the
natural supply of water, while others could not grow
cane at all without their expensive systems of artesian
wells and irrigation.
Similarly there is a great variation in the temperature
in different parts of this small but important country,
but exceedin^y slight variations with tlie changing sea-
sons. The wmdward side is cooler than that ^nrfajch is
sheltered by the moimtains, but in no part of tlie islands
is the heat so intense as would be expected from tbeir
location within the tropics. Only rarelv, in the hottest
locahties, does the mercury rise to 90 F. AKain, the
variation in elevation from sea-level to many SiousazMi
feet gives a like variation in temperature, so that some
of the mountains of the largest island are covered with
snow during a part of the year. In short, so far as
!
<;>■
NIINAV ^ -^^
OAH
MOLOKAI
MAUI
LANA
MAHOOLA
c
HAWAII
1985. Hawaiian Island!.
for there are so many different climates in this small
area. The extent of the rainfall, for example, which
forms so important a factor in the horticultural condi-
tions of a country, is decidedly divergent in different
regions and even in localities within a few miles of each
other. To understand the climatic conditions, it is
necessary to recall that these islands are of volcanic for-
mation, their central parts and the larger part of their
area being occupied by rugged and high mountains,
descending sometimes ^aoually, sometimes precipi-
tously to the sea and with valleys or tablelanos lymg
between the ranges and narrow plains near the coast.
Being in the path of the northeast trade-winds, the
windward side of the islands receives an abundant rain-
fall throughout the year, while the southwest shores
are comparatively cfry. Thus, at Honolulu, on the
southwest shore of OsJiu, the annual rainfall averages
about 38 inches, while that of the city of Hilo, on the
windward side of the island of Hawaii, measures 12 feet.
Even within a very narrow range, as, for example, the
limits of the city of Honolulu, there is great variation
in rainfall, certain locahties receiving frequent rains
climate is concerned, the Hawaiian Islands offer all
that could be asked for great and diversified horticul-
tural industries.
Only a small proportion of the total area of the coun-
try is suitable for cultivation. The lands lying near the
^ore and along the lower slopes of the mountains are
occupied almost exclusively by sugar-cane, with an
occasional banana plantation and with rice and taro
growing on the low valley bottoms which can be kept
submerged for these aquatic plants. The cane-belt
rises to an elevation of only a few hundred feet on some
Elantations, hmit«i by the cost of pumping water,
ut in some other localities it extends to nearly 2,000
feet. These lower lands are well adapted to the growth
of tropical fruits and such, together with many of the
veget^les and flowers of the temperate and tropical
zones, may be found in gardens. Above the cane-belt
are lands also suited to such tropical crops as pine-
apples and coffee, and still higher there are some areas
where apples, peaches, plums and many temperate-
zone fruits may be ^wn, although none of these crops
has become the basis of an industry. The regions on
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
the map, designaUd by the letters A and S ore the two
moat noted coffee-producing Bectiona; C, D, E, F, and
G are locaUtiex in which pineapple-growing haa become
an important industty; H, ini£cating the district lying
about the city of Honolulu, locates the area where
there is probably the greatest variety of introduced
horticultural plajite; at K, known as tbe district of
Kula, on the Island of Maui, potatoes, com and other
temperat«-cUmate crops have been ^wn for many
years and were shipped to Califonua to supply the
Deeds of tbe gold-seelieis in 1S49 and the years follaw-
ing before t£e agricultural industriea <A that state
were developed.
The growing of pineapplea Is Dot only the leading
horticultural pursuit but ranks next to sugai^produc-
tion among the induatriee of the Islands. Hawaii is
widely known for its pineapples. It is only within
the last decade that this crop has risen to large impor-
tance. The beginnings of the industry were near Hono-
lulu and the first la^e plantation was about 14 miles
.from that city in a northwesterly direction, on Uie
foothills sloping from the Koolau
Mountains. A little farther to
the northwest a small colony c^
American fanners settled at
Wahiawa on virgin lands, said
to be useless except for grating.
The^ found that the pineappfe
attained perfection on their
lands and the industir began to
extend rapidly from that center.
Several thousand acres have
been planted on the foothills and
the plains between the moun-
tains, and considerable areas
have been devoted to Uie crop
-on the north and east ddea <rf
the island. Other centers are to
be found aa indicated above on
Maui, Kauai and more recently
on Hawaii. On]^ a small frac-
tion of the crop is marketed as
frcsb fruit, the greater portion
being sold m the can. Large can-
neries are in operation in all the
centers of proauction, owned and
quality pines is about 920 a ton. The total output for
the season of 1912 is estimated at a little over 1,000,000
eases of two dosen cans each and valued between
$3,000,000 and *4,000,000. At the present rate of
planting it ajtpears that the annual pack will again be
doubled witniii a few years. The products of the pine-
apple cannery include not only canned fruit in several
forms Bs sliced and grat«d pineapple but recently the
juice is being bottled in much the same way as grspe
luice. A syrup is also made from the juice and one
factory is engaged exclusively in this business.
The fresh iruit trade la also increaaing and shipments
are made by nearly every steamer to the mainland,
where they are distributed to all parts of the Pacific
states and a few are sent to the East. Carload ship-
ments have been made to the great central markets,
but the Hawaiian pineapple-growers have devoted
their attention chiefly to the more conservative method
of disposing of their product as canned fruit, which has
foimd a ready market in the United States.
Most of the pineapples arc produced under the plan-
tation system, the units vaiymg from a few hundreds
to several thousands of acres each. A few individual
planters arc in the buainesB and at the present time
their number seems to be increasing through the
opening of homestead lands b;^ U>e government.
The pineapples are grown just above the cane-belt,
but in places in which wal«r is insufficient for cane, tbe
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1693
pines extend almost to sea-level. The soil upon which
they are grown is usually rather a heavy loam, sub-
tended often with a clay substratum. Since tbe plant
will not endure standing water, drainage is one m the
important problems. Underdrains of tile or rock are
not in use, but surface ditches or depressions are pro-
vided to carry off the aurplua water of heavy raina.
Deep plowing is practised to break the almost imper-
vioua layer which develops just beneath the cultivator
teeth. The use of giant powder for the purpose is now
being tried. Both these practices can be conduct^
only when the pl^ts have been removed from the
fields, which it is necessary to do in preparation for
replaiiting every four or five years.
Another problem of the pineapple-planter is to avoid
exoesaive manganese in the soil, for the plant is very
sensitive to an excess of this element. A few places in
the pineapple region have been found where soils,
otherwise excellent, have proved useless for this crop.
It is easy to discover its presence by chemical analysis
and usually by the appearance of tlie soU which, there-
. SbowlDf dw raral paba n it pemw la Bonolnlii.
fore, can be avoided or devoted to other cropa lees
sensitive to manganese.
The method of culture is to set the plants in single,
double or triple rows and cultivate thoroughly between
them b^ mules and with hoes. Sheds are not thought
of in Hawaii for there is never frost il "'
area. The first crop matures in sixteen to twenty-four
months and is followed by a rattoon crop a year laU;r.
A second rattoon and occasionally a third mav be
taken from the field before plowing up the old plants
and replanting. The Smooth Cayenne is the chief
variety in cultivation, but another amooth-lcaf varietv
has become somewhat mixed with the stock and all
have passed usually for Cayenne. These are the only
varieties now in commercial cultivation in Hawaii,
although very many kinds have been tested and some
BanauBrfrowing is an older industry but it has not
made as rapid progress as the pineapple. For several
years the export trade haa run from about 180,000
to 200,000 bunches a year, netting the ^vrers about
SO cents a bunch when prices are good. Banansf^crow-
ing for export ia confined almost entirely to Oahu,
since this is the only island which enjoys frequent ana .
direct steamship communication with the mainland.
The island of Hawaii ships a few bananas on its regular
boats but these do not run with sufficient frequency
to encourage extensive plantings. The fruits are
1694 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ebipped bo San Francisco and practically all are con-
eumed in that market or tlioae immediately around the
Bay. The b&nan&s are grown in BmnJl plantations
varying in size from 2 to 50 or more acres. They are
owned and operated chiefly by the Chinese who unite
does not prosper, in most parts of Hawaii, above
1,000 feet, and it ie important, witb so bulky a product,
to be near the shipping port or a connecting railway.
Most of the bananas, therefore, are grown along the
line of the railway which circles one end of Oahu,
or in the immediate vicinity of Honolulu. Tbe plants
are aet at distances varying from 8 by 8 feet to 12 by
12 feet and receive water by irrigation, by natural
rainfall or by capillarity when the plants are Rronn on
ridges thrown up in swamp-lands with wide canals
between the ridges. The Chinese or Cavendish banana
(Mxtaa Caveruliiihii), almost exclusively, is grown for
export, although the Jamaica or Martinique variety,
conunon in all the American markets, has been intro-
duced and distributed. There are many varieties of
bananas that are indigenous to Hawaii, and some of
these are being cultivated in yards and gardens. One
class of these varieties, known as the Maoli group, is
grown in a small way commercially and finds a ready
sale in the local market as a banana for cooking.
These, when well baked or fried, are far more delicious
than any of the bananas found in the American mar-
kets and a trade in them should be developed, for they
are well adapt«d for shipping.
Coffefr«rowing is conducted as a small industry and
there are a few rather large plantations. About mteen
years ago the trees were planted quite extensively and
It appeared as though the crop would be exceedingly
prontsble; but cheap coffee imported from Brazil
dejireaaed prices in the American market* to a degree
which caused the uprooting or abandonment of most
of tbe plantings. A few of the original planters continue
in the business and produce a hi^ grade of caETee
which has made a good reputation. The name "Kona"
coffee has been applied to much of the product because
the district of Kona on the island of Hawaii is one of
the leading coffee districts. The total output for the
year ending August 15, 1011, was about 5,200,000
pounds. The coffee-growing districts lie chiefly above
the cane in localities which are well suppUed with rain,
as along the northeast side of Hawaii and in Kona on
the west side.
Citrous fruits are found in yards and gardens in
many varieties of orange, lemon, lime, pomelo, shad-
dock and other species, but there are few citrous
orchards. Seedling oranges are shipped to Honolulu,
in fifty-gallon casks, from Kona, where they grow in a
half-wild and uncultivated condition. A few limes are
also sent to this market. Tbe oranftes are of excellent
flavor but because of inferiority m appearance and
packing they sell at low prices.
The avocado, sometunea erroneously called the
alligator pear, is found in nearly every dooryard and
gardcD and recently a few orchards have been planted.
The fruit is always in demand and sells at hi^ prices
even in the local market, good fruits bringing from 8
to 15 cents each at retail or from 60 cents to $1 a dozen
on the trees. Previous to the advent of the Mediter-
ranean (ruit-Sy {Ceratilis- capitaia), avocados were
shipped to Caufomia and in experiments conducted
by Uie Hawaii Experiment Station, these fruits were
sent in refrigeration to Chicago and arrived in good
condition. They sold at wholesale in San Francisco
for about S2.50 a dozen. Satisfactory methods of
propagating the best varieties and of handling the
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
land. Although the insect infests the avocado very
rarely, it has been found in a few instances, which fact
has placed this fruit on the quarantine hst at the
California ports. For these reasons, the growing of
avocados, which at one time seemed likely to develop
into an important industry may not be widely extended
until the status of the pest is changed. There is room,
however, for considerable extension to supply the
growing local market and the culinary departments of
The mango is even more widely distributed than the
avocado and prospere in a great variety of soils up to
500 or 600 feet. It is founaeven higher than this but
does its best in the warm and dry lowlands if irrigated.
There are many varieties, including some superb sorts
of local origin as well as the renowned Euit Indian
kinds and Cochin-China type. Of the Indian varie-
ties, the Pirie gives most promise, but several others, as
Mulgoa, AMionse, Jemshedi and Brindabani, have
done well. The Smith and the Wooten are two of the
a in Um Hawiiiis Muid*.
beet of local or^n. None of these better varieties a
widely disseminated, partly on account of their reoeot
introduction and partly because ready methods of rapid
multipUcation have not long been developed. For this
reason, it is impossible to find any choice mangoes in
the local markets, the few that are sold being disposed
of privately at aoout 5 cents a fruit. This condition
will not continue for many years, for the choice aorta
are now being disseminated. The mango also is under
quarantine on the mainland because of the Mediter-
ranean fruit-fly, but the best varieties could be profi-
tably grown for the local markets and for supphes to
passenger ships. Certain fine varieties are quite reeiat-
ant to the attacks of the fly.
Guavas (Psidium Guajava) cover the hillsides, the
juneles in many places bemg composed chiefly or wholly
of tnis tree. The wild fruit is gathered and used in the
making of guava-jcily and jam, the greater put of
which is consumed locally. A few selected varietiw
of this species and of the strawberry guava {P. CatUei-
anwn) are cultivated in gardens.
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1696
The papaya (Carica Papaya) is the most important
breakfast fruit in Hawaii and is grown in aknost every
dooryard as well as in small orchards. It is of very
easy cultiure. coming into bearing within a year from
planting ana continuing for several years to produce
good fruit on almost any well-drained soil. For this
reason it is a fruit for the rich and the poor alike. The
tree is propagated chiefly by seeds and as there has been
verv little attempt to keep strains pure, there is a very
wicfe variation in flavor and other qualities. The diffi-
culty of keeping pure strains has been complicated by
the fact that most papayas are dioecious and it is impos-
sible to know the mnerent qualities of the male trees.
But fortunately there is a hermaphrodite type and with
this there is hope of establishmg reasonably stable
varieties of good quality.
A great variety of tropical and semi-tropical fruits
and nuts is to be found in these islands. A ust of some
of the more important of these is as follows:
Ananaa sativus (pineapple).
Aitocarpus:
(a) Artooarpua inciaa (bread-fruit).
(6) Artocarpus integrifolia (Jack-fruit).
Annona:
(a) Annona muricata (aoursop).
(6) Annona squamosa (sweet-sop or sugar-apple).
(c) Annona reticulata (custard-apple or bullock's heart).
(d) Annona Cherimola (cherimosra).
Anaoardium occidentale (caahew).
Averrhoa Carambola (carambola).
iEffle Marmelos (Bael fruit; elephant apple; or Bengal quince).
Achras Sapota (sapodilla).
Aleurites Molucoana (kukui nut).
Areca Catechu (betelnut).
Biinchoeia q>.
Citrus:
(a) Citrus sinensis (sweet orange).
(6) Citrus Aurantium var. Amara (sour or Seville orange).
(c) Citrus Limonia (lemon).
(d) Citrus sp. (rough lemon).
(e) Citrus aurantifolia (lime).
if) Citrus grandia (pomelo or grapefruit).
(a) Citrus grandis (shaddock).
(A) Citrus nobilis (Mandarin orange).
(i) Citrus iaponica ("China" orange, or kumquat).
(j) Citrus Medioa var. genuina (citron).
(k) Citrus mitis (Calamondin orange).
Canarium commune (pilinut).
Carica:
(a) Carica Papaya (papaya).
(6) Carica quenufolia (dwarf papaya).
Chr^rsopbyllum Cainito (star-apple).
Casimiroa edulis (white sapota).
Coccoloba uvifera (shore-grape).
Cocos nucifera (coconut).
Cocos Gaertneri
Claucena Tjinsium (the wampi). ^ '{'
Dioepjrroe decandra (Cochin-China persimmonji
Durio xibethinus (durion).
Eriobotrya japonica (loquat).
Eugenia:
(a) Eugenia malaccensis (mountain apple).
(6) Eugenia Jambos (rose apple).
' (c) Eugenia uniflora (Cayenne or Surinam cherry).
id) Eugenia sp. (1, white water apple).
Eugenia sp. (2, red water apple).
(e) Eugenia myrtifolia (brush cherry).
(h Eugenia Jambolana (black plum or jambolan plum).
Ficus Carica.
Garcinia:
(a) Garcinia Mangostana (mangosteen).
ib) Garcinia sp. (African mangosteen).
Hibiscus Sabdahffa (roeelle).
Inocarpus edulis (mape, or Poljrnesian chestnut).
Luouma nervosa (egg-fruit).
Malpighia glabra (Barbados cherry).
Musa (banana):
(a) Musa Cavendishii (Chinese banana).
ib) Musa sapientum (including practically all other common
edible bananas).
Mangifera indica (mango).
Manunea americana (mammee apple or St. Domingo apricot).
Monstera delicioea (delicious monster).
Macadamia temifolia (Australian nut).
Moms alba (the mulberry).
Moms nigra (the mulberry).
Moms multicaulis (silkworm mulberry).
Nephelium (genera Litchi and Euphoria):
(a) Nephelium Litchi (litchi).
(6) Nephelium Longana (longan).
Noronhia emarginata.
Olea europni (olive).
Peraea gratissima (avocado).
Passiflora (the passion flower fruits):
(a) Passiflora lauriflora (yellow water-lemon).
(6) Passiflora edulis (puiple water-lemon).
(e) Passiflora quadrangularis (granadilla).
id) Passiflora aUU (granadilla).
Paidium (i^va).
(a) Pmdiurn Guajava (sweet, sour, and lemon guavaa).
(6) Psidium CatUeianum (strawberry guava).
Phcenix dactylifera (dates).
Punicum Granatum (pomegranate).
Phyllanthus aoida (Indian gooseberry).
Phyllanthus Emblica (embho myrobolan).
Physalis peruviana (poha).
Rubus Macraei (akala).
Rubus hawaiiansia (Hawaiian wild raspberry).
Spondiaa dulcis (Wii fruit, or Tahitian Vii apple).
Terminalia Catappa ("KaJnani" [foreign] tropical almond).
Tamarindus indicus (tamarind).
Theobroma Cacao (cacao).
Vitis (grape: chiefly V. vinifera and V. labrusca).
Vanilla planifolia (vanilla).
Vaccinium reticulatum (ohelo).
Ziisrphus Jujuba (Jujube).
Vegetable-gardening is conducted chiefly by the
Chinese and Japanese, who srow most of the more
easily managed vegetables. Nearly aU the vegetables
found in the mainland markets can oe grown in Hawaii,
but some require special skill and a few demand an
elevated location. All the cucurbits are difficult of
culture exc^t in isolated localities because of the prev-
alence of the melon fly {Dacua cucurbilx)t which also
attacks less seriously tomatoes, peppers, and a few
other vegetables. Sweet com, peppers, and tomatoes
were shipped experimentally to San Francisco as winter
vegetables and realised good prices, but it was neces-
sary to discontinue this trade because the melon fly had
be^ found to some degree in each of these vegetables
and is not known in Califomia. Sweet potatoes, which
are so easily grown here, have been shipped to San
Francisco during the spring and early sunmier months,
and early onions, chiedBy of the Bennuda type. Both
of these bring high prices, bdng easily grown in good
quality for the opportune season in the market, and
each may become tne basis of a rather important trade
if no insect or disease prevents its bdng snipped.
Taro {Colocasia arUiquorum var. eacvlenlum) fur-
nishes the chief food of the native Hawaiians and is
much used by foreigners also. It, therefore, requires a
considerable area of land to supply the local market.
There are many varieties of taro and some of the best
succeed only under submerged conditions and for this
reason, this crop, with rice, occupies most of the valley
bottoms, where water can be led readilv from the
streams. Other varieties which succeed with l^ss
water are srown in moist lands where there is a heavy
rainfall, very few Hawaiians now engase in growing
taro extensively, the industrv beine conducted chiefly
by the Chinese. The plant has a large conn or root-
stock and is propagated by cuttings from the top of
this or of the smaller offsets. The crop matures in ten
to fifteen months and the conn which is rich in a verv
easily digestible starch, furnishes most of the food,
although the tender yoimg leaves are also eaten. Taro
is eaten as a vegetable and makes a good substitute
for the potato, but its chief use is in the making of poi.
the most important Hawaiian dish, which is prepared
by crushing the steamed corm with stone pounders or
more recently by American-made machinery. It is
about the consistency of paste and is eaten after it has
been allowed to ferment for a few davs. Taro flour
under various trade names has been placed upon the
American markets.
Hawaii is a land of flowers, but many of the most
beautiful blooms are on large trees and vines. Among
the most striking of these are the royal poinciana
(Poinciana reffia)f golden showers (Cassia fislvla),
pink showers {Cassia grandis) ^ pink and white showers
{Ccusia nodosa) f bougainvillsea, petrea, beaim[iontia,
alamanda, bignonia, and plumeria. The night-blooming
cereus flourishes ana presents a magnificent sight when
in flower. The old Hawaiian custom of bedecking
1696 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
guests at a feast or embarking friends at a departing
vessel is still kept up, and it is one of the unique and
beautiful scenes in Hawaii when a steamer engaged in
the Honolulu-San Francisco run leaves the Hawaiian
port, with all its passengers decorated with '^eis''
(pronounced lays) or wreaths of flowers. Until
recent years, this constituted the chief market for cut-
flowers. During the last eight or ten years a consider-
able cut-flower trade of the American iyrpe has grown
up and there are several Americans now in the business
and also a number of Japanese florists.
The city of Honolulu supports a number of small
parks, containing some interesting and curious plants.
In gajrdens, owned by private individuals, are many
more rare and beautiful plants. The great Moanalua
estate, the property of Samuel M. Damon, with its
parks and gardens, is one of the most interesting
places of Honolulu for the admirer of plants, and no
giant-lover should pass
Y the islands without
visiting these grounds,
which are traversed by
the public road and thus
generously made avail-
able to all who are inter-
ested. Another strik-
ingly beautiful sight
which no one who is in
Honolulu at the right
time should fail to see,
is the 1,000 feet or more
of night4)looming cereus
at the Oahu College
groimds. The exact sea-
sons of flowerinff are im-
possible to predict, but
there is usually a grand
display for several nights
in May or June and
again in August or Sep-
tember.
Literature, — ^The hter-
ature of horticulture in
Hawaii is limited. The
only book devoted ex-
clusively to the subject is
** Fruits of the Hawaiian
Islands,'' by G. P. Wil-
der, Hawaiian Gazette
Ck>mpany, Ltd., Hono-
lulu. The bulletins and
reports of the horticul-
tural department of the Hawaii Experiment Station
cover a part of the field and are as follows : "The Banana
in Hawaii," Bulletin No. 7; "Citrus Fruits in Hawaii,'*
Bulletin No. 9; "The Mango in Hawaii," Bulletin
No. 12: "Marketing Hawaiian Fruits," Bulletin No. 14;
"Shield-budding the Mango," Bulletin No. 20; "The
Avocado in Hawaii," Bulletin No. 25: "Fruit-market-
ing Investigations in 1907," Press Bulletin No. 21;
"Pineapple Shipping En)eriments in 1908," Press
Bulletin, No. 22; "The Pineapple in Hawaii," Press
Bulletin No. 36; Annual Reports 1901 to date. See
also "Index to Pubhcations of the Hawaii Agricultural
Experiment Station, July 1, 1901 to December 31,
1911." Numerous references to horticultural subjects
are to be found in "The Hawaiian Forester and Agri-
culturist," the "Paradise of the Pacific," "The Mid-
Pacific Magazine," and other periodicals.
J. E. HlOGINB.
Guam.
The island of Guam (Fig 1988) , belon^ng to the ^up
of islands known as the Ladrones or Marianas, lies m the
Pacific Ocean between the parallels 13° 14' and 13° 40'
north of the equator, and between the meridians 144°
mmnoYAM
v\.
If 'vr^iSft^ ^rf ^
/ /
J[ ^
c *-*/
\»UMAY
^1^!^'^ y
ottoTM ^rtum- ^w^-»
t
yftATAC^
r
P
l$LP.
' /SIANO 0F9UAM
1968. The iaUmd ol Guam.
37' and 144° 56' east of Greenwich. A line drawn
almost due west from Guam strikes, at a distance of
about 1,200 miles, the San Bernardino Passage divid-
ing the island of Samar from the southern extremity
of Luzon and marks the relative position of Guam and
the Philippine Archipelago. Of the fourteen islands
composing the Mariana group. Guam is the laj^gest
and its position the most soutnerly. It is of historic
interest as the first stopping place of Magellan after
passing beyond the South Ainerican coast on that
remarkable voyage of exploration for the Spanish
crown in 1521. The island did not, however, assume a
place of si>ecial interest in the minds of the American
public imtil the year 1898 when, by the provisions of
the treaty of Paris concluding peace oetween the
United States and Spain, it became t^ritory of the
United States.
Guam has a warm and humid climate. The temper-
atiu^e is remarkably
equable throu^out the
year; and no physical or
other influences exist to
(^use perceptible varia-
tion in temperature in
different parts of the
island. Absolute tem-
peratures seldom rise
above 95° F. in the heat
of the day or fall below
70** F. at night. The
average annual rainfall
is in the vicinity of 120
inches; and a very large
percentage of the yearly
precipitation occurs dur-
ing the period from July
to November inclusive.
During the remainder
of the year rainfall is
erratic and uncertain.
The climatic factor most
potent in retarding horti-
cultural progress is the
occasional furious hurri-
canes or typhoons. These
storms occur more or
less frequently and some-
times with such sweep-
ing force as to leave the
island vegetation almost
completely devastated <^
all its foliage.
The northern portion of the island is an inclined
forest-covered plateau, rising from near searlevel at a
point a short distance north of Agafla to an elevation
of some 500 or 600 feet at the northern extremity of
the island and to an ahnost equal elevation idong the
east coast. The soil of this plateau is of coral derivation
and at many points is underlaid with partially disin-
tegrated coral limestone covered at many points with
but a few inches of soil. This territory is well drained
and has a fertile soil usually well adapted to the culti-
vation of horticultural products. On it coffee grows
luxuriantly and 3rields abundant crop of berries of a
rcially superior flavor. Cacao {Theohroma Cacao)^ pro-
ving the so-called chocolate bean of commerce, was
grown in this district with much success prior to the
severe tvphoon that ruined the plantations in 1900.
The lack of fresh water streams or other domestic
water-supply prevents the rapid development of this
district. The remaining portion of the island lyins
south of Agafia has a rolling contour and is traversed
by numerous river valle3r8 made fertile by sediment
deposited from the surrounding hiUs. These valleys
afford favorable conditions for the cultivation of coco-
nuts and many of the tropical fruits. Constant and
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1697
heavy rains during the period of exceesive rainfall have
leached the hill lands, rendering them of little value for
horticultural purposes. The island's highest elevation
is found in the peak '^Humu^rong Manslo/' signifyinjg
"the mountain whence the winds issue. This pc^aJc is
located in the southwestern part of the island and
reaches an altitude of 1,274 feet. A strip of strand,
varying in width but usually under a mile in extent,
fringes a sreater part of the coast-line. The soil of this
low land nas been formed partiallv from the washings
and erosions from the surrounding hills and partially from
shell, calcareous sands, and the like, of marine forma-
tion. Due to the fertility of this soil and to its proximity
to the sea which furnishes fish and transportation
facilities for the exchange of supplies between the
different parts of the island, all the principal villages
have been established here, and here also horticulture
is more extensively practised than in any other part
of the island.
The advantages of a well-defined economic system,
involving the principles of labor-division as practisea
in modem enhghtened communities, are unrecognized
in Guam. In general, every man is nis own fii^erman.
his own tradesman, and husbandman of the trees ana
plants required to feed his own family. The local
market demands under such a system are decidedly
hmited : and the tendency is naturally in the direction
of small plantings and indifference toward the improve-
ment of varieties and methods of cultivation. There
are neither niu^eries nor seed farms on the island.
Plants of the banana, pineapple, and the like, grow
from suckers, but aside from those species which prop-
agate naturally, the fruits trees are the simple result
from chance seedlings voluntarily produced from dis-
carded seed, with but httle effort being made to foster
or preserve them. The practice of perpetuating supe-
rior forms by the various methods of asexual propaga-
tion is unknown to the Guam planter.
Agricultural implements are of the crudest and most
antiquated type. The native plow is an awkward
home-made wooden contrivance with a single handle
and a rough cast moldboard and point. It is drawn by
a water buffalo and tears and thrusts aside the soil,
leaving a ragged furrow about 4 inches wide. A man
with a buffalo and one of these implements, working
on an eight-hoiuwiay basis, will require at least five
days to plow in a most ineffectual manner 1 acre of
land. In addition to the plow, a simple little hand tooL
the fosifio, on the principle and of the construction of
a scuffle-hoe, is the only implement in common use for
tilling the soil.
Regardless, however, of the primitive methods of
the people, uuam is essentially a land of agriculture.
It has no other possible natural resource. With a
moderately fertile soil and a climate permitting the
planting and harvesting of crops dunnx 365 days of
the year, the island is a garden specially created for
the farmer. How rapidly the development of the
a^cultural industries may come, or how remote the
time when the full possibilities of the island may be
achieved, is a matter of mere conjecture, but the
absolute necessity of improvement is daily becoming
more manifest. Education is rapidly creating a higher
and more expensive standard of hving and this increased
expense must be balanced by correspondingly aug-
mented production from the soil. Lack of snipping
facihties has seriously impeded progress in horticuf
tural lines and imtil improvement is brought about
there is little to encourage the establishment of the
fresh fruit industry upon a commercial basis. Products
for export must necessarily be limited to such of the
less perishable crops as coconuts, coffee, and cacao,
and to articles preserved by some of the various
methods, of which pickling, bottling, canning, and
evaporation are examples.
The coconut (Cocos nudfera) was found growing m
106
Guam at the time of the discovery by the Spaniards.
Safford observes that "the first accurate description of
the coconut was published by Dampier from observa-
tions made by him in Guam in 1686.^' This is the most
important product of the island, copra, the dried kernel
of the nut from which the coconut-oil of commerce is
expressed, constituting the only article of export. The
nut is also variously used in cookery, and furnishes one
of the principal feeds for both poultiy and hogs. Aside
from the nut itself, the leaf is spUt through the midrib
from the terminal end and the pinnse ofeach plaited
together, forming from each m>nd two cruoe but
efitective shingles for thatching the roofs of buildings.
The fact that probably 95 per cent of the dwellings
in Guam are thatched witn this material indicates
the extent to which the leaves are used for this purpose.
Toddy, a popular beverage, non-intoxicating when
first drawn, is collected from an incision in the flower-
stalk; and this, by the process of boiling, is converted
into syrup, and, by a further continuation of the pro-
cess, sugar is obtamed. Fermented toddy is an intoxi-
cant and is extensively employed in lieu of yeast in
making bread. It is also us^ in the preparation of
vinegar or, by distillation, a highly alcohoUc Uquor,
known as "aguardiente. '' is produced.
The native devotes out httle attention to his trees;
yet natural conditions are favorable, and the trees
nourish and yield good crops regardless of nefflect.
Bud-rot has not made its appearance on the imand.
Cattle running at large cropping off the young trees,
and rats which gnaw off the young immature nuts, are,
as a matter of fact, the only serious enemies of the
plantation. In Guam, crops are gathered to a limited
extent during all seasons of the year, but the ^neral
tendency is to confine pickings as much as possible to
the dry season, when weather conditions tacihtatins
the process of air-drying the copra usually prevail.
Drying with artificial heat is never practised. That
part of the output going to the export trade is disposed
of to Japanese traders who ship by sailine schooners to
Yokohama where the oil is eimressed and the residual
meal employed to increase fertility of Japanese gardens.
To give some idea of the importance of the industry,
the following custom-house records ooverinjp; the
exports for the annual periods ending Jime 30, wr the
past three years are given:
Period Tons Value
1909-10 534.6 $38,610.11
1910-11 870.6 61.068.80
1911-12 1047.0 69.924.10
Fruit of bananas and plantains. Musa species, grow
in rich profusion everywhere and form an important
food staple of the people. Plantations are not estdl>-
Ushed systematically and are confined to small areas
of land contiguous to the home. Total neglect of the
plantation is common and when cultivation is at all
practised it consists of the occasional removal of weeds
and grasses and the apphcation of this organic matter
and a small amoimt of surface soil about the base of
ihe plants. This mulch of soil and Utter serves two
purposes, according to the season of its application.
In hot dry weather it cools the soil and assists in the
conservation of moisture, and in the season of heavy
rainfall its rapid decomposition adds fertihty to the
root-feeding areas of the soil.
Among the forms common in Guam, the Chinese
dwarf or Cavendish banana (Musa Cavendishii),
known in the vernacular of Guam as chotda Guahu
(the Oahu banana), is the only well-known commercial
variety. It is of comparatively recent introduction
and is not well distributed. Chotda Dedos (the finger
banana) is so named from the long slender form of the
fruit, lending a fancied resemblance to the fingers on
a human hemd. Chotda Haya (pronounced hadya —
signifying native or unintroduced banana) is supposed
1698 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
to have been tbe earlieet form cultivated on the iHUnd.
Chotda Doina is similu- and poedbly identical to the
variety "Gloria" o( the Philippines, which Blanco
refers to M. partsdisiaca ternalenna. Chotda Manila
(M. paToduiaea einerea) has been introduced from
the Philippines, where it is known as Letondal or
Latendan. This variety, though inferior in flavor and
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
It is said that during the latter part of the Spanish
regime when direct shipping means existed between
Guam and Manila, an export trade of considerable
importance was enjoyed and that the Guam product
was recognized for ite superior quality. Coffee is nosr
more sparingly grown than in fonner timea and within
the past few years the outputjias not been sufficient
mango" is of medium si
_. ___ .__jty, „ ___ ,
subject to cracking and dropping from the bunch when to supply the nome demand. The absence from Guana
ripe, is a heavy-yielding sort and consequently a meet of the coffee fungus, HemUeia va^atrix, bo widely
distributed throughout the Old
World Tropics and bo destruo-
tive to the coffee industry wher-
ever it exista is both interestine
and significant. Aside from field-
rats, which feed Tipon the sweet
pulp, dropping the naked berry
t« the ground, then? are no sen-
ous pests to contend with ia
Guam. Even with the limited
acreage adaptable to coffee-cul-
ture, the industry is entirely
capable of development to the
extent of not only supplying the
home demand but also of furmdk-
ii^ a coDsidenble surplus for
The mango {Mangifera in-
diea), a most delicious tropical
fruit, is grown in Guam in two
races, both of which come true
to seed, or at least practically
80, and are propagated only
by that method. The "Guam
ii<Hi«,u u VI lumiuui siie, oontains but little fiber and
a Free from the disapeeable taste of turpentine, coTit-
mon to some of the mferior varieties, when it is prop-
erly ripened. It is identical with the common "Caraboo"
mango of the Philipnines. In the quality of its fruit this
variety is superior, out on the island of Guam it poe-
sesses the disadvantages of light and irr^tular bearmg-
habits. Another feature in the cultivation of this specin
that tends to discourage planting is the fact that treea
require from twelve to twenty years to grow from the
seed to a state of production. Owing to these habits of
alow development and Lght yields, the supply of man-
goes is insufficient to meet the demand for them and the
same conditions create an ever-ready market-price of
l> to 10 cente United Stales currency for a fruit. Large
trees claimed to be mote than 100 years old, measurins
as much as 9 feet in circumference of the trunk ana
from 50 to 60 feet in top diameter, are common.
The "Saipan mango introduced from the island of
that name, now seat of the German government in
the Marianas, is a small fruit weighing about four
ounces. It is full of a coarse fiber and is inferior in
flavor. The tree of this variety is of comparatively
small dimensions, comes into bearing in four to seven
years from the seed, and is a regular and heavv bearer.
As a fruit this race is of little importance, but as a
stock upon which to inarch the Guam mango" it
should prove valuable, as its leas vigorous root^ystem
should result ia dwarfing the tree olthe Guam variety
and in rendering it more prolific.
In addition to the more important fruits noted above,
others of more or Ices value abound in great variety.
Lemons and limes of fair quahty and oranges of an
inferior grade are plentiful. The bullock's - heart
(jinnona Tetiodala) grows spontaneously, and tbe
sour-eop (A, muritmia) and sweet-sop (A. iquamoaa)
are common fruits. The papaya {Carica Papaya), in a
degenerate form, has escaped from cultivation and
Cws in great profuaon throughout the island. Excel-
I papayas are grown from introduced seed of
improved forms, but hybridisation between these and
the native papavas results in a reduction in the site
of the fruit with each successive generation. When
ie». A utin iiiii
popular one. Probably 75 per cent of the
annually produced on the island are of this variety.
Chotda tanduque (M. paradinaca mofTia), a favorite
fruit of the plantain type, eaten both cooked and
uncooked, is also of Philippine introduction. Other
good varieties of recent introduction which may be
expected to assume leading places b the future are,
the Bungulan (M. paradinaca svaMolena) , the Lacatan
(Af , paradinaea lacatan), from the Phihppines, and the
Brazihan banana from the Hawaiian Islands. The
Jamaica or Bluefieids banana was introduced into Guam
during the fiscal year 1912 by the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
The leaves and false stem of the banana are relished
by catUe and after maturing their fruit theee consti-
tute a valuable by-product.
Breadfruit (Artocarpua incUa) grows in great lux-
uriance in tbe warm humid climate of Guam, and
it is probably nowhere more abundant or more hi^ly
esteemed. Uncultivated and uncared for, tbe copious
supply of nutritious food which it yields during its
lonp fruiting season from June to DMember is wholly
a gift of Nature. Both the seed-bearing variety and the
more highly improved seedless form of A . incita exist
in extensive forests. The breadfruit is not a conmiercial
article, yet the important part which it plays in the
domestic economy of the people renders it worthy of
mention in a work of this character. In addition to
the value of the fruit for human food, the immature
fruits are fed to cattle and hogs and the ripe fruit also
constitutes a most valuable hog-feed. The leaves of
the breadfruit tree are largely employed as a fodder
for cattle and the fondness shown for them by the
native cattle is not acquired; for cows imported from
tbe United States manifest an equal relish for them at
the first feeding. In this connection the necessity of
providing the young plants with protection from cattle
IS indicated.
The coffee shrub (Coffea arabica), and to a more
limited extent the Liberian species (C liberiea), are
at Sinabafia situated o
a elevation south of Agana.
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
careful methodB of hand Dolliostion are not practised,
the use of introduoed Heeds of the beat improved vario-
tiee is found essential to beat reaulte. The avocado
(Per«ea profustma) has been introduced since the
establishment of Americ&n government on the island
and the remarkable viKor and heavy yields of a few
trees indicate a bright future for this new fruit. Pine-
apples, small in siic and of fair quaUty, are found in
n^ectcd plantings. The United States Department
of Agriculture has introduced plants of the Smooth
Cayenne pineapple, which promises zreat improvement
over the native variety. The sapodilla {Achrtu Sapola),
the cashew (Anaearaium occidenl/iie), the corambola
(Averrhoa Corambola), the Otaheit« apple {Eugenia
maiaaxnsit), the guava {Ptiditan Gvajam), and the
tamarind (Tamarindut indiai), are all listed in the
catato^e of island fruits.
A discussion on vegetable-gardening in Guam must
essentialhf treat of poeaibihCies rather than of achieve-
ments. Gardening is practised to a very hmited extent
and in accordance with the most antiquated methods.
Among the most common temperate-zooe vegetables,
tomatoes, potatoes, cabbage, sweet corn, and garden
peas are not successful. Beans in wide variety of types,
radishes, lettuce, okra, eggplants, peppers, cucumt^rs,
muskmelons, and watermelons are all successfully
produced. Important rootcrops, bandied more as
field than garden products, are yams, taro, and sweet
potatoes. The most important food staple cultivated
on the island is maiie. Rice was formerly grown exten-
sively, but now nearly all the rice consumed on the
island is imported. Tobacco is also successfully culti-
vated by the natives. Peanuts are common and ore
grown entirely from vine cuttings. The difficulty of
preserving the vitality of many of the common garden
seeds in tjie warm humid climate of Guam is one of the
principal causes of the present indifferent attitude
shown by the native former toward the cultivatiou of
the vegetable-garden.
A few species of valuable tropical hardwoods are
found in the forests of Guam but owing to extravagant
and wasteful cutting, the better grades of timber are
becoming comparativel>[ scarce. Among the most
important of tnese species, Aftdia hijvga, known in
Guam as "ifit," is extensively used for general construc-
tion purposes and as a cabinet-womi. CalophyUum
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1699
A Bvstematie flora of the island has recently been
published by E, D. Merrill ("An Enumeration of the
Plants of Guam," Phihppine Joum. Science, Vol. IX,
1914). Merrill points out the affinity of the Guam
flora with that of the Malayan r^on, practically all
the indigenous genera being of wide Indo-Malayan
distribution. The nearest approach to an endemic
genus is Saffordiella, which also is found on the island
of Yap. Among the new orchids described by Ames are
species of Buloophyllum, Liparis. Eulophia, PhiEtia,
C<Elo^yae, Saccotobium, and Dendrobium. Among the
conspicuous forest trees, Merrill describes several
banyans, the sacred nunus of the natives, Fieua marian-
nenais and F. Saffordii; the yoga, Blxocarput Jooa,_ a
lofty tree with buttressed trunk and ciustera of blui^
Krape-like fruit; a new ahnendra,or talisai, TermintUia
Sa^ordii, with edible almond-like fruit; and aevertJ
species of Eugenia. He also describes several new
shrubs, among them, MaearaTiga Thompionii and
PhylUwttiiua Saffordii, belonginK to the Euphorbiaces;
Grewia mariannengis, closely allied to the Polynesian
Q. maloaxai; a number of Rubiaces, including species
of Hedyotis, Morinda, Oldenlandia, Paychotria, and
Tarenna; and Discoctdyx megacarpa, a plant with
erect habit, glossy green leaves, and bright red berries.
For further information on the horticijlture of Guam,
see "The Useful Plants of Guam," bv Safford, and the
Annual Reports of the Guam Agricultural Experiment
Station. J. B, Thompson.
TntuiU.
The most important island of American Samoa (Fig.
1990) is situated about 4,200 miles southwest of San
Francisco in latitude 14° 20' south and loneitude about
170° 40' west of Greenwich. Although smaller than the
German islands, Savaii and Upolu^ lying to the west-
ward, it ia more important strategic^v on aci
its remarkable natural land-locked harMr, Paf,
the precipitous walls of which a&ord safety to an entu«
squadron even during the violent hurricanes which
sometimes sweep tbe group. Tutuila has an area of
atraut &4 Btjuare miles, with a population of nearly
4,000 inhabitants. Like other islands of the ^vup, it
is volcanic with barrier coral reefs surrounding it. The
forestHjIad mountains rise to a height of about 3,000
feet. Several other neighboring i^aods belonging to
I, generally designated as "palo
inophyCi
UBuallV . ,
tion of cart wheels, Ciaoxylan
of the Charoorro, is specially valued for flooring pui>
poses. Heritiera liittnvlit^ called "ufa," is utiUEed in
making plow-beams, while OdtTocarjxia obovofta and
Premna Gaudidiaudii, known respectivelv as "chopag"
and "ahgao" are extensively employed in the con-
Btructjon of buildings.
the United States have a combined area of not more
than 25 square miles and a population of 2,000 inhabi-
tants. The group known as Manua, lying a degree to
the eastward of Tutuila, is composed of the small
islands Tau. Ofu, and Olosenga, the first formed like a
great mole-nill, tne other two rising precipitously from
the sea. Rose Island, lying 70 mites to the eastward, is a
tymcal coral atoll almost circulax in shape.
The islands are swept almost continually by the
1700 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
trnde-windB, and there is abundant runfall. The climate
ifl heaithful, the volcanic soU quickly arbaorbing the
precipitated moisture. December, the warmest month,
Dsa a mean temperature of about 87° F.; July, the
coolest month, a mean temperature of about 78° F.
American Samoa is governed by an officer of the
United Stat«fi Navy, detailed by the Secretary of the
Navy. The wisdom of the government in dealing with
the natives is shown by its methods of administration-
Ancient Samoan customs are followed ae closely as pos-
Bible. The villages choose their own chiefs from those
who have hereditary rights to the position, subject to
the governor's approval. The villages are grouped
int« counties ruled by high chi^s and the coun-
ties are grouped into three great districts, Eas(«m
Tutuila, Western Tutuila, and the District of Manu'a,
each of which has at its head a chief appointed by the
Kvemor. The customs officer is a naval officer and the
alth department is under a medical officer of the
Navy, who has charge of the island dispensary aad
the hospital, or sick quarters, of the station. At the end
of each year there is held a veneral fono, or assembly
to which all parte of the islands send del^ates. In thia
1091. Sunoan dwalUai Ihitched with nitu-cua Imtsi, with ■
mats, on the iloplac ihora tt Pmto-Ptto Bar, IiUnd at Tutuila.
banana*, coemml palmi, Imadfnill Dh, uul 'an peppar (Fipai
bae in the diataace.
asBembly matters of general interest are discussed, new
laws recommended, complainta and su^estions are
listened to, laws are explained, and information given
regarding all matters affecting the welfare of the natives
and the administration. Suffrage is restricted to the
beads of families (matais) En accordance with Samoan
custom, the family and not the individual being con-
sidered the unit of society.
There are no public lands in American Samoa. Even
the land occupied by the Naval Station was acquired
from the native owners by purchaae. A few small tracts
are owned by foreigners, who acquired their titles
before the American occupation. Only one plantation
is owned by a white man, and he is connected by mar-
riage with one of the highest chiefs of Samoa. On bis
ElantatioQ in a valley on the north side of Tutuila, he
as planted coconut trees, rubber, cacao, and a small
amount of coffee. On account of the small amount of
arable land there is no opportunity for Americans to
become planters in these islands.
The only product of commercial importance is copra,
the dried meat of the coconut, AU the beaches are
fringed with coconut palms. At the mouths of streams
where the water is brackish, there are mangrove thickets
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
iposed chiefly of Rhisophora and Bruguiera. Sur-
idiog the thatehed hute of the natives are manjr
unental plants, including HUntcaa TOio-nRentia, the
beloved aute of the natives, who adorn themselves
with it« bright red flowers; trees of the fragrant
Canangiitm odortUiim, here called "moao'oi," from tbe
Bowers of which the natives make garlands and prepare
a Boent«d oil Cor anointing their bodies; clumps of
pandanus, from the leaves of which they weave their
mats; ironwood (Caauarina equiselifolia) called "toa,"
from the trunks of which they make spears and war-
clubs; Piper TiKth]/»ttcum from the roots of which they
prepare tlieir national drink called '"ava:" and near-
by are usually clumps of bananas and ptantaina;
patches of taro (Colocona antiquorum var. etcutenla) the
starchy roots of which form one of their most important
food staples; trees of breadfruit (ATtocarput iTttita)
magnificent mango trees; the Polynesian "chestnut"
{Itwcarpui ediUia), called "ifi;" several varieties of
yams (Dioscorete) the paper mulberry {Brousaimetia
papyrifera'}, from the inner bark of which the women
make bark-cloth, the widely spread Hiintcta (Uiaaua,
here called "fau," from the bark of which they make
cordage: urticaoeoua plants, fau-
Bonga (Pipturiu argenteat) and
fau-pata {Ci/plwlophiu maeroco-
phaiw), from the fiber of which
they make their shaggy mats and
their fishing nets; oraciena-like
Cordyline lerminalia, here called
"ti," from the leaves of which
they make skirta worn while
Sshmg on the reef ; besides many
other interesting and useful
Though much of the island is
too st«ep for cultivation, every
foot of the soil near the coast
seems to vield useful plant prod-
ucts, ano edible sea-weeds are
secured from the shallow lagoons
between the shore and the sur-
rounding reefs.
The ^pes of tbe moimtains
as well as the vall^ are covered
with rich humus formed princi-
pally by the decay of vf^table
la Uindi of cocoaat-leaf matter together with a slight
StoTouDdiat Tafeutloa: proportion of decomposed vol-
laO^cam), ■ lai|a maiwD canic rock. Nearly all tropi-
cal plants which have beien
tried have been grown buc-
ceasfully. Oranges, grapefruit, lemons, litnes, citrons,
tbe mango, alugator pear (aguacate, or avocado),
papaya, pineapple, are among the introduced fruits.
The citrous fruits are subject to scale. The lemons
are mostly thick-skinned and of inferior quality. Ban-
anas of many varieties are cultivated, ^acb family
having a banana-patch for its own use. Certain varie-
ties are allowed to ripen and eaten raw, while othera
are gathered immature, before the starch has turned to
sugar, and are cooked as a v^table. The varieties
growing in Samoa before ite discovery are known as
"fft'i Knmna " wViilfi Ihruip int.nvlnnvt hv t.hp whil.Hi nrr>
rappers. In addition to tbe
cultivated species there is a wild banana in the mount-
ains, called "soa'a" [Muta Fehi, Bart.), which yields
a black dye. Of this species which bears its fruit in an
erect raceme, the natives have a story telling of a battle
between the soa'a and the fa'i. The soa'a was victo-
rious and ever since it has kept its head erect, while the
conquered fa'i is compelled to bow its head earthward
ae a token of its humiliation.
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1701
Several varieties of taro (Colocasia antiquarum var.
esculenta) are cultivated, some of them in marshy
places, others in clearings made in the forest. On the
island of Tutuila there is not much marsh taro in com-
parison with upland taro. The latter is usually planted
m virgin soil m holes made by a digging-stick. Very
little care is afterward bestowed upon it except to
keep the patches weeded. Marsh taro requires a con-
stant supply of fresh water. The starchy roots must be
thoroughly baked to destroy their acricut^r, which, like
that ot our Indian turnip, is caused by minute needles
of oxalate of calcium (raphides). Closely aUied to the
taro is the giant taro, Aiocasia macrorkizaf called "'ta'
amu" by the Samoans. Several kinds of ta'amu occur
in Samoa, all of which are probably varieties of A.
macrorhiza. They are propagated like upland taro.
The roots, which sometimes reach a great sixe, in
times of scarcity are an important food staple. The
enormous satiny leaves are used for covering tne native
ovens. The young leaves of taro are cookea in various
wavs as a vegetable. One of the most agreeable dishes,
called ^*palusami,'' is composed of the expressed cream
of grated coconut meat combined with young taro
leaves and a little salt water wrapped in an outer ooveiv
ing of leaves and baked in a native oven. The fermented
paste made from taro known in the Hawaiian Islands
as ''poi^' is unknown in Samoa.
Yams (Dioscorea Batatas) t called 'Hifi'' by the Samoans,
resemble the forms known on the island of Guam as
''dago.'' The tubers often grow to an enormous size.
The plants are propagated dv cuttings, each of which
must possess an eye or bud from which the new plant
springs. The plantations are made in clearings in the
woods, stones are laid around the young plants and
stakes are placed for the plants to climb upon. In
about six months after planting the tubers are ready for
food. As the propagation and gathering of yams are
more difficult than in the case of taro, ^ey are not so
extensively grown, though they thrive well and are
wdl liked oy the natives.
Tacca jfinnatifida, Forst., called ''masoa" by the
Samoans and commonly known as 'Tol3rnesian arrow-
root.'' 3rields an excellent starch, which is used prin-
cipally for pasting together the filmv beaten bast ot the
paper mulberry m making bark-cloth (siapo). It is
also an article of food and is sometimes prepared with
coconut custard in the form of dumplinm or puddincs.
In Tahiti the natives braid beautiful nats from tne
epidermis of the flower-scapes and petioles of this
plant. As with the yams, the tubers are mature when
the plants die down. When fresh they are bitter. The
starch is prepared by grating the tublers to a fine pulp
which is put into a vessel of water. This becomes
milky and the solid particles are removed by straining.
After standing for some time, the starch settles and
the clear liqmd is poured off. This plant grows spon-
taneously in Samoa^ but it is sometimes cultivated.
Rice IS not cultivated. Though it was introduced
into the island of Guam before the discovery of that
island by Europeans, it was entirely unknown to the
ancient Pol3me8ians of the central and eastern Pacific.
The breadfruit (Artocarpus incisa) is planted about)
every village. It grows in the form of a symmetrical
tree with spreading top. Its curved limbs furnish the
Samoans with raftoB for the roofs of their best houses;
the viscid milky latex is used by them for many pur-
Eoses : and the large lobed leaves are eaten with relish
y all herbivorous animals. The fruit, gathered before
it is quite ripe, is prepared for food in a variety of ways.
It is often eaten with pork, fish, or fowl, sometimes with
a sauce of cooked custard expressed from grated coconut
meat; or in the form of dumplings cooked in this cus-
tard. As the breadfruit season is limited, quantities of
the fruit are placed in pits and allowed to ferment,
somewhat after the manner of sauer-kraut. Thou^
the fermented substance has a very offensive smell, it
is nutritious, and is made into cakes and baked.
''Masi," the name of these cakes, is now a general term
applied to all kinds of biscuits and crackers. The trees
are propagated from suckers, to which a portion of a
root of the parent plant is left attached. The young
trees grow rapidly and in three or four years bear fruit.
The Polynesian ''chestnut" (Inocarpua edulis) is a
magnificent forest tree belonging to tne Legummoss.
Its fruit roasted in the shell has somewhat the taste of
chestnuts and is much eaten by the Samoans. Its
wood is hard and durable, of fine texture and verv
tough. It has the remarkable quality of burning read-
ily while green.
Sugar-cane is grown to some extent. It has been
g;rown by the Samoans from prehistoric times, but
not for commercial purposes. No sugar is made on the
island. The cane is relished especially by the children,
wiio suck its sweet juice. Its principal use is in fur-
nishing an excellent durable thatch for the houses of
the natives.
Tobacco is grown in small quantities very much after
the fashion pursued in other countries, first in seed-
beds, then transplanted. It is consumed by the natives,
both male and female, in the form of cigarettes wrapped
with dry banana leaves.
Piper fnethysticunif called "kava" in some parts of
Polynesia and '' 'ava" in Samoa, is extensively grown
for the sake of the narcotic infusion prepared from its
root. This is prepared with great ceremony in the pres-
ence of the chief or head of a family by young girls. In
former times, the root was first chewed and then placed
in the wooden bowl in the form of quids upon which
cold water was poured from a coconut water-bottle;
but now the root is rasped on an improvised grater
made by puncturing holes in a sheet of tin. The infusion
is not allowed to ferment but is drunk fresh, each per-
son present partaking of it in succession in the order
of his rank. 'Avapdrmking in Samoa is never indulged
in so extensively as to become a vice, but the beverage
is a wholesome and refreshing stimulant. 'Ava takes
the place in Samoa of the betel pepper {Piper Betel) of
the Philippines and the island ot Guam, tne leaves of
which are chewed with areca nut and a little lime. The
latter has never found its way into eastern Polynesia.
In the woods there are valuable hardwood trees,
many of which are clothed with epiph3rtal orchids,
l}rcopods, and ferns, and the slopes of the moimtains
3riela rich returns to the botanist in rare ferns and other
plants, especially graceful tree^ems.
In the vicinity of Pago-Pago the most common trees
are the fau (Hwiscus tuiaceus); milo {T?ie4tpesia popidr
nea)\ lama, or candle-nut (Aleuriles moluccana) called
'Hoikui" in the Hawaiian Islands; toi {AlphiUmia
excelsa); tavai (Rhus simarubsfolia); masame {Anli'
desma sphxrocarpum) ; tamanu, a speci^e of Maba; and
fetau {Calophyllum inophyllum). The futu (Barring^
Umia speciosa)f a beautiful tree with glossy leaves and
white flowers with crimson stamens, bears a peculiar
four-angled fruit which is used in Samoa, as in Guam,
for stupefying fish in tide pools on the coral reefs. The
appearance of the red blossoms (aloalo) of the ngatee
{Erythrina indioa) marks an epoch in the Samoan
calendar. The ifilele, which is identical with the valua-
ble ipil of Guam (IrUsia bijuga). is prized for its durable
hard wood, and is much usea for house posts. The
fragrant flowers of the langaali {Aglaia edulis) t like
those of Canangium odoratum^ are used to scent the
coconutK>il with which the natives anoint themselves.
The fruit of the vi (Spondias dulcis) is hi^ly prized
by the natives and that of the nonu-fiafia {Eugenia
malaccensis) is also eaten. The giant banyans (Ficus
sp.). rising like great hillocks above the general level
of tne forests and remarkable for their numerous aerial
Srop-like roots, are regarded by the Samoans to be the
wellings of spirits {aitu). The Samoans have legends
and songs regarding many of their forest trees and
1702 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
I, p. 361, 1902), to whic^ the n
also "American Samoa," a eener
dinibe, one of which called "The Battle between the Cagayan River; in T^lac and PanMirinan, watered bv
Tieee and Stonee" is translated b^ Augustin Kraemer the Agno; and in Nueva Ecija and Fampanga, throu^
"' ' " '" ' which flows the Pampwnga. The Cottabato Valley m
the Moro Province is irrigated by the Mindanao
River. The interior of Mindanao, from the mouDtain
ranges east of the AguBsn River to Lake Lanao in the
west, consists of a remarkable series of level table-
lands of great fertility between the mountains and cafi-
ons at an elevation ranging from 1,000 to here and
there exceeding 2,500 feet.
The cUmate is remarkably mild and free from
extremes, though there is considerable variation in
temperature due to altitude. The Weather Bureau of
the Philippines distinguiBhea three types of climate
peculiar to fJie Philippines: (1) That of Soraogon,
Philippine Islinds.
The Philijipmea (Fig. 1992) , lying between the Pacific
and the Ctuna Sea. extend almost due north and south
from Formosa to Borneo and the Moluccas, and cover
about 700 miles of longitude and 1,000 miles of latitude
(from 4.40° to 20° north latitude, and 116.40° to 126.30°
east longitude). The archipelago comprises 3,141
islands, having a total area of 127,853 square miles,
and has a population of above 8,000,000 mhabitants.
The largest islands are Luzon, with an area of 4(i,W9
and Mindanao with 36,292 square miles.
The Phihppines are of volcanic origin and in conse-
quence the topography of the archipelago
teriied by a broten surface and more or 1. -..„--
mountains in all islands of any importance. Between
the mountain ranges and on toe banks of some of the
largest rivers lie several rich, level valleys awaiting the
advent of the cultivator, areas which are eminently
suited for the cultivation of rice, com, sugar, tobacco,
hemp, and coconuts. The principal plains are found
in Isabela and Cagayan novincee, watered by the
less rugged recorded temperature, t
Albay, Ambos Camarmes, Catajiduanee, and adjacent
islands, the eastt^m coast of Luzon from the ecadiore
to the mountains in Tayabas, eastern Isabria, and
Cagayan, the north and east coast of Samar. the east
and north coast of Mindanao and adjacent islands, the
valley of the Agusan River, and the east coast of
Leyte: this climate is characterised by an average
rainfall of 3,090 millimeteis, well distributed throug^-
" the year, mean temperature 79.8° F., lowest
Tded temperature, 62.4° F., highest 110.3^ F., the
greatest rain/all being in December, and the least in
May, June, and July. (2) That of the provinces of
Bat^igas, Bataan, Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Siu*, Zambales,
Union, Riial, Western Bulacan, Pampanga, Nueva
Ecija, Tarlac, Pongasinan, the west coast of Panay,
Mindoro and Mindanao, with an average rainfall of
2,120 millimeters, falling mainly from May to October
with a distinctly dry season during December,
January, February, March and April; mean torn*
perature 80.5° F., highest recorded temperature
103.1° F., lowest 67.7° F. (3) That of the ex-
treme north of Luzon, including the Cagayan
Valley and the Batanes Islands, the shores of
Laguna de Bay, the west coasts of Samar, and
Leyte, the north and east coasts of Panav,
N^ros, Cebu and Bohol, Davao Gulf and tbe
south end of the Zamboanga Peninsula; annual
rainfall 1,882 millimeteis, falling mainly from
September to January, with a short dry season
in February, March, and April, mean tempera-
ture 79.7° F., highest recorded temperature 100"
F. Jowest, 59."° "
The foUowi
(saenl tonn of the ucUiieUfo.
1897
Mardla bcnp tS,S713S0
Siigsr e,eii.s3e
Cop™ Bud cowouti 2,687.BTS
ToWoo pmducU 2,128,380
Indiio 72,57»
Coflw 46.M8
CunUenut products 36.ai»
Ilus-iluic oil M,937
Sappui wood 33.323
CopBl 23je3
MMuey fiber 13,987
ftinU 8,393
1911
Manila hemp ^ tlS.141,3«>
Cop™ e.g99.4S7
Sunt SAU.sao
Tobacco produeta 3.a0fi.MT
Bamboo Gau 301.141
Maouey fiber 2fi4.0S3
Copd 49,710
llaDi-Uana oil 47.404
Gulta-percha 41,006
Fruita and nuta 2S.Sfl8
Sappan irood U^SO
Kapok cotton 11.334
Coffee 3B6
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES 1703
By oomparing these statistics it will be seen that the
exportation of nemp has about double during this
pmod; copra has leaped into second place instead of
sugar, of which there has been a comparatively smadl
increase; the production of maguey fiber has increased
over twenty-fold.
Rice, of which there are about 1,000 varieties more
or less, is the most important cereal in the Philippines.
The principal rice-proaucing provinces are, in the order
of their importance, Pangasinan, Nueva Ecija, Tarlac,
llocos Norte, Bulacan, Pampanga, and Capiz.
Com succeeds well, but is of comparatively limited
cultivation, Cebu and Pangasinan being the chief
producers; however, com-groMring is greatly on the
mcrease. Muncos and cowpeas are the only legumes
grown under field -cultiue, but are not cultivated
extensively.
Manila hemp is the leading expK)rt article; it is
obtained from the leaf-stems or petioles of the abac&
(Musa texUlis), and is grown principally in Attuky,
Leyte, Amboe Camarines^ Sorsogon and Samar.
Copra is the next important export. Tayabas,
Laguna, Albay, Samar, Moro, Cebu, Capic, and Leyte
are the source of most of the copra, and the culture of
the coconut is on a steady increase.
Sugar, the fourth most important crop, is cultivated
primarily in the Provinces of Occiaental Negros,
rampanga, Batangas, and Doilo.
Most of the tobacco is grown in Tsabela, Cagayan,
Cebu, La Union and Pangasinan.
The statistics below relate to the six principal crops
of the Philippines for the fiscal year 1911.
Crop
Rice
Abaca
Coconuts
Average of
200 trees
per hectare
Sugar-cane. ....
Corn
Tobacco
Area
Hectares
1.043.757
404.160
206.476
120.313
302,516
60,015
{
Product
Cleaned rice
Manila hemp
Ripe nuts for iood
Copra
Coconut oil
Palm wine
Crude sugar
Shelled com
Leaf tobacco
Amount produced
Approximate
total value
in provincial
markets
574.842.682 kilos
171379.598 kUos
i54'.986.726 nuts'
118.323.114 kilos
6.602.966 Uteri
37.649.880 Uters
243.924.574 kilos
186.404.700 Uters
25.518,132 kilos
Both fruit- and vegetable-culture have been greatly
neglected in the Pnihppines, notwithstanding the
fact that the soil is almost eveiywhere of great fer-
tility and that a great number of vegetables succeed
well and produce abundantly when properly cared for.
Coconuts, with the steady and increasing demand for
copra and other coconut products, are undoubtedly
destined to become not only the chief horticultund
industrv in the Philippines but the leading industry in
the archipelago. If a coconut plantation is well located
and intelligently cared for there is probably no other
enterprise m the Philippines today that offers so large
a return with so little care and expenditure. (See
Philippine Bureau of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 17.)
Coffee (Coffea arabica) was a very profitable crop
until the entrance of the coffee blight (HemUeia me«-
tatrix) about twenty-five years iwo, which gradually
destroyed the hitherto very profitable coffee-plantar
tions. Coffee-culture is now of little or no importance,
and coffee to the value of $255,039 was imported in the
fiscal year ending 1911. Coffea lihericay C ro6ti«ta, and
the Alaragogipe hybrid have been introduced in order
to revive the coffee industry, but without avail. From
the present outlook, coffee^growing will never become
an important industry until a blight-resistant variety
shall have been found that is equal in quality to the
Arabian coffee.
The cacao (Theobroma Cacao) was long ago intro-
duced into the Philippines, and large areas are well
ad2^>ted to the culture of this tree, particularly in
Mindanao, but althou^ foimd in all provinces, even
the home demand for cacao has never been supplied,
and the cacao products imported into the Phihppines
in 1911 amounted to $261,935. The reasons for this
n^lect of what would undoubtedly be a profitable
industry are that hemp, coconuts and su^-cane, which
require less attention and care, yet yield profitable
returns, have been more than the cacao aoapted to
the agricultural educational standard so far attained
by the population in the Philippines. It should not be
forgotton, however, that systematic cacao-culture has
never been introduced, either by the Spaniards, or
by the Americans after their occupation of the archi-
pelago. It cannot be doubted but that cacao will some
day Become one of the most important of the Philip-
pine aj^horticultural exports.
Fnut-growing, in the pomological sense of the word,
is scarcely even in its infancy. Fruits, fresh, canned
and dried, were imported to the value of $241,686 in
1911, while the total horticultural exports for the same
year were but $24,053. It is thus seen that the foreign
markets are all neglected, and yet there is no doubt
but that Hongkong could readily absorb many times
the amoimt of fruit that is sent there and that much
could be exported to Japan. China and Cochin-China,
and even Australia. This latter country imported in
1910 citrous fruits alone to the value of $107,445 from
California and the Mediterranean countries, and, in
fact, the Philippines themselves, the home of some of
the citrous fruits, yearly import oranges,
pomelos and lemons that are far inferior
to the home-grown product; canned
pineapples are imported from Singa-
pore and HawaiL However, there has
been an awakening durinjg the past
year to the anomaly of this situation,
and considerable attention is beginning
to be paid to the fruit industry.
Owing to the lon^ distance to the
principfu large foreign markets, and
the perishable nature of most of the
fruits cultivated, the Philippine Islands
can hope to export but few fresh fruits,
such as mandarins, oranges, pomelos,
bananas and mangoes, and while the
production of fresn fruit for export
should become a considerable item, the manufactured
products — ^fruit canned, dried, crushed and grated, made
mto jams, jellies, marmalade, fruit syrups, flavoring
extract and wine — are destined to be of primary, im-
portance. In this form the Philippine fnuta can com-
pete with others for the world's markets.
Two fruits only, the banana and the mandarin, can
be said to be systematically planted and cultivated,
and even then the care they receive is primitive. Prac-
tically all the mandarins are grown in a small district
in Batangas^ budding and grafting is never practised;
marcottage is sometimes employed in the propagation
of particularly choice fruit trees, principally tne chico.
Even the mango, the most famous of the Philippine
fruits, is grown on the edges of the rioe-paddies. on
hillsiaes and along the roads, instead of m regularly
planted orchards.
Also, there are many districts in the Philippines in
which such hardy and vigorous species as the mango,
tamarind, chico, and breadfruit have not yet been intro-
duced and there are others such as the bauno {Mangif-
era verticillata), marang (Artocarpua odoratUsima)^ and
kambog {DiUenia speciosa), which are unknown except
in their native habitat.
The banana (Musa sapientuntj M. paradisiaca^ and
Af. humUis) is the most important of the Philippine
fruits as a food; the flower-buds are eaten as a vege-
}
I32.905.M0
13,750367
13430.636
12.196.238
4.361360
3.444.947
1704 ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
table. There are probably over one hundred varieties
of bananas ia the Philippines, of which the following
are the most important in order of their enunierationi
Lacat^D, Latundin, Sabd, Gloria, BunKulan, Daliring
sefiora, Butuan, Matabia, LacatAn morado, Ni-Ianmn,
Tundoc. These varieties occur under many synonyms.
Next to the banana, the papaya {Canoa Papaya), is
tbe most generally grown fruit in the Pbilippineei »
very good variety Ot tliis fruit is
being gradually disseminated. The
second most important fruit com-
mercially ia the majidarin (Cttnu
jiobilis), which has alresdv been
referred to. The trees are all seed-
lings, but the fruit ia nevertbeless
remarkably good and uniform in
appearance, sue, and quality. The
[Hwiuction of the other citrous fruits
IB very limited, and in the order of
their importance they are: Pomelo
(CUrut grandu), caJamondin (C.
milix), lime (C awanti/olia), orange
(C tinenns), cabuyao (Papeda kit'
tnx). The variation in these species
is very great and several natural
hybricu occur. (See Philippine ,m\ t.„i,.i !»_«,
Ehireau of Agrioultun;, BuUetii^o. *"*• ^SUtoSt
27.)
The mango {Manf^iSera indka) ia
the third most important commeav
cial fruit in the Philippioes and,
excepting the mandarin, the only
one that IS exported. The three most
important types of mangoes are Car-
abao, Pioo and Pahutan. Only the
first two are worthy of cultivatioD.
Cavite, Cebu, Bohol, Nueva Ecija,
Pangasinan and Zambales lead in
mango-production. (See Philippine
Bureau of Agriculture, Bulletin No.
18.)
The pineapple (Atutnaa aatunit) is
grown chiefly for ite fiber and is cul-
tivated principally in Samar, Occi-
dental NegroB, Tayabas and Bula-
can. Bataan supplies Manila with
pineapples during its season; the
variety grown is of good quality
and flavor. Cayenne and Spanidi
were introduced in 1912. The chioo
(Aehrat Sapota) is grown to a ochi-
Biderable extent and is of good qual-
ity; the guava (Pstdium Gaajasa) is
naturaliMd everywhere; the lanson
{Lantium domai'.icutn) is well es-
teemed, and Manila is fairly well
supplied with this fruit dunng its
season. The souisop (Anruma muri-
cala) and the sugu^pple (Annana
tquamosa) are the moat generally
grown fruits of the genus; the cus-
tard-apple (.Annona relicuiata) is less
eatcemw. The duhat (Eugenia jam--
boiana) is the most generally dis-
tributed species in the genus; the ims. a haj (ii» pm
yambo (Eugenia Jambos) is very
rare. The mangosteen (Gardnia Mangottana) and duiian
(Durio tibelhinux) have not yet been introduced north
of Mindanao.
Tbe betelnut {Areea CaUehu) is of great local impor-
tance at present but the use of this stimulant is
decreasing.
Tbe above are the most important of the Philippine
fruits. The following are grown t« more or leas ext«nt:
Alubihod (Spondiat manipfera), alupaf; (Euphoria
dnerea), bauno (Mangifera vertidUaia), bignay (Anti-
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
(Averrhoa BUinM,), carambola (Averrhoa Coram'
hola), cashew (Anocardium oaridenSale), eatmon (Dil-
lenia philippinensii), cereia (MuiUingia talabura),
chico-mamey (Luruma mammosa), ciruela (Spondiag
mrpurta), citron (Citrug medica). date (Phanix dacty^
lifera), fig (Ficut Corica), -granadiUa (Pamiflora quad-
rajtguJarU), grape (Vitii trinifira),
iba (PhyUanih-aa acidut), igot (Eu-
genia sp,], jak (ArtoccoTTua inleg-
r</(tKo), Icambog (DilUnia tpedaaa),
kaki (Dim-pyToa Kaki)^ kayam (/n»-
earpua edidia). lemoncito (Tri^uixia
aurantida), libas (Garcinia Vidallii),
Ionian (Euphoria i/m^na), mabolo
(Dxoapyroa diacotor), macopa (Su-
genia jawntca and E. malaaxnaia).
UMi A tnkal tabonr'i hitf in H
ane (Xrlocarpui odoraltsiima),
mulbOTy (Moruanigro), pangi (Pai^
gium edu^), pili nuts (Canarium
ovalum, and C. paeypkyOum), pome-
granate {Punica granatum), santol
(Sandoricum indicum), strawberry
(FTograria veaoa), tamarind (Tama-
rindus indiea), togop, (Arlooarpua
ebulita), tapote (Dioapi/rox BbeTt-
Otter).
As the islands are becoming better
explored, other fruits will un>
doubtedly be added to this list. .
The followine fruits have been
introduced by the Bureau of Agri>
culture within the last few years:
The avocado (Persea graiiaaima),
cherimoya (Annona Cherimoia\
roeelle (Hiinacua Sabdariffa), hevi
(Spotidiaa cytherex), hoj^lum (S,
lutea), tieas (Lucutna Rivieoa var.
angualifolia) , boraeho (Lueuma aali-
cifolia),isentnaix (Monatrradrticioaa),
tree tomato (Cyphomandrn belacea) ,
caranda (Carisia Carandaa), carisaa
(Cariaaa biapinam), Cecropia pol-
, pitanga (E-ugenia unifiora),
(Chryi--' " " ■ ■■ -
ca^ito (Chryaophylium l
IhUenia iiulica. ginepap (Genipa
americana), Pkyiianttiua emblica, bael
(£gle Marmelot), cattley guav&
(Psidtum Cailleianum)^ biriba (Roj-
Itma orUiopelaia), caaimiroa (Caai'
miroa edidia).
During the past year, the leading
varieties of cibtjus fruits have been
introduced from their reopective
countries; also a large collection of
mango varieties from India.
Ttie most important vegetables
are the aweet potato, here called
camot« (Ipomiea Batataa), ubi (i>to»-
corea alala), bol6t (D. Jaaeiadata),
Came (D. aaiiiia), and gabe (ColooMta
antiquonan), of all of which there
■) cuiiv in Manila. ^*^ several varieties. If the cassava
(Manihot MiUitsima) may be classed
as a vegetable, this is another of great importance.
The tomato, eggplant, sitao (Vigna Caljang), patani
(Phaaeolua lunalua), sincamas (Pachyrhizut angidtUut),
squash (CucurbHa jTiarima), and pumpkin (Cuetirbila
Papo) come next in importance.
The following vegetables are also grown in the
Philippines: Apalia (Momordica balaamina), batao
(Dolidtos LiMab), beet (Bela mdgaria), buting (Phaato-
lua vulgaria), cabbage (Braaeiea oUnKta). cadyos
(Cnjanua indieua), carrot (Daucua Carola), chile (Capai'
ISLAND DEPENDENCIES
t and C. onnuum), coletu (Xmoranliu
oUracau), candot (Benineaaa eerijera), cucumber
(Ciicumit tatwmg), endive (CtcAonum Etidivia), garlic
(AUivm tatimim), lettuce {Lactuca »atioa), ^ato
(£a«eUa Tubra), magtajnbocao {CatKUKdia mgiformii),
malungai (Morintfo oUi/era), melon (CucumU Mdo),
muugo [Phateotui Mungo), mustard [Bramica jwieea),
okra {Hibueut esculerUus), onion {Allium Cepa),
pacupis (TriduManlhM an^Tia), paniuien (Taeea
pinnalifida), parsley (Corum Pelrmelitaan), patola
[Luffa aeutanfpda and L. xgtfpliaca), pea i^inan
aatimmt), pechay (Bnunca Pt-Uai), potato (Solanum
tuberosum), radiui (Raphanut taitvux), seguidilla
(Ptophooarpua tetraaonolobua), turnip (Brattka Rapa),
in Mindanao and used by the inhabitants <
island in the preparation of soco.
The climatic conditions and soil for the cultivation
of many of the apices are excellent. Certain species of
vanilla grow wild in Mindanao and Luton, and cinn»-
Mindanao. Black pepper {Pij>er nifrum), and pnger
iZingibar o.^ctna{e) nave been introduced, but nothing
has ever been done to encourage aystematic cultiva-
tion of spices. If the spice industry was properly fo»>
tered by the government until it was fairly well estab-
lished, good varieties introduced and care taken to
exclude dangerous fungi and insect enemies, it is
believed that this industry would have a promising
future in the Philippines.
It appears evident, from the researches made by
£. D. Merrill, that there already was a botanical gaiden
in exiat«nce in Manila in 1787, located where the
Singolong Experiment Station of the Bureau of Api-
culture now IS. This was one of the firat institutions
of its kind established in the Philippines if not in the
entire Orient. It was abandoned by the ^laniards, at
what date is unlmown.
The present botanical ^irden, so called, established
in 1858, south of the Paaig River and west of Intra-
muroB, containing an area of about 5 hectatcs, is a
park rather than a botanical garden. The construc-
tion of Molate Pork, intended to cover over 40 hectares
ISOLOMA
1705
tains two agn-horticultural demonstration fanns, one
located af Trinidad, Benguet^ and the other in lloilo.
Coincident with the reorgamiation of the Bureau of
Agriculture in force from the beginning of the fiscal
year 1912, provision whs made still further to extend
the activit]^ of the extension and demonstration work,
and a division of horticulture was created. Much
work has already been accomplished by this division
in collecting data relative to Philippine horticulture,
and work is in progress to assemble all food plants for
stud)[ at the experiment stations. (Relative to the
activities of the Bureau of Agriculture, consult the
"Phihppine Agricultural Review," a monthly pubUca-
tion issued b^ the Bureau.)
The Phihppine Agricultural College, Los Bailos,
provides a coutse in horticulture and maintains a
garden and nursery for practical demonstration work.
P. J. Wester.
ISMfinE: HtrnmaOMUu.
ISRARDIA: iMdritia.
ISOCHlLDS (Greek, e^uoi iip). Orchiddcex. AEfOup
of tufted orchids, Uttle cultivated. Plants epi[£ytic.
with taU, slender, leafy sts., without peeudobulbs,
bearing a few small fls. at the summit: Bepsis erect, free,
keeled i petals similar but plane; labetlum like the petals
and united with them to the base of the column, some-
what sigmoid below the middle; column erect, long,
without wings ; pollinia i. — About 5 species, Trop. Amer. .
llnelris, R. Br. Fig. 1996. Slender, ^-l}^ ft. high,
leafy: Ivs, distichous, unear, striate, obtuse, emareinate,
1J>^ in. long: fls. purple, borne inasbort, terminalspike.
March. Growing on rocks and trees m thick woods,
Jamaica, Trinidad, Braiil, etc. B.R. 745. L.B.C. 14:
1341. I. miior, Cham. & Schlecht., of Mex., is taller, Hs.
larger and dorter colored. Hbinwch Hasbelbrino.
ISdLSPIB: Sanrui.
ISOLdMA (apud
border). Includes
TviUea,Gietliria,
SdadoeMyx, Bradii/-
lima. GeaneriAetx.
Greenhouse plonta,
very closely allied to
Gesneria and Achi-
From Gesneria it is
distinguished by ab-
sence of well-formed
tubers and characters
of caps, and anthers,
and the 5 lobes of
the disk equal; from
I9M. Iwchlhu IliuulL (
Vanho
Diastema the genus
is separated techni-
cally by the open
testivation. Herbs,
with creeping rhisome
or base or roots: Ivs.
opposite,^ usually vil-
lom as in Geaneria;
fls. scarlet, orange or
vari-oolored, usually
peduncled in the
axils; corolla cylin-
drical, enlarged
above, erect or de-
clined, tbe limb sub-
equally 5 -parted. —
Species perhaps 50
in. Trap. Amer.
The culture is the
Bomeasforachimenes
and gesneria. Seeds of t^e newer hybrids come quicldy,
and plants bloom the same year. It is probable that
the pure species are not in the trade. Like ochimenes,
gesneria and gloxinia, they bave been much hybridized
and varied. It is probable that they are hybridised
with achimenes and gesneria. It is not known how the
current forms have originated. Some of the recent
ones have fringed flowers (Gn. 56:348). Because of '
the variation and hybridiaation in cultivation, the
names in this group are much confused, although few
of them appear to be in tbe trade. Tlie confusion is
increased, also, by change in the generic name, from
Isoloma to Kohleria. The genus Kohleria was founded
hy Regel in FlorfL April, 1848. I^ter in the same year,
Decaisne founded Isoloina in Revue Horticole, taking
up, however, the name from Bentham who had used
it for a section of Gesneria in his "Plantie Hartweeianx"
in April, 1846. In 1848, also, Decaisne founded the
^poup genua Tydwa on Achimena picta of Bentham (1844J;
ifmytic, but this genus is now by common consent included in
1706
ISOLOMA
Isoloma (or Kohleria). When this plant, idiich is
apparently the beet known garden form, is taken over
into Isoloma, it would naturally become /. pietvm; but
the plant firet regularly (riven the name pictum under
isoloma it) I. pictum o( PlanchoD, 1850-51 (and Reeel,
1854), which la founded on the Oetnena pitta of HocMcer
(1S49), and this is a ven^ different plant from the
cultival«d AchimeTies (or Tydtea) pieta, and the latter
inuBt take a new name; and it assumes the name ^ven
it by Nicholson in 1S88, /. bogoleme.
bogottnse, Nichols. (Achimena pteta, Benth., B.M.
4126, 1844. Tydica pUta, Decne., R.H. 1848:468.
Kohltria bogotiTuis, Fritach, in Engler & FrantL Nat.
Pflansenf. IV. 3b, 178, 18^. Itolinna Tydia. Bailey,
Cyclo. Amer. Hort. 836, 1900. laoldma pUtum, Hort.,
not Planch.). [^.1997. One to 2 ft., haiiy: Ivs. cor<
date-ovate, coarsely serrate, spotted and reticulated
with pale Rreen or silvery Rreen, with a broad light lone
down the center: fls. single, on long axillary sts., nod-
ding, the orifice oblioue and lobes obtuse, the upper
kmsitudinol half of the fl. red, the lower half yellow
and red-spotted. Colombia. B.M. 4128 (adapted in
Fig. 1997^ B.R.3I:42. F.S.I:17, 18. /. pictum,
Planch., F.S. 6:586 (I7e<n«rt<iptcta, Hook. B.M. 4431),
is a different plant, apparently not in commerce.
amtbUe, Mott. (Tydka arndbHiJi. Planch. & Lind.)-
Erect, haiiy: Ivs. ovate, more or less tapering to the
Eetiole, bluntly serrate, purplish on the veme: Ba.
airy, pendent, dark rose dotted with purple, paler
inside. Colombia. B.M. 4999. R.H. 1859, p. 25. F.S.
10:1070.
hirg&tum, Hort. Fir. 1998. Erect, hirsute on st. and
Ivs., free-no wering: Ivs. ovat«, acut«, prominently
petioled, close-toothed: fls. several on an axillary
peduncle, hirsute, orange-scarlet, the rounded ktbes
darker-marked. Origin not clear. To be compared with
the next.
erUnthnm. Decne. (Oetniria endnJAii,BeDth. Brocftv-
Idma eridnthum, Uanst. Kohiiria eridnlha, Hanst/).
Erect, 2-4 ft., the sts. and Irs. more or lens fleshy and
soft-hairy: Ivs. long-petioled, ovate-lanceolate, den-
tate: fls. several on a peduncle, 13^2 in. long, orange-
red or cinnabar-red, the lobes rounded and the 3 lower
spotted. Cokimbia. B.M. 7907.
ISONANDRA
Cedlis, Nichols. (TjA^n CtcUuc, Andi^). Much like
/. amabiit, but Ivs. marked with violet and eilvenr
Eonee or blotches: fls. 2 or 3 from each axil, the fls. pale
rose outside and striped in the throat, and the limb pur-
pl&«potted. Colombia. I.U. 23:260.
ocellfttum, Benth. & Hook. {ActAmenea ocetiAta,
Hook). Short^haiiy on the st.: Ivs. ovate-acumin&te,
senate, green: fls. small, on peduncles shorter than the
Ivs., the tube and short, rounded lobes red, the s^ma.
manced with whitish and black spots. Panama. B.M.
4359.
jaliscAnum, Wats. Fig. 1999. Herbaceous or some-
what woody at the base, 1 ft., pubescent: Ivs. opposite,
oblong-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate to ovate, short-
acummate, short-stalked, serrate: fls. 2-1 on an axillary
Bduncle, the corolla an inch king, tubular and short-
bed, pubescent, scarlet. Mex. — A worthy plant,
probeibly not in the trade. l H. B.
ISOHAIVDRA (Greek, equal arUhers). SapolAoex.
lacmandra GaUa { — Palagmum Gutia, Burck.). is a
lar^leaved East Indian tree belonging to this genua,
which furnishes the best commercial gutta-percha,
lite name has appeared in one southern catalogue,
but the plants were found to be not true to name.
This plant should be called Palaquium GuUa. In Pala-
auium the floral parts are in sixes, stamens twelve and
the seeds have no albumen, wtiile in Isonandra the floral
ports ore in fours, the stamens eight, and the seeds
albiunJDOus.
Gfitta, Hook, (properly Pologuium Oma, Burck.)
One of the GuTra-PERCBA Trees. Lvs. leathery,"
elliptic, abruptly pointed, 4 in. or more long, nisty-
tomentose beneath, the primary nerves 24-30 on each
aide: fls. in axilla^ clusters on very short pedicels,
the corolla ^in. foog and with 6 elliptic obtuse
IMS. Iwlama him
ISONANDRA
ovoid berry with 1 or 2 Beeds: tree 40 ft. This _
scarcely a horticultural subject. Malaya. R.B. 1898,
p. 441.
ISOPTrITM (from the Greek for Uke, and uAeof,
as the seeds resemble those of wheatV RanwteuiAeac.
Dwarf Htemless herbs aometimee uaea id the wild gar-
den. Annual^ or rooUtock pwennial: Iva. decompound,
ITEA
1707
1«W. InlOBU jaUKUom. (
tW).
temate; Ifte. 3-lobed or cut, membranous: fls. vbite,
regular, few or solitary, on slender scapes; sepals 5-fi,
deciduous; petals 6, very small or wanting; carpels 2--20,
sessik ; ovules 3 or more. — Fifteen to 20 species in tem-
perate regiona of the northern hemisphere. L thalictrol-
des, Linn., is cult, in alpine gardens, and has graceful
foliage resembhag a maidenhair fcm. Six to I2m. hi^;
rootstock creeping: cauline Ivh. alternate, 3-lobed or
3-foliolate: fls. white, resembling an anemone, in few-
fid, terminal panicles; sepals oval, obtuse. W. Hima-
layas. April, May. — Thrives in any good garden soil.
- t J L.. .- .. .... ^f jjj^ j^jj^jg ^ ^^..
... _ _iasae«. L grandif. ,
Fisch. LvB. long-petioW; Ifts. small, 2-3-Iobed: scapes
3-4 in., equ^ng the Ivs.; fl. solitary, 1-lK iu- diam.
Himalayas. G.C. III. 50:390. L. H. B.
IS6T0HA (Greek, apioUy nt or divided; referring to
the corolla, and true only by contrast with Lobeua).
Campanuidcex, Lobelia^ike herbs, but with
ISdTRIA (Greek, in tguid Ikreea). OrtAiddeex.
Terreetrial plants, with eloncated fleshy roots, and
BCWoae stem with a whorl of leaf-like terminal bracts.
Flowers soUtary or in '2'a, erect or ascending; sepals
narrow, about equal, longer than petals; lip somewhat
3-lobed, spurlcss, erect, crested: pollina 2, powdery-
granular, taillese.^^pecies 2, E. U. S. See Pogonia.
vertidlUta, Raf. {Poadnxa vatiaUita, Nutt.). Scapes
8-16 in. tall; bracts elliptic to oval, abruptly acumi~
nate: aepals linear, 1-2 in. long, longer than the linear
petals; lip erect, 3-lobed. E. U. S. B.B. 1:468.
George V. Nash.
ISOTYPUS: Onotrit.
ItEA (Greek name of the willow, applied here
because it has willow-like leavee, or perhaps oecause it
^ws near the water). Saxifr^Acae; by some placed
m a separate family, lUAa^. iVeea and shrubs, num-
bering about 6 species, inhabiting tropical and sub-
tropical Asia, and one of them m North America,
7. viTginita, a k>w, upright, somewhat coarse shrub,
best known b^ its long, erect racemes of small white
flowers appeanng about July 1, in Massachusetts, and
its brilliant autumn coloring.
The genus is characterized by alternate, narrow Ivs.,
fls. in simple racemes which are terminal or axillary,
white: calyx 5-toothed, with persistent lobes: petals 5,
very narrow; stamens 5; ovary oblong, 2-celled: tr, a
very narrow or a conical caps., which is 2-grooved,
Z-parted when mature; some of the species are ever-
green.
vlrglnka, Linn. VntaiNiAN Wnxow. F%. 2(XX). A
shrub, 1 H-6 ft. high, usually not more than ^3 ft. high,
of upright, somewhat slender habit: Ivs. deciduous,
alternate, oblong, pointed, minutely serrate, smooth
green above, ^le and slightly pubescent below,
petioled, without stipules, 1-3 in. long: fls. fragrant,
entire corolla-tube (or only partiaUv sht), and s
attached near the lop of tne corolla: lobes of corolla
5 and nearly equal, spreading; upper anthers with
terminal tufts: f)s. solitary or m racemes, blue, purple
or white (at least in the cult, species): Ivs. alternate,
entire, dentate or pinnatifid or even twice-pinnatifid:
plants of various habit, some species erect, othem
creeping or acaulescent; annual or perennial.— -Species
8, of which 6 are Australian, 1 W. Indian, and 1 m the
Society Isls.
■xilUris, Lindl. Perennial, flowering the first year so
as to appear annual, but forming at length a hard root-
stock, erect, with few spreading oranches, 6-12 in.: Ivs.
linear, irre^larly pinnatifid, ^3 in. long, lobes linear:
pedicels axillary, 2-6 in. long: fls. large, Diuish purple,
pale outside. Austral. B.M. 2702 (ss Lobeita ten»-
cioidtt) and 5073 (as laoloma aenteioidea var. su^n-
natifida, which has the lobes again more or less pinnati-
fid). B.R. 964.— Probably not now in cult.
petrdba, F. Muell. Like the ^mve, except that the
Ivs. are ovate-oblong or elliptical, with linear or lanceo-
late teeth or lobes which are not longer than the breadth
o( the body of the blade. Austral.— The plant in the
trade is said to have cream-colored fls., and is sold as a
"lemon verbena," a name which properly belongs to
lAppia eitriodoTa. [^_ q_ g_
1708
ITEA
white, in solitary, erect, hairy, simple, denae, terminal
racemes 2-6 in. Long, given a ^^enisn white enect by the
stamens and pistils, not particularly showy, appearing
late June and July. Pa. and N. J. to Fla, and La. B,M.
2409. — -In nature it inhabits low, wot places. In cult.
it seems to adapt itself to aJmoet any soil. It is not
perfectly hardy N., but grows rapidly and seems endur-
mg of both sun and shade. In ornamental use it is
planted in masses or mixed with uther shrubs of similar
character in the shrubby border or at the edge of wotxls.
Its somewhat coarse character does not favor its
approach to more re&ned objects. In autumn it becomes
a brilliant red. It is prop, from seed, by cuttings and by
division of roots, which spread slowly and form clumps
of Bts. It may be collected from the wild.
■lidfAlia. Oliver. Ever^r^n shrub, with hoUy-like
spiny-tootDcd broadljr elliptic Ivs,: fla. small, greenish
white, almost sessile, in a terminal drooping raceme 1
ft. or lees long. Cent. China. G.C. Ilf 34:375; 42:
123; 50:96. G.M.54:567.— Hardy in partsof England.
A, Pbelps Wtman.
L. H. B.t
IVA (named after Ajuga Iva, from its similar smell).
CompSaUx. A genus of about twelve species of
American shrubs or shrubby herbs with flowers sug-
gesting those of Artemisia, or the common ragweed,
but from which it differs in having heads all of one kind,
the bracts of the involucre not united. This includes
L frut£sceiis, Linn, the uarbh elder or hioh-water
BHRim, a native hardy perennial of no garden value,
which i^ nevertheless, on record as having been culti-
vated. It grows 3 to 12 feet high in salt marshes and
on muddy seashores, has serrate leaves and flowers as
inconspicuous as those of a ragweed. See B. B. 3:2Si
and the manuals.
IVfiSIA: PotonttOo.
IVY. The common or English ivy is Hedera. Boston
L— PorfAenocMsut tricuamdata. Gemum L— Climbing
Senecio and Hemiaria glabra. Ground L— iVepeta Gle-
choma. Kenilwordi L— Liruirta CynOtalaria. Poison L
^Rhv* Toxicodendron.
fZIA (Greek, bird-lime; said to refer to the juice).
IridAcex, Attractive bulbe (connose) from the Cape of
Good Hope, with Krass-like foliage and spikes of flowers
in early spring, exhibiting a wide range ol colors; usually
flowered under glass, but can be grown in the open in
the North with good protection.
Conn mostly globose, tunicated, fibrous-coated or
nearly naked: at. simple or the intl. branched, about
1-2 ft. tall, bearing an erect spike or raceme of mostly
6-12 fis. : Ivs. at the base of the st., erect, with perhaps a
few smaller cauline ones: fls. funnelform or salverform
with a slender sometimes elongated tube, and 6 nearly
or quite equal segms., the colors white, yellow, orange,
lilac, pink, crimson, red, purple or even green; sta-
mens 3, attached in the tnroat, the filaments free or
connat« at the base; ovary obovoid or obtong. 3-celled
and many-seeded, the style filiform with slender lobes:
fr. a membranaceous obtuse 3-valved caps.— Species
about 25 in S. Afr., 1 in Trap, Afr.
Ixiaa number their cultivated forms by the hun-
dreds. _ Next to crocuses and freesiae they have no
rivals in point of popularity among sprinR-blooming
bulbs of the iris family. Culturally they belong to the
same class with babiana and sparaxis, which are also
desirable and distinct in general appearance and color-
ing, but are surpassed by ixios in popularity and in
number of varieties. Botanically, these three genera
belong to the ixia tribe, in which the flowers are spicate,
not fugitive and never more than one to a apathe. The
stamens of Ixia are equilateral; those of Babiana and
SparaxiB unilateral. Ixias have about six erect grass-
like leaves arranged in two ranks; Babiana has plaited.
IXIA
hairy leaves. Bulb catalogues give no hint as to tiie
parentage of the numerous named varieties. They mav
not mention /. maculata nor /. cobaneUaria, whicb
are probably the important parent stocks. Of the
species recogniEed by Baker in Flora Capenais, appar-
ently only /. nridifora appears as a trade name, but /.
speeiofa and /. paniculala may be advertised under their
synonyms /. craterioides and /. Umgifiora. Ixia flowers
are charming in every stage of development. At first
the flowers are erect and cup-shaped. They close at
might and remain closed on dork days. As they grow
older they open wider and
'----me more star-^aped.
2001 shows the flowers
leir drooping stage. The
ts remain in Sower for
three weeks, although
the faded flowers at
the bottom of the spike
should be taken off
(toward the end of the
period. As cut-flowers,
they are presentable
for a week or two.
For greenhouse bioom,
ixia bulbs can be
planted any time from
>tember IS te October 30,
■■ sooner the better. In
lerol, tender bulbs of
all siie tend to loae
ality when kept a long
le in the dry air of ware-
ises. They should be
nted an inch deep, five
a 6-inch pot^r ei^t to
6-inch pot. They Uke a
i of sandy soil and leaf-
is probable that most of
es with ixias are due to
^g. The pots should be
nder a b^ch or in a
irk cellar, at a tempera-
■,tui^ u. -to". The object is to hold
back the tops while the roots ore
growing, in order to get stocky, well-colored, slowly
started shoots. They need no water until growth has
started. Then water carefully until the flowers come,
as the young plants are liable to rot at the surface of
the ground. While flowering, water freely. After
flowering, some gardeners give the plants no water.
Others keep the soil moist until the leaves turn yellow,
and then gradually withhold water. As to temperature,
the plants may be brought into a cool greenhouse (50°)
when well started, and toward the end of January may
be given 5° more heat if flowers are desired as early as
the middle of March. Ixias have to be staked and tied.
The old bulbs, from which the offsets have been
removed, may be used again. Lda bulbs, which are
really fibrous-coated corms about Hinch thick, keep
as well as freesiae. Seedlings flower the third year.
In a^dframes ixias give good results. Choose for the
frame an open place, sheltered from north and west
give especial care to pro-
so that frost, mice and moles can be kept out. A sandy
soil, without manures, is safest and best for ixias. U
fertiliiers are used, the^ must be placed several inches
below the bulbs, never m contact with them. As in out-
door culture, the bulbs must be planted late and in soil
well dried by placing the sashes over the frame some
time beforehand. Plant about 3 inches deep, as far
apart, and treat afterward much as in greenhouse cul-
ture. Take off the sashes in early May to show the
mass of rich, odd flowers which, ordinarily, will open
about that time and last for several weeks. If the
DCIA
IXIA
1709
frame is to have other tenants through the summer,
the ixias may be taken up after their tops are dead and
stored in dry sand till planting time comes around
again. Otherwise, merely cease watering as the tops
of the ixias die down, and put on the sashes again,
tilting them so that tney will give air and shed rain.
(L. Greenlee.)
Outdoor culture of ixia is likely to be more satisfac-
tory than indoor culture, if one meets the few simple
requirements. The planting of the bulbs should be
delayed until the last moment, because ixias are more
inclined than most things to make an autunmal ^wth.
They should be planted 3 inches deep as late as Novem-
ber 30. In planting bulbs it is always well to sprinkle a
handful of sand on the spot wl^re they are to lie. This
helps the drainage, especially on heavy lands, and pre-
vents rotting. The bulbs should then be covered with
about 3 inches of leaves, hay, or better still, pine-
needles. In the latitude of Boston, ixia beds can be
uncovered during the first week of April. However,
there will still be sharp frosts to nip the tender shoots
that have started beneath the winter covering. Conse-
quently a little hay or other covering material should be
left nearbv, where it can be easily secured when a chillv
evening threatens. In ten da3rs the voung sprouts wiU
become sufficiently hardened to withstand any subse-
ouent cold. Even such hardy things as alliums, when
nrst uncovered, can hardly withstand any frost at idl.
It is, however, a mistake to wait two weeks longer and
then permanently uncover the bulb beds, for by that
time the early-starting things are likely to be so lank
and long that they never attain ideid sturdi-
ness. It is better to uncover too early than
too late. The secret of success with ixias out-
doors is lar^ly in hardening the plants in early
spring and m never allowing them to srow too
fast under cover, where they become veUow and
sickly. In winter, shutters may be placed over
the bulb beds to shed the rain ; but the bulbs do
as well without this protection, Uiough they may be later
in starting. Of course, ixia bulbs cannot stand any
freezing, and they must, therefore, be planted in
unfrozen soil. — After flowering, let the bulbs remain in
the earth until the end of July; then take them up, and
store them, not in dry earth, but in boxes without any
packing. Let them remain in a dry place imtil they are
wanted for November planting. In the southern part
of England, ixias can be planted 6 inches deep in hardy
borders as late as December, and Krelage, perhaps
thinking of still warmer regions, considers ixias as sum-
mer-blooming bulbs, and advises planting from Octo-
ber to December. — In the writer's experience, the
flowers from the old bulbs are not at all inferior in suc-
ceeding years: indeed, the contrary has been the case,
and the bulbs raified at home have been superior to the
ones piux;hased. Amateurs are conunonly advised to
throw away the offsets because fresh bulbs are cheap.
Yet the wnter finds that many of the offsets bloom tne
first year and nearly all of them the second. Ixias
have been raised conunercially near Boston with
every prospect of success. Ixias are amount the most
pleasing ot all bulbs. With thousands m bloom in
the month of June, they make a braver show even
than tulips, and they are less known to the public.
(W. E. Endicott.)
In California, ixias, with which may be grouped for
cultural purposes such other South African irids as
sparaxis, babianas, and tritonias, are of aU bulbs the
best adapted to California conditions, thriving outdoors
with the minimum of care, increasing very rapidly by
offsets, and even forming colonies from seu-sown seed.
Planting should be done as soon as the imported bulbs
are available, usually in October. They should be put
about 2 inches deep and as far apart as taste dictates,
— say 3 inches, if space is valuable. Good drainage is
essential and a sandy loam much bett^ than heavy
adobe, although the writer has grown them success-
fully in both. Divide every alternate year to prevent
crowding. Pick the brightest place in the ganien, as
the flowers require strong sunlight to open them up
well. This is especially true of the green kind, /. t^irtdi-
flora. — To raise new varieties sow seed in autunm,
the resultant bulbs blooming the second season. Some
of the best varieties in Cahlomia are self-sown seed-
lings, the result of crosses between eood named varieties
in neighboring beds. After a start has been made, the^^
is no reason why the American supply of these bulbs
should not be grown in California, as they ripen very
well and are of greater vi^or than the importea ones. —
Where space is limited, ixias may be planted among
daffodils, thus renewing the show a month after the
latter are over. As both bulbs ripen together, in harvest-
ing this is no drawback. For garden effect, large plant-
ings of separate, clear-colored, named varieties are
much better than mixtures. The flowering season
covers about six weeks, the pretty cerise /. apeciosctf
(/. crateroides) blooming in March, while the brilliant
brick-red Vulcan is sometimes as late as May. (Sidney
B. Mitchell)
INDEX.
Bri8UU,8.
bioolorata, 9.
casiA, 4.
oaaa. 4.
oolumellaris, 0.
craUroidet, 13.
elegmns, 8.
flavesoeos, 9.
flexuoAa, 11.
lonoi/lonx, 1.
lutea, 10.
mitculata. 5.
monadelpha, 3.
nisro-ftlbida, 5.
ocnroleuca, 5.
odorata, 2.
omata. 5, 0.
ovata, 7.
paniculata, 1.
patens. 12.
potsrstadura, 0.
speciosa, 13.
•tellata, 7.
viridiflora, 4.
2002. Ixia
paniculata.
A. Tube of perianth long, and some'
what diUUed below Oie limb,
1. panicuUta, Delaroche (/. ^on^
fldra, Berger). Fig. 2002. Conn
^in. or less diam., with brown
tunics: basal I vs. 2-3, linear and
glabrous, to Ij/iU. long: st. 1-3 ft.,
sometimes branched: ns. many, in
lax erect spikes, the tube to 3 in.
lon^ and straight, the limb cream-
white, the segms. obtuse, often
tinged red and sometimes with a
blackish base; anthers wholly or partially
exserted, about as long as the filaments.
B.M. 256; 1502.— There are two botanical
forms or varieties.
Tube of perianth short, and dilated below
limb into a distinct funnelform.
2. odoriltaf Ker. Lvs. very narrow: st.
slender, distantly branched: Qa. bright
yellow, fragrant, in a short spike; tube
funnel-shaped, Hin- long, the segms.
oblong; anthers equaling the free fila-
ments. B.M. 1173.
AAA. Tube of perianth short and cylindrical
(not dilated upward).
B. Filaments more or less connate or joined.
3. monad^lpha, Delaroche. Corm glo-
bose, with fibrous coverings: lvs. very nar-
row: St. slender, simple or somewhat
branched: fls. few, in a short spike; segms.
typically lilac, but there are forms with
claret-red, blue or pale yellow segms. com-
bined wiUi eyes and markings of various
colors, some of which have received sepa-
rate names. B.M. 607; 1378.
BB. Filaments all free at the base.
c. Fls. green.
4. viridifldra, Lam. Corm depressed-
^obose, Hin* diam., with fibrous cover-
ing: lvs. narrow, strongly ribbed : fls. many,
in a long loose erect spike, typically with
1710
IXIA
DCORA
pale green eeoDB, and black throat. B.M. 549. L.B.C.
16:1548. F.S. 2:124. Var. ciLna, Eckl. Segms. pale
blue; throat black. B.M. 789 (as /. macuUUa amelhu-
stina), Var. cibsta, Ker. Segms. pale lilac; eye greenish.
B.R.530.
cc. Fls. in other colors,
D. Throat of fl, (eye) differently marked from the segma,
5. macuUta, Linn. Fig. 2003. Conn globular, 1 in.
or less diam.. covered with parallel fibers: Ivs. about 4,
linear, ribbea, 6-12 in. long: sts. slender, 1-2 ft., simple
or branched: fls. manv, in dense and erect spikes, t\'pi-
callv yellow; tube slender; limb bell-shaped, with a
dark purple or black mark at throat, the se^ds. oblong,
obtuse. b.M. 539 (orange, as /. conlca). The natural
varieties show the range of color: Var. ochroleftca,
Ker. Segms. sulfur-yelfow; eye brown. B.M. 1285.
Var. idgro-AlbidiL Klatt. Segms. white; eye black. Var.
Ofnita, Baker. Fls. flushed bright red or purple outside.
•6. columeUIUis, Ker. Like /. maadaUXy but fib.
typically with bright mauve-purple segms. and blue
throat. B.M. 630.
7. ovita, Klatt. Like
/. maculalaj but has
bright red fls. with pur-
ple4>lack throat. Var.
stellita, Klatt, has the
throat yellow.
DD. Throat not differ-
enJdy marked.
E. Color white or whitish
(ixirying to tinted
shades and colors).
8. aristita, Ker. Conn
globose, with strong fibers:
Ivs. 3-4, linear, strongly rib-
bed: St. slender, to V/i ft.
high, simple or branched:
fls. many, in a loose spike;
perianth-tube slender (^in.
or less); limb whitish (pink
in B.M. 589), with oblong
segms. Var. ^legans, Baker,
has narrower and less rigid
Ivs., and much shorter tube.
9. polystHchya, Linn. Conn
globose, ^in. or less diam.,
with fine fibers: Ivs. about 4
at base and 2 on st., linear,
strongly ribbed, 6-12 in.: st.
slender, 1-2 ft., simple or branched: fls. many, in erect
spikes; perianth-limb white, the segms. oblong; fila-
ments short. B.M. 623 (as /. erecta) . Var. omita, Baker.
Segms. tinged red outside. Var. bicolorfttaf Baker. Fls.
pale yellow, tinged violet outside. Var. flav^scens,
Baker. Fls. pale yellow.
EE. Color yellow or orange.
10. liitea, Baker. Corm globose, }^n. diam., with
fibrous covering: Ivs. linear, 6-12 in. long: st. slender,
1-2 ft., simple or branched: fls. many, in a dense spike,
deep bright yellow. B.M. 846.
EEB. Color shades of red or lilac.
11. flezudsa, Linn. Very like 7. polystachya^ except
that fls. are in shades of red or lilac or lilac-tmged out-
side. B.M. 624.
12. pHtens, Ait. Corm globose, to ^in. diam., with
fine fibers: Ivs. about 4, linear, 6-12 in.: st. erect, 12-18
in., sometimes branched: fls. several, in a somewhat
dense erect spike, pale red.
13. specidsa, Andr. (7. craterdidesy Ker.). Corm
globose, small, with matted fibers: Ivs. from base about
6, linear: st. slender, usually simple: fls. few, in a short
2003. Izia maaiUta. (XH)
and erect spike, the oblong swns. dark crimson ; limb
campanulate. B.M. 594. Gn.W. 21:648.
WlLHELlI MlIXER.
L. H. B.t
naOLfRION (Greek, sm ixia-like lUy). AmmyL-
Uddceje. Three or four species of hardy bulbs from
western and central Asia, with umbels of deep blue or
violet six-lobed flowers, borne in spring.
Perianth regular, without tube above the ovary;
segms., oblanceolate, acute; stamens shorter than the
segms., attached to their claws; ovary club-shaped,
3-celled, becoming a 3-vaIved ci^. : Ivs. very narrow,
mostly at base oi the st. The nearest cult, allies are
Alstroemeria and Bomarea, which have no distinct
rootstock, while Ixiolirion has a bulbous rootstock.
The bulbs should be lifted in autunm and stored.
montftntmif Herb. (7. PdUasiif Fisch. & Mey.). Bulb
ovoid, 1 in. thick, with a neck 2-3 in. below the basal
tuft of Ivs.: St. about 1 ft. long: Ivs. about 4, persistent,
and a few smaller ones above: fls. on long unequal
pedicels, about 4, and often 1 or 2 flb. below; perianth
bright lilac according to Baker, l}4 ia.or less long.
BymL to Siberia. B.R. 30:66. FA 22: 2270. R.H.
1880:310. J.H. in. 31:583.
Var. tatftricum, Herb. (7. tatdricum, Hort. 7.
Lidebowrii. Fisch. & Mey.). Sts. nK>re slender: Ivs.
awl-shaped: fls. all in a terminal umbel, smaller than
the type. Altai Mts. G.C. II. 19:757. Gn. 75, p. 188.
Gn. W. 21 :685. J.H. IIL 42:532.
J. Kolpakawtkidnum^ Regel (Kolpakowalda izioliriotdes, He^)»
18 perhape a form of above, but has a smaller bulb, fls. 2-4 m a
terminal umbel, and the penanth-segms. H~l io* long: Ivs. about 4
in a basal tuft and 1 or 2 small ones above. Turkestan. Gt.
1878:963. l H. B.
KdRA (a Malabar deitv). RidridcesB. Warmhouse
woody plants with showy flowers in clusters and evei^
green foliage; handsome and desirable.
Shrubs or small trees with opposite or verticillate
Ivs. and terminal or axillary usuaUy dense coiymbs of
very showy white, rose or scarlet fls. on bracteate
pedicels: corolla very long and slender -tubed, the
throat sometimes barbed, the limb 4- or 5-lobed and
wide-spreading; stamens 4 or 5, inserted on the throat,
the filaments short or none; ovary on a fleshy disk,
2-loculed, the style filiform and exserted, 2-branched;
ovules solitary: fr. a hard or Reshy 2-p3rrenous berry. —
Species upward of 150, in the tropical parts well around
theglobe.
There are many garden forms of Ixora under Latin
names, and these complicate a botanical account of the
penus. Soipe of the named garden ixoras are the follow-
mg: AmabiliSj pinkish, sunused orange. Aurantiaca,
orange-red; compact. Chelsoniif fls. brilliant salmon-
orange. Colei, fls. pure white: cross of /. cocdnea and
/. stricta var. alba. Conspicua, fls. yellow, becoming
orange. Decora^ yellow. Dixiana, fls. deep orange;
G. 27 : 363. F. S. R. 3, p. 275. Frasen, fls. scarlet in the
tube, and brilliant salmon above; G. 7:529. lUustris,
orange. Incamatat flesh-color. JnsigniSy rose. Omolo,
salmon-orange. PUgrimii, orange-scarlet. PrincepSy fls.
whitish, becoming orange; said to have come from
Java. Profusay rose. Regina. fls. shaded violet-salmon,
in large dense clusters. J.H. III. 42:159. SangvdneOj
fls. crimson, shaded with violet. Specioaa, yellow.
Splendens, orange. G.Z. 23 : 193. SpUndidOy crimson-
orange. G.Z. 26, p. 217. I.H. 29:463. Vfnw«to, orange.
Westiiy fls. pale rose, becoming brilliant; hybrid. Gn.
42:496. G.M. 36:35. G. 25:457. WiUiamsiiy fls.
reddish salmon.
The ixoras are perhaps the best tropical warmhouse
plants that combme the showiest of flowers with fine
evergreen foliage. They are of easy culture, and should
be far oftener seen in tropical plant-houses. — Th^y
may be propagated at any season, but early spring is
probably best. Take good strong cuttings, with four
IXORA
purs of leaves on tbem, aod pot tfaein singly, in 2-inch
pota, in two parts clean sharp sand, and one of peat.
Plunge the am&ll pata in s cuttins-bed, where the bot-
tom-heat is ai>o\it 70°. Be eurc they axe shaded from
the strong sun. In a few weeks the small pots will be
filled with roots, and the plant« may be shifted into a pot
two siies larger, and removed from the propagating-
bed, and placed in a light position in a house where the
ni^t- temperature is about 65°. — The compost in
which they are pott«d may be equal parts of fibrous
loam, peat, and sand, adding about a sixth part of
brokeo charcoal. When they pip the soil in this pot,
cut them back, leaving two jomts above the earth. If
desired, the plants may be flowered in the smallest siie
of pot, and for decorative work they are then very use-
ful; but if Urge plants arc wanted ouickly, keep them
growing right along, never allowing the b&Q of the plant
to get mto a mat of roots until the desired siie of pot is
reached. Aft^r they have reached a 6-inch pot, they
IXORA
1711
broader than high, Bhort>«talked, sometimes 1 ft.
across, the branches being hx^, slender and spreading;
corolla white. wooUy at tne mouth, the tube 1-1 H u>>
long and lobes narrow. India. B.M. 2S05; 4513.
J.F. 1:26.
4. odorlta. Hook, Small shrub: Ivs, large, broad-
ovate or obovat«-tanceoUit«, acute or acuminate, thick,
to 1 ft. hmg, the lower ones attenuate to a petiole:
cymes or ):^cle8 much divided, 1 ft. or more across,
with purplish branches; corolla very long (4-5 i
B.M.
5. Uzifl&rm. Smith. Shrub, slender, 3-4 ft.: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, short-petioled: cymes or
panicles trichotomous and very open, large, tenninal;
shaken out of it. Pot them rather firmly and keep up a
ni^t temperature of 65°. In winter it may be 5° less.
— 'From March until the end of September, a very light
shade over them is neceesary, to keep the folia^ in a
perfect condition. After flowering is the best time to
trim these plants into shape. Cut them back to one
joint, unless some of the shoots are required longer, to
preserve the symmetry of the plant. Before pruning
ixoras. it is a good plan, after flowering, to keep tnem on
the dry side for about a month. Never, however, allow
the plants to suffer for lack of wat«r. Just let tbem get
to the wilting point, then water. This treatment firms
up the wood equally, and when they are cut back, the
young growths start all at the same time. By following
this method the plant will flower more equally all over.
Large plants of some of the varieties will give three
crops of flowers a year; the variety ^rtum is an exam-
ine. Plants in large pots will do well for several years
without repotting, if fed liberally with manure-water.
Green cow-manure, fertilizers such as Clay's soft-coal
Boot, an ordinary handful to a two-and-a-half-^allon
watering-pot, or. for a further change, horse-urme, a
3-inch potful to the same amount of water, agrees well
with ixoras, when they are well rooted. Water twice
between apphcations with clean water. Insects that
BOTANICAL BFECIEB.
L precfidins parasr^ih.)
A. FU. uthile {sometimes tinged pink).
1. parvifl&r*, Vshl. Evergreen tree, with subeessile
oblong or elliptic-obtuse Ivs. S-6 in. long: cymes sessile,
with S-5 pairs of short branches, the fls. in subglobose
dusters; corolla whit«, glabrous, the tube only >^in.
long, and the lobes oblong. India.
2. acuntintta, Roxbg. Glabrous shrub: Ivs. various,
from elliptic to Unear-oblong, or the floral sometimes
rounded or obovate and sessile while the othera are
Setioled: cymes eonmb-hke, contracted and densely
d. sometimes as if almost capitate, 2-4 in. across;
corolla pure white and fr^ront, ?4in. across, the lobes
nanuw and obtuse. India.
3. bubfttt, Roxl:^. Large glabrous shrub: Ivs.
stalked, elliptic, somewhat scute, thin, the upper pair
usually small and sessile and cordate: cymes much
corolla white tinged pink, the tube IH Ia. long, limb
cut to the base and the lobes very distinct^ calyx
red; fls. very fragrant. Guinea. "
i.4482. J.^. 1:21.
AA. Fit. umoliy in shadea <4 red (lometimea varying U>
TOW and to orang^tcarUt).
S. chintfnsis, I^m. (/. sMda, Roxbg. /. coedfMa,
Hort., not Linn. /. bUmda, Ker. /. erxAla, Lindl. /,
rbsea, Sims). Apparently the common species, known
in greenhouses as /. coccinra: glabrous shrub, with ses-
sile or Bubsessile Ivs, which are obovate or obovate-
oblong, and slender-tubed fls. in dense corymbs, the
corolla-lobes short and rounded and the tube %-\ in.
long. Malayan archipelago and China. B.M. 169 (as
/. cocCTTwa); 2428. B.R. 100; 782.— Runs into nearlv
pure white forms. There are said to be yellowish fla.
forms. IVinee of Orange, a popular variety, is said to
be a form of this species.
mostly rounded or cordate base and sometimes a
1712
IXORA
IXORA
apioulate tip, and corolla-lobes broad and acute, and
the tube 1-1^ in. long. £. Indies. B.R. 154; 513.
8. macrothfrsEy Teiism. & Binn. (/. Lhiffiif Moore).
Very large, glabrous: Ivs. a foot long, lin^air-oblong to
oblong-limceolate: cluster very larse, 8 in. across, bear-
ing very many deep red tingea crimson fls., with
lanceolate obtuse lobes about }^n, long. £. Indies. B.
M.6853. G.M. 50:582. F.E. 19:115.— One of the
finest of the genus.
AAA. Fls. in shades of yellow or orange,
9. fiilgens, Roxbg. (/. BoUcifblia, DC.). Shrub with
erect slender polished branches: Ivs. petioled, linear-
oblong to obovate-oblong, more or less acute or acumi-
nate, shining above and with 20-30 pairs of sunken
nerves: cymes sesmle or short-peduncled, coirmb-like,
large, wiUi spreading slender branches, the fls. short-
pedicelled; fls. orange-scarlet or orange becoming
scarlet; calvx-teeth very short and obtuse; coroUa-tube
1 ^ in. or less long, the lobes ovate and acute. India.
B.M.4523. J.F. 1:38.
10. cong^sta, Roxbg. (/. OHjfUkii, Hook.). Fig.
2004. Evergreen tree in its native haunts, glabrous
except the cymes: Ivs. very large (6-12 in. long),
stalked, elliptic or elliptio-obk)ng, acute or acuminate:
cymes sessile or nearly so; fls. oran^yellow, changing
to reddish, the segms. roundedTlndia, B.M. 4325.
J.F. 1:50. — Much uke /. ftdgenSf differing in stouter
habit, very large and usually coriaceous broader Ivs^
stout not spreading branches in the cyme, and the fls.
sometimes sessile.
11. javinica, DC. Glabrous shrub with Ivs. 4r-7 in.
k)ng, ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate: corrmb
terminal, lons-prauncled with forking cx>raJrred
branches; fls. deep orange-red, the lobes rounded, the
coroUa-tube 1^ ui* k>ngf slender, red. Java. B.M.
4586. J.F. 2:156.
12. IttetL^ Hutchinson (/. cocdnea var. UUea, Hort.).
IMffers from /. cocdnea by laxer infl. and pale vellow fls.
with larger ovate-rhomboid corolla-lobes. Of garden
origin. B.M. 8439.
13. ambofhica, DC. Shrub: Ivs. large, short-petioled,
ovate-oblong, acuminate, undulate, ^abrous: cyme (or
oorjrmb) tnchotomously divaricately compound; cor-
olla-lobes acute. Amboyna (Moluccas). — ^Apparently
in the trade as /. amboinOf with long-lasting ''showy
orange-yellow flowers.'' j^ h. B.
J
JABOTICAbA. This name 18 applied in southeastern
Brazil to the fruits of several species of Myrciaria,
notably M. caulif4jTa, and M, jaboHcabOf of the family
Myrtaces. See Afyrciaria,
The jaboticabeira, or jaboticaba tree, occurs not only
in the wild state in various parts of Minas Geraee,
S&o Paulo, Rio de Janeiro and adjoining states, but is
commonly planted in gardens, and the fruity which does
not differ much in character among the various species,
is held in the highest esteem by Brazilians of all classes.
When well ^wn the tree is extremely handsome,
reaching a height of 35 or ^ feet, with an umbrageous,
dome-shaped head of light green foliage, the new growth
pink. The persistent entire leaves are opposite, ovate-
eUiptical to lanceolate, acute or acuminate at the apex,
^nerally slabrous, varying from ^ inch to over 3
mches in length. The flowers are small, white, with
four petals and a prominent cluster of stamens. They
are produced singly or in clusters directly upon the
bark of the trunk and limbs. The season of m>wering
and fruiting varies with the different species and in
different localities; sometimes two or more crops a
year are produced.
The fruit is nearly sessile or with a slender peduncle
about 1 inch long, and is round or sli^tly oblate in
form. It is ^ inch to 1-1 H inches in diameter, glossy,
maroon-purple in color, and crowned with a small disk
at the apex. The skin is thicker than that of a grape,
and considerably tourer. The translucent, juicy
pulp, white or tinged with rose, is of a most agreeable
vinous flavor, remarkably suggestive of the grape, to
which the jaboticaba is frequently compared. The
seeds, one to four in number, are oval to round in out-
line, compressed laterally, ^ to ^ inch long. When
heavily laden with fruit, the tree is a curious sight. Not
only is the trunk covered with glistening jaboticabas.
but the fruiting extends out to the ends of the small
branches as well.
The fruit is usually consumed when fresh, but in
former days was used by the Indicms for the manu-
facture of wine. It is sometimes made into ielly or
jam. In the markets of Rio de Janeiro, jaboticabas sell
for about 25 cents a pound, and considerable quantities
are shipped in from Minas Geraes and S&o Paulo.
The tree prefers a soil that is rich and deep. Its
growth is slow, six to eight years being required for it to
come into bearing. Propagation in Brazil is aJmost
always by seed, but inarcni^ or some other vegetative
means is nec^sary to perpetuate good varieties. There
is much variation among seedlings. In Califomia the
jaboticaba makes very slow growth, and is adapted only
to the most protected locations. It has been planted in
Florida very recently, and may prove adapted to some
sections of that state. When youne the trees are very
susceptible to frost, but when theynave attained a few
years growth they will withstand, slight frosts without
serious injunr. For a more commete account, see
"Journal of Heredity," Vol. V, No. 7, 1914.
F. W. POPENOB.
JACARANDA (Brazilian name). BignoniAcex. Hand-
some tubular-flowered trees and shrubs, grown far
South and also under glass.
Leaves opposite, 2-pinnate, rarely 1-pinnate; Ifts.
usually numerous, entire or dentate: fls. wowy blue or
violet, mostly in terminal or axillary panicles, often very
freely produced; calyx small, 5-toothed; ooroUa-tube
straight or curved, regular at the base or somewhat
constricted above the ovary and broadened above:
corolla-limb somewhat 2-lipped, the 5 lobes roimdea
and spreading and nearly eoual; didc thick and cushion-
like; perfect stamens 4, diaynamous: staminode about
as long as the stamens, club-shapea at the apex and
often bearded at the top: fr. an oblong, ovate or broad
dehiscent caps. — Species about 50, m the American
tropics. Prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood. Under
glass they are considered to be wanxmouse subjects.
ovalifdlia, R. Br. (/. ndmosxfdliay D. Don). Tree,
50 ft. and more: Ivs. distant, spreading, oblong, villous:
fls. blue (and a white variety) more or less horizontal.
BrazU. B.R. 631. B.M. 2327. R.H. 1897:132. G.C. III.
36:224. G.M. 49:71.— /. ovalifolia perhaps ranks
among the best flowering trees or shrubs for subtropical
regions. It is now much recommended as a street tree
in S. Calif., it beins deciduous only in early spring.
The foliage is as finely cut as a fern, symmetrical and
elegant. The Ivs. are decussate, distant, each one with
16 or more pairs of pinnse, each pinna having 14-24
pairs of Ifts. Theplant bears loose, pyramidal panicles,
8 in. high, of 40-90 blue fls., each 2 m. lone and IM in.
wide, which have a long, bent, swelling tube and the 2
lobes of 1 lip smaller than the 3 other lobes. It is one
of the best of foliage plants for the S., valuable idike for
florists' decorations, conservatory, subtropical bedding
in the N., or for lawn specimens in Fla., where, if cut
back by frost, it rapidly recovers its beauty. It stands
pruning well, and can be kept in regular form. There is
some confusion between the names, /. ovalifolia and
/. mimossefoiia, both being made in the year 1822.
Cttsindifdliai Mart. As compared with /. ovalifolia,
Ivs. said to attain a larger size and to have more Ifts.,
fls. larger and in larger panicles, and brighter blue, tree
more vigorous. Lvs. j^labrous, with &-10 pairs of Ifts.
and the Ifts. a^ain divided into 10-15 pairs, the ulti-
mate Ifts. entire, lanceolate, cuspidate at apex, the
secondary rachis winged: fls. in ku:ge terminal thyrse,
blue-violet, the coroUa nearly 1^ in. long. Brazil,
Argentina; advertised in S. Calif.
cheldnia, Griseb. Tree, 30-90 ft., of lobular shape:
foliage fern-like, very ornamental: fls. large, blue, in
strict terminal panicles 1 ft. long; calyx-bbes Ifuice-
linear and narrowly acuminate; corolla glandular-
puberulent. Paraguav, Argentina. — Wood said to be
veined with rose, and valued in S. Amer. for cabinet
work.
acotifdliaj Humb. & Bonpl. Tree, glabrous: lvs. 2-pin-
nate, the Ifts. 6-8 pairs and ultimate Ifts. many and
acuminate, entire, the petiole canaliculate and rachis
winged: corolla silky, the tube straight, violet: panicle
terminal and axillary. Peru. — Offerra abroad.
L. H. B.t
JACK BRAN: Canavalta.
JACK-PRUIT: Artoearjnu inieffrifotia,
JACK-nr-A-BOZ: Hemandia,
JACK-nr-THB-PfJLPIT: Arimma,
JACKSdNIA (named for George Jackson, a Scotch
botanist). Syn. Pivtdmeria, Legtmnndsse, Stiff, leafless
shrubs or subshrubs, sometimes grown as greenhouse
subjects: branchlets often phyllodineous or If .-like,
very much branched and spmescent: lvs. replaced by
109
(1713)
17U
JACKSONIA
very minute eeaiee at the nodes: fle. yelbw, or yellow
and purple, in t^rminEd or lateral raeemea or spikee, or
scattered aJong the branehps: bracta smail, scale-like.
— About 40 apeciea, principoUy in W. Austral. Jock-
BODiaa are rarely seen in cult. They thrive in loam and
peat soil. Prop, by cuttintts from half-ripened aboot^,
rooted in sona, during April. J. sericea, Benth. A
large shrub, decumbent, aBcending or tall, with pendu-
lous branches: fls. solitaiy or in irregular, terminal,
loose racemes; calyx-lobes linear, about as long aa the
corolla. W. Austral. L. H. B.
JACOBAA: Sttueia.
JACOBIHIA (probably a personal name). Including
UUuxi. Plants cultivated under g)a«8 tor theirnarrow-
tubulor red, orange or yellow flowers.
Glabrous herbs, or sometimes shrubs: Ivs. opposite
and entire: fls. variously disposed, sometimes solitoty,
sometimes fascicled or spicate; caJyx deeply 5-parted,
with linear or awl-shaped aegms,; coroUa more or less
2-lipped, 1 lip 2-lobed and the other 3-Iobed; stamens
2; staminodia reprmeoted by 2 hairy- elevations on the
corolla-tube; disk ring-like or cupulate; pistil ripening
into on oblong or ovate caps., the style filiform. — Spe-
cies 20-40, depending in port on the definition of the
genus, from Mev. to Bolivia and Brazil.
Jacobinias, in common with other acanthads, are
much confused as to species. A closely aJhed genus is
Justicia, which, among other characters, Is distinguished
by having spurs or appendages at the base of the anther^
lobes, wnereofl Jacooinia has no such appendagea.
Most of the garden plants called Justiciae are Jacobin-
ias. Other mlied genera are Aphelandra, Dianthero,
Adhatoda, Thyrsacantbus, Eranthemum, Barkria,
DsdalacoothuB.
JACOBINIA
In their native places, jacobinias are mostly sub-
shrubs, but they are usually treated as herbs under culti-
vation. They are showy greenhouse or conservatory
subjects. When well grown they are attractive plonta,
but they soon become weedy under neglect. They
propagate very readily from cuttings, after the roann^
of fuchtdas, and the most satisfactory plants are usually
those that are allowed t« bloom but once. Most (M
them thrive well under conditiona suited to begonias.
A. Fls. in a mart or Uet denae lemmKil ptmidt or OoT/ae;
coroSa long, man or Uu curved. (Svbgenera
CyrlaniJi^a, Pachystadiyt.)
ctmeo, Nichols. (Jutlida cdmea. Hook. Cffrtan-
ihha magtdjiea, Nees. JutUeia inagnifiea, Pohl, Jaf»'
Unia mapntjSoo, Benth. ft Hook.). Kg. 2005. Strong
forkingherborsubshnib, blooming when lor2ft.high,
but becoming several feet high if allowed to grow: sts.
4-angled: !vs. opposite, lanceolate to ovate-ujioeolata
to oval-oblong, narrow or broad at base, attenuate to
apex, wavy-margined, veiny, downy, aoroetimes a
foot long: fls. rose-purple (varyina to flesh-colored),
ascending, arched at the t«p and the lower lip recurv-
ing, borne in dense termina] spike-like thyrses. BrasiL
B.M. 3383. B.R. 1397. G.F. 6:317 (reduced in Fig.
2005). G. 24:238. G,W. 3, p. 439; 15, p. 7M. F.E.
22:320. — A handsome old plant, of comparatively
ea^ cult, in a conservatory temperature. Cuttings
made in Feb. or March should bloom early the follow-
ing winter. Young plants are usually most satisfac-
tory, the old one« being kept over only for cutting
stock. Give rich soil, and plenty of water m Uie growing
season. This plant is said to have been distributed aa
WhUfitldia laUritia.
leafy: Ivs. ovate-acuminate aiui rounded or nearly or
"he base, more glabrous, often purple-
t crimson; bracts short-acute, or in
Brazil. G. 27:677. F.S.R. 3, p. 49.
Hort. (J. veliiiina and JttsHcia edii-
mthh-a PohliAna var. vrlitlma, Nees).
Dwarf: bracts obtuse: Iva. vilknis-
pubescent on both surfaces: fls. 2
in. long, roee-cok>r. Braiil. Gng.
7:212; 16:24. A.F. 14:998.— A
worthy plant of comparatively fb-
fUnt infm :*i »»......»»» I« ... ....
cent mtro. i
It 1
excellent pot subject and has been
considerably advertised as the "new
dwarf Jutlicia vdutina." A profuse
, and continuous bloomer. Cultural
remarks under /. eamea apply abo
dn^QiAubl.). Erect here or subshrub,
usually ETOwn from cuttings each
year and treated as a pot subject:
2-5 ft. high: branches teret«: Ivs.
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, entire,
fElaorous or nearly ao; fla. crimson,
m a dense termmal spike, pubes-
cent, the long upper hp more or less
arched and the lower one reflexed.
Braiil. B.M. 432. G.W, 15, p. 704.
Gn.W. 21:57.— Blooms in summer.
Said to be known sometimes as
Aphelandra critlaUt.
chrysoitfiphana, Benth. & Hook.
(Cyrtantkira ehrytoitijAana, Hook,
f.) Herbaceous, glabrous or very
nearly so, obtusely 4-an^ed: Ivs.
5-6 m. long, petioled, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, with
red ribs: fls. in an erect temunul
JACOBINIA
dense corymb, 2 in. long, golden yellow, on very short
pedicels, the bracts linear-lanceolat* imd dark Ere*n;
calyx H'''' k>°ii with loni; subulate lobee; corolla gla-
brous, uii^tly curved, the upper lip oblonR-Ianceolst«
and vaulted, the lower Up oblong and rctlexed and
3-lobed. Mex. B.M. 5887. Gn. 71, p. 663. J.H. HI.
45:643. G. 27:678. G.M. 45:849. Gn.W. 21:61.— An
« winter-flowering wannhouae subject.
JACQUINU
AA. Fls. tcatiertd or
morearUaka,
da; carina o}
lengOi, atraii
nearly to, not
deft. {SidtgeTU
onia, Sa-icosra
panciflbra, Be
Hook. ISericdfrrapki
fibra, Nec«. lAbim
binda, C. Koch),
mon conservatory
subshnibby, but
usually treated as
a pot-plant, with
Cted, close-pu- ^
«nt branches:
Iva. elliptic or
elliptic'oblong,
short and rather
small, entire, very
short-stalked: fls.
1 in. long, tubular,
nearly horuontal, ixsa)
scarlet with yellow at the end, the lips short. Bra.iil.
— A most florifcrouB plant, almost as easy to grow as a
fuchsia, and to be handled in essentially the same way.
GM«fbreghtUsa, Benth. h Hook. {CyrtanOiha
GkiesbreghtiAtM, Decne. Sericdgraphia GhietbreyhltAna,
Nees. JuMcia Ghieabreghtidna, Lem. Apheldrub-a
GhieabreghliAna, Hort.). Lvs. nairower (lance-ovate)
and longer, acuminate: fls. in a terminal, very loose
panicle, tubular, scarlet, appearing at the same seaaon
as those of J. penrAoneruu. Mex. F.S. 4:339. Gt. 98.
—-Intro, by Gtieebreght; but when the plant was trans-
ferred to the genus Jacobinia the name was mispelled
. GhUsbrechtiana. A good winter bloomer.
penriioaltinBis (Libimia penrhoaiinsu, Carr.). Fig.
2006. Much like J. pmie\noTa, but lvs. more pointed
and fle. lar^ and more diowy. R.H. 1876:50. Gng.
2:131.— It is an excellent plant, and is taking the place
of J. pauctflora. It is a hybria of J. ^uei/Uira and J.
GhieabrtghUana. Another and very similar hybrid of the
same parentage is iSeru»6^ui iffjiea, Lindl. & Andi^.
I. H. 22:1^. J. penrhosietuit is a winter bloomer, a
little earlier than J. paueijlora. Cuttings struck in
spring make full blooming subjects by fall and early
winter. This and J. paucifiora are common conser-
vatory plants.
spicfgera {JviRwi spidj/era. Schlecht. /u«tEcia
atrammUbia, Benth, Juaticia Mohlnlli, Moc. A Se»e.
Seriedgnpliit Motdnili, Nets. Jacehima Mohin&i,
Benth. A Hook. Drejhra WiOdenomAna, Nees). Undcr-
shrub, erect, pubescent: Iva. long-ovate to lanceolate,
thick: fls. 1 in, long, axillary, secund, orange-yellow;
corolla-tube elonga£d, inflated above, the upper lip
somewhat arched, and entire, the lower lip spu^ and
3-tDothcd. Mex. — Fls. said by some t« be pale purple.
suberEcta, Andr£. Herb, velvety pubescent: sts.
prostrate, with erect flowering brancnee; lvs. opposite,
petioled, ovate, obtuse to 2>i in. long: fls. in 1-10-
Bd. peduncled cymes, tne bracts spatulat«-obovBte and
obtuse; calyx-ti^ short and nearly hemispheric;
oorolla bright scarlet, the slightly curved tube about
J. LiAdmit. Nicholi. (Juxtuu Lduilanii, HmilL). ia
bohrub, with lDaffH>vat« i>ppoat« drcuiiiftt« IvB-. at
idded bcftd of Druict.-yellow flj.: diviuoD* □( c^Jq/i lit
L. H. B.
JACQUEHdnriA (after Victor JacquemonL a
French naturalist; died 1832). CoTtvoUnMctx. Sub-
tropical and tropica] mostly climbing herbs, grown for
the convoLvulus-like bloom.
Allied to I;>orocea and Convolvulus, to which they
are probably inferior for garden cult. They are dis-
tinguished from Ipomtea by having 2 stigmas in8t«ad
of 1; and from Convolvufua by having the stiitmas
ovate or oblong instead of lineai^fiUform to subulate.
Lvs. entire, or rarely toothed or lobed: fls. not large,
blue, white or violet, in either dense clusters or loose
racemes, sometimes even solitary; corolla more or less
campanulate, the plicate limb &-angled or obscurely
6-lobed. — Species 60-70 in Trop. Amer. and as far
north as S. C., also 1 in Trop. Afr. and 1 in Hawaii.
Jaeguemordia pentardha makes an attractive green-
bousc climber for summer and autumn flowering, out is
not so desirable for this purpose as several species of
Ipomcea. It is likely to bMome lewy. Propagated
readily by seeds or cuttings. For cultural dii^ctions,
see Ipomaa.
at base, twiiung 6-8 ft., pubescent or nearly glabro... .
lvs. cordate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminata: peduncles
slender, bearing 5-12 fls. in a loose cymoee cluster;
corolla about 1^ in. wide, short-funndfonn, sharply
5-angled, ritji violet-blue. June-Sept. Trop. Amer.,
and as tar north as FU. B.M. 2151. B. 4:197. P.M.
6:219. In var. canfiacens, Hort. (J. con^aceru, Benth.),
the whole plant is covered with short, brownish down.
B.R. 33:27.
tanmif&lia, Griseb. Plant annual, usually low and
erect, at length twining if support is near, covered with
tawny yeliow hairs: lvs. cordate-ovate, long-pet ioled:
peduncles bearing many fls. in dense involuctate clus-
ters; fls. lew than ^in. long, violet. Cult, and waata
ground, S. C. to Ark., and southward.
S, W. Flttchee.
^ L. H. B.t
JACQUthlA (Nicholas Joseph de Jacquin, 1727-
1817, collector and painter of West Indian plants).
Mj/rsinAeex: by some separated, with Clavija and
llieophrasta, in ThtophraiUtetsf. Tropical American
trees and shrubs, seldom cultivated far South for omv
Leaves opposite or somewhat verticillate, ripd,
margined, entire: fls. white, purple or orange, bome in
racemes, umbels or singly: corolla 5-fid, wheel- to sal-
ver-ehaped, crowned at the throat and between the
kbes with 5 roundish appendages (staminodia);
stamens 5, inserted far down m corolla-tube, the fila-
ments subulate: beny leathery, few to several-seeded.
In the allied genus Theophrasta the corolla is cylindri-
cal, shortly 5^obed, the appendages are fastened at the
base of the corolla msteaa of the throat, and the beny
is many-seeded.- By the latflsl monographer (Me«,
Engler'B Pflansenrcich, hft. 15, 1903), 33 species are
described, of the warm parts of Amer.
keyfoaia, Mei (J. armillirit, Chu)m., not Jacq.).
Lvs. cuneate-spatulate or obovate, blunt, revolute at
the margin, unially whorled, 4 in. long, IH in. wide:
berry >iin. thick. S. Fla. and Bahamas. It is a low
tree (about 15 ft.), with evergreen lvs. somewhat like
box but obovate, and racemes of small white honey-
scented fls., which appear in winter. It appears to be
1716
JACQTJINIA
cult, only in S. Fla. &Dd S. Calif. It is pomible that
the pl&nt Bometimee cult, is the J. armiiian* of Jacquin,
which Mes now calls /. barboKo, and which occun ia
W. Indies. L. H. B.
JAUBdSA: Buffmia.
JAHtelA (aft«r ita discoveiw, Dr. Edwin Jamce,
1797-1861, botanical explorer of the Rocky Mountains).
Syn., Edtelma. Saxifragieese. Low hardy shrub of up-
nght habit, with deciduous, apposite leaves, and white
flowers in terminal, ahort paniclee.
Leaves without stipulee, petioled, serrate: calyx-lobea
and petals 5; stamens 10; styles usually 3, raiely 4 or
S, slender; ovary supe-
rior, t-celled: fr. a 3-5-
, vtdved, many-seeded,
dehiscent caps.— One
species in the Rocky
Mte. from Utah to New
Men. Handsome shrub
for borders of shnib-
beriefl or rocky slopes in
i> sunny situations, thriv-
i> ing m any well-drained
b g^cn soil, beet in a
peaty and sandy one.
Prop, by seeds or by
cuttings of ripened
amerlcina, Torr. &
Gray (Sdirinia ameri-
edna, Heller). Fig. 2007.
Shrub, to 4 ft.; Ivs.
broadly ovate to oblong-
ovate, acute, serrate,
dentate, pubescent or
almost elabrous above,
whitish tomeotose
beneath, ^2 in. long:
6b. about J^in. across,
whit«, sometimes pinkish
imw T«nMta ■«*rt»« I via outside. June. B.M.
200T. J«»Au»«icu.. (XH) gj^ jg jjj 32.3J
522; 33, p. «0(t; 63, p. 105. Gt. 3
53, pp. 231, 232. L.
Purpus. .Fls. pink.
(^.M. 52:85V Vw/rfiBea;
AnFREn RZHDER.
JAHKSAi Ratnimdia.
JAirtlSIA (aft«r Janus, the old Roman god with 2
faces). Malpigkideex. Twining or trailing plants,
with2formsof yellow fls. in arillwy clusters, the normal
fls. having a Eland-bearing calyx, a 3-angled style and
3 ovaries, ana conspicuous clawed petals; abnormal fls.
with an eglandular calyx, no style and 2 ovaries, and
often rudimentary petals. — Ten to 15 species. J, gr&cilis,
Gray, is offered in 8. Calif, Sts. and branches veiy
slender, twining or trailing: Ivs. lanceolate-linear, both
surfaces silky: peduncles mostly dicbotomouslv 2-fld.;
bracts lioear, as long as the pedicels. Common through-
out Texas, south of the Colorado, and west toNewMex.
L. H. B.
JAPARJHDIBA (i>rob^ly a vernacular name).
I/KythidAcex. (hi^Avia, which is retained by the
"nomina oonaervanda" of the Vienna code. Upward
of 20 trees and shrubs of Trop. Amer., little known in
cult. Lvs. large, ovate or spatulate, alternate, ser-
rate: 9s. showy on 1-fld. somewhat umbelled peduncles;
calyx-tube turbinate, the border entire or 4-6-lobed;
few-seeded berry.— Some of the species may be found
in choice collections of wannhouse plants, but only
J. speclOsa, Kuntte (Gvstdma apeeidea, DC.), from
Colombia, seems to be offered in this country (S.Calif.).
Tr«e: lvs. thick, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, nar-
"pESJii
rowed at base, entire, punctulate above, reticulate
beneath, about 3!^ in. long: fls. fascicled, fragraoL
fi-petaled, whit«, i-5 in. loDg; calyx nearly entire and
witii the pedicel tomentose. Colombia.
J, ffradUimat NifldL (Giutavia pAaJLinu, Minra^. fikuut^r trt*.
^■broiu: fls. 4 in. diiuD.. roge-nd. galitwy oi
U.-iuila □□ yoiiDc pLuiU uid od the wood Id c_
toietber, ncurved. to IS in. lone, oblanceoltti oi mucn namiwBr,
■grrvts. Colombia B.M. Slftl. G.Z. 21, p. 19.— J. Tlmidrpa,
Nisdi. (O, pUnxurUi Poit), Fla. with fl luis obtuse wbitc petala;
ctiyx deeply 5-d-Lobed: owy 6-winged: Ive. thick, loD^pelioled,
dorwled. GuiuL B.M. 5239.-3'. np^,'liaDt«^iup^f
Berg. G. in«i»nw.IJnd.). ShruboremBll tree: i»rt>lU5-8iB. d' —
creua-irhile, outside tinged roee: Ivx. d ^
obovaCe-lanoBDUtc, Acuminate, much Httcn
■usriy so, minulose-toothed. B.M. 5069.
JASldNE (ancient name of no application to this
plwit). Campan-uideex. Small blue-flowered or rarely
white-flowered plants for the border or the rock-furden.
Jasione ia easily distinguished from its allies oy the
fls. being borne in a head with an involucre, the calyx
reduced to 5 very slender lobes, the corolla cut into 5-
ant-ehaped stripe, and the anthers somewhat united at
their b^es; these charoclera make the infl. to resemble
the Composite, but it is readily distinguished by the
many-seeded caps. — Species 5 or 6, in Cent, and W. Eu.
— J n,. ^KM^J•.^ — : — They differ widely in duration
:..:_:._ .1 I Thia includes
^ ^ laceous peren-
nial plant of compact habit, about a foot high, and
bearing doboae heads 2 in. diam. composed of very
many hf^t blue fls. It is of ea^ cult, in any garden
soil, grows cither in full sunlight or partial shade, and
is equally adapted for borders, edgings, or the roclcery.
The common annual scabious (Scsoioea) belongs to the
teasel family, and has 4 stamens, while the shepherd's
scabious has 5 stamens.
pertanis. Lam. Ssefbehd's Scabious, Shxep
Scabious, SiiKEp'a-Brr. Perennial: st. erect, sparinghr
if at all branched : root-lvs. obovate, in the non-florif-
eroua plants forming a tufted rosette; st.-lvs. oblong-
linear, entire; peduncles loi^, leafless: bracts ovate,
serrate-dentate; fls. blue, S, £u, July, Aug. B.R.
505, B.M. 2198.
mont^na, Unn. Annual or biennial (if biennial*
bearing a winter tuft or rosette of radical lvs.): sts,
erect, 1 ft. high, sometimes short and more or \em
decumbent: Ivs. linear or lanceolate, undulate, some-
what hairy: fls. pale blue, on long terminal peauncles;
involucral bracts ovate. Great Britain to Caucasus. —
The seaside form, (var. lUtorilU) is said to be usually
biennis. This species is also called shecp's-bit,
hlunilis. Lois. Dwarf, about 6-9 in. high, perennial:
sts, simple, ascending: lvs. flat and entire, linear-
obovatc: fls, blue on snort peduncles. Pyren^ss; useful
in rock-gardens. July, Aug- L. jj. B.f
jASHinuM (Arabic name, from which have come
Jessamine, Jasmin and Jasminum), OleAcex. Jabuine,
Jessamine, Climbing or erect shrubs, with attractive
flowers, mostly very fragrant, priied for planting in
mild climates and frequently grown under glass.
Leaves opposite or alternate, pinnate but sometimes
reduced to 1 Ift. (petiole jointed) : fls, on the ends of the
branchlets, or twm, or in dichotomous cymes; corolla
yellow or white, sometimes reddish, salvei^«haped, the
4-9 or more lobes convolute in the bud, much ejrceeding
the calyx; stamens 2, included in the corolla-tube:
ovary 2-loculed, with 1-4 erect ovules: tr. a 2-lobed
beny, or sometimes the carpels separate, the carpels
mostly 2-Beeded. — Probably upwards of 200 species,
widely distributed in warm parts of Eu,, AsiajAfr., and
tbePacificregion;nearly absent from Amer. The genus
is closely allied to ligustrum, but differs in the com*
pound lvs. and twin-earpeled fni. Olea is also a related
n
JASMINUM
Jasmines are of diverse horticultural groups. Some of
them are hardy in the middle and southern states,
whereas others are winter-flowerine warmhouse plants.
Most of them are known as ooolhouse or temperate-
house shrubs, of half-climbing habit. They are all of
easy culture. They propagate readily by cuttings of
nearly mature wood and by layers. The species are
usually called jasmines although the word jessamine is
really the same. /. officinale is the jessamine of poetry.
Some of them (particularly /. graniijhrum) are grown
for perfume-matdng. The Cape jessamine is Garaenia,
although there is a Jasminum capense. Yellow or
Carolina jessamine is Gelsemium. The hardiest kinds
are J. humilet J. frutican8f J. fioridum, J, nudiftorunif
J. pritnulinumj J, officinale^ but none of them is reliable
north of Washmgton without protection, and even then
only seldom norm of Philadelphia.
JASMINUM
1717
affine, 13.
aruutomotantt 2.
angulare, 15.
Bureum, 17.
axorictim, 12.
Beewanum, 11.
capenae, 16.
flavumt 20.
floribiinHum, 14.
floridum. 23.
fruticans, 19.
glabratum, 15.
gracite, 1.
gracillimum, 8.
gnuullflonun, 16.
INDEX.
hirnUumt 7.
huxnile, 20.
lifftutrifolium, 3.
tueiduMt 1.
hUeum^ 19.
Maingayi, 10.
muUi^lorum, 7.
mtiltipartitum, 4.
nitidum, 9.
nudiflorum, 17.
odoratiasimum, 22.
o£5oinale, 13.
po^icum, 13.
primulinum, 18.
pubesoena, 7.
pubigerum, 21.
Keevetiit 20.
rt9olutum.20.
rigidum, 3.
Siunbao, 5.
Suholdianumt 17.
aimplicifolium, 1.
mbulalufnt 23.
ayriacunh 19.
tn/oUatumt 5.
tnnerve, 2.
tr%umphan»t 20.
undulatum, 6.
WaUiehianum, 2a
A. Lv8, apparently simple {reduced to 1 1ft.).
B. Fh. while,
c. Calyx glabrau8 (No. 4 f^ considered),
1. simplidfdliom, Forst. (J. Uicidum, Banks. J,
ffrdciUt Andr.). Climber, or sometimes a tree in its
native place, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs. opposite,
mostly short-stalked, shining, varying from oolong-
elliptic to ovate-lanceolate to cordate-ovate, acute or
obtuse, usually less than 3 in. long: fls. white, in termi-
nal forking, many-fld. clusters; calyx-teeth short and
sometimes scarcely any; coroUa-tube H~/^* long, the
acute lobes somewhat shorter. Austral. B.M. 960.
B.R. 606.— Summer bloomer.
2. trin^rve, Vahl. Tall-climbing, with terete gla-
brous branches: Ivs. opposite, short-stalked, ample,
ovate-oblong and acuminate, strongly 3-nerved from
the base: fls. white, in small clusters; cal3rx-teeth nar-
row but much shorter than the long coroUa^-tube;
ooroUa-lobes ooiy half as long as the tube, acute. India.
B.R. 918. — Perhaps only a form of J, anastomosans,
Wall.
3. rigidum, Zenker (J. ligustrifblium^ Wall.). Com-
pact dense rigid glabrous shrub, scarcely climbing: Ivs.
opposite, 2 in. long, ovate or eUiptic, shining ^reen,
more or less acute at both ends but not acummate,
coriaceous, with reticulating nerves: fls. white, fra-
grant, in few-fld. dense sessile cymes; calyx-teetn lin-
ear, erect; oorollaptube 1 in. long, exceeding the lobes.
India.
4. multipartitum, Hochst. Erect bushy shrub, to 10
ft., the branches minutely puberulent: Ivs. simple,
ovate-lanceolate, less than 2 in. long, acute, somewnat
imdulate: fls. probably white, fragrant, solitary on the
ends of branches: cal3rx 10-parted, the lobes setaceous;
corolla^tube to 1 ^ in- long, the limb of several or many
ovate-elliptic or linear-oblong acute lobes. S. Afr.
cc. Calyx pubescent or pilose,
D. Teeth of calyx subulate.
5. Simbac, Soland. Arabian Jasmine. Climbing,
the angular branchlets pubescent: Ivs. opposite or in 3 s
(the temate-lvd. specimens giving rise to the name J,
trifolidtumf Hort.), firm in texture, shining, nearly or
quite glabrous, the petiole short and abruptly curved
upwara, elliptic-ovate or broad-ovate, either promi-
nently acute or completely rounded on the end, entire,
prommently veined: clusters 3-12-fld.; cal3rx-]obeB
linear and prominent, hirsute on the edges (sometimes
almost glabrous) J coroUa-tube }^in. long; looes oblong
or orbicular. India. B.R. 1. — Much cult, in the tropics.
Fls. white, but turning purple as they die. A full double
button-fld. group is in cult., one form of which is the
Grand Duke of Tuscany (or Grand Duke). The double
form is shown in B.M. 1785. This double form some-
times passes as /. trifoliatum, J. SanUxic is a perpetual
bloomer, particularly in frostless countries, where it
can stand in the open.
6. undoUitum, Ker. CHimbing, with hairy branches,
slender: Ivs. opposite, short-petioled, rather small
(about 2 in. long), ovate-lanceolate and acuminate,
somewhat pubescent beneath, somewhat undulate: fls.
6-10, in terminal cymes, white, lone-tubed: cal3rx-teeth
short; oorollaptube ^in. long, and sEender; lobes half or
less as lon^, acute. India. B.R. 436. — Lvs. sometimes
temate. Lattle known in cult, in this country.
7. puMscens, Willd. (/. hirsiUum^ Willd. J. multi-
fldrum, Andr.). Climbing, rustv-hairy: lvs. opposite,
very short-petioled, rather thick, ovate-acute: calyx-
teeth usualK' ^in. long (nearly or quite twice as long
as in J. undidatum). with spreading yellow hairs: fls.
white, much like tnose of /. unaiHatum, the lobes
broad; often half-double. India. B.M. 1991. B.R. 15.
J.H. III. 43:322.'-Will stand some frost. Said to be
a good dwarf glasshouse subject.
8. gracfllimum, Hook. f. Climbing or scrambling,
soft-pubescent or hairy: lvs. opposite, very short-
petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acummate, the base cor-
date or truncate, bright green above and pubescent
beneath, IH in* or less long: fls. white, in very large,
dense hanging heads, an incn or more across, fragrant;
cal3rx-teeth long and awl-like, half as long as the slen-
der corollaptube; coroUa-lobes many (ususoly about 9),
acute. N. Borneo. G.C. II. 15:9. B.M. 6559. J.H.
m. 52:281. G.Z.26, p. 97. G. 4:471; 7:233. F.S.R.
3, p. 15. — ^Long, lithe branches spring from near the
ground and b^ heavy clusters at their ends. Hand-
some floriferous winter bloomer. Nearly hardy in eastern
part of N. C.
DD. Teeth of calyx linear,
9. nftidum, Skan. Slendeivbranched, somewhat
pubescent, half-twining: lvs. opposite, shining, 2-3 in.
K)ng, eUiptic-lanoeolate, short-acuminate, tne base
somewhat cuneate, green above and pale beneath,
lightlv pilose along the rib, primary veins 3, the petiole
1^ than ^in. long and very pilose: fls. white, in small
cymes, very fragrant, the pedicels about ^in. long;
calyx pilose, the teeth linear and recurved and about
\iin. long; corolla-tube narrow, ^in. long; lobes of
corolla ^12, linear-lanceolate, spreading. 1^ in. broad.
Admiralty Isls. (Bismarck Archipelago). R.B. 32, p.
182. R.H. 1907, pp. 110, 111. XH. III. 60:237. Gn.
63, p. 61. A.F. 15:1237. — ^An excellent warmhouse
climber.
10. Bddngayiy Clarke. Scandent shrub with pilose
branches: lvs. opposite, long-petioled, elliptic-lanceo-
late, 5 in. long, glaorous, acute at apex and rhomboid at
base, coriaceous, the nerves 6-8 pairs and conspicuous
and oblique ana not inarched: flis. white, star-shaped,
fragrant, in dense pubescent panicled cymes, on very
short pedicels; cal3rx-tube J^. long, campanulate,
the teeth Hin- or less long, linear; oorollartube %-l in.
long, the elliptic lobes acute, the limb IH in. diam.
Penang (India). B.M. 7823.— Named for Dr. A. C.
Maingay, the discoverer.
BB. Fls. pink or red,
11. BeesilLnam, Forrest & Diels. Shrub, 1-3 ft.: lvs.
simple and small, short-petioled, ovate or lanceolate,
1718
JASMINUM
1 in. or leaa long: Sa. pink or deep rose, very fragrant;
caJyx-tobes linear, leaa than ^m. long; coroll^tube
Bhort (less than ^in. long); lobes of corolla erect or
epreadine, broad-elliptic or Buborbicular, short. W.
China, altitude 8,000-9,000 ft. (Bees, Ltd., Liverpool.)
AA. Lv». o} S or more Ifls. {sometiTnea only 1 in No. 19).
B. The hs. opposite.
c. Pis. what.
12. kzOricum, Linn. Climbing, glabrous or nearly bo,
the branches terete: Iva. evergreen, opposite, the Ifta.
3, ovate-acuminate, the 2 side ones often smaller: calyx-
teeth very amall; oblong^corolla-lobes about as long sa
the tube. Canary Isla. B.M. 1889.— A good white-fld.
temperate-house spec' --■-•- ^
terminal o
13. offidnlle, Linn. {J. poitieum, Hort.). Jebsa-
MiNB. Fig. 2008. LoDH, slender grower requiring sup-
port, but scarcely self-climbing, gtabrous or very nearly
BOi IvB. opposite, odd-pinnate, the lateral Ifts. 2-3 pairs
and rhomooid-oblong-acute, the terminal one longer:
fls. white, 2-10 in terminal more or leas leafy clusters;
calyx-teeth linear, }4~%\a. long, or sometimes as long as
the rather short corolla-tube ; oorolla-lobes 4 or 5, oblong,
more or lees involute on the margins. Kashmir, 3,000-
9,000 ft., Persia, and now widely distributed. B.M. 31.
R.H. 187S, p. 428.— Long cult. The glossy foliage and
fragrant white auinmer-blooming fla. render the plant
verj; attractive in the S.. where it is hardy. With pro-
tection it will stand aa far N. as Philaaelphia. Var.
afiln«, Nichols. {J. aff\ne, Hort.), is a form with larger
fla. R.H. 1878, p. 428. There are double-fld. forma;
also with yellow- and ailvcr-cdged Iva.
14. floriblinduiii, R. Br. Much tike J. oSicitudt, but
differs in calyx-t<?eth, and corolla-lobpa wider and more
obtuse and only half length of the tube: branches
glabrous: Ivs. opposite; Ifts. 5, ovate, apiculate, the
JASMINUM
•: largPBt: fla. fra.
white, .
. dichoto-
_ — fraerant, ,
illary and terminal clusters; calyx-lobes subu-
late, longer than the bcll-absp>ed calyx-tube; corolla-
tube exceeding the calyx, to ^in. loogj aegms. 5, }^ia.
long, oblong. Nile Laud.
15. ■ngulire, Vahl. Climber with long 4-analed
branches : Ivs. opposile, hirsute ; Ifts. 3, orbiculBr,
ovate to lanceolate, mucronate: fls. white, about IHin.
acrosB, odorleea, in 3's on axillary trifid peduncles;
calyx ^brous, 5-toothed, the teeth equajing or ahorter
th^ Uie tube; corolla-tube many tmiee longer than
calyx, 1-1 }4 in., very slender; lobes of corolla 5-7,
oval-lanceolate, somewhat obtuse or subacute. 8. Afr.
B.M. 6865. G.C. IIL 28:360, 361. Var. gUbritim,
Mey. (J. capinge, Thunb.). St. scaroely puberulent,
the Ivs. glabrous.
IS. grandiflArum, Linn. Catalonian, Itauak,
Royal or Spanish Jasmine. Nearly erect-growing, the
branches drooping and angular, glabroua or very nearly
so: Ivs. opposite, the rachis flattened or winged, the Ifts.
5-7, elliptic or round-elliptic or oval, mostly ending in a
very small point or cusp, the terminal Ift. mostly ovate-
lanceolate and acuminate: calyx-teeth M,\a. long or
rarely half as long as the corolla-tube; corolla star-
shawd, larger than in J. offieinaU. India; naturalized
in Fla. B.R.fll. G. 2:451.— Probably the best white-
fld. species. Summer and fall, or nearly perpetual in
warm countries. Much grown in Eu. for perfumery,
and also a good greenhouse subject; young stock may
beplantedout inqtring; willstaiidaun. Stands 10-12^
of host.
CC. FU. yellaw.
17. nndiflAnim, Lindl, (J. iSieboIdtdnum, Blume).
TwigKy nearly erect shrub with 4-angled glabrous atiff
bronchlets: Ivs. opposite, small, with 3 Uttle ovat« cili-
ate Ifta,, the entire foliage falling in autumn or when
the growth is completed: fls. solitary, in early spring (or
winter), from long, scaly buda, subtended by seveial or
many small If.-lSfie bracts, yellow; calyx-lobes leafy
and spreading or reflcxed, Gorier than the corolla-
tube; corolla-segms. obovate, often wavy. China.
B.R. 32:48- B.M. 4649. R.H. 1862:201. G.C. III.
11:181. G.W. 15, p. 300. H.F.2:64. J.F.3:320. Vw.
aftmun, Hort., has yellow-variegated foliage. — A
most interesting species, reminding one of forsythia
when b bloom. Hardy south of Washington, and
blooming nearly all winter. With protection, it will
stand as far north as Hudson River valley, and bloom
very early in spring. In northern glasutouses, used
mostly as a late winter and early spring bloomer.
Strong-growing specimens need support.
18. primfllinum, Hemsl. Very like J. nvdifiaram,
botanically, but with Ituger Ivs. which are sometimea
well developed at flowering-time, and with much larger
fls., the limo of the corolla CTtceeding the tube; a ram-
bling very free-flowering evergreen glabrous shrub, with
slender groen 4-angled branches: Ivs. petioled, of 3 Ifts.
which are almost sessile and 1 or 2 in. Ions, entire,
oblong-lanceolate, shining above and paler oeneath:
fls. primrose-yellow with a darker eye, 1 >i-2 in. across,
solitary on axillary bracted peduncles or branchleto;
calyx-lobes lanceolate, slightly hairy; corolla-lobes
usually 6, obovate-spatulale ; stamens exsert«d. Yun-
nan, China, apparently as an escape from cult.; some-
times partially double. B.M. 7981. G.C. III. 33:197.
R.H. 1904. p. 182; 1906:472. R.B. 35, p. 266. On. 69,
p.71;71:270. J.H. III. 46:295. CM. 46:163; 49:141.
F.S.R. 2:168.— One of the beat introductions of
recent years; stands some frost. It blooms in early
spring, the season lasting two months or more. Not
hardy north of Washington, but nearly evergreen in
the S.
BB. The Ira. alterruOe: fls. yeUmn.
19. frttlcans, Linn. (J. liileum. Gueld. J. surloeum,
Boias. &, Gaill.). Glabrous bush, to 12 ft., not climbing.
JASMINUM
but with slender uid weak branches which are angled;
Ivs. alternate; Ifta. 3 (rarely 1), somewhat curved, obo-
vate to spatulate or oblong, obtuse: Ab. yellow, not
fragrant, few in subtermuial clusters; calyx-lobes
Hubulate; corolla-tube twice length of calyx, about J-^in.
Ions; lobesof corolla 5, obtuse: berries black at maturity.
S.Eu., N. Afr. B.M. 461.— Evergreen.
20. httmile, Linn. (J, revoliilum, Sims. J. Wal-
lichiinum Lindl. /. jtAmim, Sieb. /. (nilmpAarw,
Uort.). {i'ig. 2009. A difFuse shrub, in the open ground
in the S. reaching 20 ft. and requiring support, but in
slasshousee luuaOy grown as a pot-bush; branches gla-
brous, angled: Ivs. alternate, odd-pinnat« (rarely
reduced to 1 1ft,), the lateral Ifts. 1-3 pairs, all Ifta.
thickish and acuminate, and more or lees revolute on
the edges, varying from oblouR to oblong-lanceolate
to oblong-rotund: fls. bri)^t yellow, in open clusters;
calyx-teeth very short; coroUs'tube %-l in. long.
usually considerably exceeding the mostly obtuse and
r«flexing lobes. TVop. Asia. B.M. 1731. B.R, 178;
350; 1409. L.B.C. 10:966.— Apparently the common-
est jasmine in American glasahouaes, usually known
as J. ramlutum. It is hardy in the open as far north as
Maryland. Lvs. thick and evei^reen. Needs a cool
house if grown under ^ssb. Summer and fall bloomer.
J. Sehmni, Hort., probably belong to this species.
Some horticulturists distinguish a J. humiie from J.
rmoluium, the former said to be of smaller siie, less
fioriferouB, and fls. smaller and scarcely fragrant.
21. pnbfgenim, D. Don. Erect shrub, much like J.
Jkumtle and perhaps a form of it, tJut softly and densely
villous: Ivs. alternate; Ifts. 3-7, to 2 in. long, suborbic-
ular to ovate or oblong, villous on both siu^acee; fls.
Tellow, in dense nearly sessile, very villous, about 15-fld.
cymes; calyx-teetb Unear, longer than m J. kumile;
corolla-tube %m. long. India.
22. odorallBsimnm, Linn. Much like No. 20, but
more erect and less teafy when in flower: lvs. alternate,
the Vts. 3 or 5, fining, oval or broad-oval and obtuse:
fls. ydiow, in a terminal cluster; calyx-teeth very short;
corolla-lob^ oblong-obtuse, mostly shorter than the
tube. Summer. Madeira. B.M. 2&5. — It is an erect,
glabrous shrub with straight, stiff, terete or slightly
angular branches.
23. flOridom, Bunge {J. m^uUfum, Lindl.). Shrub,
glabrous, erect but with flexuous branches; lvs. alter-
nate, 3-foliolate (rarely 5-foliolate), the Ifts. coriaceous,
ovate-oblong or oval and acute; fls. golden 3^11ow, l^ia.
diam. in open cymes or panicles; calyx-teeth long-
subulate, as long as the tube, the calyx-tube turbinate
and 5-ang]ed; coroltai-tube 4 times length of calyx;
segms. ovate, acute, spreading lo IH in- across; sta-
mens included. China. B.M. 6719,— Hardy as far
north as Washington. Apparently very little planted.
/. aariculiHim. Vshl. Scandent, piil>™»nl or ii™rl]i gWtroui:
Iva. moetJy mmplr bul aoinFtimH 3-EnJioliitc and iIh liMnI Ills.
rvdu(>e<J to suricLce: Bg, whJIf, in cvmpaund Diuiy-6d, cyma;
DorolU'tulH Hin. '>' i^H LonSi die lobes eULptic uid ^id. Lods-
vbiw Si. uid
J. paiiniUlum, Roil^, Ei
It*, opponle, 3 loUnUte: liis.
coraUH'tubr Hia, lou, Chiiu,
dHUun, FruDch,. ■ CRic
ma]/ br FKtKFtn] Ut aF,
indB. rpddUh outfldv. lonr-ti
JATEOKMZA (name alludes to healing <]ualities of
the root). Also spelled JolTorrhita. Meniapermdcex.
Tropical twiners.
Herbaceous perennials or euffrutescent, with rough
or setose sts.: lvs. laree, palmately lobed: dicecious;
m^ fls. in long and slender racemose panicles in the
anls; female fls. in racemes that are simple or nearly
so; sepals 6 in 2 series; petals 6, shorter than the
sepals; stamens (in male fl.) 6, the filaments free or
connate; carpels (in female fl.) 3, with divided stipnae:
fr. an ovoid drupe. — Species apparently 2, in Trop.
Afr. J. pofmdla, Miers (CtScnJw -polmdlut, DC.
MenixpirmMTn 7XiJm<Uuni, Lam. M. Col'dmba, Rorijg.
J. C^'^mba, Miers). Probablv not in the traae in our
territory, but the fascicled fusiform fleshy roots are
the source of the drug cahunba: st. herbaceous: lvs.
6-16 in. across, 3-5-lobed, deeply cordate, the lateral
lobes bread-ovate or roundish triangular, the central
lobe often broadly obovate: male panicles very slender,
6-12 in. or more long: drupes ovoid, setose, in clusters
of 4-6.' Mozambique; the name calumba or columba
is said to have come from Columbo, Ceylon, whence
the supply of roots was once suppoaed ia have come.
B.M.2ff70, 2971. L. H. B.
JATROPHA (Greek, referring to its medicinal use).
Euphorbiiix*. A varied group of tropical herbs, shrubs
or trees; several species cultivated m the greenhouse
for their omamentid Or curious leaves and flowers ; and
some grown in the tropics for their economic uses.
Juice milky: lvs. alternate, simnle, usually palmately
lobed, sometimes pinnate and entire: fls. montccious,
rarely dicecious, usually with petals; sepals 5, more or
less connate at base, imbricate; stamens about 10, in
2 or more whorls, some, at least, with the filaments con-
nate; ovary 2-5-ccl!ed, 1 ovule m each cell: fr. a caps. —
About 150 meciM, chiefly in the tropics of Amer. and
Afr. Related to Bevea and Aleurites.
Most of the species of Jatrophs are tropical ahruba,
but several low or herbaceous species extend into the
southern United States. One, the spurge nettle, J.
sftmuiojo, Michx. {CnidoKoliia sHrnvtcsxit, Gray), is a
stinging weed of sandy soil in the South, with white
tubuUv csiyx. A reutted species J. aeonitifolia, is
Elanted for hed^ in Central America. Many species
ave found use m medicine chiefly as local or popular
remedies. The oil of J. Curcaa, for which the plant is
cultivated in tropical America, is used as a purgative
and also for cooking, soap-making and the like. In
Mexico the seeds are reported to be eaten like peanuts.
A few years ago J. gouypifolia attracted some atten-
tion as a remedy for leprosy.
Most of the species are adapted to sandy loam soil.
They grow readily from seeds, and cutting from hard
young oranches can be rooted in sand with Dottom heat
if dried somewhat before bedding.
&. Petal* /ree, or nearly so: Iva. Umg-petioUd; MtipuUs
usually dUmeted and peraiatent.
KOurpif&Ua, Linn. Bellyache Bdsh. Subshrub,
2-5 ft. hi^: lvs. 5-lobed, nearly glabrous, 4-6 ii
gUnduUfen, Roxbe. {J. daiuM, VaU). Shrab, 3-4
ft. high: Eva. 3-5-kibed, almost ^abroua, glaucous,
gUndular dentate; stipules nearly 1 m. long; petiole not
glandular: fls. yellowish green; ovary glabrous. India.
multlflda, Linn. Coral Pijint. Physic Nnr.
Shrub, 5-15 ft. high: Ivs. deeply palmately 7-lI-parted,
glabrous, Raucous below, the IoIns narrow, 4-7 in. long,
piiinat«ly incised to entire; stipules about ^in. long;
petiole not glandular: fls. scarlet. Texas to Braiil.
podi^ica, Hook. Gdateuala Rhcbarb. Phtsic
Nut. Tabtago. Shrub, 1-2 ft. high; Ivs. peltate,
3-^lobed, 4-8 in. wide, glabrous ana glauoous, lobes
entire; stipules about i^in. long; petiole not glandular:
petals scarlet; ovary glabrous. Cent. Amer. H.F.
8:146. B.M.437S.
panduilfAlia, Andr. {J, acumindJa, Desv. J. haitdia,
Gnseb. Mdnihot diaeraifdlia. Sweet). Large ehnib:
Ivs. ovate to oblong
entire except the
dentate base, 2-3
in. wide, glabrous or
puberulent; petiole
2 in. or less long;
stipules small,
entire, not glandu-
i^in. long, scarlet;
cyme many-fld. W.
Indies. B.M.
604. L. B. C. 17:
1604.
AA. Petob united (I
»peeU» are apet
tubvlar pelaloid
C£rcM, Linn. Fe
Nut. Barbados N
Nm'. Large shrub or
ft. high: Ivs. king-pi
what 3-5-lobed Uke
almost glabrous, 3-6
ules minute; deciduo
spattuiUtR, Muell. Arg. (Afozlnna
tjtaikvliUa, Ort.). Tocote Psieto. Shrub, 1-lS ft.
Ikigh, stoloniferous: branches fieahv: tvs. sessile, nearly
elabroua, spatulate, entire or 3-1oDed: fls. in fascicles,
JUANULLOA
and 1 in Manchuria. The oriental spedea, J. dtibia,
Benth. & Hook., seems not to be in cult.
diph^lla, Pers. (PodojdtyUum diphj/llum, Linn. J.
bin^, Bart.). Pig. 2010. Twin-i.eaf, Rheuhatisic-
ROOT. LvB. Raucous beneath, 3-6 in. lon^, 2-4 in.
wide, the petiolea 6-12 in. high: fls. about 1 m. acro^
white. N. Y. and Ont. to Wis. and Iowa, and to Tenn.
G. 35:113. — A very attractive woods plant. Sometimes
has parts of fls. in S's or 6's. j^ g_ b.
JKRUSALBlf ARTICHOI3: Artidwkt.Jtnuatm. J. Cbsnr:
Snlanun PmKh-eaptieum. J.Cro«: LycAnit cAolaifDnini. J. Oak:
CKcnapodium Batryt. }.8»t»xPUomufrylvii>ta. J.Jbem-.Partit-
in succulent collections.
J. aemili/dlia.Mia.,m. Pa]>iya.Pti. Tn«, apaUkKU, stincinB.
q}iiiy. Cent. Amer,— J*, eaniuxna, Muell. Ard. Shrub: peuib
uniled, Calif. lo Cent. Amti.—J. frignm. HBK. Tr«, ituisiiiE.
Amy. apetalouB: fls. aromatic. Cuba. — J. iTilei/trrCma, JwiQ.^
f. divernColia, Muell. Ate. Small tree or >hrub: prtali free, iljpuleg
entile; fla. red. B.M. 14A4. W, India.^. Kunlliidaa, Muell. Arg.
Bhmb, apeuloiu. stinging, ipiov. Trap. Amer. — J. Mdnihd—
MaDihot.^, FoUiAna, Muell. Aig. Sbrub or email tree: pelala
free: Hlipul« dirteeted- S. Braiil. — J- iirtn*. Lion. Shnib. atlDgiDC.
■piny, apetaloui. G.C. II. 14:753, Trop. Amer.
J. B. S. Norton.
JEFFERSdmA (Thomas Jefferson, third pred-
dent of the United States). Berherid&cex. Attractive
hardy perennial herbs.
RhiBomaloua; Ivb, radical, palmately nerved, 2-lobed
or 2-parted: fl. soUtary on a naked scape: sepals 4,
petaloid but fugacious; petals 8, flat, larger than sepals;
8. free, with slender filaments; ovaiy single.
ivrta and 7. bi/tom.
JEWKL WSED: JnpoJin
jnCPSOir at jmSOH WSBD: Datura.
JOAITNfiSIA (from Johannes). Bwphorhidcex. A
tree cult, in many tropical lands for ornament, for the
wood, and the seeds used in medicine. Juice milky:
Ivs, alternate, long-petioled, digitalely 3-7-toliate;
Ifts. stalked, entire: fls. moncecious, with petals; calyx
5-tootJied, valvate; stamens 7-10, more or less unit^;
ovary 2-celled, ovules 1 to each cell:fr, a large drupe. —
One species, related to Aleurites and Jatropha. It
grows easily on poor soil and stands long drougnta welL
It is hardy in S. Calif.
prfncepfl. Veil. {Anda Gomkaii, Juss.). Anda Assu and
various other native names. A large tree: Ifts. ovate.
3-4 in. long: infl. a paniculate cyme, tenninal and
axillary; fls. inconspicuous: fr. 4~5 in. tMck, coconut-
like, with 4 large oily seeds. S. Brazil,
J. B. 8. NoKTOM.
JOB'S TBABS: Coii Laetyma-Jolri.
JOE-PYB WBKD: Supalorxian purpwrnn.
JOHnSOR-ORASS: Htlau haitjmiiM.
JOHQUIL: NoKifia.
JOVELLANA (JoveUanos, Spanish personal name).
Seropkidaridcex. A half-doien South American and
New Zealand plants that sometimes are included with
Calceolaria, are referred to this genus. None of them
is apparently in cultivation in this countrv, but J.
noJdceo, Don (see Calceolaria violaeta, supplanentary
list) is sometimes cultivated as a sreenhouse plant in
the Old World, They differ from Calceolaria in having
a ringent corolla witliout a saccate lip.
JUAinTLLdA (George Juan and Antonio Ulloa,
Spanish naturalists who traveled in Chile and Peru).
Solan&crx. About lOspeciesof shrubby plants.moreor
less epiphytic, from C«nt. Amer. to Peru, sometimes
meotioned in horticultural literature as suitable for
Kwing in the warmhouse. Erect or diffuse and pro-
ang runners or decumbent branches, glabrous or
tomentoee: Ivs. thick and entire: fls, yellow or rod,
solitary or in clusters; calyx colored,, large; corolla
tubular, sometimes ventricoee and contracted at the
throat, with small broad lobes; stamens inserted in
lower part of corolla-tube: fr. an indehiscent sno-
culent or dry berry. J. auran/loca. Otto & Dietr. (/.
■paratAUca, Hook,), ia the species most likely to occur
m cult, tt is a glabrous shrub with herbaceous young
branches: Ivs. alternate, sometimea 2 together and very
unequal, 2-fi in, long, oval or obovate, obtuse, shorts
petioled: fls. termini on drooping branches in a sort
of leafy raceme, showy, orange: calyx fleshy and large,
5-angled, loose on the corolla, tne latter about a
third longer and tubular, enlarging upward, and with
a limb of 5 short rounded segms, Peru, where it is said
to be epiphytic; but said to thrive well in a warmhouse
inearth. B.M. 4118. H.U. 2, p. 321. L. H.B.
JUGLANS
1721
JDB^A (after Juba, king of Numidia). PtdmAeex.
The wine palm of Chile, J. gpecUibUia, which io this
oountiy \b cultivated outdoora in southern CalifonuA
and in the North under glass.
JubKs htts only 1 species, a tall, unanned S. American
palm: caudex thick, covered vrith the bases of the
ehesths: Ivb. terminal, pinnatisect; segms. spreading,
linear-lanceolate, ripd; margina recurved; rachis
laterally comoresBed, convex on the back, acute
beneath; eheatli short, open. Allied Renera in cult, are
Attalea, Cocos, Maximiliana and Scheelea, which are
the anther-cells connate: fr. 1-seeded. In Attalea
the petals are lanceolate; stamens 10-24, included,
anther-cells connate: fr. 2-*ee«ded. For distinctions
from other genera consult also Cocoa, Maiimiliana and
ScheeUa.
Juim gpectabUis is a handsome and eatisfactery
palm for the cool palm-house, where it would be treated
m common with such plants as Chamxropt humilU,
the sabals and Etderpe mcmiana, which may be grown
well in a night temp^ture of 50°, providing the plants
are properly eetablished. In general appearance, J.
ipeeUtbilia reminds one of some kinds of Phixnix, and,
like them, does not show the true character of its foli-
age in a very small stBt«, the seedling jubca producing
Fhcenix bark
i to spines, as is usually the
and the pinnai are aJso arranged irregularly on the mid-
rib, thus giving the fronds a feathery effect. The cul-
ture of iubea is by no means difiicult, propagation
beiru effected by means of imporl«<t seeds, which
UBuauy give a fair percentage of germination, provid-
ing they are started in a warmhouse and kept moist.
The seedlings should be potted as soon as the second
leaf appears, and kept in a warmhouse until they are
large enough for a 4-inch ^t, and from this time forward
oooier treatment will give the beat results, always
remembering the fact that while many pahns (and
jubea among the number) will bear much neglect,
yet the best results are to be had only by giving plenty
of nourishment. (W. H. Taplin.)
qwctibilis, HBK, Height 40-60 ft. but much lower
in cult. rlvs. 6-12 ft. long. G.C. II. 18:401; III. 18:516.
Gn.5, p. 413. V. 8:340. A.F. 22:696. C.L.A.2:19.
Gng. 13:658. — -The southernmost American palm.
erally treated, it mokes a large
A full-sited trunk yields about «i gauons oi suKary
eap, which is boiled by the Chileans and called "Miel
de Folma" or palm honey, which is extensively used on
ships and bottHs on the west coast of S, Amer. There is
some danger of the species being exterminated in Chile.
The frs. look like diminutive coconuts, and are called
Coquitoe, or by the trade "monkey's coconuts." In
Europe, it is cult, under gloss, and also used for sub-
tropical bedding. N. TATi^H.t
JOB&BA, Jnjaba: Ziiypl"^
JUDAS TREE; Cirtii.
JAGLAHS (ancient Latin name from JovU gkmt, nut
of Jupiter). Jugland^eex. WAunrr. BTrrrcBNTT.
Plate LX. Woody plants grown for their handsome
foliage and some species for their edible nuts.
D«^iduou8 trees, rarely shrube: branches with
Ds. with a 2-5-lobed perianth and 6-30 stamens, ._
slender catkins; pistillate Ss. in few- to many-fld.
racemes; ovoi? inferior, l-celted, with 4 colyx-iobee
and included in a 3-lobed involucre: fr. a huge drupe
with a thick, indebiscent husk; nut 2- or 4-celled at
the base, indehiscent or separating at last into 2 valves.
— About 15 species in N. and S. Amer. and from S. E.
Eu. to E. Asia; 44 species have been distinguished and
described in a monograph by Dode (B.S.D. 1906:
67-97; 1009: 22-50, 165-215, with many illustrations).
The walnuts are usually tall broad-headed trees
with large leaves, and with small greenish flowers, the
stominate in pendulous slender often conspicuous
catkins, the pistillate inconspicuous foUowed by a green-
ish large drupe containing an edible nut. Most of the
species are hardy, and are very valuable park trees,
with a massive, straight trunk, and a light and airy
broad top, the best being probably J. ntffra, one of
the noblest trees of the American forest. J. reffia, J.
rupeafm, and J. ealhayensie are hard^ as far north as
Massachusetts, while J. californiai is tender in the
North. Though many fimgi and insects prey on the
walnut, none of them does very serious damage, the
worst being, perhaps, the hickory-borer. The wood of
the walnut, which is easilv worked and susceptible of
receiving a beautiful polish, is much used for cabinet
making and the interior finish of houaes, especially
and durable, and of dark bro
cintrea and J. SitbcH-
iana is light and soft.
The husks of the nutfl
1 color, while thai
it of 7.
dyeing yellow, and the
bark fur tanning leather.
The husk of J. c
e medicinal prop-
erties. The nuts of all
species are edible, and
are an article of conuner-
cial importance, espect- '
ally thoee of /. Teena,
which are the best. This ■
species is extensively
^wn in the warmer
parts of Europe, in Cali-
fornia and in the East
from Pennsylvania to
Georgia. The nute of
the native species are
' I sold on the market,
^thered i
though .
numoer oi improved mi. Uaf ol Joclaai alfn.
varieties are in cultiva-
tion. /. SitbMiana and var. eordiformis, with nuts
superior to those of the native species, and much v^
ued in Japan, will probably become valuable nut trees
where J. Ttgia is tw tender; al«j J. regia var. tinenaia
is hardier than the type.
The walnut grows beet in moderat«ly moist, rich
soil, but J. cirtfTta is more moisture-loving and /. rcffia
prefers well-drained hillsides. They are not easily
transplanted when older, and therefore the nuts are
often planted where the trees are to stand, but they
may be safely transplanted when two or three yean old,
or even later when they have been transplanted in the
nursery. Propagation is by seeds, which should be
stratified and not allowed to become dry. A light,
sandy soil is to be preferred, as the young plants pro-
duce more fibrous roots, while in stiff sou they are
liable to make a long taproot. The young seedlings
are transplanted when about two years old; sometimes
the taproot is cut by a long knife. Varieties are often
grafted on potted stjTck in the greenhouse in early
spring or are budded in summer, either shield- or flute-
buddmg being employed; even top-grafting of old trees
is sometimes practised. For ctuture and further
information, see United States Department of Agri-
culture, "Nut Culture in the United Stales," quoted
below as U. S. N. C; see, also, Wainul.
aiiantifolia. la
Barlbenau
n'MoH, 1 1.
Uindui, fi.
i^inUU. 1.
Latallti, 10.
moiiaphyUa, 1.
Querd/oba, 5.
njpstria, 2, 3.
Biebolduu. la
nbcordi/onnu, 10.
VUraonuia, 11.
A. ^r. flobmu^ or finely jnibesixitl, l~3; nut 4-eelled at
Ike base,
B. Z/(b. usuaUy 7-9, almost entire.
1. riria, Linn. Pbrbian or ENauaa Walnct,
Bound-headed tree, to 70 ft.; Ifte. 5-13, oblong or
oblong-ovate, acut« or acumioate, almost glabrous,
bright green, 2-5 in. long: fr. almost globular, green;
nut usually oval, reticulate and rather smooth, rather
thin-ebelled. S. E. Eu. Himalayaa, China. U. S. N, C.
a close rufous tomentum: nut dark brown or black,
slightly compresged, nith brood deep longjtudinkl
grooves, with a thick shell and email sweet kernel. New
Me:i., Ari«., Colo. 8.8.7:336.
BE. Diam. of nul not more Ihan ^in.: Ifls. ll-tS.
3. nipistris, Engelm. Shrub or small tree, rareljr to
30 ft.: branchlets pubescent when young: Ifts. 17-23,
narrow-lanceolate, acumi-
Date, finely serrate or nearly
entire, puberulous or pube-
scent when young, at
maturity quite glabrous »r
C' lescent on the midrib
eath, 2-3 in. long: sta-
mens about 20; ovary
pubescent or tomentt»e; fr.
globular, rarely ovoid, often
pointed, usually pubescent,
-Jiin. across; nut with
kernel. Texas and N. Mex.
8.8.7:335. G.W.ll,p.399.
i. CBlifOrnica, Walt.
Shrub or tree, 12-20, rarely
40-50 ft. high: branchleto
puberulous: petioles glandular-pubescent; tftfi, 11-15,
_ — , , , rarely to 19, oblong-laSceolate, usually acute, or acumi-
aspUn^blia, Hort.), with narrow, pinnately nate, cuneate or rounded at the base, glabrous, l-2Vi
in. long: atamens 30-40: fr. globose, %-^ia. across,
Eubenilous, husk thin: nut nearly globose with deep
ingitudinal grooves. S. CaUf. S.S. 7:337, figs. 1-1.
OD. Niii obscurely or not at aB, grooved, upUiS in. aeroaa.
5. Hlndsii, Sarg. (J. ealifdmiea var. Hlndtii, Jepson).
Rounded-headed tree, 30-40, occasionally to 75 ft.
Walnut. Var. Bmtosis, fX). {J.sininsU, Dode). Lfts.
usually 5, larger, pubescent on the veins below: nut
ajobose-ovoid, very rugose. China, Japan. S.l.F. 2:5.
Of the ornamental varieties the most dmtinct and
Hort.
I the
. _, , __ _ i:617.
Var. monopbfUa, DC., has the Ivs. simple or 3-tolio-
late. Var. ptndula, Kirchn., has pendulous branches.
Var, firtflis, Kirchn, (var. fr«(tcdM, Dipp. var. praTJor-
(iiriCTia, Hort,), is a shrubby variety producing rather
email, thin-sbellod nuts on very young plants. Var,
BaitberiinA, Carr. (var. elongdta, Hort.). Nut elon-
gated, narrow-
oblong. R.H.
1859, p. 147;
1861, p, 427. Gn.
60, p. 478. Var.
corcyr£nsls,
Sprenger. Lvs.
. large, to 2 ft,
long; Ifte, 9, the
lowest pair very
small, the upper
pairs broadly
t orate, about 8
in. long and S
in. broad: nut
rather thick-
sheUed. J. Du-
douxidna, Dode,
from the Hima-
layas and W.
China with more
elliptic and more
acuminate Ifte. and nuts with thin fragile shell, is prob-
ably only a variety of J. regia.
BB. l^U. 9-25.
c. Width of lfts. utuaUy lets than I in.
D. Nutt deeply grooved.
E. Diam. of nut up to m in.: lfts. 9-lS.
2. mijor, Heller (/, rupfetris var, ■mAfar, Torr. J,
T6TTeyi, Dode). Tree, to 50 ft., with narrow head:
branchletrt pubescent while young: Ifls. 9-13, rarely to
19, oblong-lanceolate to ovate, acuminate, cuneate or
rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, soon glabrous
or slightly pubescent on the midrib beneath, 3-4 in.
long, the lowest IfU. 1^-2 in. long: stamens 30-40:
fr. eubglobose or ovoid, 1-lH in- across, covered with
high, with tall trunk : brancmels densely pubescent at
first: petioles villous; lfts, 15-19, usually 19, ovate-
lanceoiate lo lanceolate, loDg-acuminate, usually
rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, pubescent
beneath on the midrib and veins, 2l^rA in. long:
stamens 30-40: fr. globose, lJ^-2 in. acroae, soH-
pubeecent: nut nearly globose, faiotlv grooved, with
thick walb. Cent. Caffl. 8.8.7:337; fi^. 5-8. Go.
49, p. 278. — A graceful ornamental tree often planted
as a street tree m Calif, and used as stock for grafting
varieties of the English walnut. The nut is of good
quality, but rather small, Var. qnirdiUL Sar^. (J.
adif&mica quircma, Babcock. J. querdflAia, Pierce).
An abnormal form with 1-5 Ifte,, usually 3, short-
stalked or sessile, broadly oTat« to oblong, obtuse or
emarganate, serrate or entire, }^2 in. long. Jepson,
Silv. Calif,, pp. 51-3.
cc. Width of lfts. 1 in. or more: nut prommm&y and
irreguiarly ridged.
6. n^rm, Linn. Black Wauiqt. Fig. 2011. Lofty
tree, to 150 ft., with rough brown bark and pubescent
branchlets: lfts. 15-23, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
appressed-scrrate, glabrous and somewhat shining above
at length, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long; fr. usually
1-3 on a short stalk, l}^-3 in. across, with papillose
surface; nut thick-shelled, globular or somewhat
depr^sed, strongly ridged. Mass. to Fla., west to
Mmn. and Texas. S.S. 7:333, 334. Em. 211. G.C. H.
11:373; 26:617; 111.30:303, F.8.R. 3:210. H.W.
2, p. 182. U. 8. N. C. 7, pp, 1-3. Gn. 27, pp. 269, 270.
-—J. ovoldea, Dode, is a form with ovoid pointed nuts.
AA. Fr. coated with viadd hairs, racemose; nut S-celUd ai
Ihe base: Ifla. uriih sleilate and glandular pubea-
cence beneath, aerrate.
B. Nut strongly SS-ridged.
7. dnirea, Linn. BmrERNOT. White Walnut.
Fig. 2012. Large tree, occaf-ioually to 100 ft., with
JUGLANS
Bray bark: young branchlcts villoiu and gUndulor;
ts. U-19, oblonK-UiiceoIate, acuminate, appreesed-
scrrate, usually pubescent on both sides, more densely
below* 3-5 in. long: fr. in short racemee, 2-5, oblong,
Knted, 3-5 in. long; nut oblons, with 4 more and 4
I prominent irregular ribs and many broken sharp
ridg^ between. New Bruna. to Ga., west to Dak. and
Ark. S,S. 7:331, 332. Em. 207. U. S. N. C. 7, p. 4.
Gn. 22, p. 251.
8. cattuyCnais, Dode {J. dracdnU, Dode). Tree, to
70 It.: branchlets glandular-hairy: Iva. up to 3 ft. long;
Ifta. 9-17, obovate^blong, acuminate, obUque^
JUGLANS
1723
hairy above, - ,
3-9 in. long: fr. 0-10 in pendulous raccmee, ovate,
pointed, IJ^-lJi in. long; nuta ovoid, pointed, 6-&-
angled, with sharp and broken, nearly spiny ridges.
Cent, and W. Chma. G.C. 111. 60:189.— Haa proved
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
9. raaadahftrica, Maxim. Fig. 2013. Broad-headed
tree, to 60 ft.: branchleto glabrescent: Ifta. U-19,
oblong, acute, obtusely serrate, at lenfcth almost gla-
brous oboTe, pubescent beneath, rarely almost gl»-
broua at lengUi, 3-8 in. long: fr. in short racenee,
globular-ovate to obloi^^; nut with 8 prominent
obtusiah ridges. Mandsburia, Amuriand. G.C. III.
4:384; 30:302. A.G.]89l:m. R.H. 1861, p. 429
(as J. reaia oeU>o(ma). Gn. 50, p. 478 (by cnor as J.
regia eordata). U.S.N .C. 7. p. 5.
BB. Nut rugoae or nearly gmooA.
10. Sieboldilna,Maxim.(J.atIanf<^d;ia,Carr.). F^
2014-2016. Bread-beaded tree, to 50 ft.: branchlets
pubescent: Ifts. 11-17, oval to oval-<^long, short-
acuminate, densely serr&te, glabrous above, pubescent
Japan. Gn. 47, p. 442. A.G. 1890:701; 1891:179.
R.H. 1878, pp. 414, 415. U.S.N.C. 7, p. 7. 8.I.F.
2:5. Var.cordif0rmis,Makino {J .cordifArmis, Maxim.).
Fig. 2017. Nut heart-shaped or ovoid, much flattened,
Bharply 2-edged, smooth and with a shallow longitu-
dinal groove in the middle of the flat sides,
rather thin-sheUed. G.C. III. 30:292.
S.I.F. 1:17. U.8.N.C. 7, p. 6.— Though
this form is very different in its fr. from
the true J. Sieboldiana there are no other
reliable choractera to distinguish it, and
seedlinss raised from nuts of var. cordi-
/ormU have always produced, at least to
a large percentage, trees bearing nuts
like those of J. Si^ldiana or of interme-
diate character. Probably J. Lovdllei,
Dode (L.I. 1, 2), is such an intermediate
form. J. eoarctiUa, Dode, is another of
these intermediate forms with a somewhat
longer nut Blightly constricted about the
middle. J. s\£cordiS6rmit, Dode, is hardly
different from the variety except in its
shorter and broader nuta. /. AUardiAna,
Dode, is probably only a form of the
species; it differs little from it except in *"*•
the (rra.y or blackish dull color of the nut, ^^'^'^
which is yellowish and lustrous in typical „ /'S^
J. Sieboldiana. a.boWton^
U. bitcrmidU, Carr. (J. nl^roxJ. riuta). Inter-
mediate between the parents, but in general appear-
ance more like J. tegia. Lfte. usually 11, ovate or
eUiptic- ovate, remotely denticulate, glabrous dark
green. In r^ard to the fr. 2 forms have been dis-
tinguished. Var. pjnifSnnia, Carr., with an obovoid
fr. more resembUi^ that of /. re^. R.H. 1863, p. 30.
Gn. 50, p. 478. Var. Vilmoroiiui, Carr. (J. VUmonni-
6na, Vibn.). Fig. 2018, with a fr. more like that of J.
nigra. G.F. 4:52, 53 (adapted in Fig. 2018). M.D.
1911 : 197.— Probably also J. rtgia gibbosa, Can., with a
laise, thick-shelled deeply rugose nut belongs here.
R.H. 1861,p.428. Gn.50, p. 478. Of the same parent-
age ia without doubt the so-called James River hybrid
(Forest Leaves 2:133, 134).
12. quadnngolita, Rehd. (J. aUia, Scbelle. J.
inlermtdia quadrangulAla, Carr. J. inltrmidia aUla,
Carr. J. cintrea-Kj. rtaia). Fig. 2019. Tall tree, in its
bark, winter-buds and foliage much rraembling J.
regia: Ifts. usually 9, oval to oblong, obscurely and
remotely serrate, slichtly pubescent beneath: fr. spar-
inRly produced, BubgMboee, about 2 in. long; nut ovoid-
oblong, acute at the apex. 1^ in. long, with deeply
sculptured walls thinner tiian those of the butternut
rugose and pitted, 1-lfj in. long, rather thick-ehelle
(About Daluni) oh.
find broad ridEee aX the si
2017. jD^ui a*tMMlau m.eofdUaimla. (NBtmal die)
JXJNCUS
. Originated in Fnuice jttnCDS (claBBical name, la join). Junedcex.
RcBHBB. GrasB-like plants growing in wet, rarely in
dry, places and lued for planting in bc^ aikd arouad
aquatic gardens.
Plants send up from the rootatock several uobrenched
cylindrical sta. which bear a terminal, or Bometimes
apparently lateral, cyme of greenish or bronnish very
email Ba.; Ivs. graae-like terete or flati perianth of 6
rigid chaffy parts in 2 whorls; stamens idiort, eith^ 3
or 6: caps. 3-ceIled or rarely 1-celled, many-seeded.
Rushes differ from the true grasses and sedgra in hav-
ing a true perianth and a many-seeded pod. — The
nnue includes a host of species distributed tnroughout
tie t«mperat« regions, but most of these are not in
cult. Rushes are sold by dealera in native and aquatic
plants. The kind used in making mats in Japan ia
procurable from dealers in Japanese plants.
A. St. mlhoui U>s.: q/mes apparenlly lateral.
eSftsus, Linn. (/. commimU, Hort). CoiniON
Rush. Fig. 2020. St. soft, 1-4 ft. high: cyme diffuse.
KhuricL....
K described nbcive, sEvcnl othBT bytiridi have barai
ler Burbaok nued ft hybrid betv««a J. Hisdoii aod
l"Royai,"williIiirBeimtsDf«n«llenlfl»vor.«.— '
dni nod J. »fiiA, ouned "pHrHdox," h v^jy vi
ihy beirer. 'Tbrm are auppowd hj^bridi betn
__, ["pBTBdoi,'
rhpre ju¥ BUppo«ed hybridfl
^tnaxJ. mtm uid J. eiac
r. (R. H. lS78.ri —
id prabaEV only ■
a IwibUth: i
- - S* sod S. inijor, nhich ofti^D has a ir. Bunilu- in tbtpe
la the one figured.—/, auftrdlu, QHaeb. Allied to J. mpertrii. Uu.
13-21, luce, ovate-obloiig. abruptly acuminate, Kirale, visdd-
pid)««8ent; nut ovoH, acute, small, slightly gi ■ . .
/. csfidpn, Dode. Allied (o J. mandschurira
TMiety, bat nut lew rugoee, lew sharply an,,.™, -.». »._. .~-
liiiMiiiiii Probably fllHo X. China. — '. kamainvi. Dude (J. regin
T«r. kanuuinla. DC.). Allied toJ. recia. Lfu. &-Il.abtoiig-etliptia
•,..J.i,.,..u.T.~,.tate,pub«rulDtuon bothmdes, ruf oua-pubeecent od
Lh: Dut globose, rather hard^ihelled. BimalU'aB.
Mwdra. Cloaely alliHl to J. maiulBChurica. Lfta.
Darnjwer, mem coarsely serrate, more nubcAcent, the t^nniDBl 1ft.
very large: fr. more oblong, less strongly ridged. Manchuiin.
Alfred Rehder.
JUJObS: ZiivphMt Jtiiuba.
JULliniA (Julian Cervantes). Doubtfully associated
with the Anaearduicex, but now made the type of the
family JutianiAcex. TortuouHJy branched resinous
dicBciouB Hhrube or small trees of Mex., perhaps not in
cult.: IvB. alternate, imequally pinnate, the llts. 3-U:
fls. small, green; male da. and infi. much like those of
the oak, "a single, hairy, thin perianth, divided nearly
to the base into 5 or 7 acute s^niB., with as many
stamens alternating with the segms."; female fls. 2-4
in an involucre, the whole having the appearance of a
single fi,, of curious structure: tr. composite, dry, with
an exceedingly hard involucre, indehiscent, germina-
tion taking place through the apex. The known spe-
cies are 4, one of whiob, J. adstrinm%i, Schlecht., is
figured in G.C. 111.43:99, by Hemsley (adapted from
Ttmih. Roy. Soc. of London). Aspect somewhat like
some species of Rhus: Ifls. 5-7, sessile or the terminal
very short-stalked, 1-1 H in, bng, obovate or oval,
dentate: fr, 2 in. long, en)ar(dng upward. J.Huaue&i,
Gray, of Peru, is referred to Orthopterygium ; probably
not in cult.
1-2 in. long, tile fls. aeparale; sepals acute, equal
the short retuse and pointless or mucronate green
brown cape.; stamens 3: seeds not tailed. North Tem-
Hort,). Fls. small, %-l\i lines long: cyme congested
into a spherical head: culms rather stout, 6nely many
striate. Much of the J. amglmneratus of the trade is
prob^ly this variety. Var. conglomeritos, E^gelm.,
IB similar to the Last, but the culm. coarsely few (12-15)
striate, and perianth very dark. Var. solntus, Fem. b,
Wiegand. Fls. medium, VA-2}4 lines long; perianth
semi-apprrased: cyme open: culms coarse with usually
pale basal sheaths, at least when dry. Var. Ptlct,
Fem. & Wiegand. Fls. medium; perianth spreading:
JUNCUS
cyme open: culm medium, usually ccarsely striate
at least when dry: baaal ebeaths usually dork. Vor.
vlttitns, Buch, (J. effitxua var. aftreo-ttridtus, Hort. /.
tonahmeritua var. variegdttu, Hort.). Foliage striped
witD yellow. Var.
n^Uli, Hort. Fig.
!aI21. a curious fonn
with ste. spirally
twisted Uke a corif
■crew. Gt.M,p.406.
AA. St. bearing lentt
Iw.: cyme ler-
minat, open, but
fit. borne in
headi at end <^
ft. hig£i
: seede long-tailed
lower,H-l>4ft.lugh:
heads fevr: statnens
6: seeds witJiout tails.
N. Amer. — May bo
used for gravelly
bordera of pools.
J. oammUiu. Micbi..
and olb« ipeciH mar ba
uaed for watcr-cxTdsiu.— -
K. M. WlKOANl).
character of their fruits, either within (N" between
epe^m, as are other memberB of the rose family to
which Amelanchier belonfjs — sufficiently^ variable to
Buggeot high potentialitiee in the dom«fltication of the
best of the wud species.
Juneberries diner much in the character of the plants.
Some speciea are dwarf shrubs with many stems, while
others are small tiees with straioht, slender trunks,
the largest of which attain a height of 40 feet and a
diameter of 8 or 10 inches. All of the species are vigor-
ous and the American juoeberries are hardy, at least
two of them giving promise of making meet desirable
domFSticat«d plants m re^ons too cold for any or but
few other fruits. Junebmies are easily transplanted
and respond to culture as readily as any other species
of the rose family. In the garden, they thrive under the
same care as that given the apple or pear. Insects and
fungous troubles are not particularly apjMrent in wild
speciesbut it is probable that under artificial conditions
junebcrries would suffer from about the same insects
and fungi that attack other pomes. Birds, especially
the robin, take heavy toll and would prove troublesome
to cultivated plants. The ^enus shows wide adaptation
to soils and moisture conditions, there being few locali-
ties in temperate regions where oth«r fruits are grown
upon which some one or several of the juneberries
would not thrive.
All of the plants in this genus, whether shrubs or
trees, have value as ornamentals. The common june-
berry of eastern America is a particularly beautiful
plant in early apring, bearing large white flowers in
profusion, which are well set oB by the opening foli-
age and bright ailky bud^ecalea and bracts. The trees
are attractive ornamentals in fruit though the east-
ern juneberry is often infertile and sets few or no
pomes. Trained as a tree or as a many-Btenuned shrub,
the several juneberries are all desirable lawn and park
resemble somewhat the pomes of the hawthorn, for
which they are often mistaken. The juneberry, how-
ever, is superior to the more common hawthorn as a
food product because the flesh is greater in quantity
and is not so dry and mealy, the flavor is sprigbtlier
and the seeds arc fewer, smaller and thinner-belled.
The several juneberries are quite as variable in the
JUHEBERRT.
Fig. 2022. Fruits
of species of Amelan-
chier. 2K
The fruits of ^
some twenty-Bve or tb*. Tha tiafi* Hdwh, b,!* saiuiad.
thirtv species of
Amelanchier ai« edible, those of several species being
especially iuicy, sweet and refreshing. Under the
names juneberry, shad-bush, service-berry, sugar.^)ear
Temperate Zone. The product of one or another of the
Hpecies plays an important part in the diet of North
American Indians, who make use of the berries both
fresh and dried. So, also, juneberries have been a
source of food-eupply to explorers, prospectors and
pioneers, who testify to their value as nourishing
esculents and pleasing dessert fruits. Juneberries are
as yet little used where they must compete with other
fruits, although they have many qualities to commend
thera for domestication.
The fniit of the juneberry is a small pome or apple,
usually with five cells each more or lees completdy
divided into two parts so that there appear to be ten
cells. The seeds are small and thin-shelled, varymg
in number from five to ten. The pomes of some species
are no lar^r than a pea, while m the best strams of
Other species they attain the site of a small crab-apple.
From time to time strains of wild species have been
brought under cultivation, some of which have been
named and sparin^y disseminated by nurserymen. So
far all of the cultivated varieties have come from the
bush-like species, most of them said to be from A . ahii-
folia. One of the first named varieties was Success, a
dwarf strain probably of A . oanadentit, introduced by
H. B. Van Deman, then of Kansas, about 1878; this
variety seems to be no longer cultivated. Several
western nurserymen now offer strains of dwarfs under
the names Improved Dwarf Junebenr, Dwarf Moun-
tain Juneberry, and Western Hucklebeny. So far as
their history can be learned, all these nai
are selected strains from wild plants, no one as yet
having set out to breed and improve juneberries. There
are manv distinct forms in tne wild, some of them
supposed to be natural hybrids, offering opportunities
for selection in the amelioration of the species for the
garden. There is no reason to believe that the species
will not hybridize as freely as other members of the rose
family. All looks to be favorable for the domestica-
1726
JUNEBERRY
tion of juneberriM, — opportunitiee swaitiDg a man to
do the work.
Junebemee are readily propagated from seeds and
DO doubt all would vicld to budding, grafting and to the
same treatment in the nursery given lo apples and pears.
Some of the species would, no doubt, vex the souls of
cultivators by throwing up many euckcrB, but in gar-
den culture this could be remedied by working on a
[Jeering stock. Juneberriee are said to be easily
budded on the hawthorn. The suckers are commonly
used in propagating the species used as ornamentals.
The eleven species described under Amelanchier ail
have borticultm'al possibilities well indicated in the
descriptions. The species giving greateet promise for
their truita are A. ofni/oJia, A. isnria, A. aanffuinea, A.
ttolonifera and A. kumUie. To these should be added
A. eanademit as the most desirable juneberriee for
ornamentals. U. P. Hedsice.
JUNIPERUS (ancient Latin name). PinAeex. Juni-
per. Ornameatid trees and shrubs grown for their
foliage and habit.
Evei^reen, with the branchlcts spreading in all
directions: Ivs, either all needle-shaped and m 3'b, or
needle-shaped and scale-like, and usually opposite,
often found on the same plant, tbe needle-shaped Ivs.
prevaiUne on younger plants and vigorous branches,
the acale4ike oaes on older plants; fls. dicccious, rarely
mon(BcLoUH; ataminate yellow, consisting of numerous
anthers united into an ovoid or oblong catkin; pistil-
late greenish, minutely globular, with several bracts,
eaiJi or some bearing 1 or 2 ovules; the bracts become
fleshy and unite into a beny-like cone, usually wholly
BB in J. Sabina and most species, or in the third, as in
J. commwiU. — About 40 species aistributed throughout
tiie extra-tropical regions of the northern hemisphere,
in Amer. south to Mex. and W. India. Junipmis is
closely allied to Cupreseua, and sometimes hard to dis-
tinguish without fr.; but young planta with needle-
shaped Ivs. can be almost always tokl ^wrt, since
Juniperus has whitish lines or marks on the upper
surface of the Iva., while the similar juvenile forms of
allied genera have the whitish marks beneath. Most
ruiea are very variable, as well in habit as in the shape
the Ivs., which renders the determination of an
unknown form, at least without fr., a rather difficult
task.
The junipers vary greatly in habit from tall pyram-
idal trees to low prostrate or trailing shrubs, and have
small needle-shaped or scale-like foliage, insignificant
flowers and small beny-like fruits usually bluuh black
and often glaucous, less often brown or orange, Manv
of the species are hardy North, as J, mrgini/ma, J.
KOpulorum, J. aunmunis, J. riaida, J. Sabina, J.
chinensis, J. Psewio-tabitta, J. Bpkxriea, J. tqaamota;
others are half-hardy, as J . Oxycedrut, J. marrorarpa,
J. recarva, J. exixlia, J. ocddeiUalw, while some, as J.
proeera, J. Lueayana, J. Ihvrifera and the Mexican
speciee, can only be grown South. All are valuable
ornamental plants, and the erecl>^wing species,
mostly of pyramidal or columnar habit, are decora-
tive as single specimens on the lawn or if planted in
groups. Some varieties form a very narrow column, and
are valuable for formal gardens; the columnar form of
J. virginiana is a good substitute in the North for the
classical cypress. The low prostrate junipera. as J.
commvnU var. monlana, J. horizonlalit, J. Sabina, and
J. equamala, are well adapted for covering rocky
slopes or sandy banks. The ciose-^ined, fragrant
wood is much used for the interior finish of bouses and
in the manufacture of small articles, also for posts,
since it is very durable in the soil; that of J. nrffinimui
and J. Lueayana is in great demand for pencil-making.
The fruits and also the voung branchlets of some species
contain an aromatic oil used in medicine. The fruit of
/. drupaeea is edible.
The junipers thrive best in sandy and loamy, moder-
ately moist soil, but grow well even in rather dry,
rocky and pavelly ground. They prefer sunny, open
mtuations. They are well adapted for hedges and for
planting as shelter or windbreaks; also for seaside
planting. Propagation is by seeds, which germinate
usually the second and sometimes the thinTyear; to
hapten their germination, they ma^ be plungpd for 3 to 6
seconds in boiling water, but this shoukl oe refcarded
as an experiment and tried only with a portion of
seed. They, are also increased by cuttings of nearly
ripened wood in fall under glass, either outdoors or in
tiie greenhouse. As a rule, those with needle-ahaped
leaves root much more easily than those with scale-like
leaves, and the latter are therefore mostly increased
by side-grafting during the winter in the greenhouse
on young potted plants of the typical form or an allied
ries. The shrubby species, especially J. Sabina, are
propagated by Uyers.
JUNIPERUS
A. Foliage always needU-tkaped and in S'a, rigid, jointed
at the bate: fit. axiUary, diadoat: wiiiter-buda
mth tcaie-likt Iks. (See aUo Nom. 7 and 8.)
B. Ft. large, ^-1 in. acroat, with the teeds amjiole itilo
a umally S-ceUed bony tlone. (Carytxxdrua.)
1. dmplcea, Labill. Pvrainidal tree with narrow
head, to 46 ft.: Ivs. lanctolat*, Bpiny-pointed. '/i-H<o.
lonK and ]i^]/im. broad (the broadest of all Bpecles),
witn 2 white lines above: fr. bluish black, edible. S. E.
Eu., W. Asia. G.C. 1854:45S; III. 19:519. R.H. 1864,
p. 1651 1904, pp. 357, 358.
BB. Ft. gmailer; teed* not connate, uatiaUy S. {Oxyeedrut.)
c. Lv». vrith 2 vihiU, line* obotw.
Shrub 0
IvB. crowded, linear-lanceolate, spiny-pointed, spread-
ing. J^Jiin- Iohr; fr- to Hin. aeroes, dark brown,
glaucous. Medit. ret(ion.
3. CMiuB, Webb & Berth. (J. iiindiJa, Loud.).
Tree, to 12 It., with pendubus branches; the trunk to
3 ft. diam.: brauchlets bluiah green, angled: Ivs. very
crowded, curved or straight, spreading, lineai^lanceo-
late, acute or obtuBish, scarcely spiny, }ri-}^ia, long',
fr. Hubgloboee, ^-Hin. long, bluieh at first, final^
orange-brown, I-aeeded. Caatay Isla, Antoine.
Cupressineen Gatt. 19. — Cult, in Calif. The abnormal
development of thickness in comparison to height is one
of the peculiarities of the species.
4. OxTCidma, Linn. Bushy dirub or small tree, to
12 ft., with rather slender branches: Ivs. linear, spmy-
poioted, spreading H-Win.: fr. gk>bose, >i-!^in.
across, brown, riunrng, not or slightly gUucoue. Medit.
region. H.W. 1, p. 193.
cc. Lvs. with 1 lehiU line above.
5. rfgida, Sieb. tc Zucc. Small, pyramidal tree, to
30 ft., or spreading shrub with the slender branches
pendulous at the extremities; Ivs. in closely set whorls,
narrow-linear, stiff, yellowish green, Vt-I in. long; tr.
about J^in. across, dark violet, Japan, S.Z. 125.
S.I.F. 1:12,— Graceful, hardy shrub, somewhat similar
to J. eommunii var. Monga, but the Ivs. more crowded
and stifTer.
shrub or tree, sometimefl attaining to 40 ft.: Ivs.
or linear-lanceolate, concave and with a broad white
band above, spiny-pointed, \i-%ia. long: fr. almost
sessile, dark blue, glau-
cous, K-Min. across.
Arctic N. Amer. south to
Pa., 111., and in the Rocky
Mte. to N. Mex., N. and
Cent. Gu. and N. Asia.
H.W. 1 : 10.— A very vari-
able species; some of the
most important varieties
are the following; Var.
allreo-variegita, Bort.
Upright form, with the
tips of the branchlets
goldM yellow. Var. do-
prtssa, Pursh (J.
JUNIPERUS
1727
^adint
Afr. Var.hib«n>ic«,Gord. (var.s(rfrfa,Carr.). Narrow,
columnar form, with upright branches, deep green, tips
of branchlets erect. G.4;521. Gng. 1:356. Var.
montliu, Ait, (J. commiinis rtdno, Loud. J. niina,
Willd, J. oI;rttMi,S. F.Gray. /.stMriea, Burged.}. Low,
spreading or procumbent shrub^ seldom over 2 ft. high:
Ivs. oblong-linear, abruptly pointed, usually incurved,
densely clothing the brancKes, with a biiad silvery
' ' ' ve, J4-!^in. long. Aretic and mountain-
H,W. 1:10, M,D.G. 1910:123. Var.
white line above, ^-J^in
branches often to 3 ft. long, and almost unbranched
except for occasional clusters of short lateral branch-
lets 1-2 in. long: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, incurved. Ore,,
N. CaUf. Var. obUiua, Loud. i,J. M&nga, Bieb.).
Upright shrub, with slender, diverging and recurving
branches; Ivs, thin, long-attenuate, honiontally spread
ing, bright green. Trutscaucasia. Var, obltago-pin-
dtila, Carr, (var. refitza. Pari.). Similar to the pre-
ceding, but more decidedly pendulous, A very srace-
ful form. C.L.A. 11:308. Var. ptndula, Carr, ^rub,
with spreading, recurving branches and pendulous
branchlets. Var. luicic*, Loud, (var./tufi^idto, Hort,).
Narrow, columnar form, powing sometimes into a
tree to 40 ft. high, with rather long, spreading Ivs., the
branchlets with drooping tips : of lighter and more bluish
color than the simitar var, Aibemiea.
AA. Foliage ■usuallj/ of t kindt o/ hs. {Fig. SOSS) utiudty
oppotite.dtcurrenl: fit. lerminal: no diiUnii mnter-
buds. (SaHna.)
small tree, to 30 It., with spreadinE and usually recurv-
ing branches: branchlets slender: Ivs. crowdea, curved,
appressed, lineai^lanceolate, pointed, grayish or glau-
cous green with a whitish haad above, ^-J^in. long:
fr. olive-brown or blackish purple, when fully ripe,
about J^in, long, l-eeeded. Himalayas. G.C. II.
19:468. Gn. 22, p. 107; 36, p, 215. Var. d6n««, Cair.
Dwarf, with short, crowded branchlets: Ivs. curved,
grayish green. ,
branchlets thick, ascend-
the ape:i: Ivs.
^^^k
^
Z0I3. JaolpMDi eoaunaala n
B. ascending from a procumbent base, rarely exceeding
4 ft. in height. The Ivs, somewhat shorter and broader.
Var. afirea, Hort. (J. ndna var. eanadiwrit ailirea,
Beisen. J. canadinnt aiirea, Hort.), Like the former,
but tips of branchlets golden yellow. Gng. 6;67. Var.
hemispUfcrlca, Pari. (J, hemiaph^riea, PtcbI). A low,
dense, rounded bush, rarely more than 3 ft. high: Ivs,
strai^t and stiff, short. Mountains of S. Eu. and N.
crowded, loosely appressed, linear-lanceolate or lanceo-
late, straight or slightly curved, grayish or bluish
green, with 2 grayish while bands atMve: fr. bluish
black, globoee-ovoid, H-H'ta. across. Himalayas, W.
China. Var. Fii^gMU, Rehd. & Wilson. Tree, to 70
ft.; Ivs. longer and narrower, linear-lanceolate, more
spreading, usually about !^in. long, acuminate: fr.
ovoid, >^. long. W. China. It bos proved hardy at
the Arnold Arboretum.
1728
JUNIPERUS
BB. Lot. mottly opposite, ga^e4ike or of i kinds, lUVaUy
with a gland on the back: jr. mostly gloindar.
c. Ft. erett or nodding: mostly trees.
D. Color of fr. reddish broiDn, with rather dry, fibrous
fieah: hs. miirately deTdieulale.
9. phcenlces, Linn. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.,
with ovate'pyramidal bead and upright branches:
bronchlets slender: Ivb. oricular and spreading or scale-
like, imbricate, rhombic, obtuse, opposite, often bluish
peen ; fr. M-ySm. across, shining, with 3-6 seeds. S,
Eu., N. Afr. Canary Isls. H.W. 1, p. 194. M.D.
Idll, pp. 286, 287 (habit).
10. calif6rDica, Carr. Fig. 2024. Pyramidal tree, to
40 ft., or shrub with many erect branches: branchletfl
rather stout: Ivs. usually in 3's, imbricate, rhombic,
obtuse, thick, yellowish green, with conspicuous gland,
only on vigorous branches acicular: fr. >j-!^in. long,
wiui bluish bloom and with 1-2 large seeds. Cedif . S.S.
10:517. R.H. 1854, p. 353. A.G. 1890:10.
DD. CiAior of fr. 5JuuA iAoek or Uue, with jviey,
resinous flesh.
B. Imhria^ Ivs. usually in S's, minutely denlicuIaU.
11. ocddentUis, Hook. Tree, to 40 feet, rarely to 60
ft., with spreading branches forming a broad, lovr head,
or shrub with several upright sts. : branchlets stout
BE. /TTibrieate Ids. oppotiU, entire or nearly so.
r. Seeds of fr. S-6.
a. Point ^ imbricate las. acute: branchlets slender.
12. uc^lst, Bieb. Tree, to 60 feet, with pyramidal
bead and upright or spreading branches: Ivs. ovate,
spreading, mostly
opposite, but in
3 8 on the lower
branches, rhom-
bic, bluish green:
fr. bluish black,
bloomy, globular,
about ^in. across,
with 3-6 seeds.
Greece, W. Asia to
Himalayas. G t .
46, p. 209. Var.
stclcta, Hort. Of
upright, columnar
habit, with very
' glaucous foliage.
Var. varieEtta,
Carr. Foliage
variegated with
yellowish white.
13. pt&cet*,
Hochst. Tree, to
100 or 150 ft.,
similar to the pre-
3's, or opposite.
lanceolate ana
spreading or
loosely apprised
and ovate-lanceolate 1 tr. gldwee, small, about Jiin.
across, 2-3-seeded. Mountains ol B. Afr. — Probably
the tallest species of the genus.
GO. Point of imbricaSx Ivs. obtuse.
- 14. chininsis, Linn. (J. sininsis, Hort.). Tree, to
60 ft., or shrub, sometimes procumbent: branmes
rather slender: Ivs. opposite or whorled, linear, pointed
^hI spreading, with a white band above or scale-like,
appressed. rhombic, obtuse: fr. globular, brownish
violet, bloomy, H~Hm. across, with 2 or 3 seeds.
Himalayas, China, Japan. 8.Z. 126, 127. S.I.F. 1:U.
G.C. III. 42:163^ C.L.A. 11:308, G.W.I, p. 305.-
Vcry variable in habit: the staminate plant usuaOj
forms a much-branched, upright^ pyramidal bvA
often almost columnar, while the pistillate has slender
spreading branches. They are therefore often dis
tmguishM as var. miscula and var. ftmmm (vai
Re&esii, Hort.). The first one is the most desirable ■
an ornamental plant. Var. Ubo-varieglta, Beiasc
(var. arginlea, Hort,). Dvtixi, dense form, wit
dimorphic Ivs. : tips of branchlets mostly white. Gd.U
6:292. Var. abrea, Beissn. (var. mdsciiia aiirea, Hort.
at the extremities. Var. Pfl&er . . „
a broad pyramid with horiEontally spreadii^ br&nchfs
and nodoing branchlets, grayish green. G.w7 5, p. 403.
Var. pyrumdilis, Carr. Narrow, pyramidal form, with
bluish green(_ mostly needle-shaped foliage. Var.
{J. procjimbena, Sieb. J. japSnita,
prodlmbe
Carr.). I
procumbent branches and mostly acicular Ivs. in whorls,
with 2 white lines above, longer and stouter than in
the type. S.Z, 127, fig. 3, G,W, 13, p, 618. Var.
procfimbens aftrea, Beissn. Branches robust and long,
decumbent, with rather few branchlets, young grow£
golden yellow at first, changing to tight green. Var.
prncilmbens allreo-varfegftta, Beissn. Dwarf, dense
forrn, variegated with golden yellow.
15, spUbrica, Lindl. (J. FMunri, Van Houtto).
Similar to the former. Densely branched shrub or tree,
to 30 ft., with upright branches: branchlets short,
rather thick^ quadrangular: Ivs. acicular and whorled,
but less rigid than those of the former, or scale-like,
rhombio-oblong, somewhat spreading: fr. globular,
about Min, across, not bloomy, 3-6eeded. Ni China.
Probably not specifically different from the preceding
species. Var, glaftca, Gord. {J. Sktphardil, Hort.).
Dense form, with usually needlfr«naped glaucous
pp. Seeds of fr. 1-S;fr. smaU, H-H«»- aerou.
a. Trees hardy, sometimes shrubby.
16. virginitoa, Linn. RedCeuab. Savin. Fig.202S.
Tree, to 100 ft., with conical head and spreading or up-
right branches: Ivs. acicular, spiny-pointed, spreading
or scale-like, rhombic, acute or subacute, imbricate,
very small: fr. brownish violet, bloomy, globular or
ovoid. Canada to Fla., east of the Rocky Mts. S.S.
10:524, G,F.8:65; 10:145. F.E.27:147, G.W. 16, p.
540. — A very variable species. Some of the most
important varieties are the following: Var. Ubo-spl-
cAta, Beissn. Tips of branchlets white. Var. flbo-v«n«-
gita, Beissn. Branchlets variegated with white;
a very similar more constant form is "Triomphe d'
AngetB." Var. allreo-variegjlta, Hort. With golden
yelkw variegation. Var. Cannirtil, Beisan. A com-
pact, ovate-pyramidal form, dark green, with bloomy
Dlui^ fr. \^T. ChamberUynii, Carr. With spreading
branches and elongated, pendulous branchlets: Ivs.
dimorphic, ^ayish green. Var. dumfisa, Carr. Dense
shrub, formmg a rounded pyramid, with mostly needle-
shaped, bright green Ivs. Var. elegantfssima, Hort.
Tips of young branchlets golden yeffow. Var. gU^ca,
Carr. Vigorous-growing foim, with glaucous folia^.
Var. globOsa, Beissn. Compact globose form with
bright green scale-like fohage. Var. pCndnla, Carr.
With spreading limbs and slender, pendulous branches:
Ivs. usually scaie-like. Var. plumdUt Hort. A graceful
pyramidal form with needle-shaped Ivs,, the tips whitish
(var, plurndsa AUm or jiumbsa arginlea, Hort,), or pure
white (var. pJumd»a nfvea, Schwendt.). Var. mttia.-
Idfllis, Carr. Dense, columnar fonn, with the fohage
glaucous (var. pgramiddlis ffiaiiea) or bri^t green (var.
&l^.
H,
CCm H.^V^Iui^rufM). Var. rCptuw, Beissn. Lowsbrub,
Yen nil, " CilJriiontally spreading, procumbent branches and of columnar babit, with
forasT^'^t'- curvinn branchleto: bright green. M.D.G.
often .ll,?'*^ -'^' Probably the same as var. horizontalit,
iulliff'^.^tew. Var. SchSttii, Beiaan. A dwarfish, dense,
SftSK *■*» IVi-idal form, with bright green and rather bght
^~'™ • It. 4t''- Var. tripartita, Beiaen. A dwarf, spreading
'*"', HatJ. Hfe.of irregular habit, densely branched, with acicu-
= ontBuUl t^ raucous IvB. F.E. 33:15. Var. Tenfista, Hort. (J.
JJLP'™'^ m- i'^r EUwanger & Barry). A columnar form with
JI*r''*M:;[m^u^ dark green, scale-like foliage. — The dwarf (ormfl
^ Iv. ihii^^^ten very similar to J. iSoMna and hard
■^'ftrntniitj-'^'inp'™' without fr». except by the
■ ' ■ . . 'Wi™^ diaagreeable odor of the bniiaed
ue the following: Var. fastigilta, Beiaan. Erect shrub
r habit, with da» green, mostly imbricate
cupressifdlia, Ait. (var. hitmiiit.
^'wnoBtt-rt.^^' ai«W«eable ode
:ii, ffi«^J'™chlets of the latter.
t^nedad. '
i,i;s^:t^c aeS. tht two Hddi B( »d ewUr ta«««. (Nutur*! fUe)
'tj^t^ 1'- ■copul&rum, ^rg. Clwiely aUied to the preoed-
™T^rjng; chiefly distinguished by the somewhat larger fr.,
■,^T?|\Lripening not until the second year; by ila habit, form-
^'^°™5ing a broad head with stout, spreading branches and
Tl'^of**'! dividing into several sts. near the base, and by its
'^"^ '"ahredding bark. The branchlets are somewhat shorter
and stouter, and the foliage usually glaucous or yellow-
-tjr.mi'xi isb green. Brit. Col. to CaUt. in the Bocky Mts.
>^M»(> GF. 10:423. 8.8. 14:739.
JfnCitai oa. Trees ietider,
wii^*'* 18. Lncajrina, Brit. (J. aw^dlU, Piker. J. har-
m ^^ hadtrmt, Auth. J. virginiAna var. BedJoTdid.na, Veitch,
""j"^ not Linn. J.virgin\Ana\ax.haTbadinsU,GoTA.). Tne, H^e^.j,
'j^ toSOft., withspreadingbranohesandslraiderpendulous PhwCui
^i'^"' 4-aDgled branchlets: Ivs. light green, closely appreesed, ^f^*^
i fi.^.i ovate, sharp-pointed, glandular: fr. globose, about Kin. vfi;,''l£]
Procumbent, with ascending thickish branchlets: Ivs.
usually imbricate, scale-like, often bluish green. Var.
tunanscifdlia, Ait. (J. mbinMea, Griseb.). Procum-
bent or ascending, rarely erect: Ivs. usually all needle-
shaped and often in 3'sj sli^tly incurved, dark and
briuit green, with a white Ime above. Mountains of
S. £u. G.W.I, p. 304. Var. variegftta, Beissn. Brancb-
leta vari^ated with cteamy white: Ivs. mostly
imbricate.
21. boriiontUis, Moench (J. prottrAla, Pers. J.
SoMna var. procitmbtTis, Pursh. J. ripen», Nutt.).
Procumbent, usually with long traihng branches
furnished with numerous short branchlets, sometimes
to 4 ft. high and with spreading branches: Ivs. of young
plants subulate, mature foliage imbricate, scale-like,
acute or acutely cuspidate, bluish green or steel-blue:
fr. about >jin. across, blue, sU^tly dauoous, on a
pedicel shorter than its length. Nova Scotia to Brit.
Col., south to Mass., N. YT, Minn, and Moat. B.B.
(ed. 2) 1:67. Var. Dodelasii, Hort., is a distinctly
trailing form with steel-Slue foliage, turning purple
in autumn with glaucous bloom; also called ^uke^u
juniper.
J. «m/Mii, PuL— J. litonlu.— 7. dartno, F^ AlU^ to J.
Ssbina. PnciUDbBDt, with iluidH. nnadiu or dnopuis bnoch-
leU: [r. 1 < Maded. uulL Bibeiu.— 7. IUid3a, SchlM^tTannful
UM, to 30 ft.. *ith Bprwdins bruwhei uul ileiidar. nmole, pendu-
kna bnnehleU: In. acuta. *ritfa ipnadiu tip*: fr. ajobuUr, A-10>
■MdMl. TMUia.Hu. B.a 10:aiQ.— Z^Bdtut'w. mUd. AlUadto
J. HoelH. To 13 ft. hish; bniaefaleM thicker: tv*. with ^Hndins
uax, mueroiuta. uaiully HluiduUr: fi. lArger, l-Z-aseded. Grawa.
W. AmM.—J. formotioa, Hi^u (J. twdloUa Pul., not Book, tc
Am. J.atJaDCDi>aDdiila,Hort.l. Alliedto J. rifida. Tree.toMlt.;
In. twd. iiiiar-paiiitad. with 3 *hita baad« abovs. )^t is. lone:
b. OTOid. onuse. y^ acroa. Fonnoaa. Caat. & W. China. Baa
provvd hardy at tna Aniold Arboretuni; tb« trua J. tanfoUa. Hook-
Jt Am. la not ID suit.— J. Uiorilit, Mai. U. caafsrta, P«fL ). AUiad
to J. riiida, but pTOftrata, with lou. tniUac bnocbea: tr. latser.
Japan. — /. auer^wda. fion AUied to J. eioclaa. BhniboruuU
trea. to 30 ft, aometimaa prooumbent: Iv*. oloaalj apprcaaed: fr.
noddina. ali^lar, l-aBedsd. Fctiia to Himalayaa. — J. mtoah-
cSrfB. Sudmrtb. AUiad to J. lalitomica. Tna 30-£0 ft. with a
' * a. in 3'a, acute: fr. {tin. aorOB or riiafattv mora,
rii.— 1^. maieina. Sehiadc. Fpunldal tr«:
•njoa, abort and rather Mout: hm amte, iooae^
2-l-ae«iHL M«.— ^. maiiiiiB. aehl«ibt.~J.
tatncona. — J.monBtptrma.BtrK. (J.ocddestaliaTar. mononietniai
&icaIni.).CloaB[7aJlied toJ.oeodentalia. Branablela mora dander:
Iva. unuulr oppoaite and ecUadular: tr. nnaller and Deuativ 1-M«ded.
Roekr Mta., from Cok>. to New Max. && 10:E22.— ?. sMdaeo-
ptndida.Hort.— J. tonnoaana.— >r. poiAvpUAa. Torr. Trao.toWtt.
atUed to J. ocddentalia. with broad, pjrainidal or la— -*
hoari . ii>(. nnathr cnpoaite. slandular, bluiah simd: Ir. di
bloomy, irithl-i_aeeda. Hu a '^ ' ' '
thick, dark blue, bloomy, 1-2-seeded. S. Ga. to Fla.,
Jamaica, Cuba, Bahamas, Haiti. S.S. 14:73S.~One of
the most beautiful of the junipeia, often planted for
n the Gulf States, and in the W. Indies.
btown, bloonur7 il^th 3-i aeeda. dai a ebeekned
blacMa^ oak. Colo, to Teiaa and New Mei. 8.8. 10:SZ0.— J.
Ftiwloln, Sudworth. AUied to J. califorrdca. 8naU tree to 30 ft.,
uauaUy with eeveral ita.: brandileta rather alander: Ira. uaual^ in
3'a, appreiaid. aharply pointed, yellowiah creew Ir. Kloboee or oroid,
)«ii. tone, red, l-S^iwded. Teiaa. B.TT 110.— X /'HJIdo-aaUiui,
ntch. 4Mey. AUied to J. Sabina. Erect iihrub. with thick, denge
and ihort branchleta: Lti. uauallr dimoiphio: fr. ovate, blackiah,
tUtmy, l^eeded. Siberia. — y. aooiiuUfa. Endl.^J. tfaurifera. — J.
aoMfwidst, JJeea —J. tctra^ona. — J- ■nfruieidef. Griieb.^). Bi ' '
19. faarbadCiuifl, Linn. (J. bcrmvdiAna, Linn.)- Tree,
to 40 ft., in habit much like J, virginiana, but branches
much stouter and foliage pale bluish green: branchleto
thickly set, quadrangular, stout and abort: Ivs. mostly
imbricate, thick or acicular, spiny-pointed, rigia,
erect-spr^ding : staminale catkins larger: fr. usually
2-seeded and depressed-globular. Bennuda, Barba-
does, Antigua. G.C. II. 19:657. G.F. 4:295.
cc. Fr. pendvlous, on cvrved peduncle*. tmaU: sknAt,
umally spreading or procumbent.
20. SaUna, Linn. Spreading or procumbent shrub,
rarely with erect st. to 10 ft.: branchleto rather slen-
der, of a very strong, disagreeable odor when bruised:
Ivs. needle-shaped, acute and slightly spreading or
imbricate, oblong-rhombic, obtuse or subacute, usually
dark green: fr. ^-}4'm. thick, ^obular, l-3-«eeded.
Mountains of Cent, and S. Eu., W. Asia, Siberia, N.
Amer. — Very variable. The most remarkable varieties
110
of the lateral t
SitTuUn, Hort.— Cfaa
ree to40 ft.. .._
inchea gcale-likc. c
ovoid. Mia. "
I. Rshd. * WOton. AUied U
the iboota in 3'a,
..._ . N. W. China.—/.
Typarie obtiiaa var. ericoidea. — J. taxiJ6lia,
rarj.^d. jonaoaBoa. — ^. Utrdffona, Scblecht. Allied to J. occiden-
(alia. Small tree, to 20 ft., rmrvly to 40 ft., with rDund^toppcd or
prraniidai head and alender, quadran^lar branchleta: Itb. obtuae,
liBually eglaztdulHr: fr. eubalaboec. moatly l^eeded. Teiaa to Mex.
8.00:533.— /.(*wV*«.Li0D "— "- — .~.- ^-- -.
topped head and Airtadina bn
utar, 3-3-eeedKL ^nia. Alnr
nica var. utabenaia, Enxelmj. Buafay tree, can
with broad, operi head: hraocbtetB alender; Iva.
iah creen: fr. uauaUy l^eeded. Colo, to CaUf.
'"■*'*■ Alfred Rehder.
JURlnifA (named for Louis Jurine, 1751-1819,
professor of medicine). Compdsitx. Herbs or sub-
shrubs, one of which is offered for the wild garden:
IvB. gray or white-tomenlose beneath or on both sides,
pinnate or entire, unarmed: fls. purple: acheoes 4-S-
sided, seldom compressed, crowned with a pappus of
unequal rough baiiB. — Over 60 species from C^t. and
n 20 ?
'CtalL B
1730
JURINEA
JUTE
8. Eu.y N. W. Afr., to Cent. Asia. None of the spedes
IB of great horticultural value, although sometimes cult.
They thrive in any ordinary garden soil and are raop.
bv seeds or division of the roots in spring. J. alita^ Cass.
Height 3-4 ft. : perennial, or aocordmg to fioiasier, bien-
nial: St. erect, winged below, 1-1 H ft. high: radical
Ivs. 6 in. long, oblong and lyrate, nearly glabrous above
and canesoent beneath: st.-lvs. lanceolate, sinuato-
dentate, decurrent: heads hemispherical, long-pedun-
cled, the involucre-bracts narrow-linear and tne outer
ones short-mucronulate and the apex spreading; florets
purplish blue: achene 4-angled and muricate, the
exceeding it. Caucasus. J.H. III. 66:442.
lie /. cdata is definitely described as biennial and as
reaching a height of 18 in. in cult., the plant grown
under uiis name, and which is apparently correctly
determined, is said to be perennial and to grow 3-4 ft.
high, having a silvery aspect in the foliage, l. n. B.
JUSSIAA (Bernard de Jussieu, 1699-1777, idM> laid
the foundations of a modem natural system of the
vegetable kingdom). Also written Jusneua, Onor
grdcex. Primrose Willow. This genus includes one or
two herbs that are more or less cultivated, one at least
as a water plant.
Herbs, shrubs or even tree-like plants, with alternate
usually entire but sometimes serrate mostly narrow
Ivs., and sometimes more or less showy axillary or
solitary white or yellow fls.: calyx tubular with 4-6
acute persistent lobes; petals 4-6, spreading, inserted
on margin of the disk; stamens 8r-12 m 2 rows, inserted
with the petals; ovary 4-5-ceIled, style simple, stigma
4-6-lobed: fr. a terete, angled or costate, dehiscent,
many-seeded caps. — Species about 50, widely distribu-
ted in temperate and warm re^ons, but most abundant
in S. Amer.; some are native m the U. S.
The horticultural interest in this ^nus, in this
country, centers about the plant known m the trade as
J. longifolia, a summer-flowering aquatic herb, and
differing somewhat from the botanical descnption
given tcIow. The stems of young seedlings are four-
winged, and a specimen before the writer of a plant of
the previous season is five-winged. The main root of
these old plants may be tuber-like, 3 inches long, Hinch
thick, or 8 to 10 inches long and more slender. Also
the lower leaves, at least, are opposite. — J. longifolia is
best treated as a tender annual. The seed may be sown
in fall or spring in shallow water, using seed-pans or
pots, as with other flower seeds. Cover the seed, which
IS very fine, with finely sifted soil, place the pot or
seed-piEin in water, but do not submerge untU the second
day, when the seed will be thoroughly soaked and will
not float on the surface of the water. When the plants
attain a few leaves they should be potted, singly, into
thumb-pots, and later into 3-inch pots, and from these
planted into their sunmier quarters. It is not absolutely
necessary to keep these plants always submerged in
water after potting. The plants will do well on a bench,
which should be covered with sand or ashes and the
plants kept well watered. (Wm. Tricker.)
longifdlia, DC. Erect, glabrous: st. 3-angled: Ivs.
sessile, lanceolate-linear, acuminate at both ends,
glandular beneath at the margins: pedicels 1-fld., longer
thflji the ovary, and bearing 2 bractlets at the apex:
petals 4, obovate, scarcely notched at the apex; sta-
mens 8. Brazil. — It is not clear whether tlus is the
plant that is listed as J. longifolia.
Springer!, Hort. Evergreen prostrate perennial,
somewhat soft-hairv, much branched, the st. winged:
lv8. opposite, crowaed, ovate and acute: fls. very large,
canary-yellow. Argentina. — Offered abroad (Sprenger,
Ni4>le8); said to be one of the most beautiful aquatic
plfmts and that it grows equally well if grown as a ter-
restrial subject L. H. B.f
jnSXfCIA (James Justice, a Scotch gardener and
author of the eighteenth century). Acanthdcese,
Greenhouse plants^ grown for the showy fascicles,
spikes or pamcles of white, violet or red bracted lowers.
Mostly herbs of various habit, with opposite entire
Ivs: cal3rx deeply divided into 4 or 5 narrow lobes;
corolla 2-lipped, the straight or curved tube very
shq^ and dilated above, uie uppCT lip eared or in-
cunr^ and concave and the sununit entire or some-
what 2-toothed, the lower lip 3-lobed and spreading;
stamens 2 attached in the throat; staminooia none;
disk ring-like or cupulate: caps, ovate or oblong, witii
seeds 4 or less. — Species 250-300, widely distributed in
many warm r^ons, in Amer. reaching as far north as
Texas. From Jaoobinia, close garden allv, ^e genus is
distinguished by the spurred or appendaged anthers.
Justicia is variously understood. Jjndau (m Engler A
Prantl, Pflansenfamilien) refers no less than 30 graera
to it, among others being Adhatoda and Dianth^^.
Most of the garden plants known as justicias are
jacobinias. Consult Jacobinia, for example, for JtuHda
magnificOf J. camea, J, Pohliana, J. veluUna, J, Mo-
kinUiiy J, coccinea, J. Gkiesbreghtiana and J, Lindtnii,
Others may belong to Thyrsacanthus, Dsdalacanthus
and Schaueria; ana there has been confusion even with
Whitfieldia.
The remarks on culture imder the different species
of jacobinias will apply here. Plants are secured readily
from cuttings made in late winter or spring, and these
should bloom the coming fall or winter. After blooming^
discard the plants, except such as are to be kept for
furnishing cuttings. Unless well headed back, old
plants become loose and weedy, and they take up too
much room.
The Justicia miadrifida now offered in S. Calif., is
probably Anisacantiius virguUris, Nees (JxMda mrgu-
IdriSf Salisb. J. cocdnea^ ^*^^ '^^ Aubl. J. quad-
rifida^ Vahl. Dr^kra vubdrula, Torr.). Plant vigorous,
rather straggling, with long erect branches, ^wrous:
Ivs. deciduous, light green, opposite and decussate,
elliptic-lanceolate, spreading, n^: fls. scarlet-red (or
orange-scarlet), usually solitary, axillary in one of the
2 opposite axils, thus making a k>ng leafy unilateral
spike; corollap-tube long and luender, deeply lobed into
4 spreading or recurved parts. Mex. ItH. 1872:50.
Autiunn and winter in S. Calif.. Aug. and Sept. in
France. Var. compicta, Francescni, is a very compact
low bush of emersud-green color and covered all sum-
mer with orange-scarkt fls.; comes true from seed. —
Not to be confounded with Justicia quadrifaria, WalL
Of the justicias appearing in American lists, only
^. furdttSy Jacq. {AdhdiodafurcdlOy DC.) seems now to
e retaincKi in the genus. Herbaceous, pubescent, the
St. erect and terete: Ivs. obkmg-oval, attenuate to
petiole: fls. small, in short aggregated axiUary spikes
which are often geminate, the oracts linear-lanceolate;
color of fls. purple and white; upper lip 2-fid, the k>wer
3-fid and broaa-convex. S. Mex. — Said to seed itself
freely in S. Calif., but to be of little value.
/. caUHrieha and J. ealyeitricha, Hort., aee SohaueruL — J»
fldvot Eort., and J. ftatHcoma^ Lindl.^'Schauerixi. Li H B
JUTE is a fiber plant, of easv culture in warm cli-
mates. It has been successfullv grown in the Gulf
States, but the want of suitable machines for sepa-
rating the fiber is the gr^t obstacle which prevents the
growth of the jute-fiber industry in America. See Cct-^
chorus; also ''Cyclopedia American Agriculture," Vol. II.
K
KADStiRA (Japanese name). Maonoliieex. Tropi-
cal Asian woody wimbers. Kadsuraa have leathery or
rarelv membraiiauB foliage: fls. axillary, Bolitaiy,
whiti'sb or ro«y, unisexual; sepals and petals 9-15, grad-
ually changins from tbc out«rmoBt and Bmalleet to the
iunennoet and petaloid; staminate fls. with an indefinite
number of stanienB, which are separate or eoaleaced
into a Rlobe: carpels indefinite in number, 2-3-ovuled:
mature berries in globular heads. — About 8 species,
of one of which Charles S. Sargent writes (G.F. 6:75):
"The flowers are not at all shou'y, but it is a plant of
extraordinary beauty in the autumn when the cluet«n
of scarlet fruit are ripe, their brilliancy
being heightened by contrast with
the dark green, lustrous, persistent
leaves. ... It might well be grown
wherever the climate is sufficiently
mild, Bs in the autumn no plant la
more beautiful."
thick, serrate: peduncles l-fld!, soli-
tanr. Japan, as far as 35° north lati-
tuae. — Tne type is advertised by
Japanese dealers; also a variety witA
foUage blotched with white, and
another with foliage margined white.
EAEHPFfiKU (Engelbert Kaemp-
fer, 1631-1716, traveled in the Orient,
and wrote on Japan). Zingiberitxx.
Tuberoua- or fieehy-rooted plants,
grown for foliage and flowers.
Often stemless oi apparently SO,
the few IvB. aggre^tea at the base
and sometimesdistichous on the at.:
IvB. mostly broader than lanceolate:
fls, in a brocted tuft or small cluster
in the center of the If.-clump, or in a
peduncled raceme, often lu^ and
showy, white, yellow, violet or pur-
ple; calyx cylindrical or funnelfonn,
toothed; corolla tubular, exsert«d,
with narrow lobes; stamiuodia petal-
like and the showy parts, one of them
beingabioad lip; fertile stamen I. —
More than 50 species in Trap. Asia
and Afr, Schumann, Ender's Pflan-
zenreich,hft. 20(1904). Forcult.aee
Hedydiium and Zingiber.
A. Foliage margined tinlh while,
(Hlbertil, Bull. Stemlem, fleshy- x>2& EducfaMci
rooted: Ivs. oblong-laiiceolat«, deep
green, bordered white, wavy at the margin: fls. purple
and white. E.Indies. G.C. II. 17:713. R.B, 21:169,
S,H. 2:131. G.Z, 27, p. 217.— Intro, by W. Bull, 1882.
Reasoner Bros, cult, this outdoors in S, Fla., and say,
"The fls. are bome on ornamental crimson heads rising
from the ground on separate stalks, and resembling in
outline small pineapple frs. These b^ida retain their
beauty, all summer.
AA. Foliage not margirud vHA teftUe.
B. Lea. Hnged purple betteatk.
lotdnda, Unn. Stemless, tuberous: Ivs. not mwluced
until after the fls., obk>ng, erect, petioled : eorojlo-eegms.
oibicular lobes ; anther-crest deeply 2-fid : petiole short,
channelled; blade 12 in, long, £-4 in. wide, usually
variegated with darker and hghler green above and
tinged purple beneath : spikes 4-6-fld., produced in March
and April. India, B.M. 920 and 6054. R.B. 25:181.
BB. Lvs. not tinged purpU bertealk.
KIAU, Schumann (denkduitkya Kirkii, Hook. t.).
Lf.-et. 3-4 in, long: Ivs. about 4, crowded at the apex
of the St., oblong, acute, 8-9 in. long, 2}^-3 in. wide
at the middle: flowering sts. short,
slender, 1-Sd.; corolla-lobes oblong-
lanceolate, 1 in. long; staminodefl
more than twice as long as the corolla-
lobes, pole rooe-purple; tip rounded
at the apex, slightly notcned, 2 in.
broad, with a yellow mark at the
throat. Trop. Afr. B.M, 5994. I.H.
30:495. G.W.2 p.253. Var.eUtlor,
Stapf. Taller: Ivs. loueer. the base
long-attenuate, the petiole lonrair: lip
bright rose, with a yellow blot«n
bordered by purple marking. Rho-
■•—- B.M.8188.
Ma. C. H. Wriaht. SlcmleH; In. 3 or
, obltinc, ■mD and ^»-
e^"
a. Hma, ODitinc, ■mo ana
but pftler ud piJafls b«D6
hifh; bn ■— - "
1 creen; fli. y«l]oi*
■Bape 3 H in, hifh ; bneta ml
ud creen; fli. y«l]ow, thfi up enure um
onuce-rellow. Penuif (Indu). — K. riiia,
BctiireiQt. Mush like S. Kirkii. but Hid to
be more bemutiful : motatock ahort vul fleehy,
with muy cord-like root*: In. about IS in.
loDff, the bimde bri^t crefti and plaited;
■Mpe IS in. Iiisb. beannc about 4 Ae- to miny,
whicb are above 3 in. acnaa. brilliant raae-r«il
L. H, B.t
KAFIR « E. COUI: Sartkim.
KAGEHfiCEU (F. v,
an Austrian minister ., _^ ,.
Rotdcae. Very few speciea of tender
small evei^^een trees from Chile and
Peru, one of which has be^ grown in
8. Calif, but now is probably kwt to
cult, in this country. The fls. are
white, 5-petaled, about ^jin. acroee,
and unisexual. The male fls. are bome
in racemes or corymbs; the females
are soUtary; all are terminal: Iva.
UBM. <Piut XH) leathery, serrate, stalked: stamens
16-20, inserted on the mouth of the
calyx, in 1 series: carpels 5, free: ovules o
B (as K. cratxgijolia).
KAIANCHOE (from Chinese name). Cratrndiieex.
Usually robust erect plants: Ivs. opposite, fleshy,
sessile or stalked, varying from entire to crenate ana
pinnatiSd: fls. yellow, purple or scarlet, in many-fld.
KALANCHOE
BIKJWy , ijaijA t-fJUi L<:?i, tue uutvn iuui:tb flijuiL«r Luiui
the con>UB--tube, usually falling early; corolla 4-paTt«d
and mOBtly apreading, the tube usually urn-enaped;
stameiu 8: carpels, 4. — More than 100 apeciefi, in. the
Old World tropica and in S. Afr., and 1 reported from
A. FUi. of the Ted, acarkl, orange, ^cUow teriea.
cochlea, Welw. Somewhat hairy above, 2-i ft. tall:
lower I vs. ovate, obtuse, coarsely crenato-dentate,
stalked; upper Ivs. linear-lanceolate, obtuse, seasile: fls.
scarlet or orange, on short pedicels, in broad forking
panicles which have stalks about I ft. long: calyx pubes-
cent, the segms. lanceolate, acute; coroUa-tube }^in.
long, the limb Viin. across, and the segms. deltoid-
ovate, acuminate and glabroue or pubescent. Trop. Afr.
KIrkii, N. E. Br. St. 2-4 ft., simt^ or branched,
more or less glandular-pubescent: lower Ivs. soft-
fleshy, pubescent, oblong U> lanceolate, about 4 in. or
Ibbb long, the petioles to 2 in. long, irregularly crenate-
dentate; uppermost Ivs. lineor-cuneate. nearly or ouite
entire: fls. brilliant orange-scarlet, in large corymbose
cymes; calyx-lobes or sepals (free to base) oblong,
acut«, green, glandular-pubescent; oorolla-tube 'A"'-
long, yellowish green, thinly glandular -pubescent;
lobM uxn** ''^■" ''•"'' ~ii:"<". ~.~-in*_~— ...~. ^~t ...n
the back.
1908:521.
flUUnmea, Stapf. A foot to 18 in. high, glabrous, lit-
tle branching: Ivs. ovat»«blon^, obtuse, narrowed into
a short petifJe (blade about 2 m. long and IK-'fS if'
wide), fleshy, obacui«ly crenate-dentate or almost
mtire: fls. ydlow and orange-scarlet, V^in. across; calyx
parted to the base, the segms. linear-lanceolate and
somewhat acute; ooroUa-tube 4-angled, less than Min.
long, yellowish; lobes ovate-acute, orange-red. Trop.
Afr. B.M.7595. G.C. III. 28:47.— ThrivM in a com-
paratively cool greenhouse.
glancCsceni, Brit. St. glabrous, terete, 2 ft. or more,
sometimes with long ascending pubescent branches
which are nearly leafless below: lower IvB. narrow-ovate,
obtuse and irr^ulariy crenate, 5 in. long, narrowed to
clasping petioles: infl. daucous, being a ai- or trichot-
omous panicle; Ss. rea or dark yellow, sometimes on
few-fld. pedun(^ from the upper nodes; calyx-lobes lan-
ceolate, acute or nearly so, stuHt; corolla-tube Hin. loiw,
bearing short nairow-ovate acute ec^ms. Trap. A^.
creuta, Haw. St. glabrous, or somewhat hispid in
tlie upper part, 2-4 ft. high from a thick fib(*ua root:
KALE
Ivs. oblong or roundish ovate or spatulate, 2-3 in. long.
coarsely crenatc, obtuse; infl. of many-fld. ajdllary fuui
terminal cymes; fls. bright yellow or orange; calyx-
lobes ^abrous or hispid-viscid, lanceolate and acutr,
onlv Hughtly joined at base; corolla-tube J^in. long.
dabrous or pubescent; lobes acute, oblong-laiioeolate.
Trop. Afr- B,M. 1438 {ae Colytedon trenata) .^K . enr-
ndla, Uamet—BryophyUum creruilum.
rotundifdiia. Haw. St. glabrous, slender, 1-3 ft.,
leafy below : Ivs. roundish obovate, obovate or apatu]at«,
nearly entire or crenulate, somewhat petioled, the lower
ones 1-2 in. long: infl. of panicled trichotomous flat-
topped cymes; fls. orange or deep yeUow: calyx small;
corolla amall (less than 3^in. long), the lobes narroir-
lanceolate and acute. S. Afr.
AA. FU. pink.
cimea, Mast. Fig. 2026. Sis. simple, 2 ft. or leva,
glabrous: Ivs. oval or obovate, obtuse, crenate-dentate,
narrowed into a short petiole, the upper ones nearly
linear and sessile: fls. hght rose or pink, very frBgront,
nearly }.^in. across; calyx parted to the base, the segms.
linear-pointed; oorolla-tube swollen at base and 2-3
times longer than calyx: corolla-lobes broad-oval, acute.
S. Afr. G.C. III. 1:211. G.F. 3:53 (reduced in Fig.
2026).— Good winter bloomer, prop, by seeds or cut-
ting. Seeds sown in spring give blooming plants fat
following Christmas.
AAA. FU. while or tekiU-yellovi, very long.
marmorita, Baker (K. irwdifl&ra. Rich., not Wi^t).
St. stout and branching: Ivs. large (0-8 in. Ictng),
obovate. narrowed to a short broad petiole, crenote,
blotched with purple: fls. lonE and tubular (3 in. or
more long), creamy white or vellowish, the lobes ovate-
acuminate. Abyasinia. B.M. 7333. 1.H.43, p. 45. —
Interesting pot-plant, with large trusses of erect fls.
Any number of kaluiBhciei mijr appeu b the oollectiaaa af
luden. FoUowiDt tn aojot o( tb» mom recent Idnde. whioh amf
not be found in the reculu nuniula: K. angaMiuu, N. E. Br. Lva.
fleehy. tn 4 in. lou uid)»lf wbiMid: fl*. Mcht jpelknr ml nunier-
01U. veruble in tCe number of ila eonilla-lobee. Trop. Afl. — K,
Blntii, C H. WrUfat. St. 3 It., unbrwelwd, neutf 1 in. diun.-. In.
■bout 0 pun near top of it., riaid end nbcylindttcal. 3-6 in. lone:
flL while, in a looae erect paniele; ealriJobee Saahr aiid ^reading!
oonlla 1 M in. lona. l-accled, inllated at baae, tbs limb naarir 1 in.
•eron. Arabia. B.M. ifti.—K. ditlria, N. E. Br. St. li4-3 IL
high: liv. lanowiUte to elliptiB-avate. to S In. lone, toothed, da-
broua: fli. with a areen tube Kin. lona and vermilion-oranav ahorlcr
hbta. Somalil^a—K. dWTn. eT Br. A fine aperiea, 2-3 M It.
high, ^abroua: Its. eUiptio and t~— ""t, 4-7 in. long, eoanely
tootnea, petiole to 3 in. long: infl. eoiymboae-flymoae, Co 1 ft. bong;
Ba. with a pale green tube 1 >i in. long, aiid a pure while tfmadios
limb of laneeolate-aeute lobea 1 In. long. Tiop. Afr. B.M. TBS7. —
K. Bbim, Btrmet. St, dmple, aboutBin.; lv& ofaloag. nearl]r4 in.
lone, entire: fla. red, in aollarj tb;TBe.]iJce paniotea; eoralla aimoat
2-liiqwd. the tube oearly 1 In. long, the lobe* linear and acuie and
about Hin. long. Troo. Afr. — K. JtUliamintu. BoiL. ii a hybrid at
K OaauaM and K. Kirkii.— X. ktvtmu, Bort., ii a hybrfil of JT.
Bentii and K. fiammea.— JT. iatiitfola. N. E. Br. Related to K.
Dyeri, but In. Bsaile and Ba. about half the tin: M. about 2 h.:
Iva. obovate. 4-5 in. long: fla. white, in many-Od. terminal oymea;
ooroUa-tube 1 >i in. Lang^ lobea Min. long, orate or ellu>tie4vate.
Trap. Air.— K. Liieut. Hunel. Bt. itout, nmpte, erect: In. le^le.
obovatfl or obovHi«.flpAtulate, 1-3 in. long: fla. (color not givanliaa
nsni,-l«-Like i^liuter. the conilla um^habed and the aectna. ihoner
" i:.Br. St. 3H Ivor
9. petioled. 3 M id. or
9-2J-Bd.: corolla light ulmi
n>4iiL" "-"-°
2DZT. A Rotf oik ki
> field (I ifae Chiitoaai faaneai ttma.
Erpct, ahrubbf; IvH. i^iovate or oblong^bovate. 4-6 in. \t i
toolh«!:fls. ina1o(»erynielolOin.long, whin faintly tinged
— k. MianffuMrii. N, E, Br,' RU Qnuislsd, ntnple and itnii
about 3 ft. high: IvH. stalked, the lower oaea elliptic or niborbicu
about 3 in, long: fla. smaU. yellcw, is a panicle about 8 in. lo -
Probably Tran.va.1. L. H. B.
KALE (Brasaica oleraeea vat. acepkala). Figs. 201
2028. This plant and the so-called Geor^ collard a
without doubt more closely akin to the wild cabbage
Europe than any of the other cultivated fornis of Bra
KALE
dca. Kale is really a non-heading cabbage. It ia hardy
and enjoys the cool portion of autumn and early sprin^g
for its growth. It ranks low in quality, but because it
is hardy and will stand the winters of the Atlantic
Beaboard states south of New
York, it supplies a cheap and pala*
table pot-herb during the winter
ConunerciaUy kale is extensively
grown in ouy two districts,
Virginia, an
YoA. Thii
area is undoubtedly due to eco-
nomic rather than soil or climatic
f COftditions. The fact that it is a
coarse, light, low-priced com-
modity in greatest aemand from
December to April restricts its
profitable extensive culture to
regions possexsing peculiar climatic
aM transportation conditions, —
that is, mild winters, a relatively
short haul, and reasonable trans-
portation rates.
There are several forms of kale,
but only two are extensively grown
for market, — Scotch kale and blue
kale. Scotch kale forms by far
the ereater bulk of the plantings
in t£e Norfolk area, but because
the blue kale is considered hardier
2DZS. bla.— L«at o( 't is often used for late plantings
Scotch Cnilad. and by those who have be^
delayed in seeding their crop-
While kale can be started under cover and trans-
and certainty as cabbage,
_. . .. _ ..__s way outride the kitchen-
Under field conditions the land is prepared
uic Biuiie as for cabbage, by liberal fertilizmg and
thorough plowing and harrowmg. The seed is usuiJly
planted in drills 3 feet apart and later thinned, ojf
chopping out, to a stand of individual plante about 6
inches apart in the row. In the Norfolk area, the seed-
ing is done between August 15 and 20 and if the plants
grow vigorously they are often harvested to meet
early market demands in such a way as to accomplish
the work of further thinning. The main crop is har-
vested by cutting the thick whorl of leaves that forms
the crown of the plant. These jrc packed for market
either in barrel-high Delaware baskets or in veneer
barrels. The kale is pre^s^ firmly as it is filled into
the receptacle. The barrels are then covered by a clean
burlap drawn over the mass piled on top of the barrel
and held in place by driving down the loose top hoop.
Kale requires somewhat less fertiUzer than cabbage,
is less expensive to produce, usually produces an
abundant crop which can be harvested at small cost
and with a fairly satisfactory net profit an acre. The
yields vary from 200 to 400 barrels to the acre with an
average of about 250 barrels. The price ranges aU the
way from SO cents to S2 a barrel. As usually handled,
kafe is not at its best. It is not economically possible
to produce high-grade kale. Good kale is young tender
kale which yields only a small crop to the acre. For
the amateur, however, high-quahty kale is possible, for
he can handle it so as to secure the quick growth of
younp tender plants, which insures quahty. The com-
mercial grower must fill barrels if he is to find profit.
L. C. CORBETT.
KAL8, 8BA: Cnmbt maritima, treated imder Sa-KaU.
KiLHIA (after Peter Kahn, Swedish botanist, trav-
eled from 1748 to 1751 in North America). Eric^eex.
AuERiCAN Laurel. Ornament^ shrubs grown for
their handsome flowers and foliage.
garden
_..., . ... ... n™, cuLixc. UB. ui tciminrfci ur utivnu
corymbs or umbels, rarely solitaiy; calvx S-parted;
corolla saucer-shaped or broadly campanuute, &-kibed:
stamens 10, with slender filaments, the anthers held
back in little pouches of the corolla, springing up sud-
denly and discharging the pollen if touched; ovary
5-ccUed, superior: caps, globular, parting into 5 valves,
with numerous minute seeds. — Seven species in E.
N. Anicr. and Cuba. The Ivs. of the kalmias are said
to be poisonous to animals, especially those of K.
anguttyolia. The II. of Kalmia is one of those proposed
as a national floral emblem, especially on account of the
exauisite symmetrical beauty of the single blossom.
KaJmia is a purely American genus, but unfortunately
it is popularly known only in the eastern states.
The Kalmias are medium-sieed or low shrubs, very
rarely small trees with purple, pink or nearly white,
cup-shaped flowers in showy terminal corymbs or in
axillary umbels, rarely sohtary, foUowea by small
capsular fruits. Kalmia angustijolia and K. polifolia
are hardy North, and also the most ornamental mem-
ber of the genus, K. laiifolia, which next to rhododen-
dron is the most beautiful flowering hardy evergreen.
Massed in groups or as single specimen on the lawn, it
is one of the most decorativeplants when covered with
its abundant pink flowers. Even small plants produce
flowers. The foliage is very decorative, contrasting
well with the red and yellowish branches. The species
is easily forced and mtuces a vety handsome pot-plant.
The other species are pretty border plants for ever-
green shrubberies.
The kalmias thrive well in a sandy, peaty or loamy
soil, but disUke clay and limestone. They grow almost
as well in swamps as in drier locations and prefer partly
shaded situations, but thrive well also in sunny places,
provided there be suflicient moisture. They require
Senerally almost the same treatment as the hardv rho-
odendron, but are less particular about soil and
1734
KALMIA
position. Tran^lanting, if corefuUy done either early
in fall or in spring, is not difficult; -a mulching the first
season aTter planting will be of much advantage to
keep the roots from drying in Bummer and from frost
in winter. Propa^tion is usually by seeds sovm in
Bandy, peaty sod m pans or boxes in early spring and
petals which gives to the fls. a feather
" " ^:453 (adapted in Fig. 2031). V
Patxfrttt, Andr£}. Fb. deep pink. RJ9.
_ G.F.
Sweet (vftT
1888:540.
lery aopear-
Var. Hib^
DD. The bt. mostly opposite or in S'l, obluae,
E. Under side of Ivt. glabrout.
■npistifAlia, Linn. Sheei>-Laubel. Lahbkiu^
WicKT. Shnib, to 3 ft.: Iva. petioled, usually obloag.
2(ua blmlk Utif olU n
XM)
kept in a coldframe or greenhouse. The seedlings
should be pricked off as soon as they can be handled,
and after tney are again eetablished ^^ually hardened
oS and the following year transpl^ted in frames or
beds outdoora. Varieties of K. iatifolia. are usually
increased by aide-grafting on seedlings in the greenhouse
or by layers, since it grows leas readily from cuttings,
while the other species may be propagat^xl by cuttings
of half-ripened wood under glass.
A. FU. in wrAtU or corymbs.
B. Lbs. evergreen,
c. Brandiiel* terete: b/s. pale green benet
D. The bis. aUemale, poijiUd.
latUAliat Linn. MotiNTAiN or American 1
Calico Bdsh. Fig. 2029. Shrub, 4-10 1
rarely tree to 30 ft., with dense, r
yiiii. Kiuaa, puTplc Or ciimson; sepals ovate, glandu-
Isj-. June, July. From Newfoundland and Hudson Bay
toGa. B.M. 331. Em. 445.— There arc varieties n-ith
light purple Bs., var. rAsea, Hort.; with crimson 9s.,
var. rfthM, Lodd. (var. hirsiita, Voss). L.B.C. 6:502;
with white fls., var. cindida. Fern. ; with ovate or oval
Ivs., var. ovftta, Pursh, and of dwarf habit, var. pftmOa,
Bo^ (var. n&na, Hort.).
EB. Under side of Iva. pubescent.
caroltiu. Small (K. carolinidna, Day). Similar to
the preceding, but the young parts finely pubeecent:
IvB. oval to oblonz, obtuse, grayiah pubescent below.
^-1^ in. long: fls. purphsh, >jin. across, in small
corymbs; sepals oblong-lanceolate, puberuloua. Juae,
July. Vft. to N. C. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:684.— Has proved
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum,
cc. Branelilets t-edged: bm. gtaucous-^hite beneath, all
opposite or in S'a.
polif&lin, Wang. (K. glaiica, Ait,). Low, stra^ling
shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs. almost sessile, oval to linefkr-ooloDf;,
obtuse, revolute at the margins, !^1H >n- long; fls. in
simple terminal umbels, slender-pedicelled, j^-^^in.
across, rose-colored or purplish. May, June. New-
foundland to Pa. and in the Rocky Mts. from Sitka to
Cahf. B.M. 177. L.B.C. 16:1508. Em. 441. Var.
microphflla, Rehd. (K. mtcropA^Uo, Heller), is the
alpine form of the Rocky Mts., growing only a few
inches high, and with very small Ivs., ^in. or le^
loi%. Var. rosmaiinifdlia, I^hd. (,K. glaiiea var. rosma-
rin^blia, Pursh), has narrow, linear-oblong, stnmgly
revolute Ivs.
dark green above, yellowish green below,
long: fls. in large, terminal compound corji
viscid peduncles; corolla rose-colored to whi
furple markings within, about J^in. across
line. New Bruns. to Fla., west to Ohio an
B.M. 175. Em. 443. S.S. 5:236. 237. A.F
Gng. 1:306; 3:1; 7:289. Gn. 22:6:27,
p. 549;33, p.607;52, p.77;6I,p.9.6.M.
51:551. G. 19:708; 21:664; 35:33, 497.
F.E. 9:401. C.L.A. 3:181. A.G. 19:465.
M.D.G. 1903:576-79. G.F. 3:453. Mn.
8: 183. J.H. III. 51 :361. Var. Alba, Bosse.
Fls. almost white. Var. fusdta, Rehd.
Corolla inside with a broad dark purpish
brown band. Var. myrtifaiiH, Bosse (var.
var. minor, Hort.). Fie. 2030. Lvs. smaU,
long, deep green, of slow growth, forming
dense bush. G.F. 8:317 (adapted in Fig.
R.H. 1883, p. 11. Gn. 29, p, 379; 33. p. 6
obtnslta. Rend. Of compact habit ana slow
Ivs. elliptic or oval, obtuse at both ends,
loiw. Var. polyp^tala, Nichols, (var. mot
MouiUef.). Fig. 2031. Corolla divided int_
BB. Lt». tieciduout, tdlemaU.
coneila, Michx. Fig. 2032. Erect shrub, with slen-
■Ii^ fl' ■ '
>''8. ' . .
when younK. M-VA iQ' long: As. alender-pedicelled,
in few-fld. laterfd umbels, creamy white with a red
baod witfaia, ^^in. acroee. June. N. C. and S. C.
G.P. 8:435 (adapted in Fig. 2032). B.M.8319.—
Tender.
AA. FU. tolibsry, axUtary: plant kirtule.
hlnftta, Walt. (Kofmi^Ua Airaulo, Small). Low shrub,
with many erect or ascendina sts. to I Tt.: Its. alter-
nate, almost Beaaile, oblong to lanceolate, M~Hm. Ions:
fls. Blender-pedicelled, Hin. acroea. row-purple; septus
oblong-lanoeolate, hirsute, longer tnan tbe cape. June.
S. Va. toFla. B.M. 138. L.B.C. 11:1058.— Tender.
Alfred Rehdeb.
KALOPAiUZ: AanUUpanax.
KALOSiirtHBS: Bcehia.
KARATAS: Anetlia.
KADLFCSSIA: Ctaruit.
EENDBICKIA (personal oommemiHStive name).
lUdatiomAeex. A wannbouse root-climber from S.
India and Ceylon, where the sts. "in their lower part
creep up trees like ivy, hence flattened with the Ivb.
distichous." Species one, K. Wilkeii, Hook, f., ofTered
abniad;lv8, opposite, fleshy, stalked, oblong or obovat«,
obtuse, about IH in. long, the margins glandulai^hairy
and the surface dotted white: fls. "tinging the forest
red" when tbe plante ascend to the tops ol the tallest
trees, borne in few-fld. umbels or solitary; calyx rose-
purple, urn-shaped; corolla bright red, the 4 fleshy
petals about 1 m. long; stamens 8, equal, tbe anthers
opening at the apex by a pore and somewhat produced
or extended at tne base: fr. a sloboae caps, opening by
4-6 valves at tbe apex. Probab^ requires the treatment
given other warm melastomaceous plants. See Mda»-
*<•»«»■ L. H. B.
EENH^DTA (Kennedy, of the nuiwery firm of Ken-
nedy & Lee, important English Duraerymen of thp lat-
ter part of eighteenth century). Leguminbtx. Woody
trailers or twineni. making excellent plants for the
intermediate house or conservatory.
Perennials, usually pubescent or villoUB, prostrate
and trailing or climr>ing, the st. more or leas woody:
IVB. mostly pinnately 3-foliolate, sometimes with 5 Ifts.
or even reduced to 1, the Ifta. stipellate, entire or some-
what 3-lobed: fls. papilionaceous, red to almost black,
disposed in pairs, umbels or racemes, or sometimes
solitary; calyx 2-lipped by the cohesion of 2 upper
lobes; standard orbicular or obovate, narrowed to a
claw, and bearing minute auriclee; wings falcate, joined
to the incurved keel; stamens 9 and 1: pod linear,
flattened or cylindrical, 2-valved with pithy divisions
between the seeds.— Species abouta dozen, m Austral.
Closely allied to Hardenbergia, but dlFFeis m tbe larger
red or red-black rather than white or blue fls., and char-
Bcteis of keel and infl. These genera belong to the
Pbaseolus tribe.
Tbe species are known mostly as glasshouse subjects.
They propagate with ease from seeds, and also from
cuttmgB of firm green wood ; they require an intermedi-
ate temperature. Insects are likely to trouble them.
Tbey are mostly spring and summer bloamers, and
should rest in winter. Give plenty of water during
summer. They should be given support; they grow
from 3 to 10 feet high, making stiff, woody stems. They
may be trimmed back freely when at rest. The taller
kinds, like K. rubUunda and K. coccaua, are excellent
for rafters. K. nigrieant is an old garden plant, still
grown in this country under the name of LoltM nt(rrican«.
KENNEDYA
A. FU. Tuarly black.
nlgiicaiu, Lindl. Twining, rc4)ust, somewhat pubes-
cent: Ifts. (sometimes reduced to I) broad-ovat« or
rhomboid, entire, obtuse or emarginate, 2-3 in. long;
stipules small and reflexed: fls. slender, 1 in. or more
long, in short l-sided axillary racemes, deep vjolet--pur-
ple or almost black, green-nlotched on the standani
which is narrowly obovate and reflexed ; wings about as
longaskeel,aDdnarrow:podflattened. W.Austral. B.
R. 1715. B.M. 3652.— An immense grower in S. Calif.
AA. FU. red or tcarUt.
B. Standard narrmi>-aboi>aU.
rabiGfinda, Vent. Pubescent, twining: Its. 3-foliolate;
Ifte. 3-4 in. or more long, ovate to orbicular or ovate-
lanceolate, entire;
stipules small
reflexed: fls. dull
drooping in rao
that usually do
exceed the lv8.;i
dard narrow-objo
reflexed from
the middle:
iddle: i
adhering to
above tbe mid-
dle: pod flat
L.B.C. 10:954!
B.M. 268 (as
Gll/cint rvili-
eunda). B.R.
1101 (as Am-
phodua ovatut).
H.F. U.4:166.
BB. Standard
or orbicu-
lar.
prosbrlta, R.
pTOBtrate, pubes
Ivs. 3-foliolate;
broad -obovati
orbicular, less tl:
in. long, oft«n w
stipules leafy,
date: fls. 2-4 on
peduncle (which
ally exceeds tbe
scarlet, 9^ in.
standajd obov
keel incurved
obtuse; wings narrow
Var. mijor, DC. {K. MdrrgatUc, Lindl. K. Marryal-
Hdna, Hort.). Larger and more hairy, twining: fits.
larger, strongly undulate; stipules sometimes 1 in.
acros: Ss. laive. de«p scarlet. B.R. 1790. Gn. 28:60.
Gn.W. 4:505. H.U. 5, p. 139. A.F.3:647.— A very
handsome winter-flowering twiner.
cocc&iea. Vent. Prominently pubescent, trailing or
twining : Ifts. 3 or 5, ovate or oblong, very obtuse, often
somewhat 3-lobed; stipules very smaU: fl. ^in. lonK
scarlet, in long-ped uncled clusters of 15-20; standard
orbicular 'keel very obtuse, short: pod flattened. B.M.
2664. L.B.C. 12:1126.— Known under several names,
as K. inophyOa, Lindl., B.R. 1421; K. dilofdto, Cunn.,
B.R. 1526; ZUhya tricolor. Lindl., B.R. 25:52; Z. viUdta,
Lindl., B.R. 28:68, and others. Handsome slender
twiner or tnuler.
1736
KENNEDYA
KERRIA
K. audomariinns. Hort., is probably a form of Hardenbergia
monophylla, although reputed to be a hybrid between that speaes
and K. prostrata var. major (K. Marryat»). FTa. roey red. in
racemes: Iva. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, petioled: handsome.
R.B. 27:25.— iSC. Beckxidna, F. MueU. Much like K. rubicunda, but
peduncles 2-fld.: twining: Ivs. 3-foliolate. the Ifts. obovate to ellip-
tic, to 3 in. long: fls. red with a green-yellow da^k-margined blotch
at base of standard, about 1 H in* long. 8. W. Austral. B.M.
8358. A showy and striking plant. — K. cseriUea^ Hort.. is probably
Hardenbergia Comptoniana. — K. Comptonidna^ Link. ^Harden-
bergia Comptoniana. — K. ezimta, Lindl. Twining or prostrate, silky
or becoming glabrous: Ifts. 3, ovate, or obovate, not exceeding 1 in.
long, very obtuse, fls. scarlet, not large, 2 or 3 more on a peduncle;
standard very broadly obovate or nearly orbicular: pod usually
curved. W. Austral. P.M. 16:35. H.F. 4:166. — K. Umoiracemdaa^
lindUasHardenbergia monophylla. — K. macrophilla, Undi.*™
Hardenbergia Comptoniana. — K. ovdta^ Simso-Hardenbergia
monophylla. — K. retrirta^ Hemsl. Twining, reddish hairv on tne
yoimg growths: Ivs. 3-6 in. long, 3-foliolate, petioled: Ifts. oval
to sub-orbicular: fls. roee-purple with white spot on standard, about
Kin. across, borne in a peauncled raceme: pod retrorsely pilose.
£. Austral. B.M. 8144.—- iT. Stirlingii, lincU. Hairy, trailmg or
twining: Ivs. 3-foliolate, ovate to orbicular, very obtuse; stipules
broadly cordate: fls. scarlet, in 1-3 pairs on azillazy peduncles: pod
very turgid. W. Austral. B.R. 1846. L H B
KfiNTIA (after William Kent, horticulturist^ compan-
ion of Reinwarcjt in joiimeys throu£^ the Indian archi-
pelago). PcdrndceaBj tribe Arbcese. Ornamental spine-
lees palms grown in the greenhouse.
Leaves pinnate, sharp-pointed or 2-toothed; Ifts. lin-
ear-lanceolate, midnerves scaly beneath, and rachis
angled above: petiole channelled above, roimded on the
back. It diners from Areca in the cuiarply 4-angled
branchlets of the spadices; and from Hedyscepe and
Kentiopsis in having only 6 stamens.— Species at most
6 or 7, from the Moluccas to N. Austral. The type is
K. procerGj Blume, from New Guinea, which is not
cult. It is probable that none of the kentias Imown to
the American trade belongs properly in this genus.
K. auttrdlis, Hort., from Lord Howe's Island, is probably one of
the four following palms which, according- to Maiden in Proc. Linn.
8oc. N. S. W. 1898, are the only palms on that island: Clinostigma
Mooreanum, Howea Belmoreana and H. Forsteriana/and Hedysc^M
Canterburyana. K. australis was intro. 1873 and advertised 1893.
— K. Baiieri, Seem.=»Rhopalostvlis Baueri. — K. Bdmoredna^ C.
Moore<«Howea Belmoreana. — K. Belmoredna, F. Muell.^Howea
Belmoreana. — K. Brdwnii, Hort. Dedicated to D. S. Brown, of St.
Louis, Mo. Resembles K. Macarthuri. Lvs. pinnate, arching;
If ts. truncate and premorse. Very gracefuL A.Q. 15:266. This is,
esrhaps, Nenga or Hsrdriastele. — K. CarUerburydna, F. Muell.a-
edyscepe Canterburyana. — K. divaricdta, Planch.^Kentiopsis
divaricata.— iT. Dumonidna, Uort. Adv. 1896. F.R, 1:379.— JT.
tiegantt Brongn. A Gris.a»Cyphoph<Bniz elegans. — K. ezhorrhUa,
Wendl.=»Ezhorrhisa Wendlandiana. — K. Foratendna, F. MuelL^^
Howea Forsteriana, considered by Bentham to be only a form of
Howea Belmoreana, although horticulturists do not accept this. —
K. frutiacena, Hort. Cult, by Siebrecht A Son. — K. fuldta, Bron^g.^i
C^hophoenix fuldta. — K. grdcilU, Hort."BMicrokentia gracilis. —
K. Keratenidna, Hort. Lvs. very slender, dark green, arching, as-
cending, widely pinnated ; Ifts. broadly cuneate, shaped like a shark's
fin, the truncate apex curioiisly erose. ragged, the upper mar^[in
extending into a long, sharp tip; petioles covered with light payish
brown pubescence. New Ireland. A.G. 20:223 (1899). G.C. III.
24:391. This is probably a Nen^ — K. lAndenii^ Hort.e»Kentiop-
ais macrocarpa. — K. Lucidni, Lind.»>Kentiop8is macrocarpa. — K.
MacdTthuri. Hort.^Ptychosi>erma Macarthuri, which see. — K.
MooreAna^ F. Muell.s>Clino8tigma Mooreanum. — K. M&rei, Hort.
Dreer. Possibly same as K. Mooreana. — K. rtMoaiUia^ Hort. Lvs.
pinnate, ovate, with red petioles. Adv. 1895l — K, rupicola, Hort.
Adv. 1895. — K. SanderiAna, Hort. Very slender in habit, very
hard foliage, spreading: Ifts. ver^ narrow, arranged on an arching
rachis similar to Cocos Weddelliana. A ^[aceful plant for jardin-
ieres or conservatories. A.G. 20:223. A.F. 20:603. Gn.M. 2:226.
G. W. 2:399.—^. adpida. Mart. =RhopaIosty lis sapida.— K. Van
HoiUtei, Hort.=Veitchia, sp. (?). Adv. 1895.— /T. VHtchii, Hort.
Drobably — Hedyscepe Canterburyana. — K. WentUandidna, F.
Muell.BBHydriastele Wendlandiana. to- tp a YTr^o +
K£NTl6PSIS (Greek: like KerUia). Palmdcese.
A small but very handsome group of palms with tall
unarmed stems.
Leaves equally pinnate: pinnse sub-opposite, very
coriaceous, narrow, swora-snaped, narrowed to the
obtuse or toothed apex, with strong mid-nerve, promi-
nent veins and thickened margins: spadix large, thick,
the branches stout and long; fls. monoecious, spirally
disposed; ovary globose-ovoid followed by a thick-
walled fr. — There are 3 species, all Australian. G.C. II.
25:75. Kentiopsis belongs to a large group of genera
mentioned under Hedyscepe, which diner from Kentia
in having the ovule fastened on the side of the locule,
and more or less pendulous, instead of fastened at the
base and erect, as in Kentia. Kentiopsis is distin-
guished from Hydriastele by having its fls. aiTange<l
spirally instead of in 4 ranks. From numerous other
cidt. allies it is distinguished by the following charao-
ters: stamens numerous, 20-25: If.-segms. narrowed,
obtuse or dentate: sepals of the staminate fls. triangu*
lar-orbicular, broadly overlapping. Cult, as in Kentia.
macrocarpa, Brongn. {Khitia Lindeniij Hort., LIikL
KhUia Luadniy Land.). About 20 ft., usually less in
cult. : rachis flat above, convex below. The form known
as Kintia Lucidni, has bright green lvs., tinged with
brown on the under surface, the yoimg petiole yellow-
ish, later becoming brown. I.H. 24:276; 29:451. R.H.
1881:372. F. 1884, p. 71. S.H. 2:117.— The species is
distinguished by the reddish tinge of the yoimg lvs.
jr. divaricdta, Brongn. (Kentia divaricata, Planch.), is referred
b^ Drude in Engler A Prantl, to Dnrmophloeus. It may be di»>
tmguiahed from the preceding by the aJtemate pinnc and tri-
angular rachia, keeled above. LH. 28:409. This has been confused
in the trade with Kentia gracilis, which is referred by Index Keweo-
sis to Microkentia gracilis. See I.H. 23:245. Advertised 1895. — K.
olivaef6rmiat Brongn., is characterised by the 4-angled rachis. Not
"^^ N. TAYLOB.t
KBNTUCKT BLUB GRASS: Poa pntenaia,
KBIVTUCKT COFFBE TRBB: Oymnodadua oanadtrma.
KERN£RA (Johann Simon von Kemer, 1755-1830,
professor of botany at Stuttgart). Crudferas, Under
this name amateurs cult, a rock-plant growing about 4
in. high, which blooms profusely all simuner, i& fls.
being small, white, and borne in elongated umbels.
Bentham & Hooker regard Kemera as a subgenus of
Cochlearia, in which the stamens are longer and bowed
at the apex: pods turgid; valves very convex: cotyle-
dons accumbent or incimibent. Prantl (in Engler &
Prantl, Pflan2enfamilien), however, keeps the genus
distinct, comprising 5 species in the mountains of
Cent, and S. Eu. They are perennial herbs, with simple
or pinnately parted lvs.
The species grown in rock-gardens is a compact
branching, neat-habited plant thriving in any light soil
that is moderately rich, it recjuires a sunny but not too
dry situation. Prop, by cuttings, division or seed. K,
saxdtilis. Reichb. (Cochledria saxdtilUy Linn.). Root-
Ivs. oblong, dentate, pilose; st.-lvs. linear-oblong:
petals 4, obovate, 2-3 times as long as the cal3rx: seedia
numerous, not margined. Pyrenees to Carpathians.
WiLHELM Miller.
K£RRIA (after William Kerr, a gardener who intro-
duced this and many other plants from China; d.
1814; not J. Bellenden Ker or M. Kerr, as often
stated). RosAceae. A monotypic genus, one of the first
shrubs brought from Japan, best Imown by its weak,
slender green branches, slender irregularly toothea
leaves and large yellow flowers.
From Khodotypus, a close relative, it di£fers in its
5 rather than 4 petals, 5-^ rather than 4 carpels, and
in the dry achene rather than drupe. The related
genus Neviusa lacks petals, and has 2-4 carpels.
K. jap6nica, DC. (C&rchorua japdnicuSf Thunb.), is
a very common bush in yards under the name of
Japanese Rose, Corchorus and the prevailing double
form as Globe-flower. (Fig. 2033) : lvs. simple, alter-
nate, ovate-lanceolate, acimainate, largely unequally
serrate, 1-2 in. long, clear ereen above, pale oelow,
thin, slightly pubescent: ns. abundant, solitary,
terminal, peduncled. 1-2 in. diam. appearing m
June and more or less throughout the year; cal3rx
persistent, 5-lobed; petals 5, large^ yellow, ovate;
stamens numerous: carpels 5-8, globose, distinct.
A.G. 18:425. F.E. 9:593. R.H. 1869, p. 293. Gn.
21, p. 275. Var. flore-pl^no, double, more vigorous
and more frequent in cult, than the single. B.M. 1296.
G. 26:345; 27:146. G.M. 50:210. 02.9:48. Var.
grandifldra, a vigorous form with large fls. Var.
KERRIA
irtttatO-runOu, Zabel {K. ramidu varitgAtu aiareis), &
dwaif form, the branchee striped with yellow and
green. Var. •rg£nteo-Tariegftta, 2-3 ft. high, with
small green I vs. edged with white.
Kerria ja'ponica pt>wH 4 to 8 feet high &nd aa broad
as high, with numeroue short-branched, spreading stems,
attractive in winter froin its light green branches; in
early June, when its bloHBoniB appear in greatest abun-
dance; in November, when the leaves are of a clear yel-
low; and ie not unattractive throughout the whole
year. It is a refined plant and deserves free use in
ornamental planting, either in ample masses ra at the
front of ft shrubby group or bmder. It is not thorough^
carpopodiiun and at the same time turns toward the
ground ; then the corolla and the style are thrown off.
The ovary, still very small, is pushed out of the calyx,
and by the root-like carpopodium gradually driven into
9 ground, where finally tbe growtL and the maturation
-. the ovary into the seed-bearing pod take place." —
Kew Bull., 1012, p. 209, with fig. ^ Voaadzwi.
L. H. B.
KETELESRIA (after Jean Baptiste Ket«leer, a
French nurseryman, bom in Belgium). PinAcea. Orna-
mental trees, grown for their huidsome fir-bke foliage
and distinct habit.
Evergreen^ of regular pyramidal habit while yoimg,
in old age with a broad nat^topped head ; wint^^buds
globose or ovoid, not resinous: Ivs. linear, flat or keeled,
not grooved above, pale green below, appearing 2-
rank«i; staminate fis. arranged in clusters: cones
above and pale green, r
lines b^ieath.
The keteleerias are little known in this country and
are not hardy North, though the recently introduced
K. Dauidiana is probably hardier than the better known
K. Forlanei. They are handsome trees, of fir-like
habit while youn^, but old trees become flat-topped
and by cuttii^.
POitimd, Carr. (Abiet Fdrtunei, Muir. Pteudo-
t»iiga jetoinsit. Bertiand. Plnua Fdrtunei, Pari
AbUtia Fdjiunci, Kent). Tall tree, to 100 ft.: branch-
teta glabrous, orange-red: Iva. twisted so as to form
1 pluie, linear, tigia, mucronate or spiny-pointed, flat,
with the midrib prominent on both sides, glossy dork
green above, paler below, 1-lH in- long: cones ovoid
3033. Eania iipoidci, (he rincl*-flow>r*d lonn. (XH)
hardy in all situations in the northern states, the tips
of its branches often wintet^kiUins, which causes it to
demand a well-drained and partially sheltered position.
It grows in any good garden soil. Although enduring
sunliEht, it is best in jtarUal shade, since the intensity
of full sunlight putially bleaches the flowers. It is
propagated by cutting layers and root-divisions,
A. Phklpb Wtman.
CERSTINGlfiLLA (Dr. Kersting, of Togoland).
LeffuminAax. A very recently described African plant
that produces a b^n underip-ound, much aftir the
manner of peanut. It is wide^' cult, by the natives of
l^p. Afr. for food, K. geocdrpa. Harms (VoandtHa
PAUonii, Chev.). It is a prostrate herb, the main st.
creeping, 2-3 in. long, and rooting at the nodes: Ivs.
S-foliolate. rising on slender petioles, the Ifts. broadly
ovate or otwvate, obtuse: fls. small, in pairs or solitary,
subsessile in the axils (on the ground) ; corolla papiliona-
ceous, greenish white but the standard pale vioict at
tip; t>od maturing undeniround, indehiscent, usually
divided by 1 or 2 constrictions into 2 or 3 joints; Bee<u
(^long or oblong-ovoid, about ^in. long, white, red or
mottled; "after fertilization, the solid base or stipe of
the pistil, which in the S. is very short, lengthens into a
Il.II. 1866:440; 1887, pp. 20S-211; 1000, p. 202; 1004,
p. 130. G.C. II. 21:348, 349. F,8. 7, p. 223; 9:858.
J.F. 4, p. 29. G.W. 3, p. 125.
DavidUno, Beissn. {Ahita Damditaia, Franch.
Pteudottiiga DamdiAna, Bertrand. AbUa tdera, David).
Tall tree, to 120 ft,: young branchlets puberulous: Iva.
twisted into 1 plane, linear, rounded or notched at the
apex, midrib raised on both sides, glossy green above,
paler below, l-IJ^ In. long: cones cylindric-oblong, 6-8
m. long, with orbicular-ovate scales, erose at the
margin and recurved at the apex. W. China. R.H.
1873,w' 37,38;1904,p. 131. G.C.m.33:85. M.D.G.
1912:9 (habit of an old tree).
K. Ettij/niAna. Maat. C\o&e!y killed to S. Davidiuia md prtjb-
2-3 in. loDE. wilh abkniE-ovBte BuJn. S. W. Chins. G.C. III. 33;
19*.— K. Fibn, Mut.— Abia DcliTnyi, Fnnch.. ■ reotntly intn.
Ciao«n«i«- alfrbd Rbhdbb.
EIDNET BEAN. Common name in England for the
garden beans in distinction from the lima bean, the
former being Phtueolus imZcoru, the latter P. luttcUu*.
KIDIfET VXTCH; AnlkyOit.
KIG^IA (from a native name}. Bignoni&etx.
About a dozen trees of Trop, Afr. (cne extending into
S. Afr.), remarkable for the long-hanging fls. and frs.
Lvs. odd-pinnate: fls. orange or red, on long-ped uncled
lax panicles; calyx 2-5-lDbed, campanulate; corolla
broadly campanulate and nairowins bebw mto a
straight cylindrical or constricted tube, the limb 2-
lippea; upper lip 2-lobed and nearly ei«ct; lower lip
deeply 3-lobed and deflexed; stamens 4, didynamous.
1738
KIGELIA
KITCHEN-GARDEN
somewhat or partially exserted; disk ring-like: fr. a
c^rlindrical, indehiscent rough body, with a thick exte-
rior and a fibrous pulp holding the seeds. K. pinnita,
DC. (Fie. 2034), the ^^fetish-tree" and "sausage-tree/^
is offered in S. Oalif ., and specimens may be expected
in botanical collections in the W. Indies. It is native
of the Mozambique district in Afr., where it makes a
tree 20-50 ft. hi^, according to Sprague: Ivs. temate,
the Ifts. 7-9, elUptic-oblong or obovate and 3-6 in.
long, serrate or entire, usually dabrous above but
sometimes more or less pubescent t)eneath, the lateral
Ifts. sessile but the terminal one with a stalk several
inches or a foot long: fls. claret-colored, with a corolla-
tube to 3 in. long d£ited at the mouth, and lobes to 2}^
in. long: fr. 12-18 in. long, blunt, 5 in. diam., hanging '
on a peduncle or cord often several ft. long, making
very striking objects. In parts of Afr. this tree, or pos-
sibly a related species, is said to be held sacred; and the
fr., when cut and slightly roasted, is said to be used as
outward applications in certain diseases. The tree is
practically unknown in the U. S. G.C. III. .60, suppl.
Aug. 12 (1911). L. H. B.
KIN-KAN: Kumquai.
KINNIKINNICK: Dry bark of Cornut Amomum, smoked by
western Indians.
KINO. A dark red or blackish plantproduct, usually
of a resinous nature, rich in tannm. Tnere are numer-
ous kinds of kino obtained from plants of -different
families; some are used in medicine as an astringent,
others are employed in dyeing and tanning. The
Australian or Botany Bay kmo is derived from various
species of Eucalyptus. E. resinifera is known as the
luno eucalypt.
KIRENGESHdMA (Japanese words meaning yelUno
Antmonopfds macrophvUa). Saxifragdcese, One peren-
nial vellow-flowered herb from Japan^ K. pcumdla.
Yatabe, which has lately received attention in England
where it has proved hardy and appears to be ad^ted
to the shady border or rock-garden; prop, by division.
The plant grows at an elevation of over 5,000 ft. in
Japan, on Mt. Ishizuchi. Two to 4 ft., upright, the
sts. slender and glabrous: Ivs. large and papery, all the
lower ones petioled. round-coraate ana palmately
7-10-lobed, haiiy on tx)th surfaces, the lobes acute and
coarsely toothed: fls. overtopping the Ivs., on usually
3-fld. peduncles, nodding; corolla bell-diaped, to 1^
in. long, the 5 netals oblong-lanceolate and recurved
above tne midcUe: fr. a loculicidally dehiscing caps.
B.M.7944. Gn. 64, p. 246; 74, p. 573. G. 27:421.
R.H. 1908, p. 153. L. H. B.
KITAIB£LIA (Paul Kitaibel, 1757-1817, of the
botanic gardens at I'esth). Maivdcese, One garden
species from the S. Danube region, planted m the
open, K. vitifdlia, Willd. Hardy roDust perennial
herb, to 8 ft., allied to Malope: Ivs. angled or 5-lobed.
toothed: fls. white or rose, showy, sometmies many ana
sometimes solitary in the a^dls; involucre surpassing
the calyx, the bracts connate at base and 6-9-parted;
caJyx 5-parted; petals 5, obovate. narrowed ahnost to
a claw; stamina! column divided at apex into many
filaments: ovary many-celled, the carpels becoming
congestea into a head, dehiscent. It is a plant some-
what on the order of abutilon, with vine-like or maple-
like Ivs. It thrives in any usual garden soil, ana is
said to be good for naturalizing in the shrub planta-
tions and elsewhere; prop, by division or by seeds.
B.M. 821.
K. Baldnne, Boiss., is a second species very like K. vitifolia, but
the Ivs. dceplv 5-lobed, stipules ovate, the bracts of involucre much
exceeding csiyic and oblong-lanceolate and cohering or grown
together at base. Cilida. — K. Lindemuthii, Hort., is a graft-hybrid,
produced by grafting K. vitifolia on Abutilon Thompsonii. Lvs.
variegated or marbled as in the abutilon stock: plant &-8 ft. Named
for EL Lindemuth, of Berlin, its raiser. L H B
2034. Kicdia pianata.
KITCHEN - GARDEN and FLOWER-GARDEN.
The kitchen-garden is for the kitchen, — to grow th^
supplies that are used in cookery and on the table as
food. We ordinarily think of it only as a vegetable-
garden, yet it may grow strawberries and other small
fruits; and in England the melons are classed with
fruits even if grown
in the kitchen-
garden. It is in
the kitchen-garden,
also, that the sweet
herbs and the gar-
nishing plants may
be grown; and
flowers need be no
strangers to it. In
fact, some of the
best and most
attractive kitchen-
gardens may he
comprised of vege-
tables, fruit bushes
and flowers, — all
grown for the table
and the home.
The essential idea
is the home-garden-
ing idea; ana there-
fore it is difficult to
separate the home
vegetable - g a r d e n
and the home
flower - garden by
any hard-and-fast
or arbitrary line.
If the place is large enough to have been laid out in
a landscape treatment, the home-garden area has been
set aside m its place, proper both tor exposure and con-
venience. With this landscape plan we have nothing
to do at the moment except to insist that the home-
garden idea shall not have been overlooked and that it
shall form one essential part in an artistic subdivision
of the property.
T^e kitchen-garden of vegetables.
Human diet consists chiefly of three classes of foods:
first, meats, high in protein, useful for structural pur-
poses; second, cereaLs and other starehy or carbohy-
drate foods, useful for their high fuel-value; and thira,
vegetables and fruits. The last mentioned contain but
httle material for building body or for supplying
energy; but they offer other substances seemingly less
important, but which are absolutely essential. Most
notable among these are the mineral elements. The
flavoring and appetizing qualities are scarcely less
important, and the requirement for comparatively
bulky foods is no more to be neglected in human than
in animal nutrition. The truth of these assertions is
evident in the fact that no meal is regarded as complete
without its vegetarian dishes, and more especially is it
emphasized in the intense craving for this sort of food
which is experienced in the spring months by those who
enjoy but little of it during the winter. Indeed, one
can hardly avoid tracing a connection between the
meat and cereal diet of the old-time winter and the
once accepted notion that one must necessarily be in
poor physical condition as spring approaches, and
resort to the use of "spring bitters." In fact, certain
definite disorders are clearly traced to the lack of vege-
table food.
More appealing than the nutritional value of the
vegetable food is its value as a contribution to good
hvmg. No diner is satisfied unless vegetables appear
on the menu, and the products of the ganlen add widest
variety in the form ox condiment ana salad, as well as
KITCHEN-GARDEN
KITCHEN-GARDEN
1739
in the main part of the meal. Paragraph after para-
graph might be written m praise of the endless array of
delicacies which are offered by the skilful housewife
who is in leaeue with the skilful gardener.
Vegetable rood is procured in two ways, — by pur-
chase and by culture. The former method is not
available to many who dwell in the open country. To
tike townsmen it is open to very serious objection. The
cost is usually high, often exorbitant and prohibitive.
The varieties are more often selected for resistance to
the rigors of shipment and sale than for excellence of
table quality. For example, the leading commercial
sort of celery is far surpassed by others, and the most
widely grown winter cabbage — ^the best keeper of all —
lacks tenderness and flavor. The market watermelon of
long experience in freight cars sadly lacks in quality.
Even though a product be good when it leaves the farm,
the delays in handling to which it is subjected rob it of
its freshness and its delicacy of flavor. Lettuce cannot
be made to retain its garden crispness, and the sweet-
ness of sugar com speedily departs. Moreover, market-
bought vegetables are often in thoroughly unclean
condition.
The second source of supply is the kitchen-garden.
By this means are the shortcomings of the urban vege-
table supply avoided by many townsmen, and a notable
contribution to the farm income is afforded. An experi-
ment continued for five years at the Illinois Experiment
Station showed an average return of S105 from a half-
acre garden. The average cost was $30. Under inten-
sive culture on small areas, each square foot of ground
may be brought to yield, for example, lettuce to the
value of 10 or 12 cents, followed by tomatoes worth
6 to 12 cents. These figures are offered merely to sug-
gest possibilities and not to form a basis for calciUating
the value of back-yard gold mines. Perhaps the
^Id mine is there, but many factors must be considered
m figuring its profits. It is safe to say that in the hands
of a skilml gardener a city back yard may mean as
much to the family budget as a 5 per cent increase in
an ordinary "middle class" salary^ and a suburban
garden offers far greater possibilities. In the door-
yards and vacant lots of our cities lie locked up one of
the great economic resources of the state. The value
of products of the kitchen-gardens in New York alone
already runs into the millions of dollars and should be
many times doubled. So much for the material gain.
No less to be prized are the dividends which are paid
in the joys of a variously laden table and in the satis-
faction and pleasure of production. The city dweller
can find no better means of recreation and exercise.
A garden is an ideal hobby.
It is impossible to teU in detail how to make a garden.
It is possible only to offer certain generaUti^s and sug-
gestions which may be helpful to one who is learning
how to cope with a given set of conditions. Circum-
stances v^ so widely that almost any statement may
be wrong in some cases, and rule-making is alwavs
unsafe. Experience is the best teacher, and one who
loves plants and the soil and who is willing to see and
to think and to do the best that one knows may be
confident of increasing success from year to year.
Location.
It often happens that no choice is offered as to the
location of the vegetable-g^arden, but when this is not
the case, an outh'ne of desirable points may be of ser-
vice. While one whose domain is measured in feet and
inches rather than in rods is forced to utilise the plot
which is at hand, the garden factor should certainly
be considered in choosing a place for a home.
On the farm the garden should be near the buildings,
for convenience in working. The distant garden is
almost invariably neglected, while the nefui>y plot
offers useful employment for odds and ends of the time
of farm-hands which might otherwise be wasted. For
example^ the cultivation of a corn-field is finished an
hour before noon. It is too late to go to a distant field,
and the horse is turned into the home half-acre not to
browse but to loosen the crusted soil. The garden should
be near the home for convenience in gathering the
products. If possible, a liberal water-supply shomd be
available.
A gentle slope is desirable to insure good drainage.
Exposure to the southeast affords the maximum advan-
tage from the sun's rays and consequent maximum
earliness of maturity. Protection from severe winds
may be gained by placing the garden near farm build-
ings, wood-lot or hill. At the same time, the roots of
trees, greedy for moisture, should be avoided.
Three pomts are to be borne in mind in the choice of
soil. The most important is its physical character,
for this is least reaculy modified. Heavy clay soils are
plastic, sticky, and unworkable when wet and are
lumpy when diy. They are retentive thoudhi not readily
receptive of moisture and of plant-food. They are cold
and late in the spring. Very light sandy soils are loose
and friable and are workable even when wet. They are
readily receptive though not retentive of water and
nutrients, and are warm and early. The ideal is a
well-drained sandy loam of moderate fineness.
The second point is that plantr-food should be abun-
dant and available. Dark, loose, friable soils are usu-
ally, though not always, as in the prairie states, of rela-
tively high fertility, while light-colored soils usually
lack humus and will require heavy additions of various
amendments.
Thirdly, soil that is free of weed-seeds and of disease
is to be preferred, and land that has been well culti-
vated is more likely to offer favorable bacterial rela-
tions.
Soil management.
A good Kiutien cannot be expected on badly drained
soil. Artificial drainage is often of great advantage
even on soils that are not swampy. It makes for better
physical character and earlier crops. If no outlet is
available, a pit filled with stone or old brick may be
used.
Citgr lots frequently offer soils that are very unfavor-
able for gardening operations. It is seldom that the
case is hopeless, even though excavated material, brick-
bats and tin-cans abound. In some cases it is profitable
to haul in aood soil bodily, although this material is
expensive. Coarse soil should be removed, and improve-
ment brought about, if the soil is heavy, by the use of
such materiab as ashes, sand, other soil, manure, and
lime. A stiff clay which is being broken in for garden
purposes should be spaded or plowed in the fiul and
left in clods, in order that the frost of winter may have
its full effect in rendering it workable. A sterile sand
may be rendered productive by the liberal use of ma-
nure and by apphcations of lime.
In any ^araen, the main reliance for maintenance
of soil fertility should be on stable manure. In this
material are added nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash,
^he only chemical elements which are often lacking,
together with large quantities of humus. Manure
that has rotted for some months is better than new
manure, especially if it is to be worked into the soil
in the spring. However, a heavy coat of fresh material
may be plowed under or spaded under each fall. It
will be fairly well decayed and ready to aid the plants
by spring.
In Europe, the process of trenching is freouently
practised in intensive gardening. The plot is oivided
lengthwise^ and a trench 2 or 3 feet wide and \U>2\i
feet deep is dug across the end of one of these parts,
throwing the soil outside the area to be trenched. In
the bottom of this ditch is placed a heavy layer of
fresh manure. The soil from the next adjoining block
in the same division is turned over upon this, and a
1740
KITCHEN - GARDEN
KITCHEN- GARDEN
layer of manure placed in the bottom of the new ditch.
Thus the work pro^sses to the other end of the divi-
sion. Here the soil from the adjacent block of the
second division is thrown into the last ditch of the first
division, and then the work proceeds as before to the
starting-point. The last trench is filled with the soil
from tne first. One or two years later the process is
repeated. The la^er of manure at the bottom is now
well rotted and is thoroughly incorporated with the
soil as the work progresses. The soil may be gradually
deepened from year to year. This is a very desiriibie
method of soil preparation, when the necessary hand
labor is available.
Lime at the rate of perhaps a ton to the acre should
be added every two to four years. It is useful in making
clay soils more friable and in binding together verv
sandy soils, in correcting acidity, in freeing pl»it-fooa,
and in rendering conditions unfavorable for certain
diseases, although it is favorable to others. It makes
little difference which form of lime is used, althou^
quicklime is not conveniently handled. Either ground
hmestone rock or hydrated lime may be applied. About
one-third more of the latter must be used than of the
former.
The term tillage is often applied to the working of
land previous to the planting of crops, and the working
of soil after planting is spoken of as cultivation,
although tillage properly includes all these operations.
Tillage, as used to denote preparation of the land,
improves the physical condition of the soil, rendering it
more granular; it is useful for the improvement of the
moisture relation as regards reception, retention, and
transmission of moisture, it makes aeration possible,
it assists in the incorporation and freeine of plant-fooa
and in the destruction of weeds. If a soQ is shallow, it
should not be worked too deeply at first, but each year
a bit of the subsoil may be incorporated in the surface
soil, thus 9*adually deepening the root pastm*age. Hie
utmost care is necessary to avoid hanoling soils, espe-
cially the heavier sorts, when they are wet. The clayey
tjrpes may be spaded or plowed with good results only
at a certain stage of dryness. Experience only can
teach this stage for a given soil. The work should be
performed when the lumps crumble readily, as they
are turned over. They should be neither plastic nor
hsuxl-baked.
When the groimd is plowed or spaded in autumn, it
should, as su^ested above, be left rough over winter.
In the spring it may be gone over with the disc-harrow
or with the hoe. if plowed in the spring, the lumps
should be worked down with plank drag, harrow, or
rake, according to the circumstances, and a loose soil-
mulch should be maintained until planting-time. If
this is neglected, moisture may be lost so rapidly as to
waste the equivalent of a half inch of rain a week. In
very small areas, where these horse tools cannot be
used, the hand implements that accomplish the same
results on the soil may be employed.
For very early plantings it is well to prepare a few
raised beds or ridges in autunm. These should have a
southern or southeastern exposure. They will thaw out,
drain and become warm much earlier in the spring
than soil at the ordinary level, although they will dry
out more rapidly in midsummer.
Planning,
The first task in each year's garden operations is
the preparation of a good plan. Tnis first phase of the
?;arden work is often neglected. It should receive care-
ul attention long before the season opens, in order
that space and effort may be economized and that
seed, fertilizer and other supplies may be provided.
The materials for the work consist of a few ^ood
garden books and bulletins, a few catalogues of rehable
seedsmen, together with paper, pencil, and ruler. A
fund of experience in home-gardening is an asset of
incalculable value. The aim should be to produce mi
abundance of vegetables of high quality, in wide
variety, and as evenly distributed as possible through-
out the year with a minimum of unprofitabk labor and
expense.
The first step is to decide what is wanted. Make a
list of crops, bearing in mind the likes and dislikes of
the family, even distribution through the season,
adaptation to climate and soil, and the space available,
list too few rather than too many, especially if the
garden is small.
Avoid an over-large garden. An area 40 by 50 feet,
well kept, will give greater satisfaction than a half
acre neglected through press of other work. A half acre
will yield a full sunmier and autumn supply for a large
family, toother with ample quantities for canning and
storage. The b^inner should avoid allowing his
enthusiasm to lead him into deeper water than that in
which he can swim. Better begin simply and let experi-
ence teach the best lines of development than to suffer
failure and discouragement on account of an over-
complex plan.
No area is too small to be utilized. A plot 2 feet
wide and 12 feet long will yield, if well tended, as many
as twenty bunches of radishes, thirty heads of early
lettuce, and forty to sixty pounds of tomatoes. A fall
crop of lettuce and radishes may even be matured in
addition.
The larger garden should be lon^r than wide, in
order to make the care easier. A ratio of two to one is
frequently used. The rows of most crops should be far
enough apart for horse cultivation, in a ^uden of
limited area, where small amounts of many vegetables
are sought, crosswise rows may be desirable. In such
plots rows may be closer together, dependence being
Placed upon the wheel-hoe and hand-hoe for cultivation,
'ermanent crops, as asparagus and rhubarb, ^ould
be placed at one side to avoid interference with tillage.
The hotbeds and coldframes should be in this same part
of the garden. Early crops should be kept together,
in order that a considerable area may be clewd up
at once for later plantings. The same plants should
not appear in the same part of the giurden year after
year. Good taste will suggest a neat arrangement, and
some attention should be paid to symmetry and balance
of appearance.
Tnree good garden plans are shown herewith, in
Figs. 2035, 2036, 2037. They are by Albert E. Wilkin-
son, Cornell Reading -Course Bulletins. They are
intensive plans, — made to utilize the land to the utmost
and assuming good care, liberal fertilizing, and other
close attention. With larger areas and horse labor, the
distances may be greater.
The seed.
With the j^eral plan completed^ the next step is the
choice of varieties and the preparation of the seea order.
Only experience will offer a satisfactory knowledge of
the sorts to be planted under a particular set of condi-
ditions. In the meantime, it is well to consult neigh-
boring gardeners on this as well as on many other
matters. Seed orders should be placed early to avoid
disappointment as to varieties and to allow time for
testing. The well-known seed firms are striving to
supply good seeds, clean, viable, and true to type.
Packet seeds found in grocery stores are sometunes
uncertain. Many local seed -houses are thoroughly
reliable.
The only true test for seed is to grow a crop from it.
However, seed that will not establish in the soil a strong
healthy plant will certainly not grow a crop. It is
accormngly well to test seed before it is planted. For
this purpose, twenty-five, fifty, or one hundred seeds
should be counted out and planted in a little box of
garden soil in the house. Tnis should be kept moist
and at ordinary room temperature. Other methods of
KITCHEN-GARDEN
KITCHEN-GARDEN
1741
testing, by means of blotters, layers of cloth, porous
dishes, and the like, afiford knowledge only of the
ability of the seed to sprout, not of its ability to com-
plete the process of germination, that is, to establish
itself in the soil so that it may make progress inde-
pendently of the supply of food material that was
stored within the seed coats.
No phase of gardening affords a more fascinating
hobby than the selection and saving of seed from one's
own plants. Some individuals are always superior to
others, and this superiority is inherited to a ^«ater or
less degree. In the course of a series of years, remark-
able progress may be made in increasing the returns
from a given area. The first necessity is to establish in
th« mind a clear notion of the ideals to be secured. This
must be very carefully worked out, for if it is necessary
should be made on the
basis of individual
plants rather than of
individual fruits.
EveiT home - garden
should be to some de»
gree a plant-breeder.
den to sow rather thickly, and thin after the plants
have come up. Extreme thickness of sowing results in
weak seedlings and a very large amount of tedious
work to be done afterward.
Rules as to depth of sowing may have slight virtue,
but thev may also be rather seriously misleading. Seed
should be sown more deeply in dry or sandy soils than
in wet or heavy soils. Soaking seed before sowing is
not ordinarily of very great value, although it is prac-
tised by some gardeners.
Seeds do not serminate until moisture has been
imparted to them \f^ the soil. The movement of moist-
ure from soil to seed is a capillary movement and is more
complete when there is vetw close contact between soil
and seed. Accordingly, the soil should be carefully
finned in covering. Tliis can haidly be overdone in
NORrH
Planting,
Each vegetable has
its own peculiarities as
to time and manner
of planting. These
characteristics are con-
sidered under each of
the various crops.
The essentials for
germination are moist-
ure, warmth, and aera-
tion. Light is not nec-
essary, lUthough, of
course, it is required
immeaiately after seed-
lings break ground.
No general rules may
be laid down for the
sowing of seed. It is
necessary that the soil
be in good ph3rsical
condition if tne best
results are to be at-
tained, especially for
the smaller and more
delicate seeds. Seed
must be sown more
thickly in the case of
the smaller and more
delicate seeds, as celery
and lettuce, in case the
percentage of germinar
tion is not hi^, when
the planting is made
in very early spring,
when soil conditions
are unfavorable, as in
a heavy soil or in time
of drou|(ht, and in
case senous devasta-
tion by insects or dis-
eases is feared.
Commercial men try
to know their soil and
their seed and to sow
just right. Until one
has gained consider-
able experience, it is
better in the home-gar-
¥■
/^
4
9'
7-
a-
f
i'
6^
^
IZ.
¥■
fZ
S-
/O-
//'
/6'
/7'
/a-
f2'
/S-
9"
20^
-4?/-
-23-
'26-
20
27-
20'
'23-
20'
'29-
20'
30^
20'
S/'
20'
32'
20'
'33-
/S'
3^'
34"
'3S'
/a'
/2'
3S'
LATe Sl^e£7 CORN ^
M/P^S€ASOA/ SW€e7 CORN latc sQtMSHJ- rA^ty squash J'
SP/NACN 1 1-
SP/NACN-
'CARtr S\^£7 CORN-
£NO/yr
PtAi^Ts 4R€0 CABBASe-
'j£ARir CASBACC urnjce mer^erN
ON/ON seePUNcs or sers
ON^N slrpi/A/os
ON/ON S££PL/Nbs
ON/ON Sen?UNG3'
70MA70CS tCTTuce scrwecN f^A^rs'
ON/ON ^£PUNQ3
ON/ON 3t£Pl/NOS
'JfARir 7URN/P3 ^KOHtRAB/
iCARLY 8£rrS lATTi
SAlSfrri RARSA//P3/
SPfNACN
'i^AJT aeAA/s
'3PfA/ACN
'6R££hf BTANS-
SPfNACH
'BTANS 70 SNSU'
£ARIX P£AS roiLOwea ar lATt ceteffr*
'CARLY P€AS nuowcp or iatt ceitnr'
*M/O'S£AS0N PTAS nxio^^iv ar late ceienY-
r
^n/P-S£ASON PrA3 rouowep ar LAre ccu/tY'
'Af/P'S£ASON P£AS rouoy/£P ar iatt csie^r
*LA7£ P£AS rouo^^p ar ia7£ CAaBAa£^
'lATT PEAS rouoweo ar lAre CAaeAse-
*€ARLY CCLCRY rouowto by iatc toirmps*
C(/a/M6€RS'
'LC77UCE' fOLLOWtO ar winter RAPtSH
-2S/T£7-
-SOUTH'
1
2035. IntensiTe phm for • fertile space 25 1 35 feet (Wilkinson)
1742
KITCHEN-GARDEN
KITCHEN-^GARDEN
sandv soils or in those that are rather dry. Clay soils
should not be packed so hard. Sowing in drills is usu-
idly regarded as better than broad-castinff. because it
is easier to sow the seed at uniform depth, the seed-
lings are of mutual assistance to one another in break-
ing ground, it is easier to thin and to do other w<M'k, and
the plants can be more easily cultivated.
In the small garden most sowing is by hand. Many
methods are practised. When the fingers are used, the
seed should be worked out by means of the thumb over
the second joint of the first finger. Many gardeners
O
V
i
^\
S
M
J3
s
^
I
^
I
4
t
V
^ ^ "S ^ «»
I
H
^
:5 ^:5
•5 •? <; 5 ]^J;
^J «3 •J JO «0 5 < <<•
i
t
S
I
I
0
.6^
I
•
•
1
J.
5
I
c
0
I
I
«0
I
V
^
scy,.>t v>^N ».>^^n:>.s^n ?*5-:5:j:i:j;5;i;?;5i^^5;?
9> "^
V
•n
^
^
tiS^'<^\\>> t
^ ^
O//
like to use an envelope which has been sealed at the
side and cut off squarely at the end. A small quantity
of seed is placed in this envelope, which is held the fiat
way, the opening only very slightly spread. It k held
with the opening parallel to uie rows and is A%m\c»n
with a motion in the same direction.
Mechanical drills are now widely used and are
almost indispensable in the larger eardens, the chief
advantages being uniformity of wonc and rapidity of
action. A seed-drill is not a cure-all for planting troub-
les. It requires as much skill as any other method.
Since there is such great
variation in the size of seed
of a given kind, the scBJes
on the machines can be
used only as a ^^eral guide,
and the machme should be
tried on the bare road or
on a floor before beginning
work.
Orowing early pianU.
One of the most deariy
cherished ambitions of th^
amateur gardener is to
begin the harvest of his
products very early in the
season. To accomplish this,
it is necessary to sow seed
long before outdoor plant-
ing is possible. Plants for
setting outdoors should pos-
sess such vigor and hardi-
ness that they will make
steady growth in spite ctf
possible unfavorable condi-
tions which they may en-
counter. Other advantaeee
of starting plants in Uie
seed-bed, either indoors or
outdoors, are fuller utilisa-
tion of space in the garden,
sreater ease in canng fcH*
both the soil of the g^xlen
and the plants themselves,
better root-systems, and in
some cases even greater
yield. The specific methods
of plant-growing are con-
sidered under the various
vegetables in this Cyclo-
pedia.
There are three ways in
which this work for earli-
ness may be managed. Seed
may be sown for outdoor
transplanting in small plant-
boxes in the house. If
plenty of window room is
available and temperature
within the house is under
fair control, seed mav be
started very early and the
seedlings transplanted once
before they go to the gar-
den. Another possibili^ is
sowing seed indoors, trans-
planting the seedlings to
the coldframe, where they
are under protection for
some weeks, and then plac-
ing in the garden. The next
step would be the use of
hotbeds and greenhouses
(see Hotbed), The gradation
in construction from hotbed
^
I
I
I
»k «9 f>
I
I
KITCHEN -GARDEN
e b very aimple, Mme hoiues being con-
structed with two rows of hotbed sash for a too! and
uaiiiK m&nuTD for beat. Other types may be built in
all (fegreee of complexity. Fig. 2037 (p. 1747) shows
bow completely a hotbed space may be utiliied.
Id plant-growing, relatively low temperatures, free
ventilatioD, sparse waterins and abundant sunshine
make for stockinfss, hanuness, good root-^stems,
vigor and freedom from disease. Plants should be
carefully hardened before they are placed outdoors by
increasing the ventilation, lowering tba temperature,
and keepmg them relatiTcty dry.
TroTtrpianting.
Soil should be in excellent physical condition if
plants are to be set in it. A good degree of moiature
should be present, and if possible, the work should be
performed in cloudy weather or in the evening, in
rader that the plants may have opportunity to recover
before being exposed to stroiiK smishine. It is not wise
to undertake setting warm-blooded plants like the
tomato exceedingly early, as thev may be severely
stunted by cold weather, even tnough there be no
frost. Some gardeners, however, like to set out a few
pIsAta very early, eimectinR to replace them if necessary.
Most pl&nts ought to be moved with a good-sised
bait of earth. If the soil is in proper state of moisture
and is compacted firmly about this earth ball, the plants
will hardly be disturbed. Plants should ordinarily be
set just a little deeper than they stood in their pre-
vious place.
Cuitivaiion.
By cultivation is here meant the mtaintenaace of a
loose mulch of dry soil ou the entire surface of the g^
den throughout as much as possible of the growing
season. The maintenance of this mulch is i^ great
valus in retaining moisture, in keeping the soil in good
physical condition, and in destroying weeds. In the
small gardens, the hond-hoe and hand-weeder wiU meet
every requirement without undue labor. A man-
power wheel-hoe is useful in medium-siEed gardens,
usually when the rows are 40 feet or mot« lon^. The
farm garden should be cultivated as far as possible by
tneans of the horse-cultivator. When whcel-hoe and
hoTse^ultivator are used, it is necessary to go throu^
afterward and loosen the earth and destroy the weeds
in the rows themselves. There are many types of
weeders, hoes, and cultivators. Selection must be
made according to the character of the soil, of the
crops, and the individual fancy of the gardener himself.
MuJdnng.
The general effects of cultivation may be attained, in
the case of thoroughly well-prepared soils, by midching.
A cost of comptkratively coarse manure is spread on t&
soil between rows of vegetables. This practice has
proved very satisfactory with celery and tomatoes. It
IS especially denirable with the latter crop, because it
keeps down the weeds and conserves the moisture after
cultivation is no longer possible.
WaUring.
Hardly a summer passes in which the garden does not
suffer from lack of water, in some month or other, in
spite of the utmost care in cultivation. Water may be
applied to small gardens by means of hoae or by low-
ing it to flow into the furrows between the rows. Hose
irrigation is usually superficial. Gardeners often think
that they have watered the garden when they have
merely moistened the surface. It is better to water
thoroughly and less frequently than to water lightly
every da^. Of recent years, overhead sprinkler sys-
tems of irrigation have Deen devised. Those that are
equipped with whirling sprays are not thoroughly satis-
factory bfcaune they do not water evenly. Another
KITCHEN -GARDEN
feet. With forty pounds pressure, these noules will
throw water for about 25 feet. The pipe is supported in
such a way that it may be turned to throw a spray far
to the side or directly overhead. Thus a belt 50 feet
wide will be covered by a single line. The question is
raised as to whether this type of irrigation would be as
successful in home gardens with their many crops as it
is in large oonunercial plantings of single crops. There
seems to be little definite knowledge at present on this
Eoint, but the plan would seem to be thorou^y feasi-
le. Nature does not water one crop at a time. Prao-
tice in the handling of garden irrigation has not been
studied as fully as it should be. See Irrigation, p. 1082.
In warm summer weather, it is usually best to water
in the evening bo that the foliage will be well dried off
by morning. It is not likely t^t watering in midday
in the summer doeo as much barm as is ordinarily
supposed.
OUiertpoTk.
The summer work of tivining, pnining blanchiDgr
pest control, and the like, is considered un&r the differ-
ent entriee in the Cyclopedia and under Diaeami <Ktd
InteOt m Vol. II.
The last task of autumn is <»ie of the most impor-
tant,—cleaning up the garden complete!}^. Many of
the diseases and insects are wintered over in the refuse
that is left on the soil.
The garden-lover who is interested in r"'<'j''g the
plan that he has drawn up for each season's operations,
and, while avoiding an elaborate or cumbersome
scheme, he will jot fteauent notes as to dates of frost
and other weather conoitions, dates of planting, trans-
planting, and maturity of crops, behavior of plants from
seed from different sources, and countless other pomts
that will occur to him. Such a record requires but little
time and is of ahnoet incalculable advantage in future
operations.
Books and trullttiiu.
There are many good boUetins and books on vegiy
table-gardening, some of them specially adaptable to
the needs of the home gardener. The reader should
consult the list on page I553> The following are useful
for the beginner;
Courae Bulletin No. S8.
I VefsUbla QudeD." CorifII lUkditiB-
: Home GudeD," Cornell Rwdinr^TourM
u Onulu No. IM.
"Tbe Home VseUble Gudea, .
•■Thn F»nnn-'rV™rtible Gtidm
"Fumen' Home Ouilen," ~
Tabk* and luU.
The home-gardener wiU soon acquire sufficient
experience to be independent of rules and lists; and
yet even the oldest ^u^eners like to have such lists
and tables at hand to refresh the memory. The
beginner is likely to follow these tables and usts sla-
vishly and without imagination; but if he uses them as
Buggeations to be modifipd and applied in hia own work,
he should find them much worth the while. The remain-
der of this article comprises tabular material from Albert
E. Wilkinson, Cornell Reading-Course Bulletin No. 34.
The suggestions are for the Btat« of New York ; the coif
sultant ^ouM know bow to apply them elsewhere.
o 2 o
s
5
1
§
.s
.s
a
.s
^
^
E?
tf
S w s o
flO tt IB DD 'S
S P^ £^
o o
S b t< §
C8 (B •■■ •«i< CB B^
ll
a
d
'S
J
o
•** 2
O
00
M
•^ © ^ ^
;s27^2S7| 7 jiSss-r -72 2121:
C e* 0 3^
• ^ ^ ^ ^ «>
I
2g
QQ
CO CO 00
cieo
00 00 00
Ann
3!
r« «^eo
«2
o
o © © *^ ^
§§§§■1
I I
© o
"-SI-*
»o
© >k jw tw^ © •
:iI^7S
^ ft 3 3S
^©
S5
I
I
' ]1ll
Ik
|»^s-s
_g X
00
:s!:r
^ J*
VJ«N(MC!.
s::*;
1
MiiillllMlll
OOuOG 000 0Q/5 000
W W W to tCCfltfl
00
09 OS OS
Pi A
I
» OXN 05 _ 05 pH ,H C^ 8_
C< CI Ci
CO
CO
-co
00- ,.
2 o
CO,
2 S (S
CO
c."^ ^^ 2
M
g82gS22S§SS82S g222aSS2S g gSS52 228 g28§2
s -^^
s
Amount
of seed
•^^^ ft ft 0.0. ft p. a a p. ft ft ft;S^NSrft ft ftp, 0. % ft ^ p. ftft5 ftftftftft
0)
ft •
it
1^
b0
c
o
S
^S-2 c^
5B »J « • -:
0}
a
a
o ©
PQPQCQ
03
©
3
g
© 4* 3-OJ2^ U U 3.2— 05 ». C »- t*^"? © S
©oCo3e3e3o3e3e3©© .COOOSCO^©
P5PQ0QOOOOOOOO OOOOOWWh^hJ
S
©
0}
a
o
OS © © © «
(I4 (I4 (I4 (I4 ffi
1^ ill
'fl'C
•^ «.2 3 P g b
CD 00
ftft
S 3 g a*
3 3 C H
iGOQQ 024
3
a
O
m
^^5
III I
.a
- 8
Pi
I
a-<
7 2-2§ g-
^
s
1*1
ss
CO
1^
00 ^ ^ ^ ^
§S 5 5 s
.- 8 8 S
:o
nil
coco
CO-*
an
00
CI
•* gco a
CI
fl a
3 3
33
I I
§§
^ 7 :2
• 9
» 4.
2ta2 „ ^ . .
■"'>:;
ill
'^
«0 CI O
CO ^ •-•
•H»He<c5c<
•^ CO
2 Si-S : : ;2 :2 •«
•Si
U) *c »o
^^ f^ ri^
^ ? ?
t« ^ c
A a A
< < <
OOoOO
80S
i7i
^^ pi^ pi^
3 §l§
CO
8 • ^
O M
•|
&:*
§1
CICIC4
335
« -::^:f:
•ss
:f::f!
00
3
00
o
O
|C1
73
9
5^1 : II ^2
I"
a "5'
o
iOkO»0
03 09 OS
25222222gi -s-s'g-
^•llss^-S'14'1 SsS^|S4
>0
0
4^
h
3^8 39^ Si5SSS8SS$S 8SSSS g 2 SSSS SS g
to
<N
CI
8 8 cr^ Q
• • • •
aaaa
"- -- III!
^^ »H »HQ ^^
CI
1^
CO CO
's •s 8
's's-* ^"^
:f::^
.00 ^^-SS 0000 o o
Ci«-«*CO
5 g •S'S o^s
Si
O 2
5
>
O O
1^1
i3
3i>
S'
&9
14
i ^il^rMli
& s
^
0Q»
CQ
a 00 O $> ^ « >^ ^
p P*3
09 OS ^9 C5 C8 09 ^9
CQflDflDOUCCOOO
2 3 _
9 9 P'P'P'PJQ
ouooo
3
c
0 o sapo
o
i
3
.5^
'31
«5
.£.S
%m U
c o
.5 .S
a
1
♦* (-\ *a-f3 • -^ t* ■**
5ii
^
1
»6 '« — -*.!
a.
•i5
O
CO
1 6 pSo
^
^
*<
2
I
2
o
o
22S5
o o
S S
•8
o
o
8
O
H
Q
re:
•<
o
CQ
>
re:
A.
A
2
c
3a58
•i
0 t o-fi
^c
iM§
il!
2,*' Oi-S
h
CO "^
V
£
H
M
to
B
^«
^ CO w <o
a
3
o
c
3
c
3
o
3
"9
ei a
3
C
o
a
3
CO 3
o
98 3
S <
8^ ^
HP
"1-2-1
a
:2w
■M •
0 ■
1*5
S
2o
:5
O
0.
<
c
cc
>»
A
3
■3
J
i:-?!
a
-^--^ -5^, • t t c -,-^
III I .«*•»« ••* ^F»^
o
r 3 e '
:^
(O
*" eO \*^^ N*
:f:
•NMC'l
r
I
:i: :f:
:? :$: ;st :sr ^:^ ::?:
\^
-^
•u
00
> s
X.
-0
jt _x jt 7 je jt -a
Sl3
c8 5
00
• » 30
S
§-2
5 JO
so
"l
■ti:'*^
_r\
„«^-9JgX
'CC'C^'CE c
C
0
9^
fc.
•*J
DDCjgQQl
Q
:QQ
00
ix
:S«
1-^
0
»
X 0
s^
a
X
w
O
»o
8J e8^^ O.
P.
•^ CC »^ »-H
3
1
a
1-1 • 1-1 o
3
»-3
<
I
>>
08
rr .4
^'3 a^
^< 3
I
S3
SI
o
B
9
O _
»oo»o«o
5^ ^ O ^
o o c i.-? I
^ ^ ^*
?s
M eo
o
CO
<N
93
N
O
; K s «
a* 3 . .
c^2
i £
.a
5
CO
ao
o
o
■IS
»0 ;c
-mCO
CO
CO a
'c^-CO 0„-C^
o
tt 98
C > 83
T3 00 I
C4
::5^
Oi
I
^3
03 gQ
_ oi «^ 0) o o 3
Cu CL Omi Omi (L( CL« CLi
§6^
JC3
.2
5
.S
1
3
C
5 ;
2 e8
^ i
cr o
08
I
3
e8
ao
a
1.
08 S
O
JS
c8
c8J=S 0:^2
7 00 eo OS 00 •fe;:^ 7 ^,
3
o
KITCHEN-GARDEN
KITCHEN-GARDEN
1747
Time for plarUing seeds or iransplanHng plarUs in the
garden (Wilkmson).
April 1-15. — ^Early peas (seeds).
April 15 (all seeds). — Early beets, Swiss chard, early
carrots, midseason peas, radishes, parsnips, salsify,
early turnips.
April 15-30 (all plants) .^E^ly brussels sprouts,
earlv cabbage, early kohlrabi.
May 1-10. — Early com (seeds), lettuce (plants),
endive (seeds), radishes (seeds), early celery (plants),
leek (plants), onions (plants).
May 10-20 (all seeds). — Beans, green and wax; late
carrots, cucumbers, late peas, early squash.
h
c?'
s^ac or a£o
ss4/^^/^rf or
^ orc4ounoytK
-# or refiF&fs
s or mruTms
/ ^oi^ carFtr ^
/ J90W c4Mars
/ Ro^aarrs
\
X
//ioysEm.
/ RO^^iSfiWAf^
/RO^^UIO/J^^
^vjry*t>r
/ R9lKf i£r7UC£^ -* U-r-7-
®mm
'^
#
@"© @ @ ©
^•/K^<^/r
4*
^'
4'
S*
— ^
— ^
J'
^/
rRO^frors£o
2037. Pbm for the atUitiiif of hotbod tpftce. fWilkinson)
May 20-30. — Beans, shell (seeds); late beets (seeds),
late squash (seeds), late turnips (seeds), cauliflower
(plants), red cabbage (plants), tomatoes (plants).
June 1-10 (all seeds). — Midseason com, lettuce,
winter radishes.
June 10-20. — Late com (seeds), late celery (plants),
lettuce (seeds).
• June 30. — Late cabbage (plants), late cauliflower
(plants), late brussels sprouts (plants), late kohlrabi
(plants), lettuce, and radishes in vacant places
ySCCUS^.
Thit yearly supply of vegetables (Wilkinson).
The family should plan to have for consumption, on
the dates named, the following vegetables:
March 15-20 (from hotbeds). — Radishes, lettuce
(leaves).
March 20-30 (from hotbeds). — Radishes, lettuce
(leaves), spinach.
April 1-15 (from hotbeds). — Radishes, lettuce (head),
spinach, beet greens.
April 15-30 (from hotbeds). — Radishes, lettuce,
spinach, beets (small), cress, endive, parsley.
May 1-15 (from hotbeds and colaframes, and from
the garden). — Radishes, lettuce (head), spinach, beets,
carrots, cress, endive, parsley, rhubarb.
May 15-30 (from notbeds and coldframes, and from
the garden). — Radishes, lettuce, spinach, beets, car-
rots, cress, endive, parsley, rhubarb, asparagus, cauli-
flower, turnips.
June 1-15 (from hotbeds and coldframes. and from
the garden). — Radishes, lettuce, spinach, oeets. car-
rots, cabbage, parsley, rhubarb, asparagus, cauliflower,
turnips, beans, celery, leek, onions, peas.
June 15-30 (from the garden). — ^The vegetables
named above; Swiss chard, potatoes, squash (crook-
neck and white), tomatoes.
July 1-15 (from the earden). — ^The vegetables named
above; beans (wax and green), cabbage, carrots (half-
lone), midseason peas.
July 15-30. — ^The new vegetables ready between
these dates are: Carrots OongJ, early sweet com (out-
side-grown), kohlrabi, okra.
August 1-15. — ^The new vegetables ready between
these dates are: Beans (shell h brussels sprouts, red
cabbage, savoy cabbage, cauliflower (from outside),
midseason sweet com, mte peas.
August 15-30. — The new vegetables ready betw;een
these dates are: Late cabbage, cucumbers (outside-
grown), muskmelons, peppers, late potatoes.
September 1-15. — ^The new vegetables ready between
these dates are: Bur^ or globe, artichokes, late com,
eggplant, parsnips, wmter radisnes, salsify, late squash.
September 15-30. — The new vegetables ready
between these dates are: Jerusalem artichokes, late
beets, late celery, celeriac^ turnips.
October 1-15. — ^Pumpkms.
October 15-30. — Herbs harvested.
The following should be supplied for storage and
winter consumption: Jerusalem artichokes, beete, car-
rots, celery, ciabba^e. celeriac, potatoes, pumpkins,
parsnips, winter radisnes, horse-radish, salaiiy, squash,
turnips, onions. ^ p^u^ Work.
The home flower-garden.
The flower-garden differentiates itself from the
formal plantings which comprise the main landscape
gardening featun s. The landiiscape desig^ is for general
effect; the flower-garden a more intimate, homely
affair, the outgrowth of a real love of flowers and their
associations.
Usually it will lie within the province of the house-
wife to plant and cultivate the flower-garden and, for
this reason^ its location is of first importance. It should
be convenient of access, secluded m a measure, that
one may work in odd moments and odd habiliments,
if convenient, and should be considered from the
standpoint oi convenience and personal preference.
Nothing should be planted merely for show or orna-
ment, although nothing heed be feft out because it ia
ornamental, but the flowers which most appeal to one,
either from certain qualities they possess or from
sentiment or association, should be much in evidence.
The platting of the garden should be on a practical
working basis, with ample beds of straight outlines,
with broad well-constmcted paths that do not end in
cul-de-sacs but afford ample room at their angles for
the turning of a hand barrow or cart, for paths are not
intended merely to separate the parts of the garden
or to facilitate strolling in the cool of the evening, but
they serve the very utilitarian purpose of a working
basis for the beds. Gravel, cinders or earth paths
which have been treated with a good herbicide, are
preferable; if they are properly treated they will
practically take care of themselves from season to
season.
While the form of the plat and individual preference
will usually determine the outlines of the garden, no
form is more satisfactory and ample than that of beds
1748
KITCHEN- AND FLOWER-GARDEN
Planting-ust of Annuals. — (A. C. Hottes, New York).
Name* Botanical and Ck>mmon
Ageratum Houstonianum, Floss Flower
AlyMum maritimum. Sweet Alyasum . .
AmarantMS caudatos, Love-Iies-Bleed-
ixig
Antirrhinum majus. Snapdragon
Height
Arctotifl grandis, African Daisy
Brachycome iberidifolia. Swan River
Daisy
BrowaOia denussa. Amethyst
Calendula oflSdnalis, Pot Marigold
CalUstephus chinenais, China Aster . . .
Celosia criatata. or Cockscomb
Centaurea Cyanus, Bachelcw^'s Button.
Centaurea moechata. Sweet Sultan
Clarlda elegans, Clarlda
Coreopsis tinotoria, Calliopms
Cosmos bipinnatus. Early Cosmos.
Ddphinium Ajaois, Annual Lark^ur ..
'Dianthua chinenais, Chinese Pink
Eschscholtsia califomioa, California
Gaillanua pulchella. Blanket Flower..
Oodetia amoBna, Satin Flower
Oomphrena globoea. Globe Amaranth..
Gypsophila elegans, Baby's Breath
Helianthus annuus. Sunflower
Heliohrysum bracteatum. Everlasting. ,
Iberis amara. Candytuft ,
Impatiens Balsamina. Lady Slipper. . . .
Lavatera trimestris. Annual MaOow . . .
Linum grandiflorum var. coocineum.
Scarlet Flax
Lupinus hirsutus. Hairy Lupine
Matthiola incana var. annua, Stock. . .
Nicotiana alata. Ornamental Tobaoca.
Nigelladamasoena, Love-in-a-Mist ....
Papaver Rhoeas, Shirley Poppy
Papaver somniferum. Opium Pom>y. . .
Petunia hybrida, Petunia
Phlox Drummondii, Annual Phlox.. . . .
Portulaca grandiflora. Rose Moss..
Reseda odorata, Mimonette
Ridnus communis, Castor Bean. .
Salpigloesis sinuata. Painted Tongue.. .
Salvia q>lendens. Scarlet Sage
Scabiosa atropurpurea, Mourning Bride.
Schisanthus pinnatus.Butterfly Flower.
Tagetes erecta, African Marigold
Tagetes patula, French Marigold
Tagetes signata var. pumila. Dwarf
MarigoldT . .
Torenia Fournieri, Wishbone Flower..
Tropsolum minus. Tom Thumb Nas-
turtium
Verbena hybrida. Verbena
Zinnia elegans, Youth and Old Age. . . .
Sin.
Sin.
3ft.+
1-4 ft.
IHft.
H-lft.
1ft,
12-18 in.
2 ft.
1ft.
lM-2ft.
2 ft.
1-3 ft.
2ft.+
4ft,+
IHft.
10-16 in.
16 in.
1-2 ft.
1-2 ft.
1-1 H ft.
1-1 H ft.
2-10 ft.
3 ft.
6-lSin.
1-2 H ft,
2 ft.
i-1 H ft
2-3 ft.
IHft,
3-6 ft.
1-2 ft,
2- ft.
2Hft.
1 ft.
1ft,
6 in.
1-1 H ft.
6-7 ft.
lHft.+
3ft.+
2Hft.+
2ft.+
3 ft,
1-1 H ft.
»-llin.
Sin.
6in.
1ft.
3 ft.
Color
Purplish blue,
white
White
Scarlet to yel-
low
Various
White, lilac
Pale blue or
white
Blue, white
Orange, yellow,
sulfur
Various
Various
Blue-white,
pink
White, yellow,
purple
White, lilac,
pink
Yellow, brown
White, pink,
crims<Mi
Various
Pinks, reds,
combin
Yellow, pink,
white
Crimson, red,
yellow
Red, white
combin
nnk, purple,
Whi te, orange
White
Golden yellow
Deep red,
white, yellow
White, crimson,
carmine
Various
Pink, white
Scarlet
Blue, pink.
white
Various
White
Blue, white
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Reddish yellow
Green and
bronse foliage
Various
Scarlet
Various
Yellow, lilac,
rose, etc.
Golden vellow
to sulfur
Golden yellow
to maroon
Golden srellow
Blue, white
Various
Various
Red, yellow,
magenta and
combin
Distance
apart
6-9 in.
5in.
15 in.
1-1 H ft.
12-18 in.
9-12 in.
9in.
12-18 in.
9-12 in.
9-12 in.
12 in.
6-10 in.
S-12in.
8-10 in.
12-15 in.
6-12 in.
6-8 in.
6-8 in.
10-12 in.
&-12in.
1ft.
12 in.
2-4 ft.
10-12 in.
6-9 in.
9-12 in.
12 in.
a-lOin.
6-8 in.
6-12 in,
12-18 in.
10-12 in.
4 in.
4-6 in.
1ft.
&-Sin.
&-Sin.
9in.
2H-ft.
9-12 in.
&-12in.
12-16 in.
12 in.
12-18 in.
6-10 in.
a-lOin.
&-12in.
9in.
10-12 in.
1ft.
Season
July. Aug.
July to frost
June
July-Sept.
June to frost
July
All summer
May to frost
July to frost
June to frost
May to frost
June, throtigh
Aug.
June-^ept.
May to frost
Late July to
frost
June, July
July to frost
July
July to frost
July-Oct.
July, Aug.
July
Aug. to frost
July to frost
July to frost
July to frost
July
July
July-Aug.
July-Sept.
July to frost
June-Sept.
June-Sept.
June-Sept.
June to frost
June
July-Oct.
July-Sept.
July to frost
July-Aug.
July to frost
Aug. to frost
July. Aug.
July
July
Aug. to frost
July-Sept,
July to frost
July to frost
July to frost
Remarks.
Best blue hardy annual for edging.
One of the best white, hardy annuala
for edging.
Tender; rather gaudy.
Sow in February for early bloom; cut-
flower; hardy.
Hardy: petals white above, lilac be-
neath; blue colter; daisylike.
Half-hardy; plant in heat for early
bloom; pretty litUe plant.
Tender; exoellMit {Wanted among other
annuals.
Hardy; masses or borders.
Half-hardy; start indoors; partial shade
or sun; cut-flower.
TendOT; cutting; bordw; moisture-
loving.
Hardy; water and pick flowers, to pro-
long season of bloom.
Hardy; cut-flower; have bloom before
hot weather.
Hardy; warm light soil; sun or partial
shade.
Hardy; self-sows; good for cutting; sun.
Hardy; choose earliest varieties; not
too rich soil.
Hardy; sun; good for out-flowers.
Hardy; scentless; really a bienniaL
Sun; sow early; do not transplant;
tender.
var. picta. free-blooming; hardy; cut-
ting.
Hardy; satiny luster.
Hardy, cutting; masses; an everlasting.
Hardy; sow tar succession of bloom; cut
to combine with other flowers.
Hardy; background screen.
Hardy; sun: gather flowers at night to
preserve form.
Hardy; successive sowings two weeks
apart prolongs season: sun.
Hau-haniy; sun; sandy loam.
Hardy; sow early. May, where they are
to grow.
Half-hardy; glossy red; is attractive;
not good when cut.
Hardy; massing; cut-flowers; hairy.
Half-hardy; for early bloom start in-
doors; fragrant.
Hardy; start indoors; fragrant in ev«>-
ing; massing.
Hardy; flowers surrounded by attract-
ive foliage.
Hardy: sow voy thinly September or
ApriL
Hardy: massing.
One of the most freely blooming an-
nuals; half hardy.
Hardy; benefited by starting inside;
massing in beds.
Hardy; sun; will thrive in dry soil.
Hardv; fragrant; cutting; si^dy soil.
Half-nardy; tropical; screening; foliage
plant.
Half-hardy; sow indoors for early
bloom; sun; rich soil.
Half-hardy; sun ot half shade; start
indoors, March; not too rich soiL
Hardy; sow indoors for earlier bloom;
sun; cut-flowers.
Hardy; masses; borders; cut^owers.
Hardy; scented foliage; msssing
Hardy; excellent edger.
Hardy; excellent edger.
TendOT; urns and hanging-baskets.
Half-hsjtiy; cut-flowers; massing; sun.
Hardy; sow indoors for eariy bloom;
from cuttings less fragrant.
Hardy; stiff but easily grown.
KITCHEN- AND FLOWER-GARDEN
Plantino-ust op Habdt Hsrbacboub Pbbbnnuis. — (A. C. Hottee, New York).
1749
■ttr
2Sf i-
Name, Botanic*] and Common
Achillea Ptarmica, The Pearl
Aconitum Napellus, Monkshood
Adonis vemalis, ^)rinc Adonis
Althca rosea. Hollyhock
Anemone ji4>onica, Japanese Anemone.
Anthemis tinctoria, GoId«i Marguerite.
Aquilegia chrysantha, Lons-spurred
Columbine
Boltonia latisquama >
Campanula carpatica, Harebell
Campanula Medium, Canterbury BeU.
Campanula perricifolia, Peach-leayed
Campanula
Chrysanthemum ooccineum,Pyrethrum
Clematis recta. White Bush Clematis..
Coreopsis grandiflora
Delphmium formosum, Lark^ur.
Dianthus barbatus. Sweet William . . . .
Dianthus plumarius, Grass Pink
Dicentra spectabilis, Bleeding Heart.. .
Dictamnus albus. Gas Plan|
Digitalis purpurea. Foxglove
Erynipum aroethystiAum, Globe Thistle
Fllipendula hexapetala. Meadow Sweet.
GailUurdia aristata. Blanket Flower
Gypeophila paniculata. Baby's Breath.
Heieniuro autumnale, Sneesewort, ....
Helianthus decapetalusvar. multinorus.
Sunflower
Hesperis matronalis. Sweet Rocket. . . .
Heuchera sanguinea. Coral BeDs.
Iris germanica, German Iris.
Iris Isviipta, Japanese Iris
Iris pumila, Dwarf Iris
Iris sibirica, Siberian Iris
Lobelia cardinalis, Cardinal Flower. . . .
Lychnis chalcedonica, Maltese Cross.. .
Lychnis Viscaria, German Catchfly.. . .
Mertensia virginica, Virginia Cowslip. .
Height
Monarda didyma. Bee Balm
Myosotis palustris, Forget-me-not.
(Enothera misBOuriensis, Missouri Eve-
ning Primrose
Peoma officinalis, Peony
Peonia albiflora, Chinese Peony
Papaver nudicaule, Iceland Pc^py.. . .
Papaver orientale, Oriental Pc^py.. . .
Pentstemon barbatus. Beard Tongue. .
Phlox paniculata. Hardy Phlox
Phlox subulata. Moss Pink.
Platycodon grandiflorum, Chinese BaJ
loon Flower
Polemonium cteruleum, Jacob's Ladder
Rudbeclda laciniata. Golden Glow.
Sedum spectabile, Showv Sedimi ..
Stokesia cyanea, Stokes Aster
Trollius europsus. Globe Flower
Viola comuta. Homed Violet..
Yucca flacdda, Hardy Yucca.
2ft
3-4 ft
6-0 in.
4-«ft
3-6 ft
1ft
a-2Hft.
4-5 ft
6-«in.
2-3 ft
1-2 ft
3-4 ft
lH-2ft
4-6 ft
12-18 in.
8-12 in.
15-24 in.
12-15 in.
lH-3ft
3-4 ft
12-18 in.
1ft
2 ft
4-6 ft
4-6 ft
3ft
12-15 in.
12-18 in.
18-30 in.
6-8 in.
15-24 in.
2-3 ft
3ft
9in.
16 in.
3 ft
H-lft
6-0 in.
2 ft
3 ft
12-18 in.
2-3 ft
lH-3ft
3-4 ft
12 in.
3-3Hft
1-2 ft
4-6 ft
15-18 in.
12-18 in.
12-18 in.
6-8 in.
5 ft
Color
White
Bhie, white
Yellow
Various
Roae, white
YeUow
Yellow
Blue^ pink,
VKMet
Deep blue
Blue, white,
pmk.
Blue or white
Various
White
Golden yellow
Blue
Various
itetopui
Rosy purpl
White to purple
rple
Purple, pink,
white
Pink and white
Slate-blue
White
Yellow, ma-
roon center
White
YeUow
Yellow
White, ma-
genta, purple
Crimson, wmte
Various
Various
Purple
Blue, white
Brilliant car-
dinal
Brilliant red
Deep red,
white
Blue
Red, scarlet
Blue, white
Yellow
Red. white
Various
White, yellow,
orange
Red, scarlet
Light pink to
carmine
Various
Lavender
Blue, white
Blue, white
YeUow
Pink
Blue, white
YeUow
Blue, white
WTiite
Distance
apart
18 in.
10-15 in.
12 in.
3ft
18 in.
12 in.
8-15 in.
3-4 ft
9-12 in.
1-1 H ft
1-1 H ft
12 in.
2H-3ft
15 in.
2Hft
8-12 in.
8-12 in.
15-18 in.
12 in.
15 in.
12-15 in.
18 in.
12-18 in.
18 in.
18-24 in.
18-24 in.
12-18 in.
12 in.
6in.
6-12 in.
5-6 in.
6-12 in.
12 in.
12 in.
9-10 in.
Clumps
12 in.
8-10 in.
8-10 in.
3 ft
3-4 ft
6-8 in.
12-18 in.
9-12 in.
12-18 in.
8-12 in.
12-18 in.
12-18 in.
12-18 in.
8-10 in.
12 in.
12 in.
12 in.
2 ft
Season
June
July. Aug.
March
Juls^^-S^t
Sept, Oct
June to frost
June, July
Late Aug.
Juhr-Oct
June.
June
Aug. to frost
June-Aug.
July
June-Sept
June
June
May, June
June
June
July-Sept
June
June to frost
Aug.
Late Aug.
Late Aug.
Sept
July
June
June
July
June
June
Aug.
July to frost
June
April
July
May, June
Aug.
May
June
May-Sept
June-Aug.
June, Aug.
June, July
April
Aug.
June
Late Aug., Sept
Aug.
Aug.
May. June
May
June
Remarks
Var. Pearl, double; confine, else it over-
runs garden.
Borders; root poisonous; partial shade;
seeds difficult to germinate.
Do not disturb Often: |Ht)pagated by
seed or division.
Sun; plant in q;>ring; single and double;
standard backnound.
Excellent; one m best; sun or shade;
standard faU border perenniaL
Sun : divide annually ; var. Kelwayi best
Dainty and gracefm; border; sun.
Sun; remains in bloom several weeks;
qp»reads rapidly.
Edginji border; sun; Uttle bloom in faU.
Biennial; requires protection.
Border; sun; rich soiL
Needs protection in U. 8. ; light s(h1: sun;
leave undisturbed two or three years.
Border; dig deeply; give roots plenty
of room.
Cut-flower; border; kea> seeds picked.
Sun; rich, weU-draineo, rather heavy
so«l; if cut down after blooming will
bloom again.
Old-fashioned; stall charming.
Rock-garden; beds; sun: rich soil.
Warm soil; sun or shade; graceful;
border; an old favorite.
Remains a permanent border feature;
wiU grow m partial shade.
Good foliage; sun or shade; var. gloxin-
iseflora best
Attractive foliage and thistle-like heads;
often dried for winter bouquets.
Large dumps; fine foliage.
Keep flowers picked; sun.
Sun: fine flowers; excellent in bonq:uets.
Border: sun.
Good clumps; border; screening.
Border; showy
Sun; edging; resembles bishop's cap;
long graceful spikes of bloom.
Sun or half shade; wide range of adi4>-
tability.
Requires abundance of water; sun.
Medium loam.
Moist soiL
Moist soil; sun or half shade.
Showy; Ixwder; also caUed campion and
lamp flower.
Sun; k>ng-Uved.
Leave undisturbed; foliage dies after
flowering.
Sun; q>reads rapidly.
Moisture; shade or sun if not dry; var.
semperiBorens is very good.
Large flowers; showy.
Heavy s<h1; sun; old-fashi<Mied **piney."
Sun; deep, rich soiL
Edger ; blooming intermittently throu^
season.
Mixed border; gorgeous colors; after
flowering the plants rest and foliage
dies down.
Var. Torreyi; sun; rich; grown in
masses. [colors.
Indispensable; clumps; choose good
Excellent for rockery or border.
Showy; border; cut-flower.
Likes moisture; sun or partial shade;
border; finely cut foliage.
Excellent background; easily grown.
Showy I sun; rich soiL
Sun; light soil; masses; border; cut-
flower.
Moist heavy loam; buttercup-^ike flow-
ers; best in half shade.
Masses: rich soiL
Transplant early spring; sun; light soil.
Note. — In the column "distance apart," the distance indicated is for first year; nearly aU plants wiU need frequent division of
clumps, placing them at greater distances apart
1750 KITCHEN (FLOWER)-GAHDEN
radi&tiug from a common center. Such beds provide
the greatest amount of grqwing nwm with the least
waste, and they bring all parts of the garden into view,
without the {lefect of nearby beds shutting out the
view of those in the rear. Such a garden is shown in
FiK. 2038, with turning-places and outlooks at EE.
If the home flower-gardeD comprisee the whole of
the floral planting ana no other space is devoted to
shrubbery and the more robust kmds of perennials,
then these radiating beds furnish the very beet form in
which t*i combine them with the landscape garden proper.
Startbg from a central point. A, which may be oonspiCU'
0U8 by a pool, a, bit of sod with table and seat or any
garden fumi^iing, the beds, which may be as narrow
as I foot at the point, widen Kradually as they recede
until, at the circumference, they attain considerable
widtn; these rear parts are excellent for the planting of
shrubbery and tall perennials, and shrubs may ext«nd
upward through the center of the rear parts of the
beds; tall perennials may be massed at the sides and in
front, lower perennials (>order theee, and aniu^ia and
ed^ng plants fill out the remainder of the ground, In
this way furnishing a massed planting which is very
attractive and also economical of space. The diagram
(Fig. 2038) is a very good example of this manner of
platting, and it may be adopted m its entirety or sim-
plified Dv omitting the outo' circle and- the two short
beds in front.
When economy in labor is of moment, it will be well
to chooee those plants whoae manner of growth is clean
and neat, rather than those that tend to spread and bo
require much cutting and restraining. Lilacs, for
example, require constant grubbing out, while the
Icspedeza has an attractive erectness and cleanness of
manner and requires no pruning or restraint; this, also,
is true of the altheas and spireas in the main, while the
deutzia is easily kept to the single plant if desired.
Lilies, which do their beet when planted among
shrubbery and perennials, should be used abundantly
in the home-garden, especially the candidum and
auratum lihee. For smnmer cut-flowers, few things
equal in effectivenes and usefulness the gladiolus;
and as this flower is at ite beet when interspersed among
more generously foUaged plants, it may be worked in
among tall perennials to good advantage. Perennial
poppies are one of the valuable garden asetita and, once
established, continue to give satisfactory returns for
yeara. They combine effectively with the Shaata
daisies, and are specially efFt^tive against the green
backgrounds of toller plants. The dictamnus is valuable
and should find a place in the home-garden, as once
established it is practically everlasting; and its manner
of growth is so erect and neat, its bloom so satisfactory
and attractive that it is well worth adopting.
A garden laid out as indicated and planted in the
rear and central parts with permanent things, leaves
abundant room in front and along the marpns [or
annual plants and for experiments In novelties from
KITCHEN (FLOWER)-GARDEN
year to year. It will have its shady and sunny spots
which may be utilized for plajits requiring special
conditions of exposure.
Certain old garden favorites among the tt-nfiials will
be much in evidence, but a study of the catalogues of
the leading Rorists will diow vast improvements in
type which mav be adopted without in any way detract-
ii^ from the old-time sentiment of the flowers. Asters
and pansies, especially, show this advancement, and
petunias are much superior to the small kinds of a few
years ago. In purchasing seed of these flowers it is
economv to buy the most expensive, as the results well
repay the extra outlay. From 25 to 60 cents a packet
for pansies and petunias is none too much if one would
secure notable flowers.
The bome-garden should be beautiful and interesting
from early aprinji; until frost, and to secure this result
one must plant freely along the margin of the beds of
Spring-bloomine bulbs — crocus, tulips, hyacinths, nar-
cissi and the like. These bulbs do admirably planted
in long, triple rows, and the space between them may
be filled in summer with candytuft, ageratum, schiz-
anthus, Orummond phlox, verbena, petunia.
Sufficient plants that bloom late m summer and in
autumn should be supphed to make the garden attrac-
tive at this time. Anemones are the most charming of
autumn flowers, hardy chrysanthemums bloom well
into November, tritomas or kniphofiaa are a blase of
color for weeks. By judicious planting there need be
no dearth of color in any season.
Pre-paring the grmmd for the fiiwer-ganieTi.
The preparation of the ground, especially when the
planting is to be of a permanent character,— -that is of
shrubbery, perennials and hardy bulbs, — is of great
the planting is accomplished.
Good drainage is the first consideration, as this must
be performed Defore any platting or bed-making is
attempted. When the lay of the land makes tor a
natural removal of surplus moisture, or the soil is
sandy and underlaid witn gravel, no artificial drainage
will be required ; but when the soil is cold and sour and
retentive of too much moisture it will be necessary, for
the best results, to lay two or more couises of porous
drain-tile underneath the plot.
If the garden is large enough to admit of on initial
Slowing, this way of preparing the soil mav put it in
etter mechanical condition than spading, although, of
course, after the beds are laid out and paths eeteb-
lished, spading will be the only feasable method of
worki:^ the ground. When the soil is naturally good,
as in breaking up a piece of sod land or in a well-fer-
tilized garden spot, it will be neceesair only to spade or
work up the beds, incorporating a h'beraf quantity t^
old well-rotted manure. A very satisfactory way of
working manure into beds is to begin at one ade of the
bed and spade one row, laying the soil one aide so as
to leave an open trench; fill this trench full of manure
and spade the next row on top of this, and so continue
till the entire area is covered. This buries the manure
well beneath the surface and effectively prevents the
germination of weed seeds; at the sam; time the manure
deep In the soil holds the moisture and brings the roots
well down beneath the surface where they remain cool
and moist, Soe p. 1739, trenching.
In beds that axe to be worked over but not fertiliied
the second summer, it is not desirable to turn the soil
over in spading as this throws the manure back to the
surface; but sufficiently satisfactory results are secured
u,. A\ i: Ai J n J 1_*^ *L^ 1 I
this wav will be in exoellent condition and less
disturbance ana cutting of the roots will result.
A garden planted tt> shrubs and perennials may
KITCHEN (FLOWER)-GARDEN
KNIPHOFIA
1751
safely be left undisturbed for three years, providing a
sood annual stirring of the soil b given in early spring
followed by sufficient tillage to esUiblish a dust-mulch
throughout liie dry weather. Getting down on hands
mod knees and working around each individual plant
with a trowel has many advantages, as it puts one more
intimately in touch with the plant than is possible with
hoe and spade. Many ambitious little shoots succumb
to the onslaught of a too vigorous hoe, that might have
been saved by a closer inspection. The presence of
insect enemies about the base of the plants is likely to
pass unnoticed until much damage is done, when only a
standing cultivation is practi^; so, one intimate
acquaintance with each inmate of the garden is
advised at least once a vear, preferably in eany spring.
For the remainder of the summer, dependence may
be placed on any one of the various forms of hoes, pref-
erably the scuffle-hoe, as by the use of this tool one
can work closer to the stem of the plants, slipping
beneath the Feaves and recumbent foliage with uttle
damage. It produces the most perfect dust-mulch of
any tool and as it is used walking backward no foot-
prmts are left on the soil to press a weed back into the
ground where it may grow again, as is the case with a
wheel-hoe or most hand-hpes, and last, it is the tool
best adapted to a woman's use and with it she can
accomplish a large amount of labor with little fatigue.
A good trowel is essential. In buying this everyday
implement, the gardener should choose one in whicn the
blade and handle are in one piece of steel, for a hsmdle
riveted or secured to the blaae is always unsatisfactory
and of short duration. Pruning shears that open easily
and fit the hand well are also necessary when shrubs or
roses are cultivated. These thrro articles, together with
a spade and rake are about all the indispensable tools
aside from a good wheelbarrow and one or more baskets
of convenient size.
When the garden plat is confined with an ornamental
wooden fence, painted white as is so much the custom,
a good effect is gained by planting tall-crowing shrubs
in the rear to reach over the fence, furmdung a charm-
ing background of bloom and greenery.
Tall-growing shrubs that make their growth mostly at
the crown are especially desirable, as for example, the
dogwood, flowering thorns, red-buds, tree lilacs and the
tamarix. Shrubs which bloom from the ground up are
wasted in the flower-garden. Altheas, syringas, deut-
sias, spireas, symphoncarpos, Tartarian honeysuckles,
weigelas, snowballs and the like need an open place
in which to display their merits to the best.
As the buying of any ereat quantity of perennial
plants calls for a considerable initial outlay, it is both
economical and interesting to grow them from the
seed. The seeds may be started in hotbeds in early
spring and transplanted into the beds where they are
to grow as soon as large enough; or, what may faie the
better way for many kinds, they may be sown in long
rows in the vegetable-garden, where they will receive
the same cultivation as the vegetables and be trans-
planted the following spring. Oriental poppies do
especially well under this treatment. Shasta daisies and
delphiniums should be planted, but physostegias,
hibiscus, aquilegias, achilleas, sweet Williams, dian&us,
digitalis, gauras, sunflowers, hollyhocks, may be pro-
duced by the hundreds at a very trifling expense.
Annuals that are desired merely for cutting may also
be grown in the vegetable-garden to advanta^. Asters,
sweet peas, cosmos, arctotis, annual larkspurs, cen-
taureas, cornflowers, gaillardias. all the everlastings,
may very profitably be relegated to this economic cul-
ture and so leave room for more permanent things in the
garden proper. Ida D. Bennett.
KITCHfNGIA (personal name). CrassidAcex. Suc-
culent glabrous perennial herbs, allied to Bryophyllum
but with small calyx and diverging carpels: sts. flexu-
ose, bearing many opposite sessile or stalked fleshy
crenate Ivs. : fls. large for the plant, bright red, terminal,
often in loose racemes, the parts in 4^8; calyx-segms.
as lonjB^ as tube; corolla-tube campanulate or tubular,
sometimes larger in middle, with 4 short lobes; sta-
mens 8: carpels 4, free, making small many-seeded
follicles. — Species 10, in Madagascar. K. uniflbra,
Stapf, is an attractive prostrate sedum-like plant, root-
ing at the joints: Ivs. obovate and obtuse, less than 1
in. long, bright green: fls. solitary or 3 together, bright
red, the corolla-tube narrowed at both apex and base,
about 1 in. long and half as thick; stamens polymorphic.
B.M. 8286. R.H. 1913, p. 177.— A recent species, suit-
able for temperate conditions imder glass.
L. H. B.
KLEINIA. Of the three genera of Composite of this
name, two are referred to Porophyllum and Jaumea,
but the trade names will be accounted for under
KLtTGIA (Dr. Fr. Klug, German sodlogist). Ge«-
neridcest. About 4 blue-fld. herbs, rooting at the base
and more or less succulent, suitable for growing in the
greenhouse. Lvs. alternate, or sometimes nearly
opposite and one of the pair reduced to very small size,
the sides of the If. unequal, many-nerved, sinuate or
nearly enthe: fls. opposite the lvs. or terminal, small
and pendulous, short-stalked: calyx 5-angled or 5-
winged, one wing often larger than the others, the lobes
of calyx 5; corofla-tube cylindrical, 2-lipped, the upper
Up very small and the lower roundea or somewhat
3-k>bed ; stamens 4, perfect: fr. a 2-valved caps, included
in the calyx. India, and 1 species in Mex. /C. NoianiAnOy
A. DC. Quick-growing herbaceous annual, 12-18 in.,
more or less pubenilent: lvs. petiolate, ovate, acumi-
nate, 5-8 in. long: corolla-tube white, }^n. long; large
lower lip blue, with yellow at the base; cal)rx-lobes
short and triangular, and one wing larger. India, 2,000-
5,000 ft. altitude; variable. Blooms under plass, Jan. to
summer. G.C. III. 19:237. K. zeylAmca^ Gardn.,
differs in the long-acuminate cal3rx-lobes and the winra
of calj'x nearly equal. Ceylon. B.M. 4620 (as A.
NoUmiana). j^ h. B.
KNIPHdFIA (Johann Hieronymus Kniphof, 1704-
1765, professor at Erfurt), ^n^ Tritoma. LUidce^.
Torch-Lily. Red-hot-pokbr Flant. Flame-Floi/ver.
Elxcellent showy perennial herbs grown in the open
(some species under (dass), with spikes or racemes of
k>ng, drooping red and yellow (rarely white) flowers.
Herbs with i^undant radical lvs. and stout, simple
naked scapes or peduncles, the thick roots from a
short vertical rootstock, mostly stemless but a few
ries with a short caudex below the crown of lvs. :
many, in a spike-like raceme or dense head-like
spike, on short articulated pedicels; perianth funnel-
snaped or cylindrical, the tube long and the nearly or
quite equal segms. small and mostly broad; stamens 6,
in two lengths, equaling or exceeding the perianth;
ovary 3-ceUed, bearing a filiform style and capitate
stigma: fr. a short 3-valved caps. — Species probably
70, in Trop. and S. Afr. in the tropical regions mostly
from high elevations. The genus is rich in good native
forms, many of which are scarcely known in general
cult., and it is to be expected that important horticul-
tural developments will arise in the future. Accounts
of the species described to those dates will be found in
Flora Capensis (1896-7) and Flora Tropical Africa
(1898) in the treatments by Baker, from which the
present descriptions have been largely drawn. These
descriptions are made mostly from wild plants and
therefore may not apply to garden forms, which are
venr likely to be hybrids.
The kiuphofias are among the most showy of border
plants. Tney are essentially autumn bloomers, but
some of the newer kinds are nearly continuous bloomers
from nudaummtT. The common kinds are bardy
aouth of PhiladclphU wheo well covered in winter, but
in the North it is UHUslly safer to die up the plants in
November, place them in boxes with dry earth, and
store them in a cellar in winter. In spring place them
in a warm, sheltered , well-drained epot, perhapa
with a background of shrubbery to eft on the flowers.
Some of the recent species from tropical Africa are
treated as greenhouse or warmhouae subiccts. In
KCDfml cultivation the prevailing species is A. Uearia.
This is nearly hardy North, has sword-eh^ved leaves
2 to 3 feet long, and several scapes 4 or 5 feet high
surmounted by a spike 4 to 8 inches long oompospd of
varieties with Latin names and twice ac many with
personal names. Most other species have much the
same Eeneral effect, and recent variations and apparent
hybrids have greatly extended the blooming season and
the range (rf color and form. For producing masa-
efTects, the torch-lilies are among the most striking
subjects, the brilUant flowers producing a
flame of oolor. Clumps in op
areparticularly emphatic.
Toe miniature-flowered to)
cellent for planting in small
the front bcn^lers and also fo
begin to bloom as early as Ji
are mostly small, the raccm
sive. and the flowprs small e
probable that such species as
paudfiora, K. rufa, K. bra-ifli
) the parent from which tJ
result is that there is much
confusion in the literature
of the j^nus, and it is often
very difficult tti trace the
original species-forms.
They grow readily from
seeds, and novel forms are
likely to be secured from
the mixed garden parenU
age. The plants should
bloom freely the second
year, and oft«n the first
year. The usual method of
propagation is by division;
the caulescent kmds, how-
ever, may not produce off-
sets or divisible parts readily
unless they are headed back
or cut OR to make them
spread. Kniphofiaa are often
classed by dealers as bulb-
ous planis, though they have only a short rhizome and
clustered, tbickish root-fibers. Old but
KNIPHOFIA
A. Periatilh long, an inch or more. (Not. 1—lS.)
B. Plant rauUnxnt (a »t. or caudex btiow the If .-crown).
1. cai)16acais, Baker. Plant with a thick st. below
the Ivs., 6-12 in. kmg: Ivs. very glaucous, sword-ehaoed-
ocuminate, broadly chaimeUed, not acutely keeled <b
the back, 2-3 ft. fong, 2-3 in. wide, margin aemilste:
spike ^mut H ft- long, 3 in. tiiick; lower fls. yellow,
mpa ones red; segms. broad, ovate and obtuae, very
atari; stamens and style somewh&t exaerted. Cent.
Cape region. B.M. fiM6. G.C.Ul. 6:564. R.H-
1887:132 (as TrUoma oiuleweru). Gn. 41:536: 78, p.
fi02. 0.36:83. Gn.W. 16:443. G.M. 57:555.
2. n6rthla. Baker. St. short, 2-3 in. diam.;1vB. 30-40,
in a dense TOsett«, 4-5 ft, long and 5-6 in. broad, lanoe-
channelled on the face, not sharply keeled.
p kwg.
IMDEX
pr»r<,i.. 3.
UichlUnii, IS.
primullDB. S.
brpviflors, 18.
loniicMillig. S.
pumik, 21.
Burchcllli. 5.
loDidHor., 13.
.\lKQw.nu, 11.
rctulB.nt, 3.
»Br«™m.. 11.
ni;irfi..<nia, 11.
tlori bunds. 3.
S»un<icT»ii.3,'
foli™. Z7.
I»UlM»il>. 12.
iJsun. 3.
NeboQiL. 10.
Dobiliit. 3,
tmriX^ia.'
Nonhir. 2.
Tufkii, 25.
muciflor.. 20.
?5i(«r,.3;.l»
lli>
Tywnii, 26.
«.«Hli., 3.
^ppl
I varii. 3.
margins srarulate: raceme or spike 1 ft. and n.
verv dense, on a peduncle shorter than the IvB.; ns. i
in. loiw, the lower ones yellow and the upper ones rtd
tawanl the tip; segms. small and ovate; stamens
beoomiog much exserted. Coast region. S. Afr. B.M.
7412. G.C. 111. 39:100. Gn. 73, p. 480.
litUtixnt (no eaudex htiow the
ma»s of Irs.),
s. CTUf^orm-acumiruite.
arely ex»erUd in fuU anUiens.
olor of he. dull grten.
K)k. [Aide fudria, Linn. AletrU
'riloma VvAria, Ker-Gawl. Veb-
WUId. K. i^oMa. Moencfa).
omioN Pokes Puint. Pokkh-
Flowxr. Figs. 2039, 2040. Lvs.
s, cnsiform-ocuminate, 2-3 ft.
or less broad, ecabitius on the
k<<<>led, with 30-40 ckiae vertical
ense, often 6 in. k>ng, 2^-3 in.
thick, on a peduncle as long
as the Ivs. ; upper fis. bri^t
red, lower ones yellow;
perianth cylindrical, to IK
m. kmg; segms. ovate and
obtuse; stamens in the lowrr
fls. barely exBoted. G^««l
Caperegion. F.S. 13:1393,
B.M. 758; 4816.— The fol-
bwing varieties with I^tin
names are in the trade and
usually advertised as ap-
parent species under Kni-
phofia or Tritoma. They
may be all more or 1^
distinct horticulturally.
Vor. ctrnAEa, in Gn.
19:548, with the fls. open-
ing from the tep instead
of the bottom, and with
red filaments and yellow
anthers. Leichtlin intro. it about 1881 and said it gn-w
1 3^2 ft. high, the apricot-red of the fls. toned down by
a glaucous bloom. (Cf . No. 17.) Var. floriblinda is earl^--
flowering. Var. glallca is apparently a trade name.
Var. glauc^BCens is figured in On, 36:458 with a spike
9 in. long, of "vermilion-scarlet fls. chongiDg to a
more orange color; one of the freest bloomers. Intro.
1859." Foliage somewhat glaucous. Var. grandifl&n,
one of the earliest improvements on the type: 2-3 ft.
high. Var. pindis. Ldjge-fld.' fls. red and yellow, 5 ft.
The plant m the trade a." K. PjUztri probably belon^ce
here; see also suppl. list, p, 1755. Var. nObilis is said
by Carrifre. R.H. 1885:252, to have shorter and
stricter Ivs. than var. Saundertii, the spikes more
ovoid, the fls. uniformly red and less defleied. Lvb.
not glaucous. On. 55, p. 167. Var. SafindersiL in
R.H. 1882:504, is shown with "red-orange fls.'' in
an elliptical spike and said to grow 6 ft. and more
Knlpbofla Umk.
KNIPHOFIA
1753
high. It grows 4-6 ft. hisb in rich soil, the peduncles
lees rifpd than in K. tjvaria (bloomiDg ]at«) with
cylindrical spikcB 18-24 in. long and fls. often y^.
across. Gn. 71, p. 492. See var. maxima, below.
Baker's treabnent of the botanical varieties (under
K. aiooides) ia as foUowB (Fl. Capenas, VI, p. 283):
Var. m*^!"" {Triloma grandifiira, Hort. T. Sa&n-
liernt, Carr.). More robuat: Its. 4-5 ft. long, I in.
wide: raceme and fis. longer; stamens more decidedly
exBorted. B.M, 6553 (fls. yellow, mire or leee tinged
led). R.H. 1882:501 (colored Uke the type).
Var. lUibilto {Tiiloina niSWii, Guill.). Still more
robuet: scape including raceme aometimee 6-7 ft. long;
&s. IH ill' long. R.H. 1885:252.
, BerlStiDa, Hort. A late-flowering form with
stamens. Baker also mentions var. cuntea, ^nciBGens
and reKlfena without discrimination. Other varieties
with LaUn names ore mentioned in Gn. 36:458. K.
■prkcox. Baker, i? probably not in cult.: fls. sometimes
in summer and Bomctimea in autumn.
4. Ro&peri, Lem. Lva. ensiform-acuminate, 4 ft.
long, ana lo IJ^ in. broad, scabrous on the margin,
acutely keeled, Raucous: raceme to 6 in. long, very
dense, on a Bt«ut stiff peduncle as long as the Ivs.; fls.
paler than in K. Vvaria and lat«r; pemnth cylindrical,
to V/i in. long, the segms. avat« and obtuse; stamens
at length just eTcsertea. Coast region, 8. Afr. B.M.
6116. J.F. 4:362.— The plant grown under this name
ie likely not to be the true botanical epeciee here
described.
EE. Color of Iv«. bnghl green.
5. BtirchelUi, Kunth. Lvs. ensiform-acuininate, 2-3
ft. long, H-Hii>' wide, sharply keeled, 15-20 ribs each
side of midrib, smooth on the mai^n: spike 6-12 in.
long, on a stout peduncle 3 ft. high; fls. bright yelow,
mucD tinged with red when young; perianth somewhat
cylindric^, to 1^ in. long, the segms. as long as broad
and ovate; stamens at length just exsertecT 8. Afr.
B.R. 1745 (as Triioma BurcieUii).— Probably the true
K. Burchdlii is not now in commerce.
6. longicAUiB, Baker. Lvs. ensiform, sharply keeled,
2 ft. long and 1 in. broad at base, smooth on margins:
raceme dense and short, on a slender peduncle 1 H ft.
long: fls. lemon-yellow tinged orange-yellow when
young, on vpry short pedicels; perianth somewhat or
nearly cylindrical, to 1 J^ in. long, constricted above the
ovary, the lobes Bmail and ovate; stamens and style
at length short-exaerted. Natal. Gn. 59, p. 96; 63, p.
92. Gn.W. 20:120.
Dn. iSlameru prominendy exierled.
7. Bumentdsa, Kunth. (AlelrU MrmerUdaa, Andr.).
Lvs. ensiform-acuminatc, 2-3 ft. long and to 1 m. broad,
gjaucous-green^ sharply keeled, about 12 ribs either
side the mtdnb: raceme cylindrical, dense, A-12 in.
long, on a stout peduncle equaling the lvs.; upper fls.
red^ the lower yellow or yellow tinged red; perianth
Shndrical, to 1 in. long. Uie segms. oroad, ovate and
tuse; stamens and style at length exaerted to about
Hid- S. Afr. B.M. 744.— It |ffoduces underground
shoots or offsets.
8. primlilina. Baker. Lvs. many, enaiform, 3-J ft.
fong and 3^1 in. broad, toward baae sharply keeled,
smooth on margin: raceme dense, oblong, 3-4 in. long,
on a stout and stiff peduncle as long as the lvs.; fls.
pale yellow; perianth nearly cylindncol, 1 in. long;
segms. small and ovate; stamens and style much
ej^rted. Eastern region. S. Afr. G. 32:299.
cc. Lvs. linear.
9. triangularis, Kunth. Lvs. narrow-linear, rather
rigid, erect, 1 ft. long, nearly triquetrous, margins
smooth: raceme dense, 12-18 in. long, on a slender
Eiduncle 1-1^ ft. long; fls. all yellow; perianth 1 in.
ng, cylindrioil; aegms. ovateKiblong and obtuse,
kmger than broad; stamens and style not exserted.
Central region, S. Afr.
10. Ntiscniii, Mast. Lvs. narrow-linear (the old
ones persisting as weak fibers), 1J^2 ft. long, with a
thick midrib, rounded and 3-nerved on the back, and
recurved serrulate edges: raceme dense, oblong, 2-3
in. long, on a peduncle as long as the lvs.; fis. bright
scarlet sometimes tinged orange, all deflexed at expan-
mon, on very short pedicels; perianth cylindrical, Hi
in, long and narrow; si^ms. oblong and small; stamens
more or less in two series, much shorter than perianth.
Kalahari region, S. Afr.
G.C. Ill 11:561; 39:82.
Gn. 50, p. 400; 66:166.—
It is probable that K.
NeUomi is not represented
in the garden plants under
this name. A hybrid be-
tween K. paucijlora and
K. MacouMinii has passed
under this name, but it is
now given the name K.
kewintit, N. E. Br.: fis.
yellow.
11. Hacdwanil, Baker ^
(Tiitoma rigidi«nma and
r. maroccdna, Hort.).
Dwarf: lvs. linear, erect
and ri^d, to 2 ft. loDg,
3-5 vems either side the
midrib, with a thickened
very dense, 2-4 in, long,
on a slender peduncle 1-2
ft. long; fls. bright yellow-
ish to orange-red^ perianth
cylindrical, I m. king;
B«ms. ovate and obtuse,
renexed; stamens not ex-
serted. 8. Afr. B.M.6167.
R.H. 1879:390. G.C. III.
39:83.— K. coTdtlina,
Hort., R.B. 19:26 (1S93),
a hybrid between this
soecies and K. Vvaria
raised by Deleuil, of
spikes of coral-red fls. all
summer and fall: said to
be good for cutting. K.
midia MacAwanii, Hort.:
"a hybrid between K. r
ahiikt grandiflara and K. 201a. Knl^oAi Umi*.
Macoaxmii. This is an
earlier blooming sort than either of its parents, as dwarf
as K. Maanamii and much earlier and more brilliant."
12. natal&isis. Baker. Lvs. linear, 1^-2 ft. long
to M\a. brood, with 10-12 veins either side midrib,
. thickened: raceme not very dense,£-8 in. long.
stamens as long as perianth; style at length exserted.
8. Afr. — Variable,
13. lon^fira. Baker. Much like K. Mrmentoso,
differing m the perianth being twice longer and the
stamens scarcely exserted: lvs. linear, 2 ft. lonK, flaccid,
green, sharply keeled, ^in. wide toward tbe baae:
raceme dense, oblong, 3 in. long, on a stout peduncle
that is 3 ft. and more tall: lis. yellow-red, strongly
deflexed; perianth cylindrical, slender, curved, \Mm.
; style long-exserted. Natal probably.
1754
KNIPHOFIA
KNIPHOFIA
AA; Perianth shorty mostly ^in, or leas long,
B. Fls. (perianth) not more than yiin. long,
c. Color of fls, whitef when open,
14. mod^sta, Baker. Lvs. linear, rigid, 1 }/i ft. long,
sharply keeled: raceme moderately dense and spike-
like, secund or 1-sided, 4-7 in. long, on a slender
peduncle as Ions as the lvs.; fls. ^in. long, th^ perianth
cylindrical, and the segms. ovate; anthers at length
just exserted. Griqualand, S. Afr. — Probably not in
cult., the next havmg been confused with it. In the
original description the fls. are described as yellow.
15. spirsa, N. E. Br. A much stouter plant than K.
modesta, with lvs. 2-2 H ft. long: peduncle 2}^3J^ ft.
high, bearing a spike 9-18 in. long; fls. reddish or red-
dish; brown in bud but white when expanded, rather
laxly scattered and directed to all sides. Natal. B.M.
7203 {a8K,modesta),
cc. Color of fls. yellow,
16. brevifldra^ Harvey. Lvs. linear, not rigid, 12-18
in. long and very narrow, strong ribs about 5, margin
scabrous: raceme dense, 1}^ in. or less long, on a slen-
der peduncle as long as the lvs. ; fls. yellow, on very
short pedicels; perianth cylindrical, }iia. long; segms.
ovate and obtuse; stamens as long as perianth. S, Afr.
BB. Fls. (perianth) J^-Ji in, long.
c. Shape of perianth funnelform (flaring at the end),
D. Stamens exserted more than the length of perianth,
17. comdsa, Hochst. Rootstock thick and short, with
copious roots: lvs. many, linear, bright green, to 2 ft.
and more long, sharply keeled, edges smooth: raceme
very dense, oblong, 3--4 in. long, on a peduncle equaling
the lvs. ; fls. bright yellow, deflexed, }^n, long and fun-
nel-shaped but dilated suddenly at the middle; segms.
very obtuse j filaments red; anthers yellow, long-
exserted. Nile Land. B.M. 6569. — ^This is perhaps
more conspicuous by reason of its mass of stamens
than the outline of the spike. It is doubtful whether
the true K, comosa is the same as the cult, plant of that
name. Perhaps K, comosa and K. Leichtlinii of (gardens
are forms of one species. In the true or botamcai K.
comosa and K, Leichtliniiy the spikes are sometimes
2 or 3 on the peduncle; when there is only 1 spike, the
uppermost fls. open first, thus reversing the usual order
in the kniphofias; when there are lateral spikes, they
open from Delow upward. G.C. III. 56:410.
18. Leichtlinii, Baker. Plant with manv slender root-
fibers: lvs. many, linear, stronely keeled, 3-4 ft. long
and ^^, wide toward base, edges smooth: fls. bri^t
yellow; perianth narrowly funnel-shaped, becommg
^in. lon^; segms. ovate, very obtuse j stamens and
style distmctly exserted (about 1^ tunes length of
perianth) : scape speckled with red, sometimes bearing
a bract 4-5 in. long, as long as the lvs., the raceme veiy
dense and 3-4 in. long. Nile Land. B.M. 6716. R.H.
1884, p. 556. Var. aftrea, Hort. Spike or raceme
broad and about 1 ft. long; upper unopened fls. soft
orange-red and the lower ones soft yellow.
19. multifldra, Wood & Evans. Lvs. 3-6 ft. long,
1 in. broad in middle, long-acuminate, deeply chan-
neled above; strongly keeled, with many strong nerves,
margin serrulate, stiifish, bright green above and some-
what glaucous beneath: spike 2 ft. long, dense, cylindric
and narrow (1 H~2 in. diam.), on a stout peduncle as long
as lvs. or shorter; fls. white or suffused with green (buds
yellowish), numerous, erect, produced very late; perianth
^in. or less long, swollen at base, narrow-funnelform;
se^ms. small and rounded, erect; filaments white, almost
twice the length of the perianth. Natal, 5,000-6,000 ft.
B.M. 7832. G.C. III. 45:196; 54:356. Gn. 77, p. 587.
DD. Stamens exserted^ not exceeding the length of the tube.
20. paucifldra, Baker. Lvs. few, linear and rigid,
1-1 ^^ ft. long, margin thickened and smooth: mceme
lax, 2-3 in. long, on a slender peduncle lH-2 ft.;
fls. pale yellow: perianth narrow-funnelform, ^in.
long; stamens shortly exserted. Eastern region. S.
Afr. B.M. 7269. G.C. IIL 12:65; 39:101.
21. pdmUa, Kunth (Tritotna piimila. Ker-Gawl).
Lvs. hnear, to 2 ft., glaucous, sharply keeled, 10-12
veins either side of midrib: raceme ver>' dense, 3-4 in.
long, on a peduncle equaling the lvs.; fls. red, or yellow
to red; perianth narrow-funnelform, to Jiin. long, sud-
denly dilated above base; segms. ovate and obtuse;
stamens and style exserted to Hi^- S. Afr. B.M. 764.
cc. Shape of perianth nearly or quite cylindrical: fls,
yellow or yeUounred.
D. Lvs, very narrow (l^in, or less broad),
22. gdLdlis, Harvey. Lvs. linear j4m, broad, 1^2
ft. long, margin smooth^ 5-6 veins either side the mid-
rib: raceme dense, 2-3 m. long, on a peduncle as long
as the lvs.; fls. pale yellow; perianth about ^in. long,
with a very slender tube and dilated throat; segms.
oblong; the longer stamens and the style exserted.
Eastern region, S. Afr. R.B. 39:227.
23. dtrtna, Baker. Lvs. many, linear, 1 }^2 ft. long
and )^in. to perhaps yiin, broad toward the base,
acutely channelled aown the face, slightly scabrous on
the edge: raceme oblong, dense, 2-3 in. long, on a
slender peduncle shorter than the lvs.; fls. pale yellow *
perianth subcylindrical, about ^in. long; segms. small
and ovate; stamens and style much exserted. Coast
region, S. Afr.
24. rftfa, Leicht. Small: lvs. few, linear, 12-18
in. long and }/iin, broad toward base, firm and green,
sharply keeled on back, tapering to a long point, mar-
gin smooth: raceme lax, 4-6 in. long, on a moderately
stout peduncle as long as the lvs. : lower fls. primrose-
yellow and upper ones tinged rea, drooping; perianth
cylindrical, ^in. long: segms. orbicular^ spreading;
stamens and style at length exserted. Natal. B.M.
7706. G.M. 47:562.— Blooms early and for a long sea-
son; a good border plant.
DD. Lvs. broader (%-2 in., toward base),
E. Stamens short-exserted,
25. Tiickii, Baker. Lvs. ensiform, bright green,
1-1/4 ft. long, Hia, wide, margin serrate: raceme very
dense, 5-6 in. long, on a peduncle shorter than the lvs. ;
fls. yellow, tinned bright red when young, deflexed;
perianth subcylmdrical, ^in. long; segms. wort, ovate
and obtuse: stamens shortly protruding. Central
region, S. Atr. — One of the hardiest.
EE. Stamens much or prominently exserted,
26. T^sonii, Baker. In character, between /. pumila
and /. sarmentosa: lvs. linear, 3-4 ft. long and at base
^in. broad, tapering to a long point, sharply keeled:
raceme veir dense, 6 in. long, on a peduncle that eouals
the lvs.; fls. red-yellow; perianth cylindrical. J^in.
long; segms. nearly orbicular; stamens protruding to
J^in. or less. Eastern region, S. Afr. Gn. 77, p. 538. .
27. folidsa, Hochst. (A". Quartinidna, A. Rich.). Lvs.
densely tufted, 2-3 ft. long and to 2 in. broad, ensiform,
acuminate, sharply keelea: raceme dense, oblong, on a
very stout peduncle equaling the lvs.; fls. yellow;
perianth cyhndrical, about ^in. long; segms. small,
ovate and obtuse; stamens much exserted. Transvaal.
B.M. 6742.
K. elmHins, Hort. Garden hybrid (Sprenger, Naples) bctwecD
K. pauciflora and K. nifa. — K. erieia, Hort. Remarkable hsrbrtd:
spike conical before antheois, the buda spreading horixontally, but
as the gpSke develops the fls., beginning with the lowermost, take
an erect position, at the same time the axis of the spike elongating,
finally all the fls. becoming erect: fls. brilliant. orange-«car!et,
fading from below upward, never expanding. Q.C. III. 56:410. —
K. excSUa, Hort. Garden hybrid, parentage not recorded: remark*
able for enormous sise and almost campanulate fls. — K. OotdiUe,
Hort. Seedling from K. Nelsonii and K. pauciflora: fls. pure yel-
low. G. 32:29. — K. h^brida^ Hoft., is a trade name used to include
varieties with personal names, of miscellaneous or unknown paren-
KOELLIKERIA
1755
ttkgfi. The itev "ererhloominfl" poker^aats Bra likely U) be listed
under thia ume.— X. PfUurii. Bon. {K. jtruidillois muttiAan.
Hort.). DflMcribed fei in bloom tronxAum. loOct., with qnkee stuid-
uic3-^ fl.hkb,thoas.riehor«n*e-Be«rlBt.— X.tTudrio, Hart. C»r-
den bybrid betweeo K. nifa Bnd K. Urmiii (Sprencer. Nipln). —
K. lulpJiiiTia. Hon. Fne-aomrinf, niUur-yello*.— K. trictAoT,
Hort. BRull-fld.; bud« openiu oocbuieat-rvdi obunnfl to capary-
yntlow uid Uwn to Mltur-wbite. — K. wrmtrhirU, Hort. Garden
hybrid (Sprancer. Naplea) bMweeii K. paudOoia and K. nila."
K. Wiidil, Caa^ll. Resemble* K. modeMa, but ia Mauler and
lone; fla. i^t- Ions, pate eream^olar. S. Afr.
WlLHELM MtLLBR.
L. H.B.t
KNOWLTOHU rrhoB. Knowlton, 1692-1781, curator
of the botanic garaen at Eltham, Englajid), Ranun~
cidictx. By some referred to Anemone, but differB in
having 5 eepale and numerouB petals, and the carpels
8oft and fleahy: spcciea 8 or eo in 8. Afr., eometimfla
mentioned as ualf-hardy or bh (greenhouse Bubjects, but
aijparently not in the trade, Stcmlma perennial herbe,
<r yeltowiah
thick and juicy at maturity, and Rreen
fls. on branching cymoee or umbetlatf scapes, n , ven-
eatbria, Sims, with Ivs. 1 ft. or more acroee, green fle.
and blackish purple berries: If.-aegnu. nearly entire or
only serrulate: ovaries as long as the subulate style.
B.M. 775. B.R. 936. K. riffida, Salisb.. with Ivs. rather
smaller, aegms. sharply serrate, and ovaries shorter
than the subulate style: vftriablc. H.F. II. 7;72.
L. H. B.
EOA. A species of Acacia (i4. koa, page 186), frtnn
the wood of which the Hawaiians malce their beauti-
ful highly polished ^ ^calabashes."
EdCHU (after W. D. J. Koch 1771-1849, professor
of botany at Erhuigen ; wrote a flora of Germany and
Switierlwd). CheiurpodiArrte. Situmer CrPRGsa.
Mock Cttress. This includes two hardy annuals,
caUed the "mock' cypress" or "summer cypress,"
ZMl. Kochia trlchaiihTlla: oflMi crowi la a mom avoid lotm.
grown for the compact habit and the herbage which is
green in summer and turns red in autumn.
Kochia is a polymorphous genus of herbs which arc
often woody at the base: Ivs. often minute and narrow,
alternate, more or less silky, rarely glabrous: fis. smalt
or minute, sessile, solitary or clustered in the axils of the
Ivs,; calyx enlarging into a flaak-shaped body, which
incloses the fr,; perianth orbicular; lobes 5, mcurved
and bearing horizontal wings on the back or on the
tube which are membranous or scarious, distinct or con-
fluent; stamens 5; filaments abort or long and com-
pressed; stigmas 2, rarely 3. — Species 3(>-40, of which
one is native in the W. U. S, and the others m the Old
Worid and Austral.
The seed may be sown indoors in April, and the plants
set out in May, or the seeds may be sown In the open
ground about May 1. The plants should stand about
2 to 3 feet apart.
■coplliia, Schrad. Belvedere. Annual, erect, 3-5
ft., much-branched, more or less pyramidal; branches
striate, slender, and close to the main st,: Ivs. linear-
lanceolatf , 2-3 in. long, 2-4 lines wide: fls. inconspicu-
ous, green, in elongated clusters; perianth in fr. pro-
, videa with very short, triangular, painted appendages.
Cent. Eu. — A plant sometimes grown in gardens for
its fastigiate or pyramidal form; used sometimes for
brooms. Probably not now grown to any extent in
American gardens.
trichophjila, Stapf. Fig. 2IM1. The common summer
cypress of itardens. although frequently grown under the
name of K. scoparia, but diffenng in its ovoid, conical
or ntmrly globular rather than narrow and fastigiate
form, by its purple-red color in autumn, and other char-
actere: annual, very much branching, S-.'i ft., making
a very comiwct ovoid object, remarkable for the natural
regularity in different plants: Ivs. very abundant,
alternate, straidit, long and hnear (2-3!^ in. long),
sharp-pointc<l, bright green, pubcrulent and with long
white hairs on the margins near the base: infl. in few-
fld. glomeniles; fls. polygamous, those on Ihe lateral
branches most numerous and female, those at the
summit i£ the principal branches perfect: foliage deli-
cate green, becoming deep rcd-bronie in auttmin.
China, probably. R.H. 1907, p. 119. J.H. III. 66:495.
— Very useful when formal regular effects are desired,
and for its pronounced color in autumn, keeping its
shMM when most other garden v^tation isd^royed
by frost. It is (rf the easiest cult. This speciefl has been
recognised and has come into prominence within the
past ten or twrive years. l H. B.
K0EL£RIA (G. L. KoelN, professor at Maim, an
early writer on grasses) . GravAnae. Tufted perennials,
with slender sts.: spikelcts 2-4-fld. in dense spike-like
E nicies. — Species about 12, in temperate regions of
th hemispheres; of little horticultural value.
crisULta, Pcrs. Culms 1-1 H ft., puberulent below
the panicles: Ivs. fine, mostly basal. Dept. Agric., Div.
Agrost, 20:136. Prairies. N. Amer. — Sometimes cult,
tor lawn decoration in open dry ground.
A. S. Hitchcock.
EOftLUA: PyenaBlKrmum.
K0ELLIK£IIIA (Professor Koelliker, German bota-
nist). Geateri^cesp. One species, a small herbaceous
warmhouse plant, K. argyrostfgmn, Regel, Cent , Amer.
to Peru, offered abroad: in the way of achimenes, but
fls. smaller in leafless racemes, the corolla-limb dis-
tinctly 2-lipped: rhizomatous or the root, creeping: Ivs,
opposite, soft-pubescent, elliptical and nearly or quite
ODtuse, velvety green and marked with whitedots: fls.
white or cream-color, red-spotted, in racemes standing
12 in. high; calyx-tube obovoid, the lobes S and nar-
row; coroUa-tube short, broad and decurved; upper lip
2-parted and nearly erect; lower lip larger, 3-parteii,
spreading; stamens attached in base of corolla, some-
what exserted; style filiform, the stigma becoming
2-lobed: caps. 2-vaIved. B.M, 4175 (as Achimeiifn
argyroaligma). — Requires treatment probnbly of achi-
menes; prop, by division. l. h. B.
1756
KOELREUTERIA
K0ELREUT£RIA (Joseph G. Koelreuter, 1733-1806,
professor of naturaJ bietory at Karlgruhe). Sapindirxx.
Omameiital trees, Krown far their iai^ panicles of
yellow flowers and the handsome compouDd foliage.
Deciduous: winter-buds Hmall, with 2 outer sutles:
Ivs. alternate, petioled, estipulate, pinnate or bipin-
Z(MZ. KiMlinit«U pulcolua. (XH)
nate, with serrate Ifte.: Be. in large terminal paaiclee,
yellow, symmetrical; calyx deeply divided int« 5
unequal lobes; petals 4, turned upward, lanceolate,
clawed, the blade carda(« at the base with 2 uptumea
appendages; disk crenate at the upper margins; sta-
mens 8, sometimes less, with loi^ filamenU; ovary
superior, 3-celled, style 3-fid at the apex, shorl«r than
stamens: fr. a bladdeiy, loculicid caps., with papery
walls; seeds usually 1 in each cell, roundish, blacK. —
Five species in Chma and Japan.
The koelreuterias are medium-rased rather aparin^dy
branched round-headed trees with light green pin-
nately divided leaves and small yellow flowers in large
termmal panicles appearing in summer and followed
by conspicuous blaader-likc pods. K. paniculaia is
budy as far north as Ma^sachusetla, thoush occa-
Nonulj' killed back in severe winters; as a rule it is a
short-lived tree. The other species arc more tender.
They ore not particular as to the soil and prefer sunny
positions. Propagation is by seeds, which are usually
freely produced and sown in autumn or stratified, also
by root-cuttings.
panicnUta, Laxm. (Sa^ndus chiniriBU, Linn.}. Figs.
2042-2044. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. pinnate or sometimes
bipinnate, to 14 m. long; Ifts, T-l.*), ovate to oblong-
ovate, coarsely and irregularly crenate-serrate, at the
base often incisely lobed, glabrous above, pubescent on
the veins below or nearly glabrous, 1-3J^ in. long: fls.
yellow, 'A'n. long, in broad panicles to 18 in. long; fila-
ments hairy; caps, ovate-oblong, gradually narrowed
KOHLRABI
int« the pointed apex, 1}^2 in. long. July, Aug.; fr.
in Sept. China, Korea, Japan. I.T. 4:147. G-C III.
2:.'j61. B.R. 330. Gng. 2;353; 8:219. On. 32, p. 378.
J.H,8. 27, p. 875. G.W. 5, p. 81; 9, p. 9; 13, p. 629.—
It is often cult, in the Cent. W., Kans., Mo., and south-
ward, as an ornamental tree, as it stands drought uid
hot winds well. It is there popularly known as "pride
Df India" or "China tree," but the firet name belong
properly to Mdia Azedarach and the second to Sapin-
jus; it IS also sometimes called "varnish tree," but tbe
true varnish tree is IUiu» vemieifiua. — K. japinica,
3)eb.. is scarcely different; it Is said to differ in its more
ieeply serrate Ivs. and enialler fr.
JC. apiniUta. Rehd. A WUeon. CloKly BlMed to K. puiculiU.
rna, U> 3A It.: Ivt. bipiniute. the piiiiiK pinuUGd or pinsBt* at
>bkiDi, inutulnl Bt tlie apei and apieulgU. Cent. ChioL—K.
•ipinaAla. Fruch. Tree, lo 60 [t.: Ivn. bipintiiW with hvhIc to
ibkiDi nearly equslly Brtrala Ifts. lSi-4 io. loni: fr. ilobo««-
ivoid, rounded it the (pei. W. Cbiu. R.H. IHSS, p. 393. Gn.
M, p. 306.— X. HinTifi. Dammer, fmni Fomion ud K. ndiwr.
a,^. i™. a. B. cu,». „ ,„. „ ..IL j^,^ j,„„^
K^HIGA: Kmioa.
EOHLfiRIA (named for J. M. Kohler, teacher of
natural history, Zurich). JttAoma, which see for discus-
non. K. bogolinse, Fritsch— /. bogotente, Nichols. K.
pUla, Hanst.— /. pida. Planch. (G«sn«rta pteta. Hook.,
not AchimtTies pida, Benth.).
KOHLRABI {Brataka oltracta vex. Caido-RajM).
Pig, 2045. As the Latin name indicates, this plant is a
member of tbe cabbage group. This group is intereet-
ing from a horticultural standpoint because of the
great variety in the parts developed to a condition
suitable for human food. The kohlrabi is one of the
■ tnostpeculiarof thelot. It is hke a turnip produced on
a cabbage root, if that were possible. Tnc fleeh of the
thickened stem resembles that of a turnip, but when
veil grown it is more delicate, both in texture and
Savor. This tnt«rcating plant is deserving of a place
in every home-garden as well as in the market-garden.
In quality it is superior to all other members of the
iwbbage group save cauliflower. Kohlrabi is naturally
1 cool-weather plant. To have it at its beet it should be
pown during me cool days of either spring or autumn
and gathered while still young and tender. The soil
for kohlrabi should be a rich loam, well drained to
as to be available for early planting. Plants may be
started in a hotbed and transplant^ to the open the
same as early cabbage, or the seed may be sown in the
open as soon as the seaaon is far enough advanced to
sow radish or cabbage seed safely. The rows should be
from 15 to 30 inches apart and tlie young plants planted
or thinned to stand 6 to 8 inches apart in the row. The
cultivation that would be given early beets will suffice
for the plant. The early, ouick-maturing sorts should
be chosen for table use. The plants should be har-
vested as soon as the edible portion can be induced
to develop to tbe size of a baseball. ' If conditions are
such as to retard or delay growth,
the product is apt to be tough anil
strong. Quick growth means quality
in this plant.
To prepare kohlrabi for mar-
ket, cut uie stem just above tbe
lOM. Podi o( Koal-
KOHLRABI
surface of the ^und and tie three to five plants
together by their leaves to form a bunch. To pre-
pare it for the table it should be peeled and cut into
dice about J^^iach square and cooked the aarne as
cauliflower, VUmorin says that some of the large,
co&rse varieties are ^wn in Europe for stock feed. It
is doubtful whether it will iever find favor in this coun-
try for this punwee for the reason that in most locaU-
ties tumipe, cabbage, or marrow liale will outyicid it.
L. C. CoRBETT.
EOLKWiTZIA (after Richard Kolkwitz professor
of botany, Berlin). CaptifaliAcex. A shrub allied to
Abelia, but differing in the f!s. being arranged in pairs
at unequal height, one above the other, m
the sepals not enlai^ng after flowering and
in the numerous ovules. Only 1 species in
Cent. China, recently intro.; it has proved
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, but has not
yet flowered. Prop, is by ereenwood cuttinni
m late summer. K. amibOiB, Graebn, Sm^'
deciduous shrub with slender, hairy branches:
Ivs. ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded at
. the base, denticulate or nearly entire, spar-
ingly hairy above, more denaelv hairy below,
1-1 |j in. long : fls. in axillary slender-
peduncled pairs, forminz short panicles at
the end of short branchlets; sepals linear:
corolla tubular- campanula te, wtute, flushed
with pink, puberulous, i^in. long; stamens
4, included: fr. a usually t-aeeded ribbed
achene, crowned by the persistent stipitate
calyic, in pairs. H.I, 30:2937, B.M. S563.
AiJitED Rehdeb.
KdNIGA (Charles Konig, of the British
Museum early in last century). Sometimes
written Kixnxga. Cradftrx. A genus established in
1S26 by Robert Brown, but now included in Alyseum.
Trade-hsta still contain Koniga marUima, R. Br., which
is Alytrum mdrifimum,' and K. mriegala of lists is the
variegated form of A. maritimum. R. ipiruua, Spach
— At^asum ipijiosum.
KdPSU (Jan Kope, Dutch botanist, 1765-1849).
ApoegnAcex. A few trees or shrubs (upward of a dozen
species), somewhat allied lo oleander, pown in warm-
houses and also offered (epeci<s not given) in S. Fla,
Lvs. opposite, very short-pctioled : fls, white or pink,
in terminal cymes; calyx 5-parted, the segms. with
glandular tips^ corolla salverform with a verj' slender
tube and a hairy throat; stamens inserted near the top
of the tube, not protruding ; disk of 2 glands : fr, 2 carpels;
1-celled, coriaceous or fleshy. India and Malaysia to
the Philippinee, K, fntliedsa, A. DC. Large evergreen
shrub, wittj IvB. 4-8 in. long, elliptic or elliptic-lanceo-
late; fls. pink, the tube IH in. long and lunb 1-2 in.
across. A. ornAla, Hort,, shrub from Malaya, with
large oblong-lanceolate glossy lvs., and white red-
centered salverform fls, in corymbose panicles; appar-
ently not l^otanically described under tJua name.
L, H, B.
KOKOIXdWIA: FriliOaria. K. Statrim. ltegt\ ud X, dif
(stor, Hort— F. SncrrmcL
KORTBAlSIA (Peter W. Korthals, a German
botanist), PalmAcex, tribe LepidoeAryta. Feather-
leaved palms from farther India to Borneo and New
Guinea, little grown in ivartnhouses. Climbing and
usually spiny planta with pinnatisect lvs., the Ifts.
mostly more or less cuneate or trapezoid and erose:
fls. perfect, crowded in cylindric and catkin-like spikes;
sepals orbicular or oblong, and petals ovate or lanceo-
late; stamens and staminodia 6 or more: fr. I-seeded,
nearly globular or ovoid: spadix axillary and looaely
branched, pendulous, in sheathing tubular preeistent
spathea: some of the ligules of the petiole-sheath harbor
ants. — About 20 species, imperfectly undetBtood. One
species is offered abroad. K. roblista, Blume (K.
JunghjAnii, Miq,), from Java. Petiole 1 ft. long, not
armed| Ifts. 7-9, rhomboidal, more or leas attenuated
below mto a stalk-Ulw base, sharp-pointed at apex, S-IG
in. long; rachis backwardly or retrorsely hooked or
armed; end of If. torminatmg in a hook-like process.
Java. L. H. B.
EOSTELerZKTA (named for V, F. Kosteletiky,
professor of medicinal botADV at Pracue, and author of
several books). MahAcex. Perenni^ herbs or shrubs
Italy through S, Russia to Persia, Lvs, sagittate, lobed:
fls. soUtary or clustered in the axils of the lvs,, often in
terminal panicles or racemes, pink, purple or white;
bractlets 7-10, often very small or ODeoIete; stamina!
column entire or 5-toolbed; ovary 5-celled with 1 ovule
in each cell: cape, depressed, dehiscing loculicidally
along the 5 projecting angles. K. pentacirpa, Ledeb,,
is the only European species and has been described in
horticultural literature abroad. An erect plant, about
3 ft. high: !v8, cordate, toothed: fls. purple-red, rather
large, borne singly on peduncles a httle shorter than
the lvs. K. virgiiiica, Presl, Foliage pubescent, often
scabrous: sta. 1-4 ft. high, branching: panicles leafy;
calyx caneecent; petals pink or purple: caps, hirsute at
maturity. Marshes along the coast, N. ¥. to Fla. and
ERAMfiRIA (John Geoi«e Henry Kramer, of Hun-
gary in the early part of the 18th century). Legwni-
nbue; by some referred to Polygatderx. Woody plants,
or perennial herbs, of minor horticultural value, some-
times Rrown in the wannhouse, from Trop. Amer.,
3iwara of a dozen species. Silky-tomenlose: Ivs.
lemate, small, entire or of 3 Ifts.: racemes terminal,
carrying red or purplish fls.; sepals 4 or 6, about equal;
petals 5, very unequal in sets of 3 and 2, the former
lonE-clawed and oonnat* or rarely free, the 2 orbicular
3d very much shorter; stamens 4, connate part way.
9 probably the most important species horticulturally :
small shrub: lvs. alternate or scattered, close together,
elliptic or obovate, apiculate, hairy: fls. bright scarlet.
This and other species supply the rhatany root of apoth-
ecaries. L H, B.
ERAtrSSU; Tricot fia.
KRIGIA {David Krig or Krieg. an early collector
in Maryland and Delaware), Syn. Adapigon, Neck.
Cvmpdrilr. Hardy herbaceous plants, annual and
1758
KRIGIA
perennial, yeDow-flowered and flometimee uOed
^dwarf dandelkms,"
Scapose or teafy-Btemmed b«riw witb buds about 1
m. acroHB, ueoally vellow, and 15-20 pappus bristles.
They differ troin tne common dandobon m having a
pappus composed of both chaff and bristles, ioBteaaof
hnetieB alone. — Five species natives of the Atlantic
and Gulf etaUm westward, of which three perennial
species are cult, by dealers in native plants. Unlike
the common dandeUon these plants do not become
weedy. In the soutiem states there are two annual
niecies. A'. oceidetUalU, Nutt. (CynAia occidmtalia,
Stand.), and K.virginica, Willd, (K.mroJiniana, Nutt.).
A. St. a leafiem scope, bearing 1 head.
B. Plant a tiJtmnu perenmal.
DuidUioa, Nutt. Height 6-18 in., glabrous and
bluish ifreen; Ivs. lanceolate or almost linesj, vaiying
KUMQUAT
niTHlTZnA(Prof. J. Krynitiki, ofCrwow). Bor-
ofpnAeex. Annual and some perennial herbs, with stn>ll
flowers nearlv always white, two of which have been
listed tor wila-gardens and borders.
Closely allied to Eritrichium, with which the genus
has been united; by other writers the genus is broken
up in Allocarya. Cryptanthe and Oreocarya^ As
defined by Gray, the characters are foimded mostly cm
technical features of the nutlet. The speciee are moet^
natives of the W. U. S., and of small promise hartieu[~
turally, being usually coarse herbs.
Gray (EHlridiiwrt gUmtrHvm, DC,).
from mmutely toothed to pinnatifid: head about 1 in.
'■ '■■ - ■' --11-— April-June. Moist
-The only kind that
diam., solitaiy, the rays yellow. April-June. Moist
pound, Md. to Fla. and Tt "" "'" '"""' '*""'
Hispid a
in solitary '
Aril., Nev. t
;«"
icled, elongating spikce. S. Calif.,
L. H. B.
has tubers.
BB. Platil has no tubers, but perennial.
montkna, Nutt. (K. Dandilion var. monlAna,
Chapm). Height 9-12 in. ; IvB. obkmg to linear, vaiying
from entire to pinnatifid : head smaller than in K. Danr
deHon. Crevices of rocks, All^henies, N. C. and S. C.
and Ga. — Harlan P. Kelsey says that this is an admi-
rable rock-plant, thriving in any soil or situation, and
blooming profusely from March to June or July. Prop,
by seed or division.
AA. iS(. IS-led., branched above, bearing e-€ heads.
amplexJcaftUs, Nutt. (Cynlhia virginica, Willd.).
Perennial, the at. l-lvd. and 12-24 in. in height: Ivs.
oblong or oval, obtuse, entire or repand and denticulate,
or the root-lvB. somewhat lyrate; st.-lvs. partly clasp-
ing: heads about 2 in. diam., the rays showy, orange-
yellow. May-Oct. Moist banks, Ont. to Ga., west to
Slanitoba. N. TATLOR.f
EtIHKU (Dr. Adam Kuhn, an early botanist erf*
Philadelphia) , CompdsUx. American herbs, ctosely allied
to Eupatorium, seldom planted in the wild garaeii or
border. Perennials, witn mostly alternate re8inou»-
d'>tted Ivs., and small whitish or purplish beads in
late BUinmer and autumn. From Eupatorium, Kuhnia
differs in having lO-angled or -costate achenes rstber
than 5-costate. Species perhaps 4 or 5, Atlantic U. S.
to Texas and Mex. E. eupaioriddes, Linn., is the qie-
ciesmost likely to appear m cult, grounds: Z-3 ft., erect:
IvB. ovate-lanceolate to oblong-hwoeolate or linear, tiie
uppermost usually entire but others usually few-tootbed
and sometimes sbort^-petioled : heads of white fls.
cymose-clustered. Dry places, N. J. to Dak. and S.;
very variable. l. H. B.
KUMQnAT or KINKAN. Fig. 2046. A group of
dwarf evergreen citrous fruits of the genus Fortunella
but formerly referred to Citrus, introduced into England
by Robert Fortune, coUector for the Royal Horticul-
' — ' "-':-'- London, from the provinces of Foo-cbow-
nd Ningpo, China, May 6, ISW. In both
,pan the kumquat is grown extensively.
E reports the variety Nagami (ForlunrUa
Cifn) as being in America in 1850, hav-
D broucht from EIngland, and impor-
3DB from Jaiian by Florida nurseryinen
i-een 1885 and 1890 included the Marami
japonica) variety. Shortly after their
[Nluction into America, lioth varieties
i distributed throughout the Gulf coast
and California citrous regions and soon
' attracted attention for their oma-
mental value. Later the variety Neiwa
(F. crastifoiia) was introduced but is
not yet commonly known. While the
* kumquat wan first regarded as an
unenl&l m America, it was .■K>an realised
: its fruit is valuable for many culinaiy
poses. In ronsquence it has been larEely
ited in many sections, particularly along
Gulf of Merioo,
he kumquats are distinctly shrubby in
vth, reaching a height of 10 to IS feet and
equal distance across the branches. The
(B, branches and leaves make a very dense
imetrical head. The leaves are narrow,
[gated, pointed or roimded at the apes,
It green. Thorns are absent or very small.
; Bowers are snail, white and sweet-
it«d. The fiist blooms produced in early
ng are usually without pistils and Of
rse no fruit results, Idter the flowers from
ch the fruit is produced are borne singly
or in clusters of tliree or four on shoots that
KUMQUAT
e from the firet growth in spring. There may be 01
1 period of several weeks or even months.
fruit is Hmall, eithcf ovsi or round, orange in color, and
home freely.
The kumquate ore among the most hardy of the
citrous fniita. In dormant condition they have with-
stood tenperatumi as k)w as 15° F. in the latitude <tf
nortl} Florida without injury, and they have been
fruited in the open ground as far north as Augusta,
While the kumquat may be budded on any of the
stocks commonly used for other citrous fruits, most of
them arc grown on Ponci'vi (or Ciinu) trifoliata,
rough lemon, and sweet orange slocks. When soil and
moisture conditions are suitable, Ponnnu trifoliala is
given the preference. It is a very hardy stock and well
adapted to the kumquat. For pot culture, when both
soil and moisture are under control, it is the beet stock
to use. The ordinary shield method of budding is
used, and the young plants, bcin^ of shrubby growth
do not require any B|ieciat training such as must be
given other citrous trees.
In orchard planting, the kumquata are usually placed
10 by 10 feet up to 15 by 15 feet apart. Sometimes they
are grown in hedges, the plants being set 6 feet apart In
the rows and the rows 15 feet apart. The same tillage
and fertiliiing ore required as for other citrous fruits.
Plantr-food must be available in liberal amounts to
keep the fruits up to size, and fertilizers should be
applied in goodly amounts in late winter to produce a
strong growth in the lirBt spring shoots.
In the matter of pruning, kumquate are very much
benefited b^' rather severe cutting back of the twigs
of the previous season's growth in the wint«r mont&. .
Since the fruit b usually gathered with twigs attached,
the necessary pruning is given when the crop is har-
vested, but if the crop is light, additional pruning will
be necessary and should be directed toward tbinning
out the shoots OS well as cutting them bock. Liberal
pruning well in advance of the starting of growth
mcreases both the size and quantity of fruit.
VarUtiet.
Up to this time three varieties have been introduced
into America, as already noted. A fourth variety, Omi,
is listed in Japanese caUilogues, and there are doubtless
still other forms in C'hina and Japan.
Xagami. — Oblong fruit 1|^ to lH inchis long, deep
orange in color; juice acid: rind sweet, spicy; so«ls two
to five; season October and through the winter. Usually
begins to ripen two or three weeks later than Marumi.
flIeiiDtt. — Fruit IH to l!ii inches in diameter, round,
oran^-yellow ; juice subacid ; rind sweet ; season earlier
than Nagwni: prolific. A recent introduction.
JVciruint. — Round; fruit 1 to 1% inches in diameter,
round, irregular in size; deep orange in color; juice acid;
rind sweet and spicv; seeds one to three; season Oct<^>er
and through the winter. The earliest variety to ripen.
Nagami is usually considered the most desirable
variety, as it is more robust in growth and produces
fruit of uniform siie. Marumi Is very prone to produce
fruit that is small and very irregular in size. Nagami is
tbornless, while Marumi has very short, sharp, slender
thorns. As a pot-plant, Marumi is valuable because
of its very compact symmetrical growth.
Uua.
Well-grown kumquat plants make handsome orna-
mentals,-— the combination of dark green foliage and
small golden fruit being very pleasing. They may be
used for hedges, planted singly or in groups.
Large quantities of fruit arc shipped for the holiday
trade. In gathering the fruit, It is clipped from the
plants with leaves and twigs attachad and packed in
very agreeable combination of Bavors.
is spicy, the white inner rind is sweet and granular,
white uie juice is acid.
n*7. Tbe noDd koaquat— FortnneUa Japaaln. ( X K)
The fruit is coming into very general use for the
amking of marmalade, jelly, preserved and crystalliz«d
fruit. Marmalade mode from kumquats Is esteened by
many above the product made from other citrous fruits.
H. HaroU) IIttme,
El^ZEA (GusUv Kunie 1793-1851, German
botanist). Myrlicex. Australian shrubs, sometimes
nYiwn in cool or tompcrat* houses: often heath-like,
the small entire Ivs. mostly alternate: fls. small with
extending stamenSj in the upper axils or in terminal
beads or in a spdce below the end of the branch;
calyx with 5 small lobesj petals 5, spreading, small;
stamens many, free or m series, the filaments fil>-
form; ovary 2-5-cclled, 2 to many ovules in each ceU.
The species are 15-20, allied to Callist«mon, I^pto-
spermum, and formerly included in Metrosideros. The
cult, requirements of Callistemon (p. 630) will probably
suit them, K. ■ponri^era, F. Muell,, has been mentioned
as a fruit^plant (G.C. III. 5:201; copied in A.G. 1889:
127), Mueller saying that it is one of the few really
valuable fruit^plonts indigenous at the south ooast M
Austral. "The fruits are of a pecuhar acidulous aro-
matic taste, and very extensively collected by people
settled on the coast for the purpose of jam-making."
It is described by Benthom as a rifod prostrat« shrub:
Ivs. ovate, varymg from nearly orbicular and almost
cordate to narrow and acute-based, mostly less than
1760
KUNZEA
KYLLINGA
Win. long: fls. white or yellowish, sessile and not numer-
ous but yet forming dense terminal heads becoming
lateral by elongation of the branch; stamens numer-
ous, 3 or 4 times as long as the small petals: berry blue,
}iin. or less diam., crowned by the calyx-lobes. Vic-
toria and S. Austral. ' L, j£. B.
KfDIA (Col. Robert Kyd, founder of the CalcutU
Botanic Garden, died 1794). Mahdcex. Oriental trees,
one of which has been cultivated in southern Florida
and southern Califomia.
Plants with stellate pubescence: Ivs. entire or lobed,
palmi-nerved: fls. polygamous, in panicles, white or
pink, ornamental ; sepals 5, joined at tne base, subtended
by 4-6 leafy bracts which enlarge in f r. ; petals 5, exceed-
ins the calyx and joined to the stamen-tubej staminal
tube divided about the middle into 5 divisions, each
bearing 3 anthers, which are imperfect in the pistillate
fls. : fr. a 3-valved caps. — ^Two or three species m India.
caly^iAf Roxbg. Tree, attaining 25 ft.: Ivs. 4-5 in.
long, 3 in. wide, rounded, cordate, palmately 7-nerved,
more or lees lobed, midlobe longest, ck»e-£elted beneath r
infl. much-branched, many-fld.; fls. white or pink, with
oblong-spatulate bracts tieneath. Trop. India. — IikU-
cated as a stove evergreen abroad. It is doubtful
whether the plant is still cult, to t^ny ext^it. l, h, 3^
KTLLfNGA (Peder Kylling, Danish botanist, died
1696). Cy^erdcex, Annual and perennial herbs, of little
value horticultiu^y although one ^ecies is sometizncs
mentioned in gardening literature. Gn»8-like or sedge-
like plants of perhaps 30 species in many parts of Uie
world, with very small fls. m spikelets which are aggre-
(;ated into spikes or heads. K. monociphaUif Rottb^
IS nearly glaorous with a creeping rhizome: Ivs. droop-
ing or arched, in a graceful tuft: culms. 3-angled : spikes
terminal, ovoid or cone-shaped, silky, white, the sub-
tending ivs. 3 and spreading-deflexed. India and otb^
warm regions of the Old World, where it is conunon.
This species is reconunended for greenhouse work,
Where, in 4-in. pots, it makes decorative specimens 1
ft. high, requirmg a warm greenhouse temperature.
G. 2:298; 25:173. Apparently not off»ed in thia
country. L. H. B.
viUL ^ mi
The following pages contain advertisements of
books by the same author or on kindred subjects.
Cyclopedia of
American Agriculture
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Late Director of the College of Agriculture and Professor of Rural Economy, Cornell University
With 100 fvU-page plates and more than 2,000 illustrations in the text;
four volumes; the set, $20.00; half morocco, $32.00
VOLUME I— Farms VOLUME m— Animals
VOLUME II— Crops VOLUME IV— The Farm and the Community
This is unquestionably the most important agricultural cyclopedic work published
in this coimtry. The leading experts in the United States and Canada, both investigators
and practical farmers, contribute to its chapters, which are arranged not alphabetically,
but topically, each subject being treated in its various aspects by men Especially familiar
with it. It contains advice for the city man who is seeking a home in the coimtry, as well
as for the professional farmer. The book is strictly new and up to date in its methods
and advice, thoroughly readable, and a standard work of reference. It is profusely
illustrated, about one-third of the total space being assigned to illustrations — all original.
''Indispensable to public and reference libraries . . . readily comprehensible to any person
of average education." — The Nation.
"The completest existing thesaiu*iis of up-to-date facts and opinions on modem agricultural
methods. It is safe to say that many years must pass before it can be surpassed in comprehensive-
ness, accuracy, practical value, and mechanical excellence. It ought to be in every library in the
the country." — Record-Herald, Chicago.
"To the man who wishes to study fanning in its various aspects or to practice agriculture,
this work will appeal strongly." — lAterary Digest.
"The 'Cyclopedia of American Agriculture' is unique." — New York Tribune-Farmer.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
publishers 64-68 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
RURAL SCIENCE SERIES
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Each volume illustrated Cloth, 12mo.
A series of practical books for farmers and gardeners, sold as a set or separately. Each one is
the work of a competent specialist, and is suitable for consultation alike by the amateur or pro-
fessional tiller of the soil, the scientist or the student. Illustrations of marked beauty are freely
used, and the books are clearly printed and well bound.
ON SELECTION OF LAND, ETC.
Isaac P. Roberts' The Farmstead $1.50
T. F. Hunt's How to Choose a Farm 1.75
E. G. Cheyney's The Farm Wood Lot 1.50
ON TILLAGE, ETC.
F. H. Kmg's The Soil 1.50
Isaac P. Roberts' The Fertility of the Land 1.50
F. H. King's Irrigation and Drainage 1.50
Edward B. Voorhees' Fertilizers 1.25
Edward B. Voorhees' Forage Crops 1.50
J. A. Widtsoe's Dry'Farming 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Principles of Agriculture 1.25
S. M. Tracy's Forage Crops for the South 1.50
ON PLANT DISEASES, ETC.
E. C. Lodeman's The Spraying of Plants * 1.25
ON GARDEN-MAKING
L. H. Bailey's Garden-Making 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Vegetable-Gardening 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Forcmg Book 1.25
L. H. Bailey's Plant Breeding 2.00
ON FRUIT-GROWING, ETC.
L. H. Bailey's Nursery Book 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Fruit-Growing 1.75
L. H. Bailey's The Pruning Book 1.50
F. W. Card's Bush Fruits 1.50
W. Paddock & 0. B. Whipple's Fruit-Growing in Arid Regions 1.50
J. E. Coit's Citrus Fruits Preparing
ON THE CARE OF LIVE-STOCK
Nelson S. Mayo's The Diseases of Animals 1.50
W. H. Jordan's The Feeding of Animals .1.50
I. P. Roberts' The Horse 1.25
M. W. Harper's Breaking and Training of Horses 1.75
George C. Watson's Farm Poultry. New edition 1.50
John A. Craig's Sheep Farming 1.50
ON DAIRY WORK, FARM CHEMISTRY, ETC.
Henry H. Wing's Milk and Its Products. New edition 1.50
J. G. Lipman's Bacteria and Country Life 1.50
ON ECONOMICS AND ORGANIZATION
William A. McKe^ver's Farm Boys and Girls 1.50
I. P. Roberts' The Farmer's Business Handbook 1.25
George T. Fairchild's Rural Wealth and Welfare 1.25
H. N. Ogden's Rural Hygiene 1.50
J. Green's Law for the American Farmer 1.50
G. H. Powell's Cooperation in Agriculture 1-50
J. B. Morman's Principles of Rural Credits Preparing
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11